540 files changed, 109696 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/vendor/github.com/apparentlymart/go-cidr/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/apparentlymart/go-cidr/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2125378
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/apparentlymart/go-cidr/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+Copyright (c) 2015 Martin Atkins
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/apparentlymart/go-cidr/cidr/cidr.go b/vendor/github.com/apparentlymart/go-cidr/cidr/cidr.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a31cdec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/apparentlymart/go-cidr/cidr/cidr.go
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+// Package cidr is a collection of assorted utilities for computing
+// network and host addresses within network ranges.
+//
+// It expects a CIDR-type address structure where addresses are divided into
+// some number of prefix bits representing the network and then the remaining
+// suffix bits represent the host.
+//
+// For example, it can help to calculate addresses for sub-networks of a
+// parent network, or to calculate host addresses within a particular prefix.
+//
+// At present this package is prioritizing simplicity of implementation and
+// de-prioritizing speed and memory usage. Thus caution is advised before
+// using this package in performance-critical applications or hot codepaths.
+// Patches to improve the speed and memory usage may be accepted as long as
+// they do not result in a significant increase in code complexity.
+package cidr
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "math/big"
+        "net"
+)
+
+// Subnet takes a parent CIDR range and creates a subnet within it
+// with the given number of additional prefix bits and the given
+// network number.
+//
+// For example, 10.3.0.0/16, extended by 8 bits, with a network number
+// of 5, becomes 10.3.5.0/24 .
+func Subnet(base *net.IPNet, newBits int, num int) (*net.IPNet, error) {
+        ip := base.IP
+        mask := base.Mask
+
+        parentLen, addrLen := mask.Size()
+        newPrefixLen := parentLen + newBits
+
+        if newPrefixLen > addrLen {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("insufficient address space to extend prefix of %d by %d", parentLen, newBits)
+        }
+
+        maxNetNum := uint64(1<<uint64(newBits)) - 1
+        if uint64(num) > maxNetNum {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("prefix extension of %d does not accommodate a subnet numbered %d", newBits, num)
+        }
+
+        return &net.IPNet{
+                IP:   insertNumIntoIP(ip, num, newPrefixLen),
+                Mask: net.CIDRMask(newPrefixLen, addrLen),
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// Host takes a parent CIDR range and turns it into a host IP address with
+// the given host number.
+//
+// For example, 10.3.0.0/16 with a host number of 2 gives 10.3.0.2.
+func Host(base *net.IPNet, num int) (net.IP, error) {
+        ip := base.IP
+        mask := base.Mask
+
+        parentLen, addrLen := mask.Size()
+        hostLen := addrLen - parentLen
+
+        maxHostNum := uint64(1<<uint64(hostLen)) - 1
+
+        numUint64 := uint64(num)
+        if num < 0 {
+                numUint64 = uint64(-num) - 1
+                num = int(maxHostNum - numUint64)
+        }
+
+        if numUint64 > maxHostNum {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("prefix of %d does not accommodate a host numbered %d", parentLen, num)
+        }
+
+        return insertNumIntoIP(ip, num, 32), nil
+}
+
+// AddressRange returns the first and last addresses in the given CIDR range.
+func AddressRange(network *net.IPNet) (net.IP, net.IP) {
+        // the first IP is easy
+        firstIP := network.IP
+
+        // the last IP is the network address OR NOT the mask address
+        prefixLen, bits := network.Mask.Size()
+        if prefixLen == bits {
+                // Easy!
+                // But make sure that our two slices are distinct, since they
+                // would be in all other cases.
+                lastIP := make([]byte, len(firstIP))
+                copy(lastIP, firstIP)
+                return firstIP, lastIP
+        }
+
+        firstIPInt, bits := ipToInt(firstIP)
+        hostLen := uint(bits) - uint(prefixLen)
+        lastIPInt := big.NewInt(1)
+        lastIPInt.Lsh(lastIPInt, hostLen)
+        lastIPInt.Sub(lastIPInt, big.NewInt(1))
+        lastIPInt.Or(lastIPInt, firstIPInt)
+
+        return firstIP, intToIP(lastIPInt, bits)
+}
+
+// AddressCount returns the number of distinct host addresses within the given
+// CIDR range.
+//
+// Since the result is a uint64, this function returns meaningful information
+// only for IPv4 ranges and IPv6 ranges with a prefix size of at least 65.
+func AddressCount(network *net.IPNet) uint64 {
+        prefixLen, bits := network.Mask.Size()
+        return 1 << (uint64(bits) - uint64(prefixLen))
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/apparentlymart/go-cidr/cidr/wrangling.go b/vendor/github.com/apparentlymart/go-cidr/cidr/wrangling.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..861a5f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/apparentlymart/go-cidr/cidr/wrangling.go
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+package cidr
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "math/big"
+        "net"
+)
+
+func ipToInt(ip net.IP) (*big.Int, int) {
+        val := &big.Int{}
+        val.SetBytes([]byte(ip))
+        if len(ip) == net.IPv4len {
+                return val, 32
+        } else if len(ip) == net.IPv6len {
+                return val, 128
+        } else {
+                panic(fmt.Errorf("Unsupported address length %d", len(ip)))
+        }
+}
+
+func intToIP(ipInt *big.Int, bits int) net.IP {
+        ipBytes := ipInt.Bytes()
+        ret := make([]byte, bits/8)
+        // Pack our IP bytes into the end of the return array,
+        // since big.Int.Bytes() removes front zero padding.
+        for i := 1; i <= len(ipBytes); i++ {
+                ret[len(ret)-i] = ipBytes[len(ipBytes)-i]
+        }
+        return net.IP(ret)
+}
+
+func insertNumIntoIP(ip net.IP, num int, prefixLen int) net.IP {
+        ipInt, totalBits := ipToInt(ip)
+        bigNum := big.NewInt(int64(num))
+        bigNum.Lsh(bigNum, uint(totalBits-prefixLen))
+        ipInt.Or(ipInt, bigNum)
+        return intToIP(ipInt, totalBits)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/LICENSE.txt b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d645695
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+
+                                 Apache License
+                           Version 2.0, January 2004
+                        http://www.apache.org/licenses/
+
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
+
+   1. Definitions.
+
+      "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
+      and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
+
+      "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
+      the copyright owner that is granting the License.
+
+      "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
+      other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
+      control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
+      "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
+      direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
+      outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+      "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
+      exercising permissions granted by this License.
+
+      "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
+      including but not limited to software source code, documentation
+      source, and configuration files.
+
+      "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
+      transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
+      not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
+      and conversions to other media types.
+
+      "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
+      Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
+      copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
+      (an example is provided in the Appendix below).
+
+      "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
+      form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
+      editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
+      represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
+      of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
+      separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
+      the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
+
+      "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
+      the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
+      to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
+      submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
+      or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
+      the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
+      means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
+      to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
+      communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
+      and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
+      Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
+      excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
+      designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
+
+      "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
+      on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
+      subsequently incorporated within the Work.
+
+   2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
+      publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
+      Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
+
+   3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
+      use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
+      where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
+      by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
+      Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
+      with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
+      institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
+      cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
+      or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
+      or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
+      granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
+      as of the date such litigation is filed.
+
+   4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
+      Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
+      modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
+      meet the following conditions:
+
+      (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
+          Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
+
+      (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
+          stating that You changed the files; and
+
+      (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
+          that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
+          attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
+          excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
+          the Derivative Works; and
+
+      (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
+          distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
+          include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
+          within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
+          pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
+          of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
+          as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
+          documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
+          within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
+          wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
+          of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
+          do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
+          notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
+          or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
+          that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
+          as modifying the License.
+
+      You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
+      may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
+      for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
+      for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
+      reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
+      the conditions stated in this License.
+
+   5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
+      any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
+      by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
+      this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
+      Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
+      the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
+      with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
+
+   6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
+      names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
+      except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
+      origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
+
+   7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
+      agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
+      Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+      WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
+      implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
+      of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
+      PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
+      appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
+      risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
+
+   8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
+      whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
+      unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
+      negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
+      liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
+      incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
+      result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
+      Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
+      work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+      other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
+      has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+   9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
+      the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
+      and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
+      or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
+      License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
+      on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
+      of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
+      defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
+      incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
+      of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
+
+   END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+   APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
+
+      To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
+      boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
+      replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
+      the brackets!)  The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
+      comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
+      file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
+      same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
+      identification within third-party archives.
+
+   Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+
+   Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+   you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+   You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+       http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+   Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+   distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+   WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+   See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+   limitations under the License.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/NOTICE.txt b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/NOTICE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f14d11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/NOTICE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+AWS SDK for Go
+Copyright 2015 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates. All Rights Reserved. 
+Copyright 2014-2015 Stripe, Inc.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr/error.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr/error.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56fdfc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr/error.go
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+// Package awserr represents API error interface accessors for the SDK.
+package awserr
+
+// An Error wraps lower level errors with code, message and an original error.
+// The underlying concrete error type may also satisfy other interfaces which
+// can be to used to obtain more specific information about the error.
+//
+// Calling Error() or String() will always include the full information about
+// an error based on its underlying type.
+//
+// Example:
+//
+//     output, err := s3manage.Upload(svc, input, opts)
+//     if err != nil {
+//         if awsErr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
+//             // Get error details
+//             log.Println("Error:", awsErr.Code(), awsErr.Message())
+//
+//             // Prints out full error message, including original error if there was one.
+//             log.Println("Error:", awsErr.Error())
+//
+//             // Get original error
+//             if origErr := awsErr.OrigErr(); origErr != nil {
+//                 // operate on original error.
+//             }
+//         } else {
+//             fmt.Println(err.Error())
+//         }
+//     }
+//
+type Error interface {
+        // Satisfy the generic error interface.
+        error
+
+        // Returns the short phrase depicting the classification of the error.
+        Code() string
+
+        // Returns the error details message.
+        Message() string
+
+        // Returns the original error if one was set.  Nil is returned if not set.
+        OrigErr() error
+}
+
+// BatchError is a batch of errors which also wraps lower level errors with
+// code, message, and original errors. Calling Error() will include all errors
+// that occurred in the batch.
+//
+// Deprecated: Replaced with BatchedErrors. Only defined for backwards
+// compatibility.
+type BatchError interface {
+        // Satisfy the generic error interface.
+        error
+
+        // Returns the short phrase depicting the classification of the error.
+        Code() string
+
+        // Returns the error details message.
+        Message() string
+
+        // Returns the original error if one was set.  Nil is returned if not set.
+        OrigErrs() []error
+}
+
+// BatchedErrors is a batch of errors which also wraps lower level errors with
+// code, message, and original errors. Calling Error() will include all errors
+// that occurred in the batch.
+//
+// Replaces BatchError
+type BatchedErrors interface {
+        // Satisfy the base Error interface.
+        Error
+
+        // Returns the original error if one was set.  Nil is returned if not set.
+        OrigErrs() []error
+}
+
+// New returns an Error object described by the code, message, and origErr.
+//
+// If origErr satisfies the Error interface it will not be wrapped within a new
+// Error object and will instead be returned.
+func New(code, message string, origErr error) Error {
+        var errs []error
+        if origErr != nil {
+                errs = append(errs, origErr)
+        }
+        return newBaseError(code, message, errs)
+}
+
+// NewBatchError returns an BatchedErrors with a collection of errors as an
+// array of errors.
+func NewBatchError(code, message string, errs []error) BatchedErrors {
+        return newBaseError(code, message, errs)
+}
+
+// A RequestFailure is an interface to extract request failure information from
+// an Error such as the request ID of the failed request returned by a service.
+// RequestFailures may not always have a requestID value if the request failed
+// prior to reaching the service such as a connection error.
+//
+// Example:
+//
+//     output, err := s3manage.Upload(svc, input, opts)
+//     if err != nil {
+//         if reqerr, ok := err.(RequestFailure); ok {
+//             log.Println("Request failed", reqerr.Code(), reqerr.Message(), reqerr.RequestID())
+//         } else {
+//             log.Println("Error:", err.Error())
+//         }
+//     }
+//
+// Combined with awserr.Error:
+//
+//    output, err := s3manage.Upload(svc, input, opts)
+//    if err != nil {
+//        if awsErr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
+//            // Generic AWS Error with Code, Message, and original error (if any)
+//            fmt.Println(awsErr.Code(), awsErr.Message(), awsErr.OrigErr())
+//
+//            if reqErr, ok := err.(awserr.RequestFailure); ok {
+//                // A service error occurred
+//                fmt.Println(reqErr.StatusCode(), reqErr.RequestID())
+//            }
+//        } else {
+//            fmt.Println(err.Error())
+//        }
+//    }
+//
+type RequestFailure interface {
+        Error
+
+        // The status code of the HTTP response.
+        StatusCode() int
+
+        // The request ID returned by the service for a request failure. This will
+        // be empty if no request ID is available such as the request failed due
+        // to a connection error.
+        RequestID() string
+}
+
+// NewRequestFailure returns a new request error wrapper for the given Error
+// provided.
+func NewRequestFailure(err Error, statusCode int, reqID string) RequestFailure {
+        return newRequestError(err, statusCode, reqID)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr/types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr/types.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0202a00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr/types.go
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+package awserr
+
+import "fmt"
+
+// SprintError returns a string of the formatted error code.
+//
+// Both extra and origErr are optional.  If they are included their lines
+// will be added, but if they are not included their lines will be ignored.
+func SprintError(code, message, extra string, origErr error) string {
+        msg := fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", code, message)
+        if extra != "" {
+                msg = fmt.Sprintf("%s\n\t%s", msg, extra)
+        }
+        if origErr != nil {
+                msg = fmt.Sprintf("%s\ncaused by: %s", msg, origErr.Error())
+        }
+        return msg
+}
+
+// A baseError wraps the code and message which defines an error. It also
+// can be used to wrap an original error object.
+//
+// Should be used as the root for errors satisfying the awserr.Error. Also
+// for any error which does not fit into a specific error wrapper type.
+type baseError struct {
+        // Classification of error
+        code string
+
+        // Detailed information about error
+        message string
+
+        // Optional original error this error is based off of. Allows building
+        // chained errors.
+        errs []error
+}
+
+// newBaseError returns an error object for the code, message, and errors.
+//
+// code is a short no whitespace phrase depicting the classification of
+// the error that is being created.
+//
+// message is the free flow string containing detailed information about the
+// error.
+//
+// origErrs is the error objects which will be nested under the new errors to
+// be returned.
+func newBaseError(code, message string, origErrs []error) *baseError {
+        b := &baseError{
+                code:    code,
+                message: message,
+                errs:    origErrs,
+        }
+
+        return b
+}
+
+// Error returns the string representation of the error.
+//
+// See ErrorWithExtra for formatting.
+//
+// Satisfies the error interface.
+func (b baseError) Error() string {
+        size := len(b.errs)
+        if size > 0 {
+                return SprintError(b.code, b.message, "", errorList(b.errs))
+        }
+
+        return SprintError(b.code, b.message, "", nil)
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation of the error.
+// Alias for Error to satisfy the stringer interface.
+func (b baseError) String() string {
+        return b.Error()
+}
+
+// Code returns the short phrase depicting the classification of the error.
+func (b baseError) Code() string {
+        return b.code
+}
+
+// Message returns the error details message.
+func (b baseError) Message() string {
+        return b.message
+}
+
+// OrigErr returns the original error if one was set. Nil is returned if no
+// error was set. This only returns the first element in the list. If the full
+// list is needed, use BatchedErrors.
+func (b baseError) OrigErr() error {
+        switch len(b.errs) {
+        case 0:
+                return nil
+        case 1:
+                return b.errs[0]
+        default:
+                if err, ok := b.errs[0].(Error); ok {
+                        return NewBatchError(err.Code(), err.Message(), b.errs[1:])
+                }
+                return NewBatchError("BatchedErrors",
+                        "multiple errors occurred", b.errs)
+        }
+}
+
+// OrigErrs returns the original errors if one was set. An empty slice is
+// returned if no error was set.
+func (b baseError) OrigErrs() []error {
+        return b.errs
+}
+
+// So that the Error interface type can be included as an anonymous field
+// in the requestError struct and not conflict with the error.Error() method.
+type awsError Error
+
+// A requestError wraps a request or service error.
+//
+// Composed of baseError for code, message, and original error.
+type requestError struct {
+        awsError
+        statusCode int
+        requestID  string
+}
+
+// newRequestError returns a wrapped error with additional information for
+// request status code, and service requestID.
+//
+// Should be used to wrap all request which involve service requests. Even if
+// the request failed without a service response, but had an HTTP status code
+// that may be meaningful.
+//
+// Also wraps original errors via the baseError.
+func newRequestError(err Error, statusCode int, requestID string) *requestError {
+        return &requestError{
+                awsError:   err,
+                statusCode: statusCode,
+                requestID:  requestID,
+        }
+}
+
+// Error returns the string representation of the error.
+// Satisfies the error interface.
+func (r requestError) Error() string {
+        extra := fmt.Sprintf("status code: %d, request id: %s",
+                r.statusCode, r.requestID)
+        return SprintError(r.Code(), r.Message(), extra, r.OrigErr())
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation of the error.
+// Alias for Error to satisfy the stringer interface.
+func (r requestError) String() string {
+        return r.Error()
+}
+
+// StatusCode returns the wrapped status code for the error
+func (r requestError) StatusCode() int {
+        return r.statusCode
+}
+
+// RequestID returns the wrapped requestID
+func (r requestError) RequestID() string {
+        return r.requestID
+}
+
+// OrigErrs returns the original errors if one was set. An empty slice is
+// returned if no error was set.
+func (r requestError) OrigErrs() []error {
+        if b, ok := r.awsError.(BatchedErrors); ok {
+                return b.OrigErrs()
+        }
+        return []error{r.OrigErr()}
+}
+
+// An error list that satisfies the golang interface
+type errorList []error
+
+// Error returns the string representation of the error.
+//
+// Satisfies the error interface.
+func (e errorList) Error() string {
+        msg := ""
+        // How do we want to handle the array size being zero
+        if size := len(e); size > 0 {
+                for i := 0; i < size; i++ {
+                        msg += fmt.Sprintf("%s", e[i].Error())
+                        // We check the next index to see if it is within the slice.
+                        // If it is, then we append a newline. We do this, because unit tests
+                        // could be broken with the additional '\n'
+                        if i+1 < size {
+                                msg += "\n"
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        return msg
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/copy.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/copy.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a3d106
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/copy.go
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+package awsutil
+
+import (
+        "io"
+        "reflect"
+        "time"
+)
+
+// Copy deeply copies a src structure to dst. Useful for copying request and
+// response structures.
+//
+// Can copy between structs of different type, but will only copy fields which
+// are assignable, and exist in both structs. Fields which are not assignable,
+// or do not exist in both structs are ignored.
+func Copy(dst, src interface{}) {
+        dstval := reflect.ValueOf(dst)
+        if !dstval.IsValid() {
+                panic("Copy dst cannot be nil")
+        }
+
+        rcopy(dstval, reflect.ValueOf(src), true)
+}
+
+// CopyOf returns a copy of src while also allocating the memory for dst.
+// src must be a pointer type or this operation will fail.
+func CopyOf(src interface{}) (dst interface{}) {
+        dsti := reflect.New(reflect.TypeOf(src).Elem())
+        dst = dsti.Interface()
+        rcopy(dsti, reflect.ValueOf(src), true)
+        return
+}
+
+// rcopy performs a recursive copy of values from the source to destination.
+//
+// root is used to skip certain aspects of the copy which are not valid
+// for the root node of a object.
+func rcopy(dst, src reflect.Value, root bool) {
+        if !src.IsValid() {
+                return
+        }
+
+        switch src.Kind() {
+        case reflect.Ptr:
+                if _, ok := src.Interface().(io.Reader); ok {
+                        if dst.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && dst.Elem().CanSet() {
+                                dst.Elem().Set(src)
+                        } else if dst.CanSet() {
+                                dst.Set(src)
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        e := src.Type().Elem()
+                        if dst.CanSet() && !src.IsNil() {
+                                if _, ok := src.Interface().(*time.Time); !ok {
+                                        dst.Set(reflect.New(e))
+                                } else {
+                                        tempValue := reflect.New(e)
+                                        tempValue.Elem().Set(src.Elem())
+                                        // Sets time.Time's unexported values
+                                        dst.Set(tempValue)
+                                }
+                        }
+                        if src.Elem().IsValid() {
+                                // Keep the current root state since the depth hasn't changed
+                                rcopy(dst.Elem(), src.Elem(), root)
+                        }
+                }
+        case reflect.Struct:
+                t := dst.Type()
+                for i := 0; i < t.NumField(); i++ {
+                        name := t.Field(i).Name
+                        srcVal := src.FieldByName(name)
+                        dstVal := dst.FieldByName(name)
+                        if srcVal.IsValid() && dstVal.CanSet() {
+                                rcopy(dstVal, srcVal, false)
+                        }
+                }
+        case reflect.Slice:
+                if src.IsNil() {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                s := reflect.MakeSlice(src.Type(), src.Len(), src.Cap())
+                dst.Set(s)
+                for i := 0; i < src.Len(); i++ {
+                        rcopy(dst.Index(i), src.Index(i), false)
+                }
+        case reflect.Map:
+                if src.IsNil() {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                s := reflect.MakeMap(src.Type())
+                dst.Set(s)
+                for _, k := range src.MapKeys() {
+                        v := src.MapIndex(k)
+                        v2 := reflect.New(v.Type()).Elem()
+                        rcopy(v2, v, false)
+                        dst.SetMapIndex(k, v2)
+                }
+        default:
+                // Assign the value if possible. If its not assignable, the value would
+                // need to be converted and the impact of that may be unexpected, or is
+                // not compatible with the dst type.
+                if src.Type().AssignableTo(dst.Type()) {
+                        dst.Set(src)
+                }
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/equal.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/equal.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59fa4a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/equal.go
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+package awsutil
+
+import (
+        "reflect"
+)
+
+// DeepEqual returns if the two values are deeply equal like reflect.DeepEqual.
+// In addition to this, this method will also dereference the input values if
+// possible so the DeepEqual performed will not fail if one parameter is a
+// pointer and the other is not.
+//
+// DeepEqual will not perform indirection of nested values of the input parameters.
+func DeepEqual(a, b interface{}) bool {
+        ra := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(a))
+        rb := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(b))
+
+        if raValid, rbValid := ra.IsValid(), rb.IsValid(); !raValid && !rbValid {
+                // If the elements are both nil, and of the same type the are equal
+                // If they are of different types they are not equal
+                return reflect.TypeOf(a) == reflect.TypeOf(b)
+        } else if raValid != rbValid {
+                // Both values must be valid to be equal
+                return false
+        }
+
+        return reflect.DeepEqual(ra.Interface(), rb.Interface())
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/path_value.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/path_value.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11c52c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/path_value.go
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+package awsutil
+
+import (
+        "reflect"
+        "regexp"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath"
+)
+
+var indexRe = regexp.MustCompile(`(.+)\[(-?\d+)?\]$`)
+
+// rValuesAtPath returns a slice of values found in value v. The values
+// in v are explored recursively so all nested values are collected.
+func rValuesAtPath(v interface{}, path string, createPath, caseSensitive, nilTerm bool) []reflect.Value {
+        pathparts := strings.Split(path, "||")
+        if len(pathparts) > 1 {
+                for _, pathpart := range pathparts {
+                        vals := rValuesAtPath(v, pathpart, createPath, caseSensitive, nilTerm)
+                        if len(vals) > 0 {
+                                return vals
+                        }
+                }
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        values := []reflect.Value{reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(v))}
+        components := strings.Split(path, ".")
+        for len(values) > 0 && len(components) > 0 {
+                var index *int64
+                var indexStar bool
+                c := strings.TrimSpace(components[0])
+                if c == "" { // no actual component, illegal syntax
+                        return nil
+                } else if caseSensitive && c != "*" && strings.ToLower(c[0:1]) == c[0:1] {
+                        // TODO normalize case for user
+                        return nil // don't support unexported fields
+                }
+
+                // parse this component
+                if m := indexRe.FindStringSubmatch(c); m != nil {
+                        c = m[1]
+                        if m[2] == "" {
+                                index = nil
+                                indexStar = true
+                        } else {
+                                i, _ := strconv.ParseInt(m[2], 10, 32)
+                                index = &i
+                                indexStar = false
+                        }
+                }
+
+                nextvals := []reflect.Value{}
+                for _, value := range values {
+                        // pull component name out of struct member
+                        if value.Kind() != reflect.Struct {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        if c == "*" { // pull all members
+                                for i := 0; i < value.NumField(); i++ {
+                                        if f := reflect.Indirect(value.Field(i)); f.IsValid() {
+                                                nextvals = append(nextvals, f)
+                                        }
+                                }
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        value = value.FieldByNameFunc(func(name string) bool {
+                                if c == name {
+                                        return true
+                                } else if !caseSensitive && strings.ToLower(name) == strings.ToLower(c) {
+                                        return true
+                                }
+                                return false
+                        })
+
+                        if nilTerm && value.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && len(components[1:]) == 0 {
+                                if !value.IsNil() {
+                                        value.Set(reflect.Zero(value.Type()))
+                                }
+                                return []reflect.Value{value}
+                        }
+
+                        if createPath && value.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && value.IsNil() {
+                                // TODO if the value is the terminus it should not be created
+                                // if the value to be set to its position is nil.
+                                value.Set(reflect.New(value.Type().Elem()))
+                                value = value.Elem()
+                        } else {
+                                value = reflect.Indirect(value)
+                        }
+
+                        if value.Kind() == reflect.Slice || value.Kind() == reflect.Map {
+                                if !createPath && value.IsNil() {
+                                        value = reflect.ValueOf(nil)
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        if value.IsValid() {
+                                nextvals = append(nextvals, value)
+                        }
+                }
+                values = nextvals
+
+                if indexStar || index != nil {
+                        nextvals = []reflect.Value{}
+                        for _, valItem := range values {
+                                value := reflect.Indirect(valItem)
+                                if value.Kind() != reflect.Slice {
+                                        continue
+                                }
+
+                                if indexStar { // grab all indices
+                                        for i := 0; i < value.Len(); i++ {
+                                                idx := reflect.Indirect(value.Index(i))
+                                                if idx.IsValid() {
+                                                        nextvals = append(nextvals, idx)
+                                                }
+                                        }
+                                        continue
+                                }
+
+                                // pull out index
+                                i := int(*index)
+                                if i >= value.Len() { // check out of bounds
+                                        if createPath {
+                                                // TODO resize slice
+                                        } else {
+                                                continue
+                                        }
+                                } else if i < 0 { // support negative indexing
+                                        i = value.Len() + i
+                                }
+                                value = reflect.Indirect(value.Index(i))
+
+                                if value.Kind() == reflect.Slice || value.Kind() == reflect.Map {
+                                        if !createPath && value.IsNil() {
+                                                value = reflect.ValueOf(nil)
+                                        }
+                                }
+
+                                if value.IsValid() {
+                                        nextvals = append(nextvals, value)
+                                }
+                        }
+                        values = nextvals
+                }
+
+                components = components[1:]
+        }
+        return values
+}
+
+// ValuesAtPath returns a list of values at the case insensitive lexical
+// path inside of a structure.
+func ValuesAtPath(i interface{}, path string) ([]interface{}, error) {
+        result, err := jmespath.Search(path, i)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        v := reflect.ValueOf(result)
+        if !v.IsValid() || (v.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && v.IsNil()) {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+        if s, ok := result.([]interface{}); ok {
+                return s, err
+        }
+        if v.Kind() == reflect.Map && v.Len() == 0 {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+        if v.Kind() == reflect.Slice {
+                out := make([]interface{}, v.Len())
+                for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ {
+                        out[i] = v.Index(i).Interface()
+                }
+                return out, nil
+        }
+
+        return []interface{}{result}, nil
+}
+
+// SetValueAtPath sets a value at the case insensitive lexical path inside
+// of a structure.
+func SetValueAtPath(i interface{}, path string, v interface{}) {
+        if rvals := rValuesAtPath(i, path, true, false, v == nil); rvals != nil {
+                for _, rval := range rvals {
+                        if rval.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && rval.IsNil() {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        setValue(rval, v)
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+func setValue(dstVal reflect.Value, src interface{}) {
+        if dstVal.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                dstVal = reflect.Indirect(dstVal)
+        }
+        srcVal := reflect.ValueOf(src)
+
+        if !srcVal.IsValid() { // src is literal nil
+                if dstVal.CanAddr() {
+                        // Convert to pointer so that pointer's value can be nil'ed
+                        //                     dstVal = dstVal.Addr()
+                }
+                dstVal.Set(reflect.Zero(dstVal.Type()))
+
+        } else if srcVal.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                if srcVal.IsNil() {
+                        srcVal = reflect.Zero(dstVal.Type())
+                } else {
+                        srcVal = reflect.ValueOf(src).Elem()
+                }
+                dstVal.Set(srcVal)
+        } else {
+                dstVal.Set(srcVal)
+        }
+
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/prettify.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/prettify.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..710eb43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/prettify.go
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+package awsutil
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "reflect"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// Prettify returns the string representation of a value.
+func Prettify(i interface{}) string {
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        prettify(reflect.ValueOf(i), 0, &buf)
+        return buf.String()
+}
+
+// prettify will recursively walk value v to build a textual
+// representation of the value.
+func prettify(v reflect.Value, indent int, buf *bytes.Buffer) {
+        for v.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                v = v.Elem()
+        }
+
+        switch v.Kind() {
+        case reflect.Struct:
+                strtype := v.Type().String()
+                if strtype == "time.Time" {
+                        fmt.Fprintf(buf, "%s", v.Interface())
+                        break
+                } else if strings.HasPrefix(strtype, "io.") {
+                        buf.WriteString("<buffer>")
+                        break
+                }
+
+                buf.WriteString("{\n")
+
+                names := []string{}
+                for i := 0; i < v.Type().NumField(); i++ {
+                        name := v.Type().Field(i).Name
+                        f := v.Field(i)
+                        if name[0:1] == strings.ToLower(name[0:1]) {
+                                continue // ignore unexported fields
+                        }
+                        if (f.Kind() == reflect.Ptr || f.Kind() == reflect.Slice || f.Kind() == reflect.Map) && f.IsNil() {
+                                continue // ignore unset fields
+                        }
+                        names = append(names, name)
+                }
+
+                for i, n := range names {
+                        val := v.FieldByName(n)
+                        buf.WriteString(strings.Repeat(" ", indent+2))
+                        buf.WriteString(n + ": ")
+                        prettify(val, indent+2, buf)
+
+                        if i < len(names)-1 {
+                                buf.WriteString(",\n")
+                        }
+                }
+
+                buf.WriteString("\n" + strings.Repeat(" ", indent) + "}")
+        case reflect.Slice:
+                strtype := v.Type().String()
+                if strtype == "[]uint8" {
+                        fmt.Fprintf(buf, "<binary> len %d", v.Len())
+                        break
+                }
+
+                nl, id, id2 := "", "", ""
+                if v.Len() > 3 {
+                        nl, id, id2 = "\n", strings.Repeat(" ", indent), strings.Repeat(" ", indent+2)
+                }
+                buf.WriteString("[" + nl)
+                for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ {
+                        buf.WriteString(id2)
+                        prettify(v.Index(i), indent+2, buf)
+
+                        if i < v.Len()-1 {
+                                buf.WriteString("," + nl)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                buf.WriteString(nl + id + "]")
+        case reflect.Map:
+                buf.WriteString("{\n")
+
+                for i, k := range v.MapKeys() {
+                        buf.WriteString(strings.Repeat(" ", indent+2))
+                        buf.WriteString(k.String() + ": ")
+                        prettify(v.MapIndex(k), indent+2, buf)
+
+                        if i < v.Len()-1 {
+                                buf.WriteString(",\n")
+                        }
+                }
+
+                buf.WriteString("\n" + strings.Repeat(" ", indent) + "}")
+        default:
+                if !v.IsValid() {
+                        fmt.Fprint(buf, "<invalid value>")
+                        return
+                }
+                format := "%v"
+                switch v.Interface().(type) {
+                case string:
+                        format = "%q"
+                case io.ReadSeeker, io.Reader:
+                        format = "buffer(%p)"
+                }
+                fmt.Fprintf(buf, format, v.Interface())
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/string_value.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/string_value.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6432f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/string_value.go
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+package awsutil
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// StringValue returns the string representation of a value.
+func StringValue(i interface{}) string {
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        stringValue(reflect.ValueOf(i), 0, &buf)
+        return buf.String()
+}
+
+func stringValue(v reflect.Value, indent int, buf *bytes.Buffer) {
+        for v.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                v = v.Elem()
+        }
+
+        switch v.Kind() {
+        case reflect.Struct:
+                buf.WriteString("{\n")
+
+                names := []string{}
+                for i := 0; i < v.Type().NumField(); i++ {
+                        name := v.Type().Field(i).Name
+                        f := v.Field(i)
+                        if name[0:1] == strings.ToLower(name[0:1]) {
+                                continue // ignore unexported fields
+                        }
+                        if (f.Kind() == reflect.Ptr || f.Kind() == reflect.Slice) && f.IsNil() {
+                                continue // ignore unset fields
+                        }
+                        names = append(names, name)
+                }
+
+                for i, n := range names {
+                        val := v.FieldByName(n)
+                        buf.WriteString(strings.Repeat(" ", indent+2))
+                        buf.WriteString(n + ": ")
+                        stringValue(val, indent+2, buf)
+
+                        if i < len(names)-1 {
+                                buf.WriteString(",\n")
+                        }
+                }
+
+                buf.WriteString("\n" + strings.Repeat(" ", indent) + "}")
+        case reflect.Slice:
+                nl, id, id2 := "", "", ""
+                if v.Len() > 3 {
+                        nl, id, id2 = "\n", strings.Repeat(" ", indent), strings.Repeat(" ", indent+2)
+                }
+                buf.WriteString("[" + nl)
+                for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ {
+                        buf.WriteString(id2)
+                        stringValue(v.Index(i), indent+2, buf)
+
+                        if i < v.Len()-1 {
+                                buf.WriteString("," + nl)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                buf.WriteString(nl + id + "]")
+        case reflect.Map:
+                buf.WriteString("{\n")
+
+                for i, k := range v.MapKeys() {
+                        buf.WriteString(strings.Repeat(" ", indent+2))
+                        buf.WriteString(k.String() + ": ")
+                        stringValue(v.MapIndex(k), indent+2, buf)
+
+                        if i < v.Len()-1 {
+                                buf.WriteString(",\n")
+                        }
+                }
+
+                buf.WriteString("\n" + strings.Repeat(" ", indent) + "}")
+        default:
+                format := "%v"
+                switch v.Interface().(type) {
+                case string:
+                        format = "%q"
+                }
+                fmt.Fprintf(buf, format, v.Interface())
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/client.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/client.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48b0fbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/client.go
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+package client
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "net/http/httputil"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+// A Config provides configuration to a service client instance.
+type Config struct {
+        Config        *aws.Config
+        Handlers      request.Handlers
+        Endpoint      string
+        SigningRegion string
+        SigningName   string
+}
+
+// ConfigProvider provides a generic way for a service client to receive
+// the ClientConfig without circular dependencies.
+type ConfigProvider interface {
+        ClientConfig(serviceName string, cfgs ...*aws.Config) Config
+}
+
+// ConfigNoResolveEndpointProvider same as ConfigProvider except it will not
+// resolve the endpoint automatically. The service client's endpoint must be
+// provided via the aws.Config.Endpoint field.
+type ConfigNoResolveEndpointProvider interface {
+        ClientConfigNoResolveEndpoint(cfgs ...*aws.Config) Config
+}
+
+// A Client implements the base client request and response handling
+// used by all service clients.
+type Client struct {
+        request.Retryer
+        metadata.ClientInfo
+
+        Config   aws.Config
+        Handlers request.Handlers
+}
+
+// New will return a pointer to a new initialized service client.
+func New(cfg aws.Config, info metadata.ClientInfo, handlers request.Handlers, options ...func(*Client)) *Client {
+        svc := &Client{
+                Config:     cfg,
+                ClientInfo: info,
+                Handlers:   handlers.Copy(),
+        }
+
+        switch retryer, ok := cfg.Retryer.(request.Retryer); {
+        case ok:
+                svc.Retryer = retryer
+        case cfg.Retryer != nil && cfg.Logger != nil:
+                s := fmt.Sprintf("WARNING: %T does not implement request.Retryer; using DefaultRetryer instead", cfg.Retryer)
+                cfg.Logger.Log(s)
+                fallthrough
+        default:
+                maxRetries := aws.IntValue(cfg.MaxRetries)
+                if cfg.MaxRetries == nil || maxRetries == aws.UseServiceDefaultRetries {
+                        maxRetries = 3
+                }
+                svc.Retryer = DefaultRetryer{NumMaxRetries: maxRetries}
+        }
+
+        svc.AddDebugHandlers()
+
+        for _, option := range options {
+                option(svc)
+        }
+
+        return svc
+}
+
+// NewRequest returns a new Request pointer for the service API
+// operation and parameters.
+func (c *Client) NewRequest(operation *request.Operation, params interface{}, data interface{}) *request.Request {
+        return request.New(c.Config, c.ClientInfo, c.Handlers, c.Retryer, operation, params, data)
+}
+
+// AddDebugHandlers injects debug logging handlers into the service to log request
+// debug information.
+func (c *Client) AddDebugHandlers() {
+        if !c.Config.LogLevel.AtLeast(aws.LogDebug) {
+                return
+        }
+
+        c.Handlers.Send.PushFrontNamed(request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.client.LogRequest", Fn: logRequest})
+        c.Handlers.Send.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.client.LogResponse", Fn: logResponse})
+}
+
+const logReqMsg = `DEBUG: Request %s/%s Details:
+---[ REQUEST POST-SIGN ]-----------------------------
+%s
+-----------------------------------------------------`
+
+const logReqErrMsg = `DEBUG ERROR: Request %s/%s:
+---[ REQUEST DUMP ERROR ]-----------------------------
+%s
+-----------------------------------------------------`
+
+func logRequest(r *request.Request) {
+        logBody := r.Config.LogLevel.Matches(aws.LogDebugWithHTTPBody)
+        dumpedBody, err := httputil.DumpRequestOut(r.HTTPRequest, logBody)
+        if err != nil {
+                r.Config.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf(logReqErrMsg, r.ClientInfo.ServiceName, r.Operation.Name, err))
+                r.Error = awserr.New(request.ErrCodeRead, "an error occurred during request body reading", err)
+                return
+        }
+
+        if logBody {
+                // Reset the request body because dumpRequest will re-wrap the r.HTTPRequest's
+                // Body as a NoOpCloser and will not be reset after read by the HTTP
+                // client reader.
+                r.ResetBody()
+        }
+
+        r.Config.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf(logReqMsg, r.ClientInfo.ServiceName, r.Operation.Name, string(dumpedBody)))
+}
+
+const logRespMsg = `DEBUG: Response %s/%s Details:
+---[ RESPONSE ]--------------------------------------
+%s
+-----------------------------------------------------`
+
+const logRespErrMsg = `DEBUG ERROR: Response %s/%s:
+---[ RESPONSE DUMP ERROR ]-----------------------------
+%s
+-----------------------------------------------------`
+
+func logResponse(r *request.Request) {
+        var msg = "no response data"
+        if r.HTTPResponse != nil {
+                logBody := r.Config.LogLevel.Matches(aws.LogDebugWithHTTPBody)
+                dumpedBody, err := httputil.DumpResponse(r.HTTPResponse, logBody)
+                if err != nil {
+                        r.Config.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf(logRespErrMsg, r.ClientInfo.ServiceName, r.Operation.Name, err))
+                        r.Error = awserr.New(request.ErrCodeRead, "an error occurred during response body reading", err)
+                        return
+                }
+
+                msg = string(dumpedBody)
+        } else if r.Error != nil {
+                msg = r.Error.Error()
+        }
+        r.Config.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf(logRespMsg, r.ClientInfo.ServiceName, r.Operation.Name, msg))
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/default_retryer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/default_retryer.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1313478
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/default_retryer.go
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+package client
+
+import (
+        "math/rand"
+        "sync"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+// DefaultRetryer implements basic retry logic using exponential backoff for
+// most services. If you want to implement custom retry logic, implement the
+// request.Retryer interface or create a structure type that composes this
+// struct and override the specific methods. For example, to override only
+// the MaxRetries method:
+//
+//              type retryer struct {
+//      service.DefaultRetryer
+//    }
+//
+//    // This implementation always has 100 max retries
+//    func (d retryer) MaxRetries() uint { return 100 }
+type DefaultRetryer struct {
+        NumMaxRetries int
+}
+
+// MaxRetries returns the number of maximum returns the service will use to make
+// an individual API request.
+func (d DefaultRetryer) MaxRetries() int {
+        return d.NumMaxRetries
+}
+
+var seededRand = rand.New(&lockedSource{src: rand.NewSource(time.Now().UnixNano())})
+
+// RetryRules returns the delay duration before retrying this request again
+func (d DefaultRetryer) RetryRules(r *request.Request) time.Duration {
+        // Set the upper limit of delay in retrying at ~five minutes
+        minTime := 30
+        throttle := d.shouldThrottle(r)
+        if throttle {
+                minTime = 500
+        }
+
+        retryCount := r.RetryCount
+        if retryCount > 13 {
+                retryCount = 13
+        } else if throttle && retryCount > 8 {
+                retryCount = 8
+        }
+
+        delay := (1 << uint(retryCount)) * (seededRand.Intn(minTime) + minTime)
+        return time.Duration(delay) * time.Millisecond
+}
+
+// ShouldRetry returns true if the request should be retried.
+func (d DefaultRetryer) ShouldRetry(r *request.Request) bool {
+        // If one of the other handlers already set the retry state
+        // we don't want to override it based on the service's state
+        if r.Retryable != nil {
+                return *r.Retryable
+        }
+
+        if r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 500 {
+                return true
+        }
+        return r.IsErrorRetryable() || d.shouldThrottle(r)
+}
+
+// ShouldThrottle returns true if the request should be throttled.
+func (d DefaultRetryer) shouldThrottle(r *request.Request) bool {
+        if r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode == 502 ||
+                r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode == 503 ||
+                r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode == 504 {
+                return true
+        }
+        return r.IsErrorThrottle()
+}
+
+// lockedSource is a thread-safe implementation of rand.Source
+type lockedSource struct {
+        lk  sync.Mutex
+        src rand.Source
+}
+
+func (r *lockedSource) Int63() (n int64) {
+        r.lk.Lock()
+        n = r.src.Int63()
+        r.lk.Unlock()
+        return
+}
+
+func (r *lockedSource) Seed(seed int64) {
+        r.lk.Lock()
+        r.src.Seed(seed)
+        r.lk.Unlock()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata/client_info.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata/client_info.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4778056
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata/client_info.go
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+package metadata
+
+// ClientInfo wraps immutable data from the client.Client structure.
+type ClientInfo struct {
+        ServiceName   string
+        APIVersion    string
+        Endpoint      string
+        SigningName   string
+        SigningRegion string
+        JSONVersion   string
+        TargetPrefix  string
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1f31f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go
@@ -0,0 +1,470 @@
+package aws
+
+import (
+        "net/http"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints"
+)
+
+// UseServiceDefaultRetries instructs the config to use the service's own
+// default number of retries. This will be the default action if
+// Config.MaxRetries is nil also.
+const UseServiceDefaultRetries = -1
+
+// RequestRetryer is an alias for a type that implements the request.Retryer
+// interface.
+type RequestRetryer interface{}
+
+// A Config provides service configuration for service clients. By default,
+// all clients will use the defaults.DefaultConfig tructure.
+//
+//     // Create Session with MaxRetry configuration to be shared by multiple
+//     // service clients.
+//     sess := session.Must(session.NewSession(&aws.Config{
+//         MaxRetries: aws.Int(3),
+//     }))
+//
+//     // Create S3 service client with a specific Region.
+//     svc := s3.New(sess, &aws.Config{
+//         Region: aws.String("us-west-2"),
+//     })
+type Config struct {
+        // Enables verbose error printing of all credential chain errors.
+        // Should be used when wanting to see all errors while attempting to
+        // retrieve credentials.
+        CredentialsChainVerboseErrors *bool
+
+        // The credentials object to use when signing requests. Defaults to a
+        // chain of credential providers to search for credentials in environment
+        // variables, shared credential file, and EC2 Instance Roles.
+        Credentials *credentials.Credentials
+
+        // An optional endpoint URL (hostname only or fully qualified URI)
+        // that overrides the default generated endpoint for a client. Set this
+        // to `""` to use the default generated endpoint.
+        //
+        // @note You must still provide a `Region` value when specifying an
+        //   endpoint for a client.
+        Endpoint *string
+
+        // The resolver to use for looking up endpoints for AWS service clients
+        // to use based on region.
+        EndpointResolver endpoints.Resolver
+
+        // EnforceShouldRetryCheck is used in the AfterRetryHandler to always call
+        // ShouldRetry regardless of whether or not if request.Retryable is set.
+        // This will utilize ShouldRetry method of custom retryers. If EnforceShouldRetryCheck
+        // is not set, then ShouldRetry will only be called if request.Retryable is nil.
+        // Proper handling of the request.Retryable field is important when setting this field.
+        EnforceShouldRetryCheck *bool
+
+        // The region to send requests to. This parameter is required and must
+        // be configured globally or on a per-client basis unless otherwise
+        // noted. A full list of regions is found in the "Regions and Endpoints"
+        // document.
+        //
+        // @see http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html
+        //   AWS Regions and Endpoints
+        Region *string
+
+        // Set this to `true` to disable SSL when sending requests. Defaults
+        // to `false`.
+        DisableSSL *bool
+
+        // The HTTP client to use when sending requests. Defaults to
+        // `http.DefaultClient`.
+        HTTPClient *http.Client
+
+        // An integer value representing the logging level. The default log level
+        // is zero (LogOff), which represents no logging. To enable logging set
+        // to a LogLevel Value.
+        LogLevel *LogLevelType
+
+        // The logger writer interface to write logging messages to. Defaults to
+        // standard out.
+        Logger Logger
+
+        // The maximum number of times that a request will be retried for failures.
+        // Defaults to -1, which defers the max retry setting to the service
+        // specific configuration.
+        MaxRetries *int
+
+        // Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of
+        // recoverable failures.
+        //
+        // When nil or the value does not implement the request.Retryer interface,
+        // the request.DefaultRetryer will be used.
+        //
+        // When both Retryer and MaxRetries are non-nil, the former is used and
+        // the latter ignored.
+        //
+        // To set the Retryer field in a type-safe manner and with chaining, use
+        // the request.WithRetryer helper function:
+        //
+        //   cfg := request.WithRetryer(aws.NewConfig(), myRetryer)
+        //
+        Retryer RequestRetryer
+
+        // Disables semantic parameter validation, which validates input for
+        // missing required fields and/or other semantic request input errors.
+        DisableParamValidation *bool
+
+        // Disables the computation of request and response checksums, e.g.,
+        // CRC32 checksums in Amazon DynamoDB.
+        DisableComputeChecksums *bool
+
+        // Set this to `true` to force the request to use path-style addressing,
+        // i.e., `http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY`. By default, the S3 client
+        // will use virtual hosted bucket addressing when possible
+        // (`http://BUCKET.s3.amazonaws.com/KEY`).
+        //
+        // @note This configuration option is specific to the Amazon S3 service.
+        // @see http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html
+        //   Amazon S3: Virtual Hosting of Buckets
+        S3ForcePathStyle *bool
+
+        // Set this to `true` to disable the SDK adding the `Expect: 100-Continue`
+        // header to PUT requests over 2MB of content. 100-Continue instructs the
+        // HTTP client not to send the body until the service responds with a
+        // `continue` status. This is useful to prevent sending the request body
+        // until after the request is authenticated, and validated.
+        //
+        // http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectPUT.html
+        //
+        // 100-Continue is only enabled for Go 1.6 and above. See `http.Transport`'s
+        // `ExpectContinueTimeout` for information on adjusting the continue wait
+        // timeout. https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#Transport
+        //
+        // You should use this flag to disble 100-Continue if you experience issues
+        // with proxies or third party S3 compatible services.
+        S3Disable100Continue *bool
+
+        // Set this to `true` to enable S3 Accelerate feature. For all operations
+        // compatible with S3 Accelerate will use the accelerate endpoint for
+        // requests. Requests not compatible will fall back to normal S3 requests.
+        //
+        // The bucket must be enable for accelerate to be used with S3 client with
+        // accelerate enabled. If the bucket is not enabled for accelerate an error
+        // will be returned. The bucket name must be DNS compatible to also work
+        // with accelerate.
+        S3UseAccelerate *bool
+
+        // Set this to `true` to disable the EC2Metadata client from overriding the
+        // default http.Client's Timeout. This is helpful if you do not want the
+        // EC2Metadata client to create a new http.Client. This options is only
+        // meaningful if you're not already using a custom HTTP client with the
+        // SDK. Enabled by default.
+        //
+        // Must be set and provided to the session.NewSession() in order to disable
+        // the EC2Metadata overriding the timeout for default credentials chain.
+        //
+        // Example:
+        //    sess := session.Must(session.NewSession(aws.NewConfig()
+        //       .WithEC2MetadataDiableTimeoutOverride(true)))
+        //
+        //    svc := s3.New(sess)
+        //
+        EC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride *bool
+
+        // Instructs the endpiont to be generated for a service client to
+        // be the dual stack endpoint. The dual stack endpoint will support
+        // both IPv4 and IPv6 addressing.
+        //
+        // Setting this for a service which does not support dual stack will fail
+        // to make requets. It is not recommended to set this value on the session
+        // as it will apply to all service clients created with the session. Even
+        // services which don't support dual stack endpoints.
+        //
+        // If the Endpoint config value is also provided the UseDualStack flag
+        // will be ignored.
+        //
+        // Only supported with.
+        //
+        //     sess := session.Must(session.NewSession())
+        //
+        //     svc := s3.New(sess, &aws.Config{
+        //         UseDualStack: aws.Bool(true),
+        //     })
+        UseDualStack *bool
+
+        // SleepDelay is an override for the func the SDK will call when sleeping
+        // during the lifecycle of a request. Specifically this will be used for
+        // request delays. This value should only be used for testing. To adjust
+        // the delay of a request see the aws/client.DefaultRetryer and
+        // aws/request.Retryer.
+        //
+        // SleepDelay will prevent any Context from being used for canceling retry
+        // delay of an API operation. It is recommended to not use SleepDelay at all
+        // and specify a Retryer instead.
+        SleepDelay func(time.Duration)
+
+        // DisableRestProtocolURICleaning will not clean the URL path when making rest protocol requests.
+        // Will default to false. This would only be used for empty directory names in s3 requests.
+        //
+        // Example:
+        //    sess := session.Must(session.NewSession(&aws.Config{
+        //         DisableRestProtocolURICleaning: aws.Bool(true),
+        //    }))
+        //
+        //    svc := s3.New(sess)
+        //    out, err := svc.GetObject(&s3.GetObjectInput {
+        //      Bucket: aws.String("bucketname"),
+        //      Key: aws.String("//foo//bar//moo"),
+        //    })
+        DisableRestProtocolURICleaning *bool
+}
+
+// NewConfig returns a new Config pointer that can be chained with builder
+// methods to set multiple configuration values inline without using pointers.
+//
+//     // Create Session with MaxRetry configuration to be shared by multiple
+//     // service clients.
+//     sess := session.Must(session.NewSession(aws.NewConfig().
+//         WithMaxRetries(3),
+//     ))
+//
+//     // Create S3 service client with a specific Region.
+//     svc := s3.New(sess, aws.NewConfig().
+//         WithRegion("us-west-2"),
+//     )
+func NewConfig() *Config {
+        return &Config{}
+}
+
+// WithCredentialsChainVerboseErrors sets a config verbose errors boolean and returning
+// a Config pointer.
+func (c *Config) WithCredentialsChainVerboseErrors(verboseErrs bool) *Config {
+        c.CredentialsChainVerboseErrors = &verboseErrs
+        return c
+}
+
+// WithCredentials sets a config Credentials value returning a Config pointer
+// for chaining.
+func (c *Config) WithCredentials(creds *credentials.Credentials) *Config {
+        c.Credentials = creds
+        return c
+}
+
+// WithEndpoint sets a config Endpoint value returning a Config pointer for
+// chaining.
+func (c *Config) WithEndpoint(endpoint string) *Config {
+        c.Endpoint = &endpoint
+        return c
+}
+
+// WithEndpointResolver sets a config EndpointResolver value returning a
+// Config pointer for chaining.
+func (c *Config) WithEndpointResolver(resolver endpoints.Resolver) *Config {
+        c.EndpointResolver = resolver
+        return c
+}
+
+// WithRegion sets a config Region value returning a Config pointer for
+// chaining.
+func (c *Config) WithRegion(region string) *Config {
+        c.Region = &region
+        return c
+}
+
+// WithDisableSSL sets a config DisableSSL value returning a Config pointer
+// for chaining.
+func (c *Config) WithDisableSSL(disable bool) *Config {
+        c.DisableSSL = &disable
+        return c
+}
+
+// WithHTTPClient sets a config HTTPClient value returning a Config pointer
+// for chaining.
+func (c *Config) WithHTTPClient(client *http.Client) *Config {
+        c.HTTPClient = client
+        return c
+}
+
+// WithMaxRetries sets a config MaxRetries value returning a Config pointer
+// for chaining.
+func (c *Config) WithMaxRetries(max int) *Config {
+        c.MaxRetries = &max
+        return c
+}
+
+// WithDisableParamValidation sets a config DisableParamValidation value
+// returning a Config pointer for chaining.
+func (c *Config) WithDisableParamValidation(disable bool) *Config {
+        c.DisableParamValidation = &disable
+        return c
+}
+
+// WithDisableComputeChecksums sets a config DisableComputeChecksums value
+// returning a Config pointer for chaining.
+func (c *Config) WithDisableComputeChecksums(disable bool) *Config {
+        c.DisableComputeChecksums = &disable
+        return c
+}
+
+// WithLogLevel sets a config LogLevel value returning a Config pointer for
+// chaining.
+func (c *Config) WithLogLevel(level LogLevelType) *Config {
+        c.LogLevel = &level
+        return c
+}
+
+// WithLogger sets a config Logger value returning a Config pointer for
+// chaining.
+func (c *Config) WithLogger(logger Logger) *Config {
+        c.Logger = logger
+        return c
+}
+
+// WithS3ForcePathStyle sets a config S3ForcePathStyle value returning a Config
+// pointer for chaining.
+func (c *Config) WithS3ForcePathStyle(force bool) *Config {
+        c.S3ForcePathStyle = &force
+        return c
+}
+
+// WithS3Disable100Continue sets a config S3Disable100Continue value returning
+// a Config pointer for chaining.
+func (c *Config) WithS3Disable100Continue(disable bool) *Config {
+        c.S3Disable100Continue = &disable
+        return c
+}
+
+// WithS3UseAccelerate sets a config S3UseAccelerate value returning a Config
+// pointer for chaining.
+func (c *Config) WithS3UseAccelerate(enable bool) *Config {
+        c.S3UseAccelerate = &enable
+        return c
+}
+
+// WithUseDualStack sets a config UseDualStack value returning a Config
+// pointer for chaining.
+func (c *Config) WithUseDualStack(enable bool) *Config {
+        c.UseDualStack = &enable
+        return c
+}
+
+// WithEC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride sets a config EC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride value
+// returning a Config pointer for chaining.
+func (c *Config) WithEC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride(enable bool) *Config {
+        c.EC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride = &enable
+        return c
+}
+
+// WithSleepDelay overrides the function used to sleep while waiting for the
+// next retry. Defaults to time.Sleep.
+func (c *Config) WithSleepDelay(fn func(time.Duration)) *Config {
+        c.SleepDelay = fn
+        return c
+}
+
+// MergeIn merges the passed in configs into the existing config object.
+func (c *Config) MergeIn(cfgs ...*Config) {
+        for _, other := range cfgs {
+                mergeInConfig(c, other)
+        }
+}
+
+func mergeInConfig(dst *Config, other *Config) {
+        if other == nil {
+                return
+        }
+
+        if other.CredentialsChainVerboseErrors != nil {
+                dst.CredentialsChainVerboseErrors = other.CredentialsChainVerboseErrors
+        }
+
+        if other.Credentials != nil {
+                dst.Credentials = other.Credentials
+        }
+
+        if other.Endpoint != nil {
+                dst.Endpoint = other.Endpoint
+        }
+
+        if other.EndpointResolver != nil {
+                dst.EndpointResolver = other.EndpointResolver
+        }
+
+        if other.Region != nil {
+                dst.Region = other.Region
+        }
+
+        if other.DisableSSL != nil {
+                dst.DisableSSL = other.DisableSSL
+        }
+
+        if other.HTTPClient != nil {
+                dst.HTTPClient = other.HTTPClient
+        }
+
+        if other.LogLevel != nil {
+                dst.LogLevel = other.LogLevel
+        }
+
+        if other.Logger != nil {
+                dst.Logger = other.Logger
+        }
+
+        if other.MaxRetries != nil {
+                dst.MaxRetries = other.MaxRetries
+        }
+
+        if other.Retryer != nil {
+                dst.Retryer = other.Retryer
+        }
+
+        if other.DisableParamValidation != nil {
+                dst.DisableParamValidation = other.DisableParamValidation
+        }
+
+        if other.DisableComputeChecksums != nil {
+                dst.DisableComputeChecksums = other.DisableComputeChecksums
+        }
+
+        if other.S3ForcePathStyle != nil {
+                dst.S3ForcePathStyle = other.S3ForcePathStyle
+        }
+
+        if other.S3Disable100Continue != nil {
+                dst.S3Disable100Continue = other.S3Disable100Continue
+        }
+
+        if other.S3UseAccelerate != nil {
+                dst.S3UseAccelerate = other.S3UseAccelerate
+        }
+
+        if other.UseDualStack != nil {
+                dst.UseDualStack = other.UseDualStack
+        }
+
+        if other.EC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride != nil {
+                dst.EC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride = other.EC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride
+        }
+
+        if other.SleepDelay != nil {
+                dst.SleepDelay = other.SleepDelay
+        }
+
+        if other.DisableRestProtocolURICleaning != nil {
+                dst.DisableRestProtocolURICleaning = other.DisableRestProtocolURICleaning
+        }
+
+        if other.EnforceShouldRetryCheck != nil {
+                dst.EnforceShouldRetryCheck = other.EnforceShouldRetryCheck
+        }
+}
+
+// Copy will return a shallow copy of the Config object. If any additional
+// configurations are provided they will be merged into the new config returned.
+func (c *Config) Copy(cfgs ...*Config) *Config {
+        dst := &Config{}
+        dst.MergeIn(c)
+
+        for _, cfg := range cfgs {
+                dst.MergeIn(cfg)
+        }
+
+        return dst
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79f4268
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context.go
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+package aws
+
+import (
+        "time"
+)
+
+// Context is an copy of the Go v1.7 stdlib's context.Context interface.
+// It is represented as a SDK interface to enable you to use the "WithContext"
+// API methods with Go v1.6 and a Context type such as golang.org/x/net/context.
+//
+// See https://golang.org/pkg/context on how to use contexts.
+type Context interface {
+        // Deadline returns the time when work done on behalf of this context
+        // should be canceled. Deadline returns ok==false when no deadline is
+        // set. Successive calls to Deadline return the same results.
+        Deadline() (deadline time.Time, ok bool)
+
+        // Done returns a channel that's closed when work done on behalf of this
+        // context should be canceled. Done may return nil if this context can
+        // never be canceled. Successive calls to Done return the same value.
+        Done() <-chan struct{}
+
+        // Err returns a non-nil error value after Done is closed. Err returns
+        // Canceled if the context was canceled or DeadlineExceeded if the
+        // context's deadline passed. No other values for Err are defined.
+        // After Done is closed, successive calls to Err return the same value.
+        Err() error
+
+        // Value returns the value associated with this context for key, or nil
+        // if no value is associated with key. Successive calls to Value with
+        // the same key returns the same result.
+        //
+        // Use context values only for request-scoped data that transits
+        // processes and API boundaries, not for passing optional parameters to
+        // functions.
+        Value(key interface{}) interface{}
+}
+
+// BackgroundContext returns a context that will never be canceled, has no
+// values, and no deadline. This context is used by the SDK to provide
+// backwards compatibility with non-context API operations and functionality.
+//
+// Go 1.6 and before:
+// This context function is equivalent to context.Background in the Go stdlib.
+//
+// Go 1.7 and later:
+// The context returned will be the value returned by context.Background()
+//
+// See https://golang.org/pkg/context for more information on Contexts.
+func BackgroundContext() Context {
+        return backgroundCtx
+}
+
+// SleepWithContext will wait for the timer duration to expire, or the context
+// is canceled. Which ever happens first. If the context is canceled the Context's
+// error will be returned.
+//
+// Expects Context to always return a non-nil error if the Done channel is closed.
+func SleepWithContext(ctx Context, dur time.Duration) error {
+        t := time.NewTimer(dur)
+        defer t.Stop()
+
+        select {
+        case <-t.C:
+                break
+        case <-ctx.Done():
+                return ctx.Err()
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context_1_6.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context_1_6.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8cf93d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context_1_6.go
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+// +build !go1.7
+
+package aws
+
+import "time"
+
+// An emptyCtx is a copy of the the Go 1.7 context.emptyCtx type. This
+// is copied to provide a 1.6 and 1.5 safe version of context that is compatible
+// with Go 1.7's Context.
+//
+// An emptyCtx is never canceled, has no values, and has no deadline. It is not
+// struct{}, since vars of this type must have distinct addresses.
+type emptyCtx int
+
+func (*emptyCtx) Deadline() (deadline time.Time, ok bool) {
+        return
+}
+
+func (*emptyCtx) Done() <-chan struct{} {
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (*emptyCtx) Err() error {
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (*emptyCtx) Value(key interface{}) interface{} {
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (e *emptyCtx) String() string {
+        switch e {
+        case backgroundCtx:
+                return "aws.BackgroundContext"
+        }
+        return "unknown empty Context"
+}
+
+var (
+        backgroundCtx = new(emptyCtx)
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context_1_7.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context_1_7.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..064f75c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/context_1_7.go
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+// +build go1.7
+
+package aws
+
+import "context"
+
+var (
+        backgroundCtx = context.Background()
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/convert_types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/convert_types.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b73a7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/convert_types.go
@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+package aws
+
+import "time"
+
+// String returns a pointer to the string value passed in.
+func String(v string) *string {
+        return &v
+}
+
+// StringValue returns the value of the string pointer passed in or
+// "" if the pointer is nil.
+func StringValue(v *string) string {
+        if v != nil {
+                return *v
+        }
+        return ""
+}
+
+// StringSlice converts a slice of string values into a slice of
+// string pointers
+func StringSlice(src []string) []*string {
+        dst := make([]*string, len(src))
+        for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ {
+                dst[i] = &(src[i])
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// StringValueSlice converts a slice of string pointers into a slice of
+// string values
+func StringValueSlice(src []*string) []string {
+        dst := make([]string, len(src))
+        for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ {
+                if src[i] != nil {
+                        dst[i] = *(src[i])
+                }
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// StringMap converts a string map of string values into a string
+// map of string pointers
+func StringMap(src map[string]string) map[string]*string {
+        dst := make(map[string]*string)
+        for k, val := range src {
+                v := val
+                dst[k] = &v
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// StringValueMap converts a string map of string pointers into a string
+// map of string values
+func StringValueMap(src map[string]*string) map[string]string {
+        dst := make(map[string]string)
+        for k, val := range src {
+                if val != nil {
+                        dst[k] = *val
+                }
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// Bool returns a pointer to the bool value passed in.
+func Bool(v bool) *bool {
+        return &v
+}
+
+// BoolValue returns the value of the bool pointer passed in or
+// false if the pointer is nil.
+func BoolValue(v *bool) bool {
+        if v != nil {
+                return *v
+        }
+        return false
+}
+
+// BoolSlice converts a slice of bool values into a slice of
+// bool pointers
+func BoolSlice(src []bool) []*bool {
+        dst := make([]*bool, len(src))
+        for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ {
+                dst[i] = &(src[i])
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// BoolValueSlice converts a slice of bool pointers into a slice of
+// bool values
+func BoolValueSlice(src []*bool) []bool {
+        dst := make([]bool, len(src))
+        for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ {
+                if src[i] != nil {
+                        dst[i] = *(src[i])
+                }
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// BoolMap converts a string map of bool values into a string
+// map of bool pointers
+func BoolMap(src map[string]bool) map[string]*bool {
+        dst := make(map[string]*bool)
+        for k, val := range src {
+                v := val
+                dst[k] = &v
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// BoolValueMap converts a string map of bool pointers into a string
+// map of bool values
+func BoolValueMap(src map[string]*bool) map[string]bool {
+        dst := make(map[string]bool)
+        for k, val := range src {
+                if val != nil {
+                        dst[k] = *val
+                }
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// Int returns a pointer to the int value passed in.
+func Int(v int) *int {
+        return &v
+}
+
+// IntValue returns the value of the int pointer passed in or
+// 0 if the pointer is nil.
+func IntValue(v *int) int {
+        if v != nil {
+                return *v
+        }
+        return 0
+}
+
+// IntSlice converts a slice of int values into a slice of
+// int pointers
+func IntSlice(src []int) []*int {
+        dst := make([]*int, len(src))
+        for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ {
+                dst[i] = &(src[i])
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// IntValueSlice converts a slice of int pointers into a slice of
+// int values
+func IntValueSlice(src []*int) []int {
+        dst := make([]int, len(src))
+        for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ {
+                if src[i] != nil {
+                        dst[i] = *(src[i])
+                }
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// IntMap converts a string map of int values into a string
+// map of int pointers
+func IntMap(src map[string]int) map[string]*int {
+        dst := make(map[string]*int)
+        for k, val := range src {
+                v := val
+                dst[k] = &v
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// IntValueMap converts a string map of int pointers into a string
+// map of int values
+func IntValueMap(src map[string]*int) map[string]int {
+        dst := make(map[string]int)
+        for k, val := range src {
+                if val != nil {
+                        dst[k] = *val
+                }
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// Int64 returns a pointer to the int64 value passed in.
+func Int64(v int64) *int64 {
+        return &v
+}
+
+// Int64Value returns the value of the int64 pointer passed in or
+// 0 if the pointer is nil.
+func Int64Value(v *int64) int64 {
+        if v != nil {
+                return *v
+        }
+        return 0
+}
+
+// Int64Slice converts a slice of int64 values into a slice of
+// int64 pointers
+func Int64Slice(src []int64) []*int64 {
+        dst := make([]*int64, len(src))
+        for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ {
+                dst[i] = &(src[i])
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// Int64ValueSlice converts a slice of int64 pointers into a slice of
+// int64 values
+func Int64ValueSlice(src []*int64) []int64 {
+        dst := make([]int64, len(src))
+        for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ {
+                if src[i] != nil {
+                        dst[i] = *(src[i])
+                }
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// Int64Map converts a string map of int64 values into a string
+// map of int64 pointers
+func Int64Map(src map[string]int64) map[string]*int64 {
+        dst := make(map[string]*int64)
+        for k, val := range src {
+                v := val
+                dst[k] = &v
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// Int64ValueMap converts a string map of int64 pointers into a string
+// map of int64 values
+func Int64ValueMap(src map[string]*int64) map[string]int64 {
+        dst := make(map[string]int64)
+        for k, val := range src {
+                if val != nil {
+                        dst[k] = *val
+                }
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// Float64 returns a pointer to the float64 value passed in.
+func Float64(v float64) *float64 {
+        return &v
+}
+
+// Float64Value returns the value of the float64 pointer passed in or
+// 0 if the pointer is nil.
+func Float64Value(v *float64) float64 {
+        if v != nil {
+                return *v
+        }
+        return 0
+}
+
+// Float64Slice converts a slice of float64 values into a slice of
+// float64 pointers
+func Float64Slice(src []float64) []*float64 {
+        dst := make([]*float64, len(src))
+        for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ {
+                dst[i] = &(src[i])
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// Float64ValueSlice converts a slice of float64 pointers into a slice of
+// float64 values
+func Float64ValueSlice(src []*float64) []float64 {
+        dst := make([]float64, len(src))
+        for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ {
+                if src[i] != nil {
+                        dst[i] = *(src[i])
+                }
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// Float64Map converts a string map of float64 values into a string
+// map of float64 pointers
+func Float64Map(src map[string]float64) map[string]*float64 {
+        dst := make(map[string]*float64)
+        for k, val := range src {
+                v := val
+                dst[k] = &v
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// Float64ValueMap converts a string map of float64 pointers into a string
+// map of float64 values
+func Float64ValueMap(src map[string]*float64) map[string]float64 {
+        dst := make(map[string]float64)
+        for k, val := range src {
+                if val != nil {
+                        dst[k] = *val
+                }
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// Time returns a pointer to the time.Time value passed in.
+func Time(v time.Time) *time.Time {
+        return &v
+}
+
+// TimeValue returns the value of the time.Time pointer passed in or
+// time.Time{} if the pointer is nil.
+func TimeValue(v *time.Time) time.Time {
+        if v != nil {
+                return *v
+        }
+        return time.Time{}
+}
+
+// TimeUnixMilli returns a Unix timestamp in milliseconds from "January 1, 1970 UTC".
+// The result is undefined if the Unix time cannot be represented by an int64.
+// Which includes calling TimeUnixMilli on a zero Time is undefined.
+//
+// This utility is useful for service API's such as CloudWatch Logs which require
+// their unix time values to be in milliseconds.
+//
+// See Go stdlib https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.UnixNano for more information.
+func TimeUnixMilli(t time.Time) int64 {
+        return t.UnixNano() / int64(time.Millisecond/time.Nanosecond)
+}
+
+// TimeSlice converts a slice of time.Time values into a slice of
+// time.Time pointers
+func TimeSlice(src []time.Time) []*time.Time {
+        dst := make([]*time.Time, len(src))
+        for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ {
+                dst[i] = &(src[i])
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// TimeValueSlice converts a slice of time.Time pointers into a slice of
+// time.Time values
+func TimeValueSlice(src []*time.Time) []time.Time {
+        dst := make([]time.Time, len(src))
+        for i := 0; i < len(src); i++ {
+                if src[i] != nil {
+                        dst[i] = *(src[i])
+                }
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// TimeMap converts a string map of time.Time values into a string
+// map of time.Time pointers
+func TimeMap(src map[string]time.Time) map[string]*time.Time {
+        dst := make(map[string]*time.Time)
+        for k, val := range src {
+                v := val
+                dst[k] = &v
+        }
+        return dst
+}
+
+// TimeValueMap converts a string map of time.Time pointers into a string
+// map of time.Time values
+func TimeValueMap(src map[string]*time.Time) map[string]time.Time {
+        dst := make(map[string]time.Time)
+        for k, val := range src {
+                if val != nil {
+                        dst[k] = *val
+                }
+        }
+        return dst
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers/handlers.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers/handlers.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25b461c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers/handlers.go
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+package corehandlers
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "net/http"
+        "net/url"
+        "regexp"
+        "runtime"
+        "strconv"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+// Interface for matching types which also have a Len method.
+type lener interface {
+        Len() int
+}
+
+// BuildContentLengthHandler builds the content length of a request based on the body,
+// or will use the HTTPRequest.Header's "Content-Length" if defined. If unable
+// to determine request body length and no "Content-Length" was specified it will panic.
+//
+// The Content-Length will only be added to the request if the length of the body
+// is greater than 0. If the body is empty or the current `Content-Length`
+// header is <= 0, the header will also be stripped.
+var BuildContentLengthHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "core.BuildContentLengthHandler", Fn: func(r *request.Request) {
+        var length int64
+
+        if slength := r.HTTPRequest.Header.Get("Content-Length"); slength != "" {
+                length, _ = strconv.ParseInt(slength, 10, 64)
+        } else {
+                switch body := r.Body.(type) {
+                case nil:
+                        length = 0
+                case lener:
+                        length = int64(body.Len())
+                case io.Seeker:
+                        r.BodyStart, _ = body.Seek(0, 1)
+                        end, _ := body.Seek(0, 2)
+                        body.Seek(r.BodyStart, 0) // make sure to seek back to original location
+                        length = end - r.BodyStart
+                default:
+                        panic("Cannot get length of body, must provide `ContentLength`")
+                }
+        }
+
+        if length > 0 {
+                r.HTTPRequest.ContentLength = length
+                r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set("Content-Length", fmt.Sprintf("%d", length))
+        } else {
+                r.HTTPRequest.ContentLength = 0
+                r.HTTPRequest.Header.Del("Content-Length")
+        }
+}}
+
+// SDKVersionUserAgentHandler is a request handler for adding the SDK Version to the user agent.
+var SDKVersionUserAgentHandler = request.NamedHandler{
+        Name: "core.SDKVersionUserAgentHandler",
+        Fn: request.MakeAddToUserAgentHandler(aws.SDKName, aws.SDKVersion,
+                runtime.Version(), runtime.GOOS, runtime.GOARCH),
+}
+
+var reStatusCode = regexp.MustCompile(`^(\d{3})`)
+
+// ValidateReqSigHandler is a request handler to ensure that the request's
+// signature doesn't expire before it is sent. This can happen when a request
+// is built and signed significantly before it is sent. Or significant delays
+// occur when retrying requests that would cause the signature to expire.
+var ValidateReqSigHandler = request.NamedHandler{
+        Name: "core.ValidateReqSigHandler",
+        Fn: func(r *request.Request) {
+                // Unsigned requests are not signed
+                if r.Config.Credentials == credentials.AnonymousCredentials {
+                        return
+                }
+
+                signedTime := r.Time
+                if !r.LastSignedAt.IsZero() {
+                        signedTime = r.LastSignedAt
+                }
+
+                // 10 minutes to allow for some clock skew/delays in transmission.
+                // Would be improved with aws/aws-sdk-go#423
+                if signedTime.Add(10 * time.Minute).After(time.Now()) {
+                        return
+                }
+
+                fmt.Println("request expired, resigning")
+                r.Sign()
+        },
+}
+
+// SendHandler is a request handler to send service request using HTTP client.
+var SendHandler = request.NamedHandler{
+        Name: "core.SendHandler",
+        Fn: func(r *request.Request) {
+                sender := sendFollowRedirects
+                if r.DisableFollowRedirects {
+                        sender = sendWithoutFollowRedirects
+                }
+
+                var err error
+                r.HTTPResponse, err = sender(r)
+                if err != nil {
+                        handleSendError(r, err)
+                }
+        },
+}
+
+func sendFollowRedirects(r *request.Request) (*http.Response, error) {
+        return r.Config.HTTPClient.Do(r.HTTPRequest)
+}
+
+func sendWithoutFollowRedirects(r *request.Request) (*http.Response, error) {
+        transport := r.Config.HTTPClient.Transport
+        if transport == nil {
+                transport = http.DefaultTransport
+        }
+
+        return transport.RoundTrip(r.HTTPRequest)
+}
+
+func handleSendError(r *request.Request, err error) {
+        // Prevent leaking if an HTTPResponse was returned. Clean up
+        // the body.
+        if r.HTTPResponse != nil {
+                r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close()
+        }
+        // Capture the case where url.Error is returned for error processing
+        // response. e.g. 301 without location header comes back as string
+        // error and r.HTTPResponse is nil. Other URL redirect errors will
+        // comeback in a similar method.
+        if e, ok := err.(*url.Error); ok && e.Err != nil {
+                if s := reStatusCode.FindStringSubmatch(e.Err.Error()); s != nil {
+                        code, _ := strconv.ParseInt(s[1], 10, 64)
+                        r.HTTPResponse = &http.Response{
+                                StatusCode: int(code),
+                                Status:     http.StatusText(int(code)),
+                                Body:       ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewReader([]byte{})),
+                        }
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+        if r.HTTPResponse == nil {
+                // Add a dummy request response object to ensure the HTTPResponse
+                // value is consistent.
+                r.HTTPResponse = &http.Response{
+                        StatusCode: int(0),
+                        Status:     http.StatusText(int(0)),
+                        Body:       ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewReader([]byte{})),
+                }
+        }
+        // Catch all other request errors.
+        r.Error = awserr.New("RequestError", "send request failed", err)
+        r.Retryable = aws.Bool(true) // network errors are retryable
+
+        // Override the error with a context canceled error, if that was canceled.
+        ctx := r.Context()
+        select {
+        case <-ctx.Done():
+                r.Error = awserr.New(request.CanceledErrorCode,
+                        "request context canceled", ctx.Err())
+                r.Retryable = aws.Bool(false)
+        default:
+        }
+}
+
+// ValidateResponseHandler is a request handler to validate service response.
+var ValidateResponseHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "core.ValidateResponseHandler", Fn: func(r *request.Request) {
+        if r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode == 0 || r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode >= 300 {
+                // this may be replaced by an UnmarshalError handler
+                r.Error = awserr.New("UnknownError", "unknown error", nil)
+        }
+}}
+
+// AfterRetryHandler performs final checks to determine if the request should
+// be retried and how long to delay.
+var AfterRetryHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "core.AfterRetryHandler", Fn: func(r *request.Request) {
+        // If one of the other handlers already set the retry state
+        // we don't want to override it based on the service's state
+        if r.Retryable == nil || aws.BoolValue(r.Config.EnforceShouldRetryCheck) {
+                r.Retryable = aws.Bool(r.ShouldRetry(r))
+        }
+
+        if r.WillRetry() {
+                r.RetryDelay = r.RetryRules(r)
+
+                if sleepFn := r.Config.SleepDelay; sleepFn != nil {
+                        // Support SleepDelay for backwards compatibility and testing
+                        sleepFn(r.RetryDelay)
+                } else if err := aws.SleepWithContext(r.Context(), r.RetryDelay); err != nil {
+                        r.Error = awserr.New(request.CanceledErrorCode,
+                                "request context canceled", err)
+                        r.Retryable = aws.Bool(false)
+                        return
+                }
+
+                // when the expired token exception occurs the credentials
+                // need to be expired locally so that the next request to
+                // get credentials will trigger a credentials refresh.
+                if r.IsErrorExpired() {
+                        r.Config.Credentials.Expire()
+                }
+
+                r.RetryCount++
+                r.Error = nil
+        }
+}}
+
+// ValidateEndpointHandler is a request handler to validate a request had the
+// appropriate Region and Endpoint set. Will set r.Error if the endpoint or
+// region is not valid.
+var ValidateEndpointHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "core.ValidateEndpointHandler", Fn: func(r *request.Request) {
+        if r.ClientInfo.SigningRegion == "" && aws.StringValue(r.Config.Region) == "" {
+                r.Error = aws.ErrMissingRegion
+        } else if r.ClientInfo.Endpoint == "" {
+                r.Error = aws.ErrMissingEndpoint
+        }
+}}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers/param_validator.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers/param_validator.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d50b15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers/param_validator.go
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+package corehandlers
+
+import "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+
+// ValidateParametersHandler is a request handler to validate the input parameters.
+// Validating parameters only has meaning if done prior to the request being sent.
+var ValidateParametersHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "core.ValidateParametersHandler", Fn: func(r *request.Request) {
+        if !r.ParamsFilled() {
+                return
+        }
+
+        if v, ok := r.Params.(request.Validator); ok {
+                if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        r.Error = err
+                }
+        }
+}}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/chain_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/chain_provider.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f298d65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/chain_provider.go
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+package credentials
+
+import (
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+)
+
+var (
+        // ErrNoValidProvidersFoundInChain Is returned when there are no valid
+        // providers in the ChainProvider.
+        //
+        // This has been deprecated. For verbose error messaging set
+        // aws.Config.CredentialsChainVerboseErrors to true
+        //
+        // @readonly
+        ErrNoValidProvidersFoundInChain = awserr.New("NoCredentialProviders",
+                `no valid providers in chain. Deprecated.
+        For verbose messaging see aws.Config.CredentialsChainVerboseErrors`,
+                nil)
+)
+
+// A ChainProvider will search for a provider which returns credentials
+// and cache that provider until Retrieve is called again.
+//
+// The ChainProvider provides a way of chaining multiple providers together
+// which will pick the first available using priority order of the Providers
+// in the list.
+//
+// If none of the Providers retrieve valid credentials Value, ChainProvider's
+// Retrieve() will return the error ErrNoValidProvidersFoundInChain.
+//
+// If a Provider is found which returns valid credentials Value ChainProvider
+// will cache that Provider for all calls to IsExpired(), until Retrieve is
+// called again.
+//
+// Example of ChainProvider to be used with an EnvProvider and EC2RoleProvider.
+// In this example EnvProvider will first check if any credentials are available
+// via the environment variables. If there are none ChainProvider will check
+// the next Provider in the list, EC2RoleProvider in this case. If EC2RoleProvider
+// does not return any credentials ChainProvider will return the error
+// ErrNoValidProvidersFoundInChain
+//
+//     creds := credentials.NewChainCredentials(
+//         []credentials.Provider{
+//             &credentials.EnvProvider{},
+//             &ec2rolecreds.EC2RoleProvider{
+//                 Client: ec2metadata.New(sess),
+//             },
+//         })
+//
+//     // Usage of ChainCredentials with aws.Config
+//     svc := ec2.New(session.Must(session.NewSession(&aws.Config{
+//       Credentials: creds,
+//     })))
+//
+type ChainProvider struct {
+        Providers     []Provider
+        curr          Provider
+        VerboseErrors bool
+}
+
+// NewChainCredentials returns a pointer to a new Credentials object
+// wrapping a chain of providers.
+func NewChainCredentials(providers []Provider) *Credentials {
+        return NewCredentials(&ChainProvider{
+                Providers: append([]Provider{}, providers...),
+        })
+}
+
+// Retrieve returns the credentials value or error if no provider returned
+// without error.
+//
+// If a provider is found it will be cached and any calls to IsExpired()
+// will return the expired state of the cached provider.
+func (c *ChainProvider) Retrieve() (Value, error) {
+        var errs []error
+        for _, p := range c.Providers {
+                creds, err := p.Retrieve()
+                if err == nil {
+                        c.curr = p
+                        return creds, nil
+                }
+                errs = append(errs, err)
+        }
+        c.curr = nil
+
+        var err error
+        err = ErrNoValidProvidersFoundInChain
+        if c.VerboseErrors {
+                err = awserr.NewBatchError("NoCredentialProviders", "no valid providers in chain", errs)
+        }
+        return Value{}, err
+}
+
+// IsExpired will returned the expired state of the currently cached provider
+// if there is one.  If there is no current provider, true will be returned.
+func (c *ChainProvider) IsExpired() bool {
+        if c.curr != nil {
+                return c.curr.IsExpired()
+        }
+
+        return true
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/credentials.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/credentials.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42416fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/credentials.go
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+// Package credentials provides credential retrieval and management
+//
+// The Credentials is the primary method of getting access to and managing
+// credentials Values. Using dependency injection retrieval of the credential
+// values is handled by a object which satisfies the Provider interface.
+//
+// By default the Credentials.Get() will cache the successful result of a
+// Provider's Retrieve() until Provider.IsExpired() returns true. At which
+// point Credentials will call Provider's Retrieve() to get new credential Value.
+//
+// The Provider is responsible for determining when credentials Value have expired.
+// It is also important to note that Credentials will always call Retrieve the
+// first time Credentials.Get() is called.
+//
+// Example of using the environment variable credentials.
+//
+//     creds := credentials.NewEnvCredentials()
+//
+//     // Retrieve the credentials value
+//     credValue, err := creds.Get()
+//     if err != nil {
+//         // handle error
+//     }
+//
+// Example of forcing credentials to expire and be refreshed on the next Get().
+// This may be helpful to proactively expire credentials and refresh them sooner
+// than they would naturally expire on their own.
+//
+//     creds := credentials.NewCredentials(&ec2rolecreds.EC2RoleProvider{})
+//     creds.Expire()
+//     credsValue, err := creds.Get()
+//     // New credentials will be retrieved instead of from cache.
+//
+//
+// Custom Provider
+//
+// Each Provider built into this package also provides a helper method to generate
+// a Credentials pointer setup with the provider. To use a custom Provider just
+// create a type which satisfies the Provider interface and pass it to the
+// NewCredentials method.
+//
+//     type MyProvider struct{}
+//     func (m *MyProvider) Retrieve() (Value, error) {...}
+//     func (m *MyProvider) IsExpired() bool {...}
+//
+//     creds := credentials.NewCredentials(&MyProvider{})
+//     credValue, err := creds.Get()
+//
+package credentials
+
+import (
+        "sync"
+        "time"
+)
+
+// AnonymousCredentials is an empty Credential object that can be used as
+// dummy placeholder credentials for requests that do not need signed.
+//
+// This Credentials can be used to configure a service to not sign requests
+// when making service API calls. For example, when accessing public
+// s3 buckets.
+//
+//     svc := s3.New(session.Must(session.NewSession(&aws.Config{
+//       Credentials: credentials.AnonymousCredentials,
+//     })))
+//     // Access public S3 buckets.
+//
+// @readonly
+var AnonymousCredentials = NewStaticCredentials("", "", "")
+
+// A Value is the AWS credentials value for individual credential fields.
+type Value struct {
+        // AWS Access key ID
+        AccessKeyID string
+
+        // AWS Secret Access Key
+        SecretAccessKey string
+
+        // AWS Session Token
+        SessionToken string
+
+        // Provider used to get credentials
+        ProviderName string
+}
+
+// A Provider is the interface for any component which will provide credentials
+// Value. A provider is required to manage its own Expired state, and what to
+// be expired means.
+//
+// The Provider should not need to implement its own mutexes, because
+// that will be managed by Credentials.
+type Provider interface {
+        // Retrieve returns nil if it successfully retrieved the value.
+        // Error is returned if the value were not obtainable, or empty.
+        Retrieve() (Value, error)
+
+        // IsExpired returns if the credentials are no longer valid, and need
+        // to be retrieved.
+        IsExpired() bool
+}
+
+// An ErrorProvider is a stub credentials provider that always returns an error
+// this is used by the SDK when construction a known provider is not possible
+// due to an error.
+type ErrorProvider struct {
+        // The error to be returned from Retrieve
+        Err error
+
+        // The provider name to set on the Retrieved returned Value
+        ProviderName string
+}
+
+// Retrieve will always return the error that the ErrorProvider was created with.
+func (p ErrorProvider) Retrieve() (Value, error) {
+        return Value{ProviderName: p.ProviderName}, p.Err
+}
+
+// IsExpired will always return not expired.
+func (p ErrorProvider) IsExpired() bool {
+        return false
+}
+
+// A Expiry provides shared expiration logic to be used by credentials
+// providers to implement expiry functionality.
+//
+// The best method to use this struct is as an anonymous field within the
+// provider's struct.
+//
+// Example:
+//     type EC2RoleProvider struct {
+//         Expiry
+//         ...
+//     }
+type Expiry struct {
+        // The date/time when to expire on
+        expiration time.Time
+
+        // If set will be used by IsExpired to determine the current time.
+        // Defaults to time.Now if CurrentTime is not set.  Available for testing
+        // to be able to mock out the current time.
+        CurrentTime func() time.Time
+}
+
+// SetExpiration sets the expiration IsExpired will check when called.
+//
+// If window is greater than 0 the expiration time will be reduced by the
+// window value.
+//
+// Using a window is helpful to trigger credentials to expire sooner than
+// the expiration time given to ensure no requests are made with expired
+// tokens.
+func (e *Expiry) SetExpiration(expiration time.Time, window time.Duration) {
+        e.expiration = expiration
+        if window > 0 {
+                e.expiration = e.expiration.Add(-window)
+        }
+}
+
+// IsExpired returns if the credentials are expired.
+func (e *Expiry) IsExpired() bool {
+        if e.CurrentTime == nil {
+                e.CurrentTime = time.Now
+        }
+        return e.expiration.Before(e.CurrentTime())
+}
+
+// A Credentials provides synchronous safe retrieval of AWS credentials Value.
+// Credentials will cache the credentials value until they expire. Once the value
+// expires the next Get will attempt to retrieve valid credentials.
+//
+// Credentials is safe to use across multiple goroutines and will manage the
+// synchronous state so the Providers do not need to implement their own
+// synchronization.
+//
+// The first Credentials.Get() will always call Provider.Retrieve() to get the
+// first instance of the credentials Value. All calls to Get() after that
+// will return the cached credentials Value until IsExpired() returns true.
+type Credentials struct {
+        creds        Value
+        forceRefresh bool
+        m            sync.Mutex
+
+        provider Provider
+}
+
+// NewCredentials returns a pointer to a new Credentials with the provider set.
+func NewCredentials(provider Provider) *Credentials {
+        return &Credentials{
+                provider:     provider,
+                forceRefresh: true,
+        }
+}
+
+// Get returns the credentials value, or error if the credentials Value failed
+// to be retrieved.
+//
+// Will return the cached credentials Value if it has not expired. If the
+// credentials Value has expired the Provider's Retrieve() will be called
+// to refresh the credentials.
+//
+// If Credentials.Expire() was called the credentials Value will be force
+// expired, and the next call to Get() will cause them to be refreshed.
+func (c *Credentials) Get() (Value, error) {
+        c.m.Lock()
+        defer c.m.Unlock()
+
+        if c.isExpired() {
+                creds, err := c.provider.Retrieve()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return Value{}, err
+                }
+                c.creds = creds
+                c.forceRefresh = false
+        }
+
+        return c.creds, nil
+}
+
+// Expire expires the credentials and forces them to be retrieved on the
+// next call to Get().
+//
+// This will override the Provider's expired state, and force Credentials
+// to call the Provider's Retrieve().
+func (c *Credentials) Expire() {
+        c.m.Lock()
+        defer c.m.Unlock()
+
+        c.forceRefresh = true
+}
+
+// IsExpired returns if the credentials are no longer valid, and need
+// to be retrieved.
+//
+// If the Credentials were forced to be expired with Expire() this will
+// reflect that override.
+func (c *Credentials) IsExpired() bool {
+        c.m.Lock()
+        defer c.m.Unlock()
+
+        return c.isExpired()
+}
+
+// isExpired helper method wrapping the definition of expired credentials.
+func (c *Credentials) isExpired() bool {
+        return c.forceRefresh || c.provider.IsExpired()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/ec2rolecreds/ec2_role_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/ec2rolecreds/ec2_role_provider.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c397495
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/ec2rolecreds/ec2_role_provider.go
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+package ec2rolecreds
+
+import (
+        "bufio"
+        "encoding/json"
+        "fmt"
+        "path"
+        "strings"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata"
+)
+
+// ProviderName provides a name of EC2Role provider
+const ProviderName = "EC2RoleProvider"
+
+// A EC2RoleProvider retrieves credentials from the EC2 service, and keeps track if
+// those credentials are expired.
+//
+// Example how to configure the EC2RoleProvider with custom http Client, Endpoint
+// or ExpiryWindow
+//
+//     p := &ec2rolecreds.EC2RoleProvider{
+//         // Pass in a custom timeout to be used when requesting
+//         // IAM EC2 Role credentials.
+//         Client: ec2metadata.New(sess, aws.Config{
+//             HTTPClient: &http.Client{Timeout: 10 * time.Second},
+//         }),
+//
+//         // Do not use early expiry of credentials. If a non zero value is
+//         // specified the credentials will be expired early
+//         ExpiryWindow: 0,
+//     }
+type EC2RoleProvider struct {
+        credentials.Expiry
+
+        // Required EC2Metadata client to use when connecting to EC2 metadata service.
+        Client *ec2metadata.EC2Metadata
+
+        // ExpiryWindow will allow the credentials to trigger refreshing prior to
+        // the credentials actually expiring. This is beneficial so race conditions
+        // with expiring credentials do not cause request to fail unexpectedly
+        // due to ExpiredTokenException exceptions.
+        //
+        // So a ExpiryWindow of 10s would cause calls to IsExpired() to return true
+        // 10 seconds before the credentials are actually expired.
+        //
+        // If ExpiryWindow is 0 or less it will be ignored.
+        ExpiryWindow time.Duration
+}
+
+// NewCredentials returns a pointer to a new Credentials object wrapping
+// the EC2RoleProvider. Takes a ConfigProvider to create a EC2Metadata client.
+// The ConfigProvider is satisfied by the session.Session type.
+func NewCredentials(c client.ConfigProvider, options ...func(*EC2RoleProvider)) *credentials.Credentials {
+        p := &EC2RoleProvider{
+                Client: ec2metadata.New(c),
+        }
+
+        for _, option := range options {
+                option(p)
+        }
+
+        return credentials.NewCredentials(p)
+}
+
+// NewCredentialsWithClient returns a pointer to a new Credentials object wrapping
+// the EC2RoleProvider. Takes a EC2Metadata client to use when connecting to EC2
+// metadata service.
+func NewCredentialsWithClient(client *ec2metadata.EC2Metadata, options ...func(*EC2RoleProvider)) *credentials.Credentials {
+        p := &EC2RoleProvider{
+                Client: client,
+        }
+
+        for _, option := range options {
+                option(p)
+        }
+
+        return credentials.NewCredentials(p)
+}
+
+// Retrieve retrieves credentials from the EC2 service.
+// Error will be returned if the request fails, or unable to extract
+// the desired credentials.
+func (m *EC2RoleProvider) Retrieve() (credentials.Value, error) {
+        credsList, err := requestCredList(m.Client)
+        if err != nil {
+                return credentials.Value{ProviderName: ProviderName}, err
+        }
+
+        if len(credsList) == 0 {
+                return credentials.Value{ProviderName: ProviderName}, awserr.New("EmptyEC2RoleList", "empty EC2 Role list", nil)
+        }
+        credsName := credsList[0]
+
+        roleCreds, err := requestCred(m.Client, credsName)
+        if err != nil {
+                return credentials.Value{ProviderName: ProviderName}, err
+        }
+
+        m.SetExpiration(roleCreds.Expiration, m.ExpiryWindow)
+
+        return credentials.Value{
+                AccessKeyID:     roleCreds.AccessKeyID,
+                SecretAccessKey: roleCreds.SecretAccessKey,
+                SessionToken:    roleCreds.Token,
+                ProviderName:    ProviderName,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// A ec2RoleCredRespBody provides the shape for unmarshaling credential
+// request responses.
+type ec2RoleCredRespBody struct {
+        // Success State
+        Expiration      time.Time
+        AccessKeyID     string
+        SecretAccessKey string
+        Token           string
+
+        // Error state
+        Code    string
+        Message string
+}
+
+const iamSecurityCredsPath = "/iam/security-credentials"
+
+// requestCredList requests a list of credentials from the EC2 service.
+// If there are no credentials, or there is an error making or receiving the request
+func requestCredList(client *ec2metadata.EC2Metadata) ([]string, error) {
+        resp, err := client.GetMetadata(iamSecurityCredsPath)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, awserr.New("EC2RoleRequestError", "no EC2 instance role found", err)
+        }
+
+        credsList := []string{}
+        s := bufio.NewScanner(strings.NewReader(resp))
+        for s.Scan() {
+                credsList = append(credsList, s.Text())
+        }
+
+        if err := s.Err(); err != nil {
+                return nil, awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to read EC2 instance role from metadata service", err)
+        }
+
+        return credsList, nil
+}
+
+// requestCred requests the credentials for a specific credentials from the EC2 service.
+//
+// If the credentials cannot be found, or there is an error reading the response
+// and error will be returned.
+func requestCred(client *ec2metadata.EC2Metadata, credsName string) (ec2RoleCredRespBody, error) {
+        resp, err := client.GetMetadata(path.Join(iamSecurityCredsPath, credsName))
+        if err != nil {
+                return ec2RoleCredRespBody{},
+                        awserr.New("EC2RoleRequestError",
+                                fmt.Sprintf("failed to get %s EC2 instance role credentials", credsName),
+                                err)
+        }
+
+        respCreds := ec2RoleCredRespBody{}
+        if err := json.NewDecoder(strings.NewReader(resp)).Decode(&respCreds); err != nil {
+                return ec2RoleCredRespBody{},
+                        awserr.New("SerializationError",
+                                fmt.Sprintf("failed to decode %s EC2 instance role credentials", credsName),
+                                err)
+        }
+
+        if respCreds.Code != "Success" {
+                // If an error code was returned something failed requesting the role.
+                return ec2RoleCredRespBody{}, awserr.New(respCreds.Code, respCreds.Message, nil)
+        }
+
+        return respCreds, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/endpointcreds/provider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/endpointcreds/provider.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4cec5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/endpointcreds/provider.go
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+// Package endpointcreds provides support for retrieving credentials from an
+// arbitrary HTTP endpoint.
+//
+// The credentials endpoint Provider can receive both static and refreshable
+// credentials that will expire. Credentials are static when an "Expiration"
+// value is not provided in the endpoint's response.
+//
+// Static credentials will never expire once they have been retrieved. The format
+// of the static credentials response:
+//    {
+//        "AccessKeyId" : "MUA...",
+//        "SecretAccessKey" : "/7PC5om....",
+//    }
+//
+// Refreshable credentials will expire within the "ExpiryWindow" of the Expiration
+// value in the response. The format of the refreshable credentials response:
+//    {
+//        "AccessKeyId" : "MUA...",
+//        "SecretAccessKey" : "/7PC5om....",
+//        "Token" : "AQoDY....=",
+//        "Expiration" : "2016-02-25T06:03:31Z"
+//    }
+//
+// Errors should be returned in the following format and only returned with 400
+// or 500 HTTP status codes.
+//    {
+//        "code": "ErrorCode",
+//        "message": "Helpful error message."
+//    }
+package endpointcreds
+
+import (
+        "encoding/json"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+// ProviderName is the name of the credentials provider.
+const ProviderName = `CredentialsEndpointProvider`
+
+// Provider satisfies the credentials.Provider interface, and is a client to
+// retrieve credentials from an arbitrary endpoint.
+type Provider struct {
+        staticCreds bool
+        credentials.Expiry
+
+        // Requires a AWS Client to make HTTP requests to the endpoint with.
+        // the Endpoint the request will be made to is provided by the aws.Config's
+        // Endpoint value.
+        Client *client.Client
+
+        // ExpiryWindow will allow the credentials to trigger refreshing prior to
+        // the credentials actually expiring. This is beneficial so race conditions
+        // with expiring credentials do not cause request to fail unexpectedly
+        // due to ExpiredTokenException exceptions.
+        //
+        // So a ExpiryWindow of 10s would cause calls to IsExpired() to return true
+        // 10 seconds before the credentials are actually expired.
+        //
+        // If ExpiryWindow is 0 or less it will be ignored.
+        ExpiryWindow time.Duration
+}
+
+// NewProviderClient returns a credentials Provider for retrieving AWS credentials
+// from arbitrary endpoint.
+func NewProviderClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint string, options ...func(*Provider)) credentials.Provider {
+        p := &Provider{
+                Client: client.New(
+                        cfg,
+                        metadata.ClientInfo{
+                                ServiceName: "CredentialsEndpoint",
+                                Endpoint:    endpoint,
+                        },
+                        handlers,
+                ),
+        }
+
+        p.Client.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(unmarshalHandler)
+        p.Client.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBack(unmarshalError)
+        p.Client.Handlers.Validate.Clear()
+        p.Client.Handlers.Validate.PushBack(validateEndpointHandler)
+
+        for _, option := range options {
+                option(p)
+        }
+
+        return p
+}
+
+// NewCredentialsClient returns a Credentials wrapper for retrieving credentials
+// from an arbitrary endpoint concurrently. The client will request the
+func NewCredentialsClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint string, options ...func(*Provider)) *credentials.Credentials {
+        return credentials.NewCredentials(NewProviderClient(cfg, handlers, endpoint, options...))
+}
+
+// IsExpired returns true if the credentials retrieved are expired, or not yet
+// retrieved.
+func (p *Provider) IsExpired() bool {
+        if p.staticCreds {
+                return false
+        }
+        return p.Expiry.IsExpired()
+}
+
+// Retrieve will attempt to request the credentials from the endpoint the Provider
+// was configured for. And error will be returned if the retrieval fails.
+func (p *Provider) Retrieve() (credentials.Value, error) {
+        resp, err := p.getCredentials()
+        if err != nil {
+                return credentials.Value{ProviderName: ProviderName},
+                        awserr.New("CredentialsEndpointError", "failed to load credentials", err)
+        }
+
+        if resp.Expiration != nil {
+                p.SetExpiration(*resp.Expiration, p.ExpiryWindow)
+        } else {
+                p.staticCreds = true
+        }
+
+        return credentials.Value{
+                AccessKeyID:     resp.AccessKeyID,
+                SecretAccessKey: resp.SecretAccessKey,
+                SessionToken:    resp.Token,
+                ProviderName:    ProviderName,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+type getCredentialsOutput struct {
+        Expiration      *time.Time
+        AccessKeyID     string
+        SecretAccessKey string
+        Token           string
+}
+
+type errorOutput struct {
+        Code    string `json:"code"`
+        Message string `json:"message"`
+}
+
+func (p *Provider) getCredentials() (*getCredentialsOutput, error) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       "GetCredentials",
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+        }
+
+        out := &getCredentialsOutput{}
+        req := p.Client.NewRequest(op, nil, out)
+        req.HTTPRequest.Header.Set("Accept", "application/json")
+
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+func validateEndpointHandler(r *request.Request) {
+        if len(r.ClientInfo.Endpoint) == 0 {
+                r.Error = aws.ErrMissingEndpoint
+        }
+}
+
+func unmarshalHandler(r *request.Request) {
+        defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close()
+
+        out := r.Data.(*getCredentialsOutput)
+        if err := json.NewDecoder(r.HTTPResponse.Body).Decode(&out); err != nil {
+                r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError",
+                        "failed to decode endpoint credentials",
+                        err,
+                )
+        }
+}
+
+func unmarshalError(r *request.Request) {
+        defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close()
+
+        var errOut errorOutput
+        if err := json.NewDecoder(r.HTTPResponse.Body).Decode(&errOut); err != nil {
+                r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError",
+                        "failed to decode endpoint credentials",
+                        err,
+                )
+        }
+
+        // Response body format is not consistent between metadata endpoints.
+        // Grab the error message as a string and include that as the source error
+        r.Error = awserr.New(errOut.Code, errOut.Message, nil)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/env_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/env_provider.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c14231a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/env_provider.go
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+package credentials
+
+import (
+        "os"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+)
+
+// EnvProviderName provides a name of Env provider
+const EnvProviderName = "EnvProvider"
+
+var (
+        // ErrAccessKeyIDNotFound is returned when the AWS Access Key ID can't be
+        // found in the process's environment.
+        //
+        // @readonly
+        ErrAccessKeyIDNotFound = awserr.New("EnvAccessKeyNotFound", "AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID or AWS_ACCESS_KEY not found in environment", nil)
+
+        // ErrSecretAccessKeyNotFound is returned when the AWS Secret Access Key
+        // can't be found in the process's environment.
+        //
+        // @readonly
+        ErrSecretAccessKeyNotFound = awserr.New("EnvSecretNotFound", "AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY or AWS_SECRET_KEY not found in environment", nil)
+)
+
+// A EnvProvider retrieves credentials from the environment variables of the
+// running process. Environment credentials never expire.
+//
+// Environment variables used:
+//
+// * Access Key ID:     AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID or AWS_ACCESS_KEY
+//
+// * Secret Access Key: AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY or AWS_SECRET_KEY
+type EnvProvider struct {
+        retrieved bool
+}
+
+// NewEnvCredentials returns a pointer to a new Credentials object
+// wrapping the environment variable provider.
+func NewEnvCredentials() *Credentials {
+        return NewCredentials(&EnvProvider{})
+}
+
+// Retrieve retrieves the keys from the environment.
+func (e *EnvProvider) Retrieve() (Value, error) {
+        e.retrieved = false
+
+        id := os.Getenv("AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID")
+        if id == "" {
+                id = os.Getenv("AWS_ACCESS_KEY")
+        }
+
+        secret := os.Getenv("AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY")
+        if secret == "" {
+                secret = os.Getenv("AWS_SECRET_KEY")
+        }
+
+        if id == "" {
+                return Value{ProviderName: EnvProviderName}, ErrAccessKeyIDNotFound
+        }
+
+        if secret == "" {
+                return Value{ProviderName: EnvProviderName}, ErrSecretAccessKeyNotFound
+        }
+
+        e.retrieved = true
+        return Value{
+                AccessKeyID:     id,
+                SecretAccessKey: secret,
+                SessionToken:    os.Getenv("AWS_SESSION_TOKEN"),
+                ProviderName:    EnvProviderName,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// IsExpired returns if the credentials have been retrieved.
+func (e *EnvProvider) IsExpired() bool {
+        return !e.retrieved
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/example.ini b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/example.ini
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fc91d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/example.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+[default]
+aws_access_key_id = accessKey
+aws_secret_access_key = secret
+aws_session_token = token
+
+[no_token]
+aws_access_key_id = accessKey
+aws_secret_access_key = secret
+
+[with_colon]
+aws_access_key_id: accessKey
+aws_secret_access_key: secret
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/shared_credentials_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/shared_credentials_provider.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fb7cbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/shared_credentials_provider.go
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+package credentials
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+
+        "github.com/go-ini/ini"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+)
+
+// SharedCredsProviderName provides a name of SharedCreds provider
+const SharedCredsProviderName = "SharedCredentialsProvider"
+
+var (
+        // ErrSharedCredentialsHomeNotFound is emitted when the user directory cannot be found.
+        //
+        // @readonly
+        ErrSharedCredentialsHomeNotFound = awserr.New("UserHomeNotFound", "user home directory not found.", nil)
+)
+
+// A SharedCredentialsProvider retrieves credentials from the current user's home
+// directory, and keeps track if those credentials are expired.
+//
+// Profile ini file example: $HOME/.aws/credentials
+type SharedCredentialsProvider struct {
+        // Path to the shared credentials file.
+        //
+        // If empty will look for "AWS_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE" env variable. If the
+        // env value is empty will default to current user's home directory.
+        // Linux/OSX: "$HOME/.aws/credentials"
+        // Windows:   "%USERPROFILE%\.aws\credentials"
+        Filename string
+
+        // AWS Profile to extract credentials from the shared credentials file. If empty
+        // will default to environment variable "AWS_PROFILE" or "default" if
+        // environment variable is also not set.
+        Profile string
+
+        // retrieved states if the credentials have been successfully retrieved.
+        retrieved bool
+}
+
+// NewSharedCredentials returns a pointer to a new Credentials object
+// wrapping the Profile file provider.
+func NewSharedCredentials(filename, profile string) *Credentials {
+        return NewCredentials(&SharedCredentialsProvider{
+                Filename: filename,
+                Profile:  profile,
+        })
+}
+
+// Retrieve reads and extracts the shared credentials from the current
+// users home directory.
+func (p *SharedCredentialsProvider) Retrieve() (Value, error) {
+        p.retrieved = false
+
+        filename, err := p.filename()
+        if err != nil {
+                return Value{ProviderName: SharedCredsProviderName}, err
+        }
+
+        creds, err := loadProfile(filename, p.profile())
+        if err != nil {
+                return Value{ProviderName: SharedCredsProviderName}, err
+        }
+
+        p.retrieved = true
+        return creds, nil
+}
+
+// IsExpired returns if the shared credentials have expired.
+func (p *SharedCredentialsProvider) IsExpired() bool {
+        return !p.retrieved
+}
+
+// loadProfiles loads from the file pointed to by shared credentials filename for profile.
+// The credentials retrieved from the profile will be returned or error. Error will be
+// returned if it fails to read from the file, or the data is invalid.
+func loadProfile(filename, profile string) (Value, error) {
+        config, err := ini.Load(filename)
+        if err != nil {
+                return Value{ProviderName: SharedCredsProviderName}, awserr.New("SharedCredsLoad", "failed to load shared credentials file", err)
+        }
+        iniProfile, err := config.GetSection(profile)
+        if err != nil {
+                return Value{ProviderName: SharedCredsProviderName}, awserr.New("SharedCredsLoad", "failed to get profile", err)
+        }
+
+        id, err := iniProfile.GetKey("aws_access_key_id")
+        if err != nil {
+                return Value{ProviderName: SharedCredsProviderName}, awserr.New("SharedCredsAccessKey",
+                        fmt.Sprintf("shared credentials %s in %s did not contain aws_access_key_id", profile, filename),
+                        err)
+        }
+
+        secret, err := iniProfile.GetKey("aws_secret_access_key")
+        if err != nil {
+                return Value{ProviderName: SharedCredsProviderName}, awserr.New("SharedCredsSecret",
+                        fmt.Sprintf("shared credentials %s in %s did not contain aws_secret_access_key", profile, filename),
+                        nil)
+        }
+
+        // Default to empty string if not found
+        token := iniProfile.Key("aws_session_token")
+
+        return Value{
+                AccessKeyID:     id.String(),
+                SecretAccessKey: secret.String(),
+                SessionToken:    token.String(),
+                ProviderName:    SharedCredsProviderName,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// filename returns the filename to use to read AWS shared credentials.
+//
+// Will return an error if the user's home directory path cannot be found.
+func (p *SharedCredentialsProvider) filename() (string, error) {
+        if p.Filename == "" {
+                if p.Filename = os.Getenv("AWS_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE"); p.Filename != "" {
+                        return p.Filename, nil
+                }
+
+                homeDir := os.Getenv("HOME") // *nix
+                if homeDir == "" {           // Windows
+                        homeDir = os.Getenv("USERPROFILE")
+                }
+                if homeDir == "" {
+                        return "", ErrSharedCredentialsHomeNotFound
+                }
+
+                p.Filename = filepath.Join(homeDir, ".aws", "credentials")
+        }
+
+        return p.Filename, nil
+}
+
+// profile returns the AWS shared credentials profile.  If empty will read
+// environment variable "AWS_PROFILE". If that is not set profile will
+// return "default".
+func (p *SharedCredentialsProvider) profile() string {
+        if p.Profile == "" {
+                p.Profile = os.Getenv("AWS_PROFILE")
+        }
+        if p.Profile == "" {
+                p.Profile = "default"
+        }
+
+        return p.Profile
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/static_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/static_provider.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f5dab3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/static_provider.go
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+package credentials
+
+import (
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+)
+
+// StaticProviderName provides a name of Static provider
+const StaticProviderName = "StaticProvider"
+
+var (
+        // ErrStaticCredentialsEmpty is emitted when static credentials are empty.
+        //
+        // @readonly
+        ErrStaticCredentialsEmpty = awserr.New("EmptyStaticCreds", "static credentials are empty", nil)
+)
+
+// A StaticProvider is a set of credentials which are set programmatically,
+// and will never expire.
+type StaticProvider struct {
+        Value
+}
+
+// NewStaticCredentials returns a pointer to a new Credentials object
+// wrapping a static credentials value provider.
+func NewStaticCredentials(id, secret, token string) *Credentials {
+        return NewCredentials(&StaticProvider{Value: Value{
+                AccessKeyID:     id,
+                SecretAccessKey: secret,
+                SessionToken:    token,
+        }})
+}
+
+// NewStaticCredentialsFromCreds returns a pointer to a new Credentials object
+// wrapping the static credentials value provide. Same as NewStaticCredentials
+// but takes the creds Value instead of individual fields
+func NewStaticCredentialsFromCreds(creds Value) *Credentials {
+        return NewCredentials(&StaticProvider{Value: creds})
+}
+
+// Retrieve returns the credentials or error if the credentials are invalid.
+func (s *StaticProvider) Retrieve() (Value, error) {
+        if s.AccessKeyID == "" || s.SecretAccessKey == "" {
+                return Value{ProviderName: StaticProviderName}, ErrStaticCredentialsEmpty
+        }
+
+        if len(s.Value.ProviderName) == 0 {
+                s.Value.ProviderName = StaticProviderName
+        }
+        return s.Value, nil
+}
+
+// IsExpired returns if the credentials are expired.
+//
+// For StaticProvider, the credentials never expired.
+func (s *StaticProvider) IsExpired() bool {
+        return false
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/stscreds/assume_role_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/stscreds/assume_role_provider.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4108e43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/stscreds/assume_role_provider.go
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+/*
+Package stscreds are credential Providers to retrieve STS AWS credentials.
+
+STS provides multiple ways to retrieve credentials which can be used when making
+future AWS service API operation calls.
+
+The SDK will ensure that per instance of credentials.Credentials all requests
+to refresh the credentials will be synchronized. But, the SDK is unable to
+ensure synchronous usage of the AssumeRoleProvider if the value is shared
+between multiple Credentials, Sessions or service clients.
+
+Assume Role
+
+To assume an IAM role using STS with the SDK you can create a new Credentials
+with the SDKs's stscreds package.
+
+        // Initial credentials loaded from SDK's default credential chain. Such as
+        // the environment, shared credentials (~/.aws/credentials), or EC2 Instance
+        // Role. These credentials will be used to to make the STS Assume Role API.
+        sess := session.Must(session.NewSession())
+
+        // Create the credentials from AssumeRoleProvider to assume the role
+        // referenced by the "myRoleARN" ARN.
+        creds := stscreds.NewCredentials(sess, "myRoleArn")
+
+        // Create service client value configured for credentials
+        // from assumed role.
+        svc := s3.New(sess, &aws.Config{Credentials: creds})
+
+Assume Role with static MFA Token
+
+To assume an IAM role with a MFA token you can either specify a MFA token code
+directly or provide a function to prompt the user each time the credentials
+need to refresh the role's credentials. Specifying the TokenCode should be used
+for short lived operations that will not need to be refreshed, and when you do
+not want to have direct control over the user provides their MFA token.
+
+With TokenCode the AssumeRoleProvider will be not be able to refresh the role's
+credentials.
+
+        // Create the credentials from AssumeRoleProvider to assume the role
+        // referenced by the "myRoleARN" ARN using the MFA token code provided.
+        creds := stscreds.NewCredentials(sess, "myRoleArn", func(p *stscreds.AssumeRoleProvider) {
+                p.SerialNumber = aws.String("myTokenSerialNumber")
+                p.TokenCode = aws.String("00000000")
+        })
+
+        // Create service client value configured for credentials
+        // from assumed role.
+        svc := s3.New(sess, &aws.Config{Credentials: creds})
+
+Assume Role with MFA Token Provider
+
+To assume an IAM role with MFA for longer running tasks where the credentials
+may need to be refreshed setting the TokenProvider field of AssumeRoleProvider
+will allow the credential provider to prompt for new MFA token code when the
+role's credentials need to be refreshed.
+
+The StdinTokenProvider function is available to prompt on stdin to retrieve
+the MFA token code from the user. You can also implement custom prompts by
+satisfing the TokenProvider function signature.
+
+Using StdinTokenProvider with multiple AssumeRoleProviders, or Credentials will
+have undesirable results as the StdinTokenProvider will not be synchronized. A
+single Credentials with an AssumeRoleProvider can be shared safely.
+
+        // Create the credentials from AssumeRoleProvider to assume the role
+        // referenced by the "myRoleARN" ARN. Prompting for MFA token from stdin.
+        creds := stscreds.NewCredentials(sess, "myRoleArn", func(p *stscreds.AssumeRoleProvider) {
+                p.SerialNumber = aws.String("myTokenSerialNumber")
+                p.TokenProvider = stscreds.StdinTokenProvider
+        })
+
+        // Create service client value configured for credentials
+        // from assumed role.
+        svc := s3.New(sess, &aws.Config{Credentials: creds})
+
+*/
+package stscreds
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts"
+)
+
+// StdinTokenProvider will prompt on stdout and read from stdin for a string value.
+// An error is returned if reading from stdin fails.
+//
+// Use this function go read MFA tokens from stdin. The function makes no attempt
+// to make atomic prompts from stdin across multiple gorouties.
+//
+// Using StdinTokenProvider with multiple AssumeRoleProviders, or Credentials will
+// have undesirable results as the StdinTokenProvider will not be synchronized. A
+// single Credentials with an AssumeRoleProvider can be shared safely
+//
+// Will wait forever until something is provided on the stdin.
+func StdinTokenProvider() (string, error) {
+        var v string
+        fmt.Printf("Assume Role MFA token code: ")
+        _, err := fmt.Scanln(&v)
+
+        return v, err
+}
+
+// ProviderName provides a name of AssumeRole provider
+const ProviderName = "AssumeRoleProvider"
+
+// AssumeRoler represents the minimal subset of the STS client API used by this provider.
+type AssumeRoler interface {
+        AssumeRole(input *sts.AssumeRoleInput) (*sts.AssumeRoleOutput, error)
+}
+
+// DefaultDuration is the default amount of time in minutes that the credentials
+// will be valid for.
+var DefaultDuration = time.Duration(15) * time.Minute
+
+// AssumeRoleProvider retrieves temporary credentials from the STS service, and
+// keeps track of their expiration time.
+//
+// This credential provider will be used by the SDKs default credential change
+// when shared configuration is enabled, and the shared config or shared credentials
+// file configure assume role. See Session docs for how to do this.
+//
+// AssumeRoleProvider does not provide any synchronization and it is not safe
+// to share this value across multiple Credentials, Sessions, or service clients
+// without also sharing the same Credentials instance.
+type AssumeRoleProvider struct {
+        credentials.Expiry
+
+        // STS client to make assume role request with.
+        Client AssumeRoler
+
+        // Role to be assumed.
+        RoleARN string
+
+        // Session name, if you wish to reuse the credentials elsewhere.
+        RoleSessionName string
+
+        // Expiry duration of the STS credentials. Defaults to 15 minutes if not set.
+        Duration time.Duration
+
+        // Optional ExternalID to pass along, defaults to nil if not set.
+        ExternalID *string
+
+        // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal
+        // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit.
+        // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to
+        // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed
+        // size.
+        Policy *string
+
+        // The identification number of the MFA device that is associated with the user
+        // who is making the AssumeRole call. Specify this value if the trust policy
+        // of the role being assumed includes a condition that requires MFA authentication.
+        // The value is either the serial number for a hardware device (such as GAHT12345678)
+        // or an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a virtual device (such as arn:aws:iam::123456789012:mfa/user).
+        SerialNumber *string
+
+        // The value provided by the MFA device, if the trust policy of the role being
+        // assumed requires MFA (that is, if the policy includes a condition that tests
+        // for MFA). If the role being assumed requires MFA and if the TokenCode value
+        // is missing or expired, the AssumeRole call returns an "access denied" error.
+        //
+        // If SerialNumber is set and neither TokenCode nor TokenProvider are also
+        // set an error will be returned.
+        TokenCode *string
+
+        // Async method of providing MFA token code for assuming an IAM role with MFA.
+        // The value returned by the function will be used as the TokenCode in the Retrieve
+        // call. See StdinTokenProvider for a provider that prompts and reads from stdin.
+        //
+        // This token provider will be called when ever the assumed role's
+        // credentials need to be refreshed when SerialNumber is also set and
+        // TokenCode is not set.
+        //
+        // If both TokenCode and TokenProvider is set, TokenProvider will be used and
+        // TokenCode is ignored.
+        TokenProvider func() (string, error)
+
+        // ExpiryWindow will allow the credentials to trigger refreshing prior to
+        // the credentials actually expiring. This is beneficial so race conditions
+        // with expiring credentials do not cause request to fail unexpectedly
+        // due to ExpiredTokenException exceptions.
+        //
+        // So a ExpiryWindow of 10s would cause calls to IsExpired() to return true
+        // 10 seconds before the credentials are actually expired.
+        //
+        // If ExpiryWindow is 0 or less it will be ignored.
+        ExpiryWindow time.Duration
+}
+
+// NewCredentials returns a pointer to a new Credentials object wrapping the
+// AssumeRoleProvider. The credentials will expire every 15 minutes and the
+// role will be named after a nanosecond timestamp of this operation.
+//
+// Takes a Config provider to create the STS client. The ConfigProvider is
+// satisfied by the session.Session type.
+//
+// It is safe to share the returned Credentials with multiple Sessions and
+// service clients. All access to the credentials and refreshing them
+// will be synchronized.
+func NewCredentials(c client.ConfigProvider, roleARN string, options ...func(*AssumeRoleProvider)) *credentials.Credentials {
+        p := &AssumeRoleProvider{
+                Client:   sts.New(c),
+                RoleARN:  roleARN,
+                Duration: DefaultDuration,
+        }
+
+        for _, option := range options {
+                option(p)
+        }
+
+        return credentials.NewCredentials(p)
+}
+
+// NewCredentialsWithClient returns a pointer to a new Credentials object wrapping the
+// AssumeRoleProvider. The credentials will expire every 15 minutes and the
+// role will be named after a nanosecond timestamp of this operation.
+//
+// Takes an AssumeRoler which can be satisfied by the STS client.
+//
+// It is safe to share the returned Credentials with multiple Sessions and
+// service clients. All access to the credentials and refreshing them
+// will be synchronized.
+func NewCredentialsWithClient(svc AssumeRoler, roleARN string, options ...func(*AssumeRoleProvider)) *credentials.Credentials {
+        p := &AssumeRoleProvider{
+                Client:   svc,
+                RoleARN:  roleARN,
+                Duration: DefaultDuration,
+        }
+
+        for _, option := range options {
+                option(p)
+        }
+
+        return credentials.NewCredentials(p)
+}
+
+// Retrieve generates a new set of temporary credentials using STS.
+func (p *AssumeRoleProvider) Retrieve() (credentials.Value, error) {
+
+        // Apply defaults where parameters are not set.
+        if p.RoleSessionName == "" {
+                // Try to work out a role name that will hopefully end up unique.
+                p.RoleSessionName = fmt.Sprintf("%d", time.Now().UTC().UnixNano())
+        }
+        if p.Duration == 0 {
+                // Expire as often as AWS permits.
+                p.Duration = DefaultDuration
+        }
+        input := &sts.AssumeRoleInput{
+                DurationSeconds: aws.Int64(int64(p.Duration / time.Second)),
+                RoleArn:         aws.String(p.RoleARN),
+                RoleSessionName: aws.String(p.RoleSessionName),
+                ExternalId:      p.ExternalID,
+        }
+        if p.Policy != nil {
+                input.Policy = p.Policy
+        }
+        if p.SerialNumber != nil {
+                if p.TokenCode != nil {
+                        input.SerialNumber = p.SerialNumber
+                        input.TokenCode = p.TokenCode
+                } else if p.TokenProvider != nil {
+                        input.SerialNumber = p.SerialNumber
+                        code, err := p.TokenProvider()
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return credentials.Value{ProviderName: ProviderName}, err
+                        }
+                        input.TokenCode = aws.String(code)
+                } else {
+                        return credentials.Value{ProviderName: ProviderName},
+                                awserr.New("AssumeRoleTokenNotAvailable",
+                                        "assume role with MFA enabled, but neither TokenCode nor TokenProvider are set", nil)
+                }
+        }
+
+        roleOutput, err := p.Client.AssumeRole(input)
+        if err != nil {
+                return credentials.Value{ProviderName: ProviderName}, err
+        }
+
+        // We will proactively generate new credentials before they expire.
+        p.SetExpiration(*roleOutput.Credentials.Expiration, p.ExpiryWindow)
+
+        return credentials.Value{
+                AccessKeyID:     *roleOutput.Credentials.AccessKeyId,
+                SecretAccessKey: *roleOutput.Credentials.SecretAccessKey,
+                SessionToken:    *roleOutput.Credentials.SessionToken,
+                ProviderName:    ProviderName,
+        }, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/defaults/defaults.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/defaults/defaults.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07afe3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/defaults/defaults.go
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+// Package defaults is a collection of helpers to retrieve the SDK's default
+// configuration and handlers.
+//
+// Generally this package shouldn't be used directly, but session.Session
+// instead. This package is useful when you need to reset the defaults
+// of a session or service client to the SDK defaults before setting
+// additional parameters.
+package defaults
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "net/http"
+        "net/url"
+        "os"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/ec2rolecreds"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/endpointcreds"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+// A Defaults provides a collection of default values for SDK clients.
+type Defaults struct {
+        Config   *aws.Config
+        Handlers request.Handlers
+}
+
+// Get returns the SDK's default values with Config and handlers pre-configured.
+func Get() Defaults {
+        cfg := Config()
+        handlers := Handlers()
+        cfg.Credentials = CredChain(cfg, handlers)
+
+        return Defaults{
+                Config:   cfg,
+                Handlers: handlers,
+        }
+}
+
+// Config returns the default configuration without credentials.
+// To retrieve a config with credentials also included use
+// `defaults.Get().Config` instead.
+//
+// Generally you shouldn't need to use this method directly, but
+// is available if you need to reset the configuration of an
+// existing service client or session.
+func Config() *aws.Config {
+        return aws.NewConfig().
+                WithCredentials(credentials.AnonymousCredentials).
+                WithRegion(os.Getenv("AWS_REGION")).
+                WithHTTPClient(http.DefaultClient).
+                WithMaxRetries(aws.UseServiceDefaultRetries).
+                WithLogger(aws.NewDefaultLogger()).
+                WithLogLevel(aws.LogOff).
+                WithEndpointResolver(endpoints.DefaultResolver())
+}
+
+// Handlers returns the default request handlers.
+//
+// Generally you shouldn't need to use this method directly, but
+// is available if you need to reset the request handlers of an
+// existing service client or session.
+func Handlers() request.Handlers {
+        var handlers request.Handlers
+
+        handlers.Validate.PushBackNamed(corehandlers.ValidateEndpointHandler)
+        handlers.Validate.AfterEachFn = request.HandlerListStopOnError
+        handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(corehandlers.SDKVersionUserAgentHandler)
+        handlers.Build.AfterEachFn = request.HandlerListStopOnError
+        handlers.Sign.PushBackNamed(corehandlers.BuildContentLengthHandler)
+        handlers.Send.PushBackNamed(corehandlers.ValidateReqSigHandler)
+        handlers.Send.PushBackNamed(corehandlers.SendHandler)
+        handlers.AfterRetry.PushBackNamed(corehandlers.AfterRetryHandler)
+        handlers.ValidateResponse.PushBackNamed(corehandlers.ValidateResponseHandler)
+
+        return handlers
+}
+
+// CredChain returns the default credential chain.
+//
+// Generally you shouldn't need to use this method directly, but
+// is available if you need to reset the credentials of an
+// existing service client or session's Config.
+func CredChain(cfg *aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers) *credentials.Credentials {
+        return credentials.NewCredentials(&credentials.ChainProvider{
+                VerboseErrors: aws.BoolValue(cfg.CredentialsChainVerboseErrors),
+                Providers: []credentials.Provider{
+                        &credentials.EnvProvider{},
+                        &credentials.SharedCredentialsProvider{Filename: "", Profile: ""},
+                        RemoteCredProvider(*cfg, handlers),
+                },
+        })
+}
+
+const (
+        httpProviderEnvVar     = "AWS_CONTAINER_CREDENTIALS_FULL_URI"
+        ecsCredsProviderEnvVar = "AWS_CONTAINER_CREDENTIALS_RELATIVE_URI"
+)
+
+// RemoteCredProvider returns a credentials provider for the default remote
+// endpoints such as EC2 or ECS Roles.
+func RemoteCredProvider(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers) credentials.Provider {
+        if u := os.Getenv(httpProviderEnvVar); len(u) > 0 {
+                return localHTTPCredProvider(cfg, handlers, u)
+        }
+
+        if uri := os.Getenv(ecsCredsProviderEnvVar); len(uri) > 0 {
+                u := fmt.Sprintf("http://169.254.170.2%s", uri)
+                return httpCredProvider(cfg, handlers, u)
+        }
+
+        return ec2RoleProvider(cfg, handlers)
+}
+
+func localHTTPCredProvider(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, u string) credentials.Provider {
+        var errMsg string
+
+        parsed, err := url.Parse(u)
+        if err != nil {
+                errMsg = fmt.Sprintf("invalid URL, %v", err)
+        } else if host := aws.URLHostname(parsed); !(host == "localhost" || host == "127.0.0.1") {
+                errMsg = fmt.Sprintf("invalid host address, %q, only localhost and 127.0.0.1 are valid.", host)
+        }
+
+        if len(errMsg) > 0 {
+                if cfg.Logger != nil {
+                        cfg.Logger.Log("Ignoring, HTTP credential provider", errMsg, err)
+                }
+                return credentials.ErrorProvider{
+                        Err:          awserr.New("CredentialsEndpointError", errMsg, err),
+                        ProviderName: endpointcreds.ProviderName,
+                }
+        }
+
+        return httpCredProvider(cfg, handlers, u)
+}
+
+func httpCredProvider(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, u string) credentials.Provider {
+        return endpointcreds.NewProviderClient(cfg, handlers, u,
+                func(p *endpointcreds.Provider) {
+                        p.ExpiryWindow = 5 * time.Minute
+                },
+        )
+}
+
+func ec2RoleProvider(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers) credentials.Provider {
+        resolver := cfg.EndpointResolver
+        if resolver == nil {
+                resolver = endpoints.DefaultResolver()
+        }
+
+        e, _ := resolver.EndpointFor(endpoints.Ec2metadataServiceID, "")
+        return &ec2rolecreds.EC2RoleProvider{
+                Client:       ec2metadata.NewClient(cfg, handlers, e.URL, e.SigningRegion),
+                ExpiryWindow: 5 * time.Minute,
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/doc.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fcb616
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/doc.go
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+// Package aws provides the core SDK's utilities and shared types. Use this package's
+// utilities to simplify setting and reading API operations parameters.
+//
+// Value and Pointer Conversion Utilities
+//
+// This package includes a helper conversion utility for each scalar type the SDK's
+// API use. These utilities make getting a pointer of the scalar, and dereferencing
+// a pointer easier.
+//
+// Each conversion utility comes in two forms. Value to Pointer and Pointer to Value.
+// The Pointer to value will safely dereference the pointer and return its value.
+// If the pointer was nil, the scalar's zero value will be returned.
+//
+// The value to pointer functions will be named after the scalar type. So get a
+// *string from a string value use the "String" function. This makes it easy to
+// to get pointer of a literal string value, because getting the address of a
+// literal requires assigning the value to a variable first.
+//
+//    var strPtr *string
+//
+//    // Without the SDK's conversion functions
+//    str := "my string"
+//    strPtr = &str
+//
+//    // With the SDK's conversion functions
+//    strPtr = aws.String("my string")
+//
+//    // Convert *string to string value
+//    str = aws.StringValue(strPtr)
+//
+// In addition to scalars the aws package also includes conversion utilities for
+// map and slice for commonly types used in API parameters. The map and slice
+// conversion functions use similar naming pattern as the scalar conversion
+// functions.
+//
+//    var strPtrs []*string
+//    var strs []string = []string{"Go", "Gophers", "Go"}
+//
+//    // Convert []string to []*string
+//    strPtrs = aws.StringSlice(strs)
+//
+//    // Convert []*string to []string
+//    strs = aws.StringValueSlice(strPtrs)
+//
+// SDK Default HTTP Client
+//
+// The SDK will use the http.DefaultClient if a HTTP client is not provided to
+// the SDK's Session, or service client constructor. This means that if the
+// http.DefaultClient is modified by other components of your application the
+// modifications will be picked up by the SDK as well.
+//
+// In some cases this might be intended, but it is a better practice to create
+// a custom HTTP Client to share explicitly through your application. You can
+// configure the SDK to use the custom HTTP Client by setting the HTTPClient
+// value of the SDK's Config type when creating a Session or service client.
+package aws
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/api.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..984407a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/api.go
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+package ec2metadata
+
+import (
+        "encoding/json"
+        "fmt"
+        "net/http"
+        "path"
+        "strings"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+// GetMetadata uses the path provided to request information from the EC2
+// instance metdata service. The content will be returned as a string, or
+// error if the request failed.
+func (c *EC2Metadata) GetMetadata(p string) (string, error) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       "GetMetadata",
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   path.Join("/", "meta-data", p),
+        }
+
+        output := &metadataOutput{}
+        req := c.NewRequest(op, nil, output)
+
+        return output.Content, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetUserData returns the userdata that was configured for the service. If
+// there is no user-data setup for the EC2 instance a "NotFoundError" error
+// code will be returned.
+func (c *EC2Metadata) GetUserData() (string, error) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       "GetUserData",
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   path.Join("/", "user-data"),
+        }
+
+        output := &metadataOutput{}
+        req := c.NewRequest(op, nil, output)
+        req.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBack(func(r *request.Request) {
+                if r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode == http.StatusNotFound {
+                        r.Error = awserr.New("NotFoundError", "user-data not found", r.Error)
+                }
+        })
+
+        return output.Content, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetDynamicData uses the path provided to request information from the EC2
+// instance metadata service for dynamic data. The content will be returned
+// as a string, or error if the request failed.
+func (c *EC2Metadata) GetDynamicData(p string) (string, error) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       "GetDynamicData",
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   path.Join("/", "dynamic", p),
+        }
+
+        output := &metadataOutput{}
+        req := c.NewRequest(op, nil, output)
+
+        return output.Content, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetInstanceIdentityDocument retrieves an identity document describing an
+// instance. Error is returned if the request fails or is unable to parse
+// the response.
+func (c *EC2Metadata) GetInstanceIdentityDocument() (EC2InstanceIdentityDocument, error) {
+        resp, err := c.GetDynamicData("instance-identity/document")
+        if err != nil {
+                return EC2InstanceIdentityDocument{},
+                        awserr.New("EC2MetadataRequestError",
+                                "failed to get EC2 instance identity document", err)
+        }
+
+        doc := EC2InstanceIdentityDocument{}
+        if err := json.NewDecoder(strings.NewReader(resp)).Decode(&doc); err != nil {
+                return EC2InstanceIdentityDocument{},
+                        awserr.New("SerializationError",
+                                "failed to decode EC2 instance identity document", err)
+        }
+
+        return doc, nil
+}
+
+// IAMInfo retrieves IAM info from the metadata API
+func (c *EC2Metadata) IAMInfo() (EC2IAMInfo, error) {
+        resp, err := c.GetMetadata("iam/info")
+        if err != nil {
+                return EC2IAMInfo{},
+                        awserr.New("EC2MetadataRequestError",
+                                "failed to get EC2 IAM info", err)
+        }
+
+        info := EC2IAMInfo{}
+        if err := json.NewDecoder(strings.NewReader(resp)).Decode(&info); err != nil {
+                return EC2IAMInfo{},
+                        awserr.New("SerializationError",
+                                "failed to decode EC2 IAM info", err)
+        }
+
+        if info.Code != "Success" {
+                errMsg := fmt.Sprintf("failed to get EC2 IAM Info (%s)", info.Code)
+                return EC2IAMInfo{},
+                        awserr.New("EC2MetadataError", errMsg, nil)
+        }
+
+        return info, nil
+}
+
+// Region returns the region the instance is running in.
+func (c *EC2Metadata) Region() (string, error) {
+        resp, err := c.GetMetadata("placement/availability-zone")
+        if err != nil {
+                return "", err
+        }
+
+        // returns region without the suffix. Eg: us-west-2a becomes us-west-2
+        return resp[:len(resp)-1], nil
+}
+
+// Available returns if the application has access to the EC2 Metadata service.
+// Can be used to determine if application is running within an EC2 Instance and
+// the metadata service is available.
+func (c *EC2Metadata) Available() bool {
+        if _, err := c.GetMetadata("instance-id"); err != nil {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        return true
+}
+
+// An EC2IAMInfo provides the shape for unmarshaling
+// an IAM info from the metadata API
+type EC2IAMInfo struct {
+        Code               string
+        LastUpdated        time.Time
+        InstanceProfileArn string
+        InstanceProfileID  string
+}
+
+// An EC2InstanceIdentityDocument provides the shape for unmarshaling
+// an instance identity document
+type EC2InstanceIdentityDocument struct {
+        DevpayProductCodes []string  `json:"devpayProductCodes"`
+        AvailabilityZone   string    `json:"availabilityZone"`
+        PrivateIP          string    `json:"privateIp"`
+        Version            string    `json:"version"`
+        Region             string    `json:"region"`
+        InstanceID         string    `json:"instanceId"`
+        BillingProducts    []string  `json:"billingProducts"`
+        InstanceType       string    `json:"instanceType"`
+        AccountID          string    `json:"accountId"`
+        PendingTime        time.Time `json:"pendingTime"`
+        ImageID            string    `json:"imageId"`
+        KernelID           string    `json:"kernelId"`
+        RamdiskID          string    `json:"ramdiskId"`
+        Architecture       string    `json:"architecture"`
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/service.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b4379d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/service.go
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+// Package ec2metadata provides the client for making API calls to the
+// EC2 Metadata service.
+package ec2metadata
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "errors"
+        "io"
+        "net/http"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+// ServiceName is the name of the service.
+const ServiceName = "ec2metadata"
+
+// A EC2Metadata is an EC2 Metadata service Client.
+type EC2Metadata struct {
+        *client.Client
+}
+
+// New creates a new instance of the EC2Metadata client with a session.
+// This client is safe to use across multiple goroutines.
+//
+//
+// Example:
+//     // Create a EC2Metadata client from just a session.
+//     svc := ec2metadata.New(mySession)
+//
+//     // Create a EC2Metadata client with additional configuration
+//     svc := ec2metadata.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithLogLevel(aws.LogDebugHTTPBody))
+func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *EC2Metadata {
+        c := p.ClientConfig(ServiceName, cfgs...)
+        return NewClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion)
+}
+
+// NewClient returns a new EC2Metadata client. Should be used to create
+// a client when not using a session. Generally using just New with a session
+// is preferred.
+//
+// If an unmodified HTTP client is provided from the stdlib default, or no client
+// the EC2RoleProvider's EC2Metadata HTTP client's timeout will be shortened.
+// To disable this set Config.EC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride to false. Enabled by default.
+func NewClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion string, opts ...func(*client.Client)) *EC2Metadata {
+        if !aws.BoolValue(cfg.EC2MetadataDisableTimeoutOverride) && httpClientZero(cfg.HTTPClient) {
+                // If the http client is unmodified and this feature is not disabled
+                // set custom timeouts for EC2Metadata requests.
+                cfg.HTTPClient = &http.Client{
+                        // use a shorter timeout than default because the metadata
+                        // service is local if it is running, and to fail faster
+                        // if not running on an ec2 instance.
+                        Timeout: 5 * time.Second,
+                }
+        }
+
+        svc := &EC2Metadata{
+                Client: client.New(
+                        cfg,
+                        metadata.ClientInfo{
+                                ServiceName: ServiceName,
+                                Endpoint:    endpoint,
+                                APIVersion:  "latest",
+                        },
+                        handlers,
+                ),
+        }
+
+        svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(unmarshalHandler)
+        svc.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBack(unmarshalError)
+        svc.Handlers.Validate.Clear()
+        svc.Handlers.Validate.PushBack(validateEndpointHandler)
+
+        // Add additional options to the service config
+        for _, option := range opts {
+                option(svc.Client)
+        }
+
+        return svc
+}
+
+func httpClientZero(c *http.Client) bool {
+        return c == nil || (c.Transport == nil && c.CheckRedirect == nil && c.Jar == nil && c.Timeout == 0)
+}
+
+type metadataOutput struct {
+        Content string
+}
+
+func unmarshalHandler(r *request.Request) {
+        defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close()
+        b := &bytes.Buffer{}
+        if _, err := io.Copy(b, r.HTTPResponse.Body); err != nil {
+                r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "unable to unmarshal EC2 metadata respose", err)
+                return
+        }
+
+        if data, ok := r.Data.(*metadataOutput); ok {
+                data.Content = b.String()
+        }
+}
+
+func unmarshalError(r *request.Request) {
+        defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close()
+        b := &bytes.Buffer{}
+        if _, err := io.Copy(b, r.HTTPResponse.Body); err != nil {
+                r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "unable to unmarshal EC2 metadata error respose", err)
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Response body format is not consistent between metadata endpoints.
+        // Grab the error message as a string and include that as the source error
+        r.Error = awserr.New("EC2MetadataError", "failed to make EC2Metadata request", errors.New(b.String()))
+}
+
+func validateEndpointHandler(r *request.Request) {
+        if r.ClientInfo.Endpoint == "" {
+                r.Error = aws.ErrMissingEndpoint
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/decode.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/decode.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74f72de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/decode.go
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+package endpoints
+
+import (
+        "encoding/json"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+)
+
+type modelDefinition map[string]json.RawMessage
+
+// A DecodeModelOptions are the options for how the endpoints model definition
+// are decoded.
+type DecodeModelOptions struct {
+        SkipCustomizations bool
+}
+
+// Set combines all of the option functions together.
+func (d *DecodeModelOptions) Set(optFns ...func(*DecodeModelOptions)) {
+        for _, fn := range optFns {
+                fn(d)
+        }
+}
+
+// DecodeModel unmarshals a Regions and Endpoint model definition file into
+// a endpoint Resolver. If the file format is not supported, or an error occurs
+// when unmarshaling the model an error will be returned.
+//
+// Casting the return value of this func to a EnumPartitions will
+// allow you to get a list of the partitions in the order the endpoints
+// will be resolved in.
+//
+//    resolver, err := endpoints.DecodeModel(reader)
+//
+//    partitions := resolver.(endpoints.EnumPartitions).Partitions()
+//    for _, p := range partitions {
+//        // ... inspect partitions
+//    }
+func DecodeModel(r io.Reader, optFns ...func(*DecodeModelOptions)) (Resolver, error) {
+        var opts DecodeModelOptions
+        opts.Set(optFns...)
+
+        // Get the version of the partition file to determine what
+        // unmarshaling model to use.
+        modelDef := modelDefinition{}
+        if err := json.NewDecoder(r).Decode(&modelDef); err != nil {
+                return nil, newDecodeModelError("failed to decode endpoints model", err)
+        }
+
+        var version string
+        if b, ok := modelDef["version"]; ok {
+                version = string(b)
+        } else {
+                return nil, newDecodeModelError("endpoints version not found in model", nil)
+        }
+
+        if version == "3" {
+                return decodeV3Endpoints(modelDef, opts)
+        }
+
+        return nil, newDecodeModelError(
+                fmt.Sprintf("endpoints version %s, not supported", version), nil)
+}
+
+func decodeV3Endpoints(modelDef modelDefinition, opts DecodeModelOptions) (Resolver, error) {
+        b, ok := modelDef["partitions"]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, newDecodeModelError("endpoints model missing partitions", nil)
+        }
+
+        ps := partitions{}
+        if err := json.Unmarshal(b, &ps); err != nil {
+                return nil, newDecodeModelError("failed to decode endpoints model", err)
+        }
+
+        if opts.SkipCustomizations {
+                return ps, nil
+        }
+
+        // Customization
+        for i := 0; i < len(ps); i++ {
+                p := &ps[i]
+                custAddEC2Metadata(p)
+                custAddS3DualStack(p)
+                custRmIotDataService(p)
+        }
+
+        return ps, nil
+}
+
+func custAddS3DualStack(p *partition) {
+        if p.ID != "aws" {
+                return
+        }
+
+        s, ok := p.Services["s3"]
+        if !ok {
+                return
+        }
+
+        s.Defaults.HasDualStack = boxedTrue
+        s.Defaults.DualStackHostname = "{service}.dualstack.{region}.{dnsSuffix}"
+
+        p.Services["s3"] = s
+}
+
+func custAddEC2Metadata(p *partition) {
+        p.Services["ec2metadata"] = service{
+                IsRegionalized:    boxedFalse,
+                PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global",
+                Endpoints: endpoints{
+                        "aws-global": endpoint{
+                                Hostname:  "169.254.169.254/latest",
+                                Protocols: []string{"http"},
+                        },
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func custRmIotDataService(p *partition) {
+        delete(p.Services, "data.iot")
+}
+
+type decodeModelError struct {
+        awsError
+}
+
+func newDecodeModelError(msg string, err error) decodeModelError {
+        return decodeModelError{
+                awsError: awserr.New("DecodeEndpointsModelError", msg, err),
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6d7ede
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go
@@ -0,0 +1,2174 @@
+// Code generated by aws/endpoints/v3model_codegen.go. DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package endpoints
+
+import (
+        "regexp"
+)
+
+// Partition identifiers
+const (
+        AwsPartitionID      = "aws"        // AWS Standard partition.
+        AwsCnPartitionID    = "aws-cn"     // AWS China partition.
+        AwsUsGovPartitionID = "aws-us-gov" // AWS GovCloud (US) partition.
+)
+
+// AWS Standard partition's regions.
+const (
+        ApNortheast1RegionID = "ap-northeast-1" // Asia Pacific (Tokyo).
+        ApNortheast2RegionID = "ap-northeast-2" // Asia Pacific (Seoul).
+        ApSouth1RegionID     = "ap-south-1"     // Asia Pacific (Mumbai).
+        ApSoutheast1RegionID = "ap-southeast-1" // Asia Pacific (Singapore).
+        ApSoutheast2RegionID = "ap-southeast-2" // Asia Pacific (Sydney).
+        CaCentral1RegionID   = "ca-central-1"   // Canada (Central).
+        EuCentral1RegionID   = "eu-central-1"   // EU (Frankfurt).
+        EuWest1RegionID      = "eu-west-1"      // EU (Ireland).
+        EuWest2RegionID      = "eu-west-2"      // EU (London).
+        SaEast1RegionID      = "sa-east-1"      // South America (Sao Paulo).
+        UsEast1RegionID      = "us-east-1"      // US East (N. Virginia).
+        UsEast2RegionID      = "us-east-2"      // US East (Ohio).
+        UsWest1RegionID      = "us-west-1"      // US West (N. California).
+        UsWest2RegionID      = "us-west-2"      // US West (Oregon).
+)
+
+// AWS China partition's regions.
+const (
+        CnNorth1RegionID = "cn-north-1" // China (Beijing).
+)
+
+// AWS GovCloud (US) partition's regions.
+const (
+        UsGovWest1RegionID = "us-gov-west-1" // AWS GovCloud (US).
+)
+
+// Service identifiers
+const (
+        AcmServiceID                          = "acm"                          // Acm.
+        ApigatewayServiceID                   = "apigateway"                   // Apigateway.
+        ApplicationAutoscalingServiceID       = "application-autoscaling"      // ApplicationAutoscaling.
+        Appstream2ServiceID                   = "appstream2"                   // Appstream2.
+        AutoscalingServiceID                  = "autoscaling"                  // Autoscaling.
+        BatchServiceID                        = "batch"                        // Batch.
+        BudgetsServiceID                      = "budgets"                      // Budgets.
+        ClouddirectoryServiceID               = "clouddirectory"               // Clouddirectory.
+        CloudformationServiceID               = "cloudformation"               // Cloudformation.
+        CloudfrontServiceID                   = "cloudfront"                   // Cloudfront.
+        CloudhsmServiceID                     = "cloudhsm"                     // Cloudhsm.
+        CloudsearchServiceID                  = "cloudsearch"                  // Cloudsearch.
+        CloudtrailServiceID                   = "cloudtrail"                   // Cloudtrail.
+        CodebuildServiceID                    = "codebuild"                    // Codebuild.
+        CodecommitServiceID                   = "codecommit"                   // Codecommit.
+        CodedeployServiceID                   = "codedeploy"                   // Codedeploy.
+        CodepipelineServiceID                 = "codepipeline"                 // Codepipeline.
+        CodestarServiceID                     = "codestar"                     // Codestar.
+        CognitoIdentityServiceID              = "cognito-identity"             // CognitoIdentity.
+        CognitoIdpServiceID                   = "cognito-idp"                  // CognitoIdp.
+        CognitoSyncServiceID                  = "cognito-sync"                 // CognitoSync.
+        ConfigServiceID                       = "config"                       // Config.
+        CurServiceID                          = "cur"                          // Cur.
+        DatapipelineServiceID                 = "datapipeline"                 // Datapipeline.
+        DevicefarmServiceID                   = "devicefarm"                   // Devicefarm.
+        DirectconnectServiceID                = "directconnect"                // Directconnect.
+        DiscoveryServiceID                    = "discovery"                    // Discovery.
+        DmsServiceID                          = "dms"                          // Dms.
+        DsServiceID                           = "ds"                           // Ds.
+        DynamodbServiceID                     = "dynamodb"                     // Dynamodb.
+        Ec2ServiceID                          = "ec2"                          // Ec2.
+        Ec2metadataServiceID                  = "ec2metadata"                  // Ec2metadata.
+        EcrServiceID                          = "ecr"                          // Ecr.
+        EcsServiceID                          = "ecs"                          // Ecs.
+        ElasticacheServiceID                  = "elasticache"                  // Elasticache.
+        ElasticbeanstalkServiceID             = "elasticbeanstalk"             // Elasticbeanstalk.
+        ElasticfilesystemServiceID            = "elasticfilesystem"            // Elasticfilesystem.
+        ElasticloadbalancingServiceID         = "elasticloadbalancing"         // Elasticloadbalancing.
+        ElasticmapreduceServiceID             = "elasticmapreduce"             // Elasticmapreduce.
+        ElastictranscoderServiceID            = "elastictranscoder"            // Elastictranscoder.
+        EmailServiceID                        = "email"                        // Email.
+        EntitlementMarketplaceServiceID       = "entitlement.marketplace"      // EntitlementMarketplace.
+        EsServiceID                           = "es"                           // Es.
+        EventsServiceID                       = "events"                       // Events.
+        FirehoseServiceID                     = "firehose"                     // Firehose.
+        GameliftServiceID                     = "gamelift"                     // Gamelift.
+        GlacierServiceID                      = "glacier"                      // Glacier.
+        HealthServiceID                       = "health"                       // Health.
+        IamServiceID                          = "iam"                          // Iam.
+        ImportexportServiceID                 = "importexport"                 // Importexport.
+        InspectorServiceID                    = "inspector"                    // Inspector.
+        IotServiceID                          = "iot"                          // Iot.
+        KinesisServiceID                      = "kinesis"                      // Kinesis.
+        KinesisanalyticsServiceID             = "kinesisanalytics"             // Kinesisanalytics.
+        KmsServiceID                          = "kms"                          // Kms.
+        LambdaServiceID                       = "lambda"                       // Lambda.
+        LightsailServiceID                    = "lightsail"                    // Lightsail.
+        LogsServiceID                         = "logs"                         // Logs.
+        MachinelearningServiceID              = "machinelearning"              // Machinelearning.
+        MarketplacecommerceanalyticsServiceID = "marketplacecommerceanalytics" // Marketplacecommerceanalytics.
+        MeteringMarketplaceServiceID          = "metering.marketplace"         // MeteringMarketplace.
+        MobileanalyticsServiceID              = "mobileanalytics"              // Mobileanalytics.
+        ModelsLexServiceID                    = "models.lex"                   // ModelsLex.
+        MonitoringServiceID                   = "monitoring"                   // Monitoring.
+        MturkRequesterServiceID               = "mturk-requester"              // MturkRequester.
+        OpsworksServiceID                     = "opsworks"                     // Opsworks.
+        OpsworksCmServiceID                   = "opsworks-cm"                  // OpsworksCm.
+        OrganizationsServiceID                = "organizations"                // Organizations.
+        PinpointServiceID                     = "pinpoint"                     // Pinpoint.
+        PollyServiceID                        = "polly"                        // Polly.
+        RdsServiceID                          = "rds"                          // Rds.
+        RedshiftServiceID                     = "redshift"                     // Redshift.
+        RekognitionServiceID                  = "rekognition"                  // Rekognition.
+        Route53ServiceID                      = "route53"                      // Route53.
+        Route53domainsServiceID               = "route53domains"               // Route53domains.
+        RuntimeLexServiceID                   = "runtime.lex"                  // RuntimeLex.
+        S3ServiceID                           = "s3"                           // S3.
+        SdbServiceID                          = "sdb"                          // Sdb.
+        ServicecatalogServiceID               = "servicecatalog"               // Servicecatalog.
+        ShieldServiceID                       = "shield"                       // Shield.
+        SmsServiceID                          = "sms"                          // Sms.
+        SnowballServiceID                     = "snowball"                     // Snowball.
+        SnsServiceID                          = "sns"                          // Sns.
+        SqsServiceID                          = "sqs"                          // Sqs.
+        SsmServiceID                          = "ssm"                          // Ssm.
+        StatesServiceID                       = "states"                       // States.
+        StoragegatewayServiceID               = "storagegateway"               // Storagegateway.
+        StreamsDynamodbServiceID              = "streams.dynamodb"             // StreamsDynamodb.
+        StsServiceID                          = "sts"                          // Sts.
+        SupportServiceID                      = "support"                      // Support.
+        SwfServiceID                          = "swf"                          // Swf.
+        TaggingServiceID                      = "tagging"                      // Tagging.
+        WafServiceID                          = "waf"                          // Waf.
+        WafRegionalServiceID                  = "waf-regional"                 // WafRegional.
+        WorkdocsServiceID                     = "workdocs"                     // Workdocs.
+        WorkspacesServiceID                   = "workspaces"                   // Workspaces.
+        XrayServiceID                         = "xray"                         // Xray.
+)
+
+// DefaultResolver returns an Endpoint resolver that will be able
+// to resolve endpoints for: AWS Standard, AWS China, and AWS GovCloud (US).
+//
+// Use DefaultPartitions() to get the list of the default partitions.
+func DefaultResolver() Resolver {
+        return defaultPartitions
+}
+
+// DefaultPartitions returns a list of the partitions the SDK is bundled
+// with. The available partitions are: AWS Standard, AWS China, and AWS GovCloud (US).
+//
+//    partitions := endpoints.DefaultPartitions
+//    for _, p := range partitions {
+//        // ... inspect partitions
+//    }
+func DefaultPartitions() []Partition {
+        return defaultPartitions.Partitions()
+}
+
+var defaultPartitions = partitions{
+        awsPartition,
+        awscnPartition,
+        awsusgovPartition,
+}
+
+// AwsPartition returns the Resolver for AWS Standard.
+func AwsPartition() Partition {
+        return awsPartition.Partition()
+}
+
+var awsPartition = partition{
+        ID:        "aws",
+        Name:      "AWS Standard",
+        DNSSuffix: "amazonaws.com",
+        RegionRegex: regionRegex{
+                Regexp: func() *regexp.Regexp {
+                        reg, _ := regexp.Compile("^(us|eu|ap|sa|ca)\\-\\w+\\-\\d+$")
+                        return reg
+                }(),
+        },
+        Defaults: endpoint{
+                Hostname:          "{service}.{region}.{dnsSuffix}",
+                Protocols:         []string{"https"},
+                SignatureVersions: []string{"v4"},
+        },
+        Regions: regions{
+                "ap-northeast-1": region{
+                        Description: "Asia Pacific (Tokyo)",
+                },
+                "ap-northeast-2": region{
+                        Description: "Asia Pacific (Seoul)",
+                },
+                "ap-south-1": region{
+                        Description: "Asia Pacific (Mumbai)",
+                },
+                "ap-southeast-1": region{
+                        Description: "Asia Pacific (Singapore)",
+                },
+                "ap-southeast-2": region{
+                        Description: "Asia Pacific (Sydney)",
+                },
+                "ca-central-1": region{
+                        Description: "Canada (Central)",
+                },
+                "eu-central-1": region{
+                        Description: "EU (Frankfurt)",
+                },
+                "eu-west-1": region{
+                        Description: "EU (Ireland)",
+                },
+                "eu-west-2": region{
+                        Description: "EU (London)",
+                },
+                "sa-east-1": region{
+                        Description: "South America (Sao Paulo)",
+                },
+                "us-east-1": region{
+                        Description: "US East (N. Virginia)",
+                },
+                "us-east-2": region{
+                        Description: "US East (Ohio)",
+                },
+                "us-west-1": region{
+                        Description: "US West (N. California)",
+                },
+                "us-west-2": region{
+                        Description: "US West (Oregon)",
+                },
+        },
+        Services: services{
+                "acm": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "apigateway": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "application-autoscaling": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Hostname:  "autoscaling.{region}.amazonaws.com",
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                                CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                        Service: "application-autoscaling",
+                                },
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "appstream2": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"https"},
+                                CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                        Service: "appstream",
+                                },
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "autoscaling": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "batch": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "budgets": service{
+                        PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global",
+                        IsRegionalized:    boxedFalse,
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "aws-global": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname: "budgets.amazonaws.com",
+                                        CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                                Region: "us-east-1",
+                                        },
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "clouddirectory": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "cloudformation": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "cloudfront": service{
+                        PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global",
+                        IsRegionalized:    boxedFalse,
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "aws-global": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname:  "cloudfront.amazonaws.com",
+                                        Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                                        CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                                Region: "us-east-1",
+                                        },
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "cloudhsm": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "cloudsearch": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "cloudtrail": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "codebuild": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "codecommit": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "eu-west-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "codedeploy": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "codepipeline": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "codestar": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "eu-west-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "cognito-identity": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "cognito-idp": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "cognito-sync": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "config": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "cur": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "datapipeline": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "devicefarm": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "directconnect": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "discovery": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "dms": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "ds": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "dynamodb": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "local": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname:  "localhost:8000",
+                                        Protocols: []string{"http"},
+                                        CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                                Region: "us-east-1",
+                                        },
+                                },
+                                "sa-east-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "ec2": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "ec2metadata": service{
+                        PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global",
+                        IsRegionalized:    boxedFalse,
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "aws-global": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname:  "169.254.169.254/latest",
+                                        Protocols: []string{"http"},
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "ecr": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "ecs": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "elasticache": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "elasticbeanstalk": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "elasticfilesystem": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "elasticloadbalancing": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "elasticmapreduce": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                SSLCommonName: "{region}.{service}.{dnsSuffix}",
+                                Protocols:     []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1": endpoint{
+                                        SSLCommonName: "{service}.{region}.{dnsSuffix}",
+                                },
+                                "eu-west-1": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2": endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{
+                                        SSLCommonName: "{service}.{region}.{dnsSuffix}",
+                                },
+                                "us-east-2": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "elastictranscoder": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "email": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "eu-west-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "entitlement.marketplace": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                        Service: "aws-marketplace",
+                                },
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "es": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "events": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "firehose": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "eu-west-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "gamelift": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "glacier": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "health": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "iam": service{
+                        PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global",
+                        IsRegionalized:    boxedFalse,
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "aws-global": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname: "iam.amazonaws.com",
+                                        CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                                Region: "us-east-1",
+                                        },
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "importexport": service{
+                        PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global",
+                        IsRegionalized:    boxedFalse,
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "aws-global": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname:          "importexport.amazonaws.com",
+                                        SignatureVersions: []string{"v2", "v4"},
+                                        CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                                Region:  "us-east-1",
+                                                Service: "IngestionService",
+                                        },
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "inspector": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "iot": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                        Service: "execute-api",
+                                },
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "kinesis": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "kinesisanalytics": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "eu-west-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "kms": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "lambda": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "lightsail": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "logs": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "machinelearning": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "eu-west-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "marketplacecommerceanalytics": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "metering.marketplace": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                        Service: "aws-marketplace",
+                                },
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "mobileanalytics": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "models.lex": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                        Service: "lex",
+                                },
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "monitoring": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "mturk-requester": service{
+                        IsRegionalized: boxedFalse,
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "sandbox": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname: "mturk-requester-sandbox.us-east-1.amazonaws.com",
+                                },
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "opsworks": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "opsworks-cm": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "eu-west-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "organizations": service{
+                        PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global",
+                        IsRegionalized:    boxedFalse,
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "aws-global": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname: "organizations.us-east-1.amazonaws.com",
+                                        CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                                Region: "us-east-1",
+                                        },
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "pinpoint": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                        Service: "mobiletargeting",
+                                },
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "polly": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "eu-west-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "rds": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{
+                                        SSLCommonName: "{service}.{dnsSuffix}",
+                                },
+                                "us-east-2": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "redshift": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "rekognition": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "eu-west-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "route53": service{
+                        PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global",
+                        IsRegionalized:    boxedFalse,
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "aws-global": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname: "route53.amazonaws.com",
+                                        CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                                Region: "us-east-1",
+                                        },
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "route53domains": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "runtime.lex": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                        Service: "lex",
+                                },
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "s3": service{
+                        PartitionEndpoint: "us-east-1",
+                        IsRegionalized:    boxedTrue,
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols:         []string{"http", "https"},
+                                SignatureVersions: []string{"s3v4"},
+
+                                HasDualStack:      boxedTrue,
+                                DualStackHostname: "{service}.dualstack.{region}.{dnsSuffix}",
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname:          "s3-ap-northeast-1.amazonaws.com",
+                                        SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"},
+                                },
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname:          "s3-ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com",
+                                        SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"},
+                                },
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname:          "s3-ap-southeast-2.amazonaws.com",
+                                        SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"},
+                                },
+                                "ca-central-1": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname:          "s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com",
+                                        SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"},
+                                },
+                                "eu-west-2": endpoint{},
+                                "s3-external-1": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname:          "s3-external-1.amazonaws.com",
+                                        SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"},
+                                        CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                                Region: "us-east-1",
+                                        },
+                                },
+                                "sa-east-1": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname:          "s3-sa-east-1.amazonaws.com",
+                                        SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"},
+                                },
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname:          "s3.amazonaws.com",
+                                        SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"},
+                                },
+                                "us-east-2": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname:          "s3-us-west-1.amazonaws.com",
+                                        SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"},
+                                },
+                                "us-west-2": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname:          "s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com",
+                                        SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"},
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "sdb": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols:         []string{"http", "https"},
+                                SignatureVersions: []string{"v2"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname: "sdb.amazonaws.com",
+                                },
+                                "us-west-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "servicecatalog": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "shield": service{
+                        IsRegionalized: boxedFalse,
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                SSLCommonName: "Shield.us-east-1.amazonaws.com",
+                                Protocols:     []string{"https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "sms": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "snowball": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "sns": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "sqs": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                SSLCommonName: "{region}.queue.{dnsSuffix}",
+                                Protocols:     []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{
+                                        SSLCommonName: "queue.{dnsSuffix}",
+                                },
+                                "us-east-2": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "ssm": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "states": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "storagegateway": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "streams.dynamodb": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "http", "https", "https"},
+                                CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                        Service: "dynamodb",
+                                },
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "local": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname:  "localhost:8000",
+                                        Protocols: []string{"http"},
+                                        CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                                Region: "us-east-1",
+                                        },
+                                },
+                                "sa-east-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1": endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "sts": service{
+                        PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global",
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Hostname: "sts.amazonaws.com",
+                                CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                        Region: "us-east-1",
+                                },
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname: "sts.ap-northeast-2.amazonaws.com",
+                                        CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                                Region: "ap-northeast-2",
+                                        },
+                                },
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "aws-global":     endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "support": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-east-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "swf": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "tagging": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ca-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "waf": service{
+                        PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global",
+                        IsRegionalized:    boxedFalse,
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "aws-global": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname: "waf.amazonaws.com",
+                                        CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                                Region: "us-east-1",
+                                        },
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "waf-regional": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "workdocs": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "workspaces": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "xray": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-south-1":     endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
+                                "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+                                "eu-central-1":   endpoint{},
+                                "eu-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "sa-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-east-2":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-1":      endpoint{},
+                                "us-west-2":      endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+        },
+}
+
+// AwsCnPartition returns the Resolver for AWS China.
+func AwsCnPartition() Partition {
+        return awscnPartition.Partition()
+}
+
+var awscnPartition = partition{
+        ID:        "aws-cn",
+        Name:      "AWS China",
+        DNSSuffix: "amazonaws.com.cn",
+        RegionRegex: regionRegex{
+                Regexp: func() *regexp.Regexp {
+                        reg, _ := regexp.Compile("^cn\\-\\w+\\-\\d+$")
+                        return reg
+                }(),
+        },
+        Defaults: endpoint{
+                Hostname:          "{service}.{region}.{dnsSuffix}",
+                Protocols:         []string{"https"},
+                SignatureVersions: []string{"v4"},
+        },
+        Regions: regions{
+                "cn-north-1": region{
+                        Description: "China (Beijing)",
+                },
+        },
+        Services: services{
+                "autoscaling": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "cloudformation": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "cloudtrail": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "codedeploy": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "config": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "directconnect": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "dynamodb": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "ec2": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "ec2metadata": service{
+                        PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global",
+                        IsRegionalized:    boxedFalse,
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "aws-global": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname:  "169.254.169.254/latest",
+                                        Protocols: []string{"http"},
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "elasticache": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "elasticbeanstalk": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "elasticloadbalancing": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "elasticmapreduce": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "events": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "glacier": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "iam": service{
+                        PartitionEndpoint: "aws-cn-global",
+                        IsRegionalized:    boxedFalse,
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "aws-cn-global": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname: "iam.cn-north-1.amazonaws.com.cn",
+                                        CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                                Region: "cn-north-1",
+                                        },
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "kinesis": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "logs": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "monitoring": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "rds": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "redshift": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "s3": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols:         []string{"http", "https"},
+                                SignatureVersions: []string{"s3v4"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "sns": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "sqs": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                SSLCommonName: "{region}.queue.{dnsSuffix}",
+                                Protocols:     []string{"http", "https"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "storagegateway": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "streams.dynamodb": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                Protocols: []string{"http", "http", "https", "https"},
+                                CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                        Service: "dynamodb",
+                                },
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "sts": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "swf": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "tagging": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "cn-north-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+        },
+}
+
+// AwsUsGovPartition returns the Resolver for AWS GovCloud (US).
+func AwsUsGovPartition() Partition {
+        return awsusgovPartition.Partition()
+}
+
+var awsusgovPartition = partition{
+        ID:        "aws-us-gov",
+        Name:      "AWS GovCloud (US)",
+        DNSSuffix: "amazonaws.com",
+        RegionRegex: regionRegex{
+                Regexp: func() *regexp.Regexp {
+                        reg, _ := regexp.Compile("^us\\-gov\\-\\w+\\-\\d+$")
+                        return reg
+                }(),
+        },
+        Defaults: endpoint{
+                Hostname:          "{service}.{region}.{dnsSuffix}",
+                Protocols:         []string{"https"},
+                SignatureVersions: []string{"v4"},
+        },
+        Regions: regions{
+                "us-gov-west-1": region{
+                        Description: "AWS GovCloud (US)",
+                },
+        },
+        Services: services{
+                "autoscaling": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{
+                                        Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "cloudformation": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "cloudhsm": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "cloudtrail": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "config": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "directconnect": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "dynamodb": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "ec2": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "ec2metadata": service{
+                        PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global",
+                        IsRegionalized:    boxedFalse,
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "aws-global": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname:  "169.254.169.254/latest",
+                                        Protocols: []string{"http"},
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "elasticache": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "elasticloadbalancing": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{
+                                        Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "elasticmapreduce": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{
+                                        Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "glacier": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{
+                                        Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "iam": service{
+                        PartitionEndpoint: "aws-us-gov-global",
+                        IsRegionalized:    boxedFalse,
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "aws-us-gov-global": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname: "iam.us-gov.amazonaws.com",
+                                        CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                                Region: "us-gov-west-1",
+                                        },
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "kinesis": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "kms": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "logs": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "monitoring": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "rds": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "redshift": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "s3": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"},
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "fips-us-gov-west-1": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname: "s3-fips-us-gov-west-1.amazonaws.com",
+                                        CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                                Region: "us-gov-west-1",
+                                        },
+                                },
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{
+                                        Hostname:  "s3-us-gov-west-1.amazonaws.com",
+                                        Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "snowball": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "sns": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{
+                                        Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "sqs": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{
+                                        SSLCommonName: "{region}.queue.{dnsSuffix}",
+                                        Protocols:     []string{"http", "https"},
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+                "streams.dynamodb": service{
+                        Defaults: endpoint{
+                                CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                                        Service: "dynamodb",
+                                },
+                        },
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "sts": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+                "swf": service{
+
+                        Endpoints: endpoints{
+                                "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
+                        },
+                },
+        },
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/doc.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0e9bc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/doc.go
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+// Package endpoints provides the types and functionality for defining regions
+// and endpoints, as well as querying those definitions.
+//
+// The SDK's Regions and Endpoints metadata is code generated into the endpoints
+// package, and is accessible via the DefaultResolver function. This function
+// returns a endpoint Resolver will search the metadata and build an associated
+// endpoint if one is found. The default resolver will search all partitions
+// known by the SDK. e.g AWS Standard (aws), AWS China (aws-cn), and
+// AWS GovCloud (US) (aws-us-gov).
+// .
+//
+// Enumerating Regions and Endpoint Metadata
+//
+// Casting the Resolver returned by DefaultResolver to a EnumPartitions interface
+// will allow you to get access to the list of underlying Partitions with the
+// Partitions method. This is helpful if you want to limit the SDK's endpoint
+// resolving to a single partition, or enumerate regions, services, and endpoints
+// in the partition.
+//
+//     resolver := endpoints.DefaultResolver()
+//     partitions := resolver.(endpoints.EnumPartitions).Partitions()
+//
+//     for _, p := range partitions {
+//         fmt.Println("Regions for", p.Name)
+//         for id, _ := range p.Regions() {
+//             fmt.Println("*", id)
+//         }
+//
+//         fmt.Println("Services for", p.Name)
+//         for id, _ := range p.Services() {
+//             fmt.Println("*", id)
+//         }
+//     }
+//
+// Using Custom Endpoints
+//
+// The endpoints package also gives you the ability to use your own logic how
+// endpoints are resolved. This is a great way to define a custom endpoint
+// for select services, without passing that logic down through your code.
+//
+// If a type implements the Resolver interface it can be used to resolve
+// endpoints. To use this with the SDK's Session and Config set the value
+// of the type to the EndpointsResolver field of aws.Config when initializing
+// the session, or service client.
+//
+// In addition the ResolverFunc is a wrapper for a func matching the signature
+// of Resolver.EndpointFor, converting it to a type that satisfies the
+// Resolver interface.
+//
+//
+//     myCustomResolver := func(service, region string, optFns ...func(*endpoints.Options)) (endpoints.ResolvedEndpoint, error) {
+//         if service == endpoints.S3ServiceID {
+//             return endpoints.ResolvedEndpoint{
+//                 URL:           "s3.custom.endpoint.com",
+//                 SigningRegion: "custom-signing-region",
+//             }, nil
+//         }
+//
+//         return endpoints.DefaultResolver().EndpointFor(service, region, optFns...)
+//     }
+//
+//     sess := session.Must(session.NewSession(&aws.Config{
+//         Region:           aws.String("us-west-2"),
+//         EndpointResolver: endpoints.ResolverFunc(myCustomResolver),
+//     }))
+package endpoints
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/endpoints.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/endpoints.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c3eedb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/endpoints.go
@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
+package endpoints
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "regexp"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+)
+
+// Options provide the configuration needed to direct how the
+// endpoints will be resolved.
+type Options struct {
+        // DisableSSL forces the endpoint to be resolved as HTTP.
+        // instead of HTTPS if the service supports it.
+        DisableSSL bool
+
+        // Sets the resolver to resolve the endpoint as a dualstack endpoint
+        // for the service. If dualstack support for a service is not known and
+        // StrictMatching is not enabled a dualstack endpoint for the service will
+        // be returned. This endpoint may not be valid. If StrictMatching is
+        // enabled only services that are known to support dualstack will return
+        // dualstack endpoints.
+        UseDualStack bool
+
+        // Enables strict matching of services and regions resolved endpoints.
+        // If the partition doesn't enumerate the exact service and region an
+        // error will be returned. This option will prevent returning endpoints
+        // that look valid, but may not resolve to any real endpoint.
+        StrictMatching bool
+
+        // Enables resolving a service endpoint based on the region provided if the
+        // service does not exist. The service endpoint ID will be used as the service
+        // domain name prefix. By default the endpoint resolver requires the service
+        // to be known when resolving endpoints.
+        //
+        // If resolving an endpoint on the partition list the provided region will
+        // be used to determine which partition's domain name pattern to the service
+        // endpoint ID with. If both the service and region are unkonwn and resolving
+        // the endpoint on partition list an UnknownEndpointError error will be returned.
+        //
+        // If resolving and endpoint on a partition specific resolver that partition's
+        // domain name pattern will be used with the service endpoint ID. If both
+        // region and service do not exist when resolving an endpoint on a specific
+        // partition the partition's domain pattern will be used to combine the
+        // endpoint and region together.
+        //
+        // This option is ignored if StrictMatching is enabled.
+        ResolveUnknownService bool
+}
+
+// Set combines all of the option functions together.
+func (o *Options) Set(optFns ...func(*Options)) {
+        for _, fn := range optFns {
+                fn(o)
+        }
+}
+
+// DisableSSLOption sets the DisableSSL options. Can be used as a functional
+// option when resolving endpoints.
+func DisableSSLOption(o *Options) {
+        o.DisableSSL = true
+}
+
+// UseDualStackOption sets the UseDualStack option. Can be used as a functional
+// option when resolving endpoints.
+func UseDualStackOption(o *Options) {
+        o.UseDualStack = true
+}
+
+// StrictMatchingOption sets the StrictMatching option. Can be used as a functional
+// option when resolving endpoints.
+func StrictMatchingOption(o *Options) {
+        o.StrictMatching = true
+}
+
+// ResolveUnknownServiceOption sets the ResolveUnknownService option. Can be used
+// as a functional option when resolving endpoints.
+func ResolveUnknownServiceOption(o *Options) {
+        o.ResolveUnknownService = true
+}
+
+// A Resolver provides the interface for functionality to resolve endpoints.
+// The build in Partition and DefaultResolver return value satisfy this interface.
+type Resolver interface {
+        EndpointFor(service, region string, opts ...func(*Options)) (ResolvedEndpoint, error)
+}
+
+// ResolverFunc is a helper utility that wraps a function so it satisfies the
+// Resolver interface. This is useful when you want to add additional endpoint
+// resolving logic, or stub out specific endpoints with custom values.
+type ResolverFunc func(service, region string, opts ...func(*Options)) (ResolvedEndpoint, error)
+
+// EndpointFor wraps the ResolverFunc function to satisfy the Resolver interface.
+func (fn ResolverFunc) EndpointFor(service, region string, opts ...func(*Options)) (ResolvedEndpoint, error) {
+        return fn(service, region, opts...)
+}
+
+var schemeRE = regexp.MustCompile("^([^:]+)://")
+
+// AddScheme adds the HTTP or HTTPS schemes to a endpoint URL if there is no
+// scheme. If disableSSL is true HTTP will set HTTP instead of the default HTTPS.
+//
+// If disableSSL is set, it will only set the URL's scheme if the URL does not
+// contain a scheme.
+func AddScheme(endpoint string, disableSSL bool) string {
+        if !schemeRE.MatchString(endpoint) {
+                scheme := "https"
+                if disableSSL {
+                        scheme = "http"
+                }
+                endpoint = fmt.Sprintf("%s://%s", scheme, endpoint)
+        }
+
+        return endpoint
+}
+
+// EnumPartitions a provides a way to retrieve the underlying partitions that
+// make up the SDK's default Resolver, or any resolver decoded from a model
+// file.
+//
+// Use this interface with DefaultResolver and DecodeModels to get the list of
+// Partitions.
+type EnumPartitions interface {
+        Partitions() []Partition
+}
+
+// RegionsForService returns a map of regions for the partition and service.
+// If either the partition or service does not exist false will be returned
+// as the second parameter.
+//
+// This example shows how  to get the regions for DynamoDB in the AWS partition.
+//    rs, exists := endpoints.RegionsForService(endpoints.DefaultPartitions(), endpoints.AwsPartitionID, endpoints.DynamodbServiceID)
+//
+// This is equivalent to using the partition directly.
+//    rs := endpoints.AwsPartition().Services()[endpoints.DynamodbServiceID].Regions()
+func RegionsForService(ps []Partition, partitionID, serviceID string) (map[string]Region, bool) {
+        for _, p := range ps {
+                if p.ID() != partitionID {
+                        continue
+                }
+                if _, ok := p.p.Services[serviceID]; !ok {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                s := Service{
+                        id: serviceID,
+                        p:  p.p,
+                }
+                return s.Regions(), true
+        }
+
+        return map[string]Region{}, false
+}
+
+// PartitionForRegion returns the first partition which includes the region
+// passed in. This includes both known regions and regions which match
+// a pattern supported by the partition which may include regions that are
+// not explicitly known by the partition. Use the Regions method of the
+// returned Partition if explicit support is needed.
+func PartitionForRegion(ps []Partition, regionID string) (Partition, bool) {
+        for _, p := range ps {
+                if _, ok := p.p.Regions[regionID]; ok || p.p.RegionRegex.MatchString(regionID) {
+                        return p, true
+                }
+        }
+
+        return Partition{}, false
+}
+
+// A Partition provides the ability to enumerate the partition's regions
+// and services.
+type Partition struct {
+        id string
+        p  *partition
+}
+
+// ID returns the identifier of the partition.
+func (p Partition) ID() string { return p.id }
+
+// EndpointFor attempts to resolve the endpoint based on service and region.
+// See Options for information on configuring how the endpoint is resolved.
+//
+// If the service cannot be found in the metadata the UnknownServiceError
+// error will be returned. This validation will occur regardless if
+// StrictMatching is enabled. To enable resolving unknown services set the
+// "ResolveUnknownService" option to true. When StrictMatching is disabled
+// this option allows the partition resolver to resolve a endpoint based on
+// the service endpoint ID provided.
+//
+// When resolving endpoints you can choose to enable StrictMatching. This will
+// require the provided service and region to be known by the partition.
+// If the endpoint cannot be strictly resolved an error will be returned. This
+// mode is useful to ensure the endpoint resolved is valid. Without
+// StrictMatching enabled the endpoint returned my look valid but may not work.
+// StrictMatching requires the SDK to be updated if you want to take advantage
+// of new regions and services expansions.
+//
+// Errors that can be returned.
+//   * UnknownServiceError
+//   * UnknownEndpointError
+func (p Partition) EndpointFor(service, region string, opts ...func(*Options)) (ResolvedEndpoint, error) {
+        return p.p.EndpointFor(service, region, opts...)
+}
+
+// Regions returns a map of Regions indexed by their ID. This is useful for
+// enumerating over the regions in a partition.
+func (p Partition) Regions() map[string]Region {
+        rs := map[string]Region{}
+        for id := range p.p.Regions {
+                rs[id] = Region{
+                        id: id,
+                        p:  p.p,
+                }
+        }
+
+        return rs
+}
+
+// Services returns a map of Service indexed by their ID. This is useful for
+// enumerating over the services in a partition.
+func (p Partition) Services() map[string]Service {
+        ss := map[string]Service{}
+        for id := range p.p.Services {
+                ss[id] = Service{
+                        id: id,
+                        p:  p.p,
+                }
+        }
+
+        return ss
+}
+
+// A Region provides information about a region, and ability to resolve an
+// endpoint from the context of a region, given a service.
+type Region struct {
+        id, desc string
+        p        *partition
+}
+
+// ID returns the region's identifier.
+func (r Region) ID() string { return r.id }
+
+// ResolveEndpoint resolves an endpoint from the context of the region given
+// a service. See Partition.EndpointFor for usage and errors that can be returned.
+func (r Region) ResolveEndpoint(service string, opts ...func(*Options)) (ResolvedEndpoint, error) {
+        return r.p.EndpointFor(service, r.id, opts...)
+}
+
+// Services returns a list of all services that are known to be in this region.
+func (r Region) Services() map[string]Service {
+        ss := map[string]Service{}
+        for id, s := range r.p.Services {
+                if _, ok := s.Endpoints[r.id]; ok {
+                        ss[id] = Service{
+                                id: id,
+                                p:  r.p,
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return ss
+}
+
+// A Service provides information about a service, and ability to resolve an
+// endpoint from the context of a service, given a region.
+type Service struct {
+        id string
+        p  *partition
+}
+
+// ID returns the identifier for the service.
+func (s Service) ID() string { return s.id }
+
+// ResolveEndpoint resolves an endpoint from the context of a service given
+// a region. See Partition.EndpointFor for usage and errors that can be returned.
+func (s Service) ResolveEndpoint(region string, opts ...func(*Options)) (ResolvedEndpoint, error) {
+        return s.p.EndpointFor(s.id, region, opts...)
+}
+
+// Regions returns a map of Regions that the service is present in.
+//
+// A region is the AWS region the service exists in. Whereas a Endpoint is
+// an URL that can be resolved to a instance of a service.
+func (s Service) Regions() map[string]Region {
+        rs := map[string]Region{}
+        for id := range s.p.Services[s.id].Endpoints {
+                if _, ok := s.p.Regions[id]; ok {
+                        rs[id] = Region{
+                                id: id,
+                                p:  s.p,
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return rs
+}
+
+// Endpoints returns a map of Endpoints indexed by their ID for all known
+// endpoints for a service.
+//
+// A region is the AWS region the service exists in. Whereas a Endpoint is
+// an URL that can be resolved to a instance of a service.
+func (s Service) Endpoints() map[string]Endpoint {
+        es := map[string]Endpoint{}
+        for id := range s.p.Services[s.id].Endpoints {
+                es[id] = Endpoint{
+                        id:        id,
+                        serviceID: s.id,
+                        p:         s.p,
+                }
+        }
+
+        return es
+}
+
+// A Endpoint provides information about endpoints, and provides the ability
+// to resolve that endpoint for the service, and the region the endpoint
+// represents.
+type Endpoint struct {
+        id        string
+        serviceID string
+        p         *partition
+}
+
+// ID returns the identifier for an endpoint.
+func (e Endpoint) ID() string { return e.id }
+
+// ServiceID returns the identifier the endpoint belongs to.
+func (e Endpoint) ServiceID() string { return e.serviceID }
+
+// ResolveEndpoint resolves an endpoint from the context of a service and
+// region the endpoint represents. See Partition.EndpointFor for usage and
+// errors that can be returned.
+func (e Endpoint) ResolveEndpoint(opts ...func(*Options)) (ResolvedEndpoint, error) {
+        return e.p.EndpointFor(e.serviceID, e.id, opts...)
+}
+
+// A ResolvedEndpoint is an endpoint that has been resolved based on a partition
+// service, and region.
+type ResolvedEndpoint struct {
+        // The endpoint URL
+        URL string
+
+        // The region that should be used for signing requests.
+        SigningRegion string
+
+        // The service name that should be used for signing requests.
+        SigningName string
+
+        // The signing method that should be used for signing requests.
+        SigningMethod string
+}
+
+// So that the Error interface type can be included as an anonymous field
+// in the requestError struct and not conflict with the error.Error() method.
+type awsError awserr.Error
+
+// A EndpointNotFoundError is returned when in StrictMatching mode, and the
+// endpoint for the service and region cannot be found in any of the partitions.
+type EndpointNotFoundError struct {
+        awsError
+        Partition string
+        Service   string
+        Region    string
+}
+
+// A UnknownServiceError is returned when the service does not resolve to an
+// endpoint. Includes a list of all known services for the partition. Returned
+// when a partition does not support the service.
+type UnknownServiceError struct {
+        awsError
+        Partition string
+        Service   string
+        Known     []string
+}
+
+// NewUnknownServiceError builds and returns UnknownServiceError.
+func NewUnknownServiceError(p, s string, known []string) UnknownServiceError {
+        return UnknownServiceError{
+                awsError: awserr.New("UnknownServiceError",
+                        "could not resolve endpoint for unknown service", nil),
+                Partition: p,
+                Service:   s,
+                Known:     known,
+        }
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation of the error.
+func (e UnknownServiceError) Error() string {
+        extra := fmt.Sprintf("partition: %q, service: %q",
+                e.Partition, e.Service)
+        if len(e.Known) > 0 {
+                extra += fmt.Sprintf(", known: %v", e.Known)
+        }
+        return awserr.SprintError(e.Code(), e.Message(), extra, e.OrigErr())
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation of the error.
+func (e UnknownServiceError) String() string {
+        return e.Error()
+}
+
+// A UnknownEndpointError is returned when in StrictMatching mode and the
+// service is valid, but the region does not resolve to an endpoint. Includes
+// a list of all known endpoints for the service.
+type UnknownEndpointError struct {
+        awsError
+        Partition string
+        Service   string
+        Region    string
+        Known     []string
+}
+
+// NewUnknownEndpointError builds and returns UnknownEndpointError.
+func NewUnknownEndpointError(p, s, r string, known []string) UnknownEndpointError {
+        return UnknownEndpointError{
+                awsError: awserr.New("UnknownEndpointError",
+                        "could not resolve endpoint", nil),
+                Partition: p,
+                Service:   s,
+                Region:    r,
+                Known:     known,
+        }
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation of the error.
+func (e UnknownEndpointError) Error() string {
+        extra := fmt.Sprintf("partition: %q, service: %q, region: %q",
+                e.Partition, e.Service, e.Region)
+        if len(e.Known) > 0 {
+                extra += fmt.Sprintf(", known: %v", e.Known)
+        }
+        return awserr.SprintError(e.Code(), e.Message(), extra, e.OrigErr())
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation of the error.
+func (e UnknownEndpointError) String() string {
+        return e.Error()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13d968a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model.go
@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+package endpoints
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "regexp"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+type partitions []partition
+
+func (ps partitions) EndpointFor(service, region string, opts ...func(*Options)) (ResolvedEndpoint, error) {
+        var opt Options
+        opt.Set(opts...)
+
+        for i := 0; i < len(ps); i++ {
+                if !ps[i].canResolveEndpoint(service, region, opt.StrictMatching) {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                return ps[i].EndpointFor(service, region, opts...)
+        }
+
+        // If loose matching fallback to first partition format to use
+        // when resolving the endpoint.
+        if !opt.StrictMatching && len(ps) > 0 {
+                return ps[0].EndpointFor(service, region, opts...)
+        }
+
+        return ResolvedEndpoint{}, NewUnknownEndpointError("all partitions", service, region, []string{})
+}
+
+// Partitions satisfies the EnumPartitions interface and returns a list
+// of Partitions representing each partition represented in the SDK's
+// endpoints model.
+func (ps partitions) Partitions() []Partition {
+        parts := make([]Partition, 0, len(ps))
+        for i := 0; i < len(ps); i++ {
+                parts = append(parts, ps[i].Partition())
+        }
+
+        return parts
+}
+
+type partition struct {
+        ID          string      `json:"partition"`
+        Name        string      `json:"partitionName"`
+        DNSSuffix   string      `json:"dnsSuffix"`
+        RegionRegex regionRegex `json:"regionRegex"`
+        Defaults    endpoint    `json:"defaults"`
+        Regions     regions     `json:"regions"`
+        Services    services    `json:"services"`
+}
+
+func (p partition) Partition() Partition {
+        return Partition{
+                id: p.ID,
+                p:  &p,
+        }
+}
+
+func (p partition) canResolveEndpoint(service, region string, strictMatch bool) bool {
+        s, hasService := p.Services[service]
+        _, hasEndpoint := s.Endpoints[region]
+
+        if hasEndpoint && hasService {
+                return true
+        }
+
+        if strictMatch {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        return p.RegionRegex.MatchString(region)
+}
+
+func (p partition) EndpointFor(service, region string, opts ...func(*Options)) (resolved ResolvedEndpoint, err error) {
+        var opt Options
+        opt.Set(opts...)
+
+        s, hasService := p.Services[service]
+        if !(hasService || opt.ResolveUnknownService) {
+                // Only return error if the resolver will not fallback to creating
+                // endpoint based on service endpoint ID passed in.
+                return resolved, NewUnknownServiceError(p.ID, service, serviceList(p.Services))
+        }
+
+        e, hasEndpoint := s.endpointForRegion(region)
+        if !hasEndpoint && opt.StrictMatching {
+                return resolved, NewUnknownEndpointError(p.ID, service, region, endpointList(s.Endpoints))
+        }
+
+        defs := []endpoint{p.Defaults, s.Defaults}
+        return e.resolve(service, region, p.DNSSuffix, defs, opt), nil
+}
+
+func serviceList(ss services) []string {
+        list := make([]string, 0, len(ss))
+        for k := range ss {
+                list = append(list, k)
+        }
+        return list
+}
+func endpointList(es endpoints) []string {
+        list := make([]string, 0, len(es))
+        for k := range es {
+                list = append(list, k)
+        }
+        return list
+}
+
+type regionRegex struct {
+        *regexp.Regexp
+}
+
+func (rr *regionRegex) UnmarshalJSON(b []byte) (err error) {
+        // Strip leading and trailing quotes
+        regex, err := strconv.Unquote(string(b))
+        if err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("unable to strip quotes from regex, %v", err)
+        }
+
+        rr.Regexp, err = regexp.Compile(regex)
+        if err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("unable to unmarshal region regex, %v", err)
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+type regions map[string]region
+
+type region struct {
+        Description string `json:"description"`
+}
+
+type services map[string]service
+
+type service struct {
+        PartitionEndpoint string    `json:"partitionEndpoint"`
+        IsRegionalized    boxedBool `json:"isRegionalized,omitempty"`
+        Defaults          endpoint  `json:"defaults"`
+        Endpoints         endpoints `json:"endpoints"`
+}
+
+func (s *service) endpointForRegion(region string) (endpoint, bool) {
+        if s.IsRegionalized == boxedFalse {
+                return s.Endpoints[s.PartitionEndpoint], region == s.PartitionEndpoint
+        }
+
+        if e, ok := s.Endpoints[region]; ok {
+                return e, true
+        }
+
+        // Unable to find any matching endpoint, return
+        // blank that will be used for generic endpoint creation.
+        return endpoint{}, false
+}
+
+type endpoints map[string]endpoint
+
+type endpoint struct {
+        Hostname        string          `json:"hostname"`
+        Protocols       []string        `json:"protocols"`
+        CredentialScope credentialScope `json:"credentialScope"`
+
+        // Custom fields not modeled
+        HasDualStack      boxedBool `json:"-"`
+        DualStackHostname string    `json:"-"`
+
+        // Signature Version not used
+        SignatureVersions []string `json:"signatureVersions"`
+
+        // SSLCommonName not used.
+        SSLCommonName string `json:"sslCommonName"`
+}
+
+const (
+        defaultProtocol = "https"
+        defaultSigner   = "v4"
+)
+
+var (
+        protocolPriority = []string{"https", "http"}
+        signerPriority   = []string{"v4", "v2"}
+)
+
+func getByPriority(s []string, p []string, def string) string {
+        if len(s) == 0 {
+                return def
+        }
+
+        for i := 0; i < len(p); i++ {
+                for j := 0; j < len(s); j++ {
+                        if s[j] == p[i] {
+                                return s[j]
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return s[0]
+}
+
+func (e endpoint) resolve(service, region, dnsSuffix string, defs []endpoint, opts Options) ResolvedEndpoint {
+        var merged endpoint
+        for _, def := range defs {
+                merged.mergeIn(def)
+        }
+        merged.mergeIn(e)
+        e = merged
+
+        hostname := e.Hostname
+
+        // Offset the hostname for dualstack if enabled
+        if opts.UseDualStack && e.HasDualStack == boxedTrue {
+                hostname = e.DualStackHostname
+        }
+
+        u := strings.Replace(hostname, "{service}", service, 1)
+        u = strings.Replace(u, "{region}", region, 1)
+        u = strings.Replace(u, "{dnsSuffix}", dnsSuffix, 1)
+
+        scheme := getEndpointScheme(e.Protocols, opts.DisableSSL)
+        u = fmt.Sprintf("%s://%s", scheme, u)
+
+        signingRegion := e.CredentialScope.Region
+        if len(signingRegion) == 0 {
+                signingRegion = region
+        }
+        signingName := e.CredentialScope.Service
+        if len(signingName) == 0 {
+                signingName = service
+        }
+
+        return ResolvedEndpoint{
+                URL:           u,
+                SigningRegion: signingRegion,
+                SigningName:   signingName,
+                SigningMethod: getByPriority(e.SignatureVersions, signerPriority, defaultSigner),
+        }
+}
+
+func getEndpointScheme(protocols []string, disableSSL bool) string {
+        if disableSSL {
+                return "http"
+        }
+
+        return getByPriority(protocols, protocolPriority, defaultProtocol)
+}
+
+func (e *endpoint) mergeIn(other endpoint) {
+        if len(other.Hostname) > 0 {
+                e.Hostname = other.Hostname
+        }
+        if len(other.Protocols) > 0 {
+                e.Protocols = other.Protocols
+        }
+        if len(other.SignatureVersions) > 0 {
+                e.SignatureVersions = other.SignatureVersions
+        }
+        if len(other.CredentialScope.Region) > 0 {
+                e.CredentialScope.Region = other.CredentialScope.Region
+        }
+        if len(other.CredentialScope.Service) > 0 {
+                e.CredentialScope.Service = other.CredentialScope.Service
+        }
+        if len(other.SSLCommonName) > 0 {
+                e.SSLCommonName = other.SSLCommonName
+        }
+        if other.HasDualStack != boxedBoolUnset {
+                e.HasDualStack = other.HasDualStack
+        }
+        if len(other.DualStackHostname) > 0 {
+                e.DualStackHostname = other.DualStackHostname
+        }
+}
+
+type credentialScope struct {
+        Region  string `json:"region"`
+        Service string `json:"service"`
+}
+
+type boxedBool int
+
+func (b *boxedBool) UnmarshalJSON(buf []byte) error {
+        v, err := strconv.ParseBool(string(buf))
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        if v {
+                *b = boxedTrue
+        } else {
+                *b = boxedFalse
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+const (
+        boxedBoolUnset boxedBool = iota
+        boxedFalse
+        boxedTrue
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model_codegen.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model_codegen.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05e92df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model_codegen.go
@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+// +build codegen
+
+package endpoints
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "reflect"
+        "strings"
+        "text/template"
+        "unicode"
+)
+
+// A CodeGenOptions are the options for code generating the endpoints into
+// Go code from the endpoints model definition.
+type CodeGenOptions struct {
+        // Options for how the model will be decoded.
+        DecodeModelOptions DecodeModelOptions
+}
+
+// Set combines all of the option functions together
+func (d *CodeGenOptions) Set(optFns ...func(*CodeGenOptions)) {
+        for _, fn := range optFns {
+                fn(d)
+        }
+}
+
+// CodeGenModel given a endpoints model file will decode it and attempt to
+// generate Go code from the model definition. Error will be returned if
+// the code is unable to be generated, or decoded.
+func CodeGenModel(modelFile io.Reader, outFile io.Writer, optFns ...func(*CodeGenOptions)) error {
+        var opts CodeGenOptions
+        opts.Set(optFns...)
+
+        resolver, err := DecodeModel(modelFile, func(d *DecodeModelOptions) {
+                *d = opts.DecodeModelOptions
+        })
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        tmpl := template.Must(template.New("tmpl").Funcs(funcMap).Parse(v3Tmpl))
+        if err := tmpl.ExecuteTemplate(outFile, "defaults", resolver); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("failed to execute template, %v", err)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func toSymbol(v string) string {
+        out := []rune{}
+        for _, c := range strings.Title(v) {
+                if !(unicode.IsNumber(c) || unicode.IsLetter(c)) {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                out = append(out, c)
+        }
+
+        return string(out)
+}
+
+func quoteString(v string) string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%q", v)
+}
+
+func regionConstName(p, r string) string {
+        return toSymbol(p) + toSymbol(r)
+}
+
+func partitionGetter(id string) string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%sPartition", toSymbol(id))
+}
+
+func partitionVarName(id string) string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%sPartition", strings.ToLower(toSymbol(id)))
+}
+
+func listPartitionNames(ps partitions) string {
+        names := []string{}
+        switch len(ps) {
+        case 1:
+                return ps[0].Name
+        case 2:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("%s and %s", ps[0].Name, ps[1].Name)
+        default:
+                for i, p := range ps {
+                        if i == len(ps)-1 {
+                                names = append(names, "and "+p.Name)
+                        } else {
+                                names = append(names, p.Name)
+                        }
+                }
+                return strings.Join(names, ", ")
+        }
+}
+
+func boxedBoolIfSet(msg string, v boxedBool) string {
+        switch v {
+        case boxedTrue:
+                return fmt.Sprintf(msg, "boxedTrue")
+        case boxedFalse:
+                return fmt.Sprintf(msg, "boxedFalse")
+        default:
+                return ""
+        }
+}
+
+func stringIfSet(msg, v string) string {
+        if len(v) == 0 {
+                return ""
+        }
+
+        return fmt.Sprintf(msg, v)
+}
+
+func stringSliceIfSet(msg string, vs []string) string {
+        if len(vs) == 0 {
+                return ""
+        }
+
+        names := []string{}
+        for _, v := range vs {
+                names = append(names, `"`+v+`"`)
+        }
+
+        return fmt.Sprintf(msg, strings.Join(names, ","))
+}
+
+func endpointIsSet(v endpoint) bool {
+        return !reflect.DeepEqual(v, endpoint{})
+}
+
+func serviceSet(ps partitions) map[string]struct{} {
+        set := map[string]struct{}{}
+        for _, p := range ps {
+                for id := range p.Services {
+                        set[id] = struct{}{}
+                }
+        }
+
+        return set
+}
+
+var funcMap = template.FuncMap{
+        "ToSymbol":           toSymbol,
+        "QuoteString":        quoteString,
+        "RegionConst":        regionConstName,
+        "PartitionGetter":    partitionGetter,
+        "PartitionVarName":   partitionVarName,
+        "ListPartitionNames": listPartitionNames,
+        "BoxedBoolIfSet":     boxedBoolIfSet,
+        "StringIfSet":        stringIfSet,
+        "StringSliceIfSet":   stringSliceIfSet,
+        "EndpointIsSet":      endpointIsSet,
+        "ServicesSet":        serviceSet,
+}
+
+const v3Tmpl = `
+{{ define "defaults" -}}
+// Code generated by aws/endpoints/v3model_codegen.go. DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package endpoints
+
+import (
+        "regexp"
+)
+
+        {{ template "partition consts" . }}
+
+        {{ range $_, $partition := . }}
+                {{ template "partition region consts" $partition }}
+        {{ end }}
+
+        {{ template "service consts" . }}
+        
+        {{ template "endpoint resolvers" . }}
+{{- end }}
+
+{{ define "partition consts" }}
+        // Partition identifiers
+        const (
+                {{ range $_, $p := . -}}
+                        {{ ToSymbol $p.ID }}PartitionID = {{ QuoteString $p.ID }} // {{ $p.Name }} partition.
+                {{ end -}}
+        )
+{{- end }}
+
+{{ define "partition region consts" }}
+        // {{ .Name }} partition's regions.
+        const (
+                {{ range $id, $region := .Regions -}}
+                        {{ ToSymbol $id }}RegionID = {{ QuoteString $id }} // {{ $region.Description }}.
+                {{ end -}}
+        )
+{{- end }}
+
+{{ define "service consts" }}
+        // Service identifiers
+        const (
+                {{ $serviceSet := ServicesSet . -}}
+                {{ range $id, $_ := $serviceSet -}}
+                        {{ ToSymbol $id }}ServiceID = {{ QuoteString $id }} // {{ ToSymbol $id }}.
+                {{ end -}}
+        )
+{{- end }}
+
+{{ define "endpoint resolvers" }}
+        // DefaultResolver returns an Endpoint resolver that will be able
+        // to resolve endpoints for: {{ ListPartitionNames . }}.
+        //
+        // Use DefaultPartitions() to get the list of the default partitions.
+        func DefaultResolver() Resolver {
+                return defaultPartitions
+        }
+
+        // DefaultPartitions returns a list of the partitions the SDK is bundled
+        // with. The available partitions are: {{ ListPartitionNames . }}.
+        //
+        //    partitions := endpoints.DefaultPartitions
+        //    for _, p := range partitions {
+        //        // ... inspect partitions
+        //    }
+        func DefaultPartitions() []Partition {
+                return defaultPartitions.Partitions()
+        }
+
+        var defaultPartitions = partitions{
+                {{ range $_, $partition := . -}}
+                        {{ PartitionVarName $partition.ID }},
+                {{ end }}
+        }
+        
+        {{ range $_, $partition := . -}}
+                {{ $name := PartitionGetter $partition.ID -}}
+                // {{ $name }} returns the Resolver for {{ $partition.Name }}.
+                func {{ $name }}() Partition {
+                        return  {{ PartitionVarName $partition.ID }}.Partition()
+                }
+                var {{ PartitionVarName $partition.ID }} = {{ template "gocode Partition" $partition }}
+        {{ end }}
+{{ end }}
+
+{{ define "default partitions" }}
+        func DefaultPartitions() []Partition {
+                return []partition{
+                        {{ range $_, $partition := . -}}
+                        // {{ ToSymbol $partition.ID}}Partition(),
+                        {{ end }}
+                }
+        }
+{{ end }}
+
+{{ define "gocode Partition" -}}
+partition{
+        {{ StringIfSet "ID: %q,\n" .ID -}}
+        {{ StringIfSet "Name: %q,\n" .Name -}}
+        {{ StringIfSet "DNSSuffix: %q,\n" .DNSSuffix -}}
+        RegionRegex: {{ template "gocode RegionRegex" .RegionRegex }},
+        {{ if EndpointIsSet .Defaults -}}
+                Defaults: {{ template "gocode Endpoint" .Defaults }},
+        {{- end }}
+        Regions:  {{ template "gocode Regions" .Regions }},
+        Services: {{ template "gocode Services" .Services }},
+}
+{{- end }}
+
+{{ define "gocode RegionRegex" -}}
+regionRegex{
+        Regexp: func() *regexp.Regexp{
+                reg, _ := regexp.Compile({{ QuoteString .Regexp.String }})
+                return reg
+        }(),
+}
+{{- end }}
+
+{{ define "gocode Regions" -}}
+regions{
+        {{ range $id, $region := . -}}
+                "{{ $id }}": {{ template "gocode Region" $region }},
+        {{ end -}}
+}
+{{- end }}
+
+{{ define "gocode Region" -}}
+region{
+        {{ StringIfSet "Description: %q,\n" .Description -}}
+}
+{{- end }}
+
+{{ define "gocode Services" -}}
+services{
+        {{ range $id, $service := . -}}
+        "{{ $id }}": {{ template "gocode Service" $service }},
+        {{ end }}
+}
+{{- end }}
+
+{{ define "gocode Service" -}}
+service{
+        {{ StringIfSet "PartitionEndpoint: %q,\n" .PartitionEndpoint -}}
+        {{ BoxedBoolIfSet "IsRegionalized: %s,\n" .IsRegionalized -}}
+        {{ if EndpointIsSet .Defaults -}}
+                Defaults: {{ template "gocode Endpoint" .Defaults -}},
+        {{- end }}
+        {{ if .Endpoints -}}
+                Endpoints: {{ template "gocode Endpoints" .Endpoints }},
+        {{- end }}
+}
+{{- end }}
+
+{{ define "gocode Endpoints" -}}
+endpoints{
+        {{ range $id, $endpoint := . -}}
+        "{{ $id }}": {{ template "gocode Endpoint" $endpoint }},
+        {{ end }}
+}
+{{- end }}
+
+{{ define "gocode Endpoint" -}}
+endpoint{
+        {{ StringIfSet "Hostname: %q,\n" .Hostname -}}
+        {{ StringIfSet "SSLCommonName: %q,\n" .SSLCommonName -}}
+        {{ StringSliceIfSet "Protocols: []string{%s},\n" .Protocols -}}
+        {{ StringSliceIfSet "SignatureVersions: []string{%s},\n" .SignatureVersions -}}
+        {{ if or .CredentialScope.Region .CredentialScope.Service -}}
+        CredentialScope: credentialScope{
+                {{ StringIfSet "Region: %q,\n" .CredentialScope.Region -}}
+                {{ StringIfSet "Service: %q,\n" .CredentialScope.Service -}}
+        },
+        {{- end }}
+        {{ BoxedBoolIfSet "HasDualStack: %s,\n" .HasDualStack -}}
+        {{ StringIfSet "DualStackHostname: %q,\n" .DualStackHostname -}}
+
+}
+{{- end }}
+`
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/errors.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5766361
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/errors.go
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+package aws
+
+import "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+
+var (
+        // ErrMissingRegion is an error that is returned if region configuration is
+        // not found.
+        //
+        // @readonly
+        ErrMissingRegion = awserr.New("MissingRegion", "could not find region configuration", nil)
+
+        // ErrMissingEndpoint is an error that is returned if an endpoint cannot be
+        // resolved for a service.
+        //
+        // @readonly
+        ErrMissingEndpoint = awserr.New("MissingEndpoint", "'Endpoint' configuration is required for this service", nil)
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/jsonvalue.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/jsonvalue.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91a6f27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/jsonvalue.go
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+package aws
+
+// JSONValue is a representation of a grab bag type that will be marshaled
+// into a json string. This type can be used just like any other map.
+//
+//      Example:
+//
+//      values := aws.JSONValue{
+//              "Foo": "Bar",
+//      }
+//      values["Baz"] = "Qux"
+type JSONValue map[string]interface{}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/logger.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/logger.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db87188
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/logger.go
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+package aws
+
+import (
+        "log"
+        "os"
+)
+
+// A LogLevelType defines the level logging should be performed at. Used to instruct
+// the SDK which statements should be logged.
+type LogLevelType uint
+
+// LogLevel returns the pointer to a LogLevel. Should be used to workaround
+// not being able to take the address of a non-composite literal.
+func LogLevel(l LogLevelType) *LogLevelType {
+        return &l
+}
+
+// Value returns the LogLevel value or the default value LogOff if the LogLevel
+// is nil. Safe to use on nil value LogLevelTypes.
+func (l *LogLevelType) Value() LogLevelType {
+        if l != nil {
+                return *l
+        }
+        return LogOff
+}
+
+// Matches returns true if the v LogLevel is enabled by this LogLevel. Should be
+// used with logging sub levels. Is safe to use on nil value LogLevelTypes. If
+// LogLevel is nill, will default to LogOff comparison.
+func (l *LogLevelType) Matches(v LogLevelType) bool {
+        c := l.Value()
+        return c&v == v
+}
+
+// AtLeast returns true if this LogLevel is at least high enough to satisfies v.
+// Is safe to use on nil value LogLevelTypes. If LogLevel is nill, will default
+// to LogOff comparison.
+func (l *LogLevelType) AtLeast(v LogLevelType) bool {
+        c := l.Value()
+        return c >= v
+}
+
+const (
+        // LogOff states that no logging should be performed by the SDK. This is the
+        // default state of the SDK, and should be use to disable all logging.
+        LogOff LogLevelType = iota * 0x1000
+
+        // LogDebug state that debug output should be logged by the SDK. This should
+        // be used to inspect request made and responses received.
+        LogDebug
+)
+
+// Debug Logging Sub Levels
+const (
+        // LogDebugWithSigning states that the SDK should log request signing and
+        // presigning events. This should be used to log the signing details of
+        // requests for debugging. Will also enable LogDebug.
+        LogDebugWithSigning LogLevelType = LogDebug | (1 << iota)
+
+        // LogDebugWithHTTPBody states the SDK should log HTTP request and response
+        // HTTP bodys in addition to the headers and path. This should be used to
+        // see the body content of requests and responses made while using the SDK
+        // Will also enable LogDebug.
+        LogDebugWithHTTPBody
+
+        // LogDebugWithRequestRetries states the SDK should log when service requests will
+        // be retried. This should be used to log when you want to log when service
+        // requests are being retried. Will also enable LogDebug.
+        LogDebugWithRequestRetries
+
+        // LogDebugWithRequestErrors states the SDK should log when service requests fail
+        // to build, send, validate, or unmarshal.
+        LogDebugWithRequestErrors
+)
+
+// A Logger is a minimalistic interface for the SDK to log messages to. Should
+// be used to provide custom logging writers for the SDK to use.
+type Logger interface {
+        Log(...interface{})
+}
+
+// A LoggerFunc is a convenience type to convert a function taking a variadic
+// list of arguments and wrap it so the Logger interface can be used.
+//
+// Example:
+//     s3.New(sess, &aws.Config{Logger: aws.LoggerFunc(func(args ...interface{}) {
+//         fmt.Fprintln(os.Stdout, args...)
+//     })})
+type LoggerFunc func(...interface{})
+
+// Log calls the wrapped function with the arguments provided
+func (f LoggerFunc) Log(args ...interface{}) {
+        f(args...)
+}
+
+// NewDefaultLogger returns a Logger which will write log messages to stdout, and
+// use same formatting runes as the stdlib log.Logger
+func NewDefaultLogger() Logger {
+        return &defaultLogger{
+                logger: log.New(os.Stdout, "", log.LstdFlags),
+        }
+}
+
+// A defaultLogger provides a minimalistic logger satisfying the Logger interface.
+type defaultLogger struct {
+        logger *log.Logger
+}
+
+// Log logs the parameters to the stdlib logger. See log.Println.
+func (l defaultLogger) Log(args ...interface{}) {
+        l.logger.Println(args...)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/connection_reset_error.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/connection_reset_error.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10fc8cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/connection_reset_error.go
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+// +build !appengine
+
+package request
+
+import (
+        "net"
+        "os"
+        "syscall"
+)
+
+func isErrConnectionReset(err error) bool {
+        if opErr, ok := err.(*net.OpError); ok {
+                if sysErr, ok := opErr.Err.(*os.SyscallError); ok {
+                        return sysErr.Err == syscall.ECONNRESET
+                }
+        }
+
+        return false
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/connection_reset_error_appengine.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/connection_reset_error_appengine.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..996196e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/connection_reset_error_appengine.go
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+// +build appengine
+
+package request
+
+import (
+        "strings"
+)
+
+func isErrConnectionReset(err error) bool {
+        return strings.Contains(err.Error(), "connection reset")
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/handlers.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/handlers.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c14336
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/handlers.go
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+package request
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// A Handlers provides a collection of request handlers for various
+// stages of handling requests.
+type Handlers struct {
+        Validate         HandlerList
+        Build            HandlerList
+        Sign             HandlerList
+        Send             HandlerList
+        ValidateResponse HandlerList
+        Unmarshal        HandlerList
+        UnmarshalMeta    HandlerList
+        UnmarshalError   HandlerList
+        Retry            HandlerList
+        AfterRetry       HandlerList
+        Complete         HandlerList
+}
+
+// Copy returns of this handler's lists.
+func (h *Handlers) Copy() Handlers {
+        return Handlers{
+                Validate:         h.Validate.copy(),
+                Build:            h.Build.copy(),
+                Sign:             h.Sign.copy(),
+                Send:             h.Send.copy(),
+                ValidateResponse: h.ValidateResponse.copy(),
+                Unmarshal:        h.Unmarshal.copy(),
+                UnmarshalError:   h.UnmarshalError.copy(),
+                UnmarshalMeta:    h.UnmarshalMeta.copy(),
+                Retry:            h.Retry.copy(),
+                AfterRetry:       h.AfterRetry.copy(),
+                Complete:         h.Complete.copy(),
+        }
+}
+
+// Clear removes callback functions for all handlers
+func (h *Handlers) Clear() {
+        h.Validate.Clear()
+        h.Build.Clear()
+        h.Send.Clear()
+        h.Sign.Clear()
+        h.Unmarshal.Clear()
+        h.UnmarshalMeta.Clear()
+        h.UnmarshalError.Clear()
+        h.ValidateResponse.Clear()
+        h.Retry.Clear()
+        h.AfterRetry.Clear()
+        h.Complete.Clear()
+}
+
+// A HandlerListRunItem represents an entry in the HandlerList which
+// is being run.
+type HandlerListRunItem struct {
+        Index   int
+        Handler NamedHandler
+        Request *Request
+}
+
+// A HandlerList manages zero or more handlers in a list.
+type HandlerList struct {
+        list []NamedHandler
+
+        // Called after each request handler in the list is called. If set
+        // and the func returns true the HandlerList will continue to iterate
+        // over the request handlers. If false is returned the HandlerList
+        // will stop iterating.
+        //
+        // Should be used if extra logic to be performed between each handler
+        // in the list. This can be used to terminate a list's iteration
+        // based on a condition such as error like, HandlerListStopOnError.
+        // Or for logging like HandlerListLogItem.
+        AfterEachFn func(item HandlerListRunItem) bool
+}
+
+// A NamedHandler is a struct that contains a name and function callback.
+type NamedHandler struct {
+        Name string
+        Fn   func(*Request)
+}
+
+// copy creates a copy of the handler list.
+func (l *HandlerList) copy() HandlerList {
+        n := HandlerList{
+                AfterEachFn: l.AfterEachFn,
+        }
+        if len(l.list) == 0 {
+                return n
+        }
+
+        n.list = append(make([]NamedHandler, 0, len(l.list)), l.list...)
+        return n
+}
+
+// Clear clears the handler list.
+func (l *HandlerList) Clear() {
+        l.list = l.list[0:0]
+}
+
+// Len returns the number of handlers in the list.
+func (l *HandlerList) Len() int {
+        return len(l.list)
+}
+
+// PushBack pushes handler f to the back of the handler list.
+func (l *HandlerList) PushBack(f func(*Request)) {
+        l.PushBackNamed(NamedHandler{"__anonymous", f})
+}
+
+// PushBackNamed pushes named handler f to the back of the handler list.
+func (l *HandlerList) PushBackNamed(n NamedHandler) {
+        if cap(l.list) == 0 {
+                l.list = make([]NamedHandler, 0, 5)
+        }
+        l.list = append(l.list, n)
+}
+
+// PushFront pushes handler f to the front of the handler list.
+func (l *HandlerList) PushFront(f func(*Request)) {
+        l.PushFrontNamed(NamedHandler{"__anonymous", f})
+}
+
+// PushFrontNamed pushes named handler f to the front of the handler list.
+func (l *HandlerList) PushFrontNamed(n NamedHandler) {
+        if cap(l.list) == len(l.list) {
+                // Allocating new list required
+                l.list = append([]NamedHandler{n}, l.list...)
+        } else {
+                // Enough room to prepend into list.
+                l.list = append(l.list, NamedHandler{})
+                copy(l.list[1:], l.list)
+                l.list[0] = n
+        }
+}
+
+// Remove removes a NamedHandler n
+func (l *HandlerList) Remove(n NamedHandler) {
+        l.RemoveByName(n.Name)
+}
+
+// RemoveByName removes a NamedHandler by name.
+func (l *HandlerList) RemoveByName(name string) {
+        for i := 0; i < len(l.list); i++ {
+                m := l.list[i]
+                if m.Name == name {
+                        // Shift array preventing creating new arrays
+                        copy(l.list[i:], l.list[i+1:])
+                        l.list[len(l.list)-1] = NamedHandler{}
+                        l.list = l.list[:len(l.list)-1]
+
+                        // decrement list so next check to length is correct
+                        i--
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// Run executes all handlers in the list with a given request object.
+func (l *HandlerList) Run(r *Request) {
+        for i, h := range l.list {
+                h.Fn(r)
+                item := HandlerListRunItem{
+                        Index: i, Handler: h, Request: r,
+                }
+                if l.AfterEachFn != nil && !l.AfterEachFn(item) {
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// HandlerListLogItem logs the request handler and the state of the
+// request's Error value. Always returns true to continue iterating
+// request handlers in a HandlerList.
+func HandlerListLogItem(item HandlerListRunItem) bool {
+        if item.Request.Config.Logger == nil {
+                return true
+        }
+        item.Request.Config.Logger.Log("DEBUG: RequestHandler",
+                item.Index, item.Handler.Name, item.Request.Error)
+
+        return true
+}
+
+// HandlerListStopOnError returns false to stop the HandlerList iterating
+// over request handlers if Request.Error is not nil. True otherwise
+// to continue iterating.
+func HandlerListStopOnError(item HandlerListRunItem) bool {
+        return item.Request.Error == nil
+}
+
+// WithAppendUserAgent will add a string to the user agent prefixed with a
+// single white space.
+func WithAppendUserAgent(s string) Option {
+        return func(r *Request) {
+                r.Handlers.Build.PushBack(func(r2 *Request) {
+                        AddToUserAgent(r, s)
+                })
+        }
+}
+
+// MakeAddToUserAgentHandler will add the name/version pair to the User-Agent request
+// header. If the extra parameters are provided they will be added as metadata to the
+// name/version pair resulting in the following format.
+// "name/version (extra0; extra1; ...)"
+// The user agent part will be concatenated with this current request's user agent string.
+func MakeAddToUserAgentHandler(name, version string, extra ...string) func(*Request) {
+        ua := fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s", name, version)
+        if len(extra) > 0 {
+                ua += fmt.Sprintf(" (%s)", strings.Join(extra, "; "))
+        }
+        return func(r *Request) {
+                AddToUserAgent(r, ua)
+        }
+}
+
+// MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler adds the input to the User-Agent request header.
+// The input string will be concatenated with the current request's user agent string.
+func MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler(s string) func(*Request) {
+        return func(r *Request) {
+                AddToUserAgent(r, s)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/http_request.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/http_request.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79f7960
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/http_request.go
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+package request
+
+import (
+        "io"
+        "net/http"
+        "net/url"
+)
+
+func copyHTTPRequest(r *http.Request, body io.ReadCloser) *http.Request {
+        req := new(http.Request)
+        *req = *r
+        req.URL = &url.URL{}
+        *req.URL = *r.URL
+        req.Body = body
+
+        req.Header = http.Header{}
+        for k, v := range r.Header {
+                for _, vv := range v {
+                        req.Header.Add(k, vv)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return req
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/offset_reader.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/offset_reader.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02f07f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/offset_reader.go
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+package request
+
+import (
+        "io"
+        "sync"
+)
+
+// offsetReader is a thread-safe io.ReadCloser to prevent racing
+// with retrying requests
+type offsetReader struct {
+        buf    io.ReadSeeker
+        lock   sync.Mutex
+        closed bool
+}
+
+func newOffsetReader(buf io.ReadSeeker, offset int64) *offsetReader {
+        reader := &offsetReader{}
+        buf.Seek(offset, 0)
+
+        reader.buf = buf
+        return reader
+}
+
+// Close will close the instance of the offset reader's access to
+// the underlying io.ReadSeeker.
+func (o *offsetReader) Close() error {
+        o.lock.Lock()
+        defer o.lock.Unlock()
+        o.closed = true
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Read is a thread-safe read of the underlying io.ReadSeeker
+func (o *offsetReader) Read(p []byte) (int, error) {
+        o.lock.Lock()
+        defer o.lock.Unlock()
+
+        if o.closed {
+                return 0, io.EOF
+        }
+
+        return o.buf.Read(p)
+}
+
+// Seek is a thread-safe seeking operation.
+func (o *offsetReader) Seek(offset int64, whence int) (int64, error) {
+        o.lock.Lock()
+        defer o.lock.Unlock()
+
+        return o.buf.Seek(offset, whence)
+}
+
+// CloseAndCopy will return a new offsetReader with a copy of the old buffer
+// and close the old buffer.
+func (o *offsetReader) CloseAndCopy(offset int64) *offsetReader {
+        o.Close()
+        return newOffsetReader(o.buf, offset)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f4f112
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request.go
@@ -0,0 +1,575 @@
+package request
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "net"
+        "net/http"
+        "net/url"
+        "reflect"
+        "strings"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata"
+)
+
+const (
+        // ErrCodeSerialization is the serialization error code that is received
+        // during protocol unmarshaling.
+        ErrCodeSerialization = "SerializationError"
+
+        // ErrCodeRead is an error that is returned during HTTP reads.
+        ErrCodeRead = "ReadError"
+
+        // ErrCodeResponseTimeout is the connection timeout error that is recieved
+        // during body reads.
+        ErrCodeResponseTimeout = "ResponseTimeout"
+
+        // CanceledErrorCode is the error code that will be returned by an
+        // API request that was canceled. Requests given a aws.Context may
+        // return this error when canceled.
+        CanceledErrorCode = "RequestCanceled"
+)
+
+// A Request is the service request to be made.
+type Request struct {
+        Config     aws.Config
+        ClientInfo metadata.ClientInfo
+        Handlers   Handlers
+
+        Retryer
+        Time                   time.Time
+        ExpireTime             time.Duration
+        Operation              *Operation
+        HTTPRequest            *http.Request
+        HTTPResponse           *http.Response
+        Body                   io.ReadSeeker
+        BodyStart              int64 // offset from beginning of Body that the request body starts
+        Params                 interface{}
+        Error                  error
+        Data                   interface{}
+        RequestID              string
+        RetryCount             int
+        Retryable              *bool
+        RetryDelay             time.Duration
+        NotHoist               bool
+        SignedHeaderVals       http.Header
+        LastSignedAt           time.Time
+        DisableFollowRedirects bool
+
+        context aws.Context
+
+        built bool
+
+        // Need to persist an intermediate body between the input Body and HTTP
+        // request body because the HTTP Client's transport can maintain a reference
+        // to the HTTP request's body after the client has returned. This value is
+        // safe to use concurrently and wrap the input Body for each HTTP request.
+        safeBody *offsetReader
+}
+
+// An Operation is the service API operation to be made.
+type Operation struct {
+        Name       string
+        HTTPMethod string
+        HTTPPath   string
+        *Paginator
+
+        BeforePresignFn func(r *Request) error
+}
+
+// New returns a new Request pointer for the service API
+// operation and parameters.
+//
+// Params is any value of input parameters to be the request payload.
+// Data is pointer value to an object which the request's response
+// payload will be deserialized to.
+func New(cfg aws.Config, clientInfo metadata.ClientInfo, handlers Handlers,
+        retryer Retryer, operation *Operation, params interface{}, data interface{}) *Request {
+
+        method := operation.HTTPMethod
+        if method == "" {
+                method = "POST"
+        }
+
+        httpReq, _ := http.NewRequest(method, "", nil)
+
+        var err error
+        httpReq.URL, err = url.Parse(clientInfo.Endpoint + operation.HTTPPath)
+        if err != nil {
+                httpReq.URL = &url.URL{}
+                err = awserr.New("InvalidEndpointURL", "invalid endpoint uri", err)
+        }
+
+        r := &Request{
+                Config:     cfg,
+                ClientInfo: clientInfo,
+                Handlers:   handlers.Copy(),
+
+                Retryer:     retryer,
+                Time:        time.Now(),
+                ExpireTime:  0,
+                Operation:   operation,
+                HTTPRequest: httpReq,
+                Body:        nil,
+                Params:      params,
+                Error:       err,
+                Data:        data,
+        }
+        r.SetBufferBody([]byte{})
+
+        return r
+}
+
+// A Option is a functional option that can augment or modify a request when
+// using a WithContext API operation method.
+type Option func(*Request)
+
+// WithGetResponseHeader builds a request Option which will retrieve a single
+// header value from the HTTP Response. If there are multiple values for the
+// header key use WithGetResponseHeaders instead to access the http.Header
+// map directly. The passed in val pointer must be non-nil.
+//
+// This Option can be used multiple times with a single API operation.
+//
+//    var id2, versionID string
+//    svc.PutObjectWithContext(ctx, params,
+//        request.WithGetResponseHeader("x-amz-id-2", &id2),
+//        request.WithGetResponseHeader("x-amz-version-id", &versionID),
+//    )
+func WithGetResponseHeader(key string, val *string) Option {
+        return func(r *Request) {
+                r.Handlers.Complete.PushBack(func(req *Request) {
+                        *val = req.HTTPResponse.Header.Get(key)
+                })
+        }
+}
+
+// WithGetResponseHeaders builds a request Option which will retrieve the
+// headers from the HTTP response and assign them to the passed in headers
+// variable. The passed in headers pointer must be non-nil.
+//
+//    var headers http.Header
+//    svc.PutObjectWithContext(ctx, params, request.WithGetResponseHeaders(&headers))
+func WithGetResponseHeaders(headers *http.Header) Option {
+        return func(r *Request) {
+                r.Handlers.Complete.PushBack(func(req *Request) {
+                        *headers = req.HTTPResponse.Header
+                })
+        }
+}
+
+// WithLogLevel is a request option that will set the request to use a specific
+// log level when the request is made.
+//
+//     svc.PutObjectWithContext(ctx, params, request.WithLogLevel(aws.LogDebugWithHTTPBody)
+func WithLogLevel(l aws.LogLevelType) Option {
+        return func(r *Request) {
+                r.Config.LogLevel = aws.LogLevel(l)
+        }
+}
+
+// ApplyOptions will apply each option to the request calling them in the order
+// the were provided.
+func (r *Request) ApplyOptions(opts ...Option) {
+        for _, opt := range opts {
+                opt(r)
+        }
+}
+
+// Context will always returns a non-nil context. If Request does not have a
+// context aws.BackgroundContext will be returned.
+func (r *Request) Context() aws.Context {
+        if r.context != nil {
+                return r.context
+        }
+        return aws.BackgroundContext()
+}
+
+// SetContext adds a Context to the current request that can be used to cancel
+// a in-flight request. The Context value must not be nil, or this method will
+// panic.
+//
+// Unlike http.Request.WithContext, SetContext does not return a copy of the
+// Request. It is not safe to use use a single Request value for multiple
+// requests. A new Request should be created for each API operation request.
+//
+// Go 1.6 and below:
+// The http.Request's Cancel field will be set to the Done() value of
+// the context. This will overwrite the Cancel field's value.
+//
+// Go 1.7 and above:
+// The http.Request.WithContext will be used to set the context on the underlying
+// http.Request. This will create a shallow copy of the http.Request. The SDK
+// may create sub contexts in the future for nested requests such as retries.
+func (r *Request) SetContext(ctx aws.Context) {
+        if ctx == nil {
+                panic("context cannot be nil")
+        }
+        setRequestContext(r, ctx)
+}
+
+// WillRetry returns if the request's can be retried.
+func (r *Request) WillRetry() bool {
+        return r.Error != nil && aws.BoolValue(r.Retryable) && r.RetryCount < r.MaxRetries()
+}
+
+// ParamsFilled returns if the request's parameters have been populated
+// and the parameters are valid. False is returned if no parameters are
+// provided or invalid.
+func (r *Request) ParamsFilled() bool {
+        return r.Params != nil && reflect.ValueOf(r.Params).Elem().IsValid()
+}
+
+// DataFilled returns true if the request's data for response deserialization
+// target has been set and is a valid. False is returned if data is not
+// set, or is invalid.
+func (r *Request) DataFilled() bool {
+        return r.Data != nil && reflect.ValueOf(r.Data).Elem().IsValid()
+}
+
+// SetBufferBody will set the request's body bytes that will be sent to
+// the service API.
+func (r *Request) SetBufferBody(buf []byte) {
+        r.SetReaderBody(bytes.NewReader(buf))
+}
+
+// SetStringBody sets the body of the request to be backed by a string.
+func (r *Request) SetStringBody(s string) {
+        r.SetReaderBody(strings.NewReader(s))
+}
+
+// SetReaderBody will set the request's body reader.
+func (r *Request) SetReaderBody(reader io.ReadSeeker) {
+        r.Body = reader
+        r.ResetBody()
+}
+
+// Presign returns the request's signed URL. Error will be returned
+// if the signing fails.
+func (r *Request) Presign(expireTime time.Duration) (string, error) {
+        r.ExpireTime = expireTime
+        r.NotHoist = false
+
+        if r.Operation.BeforePresignFn != nil {
+                r = r.copy()
+                err := r.Operation.BeforePresignFn(r)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return "", err
+                }
+        }
+
+        r.Sign()
+        if r.Error != nil {
+                return "", r.Error
+        }
+        return r.HTTPRequest.URL.String(), nil
+}
+
+// PresignRequest behaves just like presign, but hoists all headers and signs them.
+// Also returns the signed hash back to the user
+func (r *Request) PresignRequest(expireTime time.Duration) (string, http.Header, error) {
+        r.ExpireTime = expireTime
+        r.NotHoist = true
+        r.Sign()
+        if r.Error != nil {
+                return "", nil, r.Error
+        }
+        return r.HTTPRequest.URL.String(), r.SignedHeaderVals, nil
+}
+
+func debugLogReqError(r *Request, stage string, retrying bool, err error) {
+        if !r.Config.LogLevel.Matches(aws.LogDebugWithRequestErrors) {
+                return
+        }
+
+        retryStr := "not retrying"
+        if retrying {
+                retryStr = "will retry"
+        }
+
+        r.Config.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf("DEBUG: %s %s/%s failed, %s, error %v",
+                stage, r.ClientInfo.ServiceName, r.Operation.Name, retryStr, err))
+}
+
+// Build will build the request's object so it can be signed and sent
+// to the service. Build will also validate all the request's parameters.
+// Anny additional build Handlers set on this request will be run
+// in the order they were set.
+//
+// The request will only be built once. Multiple calls to build will have
+// no effect.
+//
+// If any Validate or Build errors occur the build will stop and the error
+// which occurred will be returned.
+func (r *Request) Build() error {
+        if !r.built {
+                r.Handlers.Validate.Run(r)
+                if r.Error != nil {
+                        debugLogReqError(r, "Validate Request", false, r.Error)
+                        return r.Error
+                }
+                r.Handlers.Build.Run(r)
+                if r.Error != nil {
+                        debugLogReqError(r, "Build Request", false, r.Error)
+                        return r.Error
+                }
+                r.built = true
+        }
+
+        return r.Error
+}
+
+// Sign will sign the request returning error if errors are encountered.
+//
+// Send will build the request prior to signing. All Sign Handlers will
+// be executed in the order they were set.
+func (r *Request) Sign() error {
+        r.Build()
+        if r.Error != nil {
+                debugLogReqError(r, "Build Request", false, r.Error)
+                return r.Error
+        }
+
+        r.Handlers.Sign.Run(r)
+        return r.Error
+}
+
+// ResetBody rewinds the request body backto its starting position, and
+// set's the HTTP Request body reference. When the body is read prior
+// to being sent in the HTTP request it will need to be rewound.
+func (r *Request) ResetBody() {
+        if r.safeBody != nil {
+                r.safeBody.Close()
+        }
+
+        r.safeBody = newOffsetReader(r.Body, r.BodyStart)
+
+        // Go 1.8 tightened and clarified the rules code needs to use when building
+        // requests with the http package. Go 1.8 removed the automatic detection
+        // of if the Request.Body was empty, or actually had bytes in it. The SDK
+        // always sets the Request.Body even if it is empty and should not actually
+        // be sent. This is incorrect.
+        //
+        // Go 1.8 did add a http.NoBody value that the SDK can use to tell the http
+        // client that the request really should be sent without a body. The
+        // Request.Body cannot be set to nil, which is preferable, because the
+        // field is exported and could introduce nil pointer dereferences for users
+        // of the SDK if they used that field.
+        //
+        // Related golang/go#18257
+        l, err := computeBodyLength(r.Body)
+        if err != nil {
+                r.Error = awserr.New(ErrCodeSerialization, "failed to compute request body size", err)
+                return
+        }
+
+        if l == 0 {
+                r.HTTPRequest.Body = noBodyReader
+        } else if l > 0 {
+                r.HTTPRequest.Body = r.safeBody
+        } else {
+                // Hack to prevent sending bodies for methods where the body
+                // should be ignored by the server. Sending bodies on these
+                // methods without an associated ContentLength will cause the
+                // request to socket timeout because the server does not handle
+                // Transfer-Encoding: chunked bodies for these methods.
+                //
+                // This would only happen if a aws.ReaderSeekerCloser was used with
+                // a io.Reader that was not also an io.Seeker.
+                switch r.Operation.HTTPMethod {
+                case "GET", "HEAD", "DELETE":
+                        r.HTTPRequest.Body = noBodyReader
+                default:
+                        r.HTTPRequest.Body = r.safeBody
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// Attempts to compute the length of the body of the reader using the
+// io.Seeker interface. If the value is not seekable because of being
+// a ReaderSeekerCloser without an unerlying Seeker -1 will be returned.
+// If no error occurs the length of the body will be returned.
+func computeBodyLength(r io.ReadSeeker) (int64, error) {
+        seekable := true
+        // Determine if the seeker is actually seekable. ReaderSeekerCloser
+        // hides the fact that a io.Readers might not actually be seekable.
+        switch v := r.(type) {
+        case aws.ReaderSeekerCloser:
+                seekable = v.IsSeeker()
+        case *aws.ReaderSeekerCloser:
+                seekable = v.IsSeeker()
+        }
+        if !seekable {
+                return -1, nil
+        }
+
+        curOffset, err := r.Seek(0, 1)
+        if err != nil {
+                return 0, err
+        }
+
+        endOffset, err := r.Seek(0, 2)
+        if err != nil {
+                return 0, err
+        }
+
+        _, err = r.Seek(curOffset, 0)
+        if err != nil {
+                return 0, err
+        }
+
+        return endOffset - curOffset, nil
+}
+
+// GetBody will return an io.ReadSeeker of the Request's underlying
+// input body with a concurrency safe wrapper.
+func (r *Request) GetBody() io.ReadSeeker {
+        return r.safeBody
+}
+
+// Send will send the request returning error if errors are encountered.
+//
+// Send will sign the request prior to sending. All Send Handlers will
+// be executed in the order they were set.
+//
+// Canceling a request is non-deterministic. If a request has been canceled,
+// then the transport will choose, randomly, one of the state channels during
+// reads or getting the connection.
+//
+// readLoop() and getConn(req *Request, cm connectMethod)
+// https://github.com/golang/go/blob/master/src/net/http/transport.go
+//
+// Send will not close the request.Request's body.
+func (r *Request) Send() error {
+        defer func() {
+                // Regardless of success or failure of the request trigger the Complete
+                // request handlers.
+                r.Handlers.Complete.Run(r)
+        }()
+
+        for {
+                if aws.BoolValue(r.Retryable) {
+                        if r.Config.LogLevel.Matches(aws.LogDebugWithRequestRetries) {
+                                r.Config.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf("DEBUG: Retrying Request %s/%s, attempt %d",
+                                        r.ClientInfo.ServiceName, r.Operation.Name, r.RetryCount))
+                        }
+
+                        // The previous http.Request will have a reference to the r.Body
+                        // and the HTTP Client's Transport may still be reading from
+                        // the request's body even though the Client's Do returned.
+                        r.HTTPRequest = copyHTTPRequest(r.HTTPRequest, nil)
+                        r.ResetBody()
+
+                        // Closing response body to ensure that no response body is leaked
+                        // between retry attempts.
+                        if r.HTTPResponse != nil && r.HTTPResponse.Body != nil {
+                                r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close()
+                        }
+                }
+
+                r.Sign()
+                if r.Error != nil {
+                        return r.Error
+                }
+
+                r.Retryable = nil
+
+                r.Handlers.Send.Run(r)
+                if r.Error != nil {
+                        if !shouldRetryCancel(r) {
+                                return r.Error
+                        }
+
+                        err := r.Error
+                        r.Handlers.Retry.Run(r)
+                        r.Handlers.AfterRetry.Run(r)
+                        if r.Error != nil {
+                                debugLogReqError(r, "Send Request", false, r.Error)
+                                return r.Error
+                        }
+                        debugLogReqError(r, "Send Request", true, err)
+                        continue
+                }
+                r.Handlers.UnmarshalMeta.Run(r)
+                r.Handlers.ValidateResponse.Run(r)
+                if r.Error != nil {
+                        err := r.Error
+                        r.Handlers.UnmarshalError.Run(r)
+                        r.Handlers.Retry.Run(r)
+                        r.Handlers.AfterRetry.Run(r)
+                        if r.Error != nil {
+                                debugLogReqError(r, "Validate Response", false, r.Error)
+                                return r.Error
+                        }
+                        debugLogReqError(r, "Validate Response", true, err)
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                r.Handlers.Unmarshal.Run(r)
+                if r.Error != nil {
+                        err := r.Error
+                        r.Handlers.Retry.Run(r)
+                        r.Handlers.AfterRetry.Run(r)
+                        if r.Error != nil {
+                                debugLogReqError(r, "Unmarshal Response", false, r.Error)
+                                return r.Error
+                        }
+                        debugLogReqError(r, "Unmarshal Response", true, err)
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                break
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// copy will copy a request which will allow for local manipulation of the
+// request.
+func (r *Request) copy() *Request {
+        req := &Request{}
+        *req = *r
+        req.Handlers = r.Handlers.Copy()
+        op := *r.Operation
+        req.Operation = &op
+        return req
+}
+
+// AddToUserAgent adds the string to the end of the request's current user agent.
+func AddToUserAgent(r *Request, s string) {
+        curUA := r.HTTPRequest.Header.Get("User-Agent")
+        if len(curUA) > 0 {
+                s = curUA + " " + s
+        }
+        r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set("User-Agent", s)
+}
+
+func shouldRetryCancel(r *Request) bool {
+        awsErr, ok := r.Error.(awserr.Error)
+        timeoutErr := false
+        errStr := r.Error.Error()
+        if ok {
+                if awsErr.Code() == CanceledErrorCode {
+                        return false
+                }
+                err := awsErr.OrigErr()
+                netErr, netOK := err.(net.Error)
+                timeoutErr = netOK && netErr.Temporary()
+                if urlErr, ok := err.(*url.Error); !timeoutErr && ok {
+                        errStr = urlErr.Err.Error()
+                }
+        }
+
+        // There can be two types of canceled errors here.
+        // The first being a net.Error and the other being an error.
+        // If the request was timed out, we want to continue the retry
+        // process. Otherwise, return the canceled error.
+        return timeoutErr ||
+                (errStr != "net/http: request canceled" &&
+                        errStr != "net/http: request canceled while waiting for connection")
+
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_1_7.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_1_7.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1323af9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_1_7.go
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+// +build !go1.8
+
+package request
+
+import "io"
+
+// NoBody is an io.ReadCloser with no bytes. Read always returns EOF
+// and Close always returns nil. It can be used in an outgoing client
+// request to explicitly signal that a request has zero bytes.
+// An alternative, however, is to simply set Request.Body to nil.
+//
+// Copy of Go 1.8 NoBody type from net/http/http.go
+type noBody struct{}
+
+func (noBody) Read([]byte) (int, error)         { return 0, io.EOF }
+func (noBody) Close() error                     { return nil }
+func (noBody) WriteTo(io.Writer) (int64, error) { return 0, nil }
+
+// Is an empty reader that will trigger the Go HTTP client to not include
+// and body in the HTTP request.
+var noBodyReader = noBody{}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_1_8.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_1_8.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b963f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_1_8.go
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+// +build go1.8
+
+package request
+
+import "net/http"
+
+// Is a http.NoBody reader instructing Go HTTP client to not include
+// and body in the HTTP request.
+var noBodyReader = http.NoBody
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_context.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_context.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7365cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_context.go
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+// +build go1.7
+
+package request
+
+import "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+
+// setContext updates the Request to use the passed in context for cancellation.
+// Context will also be used for request retry delay.
+//
+// Creates shallow copy of the http.Request with the WithContext method.
+func setRequestContext(r *Request, ctx aws.Context) {
+        r.context = ctx
+        r.HTTPRequest = r.HTTPRequest.WithContext(ctx)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_context_1_6.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_context_1_6.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..307fa07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_context_1_6.go
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+// +build !go1.7
+
+package request
+
+import "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+
+// setContext updates the Request to use the passed in context for cancellation.
+// Context will also be used for request retry delay.
+//
+// Creates shallow copy of the http.Request with the WithContext method.
+func setRequestContext(r *Request, ctx aws.Context) {
+        r.context = ctx
+        r.HTTPRequest.Cancel = ctx.Done()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_pagination.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_pagination.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59de673
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_pagination.go
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+package request
+
+import (
+        "reflect"
+        "sync/atomic"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
+)
+
+// A Pagination provides paginating of SDK API operations which are paginatable.
+// Generally you should not use this type directly, but use the "Pages" API
+// operations method to automatically perform pagination for you. Such as,
+// "S3.ListObjectsPages", and "S3.ListObjectsPagesWithContext" methods.
+//
+// Pagination differs from a Paginator type in that pagination is the type that
+// does the pagination between API operations, and Paginator defines the
+// configuration that will be used per page request.
+//
+//     cont := true
+//     for p.Next() && cont {
+//         data := p.Page().(*s3.ListObjectsOutput)
+//         // process the page's data
+//     }
+//     return p.Err()
+//
+// See service client API operation Pages methods for examples how the SDK will
+// use the Pagination type.
+type Pagination struct {
+        // Function to return a Request value for each pagination request.
+        // Any configuration or handlers that need to be applied to the request
+        // prior to getting the next page should be done here before the request
+        // returned.
+        //
+        // NewRequest should always be built from the same API operations. It is
+        // undefined if different API operations are returned on subsequent calls.
+        NewRequest func() (*Request, error)
+
+        started    bool
+        nextTokens []interface{}
+
+        err     error
+        curPage interface{}
+}
+
+// HasNextPage will return true if Pagination is able to determine that the API
+// operation has additional pages. False will be returned if there are no more
+// pages remaining.
+//
+// Will always return true if Next has not been called yet.
+func (p *Pagination) HasNextPage() bool {
+        return !(p.started && len(p.nextTokens) == 0)
+}
+
+// Err returns the error Pagination encountered when retrieving the next page.
+func (p *Pagination) Err() error {
+        return p.err
+}
+
+// Page returns the current page. Page should only be called after a successful
+// call to Next. It is undefined what Page will return if Page is called after
+// Next returns false.
+func (p *Pagination) Page() interface{} {
+        return p.curPage
+}
+
+// Next will attempt to retrieve the next page for the API operation. When a page
+// is retrieved true will be returned. If the page cannot be retrieved, or there
+// are no more pages false will be returned.
+//
+// Use the Page method to retrieve the current page data. The data will need
+// to be cast to the API operation's output type.
+//
+// Use the Err method to determine if an error occurred if Page returns false.
+func (p *Pagination) Next() bool {
+        if !p.HasNextPage() {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        req, err := p.NewRequest()
+        if err != nil {
+                p.err = err
+                return false
+        }
+
+        if p.started {
+                for i, intok := range req.Operation.InputTokens {
+                        awsutil.SetValueAtPath(req.Params, intok, p.nextTokens[i])
+                }
+        }
+        p.started = true
+
+        err = req.Send()
+        if err != nil {
+                p.err = err
+                return false
+        }
+
+        p.nextTokens = req.nextPageTokens()
+        p.curPage = req.Data
+
+        return true
+}
+
+// A Paginator is the configuration data that defines how an API operation
+// should be paginated. This type is used by the API service models to define
+// the generated pagination config for service APIs.
+//
+// The Pagination type is what provides iterating between pages of an API. It
+// is only used to store the token metadata the SDK should use for performing
+// pagination.
+type Paginator struct {
+        InputTokens     []string
+        OutputTokens    []string
+        LimitToken      string
+        TruncationToken string
+}
+
+// nextPageTokens returns the tokens to use when asking for the next page of data.
+func (r *Request) nextPageTokens() []interface{} {
+        if r.Operation.Paginator == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+        if r.Operation.TruncationToken != "" {
+                tr, _ := awsutil.ValuesAtPath(r.Data, r.Operation.TruncationToken)
+                if len(tr) == 0 {
+                        return nil
+                }
+
+                switch v := tr[0].(type) {
+                case *bool:
+                        if !aws.BoolValue(v) {
+                                return nil
+                        }
+                case bool:
+                        if v == false {
+                                return nil
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        tokens := []interface{}{}
+        tokenAdded := false
+        for _, outToken := range r.Operation.OutputTokens {
+                v, _ := awsutil.ValuesAtPath(r.Data, outToken)
+                if len(v) > 0 {
+                        tokens = append(tokens, v[0])
+                        tokenAdded = true
+                } else {
+                        tokens = append(tokens, nil)
+                }
+        }
+        if !tokenAdded {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        return tokens
+}
+
+// Ensure a deprecated item is only logged once instead of each time its used.
+func logDeprecatedf(logger aws.Logger, flag *int32, msg string) {
+        if logger == nil {
+                return
+        }
+        if atomic.CompareAndSwapInt32(flag, 0, 1) {
+                logger.Log(msg)
+        }
+}
+
+var (
+        logDeprecatedHasNextPage int32
+        logDeprecatedNextPage    int32
+        logDeprecatedEachPage    int32
+)
+
+// HasNextPage returns true if this request has more pages of data available.
+//
+// Deprecated Use Pagination type for configurable pagination of API operations
+func (r *Request) HasNextPage() bool {
+        logDeprecatedf(r.Config.Logger, &logDeprecatedHasNextPage,
+                "Request.HasNextPage deprecated. Use Pagination type for configurable pagination of API operations")
+
+        return len(r.nextPageTokens()) > 0
+}
+
+// NextPage returns a new Request that can be executed to return the next
+// page of result data. Call .Send() on this request to execute it.
+//
+// Deprecated Use Pagination type for configurable pagination of API operations
+func (r *Request) NextPage() *Request {
+        logDeprecatedf(r.Config.Logger, &logDeprecatedNextPage,
+                "Request.NextPage deprecated. Use Pagination type for configurable pagination of API operations")
+
+        tokens := r.nextPageTokens()
+        if len(tokens) == 0 {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        data := reflect.New(reflect.TypeOf(r.Data).Elem()).Interface()
+        nr := New(r.Config, r.ClientInfo, r.Handlers, r.Retryer, r.Operation, awsutil.CopyOf(r.Params), data)
+        for i, intok := range nr.Operation.InputTokens {
+                awsutil.SetValueAtPath(nr.Params, intok, tokens[i])
+        }
+        return nr
+}
+
+// EachPage iterates over each page of a paginated request object. The fn
+// parameter should be a function with the following sample signature:
+//
+//   func(page *T, lastPage bool) bool {
+//       return true // return false to stop iterating
+//   }
+//
+// Where "T" is the structure type matching the output structure of the given
+// operation. For example, a request object generated by
+// DynamoDB.ListTablesRequest() would expect to see dynamodb.ListTablesOutput
+// as the structure "T". The lastPage value represents whether the page is
+// the last page of data or not. The return value of this function should
+// return true to keep iterating or false to stop.
+//
+// Deprecated Use Pagination type for configurable pagination of API operations
+func (r *Request) EachPage(fn func(data interface{}, isLastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error {
+        logDeprecatedf(r.Config.Logger, &logDeprecatedEachPage,
+                "Request.EachPage deprecated. Use Pagination type for configurable pagination of API operations")
+
+        for page := r; page != nil; page = page.NextPage() {
+                if err := page.Send(); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                if getNextPage := fn(page.Data, !page.HasNextPage()); !getNextPage {
+                        return page.Error
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/retryer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/retryer.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7af81de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/retryer.go
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+package request
+
+import (
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+)
+
+// Retryer is an interface to control retry logic for a given service.
+// The default implementation used by most services is the service.DefaultRetryer
+// structure, which contains basic retry logic using exponential backoff.
+type Retryer interface {
+        RetryRules(*Request) time.Duration
+        ShouldRetry(*Request) bool
+        MaxRetries() int
+}
+
+// WithRetryer sets a config Retryer value to the given Config returning it
+// for chaining.
+func WithRetryer(cfg *aws.Config, retryer Retryer) *aws.Config {
+        cfg.Retryer = retryer
+        return cfg
+}
+
+// retryableCodes is a collection of service response codes which are retry-able
+// without any further action.
+var retryableCodes = map[string]struct{}{
+        "RequestError":            {},
+        "RequestTimeout":          {},
+        ErrCodeResponseTimeout:    {},
+        "RequestTimeoutException": {}, // Glacier's flavor of RequestTimeout
+}
+
+var throttleCodes = map[string]struct{}{
+        "ProvisionedThroughputExceededException": {},
+        "Throttling":                             {},
+        "ThrottlingException":                    {},
+        "RequestLimitExceeded":                   {},
+        "RequestThrottled":                       {},
+        "LimitExceededException":                 {}, // Deleting 10+ DynamoDb tables at once
+        "TooManyRequestsException":               {}, // Lambda functions
+        "PriorRequestNotComplete":                {}, // Route53
+}
+
+// credsExpiredCodes is a collection of error codes which signify the credentials
+// need to be refreshed. Expired tokens require refreshing of credentials, and
+// resigning before the request can be retried.
+var credsExpiredCodes = map[string]struct{}{
+        "ExpiredToken":          {},
+        "ExpiredTokenException": {},
+        "RequestExpired":        {}, // EC2 Only
+}
+
+func isCodeThrottle(code string) bool {
+        _, ok := throttleCodes[code]
+        return ok
+}
+
+func isCodeRetryable(code string) bool {
+        if _, ok := retryableCodes[code]; ok {
+                return true
+        }
+
+        return isCodeExpiredCreds(code)
+}
+
+func isCodeExpiredCreds(code string) bool {
+        _, ok := credsExpiredCodes[code]
+        return ok
+}
+
+var validParentCodes = map[string]struct{}{
+        ErrCodeSerialization: struct{}{},
+        ErrCodeRead:          struct{}{},
+}
+
+func isNestedErrorRetryable(parentErr awserr.Error) bool {
+        if parentErr == nil {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        if _, ok := validParentCodes[parentErr.Code()]; !ok {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        err := parentErr.OrigErr()
+        if err == nil {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
+                return isCodeRetryable(aerr.Code())
+        }
+
+        return isErrConnectionReset(err)
+}
+
+// IsErrorRetryable returns whether the error is retryable, based on its Code.
+// Returns false if error is nil.
+func IsErrorRetryable(err error) bool {
+        if err != nil {
+                if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
+                        return isCodeRetryable(aerr.Code()) || isNestedErrorRetryable(aerr)
+                }
+        }
+        return false
+}
+
+// IsErrorThrottle returns whether the error is to be throttled based on its code.
+// Returns false if error is nil.
+func IsErrorThrottle(err error) bool {
+        if err != nil {
+                if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
+                        return isCodeThrottle(aerr.Code())
+                }
+        }
+        return false
+}
+
+// IsErrorExpiredCreds returns whether the error code is a credential expiry error.
+// Returns false if error is nil.
+func IsErrorExpiredCreds(err error) bool {
+        if err != nil {
+                if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
+                        return isCodeExpiredCreds(aerr.Code())
+                }
+        }
+        return false
+}
+
+// IsErrorRetryable returns whether the error is retryable, based on its Code.
+// Returns false if the request has no Error set.
+//
+// Alias for the utility function IsErrorRetryable
+func (r *Request) IsErrorRetryable() bool {
+        return IsErrorRetryable(r.Error)
+}
+
+// IsErrorThrottle returns whether the error is to be throttled based on its code.
+// Returns false if the request has no Error set
+//
+// Alias for the utility function IsErrorThrottle
+func (r *Request) IsErrorThrottle() bool {
+        return IsErrorThrottle(r.Error)
+}
+
+// IsErrorExpired returns whether the error code is a credential expiry error.
+// Returns false if the request has no Error set.
+//
+// Alias for the utility function IsErrorExpiredCreds
+func (r *Request) IsErrorExpired() bool {
+        return IsErrorExpiredCreds(r.Error)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/timeout_read_closer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/timeout_read_closer.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09a44eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/timeout_read_closer.go
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+package request
+
+import (
+        "io"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+)
+
+var timeoutErr = awserr.New(
+        ErrCodeResponseTimeout,
+        "read on body has reached the timeout limit",
+        nil,
+)
+
+type readResult struct {
+        n   int
+        err error
+}
+
+// timeoutReadCloser will handle body reads that take too long.
+// We will return a ErrReadTimeout error if a timeout occurs.
+type timeoutReadCloser struct {
+        reader   io.ReadCloser
+        duration time.Duration
+}
+
+// Read will spin off a goroutine to call the reader's Read method. We will
+// select on the timer's channel or the read's channel. Whoever completes first
+// will be returned.
+func (r *timeoutReadCloser) Read(b []byte) (int, error) {
+        timer := time.NewTimer(r.duration)
+        c := make(chan readResult, 1)
+
+        go func() {
+                n, err := r.reader.Read(b)
+                timer.Stop()
+                c <- readResult{n: n, err: err}
+        }()
+
+        select {
+        case data := <-c:
+                return data.n, data.err
+        case <-timer.C:
+                return 0, timeoutErr
+        }
+}
+
+func (r *timeoutReadCloser) Close() error {
+        return r.reader.Close()
+}
+
+const (
+        // HandlerResponseTimeout is what we use to signify the name of the
+        // response timeout handler.
+        HandlerResponseTimeout = "ResponseTimeoutHandler"
+)
+
+// adaptToResponseTimeoutError is a handler that will replace any top level error
+// to a ErrCodeResponseTimeout, if its child is that.
+func adaptToResponseTimeoutError(req *Request) {
+        if err, ok := req.Error.(awserr.Error); ok {
+                aerr, ok := err.OrigErr().(awserr.Error)
+                if ok && aerr.Code() == ErrCodeResponseTimeout {
+                        req.Error = aerr
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// WithResponseReadTimeout is a request option that will wrap the body in a timeout read closer.
+// This will allow for per read timeouts. If a timeout occurred, we will return the
+// ErrCodeResponseTimeout.
+//
+//     svc.PutObjectWithContext(ctx, params, request.WithTimeoutReadCloser(30 * time.Second)
+func WithResponseReadTimeout(duration time.Duration) Option {
+        return func(r *Request) {
+
+                var timeoutHandler = NamedHandler{
+                        HandlerResponseTimeout,
+                        func(req *Request) {
+                                req.HTTPResponse.Body = &timeoutReadCloser{
+                                        reader:   req.HTTPResponse.Body,
+                                        duration: duration,
+                                }
+                        }}
+
+                // remove the handler so we are not stomping over any new durations.
+                r.Handlers.Send.RemoveByName(HandlerResponseTimeout)
+                r.Handlers.Send.PushBackNamed(timeoutHandler)
+
+                r.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(adaptToResponseTimeoutError)
+                r.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBack(adaptToResponseTimeoutError)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/validation.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/validation.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2520286
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/validation.go
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+package request
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+)
+
+const (
+        // InvalidParameterErrCode is the error code for invalid parameters errors
+        InvalidParameterErrCode = "InvalidParameter"
+        // ParamRequiredErrCode is the error code for required parameter errors
+        ParamRequiredErrCode = "ParamRequiredError"
+        // ParamMinValueErrCode is the error code for fields with too low of a
+        // number value.
+        ParamMinValueErrCode = "ParamMinValueError"
+        // ParamMinLenErrCode is the error code for fields without enough elements.
+        ParamMinLenErrCode = "ParamMinLenError"
+)
+
+// Validator provides a way for types to perform validation logic on their
+// input values that external code can use to determine if a type's values
+// are valid.
+type Validator interface {
+        Validate() error
+}
+
+// An ErrInvalidParams provides wrapping of invalid parameter errors found when
+// validating API operation input parameters.
+type ErrInvalidParams struct {
+        // Context is the base context of the invalid parameter group.
+        Context string
+        errs    []ErrInvalidParam
+}
+
+// Add adds a new invalid parameter error to the collection of invalid
+// parameters. The context of the invalid parameter will be updated to reflect
+// this collection.
+func (e *ErrInvalidParams) Add(err ErrInvalidParam) {
+        err.SetContext(e.Context)
+        e.errs = append(e.errs, err)
+}
+
+// AddNested adds the invalid parameter errors from another ErrInvalidParams
+// value into this collection. The nested errors will have their nested context
+// updated and base context to reflect the merging.
+//
+// Use for nested validations errors.
+func (e *ErrInvalidParams) AddNested(nestedCtx string, nested ErrInvalidParams) {
+        for _, err := range nested.errs {
+                err.SetContext(e.Context)
+                err.AddNestedContext(nestedCtx)
+                e.errs = append(e.errs, err)
+        }
+}
+
+// Len returns the number of invalid parameter errors
+func (e ErrInvalidParams) Len() int {
+        return len(e.errs)
+}
+
+// Code returns the code of the error
+func (e ErrInvalidParams) Code() string {
+        return InvalidParameterErrCode
+}
+
+// Message returns the message of the error
+func (e ErrInvalidParams) Message() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%d validation error(s) found.", len(e.errs))
+}
+
+// Error returns the string formatted form of the invalid parameters.
+func (e ErrInvalidParams) Error() string {
+        w := &bytes.Buffer{}
+        fmt.Fprintf(w, "%s: %s\n", e.Code(), e.Message())
+
+        for _, err := range e.errs {
+                fmt.Fprintf(w, "- %s\n", err.Message())
+        }
+
+        return w.String()
+}
+
+// OrigErr returns the invalid parameters as a awserr.BatchedErrors value
+func (e ErrInvalidParams) OrigErr() error {
+        return awserr.NewBatchError(
+                InvalidParameterErrCode, e.Message(), e.OrigErrs())
+}
+
+// OrigErrs returns a slice of the invalid parameters
+func (e ErrInvalidParams) OrigErrs() []error {
+        errs := make([]error, len(e.errs))
+        for i := 0; i < len(errs); i++ {
+                errs[i] = e.errs[i]
+        }
+
+        return errs
+}
+
+// An ErrInvalidParam represents an invalid parameter error type.
+type ErrInvalidParam interface {
+        awserr.Error
+
+        // Field name the error occurred on.
+        Field() string
+
+        // SetContext updates the context of the error.
+        SetContext(string)
+
+        // AddNestedContext updates the error's context to include a nested level.
+        AddNestedContext(string)
+}
+
+type errInvalidParam struct {
+        context       string
+        nestedContext string
+        field         string
+        code          string
+        msg           string
+}
+
+// Code returns the error code for the type of invalid parameter.
+func (e *errInvalidParam) Code() string {
+        return e.code
+}
+
+// Message returns the reason the parameter was invalid, and its context.
+func (e *errInvalidParam) Message() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%s, %s.", e.msg, e.Field())
+}
+
+// Error returns the string version of the invalid parameter error.
+func (e *errInvalidParam) Error() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", e.code, e.Message())
+}
+
+// OrigErr returns nil, Implemented for awserr.Error interface.
+func (e *errInvalidParam) OrigErr() error {
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Field Returns the field and context the error occurred.
+func (e *errInvalidParam) Field() string {
+        field := e.context
+        if len(field) > 0 {
+                field += "."
+        }
+        if len(e.nestedContext) > 0 {
+                field += fmt.Sprintf("%s.", e.nestedContext)
+        }
+        field += e.field
+
+        return field
+}
+
+// SetContext updates the base context of the error.
+func (e *errInvalidParam) SetContext(ctx string) {
+        e.context = ctx
+}
+
+// AddNestedContext prepends a context to the field's path.
+func (e *errInvalidParam) AddNestedContext(ctx string) {
+        if len(e.nestedContext) == 0 {
+                e.nestedContext = ctx
+        } else {
+                e.nestedContext = fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", ctx, e.nestedContext)
+        }
+
+}
+
+// An ErrParamRequired represents an required parameter error.
+type ErrParamRequired struct {
+        errInvalidParam
+}
+
+// NewErrParamRequired creates a new required parameter error.
+func NewErrParamRequired(field string) *ErrParamRequired {
+        return &ErrParamRequired{
+                errInvalidParam{
+                        code:  ParamRequiredErrCode,
+                        field: field,
+                        msg:   fmt.Sprintf("missing required field"),
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// An ErrParamMinValue represents a minimum value parameter error.
+type ErrParamMinValue struct {
+        errInvalidParam
+        min float64
+}
+
+// NewErrParamMinValue creates a new minimum value parameter error.
+func NewErrParamMinValue(field string, min float64) *ErrParamMinValue {
+        return &ErrParamMinValue{
+                errInvalidParam: errInvalidParam{
+                        code:  ParamMinValueErrCode,
+                        field: field,
+                        msg:   fmt.Sprintf("minimum field value of %v", min),
+                },
+                min: min,
+        }
+}
+
+// MinValue returns the field's require minimum value.
+//
+// float64 is returned for both int and float min values.
+func (e *ErrParamMinValue) MinValue() float64 {
+        return e.min
+}
+
+// An ErrParamMinLen represents a minimum length parameter error.
+type ErrParamMinLen struct {
+        errInvalidParam
+        min int
+}
+
+// NewErrParamMinLen creates a new minimum length parameter error.
+func NewErrParamMinLen(field string, min int) *ErrParamMinLen {
+        return &ErrParamMinLen{
+                errInvalidParam: errInvalidParam{
+                        code:  ParamMinValueErrCode,
+                        field: field,
+                        msg:   fmt.Sprintf("minimum field size of %v", min),
+                },
+                min: min,
+        }
+}
+
+// MinLen returns the field's required minimum length.
+func (e *ErrParamMinLen) MinLen() int {
+        return e.min
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/waiter.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/waiter.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22d2f80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/waiter.go
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+package request
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
+)
+
+// WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode is the error code returned by a waiter when
+// the waiter's max attempts have been exhausted.
+const WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode = "ResourceNotReady"
+
+// A WaiterOption is a function that will update the Waiter value's fields to
+// configure the waiter.
+type WaiterOption func(*Waiter)
+
+// WithWaiterMaxAttempts returns the maximum number of times the waiter should
+// attempt to check the resource for the target state.
+func WithWaiterMaxAttempts(max int) WaiterOption {
+        return func(w *Waiter) {
+                w.MaxAttempts = max
+        }
+}
+
+// WaiterDelay will return a delay the waiter should pause between attempts to
+// check the resource state. The passed in attempt is the number of times the
+// Waiter has checked the resource state.
+//
+// Attempt is the number of attempts the Waiter has made checking the resource
+// state.
+type WaiterDelay func(attempt int) time.Duration
+
+// ConstantWaiterDelay returns a WaiterDelay that will always return a constant
+// delay the waiter should use between attempts. It ignores the number of
+// attempts made.
+func ConstantWaiterDelay(delay time.Duration) WaiterDelay {
+        return func(attempt int) time.Duration {
+                return delay
+        }
+}
+
+// WithWaiterDelay will set the Waiter to use the WaiterDelay passed in.
+func WithWaiterDelay(delayer WaiterDelay) WaiterOption {
+        return func(w *Waiter) {
+                w.Delay = delayer
+        }
+}
+
+// WithWaiterLogger returns a waiter option to set the logger a waiter
+// should use to log warnings and errors to.
+func WithWaiterLogger(logger aws.Logger) WaiterOption {
+        return func(w *Waiter) {
+                w.Logger = logger
+        }
+}
+
+// WithWaiterRequestOptions returns a waiter option setting the request
+// options for each request the waiter makes. Appends to waiter's request
+// options already set.
+func WithWaiterRequestOptions(opts ...Option) WaiterOption {
+        return func(w *Waiter) {
+                w.RequestOptions = append(w.RequestOptions, opts...)
+        }
+}
+
+// A Waiter provides the functionality to perform a blocking call which will
+// wait for a resource state to be satisfied by a service.
+//
+// This type should not be used directly. The API operations provided in the
+// service packages prefixed with "WaitUntil" should be used instead.
+type Waiter struct {
+        Name      string
+        Acceptors []WaiterAcceptor
+        Logger    aws.Logger
+
+        MaxAttempts int
+        Delay       WaiterDelay
+
+        RequestOptions []Option
+        NewRequest     func([]Option) (*Request, error)
+}
+
+// ApplyOptions updates the waiter with the list of waiter options provided.
+func (w *Waiter) ApplyOptions(opts ...WaiterOption) {
+        for _, fn := range opts {
+                fn(w)
+        }
+}
+
+// WaiterState are states the waiter uses based on WaiterAcceptor definitions
+// to identify if the resource state the waiter is waiting on has occurred.
+type WaiterState int
+
+// String returns the string representation of the waiter state.
+func (s WaiterState) String() string {
+        switch s {
+        case SuccessWaiterState:
+                return "success"
+        case FailureWaiterState:
+                return "failure"
+        case RetryWaiterState:
+                return "retry"
+        default:
+                return "unknown waiter state"
+        }
+}
+
+// States the waiter acceptors will use to identify target resource states.
+const (
+        SuccessWaiterState WaiterState = iota // waiter successful
+        FailureWaiterState                    // waiter failed
+        RetryWaiterState                      // waiter needs to be retried
+)
+
+// WaiterMatchMode is the mode that the waiter will use to match the WaiterAcceptor
+// definition's Expected attribute.
+type WaiterMatchMode int
+
+// Modes the waiter will use when inspecting API response to identify target
+// resource states.
+const (
+        PathAllWaiterMatch  WaiterMatchMode = iota // match on all paths
+        PathWaiterMatch                            // match on specific path
+        PathAnyWaiterMatch                         // match on any path
+        PathListWaiterMatch                        // match on list of paths
+        StatusWaiterMatch                          // match on status code
+        ErrorWaiterMatch                           // match on error
+)
+
+// String returns the string representation of the waiter match mode.
+func (m WaiterMatchMode) String() string {
+        switch m {
+        case PathAllWaiterMatch:
+                return "pathAll"
+        case PathWaiterMatch:
+                return "path"
+        case PathAnyWaiterMatch:
+                return "pathAny"
+        case PathListWaiterMatch:
+                return "pathList"
+        case StatusWaiterMatch:
+                return "status"
+        case ErrorWaiterMatch:
+                return "error"
+        default:
+                return "unknown waiter match mode"
+        }
+}
+
+// WaitWithContext will make requests for the API operation using NewRequest to
+// build API requests. The request's response will be compared against the
+// Waiter's Acceptors to determine the successful state of the resource the
+// waiter is inspecting.
+//
+// The passed in context must not be nil. If it is nil a panic will occur. The
+// Context will be used to cancel the waiter's pending requests and retry delays.
+// Use aws.BackgroundContext if no context is available.
+//
+// The waiter will continue until the target state defined by the Acceptors,
+// or the max attempts expires.
+//
+// Will return the WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode error code if the waiter's
+// retryer ShouldRetry returns false. This normally will happen when the max
+// wait attempts expires.
+func (w Waiter) WaitWithContext(ctx aws.Context) error {
+
+        for attempt := 1; ; attempt++ {
+                req, err := w.NewRequest(w.RequestOptions)
+                if err != nil {
+                        waiterLogf(w.Logger, "unable to create request %v", err)
+                        return err
+                }
+                req.Handlers.Build.PushBack(MakeAddToUserAgentFreeFormHandler("Waiter"))
+                err = req.Send()
+
+                // See if any of the acceptors match the request's response, or error
+                for _, a := range w.Acceptors {
+                        if matched, matchErr := a.match(w.Name, w.Logger, req, err); matched {
+                                return matchErr
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // The Waiter should only check the resource state MaxAttempts times
+                // This is here instead of in the for loop above to prevent delaying
+                // unnecessary when the waiter will not retry.
+                if attempt == w.MaxAttempts {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                // Delay to wait before inspecting the resource again
+                delay := w.Delay(attempt)
+                if sleepFn := req.Config.SleepDelay; sleepFn != nil {
+                        // Support SleepDelay for backwards compatibility and testing
+                        sleepFn(delay)
+                } else if err := aws.SleepWithContext(ctx, delay); err != nil {
+                        return awserr.New(CanceledErrorCode, "waiter context canceled", err)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return awserr.New(WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode, "exceeded wait attempts", nil)
+}
+
+// A WaiterAcceptor provides the information needed to wait for an API operation
+// to complete.
+type WaiterAcceptor struct {
+        State    WaiterState
+        Matcher  WaiterMatchMode
+        Argument string
+        Expected interface{}
+}
+
+// match returns if the acceptor found a match with the passed in request
+// or error. True is returned if the acceptor made a match, error is returned
+// if there was an error attempting to perform the match.
+func (a *WaiterAcceptor) match(name string, l aws.Logger, req *Request, err error) (bool, error) {
+        result := false
+        var vals []interface{}
+
+        switch a.Matcher {
+        case PathAllWaiterMatch, PathWaiterMatch:
+                // Require all matches to be equal for result to match
+                vals, _ = awsutil.ValuesAtPath(req.Data, a.Argument)
+                if len(vals) == 0 {
+                        break
+                }
+                result = true
+                for _, val := range vals {
+                        if !awsutil.DeepEqual(val, a.Expected) {
+                                result = false
+                                break
+                        }
+                }
+        case PathAnyWaiterMatch:
+                // Only a single match needs to equal for the result to match
+                vals, _ = awsutil.ValuesAtPath(req.Data, a.Argument)
+                for _, val := range vals {
+                        if awsutil.DeepEqual(val, a.Expected) {
+                                result = true
+                                break
+                        }
+                }
+        case PathListWaiterMatch:
+                // ignored matcher
+        case StatusWaiterMatch:
+                s := a.Expected.(int)
+                result = s == req.HTTPResponse.StatusCode
+        case ErrorWaiterMatch:
+                if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok {
+                        result = aerr.Code() == a.Expected.(string)
+                }
+        default:
+                waiterLogf(l, "WARNING: Waiter %s encountered unexpected matcher: %s",
+                        name, a.Matcher)
+        }
+
+        if !result {
+                // If there was no matching result found there is nothing more to do
+                // for this response, retry the request.
+                return false, nil
+        }
+
+        switch a.State {
+        case SuccessWaiterState:
+                // waiter completed
+                return true, nil
+        case FailureWaiterState:
+                // Waiter failure state triggered
+                return true, awserr.New(WaiterResourceNotReadyErrorCode,
+                        "failed waiting for successful resource state", err)
+        case RetryWaiterState:
+                // clear the error and retry the operation
+                return false, nil
+        default:
+                waiterLogf(l, "WARNING: Waiter %s encountered unexpected state: %s",
+                        name, a.State)
+                return false, nil
+        }
+}
+
+func waiterLogf(logger aws.Logger, msg string, args ...interface{}) {
+        if logger != nil {
+                logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf(msg, args...))
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/doc.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea7b886
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/doc.go
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/*
+Package session provides configuration for the SDK's service clients.
+
+Sessions can be shared across all service clients that share the same base
+configuration.  The Session is built from the SDK's default configuration and
+request handlers.
+
+Sessions should be cached when possible, because creating a new Session will
+load all configuration values from the environment, and config files each time
+the Session is created. Sharing the Session value across all of your service
+clients will ensure the configuration is loaded the fewest number of times possible.
+
+Concurrency
+
+Sessions are safe to use concurrently as long as the Session is not being
+modified. The SDK will not modify the Session once the Session has been created.
+Creating service clients concurrently from a shared Session is safe.
+
+Sessions from Shared Config
+
+Sessions can be created using the method above that will only load the
+additional config if the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment variable is set.
+Alternatively you can explicitly create a Session with shared config enabled.
+To do this you can use NewSessionWithOptions to configure how the Session will
+be created. Using the NewSessionWithOptions with SharedConfigState set to
+SharedConfigEnable will create the session as if the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG
+environment variable was set.
+
+Creating Sessions
+
+When creating Sessions optional aws.Config values can be passed in that will
+override the default, or loaded config values the Session is being created
+with. This allows you to provide additional, or case based, configuration
+as needed.
+
+By default NewSession will only load credentials from the shared credentials
+file (~/.aws/credentials). If the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment variable is
+set to a truthy value the Session will be created from the configuration
+values from the shared config (~/.aws/config) and shared credentials
+(~/.aws/credentials) files. See the section Sessions from Shared Config for
+more information.
+
+Create a Session with the default config and request handlers. With credentials
+region, and profile loaded from the environment and shared config automatically.
+Requires the AWS_PROFILE to be set, or "default" is used.
+
+        // Create Session
+        sess := session.Must(session.NewSession())
+
+        // Create a Session with a custom region
+        sess := session.Must(session.NewSession(&aws.Config{
+                Region: aws.String("us-east-1"),
+        }))
+
+        // Create a S3 client instance from a session
+        sess := session.Must(session.NewSession())
+
+        svc := s3.New(sess)
+
+Create Session With Option Overrides
+
+In addition to NewSession, Sessions can be created using NewSessionWithOptions.
+This func allows you to control and override how the Session will be created
+through code instead of being driven by environment variables only.
+
+Use NewSessionWithOptions when you want to provide the config profile, or
+override the shared config state (AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG).
+
+        // Equivalent to session.NewSession()
+        sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{
+                // Options
+        }))
+
+        // Specify profile to load for the session's config
+        sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{
+                 Profile: "profile_name",
+        }))
+
+        // Specify profile for config and region for requests
+        sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{
+                 Config: aws.Config{Region: aws.String("us-east-1")},
+                 Profile: "profile_name",
+        }))
+
+        // Force enable Shared Config support
+        sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{
+                SharedConfigState: session.SharedConfigEnable,
+        }))
+
+Adding Handlers
+
+You can add handlers to a session for processing HTTP requests. All service
+clients that use the session inherit the handlers. For example, the following
+handler logs every request and its payload made by a service client:
+
+        // Create a session, and add additional handlers for all service
+        // clients created with the Session to inherit. Adds logging handler.
+        sess := session.Must(session.NewSession())
+
+        sess.Handlers.Send.PushFront(func(r *request.Request) {
+                // Log every request made and its payload
+                logger.Println("Request: %s/%s, Payload: %s",
+                        r.ClientInfo.ServiceName, r.Operation, r.Params)
+        })
+
+Deprecated "New" function
+
+The New session function has been deprecated because it does not provide good
+way to return errors that occur when loading the configuration files and values.
+Because of this, NewSession was created so errors can be retrieved when
+creating a session fails.
+
+Shared Config Fields
+
+By default the SDK will only load the shared credentials file's (~/.aws/credentials)
+credentials values, and all other config is provided by the environment variables,
+SDK defaults, and user provided aws.Config values.
+
+If the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment variable is set, or SharedConfigEnable
+option is used to create the Session the full shared config values will be
+loaded. This includes credentials, region, and support for assume role. In
+addition the Session will load its configuration from both the shared config
+file (~/.aws/config) and shared credentials file (~/.aws/credentials). Both
+files have the same format.
+
+If both config files are present the configuration from both files will be
+read. The Session will be created from configuration values from the shared
+credentials file (~/.aws/credentials) over those in the shared config file (~/.aws/config).
+
+Credentials are the values the SDK should use for authenticating requests with
+AWS Services. They arfrom a configuration file will need to include both
+aws_access_key_id and aws_secret_access_key must be provided together in the
+same file to be considered valid. The values will be ignored if not a complete
+group. aws_session_token is an optional field that can be provided if both of
+the other two fields are also provided.
+
+        aws_access_key_id = AKID
+        aws_secret_access_key = SECRET
+        aws_session_token = TOKEN
+
+Assume Role values allow you to configure the SDK to assume an IAM role using
+a set of credentials provided in a config file via the source_profile field.
+Both "role_arn" and "source_profile" are required. The SDK supports assuming
+a role with MFA token if the session option AssumeRoleTokenProvider
+is set.
+
+        role_arn = arn:aws:iam::<account_number>:role/<role_name>
+        source_profile = profile_with_creds
+        external_id = 1234
+        mfa_serial = <serial or mfa arn>
+        role_session_name = session_name
+
+Region is the region the SDK should use for looking up AWS service endpoints
+and signing requests.
+
+        region = us-east-1
+
+Assume Role with MFA token
+
+To create a session with support for assuming an IAM role with MFA set the
+session option AssumeRoleTokenProvider to a function that will prompt for the
+MFA token code when the SDK assumes the role and refreshes the role's credentials.
+This allows you to configure the SDK via the shared config to assumea role
+with MFA tokens.
+
+In order for the SDK to assume a role with MFA the SharedConfigState
+session option must be set to SharedConfigEnable, or AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG
+environment variable set.
+
+The shared configuration instructs the SDK to assume an IAM role with MFA
+when the mfa_serial configuration field is set in the shared config
+(~/.aws/config) or shared credentials (~/.aws/credentials) file.
+
+If mfa_serial is set in the configuration, the SDK will assume the role, and
+the AssumeRoleTokenProvider session option is not set an an error will
+be returned when creating the session.
+
+    sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{
+        AssumeRoleTokenProvider: stscreds.StdinTokenProvider,
+    }))
+
+    // Create service client value configured for credentials
+    // from assumed role.
+    svc := s3.New(sess)
+
+To setup assume role outside of a session see the stscrds.AssumeRoleProvider
+documentation.
+
+Environment Variables
+
+When a Session is created several environment variables can be set to adjust
+how the SDK functions, and what configuration data it loads when creating
+Sessions. All environment values are optional, but some values like credentials
+require multiple of the values to set or the partial values will be ignored.
+All environment variable values are strings unless otherwise noted.
+
+Environment configuration values. If set both Access Key ID and Secret Access
+Key must be provided. Session Token and optionally also be provided, but is
+not required.
+
+        # Access Key ID
+        AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=AKID
+        AWS_ACCESS_KEY=AKID # only read if AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID is not set.
+
+        # Secret Access Key
+        AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=SECRET
+        AWS_SECRET_KEY=SECRET=SECRET # only read if AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY is not set.
+
+        # Session Token
+        AWS_SESSION_TOKEN=TOKEN
+
+Region value will instruct the SDK where to make service API requests to. If is
+not provided in the environment the region must be provided before a service
+client request is made.
+
+        AWS_REGION=us-east-1
+
+        # AWS_DEFAULT_REGION is only read if AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG is also set,
+        # and AWS_REGION is not also set.
+        AWS_DEFAULT_REGION=us-east-1
+
+Profile name the SDK should load use when loading shared config from the
+configuration files. If not provided "default" will be used as the profile name.
+
+        AWS_PROFILE=my_profile
+
+        # AWS_DEFAULT_PROFILE is only read if AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG is also set,
+        # and AWS_PROFILE is not also set.
+        AWS_DEFAULT_PROFILE=my_profile
+
+SDK load config instructs the SDK to load the shared config in addition to
+shared credentials. This also expands the configuration loaded so the shared
+credentials will have parity with the shared config file. This also enables
+Region and Profile support for the AWS_DEFAULT_REGION and AWS_DEFAULT_PROFILE
+env values as well.
+
+        AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG=1
+
+Shared credentials file path can be set to instruct the SDK to use an alternative
+file for the shared credentials. If not set the file will be loaded from
+$HOME/.aws/credentials on Linux/Unix based systems, and
+%USERPROFILE%\.aws\credentials on Windows.
+
+        AWS_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE=$HOME/my_shared_credentials
+
+Shared config file path can be set to instruct the SDK to use an alternative
+file for the shared config. If not set the file will be loaded from
+$HOME/.aws/config on Linux/Unix based systems, and
+%USERPROFILE%\.aws\config on Windows.
+
+        AWS_CONFIG_FILE=$HOME/my_shared_config
+
+Path to a custom Credentials Authority (CA) bundle PEM file that the SDK
+will use instead of the default system's root CA bundle. Use this only
+if you want to replace the CA bundle the SDK uses for TLS requests.
+
+        AWS_CA_BUNDLE=$HOME/my_custom_ca_bundle
+
+Enabling this option will attempt to merge the Transport into the SDK's HTTP
+client. If the client's Transport is not a http.Transport an error will be
+returned. If the Transport's TLS config is set this option will cause the SDK
+to overwrite the Transport's TLS config's  RootCAs value. If the CA bundle file
+contains multiple certificates all of them will be loaded.
+
+The Session option CustomCABundle is also available when creating sessions
+to also enable this feature. CustomCABundle session option field has priority
+over the AWS_CA_BUNDLE environment variable, and will be used if both are set.
+
+Setting a custom HTTPClient in the aws.Config options will override this setting.
+To use this option and custom HTTP client, the HTTP client needs to be provided
+when creating the session. Not the service client.
+*/
+package session
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/env_config.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/env_config.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6278a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/env_config.go
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+package session
+
+import (
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "strconv"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials"
+)
+
+// envConfig is a collection of environment values the SDK will read
+// setup config from. All environment values are optional. But some values
+// such as credentials require multiple values to be complete or the values
+// will be ignored.
+type envConfig struct {
+        // Environment configuration values. If set both Access Key ID and Secret Access
+        // Key must be provided. Session Token and optionally also be provided, but is
+        // not required.
+        //
+        //      # Access Key ID
+        //      AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=AKID
+        //      AWS_ACCESS_KEY=AKID # only read if AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID is not set.
+        //
+        //      # Secret Access Key
+        //      AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=SECRET
+        //      AWS_SECRET_KEY=SECRET=SECRET # only read if AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY is not set.
+        //
+        //      # Session Token
+        //      AWS_SESSION_TOKEN=TOKEN
+        Creds credentials.Value
+
+        // Region value will instruct the SDK where to make service API requests to. If is
+        // not provided in the environment the region must be provided before a service
+        // client request is made.
+        //
+        //      AWS_REGION=us-east-1
+        //
+        //      # AWS_DEFAULT_REGION is only read if AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG is also set,
+        //      # and AWS_REGION is not also set.
+        //      AWS_DEFAULT_REGION=us-east-1
+        Region string
+
+        // Profile name the SDK should load use when loading shared configuration from the
+        // shared configuration files. If not provided "default" will be used as the
+        // profile name.
+        //
+        //      AWS_PROFILE=my_profile
+        //
+        //      # AWS_DEFAULT_PROFILE is only read if AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG is also set,
+        //      # and AWS_PROFILE is not also set.
+        //      AWS_DEFAULT_PROFILE=my_profile
+        Profile string
+
+        // SDK load config instructs the SDK to load the shared config in addition to
+        // shared credentials. This also expands the configuration loaded from the shared
+        // credentials to have parity with the shared config file. This also enables
+        // Region and Profile support for the AWS_DEFAULT_REGION and AWS_DEFAULT_PROFILE
+        // env values as well.
+        //
+        //      AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG=1
+        EnableSharedConfig bool
+
+        // Shared credentials file path can be set to instruct the SDK to use an alternate
+        // file for the shared credentials. If not set the file will be loaded from
+        // $HOME/.aws/credentials on Linux/Unix based systems, and
+        // %USERPROFILE%\.aws\credentials on Windows.
+        //
+        //      AWS_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE=$HOME/my_shared_credentials
+        SharedCredentialsFile string
+
+        // Shared config file path can be set to instruct the SDK to use an alternate
+        // file for the shared config. If not set the file will be loaded from
+        // $HOME/.aws/config on Linux/Unix based systems, and
+        // %USERPROFILE%\.aws\config on Windows.
+        //
+        //      AWS_CONFIG_FILE=$HOME/my_shared_config
+        SharedConfigFile string
+
+        // Sets the path to a custom Credentials Authroity (CA) Bundle PEM file
+        // that the SDK will use instead of the the system's root CA bundle.
+        // Only use this if you want to configure the SDK to use a custom set
+        // of CAs.
+        //
+        // Enabling this option will attempt to merge the Transport
+        // into the SDK's HTTP client. If the client's Transport is
+        // not a http.Transport an error will be returned. If the
+        // Transport's TLS config is set this option will cause the
+        // SDK to overwrite the Transport's TLS config's  RootCAs value.
+        //
+        // Setting a custom HTTPClient in the aws.Config options will override this setting.
+        // To use this option and custom HTTP client, the HTTP client needs to be provided
+        // when creating the session. Not the service client.
+        //
+        //  AWS_CA_BUNDLE=$HOME/my_custom_ca_bundle
+        CustomCABundle string
+}
+
+var (
+        credAccessEnvKey = []string{
+                "AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID",
+                "AWS_ACCESS_KEY",
+        }
+        credSecretEnvKey = []string{
+                "AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY",
+                "AWS_SECRET_KEY",
+        }
+        credSessionEnvKey = []string{
+                "AWS_SESSION_TOKEN",
+        }
+
+        regionEnvKeys = []string{
+                "AWS_REGION",
+                "AWS_DEFAULT_REGION", // Only read if AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG is also set
+        }
+        profileEnvKeys = []string{
+                "AWS_PROFILE",
+                "AWS_DEFAULT_PROFILE", // Only read if AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG is also set
+        }
+)
+
+// loadEnvConfig retrieves the SDK's environment configuration.
+// See `envConfig` for the values that will be retrieved.
+//
+// If the environment variable `AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG` is set to a truthy value
+// the shared SDK config will be loaded in addition to the SDK's specific
+// configuration values.
+func loadEnvConfig() envConfig {
+        enableSharedConfig, _ := strconv.ParseBool(os.Getenv("AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG"))
+        return envConfigLoad(enableSharedConfig)
+}
+
+// loadEnvSharedConfig retrieves the SDK's environment configuration, and the
+// SDK shared config. See `envConfig` for the values that will be retrieved.
+//
+// Loads the shared configuration in addition to the SDK's specific configuration.
+// This will load the same values as `loadEnvConfig` if the `AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG`
+// environment variable is set.
+func loadSharedEnvConfig() envConfig {
+        return envConfigLoad(true)
+}
+
+func envConfigLoad(enableSharedConfig bool) envConfig {
+        cfg := envConfig{}
+
+        cfg.EnableSharedConfig = enableSharedConfig
+
+        setFromEnvVal(&cfg.Creds.AccessKeyID, credAccessEnvKey)
+        setFromEnvVal(&cfg.Creds.SecretAccessKey, credSecretEnvKey)
+        setFromEnvVal(&cfg.Creds.SessionToken, credSessionEnvKey)
+
+        // Require logical grouping of credentials
+        if len(cfg.Creds.AccessKeyID) == 0 || len(cfg.Creds.SecretAccessKey) == 0 {
+                cfg.Creds = credentials.Value{}
+        } else {
+                cfg.Creds.ProviderName = "EnvConfigCredentials"
+        }
+
+        regionKeys := regionEnvKeys
+        profileKeys := profileEnvKeys
+        if !cfg.EnableSharedConfig {
+                regionKeys = regionKeys[:1]
+                profileKeys = profileKeys[:1]
+        }
+
+        setFromEnvVal(&cfg.Region, regionKeys)
+        setFromEnvVal(&cfg.Profile, profileKeys)
+
+        cfg.SharedCredentialsFile = sharedCredentialsFilename()
+        cfg.SharedConfigFile = sharedConfigFilename()
+
+        cfg.CustomCABundle = os.Getenv("AWS_CA_BUNDLE")
+
+        return cfg
+}
+
+func setFromEnvVal(dst *string, keys []string) {
+        for _, k := range keys {
+                if v := os.Getenv(k); len(v) > 0 {
+                        *dst = v
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+func sharedCredentialsFilename() string {
+        if name := os.Getenv("AWS_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE"); len(name) > 0 {
+                return name
+        }
+
+        return filepath.Join(userHomeDir(), ".aws", "credentials")
+}
+
+func sharedConfigFilename() string {
+        if name := os.Getenv("AWS_CONFIG_FILE"); len(name) > 0 {
+                return name
+        }
+
+        return filepath.Join(userHomeDir(), ".aws", "config")
+}
+
+func userHomeDir() string {
+        homeDir := os.Getenv("HOME") // *nix
+        if len(homeDir) == 0 {       // windows
+                homeDir = os.Getenv("USERPROFILE")
+        }
+
+        return homeDir
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/session.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/session.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4792d3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/session.go
@@ -0,0 +1,590 @@
+package session
+
+import (
+        "crypto/tls"
+        "crypto/x509"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "net/http"
+        "os"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/stscreds"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/defaults"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+// A Session provides a central location to create service clients from and
+// store configurations and request handlers for those services.
+//
+// Sessions are safe to create service clients concurrently, but it is not safe
+// to mutate the Session concurrently.
+//
+// The Session satisfies the service client's client.ClientConfigProvider.
+type Session struct {
+        Config   *aws.Config
+        Handlers request.Handlers
+}
+
+// New creates a new instance of the handlers merging in the provided configs
+// on top of the SDK's default configurations. Once the Session is created it
+// can be mutated to modify the Config or Handlers. The Session is safe to be
+// read concurrently, but it should not be written to concurrently.
+//
+// If the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment is set to a truthy value, the New
+// method could now encounter an error when loading the configuration. When
+// The environment variable is set, and an error occurs, New will return a
+// session that will fail all requests reporting the error that occurred while
+// loading the session. Use NewSession to get the error when creating the
+// session.
+//
+// If the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment variable is set to a truthy value
+// the shared config file (~/.aws/config) will also be loaded, in addition to
+// the shared credentials file (~/.aws/credentials). Values set in both the
+// shared config, and shared credentials will be taken from the shared
+// credentials file.
+//
+// Deprecated: Use NewSession functions to create sessions instead. NewSession
+// has the same functionality as New except an error can be returned when the
+// func is called instead of waiting to receive an error until a request is made.
+func New(cfgs ...*aws.Config) *Session {
+        // load initial config from environment
+        envCfg := loadEnvConfig()
+
+        if envCfg.EnableSharedConfig {
+                s, err := newSession(Options{}, envCfg, cfgs...)
+                if err != nil {
+                        // Old session.New expected all errors to be discovered when
+                        // a request is made, and would report the errors then. This
+                        // needs to be replicated if an error occurs while creating
+                        // the session.
+                        msg := "failed to create session with AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG enabled. " +
+                                "Use session.NewSession to handle errors occurring during session creation."
+
+                        // Session creation failed, need to report the error and prevent
+                        // any requests from succeeding.
+                        s = &Session{Config: defaults.Config()}
+                        s.Config.MergeIn(cfgs...)
+                        s.Config.Logger.Log("ERROR:", msg, "Error:", err)
+                        s.Handlers.Validate.PushBack(func(r *request.Request) {
+                                r.Error = err
+                        })
+                }
+                return s
+        }
+
+        return deprecatedNewSession(cfgs...)
+}
+
+// NewSession returns a new Session created from SDK defaults, config files,
+// environment, and user provided config files. Once the Session is created
+// it can be mutated to modify the Config or Handlers. The Session is safe to
+// be read concurrently, but it should not be written to concurrently.
+//
+// If the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment variable is set to a truthy value
+// the shared config file (~/.aws/config) will also be loaded in addition to
+// the shared credentials file (~/.aws/credentials). Values set in both the
+// shared config, and shared credentials will be taken from the shared
+// credentials file. Enabling the Shared Config will also allow the Session
+// to be built with retrieving credentials with AssumeRole set in the config.
+//
+// See the NewSessionWithOptions func for information on how to override or
+// control through code how the Session will be created. Such as specifying the
+// config profile, and controlling if shared config is enabled or not.
+func NewSession(cfgs ...*aws.Config) (*Session, error) {
+        opts := Options{}
+        opts.Config.MergeIn(cfgs...)
+
+        return NewSessionWithOptions(opts)
+}
+
+// SharedConfigState provides the ability to optionally override the state
+// of the session's creation based on the shared config being enabled or
+// disabled.
+type SharedConfigState int
+
+const (
+        // SharedConfigStateFromEnv does not override any state of the
+        // AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG env var. It is the default value of the
+        // SharedConfigState type.
+        SharedConfigStateFromEnv SharedConfigState = iota
+
+        // SharedConfigDisable overrides the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG env var value
+        // and disables the shared config functionality.
+        SharedConfigDisable
+
+        // SharedConfigEnable overrides the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG env var value
+        // and enables the shared config functionality.
+        SharedConfigEnable
+)
+
+// Options provides the means to control how a Session is created and what
+// configuration values will be loaded.
+//
+type Options struct {
+        // Provides config values for the SDK to use when creating service clients
+        // and making API requests to services. Any value set in with this field
+        // will override the associated value provided by the SDK defaults,
+        // environment or config files where relevant.
+        //
+        // If not set, configuration values from from SDK defaults, environment,
+        // config will be used.
+        Config aws.Config
+
+        // Overrides the config profile the Session should be created from. If not
+        // set the value of the environment variable will be loaded (AWS_PROFILE,
+        // or AWS_DEFAULT_PROFILE if the Shared Config is enabled).
+        //
+        // If not set and environment variables are not set the "default"
+        // (DefaultSharedConfigProfile) will be used as the profile to load the
+        // session config from.
+        Profile string
+
+        // Instructs how the Session will be created based on the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG
+        // environment variable. By default a Session will be created using the
+        // value provided by the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment variable.
+        //
+        // Setting this value to SharedConfigEnable or SharedConfigDisable
+        // will allow you to override the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment variable
+        // and enable or disable the shared config functionality.
+        SharedConfigState SharedConfigState
+
+        // When the SDK's shared config is configured to assume a role with MFA
+        // this option is required in order to provide the mechanism that will
+        // retrieve the MFA token. There is no default value for this field. If
+        // it is not set an error will be returned when creating the session.
+        //
+        // This token provider will be called when ever the assumed role's
+        // credentials need to be refreshed. Within the context of service clients
+        // all sharing the same session the SDK will ensure calls to the token
+        // provider are atomic. When sharing a token provider across multiple
+        // sessions additional synchronization logic is needed to ensure the
+        // token providers do not introduce race conditions. It is recommend to
+        // share the session where possible.
+        //
+        // stscreds.StdinTokenProvider is a basic implementation that will prompt
+        // from stdin for the MFA token code.
+        //
+        // This field is only used if the shared configuration is enabled, and
+        // the config enables assume role wit MFA via the mfa_serial field.
+        AssumeRoleTokenProvider func() (string, error)
+
+        // Reader for a custom Credentials Authority (CA) bundle in PEM format that
+        // the SDK will use instead of the default system's root CA bundle. Use this
+        // only if you want to replace the CA bundle the SDK uses for TLS requests.
+        //
+        // Enabling this option will attempt to merge the Transport into the SDK's HTTP
+        // client. If the client's Transport is not a http.Transport an error will be
+        // returned. If the Transport's TLS config is set this option will cause the SDK
+        // to overwrite the Transport's TLS config's  RootCAs value. If the CA
+        // bundle reader contains multiple certificates all of them will be loaded.
+        //
+        // The Session option CustomCABundle is also available when creating sessions
+        // to also enable this feature. CustomCABundle session option field has priority
+        // over the AWS_CA_BUNDLE environment variable, and will be used if both are set.
+        CustomCABundle io.Reader
+}
+
+// NewSessionWithOptions returns a new Session created from SDK defaults, config files,
+// environment, and user provided config files. This func uses the Options
+// values to configure how the Session is created.
+//
+// If the AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG environment variable is set to a truthy value
+// the shared config file (~/.aws/config) will also be loaded in addition to
+// the shared credentials file (~/.aws/credentials). Values set in both the
+// shared config, and shared credentials will be taken from the shared
+// credentials file. Enabling the Shared Config will also allow the Session
+// to be built with retrieving credentials with AssumeRole set in the config.
+//
+//     // Equivalent to session.New
+//     sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{}))
+//
+//     // Specify profile to load for the session's config
+//     sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{
+//          Profile: "profile_name",
+//     }))
+//
+//     // Specify profile for config and region for requests
+//     sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{
+//          Config: aws.Config{Region: aws.String("us-east-1")},
+//          Profile: "profile_name",
+//     }))
+//
+//     // Force enable Shared Config support
+//     sess := session.Must(session.NewSessionWithOptions(session.Options{
+//         SharedConfigState: session.SharedConfigEnable,
+//     }))
+func NewSessionWithOptions(opts Options) (*Session, error) {
+        var envCfg envConfig
+        if opts.SharedConfigState == SharedConfigEnable {
+                envCfg = loadSharedEnvConfig()
+        } else {
+                envCfg = loadEnvConfig()
+        }
+
+        if len(opts.Profile) > 0 {
+                envCfg.Profile = opts.Profile
+        }
+
+        switch opts.SharedConfigState {
+        case SharedConfigDisable:
+                envCfg.EnableSharedConfig = false
+        case SharedConfigEnable:
+                envCfg.EnableSharedConfig = true
+        }
+
+        // Only use AWS_CA_BUNDLE if session option is not provided.
+        if len(envCfg.CustomCABundle) != 0 && opts.CustomCABundle == nil {
+                f, err := os.Open(envCfg.CustomCABundle)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, awserr.New("LoadCustomCABundleError",
+                                "failed to open custom CA bundle PEM file", err)
+                }
+                defer f.Close()
+                opts.CustomCABundle = f
+        }
+
+        return newSession(opts, envCfg, &opts.Config)
+}
+
+// Must is a helper function to ensure the Session is valid and there was no
+// error when calling a NewSession function.
+//
+// This helper is intended to be used in variable initialization to load the
+// Session and configuration at startup. Such as:
+//
+//     var sess = session.Must(session.NewSession())
+func Must(sess *Session, err error) *Session {
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        return sess
+}
+
+func deprecatedNewSession(cfgs ...*aws.Config) *Session {
+        cfg := defaults.Config()
+        handlers := defaults.Handlers()
+
+        // Apply the passed in configs so the configuration can be applied to the
+        // default credential chain
+        cfg.MergeIn(cfgs...)
+        if cfg.EndpointResolver == nil {
+                // An endpoint resolver is required for a session to be able to provide
+                // endpoints for service client configurations.
+                cfg.EndpointResolver = endpoints.DefaultResolver()
+        }
+        cfg.Credentials = defaults.CredChain(cfg, handlers)
+
+        // Reapply any passed in configs to override credentials if set
+        cfg.MergeIn(cfgs...)
+
+        s := &Session{
+                Config:   cfg,
+                Handlers: handlers,
+        }
+
+        initHandlers(s)
+
+        return s
+}
+
+func newSession(opts Options, envCfg envConfig, cfgs ...*aws.Config) (*Session, error) {
+        cfg := defaults.Config()
+        handlers := defaults.Handlers()
+
+        // Get a merged version of the user provided config to determine if
+        // credentials were.
+        userCfg := &aws.Config{}
+        userCfg.MergeIn(cfgs...)
+
+        // Order config files will be loaded in with later files overwriting
+        // previous config file values.
+        cfgFiles := []string{envCfg.SharedConfigFile, envCfg.SharedCredentialsFile}
+        if !envCfg.EnableSharedConfig {
+                // The shared config file (~/.aws/config) is only loaded if instructed
+                // to load via the envConfig.EnableSharedConfig (AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG).
+                cfgFiles = cfgFiles[1:]
+        }
+
+        // Load additional config from file(s)
+        sharedCfg, err := loadSharedConfig(envCfg.Profile, cfgFiles)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        if err := mergeConfigSrcs(cfg, userCfg, envCfg, sharedCfg, handlers, opts); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        s := &Session{
+                Config:   cfg,
+                Handlers: handlers,
+        }
+
+        initHandlers(s)
+
+        // Setup HTTP client with custom cert bundle if enabled
+        if opts.CustomCABundle != nil {
+                if err := loadCustomCABundle(s, opts.CustomCABundle); err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return s, nil
+}
+
+func loadCustomCABundle(s *Session, bundle io.Reader) error {
+        var t *http.Transport
+        switch v := s.Config.HTTPClient.Transport.(type) {
+        case *http.Transport:
+                t = v
+        default:
+                if s.Config.HTTPClient.Transport != nil {
+                        return awserr.New("LoadCustomCABundleError",
+                                "unable to load custom CA bundle, HTTPClient's transport unsupported type", nil)
+                }
+        }
+        if t == nil {
+                t = &http.Transport{}
+        }
+
+        p, err := loadCertPool(bundle)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        if t.TLSClientConfig == nil {
+                t.TLSClientConfig = &tls.Config{}
+        }
+        t.TLSClientConfig.RootCAs = p
+
+        s.Config.HTTPClient.Transport = t
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func loadCertPool(r io.Reader) (*x509.CertPool, error) {
+        b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, awserr.New("LoadCustomCABundleError",
+                        "failed to read custom CA bundle PEM file", err)
+        }
+
+        p := x509.NewCertPool()
+        if !p.AppendCertsFromPEM(b) {
+                return nil, awserr.New("LoadCustomCABundleError",
+                        "failed to load custom CA bundle PEM file", err)
+        }
+
+        return p, nil
+}
+
+func mergeConfigSrcs(cfg, userCfg *aws.Config, envCfg envConfig, sharedCfg sharedConfig, handlers request.Handlers, sessOpts Options) error {
+        // Merge in user provided configuration
+        cfg.MergeIn(userCfg)
+
+        // Region if not already set by user
+        if len(aws.StringValue(cfg.Region)) == 0 {
+                if len(envCfg.Region) > 0 {
+                        cfg.WithRegion(envCfg.Region)
+                } else if envCfg.EnableSharedConfig && len(sharedCfg.Region) > 0 {
+                        cfg.WithRegion(sharedCfg.Region)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Configure credentials if not already set
+        if cfg.Credentials == credentials.AnonymousCredentials && userCfg.Credentials == nil {
+                if len(envCfg.Creds.AccessKeyID) > 0 {
+                        cfg.Credentials = credentials.NewStaticCredentialsFromCreds(
+                                envCfg.Creds,
+                        )
+                } else if envCfg.EnableSharedConfig && len(sharedCfg.AssumeRole.RoleARN) > 0 && sharedCfg.AssumeRoleSource != nil {
+                        cfgCp := *cfg
+                        cfgCp.Credentials = credentials.NewStaticCredentialsFromCreds(
+                                sharedCfg.AssumeRoleSource.Creds,
+                        )
+                        if len(sharedCfg.AssumeRole.MFASerial) > 0 && sessOpts.AssumeRoleTokenProvider == nil {
+                                // AssumeRole Token provider is required if doing Assume Role
+                                // with MFA.
+                                return AssumeRoleTokenProviderNotSetError{}
+                        }
+                        cfg.Credentials = stscreds.NewCredentials(
+                                &Session{
+                                        Config:   &cfgCp,
+                                        Handlers: handlers.Copy(),
+                                },
+                                sharedCfg.AssumeRole.RoleARN,
+                                func(opt *stscreds.AssumeRoleProvider) {
+                                        opt.RoleSessionName = sharedCfg.AssumeRole.RoleSessionName
+
+                                        // Assume role with external ID
+                                        if len(sharedCfg.AssumeRole.ExternalID) > 0 {
+                                                opt.ExternalID = aws.String(sharedCfg.AssumeRole.ExternalID)
+                                        }
+
+                                        // Assume role with MFA
+                                        if len(sharedCfg.AssumeRole.MFASerial) > 0 {
+                                                opt.SerialNumber = aws.String(sharedCfg.AssumeRole.MFASerial)
+                                                opt.TokenProvider = sessOpts.AssumeRoleTokenProvider
+                                        }
+                                },
+                        )
+                } else if len(sharedCfg.Creds.AccessKeyID) > 0 {
+                        cfg.Credentials = credentials.NewStaticCredentialsFromCreds(
+                                sharedCfg.Creds,
+                        )
+                } else {
+                        // Fallback to default credentials provider, include mock errors
+                        // for the credential chain so user can identify why credentials
+                        // failed to be retrieved.
+                        cfg.Credentials = credentials.NewCredentials(&credentials.ChainProvider{
+                                VerboseErrors: aws.BoolValue(cfg.CredentialsChainVerboseErrors),
+                                Providers: []credentials.Provider{
+                                        &credProviderError{Err: awserr.New("EnvAccessKeyNotFound", "failed to find credentials in the environment.", nil)},
+                                        &credProviderError{Err: awserr.New("SharedCredsLoad", fmt.Sprintf("failed to load profile, %s.", envCfg.Profile), nil)},
+                                        defaults.RemoteCredProvider(*cfg, handlers),
+                                },
+                        })
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// AssumeRoleTokenProviderNotSetError is an error returned when creating a session when the
+// MFAToken option is not set when shared config is configured load assume a
+// role with an MFA token.
+type AssumeRoleTokenProviderNotSetError struct{}
+
+// Code is the short id of the error.
+func (e AssumeRoleTokenProviderNotSetError) Code() string {
+        return "AssumeRoleTokenProviderNotSetError"
+}
+
+// Message is the description of the error
+func (e AssumeRoleTokenProviderNotSetError) Message() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("assume role with MFA enabled, but AssumeRoleTokenProvider session option not set.")
+}
+
+// OrigErr is the underlying error that caused the failure.
+func (e AssumeRoleTokenProviderNotSetError) OrigErr() error {
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Error satisfies the error interface.
+func (e AssumeRoleTokenProviderNotSetError) Error() string {
+        return awserr.SprintError(e.Code(), e.Message(), "", nil)
+}
+
+type credProviderError struct {
+        Err error
+}
+
+var emptyCreds = credentials.Value{}
+
+func (c credProviderError) Retrieve() (credentials.Value, error) {
+        return credentials.Value{}, c.Err
+}
+func (c credProviderError) IsExpired() bool {
+        return true
+}
+
+func initHandlers(s *Session) {
+        // Add the Validate parameter handler if it is not disabled.
+        s.Handlers.Validate.Remove(corehandlers.ValidateParametersHandler)
+        if !aws.BoolValue(s.Config.DisableParamValidation) {
+                s.Handlers.Validate.PushBackNamed(corehandlers.ValidateParametersHandler)
+        }
+}
+
+// Copy creates and returns a copy of the current Session, coping the config
+// and handlers. If any additional configs are provided they will be merged
+// on top of the Session's copied config.
+//
+//     // Create a copy of the current Session, configured for the us-west-2 region.
+//     sess.Copy(&aws.Config{Region: aws.String("us-west-2")})
+func (s *Session) Copy(cfgs ...*aws.Config) *Session {
+        newSession := &Session{
+                Config:   s.Config.Copy(cfgs...),
+                Handlers: s.Handlers.Copy(),
+        }
+
+        initHandlers(newSession)
+
+        return newSession
+}
+
+// ClientConfig satisfies the client.ConfigProvider interface and is used to
+// configure the service client instances. Passing the Session to the service
+// client's constructor (New) will use this method to configure the client.
+func (s *Session) ClientConfig(serviceName string, cfgs ...*aws.Config) client.Config {
+        // Backwards compatibility, the error will be eaten if user calls ClientConfig
+        // directly. All SDK services will use ClientconfigWithError.
+        cfg, _ := s.clientConfigWithErr(serviceName, cfgs...)
+
+        return cfg
+}
+
+func (s *Session) clientConfigWithErr(serviceName string, cfgs ...*aws.Config) (client.Config, error) {
+        s = s.Copy(cfgs...)
+
+        var resolved endpoints.ResolvedEndpoint
+        var err error
+
+        region := aws.StringValue(s.Config.Region)
+
+        if endpoint := aws.StringValue(s.Config.Endpoint); len(endpoint) != 0 {
+                resolved.URL = endpoints.AddScheme(endpoint, aws.BoolValue(s.Config.DisableSSL))
+                resolved.SigningRegion = region
+        } else {
+                resolved, err = s.Config.EndpointResolver.EndpointFor(
+                        serviceName, region,
+                        func(opt *endpoints.Options) {
+                                opt.DisableSSL = aws.BoolValue(s.Config.DisableSSL)
+                                opt.UseDualStack = aws.BoolValue(s.Config.UseDualStack)
+
+                                // Support the condition where the service is modeled but its
+                                // endpoint metadata is not available.
+                                opt.ResolveUnknownService = true
+                        },
+                )
+        }
+
+        return client.Config{
+                Config:        s.Config,
+                Handlers:      s.Handlers,
+                Endpoint:      resolved.URL,
+                SigningRegion: resolved.SigningRegion,
+                SigningName:   resolved.SigningName,
+        }, err
+}
+
+// ClientConfigNoResolveEndpoint is the same as ClientConfig with the exception
+// that the EndpointResolver will not be used to resolve the endpoint. The only
+// endpoint set must come from the aws.Config.Endpoint field.
+func (s *Session) ClientConfigNoResolveEndpoint(cfgs ...*aws.Config) client.Config {
+        s = s.Copy(cfgs...)
+
+        var resolved endpoints.ResolvedEndpoint
+
+        region := aws.StringValue(s.Config.Region)
+
+        if ep := aws.StringValue(s.Config.Endpoint); len(ep) > 0 {
+                resolved.URL = endpoints.AddScheme(ep, aws.BoolValue(s.Config.DisableSSL))
+                resolved.SigningRegion = region
+        }
+
+        return client.Config{
+                Config:        s.Config,
+                Handlers:      s.Handlers,
+                Endpoint:      resolved.URL,
+                SigningRegion: resolved.SigningRegion,
+                SigningName:   resolved.SigningName,
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b58076f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+package session
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "io/ioutil"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials"
+        "github.com/go-ini/ini"
+)
+
+const (
+        // Static Credentials group
+        accessKeyIDKey  = `aws_access_key_id`     // group required
+        secretAccessKey = `aws_secret_access_key` // group required
+        sessionTokenKey = `aws_session_token`     // optional
+
+        // Assume Role Credentials group
+        roleArnKey         = `role_arn`          // group required
+        sourceProfileKey   = `source_profile`    // group required
+        externalIDKey      = `external_id`       // optional
+        mfaSerialKey       = `mfa_serial`        // optional
+        roleSessionNameKey = `role_session_name` // optional
+
+        // Additional Config fields
+        regionKey = `region`
+
+        // DefaultSharedConfigProfile is the default profile to be used when
+        // loading configuration from the config files if another profile name
+        // is not provided.
+        DefaultSharedConfigProfile = `default`
+)
+
+type assumeRoleConfig struct {
+        RoleARN         string
+        SourceProfile   string
+        ExternalID      string
+        MFASerial       string
+        RoleSessionName string
+}
+
+// sharedConfig represents the configuration fields of the SDK config files.
+type sharedConfig struct {
+        // Credentials values from the config file. Both aws_access_key_id
+        // and aws_secret_access_key must be provided together in the same file
+        // to be considered valid. The values will be ignored if not a complete group.
+        // aws_session_token is an optional field that can be provided if both of the
+        // other two fields are also provided.
+        //
+        //      aws_access_key_id
+        //      aws_secret_access_key
+        //      aws_session_token
+        Creds credentials.Value
+
+        AssumeRole       assumeRoleConfig
+        AssumeRoleSource *sharedConfig
+
+        // Region is the region the SDK should use for looking up AWS service endpoints
+        // and signing requests.
+        //
+        //      region
+        Region string
+}
+
+type sharedConfigFile struct {
+        Filename string
+        IniData  *ini.File
+}
+
+// loadSharedConfig retrieves the configuration from the list of files
+// using the profile provided. The order the files are listed will determine
+// precedence. Values in subsequent files will overwrite values defined in
+// earlier files.
+//
+// For example, given two files A and B. Both define credentials. If the order
+// of the files are A then B, B's credential values will be used instead of A's.
+//
+// See sharedConfig.setFromFile for information how the config files
+// will be loaded.
+func loadSharedConfig(profile string, filenames []string) (sharedConfig, error) {
+        if len(profile) == 0 {
+                profile = DefaultSharedConfigProfile
+        }
+
+        files, err := loadSharedConfigIniFiles(filenames)
+        if err != nil {
+                return sharedConfig{}, err
+        }
+
+        cfg := sharedConfig{}
+        if err = cfg.setFromIniFiles(profile, files); err != nil {
+                return sharedConfig{}, err
+        }
+
+        if len(cfg.AssumeRole.SourceProfile) > 0 {
+                if err := cfg.setAssumeRoleSource(profile, files); err != nil {
+                        return sharedConfig{}, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return cfg, nil
+}
+
+func loadSharedConfigIniFiles(filenames []string) ([]sharedConfigFile, error) {
+        files := make([]sharedConfigFile, 0, len(filenames))
+
+        for _, filename := range filenames {
+                b, err := ioutil.ReadFile(filename)
+                if err != nil {
+                        // Skip files which can't be opened and read for whatever reason
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                f, err := ini.Load(b)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, SharedConfigLoadError{Filename: filename}
+                }
+
+                files = append(files, sharedConfigFile{
+                        Filename: filename, IniData: f,
+                })
+        }
+
+        return files, nil
+}
+
+func (cfg *sharedConfig) setAssumeRoleSource(origProfile string, files []sharedConfigFile) error {
+        var assumeRoleSrc sharedConfig
+
+        // Multiple level assume role chains are not support
+        if cfg.AssumeRole.SourceProfile == origProfile {
+                assumeRoleSrc = *cfg
+                assumeRoleSrc.AssumeRole = assumeRoleConfig{}
+        } else {
+                err := assumeRoleSrc.setFromIniFiles(cfg.AssumeRole.SourceProfile, files)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        if len(assumeRoleSrc.Creds.AccessKeyID) == 0 {
+                return SharedConfigAssumeRoleError{RoleARN: cfg.AssumeRole.RoleARN}
+        }
+
+        cfg.AssumeRoleSource = &assumeRoleSrc
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (cfg *sharedConfig) setFromIniFiles(profile string, files []sharedConfigFile) error {
+        // Trim files from the list that don't exist.
+        for _, f := range files {
+                if err := cfg.setFromIniFile(profile, f); err != nil {
+                        if _, ok := err.(SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError); ok {
+                                // Ignore proviles missings
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// setFromFile loads the configuration from the file using
+// the profile provided. A sharedConfig pointer type value is used so that
+// multiple config file loadings can be chained.
+//
+// Only loads complete logically grouped values, and will not set fields in cfg
+// for incomplete grouped values in the config. Such as credentials. For example
+// if a config file only includes aws_access_key_id but no aws_secret_access_key
+// the aws_access_key_id will be ignored.
+func (cfg *sharedConfig) setFromIniFile(profile string, file sharedConfigFile) error {
+        section, err := file.IniData.GetSection(profile)
+        if err != nil {
+                // Fallback to to alternate profile name: profile <name>
+                section, err = file.IniData.GetSection(fmt.Sprintf("profile %s", profile))
+                if err != nil {
+                        return SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError{Profile: profile, Err: err}
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Shared Credentials
+        akid := section.Key(accessKeyIDKey).String()
+        secret := section.Key(secretAccessKey).String()
+        if len(akid) > 0 && len(secret) > 0 {
+                cfg.Creds = credentials.Value{
+                        AccessKeyID:     akid,
+                        SecretAccessKey: secret,
+                        SessionToken:    section.Key(sessionTokenKey).String(),
+                        ProviderName:    fmt.Sprintf("SharedConfigCredentials: %s", file.Filename),
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Assume Role
+        roleArn := section.Key(roleArnKey).String()
+        srcProfile := section.Key(sourceProfileKey).String()
+        if len(roleArn) > 0 && len(srcProfile) > 0 {
+                cfg.AssumeRole = assumeRoleConfig{
+                        RoleARN:         roleArn,
+                        SourceProfile:   srcProfile,
+                        ExternalID:      section.Key(externalIDKey).String(),
+                        MFASerial:       section.Key(mfaSerialKey).String(),
+                        RoleSessionName: section.Key(roleSessionNameKey).String(),
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Region
+        if v := section.Key(regionKey).String(); len(v) > 0 {
+                cfg.Region = v
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SharedConfigLoadError is an error for the shared config file failed to load.
+type SharedConfigLoadError struct {
+        Filename string
+        Err      error
+}
+
+// Code is the short id of the error.
+func (e SharedConfigLoadError) Code() string {
+        return "SharedConfigLoadError"
+}
+
+// Message is the description of the error
+func (e SharedConfigLoadError) Message() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("failed to load config file, %s", e.Filename)
+}
+
+// OrigErr is the underlying error that caused the failure.
+func (e SharedConfigLoadError) OrigErr() error {
+        return e.Err
+}
+
+// Error satisfies the error interface.
+func (e SharedConfigLoadError) Error() string {
+        return awserr.SprintError(e.Code(), e.Message(), "", e.Err)
+}
+
+// SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError is an error for the shared config when
+// the profile was not find in the config file.
+type SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError struct {
+        Profile string
+        Err     error
+}
+
+// Code is the short id of the error.
+func (e SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError) Code() string {
+        return "SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError"
+}
+
+// Message is the description of the error
+func (e SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError) Message() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("failed to get profile, %s", e.Profile)
+}
+
+// OrigErr is the underlying error that caused the failure.
+func (e SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError) OrigErr() error {
+        return e.Err
+}
+
+// Error satisfies the error interface.
+func (e SharedConfigProfileNotExistsError) Error() string {
+        return awserr.SprintError(e.Code(), e.Message(), "", e.Err)
+}
+
+// SharedConfigAssumeRoleError is an error for the shared config when the
+// profile contains assume role information, but that information is invalid
+// or not complete.
+type SharedConfigAssumeRoleError struct {
+        RoleARN string
+}
+
+// Code is the short id of the error.
+func (e SharedConfigAssumeRoleError) Code() string {
+        return "SharedConfigAssumeRoleError"
+}
+
+// Message is the description of the error
+func (e SharedConfigAssumeRoleError) Message() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("failed to load assume role for %s, source profile has no shared credentials",
+                e.RoleARN)
+}
+
+// OrigErr is the underlying error that caused the failure.
+func (e SharedConfigAssumeRoleError) OrigErr() error {
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Error satisfies the error interface.
+func (e SharedConfigAssumeRoleError) Error() string {
+        return awserr.SprintError(e.Code(), e.Message(), "", nil)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/header_rules.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/header_rules.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..244c86d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/header_rules.go
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+package v4
+
+import (
+        "net/http"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// validator houses a set of rule needed for validation of a
+// string value
+type rules []rule
+
+// rule interface allows for more flexible rules and just simply
+// checks whether or not a value adheres to that rule
+type rule interface {
+        IsValid(value string) bool
+}
+
+// IsValid will iterate through all rules and see if any rules
+// apply to the value and supports nested rules
+func (r rules) IsValid(value string) bool {
+        for _, rule := range r {
+                if rule.IsValid(value) {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+        return false
+}
+
+// mapRule generic rule for maps
+type mapRule map[string]struct{}
+
+// IsValid for the map rule satisfies whether it exists in the map
+func (m mapRule) IsValid(value string) bool {
+        _, ok := m[value]
+        return ok
+}
+
+// whitelist is a generic rule for whitelisting
+type whitelist struct {
+        rule
+}
+
+// IsValid for whitelist checks if the value is within the whitelist
+func (w whitelist) IsValid(value string) bool {
+        return w.rule.IsValid(value)
+}
+
+// blacklist is a generic rule for blacklisting
+type blacklist struct {
+        rule
+}
+
+// IsValid for whitelist checks if the value is within the whitelist
+func (b blacklist) IsValid(value string) bool {
+        return !b.rule.IsValid(value)
+}
+
+type patterns []string
+
+// IsValid for patterns checks each pattern and returns if a match has
+// been found
+func (p patterns) IsValid(value string) bool {
+        for _, pattern := range p {
+                if strings.HasPrefix(http.CanonicalHeaderKey(value), pattern) {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+        return false
+}
+
+// inclusiveRules rules allow for rules to depend on one another
+type inclusiveRules []rule
+
+// IsValid will return true if all rules are true
+func (r inclusiveRules) IsValid(value string) bool {
+        for _, rule := range r {
+                if !rule.IsValid(value) {
+                        return false
+                }
+        }
+        return true
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/options.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/options.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6aa2ed2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/options.go
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+package v4
+
+// WithUnsignedPayload will enable and set the UnsignedPayload field to
+// true of the signer.
+func WithUnsignedPayload(v4 *Signer) {
+        v4.UnsignedPayload = true
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/uri_path.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/uri_path.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd082e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/uri_path.go
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+// +build go1.5
+
+package v4
+
+import (
+        "net/url"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+func getURIPath(u *url.URL) string {
+        var uri string
+
+        if len(u.Opaque) > 0 {
+                uri = "/" + strings.Join(strings.Split(u.Opaque, "/")[3:], "/")
+        } else {
+                uri = u.EscapedPath()
+        }
+
+        if len(uri) == 0 {
+                uri = "/"
+        }
+
+        return uri
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/v4.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/v4.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..434ac87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4/v4.go
@@ -0,0 +1,761 @@
+// Package v4 implements signing for AWS V4 signer
+//
+// Provides request signing for request that need to be signed with
+// AWS V4 Signatures.
+//
+// Standalone Signer
+//
+// Generally using the signer outside of the SDK should not require any additional
+// logic when using Go v1.5 or higher. The signer does this by taking advantage
+// of the URL.EscapedPath method. If your request URI requires additional escaping
+// you many need to use the URL.Opaque to define what the raw URI should be sent
+// to the service as.
+//
+// The signer will first check the URL.Opaque field, and use its value if set.
+// The signer does require the URL.Opaque field to be set in the form of:
+//
+//     "//<hostname>/<path>"
+//
+//     // e.g.
+//     "//example.com/some/path"
+//
+// The leading "//" and hostname are required or the URL.Opaque escaping will
+// not work correctly.
+//
+// If URL.Opaque is not set the signer will fallback to the URL.EscapedPath()
+// method and using the returned value. If you're using Go v1.4 you must set
+// URL.Opaque if the URI path needs escaping. If URL.Opaque is not set with
+// Go v1.5 the signer will fallback to URL.Path.
+//
+// AWS v4 signature validation requires that the canonical string's URI path
+// element must be the URI escaped form of the HTTP request's path.
+// http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4-create-canonical-request.html
+//
+// The Go HTTP client will perform escaping automatically on the request. Some
+// of these escaping may cause signature validation errors because the HTTP
+// request differs from the URI path or query that the signature was generated.
+// https://golang.org/pkg/net/url/#URL.EscapedPath
+//
+// Because of this, it is recommended that when using the signer outside of the
+// SDK that explicitly escaping the request prior to being signed is preferable,
+// and will help prevent signature validation errors. This can be done by setting
+// the URL.Opaque or URL.RawPath. The SDK will use URL.Opaque first and then
+// call URL.EscapedPath() if Opaque is not set.
+//
+// If signing a request intended for HTTP2 server, and you're using Go 1.6.2
+// through 1.7.4 you should use the URL.RawPath as the pre-escaped form of the
+// request URL. https://github.com/golang/go/issues/16847 points to a bug in
+// Go pre 1.8 that failes to make HTTP2 requests using absolute URL in the HTTP
+// message. URL.Opaque generally will force Go to make requests with absolute URL.
+// URL.RawPath does not do this, but RawPath must be a valid escaping of Path
+// or url.EscapedPath will ignore the RawPath escaping.
+//
+// Test `TestStandaloneSign` provides a complete example of using the signer
+// outside of the SDK and pre-escaping the URI path.
+package v4
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "crypto/hmac"
+        "crypto/sha256"
+        "encoding/hex"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "net/http"
+        "net/url"
+        "sort"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest"
+)
+
+const (
+        authHeaderPrefix = "AWS4-HMAC-SHA256"
+        timeFormat       = "20060102T150405Z"
+        shortTimeFormat  = "20060102"
+
+        // emptyStringSHA256 is a SHA256 of an empty string
+        emptyStringSHA256 = `e3b0c44298fc1c149afbf4c8996fb92427ae41e4649b934ca495991b7852b855`
+)
+
+var ignoredHeaders = rules{
+        blacklist{
+                mapRule{
+                        "Authorization":   struct{}{},
+                        "User-Agent":      struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amzn-Trace-Id": struct{}{},
+                },
+        },
+}
+
+// requiredSignedHeaders is a whitelist for build canonical headers.
+var requiredSignedHeaders = rules{
+        whitelist{
+                mapRule{
+                        "Cache-Control":                                               struct{}{},
+                        "Content-Disposition":                                         struct{}{},
+                        "Content-Encoding":                                            struct{}{},
+                        "Content-Language":                                            struct{}{},
+                        "Content-Md5":                                                 struct{}{},
+                        "Content-Type":                                                struct{}{},
+                        "Expires":                                                     struct{}{},
+                        "If-Match":                                                    struct{}{},
+                        "If-Modified-Since":                                           struct{}{},
+                        "If-None-Match":                                               struct{}{},
+                        "If-Unmodified-Since":                                         struct{}{},
+                        "Range":                                                       struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Acl":                                                   struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Copy-Source":                                           struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Copy-Source-If-Match":                                  struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Copy-Source-If-Modified-Since":                         struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Copy-Source-If-None-Match":                             struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Copy-Source-If-Unmodified-Since":                       struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Copy-Source-Range":                                     struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Copy-Source-Server-Side-Encryption-Customer-Algorithm": struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Copy-Source-Server-Side-Encryption-Customer-Key":       struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Copy-Source-Server-Side-Encryption-Customer-Key-Md5":   struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Grant-Full-control":                                    struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Grant-Read":                                            struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Grant-Read-Acp":                                        struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Grant-Write":                                           struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Grant-Write-Acp":                                       struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Metadata-Directive":                                    struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Mfa":                                                   struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Request-Payer":                                         struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Server-Side-Encryption":                                struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Server-Side-Encryption-Aws-Kms-Key-Id":                 struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Server-Side-Encryption-Customer-Algorithm":             struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Server-Side-Encryption-Customer-Key":                   struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Server-Side-Encryption-Customer-Key-Md5":               struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Storage-Class":                                         struct{}{},
+                        "X-Amz-Website-Redirect-Location":                             struct{}{},
+                },
+        },
+        patterns{"X-Amz-Meta-"},
+}
+
+// allowedHoisting is a whitelist for build query headers. The boolean value
+// represents whether or not it is a pattern.
+var allowedQueryHoisting = inclusiveRules{
+        blacklist{requiredSignedHeaders},
+        patterns{"X-Amz-"},
+}
+
+// Signer applies AWS v4 signing to given request. Use this to sign requests
+// that need to be signed with AWS V4 Signatures.
+type Signer struct {
+        // The authentication credentials the request will be signed against.
+        // This value must be set to sign requests.
+        Credentials *credentials.Credentials
+
+        // Sets the log level the signer should use when reporting information to
+        // the logger. If the logger is nil nothing will be logged. See
+        // aws.LogLevelType for more information on available logging levels
+        //
+        // By default nothing will be logged.
+        Debug aws.LogLevelType
+
+        // The logger loging information will be written to. If there the logger
+        // is nil, nothing will be logged.
+        Logger aws.Logger
+
+        // Disables the Signer's moving HTTP header key/value pairs from the HTTP
+        // request header to the request's query string. This is most commonly used
+        // with pre-signed requests preventing headers from being added to the
+        // request's query string.
+        DisableHeaderHoisting bool
+
+        // Disables the automatic escaping of the URI path of the request for the
+        // siganture's canonical string's path. For services that do not need additional
+        // escaping then use this to disable the signer escaping the path.
+        //
+        // S3 is an example of a service that does not need additional escaping.
+        //
+        // http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/sigv4-create-canonical-request.html
+        DisableURIPathEscaping bool
+
+        // Disales the automatical setting of the HTTP request's Body field with the
+        // io.ReadSeeker passed in to the signer. This is useful if you're using a
+        // custom wrapper around the body for the io.ReadSeeker and want to preserve
+        // the Body value on the Request.Body.
+        //
+        // This does run the risk of signing a request with a body that will not be
+        // sent in the request. Need to ensure that the underlying data of the Body
+        // values are the same.
+        DisableRequestBodyOverwrite bool
+
+        // currentTimeFn returns the time value which represents the current time.
+        // This value should only be used for testing. If it is nil the default
+        // time.Now will be used.
+        currentTimeFn func() time.Time
+
+        // UnsignedPayload will prevent signing of the payload. This will only
+        // work for services that have support for this.
+        UnsignedPayload bool
+}
+
+// NewSigner returns a Signer pointer configured with the credentials and optional
+// option values provided. If not options are provided the Signer will use its
+// default configuration.
+func NewSigner(credentials *credentials.Credentials, options ...func(*Signer)) *Signer {
+        v4 := &Signer{
+                Credentials: credentials,
+        }
+
+        for _, option := range options {
+                option(v4)
+        }
+
+        return v4
+}
+
+type signingCtx struct {
+        ServiceName      string
+        Region           string
+        Request          *http.Request
+        Body             io.ReadSeeker
+        Query            url.Values
+        Time             time.Time
+        ExpireTime       time.Duration
+        SignedHeaderVals http.Header
+
+        DisableURIPathEscaping bool
+
+        credValues         credentials.Value
+        isPresign          bool
+        formattedTime      string
+        formattedShortTime string
+        unsignedPayload    bool
+
+        bodyDigest       string
+        signedHeaders    string
+        canonicalHeaders string
+        canonicalString  string
+        credentialString string
+        stringToSign     string
+        signature        string
+        authorization    string
+}
+
+// Sign signs AWS v4 requests with the provided body, service name, region the
+// request is made to, and time the request is signed at. The signTime allows
+// you to specify that a request is signed for the future, and cannot be
+// used until then.
+//
+// Returns a list of HTTP headers that were included in the signature or an
+// error if signing the request failed. Generally for signed requests this value
+// is not needed as the full request context will be captured by the http.Request
+// value. It is included for reference though.
+//
+// Sign will set the request's Body to be the `body` parameter passed in. If
+// the body is not already an io.ReadCloser, it will be wrapped within one. If
+// a `nil` body parameter passed to Sign, the request's Body field will be
+// also set to nil. Its important to note that this functionality will not
+// change the request's ContentLength of the request.
+//
+// Sign differs from Presign in that it will sign the request using HTTP
+// header values. This type of signing is intended for http.Request values that
+// will not be shared, or are shared in a way the header values on the request
+// will not be lost.
+//
+// The requests body is an io.ReadSeeker so the SHA256 of the body can be
+// generated. To bypass the signer computing the hash you can set the
+// "X-Amz-Content-Sha256" header with a precomputed value. The signer will
+// only compute the hash if the request header value is empty.
+func (v4 Signer) Sign(r *http.Request, body io.ReadSeeker, service, region string, signTime time.Time) (http.Header, error) {
+        return v4.signWithBody(r, body, service, region, 0, signTime)
+}
+
+// Presign signs AWS v4 requests with the provided body, service name, region
+// the request is made to, and time the request is signed at. The signTime
+// allows you to specify that a request is signed for the future, and cannot
+// be used until then.
+//
+// Returns a list of HTTP headers that were included in the signature or an
+// error if signing the request failed. For presigned requests these headers
+// and their values must be included on the HTTP request when it is made. This
+// is helpful to know what header values need to be shared with the party the
+// presigned request will be distributed to.
+//
+// Presign differs from Sign in that it will sign the request using query string
+// instead of header values. This allows you to share the Presigned Request's
+// URL with third parties, or distribute it throughout your system with minimal
+// dependencies.
+//
+// Presign also takes an exp value which is the duration the
+// signed request will be valid after the signing time. This is allows you to
+// set when the request will expire.
+//
+// The requests body is an io.ReadSeeker so the SHA256 of the body can be
+// generated. To bypass the signer computing the hash you can set the
+// "X-Amz-Content-Sha256" header with a precomputed value. The signer will
+// only compute the hash if the request header value is empty.
+//
+// Presigning a S3 request will not compute the body's SHA256 hash by default.
+// This is done due to the general use case for S3 presigned URLs is to share
+// PUT/GET capabilities. If you would like to include the body's SHA256 in the
+// presigned request's signature you can set the "X-Amz-Content-Sha256"
+// HTTP header and that will be included in the request's signature.
+func (v4 Signer) Presign(r *http.Request, body io.ReadSeeker, service, region string, exp time.Duration, signTime time.Time) (http.Header, error) {
+        return v4.signWithBody(r, body, service, region, exp, signTime)
+}
+
+func (v4 Signer) signWithBody(r *http.Request, body io.ReadSeeker, service, region string, exp time.Duration, signTime time.Time) (http.Header, error) {
+        currentTimeFn := v4.currentTimeFn
+        if currentTimeFn == nil {
+                currentTimeFn = time.Now
+        }
+
+        ctx := &signingCtx{
+                Request:                r,
+                Body:                   body,
+                Query:                  r.URL.Query(),
+                Time:                   signTime,
+                ExpireTime:             exp,
+                isPresign:              exp != 0,
+                ServiceName:            service,
+                Region:                 region,
+                DisableURIPathEscaping: v4.DisableURIPathEscaping,
+                unsignedPayload:        v4.UnsignedPayload,
+        }
+
+        for key := range ctx.Query {
+                sort.Strings(ctx.Query[key])
+        }
+
+        if ctx.isRequestSigned() {
+                ctx.Time = currentTimeFn()
+                ctx.handlePresignRemoval()
+        }
+
+        var err error
+        ctx.credValues, err = v4.Credentials.Get()
+        if err != nil {
+                return http.Header{}, err
+        }
+
+        ctx.assignAmzQueryValues()
+        ctx.build(v4.DisableHeaderHoisting)
+
+        // If the request is not presigned the body should be attached to it. This
+        // prevents the confusion of wanting to send a signed request without
+        // the body the request was signed for attached.
+        if !(v4.DisableRequestBodyOverwrite || ctx.isPresign) {
+                var reader io.ReadCloser
+                if body != nil {
+                        var ok bool
+                        if reader, ok = body.(io.ReadCloser); !ok {
+                                reader = ioutil.NopCloser(body)
+                        }
+                }
+                r.Body = reader
+        }
+
+        if v4.Debug.Matches(aws.LogDebugWithSigning) {
+                v4.logSigningInfo(ctx)
+        }
+
+        return ctx.SignedHeaderVals, nil
+}
+
+func (ctx *signingCtx) handlePresignRemoval() {
+        if !ctx.isPresign {
+                return
+        }
+
+        // The credentials have expired for this request. The current signing
+        // is invalid, and needs to be request because the request will fail.
+        ctx.removePresign()
+
+        // Update the request's query string to ensure the values stays in
+        // sync in the case retrieving the new credentials fails.
+        ctx.Request.URL.RawQuery = ctx.Query.Encode()
+}
+
+func (ctx *signingCtx) assignAmzQueryValues() {
+        if ctx.isPresign {
+                ctx.Query.Set("X-Amz-Algorithm", authHeaderPrefix)
+                if ctx.credValues.SessionToken != "" {
+                        ctx.Query.Set("X-Amz-Security-Token", ctx.credValues.SessionToken)
+                } else {
+                        ctx.Query.Del("X-Amz-Security-Token")
+                }
+
+                return
+        }
+
+        if ctx.credValues.SessionToken != "" {
+                ctx.Request.Header.Set("X-Amz-Security-Token", ctx.credValues.SessionToken)
+        }
+}
+
+// SignRequestHandler is a named request handler the SDK will use to sign
+// service client request with using the V4 signature.
+var SignRequestHandler = request.NamedHandler{
+        Name: "v4.SignRequestHandler", Fn: SignSDKRequest,
+}
+
+// SignSDKRequest signs an AWS request with the V4 signature. This
+// request handler is bested used only with the SDK's built in service client's
+// API operation requests.
+//
+// This function should not be used on its on its own, but in conjunction with
+// an AWS service client's API operation call. To sign a standalone request
+// not created by a service client's API operation method use the "Sign" or
+// "Presign" functions of the "Signer" type.
+//
+// If the credentials of the request's config are set to
+// credentials.AnonymousCredentials the request will not be signed.
+func SignSDKRequest(req *request.Request) {
+        signSDKRequestWithCurrTime(req, time.Now)
+}
+
+// BuildNamedHandler will build a generic handler for signing.
+func BuildNamedHandler(name string, opts ...func(*Signer)) request.NamedHandler {
+        return request.NamedHandler{
+                Name: name,
+                Fn: func(req *request.Request) {
+                        signSDKRequestWithCurrTime(req, time.Now, opts...)
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func signSDKRequestWithCurrTime(req *request.Request, curTimeFn func() time.Time, opts ...func(*Signer)) {
+        // If the request does not need to be signed ignore the signing of the
+        // request if the AnonymousCredentials object is used.
+        if req.Config.Credentials == credentials.AnonymousCredentials {
+                return
+        }
+
+        region := req.ClientInfo.SigningRegion
+        if region == "" {
+                region = aws.StringValue(req.Config.Region)
+        }
+
+        name := req.ClientInfo.SigningName
+        if name == "" {
+                name = req.ClientInfo.ServiceName
+        }
+
+        v4 := NewSigner(req.Config.Credentials, func(v4 *Signer) {
+                v4.Debug = req.Config.LogLevel.Value()
+                v4.Logger = req.Config.Logger
+                v4.DisableHeaderHoisting = req.NotHoist
+                v4.currentTimeFn = curTimeFn
+                if name == "s3" {
+                        // S3 service should not have any escaping applied
+                        v4.DisableURIPathEscaping = true
+                }
+                // Prevents setting the HTTPRequest's Body. Since the Body could be
+                // wrapped in a custom io.Closer that we do not want to be stompped
+                // on top of by the signer.
+                v4.DisableRequestBodyOverwrite = true
+        })
+
+        for _, opt := range opts {
+                opt(v4)
+        }
+
+        signingTime := req.Time
+        if !req.LastSignedAt.IsZero() {
+                signingTime = req.LastSignedAt
+        }
+
+        signedHeaders, err := v4.signWithBody(req.HTTPRequest, req.GetBody(),
+                name, region, req.ExpireTime, signingTime,
+        )
+        if err != nil {
+                req.Error = err
+                req.SignedHeaderVals = nil
+                return
+        }
+
+        req.SignedHeaderVals = signedHeaders
+        req.LastSignedAt = curTimeFn()
+}
+
+const logSignInfoMsg = `DEBUG: Request Signature:
+---[ CANONICAL STRING  ]-----------------------------
+%s
+---[ STRING TO SIGN ]--------------------------------
+%s%s
+-----------------------------------------------------`
+const logSignedURLMsg = `
+---[ SIGNED URL ]------------------------------------
+%s`
+
+func (v4 *Signer) logSigningInfo(ctx *signingCtx) {
+        signedURLMsg := ""
+        if ctx.isPresign {
+                signedURLMsg = fmt.Sprintf(logSignedURLMsg, ctx.Request.URL.String())
+        }
+        msg := fmt.Sprintf(logSignInfoMsg, ctx.canonicalString, ctx.stringToSign, signedURLMsg)
+        v4.Logger.Log(msg)
+}
+
+func (ctx *signingCtx) build(disableHeaderHoisting bool) {
+        ctx.buildTime()             // no depends
+        ctx.buildCredentialString() // no depends
+
+        unsignedHeaders := ctx.Request.Header
+        if ctx.isPresign {
+                if !disableHeaderHoisting {
+                        urlValues := url.Values{}
+                        urlValues, unsignedHeaders = buildQuery(allowedQueryHoisting, unsignedHeaders) // no depends
+                        for k := range urlValues {
+                                ctx.Query[k] = urlValues[k]
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        ctx.buildBodyDigest()
+        ctx.buildCanonicalHeaders(ignoredHeaders, unsignedHeaders)
+        ctx.buildCanonicalString() // depends on canon headers / signed headers
+        ctx.buildStringToSign()    // depends on canon string
+        ctx.buildSignature()       // depends on string to sign
+
+        if ctx.isPresign {
+                ctx.Request.URL.RawQuery += "&X-Amz-Signature=" + ctx.signature
+        } else {
+                parts := []string{
+                        authHeaderPrefix + " Credential=" + ctx.credValues.AccessKeyID + "/" + ctx.credentialString,
+                        "SignedHeaders=" + ctx.signedHeaders,
+                        "Signature=" + ctx.signature,
+                }
+                ctx.Request.Header.Set("Authorization", strings.Join(parts, ", "))
+        }
+}
+
+func (ctx *signingCtx) buildTime() {
+        ctx.formattedTime = ctx.Time.UTC().Format(timeFormat)
+        ctx.formattedShortTime = ctx.Time.UTC().Format(shortTimeFormat)
+
+        if ctx.isPresign {
+                duration := int64(ctx.ExpireTime / time.Second)
+                ctx.Query.Set("X-Amz-Date", ctx.formattedTime)
+                ctx.Query.Set("X-Amz-Expires", strconv.FormatInt(duration, 10))
+        } else {
+                ctx.Request.Header.Set("X-Amz-Date", ctx.formattedTime)
+        }
+}
+
+func (ctx *signingCtx) buildCredentialString() {
+        ctx.credentialString = strings.Join([]string{
+                ctx.formattedShortTime,
+                ctx.Region,
+                ctx.ServiceName,
+                "aws4_request",
+        }, "/")
+
+        if ctx.isPresign {
+                ctx.Query.Set("X-Amz-Credential", ctx.credValues.AccessKeyID+"/"+ctx.credentialString)
+        }
+}
+
+func buildQuery(r rule, header http.Header) (url.Values, http.Header) {
+        query := url.Values{}
+        unsignedHeaders := http.Header{}
+        for k, h := range header {
+                if r.IsValid(k) {
+                        query[k] = h
+                } else {
+                        unsignedHeaders[k] = h
+                }
+        }
+
+        return query, unsignedHeaders
+}
+func (ctx *signingCtx) buildCanonicalHeaders(r rule, header http.Header) {
+        var headers []string
+        headers = append(headers, "host")
+        for k, v := range header {
+                canonicalKey := http.CanonicalHeaderKey(k)
+                if !r.IsValid(canonicalKey) {
+                        continue // ignored header
+                }
+                if ctx.SignedHeaderVals == nil {
+                        ctx.SignedHeaderVals = make(http.Header)
+                }
+
+                lowerCaseKey := strings.ToLower(k)
+                if _, ok := ctx.SignedHeaderVals[lowerCaseKey]; ok {
+                        // include additional values
+                        ctx.SignedHeaderVals[lowerCaseKey] = append(ctx.SignedHeaderVals[lowerCaseKey], v...)
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                headers = append(headers, lowerCaseKey)
+                ctx.SignedHeaderVals[lowerCaseKey] = v
+        }
+        sort.Strings(headers)
+
+        ctx.signedHeaders = strings.Join(headers, ";")
+
+        if ctx.isPresign {
+                ctx.Query.Set("X-Amz-SignedHeaders", ctx.signedHeaders)
+        }
+
+        headerValues := make([]string, len(headers))
+        for i, k := range headers {
+                if k == "host" {
+                        headerValues[i] = "host:" + ctx.Request.URL.Host
+                } else {
+                        headerValues[i] = k + ":" +
+                                strings.Join(ctx.SignedHeaderVals[k], ",")
+                }
+        }
+
+        ctx.canonicalHeaders = strings.Join(stripExcessSpaces(headerValues), "\n")
+}
+
+func (ctx *signingCtx) buildCanonicalString() {
+        ctx.Request.URL.RawQuery = strings.Replace(ctx.Query.Encode(), "+", "%20", -1)
+
+        uri := getURIPath(ctx.Request.URL)
+
+        if !ctx.DisableURIPathEscaping {
+                uri = rest.EscapePath(uri, false)
+        }
+
+        ctx.canonicalString = strings.Join([]string{
+                ctx.Request.Method,
+                uri,
+                ctx.Request.URL.RawQuery,
+                ctx.canonicalHeaders + "\n",
+                ctx.signedHeaders,
+                ctx.bodyDigest,
+        }, "\n")
+}
+
+func (ctx *signingCtx) buildStringToSign() {
+        ctx.stringToSign = strings.Join([]string{
+                authHeaderPrefix,
+                ctx.formattedTime,
+                ctx.credentialString,
+                hex.EncodeToString(makeSha256([]byte(ctx.canonicalString))),
+        }, "\n")
+}
+
+func (ctx *signingCtx) buildSignature() {
+        secret := ctx.credValues.SecretAccessKey
+        date := makeHmac([]byte("AWS4"+secret), []byte(ctx.formattedShortTime))
+        region := makeHmac(date, []byte(ctx.Region))
+        service := makeHmac(region, []byte(ctx.ServiceName))
+        credentials := makeHmac(service, []byte("aws4_request"))
+        signature := makeHmac(credentials, []byte(ctx.stringToSign))
+        ctx.signature = hex.EncodeToString(signature)
+}
+
+func (ctx *signingCtx) buildBodyDigest() {
+        hash := ctx.Request.Header.Get("X-Amz-Content-Sha256")
+        if hash == "" {
+                if ctx.unsignedPayload || (ctx.isPresign && ctx.ServiceName == "s3") {
+                        hash = "UNSIGNED-PAYLOAD"
+                } else if ctx.Body == nil {
+                        hash = emptyStringSHA256
+                } else {
+                        hash = hex.EncodeToString(makeSha256Reader(ctx.Body))
+                }
+                if ctx.unsignedPayload || ctx.ServiceName == "s3" || ctx.ServiceName == "glacier" {
+                        ctx.Request.Header.Set("X-Amz-Content-Sha256", hash)
+                }
+        }
+        ctx.bodyDigest = hash
+}
+
+// isRequestSigned returns if the request is currently signed or presigned
+func (ctx *signingCtx) isRequestSigned() bool {
+        if ctx.isPresign && ctx.Query.Get("X-Amz-Signature") != "" {
+                return true
+        }
+        if ctx.Request.Header.Get("Authorization") != "" {
+                return true
+        }
+
+        return false
+}
+
+// unsign removes signing flags for both signed and presigned requests.
+func (ctx *signingCtx) removePresign() {
+        ctx.Query.Del("X-Amz-Algorithm")
+        ctx.Query.Del("X-Amz-Signature")
+        ctx.Query.Del("X-Amz-Security-Token")
+        ctx.Query.Del("X-Amz-Date")
+        ctx.Query.Del("X-Amz-Expires")
+        ctx.Query.Del("X-Amz-Credential")
+        ctx.Query.Del("X-Amz-SignedHeaders")
+}
+
+func makeHmac(key []byte, data []byte) []byte {
+        hash := hmac.New(sha256.New, key)
+        hash.Write(data)
+        return hash.Sum(nil)
+}
+
+func makeSha256(data []byte) []byte {
+        hash := sha256.New()
+        hash.Write(data)
+        return hash.Sum(nil)
+}
+
+func makeSha256Reader(reader io.ReadSeeker) []byte {
+        hash := sha256.New()
+        start, _ := reader.Seek(0, 1)
+        defer reader.Seek(start, 0)
+
+        io.Copy(hash, reader)
+        return hash.Sum(nil)
+}
+
+const doubleSpaces = "  "
+
+var doubleSpaceBytes = []byte(doubleSpaces)
+
+func stripExcessSpaces(headerVals []string) []string {
+        vals := make([]string, len(headerVals))
+        for i, str := range headerVals {
+                // Trim leading and trailing spaces
+                trimmed := strings.TrimSpace(str)
+
+                idx := strings.Index(trimmed, doubleSpaces)
+                var buf []byte
+                for idx > -1 {
+                        // Multiple adjacent spaces found
+                        if buf == nil {
+                                // first time create the buffer
+                                buf = []byte(trimmed)
+                        }
+
+                        stripToIdx := -1
+                        for j := idx + 1; j < len(buf); j++ {
+                                if buf[j] != ' ' {
+                                        buf = append(buf[:idx+1], buf[j:]...)
+                                        stripToIdx = j
+                                        break
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        if stripToIdx >= 0 {
+                                idx = bytes.Index(buf[stripToIdx:], doubleSpaceBytes)
+                                if idx >= 0 {
+                                        idx += stripToIdx
+                                }
+                        } else {
+                                idx = -1
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if buf != nil {
+                        vals[i] = string(buf)
+                } else {
+                        vals[i] = trimmed
+                }
+        }
+        return vals
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/types.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/types.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e2d864
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/types.go
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+package aws
+
+import (
+        "io"
+        "sync"
+)
+
+// ReadSeekCloser wraps a io.Reader returning a ReaderSeekerCloser. Should
+// only be used with an io.Reader that is also an io.Seeker. Doing so may
+// cause request signature errors, or request body's not sent for GET, HEAD
+// and DELETE HTTP methods.
+//
+// Deprecated: Should only be used with io.ReadSeeker. If using for
+// S3 PutObject to stream content use s3manager.Uploader instead.
+func ReadSeekCloser(r io.Reader) ReaderSeekerCloser {
+        return ReaderSeekerCloser{r}
+}
+
+// ReaderSeekerCloser represents a reader that can also delegate io.Seeker and
+// io.Closer interfaces to the underlying object if they are available.
+type ReaderSeekerCloser struct {
+        r io.Reader
+}
+
+// Read reads from the reader up to size of p. The number of bytes read, and
+// error if it occurred will be returned.
+//
+// If the reader is not an io.Reader zero bytes read, and nil error will be returned.
+//
+// Performs the same functionality as io.Reader Read
+func (r ReaderSeekerCloser) Read(p []byte) (int, error) {
+        switch t := r.r.(type) {
+        case io.Reader:
+                return t.Read(p)
+        }
+        return 0, nil
+}
+
+// Seek sets the offset for the next Read to offset, interpreted according to
+// whence: 0 means relative to the origin of the file, 1 means relative to the
+// current offset, and 2 means relative to the end. Seek returns the new offset
+// and an error, if any.
+//
+// If the ReaderSeekerCloser is not an io.Seeker nothing will be done.
+func (r ReaderSeekerCloser) Seek(offset int64, whence int) (int64, error) {
+        switch t := r.r.(type) {
+        case io.Seeker:
+                return t.Seek(offset, whence)
+        }
+        return int64(0), nil
+}
+
+// IsSeeker returns if the underlying reader is also a seeker.
+func (r ReaderSeekerCloser) IsSeeker() bool {
+        _, ok := r.r.(io.Seeker)
+        return ok
+}
+
+// Close closes the ReaderSeekerCloser.
+//
+// If the ReaderSeekerCloser is not an io.Closer nothing will be done.
+func (r ReaderSeekerCloser) Close() error {
+        switch t := r.r.(type) {
+        case io.Closer:
+                return t.Close()
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// A WriteAtBuffer provides a in memory buffer supporting the io.WriterAt interface
+// Can be used with the s3manager.Downloader to download content to a buffer
+// in memory. Safe to use concurrently.
+type WriteAtBuffer struct {
+        buf []byte
+        m   sync.Mutex
+
+        // GrowthCoeff defines the growth rate of the internal buffer. By
+        // default, the growth rate is 1, where expanding the internal
+        // buffer will allocate only enough capacity to fit the new expected
+        // length.
+        GrowthCoeff float64
+}
+
+// NewWriteAtBuffer creates a WriteAtBuffer with an internal buffer
+// provided by buf.
+func NewWriteAtBuffer(buf []byte) *WriteAtBuffer {
+        return &WriteAtBuffer{buf: buf}
+}
+
+// WriteAt writes a slice of bytes to a buffer starting at the position provided
+// The number of bytes written will be returned, or error. Can overwrite previous
+// written slices if the write ats overlap.
+func (b *WriteAtBuffer) WriteAt(p []byte, pos int64) (n int, err error) {
+        pLen := len(p)
+        expLen := pos + int64(pLen)
+        b.m.Lock()
+        defer b.m.Unlock()
+        if int64(len(b.buf)) < expLen {
+                if int64(cap(b.buf)) < expLen {
+                        if b.GrowthCoeff < 1 {
+                                b.GrowthCoeff = 1
+                        }
+                        newBuf := make([]byte, expLen, int64(b.GrowthCoeff*float64(expLen)))
+                        copy(newBuf, b.buf)
+                        b.buf = newBuf
+                }
+                b.buf = b.buf[:expLen]
+        }
+        copy(b.buf[pos:], p)
+        return pLen, nil
+}
+
+// Bytes returns a slice of bytes written to the buffer.
+func (b *WriteAtBuffer) Bytes() []byte {
+        b.m.Lock()
+        defer b.m.Unlock()
+        return b.buf
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/url.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/url.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6192b24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/url.go
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+// +build go1.8
+
+package aws
+
+import "net/url"
+
+// URLHostname will extract the Hostname without port from the URL value.
+//
+// Wrapper of net/url#URL.Hostname for backwards Go version compatibility.
+func URLHostname(url *url.URL) string {
+        return url.Hostname()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/url_1_7.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/url_1_7.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0210d27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/url_1_7.go
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+// +build !go1.8
+
+package aws
+
+import (
+        "net/url"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// URLHostname will extract the Hostname without port from the URL value.
+//
+// Copy of Go 1.8's net/url#URL.Hostname functionality.
+func URLHostname(url *url.URL) string {
+        return stripPort(url.Host)
+
+}
+
+// stripPort is copy of Go 1.8 url#URL.Hostname functionality.
+// https://golang.org/src/net/url/url.go
+func stripPort(hostport string) string {
+        colon := strings.IndexByte(hostport, ':')
+        if colon == -1 {
+                return hostport
+        }
+        if i := strings.IndexByte(hostport, ']'); i != -1 {
+                return strings.TrimPrefix(hostport[:i], "[")
+        }
+        return hostport[:colon]
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..129dad9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+// Package aws provides core functionality for making requests to AWS services.
+package aws
+
+// SDKName is the name of this AWS SDK
+const SDKName = "aws-sdk-go"
+
+// SDKVersion is the version of this SDK
+const SDKVersion = "1.8.21"
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/idempotency.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/idempotency.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53831df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/idempotency.go
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+package protocol
+
+import (
+        "crypto/rand"
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+)
+
+// RandReader is the random reader the protocol package will use to read
+// random bytes from. This is exported for testing, and should not be used.
+var RandReader = rand.Reader
+
+const idempotencyTokenFillTag = `idempotencyToken`
+
+// CanSetIdempotencyToken returns true if the struct field should be
+// automatically populated with a Idempotency token.
+//
+// Only *string and string type fields that are tagged with idempotencyToken
+// which are not already set can be auto filled.
+func CanSetIdempotencyToken(v reflect.Value, f reflect.StructField) bool {
+        switch u := v.Interface().(type) {
+        // To auto fill an Idempotency token the field must be a string,
+        // tagged for auto fill, and have a zero value.
+        case *string:
+                return u == nil && len(f.Tag.Get(idempotencyTokenFillTag)) != 0
+        case string:
+                return len(u) == 0 && len(f.Tag.Get(idempotencyTokenFillTag)) != 0
+        }
+
+        return false
+}
+
+// GetIdempotencyToken returns a randomly generated idempotency token.
+func GetIdempotencyToken() string {
+        b := make([]byte, 16)
+        RandReader.Read(b)
+
+        return UUIDVersion4(b)
+}
+
+// SetIdempotencyToken will set the value provided with a Idempotency Token.
+// Given that the value can be set. Will panic if value is not setable.
+func SetIdempotencyToken(v reflect.Value) {
+        if v.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                if v.IsNil() && v.CanSet() {
+                        v.Set(reflect.New(v.Type().Elem()))
+                }
+                v = v.Elem()
+        }
+        v = reflect.Indirect(v)
+
+        if !v.CanSet() {
+                panic(fmt.Sprintf("unable to set idempotnecy token %v", v))
+        }
+
+        b := make([]byte, 16)
+        _, err := rand.Read(b)
+        if err != nil {
+                // TODO handle error
+                return
+        }
+
+        v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(UUIDVersion4(b)))
+}
+
+// UUIDVersion4 returns a Version 4 random UUID from the byte slice provided
+func UUIDVersion4(u []byte) string {
+        // https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Version_4_.28random.29
+        // 13th character is "4"
+        u[6] = (u[6] | 0x40) & 0x4F
+        // 17th character is "8", "9", "a", or "b"
+        u[8] = (u[8] | 0x80) & 0xBF
+
+        return fmt.Sprintf(`%X-%X-%X-%X-%X`, u[0:4], u[4:6], u[6:8], u[8:10], u[10:])
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/build.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/build.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18169f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/build.go
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+// Package query provides serialization of AWS query requests, and responses.
+package query
+
+//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/input/query.json build_test.go
+
+import (
+        "net/url"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/queryutil"
+)
+
+// BuildHandler is a named request handler for building query protocol requests
+var BuildHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.query.Build", Fn: Build}
+
+// Build builds a request for an AWS Query service.
+func Build(r *request.Request) {
+        body := url.Values{
+                "Action":  {r.Operation.Name},
+                "Version": {r.ClientInfo.APIVersion},
+        }
+        if err := queryutil.Parse(body, r.Params, false); err != nil {
+                r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed encoding Query request", err)
+                return
+        }
+
+        if r.ExpireTime == 0 {
+                r.HTTPRequest.Method = "POST"
+                r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set("Content-Type", "application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=utf-8")
+                r.SetBufferBody([]byte(body.Encode()))
+        } else { // This is a pre-signed request
+                r.HTTPRequest.Method = "GET"
+                r.HTTPRequest.URL.RawQuery = body.Encode()
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/queryutil/queryutil.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/queryutil/queryutil.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..524ca95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/queryutil/queryutil.go
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+package queryutil
+
+import (
+        "encoding/base64"
+        "fmt"
+        "net/url"
+        "reflect"
+        "sort"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
+)
+
+// Parse parses an object i and fills a url.Values object. The isEC2 flag
+// indicates if this is the EC2 Query sub-protocol.
+func Parse(body url.Values, i interface{}, isEC2 bool) error {
+        q := queryParser{isEC2: isEC2}
+        return q.parseValue(body, reflect.ValueOf(i), "", "")
+}
+
+func elemOf(value reflect.Value) reflect.Value {
+        for value.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                value = value.Elem()
+        }
+        return value
+}
+
+type queryParser struct {
+        isEC2 bool
+}
+
+func (q *queryParser) parseValue(v url.Values, value reflect.Value, prefix string, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        value = elemOf(value)
+
+        // no need to handle zero values
+        if !value.IsValid() {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        t := tag.Get("type")
+        if t == "" {
+                switch value.Kind() {
+                case reflect.Struct:
+                        t = "structure"
+                case reflect.Slice:
+                        t = "list"
+                case reflect.Map:
+                        t = "map"
+                }
+        }
+
+        switch t {
+        case "structure":
+                return q.parseStruct(v, value, prefix)
+        case "list":
+                return q.parseList(v, value, prefix, tag)
+        case "map":
+                return q.parseMap(v, value, prefix, tag)
+        default:
+                return q.parseScalar(v, value, prefix, tag)
+        }
+}
+
+func (q *queryParser) parseStruct(v url.Values, value reflect.Value, prefix string) error {
+        if !value.IsValid() {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        t := value.Type()
+        for i := 0; i < value.NumField(); i++ {
+                elemValue := elemOf(value.Field(i))
+                field := t.Field(i)
+
+                if field.PkgPath != "" {
+                        continue // ignore unexported fields
+                }
+                if field.Tag.Get("ignore") != "" {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if protocol.CanSetIdempotencyToken(value.Field(i), field) {
+                        token := protocol.GetIdempotencyToken()
+                        elemValue = reflect.ValueOf(token)
+                }
+
+                var name string
+                if q.isEC2 {
+                        name = field.Tag.Get("queryName")
+                }
+                if name == "" {
+                        if field.Tag.Get("flattened") != "" && field.Tag.Get("locationNameList") != "" {
+                                name = field.Tag.Get("locationNameList")
+                        } else if locName := field.Tag.Get("locationName"); locName != "" {
+                                name = locName
+                        }
+                        if name != "" && q.isEC2 {
+                                name = strings.ToUpper(name[0:1]) + name[1:]
+                        }
+                }
+                if name == "" {
+                        name = field.Name
+                }
+
+                if prefix != "" {
+                        name = prefix + "." + name
+                }
+
+                if err := q.parseValue(v, elemValue, name, field.Tag); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (q *queryParser) parseList(v url.Values, value reflect.Value, prefix string, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        // If it's empty, generate an empty value
+        if !value.IsNil() && value.Len() == 0 {
+                v.Set(prefix, "")
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // check for unflattened list member
+        if !q.isEC2 && tag.Get("flattened") == "" {
+                if listName := tag.Get("locationNameList"); listName == "" {
+                        prefix += ".member"
+                } else {
+                        prefix += "." + listName
+                }
+        }
+
+        for i := 0; i < value.Len(); i++ {
+                slicePrefix := prefix
+                if slicePrefix == "" {
+                        slicePrefix = strconv.Itoa(i + 1)
+                } else {
+                        slicePrefix = slicePrefix + "." + strconv.Itoa(i+1)
+                }
+                if err := q.parseValue(v, value.Index(i), slicePrefix, ""); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (q *queryParser) parseMap(v url.Values, value reflect.Value, prefix string, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        // If it's empty, generate an empty value
+        if !value.IsNil() && value.Len() == 0 {
+                v.Set(prefix, "")
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // check for unflattened list member
+        if !q.isEC2 && tag.Get("flattened") == "" {
+                prefix += ".entry"
+        }
+
+        // sort keys for improved serialization consistency.
+        // this is not strictly necessary for protocol support.
+        mapKeyValues := value.MapKeys()
+        mapKeys := map[string]reflect.Value{}
+        mapKeyNames := make([]string, len(mapKeyValues))
+        for i, mapKey := range mapKeyValues {
+                name := mapKey.String()
+                mapKeys[name] = mapKey
+                mapKeyNames[i] = name
+        }
+        sort.Strings(mapKeyNames)
+
+        for i, mapKeyName := range mapKeyNames {
+                mapKey := mapKeys[mapKeyName]
+                mapValue := value.MapIndex(mapKey)
+
+                kname := tag.Get("locationNameKey")
+                if kname == "" {
+                        kname = "key"
+                }
+                vname := tag.Get("locationNameValue")
+                if vname == "" {
+                        vname = "value"
+                }
+
+                // serialize key
+                var keyName string
+                if prefix == "" {
+                        keyName = strconv.Itoa(i+1) + "." + kname
+                } else {
+                        keyName = prefix + "." + strconv.Itoa(i+1) + "." + kname
+                }
+
+                if err := q.parseValue(v, mapKey, keyName, ""); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // serialize value
+                var valueName string
+                if prefix == "" {
+                        valueName = strconv.Itoa(i+1) + "." + vname
+                } else {
+                        valueName = prefix + "." + strconv.Itoa(i+1) + "." + vname
+                }
+
+                if err := q.parseValue(v, mapValue, valueName, ""); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (q *queryParser) parseScalar(v url.Values, r reflect.Value, name string, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        switch value := r.Interface().(type) {
+        case string:
+                v.Set(name, value)
+        case []byte:
+                if !r.IsNil() {
+                        v.Set(name, base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(value))
+                }
+        case bool:
+                v.Set(name, strconv.FormatBool(value))
+        case int64:
+                v.Set(name, strconv.FormatInt(value, 10))
+        case int:
+                v.Set(name, strconv.Itoa(value))
+        case float64:
+                v.Set(name, strconv.FormatFloat(value, 'f', -1, 64))
+        case float32:
+                v.Set(name, strconv.FormatFloat(float64(value), 'f', -1, 32))
+        case time.Time:
+                const ISO8601UTC = "2006-01-02T15:04:05Z"
+                v.Set(name, value.UTC().Format(ISO8601UTC))
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf("unsupported value for param %s: %v (%s)", name, r.Interface(), r.Type().Name())
+        }
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0f4d5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal.go
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+package query
+
+//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/output/query.json unmarshal_test.go
+
+import (
+        "encoding/xml"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil"
+)
+
+// UnmarshalHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling query protocol requests
+var UnmarshalHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.query.Unmarshal", Fn: Unmarshal}
+
+// UnmarshalMetaHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling query protocol request metadata
+var UnmarshalMetaHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.query.UnmarshalMeta", Fn: UnmarshalMeta}
+
+// Unmarshal unmarshals a response for an AWS Query service.
+func Unmarshal(r *request.Request) {
+        defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close()
+        if r.DataFilled() {
+                decoder := xml.NewDecoder(r.HTTPResponse.Body)
+                err := xmlutil.UnmarshalXML(r.Data, decoder, r.Operation.Name+"Result")
+                if err != nil {
+                        r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed decoding Query response", err)
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// UnmarshalMeta unmarshals header response values for an AWS Query service.
+func UnmarshalMeta(r *request.Request) {
+        r.RequestID = r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get("X-Amzn-Requestid")
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal_error.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal_error.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f214296
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/unmarshal_error.go
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+package query
+
+import (
+        "encoding/xml"
+        "io/ioutil"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+type xmlErrorResponse struct {
+        XMLName   xml.Name `xml:"ErrorResponse"`
+        Code      string   `xml:"Error>Code"`
+        Message   string   `xml:"Error>Message"`
+        RequestID string   `xml:"RequestId"`
+}
+
+type xmlServiceUnavailableResponse struct {
+        XMLName xml.Name `xml:"ServiceUnavailableException"`
+}
+
+// UnmarshalErrorHandler is a name request handler to unmarshal request errors
+var UnmarshalErrorHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.query.UnmarshalError", Fn: UnmarshalError}
+
+// UnmarshalError unmarshals an error response for an AWS Query service.
+func UnmarshalError(r *request.Request) {
+        defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close()
+
+        bodyBytes, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body)
+        if err != nil {
+                r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to read from query HTTP response body", err)
+                return
+        }
+
+        // First check for specific error
+        resp := xmlErrorResponse{}
+        decodeErr := xml.Unmarshal(bodyBytes, &resp)
+        if decodeErr == nil {
+                reqID := resp.RequestID
+                if reqID == "" {
+                        reqID = r.RequestID
+                }
+                r.Error = awserr.NewRequestFailure(
+                        awserr.New(resp.Code, resp.Message, nil),
+                        r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode,
+                        reqID,
+                )
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Check for unhandled error
+        servUnavailResp := xmlServiceUnavailableResponse{}
+        unavailErr := xml.Unmarshal(bodyBytes, &servUnavailResp)
+        if unavailErr == nil {
+                r.Error = awserr.NewRequestFailure(
+                        awserr.New("ServiceUnavailableException", "service is unavailable", nil),
+                        r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode,
+                        r.RequestID,
+                )
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Failed to retrieve any error message from the response body
+        r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError",
+                "failed to decode query XML error response", decodeErr)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/build.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/build.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7161835
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/build.go
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+// Package rest provides RESTful serialization of AWS requests and responses.
+package rest
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "encoding/base64"
+        "encoding/json"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "net/http"
+        "net/url"
+        "path"
+        "reflect"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+// RFC822 returns an RFC822 formatted timestamp for AWS protocols
+const RFC822 = "Mon, 2 Jan 2006 15:04:05 GMT"
+
+// Whether the byte value can be sent without escaping in AWS URLs
+var noEscape [256]bool
+
+var errValueNotSet = fmt.Errorf("value not set")
+
+func init() {
+        for i := 0; i < len(noEscape); i++ {
+                // AWS expects every character except these to be escaped
+                noEscape[i] = (i >= 'A' && i <= 'Z') ||
+                        (i >= 'a' && i <= 'z') ||
+                        (i >= '0' && i <= '9') ||
+                        i == '-' ||
+                        i == '.' ||
+                        i == '_' ||
+                        i == '~'
+        }
+}
+
+// BuildHandler is a named request handler for building rest protocol requests
+var BuildHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.rest.Build", Fn: Build}
+
+// Build builds the REST component of a service request.
+func Build(r *request.Request) {
+        if r.ParamsFilled() {
+                v := reflect.ValueOf(r.Params).Elem()
+                buildLocationElements(r, v, false)
+                buildBody(r, v)
+        }
+}
+
+// BuildAsGET builds the REST component of a service request with the ability to hoist
+// data from the body.
+func BuildAsGET(r *request.Request) {
+        if r.ParamsFilled() {
+                v := reflect.ValueOf(r.Params).Elem()
+                buildLocationElements(r, v, true)
+                buildBody(r, v)
+        }
+}
+
+func buildLocationElements(r *request.Request, v reflect.Value, buildGETQuery bool) {
+        query := r.HTTPRequest.URL.Query()
+
+        // Setup the raw path to match the base path pattern. This is needed
+        // so that when the path is mutated a custom escaped version can be
+        // stored in RawPath that will be used by the Go client.
+        r.HTTPRequest.URL.RawPath = r.HTTPRequest.URL.Path
+
+        for i := 0; i < v.NumField(); i++ {
+                m := v.Field(i)
+                if n := v.Type().Field(i).Name; n[0:1] == strings.ToLower(n[0:1]) {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if m.IsValid() {
+                        field := v.Type().Field(i)
+                        name := field.Tag.Get("locationName")
+                        if name == "" {
+                                name = field.Name
+                        }
+                        if kind := m.Kind(); kind == reflect.Ptr {
+                                m = m.Elem()
+                        } else if kind == reflect.Interface {
+                                if !m.Elem().IsValid() {
+                                        continue
+                                }
+                        }
+                        if !m.IsValid() {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if field.Tag.Get("ignore") != "" {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        var err error
+                        switch field.Tag.Get("location") {
+                        case "headers": // header maps
+                                err = buildHeaderMap(&r.HTTPRequest.Header, m, field.Tag)
+                        case "header":
+                                err = buildHeader(&r.HTTPRequest.Header, m, name, field.Tag)
+                        case "uri":
+                                err = buildURI(r.HTTPRequest.URL, m, name, field.Tag)
+                        case "querystring":
+                                err = buildQueryString(query, m, name, field.Tag)
+                        default:
+                                if buildGETQuery {
+                                        err = buildQueryString(query, m, name, field.Tag)
+                                }
+                        }
+                        r.Error = err
+                }
+                if r.Error != nil {
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+
+        r.HTTPRequest.URL.RawQuery = query.Encode()
+        if !aws.BoolValue(r.Config.DisableRestProtocolURICleaning) {
+                cleanPath(r.HTTPRequest.URL)
+        }
+}
+
+func buildBody(r *request.Request, v reflect.Value) {
+        if field, ok := v.Type().FieldByName("_"); ok {
+                if payloadName := field.Tag.Get("payload"); payloadName != "" {
+                        pfield, _ := v.Type().FieldByName(payloadName)
+                        if ptag := pfield.Tag.Get("type"); ptag != "" && ptag != "structure" {
+                                payload := reflect.Indirect(v.FieldByName(payloadName))
+                                if payload.IsValid() && payload.Interface() != nil {
+                                        switch reader := payload.Interface().(type) {
+                                        case io.ReadSeeker:
+                                                r.SetReaderBody(reader)
+                                        case []byte:
+                                                r.SetBufferBody(reader)
+                                        case string:
+                                                r.SetStringBody(reader)
+                                        default:
+                                                r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError",
+                                                        "failed to encode REST request",
+                                                        fmt.Errorf("unknown payload type %s", payload.Type()))
+                                        }
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+func buildHeader(header *http.Header, v reflect.Value, name string, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        str, err := convertType(v, tag)
+        if err == errValueNotSet {
+                return nil
+        } else if err != nil {
+                return awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to encode REST request", err)
+        }
+
+        header.Add(name, str)
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func buildHeaderMap(header *http.Header, v reflect.Value, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        prefix := tag.Get("locationName")
+        for _, key := range v.MapKeys() {
+                str, err := convertType(v.MapIndex(key), tag)
+                if err == errValueNotSet {
+                        continue
+                } else if err != nil {
+                        return awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to encode REST request", err)
+
+                }
+
+                header.Add(prefix+key.String(), str)
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func buildURI(u *url.URL, v reflect.Value, name string, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        value, err := convertType(v, tag)
+        if err == errValueNotSet {
+                return nil
+        } else if err != nil {
+                return awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to encode REST request", err)
+        }
+
+        u.Path = strings.Replace(u.Path, "{"+name+"}", value, -1)
+        u.Path = strings.Replace(u.Path, "{"+name+"+}", value, -1)
+
+        u.RawPath = strings.Replace(u.RawPath, "{"+name+"}", EscapePath(value, true), -1)
+        u.RawPath = strings.Replace(u.RawPath, "{"+name+"+}", EscapePath(value, false), -1)
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func buildQueryString(query url.Values, v reflect.Value, name string, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        switch value := v.Interface().(type) {
+        case []*string:
+                for _, item := range value {
+                        query.Add(name, *item)
+                }
+        case map[string]*string:
+                for key, item := range value {
+                        query.Add(key, *item)
+                }
+        case map[string][]*string:
+                for key, items := range value {
+                        for _, item := range items {
+                                query.Add(key, *item)
+                        }
+                }
+        default:
+                str, err := convertType(v, tag)
+                if err == errValueNotSet {
+                        return nil
+                } else if err != nil {
+                        return awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to encode REST request", err)
+                }
+                query.Set(name, str)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func cleanPath(u *url.URL) {
+        hasSlash := strings.HasSuffix(u.Path, "/")
+
+        // clean up path, removing duplicate `/`
+        u.Path = path.Clean(u.Path)
+        u.RawPath = path.Clean(u.RawPath)
+
+        if hasSlash && !strings.HasSuffix(u.Path, "/") {
+                u.Path += "/"
+                u.RawPath += "/"
+        }
+}
+
+// EscapePath escapes part of a URL path in Amazon style
+func EscapePath(path string, encodeSep bool) string {
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        for i := 0; i < len(path); i++ {
+                c := path[i]
+                if noEscape[c] || (c == '/' && !encodeSep) {
+                        buf.WriteByte(c)
+                } else {
+                        fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "%%%02X", c)
+                }
+        }
+        return buf.String()
+}
+
+func convertType(v reflect.Value, tag reflect.StructTag) (string, error) {
+        v = reflect.Indirect(v)
+        if !v.IsValid() {
+                return "", errValueNotSet
+        }
+
+        var str string
+        switch value := v.Interface().(type) {
+        case string:
+                str = value
+        case []byte:
+                str = base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(value)
+        case bool:
+                str = strconv.FormatBool(value)
+        case int64:
+                str = strconv.FormatInt(value, 10)
+        case float64:
+                str = strconv.FormatFloat(value, 'f', -1, 64)
+        case time.Time:
+                str = value.UTC().Format(RFC822)
+        case aws.JSONValue:
+                b, err := json.Marshal(value)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return "", err
+                }
+                if tag.Get("location") == "header" {
+                        str = base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(b)
+                } else {
+                        str = string(b)
+                }
+        default:
+                err := fmt.Errorf("Unsupported value for param %v (%s)", v.Interface(), v.Type())
+                return "", err
+        }
+        return str, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/payload.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/payload.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4366de2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/payload.go
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+package rest
+
+import "reflect"
+
+// PayloadMember returns the payload field member of i if there is one, or nil.
+func PayloadMember(i interface{}) interface{} {
+        if i == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        v := reflect.ValueOf(i).Elem()
+        if !v.IsValid() {
+                return nil
+        }
+        if field, ok := v.Type().FieldByName("_"); ok {
+                if payloadName := field.Tag.Get("payload"); payloadName != "" {
+                        field, _ := v.Type().FieldByName(payloadName)
+                        if field.Tag.Get("type") != "structure" {
+                                return nil
+                        }
+
+                        payload := v.FieldByName(payloadName)
+                        if payload.IsValid() || (payload.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && !payload.IsNil()) {
+                                return payload.Interface()
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// PayloadType returns the type of a payload field member of i if there is one, or "".
+func PayloadType(i interface{}) string {
+        v := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(i))
+        if !v.IsValid() {
+                return ""
+        }
+        if field, ok := v.Type().FieldByName("_"); ok {
+                if payloadName := field.Tag.Get("payload"); payloadName != "" {
+                        if member, ok := v.Type().FieldByName(payloadName); ok {
+                                return member.Tag.Get("type")
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        return ""
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/unmarshal.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/unmarshal.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a779ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest/unmarshal.go
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+package rest
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "encoding/base64"
+        "encoding/json"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "net/http"
+        "reflect"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+// UnmarshalHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling rest protocol requests
+var UnmarshalHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.rest.Unmarshal", Fn: Unmarshal}
+
+// UnmarshalMetaHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling rest protocol request metadata
+var UnmarshalMetaHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.rest.UnmarshalMeta", Fn: UnmarshalMeta}
+
+// Unmarshal unmarshals the REST component of a response in a REST service.
+func Unmarshal(r *request.Request) {
+        if r.DataFilled() {
+                v := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(r.Data))
+                unmarshalBody(r, v)
+        }
+}
+
+// UnmarshalMeta unmarshals the REST metadata of a response in a REST service
+func UnmarshalMeta(r *request.Request) {
+        r.RequestID = r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get("X-Amzn-Requestid")
+        if r.RequestID == "" {
+                // Alternative version of request id in the header
+                r.RequestID = r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get("X-Amz-Request-Id")
+        }
+        if r.DataFilled() {
+                v := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(r.Data))
+                unmarshalLocationElements(r, v)
+        }
+}
+
+func unmarshalBody(r *request.Request, v reflect.Value) {
+        if field, ok := v.Type().FieldByName("_"); ok {
+                if payloadName := field.Tag.Get("payload"); payloadName != "" {
+                        pfield, _ := v.Type().FieldByName(payloadName)
+                        if ptag := pfield.Tag.Get("type"); ptag != "" && ptag != "structure" {
+                                payload := v.FieldByName(payloadName)
+                                if payload.IsValid() {
+                                        switch payload.Interface().(type) {
+                                        case []byte:
+                                                defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close()
+                                                b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body)
+                                                if err != nil {
+                                                        r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to decode REST response", err)
+                                                } else {
+                                                        payload.Set(reflect.ValueOf(b))
+                                                }
+                                        case *string:
+                                                defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close()
+                                                b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body)
+                                                if err != nil {
+                                                        r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to decode REST response", err)
+                                                } else {
+                                                        str := string(b)
+                                                        payload.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&str))
+                                                }
+                                        default:
+                                                switch payload.Type().String() {
+                                                case "io.ReadCloser":
+                                                        payload.Set(reflect.ValueOf(r.HTTPResponse.Body))
+                                                case "io.ReadSeeker":
+                                                        b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body)
+                                                        if err != nil {
+                                                                r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError",
+                                                                        "failed to read response body", err)
+                                                                return
+                                                        }
+                                                        payload.Set(reflect.ValueOf(ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewReader(b))))
+                                                default:
+                                                        io.Copy(ioutil.Discard, r.HTTPResponse.Body)
+                                                        defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close()
+                                                        r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError",
+                                                                "failed to decode REST response",
+                                                                fmt.Errorf("unknown payload type %s", payload.Type()))
+                                                }
+                                        }
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+func unmarshalLocationElements(r *request.Request, v reflect.Value) {
+        for i := 0; i < v.NumField(); i++ {
+                m, field := v.Field(i), v.Type().Field(i)
+                if n := field.Name; n[0:1] == strings.ToLower(n[0:1]) {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if m.IsValid() {
+                        name := field.Tag.Get("locationName")
+                        if name == "" {
+                                name = field.Name
+                        }
+
+                        switch field.Tag.Get("location") {
+                        case "statusCode":
+                                unmarshalStatusCode(m, r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode)
+                        case "header":
+                                err := unmarshalHeader(m, r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get(name), field.Tag)
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to decode REST response", err)
+                                        break
+                                }
+                        case "headers":
+                                prefix := field.Tag.Get("locationName")
+                                err := unmarshalHeaderMap(m, r.HTTPResponse.Header, prefix)
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to decode REST response", err)
+                                        break
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+                if r.Error != nil {
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+func unmarshalStatusCode(v reflect.Value, statusCode int) {
+        if !v.IsValid() {
+                return
+        }
+
+        switch v.Interface().(type) {
+        case *int64:
+                s := int64(statusCode)
+                v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&s))
+        }
+}
+
+func unmarshalHeaderMap(r reflect.Value, headers http.Header, prefix string) error {
+        switch r.Interface().(type) {
+        case map[string]*string: // we only support string map value types
+                out := map[string]*string{}
+                for k, v := range headers {
+                        k = http.CanonicalHeaderKey(k)
+                        if strings.HasPrefix(strings.ToLower(k), strings.ToLower(prefix)) {
+                                out[k[len(prefix):]] = &v[0]
+                        }
+                }
+                r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(out))
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func unmarshalHeader(v reflect.Value, header string, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        isJSONValue := tag.Get("type") == "jsonvalue"
+        if isJSONValue {
+                if len(header) == 0 {
+                        return nil
+                }
+        } else if !v.IsValid() || (header == "" && v.Elem().Kind() != reflect.String) {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        switch v.Interface().(type) {
+        case *string:
+                v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&header))
+        case []byte:
+                b, err := base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString(header)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&b))
+        case *bool:
+                b, err := strconv.ParseBool(header)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&b))
+        case *int64:
+                i, err := strconv.ParseInt(header, 10, 64)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&i))
+        case *float64:
+                f, err := strconv.ParseFloat(header, 64)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&f))
+        case *time.Time:
+                t, err := time.Parse(RFC822, header)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&t))
+        case aws.JSONValue:
+                b := []byte(header)
+                var err error
+                if tag.Get("location") == "header" {
+                        b, err = base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString(header)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                }
+
+                m := aws.JSONValue{}
+                err = json.Unmarshal(b, &m)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(m))
+        default:
+                err := fmt.Errorf("Unsupported value for param %v (%s)", v.Interface(), v.Type())
+                return err
+        }
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml/restxml.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml/restxml.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bdf4c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml/restxml.go
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+// Package restxml provides RESTful XML serialization of AWS
+// requests and responses.
+package restxml
+
+//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/input/rest-xml.json build_test.go
+//go:generate go run -tags codegen ../../../models/protocol_tests/generate.go ../../../models/protocol_tests/output/rest-xml.json unmarshal_test.go
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "encoding/xml"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil"
+)
+
+// BuildHandler is a named request handler for building restxml protocol requests
+var BuildHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.restxml.Build", Fn: Build}
+
+// UnmarshalHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling restxml protocol requests
+var UnmarshalHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.restxml.Unmarshal", Fn: Unmarshal}
+
+// UnmarshalMetaHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling restxml protocol request metadata
+var UnmarshalMetaHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.restxml.UnmarshalMeta", Fn: UnmarshalMeta}
+
+// UnmarshalErrorHandler is a named request handler for unmarshaling restxml protocol request errors
+var UnmarshalErrorHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.restxml.UnmarshalError", Fn: UnmarshalError}
+
+// Build builds a request payload for the REST XML protocol.
+func Build(r *request.Request) {
+        rest.Build(r)
+
+        if t := rest.PayloadType(r.Params); t == "structure" || t == "" {
+                var buf bytes.Buffer
+                err := xmlutil.BuildXML(r.Params, xml.NewEncoder(&buf))
+                if err != nil {
+                        r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to encode rest XML request", err)
+                        return
+                }
+                r.SetBufferBody(buf.Bytes())
+        }
+}
+
+// Unmarshal unmarshals a payload response for the REST XML protocol.
+func Unmarshal(r *request.Request) {
+        if t := rest.PayloadType(r.Data); t == "structure" || t == "" {
+                defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close()
+                decoder := xml.NewDecoder(r.HTTPResponse.Body)
+                err := xmlutil.UnmarshalXML(r.Data, decoder, "")
+                if err != nil {
+                        r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed to decode REST XML response", err)
+                        return
+                }
+        } else {
+                rest.Unmarshal(r)
+        }
+}
+
+// UnmarshalMeta unmarshals response headers for the REST XML protocol.
+func UnmarshalMeta(r *request.Request) {
+        rest.UnmarshalMeta(r)
+}
+
+// UnmarshalError unmarshals a response error for the REST XML protocol.
+func UnmarshalError(r *request.Request) {
+        query.UnmarshalError(r)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/unmarshal.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/unmarshal.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da1a681
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/unmarshal.go
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+package protocol
+
+import (
+        "io"
+        "io/ioutil"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+// UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler is a named request handler to empty and close a response's body
+var UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler = request.NamedHandler{Name: "awssdk.shared.UnmarshalDiscardBody", Fn: UnmarshalDiscardBody}
+
+// UnmarshalDiscardBody is a request handler to empty a response's body and closing it.
+func UnmarshalDiscardBody(r *request.Request) {
+        if r.HTTPResponse == nil || r.HTTPResponse.Body == nil {
+                return
+        }
+
+        io.Copy(ioutil.Discard, r.HTTPResponse.Body)
+        r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/build.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/build.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7091b45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/build.go
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+// Package xmlutil provides XML serialization of AWS requests and responses.
+package xmlutil
+
+import (
+        "encoding/base64"
+        "encoding/xml"
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+        "sort"
+        "strconv"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
+)
+
+// BuildXML will serialize params into an xml.Encoder.
+// Error will be returned if the serialization of any of the params or nested values fails.
+func BuildXML(params interface{}, e *xml.Encoder) error {
+        b := xmlBuilder{encoder: e, namespaces: map[string]string{}}
+        root := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{})
+        if err := b.buildValue(reflect.ValueOf(params), root, ""); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        for _, c := range root.Children {
+                for _, v := range c {
+                        return StructToXML(e, v, false)
+                }
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Returns the reflection element of a value, if it is a pointer.
+func elemOf(value reflect.Value) reflect.Value {
+        for value.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                value = value.Elem()
+        }
+        return value
+}
+
+// A xmlBuilder serializes values from Go code to XML
+type xmlBuilder struct {
+        encoder    *xml.Encoder
+        namespaces map[string]string
+}
+
+// buildValue generic XMLNode builder for any type. Will build value for their specific type
+// struct, list, map, scalar.
+//
+// Also takes a "type" tag value to set what type a value should be converted to XMLNode as. If
+// type is not provided reflect will be used to determine the value's type.
+func (b *xmlBuilder) buildValue(value reflect.Value, current *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        value = elemOf(value)
+        if !value.IsValid() { // no need to handle zero values
+                return nil
+        } else if tag.Get("location") != "" { // don't handle non-body location values
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        t := tag.Get("type")
+        if t == "" {
+                switch value.Kind() {
+                case reflect.Struct:
+                        t = "structure"
+                case reflect.Slice:
+                        t = "list"
+                case reflect.Map:
+                        t = "map"
+                }
+        }
+
+        switch t {
+        case "structure":
+                if field, ok := value.Type().FieldByName("_"); ok {
+                        tag = tag + reflect.StructTag(" ") + field.Tag
+                }
+                return b.buildStruct(value, current, tag)
+        case "list":
+                return b.buildList(value, current, tag)
+        case "map":
+                return b.buildMap(value, current, tag)
+        default:
+                return b.buildScalar(value, current, tag)
+        }
+}
+
+// buildStruct adds a struct and its fields to the current XMLNode. All fields any any nested
+// types are converted to XMLNodes also.
+func (b *xmlBuilder) buildStruct(value reflect.Value, current *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        if !value.IsValid() {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        fieldAdded := false
+
+        // unwrap payloads
+        if payload := tag.Get("payload"); payload != "" {
+                field, _ := value.Type().FieldByName(payload)
+                tag = field.Tag
+                value = elemOf(value.FieldByName(payload))
+
+                if !value.IsValid() {
+                        return nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        child := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: tag.Get("locationName")})
+
+        // there is an xmlNamespace associated with this struct
+        if prefix, uri := tag.Get("xmlPrefix"), tag.Get("xmlURI"); uri != "" {
+                ns := xml.Attr{
+                        Name:  xml.Name{Local: "xmlns"},
+                        Value: uri,
+                }
+                if prefix != "" {
+                        b.namespaces[prefix] = uri // register the namespace
+                        ns.Name.Local = "xmlns:" + prefix
+                }
+
+                child.Attr = append(child.Attr, ns)
+        }
+
+        t := value.Type()
+        for i := 0; i < value.NumField(); i++ {
+                member := elemOf(value.Field(i))
+                field := t.Field(i)
+
+                if field.PkgPath != "" {
+                        continue // ignore unexported fields
+                }
+                if field.Tag.Get("ignore") != "" {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                mTag := field.Tag
+                if mTag.Get("location") != "" { // skip non-body members
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if protocol.CanSetIdempotencyToken(value.Field(i), field) {
+                        token := protocol.GetIdempotencyToken()
+                        member = reflect.ValueOf(token)
+                }
+
+                memberName := mTag.Get("locationName")
+                if memberName == "" {
+                        memberName = field.Name
+                        mTag = reflect.StructTag(string(mTag) + ` locationName:"` + memberName + `"`)
+                }
+                if err := b.buildValue(member, child, mTag); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                fieldAdded = true
+        }
+
+        if fieldAdded { // only append this child if we have one ore more valid members
+                current.AddChild(child)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// buildList adds the value's list items to the current XMLNode as children nodes. All
+// nested values in the list are converted to XMLNodes also.
+func (b *xmlBuilder) buildList(value reflect.Value, current *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        if value.IsNil() { // don't build omitted lists
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // check for unflattened list member
+        flattened := tag.Get("flattened") != ""
+
+        xname := xml.Name{Local: tag.Get("locationName")}
+        if flattened {
+                for i := 0; i < value.Len(); i++ {
+                        child := NewXMLElement(xname)
+                        current.AddChild(child)
+                        if err := b.buildValue(value.Index(i), child, ""); err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                }
+        } else {
+                list := NewXMLElement(xname)
+                current.AddChild(list)
+
+                for i := 0; i < value.Len(); i++ {
+                        iname := tag.Get("locationNameList")
+                        if iname == "" {
+                                iname = "member"
+                        }
+
+                        child := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: iname})
+                        list.AddChild(child)
+                        if err := b.buildValue(value.Index(i), child, ""); err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// buildMap adds the value's key/value pairs to the current XMLNode as children nodes. All
+// nested values in the map are converted to XMLNodes also.
+//
+// Error will be returned if it is unable to build the map's values into XMLNodes
+func (b *xmlBuilder) buildMap(value reflect.Value, current *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        if value.IsNil() { // don't build omitted maps
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        maproot := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: tag.Get("locationName")})
+        current.AddChild(maproot)
+        current = maproot
+
+        kname, vname := "key", "value"
+        if n := tag.Get("locationNameKey"); n != "" {
+                kname = n
+        }
+        if n := tag.Get("locationNameValue"); n != "" {
+                vname = n
+        }
+
+        // sorting is not required for compliance, but it makes testing easier
+        keys := make([]string, value.Len())
+        for i, k := range value.MapKeys() {
+                keys[i] = k.String()
+        }
+        sort.Strings(keys)
+
+        for _, k := range keys {
+                v := value.MapIndex(reflect.ValueOf(k))
+
+                mapcur := current
+                if tag.Get("flattened") == "" { // add "entry" tag to non-flat maps
+                        child := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: "entry"})
+                        mapcur.AddChild(child)
+                        mapcur = child
+                }
+
+                kchild := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: kname})
+                kchild.Text = k
+                vchild := NewXMLElement(xml.Name{Local: vname})
+                mapcur.AddChild(kchild)
+                mapcur.AddChild(vchild)
+
+                if err := b.buildValue(v, vchild, ""); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// buildScalar will convert the value into a string and append it as a attribute or child
+// of the current XMLNode.
+//
+// The value will be added as an attribute if tag contains a "xmlAttribute" attribute value.
+//
+// Error will be returned if the value type is unsupported.
+func (b *xmlBuilder) buildScalar(value reflect.Value, current *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        var str string
+        switch converted := value.Interface().(type) {
+        case string:
+                str = converted
+        case []byte:
+                if !value.IsNil() {
+                        str = base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(converted)
+                }
+        case bool:
+                str = strconv.FormatBool(converted)
+        case int64:
+                str = strconv.FormatInt(converted, 10)
+        case int:
+                str = strconv.Itoa(converted)
+        case float64:
+                str = strconv.FormatFloat(converted, 'f', -1, 64)
+        case float32:
+                str = strconv.FormatFloat(float64(converted), 'f', -1, 32)
+        case time.Time:
+                const ISO8601UTC = "2006-01-02T15:04:05Z"
+                str = converted.UTC().Format(ISO8601UTC)
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf("unsupported value for param %s: %v (%s)",
+                        tag.Get("locationName"), value.Interface(), value.Type().Name())
+        }
+
+        xname := xml.Name{Local: tag.Get("locationName")}
+        if tag.Get("xmlAttribute") != "" { // put into current node's attribute list
+                attr := xml.Attr{Name: xname, Value: str}
+                current.Attr = append(current.Attr, attr)
+        } else { // regular text node
+                current.AddChild(&XMLNode{Name: xname, Text: str})
+        }
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/unmarshal.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/unmarshal.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8758462
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/unmarshal.go
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+package xmlutil
+
+import (
+        "encoding/base64"
+        "encoding/xml"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "reflect"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "time"
+)
+
+// UnmarshalXML deserializes an xml.Decoder into the container v. V
+// needs to match the shape of the XML expected to be decoded.
+// If the shape doesn't match unmarshaling will fail.
+func UnmarshalXML(v interface{}, d *xml.Decoder, wrapper string) error {
+        n, err := XMLToStruct(d, nil)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        if n.Children != nil {
+                for _, root := range n.Children {
+                        for _, c := range root {
+                                if wrappedChild, ok := c.Children[wrapper]; ok {
+                                        c = wrappedChild[0] // pull out wrapped element
+                                }
+
+                                err = parse(reflect.ValueOf(v), c, "")
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        if err == io.EOF {
+                                                return nil
+                                        }
+                                        return err
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+                return nil
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// parse deserializes any value from the XMLNode. The type tag is used to infer the type, or reflect
+// will be used to determine the type from r.
+func parse(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        rtype := r.Type()
+        if rtype.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                rtype = rtype.Elem() // check kind of actual element type
+        }
+
+        t := tag.Get("type")
+        if t == "" {
+                switch rtype.Kind() {
+                case reflect.Struct:
+                        t = "structure"
+                case reflect.Slice:
+                        t = "list"
+                case reflect.Map:
+                        t = "map"
+                }
+        }
+
+        switch t {
+        case "structure":
+                if field, ok := rtype.FieldByName("_"); ok {
+                        tag = field.Tag
+                }
+                return parseStruct(r, node, tag)
+        case "list":
+                return parseList(r, node, tag)
+        case "map":
+                return parseMap(r, node, tag)
+        default:
+                return parseScalar(r, node, tag)
+        }
+}
+
+// parseStruct deserializes a structure and its fields from an XMLNode. Any nested
+// types in the structure will also be deserialized.
+func parseStruct(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        t := r.Type()
+        if r.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                if r.IsNil() { // create the structure if it's nil
+                        s := reflect.New(r.Type().Elem())
+                        r.Set(s)
+                        r = s
+                }
+
+                r = r.Elem()
+                t = t.Elem()
+        }
+
+        // unwrap any payloads
+        if payload := tag.Get("payload"); payload != "" {
+                field, _ := t.FieldByName(payload)
+                return parseStruct(r.FieldByName(payload), node, field.Tag)
+        }
+
+        for i := 0; i < t.NumField(); i++ {
+                field := t.Field(i)
+                if c := field.Name[0:1]; strings.ToLower(c) == c {
+                        continue // ignore unexported fields
+                }
+
+                // figure out what this field is called
+                name := field.Name
+                if field.Tag.Get("flattened") != "" && field.Tag.Get("locationNameList") != "" {
+                        name = field.Tag.Get("locationNameList")
+                } else if locName := field.Tag.Get("locationName"); locName != "" {
+                        name = locName
+                }
+
+                // try to find the field by name in elements
+                elems := node.Children[name]
+
+                if elems == nil { // try to find the field in attributes
+                        if val, ok := node.findElem(name); ok {
+                                elems = []*XMLNode{{Text: val}}
+                        }
+                }
+
+                member := r.FieldByName(field.Name)
+                for _, elem := range elems {
+                        err := parse(member, elem, field.Tag)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// parseList deserializes a list of values from an XML node. Each list entry
+// will also be deserialized.
+func parseList(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        t := r.Type()
+
+        if tag.Get("flattened") == "" { // look at all item entries
+                mname := "member"
+                if name := tag.Get("locationNameList"); name != "" {
+                        mname = name
+                }
+
+                if Children, ok := node.Children[mname]; ok {
+                        if r.IsNil() {
+                                r.Set(reflect.MakeSlice(t, len(Children), len(Children)))
+                        }
+
+                        for i, c := range Children {
+                                err := parse(r.Index(i), c, "")
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return err
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+        } else { // flattened list means this is a single element
+                if r.IsNil() {
+                        r.Set(reflect.MakeSlice(t, 0, 0))
+                }
+
+                childR := reflect.Zero(t.Elem())
+                r.Set(reflect.Append(r, childR))
+                err := parse(r.Index(r.Len()-1), node, "")
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// parseMap deserializes a map from an XMLNode. The direct children of the XMLNode
+// will also be deserialized as map entries.
+func parseMap(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        if r.IsNil() {
+                r.Set(reflect.MakeMap(r.Type()))
+        }
+
+        if tag.Get("flattened") == "" { // look at all child entries
+                for _, entry := range node.Children["entry"] {
+                        parseMapEntry(r, entry, tag)
+                }
+        } else { // this element is itself an entry
+                parseMapEntry(r, node, tag)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// parseMapEntry deserializes a map entry from a XML node.
+func parseMapEntry(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        kname, vname := "key", "value"
+        if n := tag.Get("locationNameKey"); n != "" {
+                kname = n
+        }
+        if n := tag.Get("locationNameValue"); n != "" {
+                vname = n
+        }
+
+        keys, ok := node.Children[kname]
+        values := node.Children[vname]
+        if ok {
+                for i, key := range keys {
+                        keyR := reflect.ValueOf(key.Text)
+                        value := values[i]
+                        valueR := reflect.New(r.Type().Elem()).Elem()
+
+                        parse(valueR, value, "")
+                        r.SetMapIndex(keyR, valueR)
+                }
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// parseScaller deserializes an XMLNode value into a concrete type based on the
+// interface type of r.
+//
+// Error is returned if the deserialization fails due to invalid type conversion,
+// or unsupported interface type.
+func parseScalar(r reflect.Value, node *XMLNode, tag reflect.StructTag) error {
+        switch r.Interface().(type) {
+        case *string:
+                r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&node.Text))
+                return nil
+        case []byte:
+                b, err := base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString(node.Text)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(b))
+        case *bool:
+                v, err := strconv.ParseBool(node.Text)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&v))
+        case *int64:
+                v, err := strconv.ParseInt(node.Text, 10, 64)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&v))
+        case *float64:
+                v, err := strconv.ParseFloat(node.Text, 64)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&v))
+        case *time.Time:
+                const ISO8601UTC = "2006-01-02T15:04:05Z"
+                t, err := time.Parse(ISO8601UTC, node.Text)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                r.Set(reflect.ValueOf(&t))
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf("unsupported value: %v (%s)", r.Interface(), r.Type())
+        }
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/xml_to_struct.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/xml_to_struct.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e970b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil/xml_to_struct.go
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+package xmlutil
+
+import (
+        "encoding/xml"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "sort"
+)
+
+// A XMLNode contains the values to be encoded or decoded.
+type XMLNode struct {
+        Name     xml.Name              `json:",omitempty"`
+        Children map[string][]*XMLNode `json:",omitempty"`
+        Text     string                `json:",omitempty"`
+        Attr     []xml.Attr            `json:",omitempty"`
+
+        namespaces map[string]string
+        parent     *XMLNode
+}
+
+// NewXMLElement returns a pointer to a new XMLNode initialized to default values.
+func NewXMLElement(name xml.Name) *XMLNode {
+        return &XMLNode{
+                Name:     name,
+                Children: map[string][]*XMLNode{},
+                Attr:     []xml.Attr{},
+        }
+}
+
+// AddChild adds child to the XMLNode.
+func (n *XMLNode) AddChild(child *XMLNode) {
+        if _, ok := n.Children[child.Name.Local]; !ok {
+                n.Children[child.Name.Local] = []*XMLNode{}
+        }
+        n.Children[child.Name.Local] = append(n.Children[child.Name.Local], child)
+}
+
+// XMLToStruct converts a xml.Decoder stream to XMLNode with nested values.
+func XMLToStruct(d *xml.Decoder, s *xml.StartElement) (*XMLNode, error) {
+        out := &XMLNode{}
+        for {
+                tok, err := d.Token()
+                if err != nil {
+                        if err == io.EOF {
+                                break
+                        } else {
+                                return out, err
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if tok == nil {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                switch typed := tok.(type) {
+                case xml.CharData:
+                        out.Text = string(typed.Copy())
+                case xml.StartElement:
+                        el := typed.Copy()
+                        out.Attr = el.Attr
+                        if out.Children == nil {
+                                out.Children = map[string][]*XMLNode{}
+                        }
+
+                        name := typed.Name.Local
+                        slice := out.Children[name]
+                        if slice == nil {
+                                slice = []*XMLNode{}
+                        }
+                        node, e := XMLToStruct(d, &el)
+                        out.findNamespaces()
+                        if e != nil {
+                                return out, e
+                        }
+                        node.Name = typed.Name
+                        node.findNamespaces()
+                        tempOut := *out
+                        // Save into a temp variable, simply because out gets squashed during
+                        // loop iterations
+                        node.parent = &tempOut
+                        slice = append(slice, node)
+                        out.Children[name] = slice
+                case xml.EndElement:
+                        if s != nil && s.Name.Local == typed.Name.Local { // matching end token
+                                return out, nil
+                        }
+                        out = &XMLNode{}
+                }
+        }
+        return out, nil
+}
+
+func (n *XMLNode) findNamespaces() {
+        ns := map[string]string{}
+        for _, a := range n.Attr {
+                if a.Name.Space == "xmlns" {
+                        ns[a.Value] = a.Name.Local
+                }
+        }
+
+        n.namespaces = ns
+}
+
+func (n *XMLNode) findElem(name string) (string, bool) {
+        for node := n; node != nil; node = node.parent {
+                for _, a := range node.Attr {
+                        namespace := a.Name.Space
+                        if v, ok := node.namespaces[namespace]; ok {
+                                namespace = v
+                        }
+                        if name == fmt.Sprintf("%s:%s", namespace, a.Name.Local) {
+                                return a.Value, true
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        return "", false
+}
+
+// StructToXML writes an XMLNode to a xml.Encoder as tokens.
+func StructToXML(e *xml.Encoder, node *XMLNode, sorted bool) error {
+        e.EncodeToken(xml.StartElement{Name: node.Name, Attr: node.Attr})
+
+        if node.Text != "" {
+                e.EncodeToken(xml.CharData([]byte(node.Text)))
+        } else if sorted {
+                sortedNames := []string{}
+                for k := range node.Children {
+                        sortedNames = append(sortedNames, k)
+                }
+                sort.Strings(sortedNames)
+
+                for _, k := range sortedNames {
+                        for _, v := range node.Children[k] {
+                                StructToXML(e, v, sorted)
+                        }
+                }
+        } else {
+                for _, c := range node.Children {
+                        for _, v := range c {
+                                StructToXML(e, v, sorted)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        e.EncodeToken(xml.EndElement{Name: node.Name})
+        return e.Flush()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52ac02c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go
@@ -0,0 +1,19245 @@
+// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package s3
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml"
+)
+
+const opAbortMultipartUpload = "AbortMultipartUpload"
+
+// AbortMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the AbortMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See AbortMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the AbortMultipartUpload method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the AbortMultipartUploadRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload
+func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opAbortMultipartUpload,
+                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &AbortMultipartUploadInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &AbortMultipartUploadOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// AbortMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Aborts a multipart upload.
+//
+// To verify that all parts have been removed, so you don't get charged for
+// the part storage, you should call the List Parts operation and ensure the
+// parts list is empty.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation AbortMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+//   * ErrCodeNoSuchUpload "NoSuchUpload"
+//   The specified multipart upload does not exist.
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload
+func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUpload(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// AbortMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as AbortMultipartUpload with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See AbortMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AbortMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opCompleteMultipartUpload = "CompleteMultipartUpload"
+
+// CompleteMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CompleteMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See CompleteMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the CompleteMultipartUpload method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the CompleteMultipartUploadRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload
+func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opCompleteMultipartUpload,
+                HTTPMethod: "POST",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &CompleteMultipartUploadInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &CompleteMultipartUploadOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// CompleteMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation CompleteMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload
+func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUpload(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CompleteMultipartUpload with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See CompleteMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opCopyObject = "CopyObject"
+
+// CopyObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CopyObject operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See CopyObject for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the CopyObject method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the CopyObjectRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.CopyObjectRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject
+func (c *S3) CopyObjectRequest(input *CopyObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyObjectOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opCopyObject,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &CopyObjectInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &CopyObjectOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// CopyObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation CopyObject for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+//   * ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError "ObjectNotInActiveTierError"
+//   The source object of the COPY operation is not in the active tier and is
+//   only stored in Amazon Glacier.
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject
+func (c *S3) CopyObject(input *CopyObjectInput) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.CopyObjectRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// CopyObjectWithContext is the same as CopyObject with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See CopyObject for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) CopyObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.CopyObjectRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opCreateBucket = "CreateBucket"
+
+// CreateBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateBucket operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See CreateBucket for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the CreateBucket method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the CreateBucketRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.CreateBucketRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket
+func (c *S3) CreateBucketRequest(input *CreateBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateBucketOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opCreateBucket,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &CreateBucketInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &CreateBucketOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// CreateBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Creates a new bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation CreateBucket for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+//   * ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists "BucketAlreadyExists"
+//   The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared
+//   by all users of the system. Please select a different name and try again.
+//
+//   * ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou"
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket
+func (c *S3) CreateBucket(input *CreateBucketInput) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.CreateBucketRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// CreateBucketWithContext is the same as CreateBucket with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See CreateBucket for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) CreateBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.CreateBucketRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opCreateMultipartUpload = "CreateMultipartUpload"
+
+// CreateMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See CreateMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the CreateMultipartUpload method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the CreateMultipartUploadRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload
+func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opCreateMultipartUpload,
+                HTTPMethod: "POST",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?uploads",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &CreateMultipartUploadInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &CreateMultipartUploadOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// CreateMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID.
+//
+// Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you
+// must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged
+// for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort
+// multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging
+// you for the parts storage.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation CreateMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload
+func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUpload(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// CreateMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CreateMultipartUpload with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See CreateMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteBucket = "DeleteBucket"
+
+// DeleteBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteBucket operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See DeleteBucket for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucket method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketRequest(input *DeleteBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opDeleteBucket,
+                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &DeleteBucketInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &DeleteBucketOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// DeleteBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Deletes the bucket. All objects (including all object versions and Delete
+// Markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation DeleteBucket for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucket(input *DeleteBucketInput) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketWithContext is the same as DeleteBucket with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteBucket for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration"
+
+// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opDeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration,
+                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?analytics",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics
+// configuration ID).
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteBucketCors = "DeleteBucketCors"
+
+// DeleteBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteBucketCors operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketCors for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketCors method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketCorsRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketCorsOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opDeleteBucketCors,
+                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?cors",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &DeleteBucketCorsInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &DeleteBucketCorsOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation DeleteBucketCors for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCors(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketCorsWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketCors with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration = "DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration"
+
+// DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opDeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration,
+                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?inventory",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from
+// the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteBucketLifecycle = "DeleteBucketLifecycle"
+
+// DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketLifecycle for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketLifecycle method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opDeleteBucketLifecycle,
+                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &DeleteBucketLifecycleInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation DeleteBucketLifecycle for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycle(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketLifecycle with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration = "DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration"
+
+// DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opDeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration,
+                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?metrics",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Deletes a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID)
+// from the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteBucketPolicy = "DeleteBucketPolicy"
+
+// DeleteBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketPolicy for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketPolicy method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketPolicyRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opDeleteBucketPolicy,
+                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?policy",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &DeleteBucketPolicyInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &DeleteBucketPolicyOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Deletes the policy from the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation DeleteBucketPolicy for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicy(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketPolicy with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteBucketReplication = "DeleteBucketReplication"
+
+// DeleteBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteBucketReplication operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketReplication for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketReplication method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketReplicationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opDeleteBucketReplication,
+                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?replication",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &DeleteBucketReplicationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &DeleteBucketReplicationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation DeleteBucketReplication for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplication(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketReplication with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteBucketTagging = "DeleteBucketTagging"
+
+// DeleteBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteBucketTagging operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketTagging for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketTagging method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketTaggingRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opDeleteBucketTagging,
+                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?tagging",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &DeleteBucketTaggingInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &DeleteBucketTaggingOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Deletes the tags from the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation DeleteBucketTagging for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTagging(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketTagging with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteBucketWebsite = "DeleteBucketWebsite"
+
+// DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketWebsite for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the DeleteBucketWebsite method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opDeleteBucketWebsite,
+                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?website",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &DeleteBucketWebsiteInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// This operation removes the website configuration from the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation DeleteBucketWebsite for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsite(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketWebsite with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteObject = "DeleteObject"
+
+// DeleteObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteObject operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See DeleteObject for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the DeleteObject method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.DeleteObjectRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject
+func (c *S3) DeleteObjectRequest(input *DeleteObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opDeleteObject,
+                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &DeleteObjectInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &DeleteObjectOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// DeleteObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete
+// marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a
+// null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation DeleteObject for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject
+func (c *S3) DeleteObject(input *DeleteObjectInput) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteObjectWithContext is the same as DeleteObject with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteObject for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) DeleteObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteObjectTagging = "DeleteObjectTagging"
+
+// DeleteObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteObjectTagging operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See DeleteObjectTagging for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the DeleteObjectTagging method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectTaggingRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging
+func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opDeleteObjectTagging,
+                HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &DeleteObjectTaggingInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &DeleteObjectTaggingOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// DeleteObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Removes the tag-set from an existing object.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation DeleteObjectTagging for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging
+func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTagging(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteObjectTagging with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteObjects = "DeleteObjects"
+
+// DeleteObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteObjects operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See DeleteObjects for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the DeleteObjects method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectsRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.DeleteObjectsRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects
+func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsRequest(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectsOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opDeleteObjects,
+                HTTPMethod: "POST",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?delete",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &DeleteObjectsInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &DeleteObjectsOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// DeleteObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using
+// a single HTTP request. You may specify up to 1000 keys.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation DeleteObjects for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects
+func (c *S3) DeleteObjects(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteObjectsRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteObjectsWithContext is the same as DeleteObjects with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteObjects for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DeleteObjectsRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration"
+
+// GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration
+func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketAccelerateConfiguration,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?accelerate",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns the accelerate configuration of a bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration
+func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketAcl = "GetBucketAcl"
+
+// GetBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketAcl operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketAcl for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketAcl method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAclRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketAclRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl
+func (c *S3) GetBucketAclRequest(input *GetBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAclOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketAcl,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?acl",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketAclInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetBucketAclOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Gets the access control policy for the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketAcl for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl
+func (c *S3) GetBucketAcl(input *GetBucketAclInput) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketAclRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketAclWithContext is the same as GetBucketAcl with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketAclRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration"
+
+// GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
+func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?analytics",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Gets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics
+// configuration ID).
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
+func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketCors = "GetBucketCors"
+
+// GetBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketCors operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketCors for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketCors method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketCorsRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketCorsRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors
+func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsRequest(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketCorsOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketCors,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?cors",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketCorsInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetBucketCorsOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns the cors configuration for the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketCors for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors
+func (c *S3) GetBucketCors(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketCorsRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketCorsWithContext is the same as GetBucketCors with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketCorsRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketInventoryConfiguration = "GetBucketInventoryConfiguration"
+
+// GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration
+func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketInventoryConfiguration,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?inventory",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from
+// the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration
+func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketLifecycle = "GetBucketLifecycle"
+
+// GetBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketLifecycle for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketLifecycle method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle
+func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) {
+        if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil {
+                c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, GetBucketLifecycle, has been deprecated")
+        }
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketLifecycle,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketLifecycleInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetBucketLifecycleOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Deprecated, see the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketLifecycle for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle
+func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycle(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycle with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration"
+
+// GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
+func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketLifecycleConfiguration,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
+func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketLocation = "GetBucketLocation"
+
+// GetBucketLocationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketLocation operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketLocation for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketLocation method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLocationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketLocationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation
+func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationRequest(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLocationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketLocation,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?location",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketLocationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetBucketLocationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketLocation API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns the region the bucket resides in.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketLocation for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation
+func (c *S3) GetBucketLocation(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketLocationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketLocationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLocation with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketLocation for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLocationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketLocationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketLogging = "GetBucketLogging"
+
+// GetBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketLogging operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketLogging for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketLogging method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLoggingRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketLoggingRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging
+func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingRequest(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLoggingOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketLogging,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?logging",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketLoggingInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetBucketLoggingOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to
+// view and modify that status. To use GET, you must be the bucket owner.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketLogging for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging
+func (c *S3) GetBucketLogging(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketLoggingRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketLogging with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketLoggingRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketMetricsConfiguration = "GetBucketMetricsConfiguration"
+
+// GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration
+func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketMetricsConfiguration,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?metrics",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID)
+// from the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration
+func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketNotification = "GetBucketNotification"
+
+// GetBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketNotification operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketNotification for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketNotification method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification
+func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) {
+        if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil {
+                c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, GetBucketNotification, has been deprecated")
+        }
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketNotification,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?notification",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{}
+        }
+
+        output = &NotificationConfigurationDeprecated{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Deprecated, see the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration operation.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketNotification for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification
+func (c *S3) GetBucketNotification(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotification with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketNotificationConfiguration = "GetBucketNotificationConfiguration"
+
+// GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration
+func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfiguration) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketNotificationConfiguration,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?notification",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{}
+        }
+
+        output = &NotificationConfiguration{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns the notification configuration of a bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration
+func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfiguration, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfiguration, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketPolicy = "GetBucketPolicy"
+
+// GetBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketPolicy for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketPolicy method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketPolicyRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketPolicyRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy
+func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketPolicyOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketPolicy,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?policy",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketPolicyInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetBucketPolicyOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns the policy of a specified bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketPolicy for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy
+func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicy(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as GetBucketPolicy with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketReplication = "GetBucketReplication"
+
+// GetBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketReplication operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketReplication for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketReplication method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketReplicationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketReplicationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication
+func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationRequest(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketReplicationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketReplication,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?replication",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketReplicationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetBucketReplicationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns the replication configuration of a bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketReplication for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication
+func (c *S3) GetBucketReplication(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketReplicationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as GetBucketReplication with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketReplicationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketRequestPayment = "GetBucketRequestPayment"
+
+// GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketRequestPayment method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment
+func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketRequestPayment,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?requestPayment",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketRequestPaymentInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment
+func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPayment(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as GetBucketRequestPayment with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketTagging = "GetBucketTagging"
+
+// GetBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketTagging operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketTagging for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketTagging method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketTaggingRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketTaggingRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging
+func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingRequest(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketTaggingOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketTagging,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?tagging",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketTaggingInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetBucketTaggingOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns the tag set associated with the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketTagging for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging
+func (c *S3) GetBucketTagging(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketTaggingRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketTagging with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketTaggingRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketVersioning = "GetBucketVersioning"
+
+// GetBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketVersioning for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketVersioning method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketVersioningRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketVersioningRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning
+func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningRequest(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketVersioningOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketVersioning,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?versioning",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketVersioningInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetBucketVersioningOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns the versioning state of a bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketVersioning for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning
+func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioning(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketVersioningRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as GetBucketVersioning with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketVersioningRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetBucketWebsite = "GetBucketWebsite"
+
+// GetBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetBucketWebsite for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetBucketWebsite method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetBucketWebsiteRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite
+func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetBucketWebsite,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?website",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetBucketWebsiteInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetBucketWebsiteOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns the website configuration for a bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetBucketWebsite for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite
+func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsite(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as GetBucketWebsite with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetObject = "GetObject"
+
+// GetObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetObject operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetObject for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetObject method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetObjectRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetObjectRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject
+func (c *S3) GetObjectRequest(input *GetObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetObject,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetObjectInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetObjectOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Retrieves objects from Amazon S3.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetObject for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+//   * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey"
+//   The specified key does not exist.
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject
+func (c *S3) GetObject(input *GetObjectInput) (*GetObjectOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetObjectWithContext is the same as GetObject with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetObject for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetObjectAcl = "GetObjectAcl"
+
+// GetObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetObjectAcl operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetObjectAcl for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetObjectAcl method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetObjectAclRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetObjectAclRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl
+func (c *S3) GetObjectAclRequest(input *GetObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectAclOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetObjectAcl,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?acl",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetObjectAclInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetObjectAclOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetObjectAcl for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+//   * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey"
+//   The specified key does not exist.
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl
+func (c *S3) GetObjectAcl(input *GetObjectAclInput) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetObjectAclRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetObjectAclWithContext is the same as GetObjectAcl with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetObjectAclRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetObjectTagging = "GetObjectTagging"
+
+// GetObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetObjectTagging operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetObjectTagging for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetObjectTagging method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetObjectTaggingRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetObjectTaggingRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging
+func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingRequest(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTaggingOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetObjectTagging,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetObjectTaggingInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetObjectTaggingOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns the tag-set of an object.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetObjectTagging for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging
+func (c *S3) GetObjectTagging(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetObjectTaggingRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as GetObjectTagging with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetObjectTaggingRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetObjectTorrent = "GetObjectTorrent"
+
+// GetObjectTorrentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetObjectTorrent operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetObjectTorrent for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetObjectTorrent method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetObjectTorrentRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetObjectTorrentRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent
+func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentRequest(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTorrentOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetObjectTorrent,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?torrent",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetObjectTorrentInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetObjectTorrentOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetObjectTorrent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Return torrent files from a bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation GetObjectTorrent for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent
+func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrent(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetObjectTorrentRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetObjectTorrentWithContext is the same as GetObjectTorrent with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetObjectTorrent for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTorrentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetObjectTorrentRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opHeadBucket = "HeadBucket"
+
+// HeadBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the HeadBucket operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See HeadBucket for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the HeadBucket method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the HeadBucketRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.HeadBucketRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket
+func (c *S3) HeadBucketRequest(input *HeadBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadBucketOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opHeadBucket,
+                HTTPMethod: "HEAD",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &HeadBucketInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &HeadBucketOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// HeadBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// This operation is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission
+// to access it.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation HeadBucket for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+//   * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket"
+//   The specified bucket does not exist.
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket
+func (c *S3) HeadBucket(input *HeadBucketInput) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.HeadBucketRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// HeadBucketWithContext is the same as HeadBucket with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See HeadBucket for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) HeadBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.HeadBucketRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opHeadObject = "HeadObject"
+
+// HeadObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the HeadObject operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See HeadObject for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the HeadObject method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the HeadObjectRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.HeadObjectRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject
+func (c *S3) HeadObjectRequest(input *HeadObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadObjectOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opHeadObject,
+                HTTPMethod: "HEAD",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &HeadObjectInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &HeadObjectOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// HeadObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the
+// object itself. This operation is useful if you're only interested in an object's
+// metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object.
+//
+// See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#RESTErrorResponses
+// for more information on returned errors.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation HeadObject for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject
+func (c *S3) HeadObject(input *HeadObjectInput) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.HeadObjectRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// HeadObjectWithContext is the same as HeadObject with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See HeadObject for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) HeadObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.HeadObjectRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations = "ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations"
+
+// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations
+func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?analytics",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations
+func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opListBucketInventoryConfigurations = "ListBucketInventoryConfigurations"
+
+// ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations
+func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opListBucketInventoryConfigurations,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?inventory",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// ListBucketInventoryConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations
+func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurations(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketInventoryConfigurations with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opListBucketMetricsConfigurations = "ListBucketMetricsConfigurations"
+
+// ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations
+func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opListBucketMetricsConfigurations,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?metrics",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// ListBucketMetricsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations
+func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurations(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketMetricsConfigurations with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opListBuckets = "ListBuckets"
+
+// ListBucketsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListBuckets operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See ListBuckets for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the ListBuckets method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the ListBucketsRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.ListBucketsRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets
+func (c *S3) ListBucketsRequest(input *ListBucketsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketsOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opListBuckets,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &ListBucketsInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &ListBucketsOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// ListBuckets API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation ListBuckets for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets
+func (c *S3) ListBuckets(input *ListBucketsInput) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListBucketsRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListBucketsWithContext is the same as ListBuckets with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListBuckets for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) ListBucketsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListBucketsRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opListMultipartUploads = "ListMultipartUploads"
+
+// ListMultipartUploadsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListMultipartUploads operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See ListMultipartUploads for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the ListMultipartUploads method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the ListMultipartUploadsRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads
+func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opListMultipartUploads,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?uploads",
+                Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+                        InputTokens:     []string{"KeyMarker", "UploadIdMarker"},
+                        OutputTokens:    []string{"NextKeyMarker", "NextUploadIdMarker"},
+                        LimitToken:      "MaxUploads",
+                        TruncationToken: "IsTruncated",
+                },
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &ListMultipartUploadsInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &ListMultipartUploadsOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// ListMultipartUploads API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation ListMultipartUploads for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads
+func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploads(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListMultipartUploadsWithContext is the same as ListMultipartUploads with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListMultipartUploads for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListMultipartUploadsPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListMultipartUploads method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation.
+//    pageNum := 0
+//    err := client.ListMultipartUploadsPages(params,
+//        func(page *ListMultipartUploadsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+//            pageNum++
+//            fmt.Println(page)
+//            return pageNum <= 3
+//        })
+//
+func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPages(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+        return c.ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext same as ListMultipartUploadsPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+        p := request.Pagination{
+                NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+                        var inCpy *ListMultipartUploadsInput
+                        if input != nil {
+                                tmp := *input
+                                inCpy = &tmp
+                        }
+                        req, _ := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(inCpy)
+                        req.SetContext(ctx)
+                        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+                        return req, nil
+                },
+        }
+
+        cont := true
+        for p.Next() && cont {
+                cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
+        }
+        return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListObjectVersions = "ListObjectVersions"
+
+// ListObjectVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListObjectVersions operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See ListObjectVersions for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the ListObjectVersions method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the ListObjectVersionsRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.ListObjectVersionsRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions
+func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsRequest(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectVersionsOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opListObjectVersions,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?versions",
+                Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+                        InputTokens:     []string{"KeyMarker", "VersionIdMarker"},
+                        OutputTokens:    []string{"NextKeyMarker", "NextVersionIdMarker"},
+                        LimitToken:      "MaxKeys",
+                        TruncationToken: "IsTruncated",
+                },
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &ListObjectVersionsInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &ListObjectVersionsOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// ListObjectVersions API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns metadata about all of the versions of objects in a bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation ListObjectVersions for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions
+func (c *S3) ListObjectVersions(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListObjectVersionsWithContext is the same as ListObjectVersions with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListObjectVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListObjectVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectVersions operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListObjectVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectVersions operation.
+//    pageNum := 0
+//    err := client.ListObjectVersionsPages(params,
+//        func(page *ListObjectVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+//            pageNum++
+//            fmt.Println(page)
+//            return pageNum <= 3
+//        })
+//
+func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPages(input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+        return c.ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectVersionsPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+        p := request.Pagination{
+                NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+                        var inCpy *ListObjectVersionsInput
+                        if input != nil {
+                                tmp := *input
+                                inCpy = &tmp
+                        }
+                        req, _ := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(inCpy)
+                        req.SetContext(ctx)
+                        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+                        return req, nil
+                },
+        }
+
+        cont := true
+        for p.Next() && cont {
+                cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
+        }
+        return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListObjects = "ListObjects"
+
+// ListObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListObjects operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See ListObjects for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the ListObjects method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the ListObjectsRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.ListObjectsRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects
+func (c *S3) ListObjectsRequest(input *ListObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opListObjects,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}",
+                Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+                        InputTokens:     []string{"Marker"},
+                        OutputTokens:    []string{"NextMarker || Contents[-1].Key"},
+                        LimitToken:      "MaxKeys",
+                        TruncationToken: "IsTruncated",
+                },
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &ListObjectsInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &ListObjectsOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// ListObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns some or all (up to 1000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use
+// the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects
+// in a bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation ListObjects for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+//   * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket"
+//   The specified bucket does not exist.
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects
+func (c *S3) ListObjects(input *ListObjectsInput) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListObjectsRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListObjectsWithContext is the same as ListObjects with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListObjects for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) ListObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListObjectsRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListObjectsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjects operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListObjects method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjects operation.
+//    pageNum := 0
+//    err := client.ListObjectsPages(params,
+//        func(page *ListObjectsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+//            pageNum++
+//            fmt.Println(page)
+//            return pageNum <= 3
+//        })
+//
+func (c *S3) ListObjectsPages(input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+        return c.ListObjectsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// ListObjectsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectsPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) ListObjectsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+        p := request.Pagination{
+                NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+                        var inCpy *ListObjectsInput
+                        if input != nil {
+                                tmp := *input
+                                inCpy = &tmp
+                        }
+                        req, _ := c.ListObjectsRequest(inCpy)
+                        req.SetContext(ctx)
+                        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+                        return req, nil
+                },
+        }
+
+        cont := true
+        for p.Next() && cont {
+                cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
+        }
+        return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListObjectsV2 = "ListObjectsV2"
+
+// ListObjectsV2Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListObjectsV2 operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See ListObjectsV2 for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the ListObjectsV2 method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the ListObjectsV2Request method.
+//    req, resp := client.ListObjectsV2Request(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2
+func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Request(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsV2Output) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opListObjectsV2,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?list-type=2",
+                Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+                        InputTokens:     []string{"ContinuationToken"},
+                        OutputTokens:    []string{"NextContinuationToken"},
+                        LimitToken:      "MaxKeys",
+                        TruncationToken: "",
+                },
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &ListObjectsV2Input{}
+        }
+
+        output = &ListObjectsV2Output{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// ListObjectsV2 API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Returns some or all (up to 1000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use
+// the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects
+// in a bucket. Note: ListObjectsV2 is the revised List Objects API and we recommend
+// you use this revised API for new application development.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation ListObjectsV2 for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+//   * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket"
+//   The specified bucket does not exist.
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2
+func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListObjectsV2Request(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListObjectsV2WithContext is the same as ListObjectsV2 with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListObjectsV2 for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListObjectsV2Request(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListObjectsV2Pages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListObjectsV2 method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation.
+//    pageNum := 0
+//    err := client.ListObjectsV2Pages(params,
+//        func(page *ListObjectsV2Output, lastPage bool) bool {
+//            pageNum++
+//            fmt.Println(page)
+//            return pageNum <= 3
+//        })
+//
+func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Pages(input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool) error {
+        return c.ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext same as ListObjectsV2Pages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+        p := request.Pagination{
+                NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+                        var inCpy *ListObjectsV2Input
+                        if input != nil {
+                                tmp := *input
+                                inCpy = &tmp
+                        }
+                        req, _ := c.ListObjectsV2Request(inCpy)
+                        req.SetContext(ctx)
+                        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+                        return req, nil
+                },
+        }
+
+        cont := true
+        for p.Next() && cont {
+                cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsV2Output), !p.HasNextPage())
+        }
+        return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListParts = "ListParts"
+
+// ListPartsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListParts operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See ListParts for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the ListParts method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the ListPartsRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.ListPartsRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts
+func (c *S3) ListPartsRequest(input *ListPartsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPartsOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opListParts,
+                HTTPMethod: "GET",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
+                Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+                        InputTokens:     []string{"PartNumberMarker"},
+                        OutputTokens:    []string{"NextPartNumberMarker"},
+                        LimitToken:      "MaxParts",
+                        TruncationToken: "IsTruncated",
+                },
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &ListPartsInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &ListPartsOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// ListParts API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation ListParts for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts
+func (c *S3) ListParts(input *ListPartsInput) (*ListPartsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListPartsWithContext is the same as ListParts with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListParts for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) ListPartsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPartsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListPartsPages iterates over the pages of a ListParts operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListParts method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+//    // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListParts operation.
+//    pageNum := 0
+//    err := client.ListPartsPages(params,
+//        func(page *ListPartsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+//            pageNum++
+//            fmt.Println(page)
+//            return pageNum <= 3
+//        })
+//
+func (c *S3) ListPartsPages(input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+        return c.ListPartsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// ListPartsPagesWithContext same as ListPartsPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) ListPartsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+        p := request.Pagination{
+                NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+                        var inCpy *ListPartsInput
+                        if input != nil {
+                                tmp := *input
+                                inCpy = &tmp
+                        }
+                        req, _ := c.ListPartsRequest(inCpy)
+                        req.SetContext(ctx)
+                        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+                        return req, nil
+                },
+        }
+
+        cont := true
+        for p.Next() && cont {
+                cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListPartsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
+        }
+        return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opPutBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration"
+
+// PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration
+func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutBucketAccelerateConfiguration,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?accelerate",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration
+func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutBucketAcl = "PutBucketAcl"
+
+// PutBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutBucketAcl operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutBucketAcl for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketAcl method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAclRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutBucketAclRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl
+func (c *S3) PutBucketAclRequest(input *PutBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAclOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutBucketAcl,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?acl",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutBucketAclInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutBucketAclOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Sets the permissions on a bucket using access control lists (ACL).
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutBucketAcl for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl
+func (c *S3) PutBucketAcl(input *PutBucketAclInput) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketAclRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutBucketAclWithContext is the same as PutBucketAcl with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketAclRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration"
+
+// PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
+func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?analytics",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics
+// configuration ID).
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
+func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutBucketCors = "PutBucketCors"
+
+// PutBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutBucketCors operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutBucketCors for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketCors method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketCorsRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutBucketCorsRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors
+func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsRequest(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketCorsOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutBucketCors,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?cors",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutBucketCorsInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutBucketCorsOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Sets the cors configuration for a bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutBucketCors for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors
+func (c *S3) PutBucketCors(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketCorsRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutBucketCorsWithContext is the same as PutBucketCors with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketCorsRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutBucketInventoryConfiguration = "PutBucketInventoryConfiguration"
+
+// PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration
+func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutBucketInventoryConfiguration,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?inventory",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the
+// bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration
+func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutBucketLifecycle = "PutBucketLifecycle"
+
+// PutBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutBucketLifecycle for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketLifecycle method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle
+func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleOutput) {
+        if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil {
+                c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, PutBucketLifecycle, has been deprecated")
+        }
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutBucketLifecycle,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutBucketLifecycleInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutBucketLifecycleOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Deprecated, see the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutBucketLifecycle for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle
+func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycle(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycle with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration"
+
+// PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
+func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Sets lifecycle configuration for your bucket. If a lifecycle configuration
+// exists, it replaces it.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
+func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutBucketLogging = "PutBucketLogging"
+
+// PutBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutBucketLogging operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutBucketLogging for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketLogging method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLoggingRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutBucketLoggingRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging
+func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingRequest(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLoggingOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutBucketLogging,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?logging",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutBucketLoggingInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutBucketLoggingOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who
+// can view and modify the logging parameters. To set the logging status of
+// a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutBucketLogging for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging
+func (c *S3) PutBucketLogging(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketLoggingRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketLogging with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketLoggingRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutBucketMetricsConfiguration = "PutBucketMetricsConfiguration"
+
+// PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
+func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutBucketMetricsConfiguration,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?metrics",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID)
+// for the bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
+func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutBucketNotification = "PutBucketNotification"
+
+// PutBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutBucketNotification operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutBucketNotification for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketNotification method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification
+func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationOutput) {
+        if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil {
+                c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, PutBucketNotification, has been deprecated")
+        }
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutBucketNotification,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?notification",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutBucketNotificationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutBucketNotificationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Deprecated, see the PutBucketNotificationConfiguraiton operation.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutBucketNotification for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification
+func (c *S3) PutBucketNotification(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotification with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutBucketNotificationConfiguration = "PutBucketNotificationConfiguration"
+
+// PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration
+func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutBucketNotificationConfiguration,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?notification",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration
+func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutBucketPolicy = "PutBucketPolicy"
+
+// PutBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutBucketPolicy for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketPolicy method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketPolicyRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutBucketPolicyRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy
+func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyRequest(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketPolicyOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutBucketPolicy,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?policy",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutBucketPolicyInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutBucketPolicyOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Replaces a policy on a bucket. If the bucket already has a policy, the one
+// in this request completely replaces it.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutBucketPolicy for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy
+func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicy(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketPolicyRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as PutBucketPolicy with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketPolicyRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutBucketReplication = "PutBucketReplication"
+
+// PutBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutBucketReplication operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutBucketReplication for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketReplication method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketReplicationRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutBucketReplicationRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication
+func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationRequest(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketReplicationOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutBucketReplication,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?replication",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutBucketReplicationInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutBucketReplicationOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Creates a new replication configuration (or replaces an existing one, if
+// present).
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutBucketReplication for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication
+func (c *S3) PutBucketReplication(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketReplicationRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as PutBucketReplication with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketReplicationRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutBucketRequestPayment = "PutBucketRequestPayment"
+
+// PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketRequestPayment method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment
+func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutBucketRequestPayment,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?requestPayment",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutBucketRequestPaymentInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket
+// owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables
+// the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download
+// will be charged for the download. Documentation on requester pays buckets
+// can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment
+func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPayment(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as PutBucketRequestPayment with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutBucketTagging = "PutBucketTagging"
+
+// PutBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutBucketTagging operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutBucketTagging for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketTagging method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketTaggingRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutBucketTaggingRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging
+func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingRequest(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketTaggingOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutBucketTagging,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?tagging",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutBucketTaggingInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutBucketTaggingOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Sets the tags for a bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutBucketTagging for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging
+func (c *S3) PutBucketTagging(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketTaggingRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketTagging with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketTaggingRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutBucketVersioning = "PutBucketVersioning"
+
+// PutBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutBucketVersioning for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketVersioning method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketVersioningRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutBucketVersioningRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning
+func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningRequest(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketVersioningOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutBucketVersioning,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?versioning",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutBucketVersioningInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutBucketVersioningOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. To set the versioning state,
+// you must be the bucket owner.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutBucketVersioning for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning
+func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioning(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketVersioningRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as PutBucketVersioning with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketVersioningRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutBucketWebsite = "PutBucketWebsite"
+
+// PutBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutBucketWebsite for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutBucketWebsite method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutBucketWebsiteRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite
+func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketWebsiteOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutBucketWebsite,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}?website",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutBucketWebsiteInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutBucketWebsiteOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Set the website configuration for a bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutBucketWebsite for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite
+func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsite(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as PutBucketWebsite with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutObject = "PutObject"
+
+// PutObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutObject operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutObject for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutObject method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutObjectRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutObjectRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject
+func (c *S3) PutObjectRequest(input *PutObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutObject,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutObjectInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutObjectOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Adds an object to a bucket.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutObject for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject
+func (c *S3) PutObject(input *PutObjectInput) (*PutObjectOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutObjectWithContext is the same as PutObject with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutObject for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutObjectAcl = "PutObjectAcl"
+
+// PutObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutObjectAcl operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutObjectAcl for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutObjectAcl method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutObjectAclRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutObjectAclRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl
+func (c *S3) PutObjectAclRequest(input *PutObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectAclOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutObjectAcl,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?acl",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutObjectAclInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutObjectAclOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions
+// for an object that already exists in a bucket
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutObjectAcl for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+//   * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey"
+//   The specified key does not exist.
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl
+func (c *S3) PutObjectAcl(input *PutObjectAclInput) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutObjectAclRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutObjectAclWithContext is the same as PutObjectAcl with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutObjectAclRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opPutObjectTagging = "PutObjectTagging"
+
+// PutObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutObjectTagging operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See PutObjectTagging for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the PutObjectTagging method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the PutObjectTaggingRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.PutObjectTaggingRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging
+func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingRequest(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectTaggingOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opPutObjectTagging,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &PutObjectTaggingInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &PutObjectTaggingOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// PutObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation PutObjectTagging for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging
+func (c *S3) PutObjectTagging(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutObjectTaggingRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as PutObjectTagging with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.PutObjectTaggingRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opRestoreObject = "RestoreObject"
+
+// RestoreObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the RestoreObject operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See RestoreObject for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the RestoreObject method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the RestoreObjectRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.RestoreObjectRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject
+func (c *S3) RestoreObjectRequest(input *RestoreObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreObjectOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opRestoreObject,
+                HTTPMethod: "POST",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?restore",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &RestoreObjectInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &RestoreObjectOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// RestoreObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation RestoreObject for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+//   * ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError "ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError"
+//   This operation is not allowed against this storage tier
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject
+func (c *S3) RestoreObject(input *RestoreObjectInput) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.RestoreObjectRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// RestoreObjectWithContext is the same as RestoreObject with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See RestoreObject for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) RestoreObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.RestoreObjectRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUploadPart = "UploadPart"
+
+// UploadPartRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UploadPart operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See UploadPart for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the UploadPart method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the UploadPartRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.UploadPartRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart
+func (c *S3) UploadPartRequest(input *UploadPartInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opUploadPart,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &UploadPartInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &UploadPartOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// UploadPart API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Uploads a part in a multipart upload.
+//
+// Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you
+// must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged
+// for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort
+// multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging
+// you for the parts storage.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation UploadPart for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart
+func (c *S3) UploadPart(input *UploadPartInput) (*UploadPartOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.UploadPartRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UploadPartWithContext is the same as UploadPart with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UploadPart for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) UploadPartWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.UploadPartRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUploadPartCopy = "UploadPartCopy"
+
+// UploadPartCopyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UploadPartCopy operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See UploadPartCopy for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the UploadPartCopy method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the UploadPartCopyRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.UploadPartCopyRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy
+func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyRequest(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartCopyOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opUploadPartCopy,
+                HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+                HTTPPath:   "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &UploadPartCopyInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &UploadPartCopyOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// UploadPartCopy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
+// API operation UploadPartCopy for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy
+func (c *S3) UploadPartCopy(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.UploadPartCopyRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UploadPartCopyWithContext is the same as UploadPartCopy with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UploadPartCopy for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartCopyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.UploadPartCopyRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// Specifies the days since the initiation of an Incomplete Multipart Upload
+// that Lifecycle will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload
+type AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Indicates the number of days that must pass since initiation for Lifecycle
+        // to abort an Incomplete Multipart Upload.
+        DaysAfterInitiation *int64 `type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDaysAfterInitiation sets the DaysAfterInitiation field's value.
+func (s *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) SetDaysAfterInitiation(v int64) *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload {
+        s.DaysAfterInitiation = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUploadRequest
+type AbortMultipartUploadInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
+        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
+        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+
+        // UploadId is a required field
+        UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AbortMultipartUploadInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+        if s.UploadId == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
+func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.UploadId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUploadOutput
+type AbortMultipartUploadOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
+        // request.
+        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
+func (s *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.RequestCharged = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AccelerateConfiguration
+type AccelerateConfiguration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The accelerate configuration of the bucket.
+        Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AccelerateConfiguration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AccelerateConfiguration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *AccelerateConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *AccelerateConfiguration {
+        s.Status = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AccessControlPolicy
+type AccessControlPolicy struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // A list of grants.
+        Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`
+
+        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AccessControlPolicy) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AccessControlPolicy) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AccessControlPolicy) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AccessControlPolicy"}
+        if s.Grants != nil {
+                for i, v := range s.Grants {
+                        if v == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Grants", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value.
+func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *AccessControlPolicy {
+        s.Grants = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
+func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetOwner(v *Owner) *AccessControlPolicy {
+        s.Owner = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AnalyticsAndOperator
+type AnalyticsAndOperator struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The prefix to use when evaluating an AND predicate.
+        Prefix *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // The list of tags to use when evaluating an AND predicate.
+        Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsAndOperator"}
+        if s.Tags != nil {
+                for i, v := range s.Tags {
+                        if v == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsAndOperator {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AnalyticsAndOperator {
+        s.Tags = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AnalyticsConfiguration
+type AnalyticsConfiguration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must
+        // have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator).
+        // If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis.
+        Filter *AnalyticsFilter `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration.
+        //
+        // Id is a required field
+        Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // If present, it indicates that data related to access patterns will be collected
+        // and made available to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes.
+        //
+        // StorageClassAnalysis is a required field
+        StorageClassAnalysis *StorageClassAnalysis `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsConfiguration"}
+        if s.Id == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
+        }
+        if s.StorageClassAnalysis == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StorageClassAnalysis"))
+        }
+        if s.Filter != nil {
+                if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+        if s.StorageClassAnalysis != nil {
+                if err := s.StorageClassAnalysis.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("StorageClassAnalysis", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
+func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *AnalyticsFilter) *AnalyticsConfiguration {
+        s.Filter = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *AnalyticsConfiguration {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStorageClassAnalysis sets the StorageClassAnalysis field's value.
+func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetStorageClassAnalysis(v *StorageClassAnalysis) *AnalyticsConfiguration {
+        s.StorageClassAnalysis = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AnalyticsExportDestination
+type AnalyticsExportDestination struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // A destination signifying output to an S3 bucket.
+        //
+        // S3BucketDestination is a required field
+        S3BucketDestination *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsExportDestination"}
+        if s.S3BucketDestination == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketDestination"))
+        }
+        if s.S3BucketDestination != nil {
+                if err := s.S3BucketDestination.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("S3BucketDestination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value.
+func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) *AnalyticsExportDestination {
+        s.S3BucketDestination = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AnalyticsFilter
+type AnalyticsFilter struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating an
+        // analytics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates.
+        And *AnalyticsAndOperator `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The prefix to use when evaluating an analytics filter.
+        Prefix *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // The tag to use when evaluating an analytics filter.
+        Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AnalyticsFilter) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AnalyticsFilter) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AnalyticsFilter) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsFilter"}
+        if s.And != nil {
+                if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+        if s.Tag != nil {
+                if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetAnd sets the And field's value.
+func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetAnd(v *AnalyticsAndOperator) *AnalyticsFilter {
+        s.And = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsFilter {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTag sets the Tag field's value.
+func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *AnalyticsFilter {
+        s.Tag = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AnalyticsS3BucketDestination
+type AnalyticsS3BucketDestination struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the bucket to which data is exported.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The account ID that owns the destination bucket. If no account ID is provided,
+        // the owner will not be validated prior to exporting data.
+        BucketAccountId *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // The file format used when exporting data to Amazon S3.
+        //
+        // Format is a required field
+        Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat"`
+
+        // The prefix to use when exporting data. The exported data begins with this
+        // prefix.
+        Prefix *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsS3BucketDestination"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Format == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetBucketAccountId sets the BucketAccountId field's value.
+func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucketAccountId(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination {
+        s.BucketAccountId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
+func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination {
+        s.Format = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Bucket
+type Bucket struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Date the bucket was created.
+        CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
+
+        // The name of the bucket.
+        Name *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Bucket) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Bucket) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
+func (s *Bucket) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *Bucket {
+        s.CreationDate = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *Bucket) SetName(v string) *Bucket {
+        s.Name = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/BucketLifecycleConfiguration
+type BucketLifecycleConfiguration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Rules is a required field
+        Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BucketLifecycleConfiguration"}
+        if s.Rules == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules"))
+        }
+        if s.Rules != nil {
+                for i, v := range s.Rules {
+                        if v == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
+func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *BucketLifecycleConfiguration {
+        s.Rules = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/BucketLoggingStatus
+type BucketLoggingStatus struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s BucketLoggingStatus) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s BucketLoggingStatus) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BucketLoggingStatus"}
+        if s.LoggingEnabled != nil {
+                if err := s.LoggingEnabled.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("LoggingEnabled", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value.
+func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *BucketLoggingStatus {
+        s.LoggingEnabled = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CORSConfiguration
+type CORSConfiguration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // CORSRules is a required field
+        CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CORSConfiguration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CORSConfiguration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CORSConfiguration) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CORSConfiguration"}
+        if s.CORSRules == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CORSRules"))
+        }
+        if s.CORSRules != nil {
+                for i, v := range s.CORSRules {
+                        if v == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CORSRules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value.
+func (s *CORSConfiguration) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *CORSConfiguration {
+        s.CORSRules = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CORSRule
+type CORSRule struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Specifies which headers are allowed in a pre-flight OPTIONS request.
+        AllowedHeaders []*string `locationName:"AllowedHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        // Identifies HTTP methods that the domain/origin specified in the rule is allowed
+        // to execute.
+        //
+        // AllowedMethods is a required field
+        AllowedMethods []*string `locationName:"AllowedMethod" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
+
+        // One or more origins you want customers to be able to access the bucket from.
+        //
+        // AllowedOrigins is a required field
+        AllowedOrigins []*string `locationName:"AllowedOrigin" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
+
+        // One or more headers in the response that you want customers to be able to
+        // access from their applications (for example, from a JavaScript XMLHttpRequest
+        // object).
+        ExposeHeaders []*string `locationName:"ExposeHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        // The time in seconds that your browser is to cache the preflight response
+        // for the specified resource.
+        MaxAgeSeconds *int64 `type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CORSRule) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CORSRule) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CORSRule) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CORSRule"}
+        if s.AllowedMethods == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllowedMethods"))
+        }
+        if s.AllowedOrigins == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllowedOrigins"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetAllowedHeaders sets the AllowedHeaders field's value.
+func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule {
+        s.AllowedHeaders = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetAllowedMethods sets the AllowedMethods field's value.
+func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedMethods(v []*string) *CORSRule {
+        s.AllowedMethods = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetAllowedOrigins sets the AllowedOrigins field's value.
+func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedOrigins(v []*string) *CORSRule {
+        s.AllowedOrigins = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetExposeHeaders sets the ExposeHeaders field's value.
+func (s *CORSRule) SetExposeHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule {
+        s.ExposeHeaders = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxAgeSeconds sets the MaxAgeSeconds field's value.
+func (s *CORSRule) SetMaxAgeSeconds(v int64) *CORSRule {
+        s.MaxAgeSeconds = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CloudFunctionConfiguration
+type CloudFunctionConfiguration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        CloudFunction *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Bucket event for which to send notifications.
+        Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"`
+
+        Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
+        // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
+        Id *string `type:"string"`
+
+        InvocationRole *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCloudFunction sets the CloudFunction field's value.
+func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetCloudFunction(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
+        s.CloudFunction = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetEvent sets the Event field's value.
+func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvent(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
+        s.Event = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
+func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
+        s.Events = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetInvocationRole sets the InvocationRole field's value.
+func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetInvocationRole(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
+        s.InvocationRole = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CommonPrefix
+type CommonPrefix struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        Prefix *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CommonPrefix) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CommonPrefix) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *CommonPrefix) SetPrefix(v string) *CommonPrefix {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUploadRequest
+type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MultipartUpload"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        MultipartUpload *CompletedMultipartUpload `locationName:"CompleteMultipartUpload" type:"structure"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
+        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
+        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+
+        // UploadId is a required field
+        UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CompleteMultipartUploadInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+        if s.UploadId == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMultipartUpload sets the MultipartUpload field's value.
+func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetMultipartUpload(v *CompletedMultipartUpload) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.MultipartUpload = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
+func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.UploadId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUploadOutput
+type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        Bucket *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Entity tag of the object.
+        ETag *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration
+        // date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded.
+        Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`
+
+        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+        Location *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
+        // request.
+        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
+
+        // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master
+        // encryption key that was used for the object.
+        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"`
+
+        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
+        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
+        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
+
+        // Version of the object.
+        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
+func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetETag(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.ETag = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
+func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.Expiration = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
+func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.Location = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
+func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.RequestCharged = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
+func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
+func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompletedMultipartUpload
+type CompletedMultipartUpload struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        Parts []*CompletedPart `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetParts sets the Parts field's value.
+func (s *CompletedMultipartUpload) SetParts(v []*CompletedPart) *CompletedMultipartUpload {
+        s.Parts = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompletedPart
+type CompletedPart struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded.
+        ETag *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Part number that identifies the part. This is a positive integer between
+        // 1 and 10,000.
+        PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CompletedPart) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CompletedPart) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
+func (s *CompletedPart) SetETag(v string) *CompletedPart {
+        s.ETag = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
+func (s *CompletedPart) SetPartNumber(v int64) *CompletedPart {
+        s.PartNumber = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Condition
+type Condition struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The HTTP error code when the redirect is applied. In the event of an error,
+        // if the error code equals this value, then the specified redirect is applied.
+        // Required when parent element Condition is specified and sibling KeyPrefixEquals
+        // is not specified. If both are specified, then both must be true for the redirect
+        // to be applied.
+        HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // The object key name prefix when the redirect is applied. For example, to
+        // redirect requests for ExamplePage.html, the key prefix will be ExamplePage.html.
+        // To redirect request for all pages with the prefix docs/, the key prefix will
+        // be /docs, which identifies all objects in the docs/ folder. Required when
+        // the parent element Condition is specified and sibling HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals
+        // is not specified. If both conditions are specified, both must be true for
+        // the redirect to be applied.
+        KeyPrefixEquals *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Condition) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Condition) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals sets the HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals field's value.
+func (s *Condition) SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals(v string) *Condition {
+        s.HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyPrefixEquals sets the KeyPrefixEquals field's value.
+func (s *Condition) SetKeyPrefixEquals(v string) *Condition {
+        s.KeyPrefixEquals = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObjectRequest
+type CopyObjectInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The canned ACL to apply to the object.
+        ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
+        CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies presentational information for the object.
+        ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
+        // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
+        // by the Content-Type header field.
+        ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`
+
+        // The language the content is in.
+        ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`
+
+        // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
+        ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`
+
+        // The name of the source bucket and key name of the source object, separated
+        // by a slash (/). Must be URL-encoded.
+        //
+        // CopySource is a required field
+        CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag.
+        CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"`
+
+        // Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time.
+        CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"`
+
+        // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified
+        // ETag.
+        CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"`
+
+        // Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time.
+        CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"`
+
+        // Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (e.g., AES256).
+        CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt
+        // the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one
+        // that was used when the source object was created.
+        CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
+        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
+        // key was transmitted without error.
+        CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
+
+        // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
+        Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"`
+
+        // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
+        GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
+        GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
+        GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
+        GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
+
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
+        Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`
+
+        // Specifies whether the metadata is copied from the source object or replaced
+        // with metadata provided in the request.
+        MetadataDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-metadata-directive" type:"string" enum:"MetadataDirective"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
+        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
+        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+
+        // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256).
+        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
+        // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
+        // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with
+        // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm
+        // header.
+        SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
+        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
+        // key was transmitted without error.
+        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT
+        // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL
+        // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported
+        // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version
+        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"`
+
+        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
+        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
+        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
+
+        // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'.
+        StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
+
+        // The tag-set for the object destination object this value must be used in
+        // conjunction with the TaggingDirective. The tag-set must be encoded as URL
+        // Query parameters
+        Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies whether the object tag-set are copied from the source object or
+        // replaced with tag-set provided in the request.
+        TaggingDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-directive" type:"string" enum:"TaggingDirective"`
+
+        // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
+        // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
+        // the value of this header in the object metadata.
+        WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CopyObjectInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CopyObjectInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyObjectInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.CopySource == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CopySource"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.ACL = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.CacheControl = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.ContentDisposition = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.ContentEncoding = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.ContentLanguage = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.ContentType = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySource(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.CopySource = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.CopySourceIfMatch = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.CopySourceIfModifiedSince = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.CopySourceIfNoneMatch = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.Expires = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.GrantFullControl = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.GrantRead = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.GrantReadACP = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.GrantWriteACP = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.Metadata = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMetadataDirective sets the MetadataDirective field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadataDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.MetadataDirective = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.SSECustomerKey = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.StorageClass = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.Tagging = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTaggingDirective sets the TaggingDirective field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTaggingDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.TaggingDirective = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
+        s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObjectOutput
+type CopyObjectOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyObjectResult"`
+
+        CopyObjectResult *CopyObjectResult `type:"structure"`
+
+        CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"`
+
+        // If the object expiration is configured, the response includes this header.
+        Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`
+
+        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
+        // request.
+        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
+
+        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
+        // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
+        // used.
+        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
+
+        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
+        // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity
+        // verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
+        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
+
+        // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master
+        // encryption key that was used for the object.
+        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"`
+
+        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
+        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
+        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
+
+        // Version ID of the newly created copy.
+        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CopyObjectOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CopyObjectOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCopyObjectResult sets the CopyObjectResult field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopyObjectResult(v *CopyObjectResult) *CopyObjectOutput {
+        s.CopyObjectResult = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
+        s.CopySourceVersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
+        s.Expiration = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
+        s.RequestCharged = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
+        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
+        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
+        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
+        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObjectResult
+type CopyObjectResult struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        ETag *string `type:"string"`
+
+        LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CopyObjectResult) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CopyObjectResult) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyObjectResult {
+        s.ETag = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
+func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyObjectResult {
+        s.LastModified = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyPartResult
+type CopyPartResult struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Entity tag of the object.
+        ETag *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Date and time at which the object was uploaded.
+        LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CopyPartResult) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CopyPartResult) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
+func (s *CopyPartResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyPartResult {
+        s.ETag = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
+func (s *CopyPartResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyPartResult {
+        s.LastModified = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucketConfiguration
+type CreateBucketConfiguration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Specifies the region where the bucket will be created. If you don't specify
+        // a region, the bucket will be created in US Standard.
+        LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value.
+func (s *CreateBucketConfiguration) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *CreateBucketConfiguration {
+        s.LocationConstraint = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucketRequest
+type CreateBucketInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CreateBucketConfiguration"`
+
+        // The canned ACL to apply to the bucket.
+        ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        CreateBucketConfiguration *CreateBucketConfiguration `locationName:"CreateBucketConfiguration" type:"structure"`
+
+        // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the
+        // bucket.
+        GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
+        GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
+        GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket.
+        GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
+        GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateBucketInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateBucketInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateBucketInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateBucketInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
+func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
+        s.ACL = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCreateBucketConfiguration sets the CreateBucketConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetCreateBucketConfiguration(v *CreateBucketConfiguration) *CreateBucketInput {
+        s.CreateBucketConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
+func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
+        s.GrantFullControl = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
+func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
+        s.GrantRead = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
+func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
+        s.GrantReadACP = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value.
+func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
+        s.GrantWrite = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
+func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
+        s.GrantWriteACP = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucketOutput
+type CreateBucketOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateBucketOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateBucketOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
+func (s *CreateBucketOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CreateBucketOutput {
+        s.Location = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUploadRequest
+type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The canned ACL to apply to the object.
+        ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
+        CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies presentational information for the object.
+        ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
+        // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
+        // by the Content-Type header field.
+        ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`
+
+        // The language the content is in.
+        ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`
+
+        // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
+        ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`
+
+        // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
+        Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"`
+
+        // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
+        GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
+        GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
+        GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
+        GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
+
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
+        Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
+        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
+        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+
+        // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256).
+        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
+        // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
+        // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with
+        // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm
+        // header.
+        SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
+        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
+        // key was transmitted without error.
+        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT
+        // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL
+        // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported
+        // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version
+        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"`
+
+        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
+        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
+        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
+
+        // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'.
+        StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
+
+        // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
+        // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
+        // the value of this header in the object metadata.
+        WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMultipartUploadInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.ACL = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.CacheControl = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.ContentDisposition = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.ContentEncoding = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.ContentLanguage = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentType(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.ContentType = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.Expires = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.GrantFullControl = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.GrantRead = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.GrantReadACP = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.GrantWriteACP = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.Metadata = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.SSECustomerKey = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.StorageClass = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
+        s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUploadOutput
+type CreateMultipartUploadOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Date when multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation by lifecycle.
+        AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"`
+
+        // Id of the lifecycle rule that makes a multipart upload eligible for abort
+        // operation.
+        AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"`
+
+        // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
+        Bucket *string `locationName:"Bucket" type:"string"`
+
+        // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
+        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
+        // request.
+        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
+
+        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
+        // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
+        // used.
+        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
+
+        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
+        // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity
+        // verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
+        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
+
+        // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master
+        // encryption key that was used for the object.
+        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"`
+
+        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
+        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
+        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
+
+        // ID for the initiated multipart upload.
+        UploadId *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.AbortDate = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.AbortRuleId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.RequestCharged = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
+        s.UploadId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Delete
+type Delete struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Objects is a required field
+        Objects []*ObjectIdentifier `locationName:"Object" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
+
+        // Element to enable quiet mode for the request. When you add this element,
+        // you must set its value to true.
+        Quiet *bool `type:"boolean"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Delete) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Delete) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *Delete) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Delete"}
+        if s.Objects == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Objects"))
+        }
+        if s.Objects != nil {
+                for i, v := range s.Objects {
+                        if v == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Objects", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetObjects sets the Objects field's value.
+func (s *Delete) SetObjects(v []*ObjectIdentifier) *Delete {
+        s.Objects = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetQuiet sets the Quiet field's value.
+func (s *Delete) SetQuiet(v bool) *Delete {
+        s.Quiet = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest
+type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is deleted.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration.
+        //
+        // Id is a required field
+        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Id == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput
+type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCorsRequest
+type DeleteBucketCorsInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketCorsInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketCorsInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCorsOutput
+type DeleteBucketCorsOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketRequest
+type DeleteBucketInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteBucketInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *DeleteBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest
+type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to delete.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
+        //
+        // Id is a required field
+        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Id == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput
+type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest
+type DeleteBucketLifecycleInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketLifecycleInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput
+type DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest
+type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to delete.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
+        //
+        // Id is a required field
+        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Id == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput
+type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketOutput
+type DeleteBucketOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicyRequest
+type DeleteBucketPolicyInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketPolicyInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketPolicyInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicyOutput
+type DeleteBucketPolicyOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplicationRequest
+type DeleteBucketReplicationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketReplicationInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketReplicationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplicationOutput
+type DeleteBucketReplicationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTaggingRequest
+type DeleteBucketTaggingInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketTaggingInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketTaggingInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTaggingOutput
+type DeleteBucketTaggingOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest
+type DeleteBucketWebsiteInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketWebsiteInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput
+type DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteMarkerEntry
+type DeleteMarkerEntry struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version
+        // of an object.
+        IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+        // The object key.
+        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+        // Date and time the object was last modified.
+        LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
+
+        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Version ID of an object.
+        VersionId *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value.
+func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetIsLatest(v bool) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
+        s.IsLatest = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetKey(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
+func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
+        s.LastModified = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
+func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetOwner(v *Owner) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
+        s.Owner = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectRequest
+type DeleteObjectInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space,
+        // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device.
+        MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
+        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
+        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+
+        // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
+        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteObjectInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteObjectInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteObjectInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
+        s.MFA = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectOutput
+type DeleteObjectOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true)
+        // or was not (false) a delete marker.
+        DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"`
+
+        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
+        // request.
+        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
+
+        // Returns the version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE
+        // operation.
+        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteObjectOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteObjectOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeleteObjectOutput {
+        s.DeleteMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput {
+        s.RequestCharged = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTaggingRequest
+type DeleteObjectTaggingInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be removed from.
+        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectTaggingInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTaggingOutput
+type DeleteObjectTaggingOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The versionId of the object the tag-set was removed from.
+        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectsRequest
+type DeleteObjectsInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Delete"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Delete is a required field
+        Delete *Delete `locationName:"Delete" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+
+        // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space,
+        // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device.
+        MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
+        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
+        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteObjectsInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteObjectsInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectsInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Delete == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Delete"))
+        }
+        if s.Delete != nil {
+                if err := s.Delete.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("Delete", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetDelete sets the Delete field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetDelete(v *Delete) *DeleteObjectsInput {
+        s.Delete = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput {
+        s.MFA = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectsOutput
+type DeleteObjectsOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        Deleted []*DeletedObject `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        Errors []*Error `locationName:"Error" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
+        // request.
+        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDeleted sets the Deleted field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetDeleted(v []*DeletedObject) *DeleteObjectsOutput {
+        s.Deleted = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetErrors(v []*Error) *DeleteObjectsOutput {
+        s.Errors = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
+func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectsOutput {
+        s.RequestCharged = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeletedObject
+type DeletedObject struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        DeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+        DeleteMarkerVersionId *string `type:"string"`
+
+        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+        VersionId *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeletedObject) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeletedObject) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.
+func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeletedObject {
+        s.DeleteMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetDeleteMarkerVersionId sets the DeleteMarkerVersionId field's value.
+func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarkerVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject {
+        s.DeleteMarkerVersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *DeletedObject) SetKey(v string) *DeletedObject {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *DeletedObject) SetVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Destination
+type Destination struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Amazon resource name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store
+        // replicas of the object identified by the rule.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The class of storage used to store the object.
+        StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Destination) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Destination) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *Destination) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Destination"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *Destination) SetBucket(v string) *Destination {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
+func (s *Destination) SetStorageClass(v string) *Destination {
+        s.StorageClass = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Error
+type Error struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        Code *string `type:"string"`
+
+        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+        Message *string `type:"string"`
+
+        VersionId *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Error) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Error) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
+func (s *Error) SetCode(v string) *Error {
+        s.Code = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *Error) SetKey(v string) *Error {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
+func (s *Error) SetMessage(v string) *Error {
+        s.Message = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *Error) SetVersionId(v string) *Error {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ErrorDocument
+type ErrorDocument struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs.
+        //
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ErrorDocument) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ErrorDocument) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ErrorDocument) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ErrorDocument"}
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *ErrorDocument) SetKey(v string) *ErrorDocument {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Container for key value pair that defines the criteria for the filter rule.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/FilterRule
+type FilterRule struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which
+        // the filtering rule applies. Maximum prefix length can be up to 1,024 characters.
+        // Overlapping prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information,
+        // go to Configuring Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
+        Name *string `type:"string" enum:"FilterRuleName"`
+
+        Value *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s FilterRule) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s FilterRule) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *FilterRule) SetName(v string) *FilterRule {
+        s.Name = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
+func (s *FilterRule) SetValue(v string) *FilterRule {
+        s.Value = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest
+type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is retrieved.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput
+type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The accelerate configuration of the bucket.
+        Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput {
+        s.Status = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAclRequest
+type GetBucketAclInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketAclInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketAclInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBucketAclInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAclInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAclInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAclOutput
+type GetBucketAclOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // A list of grants.
+        Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`
+
+        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketAclOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketAclOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetBucketAclOutput {
+        s.Grants = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetBucketAclOutput {
+        s.Owner = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest
+type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is retrieved.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration.
+        //
+        // Id is a required field
+        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Id == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput
+type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AnalyticsConfiguration"`
+
+        // The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter.
+        AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput {
+        s.AnalyticsConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCorsRequest
+type GetBucketCorsInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketCorsInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketCorsInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketCorsInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketCorsInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCorsOutput
+type GetBucketCorsOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketCorsOutput) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *GetBucketCorsOutput {
+        s.CORSRules = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest
+type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to retrieve.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
+        //
+        // Id is a required field
+        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Id == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput
+type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"InventoryConfiguration"`
+
+        // Specifies the inventory configuration.
+        InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput {
+        s.InventoryConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest
+type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput
+type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput {
+        s.Rules = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleRequest
+type GetBucketLifecycleInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLifecycleInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleOutput
+type GetBucketLifecycleOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *GetBucketLifecycleOutput {
+        s.Rules = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocationRequest
+type GetBucketLocationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketLocationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketLocationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLocationInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLocationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocationOutput
+type GetBucketLocationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketLocationOutput) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *GetBucketLocationOutput {
+        s.LocationConstraint = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLoggingRequest
+type GetBucketLoggingInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLoggingInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLoggingInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLoggingOutput
+type GetBucketLoggingOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketLoggingOutput) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *GetBucketLoggingOutput {
+        s.LoggingEnabled = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest
+type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to retrieve.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
+        //
+        // Id is a required field
+        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Id == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput
+type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MetricsConfiguration"`
+
+        // Specifies the metrics configuration.
+        MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput {
+        s.MetricsConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest
+type GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Name of the bucket to get the notification configuration for.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicyRequest
+type GetBucketPolicyInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketPolicyInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketPolicyInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicyOutput
+type GetBucketPolicyOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Policy"`
+
+        // The bucket policy as a JSON document.
+        Policy *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketPolicyOutput) SetPolicy(v string) *GetBucketPolicyOutput {
+        s.Policy = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplicationRequest
+type GetBucketReplicationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketReplicationInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketReplicationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplicationOutput
+type GetBucketReplicationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"`
+
+        // Container for replication rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules. Total
+        // replication configuration size can be up to 2 MB.
+        ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketReplicationOutput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *GetBucketReplicationOutput {
+        s.ReplicationConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest
+type GetBucketRequestPaymentInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketRequestPaymentInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput
+type GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Specifies who pays for the download and request fees.
+        Payer *string `type:"string" enum:"Payer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetPayer sets the Payer field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) SetPayer(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput {
+        s.Payer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTaggingRequest
+type GetBucketTaggingInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketTaggingInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketTaggingInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTaggingOutput
+type GetBucketTaggingOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // TagSet is a required field
+        TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetBucketTaggingOutput {
+        s.TagSet = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioningRequest
+type GetBucketVersioningInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketVersioningInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketVersioningInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioningOutput
+type GetBucketVersioningOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration.
+        // This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA
+        // delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned.
+        MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADeleteStatus"`
+
+        // The versioning state of the bucket.
+        Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetMFADelete(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput {
+        s.MFADelete = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput {
+        s.Status = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsiteRequest
+type GetBucketWebsiteInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketWebsiteInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketWebsiteInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsiteOutput
+type GetBucketWebsiteOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"`
+
+        IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"`
+
+        RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"`
+
+        RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput {
+        s.ErrorDocument = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput {
+        s.IndexDocument = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput {
+        s.RedirectAllRequestsTo = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value.
+func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput {
+        s.RoutingRules = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAclRequest
+type GetObjectAclInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
+        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
+        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+
+        // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
+        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetObjectAclInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetObjectAclInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetObjectAclInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectAclInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectAclInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectAclInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectAclInput {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectAclInput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAclOutput
+type GetObjectAclOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // A list of grants.
+        Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`
+
+        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
+
+        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
+        // request.
+        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetObjectAclOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetObjectAclOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetObjectAclOutput {
+        s.Grants = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetObjectAclOutput {
+        s.Owner = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectAclOutput {
+        s.RequestCharged = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectRequest
+type GetObjectInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified,
+        // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
+        IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"`
+
+        // Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time,
+        // otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
+        IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"`
+
+        // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one
+        // specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
+        IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"`
+
+        // Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time,
+        // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
+        IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"`
+
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between
+        // 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' GET request for the part specified.
+        // Useful for downloading just a part of an object.
+        PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"`
+
+        // Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about
+        // the HTTP Range header, go to http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35.
+        Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
+        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
+        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+
+        // Sets the Cache-Control header of the response.
+        ResponseCacheControl *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-cache-control" type:"string"`
+
+        // Sets the Content-Disposition header of the response
+        ResponseContentDisposition *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-disposition" type:"string"`
+
+        // Sets the Content-Encoding header of the response.
+        ResponseContentEncoding *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-encoding" type:"string"`
+
+        // Sets the Content-Language header of the response.
+        ResponseContentLanguage *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-language" type:"string"`
+
+        // Sets the Content-Type header of the response.
+        ResponseContentType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-type" type:"string"`
+
+        // Sets the Expires header of the response.
+        ResponseExpires *time.Time `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-expires" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
+
+        // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256).
+        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
+        // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
+        // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with
+        // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm
+        // header.
+        SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
+        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
+        // key was transmitted without error.
+        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
+
+        // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
+        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetObjectInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetObjectInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.IfMatch = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.IfModifiedSince = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.IfNoneMatch = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.IfUnmodifiedSince = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.PartNumber = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRange sets the Range field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.Range = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetResponseCacheControl sets the ResponseCacheControl field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.ResponseCacheControl = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetResponseContentDisposition sets the ResponseContentDisposition field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.ResponseContentDisposition = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetResponseContentEncoding sets the ResponseContentEncoding field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.ResponseContentEncoding = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetResponseContentLanguage sets the ResponseContentLanguage field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.ResponseContentLanguage = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetResponseContentType sets the ResponseContentType field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentType(v string) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.ResponseContentType = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetResponseExpires sets the ResponseExpires field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseExpires(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.ResponseExpires = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.SSECustomerKey = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectInput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectOutput
+type GetObjectOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"`
+
+        AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"`
+
+        // Object data.
+        Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"`
+
+        // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
+        CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies presentational information for the object.
+        ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
+        // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
+        // by the Content-Type header field.
+        ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`
+
+        // The language the content is in.
+        ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`
+
+        // Size of the body in bytes.
+        ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`
+
+        // The portion of the object returned in the response.
+        ContentRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Range" type:"string"`
+
+        // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
+        ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete
+        // Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.
+        DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"`
+
+        // An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version
+        // of a resource found at a URL
+        ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`
+
+        // If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response
+        // includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key value pairs
+        // providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL
+        // encoded.
+        Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`
+
+        // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
+        Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"`
+
+        // Last modified date of the object
+        LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"`
+
+        // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
+        Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`
+
+        // This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta
+        // headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that
+        // supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP,
+        // you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
+        MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"`
+
+        // The count of parts this object has.
+        PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"`
+
+        ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"`
+
+        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
+        // request.
+        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
+
+        // Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time
+        // of the restored object copy.
+        Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"`
+
+        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
+        // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
+        // used.
+        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
+
+        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
+        // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity
+        // verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
+        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
+
+        // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master
+        // encryption key that was used for the object.
+        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"`
+
+        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
+        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
+        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
+
+        StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
+
+        // The number of tags, if any, on the object.
+        TagCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-count" type:"integer"`
+
+        // Version of the object.
+        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
+
+        // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
+        // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
+        // the value of this header in the object metadata.
+        WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetObjectOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetObjectOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.AcceptRanges = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.Body = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.CacheControl = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.ContentDisposition = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.ContentEncoding = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.ContentLanguage = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.ContentLength = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentRange sets the ContentRange field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentRange(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.ContentRange = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.ContentType = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.DeleteMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.ETag = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.Expiration = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.Expires = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.LastModified = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.Metadata = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.MissingMeta = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.PartsCount = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.ReplicationStatus = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.RequestCharged = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRestore sets the Restore field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.Restore = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.StorageClass = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTagCount sets the TagCount field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetTagCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.TagCount = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
+        s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTaggingRequest
+type GetObjectTaggingInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectTaggingInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTaggingOutput
+type GetObjectTaggingOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // TagSet is a required field
+        TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetObjectTaggingOutput {
+        s.TagSet = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingOutput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrentRequest
+type GetObjectTorrentInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
+        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
+        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectTorrentInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrentOutput
+type GetObjectTorrentOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"`
+
+        Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"`
+
+        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
+        // request.
+        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectTorrentOutput {
+        s.Body = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
+func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectTorrentOutput {
+        s.RequestCharged = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GlacierJobParameters
+type GlacierJobParameters struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Glacier retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed.
+        //
+        // Tier is a required field
+        Tier *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Tier"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GlacierJobParameters) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GlacierJobParameters) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GlacierJobParameters) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GlacierJobParameters"}
+        if s.Tier == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tier"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetTier sets the Tier field's value.
+func (s *GlacierJobParameters) SetTier(v string) *GlacierJobParameters {
+        s.Tier = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Grant
+type Grant struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Specifies the permission given to the grantee.
+        Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"Permission"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Grant) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Grant) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *Grant) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grant"}
+        if s.Grantee != nil {
+                if err := s.Grantee.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("Grantee", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value.
+func (s *Grant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *Grant {
+        s.Grantee = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPermission sets the Permission field's value.
+func (s *Grant) SetPermission(v string) *Grant {
+        s.Permission = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Grantee
+type Grantee struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"`
+
+        // Screen name of the grantee.
+        DisplayName *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Email address of the grantee.
+        EmailAddress *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // The canonical user ID of the grantee.
+        ID *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Type of grantee
+        //
+        // Type is a required field
+        Type *string `locationName:"xsi:type" type:"string" xmlAttribute:"true" required:"true" enum:"Type"`
+
+        // URI of the grantee group.
+        URI *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Grantee) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Grantee) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *Grantee) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grantee"}
+        if s.Type == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value.
+func (s *Grantee) SetDisplayName(v string) *Grantee {
+        s.DisplayName = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetEmailAddress sets the EmailAddress field's value.
+func (s *Grantee) SetEmailAddress(v string) *Grantee {
+        s.EmailAddress = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetID sets the ID field's value.
+func (s *Grantee) SetID(v string) *Grantee {
+        s.ID = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *Grantee) SetType(v string) *Grantee {
+        s.Type = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetURI sets the URI field's value.
+func (s *Grantee) SetURI(v string) *Grantee {
+        s.URI = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucketRequest
+type HeadBucketInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s HeadBucketInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s HeadBucketInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *HeadBucketInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HeadBucketInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *HeadBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadBucketInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucketOutput
+type HeadBucketOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s HeadBucketOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s HeadBucketOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObjectRequest
+type HeadObjectInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified,
+        // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
+        IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"`
+
+        // Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time,
+        // otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
+        IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"`
+
+        // Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one
+        // specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
+        IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"`
+
+        // Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time,
+        // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
+        IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"`
+
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between
+        // 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' HEAD request for the part specified.
+        // Useful querying about the size of the part and the number of parts in this
+        // object.
+        PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"`
+
+        // Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about
+        // the HTTP Range header, go to http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35.
+        Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
+        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
+        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+
+        // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256).
+        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
+        // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
+        // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with
+        // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm
+        // header.
+        SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
+        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
+        // key was transmitted without error.
+        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
+
+        // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
+        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s HeadObjectInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s HeadObjectInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *HeadObjectInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HeadObjectInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
+        s.IfMatch = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput {
+        s.IfModifiedSince = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
+        s.IfNoneMatch = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput {
+        s.IfUnmodifiedSince = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *HeadObjectInput {
+        s.PartNumber = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRange sets the Range field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
+        s.Range = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
+        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
+        s.SSECustomerKey = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
+        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObjectOutput
+type HeadObjectOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
+        CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies presentational information for the object.
+        ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
+        // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
+        // by the Content-Type header field.
+        ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`
+
+        // The language the content is in.
+        ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`
+
+        // Size of the body in bytes.
+        ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`
+
+        // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
+        ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete
+        // Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.
+        DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"`
+
+        // An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version
+        // of a resource found at a URL
+        ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`
+
+        // If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response
+        // includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key value pairs
+        // providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL
+        // encoded.
+        Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`
+
+        // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
+        Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"`
+
+        // Last modified date of the object
+        LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"`
+
+        // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
+        Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`
+
+        // This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta
+        // headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that
+        // supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP,
+        // you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
+        MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"`
+
+        // The count of parts this object has.
+        PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"`
+
+        ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"`
+
+        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
+        // request.
+        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
+
+        // Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time
+        // of the restored object copy.
+        Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"`
+
+        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
+        // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
+        // used.
+        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
+
+        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
+        // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity
+        // verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
+        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
+
+        // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master
+        // encryption key that was used for the object.
+        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"`
+
+        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
+        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
+        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
+
+        StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
+
+        // Version of the object.
+        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
+
+        // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
+        // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
+        // the value of this header in the object metadata.
+        WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s HeadObjectOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s HeadObjectOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.AcceptRanges = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.CacheControl = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.ContentDisposition = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.ContentEncoding = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.ContentLanguage = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.ContentLength = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.ContentType = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.DeleteMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.ETag = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.Expiration = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.Expires = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.LastModified = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.Metadata = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.MissingMeta = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.PartsCount = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.ReplicationStatus = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.RequestCharged = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRestore sets the Restore field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.Restore = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.StorageClass = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
+func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
+        s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/IndexDocument
+type IndexDocument struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // A suffix that is appended to a request that is for a directory on the website
+        // endpoint (e.g. if the suffix is index.html and you make a request to samplebucket/images/
+        // the data that is returned will be for the object with the key name images/index.html)
+        // The suffix must not be empty and must not include a slash character.
+        //
+        // Suffix is a required field
+        Suffix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s IndexDocument) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s IndexDocument) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *IndexDocument) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "IndexDocument"}
+        if s.Suffix == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Suffix"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetSuffix sets the Suffix field's value.
+func (s *IndexDocument) SetSuffix(v string) *IndexDocument {
+        s.Suffix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Initiator
+type Initiator struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Name of the Principal.
+        DisplayName *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // If the principal is an AWS account, it provides the Canonical User ID. If
+        // the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value.
+        ID *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Initiator) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Initiator) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value.
+func (s *Initiator) SetDisplayName(v string) *Initiator {
+        s.DisplayName = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetID sets the ID field's value.
+func (s *Initiator) SetID(v string) *Initiator {
+        s.ID = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/InventoryConfiguration
+type InventoryConfiguration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Contains information about where to publish the inventory results.
+        //
+        // Destination is a required field
+        Destination *InventoryDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+
+        // Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet
+        // the filter's criteria.
+        Filter *InventoryFilter `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
+        //
+        // Id is a required field
+        Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Specifies which object version(s) to included in the inventory results.
+        //
+        // IncludedObjectVersions is a required field
+        IncludedObjectVersions *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryIncludedObjectVersions"`
+
+        // Specifies whether the inventory is enabled or disabled.
+        //
+        // IsEnabled is a required field
+        IsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"`
+
+        // Contains the optional fields that are included in the inventory results.
+        OptionalFields []*string `locationNameList:"Field" type:"list"`
+
+        // Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results.
+        //
+        // Schedule is a required field
+        Schedule *InventorySchedule `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InventoryConfiguration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InventoryConfiguration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *InventoryConfiguration) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryConfiguration"}
+        if s.Destination == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
+        }
+        if s.Id == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
+        }
+        if s.IncludedObjectVersions == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IncludedObjectVersions"))
+        }
+        if s.IsEnabled == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IsEnabled"))
+        }
+        if s.Schedule == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Schedule"))
+        }
+        if s.Destination != nil {
+                if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+        if s.Filter != nil {
+                if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+        if s.Schedule != nil {
+                if err := s.Schedule.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("Schedule", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
+func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetDestination(v *InventoryDestination) *InventoryConfiguration {
+        s.Destination = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
+func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetFilter(v *InventoryFilter) *InventoryConfiguration {
+        s.Filter = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetId(v string) *InventoryConfiguration {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIncludedObjectVersions sets the IncludedObjectVersions field's value.
+func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIncludedObjectVersions(v string) *InventoryConfiguration {
+        s.IncludedObjectVersions = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIsEnabled sets the IsEnabled field's value.
+func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIsEnabled(v bool) *InventoryConfiguration {
+        s.IsEnabled = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetOptionalFields sets the OptionalFields field's value.
+func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetOptionalFields(v []*string) *InventoryConfiguration {
+        s.OptionalFields = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
+func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetSchedule(v *InventorySchedule) *InventoryConfiguration {
+        s.Schedule = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/InventoryDestination
+type InventoryDestination struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix
+        // (optional) where inventory results are published.
+        //
+        // S3BucketDestination is a required field
+        S3BucketDestination *InventoryS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InventoryDestination) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InventoryDestination) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *InventoryDestination) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryDestination"}
+        if s.S3BucketDestination == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketDestination"))
+        }
+        if s.S3BucketDestination != nil {
+                if err := s.S3BucketDestination.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("S3BucketDestination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value.
+func (s *InventoryDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *InventoryS3BucketDestination) *InventoryDestination {
+        s.S3BucketDestination = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/InventoryFilter
+type InventoryFilter struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The prefix that an object must have to be included in the inventory results.
+        //
+        // Prefix is a required field
+        Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InventoryFilter) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InventoryFilter) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *InventoryFilter) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryFilter"}
+        if s.Prefix == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *InventoryFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryFilter {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/InventoryS3BucketDestination
+type InventoryS3BucketDestination struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The ID of the account that owns the destination bucket.
+        AccountId *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the bucket where inventory results will
+        // be published.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Specifies the output format of the inventory results.
+        //
+        // Format is a required field
+        Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFormat"`
+
+        // The prefix that is prepended to all inventory results.
+        Prefix *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryS3BucketDestination"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Format == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
+func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetAccountId(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
+        s.AccountId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
+func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
+        s.Format = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/InventorySchedule
+type InventorySchedule struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Specifies how frequently inventory results are produced.
+        //
+        // Frequency is a required field
+        Frequency *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFrequency"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InventorySchedule) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InventorySchedule) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *InventorySchedule) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventorySchedule"}
+        if s.Frequency == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Frequency"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetFrequency sets the Frequency field's value.
+func (s *InventorySchedule) SetFrequency(v string) *InventorySchedule {
+        s.Frequency = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/S3KeyFilter
+type KeyFilter struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // A list of containers for key value pair that defines the criteria for the
+        // filter rule.
+        FilterRules []*FilterRule `locationName:"FilterRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s KeyFilter) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s KeyFilter) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetFilterRules sets the FilterRules field's value.
+func (s *KeyFilter) SetFilterRules(v []*FilterRule) *KeyFilter {
+        s.FilterRules = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Container for specifying the AWS Lambda notification configuration.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/LambdaFunctionConfiguration
+type LambdaFunctionConfiguration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Events is a required field
+        Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
+
+        // Container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key
+        // name filtering, go to Configuring Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
+        Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
+        // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
+        Id *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Lambda cloud function ARN that Amazon S3 can invoke when it detects events
+        // of the specified type.
+        //
+        // LambdaFunctionArn is a required field
+        LambdaFunctionArn *string `locationName:"CloudFunction" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LambdaFunctionConfiguration"}
+        if s.Events == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events"))
+        }
+        if s.LambdaFunctionArn == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LambdaFunctionArn"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
+func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration {
+        s.Events = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
+func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration {
+        s.Filter = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetLambdaFunctionArn sets the LambdaFunctionArn field's value.
+func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionArn(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration {
+        s.LambdaFunctionArn = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/LifecycleConfiguration
+type LifecycleConfiguration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Rules is a required field
+        Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s LifecycleConfiguration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s LifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleConfiguration"}
+        if s.Rules == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules"))
+        }
+        if s.Rules != nil {
+                for i, v := range s.Rules {
+                        if v == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*Rule) *LifecycleConfiguration {
+        s.Rules = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/LifecycleExpiration
+type LifecycleExpiration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in
+        // GMT ISO 8601 Format.
+        Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
+
+        // Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule.
+        // The value must be a non-zero positive integer.
+        Days *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+        // Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent
+        // versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false
+        // the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in
+        // a Lifecycle Expiration Policy.
+        ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s LifecycleExpiration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s LifecycleExpiration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDate sets the Date field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDate(v time.Time) *LifecycleExpiration {
+        s.Date = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetDays sets the Days field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDays(v int64) *LifecycleExpiration {
+        s.Days = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker sets the ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker(v bool) *LifecycleExpiration {
+        s.ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/LifecycleRule
+type LifecycleRule struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Specifies the days since the initiation of an Incomplete Multipart Upload
+        // that Lifecycle will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload.
+        AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"`
+
+        Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to.
+        // A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified.
+        Filter *LifecycleRuleFilter `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters.
+        ID *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon
+        // S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle
+        // configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended)
+        // to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific
+        // period in the object's lifetime.
+        NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"`
+
+        NoncurrentVersionTransitions []*NoncurrentVersionTransition `locationName:"NoncurrentVersionTransition" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. This is
+        // deprecated; use Filter instead.
+        Prefix *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"`
+
+        // If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule
+        // is not currently being applied.
+        //
+        // Status is a required field
+        Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"`
+
+        Transitions []*Transition `locationName:"Transition" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s LifecycleRule) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s LifecycleRule) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *LifecycleRule) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRule"}
+        if s.Status == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
+        }
+        if s.Filter != nil {
+                if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleRule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *LifecycleRule {
+        s.AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleRule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *LifecycleRule {
+        s.Expiration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleRule) SetFilter(v *LifecycleRuleFilter) *LifecycleRule {
+        s.Filter = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetID sets the ID field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleRule) SetID(v string) *LifecycleRule {
+        s.ID = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *LifecycleRule {
+        s.NoncurrentVersionExpiration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions sets the NoncurrentVersionTransitions field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions(v []*NoncurrentVersionTransition) *LifecycleRule {
+        s.NoncurrentVersionTransitions = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleRule) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRule {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleRule) SetStatus(v string) *LifecycleRule {
+        s.Status = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTransitions sets the Transitions field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleRule) SetTransitions(v []*Transition) *LifecycleRule {
+        s.Transitions = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or
+// more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all
+// of the predicates configured inside the And operator.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/LifecycleRuleAndOperator
+type LifecycleRuleAndOperator struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        Prefix *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule
+        // to apply.
+        Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRuleAndOperator"}
+        if s.Tags != nil {
+                for i, v := range s.Tags {
+                        if v == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator {
+        s.Tags = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to.
+// A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/LifecycleRuleFilter
+type LifecycleRuleFilter struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or
+        // more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all
+        // of the predicates configured inside the And operator.
+        And *LifecycleRuleAndOperator `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
+        Prefix *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // This tag must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply.
+        Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRuleFilter"}
+        if s.And != nil {
+                if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+        if s.Tag != nil {
+                if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetAnd sets the And field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetAnd(v *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) *LifecycleRuleFilter {
+        s.And = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleFilter {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTag sets the Tag field's value.
+func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *LifecycleRuleFilter {
+        s.Tag = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest
+type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The name of the bucket from which analytics configurations are retrieved.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request
+        // should begin.
+        ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput {
+        s.ContinuationToken = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput
+type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The list of analytics configurations for a bucket.
+        AnalyticsConfigurationList []*AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        // The ContinuationToken that represents where this request began.
+        ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete.
+        // A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken
+        // will be provided for a subsequent request.
+        IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+        // NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which indicates that
+        // there are more analytics configurations to list. The next request must include
+        // this NextContinuationToken. The token is obfuscated and is not a usable value.
+        NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAnalyticsConfigurationList sets the AnalyticsConfigurationList field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetAnalyticsConfigurationList(v []*AnalyticsConfiguration) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput {
+        s.AnalyticsConfigurationList = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput {
+        s.ContinuationToken = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput {
+        s.IsTruncated = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput {
+        s.NextContinuationToken = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest
+type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The name of the bucket containing the inventory configurations to retrieve.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The marker used to continue an inventory configuration listing that has been
+        // truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list
+        // response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value
+        // that Amazon S3 understands.
+        ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput {
+        s.ContinuationToken = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput
+type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // If sent in the request, the marker that is used as a starting point for this
+        // inventory configuration list response.
+        ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // The list of inventory configurations for a bucket.
+        InventoryConfigurationList []*InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        // Indicates whether the returned list of inventory configurations is truncated
+        // in this response. A value of true indicates that the list is truncated.
+        IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+        // The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the
+        // NextContinuationToken from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent
+        // request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.
+        NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput {
+        s.ContinuationToken = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetInventoryConfigurationList sets the InventoryConfigurationList field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetInventoryConfigurationList(v []*InventoryConfiguration) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput {
+        s.InventoryConfigurationList = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput {
+        s.IsTruncated = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput {
+        s.NextContinuationToken = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest
+type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The name of the bucket containing the metrics configurations to retrieve.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The marker that is used to continue a metrics configuration listing that
+        // has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated
+        // list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque
+        // value that Amazon S3 understands.
+        ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput {
+        s.ContinuationToken = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput
+type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The marker that is used as a starting point for this metrics configuration
+        // list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request.
+        ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Indicates whether the returned list of metrics configurations is complete.
+        // A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken
+        // will be provided for a subsequent request.
+        IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+        // The list of metrics configurations for a bucket.
+        MetricsConfigurationList []*MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        // The marker used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been
+        // truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list
+        // response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value
+        // that Amazon S3 understands.
+        NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput {
+        s.ContinuationToken = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput {
+        s.IsTruncated = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMetricsConfigurationList sets the MetricsConfigurationList field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetMetricsConfigurationList(v []*MetricsConfiguration) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput {
+        s.MetricsConfigurationList = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput {
+        s.NextContinuationToken = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketsInput
+type ListBucketsInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListBucketsInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListBucketsInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketsOutput
+type ListBucketsOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        Buckets []*Bucket `locationNameList:"Bucket" type:"list"`
+
+        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListBucketsOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListBucketsOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetBuckets sets the Buckets field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetBuckets(v []*Bucket) *ListBucketsOutput {
+        s.Buckets = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
+func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListBucketsOutput {
+        s.Owner = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploadsRequest
+type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Character you use to group keys.
+        Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`
+
+        // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
+        // the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
+        // however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
+        // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
+        // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
+        // keys in the response.
+        EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
+
+        // Together with upload-id-marker, this parameter specifies the multipart upload
+        // after which listing should begin.
+        KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"`
+
+        // Sets the maximum number of multipart uploads, from 1 to 1,000, to return
+        // in the response body. 1,000 is the maximum number of uploads that can be
+        // returned in a response.
+        MaxUploads *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-uploads" type:"integer"`
+
+        // Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified
+        // prefix.
+        Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
+
+        // Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing
+        // should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter
+        // is ignored.
+        UploadIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"upload-id-marker" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMultipartUploadsInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
+        s.Delimiter = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
+        s.EncodingType = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
+        s.KeyMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
+        s.MaxUploads = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
+        s.UploadIdMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploadsOutput
+type ListMultipartUploadsOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
+        Bucket *string `type:"string"`
+
+        CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        Delimiter *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
+        EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
+
+        // Indicates whether the returned list of multipart uploads is truncated. A
+        // value of true indicates that the list was truncated. The list can be truncated
+        // if the number of multipart uploads exceeds the limit allowed or specified
+        // by max uploads.
+        IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+        // The key at or after which the listing began.
+        KeyMarker *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Maximum number of multipart uploads that could have been included in the
+        // response.
+        MaxUploads *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+        // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be
+        // used for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
+        NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be
+        // used for the upload-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
+        NextUploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // When a prefix is provided in the request, this field contains the specified
+        // prefix. The result contains only keys starting with the specified prefix.
+        Prefix *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Upload ID after which listing began.
+        UploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"`
+
+        Uploads []*MultipartUpload `locationName:"Upload" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
+        s.CommonPrefixes = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
+        s.Delimiter = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
+        s.EncodingType = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
+        s.IsTruncated = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
+        s.KeyMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
+        s.MaxUploads = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
+        s.NextKeyMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetNextUploadIdMarker sets the NextUploadIdMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
+        s.NextUploadIdMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
+        s.UploadIdMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetUploads sets the Uploads field's value.
+func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploads(v []*MultipartUpload) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
+        s.Uploads = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersionsRequest
+type ListObjectVersionsInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys.
+        Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`
+
+        // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
+        // the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
+        // however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
+        // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
+        // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
+        // keys in the response.
+        EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
+
+        // Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket.
+        KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"`
+
+        // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might
+        // contain fewer keys but will never contain more.
+        MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"`
+
+        // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.
+        Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the object version you want to start listing from.
+        VersionIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"version-id-marker" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectVersionsInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
+        s.Delimiter = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
+        s.EncodingType = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
+        s.KeyMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
+        s.MaxKeys = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
+        s.VersionIdMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersionsOutput
+type ListObjectVersionsOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        DeleteMarkers []*DeleteMarkerEntry `locationName:"DeleteMarker" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        Delimiter *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
+        EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
+
+        // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results
+        // that satisfied the search criteria. If your results were truncated, you can
+        // make a follow-up paginated request using the NextKeyMarker and NextVersionIdMarker
+        // response parameters as a starting place in another request to return the
+        // rest of the results.
+        IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+        // Marks the last Key returned in a truncated response.
+        KeyMarker *string `type:"string"`
+
+        MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+        Name *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Use this value for the key marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
+        NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Use this value for the next version id marker parameter in a subsequent request.
+        NextVersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"`
+
+        Prefix *string `type:"string"`
+
+        VersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"`
+
+        Versions []*ObjectVersion `locationName:"Version" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
+        s.CommonPrefixes = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetDeleteMarkers sets the DeleteMarkers field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDeleteMarkers(v []*DeleteMarkerEntry) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
+        s.DeleteMarkers = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
+        s.Delimiter = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
+        s.EncodingType = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
+        s.IsTruncated = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
+        s.KeyMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
+        s.MaxKeys = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
+        s.Name = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
+        s.NextKeyMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetNextVersionIdMarker sets the NextVersionIdMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
+        s.NextVersionIdMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
+        s.VersionIdMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersions sets the Versions field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersions(v []*ObjectVersion) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
+        s.Versions = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsRequest
+type ListObjectsInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys.
+        Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`
+
+        // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
+        // the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
+        // however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
+        // with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
+        // XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
+        // keys in the response.
+        EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
+
+        // Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket.
+        Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" type:"string"`
+
+        // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might
+        // contain fewer keys but will never contain more.
+        MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"`
+
+        // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.
+        Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // list objects request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their
+        // requests.
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListObjectsInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListObjectsInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListObjectsInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectsInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
+        s.Delimiter = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
+        s.EncodingType = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
+        s.Marker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsInput {
+        s.MaxKeys = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsOutput
+type ListObjectsOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        Delimiter *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
+        EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
+
+        // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results
+        // that satisfied the search criteria.
+        IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+        Marker *string `type:"string"`
+
+        MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+        Name *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // When response is truncated (the IsTruncated element value in the response
+        // is true), you can use the key name in this field as marker in the subsequent
+        // request to get next set of objects. Amazon S3 lists objects in alphabetical
+        // order Note: This element is returned only if you have delimiter request parameter
+        // specified. If response does not include the NextMaker and it is truncated,
+        // you can use the value of the last Key in the response as the marker in the
+        // subsequent request to get the next set of object keys.
+        NextMarker *string `type:"string"`
+
+        Prefix *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListObjectsOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListObjectsOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsOutput {
+        s.CommonPrefixes = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContents sets the Contents field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsOutput {
+        s.Contents = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
+        s.Delimiter = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
+        s.EncodingType = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsOutput {
+        s.IsTruncated = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
+        s.Marker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsOutput {
+        s.MaxKeys = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
+        s.Name = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
+        s.NextMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2Request
+type ListObjectsV2Input struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Name of the bucket to list.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on
+        // this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real
+        // key
+        ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`
+
+        // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys.
+        Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`
+
+        // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
+        EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
+
+        // The owner field is not present in listV2 by default, if you want to return
+        // owner field with each key in the result then set the fetch owner field to
+        // true
+        FetchOwner *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"fetch-owner" type:"boolean"`
+
+        // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might
+        // contain fewer keys but will never contain more.
+        MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"`
+
+        // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.
+        Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // list objects request in V2 style. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter
+        // in their requests.
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+
+        // StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts
+        // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket
+        StartAfter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"start-after" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListObjectsV2Input) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListObjectsV2Input) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectsV2Input"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
+        s.ContinuationToken = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
+        s.Delimiter = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
+        s.EncodingType = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetFetchOwner sets the FetchOwner field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetFetchOwner(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Input {
+        s.FetchOwner = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Input {
+        s.MaxKeys = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
+        s.StartAfter = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2Output
+type ListObjectsV2Output struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the
+        // next occurrence of the string specified by delimiter
+        CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        // Metadata about each object returned.
+        Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        // ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on
+        // this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real
+        // key
+        ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys.
+        Delimiter *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
+        EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
+
+        // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results
+        // that satisfied the search criteria.
+        IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+        // KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will
+        // always be less than equals to MaxKeys field. Say you ask for 50 keys, your
+        // result will include less than equals 50 keys
+        KeyCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+        // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might
+        // contain fewer keys but will never contain more.
+        MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+        // Name of the bucket to list.
+        Name *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true which means there
+        // are more keys in the bucket that can be listed. The next list requests to
+        // Amazon S3 can be continued with this NextContinuationToken. NextContinuationToken
+        // is obfuscated and is not a real key
+        NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.
+        Prefix *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts
+        // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket
+        StartAfter *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListObjectsV2Output) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListObjectsV2Output) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsV2Output {
+        s.CommonPrefixes = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContents sets the Contents field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsV2Output {
+        s.Contents = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
+        s.ContinuationToken = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
+        s.Delimiter = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
+        s.EncodingType = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Output {
+        s.IsTruncated = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyCount sets the KeyCount field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetKeyCount(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output {
+        s.KeyCount = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output {
+        s.MaxKeys = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
+        s.Name = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
+        s.NextContinuationToken = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value.
+func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
+        s.StartAfter = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListPartsRequest
+type ListPartsInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Sets the maximum number of parts to return.
+        MaxParts *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-parts" type:"integer"`
+
+        // Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher
+        // part numbers will be listed.
+        PartNumberMarker *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"part-number-marker" type:"integer"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
+        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
+        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+
+        // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed.
+        //
+        // UploadId is a required field
+        UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListPartsInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListPartsInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListPartsInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListPartsInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+        if s.UploadId == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsInput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsInput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsInput {
+        s.MaxParts = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsInput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsInput {
+        s.PartNumberMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListPartsInput {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsInput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsInput {
+        s.UploadId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListPartsOutput
+type ListPartsOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Date when multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation by lifecycle.
+        AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"`
+
+        // Id of the lifecycle rule that makes a multipart upload eligible for abort
+        // operation.
+        AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"`
+
+        // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
+        Bucket *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Identifies who initiated the multipart upload.
+        Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated.
+        IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+        // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
+        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+        // Maximum number of parts that were allowed in the response.
+        MaxParts *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+        // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list,
+        // as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter
+        // in a subsequent request.
+        NextPartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Part number after which listing begins.
+        PartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+        Parts []*Part `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
+        // request.
+        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
+
+        // The class of storage used to store the object.
+        StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
+
+        // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed.
+        UploadId *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListPartsOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListPartsOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *ListPartsOutput {
+        s.AbortDate = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
+        s.AbortRuleId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *ListPartsOutput {
+        s.Initiator = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListPartsOutput {
+        s.IsTruncated = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsOutput {
+        s.MaxParts = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetNextPartNumberMarker sets the NextPartNumberMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetNextPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput {
+        s.NextPartNumberMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListPartsOutput {
+        s.Owner = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput {
+        s.PartNumberMarker = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetParts sets the Parts field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetParts(v []*Part) *ListPartsOutput {
+        s.Parts = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
+        s.RequestCharged = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
+        s.StorageClass = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
+func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
+        s.UploadId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/LoggingEnabled
+type LoggingEnabled struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Specifies the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store server access logs.
+        // You can have your logs delivered to any bucket that you own, including the
+        // same bucket that is being logged. You can also configure multiple buckets
+        // to deliver their logs to the same target bucket. In this case you should
+        // choose a different TargetPrefix for each source bucket so that the delivered
+        // log files can be distinguished by key.
+        TargetBucket *string `type:"string"`
+
+        TargetGrants []*TargetGrant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`
+
+        // This element lets you specify a prefix for the keys that the log files will
+        // be stored under.
+        TargetPrefix *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s LoggingEnabled) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s LoggingEnabled) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *LoggingEnabled) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LoggingEnabled"}
+        if s.TargetGrants != nil {
+                for i, v := range s.TargetGrants {
+                        if v == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TargetGrants", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetTargetBucket sets the TargetBucket field's value.
+func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetBucket(v string) *LoggingEnabled {
+        s.TargetBucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTargetGrants sets the TargetGrants field's value.
+func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetGrants(v []*TargetGrant) *LoggingEnabled {
+        s.TargetGrants = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTargetPrefix sets the TargetPrefix field's value.
+func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetPrefix(v string) *LoggingEnabled {
+        s.TargetPrefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/MetricsAndOperator
+type MetricsAndOperator struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The prefix used when evaluating an AND predicate.
+        Prefix *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // The list of tags used when evaluating an AND predicate.
+        Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MetricsAndOperator) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MetricsAndOperator) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *MetricsAndOperator) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsAndOperator"}
+        if s.Tags != nil {
+                for i, v := range s.Tags {
+                        if v == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsAndOperator {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *MetricsAndOperator {
+        s.Tags = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/MetricsConfiguration
+type MetricsConfiguration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration will
+        // only include objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a
+        // prefix, a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator).
+        Filter *MetricsFilter `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
+        //
+        // Id is a required field
+        Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MetricsConfiguration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MetricsConfiguration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *MetricsConfiguration) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsConfiguration"}
+        if s.Id == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
+        }
+        if s.Filter != nil {
+                if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
+func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *MetricsFilter) *MetricsConfiguration {
+        s.Filter = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *MetricsConfiguration {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/MetricsFilter
+type MetricsFilter struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a
+        // metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object
+        // must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.
+        And *MetricsAndOperator `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The prefix used when evaluating a metrics filter.
+        Prefix *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // The tag used when evaluating a metrics filter.
+        Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MetricsFilter) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MetricsFilter) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *MetricsFilter) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsFilter"}
+        if s.And != nil {
+                if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+        if s.Tag != nil {
+                if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetAnd sets the And field's value.
+func (s *MetricsFilter) SetAnd(v *MetricsAndOperator) *MetricsFilter {
+        s.And = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *MetricsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsFilter {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTag sets the Tag field's value.
+func (s *MetricsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *MetricsFilter {
+        s.Tag = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/MultipartUpload
+type MultipartUpload struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Date and time at which the multipart upload was initiated.
+        Initiated *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
+
+        // Identifies who initiated the multipart upload.
+        Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated.
+        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The class of storage used to store the object.
+        StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
+
+        // Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload.
+        UploadId *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MultipartUpload) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MultipartUpload) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetInitiated sets the Initiated field's value.
+func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiated(v time.Time) *MultipartUpload {
+        s.Initiated = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value.
+func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *MultipartUpload {
+        s.Initiator = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *MultipartUpload) SetKey(v string) *MultipartUpload {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
+func (s *MultipartUpload) SetOwner(v *Owner) *MultipartUpload {
+        s.Owner = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
+func (s *MultipartUpload) SetStorageClass(v string) *MultipartUpload {
+        s.StorageClass = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
+func (s *MultipartUpload) SetUploadId(v string) *MultipartUpload {
+        s.UploadId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon
+// S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle
+// configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended)
+// to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific
+// period in the object's lifetime.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/NoncurrentVersionExpiration
+type NoncurrentVersionExpiration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can
+        // perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days
+        // calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent
+        // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
+        NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value.
+func (s *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionExpiration {
+        s.NoncurrentDays = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects
+// transition to the STANDARD_IA or GLACIER storage class. If your bucket is
+// versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action
+// to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA
+// or GLACIER storage class at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/NoncurrentVersionTransition
+type NoncurrentVersionTransition struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can
+        // perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days
+        // calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent
+        // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
+        NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+        // The class of storage used to store the object.
+        StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value.
+func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionTransition {
+        s.NoncurrentDays = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
+func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetStorageClass(v string) *NoncurrentVersionTransition {
+        s.StorageClass = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. If
+// this element is empty, notifications are turned off on the bucket.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/NotificationConfiguration
+type NotificationConfiguration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        LambdaFunctionConfigurations []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration `locationName:"CloudFunctionConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        QueueConfigurations []*QueueConfiguration `locationName:"QueueConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        TopicConfigurations []*TopicConfiguration `locationName:"TopicConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s NotificationConfiguration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s NotificationConfiguration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *NotificationConfiguration) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NotificationConfiguration"}
+        if s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations != nil {
+                for i, v := range s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations {
+                        if v == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "LambdaFunctionConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        if s.QueueConfigurations != nil {
+                for i, v := range s.QueueConfigurations {
+                        if v == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "QueueConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        if s.TopicConfigurations != nil {
+                for i, v := range s.TopicConfigurations {
+                        if v == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TopicConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations sets the LambdaFunctionConfigurations field's value.
+func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations(v []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration {
+        s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetQueueConfigurations sets the QueueConfigurations field's value.
+func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetQueueConfigurations(v []*QueueConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration {
+        s.QueueConfigurations = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTopicConfigurations sets the TopicConfigurations field's value.
+func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetTopicConfigurations(v []*TopicConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration {
+        s.TopicConfigurations = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/NotificationConfigurationDeprecated
+type NotificationConfigurationDeprecated struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        CloudFunctionConfiguration *CloudFunctionConfiguration `type:"structure"`
+
+        QueueConfiguration *QueueConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"`
+
+        TopicConfiguration *TopicConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCloudFunctionConfiguration sets the CloudFunctionConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetCloudFunctionConfiguration(v *CloudFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated {
+        s.CloudFunctionConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetQueueConfiguration sets the QueueConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueueConfiguration(v *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated {
+        s.QueueConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTopicConfiguration sets the TopicConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopicConfiguration(v *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated {
+        s.TopicConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key
+// name filtering, go to Configuring Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/NotificationConfigurationFilter
+type NotificationConfigurationFilter struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
+        Key *KeyFilter `locationName:"S3Key" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *NotificationConfigurationFilter) SetKey(v *KeyFilter) *NotificationConfigurationFilter {
+        s.Key = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Object
+type Object struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        ETag *string `type:"string"`
+
+        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+        LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
+
+        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
+
+        Size *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+        // The class of storage used to store the object.
+        StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectStorageClass"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Object) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Object) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
+func (s *Object) SetETag(v string) *Object {
+        s.ETag = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *Object) SetKey(v string) *Object {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
+func (s *Object) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Object {
+        s.LastModified = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
+func (s *Object) SetOwner(v *Owner) *Object {
+        s.Owner = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
+func (s *Object) SetSize(v int64) *Object {
+        s.Size = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
+func (s *Object) SetStorageClass(v string) *Object {
+        s.StorageClass = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ObjectIdentifier
+type ObjectIdentifier struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Key name of the object to delete.
+        //
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // VersionId for the specific version of the object to delete.
+        VersionId *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ObjectIdentifier) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ObjectIdentifier) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ObjectIdentifier) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ObjectIdentifier"}
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetKey(v string) *ObjectIdentifier {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectIdentifier {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ObjectVersion
+type ObjectVersion struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        ETag *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version
+        // of an object.
+        IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+        // The object key.
+        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+        // Date and time the object was last modified.
+        LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
+
+        Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Size in bytes of the object.
+        Size *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+        // The class of storage used to store the object.
+        StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectVersionStorageClass"`
+
+        // Version ID of an object.
+        VersionId *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ObjectVersion) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ObjectVersion) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
+func (s *ObjectVersion) SetETag(v string) *ObjectVersion {
+        s.ETag = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value.
+func (s *ObjectVersion) SetIsLatest(v bool) *ObjectVersion {
+        s.IsLatest = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *ObjectVersion) SetKey(v string) *ObjectVersion {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
+func (s *ObjectVersion) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *ObjectVersion {
+        s.LastModified = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
+func (s *ObjectVersion) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ObjectVersion {
+        s.Owner = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
+func (s *ObjectVersion) SetSize(v int64) *ObjectVersion {
+        s.Size = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
+func (s *ObjectVersion) SetStorageClass(v string) *ObjectVersion {
+        s.StorageClass = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *ObjectVersion) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectVersion {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Owner
+type Owner struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        DisplayName *string `type:"string"`
+
+        ID *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Owner) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Owner) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value.
+func (s *Owner) SetDisplayName(v string) *Owner {
+        s.DisplayName = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetID sets the ID field's value.
+func (s *Owner) SetID(v string) *Owner {
+        s.ID = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Part
+type Part struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded.
+        ETag *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Date and time at which the part was uploaded.
+        LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
+
+        // Part number identifying the part. This is a positive integer between 1 and
+        // 10,000.
+        PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+        // Size of the uploaded part data.
+        Size *int64 `type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Part) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Part) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
+func (s *Part) SetETag(v string) *Part {
+        s.ETag = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
+func (s *Part) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Part {
+        s.LastModified = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
+func (s *Part) SetPartNumber(v int64) *Part {
+        s.PartNumber = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
+func (s *Part) SetSize(v int64) *Part {
+        s.Size = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest
+type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AccelerateConfiguration"`
+
+        // Specifies the Accelerate Configuration you want to set for the bucket.
+        //
+        // AccelerateConfiguration is a required field
+        AccelerateConfiguration *AccelerateConfiguration `locationName:"AccelerateConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+
+        // Name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is set.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput"}
+        if s.AccelerateConfiguration == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccelerateConfiguration"))
+        }
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetAccelerateConfiguration sets the AccelerateConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetAccelerateConfiguration(v *AccelerateConfiguration) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput {
+        s.AccelerateConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput
+type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAclRequest
+type PutBucketAclInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"`
+
+        // The canned ACL to apply to the bucket.
+        ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"`
+
+        AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the
+        // bucket.
+        GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
+        GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
+        GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket.
+        GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
+        GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketAclInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketAclInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutBucketAclInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAclInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.AccessControlPolicy != nil {
+                if err := s.AccessControlPolicy.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
+        s.ACL = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutBucketAclInput {
+        s.AccessControlPolicy = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
+        s.GrantFullControl = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
+        s.GrantRead = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
+        s.GrantReadACP = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
+        s.GrantWrite = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
+        s.GrantWriteACP = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAclOutput
+type PutBucketAclOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketAclOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketAclOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest
+type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AnalyticsConfiguration"`
+
+        // The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter.
+        //
+        // AnalyticsConfiguration is a required field
+        AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+
+        // The name of the bucket to which an analytics configuration is stored.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The identifier used to represent an analytics configuration.
+        //
+        // Id is a required field
+        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"}
+        if s.AnalyticsConfiguration == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AnalyticsConfiguration"))
+        }
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Id == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
+        }
+        if s.AnalyticsConfiguration != nil {
+                if err := s.AnalyticsConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("AnalyticsConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
+        s.AnalyticsConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput
+type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCorsRequest
+type PutBucketCorsInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CORSConfiguration"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // CORSConfiguration is a required field
+        CORSConfiguration *CORSConfiguration `locationName:"CORSConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketCorsInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketCorsInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketCorsInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.CORSConfiguration == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CORSConfiguration"))
+        }
+        if s.CORSConfiguration != nil {
+                if err := s.CORSConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("CORSConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketCorsInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCORSConfiguration sets the CORSConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetCORSConfiguration(v *CORSConfiguration) *PutBucketCorsInput {
+        s.CORSConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCorsOutput
+type PutBucketCorsOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest
+type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"InventoryConfiguration"`
+
+        // The name of the bucket where the inventory configuration will be stored.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
+        //
+        // Id is a required field
+        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Specifies the inventory configuration.
+        //
+        // InventoryConfiguration is a required field
+        InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Id == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
+        }
+        if s.InventoryConfiguration == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InventoryConfiguration"))
+        }
+        if s.InventoryConfiguration != nil {
+                if err := s.InventoryConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("InventoryConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
+        s.InventoryConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput
+type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest
+type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        LifecycleConfiguration *BucketLifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.LifecycleConfiguration != nil {
+                if err := s.LifecycleConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("LifecycleConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput {
+        s.LifecycleConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput
+type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleRequest
+type PutBucketLifecycleInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        LifecycleConfiguration *LifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLifecycleInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.LifecycleConfiguration != nil {
+                if err := s.LifecycleConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("LifecycleConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *LifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleInput {
+        s.LifecycleConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleOutput
+type PutBucketLifecycleOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLoggingRequest
+type PutBucketLoggingInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"BucketLoggingStatus"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // BucketLoggingStatus is a required field
+        BucketLoggingStatus *BucketLoggingStatus `locationName:"BucketLoggingStatus" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLoggingInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.BucketLoggingStatus == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BucketLoggingStatus"))
+        }
+        if s.BucketLoggingStatus != nil {
+                if err := s.BucketLoggingStatus.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("BucketLoggingStatus", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLoggingInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetBucketLoggingStatus sets the BucketLoggingStatus field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucketLoggingStatus(v *BucketLoggingStatus) *PutBucketLoggingInput {
+        s.BucketLoggingStatus = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLoggingOutput
+type PutBucketLoggingOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest
+type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MetricsConfiguration"`
+
+        // The name of the bucket for which the metrics configuration is set.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
+        //
+        // Id is a required field
+        Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Specifies the metrics configuration.
+        //
+        // MetricsConfiguration is a required field
+        MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Id == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
+        }
+        if s.MetricsConfiguration == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MetricsConfiguration"))
+        }
+        if s.MetricsConfiguration != nil {
+                if err := s.MetricsConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("MetricsConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
+        s.MetricsConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput
+type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest
+type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket. If
+        // this element is empty, notifications are turned off on the bucket.
+        //
+        // NotificationConfiguration is a required field
+        NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfiguration `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.NotificationConfiguration == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NotificationConfiguration"))
+        }
+        if s.NotificationConfiguration != nil {
+                if err := s.NotificationConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("NotificationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfiguration) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput {
+        s.NotificationConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput
+type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationRequest
+type PutBucketNotificationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // NotificationConfiguration is a required field
+        NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketNotificationInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.NotificationConfiguration == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NotificationConfiguration"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) *PutBucketNotificationInput {
+        s.NotificationConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationOutput
+type PutBucketNotificationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicyRequest
+type PutBucketPolicyInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Policy"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The bucket policy as a JSON document.
+        //
+        // Policy is a required field
+        Policy *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketPolicyInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Policy == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Policy"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetPolicy(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput {
+        s.Policy = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicyOutput
+type PutBucketPolicyOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplicationRequest
+type PutBucketReplicationInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Container for replication rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules. Total
+        // replication configuration size can be up to 2 MB.
+        //
+        // ReplicationConfiguration is a required field
+        ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `locationName:"ReplicationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketReplicationInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.ReplicationConfiguration == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationConfiguration"))
+        }
+        if s.ReplicationConfiguration != nil {
+                if err := s.ReplicationConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("ReplicationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketReplicationInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *PutBucketReplicationInput {
+        s.ReplicationConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplicationOutput
+type PutBucketReplicationOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest
+type PutBucketRequestPaymentInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"RequestPaymentConfiguration"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // RequestPaymentConfiguration is a required field
+        RequestPaymentConfiguration *RequestPaymentConfiguration `locationName:"RequestPaymentConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketRequestPaymentInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.RequestPaymentConfiguration == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RequestPaymentConfiguration"))
+        }
+        if s.RequestPaymentConfiguration != nil {
+                if err := s.RequestPaymentConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("RequestPaymentConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPaymentConfiguration sets the RequestPaymentConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetRequestPaymentConfiguration(v *RequestPaymentConfiguration) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput {
+        s.RequestPaymentConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput
+type PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTaggingRequest
+type PutBucketTaggingInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Tagging is a required field
+        Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketTaggingInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Tagging == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tagging"))
+        }
+        if s.Tagging != nil {
+                if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketTaggingInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutBucketTaggingInput {
+        s.Tagging = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTaggingOutput
+type PutBucketTaggingOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioningRequest
+type PutBucketVersioningInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"VersioningConfiguration"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space,
+        // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device.
+        MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"`
+
+        // VersioningConfiguration is a required field
+        VersioningConfiguration *VersioningConfiguration `locationName:"VersioningConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketVersioningInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.VersioningConfiguration == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersioningConfiguration"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetMFA(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput {
+        s.MFA = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersioningConfiguration sets the VersioningConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetVersioningConfiguration(v *VersioningConfiguration) *PutBucketVersioningInput {
+        s.VersioningConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioningOutput
+type PutBucketVersioningOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsiteRequest
+type PutBucketWebsiteInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"WebsiteConfiguration"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // WebsiteConfiguration is a required field
+        WebsiteConfiguration *WebsiteConfiguration `locationName:"WebsiteConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketWebsiteInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.WebsiteConfiguration == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WebsiteConfiguration"))
+        }
+        if s.WebsiteConfiguration != nil {
+                if err := s.WebsiteConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("WebsiteConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketWebsiteInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetWebsiteConfiguration sets the WebsiteConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetWebsiteConfiguration(v *WebsiteConfiguration) *PutBucketWebsiteInput {
+        s.WebsiteConfiguration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsiteOutput
+type PutBucketWebsiteOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAclRequest
+type PutObjectAclInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"`
+
+        // The canned ACL to apply to the object.
+        ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`
+
+        AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the
+        // bucket.
+        GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
+        GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
+        GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket.
+        GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
+        GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
+
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
+        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
+        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+
+        // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
+        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutObjectAclInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutObjectAclInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutObjectAclInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectAclInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+        if s.AccessControlPolicy != nil {
+                if err := s.AccessControlPolicy.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
+        s.ACL = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutObjectAclInput {
+        s.AccessControlPolicy = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
+        s.GrantFullControl = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
+        s.GrantRead = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
+        s.GrantReadACP = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
+        s.GrantWrite = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
+        s.GrantWriteACP = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAclOutput
+type PutObjectAclOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
+        // request.
+        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutObjectAclOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutObjectAclOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectAclOutput {
+        s.RequestCharged = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectRequest
+type PutObjectInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"`
+
+        // The canned ACL to apply to the object.
+        ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`
+
+        // Object data.
+        Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"`
+
+        // Name of the bucket to which the PUT operation was initiated.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
+        CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies presentational information for the object.
+        ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
+        // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
+        // by the Content-Type header field.
+        ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`
+
+        // The language the content is in.
+        ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`
+
+        // Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the
+        // body cannot be determined automatically.
+        ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`
+
+        // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
+        ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`
+
+        // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
+        Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"`
+
+        // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
+        GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
+        GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
+        GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
+
+        // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
+        GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
+
+        // Object key for which the PUT operation was initiated.
+        //
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
+        Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
+        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
+        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+
+        // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256).
+        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
+        // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
+        // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with
+        // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm
+        // header.
+        SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
+        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
+        // key was transmitted without error.
+        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT
+        // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL
+        // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported
+        // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version
+        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"`
+
+        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
+        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
+        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
+
+        // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'.
+        StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
+
+        // The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters
+        Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"`
+
+        // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
+        // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
+        // the value of this header in the object metadata.
+        WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutObjectInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutObjectInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.ACL = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.Body = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.CacheControl = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.ContentDisposition = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.ContentEncoding = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.ContentLanguage = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.ContentLength = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.ContentType = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.Expires = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.GrantFullControl = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.GrantRead = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.GrantReadACP = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.GrantWriteACP = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.Metadata = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.SSECustomerKey = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.StorageClass = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.Tagging = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *PutObjectInput {
+        s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectOutput
+type PutObjectOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Entity tag for the uploaded object.
+        ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`
+
+        // If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration
+        // date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded.
+        Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`
+
+        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
+        // request.
+        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
+
+        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
+        // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
+        // used.
+        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
+
+        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
+        // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity
+        // verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
+        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
+
+        // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master
+        // encryption key that was used for the object.
+        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"`
+
+        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
+        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
+        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
+
+        // Version of the object.
+        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutObjectOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutObjectOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
+        s.ETag = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
+        s.Expiration = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
+        s.RequestCharged = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
+        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
+        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
+        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
+        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTaggingRequest
+type PutObjectTaggingInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Tagging is a required field
+        Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+
+        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectTaggingInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+        if s.Tagging == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tagging"))
+        }
+        if s.Tagging != nil {
+                if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutObjectTaggingInput {
+        s.Tagging = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTaggingOutput
+type PutObjectTaggingOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *PutObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingOutput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Container for specifying an configuration when you want Amazon S3 to publish
+// events to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/QueueConfiguration
+type QueueConfiguration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Events is a required field
+        Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
+
+        // Container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key
+        // name filtering, go to Configuring Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
+        Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
+        // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
+        Id *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Amazon SQS queue ARN to which Amazon S3 will publish a message when it detects
+        // events of specified type.
+        //
+        // QueueArn is a required field
+        QueueArn *string `locationName:"Queue" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s QueueConfiguration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s QueueConfiguration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *QueueConfiguration) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "QueueConfiguration"}
+        if s.Events == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events"))
+        }
+        if s.QueueArn == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QueueArn"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
+func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfiguration {
+        s.Events = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
+func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *QueueConfiguration {
+        s.Filter = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetId(v string) *QueueConfiguration {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetQueueArn sets the QueueArn field's value.
+func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetQueueArn(v string) *QueueConfiguration {
+        s.QueueArn = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/QueueConfigurationDeprecated
+type QueueConfigurationDeprecated struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket event for which to send notifications.
+        Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"`
+
+        Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
+        // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
+        Id *string `type:"string"`
+
+        Queue *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetEvent sets the Event field's value.
+func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated {
+        s.Event = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
+func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated {
+        s.Events = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.
+func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueue(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated {
+        s.Queue = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Redirect
+type Redirect struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The host name to use in the redirect request.
+        HostName *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // The HTTP redirect code to use on the response. Not required if one of the
+        // siblings is present.
+        HttpRedirectCode *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Protocol to use (http, https) when redirecting requests. The default is the
+        // protocol that is used in the original request.
+        Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"`
+
+        // The object key prefix to use in the redirect request. For example, to redirect
+        // requests for all pages with prefix docs/ (objects in the docs/ folder) to
+        // documents/, you can set a condition block with KeyPrefixEquals set to docs/
+        // and in the Redirect set ReplaceKeyPrefixWith to /documents. Not required
+        // if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyWith
+        // is not provided.
+        ReplaceKeyPrefixWith *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // The specific object key to use in the redirect request. For example, redirect
+        // request to error.html. Not required if one of the sibling is present. Can
+        // be present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith is not provided.
+        ReplaceKeyWith *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Redirect) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Redirect) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetHostName sets the HostName field's value.
+func (s *Redirect) SetHostName(v string) *Redirect {
+        s.HostName = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetHttpRedirectCode sets the HttpRedirectCode field's value.
+func (s *Redirect) SetHttpRedirectCode(v string) *Redirect {
+        s.HttpRedirectCode = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
+func (s *Redirect) SetProtocol(v string) *Redirect {
+        s.Protocol = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith sets the ReplaceKeyPrefixWith field's value.
+func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith(v string) *Redirect {
+        s.ReplaceKeyPrefixWith = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetReplaceKeyWith sets the ReplaceKeyWith field's value.
+func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyWith(v string) *Redirect {
+        s.ReplaceKeyWith = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RedirectAllRequestsTo
+type RedirectAllRequestsTo struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Name of the host where requests will be redirected.
+        //
+        // HostName is a required field
+        HostName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Protocol to use (http, https) when redirecting requests. The default is the
+        // protocol that is used in the original request.
+        Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RedirectAllRequestsTo"}
+        if s.HostName == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HostName"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetHostName sets the HostName field's value.
+func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetHostName(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo {
+        s.HostName = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
+func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetProtocol(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo {
+        s.Protocol = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Container for replication rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules. Total
+// replication configuration size can be up to 2 MB.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ReplicationConfiguration
+type ReplicationConfiguration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role for Amazon S3 to assume when replicating
+        // the objects.
+        //
+        // Role is a required field
+        Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Container for information about a particular replication rule. Replication
+        // configuration must have at least one rule and can contain up to 1,000 rules.
+        //
+        // Rules is a required field
+        Rules []*ReplicationRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicationConfiguration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicationConfiguration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationConfiguration"}
+        if s.Role == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role"))
+        }
+        if s.Rules == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules"))
+        }
+        if s.Rules != nil {
+                for i, v := range s.Rules {
+                        if v == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
+func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRole(v string) *ReplicationConfiguration {
+        s.Role = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
+func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ReplicationRule) *ReplicationConfiguration {
+        s.Rules = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ReplicationRule
+type ReplicationRule struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Destination is a required field
+        Destination *Destination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+
+        // Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters.
+        ID *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Object keyname prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
+        // Maximum prefix length can be up to 1,024 characters. Overlapping prefixes
+        // are not supported.
+        //
+        // Prefix is a required field
+        Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The rule is ignored if status is not Enabled.
+        //
+        // Status is a required field
+        Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicationRuleStatus"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicationRule) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicationRule) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ReplicationRule) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRule"}
+        if s.Destination == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
+        }
+        if s.Prefix == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix"))
+        }
+        if s.Status == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
+        }
+        if s.Destination != nil {
+                if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
+func (s *ReplicationRule) SetDestination(v *Destination) *ReplicationRule {
+        s.Destination = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetID sets the ID field's value.
+func (s *ReplicationRule) SetID(v string) *ReplicationRule {
+        s.ID = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *ReplicationRule) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRule {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ReplicationRule) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicationRule {
+        s.Status = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RequestPaymentConfiguration
+type RequestPaymentConfiguration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Specifies who pays for the download and request fees.
+        //
+        // Payer is a required field
+        Payer *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Payer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RequestPaymentConfiguration"}
+        if s.Payer == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Payer"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetPayer sets the Payer field's value.
+func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) SetPayer(v string) *RequestPaymentConfiguration {
+        s.Payer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObjectRequest
+type RestoreObjectInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"RestoreRequest"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
+        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
+        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+
+        RestoreRequest *RestoreRequest `locationName:"RestoreRequest" type:"structure"`
+
+        VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s RestoreObjectInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s RestoreObjectInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *RestoreObjectInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreObjectInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+        if s.RestoreRequest != nil {
+                if err := s.RestoreRequest.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("RestoreRequest", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *RestoreObjectInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *RestoreObjectInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *RestoreObjectInput {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRestoreRequest sets the RestoreRequest field's value.
+func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRestoreRequest(v *RestoreRequest) *RestoreObjectInput {
+        s.RestoreRequest = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *RestoreObjectInput {
+        s.VersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObjectOutput
+type RestoreObjectOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
+        // request.
+        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s RestoreObjectOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s RestoreObjectOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
+func (s *RestoreObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *RestoreObjectOutput {
+        s.RequestCharged = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreRequest
+type RestoreRequest struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Lifetime of the active copy in days
+        //
+        // Days is a required field
+        Days *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
+
+        // Glacier related prameters pertaining to this job.
+        GlacierJobParameters *GlacierJobParameters `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s RestoreRequest) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s RestoreRequest) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *RestoreRequest) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreRequest"}
+        if s.Days == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Days"))
+        }
+        if s.GlacierJobParameters != nil {
+                if err := s.GlacierJobParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("GlacierJobParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetDays sets the Days field's value.
+func (s *RestoreRequest) SetDays(v int64) *RestoreRequest {
+        s.Days = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetGlacierJobParameters sets the GlacierJobParameters field's value.
+func (s *RestoreRequest) SetGlacierJobParameters(v *GlacierJobParameters) *RestoreRequest {
+        s.GlacierJobParameters = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RoutingRule
+type RoutingRule struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified
+        // redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder,
+        // redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx,
+        // redirect request to another host where you might process the error.
+        Condition *Condition `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another
+        // host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error,
+        // you can can specify a different error code to return.
+        //
+        // Redirect is a required field
+        Redirect *Redirect `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s RoutingRule) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s RoutingRule) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *RoutingRule) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RoutingRule"}
+        if s.Redirect == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Redirect"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetCondition sets the Condition field's value.
+func (s *RoutingRule) SetCondition(v *Condition) *RoutingRule {
+        s.Condition = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRedirect sets the Redirect field's value.
+func (s *RoutingRule) SetRedirect(v *Redirect) *RoutingRule {
+        s.Redirect = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Rule
+type Rule struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Specifies the days since the initiation of an Incomplete Multipart Upload
+        // that Lifecycle will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload.
+        AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"`
+
+        Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters.
+        ID *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon
+        // S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle
+        // configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended)
+        // to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific
+        // period in the object's lifetime.
+        NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects
+        // transition to the STANDARD_IA or GLACIER storage class. If your bucket is
+        // versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action
+        // to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA
+        // or GLACIER storage class at a specific period in the object's lifetime.
+        NoncurrentVersionTransition *NoncurrentVersionTransition `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
+        //
+        // Prefix is a required field
+        Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule
+        // is not currently being applied.
+        //
+        // Status is a required field
+        Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"`
+
+        Transition *Transition `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Rule) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Rule) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *Rule) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Rule"}
+        if s.Prefix == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix"))
+        }
+        if s.Status == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value.
+func (s *Rule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *Rule {
+        s.AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
+func (s *Rule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *Rule {
+        s.Expiration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetID sets the ID field's value.
+func (s *Rule) SetID(v string) *Rule {
+        s.ID = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value.
+func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *Rule {
+        s.NoncurrentVersionExpiration = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetNoncurrentVersionTransition sets the NoncurrentVersionTransition field's value.
+func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransition(v *NoncurrentVersionTransition) *Rule {
+        s.NoncurrentVersionTransition = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *Rule) SetPrefix(v string) *Rule {
+        s.Prefix = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *Rule) SetStatus(v string) *Rule {
+        s.Status = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTransition sets the Transition field's value.
+func (s *Rule) SetTransition(v *Transition) *Rule {
+        s.Transition = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/StorageClassAnalysis
+type StorageClassAnalysis struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // A container used to describe how data related to the storage class analysis
+        // should be exported.
+        DataExport *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s StorageClassAnalysis) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s StorageClassAnalysis) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageClassAnalysis"}
+        if s.DataExport != nil {
+                if err := s.DataExport.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("DataExport", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetDataExport sets the DataExport field's value.
+func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) SetDataExport(v *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) *StorageClassAnalysis {
+        s.DataExport = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/StorageClassAnalysisDataExport
+type StorageClassAnalysisDataExport struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The place to store the data for an analysis.
+        //
+        // Destination is a required field
+        Destination *AnalyticsExportDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+
+        // The version of the output schema to use when exporting data. Must be V_1.
+        //
+        // OutputSchemaVersion is a required field
+        OutputSchemaVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageClassAnalysisDataExport"}
+        if s.Destination == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
+        }
+        if s.OutputSchemaVersion == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSchemaVersion"))
+        }
+        if s.Destination != nil {
+                if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
+func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetDestination(v *AnalyticsExportDestination) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport {
+        s.Destination = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetOutputSchemaVersion sets the OutputSchemaVersion field's value.
+func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetOutputSchemaVersion(v string) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport {
+        s.OutputSchemaVersion = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Tag
+type Tag struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Name of the tag.
+        //
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Value of the tag.
+        //
+        // Value is a required field
+        Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Tag) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Tag) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *Tag) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tag"}
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+        if s.Value == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
+func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag {
+        s.Value = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Tagging
+type Tagging struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // TagSet is a required field
+        TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Tagging) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Tagging) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *Tagging) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tagging"}
+        if s.TagSet == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagSet"))
+        }
+        if s.TagSet != nil {
+                for i, v := range s.TagSet {
+                        if v == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TagSet", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value.
+func (s *Tagging) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *Tagging {
+        s.TagSet = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/TargetGrant
+type TargetGrant struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Logging permissions assigned to the Grantee for the bucket.
+        Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLogsPermission"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TargetGrant) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TargetGrant) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *TargetGrant) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TargetGrant"}
+        if s.Grantee != nil {
+                if err := s.Grantee.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("Grantee", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value.
+func (s *TargetGrant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *TargetGrant {
+        s.Grantee = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPermission sets the Permission field's value.
+func (s *TargetGrant) SetPermission(v string) *TargetGrant {
+        s.Permission = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Container for specifying the configuration when you want Amazon S3 to publish
+// events to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/TopicConfiguration
+type TopicConfiguration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Events is a required field
+        Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
+
+        // Container for object key name filtering rules. For information about key
+        // name filtering, go to Configuring Event Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
+        Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
+        // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
+        Id *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Amazon SNS topic ARN to which Amazon S3 will publish a message when it detects
+        // events of specified type.
+        //
+        // TopicArn is a required field
+        TopicArn *string `locationName:"Topic" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TopicConfiguration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TopicConfiguration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *TopicConfiguration) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TopicConfiguration"}
+        if s.Events == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events"))
+        }
+        if s.TopicArn == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TopicArn"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
+func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfiguration {
+        s.Events = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
+func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *TopicConfiguration {
+        s.Filter = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetId(v string) *TopicConfiguration {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTopicArn sets the TopicArn field's value.
+func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetTopicArn(v string) *TopicConfiguration {
+        s.TopicArn = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/TopicConfigurationDeprecated
+type TopicConfigurationDeprecated struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket event for which to send notifications.
+        Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"`
+
+        Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
+
+        // Optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
+        // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
+        Id *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 will publish a message to report the
+        // specified events for the bucket.
+        Topic *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetEvent sets the Event field's value.
+func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated {
+        s.Event = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
+func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated {
+        s.Events = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated {
+        s.Id = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTopic sets the Topic field's value.
+func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopic(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated {
+        s.Topic = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/Transition
+type Transition struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in
+        // GMT ISO 8601 Format.
+        Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
+
+        // Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule.
+        // The value must be a non-zero positive integer.
+        Days *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+        // The class of storage used to store the object.
+        StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Transition) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Transition) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDate sets the Date field's value.
+func (s *Transition) SetDate(v time.Time) *Transition {
+        s.Date = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetDays sets the Days field's value.
+func (s *Transition) SetDays(v int64) *Transition {
+        s.Days = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
+func (s *Transition) SetStorageClass(v string) *Transition {
+        s.StorageClass = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopyRequest
+type UploadPartCopyInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The name of the source bucket and key name of the source object, separated
+        // by a slash (/). Must be URL-encoded.
+        //
+        // CopySource is a required field
+        CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag.
+        CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"`
+
+        // Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time.
+        CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"`
+
+        // Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified
+        // ETag.
+        CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"`
+
+        // Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time.
+        CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"`
+
+        // The range of bytes to copy from the source object. The range value must use
+        // the form bytes=first-last, where the first and last are the zero-based byte
+        // offsets to copy. For example, bytes=0-9 indicates that you want to copy the
+        // first ten bytes of the source. You can copy a range only if the source object
+        // is greater than 5 GB.
+        CopySourceRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-range" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (e.g., AES256).
+        CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt
+        // the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one
+        // that was used when the source object was created.
+        CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
+        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
+        // key was transmitted without error.
+        CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
+
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Part number of part being copied. This is a positive integer between 1 and
+        // 10,000.
+        //
+        // PartNumber is a required field
+        PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
+        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
+        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+
+        // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256).
+        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
+        // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
+        // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with
+        // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm
+        // header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart
+        // upload request.
+        SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
+        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
+        // key was transmitted without error.
+        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
+
+        // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being copied.
+        //
+        // UploadId is a required field
+        UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UploadPartCopyInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UploadPartCopyInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadPartCopyInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.CopySource == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CopySource"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+        if s.PartNumber == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartNumber"))
+        }
+        if s.UploadId == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySource(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
+        s.CopySource = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
+        s.CopySourceIfMatch = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput {
+        s.CopySourceIfModifiedSince = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
+        s.CopySourceIfNoneMatch = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput {
+        s.CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySourceRange sets the CopySourceRange field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceRange(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
+        s.CopySourceRange = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
+        s.CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
+        s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
+        s.CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartCopyInput {
+        s.PartNumber = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
+        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
+        s.SSECustomerKey = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
+        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
+        s.UploadId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopyOutput
+type UploadPartCopyOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyPartResult"`
+
+        CopyPartResult *CopyPartResult `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The version of the source object that was copied, if you have enabled versioning
+        // on the source bucket.
+        CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"`
+
+        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
+        // request.
+        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
+
+        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
+        // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
+        // used.
+        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
+
+        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
+        // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity
+        // verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
+        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
+
+        // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master
+        // encryption key that was used for the object.
+        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"`
+
+        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
+        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
+        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCopyPartResult sets the CopyPartResult field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopyPartResult(v *CopyPartResult) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
+        s.CopyPartResult = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
+        s.CopySourceVersionId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
+        s.RequestCharged = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
+        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
+        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
+        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
+        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartRequest
+type UploadPartInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"`
+
+        // Object data.
+        Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"`
+
+        // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
+        //
+        // Bucket is a required field
+        Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the
+        // body cannot be determined automatically.
+        ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`
+
+        // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
+        //
+        // Key is a required field
+        Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // Part number of part being uploaded. This is a positive integer between 1
+        // and 10,000.
+        //
+        // PartNumber is a required field
+        PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+
+        // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+        // request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
+        // Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
+        // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
+        RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
+
+        // Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (e.g., AES256).
+        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
+        // data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
+        // does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use with
+        // the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm
+        // header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart
+        // upload request.
+        SSECustomerKey *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string"`
+
+        // Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
+        // Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure the encryption
+        // key was transmitted without error.
+        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
+
+        // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being uploaded.
+        //
+        // UploadId is a required field
+        UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UploadPartInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UploadPartInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UploadPartInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadPartInput"}
+        if s.Bucket == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+        }
+        if s.Key == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+        }
+        if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+        }
+        if s.PartNumber == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartNumber"))
+        }
+        if s.UploadId == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *UploadPartInput {
+        s.Body = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartInput {
+        s.Bucket = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *UploadPartInput {
+        s.ContentLength = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartInput {
+        s.Key = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartInput {
+        s.PartNumber = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartInput {
+        s.RequestPayer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartInput {
+        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartInput {
+        s.SSECustomerKey = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartInput {
+        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartInput {
+        s.UploadId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartOutput
+type UploadPartOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Entity tag for the uploaded object.
+        ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`
+
+        // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
+        // request.
+        RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
+
+        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
+        // the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
+        // used.
+        SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
+
+        // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
+        // the response will include this header to provide round trip message integrity
+        // verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
+        SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
+
+        // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master
+        // encryption key that was used for the object.
+        SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string"`
+
+        // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3
+        // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms).
+        ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UploadPartOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UploadPartOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetETag(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
+        s.ETag = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
+        s.RequestCharged = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
+        s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
+        s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
+        s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
+func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
+        s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/VersioningConfiguration
+type VersioningConfiguration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration.
+        // This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA
+        // delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned.
+        MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADelete"`
+
+        // The versioning state of the bucket.
+        Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s VersioningConfiguration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s VersioningConfiguration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value.
+func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetMFADelete(v string) *VersioningConfiguration {
+        s.MFADelete = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *VersioningConfiguration {
+        s.Status = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/WebsiteConfiguration
+type WebsiteConfiguration struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"`
+
+        IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"`
+
+        RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"`
+
+        RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s WebsiteConfiguration) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s WebsiteConfiguration) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "WebsiteConfiguration"}
+        if s.ErrorDocument != nil {
+                if err := s.ErrorDocument.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("ErrorDocument", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+        if s.IndexDocument != nil {
+                if err := s.IndexDocument.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("IndexDocument", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+        if s.RedirectAllRequestsTo != nil {
+                if err := s.RedirectAllRequestsTo.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        invalidParams.AddNested("RedirectAllRequestsTo", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                }
+        }
+        if s.RoutingRules != nil {
+                for i, v := range s.RoutingRules {
+                        if v == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+                                invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "RoutingRules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value.
+func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration {
+        s.ErrorDocument = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value.
+func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration {
+        s.IndexDocument = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value.
+func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *WebsiteConfiguration {
+        s.RedirectAllRequestsTo = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value.
+func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *WebsiteConfiguration {
+        s.RoutingRules = v
+        return s
+}
+
+const (
+        // AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv is a AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat enum value
+        AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv = "CSV"
+)
+
+const (
+        // BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value
+        BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
+
+        // BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value
+        BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended = "Suspended"
+)
+
+const (
+        // BucketCannedACLPrivate is a BucketCannedACL enum value
+        BucketCannedACLPrivate = "private"
+
+        // BucketCannedACLPublicRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value
+        BucketCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read"
+
+        // BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a BucketCannedACL enum value
+        BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write"
+
+        // BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value
+        BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read"
+)
+
+const (
+        // BucketLocationConstraintEu is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
+        BucketLocationConstraintEu = "EU"
+
+        // BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
+        BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 = "eu-west-1"
+
+        // BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
+        BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 = "us-west-1"
+
+        // BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
+        BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 = "us-west-2"
+
+        // BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
+        BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 = "ap-south-1"
+
+        // BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
+        BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 = "ap-southeast-1"
+
+        // BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
+        BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 = "ap-southeast-2"
+
+        // BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
+        BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 = "ap-northeast-1"
+
+        // BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
+        BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 = "sa-east-1"
+
+        // BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
+        BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 = "cn-north-1"
+
+        // BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
+        BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 = "eu-central-1"
+)
+
+const (
+        // BucketLogsPermissionFullControl is a BucketLogsPermission enum value
+        BucketLogsPermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL"
+
+        // BucketLogsPermissionRead is a BucketLogsPermission enum value
+        BucketLogsPermissionRead = "READ"
+
+        // BucketLogsPermissionWrite is a BucketLogsPermission enum value
+        BucketLogsPermissionWrite = "WRITE"
+)
+
+const (
+        // BucketVersioningStatusEnabled is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value
+        BucketVersioningStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
+
+        // BucketVersioningStatusSuspended is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value
+        BucketVersioningStatusSuspended = "Suspended"
+)
+
+// Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
+// the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
+// however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
+// with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
+// XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
+// keys in the response.
+const (
+        // EncodingTypeUrl is a EncodingType enum value
+        EncodingTypeUrl = "url"
+)
+
+// Bucket event for which to send notifications.
+const (
+        // EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject is a Event enum value
+        EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject = "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject"
+
+        // EventS3ObjectCreated is a Event enum value
+        EventS3ObjectCreated = "s3:ObjectCreated:*"
+
+        // EventS3ObjectCreatedPut is a Event enum value
+        EventS3ObjectCreatedPut = "s3:ObjectCreated:Put"
+
+        // EventS3ObjectCreatedPost is a Event enum value
+        EventS3ObjectCreatedPost = "s3:ObjectCreated:Post"
+
+        // EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy is a Event enum value
+        EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy = "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy"
+
+        // EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload is a Event enum value
+        EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload = "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload"
+
+        // EventS3ObjectRemoved is a Event enum value
+        EventS3ObjectRemoved = "s3:ObjectRemoved:*"
+
+        // EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete is a Event enum value
+        EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete = "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete"
+
+        // EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated is a Event enum value
+        EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated = "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated"
+)
+
+const (
+        // ExpirationStatusEnabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value
+        ExpirationStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
+
+        // ExpirationStatusDisabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value
+        ExpirationStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
+)
+
+const (
+        // FilterRuleNamePrefix is a FilterRuleName enum value
+        FilterRuleNamePrefix = "prefix"
+
+        // FilterRuleNameSuffix is a FilterRuleName enum value
+        FilterRuleNameSuffix = "suffix"
+)
+
+const (
+        // InventoryFormatCsv is a InventoryFormat enum value
+        InventoryFormatCsv = "CSV"
+)
+
+const (
+        // InventoryFrequencyDaily is a InventoryFrequency enum value
+        InventoryFrequencyDaily = "Daily"
+
+        // InventoryFrequencyWeekly is a InventoryFrequency enum value
+        InventoryFrequencyWeekly = "Weekly"
+)
+
+const (
+        // InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value
+        InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll = "All"
+
+        // InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value
+        InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent = "Current"
+)
+
+const (
+        // InventoryOptionalFieldSize is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
+        InventoryOptionalFieldSize = "Size"
+
+        // InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
+        InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate = "LastModifiedDate"
+
+        // InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
+        InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass = "StorageClass"
+
+        // InventoryOptionalFieldEtag is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
+        InventoryOptionalFieldEtag = "ETag"
+
+        // InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
+        InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded = "IsMultipartUploaded"
+
+        // InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
+        InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus = "ReplicationStatus"
+)
+
+const (
+        // MFADeleteEnabled is a MFADelete enum value
+        MFADeleteEnabled = "Enabled"
+
+        // MFADeleteDisabled is a MFADelete enum value
+        MFADeleteDisabled = "Disabled"
+)
+
+const (
+        // MFADeleteStatusEnabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value
+        MFADeleteStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
+
+        // MFADeleteStatusDisabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value
+        MFADeleteStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
+)
+
+const (
+        // MetadataDirectiveCopy is a MetadataDirective enum value
+        MetadataDirectiveCopy = "COPY"
+
+        // MetadataDirectiveReplace is a MetadataDirective enum value
+        MetadataDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE"
+)
+
+const (
+        // ObjectCannedACLPrivate is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
+        ObjectCannedACLPrivate = "private"
+
+        // ObjectCannedACLPublicRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
+        ObjectCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read"
+
+        // ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
+        ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write"
+
+        // ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
+        ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read"
+
+        // ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
+        ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead = "aws-exec-read"
+
+        // ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
+        ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead = "bucket-owner-read"
+
+        // ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
+        ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl = "bucket-owner-full-control"
+)
+
+const (
+        // ObjectStorageClassStandard is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
+        ObjectStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD"
+
+        // ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
+        ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"
+
+        // ObjectStorageClassGlacier is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
+        ObjectStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER"
+)
+
+const (
+        // ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard is a ObjectVersionStorageClass enum value
+        ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD"
+)
+
+const (
+        // PayerRequester is a Payer enum value
+        PayerRequester = "Requester"
+
+        // PayerBucketOwner is a Payer enum value
+        PayerBucketOwner = "BucketOwner"
+)
+
+const (
+        // PermissionFullControl is a Permission enum value
+        PermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL"
+
+        // PermissionWrite is a Permission enum value
+        PermissionWrite = "WRITE"
+
+        // PermissionWriteAcp is a Permission enum value
+        PermissionWriteAcp = "WRITE_ACP"
+
+        // PermissionRead is a Permission enum value
+        PermissionRead = "READ"
+
+        // PermissionReadAcp is a Permission enum value
+        PermissionReadAcp = "READ_ACP"
+)
+
+const (
+        // ProtocolHttp is a Protocol enum value
+        ProtocolHttp = "http"
+
+        // ProtocolHttps is a Protocol enum value
+        ProtocolHttps = "https"
+)
+
+const (
+        // ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value
+        ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
+
+        // ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value
+        ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
+)
+
+const (
+        // ReplicationStatusComplete is a ReplicationStatus enum value
+        ReplicationStatusComplete = "COMPLETE"
+
+        // ReplicationStatusPending is a ReplicationStatus enum value
+        ReplicationStatusPending = "PENDING"
+
+        // ReplicationStatusFailed is a ReplicationStatus enum value
+        ReplicationStatusFailed = "FAILED"
+
+        // ReplicationStatusReplica is a ReplicationStatus enum value
+        ReplicationStatusReplica = "REPLICA"
+)
+
+// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
+// request.
+const (
+        // RequestChargedRequester is a RequestCharged enum value
+        RequestChargedRequester = "requester"
+)
+
+// Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
+// request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests.
+// Documentation on downloading objects from requester pays buckets can be found
+// at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html
+const (
+        // RequestPayerRequester is a RequestPayer enum value
+        RequestPayerRequester = "requester"
+)
+
+const (
+        // ServerSideEncryptionAes256 is a ServerSideEncryption enum value
+        ServerSideEncryptionAes256 = "AES256"
+
+        // ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms is a ServerSideEncryption enum value
+        ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms = "aws:kms"
+)
+
+const (
+        // StorageClassStandard is a StorageClass enum value
+        StorageClassStandard = "STANDARD"
+
+        // StorageClassReducedRedundancy is a StorageClass enum value
+        StorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"
+
+        // StorageClassStandardIa is a StorageClass enum value
+        StorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA"
+)
+
+const (
+        // StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 is a StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion enum value
+        StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 = "V_1"
+)
+
+const (
+        // TaggingDirectiveCopy is a TaggingDirective enum value
+        TaggingDirectiveCopy = "COPY"
+
+        // TaggingDirectiveReplace is a TaggingDirective enum value
+        TaggingDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE"
+)
+
+const (
+        // TierStandard is a Tier enum value
+        TierStandard = "Standard"
+
+        // TierBulk is a Tier enum value
+        TierBulk = "Bulk"
+
+        // TierExpedited is a Tier enum value
+        TierExpedited = "Expedited"
+)
+
+const (
+        // TransitionStorageClassGlacier is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
+        TransitionStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER"
+
+        // TransitionStorageClassStandardIa is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
+        TransitionStorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA"
+)
+
+const (
+        // TypeCanonicalUser is a Type enum value
+        TypeCanonicalUser = "CanonicalUser"
+
+        // TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail is a Type enum value
+        TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail = "AmazonCustomerByEmail"
+
+        // TypeGroup is a Type enum value
+        TypeGroup = "Group"
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/bucket_location.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/bucket_location.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc68a46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/bucket_location.go
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+package s3
+
+import (
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "regexp"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+var reBucketLocation = regexp.MustCompile(`>([^<>]+)<\/Location`)
+
+// NormalizeBucketLocation is a utility function which will update the
+// passed in value to always be a region ID. Generally this would be used
+// with GetBucketLocation API operation.
+//
+// Replaces empty string with "us-east-1", and "EU" with "eu-west-1".
+//
+// See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETlocation.html
+// for more information on the values that can be returned.
+func NormalizeBucketLocation(loc string) string {
+        switch loc {
+        case "":
+                loc = "us-east-1"
+        case "EU":
+                loc = "eu-west-1"
+        }
+
+        return loc
+}
+
+// NormalizeBucketLocationHandler is a request handler which will update the
+// GetBucketLocation's result LocationConstraint value to always be a region ID.
+//
+// Replaces empty string with "us-east-1", and "EU" with "eu-west-1".
+//
+// See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETlocation.html
+// for more information on the values that can be returned.
+//
+//     req, result := svc.GetBucketLocationRequest(&s3.GetBucketLocationInput{
+//         Bucket: aws.String(bucket),
+//     })
+//     req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(NormalizeBucketLocationHandler)
+//     err := req.Send()
+var NormalizeBucketLocationHandler = request.NamedHandler{
+        Name: "awssdk.s3.NormalizeBucketLocation",
+        Fn: func(req *request.Request) {
+                if req.Error != nil {
+                        return
+                }
+
+                out := req.Data.(*GetBucketLocationOutput)
+                loc := NormalizeBucketLocation(aws.StringValue(out.LocationConstraint))
+                out.LocationConstraint = aws.String(loc)
+        },
+}
+
+// WithNormalizeBucketLocation is a request option which will update the
+// GetBucketLocation's result LocationConstraint value to always be a region ID.
+//
+// Replaces empty string with "us-east-1", and "EU" with "eu-west-1".
+//
+// See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETlocation.html
+// for more information on the values that can be returned.
+//
+//     result, err := svc.GetBucketLocationWithContext(ctx,
+//         &s3.GetBucketLocationInput{
+//             Bucket: aws.String(bucket),
+//         },
+//         s3.WithNormalizeBucketLocation,
+//     )
+func WithNormalizeBucketLocation(r *request.Request) {
+        r.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(NormalizeBucketLocationHandler)
+}
+
+func buildGetBucketLocation(r *request.Request) {
+        if r.DataFilled() {
+                out := r.Data.(*GetBucketLocationOutput)
+                b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body)
+                if err != nil {
+                        r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "failed reading response body", err)
+                        return
+                }
+
+                match := reBucketLocation.FindSubmatch(b)
+                if len(match) > 1 {
+                        loc := string(match[1])
+                        out.LocationConstraint = aws.String(loc)
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+func populateLocationConstraint(r *request.Request) {
+        if r.ParamsFilled() && aws.StringValue(r.Config.Region) != "us-east-1" {
+                in := r.Params.(*CreateBucketInput)
+                if in.CreateBucketConfiguration == nil {
+                        r.Params = awsutil.CopyOf(r.Params)
+                        in = r.Params.(*CreateBucketInput)
+                        in.CreateBucketConfiguration = &CreateBucketConfiguration{
+                                LocationConstraint: r.Config.Region,
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/content_md5.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/content_md5.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fc5df9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/content_md5.go
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+package s3
+
+import (
+        "crypto/md5"
+        "encoding/base64"
+        "io"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+// contentMD5 computes and sets the HTTP Content-MD5 header for requests that
+// require it.
+func contentMD5(r *request.Request) {
+        h := md5.New()
+
+        // hash the body.  seek back to the first position after reading to reset
+        // the body for transmission.  copy errors may be assumed to be from the
+        // body.
+        _, err := io.Copy(h, r.Body)
+        if err != nil {
+                r.Error = awserr.New("ContentMD5", "failed to read body", err)
+                return
+        }
+        _, err = r.Body.Seek(0, 0)
+        if err != nil {
+                r.Error = awserr.New("ContentMD5", "failed to seek body", err)
+                return
+        }
+
+        // encode the md5 checksum in base64 and set the request header.
+        sum := h.Sum(nil)
+        sum64 := make([]byte, base64.StdEncoding.EncodedLen(len(sum)))
+        base64.StdEncoding.Encode(sum64, sum)
+        r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set("Content-MD5", string(sum64))
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/customizations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/customizations.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8463347
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/customizations.go
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+package s3
+
+import (
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+func init() {
+        initClient = defaultInitClientFn
+        initRequest = defaultInitRequestFn
+}
+
+func defaultInitClientFn(c *client.Client) {
+        // Support building custom endpoints based on config
+        c.Handlers.Build.PushFront(updateEndpointForS3Config)
+
+        // Require SSL when using SSE keys
+        c.Handlers.Validate.PushBack(validateSSERequiresSSL)
+        c.Handlers.Build.PushBack(computeSSEKeys)
+
+        // S3 uses custom error unmarshaling logic
+        c.Handlers.UnmarshalError.Clear()
+        c.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBack(unmarshalError)
+}
+
+func defaultInitRequestFn(r *request.Request) {
+        // Add reuest handlers for specific platforms.
+        // e.g. 100-continue support for PUT requests using Go 1.6
+        platformRequestHandlers(r)
+
+        switch r.Operation.Name {
+        case opPutBucketCors, opPutBucketLifecycle, opPutBucketPolicy,
+                opPutBucketTagging, opDeleteObjects, opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration,
+                opPutBucketReplication:
+                // These S3 operations require Content-MD5 to be set
+                r.Handlers.Build.PushBack(contentMD5)
+        case opGetBucketLocation:
+                // GetBucketLocation has custom parsing logic
+                r.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushFront(buildGetBucketLocation)
+        case opCreateBucket:
+                // Auto-populate LocationConstraint with current region
+                r.Handlers.Validate.PushFront(populateLocationConstraint)
+        case opCopyObject, opUploadPartCopy, opCompleteMultipartUpload:
+                r.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushFront(copyMultipartStatusOKUnmarhsalError)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f045fd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc.go
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
+
+// Package s3 provides the client and types for making API
+// requests to Amazon Simple Storage Service.
+//
+// See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01 for more information on this service.
+//
+// See s3 package documentation for more information.
+// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/
+//
+// Using the Client
+//
+// To use the client for Amazon Simple Storage Service you will first need
+// to create a new instance of it.
+//
+// When creating a client for an AWS service you'll first need to have a Session
+// already created. The Session provides configuration that can be shared
+// between multiple service clients. Additional configuration can be applied to
+// the Session and service's client when they are constructed. The aws package's
+// Config type contains several fields such as Region for the AWS Region the
+// client should make API requests too. The optional Config value can be provided
+// as the variadic argument for Sessions and client creation.
+//
+// Once the service's client is created you can use it to make API requests the
+// AWS service. These clients are safe to use concurrently.
+//
+//   // Create a session to share configuration, and load external configuration.
+//   sess := session.Must(session.NewSession())
+//
+//   // Create the service's client with the session.
+//   svc := s3.New(sess)
+//
+// See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use service clients.
+// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/
+//
+// See aws package's Config type for more information on configuration options.
+// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config
+//
+// See the Amazon Simple Storage Service client S3 for more
+// information on creating the service's client.
+// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/#New
+//
+// Once the client is created you can make an API request to the service.
+// Each API method takes a input parameter, and returns the service response
+// and an error.
+//
+// The API method will document which error codes the service can be returned
+// by the operation if the service models the API operation's errors. These
+// errors will also be available as const strings prefixed with "ErrCode".
+//
+//   result, err := svc.AbortMultipartUpload(params)
+//   if err != nil {
+//       // Cast err to awserr.Error to handle specific error codes.
+//       aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error)
+//       if ok && aerr.Code() == <error code to check for> {
+//           // Specific error code handling
+//       }
+//       return err
+//   }
+//
+//   fmt.Println("AbortMultipartUpload result:")
+//   fmt.Println(result)
+//
+// Using the Client with Context
+//
+// The service's client also provides methods to make API requests with a Context
+// value. This allows you to control the timeout, and cancellation of pending
+// requests. These methods also take request Option as variadic parameter to apply
+// additional configuration to the API request.
+//
+//   ctx := context.Background()
+//
+//   result, err := svc.AbortMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx, params)
+//
+// See the request package documentation for more information on using Context pattern
+// with the SDK.
+// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/request/
+package s3
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc_custom.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc_custom.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b794a63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/doc_custom.go
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+// Upload Managers
+//
+// The s3manager package's Uploader provides concurrent upload of content to S3
+// by taking advantage of S3's Multipart APIs. The Uploader also supports both
+// io.Reader for streaming uploads, and will also take advantage of io.ReadSeeker
+// for optimizations if the Body satisfies that type. Once the Uploader instance
+// is created you can call Upload concurrently from multiple goroutines safely.
+//
+//   // The session the S3 Uploader will use
+//   sess := session.Must(session.NewSession())
+//
+//   // Create an uploader with the session and default options
+//   uploader := s3manager.NewUploader(sess)
+//
+//   f, err  := os.Open(filename)
+//   if err != nil {
+//       return fmt.Errorf("failed to open file %q, %v", filename, err)
+//   }
+//
+//   // Upload the file to S3.
+//   result, err := uploader.Upload(&s3manager.UploadInput{
+//       Bucket: aws.String(myBucket),
+//       Key:    aws.String(myString),
+//       Body:   f,
+//   })
+//   if err != nil {
+//       return fmt.Errorf("failed to upload file, %v", err)
+//   }
+//   fmt.Printf("file uploaded to, %s\n", aws.StringValue(result.Location))
+//
+// See the s3manager package's Uploader type documentation for more information.
+// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/#Uploader
+//
+// Download Manager
+//
+// The s3manager package's Downloader provides concurrently downloading of Objects
+// from S3. The Downloader will write S3 Object content with an io.WriterAt.
+// Once the Downloader instance is created you can call Upload concurrently from
+// multiple goroutines safely.
+//
+//   // The session the S3 Downloader will use
+//   sess := session.Must(session.NewSession())
+//
+//   // Create a downloader with the session and default options
+//   downloader := s3manager.NewDownloader(sess)
+//
+//   // Create a file to write the S3 Object contents to.
+//   f, err := os.Create(filename)
+//   if err != nil {
+//       return fmt.Errorf("failed to create file %q, %v", filename, err)
+//   }
+//
+//   // Write the contents of S3 Object to the file
+//   n, err := downloader.Download(f, &s3.GetObjectInput{
+//       Bucket: aws.String(myBucket),
+//       Key:    aws.String(myString),
+//   })
+//   if err != nil {
+//       return fmt.Errorf("failed to upload file, %v", err)
+//   }
+//   fmt.Printf("file downloaded, %d bytes\n", n)
+//
+// See the s3manager package's Downloader type documentation for more information.
+// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/#Downloader
+//
+// Get Bucket Region
+//
+// GetBucketRegion will attempt to get the region for a bucket using a region
+// hint to determine which AWS partition to perform the query on. Use this utility
+// to determine the region a bucket is in.
+//
+//   sess := session.Must(session.NewSession())
+//
+//   bucket := "my-bucket"
+//   region, err := s3manager.GetBucketRegion(ctx, sess, bucket, "us-west-2")
+//   if err != nil {
+//       if aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error); ok && aerr.Code() == "NotFound" {
+//            fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "unable to find bucket %s's region not found\n", bucket)
+//       }
+//       return err
+//   }
+//   fmt.Printf("Bucket %s is in %s region\n", bucket, region)
+//
+// See the s3manager package's GetBucketRegion function documentation for more information
+// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3manager/#GetBucketRegion
+//
+// S3 Crypto Client
+//
+// The s3crypto package provides the tools to upload and download encrypted
+// content from S3. The Encryption and Decryption clients can be used concurrently
+// once the client is created.
+//
+//    sess := session.Must(session.NewSession())
+//
+//    // Create the decryption client.
+//    svc := s3crypto.NewDecryptionClient(sess)
+//
+//    // The object will be downloaded from S3 and decrypted locally. By metadata
+//    // about the object's encryption will instruct the decryption client how
+//    // decrypt the content of the object. By default KMS is used for keys.
+//    result, err := svc.GetObject(&s3.GetObjectInput {
+//        Bucket: aws.String(myBucket),
+//        Key: aws.String(myKey),
+//    })
+//
+// See the s3crypto package documentation for more information.
+// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/s3/s3crypto/
+//
+package s3
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..931cb17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package s3
+
+const (
+
+        // ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists for service response error code
+        // "BucketAlreadyExists".
+        //
+        // The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared
+        // by all users of the system. Please select a different name and try again.
+        ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists = "BucketAlreadyExists"
+
+        // ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou for service response error code
+        // "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou".
+        ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou = "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou"
+
+        // ErrCodeNoSuchBucket for service response error code
+        // "NoSuchBucket".
+        //
+        // The specified bucket does not exist.
+        ErrCodeNoSuchBucket = "NoSuchBucket"
+
+        // ErrCodeNoSuchKey for service response error code
+        // "NoSuchKey".
+        //
+        // The specified key does not exist.
+        ErrCodeNoSuchKey = "NoSuchKey"
+
+        // ErrCodeNoSuchUpload for service response error code
+        // "NoSuchUpload".
+        //
+        // The specified multipart upload does not exist.
+        ErrCodeNoSuchUpload = "NoSuchUpload"
+
+        // ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError for service response error code
+        // "ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError".
+        //
+        // This operation is not allowed against this storage tier
+        ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError = "ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError"
+
+        // ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError for service response error code
+        // "ObjectNotInActiveTierError".
+        //
+        // The source object of the COPY operation is not in the active tier and is
+        // only stored in Amazon Glacier.
+        ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError = "ObjectNotInActiveTierError"
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/host_style_bucket.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/host_style_bucket.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec3ffe4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/host_style_bucket.go
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+package s3
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "net/url"
+        "regexp"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+// an operationBlacklist is a list of operation names that should a
+// request handler should not be executed with.
+type operationBlacklist []string
+
+// Continue will return true of the Request's operation name is not
+// in the blacklist. False otherwise.
+func (b operationBlacklist) Continue(r *request.Request) bool {
+        for i := 0; i < len(b); i++ {
+                if b[i] == r.Operation.Name {
+                        return false
+                }
+        }
+        return true
+}
+
+var accelerateOpBlacklist = operationBlacklist{
+        opListBuckets, opCreateBucket, opDeleteBucket,
+}
+
+// Request handler to automatically add the bucket name to the endpoint domain
+// if possible. This style of bucket is valid for all bucket names which are
+// DNS compatible and do not contain "."
+func updateEndpointForS3Config(r *request.Request) {
+        forceHostStyle := aws.BoolValue(r.Config.S3ForcePathStyle)
+        accelerate := aws.BoolValue(r.Config.S3UseAccelerate)
+
+        if accelerate && accelerateOpBlacklist.Continue(r) {
+                if forceHostStyle {
+                        if r.Config.Logger != nil {
+                                r.Config.Logger.Log("ERROR: aws.Config.S3UseAccelerate is not compatible with aws.Config.S3ForcePathStyle, ignoring S3ForcePathStyle.")
+                        }
+                }
+                updateEndpointForAccelerate(r)
+        } else if !forceHostStyle && r.Operation.Name != opGetBucketLocation {
+                updateEndpointForHostStyle(r)
+        }
+}
+
+func updateEndpointForHostStyle(r *request.Request) {
+        bucket, ok := bucketNameFromReqParams(r.Params)
+        if !ok {
+                // Ignore operation requests if the bucketname was not provided
+                // if this is an input validation error the validation handler
+                // will report it.
+                return
+        }
+
+        if !hostCompatibleBucketName(r.HTTPRequest.URL, bucket) {
+                // bucket name must be valid to put into the host
+                return
+        }
+
+        moveBucketToHost(r.HTTPRequest.URL, bucket)
+}
+
+var (
+        accelElem = []byte("s3-accelerate.dualstack.")
+)
+
+func updateEndpointForAccelerate(r *request.Request) {
+        bucket, ok := bucketNameFromReqParams(r.Params)
+        if !ok {
+                // Ignore operation requests if the bucketname was not provided
+                // if this is an input validation error the validation handler
+                // will report it.
+                return
+        }
+
+        if !hostCompatibleBucketName(r.HTTPRequest.URL, bucket) {
+                r.Error = awserr.New("InvalidParameterException",
+                        fmt.Sprintf("bucket name %s is not compatible with S3 Accelerate", bucket),
+                        nil)
+                return
+        }
+
+        parts := strings.Split(r.HTTPRequest.URL.Host, ".")
+        if len(parts) < 3 {
+                r.Error = awserr.New("InvalidParameterExecption",
+                        fmt.Sprintf("unable to update endpoint host for S3 accelerate, hostname invalid, %s",
+                                r.HTTPRequest.URL.Host), nil)
+                return
+        }
+
+        if parts[0] == "s3" || strings.HasPrefix(parts[0], "s3-") {
+                parts[0] = "s3-accelerate"
+        }
+        for i := 1; i+1 < len(parts); i++ {
+                if parts[i] == aws.StringValue(r.Config.Region) {
+                        parts = append(parts[:i], parts[i+1:]...)
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+
+        r.HTTPRequest.URL.Host = strings.Join(parts, ".")
+
+        moveBucketToHost(r.HTTPRequest.URL, bucket)
+}
+
+// Attempts to retrieve the bucket name from the request input parameters.
+// If no bucket is found, or the field is empty "", false will be returned.
+func bucketNameFromReqParams(params interface{}) (string, bool) {
+        b, _ := awsutil.ValuesAtPath(params, "Bucket")
+        if len(b) == 0 {
+                return "", false
+        }
+
+        if bucket, ok := b[0].(*string); ok {
+                if bucketStr := aws.StringValue(bucket); bucketStr != "" {
+                        return bucketStr, true
+                }
+        }
+
+        return "", false
+}
+
+// hostCompatibleBucketName returns true if the request should
+// put the bucket in the host. This is false if S3ForcePathStyle is
+// explicitly set or if the bucket is not DNS compatible.
+func hostCompatibleBucketName(u *url.URL, bucket string) bool {
+        // Bucket might be DNS compatible but dots in the hostname will fail
+        // certificate validation, so do not use host-style.
+        if u.Scheme == "https" && strings.Contains(bucket, ".") {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        // if the bucket is DNS compatible
+        return dnsCompatibleBucketName(bucket)
+}
+
+var reDomain = regexp.MustCompile(`^[a-z0-9][a-z0-9\.\-]{1,61}[a-z0-9]$`)
+var reIPAddress = regexp.MustCompile(`^(\d+\.){3}\d+$`)
+
+// dnsCompatibleBucketName returns true if the bucket name is DNS compatible.
+// Buckets created outside of the classic region MUST be DNS compatible.
+func dnsCompatibleBucketName(bucket string) bool {
+        return reDomain.MatchString(bucket) &&
+                !reIPAddress.MatchString(bucket) &&
+                !strings.Contains(bucket, "..")
+}
+
+// moveBucketToHost moves the bucket name from the URI path to URL host.
+func moveBucketToHost(u *url.URL, bucket string) {
+        u.Host = bucket + "." + u.Host
+        u.Path = strings.Replace(u.Path, "/{Bucket}", "", -1)
+        if u.Path == "" {
+                u.Path = "/"
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e6f330
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers.go
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+// +build !go1.6
+
+package s3
+
+import "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+
+func platformRequestHandlers(r *request.Request) {
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers_go1.6.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers_go1.6.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14d05f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/platform_handlers_go1.6.go
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+// +build go1.6
+
+package s3
+
+import (
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+func platformRequestHandlers(r *request.Request) {
+        if r.Operation.HTTPMethod == "PUT" {
+                // 100-Continue should only be used on put requests.
+                r.Handlers.Sign.PushBack(add100Continue)
+        }
+}
+
+func add100Continue(r *request.Request) {
+        if aws.BoolValue(r.Config.S3Disable100Continue) {
+                return
+        }
+        if r.HTTPRequest.ContentLength < 1024*1024*2 {
+                // Ignore requests smaller than 2MB. This helps prevent delaying
+                // requests unnecessarily.
+                return
+        }
+
+        r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set("Expect", "100-Continue")
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/service.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..614e477
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/service.go
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package s3
+
+import (
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml"
+)
+
+// S3 provides the API operation methods for making requests to
+// Amazon Simple Storage Service. See this package's package overview docs
+// for details on the service.
+//
+// S3 methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to
+// modify mutate any of the struct's properties though.
+type S3 struct {
+        *client.Client
+}
+
+// Used for custom client initialization logic
+var initClient func(*client.Client)
+
+// Used for custom request initialization logic
+var initRequest func(*request.Request)
+
+// Service information constants
+const (
+        ServiceName = "s3"        // Service endpoint prefix API calls made to.
+        EndpointsID = ServiceName // Service ID for Regions and Endpoints metadata.
+)
+
+// New creates a new instance of the S3 client with a session.
+// If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional
+// aws.Config parameter to add your extra config.
+//
+// Example:
+//     // Create a S3 client from just a session.
+//     svc := s3.New(mySession)
+//
+//     // Create a S3 client with additional configuration
+//     svc := s3.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2"))
+func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *S3 {
+        c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...)
+        return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName)
+}
+
+// newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance.
+func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *S3 {
+        svc := &S3{
+                Client: client.New(
+                        cfg,
+                        metadata.ClientInfo{
+                                ServiceName:   ServiceName,
+                                SigningName:   signingName,
+                                SigningRegion: signingRegion,
+                                Endpoint:      endpoint,
+                                APIVersion:    "2006-03-01",
+                        },
+                        handlers,
+                ),
+        }
+
+        // Handlers
+        svc.Handlers.Sign.PushBackNamed(v4.SignRequestHandler)
+        svc.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(restxml.BuildHandler)
+        svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(restxml.UnmarshalHandler)
+        svc.Handlers.UnmarshalMeta.PushBackNamed(restxml.UnmarshalMetaHandler)
+        svc.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBackNamed(restxml.UnmarshalErrorHandler)
+
+        // Run custom client initialization if present
+        if initClient != nil {
+                initClient(svc.Client)
+        }
+
+        return svc
+}
+
+// newRequest creates a new request for a S3 operation and runs any
+// custom request initialization.
+func (c *S3) newRequest(op *request.Operation, params, data interface{}) *request.Request {
+        req := c.NewRequest(op, params, data)
+
+        // Run custom request initialization if present
+        if initRequest != nil {
+                initRequest(req)
+        }
+
+        return req
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/sse.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/sse.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..268ea2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/sse.go
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+package s3
+
+import (
+        "crypto/md5"
+        "encoding/base64"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+var errSSERequiresSSL = awserr.New("ConfigError", "cannot send SSE keys over HTTP.", nil)
+
+func validateSSERequiresSSL(r *request.Request) {
+        if r.HTTPRequest.URL.Scheme != "https" {
+                p, _ := awsutil.ValuesAtPath(r.Params, "SSECustomerKey||CopySourceSSECustomerKey")
+                if len(p) > 0 {
+                        r.Error = errSSERequiresSSL
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+func computeSSEKeys(r *request.Request) {
+        headers := []string{
+                "x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key",
+                "x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key",
+        }
+
+        for _, h := range headers {
+                md5h := h + "-md5"
+                if key := r.HTTPRequest.Header.Get(h); key != "" {
+                        // Base64-encode the value
+                        b64v := base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString([]byte(key))
+                        r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set(h, b64v)
+
+                        // Add MD5 if it wasn't computed
+                        if r.HTTPRequest.Header.Get(md5h) == "" {
+                                sum := md5.Sum([]byte(key))
+                                b64sum := base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(sum[:])
+                                r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set(md5h, b64sum)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/statusok_error.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/statusok_error.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a78fd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/statusok_error.go
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+package s3
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "net/http"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+func copyMultipartStatusOKUnmarhsalError(r *request.Request) {
+        b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r.HTTPResponse.Body)
+        if err != nil {
+                r.Error = awserr.New("SerializationError", "unable to read response body", err)
+                return
+        }
+        body := bytes.NewReader(b)
+        r.HTTPResponse.Body = ioutil.NopCloser(body)
+        defer body.Seek(0, 0)
+
+        if body.Len() == 0 {
+                // If there is no body don't attempt to parse the body.
+                return
+        }
+
+        unmarshalError(r)
+        if err, ok := r.Error.(awserr.Error); ok && err != nil {
+                if err.Code() == "SerializationError" {
+                        r.Error = nil
+                        return
+                }
+                r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode = http.StatusServiceUnavailable
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/unmarshal_error.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/unmarshal_error.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcca862
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/unmarshal_error.go
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+package s3
+
+import (
+        "encoding/xml"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "net/http"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+type xmlErrorResponse struct {
+        XMLName xml.Name `xml:"Error"`
+        Code    string   `xml:"Code"`
+        Message string   `xml:"Message"`
+}
+
+func unmarshalError(r *request.Request) {
+        defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close()
+        defer io.Copy(ioutil.Discard, r.HTTPResponse.Body)
+
+        hostID := r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get("X-Amz-Id-2")
+
+        // Bucket exists in a different region, and request needs
+        // to be made to the correct region.
+        if r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode == http.StatusMovedPermanently {
+                r.Error = requestFailure{
+                        RequestFailure: awserr.NewRequestFailure(
+                                awserr.New("BucketRegionError",
+                                        fmt.Sprintf("incorrect region, the bucket is not in '%s' region",
+                                                aws.StringValue(r.Config.Region)),
+                                        nil),
+                                r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode,
+                                r.RequestID,
+                        ),
+                        hostID: hostID,
+                }
+                return
+        }
+
+        var errCode, errMsg string
+
+        // Attempt to parse error from body if it is known
+        resp := &xmlErrorResponse{}
+        err := xml.NewDecoder(r.HTTPResponse.Body).Decode(resp)
+        if err != nil && err != io.EOF {
+                errCode = "SerializationError"
+                errMsg = "failed to decode S3 XML error response"
+        } else {
+                errCode = resp.Code
+                errMsg = resp.Message
+                err = nil
+        }
+
+        // Fallback to status code converted to message if still no error code
+        if len(errCode) == 0 {
+                statusText := http.StatusText(r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode)
+                errCode = strings.Replace(statusText, " ", "", -1)
+                errMsg = statusText
+        }
+
+        r.Error = requestFailure{
+                RequestFailure: awserr.NewRequestFailure(
+                        awserr.New(errCode, errMsg, err),
+                        r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode,
+                        r.RequestID,
+                ),
+                hostID: hostID,
+        }
+}
+
+// A RequestFailure provides access to the S3 Request ID and Host ID values
+// returned from API operation errors. Getting the error as a string will
+// return the formated error with the same information as awserr.RequestFailure,
+// while also adding the HostID value from the response.
+type RequestFailure interface {
+        awserr.RequestFailure
+
+        // Host ID is the S3 Host ID needed for debug, and contacting support
+        HostID() string
+}
+
+type requestFailure struct {
+        awserr.RequestFailure
+
+        hostID string
+}
+
+func (r requestFailure) Error() string {
+        extra := fmt.Sprintf("status code: %d, request id: %s, host id: %s",
+                r.StatusCode(), r.RequestID(), r.hostID)
+        return awserr.SprintError(r.Code(), r.Message(), extra, r.OrigErr())
+}
+func (r requestFailure) String() string {
+        return r.Error()
+}
+func (r requestFailure) HostID() string {
+        return r.hostID
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/waiters.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cccfa8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/waiters.go
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package s3
+
+import (
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+// WaitUntilBucketExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation
+// HeadBucket to wait for a condition to be met before returning.
+// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will
+// be returned.
+func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketExists(input *HeadBucketInput) error {
+        return c.WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input)
+}
+
+// WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilBucketExists.
+// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the
+// Waiter and the underlying request options.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadBucketInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error {
+        w := request.Waiter{
+                Name:        "WaitUntilBucketExists",
+                MaxAttempts: 20,
+                Delay:       request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second),
+                Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{
+                        {
+                                State:    request.SuccessWaiterState,
+                                Matcher:  request.StatusWaiterMatch,
+                                Expected: 200,
+                        },
+                        {
+                                State:    request.SuccessWaiterState,
+                                Matcher:  request.StatusWaiterMatch,
+                                Expected: 301,
+                        },
+                        {
+                                State:    request.SuccessWaiterState,
+                                Matcher:  request.StatusWaiterMatch,
+                                Expected: 403,
+                        },
+                        {
+                                State:    request.RetryWaiterState,
+                                Matcher:  request.StatusWaiterMatch,
+                                Expected: 404,
+                        },
+                },
+                Logger: c.Config.Logger,
+                NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) {
+                        var inCpy *HeadBucketInput
+                        if input != nil {
+                                tmp := *input
+                                inCpy = &tmp
+                        }
+                        req, _ := c.HeadBucketRequest(inCpy)
+                        req.SetContext(ctx)
+                        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+                        return req, nil
+                },
+        }
+        w.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+
+        return w.WaitWithContext(ctx)
+}
+
+// WaitUntilBucketNotExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation
+// HeadBucket to wait for a condition to be met before returning.
+// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will
+// be returned.
+func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketNotExists(input *HeadBucketInput) error {
+        return c.WaitUntilBucketNotExistsWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input)
+}
+
+// WaitUntilBucketNotExistsWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilBucketNotExists.
+// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the
+// Waiter and the underlying request options.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) WaitUntilBucketNotExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadBucketInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error {
+        w := request.Waiter{
+                Name:        "WaitUntilBucketNotExists",
+                MaxAttempts: 20,
+                Delay:       request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second),
+                Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{
+                        {
+                                State:    request.SuccessWaiterState,
+                                Matcher:  request.StatusWaiterMatch,
+                                Expected: 404,
+                        },
+                },
+                Logger: c.Config.Logger,
+                NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) {
+                        var inCpy *HeadBucketInput
+                        if input != nil {
+                                tmp := *input
+                                inCpy = &tmp
+                        }
+                        req, _ := c.HeadBucketRequest(inCpy)
+                        req.SetContext(ctx)
+                        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+                        return req, nil
+                },
+        }
+        w.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+
+        return w.WaitWithContext(ctx)
+}
+
+// WaitUntilObjectExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation
+// HeadObject to wait for a condition to be met before returning.
+// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will
+// be returned.
+func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectExists(input *HeadObjectInput) error {
+        return c.WaitUntilObjectExistsWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input)
+}
+
+// WaitUntilObjectExistsWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilObjectExists.
+// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the
+// Waiter and the underlying request options.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadObjectInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error {
+        w := request.Waiter{
+                Name:        "WaitUntilObjectExists",
+                MaxAttempts: 20,
+                Delay:       request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second),
+                Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{
+                        {
+                                State:    request.SuccessWaiterState,
+                                Matcher:  request.StatusWaiterMatch,
+                                Expected: 200,
+                        },
+                        {
+                                State:    request.RetryWaiterState,
+                                Matcher:  request.StatusWaiterMatch,
+                                Expected: 404,
+                        },
+                },
+                Logger: c.Config.Logger,
+                NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) {
+                        var inCpy *HeadObjectInput
+                        if input != nil {
+                                tmp := *input
+                                inCpy = &tmp
+                        }
+                        req, _ := c.HeadObjectRequest(inCpy)
+                        req.SetContext(ctx)
+                        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+                        return req, nil
+                },
+        }
+        w.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+
+        return w.WaitWithContext(ctx)
+}
+
+// WaitUntilObjectNotExists uses the Amazon S3 API operation
+// HeadObject to wait for a condition to be met before returning.
+// If the condition is not meet within the max attempt window an error will
+// be returned.
+func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectNotExists(input *HeadObjectInput) error {
+        return c.WaitUntilObjectNotExistsWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input)
+}
+
+// WaitUntilObjectNotExistsWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilObjectNotExists.
+// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the
+// Waiter and the underlying request options.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *S3) WaitUntilObjectNotExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadObjectInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error {
+        w := request.Waiter{
+                Name:        "WaitUntilObjectNotExists",
+                MaxAttempts: 20,
+                Delay:       request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second),
+                Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{
+                        {
+                                State:    request.SuccessWaiterState,
+                                Matcher:  request.StatusWaiterMatch,
+                                Expected: 404,
+                        },
+                },
+                Logger: c.Config.Logger,
+                NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) {
+                        var inCpy *HeadObjectInput
+                        if input != nil {
+                                tmp := *input
+                                inCpy = &tmp
+                        }
+                        req, _ := c.HeadObjectRequest(inCpy)
+                        req.SetContext(ctx)
+                        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+                        return req, nil
+                },
+        }
+        w.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+
+        return w.WaitWithContext(ctx)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2de6528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go
@@ -0,0 +1,2365 @@
+// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package sts
+
+import (
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+)
+
+const opAssumeRole = "AssumeRole"
+
+// AssumeRoleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the AssumeRole operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See AssumeRole for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the AssumeRole method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the AssumeRoleRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.AssumeRoleRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRole
+func (c *STS) AssumeRoleRequest(input *AssumeRoleInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssumeRoleOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opAssumeRole,
+                HTTPMethod: "POST",
+                HTTPPath:   "/",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &AssumeRoleInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &AssumeRoleOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// AssumeRole API operation for AWS Security Token Service.
+//
+// Returns a set of temporary security credentials (consisting of an access
+// key ID, a secret access key, and a security token) that you can use to access
+// AWS resources that you might not normally have access to. Typically, you
+// use AssumeRole for cross-account access or federation. For a comparison of
+// AssumeRole with the other APIs that produce temporary credentials, see Requesting
+// Temporary Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html)
+// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// Important: You cannot call AssumeRole by using AWS root account credentials;
+// access is denied. You must use credentials for an IAM user or an IAM role
+// to call AssumeRole.
+//
+// For cross-account access, imagine that you own multiple accounts and need
+// to access resources in each account. You could create long-term credentials
+// in each account to access those resources. However, managing all those credentials
+// and remembering which one can access which account can be time consuming.
+// Instead, you can create one set of long-term credentials in one account and
+// then use temporary security credentials to access all the other accounts
+// by assuming roles in those accounts. For more information about roles, see
+// IAM Roles (Delegation and Federation) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/roles-toplevel.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// For federation, you can, for example, grant single sign-on access to the
+// AWS Management Console. If you already have an identity and authentication
+// system in your corporate network, you don't have to recreate user identities
+// in AWS in order to grant those user identities access to AWS. Instead, after
+// a user has been authenticated, you call AssumeRole (and specify the role
+// with the appropriate permissions) to get temporary security credentials for
+// that user. With those temporary security credentials, you construct a sign-in
+// URL that users can use to access the console. For more information, see Common
+// Scenarios for Temporary Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp.html#sts-introduction)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// The temporary security credentials are valid for the duration that you specified
+// when calling AssumeRole, which can be from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to a
+// maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). The default is 1 hour.
+//
+// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRole can be used to make
+// API calls to any AWS service with the following exception: you cannot call
+// the STS service's GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken APIs.
+//
+// Optionally, you can pass an IAM access policy to this operation. If you choose
+// not to pass a policy, the temporary security credentials that are returned
+// by the operation have the permissions that are defined in the access policy
+// of the role that is being assumed. If you pass a policy to this operation,
+// the temporary security credentials that are returned by the operation have
+// the permissions that are allowed by both the access policy of the role that
+// is being assumed, and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further
+// restrict the permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials.
+// You cannot use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess
+// of those allowed by the access policy of the role that is being assumed.
+// For more information, see Permissions for AssumeRole, AssumeRoleWithSAML,
+// and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// To assume a role, your AWS account must be trusted by the role. The trust
+// relationship is defined in the role's trust policy when the role is created.
+// That trust policy states which accounts are allowed to delegate access to
+// this account's role.
+//
+// The user who wants to access the role must also have permissions delegated
+// from the role's administrator. If the user is in a different account than
+// the role, then the user's administrator must attach a policy that allows
+// the user to call AssumeRole on the ARN of the role in the other account.
+// If the user is in the same account as the role, then you can either attach
+// a policy to the user (identical to the previous different account user),
+// or you can add the user as a principal directly in the role's trust policy
+//
+// Using MFA with AssumeRole
+//
+// You can optionally include multi-factor authentication (MFA) information
+// when you call AssumeRole. This is useful for cross-account scenarios in which
+// you want to make sure that the user who is assuming the role has been authenticated
+// using an AWS MFA device. In that scenario, the trust policy of the role being
+// assumed includes a condition that tests for MFA authentication; if the caller
+// does not include valid MFA information, the request to assume the role is
+// denied. The condition in a trust policy that tests for MFA authentication
+// might look like the following example.
+//
+// "Condition": {"Bool": {"aws:MultiFactorAuthPresent": true}}
+//
+// For more information, see Configuring MFA-Protected API Access (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/MFAProtectedAPI.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide guide.
+//
+// To use MFA with AssumeRole, you pass values for the SerialNumber and TokenCode
+// parameters. The SerialNumber value identifies the user's hardware or virtual
+// MFA device. The TokenCode is the time-based one-time password (TOTP) that
+// the MFA devices produces.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's
+// API operation AssumeRole for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+//   * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument"
+//   The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error
+//   message describes the specific error.
+//
+//   * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge"
+//   The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error
+//   message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage
+//   of what the API allows.
+//
+//   * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException"
+//   STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being
+//   asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM
+//   console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating
+//   and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html)
+//   in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRole
+func (c *STS) AssumeRole(input *AssumeRoleInput) (*AssumeRoleOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.AssumeRoleRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// AssumeRoleWithContext is the same as AssumeRole with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See AssumeRole for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssumeRoleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssumeRoleOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.AssumeRoleRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opAssumeRoleWithSAML = "AssumeRoleWithSAML"
+
+// AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the AssumeRoleWithSAML operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See AssumeRoleWithSAML for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the AssumeRoleWithSAML method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithSAML
+func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opAssumeRoleWithSAML,
+                HTTPMethod: "POST",
+                HTTPPath:   "/",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// AssumeRoleWithSAML API operation for AWS Security Token Service.
+//
+// Returns a set of temporary security credentials for users who have been authenticated
+// via a SAML authentication response. This operation provides a mechanism for
+// tying an enterprise identity store or directory to role-based AWS access
+// without user-specific credentials or configuration. For a comparison of AssumeRoleWithSAML
+// with the other APIs that produce temporary credentials, see Requesting Temporary
+// Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html)
+// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// The temporary security credentials returned by this operation consist of
+// an access key ID, a secret access key, and a security token. Applications
+// can use these temporary security credentials to sign calls to AWS services.
+//
+// The temporary security credentials are valid for the duration that you specified
+// when calling AssumeRole, or until the time specified in the SAML authentication
+// response's SessionNotOnOrAfter value, whichever is shorter. The duration
+// can be from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour).
+// The default is 1 hour.
+//
+// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithSAML can be used
+// to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exception: you cannot
+// call the STS service's GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken APIs.
+//
+// Optionally, you can pass an IAM access policy to this operation. If you choose
+// not to pass a policy, the temporary security credentials that are returned
+// by the operation have the permissions that are defined in the access policy
+// of the role that is being assumed. If you pass a policy to this operation,
+// the temporary security credentials that are returned by the operation have
+// the permissions that are allowed by the intersection of both the access policy
+// of the role that is being assumed, and the policy that you pass. This means
+// that both policies must grant the permission for the action to be allowed.
+// This gives you a way to further restrict the permissions for the resulting
+// temporary security credentials. You cannot use the passed policy to grant
+// permissions that are in excess of those allowed by the access policy of the
+// role that is being assumed. For more information, see Permissions for AssumeRole,
+// AssumeRoleWithSAML, and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// Before your application can call AssumeRoleWithSAML, you must configure your
+// SAML identity provider (IdP) to issue the claims required by AWS. Additionally,
+// you must use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) to create a SAML provider
+// entity in your AWS account that represents your identity provider, and create
+// an IAM role that specifies this SAML provider in its trust policy.
+//
+// Calling AssumeRoleWithSAML does not require the use of AWS security credentials.
+// The identity of the caller is validated by using keys in the metadata document
+// that is uploaded for the SAML provider entity for your identity provider.
+//
+// Calling AssumeRoleWithSAML can result in an entry in your AWS CloudTrail
+// logs. The entry includes the value in the NameID element of the SAML assertion.
+// We recommend that you use a NameIDType that is not associated with any personally
+// identifiable information (PII). For example, you could instead use the Persistent
+// Identifier (urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:persistent).
+//
+// For more information, see the following resources:
+//
+//    * About SAML 2.0-based Federation (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_saml.html)
+//    in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+//    * Creating SAML Identity Providers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_create_saml.html)
+//    in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+//    * Configuring a Relying Party and Claims (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_create_saml_relying-party.html)
+//    in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+//    * Creating a Role for SAML 2.0 Federation (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_create_for-idp_saml.html)
+//    in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's
+// API operation AssumeRoleWithSAML for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+//   * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument"
+//   The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error
+//   message describes the specific error.
+//
+//   * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge"
+//   The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error
+//   message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage
+//   of what the API allows.
+//
+//   * ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException "IDPRejectedClaim"
+//   The identity provider (IdP) reported that authentication failed. This might
+//   be because the claim is invalid.
+//
+//   If this error is returned for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation, it
+//   can also mean that the claim has expired or has been explicitly revoked.
+//
+//   * ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException "InvalidIdentityToken"
+//   The web identity token that was passed could not be validated by AWS. Get
+//   a new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request.
+//
+//   * ErrCodeExpiredTokenException "ExpiredTokenException"
+//   The web identity token that was passed is expired or is not valid. Get a
+//   new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request.
+//
+//   * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException"
+//   STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being
+//   asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM
+//   console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating
+//   and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html)
+//   in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithSAML
+func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAML(input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) (*AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// AssumeRoleWithSAMLWithContext is the same as AssumeRoleWithSAML with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See AssumeRoleWithSAML for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAMLWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opAssumeRoleWithWebIdentity = "AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity"
+
+// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity
+func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opAssumeRoleWithWebIdentity,
+                HTTPMethod: "POST",
+                HTTPPath:   "/",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity API operation for AWS Security Token Service.
+//
+// Returns a set of temporary security credentials for users who have been authenticated
+// in a mobile or web application with a web identity provider, such as Amazon
+// Cognito, Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google, or any OpenID Connect-compatible
+// identity provider.
+//
+// For mobile applications, we recommend that you use Amazon Cognito. You can
+// use Amazon Cognito with the AWS SDK for iOS (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforios/)
+// and the AWS SDK for Android (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforandroid/) to uniquely
+// identify a user and supply the user with a consistent identity throughout
+// the lifetime of an application.
+//
+// To learn more about Amazon Cognito, see Amazon Cognito Overview (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mobile/sdkforandroid/developerguide/cognito-auth.html#d0e840)
+// in the AWS SDK for Android Developer Guide guide and Amazon Cognito Overview
+// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mobile/sdkforios/developerguide/cognito-auth.html#d0e664)
+// in the AWS SDK for iOS Developer Guide.
+//
+// Calling AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity does not require the use of AWS security
+// credentials. Therefore, you can distribute an application (for example, on
+// mobile devices) that requests temporary security credentials without including
+// long-term AWS credentials in the application, and without deploying server-based
+// proxy services that use long-term AWS credentials. Instead, the identity
+// of the caller is validated by using a token from the web identity provider.
+// For a comparison of AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity with the other APIs that produce
+// temporary credentials, see Requesting Temporary Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html)
+// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// The temporary security credentials returned by this API consist of an access
+// key ID, a secret access key, and a security token. Applications can use these
+// temporary security credentials to sign calls to AWS service APIs.
+//
+// The credentials are valid for the duration that you specified when calling
+// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity, which can be from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to
+// a maximum of 3600 seconds (1 hour). The default is 1 hour.
+//
+// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity can
+// be used to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exception:
+// you cannot call the STS service's GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken APIs.
+//
+// Optionally, you can pass an IAM access policy to this operation. If you choose
+// not to pass a policy, the temporary security credentials that are returned
+// by the operation have the permissions that are defined in the access policy
+// of the role that is being assumed. If you pass a policy to this operation,
+// the temporary security credentials that are returned by the operation have
+// the permissions that are allowed by both the access policy of the role that
+// is being assumed, and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further
+// restrict the permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials.
+// You cannot use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess
+// of those allowed by the access policy of the role that is being assumed.
+// For more information, see Permissions for AssumeRole, AssumeRoleWithSAML,
+// and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// Before your application can call AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity, you must have
+// an identity token from a supported identity provider and create a role that
+// the application can assume. The role that your application assumes must trust
+// the identity provider that is associated with the identity token. In other
+// words, the identity provider must be specified in the role's trust policy.
+//
+// Calling AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity can result in an entry in your AWS CloudTrail
+// logs. The entry includes the Subject (http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#Claims)
+// of the provided Web Identity Token. We recommend that you avoid using any
+// personally identifiable information (PII) in this field. For example, you
+// could instead use a GUID or a pairwise identifier, as suggested in the OIDC
+// specification (http://openid.net/specs/openid-connect-core-1_0.html#SubjectIDTypes).
+//
+// For more information about how to use web identity federation and the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity
+// API, see the following resources:
+//
+//    * Using Web Identity Federation APIs for Mobile Apps (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_oidc_manual.html)
+//    and Federation Through a Web-based Identity Provider (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_assumerolewithwebidentity).
+//
+//
+//    *  Web Identity Federation Playground (https://web-identity-federation-playground.s3.amazonaws.com/index.html).
+//    This interactive website lets you walk through the process of authenticating
+//    via Login with Amazon, Facebook, or Google, getting temporary security
+//    credentials, and then using those credentials to make a request to AWS.
+//
+//
+//    * AWS SDK for iOS (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforios/) and AWS SDK for Android
+//    (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforandroid/). These toolkits contain sample
+//    apps that show how to invoke the identity providers, and then how to use
+//    the information from these providers to get and use temporary security
+//    credentials.
+//
+//    * Web Identity Federation with Mobile Applications (http://aws.amazon.com/articles/4617974389850313).
+//    This article discusses web identity federation and shows an example of
+//    how to use web identity federation to get access to content in Amazon
+//    S3.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's
+// API operation AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+//   * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument"
+//   The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error
+//   message describes the specific error.
+//
+//   * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge"
+//   The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error
+//   message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage
+//   of what the API allows.
+//
+//   * ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException "IDPRejectedClaim"
+//   The identity provider (IdP) reported that authentication failed. This might
+//   be because the claim is invalid.
+//
+//   If this error is returned for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation, it
+//   can also mean that the claim has expired or has been explicitly revoked.
+//
+//   * ErrCodeIDPCommunicationErrorException "IDPCommunicationError"
+//   The request could not be fulfilled because the non-AWS identity provider
+//   (IDP) that was asked to verify the incoming identity token could not be reached.
+//   This is often a transient error caused by network conditions. Retry the request
+//   a limited number of times so that you don't exceed the request rate. If the
+//   error persists, the non-AWS identity provider might be down or not responding.
+//
+//   * ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException "InvalidIdentityToken"
+//   The web identity token that was passed could not be validated by AWS. Get
+//   a new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request.
+//
+//   * ErrCodeExpiredTokenException "ExpiredTokenException"
+//   The web identity token that was passed is expired or is not valid. Get a
+//   new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request.
+//
+//   * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException"
+//   STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being
+//   asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM
+//   console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating
+//   and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html)
+//   in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity
+func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) (*AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityWithContext is the same as AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDecodeAuthorizationMessage = "DecodeAuthorizationMessage"
+
+// DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DecodeAuthorizationMessage operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See DecodeAuthorizationMessage for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the DecodeAuthorizationMessage method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/DecodeAuthorizationMessage
+func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(input *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) (req *request.Request, output *DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opDecodeAuthorizationMessage,
+                HTTPMethod: "POST",
+                HTTPPath:   "/",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// DecodeAuthorizationMessage API operation for AWS Security Token Service.
+//
+// Decodes additional information about the authorization status of a request
+// from an encoded message returned in response to an AWS request.
+//
+// For example, if a user is not authorized to perform an action that he or
+// she has requested, the request returns a Client.UnauthorizedOperation response
+// (an HTTP 403 response). Some AWS actions additionally return an encoded message
+// that can provide details about this authorization failure.
+//
+// Only certain AWS actions return an encoded authorization message. The documentation
+// for an individual action indicates whether that action returns an encoded
+// message in addition to returning an HTTP code.
+//
+// The message is encoded because the details of the authorization status can
+// constitute privileged information that the user who requested the action
+// should not see. To decode an authorization status message, a user must be
+// granted permissions via an IAM policy to request the DecodeAuthorizationMessage
+// (sts:DecodeAuthorizationMessage) action.
+//
+// The decoded message includes the following type of information:
+//
+//    * Whether the request was denied due to an explicit deny or due to the
+//    absence of an explicit allow. For more information, see Determining Whether
+//    a Request is Allowed or Denied (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_evaluation-logic.html#policy-eval-denyallow)
+//    in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+//    * The principal who made the request.
+//
+//    * The requested action.
+//
+//    * The requested resource.
+//
+//    * The values of condition keys in the context of the user's request.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's
+// API operation DecodeAuthorizationMessage for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+//   * ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException"
+//   The error returned if the message passed to DecodeAuthorizationMessage was
+//   invalid. This can happen if the token contains invalid characters, such as
+//   linebreaks.
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/DecodeAuthorizationMessage
+func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessage(input *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) (*DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DecodeAuthorizationMessageWithContext is the same as DecodeAuthorizationMessage with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DecodeAuthorizationMessage for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessageWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetCallerIdentity = "GetCallerIdentity"
+
+// GetCallerIdentityRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetCallerIdentity operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetCallerIdentity for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetCallerIdentity method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetCallerIdentityRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetCallerIdentityRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetCallerIdentity
+func (c *STS) GetCallerIdentityRequest(input *GetCallerIdentityInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCallerIdentityOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetCallerIdentity,
+                HTTPMethod: "POST",
+                HTTPPath:   "/",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetCallerIdentityInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetCallerIdentityOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetCallerIdentity API operation for AWS Security Token Service.
+//
+// Returns details about the IAM identity whose credentials are used to call
+// the API.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's
+// API operation GetCallerIdentity for usage and error information.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetCallerIdentity
+func (c *STS) GetCallerIdentity(input *GetCallerIdentityInput) (*GetCallerIdentityOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetCallerIdentityRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetCallerIdentityWithContext is the same as GetCallerIdentity with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetCallerIdentity for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *STS) GetCallerIdentityWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCallerIdentityInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCallerIdentityOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetCallerIdentityRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetFederationToken = "GetFederationToken"
+
+// GetFederationTokenRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetFederationToken operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetFederationToken for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetFederationToken method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetFederationTokenRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetFederationTokenRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetFederationToken
+func (c *STS) GetFederationTokenRequest(input *GetFederationTokenInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetFederationTokenOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetFederationToken,
+                HTTPMethod: "POST",
+                HTTPPath:   "/",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetFederationTokenInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetFederationTokenOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetFederationToken API operation for AWS Security Token Service.
+//
+// Returns a set of temporary security credentials (consisting of an access
+// key ID, a secret access key, and a security token) for a federated user.
+// A typical use is in a proxy application that gets temporary security credentials
+// on behalf of distributed applications inside a corporate network. Because
+// you must call the GetFederationToken action using the long-term security
+// credentials of an IAM user, this call is appropriate in contexts where those
+// credentials can be safely stored, usually in a server-based application.
+// For a comparison of GetFederationToken with the other APIs that produce temporary
+// credentials, see Requesting Temporary Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html)
+// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// If you are creating a mobile-based or browser-based app that can authenticate
+// users using a web identity provider like Login with Amazon, Facebook, Google,
+// or an OpenID Connect-compatible identity provider, we recommend that you
+// use Amazon Cognito (http://aws.amazon.com/cognito/) or AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity.
+// For more information, see Federation Through a Web-based Identity Provider
+// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_assumerolewithwebidentity).
+//
+// The GetFederationToken action must be called by using the long-term AWS security
+// credentials of an IAM user. You can also call GetFederationToken using the
+// security credentials of an AWS root account, but we do not recommended it.
+// Instead, we recommend that you create an IAM user for the purpose of the
+// proxy application and then attach a policy to the IAM user that limits federated
+// users to only the actions and resources that they need access to. For more
+// information, see IAM Best Practices (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/best-practices.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// The temporary security credentials that are obtained by using the long-term
+// credentials of an IAM user are valid for the specified duration, from 900
+// seconds (15 minutes) up to a maximium of 129600 seconds (36 hours). The default
+// is 43200 seconds (12 hours). Temporary credentials that are obtained by using
+// AWS root account credentials have a maximum duration of 3600 seconds (1 hour).
+//
+// The temporary security credentials created by GetFederationToken can be used
+// to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exceptions:
+//
+//    * You cannot use these credentials to call any IAM APIs.
+//
+//    * You cannot call any STS APIs except GetCallerIdentity.
+//
+// Permissions
+//
+// The permissions for the temporary security credentials returned by GetFederationToken
+// are determined by a combination of the following:
+//
+//    * The policy or policies that are attached to the IAM user whose credentials
+//    are used to call GetFederationToken.
+//
+//    * The policy that is passed as a parameter in the call.
+//
+// The passed policy is attached to the temporary security credentials that
+// result from the GetFederationToken API call--that is, to the federated user.
+// When the federated user makes an AWS request, AWS evaluates the policy attached
+// to the federated user in combination with the policy or policies attached
+// to the IAM user whose credentials were used to call GetFederationToken. AWS
+// allows the federated user's request only when both the federated user and
+// the IAM user are explicitly allowed to perform the requested action. The
+// passed policy cannot grant more permissions than those that are defined in
+// the IAM user policy.
+//
+// A typical use case is that the permissions of the IAM user whose credentials
+// are used to call GetFederationToken are designed to allow access to all the
+// actions and resources that any federated user will need. Then, for individual
+// users, you pass a policy to the operation that scopes down the permissions
+// to a level that's appropriate to that individual user, using a policy that
+// allows only a subset of permissions that are granted to the IAM user.
+//
+// If you do not pass a policy, the resulting temporary security credentials
+// have no effective permissions. The only exception is when the temporary security
+// credentials are used to access a resource that has a resource-based policy
+// that specifically allows the federated user to access the resource.
+//
+// For more information about how permissions work, see Permissions for GetFederationToken
+// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_getfederationtoken.html).
+// For information about using GetFederationToken to create temporary security
+// credentials, see GetFederationToken—Federation Through a Custom Identity
+// Broker (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_getfederationtoken).
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's
+// API operation GetFederationToken for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+//   * ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException "MalformedPolicyDocument"
+//   The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error
+//   message describes the specific error.
+//
+//   * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge"
+//   The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error
+//   message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage
+//   of what the API allows.
+//
+//   * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException"
+//   STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being
+//   asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM
+//   console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating
+//   and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html)
+//   in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetFederationToken
+func (c *STS) GetFederationToken(input *GetFederationTokenInput) (*GetFederationTokenOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetFederationTokenRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetFederationTokenWithContext is the same as GetFederationToken with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetFederationToken for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *STS) GetFederationTokenWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetFederationTokenInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetFederationTokenOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetFederationTokenRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetSessionToken = "GetSessionToken"
+
+// GetSessionTokenRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetSessionToken operation. The "output" return
+// value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method
+// is called.
+//
+// See GetSessionToken for usage and error information.
+//
+// Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject
+// custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to
+// access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If
+// you just want the service response, call the GetSessionToken method directly
+// instead.
+//
+// Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order
+// to execute the request.
+//
+//    // Example sending a request using the GetSessionTokenRequest method.
+//    req, resp := client.GetSessionTokenRequest(params)
+//
+//    err := req.Send()
+//    if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+//        fmt.Println(resp)
+//    }
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetSessionToken
+func (c *STS) GetSessionTokenRequest(input *GetSessionTokenInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSessionTokenOutput) {
+        op := &request.Operation{
+                Name:       opGetSessionToken,
+                HTTPMethod: "POST",
+                HTTPPath:   "/",
+        }
+
+        if input == nil {
+                input = &GetSessionTokenInput{}
+        }
+
+        output = &GetSessionTokenOutput{}
+        req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+        return
+}
+
+// GetSessionToken API operation for AWS Security Token Service.
+//
+// Returns a set of temporary credentials for an AWS account or IAM user. The
+// credentials consist of an access key ID, a secret access key, and a security
+// token. Typically, you use GetSessionToken if you want to use MFA to protect
+// programmatic calls to specific AWS APIs like Amazon EC2 StopInstances. MFA-enabled
+// IAM users would need to call GetSessionToken and submit an MFA code that
+// is associated with their MFA device. Using the temporary security credentials
+// that are returned from the call, IAM users can then make programmatic calls
+// to APIs that require MFA authentication. If you do not supply a correct MFA
+// code, then the API returns an access denied error. For a comparison of GetSessionToken
+// with the other APIs that produce temporary credentials, see Requesting Temporary
+// Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html)
+// and Comparing the AWS STS APIs (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// The GetSessionToken action must be called by using the long-term AWS security
+// credentials of the AWS account or an IAM user. Credentials that are created
+// by IAM users are valid for the duration that you specify, from 900 seconds
+// (15 minutes) up to a maximum of 129600 seconds (36 hours), with a default
+// of 43200 seconds (12 hours); credentials that are created by using account
+// credentials can range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) up to a maximum of 3600
+// seconds (1 hour), with a default of 1 hour.
+//
+// The temporary security credentials created by GetSessionToken can be used
+// to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exceptions:
+//
+//    * You cannot call any IAM APIs unless MFA authentication information is
+//    included in the request.
+//
+//    * You cannot call any STS API exceptAssumeRole or GetCallerIdentity.
+//
+// We recommend that you do not call GetSessionToken with root account credentials.
+// Instead, follow our best practices (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/best-practices.html#create-iam-users)
+// by creating one or more IAM users, giving them the necessary permissions,
+// and using IAM users for everyday interaction with AWS.
+//
+// The permissions associated with the temporary security credentials returned
+// by GetSessionToken are based on the permissions associated with account or
+// IAM user whose credentials are used to call the action. If GetSessionToken
+// is called using root account credentials, the temporary credentials have
+// root account permissions. Similarly, if GetSessionToken is called using the
+// credentials of an IAM user, the temporary credentials have the same permissions
+// as the IAM user.
+//
+// For more information about using GetSessionToken to create temporary credentials,
+// go to Temporary Credentials for Users in Untrusted Environments (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_getsessiontoken)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Security Token Service's
+// API operation GetSessionToken for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+//   * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException"
+//   STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being
+//   asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM
+//   console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating
+//   and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html)
+//   in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetSessionToken
+func (c *STS) GetSessionToken(input *GetSessionTokenInput) (*GetSessionTokenOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetSessionTokenRequest(input)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetSessionTokenWithContext is the same as GetSessionToken with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetSessionToken for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *STS) GetSessionTokenWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSessionTokenInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSessionTokenOutput, error) {
+        req, out := c.GetSessionTokenRequest(input)
+        req.SetContext(ctx)
+        req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+        return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleRequest
+type AssumeRoleInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The duration, in seconds, of the role session. The value can range from 900
+        // seconds (15 minutes) to 3600 seconds (1 hour). By default, the value is set
+        // to 3600 seconds.
+        //
+        // This is separate from the duration of a console session that you might request
+        // using the returned credentials. The request to the federation endpoint for
+        // a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration parameter that specifies
+        // the maximum length of the console session, separately from the DurationSeconds
+        // parameter on this API. For more information, see Creating a URL that Enables
+        // Federated Users to Access the AWS Management Console (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-custom-url.html)
+        // in the IAM User Guide.
+        DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"`
+
+        // A unique identifier that is used by third parties when assuming roles in
+        // their customers' accounts. For each role that the third party can assume,
+        // they should instruct their customers to ensure the role's trust policy checks
+        // for the external ID that the third party generated. Each time the third party
+        // assumes the role, they should pass the customer's external ID. The external
+        // ID is useful in order to help third parties bind a role to the customer who
+        // created it. For more information about the external ID, see How to Use an
+        // External ID When Granting Access to Your AWS Resources to a Third Party (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_create_for-user_externalid.html)
+        // in the IAM User Guide.
+        //
+        // The regex used to validated this parameter is a string of characters consisting
+        // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can
+        // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@:\/-
+        ExternalId *string `min:"2" type:"string"`
+
+        // An IAM policy in JSON format.
+        //
+        // This parameter is optional. If you pass a policy, the temporary security
+        // credentials that are returned by the operation have the permissions that
+        // are allowed by both (the intersection of) the access policy of the role that
+        // is being assumed, and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further
+        // restrict the permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials.
+        // You cannot use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess
+        // of those allowed by the access policy of the role that is being assumed.
+        // For more information, see Permissions for AssumeRole, AssumeRoleWithSAML,
+        // and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html)
+        // in the IAM User Guide.
+        //
+        // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string
+        // of characters up to 2048 characters in length. The characters can be any
+        // ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character
+        // list (\u0020-\u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A),
+        // and carriage return (\u000D) characters.
+        //
+        // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal
+        // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit.
+        // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to
+        // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed
+        // size.
+        Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+        // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role to assume.
+        //
+        // RoleArn is a required field
+        RoleArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // An identifier for the assumed role session.
+        //
+        // Use the role session name to uniquely identify a session when the same role
+        // is assumed by different principals or for different reasons. In cross-account
+        // scenarios, the role session name is visible to, and can be logged by the
+        // account that owns the role. The role session name is also used in the ARN
+        // of the assumed role principal. This means that subsequent cross-account API
+        // requests using the temporary security credentials will expose the role session
+        // name to the external account in their CloudTrail logs.
+        //
+        // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting
+        // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can
+        // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@-
+        //
+        // RoleSessionName is a required field
+        RoleSessionName *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The identification number of the MFA device that is associated with the user
+        // who is making the AssumeRole call. Specify this value if the trust policy
+        // of the role being assumed includes a condition that requires MFA authentication.
+        // The value is either the serial number for a hardware device (such as GAHT12345678)
+        // or an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a virtual device (such as arn:aws:iam::123456789012:mfa/user).
+        //
+        // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting
+        // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can
+        // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@-
+        SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string"`
+
+        // The value provided by the MFA device, if the trust policy of the role being
+        // assumed requires MFA (that is, if the policy includes a condition that tests
+        // for MFA). If the role being assumed requires MFA and if the TokenCode value
+        // is missing or expired, the AssumeRole call returns an "access denied" error.
+        //
+        // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a sequence
+        // of six numeric digits.
+        TokenCode *string `min:"6" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AssumeRoleInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AssumeRoleInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AssumeRoleInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssumeRoleInput"}
+        if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900))
+        }
+        if s.ExternalId != nil && len(*s.ExternalId) < 2 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ExternalId", 2))
+        }
+        if s.Policy != nil && len(*s.Policy) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Policy", 1))
+        }
+        if s.RoleArn == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn"))
+        }
+        if s.RoleArn != nil && len(*s.RoleArn) < 20 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleArn", 20))
+        }
+        if s.RoleSessionName == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleSessionName"))
+        }
+        if s.RoleSessionName != nil && len(*s.RoleSessionName) < 2 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleSessionName", 2))
+        }
+        if s.SerialNumber != nil && len(*s.SerialNumber) < 9 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SerialNumber", 9))
+        }
+        if s.TokenCode != nil && len(*s.TokenCode) < 6 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TokenCode", 6))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *AssumeRoleInput {
+        s.DurationSeconds = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetExternalId sets the ExternalId field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetExternalId(v string) *AssumeRoleInput {
+        s.ExternalId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetPolicy(v string) *AssumeRoleInput {
+        s.Policy = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AssumeRoleInput {
+        s.RoleArn = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRoleSessionName sets the RoleSessionName field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetRoleSessionName(v string) *AssumeRoleInput {
+        s.RoleSessionName = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *AssumeRoleInput {
+        s.SerialNumber = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTokenCode sets the TokenCode field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetTokenCode(v string) *AssumeRoleInput {
+        s.TokenCode = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRole request, including temporary
+// AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleResponse
+type AssumeRoleOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and the assumed role ID, which are identifiers
+        // that you can use to refer to the resulting temporary security credentials.
+        // For example, you can reference these credentials as a principal in a resource-based
+        // policy by using the ARN or assumed role ID. The ARN and ID include the RoleSessionName
+        // that you specified when you called AssumeRole.
+        AssumedRoleUser *AssumedRoleUser `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret
+        // access key, and a security (or session) token.
+        //
+        // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We
+        // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As
+        // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary.
+        // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes.
+        Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"`
+
+        // A percentage value that indicates the size of the policy in packed form.
+        // The service rejects any policy with a packed size greater than 100 percent,
+        // which means the policy exceeded the allowed space.
+        PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AssumeRoleOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AssumeRoleOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAssumedRoleUser sets the AssumedRoleUser field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleOutput) SetAssumedRoleUser(v *AssumedRoleUser) *AssumeRoleOutput {
+        s.AssumedRoleUser = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *AssumeRoleOutput {
+        s.Credentials = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPackedPolicySize sets the PackedPolicySize field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleOutput) SetPackedPolicySize(v int64) *AssumeRoleOutput {
+        s.PackedPolicySize = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest
+type AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The duration, in seconds, of the role session. The value can range from 900
+        // seconds (15 minutes) to 3600 seconds (1 hour). By default, the value is set
+        // to 3600 seconds. An expiration can also be specified in the SAML authentication
+        // response's SessionNotOnOrAfter value. The actual expiration time is whichever
+        // value is shorter.
+        //
+        // This is separate from the duration of a console session that you might request
+        // using the returned credentials. The request to the federation endpoint for
+        // a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration parameter that specifies
+        // the maximum length of the console session, separately from the DurationSeconds
+        // parameter on this API. For more information, see Enabling SAML 2.0 Federated
+        // Users to Access the AWS Management Console (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-saml.html)
+        // in the IAM User Guide.
+        DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"`
+
+        // An IAM policy in JSON format.
+        //
+        // The policy parameter is optional. If you pass a policy, the temporary security
+        // credentials that are returned by the operation have the permissions that
+        // are allowed by both the access policy of the role that is being assumed,
+        // and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further restrict the
+        // permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials. You cannot
+        // use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess of those allowed
+        // by the access policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information,
+        // Permissions for AssumeRole, AssumeRoleWithSAML, and AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity
+        // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html)
+        // in the IAM User Guide.
+        //
+        // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string
+        // of characters up to 2048 characters in length. The characters can be any
+        // ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character
+        // list (\u0020-\u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A),
+        // and carriage return (\u000D) characters.
+        //
+        // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal
+        // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit.
+        // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to
+        // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed
+        // size.
+        Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+        // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider in IAM that describes
+        // the IdP.
+        //
+        // PrincipalArn is a required field
+        PrincipalArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role that the caller is assuming.
+        //
+        // RoleArn is a required field
+        RoleArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The base-64 encoded SAML authentication response provided by the IdP.
+        //
+        // For more information, see Configuring a Relying Party and Adding Claims (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/create-role-saml-IdP-tasks.html)
+        // in the Using IAM guide.
+        //
+        // SAMLAssertion is a required field
+        SAMLAssertion *string `min:"4" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput"}
+        if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900))
+        }
+        if s.Policy != nil && len(*s.Policy) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Policy", 1))
+        }
+        if s.PrincipalArn == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PrincipalArn"))
+        }
+        if s.PrincipalArn != nil && len(*s.PrincipalArn) < 20 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PrincipalArn", 20))
+        }
+        if s.RoleArn == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn"))
+        }
+        if s.RoleArn != nil && len(*s.RoleArn) < 20 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleArn", 20))
+        }
+        if s.SAMLAssertion == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SAMLAssertion"))
+        }
+        if s.SAMLAssertion != nil && len(*s.SAMLAssertion) < 4 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SAMLAssertion", 4))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput {
+        s.DurationSeconds = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetPolicy(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput {
+        s.Policy = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPrincipalArn sets the PrincipalArn field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetPrincipalArn(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput {
+        s.PrincipalArn = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput {
+        s.RoleArn = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSAMLAssertion sets the SAMLAssertion field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) SetSAMLAssertion(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput {
+        s.SAMLAssertion = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRoleWithSAML request, including
+// temporary AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithSAMLResponse
+type AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The identifiers for the temporary security credentials that the operation
+        // returns.
+        AssumedRoleUser *AssumedRoleUser `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The value of the Recipient attribute of the SubjectConfirmationData element
+        // of the SAML assertion.
+        Audience *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret
+        // access key, and a security (or session) token.
+        //
+        // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We
+        // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As
+        // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary.
+        // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes.
+        Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The value of the Issuer element of the SAML assertion.
+        Issuer *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // A hash value based on the concatenation of the Issuer response value, the
+        // AWS account ID, and the friendly name (the last part of the ARN) of the SAML
+        // provider in IAM. The combination of NameQualifier and Subject can be used
+        // to uniquely identify a federated user.
+        //
+        // The following pseudocode shows how the hash value is calculated:
+        //
+        // BASE64 ( SHA1 ( "https://example.com/saml" + "123456789012" + "/MySAMLIdP"
+        // ) )
+        NameQualifier *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // A percentage value that indicates the size of the policy in packed form.
+        // The service rejects any policy with a packed size greater than 100 percent,
+        // which means the policy exceeded the allowed space.
+        PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+        // The value of the NameID element in the Subject element of the SAML assertion.
+        Subject *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // The format of the name ID, as defined by the Format attribute in the NameID
+        // element of the SAML assertion. Typical examples of the format are transient
+        // or persistent.
+        //
+        // If the format includes the prefix urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format,
+        // that prefix is removed. For example, urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:transient
+        // is returned as transient. If the format includes any other prefix, the format
+        // is returned with no modifications.
+        SubjectType *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAssumedRoleUser sets the AssumedRoleUser field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetAssumedRoleUser(v *AssumedRoleUser) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput {
+        s.AssumedRoleUser = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetAudience sets the Audience field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetAudience(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput {
+        s.Audience = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput {
+        s.Credentials = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetIssuer sets the Issuer field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetIssuer(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput {
+        s.Issuer = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetNameQualifier sets the NameQualifier field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetNameQualifier(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput {
+        s.NameQualifier = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPackedPolicySize sets the PackedPolicySize field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetPackedPolicySize(v int64) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput {
+        s.PackedPolicySize = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSubject sets the Subject field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetSubject(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput {
+        s.Subject = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSubjectType sets the SubjectType field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput) SetSubjectType(v string) *AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput {
+        s.SubjectType = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest
+type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The duration, in seconds, of the role session. The value can range from 900
+        // seconds (15 minutes) to 3600 seconds (1 hour). By default, the value is set
+        // to 3600 seconds.
+        //
+        // This is separate from the duration of a console session that you might request
+        // using the returned credentials. The request to the federation endpoint for
+        // a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration parameter that specifies
+        // the maximum length of the console session, separately from the DurationSeconds
+        // parameter on this API. For more information, see Creating a URL that Enables
+        // Federated Users to Access the AWS Management Console (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_providers_enable-console-custom-url.html)
+        // in the IAM User Guide.
+        DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"`
+
+        // An IAM policy in JSON format.
+        //
+        // The policy parameter is optional. If you pass a policy, the temporary security
+        // credentials that are returned by the operation have the permissions that
+        // are allowed by both the access policy of the role that is being assumed,
+        // and the policy that you pass. This gives you a way to further restrict the
+        // permissions for the resulting temporary security credentials. You cannot
+        // use the passed policy to grant permissions that are in excess of those allowed
+        // by the access policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information,
+        // see Permissions for AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_assumerole.html)
+        // in the IAM User Guide.
+        //
+        // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string
+        // of characters up to 2048 characters in length. The characters can be any
+        // ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character
+        // list (\u0020-\u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A),
+        // and carriage return (\u000D) characters.
+        //
+        // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal
+        // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit.
+        // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to
+        // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed
+        // size.
+        Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+        // The fully qualified host component of the domain name of the identity provider.
+        //
+        // Specify this value only for OAuth 2.0 access tokens. Currently www.amazon.com
+        // and graph.facebook.com are the only supported identity providers for OAuth
+        // 2.0 access tokens. Do not include URL schemes and port numbers.
+        //
+        // Do not specify this value for OpenID Connect ID tokens.
+        ProviderId *string `min:"4" type:"string"`
+
+        // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role that the caller is assuming.
+        //
+        // RoleArn is a required field
+        RoleArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // An identifier for the assumed role session. Typically, you pass the name
+        // or identifier that is associated with the user who is using your application.
+        // That way, the temporary security credentials that your application will use
+        // are associated with that user. This session name is included as part of the
+        // ARN and assumed role ID in the AssumedRoleUser response element.
+        //
+        // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting
+        // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can
+        // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@-
+        //
+        // RoleSessionName is a required field
+        RoleSessionName *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The OAuth 2.0 access token or OpenID Connect ID token that is provided by
+        // the identity provider. Your application must get this token by authenticating
+        // the user who is using your application with a web identity provider before
+        // the application makes an AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity call.
+        //
+        // WebIdentityToken is a required field
+        WebIdentityToken *string `min:"4" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput"}
+        if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900))
+        }
+        if s.Policy != nil && len(*s.Policy) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Policy", 1))
+        }
+        if s.ProviderId != nil && len(*s.ProviderId) < 4 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProviderId", 4))
+        }
+        if s.RoleArn == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn"))
+        }
+        if s.RoleArn != nil && len(*s.RoleArn) < 20 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleArn", 20))
+        }
+        if s.RoleSessionName == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleSessionName"))
+        }
+        if s.RoleSessionName != nil && len(*s.RoleSessionName) < 2 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleSessionName", 2))
+        }
+        if s.WebIdentityToken == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WebIdentityToken"))
+        }
+        if s.WebIdentityToken != nil && len(*s.WebIdentityToken) < 4 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("WebIdentityToken", 4))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput {
+        s.DurationSeconds = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetPolicy(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput {
+        s.Policy = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetProviderId sets the ProviderId field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetProviderId(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput {
+        s.ProviderId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput {
+        s.RoleArn = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetRoleSessionName sets the RoleSessionName field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetRoleSessionName(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput {
+        s.RoleSessionName = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetWebIdentityToken sets the WebIdentityToken field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput) SetWebIdentityToken(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput {
+        s.WebIdentityToken = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity request,
+// including temporary AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityResponse
+type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and the assumed role ID, which are identifiers
+        // that you can use to refer to the resulting temporary security credentials.
+        // For example, you can reference these credentials as a principal in a resource-based
+        // policy by using the ARN or assumed role ID. The ARN and ID include the RoleSessionName
+        // that you specified when you called AssumeRole.
+        AssumedRoleUser *AssumedRoleUser `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The intended audience (also known as client ID) of the web identity token.
+        // This is traditionally the client identifier issued to the application that
+        // requested the web identity token.
+        Audience *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret
+        // access key, and a security token.
+        //
+        // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We
+        // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As
+        // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary.
+        // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes.
+        Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"`
+
+        // A percentage value that indicates the size of the policy in packed form.
+        // The service rejects any policy with a packed size greater than 100 percent,
+        // which means the policy exceeded the allowed space.
+        PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+        // The issuing authority of the web identity token presented. For OpenID Connect
+        // ID Tokens this contains the value of the iss field. For OAuth 2.0 access
+        // tokens, this contains the value of the ProviderId parameter that was passed
+        // in the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity request.
+        Provider *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // The unique user identifier that is returned by the identity provider. This
+        // identifier is associated with the WebIdentityToken that was submitted with
+        // the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity call. The identifier is typically unique to
+        // the user and the application that acquired the WebIdentityToken (pairwise
+        // identifier). For OpenID Connect ID tokens, this field contains the value
+        // returned by the identity provider as the token's sub (Subject) claim.
+        SubjectFromWebIdentityToken *string `min:"6" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAssumedRoleUser sets the AssumedRoleUser field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetAssumedRoleUser(v *AssumedRoleUser) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput {
+        s.AssumedRoleUser = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetAudience sets the Audience field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetAudience(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput {
+        s.Audience = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput {
+        s.Credentials = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPackedPolicySize sets the PackedPolicySize field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetPackedPolicySize(v int64) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput {
+        s.PackedPolicySize = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetProvider sets the Provider field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetProvider(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput {
+        s.Provider = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSubjectFromWebIdentityToken sets the SubjectFromWebIdentityToken field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput) SetSubjectFromWebIdentityToken(v string) *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput {
+        s.SubjectFromWebIdentityToken = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// The identifiers for the temporary security credentials that the operation
+// returns.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/AssumedRoleUser
+type AssumedRoleUser struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The ARN of the temporary security credentials that are returned from the
+        // AssumeRole action. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in
+        // policies, see IAM Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html)
+        // in Using IAM.
+        //
+        // Arn is a required field
+        Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // A unique identifier that contains the role ID and the role session name of
+        // the role that is being assumed. The role ID is generated by AWS when the
+        // role is created.
+        //
+        // AssumedRoleId is a required field
+        AssumedRoleId *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AssumedRoleUser) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AssumedRoleUser) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *AssumedRoleUser) SetArn(v string) *AssumedRoleUser {
+        s.Arn = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetAssumedRoleId sets the AssumedRoleId field's value.
+func (s *AssumedRoleUser) SetAssumedRoleId(v string) *AssumedRoleUser {
+        s.AssumedRoleId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// AWS credentials for API authentication.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/Credentials
+type Credentials struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The access key ID that identifies the temporary security credentials.
+        //
+        // AccessKeyId is a required field
+        AccessKeyId *string `min:"16" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The date on which the current credentials expire.
+        //
+        // Expiration is a required field
+        Expiration *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601" required:"true"`
+
+        // The secret access key that can be used to sign requests.
+        //
+        // SecretAccessKey is a required field
+        SecretAccessKey *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The token that users must pass to the service API to use the temporary credentials.
+        //
+        // SessionToken is a required field
+        SessionToken *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Credentials) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Credentials) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAccessKeyId sets the AccessKeyId field's value.
+func (s *Credentials) SetAccessKeyId(v string) *Credentials {
+        s.AccessKeyId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
+func (s *Credentials) SetExpiration(v time.Time) *Credentials {
+        s.Expiration = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSecretAccessKey sets the SecretAccessKey field's value.
+func (s *Credentials) SetSecretAccessKey(v string) *Credentials {
+        s.SecretAccessKey = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSessionToken sets the SessionToken field's value.
+func (s *Credentials) SetSessionToken(v string) *Credentials {
+        s.SessionToken = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest
+type DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The encoded message that was returned with the response.
+        //
+        // EncodedMessage is a required field
+        EncodedMessage *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput"}
+        if s.EncodedMessage == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EncodedMessage"))
+        }
+        if s.EncodedMessage != nil && len(*s.EncodedMessage) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("EncodedMessage", 1))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetEncodedMessage sets the EncodedMessage field's value.
+func (s *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) SetEncodedMessage(v string) *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput {
+        s.EncodedMessage = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// A document that contains additional information about the authorization status
+// of a request from an encoded message that is returned in response to an AWS
+// request.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/DecodeAuthorizationMessageResponse
+type DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // An XML document that contains the decoded message.
+        DecodedMessage *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDecodedMessage sets the DecodedMessage field's value.
+func (s *DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput) SetDecodedMessage(v string) *DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput {
+        s.DecodedMessage = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Identifiers for the federated user that is associated with the credentials.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/FederatedUser
+type FederatedUser struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The ARN that specifies the federated user that is associated with the credentials.
+        // For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM
+        // Identifiers (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html)
+        // in Using IAM.
+        //
+        // Arn is a required field
+        Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // The string that identifies the federated user associated with the credentials,
+        // similar to the unique ID of an IAM user.
+        //
+        // FederatedUserId is a required field
+        FederatedUserId *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s FederatedUser) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s FederatedUser) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *FederatedUser) SetArn(v string) *FederatedUser {
+        s.Arn = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetFederatedUserId sets the FederatedUserId field's value.
+func (s *FederatedUser) SetFederatedUserId(v string) *FederatedUser {
+        s.FederatedUserId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetCallerIdentityRequest
+type GetCallerIdentityInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetCallerIdentityInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetCallerIdentityInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Contains the response to a successful GetCallerIdentity request, including
+// information about the entity making the request.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetCallerIdentityResponse
+type GetCallerIdentityOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The AWS account ID number of the account that owns or contains the calling
+        // entity.
+        Account *string `type:"string"`
+
+        // The AWS ARN associated with the calling entity.
+        Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string"`
+
+        // The unique identifier of the calling entity. The exact value depends on the
+        // type of entity making the call. The values returned are those listed in the
+        // aws:userid column in the Principal table (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_policies_variables.html#principaltable)
+        // found on the Policy Variables reference page in the IAM User Guide.
+        UserId *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetCallerIdentityOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetCallerIdentityOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAccount sets the Account field's value.
+func (s *GetCallerIdentityOutput) SetAccount(v string) *GetCallerIdentityOutput {
+        s.Account = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *GetCallerIdentityOutput) SetArn(v string) *GetCallerIdentityOutput {
+        s.Arn = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetUserId sets the UserId field's value.
+func (s *GetCallerIdentityOutput) SetUserId(v string) *GetCallerIdentityOutput {
+        s.UserId = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetFederationTokenRequest
+type GetFederationTokenInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The duration, in seconds, that the session should last. Acceptable durations
+        // for federation sessions range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to 129600 seconds
+        // (36 hours), with 43200 seconds (12 hours) as the default. Sessions obtained
+        // using AWS account (root) credentials are restricted to a maximum of 3600
+        // seconds (one hour). If the specified duration is longer than one hour, the
+        // session obtained by using AWS account (root) credentials defaults to one
+        // hour.
+        DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"`
+
+        // The name of the federated user. The name is used as an identifier for the
+        // temporary security credentials (such as Bob). For example, you can reference
+        // the federated user name in a resource-based policy, such as in an Amazon
+        // S3 bucket policy.
+        //
+        // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting
+        // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can
+        // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@-
+        //
+        // Name is a required field
+        Name *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+        // An IAM policy in JSON format that is passed with the GetFederationToken call
+        // and evaluated along with the policy or policies that are attached to the
+        // IAM user whose credentials are used to call GetFederationToken. The passed
+        // policy is used to scope down the permissions that are available to the IAM
+        // user, by allowing only a subset of the permissions that are granted to the
+        // IAM user. The passed policy cannot grant more permissions than those granted
+        // to the IAM user. The final permissions for the federated user are the most
+        // restrictive set based on the intersection of the passed policy and the IAM
+        // user policy.
+        //
+        // If you do not pass a policy, the resulting temporary security credentials
+        // have no effective permissions. The only exception is when the temporary security
+        // credentials are used to access a resource that has a resource-based policy
+        // that specifically allows the federated user to access the resource.
+        //
+        // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string
+        // of characters up to 2048 characters in length. The characters can be any
+        // ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character
+        // list (\u0020-\u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A),
+        // and carriage return (\u000D) characters.
+        //
+        // The policy plain text must be 2048 bytes or shorter. However, an internal
+        // conversion compresses it into a packed binary format with a separate limit.
+        // The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close to
+        // the upper size limit the policy is, with 100% equaling the maximum allowed
+        // size.
+        //
+        // For more information about how permissions work, see Permissions for GetFederationToken
+        // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_control-access_getfederationtoken.html).
+        Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetFederationTokenInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetFederationTokenInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetFederationTokenInput"}
+        if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900))
+        }
+        if s.Name == nil {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+        }
+        if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 2 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 2))
+        }
+        if s.Policy != nil && len(*s.Policy) < 1 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Policy", 1))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value.
+func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *GetFederationTokenInput {
+        s.DurationSeconds = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) SetName(v string) *GetFederationTokenInput {
+        s.Name = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
+func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) SetPolicy(v string) *GetFederationTokenInput {
+        s.Policy = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Contains the response to a successful GetFederationToken request, including
+// temporary AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetFederationTokenResponse
+type GetFederationTokenOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret
+        // access key, and a security (or session) token.
+        //
+        // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We
+        // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As
+        // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary.
+        // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes.
+        Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"`
+
+        // Identifiers for the federated user associated with the credentials (such
+        // as arn:aws:sts::123456789012:federated-user/Bob or 123456789012:Bob). You
+        // can use the federated user's ARN in your resource-based policies, such as
+        // an Amazon S3 bucket policy.
+        FederatedUser *FederatedUser `type:"structure"`
+
+        // A percentage value indicating the size of the policy in packed form. The
+        // service rejects policies for which the packed size is greater than 100 percent
+        // of the allowed value.
+        PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetFederationTokenOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetFederationTokenOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value.
+func (s *GetFederationTokenOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *GetFederationTokenOutput {
+        s.Credentials = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetFederatedUser sets the FederatedUser field's value.
+func (s *GetFederationTokenOutput) SetFederatedUser(v *FederatedUser) *GetFederationTokenOutput {
+        s.FederatedUser = v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetPackedPolicySize sets the PackedPolicySize field's value.
+func (s *GetFederationTokenOutput) SetPackedPolicySize(v int64) *GetFederationTokenOutput {
+        s.PackedPolicySize = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetSessionTokenRequest
+type GetSessionTokenInput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The duration, in seconds, that the credentials should remain valid. Acceptable
+        // durations for IAM user sessions range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to 129600
+        // seconds (36 hours), with 43200 seconds (12 hours) as the default. Sessions
+        // for AWS account owners are restricted to a maximum of 3600 seconds (one hour).
+        // If the duration is longer than one hour, the session for AWS account owners
+        // defaults to one hour.
+        DurationSeconds *int64 `min:"900" type:"integer"`
+
+        // The identification number of the MFA device that is associated with the IAM
+        // user who is making the GetSessionToken call. Specify this value if the IAM
+        // user has a policy that requires MFA authentication. The value is either the
+        // serial number for a hardware device (such as GAHT12345678) or an Amazon Resource
+        // Name (ARN) for a virtual device (such as arn:aws:iam::123456789012:mfa/user).
+        // You can find the device for an IAM user by going to the AWS Management Console
+        // and viewing the user's security credentials.
+        //
+        // The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting
+        // of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can
+        // also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@-
+        SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string"`
+
+        // The value provided by the MFA device, if MFA is required. If any policy requires
+        // the IAM user to submit an MFA code, specify this value. If MFA authentication
+        // is required, and the user does not provide a code when requesting a set of
+        // temporary security credentials, the user will receive an "access denied"
+        // response when requesting resources that require MFA authentication.
+        //
+        // The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a sequence
+        // of six numeric digits.
+        TokenCode *string `min:"6" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetSessionTokenInput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetSessionTokenInput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetSessionTokenInput) Validate() error {
+        invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetSessionTokenInput"}
+        if s.DurationSeconds != nil && *s.DurationSeconds < 900 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("DurationSeconds", 900))
+        }
+        if s.SerialNumber != nil && len(*s.SerialNumber) < 9 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SerialNumber", 9))
+        }
+        if s.TokenCode != nil && len(*s.TokenCode) < 6 {
+                invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TokenCode", 6))
+        }
+
+        if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+                return invalidParams
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetDurationSeconds sets the DurationSeconds field's value.
+func (s *GetSessionTokenInput) SetDurationSeconds(v int64) *GetSessionTokenInput {
+        s.DurationSeconds = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value.
+func (s *GetSessionTokenInput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *GetSessionTokenInput {
+        s.SerialNumber = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// SetTokenCode sets the TokenCode field's value.
+func (s *GetSessionTokenInput) SetTokenCode(v string) *GetSessionTokenInput {
+        s.TokenCode = &v
+        return s
+}
+
+// Contains the response to a successful GetSessionToken request, including
+// temporary AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests.
+// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/GetSessionTokenResponse
+type GetSessionTokenOutput struct {
+        _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+        // The temporary security credentials, which include an access key ID, a secret
+        // access key, and a security (or session) token.
+        //
+        // Note: The size of the security token that STS APIs return is not fixed. We
+        // strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size. As
+        // of this writing, the typical size is less than 4096 bytes, but that can vary.
+        // Also, future updates to AWS might require larger sizes.
+        Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetSessionTokenOutput) String() string {
+        return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetSessionTokenOutput) GoString() string {
+        return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value.
+func (s *GetSessionTokenOutput) SetCredentials(v *Credentials) *GetSessionTokenOutput {
+        s.Credentials = v
+        return s
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/customizations.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/customizations.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4010cc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/customizations.go
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+package sts
+
+import "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+
+func init() {
+        initRequest = func(r *request.Request) {
+                switch r.Operation.Name {
+                case opAssumeRoleWithSAML, opAssumeRoleWithWebIdentity:
+                        r.Handlers.Sign.Clear() // these operations are unsigned
+                }
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/doc.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2af518
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/doc.go
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
+
+// Package sts provides the client and types for making API
+// requests to AWS Security Token Service.
+//
+// The AWS Security Token Service (STS) is a web service that enables you to
+// request temporary, limited-privilege credentials for AWS Identity and Access
+// Management (IAM) users or for users that you authenticate (federated users).
+// This guide provides descriptions of the STS API. For more detailed information
+// about using this service, go to Temporary Security Credentials (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp.html).
+//
+// As an alternative to using the API, you can use one of the AWS SDKs, which
+// consist of libraries and sample code for various programming languages and
+// platforms (Java, Ruby, .NET, iOS, Android, etc.). The SDKs provide a convenient
+// way to create programmatic access to STS. For example, the SDKs take care
+// of cryptographically signing requests, managing errors, and retrying requests
+// automatically. For information about the AWS SDKs, including how to download
+// and install them, see the Tools for Amazon Web Services page (http://aws.amazon.com/tools/).
+//
+// For information about setting up signatures and authorization through the
+// API, go to Signing AWS API Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signing_aws_api_requests.html)
+// in the AWS General Reference. For general information about the Query API,
+// go to Making Query Requests (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/IAM_UsingQueryAPI.html)
+// in Using IAM. For information about using security tokens with other AWS
+// products, go to AWS Services That Work with IAM (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_aws-services-that-work-with-iam.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// If you're new to AWS and need additional technical information about a specific
+// AWS product, you can find the product's technical documentation at http://aws.amazon.com/documentation/
+// (http://aws.amazon.com/documentation/).
+//
+// Endpoints
+//
+// The AWS Security Token Service (STS) has a default endpoint of https://sts.amazonaws.com
+// that maps to the US East (N. Virginia) region. Additional regions are available
+// and are activated by default. For more information, see Activating and Deactivating
+// AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// For information about STS endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#sts_region)
+// in the AWS General Reference.
+//
+// Recording API requests
+//
+// STS supports AWS CloudTrail, which is a service that records AWS calls for
+// your AWS account and delivers log files to an Amazon S3 bucket. By using
+// information collected by CloudTrail, you can determine what requests were
+// successfully made to STS, who made the request, when it was made, and so
+// on. To learn more about CloudTrail, including how to turn it on and find
+// your log files, see the AWS CloudTrail User Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/awscloudtrail/latest/userguide/what_is_cloud_trail_top_level.html).
+//
+// See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15 for more information on this service.
+//
+// See sts package documentation for more information.
+// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/sts/
+//
+// Using the Client
+//
+// To use the client for AWS Security Token Service you will first need
+// to create a new instance of it.
+//
+// When creating a client for an AWS service you'll first need to have a Session
+// already created. The Session provides configuration that can be shared
+// between multiple service clients. Additional configuration can be applied to
+// the Session and service's client when they are constructed. The aws package's
+// Config type contains several fields such as Region for the AWS Region the
+// client should make API requests too. The optional Config value can be provided
+// as the variadic argument for Sessions and client creation.
+//
+// Once the service's client is created you can use it to make API requests the
+// AWS service. These clients are safe to use concurrently.
+//
+//   // Create a session to share configuration, and load external configuration.
+//   sess := session.Must(session.NewSession())
+//
+//   // Create the service's client with the session.
+//   svc := sts.New(sess)
+//
+// See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use service clients.
+// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/
+//
+// See aws package's Config type for more information on configuration options.
+// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config
+//
+// See the AWS Security Token Service client STS for more
+// information on creating the service's client.
+// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/sts/#New
+//
+// Once the client is created you can make an API request to the service.
+// Each API method takes a input parameter, and returns the service response
+// and an error.
+//
+// The API method will document which error codes the service can be returned
+// by the operation if the service models the API operation's errors. These
+// errors will also be available as const strings prefixed with "ErrCode".
+//
+//   result, err := svc.AssumeRole(params)
+//   if err != nil {
+//       // Cast err to awserr.Error to handle specific error codes.
+//       aerr, ok := err.(awserr.Error)
+//       if ok && aerr.Code() == <error code to check for> {
+//           // Specific error code handling
+//       }
+//       return err
+//   }
+//
+//   fmt.Println("AssumeRole result:")
+//   fmt.Println(result)
+//
+// Using the Client with Context
+//
+// The service's client also provides methods to make API requests with a Context
+// value. This allows you to control the timeout, and cancellation of pending
+// requests. These methods also take request Option as variadic parameter to apply
+// additional configuration to the API request.
+//
+//   ctx := context.Background()
+//
+//   result, err := svc.AssumeRoleWithContext(ctx, params)
+//
+// See the request package documentation for more information on using Context pattern
+// with the SDK.
+// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/request/
+package sts
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e24884e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package sts
+
+const (
+
+        // ErrCodeExpiredTokenException for service response error code
+        // "ExpiredTokenException".
+        //
+        // The web identity token that was passed is expired or is not valid. Get a
+        // new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request.
+        ErrCodeExpiredTokenException = "ExpiredTokenException"
+
+        // ErrCodeIDPCommunicationErrorException for service response error code
+        // "IDPCommunicationError".
+        //
+        // The request could not be fulfilled because the non-AWS identity provider
+        // (IDP) that was asked to verify the incoming identity token could not be reached.
+        // This is often a transient error caused by network conditions. Retry the request
+        // a limited number of times so that you don't exceed the request rate. If the
+        // error persists, the non-AWS identity provider might be down or not responding.
+        ErrCodeIDPCommunicationErrorException = "IDPCommunicationError"
+
+        // ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException for service response error code
+        // "IDPRejectedClaim".
+        //
+        // The identity provider (IdP) reported that authentication failed. This might
+        // be because the claim is invalid.
+        //
+        // If this error is returned for the AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity operation, it
+        // can also mean that the claim has expired or has been explicitly revoked.
+        ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException = "IDPRejectedClaim"
+
+        // ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException for service response error code
+        // "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException".
+        //
+        // The error returned if the message passed to DecodeAuthorizationMessage was
+        // invalid. This can happen if the token contains invalid characters, such as
+        // linebreaks.
+        ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException = "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException"
+
+        // ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException for service response error code
+        // "InvalidIdentityToken".
+        //
+        // The web identity token that was passed could not be validated by AWS. Get
+        // a new identity token from the identity provider and then retry the request.
+        ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException = "InvalidIdentityToken"
+
+        // ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException for service response error code
+        // "MalformedPolicyDocument".
+        //
+        // The request was rejected because the policy document was malformed. The error
+        // message describes the specific error.
+        ErrCodeMalformedPolicyDocumentException = "MalformedPolicyDocument"
+
+        // ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException for service response error code
+        // "PackedPolicyTooLarge".
+        //
+        // The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error
+        // message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage
+        // of what the API allows.
+        ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException = "PackedPolicyTooLarge"
+
+        // ErrCodeRegionDisabledException for service response error code
+        // "RegionDisabledException".
+        //
+        // STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being
+        // asked to generate credentials. The account administrator must use the IAM
+        // console to activate STS in that region. For more information, see Activating
+        // and Deactivating AWS STS in an AWS Region (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html)
+        // in the IAM User Guide.
+        ErrCodeRegionDisabledException = "RegionDisabledException"
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ee5839
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package sts
+
+import (
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query"
+)
+
+// STS provides the API operation methods for making requests to
+// AWS Security Token Service. See this package's package overview docs
+// for details on the service.
+//
+// STS methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to
+// modify mutate any of the struct's properties though.
+type STS struct {
+        *client.Client
+}
+
+// Used for custom client initialization logic
+var initClient func(*client.Client)
+
+// Used for custom request initialization logic
+var initRequest func(*request.Request)
+
+// Service information constants
+const (
+        ServiceName = "sts"       // Service endpoint prefix API calls made to.
+        EndpointsID = ServiceName // Service ID for Regions and Endpoints metadata.
+)
+
+// New creates a new instance of the STS client with a session.
+// If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional
+// aws.Config parameter to add your extra config.
+//
+// Example:
+//     // Create a STS client from just a session.
+//     svc := sts.New(mySession)
+//
+//     // Create a STS client with additional configuration
+//     svc := sts.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2"))
+func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *STS {
+        c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...)
+        return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName)
+}
+
+// newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance.
+func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *STS {
+        svc := &STS{
+                Client: client.New(
+                        cfg,
+                        metadata.ClientInfo{
+                                ServiceName:   ServiceName,
+                                SigningName:   signingName,
+                                SigningRegion: signingRegion,
+                                Endpoint:      endpoint,
+                                APIVersion:    "2011-06-15",
+                        },
+                        handlers,
+                ),
+        }
+
+        // Handlers
+        svc.Handlers.Sign.PushBackNamed(v4.SignRequestHandler)
+        svc.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(query.BuildHandler)
+        svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(query.UnmarshalHandler)
+        svc.Handlers.UnmarshalMeta.PushBackNamed(query.UnmarshalMetaHandler)
+        svc.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBackNamed(query.UnmarshalErrorHandler)
+
+        // Run custom client initialization if present
+        if initClient != nil {
+                initClient(svc.Client)
+        }
+
+        return svc
+}
+
+// newRequest creates a new request for a STS operation and runs any
+// custom request initialization.
+func (c *STS) newRequest(op *request.Operation, params, data interface{}) *request.Request {
+        req := c.NewRequest(op, params, data)
+
+        // Run custom request initialization if present
+        if initRequest != nil {
+                initRequest(req)
+        }
+
+        return req
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/bgentry/go-netrc/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/bgentry/go-netrc/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aade9a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/bgentry/go-netrc/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Original version Copyright © 2010 Fazlul Shahriar <fshahriar@gmail.com>. Newer
+portions Copyright © 2014 Blake Gentry <blakesgentry@gmail.com>.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/bgentry/go-netrc/netrc/netrc.go b/vendor/github.com/bgentry/go-netrc/netrc/netrc.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea49987
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/bgentry/go-netrc/netrc/netrc.go
@@ -0,0 +1,510 @@
+package netrc
+
+import (
+        "bufio"
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "os"
+        "strings"
+        "sync"
+        "unicode"
+        "unicode/utf8"
+)
+
+type tkType int
+
+const (
+        tkMachine tkType = iota
+        tkDefault
+        tkLogin
+        tkPassword
+        tkAccount
+        tkMacdef
+        tkComment
+        tkWhitespace
+)
+
+var keywords = map[string]tkType{
+        "machine":  tkMachine,
+        "default":  tkDefault,
+        "login":    tkLogin,
+        "password": tkPassword,
+        "account":  tkAccount,
+        "macdef":   tkMacdef,
+        "#":        tkComment,
+}
+
+type Netrc struct {
+        tokens     []*token
+        machines   []*Machine
+        macros     Macros
+        updateLock sync.Mutex
+}
+
+// FindMachine returns the Machine in n named by name. If a machine named by
+// name exists, it is returned. If no Machine with name name is found and there
+// is a ``default'' machine, the ``default'' machine is returned. Otherwise, nil
+// is returned.
+func (n *Netrc) FindMachine(name string) (m *Machine) {
+        // TODO(bgentry): not safe for concurrency
+        var def *Machine
+        for _, m = range n.machines {
+                if m.Name == name {
+                        return m
+                }
+                if m.IsDefault() {
+                        def = m
+                }
+        }
+        if def == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+        return def
+}
+
+// MarshalText implements the encoding.TextMarshaler interface to encode a
+// Netrc into text format.
+func (n *Netrc) MarshalText() (text []byte, err error) {
+        // TODO(bgentry): not safe for concurrency
+        for i := range n.tokens {
+                switch n.tokens[i].kind {
+                case tkComment, tkDefault, tkWhitespace: // always append these types
+                        text = append(text, n.tokens[i].rawkind...)
+                default:
+                        if n.tokens[i].value != "" { // skip empty-value tokens
+                                text = append(text, n.tokens[i].rawkind...)
+                        }
+                }
+                if n.tokens[i].kind == tkMacdef {
+                        text = append(text, ' ')
+                        text = append(text, n.tokens[i].macroName...)
+                }
+                text = append(text, n.tokens[i].rawvalue...)
+        }
+        return
+}
+
+func (n *Netrc) NewMachine(name, login, password, account string) *Machine {
+        n.updateLock.Lock()
+        defer n.updateLock.Unlock()
+
+        prefix := "\n"
+        if len(n.tokens) == 0 {
+                prefix = ""
+        }
+        m := &Machine{
+                Name:     name,
+                Login:    login,
+                Password: password,
+                Account:  account,
+
+                nametoken: &token{
+                        kind:     tkMachine,
+                        rawkind:  []byte(prefix + "machine"),
+                        value:    name,
+                        rawvalue: []byte(" " + name),
+                },
+                logintoken: &token{
+                        kind:     tkLogin,
+                        rawkind:  []byte("\n\tlogin"),
+                        value:    login,
+                        rawvalue: []byte(" " + login),
+                },
+                passtoken: &token{
+                        kind:     tkPassword,
+                        rawkind:  []byte("\n\tpassword"),
+                        value:    password,
+                        rawvalue: []byte(" " + password),
+                },
+                accounttoken: &token{
+                        kind:     tkAccount,
+                        rawkind:  []byte("\n\taccount"),
+                        value:    account,
+                        rawvalue: []byte(" " + account),
+                },
+        }
+        n.insertMachineTokensBeforeDefault(m)
+        for i := range n.machines {
+                if n.machines[i].IsDefault() {
+                        n.machines = append(append(n.machines[:i], m), n.machines[i:]...)
+                        return m
+                }
+        }
+        n.machines = append(n.machines, m)
+        return m
+}
+
+func (n *Netrc) insertMachineTokensBeforeDefault(m *Machine) {
+        newtokens := []*token{m.nametoken}
+        if m.logintoken.value != "" {
+                newtokens = append(newtokens, m.logintoken)
+        }
+        if m.passtoken.value != "" {
+                newtokens = append(newtokens, m.passtoken)
+        }
+        if m.accounttoken.value != "" {
+                newtokens = append(newtokens, m.accounttoken)
+        }
+        for i := range n.tokens {
+                if n.tokens[i].kind == tkDefault {
+                        // found the default, now insert tokens before it
+                        n.tokens = append(n.tokens[:i], append(newtokens, n.tokens[i:]...)...)
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+        // didn't find a default, just add the newtokens to the end
+        n.tokens = append(n.tokens, newtokens...)
+        return
+}
+
+func (n *Netrc) RemoveMachine(name string) {
+        n.updateLock.Lock()
+        defer n.updateLock.Unlock()
+
+        for i := range n.machines {
+                if n.machines[i] != nil && n.machines[i].Name == name {
+                        m := n.machines[i]
+                        for _, t := range []*token{
+                                m.nametoken, m.logintoken, m.passtoken, m.accounttoken,
+                        } {
+                                n.removeToken(t)
+                        }
+                        n.machines = append(n.machines[:i], n.machines[i+1:]...)
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+func (n *Netrc) removeToken(t *token) {
+        if t != nil {
+                for i := range n.tokens {
+                        if n.tokens[i] == t {
+                                n.tokens = append(n.tokens[:i], n.tokens[i+1:]...)
+                                return
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// Machine contains information about a remote machine.
+type Machine struct {
+        Name     string
+        Login    string
+        Password string
+        Account  string
+
+        nametoken    *token
+        logintoken   *token
+        passtoken    *token
+        accounttoken *token
+}
+
+// IsDefault returns true if the machine is a "default" token, denoted by an
+// empty name.
+func (m *Machine) IsDefault() bool {
+        return m.Name == ""
+}
+
+// UpdatePassword sets the password for the Machine m.
+func (m *Machine) UpdatePassword(newpass string) {
+        m.Password = newpass
+        updateTokenValue(m.passtoken, newpass)
+}
+
+// UpdateLogin sets the login for the Machine m.
+func (m *Machine) UpdateLogin(newlogin string) {
+        m.Login = newlogin
+        updateTokenValue(m.logintoken, newlogin)
+}
+
+// UpdateAccount sets the login for the Machine m.
+func (m *Machine) UpdateAccount(newaccount string) {
+        m.Account = newaccount
+        updateTokenValue(m.accounttoken, newaccount)
+}
+
+func updateTokenValue(t *token, value string) {
+        oldvalue := t.value
+        t.value = value
+        newraw := make([]byte, len(t.rawvalue))
+        copy(newraw, t.rawvalue)
+        t.rawvalue = append(
+                bytes.TrimSuffix(newraw, []byte(oldvalue)),
+                []byte(value)...,
+        )
+}
+
+// Macros contains all the macro definitions in a netrc file.
+type Macros map[string]string
+
+type token struct {
+        kind      tkType
+        macroName string
+        value     string
+        rawkind   []byte
+        rawvalue  []byte
+}
+
+// Error represents a netrc file parse error.
+type Error struct {
+        LineNum int    // Line number
+        Msg     string // Error message
+}
+
+// Error returns a string representation of error e.
+func (e *Error) Error() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("line %d: %s", e.LineNum, e.Msg)
+}
+
+func (e *Error) BadDefaultOrder() bool {
+        return e.Msg == errBadDefaultOrder
+}
+
+const errBadDefaultOrder = "default token must appear after all machine tokens"
+
+// scanLinesKeepPrefix is a split function for a Scanner that returns each line
+// of text. The returned token may include newlines if they are before the
+// first non-space character. The returned line may be empty. The end-of-line
+// marker is one optional carriage return followed by one mandatory newline. In
+// regular expression notation, it is `\r?\n`. The last non-empty line of
+// input will be returned even if it has no newline.
+func scanLinesKeepPrefix(data []byte, atEOF bool) (advance int, token []byte, err error) {
+        if atEOF && len(data) == 0 {
+                return 0, nil, nil
+        }
+        // Skip leading spaces.
+        start := 0
+        for width := 0; start < len(data); start += width {
+                var r rune
+                r, width = utf8.DecodeRune(data[start:])
+                if !unicode.IsSpace(r) {
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+        if i := bytes.IndexByte(data[start:], '\n'); i >= 0 {
+                // We have a full newline-terminated line.
+                return start + i, data[0 : start+i], nil
+        }
+        // If we're at EOF, we have a final, non-terminated line. Return it.
+        if atEOF {
+                return len(data), data, nil
+        }
+        // Request more data.
+        return 0, nil, nil
+}
+
+// scanWordsKeepPrefix is a split function for a Scanner that returns each
+// space-separated word of text, with prefixing spaces included. It will never
+// return an empty string. The definition of space is set by unicode.IsSpace.
+//
+// Adapted from bufio.ScanWords().
+func scanTokensKeepPrefix(data []byte, atEOF bool) (advance int, token []byte, err error) {
+        // Skip leading spaces.
+        start := 0
+        for width := 0; start < len(data); start += width {
+                var r rune
+                r, width = utf8.DecodeRune(data[start:])
+                if !unicode.IsSpace(r) {
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+        if atEOF && len(data) == 0 || start == len(data) {
+                return len(data), data, nil
+        }
+        if len(data) > start && data[start] == '#' {
+                return scanLinesKeepPrefix(data, atEOF)
+        }
+        // Scan until space, marking end of word.
+        for width, i := 0, start; i < len(data); i += width {
+                var r rune
+                r, width = utf8.DecodeRune(data[i:])
+                if unicode.IsSpace(r) {
+                        return i, data[:i], nil
+                }
+        }
+        // If we're at EOF, we have a final, non-empty, non-terminated word. Return it.
+        if atEOF && len(data) > start {
+                return len(data), data, nil
+        }
+        // Request more data.
+        return 0, nil, nil
+}
+
+func newToken(rawb []byte) (*token, error) {
+        _, tkind, err := bufio.ScanWords(rawb, true)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        var ok bool
+        t := token{rawkind: rawb}
+        t.kind, ok = keywords[string(tkind)]
+        if !ok {
+                trimmed := strings.TrimSpace(string(tkind))
+                if trimmed == "" {
+                        t.kind = tkWhitespace // whitespace-only, should happen only at EOF
+                        return &t, nil
+                }
+                if strings.HasPrefix(trimmed, "#") {
+                        t.kind = tkComment // this is a comment
+                        return &t, nil
+                }
+                return &t, fmt.Errorf("keyword expected; got " + string(tkind))
+        }
+        return &t, nil
+}
+
+func scanValue(scanner *bufio.Scanner, pos int) ([]byte, string, int, error) {
+        if scanner.Scan() {
+                raw := scanner.Bytes()
+                pos += bytes.Count(raw, []byte{'\n'})
+                return raw, strings.TrimSpace(string(raw)), pos, nil
+        }
+        if err := scanner.Err(); err != nil {
+                return nil, "", pos, &Error{pos, err.Error()}
+        }
+        return nil, "", pos, nil
+}
+
+func parse(r io.Reader, pos int) (*Netrc, error) {
+        b, err := ioutil.ReadAll(r)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        nrc := Netrc{machines: make([]*Machine, 0, 20), macros: make(Macros, 10)}
+
+        defaultSeen := false
+        var currentMacro *token
+        var m *Machine
+        var t *token
+        scanner := bufio.NewScanner(bytes.NewReader(b))
+        scanner.Split(scanTokensKeepPrefix)
+
+        for scanner.Scan() {
+                rawb := scanner.Bytes()
+                if len(rawb) == 0 {
+                        break
+                }
+                pos += bytes.Count(rawb, []byte{'\n'})
+                t, err = newToken(rawb)
+                if err != nil {
+                        if currentMacro == nil {
+                                return nil, &Error{pos, err.Error()}
+                        }
+                        currentMacro.rawvalue = append(currentMacro.rawvalue, rawb...)
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if currentMacro != nil && bytes.Contains(rawb, []byte{'\n', '\n'}) {
+                        // if macro rawvalue + rawb would contain \n\n, then macro def is over
+                        currentMacro.value = strings.TrimLeft(string(currentMacro.rawvalue), "\r\n")
+                        nrc.macros[currentMacro.macroName] = currentMacro.value
+                        currentMacro = nil
+                }
+
+                switch t.kind {
+                case tkMacdef:
+                        if _, t.macroName, pos, err = scanValue(scanner, pos); err != nil {
+                                return nil, &Error{pos, err.Error()}
+                        }
+                        currentMacro = t
+                case tkDefault:
+                        if defaultSeen {
+                                return nil, &Error{pos, "multiple default token"}
+                        }
+                        if m != nil {
+                                nrc.machines, m = append(nrc.machines, m), nil
+                        }
+                        m = new(Machine)
+                        m.Name = ""
+                        defaultSeen = true
+                case tkMachine:
+                        if defaultSeen {
+                                return nil, &Error{pos, errBadDefaultOrder}
+                        }
+                        if m != nil {
+                                nrc.machines, m = append(nrc.machines, m), nil
+                        }
+                        m = new(Machine)
+                        if t.rawvalue, m.Name, pos, err = scanValue(scanner, pos); err != nil {
+                                return nil, &Error{pos, err.Error()}
+                        }
+                        t.value = m.Name
+                        m.nametoken = t
+                case tkLogin:
+                        if m == nil || m.Login != "" {
+                                return nil, &Error{pos, "unexpected token login "}
+                        }
+                        if t.rawvalue, m.Login, pos, err = scanValue(scanner, pos); err != nil {
+                                return nil, &Error{pos, err.Error()}
+                        }
+                        t.value = m.Login
+                        m.logintoken = t
+                case tkPassword:
+                        if m == nil || m.Password != "" {
+                                return nil, &Error{pos, "unexpected token password"}
+                        }
+                        if t.rawvalue, m.Password, pos, err = scanValue(scanner, pos); err != nil {
+                                return nil, &Error{pos, err.Error()}
+                        }
+                        t.value = m.Password
+                        m.passtoken = t
+                case tkAccount:
+                        if m == nil || m.Account != "" {
+                                return nil, &Error{pos, "unexpected token account"}
+                        }
+                        if t.rawvalue, m.Account, pos, err = scanValue(scanner, pos); err != nil {
+                                return nil, &Error{pos, err.Error()}
+                        }
+                        t.value = m.Account
+                        m.accounttoken = t
+                }
+
+                nrc.tokens = append(nrc.tokens, t)
+        }
+
+        if err := scanner.Err(); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        if m != nil {
+                nrc.machines, m = append(nrc.machines, m), nil
+        }
+        return &nrc, nil
+}
+
+// ParseFile opens the file at filename and then passes its io.Reader to
+// Parse().
+func ParseFile(filename string) (*Netrc, error) {
+        fd, err := os.Open(filename)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        defer fd.Close()
+        return Parse(fd)
+}
+
+// Parse parses from the the Reader r as a netrc file and returns the set of
+// machine information and macros defined in it. The ``default'' machine,
+// which is intended to be used when no machine name matches, is identified
+// by an empty machine name. There can be only one ``default'' machine.
+//
+// If there is a parsing error, an Error is returned.
+func Parse(r io.Reader) (*Netrc, error) {
+        return parse(r, 1)
+}
+
+// FindMachine parses the netrc file identified by filename and returns the
+// Machine named by name. If a problem occurs parsing the file at filename, an
+// error is returned. If a machine named by name exists, it is returned. If no
+// Machine with name name is found and there is a ``default'' machine, the
+// ``default'' machine is returned. Otherwise, nil is returned.
+func FindMachine(filename, name string) (m *Machine, err error) {
+        n, err := ParseFile(filename)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        return n.FindMachine(name), nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c836416
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+ISC License
+
+Copyright (c) 2012-2016 Dave Collins <dave@davec.name>
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/bypass.go b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/bypass.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a4a658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/bypass.go
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Dave Collins <dave@davec.name>
+//
+// Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+// purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+// copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+//
+// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+// WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+// MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+// ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+// WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+// ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+// OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+// NOTE: Due to the following build constraints, this file will only be compiled
+// when the code is not running on Google App Engine, compiled by GopherJS, and
+// "-tags safe" is not added to the go build command line.  The "disableunsafe"
+// tag is deprecated and thus should not be used.
+// +build !js,!appengine,!safe,!disableunsafe
+
+package spew
+
+import (
+        "reflect"
+        "unsafe"
+)
+
+const (
+        // UnsafeDisabled is a build-time constant which specifies whether or
+        // not access to the unsafe package is available.
+        UnsafeDisabled = false
+
+        // ptrSize is the size of a pointer on the current arch.
+        ptrSize = unsafe.Sizeof((*byte)(nil))
+)
+
+var (
+        // offsetPtr, offsetScalar, and offsetFlag are the offsets for the
+        // internal reflect.Value fields.  These values are valid before golang
+        // commit ecccf07e7f9d which changed the format.  The are also valid
+        // after commit 82f48826c6c7 which changed the format again to mirror
+        // the original format.  Code in the init function updates these offsets
+        // as necessary.
+        offsetPtr    = uintptr(ptrSize)
+        offsetScalar = uintptr(0)
+        offsetFlag   = uintptr(ptrSize * 2)
+
+        // flagKindWidth and flagKindShift indicate various bits that the
+        // reflect package uses internally to track kind information.
+        //
+        // flagRO indicates whether or not the value field of a reflect.Value is
+        // read-only.
+        //
+        // flagIndir indicates whether the value field of a reflect.Value is
+        // the actual data or a pointer to the data.
+        //
+        // These values are valid before golang commit 90a7c3c86944 which
+        // changed their positions.  Code in the init function updates these
+        // flags as necessary.
+        flagKindWidth = uintptr(5)
+        flagKindShift = uintptr(flagKindWidth - 1)
+        flagRO        = uintptr(1 << 0)
+        flagIndir     = uintptr(1 << 1)
+)
+
+func init() {
+        // Older versions of reflect.Value stored small integers directly in the
+        // ptr field (which is named val in the older versions).  Versions
+        // between commits ecccf07e7f9d and 82f48826c6c7 added a new field named
+        // scalar for this purpose which unfortunately came before the flag
+        // field, so the offset of the flag field is different for those
+        // versions.
+        //
+        // This code constructs a new reflect.Value from a known small integer
+        // and checks if the size of the reflect.Value struct indicates it has
+        // the scalar field. When it does, the offsets are updated accordingly.
+        vv := reflect.ValueOf(0xf00)
+        if unsafe.Sizeof(vv) == (ptrSize * 4) {
+                offsetScalar = ptrSize * 2
+                offsetFlag = ptrSize * 3
+        }
+
+        // Commit 90a7c3c86944 changed the flag positions such that the low
+        // order bits are the kind.  This code extracts the kind from the flags
+        // field and ensures it's the correct type.  When it's not, the flag
+        // order has been changed to the newer format, so the flags are updated
+        // accordingly.
+        upf := unsafe.Pointer(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&vv)) + offsetFlag)
+        upfv := *(*uintptr)(upf)
+        flagKindMask := uintptr((1<<flagKindWidth - 1) << flagKindShift)
+        if (upfv&flagKindMask)>>flagKindShift != uintptr(reflect.Int) {
+                flagKindShift = 0
+                flagRO = 1 << 5
+                flagIndir = 1 << 6
+
+                // Commit adf9b30e5594 modified the flags to separate the
+                // flagRO flag into two bits which specifies whether or not the
+                // field is embedded.  This causes flagIndir to move over a bit
+                // and means that flagRO is the combination of either of the
+                // original flagRO bit and the new bit.
+                //
+                // This code detects the change by extracting what used to be
+                // the indirect bit to ensure it's set.  When it's not, the flag
+                // order has been changed to the newer format, so the flags are
+                // updated accordingly.
+                if upfv&flagIndir == 0 {
+                        flagRO = 3 << 5
+                        flagIndir = 1 << 7
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// unsafeReflectValue converts the passed reflect.Value into a one that bypasses
+// the typical safety restrictions preventing access to unaddressable and
+// unexported data.  It works by digging the raw pointer to the underlying
+// value out of the protected value and generating a new unprotected (unsafe)
+// reflect.Value to it.
+//
+// This allows us to check for implementations of the Stringer and error
+// interfaces to be used for pretty printing ordinarily unaddressable and
+// inaccessible values such as unexported struct fields.
+func unsafeReflectValue(v reflect.Value) (rv reflect.Value) {
+        indirects := 1
+        vt := v.Type()
+        upv := unsafe.Pointer(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&v)) + offsetPtr)
+        rvf := *(*uintptr)(unsafe.Pointer(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&v)) + offsetFlag))
+        if rvf&flagIndir != 0 {
+                vt = reflect.PtrTo(v.Type())
+                indirects++
+        } else if offsetScalar != 0 {
+                // The value is in the scalar field when it's not one of the
+                // reference types.
+                switch vt.Kind() {
+                case reflect.Uintptr:
+                case reflect.Chan:
+                case reflect.Func:
+                case reflect.Map:
+                case reflect.Ptr:
+                case reflect.UnsafePointer:
+                default:
+                        upv = unsafe.Pointer(uintptr(unsafe.Pointer(&v)) +
+                                offsetScalar)
+                }
+        }
+
+        pv := reflect.NewAt(vt, upv)
+        rv = pv
+        for i := 0; i < indirects; i++ {
+                rv = rv.Elem()
+        }
+        return rv
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/bypasssafe.go b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/bypasssafe.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fe3cf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/bypasssafe.go
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+// Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Dave Collins <dave@davec.name>
+//
+// Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+// purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+// copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+//
+// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+// WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+// MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+// ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+// WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+// ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+// OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+// NOTE: Due to the following build constraints, this file will only be compiled
+// when the code is running on Google App Engine, compiled by GopherJS, or
+// "-tags safe" is added to the go build command line.  The "disableunsafe"
+// tag is deprecated and thus should not be used.
+// +build js appengine safe disableunsafe
+
+package spew
+
+import "reflect"
+
+const (
+        // UnsafeDisabled is a build-time constant which specifies whether or
+        // not access to the unsafe package is available.
+        UnsafeDisabled = true
+)
+
+// unsafeReflectValue typically converts the passed reflect.Value into a one
+// that bypasses the typical safety restrictions preventing access to
+// unaddressable and unexported data.  However, doing this relies on access to
+// the unsafe package.  This is a stub version which simply returns the passed
+// reflect.Value when the unsafe package is not available.
+func unsafeReflectValue(v reflect.Value) reflect.Value {
+        return v
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/common.go b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/common.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c519ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/common.go
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2016 Dave Collins <dave@davec.name>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+package spew
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "reflect"
+        "sort"
+        "strconv"
+)
+
+// Some constants in the form of bytes to avoid string overhead.  This mirrors
+// the technique used in the fmt package.
+var (
+        panicBytes            = []byte("(PANIC=")
+        plusBytes             = []byte("+")
+        iBytes                = []byte("i")
+        trueBytes             = []byte("true")
+        falseBytes            = []byte("false")
+        interfaceBytes        = []byte("(interface {})")
+        commaNewlineBytes     = []byte(",\n")
+        newlineBytes          = []byte("\n")
+        openBraceBytes        = []byte("{")
+        openBraceNewlineBytes = []byte("{\n")
+        closeBraceBytes       = []byte("}")
+        asteriskBytes         = []byte("*")
+        colonBytes            = []byte(":")
+        colonSpaceBytes       = []byte(": ")
+        openParenBytes        = []byte("(")
+        closeParenBytes       = []byte(")")
+        spaceBytes            = []byte(" ")
+        pointerChainBytes     = []byte("->")
+        nilAngleBytes         = []byte("<nil>")
+        maxNewlineBytes       = []byte("<max depth reached>\n")
+        maxShortBytes         = []byte("<max>")
+        circularBytes         = []byte("<already shown>")
+        circularShortBytes    = []byte("<shown>")
+        invalidAngleBytes     = []byte("<invalid>")
+        openBracketBytes      = []byte("[")
+        closeBracketBytes     = []byte("]")
+        percentBytes          = []byte("%")
+        precisionBytes        = []byte(".")
+        openAngleBytes        = []byte("<")
+        closeAngleBytes       = []byte(">")
+        openMapBytes          = []byte("map[")
+        closeMapBytes         = []byte("]")
+        lenEqualsBytes        = []byte("len=")
+        capEqualsBytes        = []byte("cap=")
+)
+
+// hexDigits is used to map a decimal value to a hex digit.
+var hexDigits = "0123456789abcdef"
+
+// catchPanic handles any panics that might occur during the handleMethods
+// calls.
+func catchPanic(w io.Writer, v reflect.Value) {
+        if err := recover(); err != nil {
+                w.Write(panicBytes)
+                fmt.Fprintf(w, "%v", err)
+                w.Write(closeParenBytes)
+        }
+}
+
+// handleMethods attempts to call the Error and String methods on the underlying
+// type the passed reflect.Value represents and outputes the result to Writer w.
+//
+// It handles panics in any called methods by catching and displaying the error
+// as the formatted value.
+func handleMethods(cs *ConfigState, w io.Writer, v reflect.Value) (handled bool) {
+        // We need an interface to check if the type implements the error or
+        // Stringer interface.  However, the reflect package won't give us an
+        // interface on certain things like unexported struct fields in order
+        // to enforce visibility rules.  We use unsafe, when it's available,
+        // to bypass these restrictions since this package does not mutate the
+        // values.
+        if !v.CanInterface() {
+                if UnsafeDisabled {
+                        return false
+                }
+
+                v = unsafeReflectValue(v)
+        }
+
+        // Choose whether or not to do error and Stringer interface lookups against
+        // the base type or a pointer to the base type depending on settings.
+        // Technically calling one of these methods with a pointer receiver can
+        // mutate the value, however, types which choose to satisify an error or
+        // Stringer interface with a pointer receiver should not be mutating their
+        // state inside these interface methods.
+        if !cs.DisablePointerMethods && !UnsafeDisabled && !v.CanAddr() {
+                v = unsafeReflectValue(v)
+        }
+        if v.CanAddr() {
+                v = v.Addr()
+        }
+
+        // Is it an error or Stringer?
+        switch iface := v.Interface().(type) {
+        case error:
+                defer catchPanic(w, v)
+                if cs.ContinueOnMethod {
+                        w.Write(openParenBytes)
+                        w.Write([]byte(iface.Error()))
+                        w.Write(closeParenBytes)
+                        w.Write(spaceBytes)
+                        return false
+                }
+
+                w.Write([]byte(iface.Error()))
+                return true
+
+        case fmt.Stringer:
+                defer catchPanic(w, v)
+                if cs.ContinueOnMethod {
+                        w.Write(openParenBytes)
+                        w.Write([]byte(iface.String()))
+                        w.Write(closeParenBytes)
+                        w.Write(spaceBytes)
+                        return false
+                }
+                w.Write([]byte(iface.String()))
+                return true
+        }
+        return false
+}
+
+// printBool outputs a boolean value as true or false to Writer w.
+func printBool(w io.Writer, val bool) {
+        if val {
+                w.Write(trueBytes)
+        } else {
+                w.Write(falseBytes)
+        }
+}
+
+// printInt outputs a signed integer value to Writer w.
+func printInt(w io.Writer, val int64, base int) {
+        w.Write([]byte(strconv.FormatInt(val, base)))
+}
+
+// printUint outputs an unsigned integer value to Writer w.
+func printUint(w io.Writer, val uint64, base int) {
+        w.Write([]byte(strconv.FormatUint(val, base)))
+}
+
+// printFloat outputs a floating point value using the specified precision,
+// which is expected to be 32 or 64bit, to Writer w.
+func printFloat(w io.Writer, val float64, precision int) {
+        w.Write([]byte(strconv.FormatFloat(val, 'g', -1, precision)))
+}
+
+// printComplex outputs a complex value using the specified float precision
+// for the real and imaginary parts to Writer w.
+func printComplex(w io.Writer, c complex128, floatPrecision int) {
+        r := real(c)
+        w.Write(openParenBytes)
+        w.Write([]byte(strconv.FormatFloat(r, 'g', -1, floatPrecision)))
+        i := imag(c)
+        if i >= 0 {
+                w.Write(plusBytes)
+        }
+        w.Write([]byte(strconv.FormatFloat(i, 'g', -1, floatPrecision)))
+        w.Write(iBytes)
+        w.Write(closeParenBytes)
+}
+
+// printHexPtr outputs a uintptr formatted as hexidecimal with a leading '0x'
+// prefix to Writer w.
+func printHexPtr(w io.Writer, p uintptr) {
+        // Null pointer.
+        num := uint64(p)
+        if num == 0 {
+                w.Write(nilAngleBytes)
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Max uint64 is 16 bytes in hex + 2 bytes for '0x' prefix
+        buf := make([]byte, 18)
+
+        // It's simpler to construct the hex string right to left.
+        base := uint64(16)
+        i := len(buf) - 1
+        for num >= base {
+                buf[i] = hexDigits[num%base]
+                num /= base
+                i--
+        }
+        buf[i] = hexDigits[num]
+
+        // Add '0x' prefix.
+        i--
+        buf[i] = 'x'
+        i--
+        buf[i] = '0'
+
+        // Strip unused leading bytes.
+        buf = buf[i:]
+        w.Write(buf)
+}
+
+// valuesSorter implements sort.Interface to allow a slice of reflect.Value
+// elements to be sorted.
+type valuesSorter struct {
+        values  []reflect.Value
+        strings []string // either nil or same len and values
+        cs      *ConfigState
+}
+
+// newValuesSorter initializes a valuesSorter instance, which holds a set of
+// surrogate keys on which the data should be sorted.  It uses flags in
+// ConfigState to decide if and how to populate those surrogate keys.
+func newValuesSorter(values []reflect.Value, cs *ConfigState) sort.Interface {
+        vs := &valuesSorter{values: values, cs: cs}
+        if canSortSimply(vs.values[0].Kind()) {
+                return vs
+        }
+        if !cs.DisableMethods {
+                vs.strings = make([]string, len(values))
+                for i := range vs.values {
+                        b := bytes.Buffer{}
+                        if !handleMethods(cs, &b, vs.values[i]) {
+                                vs.strings = nil
+                                break
+                        }
+                        vs.strings[i] = b.String()
+                }
+        }
+        if vs.strings == nil && cs.SpewKeys {
+                vs.strings = make([]string, len(values))
+                for i := range vs.values {
+                        vs.strings[i] = Sprintf("%#v", vs.values[i].Interface())
+                }
+        }
+        return vs
+}
+
+// canSortSimply tests whether a reflect.Kind is a primitive that can be sorted
+// directly, or whether it should be considered for sorting by surrogate keys
+// (if the ConfigState allows it).
+func canSortSimply(kind reflect.Kind) bool {
+        // This switch parallels valueSortLess, except for the default case.
+        switch kind {
+        case reflect.Bool:
+                return true
+        case reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64, reflect.Int:
+                return true
+        case reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64, reflect.Uint:
+                return true
+        case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64:
+                return true
+        case reflect.String:
+                return true
+        case reflect.Uintptr:
+                return true
+        case reflect.Array:
+                return true
+        }
+        return false
+}
+
+// Len returns the number of values in the slice.  It is part of the
+// sort.Interface implementation.
+func (s *valuesSorter) Len() int {
+        return len(s.values)
+}
+
+// Swap swaps the values at the passed indices.  It is part of the
+// sort.Interface implementation.
+func (s *valuesSorter) Swap(i, j int) {
+        s.values[i], s.values[j] = s.values[j], s.values[i]
+        if s.strings != nil {
+                s.strings[i], s.strings[j] = s.strings[j], s.strings[i]
+        }
+}
+
+// valueSortLess returns whether the first value should sort before the second
+// value.  It is used by valueSorter.Less as part of the sort.Interface
+// implementation.
+func valueSortLess(a, b reflect.Value) bool {
+        switch a.Kind() {
+        case reflect.Bool:
+                return !a.Bool() && b.Bool()
+        case reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64, reflect.Int:
+                return a.Int() < b.Int()
+        case reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64, reflect.Uint:
+                return a.Uint() < b.Uint()
+        case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64:
+                return a.Float() < b.Float()
+        case reflect.String:
+                return a.String() < b.String()
+        case reflect.Uintptr:
+                return a.Uint() < b.Uint()
+        case reflect.Array:
+                // Compare the contents of both arrays.
+                l := a.Len()
+                for i := 0; i < l; i++ {
+                        av := a.Index(i)
+                        bv := b.Index(i)
+                        if av.Interface() == bv.Interface() {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        return valueSortLess(av, bv)
+                }
+        }
+        return a.String() < b.String()
+}
+
+// Less returns whether the value at index i should sort before the
+// value at index j.  It is part of the sort.Interface implementation.
+func (s *valuesSorter) Less(i, j int) bool {
+        if s.strings == nil {
+                return valueSortLess(s.values[i], s.values[j])
+        }
+        return s.strings[i] < s.strings[j]
+}
+
+// sortValues is a sort function that handles both native types and any type that
+// can be converted to error or Stringer.  Other inputs are sorted according to
+// their Value.String() value to ensure display stability.
+func sortValues(values []reflect.Value, cs *ConfigState) {
+        if len(values) == 0 {
+                return
+        }
+        sort.Sort(newValuesSorter(values, cs))
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/config.go b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/config.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e3d22f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/config.go
@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2016 Dave Collins <dave@davec.name>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+package spew
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "os"
+)
+
+// ConfigState houses the configuration options used by spew to format and
+// display values.  There is a global instance, Config, that is used to control
+// all top-level Formatter and Dump functionality.  Each ConfigState instance
+// provides methods equivalent to the top-level functions.
+//
+// The zero value for ConfigState provides no indentation.  You would typically
+// want to set it to a space or a tab.
+//
+// Alternatively, you can use NewDefaultConfig to get a ConfigState instance
+// with default settings.  See the documentation of NewDefaultConfig for default
+// values.
+type ConfigState struct {
+        // Indent specifies the string to use for each indentation level.  The
+        // global config instance that all top-level functions use set this to a
+        // single space by default.  If you would like more indentation, you might
+        // set this to a tab with "\t" or perhaps two spaces with "  ".
+        Indent string
+
+        // MaxDepth controls the maximum number of levels to descend into nested
+        // data structures.  The default, 0, means there is no limit.
+        //
+        // NOTE: Circular data structures are properly detected, so it is not
+        // necessary to set this value unless you specifically want to limit deeply
+        // nested data structures.
+        MaxDepth int
+
+        // DisableMethods specifies whether or not error and Stringer interfaces are
+        // invoked for types that implement them.
+        DisableMethods bool
+
+        // DisablePointerMethods specifies whether or not to check for and invoke
+        // error and Stringer interfaces on types which only accept a pointer
+        // receiver when the current type is not a pointer.
+        //
+        // NOTE: This might be an unsafe action since calling one of these methods
+        // with a pointer receiver could technically mutate the value, however,
+        // in practice, types which choose to satisify an error or Stringer
+        // interface with a pointer receiver should not be mutating their state
+        // inside these interface methods.  As a result, this option relies on
+        // access to the unsafe package, so it will not have any effect when
+        // running in environments without access to the unsafe package such as
+        // Google App Engine or with the "safe" build tag specified.
+        DisablePointerMethods bool
+
+        // DisablePointerAddresses specifies whether to disable the printing of
+        // pointer addresses. This is useful when diffing data structures in tests.
+        DisablePointerAddresses bool
+
+        // DisableCapacities specifies whether to disable the printing of capacities
+        // for arrays, slices, maps and channels. This is useful when diffing
+        // data structures in tests.
+        DisableCapacities bool
+
+        // ContinueOnMethod specifies whether or not recursion should continue once
+        // a custom error or Stringer interface is invoked.  The default, false,
+        // means it will print the results of invoking the custom error or Stringer
+        // interface and return immediately instead of continuing to recurse into
+        // the internals of the data type.
+        //
+        // NOTE: This flag does not have any effect if method invocation is disabled
+        // via the DisableMethods or DisablePointerMethods options.
+        ContinueOnMethod bool
+
+        // SortKeys specifies map keys should be sorted before being printed. Use
+        // this to have a more deterministic, diffable output.  Note that only
+        // native types (bool, int, uint, floats, uintptr and string) and types
+        // that support the error or Stringer interfaces (if methods are
+        // enabled) are supported, with other types sorted according to the
+        // reflect.Value.String() output which guarantees display stability.
+        SortKeys bool
+
+        // SpewKeys specifies that, as a last resort attempt, map keys should
+        // be spewed to strings and sorted by those strings.  This is only
+        // considered if SortKeys is true.
+        SpewKeys bool
+}
+
+// Config is the active configuration of the top-level functions.
+// The configuration can be changed by modifying the contents of spew.Config.
+var Config = ConfigState{Indent: " "}
+
+// Errorf is a wrapper for fmt.Errorf that treats each argument as if it were
+// passed with a Formatter interface returned by c.NewFormatter.  It returns
+// the formatted string as a value that satisfies error.  See NewFormatter
+// for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Errorf(format, c.NewFormatter(a), c.NewFormatter(b))
+func (c *ConfigState) Errorf(format string, a ...interface{}) (err error) {
+        return fmt.Errorf(format, c.convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Fprint is a wrapper for fmt.Fprint that treats each argument as if it were
+// passed with a Formatter interface returned by c.NewFormatter.  It returns
+// the number of bytes written and any write error encountered.  See
+// NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Fprint(w, c.NewFormatter(a), c.NewFormatter(b))
+func (c *ConfigState) Fprint(w io.Writer, a ...interface{}) (n int, err error) {
+        return fmt.Fprint(w, c.convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Fprintf is a wrapper for fmt.Fprintf that treats each argument as if it were
+// passed with a Formatter interface returned by c.NewFormatter.  It returns
+// the number of bytes written and any write error encountered.  See
+// NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Fprintf(w, format, c.NewFormatter(a), c.NewFormatter(b))
+func (c *ConfigState) Fprintf(w io.Writer, format string, a ...interface{}) (n int, err error) {
+        return fmt.Fprintf(w, format, c.convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Fprintln is a wrapper for fmt.Fprintln that treats each argument as if it
+// passed with a Formatter interface returned by c.NewFormatter.  See
+// NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Fprintln(w, c.NewFormatter(a), c.NewFormatter(b))
+func (c *ConfigState) Fprintln(w io.Writer, a ...interface{}) (n int, err error) {
+        return fmt.Fprintln(w, c.convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Print is a wrapper for fmt.Print that treats each argument as if it were
+// passed with a Formatter interface returned by c.NewFormatter.  It returns
+// the number of bytes written and any write error encountered.  See
+// NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Print(c.NewFormatter(a), c.NewFormatter(b))
+func (c *ConfigState) Print(a ...interface{}) (n int, err error) {
+        return fmt.Print(c.convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Printf is a wrapper for fmt.Printf that treats each argument as if it were
+// passed with a Formatter interface returned by c.NewFormatter.  It returns
+// the number of bytes written and any write error encountered.  See
+// NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Printf(format, c.NewFormatter(a), c.NewFormatter(b))
+func (c *ConfigState) Printf(format string, a ...interface{}) (n int, err error) {
+        return fmt.Printf(format, c.convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Println is a wrapper for fmt.Println that treats each argument as if it were
+// passed with a Formatter interface returned by c.NewFormatter.  It returns
+// the number of bytes written and any write error encountered.  See
+// NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Println(c.NewFormatter(a), c.NewFormatter(b))
+func (c *ConfigState) Println(a ...interface{}) (n int, err error) {
+        return fmt.Println(c.convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Sprint is a wrapper for fmt.Sprint that treats each argument as if it were
+// passed with a Formatter interface returned by c.NewFormatter.  It returns
+// the resulting string.  See NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Sprint(c.NewFormatter(a), c.NewFormatter(b))
+func (c *ConfigState) Sprint(a ...interface{}) string {
+        return fmt.Sprint(c.convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Sprintf is a wrapper for fmt.Sprintf that treats each argument as if it were
+// passed with a Formatter interface returned by c.NewFormatter.  It returns
+// the resulting string.  See NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Sprintf(format, c.NewFormatter(a), c.NewFormatter(b))
+func (c *ConfigState) Sprintf(format string, a ...interface{}) string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf(format, c.convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Sprintln is a wrapper for fmt.Sprintln that treats each argument as if it
+// were passed with a Formatter interface returned by c.NewFormatter.  It
+// returns the resulting string.  See NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Sprintln(c.NewFormatter(a), c.NewFormatter(b))
+func (c *ConfigState) Sprintln(a ...interface{}) string {
+        return fmt.Sprintln(c.convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+/*
+NewFormatter returns a custom formatter that satisfies the fmt.Formatter
+interface.  As a result, it integrates cleanly with standard fmt package
+printing functions.  The formatter is useful for inline printing of smaller data
+types similar to the standard %v format specifier.
+
+The custom formatter only responds to the %v (most compact), %+v (adds pointer
+addresses), %#v (adds types), and %#+v (adds types and pointer addresses) verb
+combinations.  Any other verbs such as %x and %q will be sent to the the
+standard fmt package for formatting.  In addition, the custom formatter ignores
+the width and precision arguments (however they will still work on the format
+specifiers not handled by the custom formatter).
+
+Typically this function shouldn't be called directly.  It is much easier to make
+use of the custom formatter by calling one of the convenience functions such as
+c.Printf, c.Println, or c.Printf.
+*/
+func (c *ConfigState) NewFormatter(v interface{}) fmt.Formatter {
+        return newFormatter(c, v)
+}
+
+// Fdump formats and displays the passed arguments to io.Writer w.  It formats
+// exactly the same as Dump.
+func (c *ConfigState) Fdump(w io.Writer, a ...interface{}) {
+        fdump(c, w, a...)
+}
+
+/*
+Dump displays the passed parameters to standard out with newlines, customizable
+indentation, and additional debug information such as complete types and all
+pointer addresses used to indirect to the final value.  It provides the
+following features over the built-in printing facilities provided by the fmt
+package:
+
+        * Pointers are dereferenced and followed
+        * Circular data structures are detected and handled properly
+        * Custom Stringer/error interfaces are optionally invoked, including
+          on unexported types
+        * Custom types which only implement the Stringer/error interfaces via
+          a pointer receiver are optionally invoked when passing non-pointer
+          variables
+        * Byte arrays and slices are dumped like the hexdump -C command which
+          includes offsets, byte values in hex, and ASCII output
+
+The configuration options are controlled by modifying the public members
+of c.  See ConfigState for options documentation.
+
+See Fdump if you would prefer dumping to an arbitrary io.Writer or Sdump to
+get the formatted result as a string.
+*/
+func (c *ConfigState) Dump(a ...interface{}) {
+        fdump(c, os.Stdout, a...)
+}
+
+// Sdump returns a string with the passed arguments formatted exactly the same
+// as Dump.
+func (c *ConfigState) Sdump(a ...interface{}) string {
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        fdump(c, &buf, a...)
+        return buf.String()
+}
+
+// convertArgs accepts a slice of arguments and returns a slice of the same
+// length with each argument converted to a spew Formatter interface using
+// the ConfigState associated with s.
+func (c *ConfigState) convertArgs(args []interface{}) (formatters []interface{}) {
+        formatters = make([]interface{}, len(args))
+        for index, arg := range args {
+                formatters[index] = newFormatter(c, arg)
+        }
+        return formatters
+}
+
+// NewDefaultConfig returns a ConfigState with the following default settings.
+//
+//      Indent: " "
+//      MaxDepth: 0
+//      DisableMethods: false
+//      DisablePointerMethods: false
+//      ContinueOnMethod: false
+//      SortKeys: false
+func NewDefaultConfig() *ConfigState {
+        return &ConfigState{Indent: " "}
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/doc.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aacaac6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/doc.go
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2016 Dave Collins <dave@davec.name>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+Package spew implements a deep pretty printer for Go data structures to aid in
+debugging.
+
+A quick overview of the additional features spew provides over the built-in
+printing facilities for Go data types are as follows:
+
+        * Pointers are dereferenced and followed
+        * Circular data structures are detected and handled properly
+        * Custom Stringer/error interfaces are optionally invoked, including
+          on unexported types
+        * Custom types which only implement the Stringer/error interfaces via
+          a pointer receiver are optionally invoked when passing non-pointer
+          variables
+        * Byte arrays and slices are dumped like the hexdump -C command which
+          includes offsets, byte values in hex, and ASCII output (only when using
+          Dump style)
+
+There are two different approaches spew allows for dumping Go data structures:
+
+        * Dump style which prints with newlines, customizable indentation,
+          and additional debug information such as types and all pointer addresses
+          used to indirect to the final value
+        * A custom Formatter interface that integrates cleanly with the standard fmt
+          package and replaces %v, %+v, %#v, and %#+v to provide inline printing
+          similar to the default %v while providing the additional functionality
+          outlined above and passing unsupported format verbs such as %x and %q
+          along to fmt
+
+Quick Start
+
+This section demonstrates how to quickly get started with spew.  See the
+sections below for further details on formatting and configuration options.
+
+To dump a variable with full newlines, indentation, type, and pointer
+information use Dump, Fdump, or Sdump:
+        spew.Dump(myVar1, myVar2, ...)
+        spew.Fdump(someWriter, myVar1, myVar2, ...)
+        str := spew.Sdump(myVar1, myVar2, ...)
+
+Alternatively, if you would prefer to use format strings with a compacted inline
+printing style, use the convenience wrappers Printf, Fprintf, etc with
+%v (most compact), %+v (adds pointer addresses), %#v (adds types), or
+%#+v (adds types and pointer addresses):
+        spew.Printf("myVar1: %v -- myVar2: %+v", myVar1, myVar2)
+        spew.Printf("myVar3: %#v -- myVar4: %#+v", myVar3, myVar4)
+        spew.Fprintf(someWriter, "myVar1: %v -- myVar2: %+v", myVar1, myVar2)
+        spew.Fprintf(someWriter, "myVar3: %#v -- myVar4: %#+v", myVar3, myVar4)
+
+Configuration Options
+
+Configuration of spew is handled by fields in the ConfigState type.  For
+convenience, all of the top-level functions use a global state available
+via the spew.Config global.
+
+It is also possible to create a ConfigState instance that provides methods
+equivalent to the top-level functions.  This allows concurrent configuration
+options.  See the ConfigState documentation for more details.
+
+The following configuration options are available:
+        * Indent
+                String to use for each indentation level for Dump functions.
+                It is a single space by default.  A popular alternative is "\t".
+
+        * MaxDepth
+                Maximum number of levels to descend into nested data structures.
+                There is no limit by default.
+
+        * DisableMethods
+                Disables invocation of error and Stringer interface methods.
+                Method invocation is enabled by default.
+
+        * DisablePointerMethods
+                Disables invocation of error and Stringer interface methods on types
+                which only accept pointer receivers from non-pointer variables.
+                Pointer method invocation is enabled by default.
+
+        * DisablePointerAddresses
+                DisablePointerAddresses specifies whether to disable the printing of
+                pointer addresses. This is useful when diffing data structures in tests.
+
+        * DisableCapacities
+                DisableCapacities specifies whether to disable the printing of
+                capacities for arrays, slices, maps and channels. This is useful when
+                diffing data structures in tests.
+
+        * ContinueOnMethod
+                Enables recursion into types after invoking error and Stringer interface
+                methods. Recursion after method invocation is disabled by default.
+
+        * SortKeys
+                Specifies map keys should be sorted before being printed. Use
+                this to have a more deterministic, diffable output.  Note that
+                only native types (bool, int, uint, floats, uintptr and string)
+                and types which implement error or Stringer interfaces are
+                supported with other types sorted according to the
+                reflect.Value.String() output which guarantees display
+                stability.  Natural map order is used by default.
+
+        * SpewKeys
+                Specifies that, as a last resort attempt, map keys should be
+                spewed to strings and sorted by those strings.  This is only
+                considered if SortKeys is true.
+
+Dump Usage
+
+Simply call spew.Dump with a list of variables you want to dump:
+
+        spew.Dump(myVar1, myVar2, ...)
+
+You may also call spew.Fdump if you would prefer to output to an arbitrary
+io.Writer.  For example, to dump to standard error:
+
+        spew.Fdump(os.Stderr, myVar1, myVar2, ...)
+
+A third option is to call spew.Sdump to get the formatted output as a string:
+
+        str := spew.Sdump(myVar1, myVar2, ...)
+
+Sample Dump Output
+
+See the Dump example for details on the setup of the types and variables being
+shown here.
+
+        (main.Foo) {
+         unexportedField: (*main.Bar)(0xf84002e210)({
+          flag: (main.Flag) flagTwo,
+          data: (uintptr) <nil>
+         }),
+         ExportedField: (map[interface {}]interface {}) (len=1) {
+          (string) (len=3) "one": (bool) true
+         }
+        }
+
+Byte (and uint8) arrays and slices are displayed uniquely like the hexdump -C
+command as shown.
+        ([]uint8) (len=32 cap=32) {
+         00000000  11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18  19 1a 1b 1c 1d 1e 1f 20  |............... |
+         00000010  21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28  29 2a 2b 2c 2d 2e 2f 30  |!"#$%&'()*+,-./0|
+         00000020  31 32                                             |12|
+        }
+
+Custom Formatter
+
+Spew provides a custom formatter that implements the fmt.Formatter interface
+so that it integrates cleanly with standard fmt package printing functions. The
+formatter is useful for inline printing of smaller data types similar to the
+standard %v format specifier.
+
+The custom formatter only responds to the %v (most compact), %+v (adds pointer
+addresses), %#v (adds types), or %#+v (adds types and pointer addresses) verb
+combinations.  Any other verbs such as %x and %q will be sent to the the
+standard fmt package for formatting.  In addition, the custom formatter ignores
+the width and precision arguments (however they will still work on the format
+specifiers not handled by the custom formatter).
+
+Custom Formatter Usage
+
+The simplest way to make use of the spew custom formatter is to call one of the
+convenience functions such as spew.Printf, spew.Println, or spew.Printf.  The
+functions have syntax you are most likely already familiar with:
+
+        spew.Printf("myVar1: %v -- myVar2: %+v", myVar1, myVar2)
+        spew.Printf("myVar3: %#v -- myVar4: %#+v", myVar3, myVar4)
+        spew.Println(myVar, myVar2)
+        spew.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "myVar1: %v -- myVar2: %+v", myVar1, myVar2)
+        spew.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "myVar3: %#v -- myVar4: %#+v", myVar3, myVar4)
+
+See the Index for the full list convenience functions.
+
+Sample Formatter Output
+
+Double pointer to a uint8:
+          %v: <**>5
+         %+v: <**>(0xf8400420d0->0xf8400420c8)5
+         %#v: (**uint8)5
+        %#+v: (**uint8)(0xf8400420d0->0xf8400420c8)5
+
+Pointer to circular struct with a uint8 field and a pointer to itself:
+          %v: <*>{1 <*><shown>}
+         %+v: <*>(0xf84003e260){ui8:1 c:<*>(0xf84003e260)<shown>}
+         %#v: (*main.circular){ui8:(uint8)1 c:(*main.circular)<shown>}
+        %#+v: (*main.circular)(0xf84003e260){ui8:(uint8)1 c:(*main.circular)(0xf84003e260)<shown>}
+
+See the Printf example for details on the setup of variables being shown
+here.
+
+Errors
+
+Since it is possible for custom Stringer/error interfaces to panic, spew
+detects them and handles them internally by printing the panic information
+inline with the output.  Since spew is intended to provide deep pretty printing
+capabilities on structures, it intentionally does not return any errors.
+*/
+package spew
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/dump.go b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/dump.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df1d582
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/dump.go
@@ -0,0 +1,509 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2016 Dave Collins <dave@davec.name>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+package spew
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "encoding/hex"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "os"
+        "reflect"
+        "regexp"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+var (
+        // uint8Type is a reflect.Type representing a uint8.  It is used to
+        // convert cgo types to uint8 slices for hexdumping.
+        uint8Type = reflect.TypeOf(uint8(0))
+
+        // cCharRE is a regular expression that matches a cgo char.
+        // It is used to detect character arrays to hexdump them.
+        cCharRE = regexp.MustCompile("^.*\\._Ctype_char$")
+
+        // cUnsignedCharRE is a regular expression that matches a cgo unsigned
+        // char.  It is used to detect unsigned character arrays to hexdump
+        // them.
+        cUnsignedCharRE = regexp.MustCompile("^.*\\._Ctype_unsignedchar$")
+
+        // cUint8tCharRE is a regular expression that matches a cgo uint8_t.
+        // It is used to detect uint8_t arrays to hexdump them.
+        cUint8tCharRE = regexp.MustCompile("^.*\\._Ctype_uint8_t$")
+)
+
+// dumpState contains information about the state of a dump operation.
+type dumpState struct {
+        w                io.Writer
+        depth            int
+        pointers         map[uintptr]int
+        ignoreNextType   bool
+        ignoreNextIndent bool
+        cs               *ConfigState
+}
+
+// indent performs indentation according to the depth level and cs.Indent
+// option.
+func (d *dumpState) indent() {
+        if d.ignoreNextIndent {
+                d.ignoreNextIndent = false
+                return
+        }
+        d.w.Write(bytes.Repeat([]byte(d.cs.Indent), d.depth))
+}
+
+// unpackValue returns values inside of non-nil interfaces when possible.
+// This is useful for data types like structs, arrays, slices, and maps which
+// can contain varying types packed inside an interface.
+func (d *dumpState) unpackValue(v reflect.Value) reflect.Value {
+        if v.Kind() == reflect.Interface && !v.IsNil() {
+                v = v.Elem()
+        }
+        return v
+}
+
+// dumpPtr handles formatting of pointers by indirecting them as necessary.
+func (d *dumpState) dumpPtr(v reflect.Value) {
+        // Remove pointers at or below the current depth from map used to detect
+        // circular refs.
+        for k, depth := range d.pointers {
+                if depth >= d.depth {
+                        delete(d.pointers, k)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Keep list of all dereferenced pointers to show later.
+        pointerChain := make([]uintptr, 0)
+
+        // Figure out how many levels of indirection there are by dereferencing
+        // pointers and unpacking interfaces down the chain while detecting circular
+        // references.
+        nilFound := false
+        cycleFound := false
+        indirects := 0
+        ve := v
+        for ve.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                if ve.IsNil() {
+                        nilFound = true
+                        break
+                }
+                indirects++
+                addr := ve.Pointer()
+                pointerChain = append(pointerChain, addr)
+                if pd, ok := d.pointers[addr]; ok && pd < d.depth {
+                        cycleFound = true
+                        indirects--
+                        break
+                }
+                d.pointers[addr] = d.depth
+
+                ve = ve.Elem()
+                if ve.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+                        if ve.IsNil() {
+                                nilFound = true
+                                break
+                        }
+                        ve = ve.Elem()
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Display type information.
+        d.w.Write(openParenBytes)
+        d.w.Write(bytes.Repeat(asteriskBytes, indirects))
+        d.w.Write([]byte(ve.Type().String()))
+        d.w.Write(closeParenBytes)
+
+        // Display pointer information.
+        if !d.cs.DisablePointerAddresses && len(pointerChain) > 0 {
+                d.w.Write(openParenBytes)
+                for i, addr := range pointerChain {
+                        if i > 0 {
+                                d.w.Write(pointerChainBytes)
+                        }
+                        printHexPtr(d.w, addr)
+                }
+                d.w.Write(closeParenBytes)
+        }
+
+        // Display dereferenced value.
+        d.w.Write(openParenBytes)
+        switch {
+        case nilFound == true:
+                d.w.Write(nilAngleBytes)
+
+        case cycleFound == true:
+                d.w.Write(circularBytes)
+
+        default:
+                d.ignoreNextType = true
+                d.dump(ve)
+        }
+        d.w.Write(closeParenBytes)
+}
+
+// dumpSlice handles formatting of arrays and slices.  Byte (uint8 under
+// reflection) arrays and slices are dumped in hexdump -C fashion.
+func (d *dumpState) dumpSlice(v reflect.Value) {
+        // Determine whether this type should be hex dumped or not.  Also,
+        // for types which should be hexdumped, try to use the underlying data
+        // first, then fall back to trying to convert them to a uint8 slice.
+        var buf []uint8
+        doConvert := false
+        doHexDump := false
+        numEntries := v.Len()
+        if numEntries > 0 {
+                vt := v.Index(0).Type()
+                vts := vt.String()
+                switch {
+                // C types that need to be converted.
+                case cCharRE.MatchString(vts):
+                        fallthrough
+                case cUnsignedCharRE.MatchString(vts):
+                        fallthrough
+                case cUint8tCharRE.MatchString(vts):
+                        doConvert = true
+
+                // Try to use existing uint8 slices and fall back to converting
+                // and copying if that fails.
+                case vt.Kind() == reflect.Uint8:
+                        // We need an addressable interface to convert the type
+                        // to a byte slice.  However, the reflect package won't
+                        // give us an interface on certain things like
+                        // unexported struct fields in order to enforce
+                        // visibility rules.  We use unsafe, when available, to
+                        // bypass these restrictions since this package does not
+                        // mutate the values.
+                        vs := v
+                        if !vs.CanInterface() || !vs.CanAddr() {
+                                vs = unsafeReflectValue(vs)
+                        }
+                        if !UnsafeDisabled {
+                                vs = vs.Slice(0, numEntries)
+
+                                // Use the existing uint8 slice if it can be
+                                // type asserted.
+                                iface := vs.Interface()
+                                if slice, ok := iface.([]uint8); ok {
+                                        buf = slice
+                                        doHexDump = true
+                                        break
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        // The underlying data needs to be converted if it can't
+                        // be type asserted to a uint8 slice.
+                        doConvert = true
+                }
+
+                // Copy and convert the underlying type if needed.
+                if doConvert && vt.ConvertibleTo(uint8Type) {
+                        // Convert and copy each element into a uint8 byte
+                        // slice.
+                        buf = make([]uint8, numEntries)
+                        for i := 0; i < numEntries; i++ {
+                                vv := v.Index(i)
+                                buf[i] = uint8(vv.Convert(uint8Type).Uint())
+                        }
+                        doHexDump = true
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Hexdump the entire slice as needed.
+        if doHexDump {
+                indent := strings.Repeat(d.cs.Indent, d.depth)
+                str := indent + hex.Dump(buf)
+                str = strings.Replace(str, "\n", "\n"+indent, -1)
+                str = strings.TrimRight(str, d.cs.Indent)
+                d.w.Write([]byte(str))
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Recursively call dump for each item.
+        for i := 0; i < numEntries; i++ {
+                d.dump(d.unpackValue(v.Index(i)))
+                if i < (numEntries - 1) {
+                        d.w.Write(commaNewlineBytes)
+                } else {
+                        d.w.Write(newlineBytes)
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// dump is the main workhorse for dumping a value.  It uses the passed reflect
+// value to figure out what kind of object we are dealing with and formats it
+// appropriately.  It is a recursive function, however circular data structures
+// are detected and handled properly.
+func (d *dumpState) dump(v reflect.Value) {
+        // Handle invalid reflect values immediately.
+        kind := v.Kind()
+        if kind == reflect.Invalid {
+                d.w.Write(invalidAngleBytes)
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Handle pointers specially.
+        if kind == reflect.Ptr {
+                d.indent()
+                d.dumpPtr(v)
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Print type information unless already handled elsewhere.
+        if !d.ignoreNextType {
+                d.indent()
+                d.w.Write(openParenBytes)
+                d.w.Write([]byte(v.Type().String()))
+                d.w.Write(closeParenBytes)
+                d.w.Write(spaceBytes)
+        }
+        d.ignoreNextType = false
+
+        // Display length and capacity if the built-in len and cap functions
+        // work with the value's kind and the len/cap itself is non-zero.
+        valueLen, valueCap := 0, 0
+        switch v.Kind() {
+        case reflect.Array, reflect.Slice, reflect.Chan:
+                valueLen, valueCap = v.Len(), v.Cap()
+        case reflect.Map, reflect.String:
+                valueLen = v.Len()
+        }
+        if valueLen != 0 || !d.cs.DisableCapacities && valueCap != 0 {
+                d.w.Write(openParenBytes)
+                if valueLen != 0 {
+                        d.w.Write(lenEqualsBytes)
+                        printInt(d.w, int64(valueLen), 10)
+                }
+                if !d.cs.DisableCapacities && valueCap != 0 {
+                        if valueLen != 0 {
+                                d.w.Write(spaceBytes)
+                        }
+                        d.w.Write(capEqualsBytes)
+                        printInt(d.w, int64(valueCap), 10)
+                }
+                d.w.Write(closeParenBytes)
+                d.w.Write(spaceBytes)
+        }
+
+        // Call Stringer/error interfaces if they exist and the handle methods flag
+        // is enabled
+        if !d.cs.DisableMethods {
+                if (kind != reflect.Invalid) && (kind != reflect.Interface) {
+                        if handled := handleMethods(d.cs, d.w, v); handled {
+                                return
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        switch kind {
+        case reflect.Invalid:
+                // Do nothing.  We should never get here since invalid has already
+                // been handled above.
+
+        case reflect.Bool:
+                printBool(d.w, v.Bool())
+
+        case reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64, reflect.Int:
+                printInt(d.w, v.Int(), 10)
+
+        case reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64, reflect.Uint:
+                printUint(d.w, v.Uint(), 10)
+
+        case reflect.Float32:
+                printFloat(d.w, v.Float(), 32)
+
+        case reflect.Float64:
+                printFloat(d.w, v.Float(), 64)
+
+        case reflect.Complex64:
+                printComplex(d.w, v.Complex(), 32)
+
+        case reflect.Complex128:
+                printComplex(d.w, v.Complex(), 64)
+
+        case reflect.Slice:
+                if v.IsNil() {
+                        d.w.Write(nilAngleBytes)
+                        break
+                }
+                fallthrough
+
+        case reflect.Array:
+                d.w.Write(openBraceNewlineBytes)
+                d.depth++
+                if (d.cs.MaxDepth != 0) && (d.depth > d.cs.MaxDepth) {
+                        d.indent()
+                        d.w.Write(maxNewlineBytes)
+                } else {
+                        d.dumpSlice(v)
+                }
+                d.depth--
+                d.indent()
+                d.w.Write(closeBraceBytes)
+
+        case reflect.String:
+                d.w.Write([]byte(strconv.Quote(v.String())))
+
+        case reflect.Interface:
+                // The only time we should get here is for nil interfaces due to
+                // unpackValue calls.
+                if v.IsNil() {
+                        d.w.Write(nilAngleBytes)
+                }
+
+        case reflect.Ptr:
+                // Do nothing.  We should never get here since pointers have already
+                // been handled above.
+
+        case reflect.Map:
+                // nil maps should be indicated as different than empty maps
+                if v.IsNil() {
+                        d.w.Write(nilAngleBytes)
+                        break
+                }
+
+                d.w.Write(openBraceNewlineBytes)
+                d.depth++
+                if (d.cs.MaxDepth != 0) && (d.depth > d.cs.MaxDepth) {
+                        d.indent()
+                        d.w.Write(maxNewlineBytes)
+                } else {
+                        numEntries := v.Len()
+                        keys := v.MapKeys()
+                        if d.cs.SortKeys {
+                                sortValues(keys, d.cs)
+                        }
+                        for i, key := range keys {
+                                d.dump(d.unpackValue(key))
+                                d.w.Write(colonSpaceBytes)
+                                d.ignoreNextIndent = true
+                                d.dump(d.unpackValue(v.MapIndex(key)))
+                                if i < (numEntries - 1) {
+                                        d.w.Write(commaNewlineBytes)
+                                } else {
+                                        d.w.Write(newlineBytes)
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+                d.depth--
+                d.indent()
+                d.w.Write(closeBraceBytes)
+
+        case reflect.Struct:
+                d.w.Write(openBraceNewlineBytes)
+                d.depth++
+                if (d.cs.MaxDepth != 0) && (d.depth > d.cs.MaxDepth) {
+                        d.indent()
+                        d.w.Write(maxNewlineBytes)
+                } else {
+                        vt := v.Type()
+                        numFields := v.NumField()
+                        for i := 0; i < numFields; i++ {
+                                d.indent()
+                                vtf := vt.Field(i)
+                                d.w.Write([]byte(vtf.Name))
+                                d.w.Write(colonSpaceBytes)
+                                d.ignoreNextIndent = true
+                                d.dump(d.unpackValue(v.Field(i)))
+                                if i < (numFields - 1) {
+                                        d.w.Write(commaNewlineBytes)
+                                } else {
+                                        d.w.Write(newlineBytes)
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+                d.depth--
+                d.indent()
+                d.w.Write(closeBraceBytes)
+
+        case reflect.Uintptr:
+                printHexPtr(d.w, uintptr(v.Uint()))
+
+        case reflect.UnsafePointer, reflect.Chan, reflect.Func:
+                printHexPtr(d.w, v.Pointer())
+
+        // There were not any other types at the time this code was written, but
+        // fall back to letting the default fmt package handle it in case any new
+        // types are added.
+        default:
+                if v.CanInterface() {
+                        fmt.Fprintf(d.w, "%v", v.Interface())
+                } else {
+                        fmt.Fprintf(d.w, "%v", v.String())
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// fdump is a helper function to consolidate the logic from the various public
+// methods which take varying writers and config states.
+func fdump(cs *ConfigState, w io.Writer, a ...interface{}) {
+        for _, arg := range a {
+                if arg == nil {
+                        w.Write(interfaceBytes)
+                        w.Write(spaceBytes)
+                        w.Write(nilAngleBytes)
+                        w.Write(newlineBytes)
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                d := dumpState{w: w, cs: cs}
+                d.pointers = make(map[uintptr]int)
+                d.dump(reflect.ValueOf(arg))
+                d.w.Write(newlineBytes)
+        }
+}
+
+// Fdump formats and displays the passed arguments to io.Writer w.  It formats
+// exactly the same as Dump.
+func Fdump(w io.Writer, a ...interface{}) {
+        fdump(&Config, w, a...)
+}
+
+// Sdump returns a string with the passed arguments formatted exactly the same
+// as Dump.
+func Sdump(a ...interface{}) string {
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        fdump(&Config, &buf, a...)
+        return buf.String()
+}
+
+/*
+Dump displays the passed parameters to standard out with newlines, customizable
+indentation, and additional debug information such as complete types and all
+pointer addresses used to indirect to the final value.  It provides the
+following features over the built-in printing facilities provided by the fmt
+package:
+
+        * Pointers are dereferenced and followed
+        * Circular data structures are detected and handled properly
+        * Custom Stringer/error interfaces are optionally invoked, including
+          on unexported types
+        * Custom types which only implement the Stringer/error interfaces via
+          a pointer receiver are optionally invoked when passing non-pointer
+          variables
+        * Byte arrays and slices are dumped like the hexdump -C command which
+          includes offsets, byte values in hex, and ASCII output
+
+The configuration options are controlled by an exported package global,
+spew.Config.  See ConfigState for options documentation.
+
+See Fdump if you would prefer dumping to an arbitrary io.Writer or Sdump to
+get the formatted result as a string.
+*/
+func Dump(a ...interface{}) {
+        fdump(&Config, os.Stdout, a...)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/format.go b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/format.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c49875b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/format.go
@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2016 Dave Collins <dave@davec.name>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+package spew
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// supportedFlags is a list of all the character flags supported by fmt package.
+const supportedFlags = "0-+# "
+
+// formatState implements the fmt.Formatter interface and contains information
+// about the state of a formatting operation.  The NewFormatter function can
+// be used to get a new Formatter which can be used directly as arguments
+// in standard fmt package printing calls.
+type formatState struct {
+        value          interface{}
+        fs             fmt.State
+        depth          int
+        pointers       map[uintptr]int
+        ignoreNextType bool
+        cs             *ConfigState
+}
+
+// buildDefaultFormat recreates the original format string without precision
+// and width information to pass in to fmt.Sprintf in the case of an
+// unrecognized type.  Unless new types are added to the language, this
+// function won't ever be called.
+func (f *formatState) buildDefaultFormat() (format string) {
+        buf := bytes.NewBuffer(percentBytes)
+
+        for _, flag := range supportedFlags {
+                if f.fs.Flag(int(flag)) {
+                        buf.WriteRune(flag)
+                }
+        }
+
+        buf.WriteRune('v')
+
+        format = buf.String()
+        return format
+}
+
+// constructOrigFormat recreates the original format string including precision
+// and width information to pass along to the standard fmt package.  This allows
+// automatic deferral of all format strings this package doesn't support.
+func (f *formatState) constructOrigFormat(verb rune) (format string) {
+        buf := bytes.NewBuffer(percentBytes)
+
+        for _, flag := range supportedFlags {
+                if f.fs.Flag(int(flag)) {
+                        buf.WriteRune(flag)
+                }
+        }
+
+        if width, ok := f.fs.Width(); ok {
+                buf.WriteString(strconv.Itoa(width))
+        }
+
+        if precision, ok := f.fs.Precision(); ok {
+                buf.Write(precisionBytes)
+                buf.WriteString(strconv.Itoa(precision))
+        }
+
+        buf.WriteRune(verb)
+
+        format = buf.String()
+        return format
+}
+
+// unpackValue returns values inside of non-nil interfaces when possible and
+// ensures that types for values which have been unpacked from an interface
+// are displayed when the show types flag is also set.
+// This is useful for data types like structs, arrays, slices, and maps which
+// can contain varying types packed inside an interface.
+func (f *formatState) unpackValue(v reflect.Value) reflect.Value {
+        if v.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+                f.ignoreNextType = false
+                if !v.IsNil() {
+                        v = v.Elem()
+                }
+        }
+        return v
+}
+
+// formatPtr handles formatting of pointers by indirecting them as necessary.
+func (f *formatState) formatPtr(v reflect.Value) {
+        // Display nil if top level pointer is nil.
+        showTypes := f.fs.Flag('#')
+        if v.IsNil() && (!showTypes || f.ignoreNextType) {
+                f.fs.Write(nilAngleBytes)
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Remove pointers at or below the current depth from map used to detect
+        // circular refs.
+        for k, depth := range f.pointers {
+                if depth >= f.depth {
+                        delete(f.pointers, k)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Keep list of all dereferenced pointers to possibly show later.
+        pointerChain := make([]uintptr, 0)
+
+        // Figure out how many levels of indirection there are by derferencing
+        // pointers and unpacking interfaces down the chain while detecting circular
+        // references.
+        nilFound := false
+        cycleFound := false
+        indirects := 0
+        ve := v
+        for ve.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                if ve.IsNil() {
+                        nilFound = true
+                        break
+                }
+                indirects++
+                addr := ve.Pointer()
+                pointerChain = append(pointerChain, addr)
+                if pd, ok := f.pointers[addr]; ok && pd < f.depth {
+                        cycleFound = true
+                        indirects--
+                        break
+                }
+                f.pointers[addr] = f.depth
+
+                ve = ve.Elem()
+                if ve.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+                        if ve.IsNil() {
+                                nilFound = true
+                                break
+                        }
+                        ve = ve.Elem()
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Display type or indirection level depending on flags.
+        if showTypes && !f.ignoreNextType {
+                f.fs.Write(openParenBytes)
+                f.fs.Write(bytes.Repeat(asteriskBytes, indirects))
+                f.fs.Write([]byte(ve.Type().String()))
+                f.fs.Write(closeParenBytes)
+        } else {
+                if nilFound || cycleFound {
+                        indirects += strings.Count(ve.Type().String(), "*")
+                }
+                f.fs.Write(openAngleBytes)
+                f.fs.Write([]byte(strings.Repeat("*", indirects)))
+                f.fs.Write(closeAngleBytes)
+        }
+
+        // Display pointer information depending on flags.
+        if f.fs.Flag('+') && (len(pointerChain) > 0) {
+                f.fs.Write(openParenBytes)
+                for i, addr := range pointerChain {
+                        if i > 0 {
+                                f.fs.Write(pointerChainBytes)
+                        }
+                        printHexPtr(f.fs, addr)
+                }
+                f.fs.Write(closeParenBytes)
+        }
+
+        // Display dereferenced value.
+        switch {
+        case nilFound == true:
+                f.fs.Write(nilAngleBytes)
+
+        case cycleFound == true:
+                f.fs.Write(circularShortBytes)
+
+        default:
+                f.ignoreNextType = true
+                f.format(ve)
+        }
+}
+
+// format is the main workhorse for providing the Formatter interface.  It
+// uses the passed reflect value to figure out what kind of object we are
+// dealing with and formats it appropriately.  It is a recursive function,
+// however circular data structures are detected and handled properly.
+func (f *formatState) format(v reflect.Value) {
+        // Handle invalid reflect values immediately.
+        kind := v.Kind()
+        if kind == reflect.Invalid {
+                f.fs.Write(invalidAngleBytes)
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Handle pointers specially.
+        if kind == reflect.Ptr {
+                f.formatPtr(v)
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Print type information unless already handled elsewhere.
+        if !f.ignoreNextType && f.fs.Flag('#') {
+                f.fs.Write(openParenBytes)
+                f.fs.Write([]byte(v.Type().String()))
+                f.fs.Write(closeParenBytes)
+        }
+        f.ignoreNextType = false
+
+        // Call Stringer/error interfaces if they exist and the handle methods
+        // flag is enabled.
+        if !f.cs.DisableMethods {
+                if (kind != reflect.Invalid) && (kind != reflect.Interface) {
+                        if handled := handleMethods(f.cs, f.fs, v); handled {
+                                return
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        switch kind {
+        case reflect.Invalid:
+                // Do nothing.  We should never get here since invalid has already
+                // been handled above.
+
+        case reflect.Bool:
+                printBool(f.fs, v.Bool())
+
+        case reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64, reflect.Int:
+                printInt(f.fs, v.Int(), 10)
+
+        case reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64, reflect.Uint:
+                printUint(f.fs, v.Uint(), 10)
+
+        case reflect.Float32:
+                printFloat(f.fs, v.Float(), 32)
+
+        case reflect.Float64:
+                printFloat(f.fs, v.Float(), 64)
+
+        case reflect.Complex64:
+                printComplex(f.fs, v.Complex(), 32)
+
+        case reflect.Complex128:
+                printComplex(f.fs, v.Complex(), 64)
+
+        case reflect.Slice:
+                if v.IsNil() {
+                        f.fs.Write(nilAngleBytes)
+                        break
+                }
+                fallthrough
+
+        case reflect.Array:
+                f.fs.Write(openBracketBytes)
+                f.depth++
+                if (f.cs.MaxDepth != 0) && (f.depth > f.cs.MaxDepth) {
+                        f.fs.Write(maxShortBytes)
+                } else {
+                        numEntries := v.Len()
+                        for i := 0; i < numEntries; i++ {
+                                if i > 0 {
+                                        f.fs.Write(spaceBytes)
+                                }
+                                f.ignoreNextType = true
+                                f.format(f.unpackValue(v.Index(i)))
+                        }
+                }
+                f.depth--
+                f.fs.Write(closeBracketBytes)
+
+        case reflect.String:
+                f.fs.Write([]byte(v.String()))
+
+        case reflect.Interface:
+                // The only time we should get here is for nil interfaces due to
+                // unpackValue calls.
+                if v.IsNil() {
+                        f.fs.Write(nilAngleBytes)
+                }
+
+        case reflect.Ptr:
+                // Do nothing.  We should never get here since pointers have already
+                // been handled above.
+
+        case reflect.Map:
+                // nil maps should be indicated as different than empty maps
+                if v.IsNil() {
+                        f.fs.Write(nilAngleBytes)
+                        break
+                }
+
+                f.fs.Write(openMapBytes)
+                f.depth++
+                if (f.cs.MaxDepth != 0) && (f.depth > f.cs.MaxDepth) {
+                        f.fs.Write(maxShortBytes)
+                } else {
+                        keys := v.MapKeys()
+                        if f.cs.SortKeys {
+                                sortValues(keys, f.cs)
+                        }
+                        for i, key := range keys {
+                                if i > 0 {
+                                        f.fs.Write(spaceBytes)
+                                }
+                                f.ignoreNextType = true
+                                f.format(f.unpackValue(key))
+                                f.fs.Write(colonBytes)
+                                f.ignoreNextType = true
+                                f.format(f.unpackValue(v.MapIndex(key)))
+                        }
+                }
+                f.depth--
+                f.fs.Write(closeMapBytes)
+
+        case reflect.Struct:
+                numFields := v.NumField()
+                f.fs.Write(openBraceBytes)
+                f.depth++
+                if (f.cs.MaxDepth != 0) && (f.depth > f.cs.MaxDepth) {
+                        f.fs.Write(maxShortBytes)
+                } else {
+                        vt := v.Type()
+                        for i := 0; i < numFields; i++ {
+                                if i > 0 {
+                                        f.fs.Write(spaceBytes)
+                                }
+                                vtf := vt.Field(i)
+                                if f.fs.Flag('+') || f.fs.Flag('#') {
+                                        f.fs.Write([]byte(vtf.Name))
+                                        f.fs.Write(colonBytes)
+                                }
+                                f.format(f.unpackValue(v.Field(i)))
+                        }
+                }
+                f.depth--
+                f.fs.Write(closeBraceBytes)
+
+        case reflect.Uintptr:
+                printHexPtr(f.fs, uintptr(v.Uint()))
+
+        case reflect.UnsafePointer, reflect.Chan, reflect.Func:
+                printHexPtr(f.fs, v.Pointer())
+
+        // There were not any other types at the time this code was written, but
+        // fall back to letting the default fmt package handle it if any get added.
+        default:
+                format := f.buildDefaultFormat()
+                if v.CanInterface() {
+                        fmt.Fprintf(f.fs, format, v.Interface())
+                } else {
+                        fmt.Fprintf(f.fs, format, v.String())
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// Format satisfies the fmt.Formatter interface. See NewFormatter for usage
+// details.
+func (f *formatState) Format(fs fmt.State, verb rune) {
+        f.fs = fs
+
+        // Use standard formatting for verbs that are not v.
+        if verb != 'v' {
+                format := f.constructOrigFormat(verb)
+                fmt.Fprintf(fs, format, f.value)
+                return
+        }
+
+        if f.value == nil {
+                if fs.Flag('#') {
+                        fs.Write(interfaceBytes)
+                }
+                fs.Write(nilAngleBytes)
+                return
+        }
+
+        f.format(reflect.ValueOf(f.value))
+}
+
+// newFormatter is a helper function to consolidate the logic from the various
+// public methods which take varying config states.
+func newFormatter(cs *ConfigState, v interface{}) fmt.Formatter {
+        fs := &formatState{value: v, cs: cs}
+        fs.pointers = make(map[uintptr]int)
+        return fs
+}
+
+/*
+NewFormatter returns a custom formatter that satisfies the fmt.Formatter
+interface.  As a result, it integrates cleanly with standard fmt package
+printing functions.  The formatter is useful for inline printing of smaller data
+types similar to the standard %v format specifier.
+
+The custom formatter only responds to the %v (most compact), %+v (adds pointer
+addresses), %#v (adds types), or %#+v (adds types and pointer addresses) verb
+combinations.  Any other verbs such as %x and %q will be sent to the the
+standard fmt package for formatting.  In addition, the custom formatter ignores
+the width and precision arguments (however they will still work on the format
+specifiers not handled by the custom formatter).
+
+Typically this function shouldn't be called directly.  It is much easier to make
+use of the custom formatter by calling one of the convenience functions such as
+Printf, Println, or Fprintf.
+*/
+func NewFormatter(v interface{}) fmt.Formatter {
+        return newFormatter(&Config, v)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/spew.go b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/spew.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32c0e33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew/spew.go
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2016 Dave Collins <dave@davec.name>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+package spew
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+)
+
+// Errorf is a wrapper for fmt.Errorf that treats each argument as if it were
+// passed with a default Formatter interface returned by NewFormatter.  It
+// returns the formatted string as a value that satisfies error.  See
+// NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Errorf(format, spew.NewFormatter(a), spew.NewFormatter(b))
+func Errorf(format string, a ...interface{}) (err error) {
+        return fmt.Errorf(format, convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Fprint is a wrapper for fmt.Fprint that treats each argument as if it were
+// passed with a default Formatter interface returned by NewFormatter.  It
+// returns the number of bytes written and any write error encountered.  See
+// NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Fprint(w, spew.NewFormatter(a), spew.NewFormatter(b))
+func Fprint(w io.Writer, a ...interface{}) (n int, err error) {
+        return fmt.Fprint(w, convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Fprintf is a wrapper for fmt.Fprintf that treats each argument as if it were
+// passed with a default Formatter interface returned by NewFormatter.  It
+// returns the number of bytes written and any write error encountered.  See
+// NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Fprintf(w, format, spew.NewFormatter(a), spew.NewFormatter(b))
+func Fprintf(w io.Writer, format string, a ...interface{}) (n int, err error) {
+        return fmt.Fprintf(w, format, convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Fprintln is a wrapper for fmt.Fprintln that treats each argument as if it
+// passed with a default Formatter interface returned by NewFormatter.  See
+// NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Fprintln(w, spew.NewFormatter(a), spew.NewFormatter(b))
+func Fprintln(w io.Writer, a ...interface{}) (n int, err error) {
+        return fmt.Fprintln(w, convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Print is a wrapper for fmt.Print that treats each argument as if it were
+// passed with a default Formatter interface returned by NewFormatter.  It
+// returns the number of bytes written and any write error encountered.  See
+// NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Print(spew.NewFormatter(a), spew.NewFormatter(b))
+func Print(a ...interface{}) (n int, err error) {
+        return fmt.Print(convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Printf is a wrapper for fmt.Printf that treats each argument as if it were
+// passed with a default Formatter interface returned by NewFormatter.  It
+// returns the number of bytes written and any write error encountered.  See
+// NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Printf(format, spew.NewFormatter(a), spew.NewFormatter(b))
+func Printf(format string, a ...interface{}) (n int, err error) {
+        return fmt.Printf(format, convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Println is a wrapper for fmt.Println that treats each argument as if it were
+// passed with a default Formatter interface returned by NewFormatter.  It
+// returns the number of bytes written and any write error encountered.  See
+// NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Println(spew.NewFormatter(a), spew.NewFormatter(b))
+func Println(a ...interface{}) (n int, err error) {
+        return fmt.Println(convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Sprint is a wrapper for fmt.Sprint that treats each argument as if it were
+// passed with a default Formatter interface returned by NewFormatter.  It
+// returns the resulting string.  See NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Sprint(spew.NewFormatter(a), spew.NewFormatter(b))
+func Sprint(a ...interface{}) string {
+        return fmt.Sprint(convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Sprintf is a wrapper for fmt.Sprintf that treats each argument as if it were
+// passed with a default Formatter interface returned by NewFormatter.  It
+// returns the resulting string.  See NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Sprintf(format, spew.NewFormatter(a), spew.NewFormatter(b))
+func Sprintf(format string, a ...interface{}) string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf(format, convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// Sprintln is a wrapper for fmt.Sprintln that treats each argument as if it
+// were passed with a default Formatter interface returned by NewFormatter.  It
+// returns the resulting string.  See NewFormatter for formatting details.
+//
+// This function is shorthand for the following syntax:
+//
+//      fmt.Sprintln(spew.NewFormatter(a), spew.NewFormatter(b))
+func Sprintln(a ...interface{}) string {
+        return fmt.Sprintln(convertArgs(a)...)
+}
+
+// convertArgs accepts a slice of arguments and returns a slice of the same
+// length with each argument converted to a default spew Formatter interface.
+func convertArgs(args []interface{}) (formatters []interface{}) {
+        formatters = make([]interface{}, len(args))
+        for index, arg := range args {
+                formatters[index] = NewFormatter(arg)
+        }
+        return formatters
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37ec93a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+Apache License
+Version 2.0, January 2004
+http://www.apache.org/licenses/
+
+TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
+
+1. Definitions.
+
+"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and
+distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
+
+"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright
+owner that is granting the License.
+
+"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities
+that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with that entity.
+For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or
+indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
+contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
+outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising
+permissions granted by this License.
+
+"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including
+but not limited to software source code, documentation source, and configuration
+files.
+
+"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or
+translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled object code,
+generated documentation, and conversions to other media types.
+
+"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made
+available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included
+in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the Appendix below).
+
+"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that
+is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions,
+annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole, an
+original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, Derivative Works
+shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by
+name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
+
+"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version
+of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works
+thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work
+by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit
+on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition,
+"submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
+to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
+communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, and
+issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for
+the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication
+that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright
+owner as "Not a Contribution."
+
+"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf
+of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently
+incorporated within the Work.
+
+2. Grant of Copyright License.
+
+Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby
+grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free,
+irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
+publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such
+Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
+
+3. Grant of Patent License.
+
+Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby
+grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free,
+irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have
+made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where
+such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor
+that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination
+of their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was
+submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
+cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a
+Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory
+patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License
+for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.
+
+4. Redistribution.
+
+You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof
+in any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form,
+provided that You meet the following conditions:
+
+You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of
+this License; and
+You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You
+changed the files; and
+You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute,
+all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form
+of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the
+Derivative Works; and
+If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any
+Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the
+attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices
+that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the
+following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the
+Derivative Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along
+with the Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the Derivative
+Works, if and wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents of
+the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the
+License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that
+You distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work,
+provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as
+modifying the License.
+You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide
+additional or different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or
+distribution of Your modifications, or for any such Derivative Works as a whole,
+provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies
+with the conditions stated in this License.
+
+5. Submission of Contributions.
+
+Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally submitted
+for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and
+conditions of this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
+Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of
+any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding
+such Contributions.
+
+6. Trademarks.
+
+This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks,
+service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for
+reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and
+reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
+
+7. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the
+Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied,
+including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE,
+NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are
+solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or
+redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of
+permissions under this License.
+
+8. Limitation of Liability.
+
+In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
+contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate
+and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
+liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, incidental,
+or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or
+out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to
+damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or
+any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has
+been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability.
+
+While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to
+offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or
+other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However,
+in accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your
+sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if You
+agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
+incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your
+accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
+
+END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work
+
+To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following boilerplate
+notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own
+identifying information. (Don't include the brackets!) The text should be
+enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format. We also
+recommend that a file or class name and description of purpose be included on
+the same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier identification within
+third-party archives.
+
+   Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+
+   Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+   you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+   You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+   Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+   distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+   WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+   See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+   limitations under the License.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/Makefile b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac034e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+.PHONY: build test bench vet
+
+build: vet bench
+
+test:
+        go test -v -cover -race
+
+bench:
+        go test -v -cover -race -test.bench=. -test.benchmem
+
+vet:
+        go vet
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/README.md b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22a4234
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,734 @@
+INI [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/go-ini/ini.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/go-ini/ini)
+===
+
+![](https://avatars0.githubusercontent.com/u/10216035?v=3&s=200)
+
+Package ini provides INI file read and write functionality in Go.
+
+[简体中文](README_ZH.md)
+
+## Feature
+
+- Load multiple data sources(`[]byte`, file and `io.ReadCloser`) with overwrites.
+- Read with recursion values.
+- Read with parent-child sections.
+- Read with auto-increment key names.
+- Read with multiple-line values.
+- Read with tons of helper methods.
+- Read and convert values to Go types.
+- Read and **WRITE** comments of sections and keys.
+- Manipulate sections, keys and comments with ease.
+- Keep sections and keys in order as you parse and save.
+
+## Installation
+
+To use a tagged revision:
+
+        go get gopkg.in/ini.v1
+
+To use with latest changes:
+
+        go get github.com/go-ini/ini
+
+Please add `-u` flag to update in the future.
+
+### Testing
+
+If you want to test on your machine, please apply `-t` flag:
+
+        go get -t gopkg.in/ini.v1
+
+Please add `-u` flag to update in the future.
+
+## Getting Started
+
+### Loading from data sources
+
+A **Data Source** is either raw data in type `[]byte`, a file name with type `string` or `io.ReadCloser`. You can load **as many data sources as you want**. Passing other types will simply return an error.
+
+```go
+cfg, err := ini.Load([]byte("raw data"), "filename", ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewReader([]byte("some other data"))))
+```
+
+Or start with an empty object:
+
+```go
+cfg := ini.Empty()
+```
+
+When you cannot decide how many data sources to load at the beginning, you will still be able to **Append()** them later.
+
+```go
+err := cfg.Append("other file", []byte("other raw data"))
+```
+
+If you have a list of files with possibilities that some of them may not available at the time, and you don't know exactly which ones, you can use `LooseLoad` to ignore nonexistent files without returning error.
+
+```go
+cfg, err := ini.LooseLoad("filename", "filename_404")
+```
+
+The cool thing is, whenever the file is available to load while you're calling `Reload` method, it will be counted as usual.
+
+#### Ignore cases of key name
+
+When you do not care about cases of section and key names, you can use `InsensitiveLoad` to force all names to be lowercased while parsing.
+
+```go
+cfg, err := ini.InsensitiveLoad("filename")
+//...
+
+// sec1 and sec2 are the exactly same section object
+sec1, err := cfg.GetSection("Section")
+sec2, err := cfg.GetSection("SecTIOn")
+
+// key1 and key2 are the exactly same key object
+key1, err := cfg.GetKey("Key")
+key2, err := cfg.GetKey("KeY")
+```
+
+#### MySQL-like boolean key 
+
+MySQL's configuration allows a key without value as follows:
+
+```ini
+[mysqld]
+...
+skip-host-cache
+skip-name-resolve
+```
+
+By default, this is considered as missing value. But if you know you're going to deal with those cases, you can assign advanced load options:
+
+```go
+cfg, err := LoadSources(LoadOptions{AllowBooleanKeys: true}, "my.cnf"))
+```
+
+The value of those keys are always `true`, and when you save to a file, it will keep in the same foramt as you read.
+
+#### Comment
+
+Take care that following format will be treated as comment:
+
+1. Line begins with `#` or `;`
+2. Words after `#` or `;`
+3. Words after section name (i.e words after `[some section name]`)
+
+If you want to save a value with `#` or `;`, please quote them with ``` ` ``` or ``` """ ```.
+
+### Working with sections
+
+To get a section, you would need to:
+
+```go
+section, err := cfg.GetSection("section name")
+```
+
+For a shortcut for default section, just give an empty string as name:
+
+```go
+section, err := cfg.GetSection("")
+```
+
+When you're pretty sure the section exists, following code could make your life easier:
+
+```go
+section := cfg.Section("section name")
+```
+
+What happens when the section somehow does not exist? Don't panic, it automatically creates and returns a new section to you.
+
+To create a new section:
+
+```go
+err := cfg.NewSection("new section")
+```
+
+To get a list of sections or section names:
+
+```go
+sections := cfg.Sections()
+names := cfg.SectionStrings()
+```
+
+### Working with keys
+
+To get a key under a section:
+
+```go
+key, err := cfg.Section("").GetKey("key name")
+```
+
+Same rule applies to key operations:
+
+```go
+key := cfg.Section("").Key("key name")
+```
+
+To check if a key exists:
+
+```go
+yes := cfg.Section("").HasKey("key name")
+```
+
+To create a new key:
+
+```go
+err := cfg.Section("").NewKey("name", "value")
+```
+
+To get a list of keys or key names:
+
+```go
+keys := cfg.Section("").Keys()
+names := cfg.Section("").KeyStrings()
+```
+
+To get a clone hash of keys and corresponding values:
+
+```go
+hash := cfg.Section("").KeysHash()
+```
+
+### Working with values
+
+To get a string value:
+
+```go
+val := cfg.Section("").Key("key name").String()
+```
+
+To validate key value on the fly:
+
+```go
+val := cfg.Section("").Key("key name").Validate(func(in string) string {
+        if len(in) == 0 {
+                return "default"
+        }
+        return in
+})
+```
+
+If you do not want any auto-transformation (such as recursive read) for the values, you can get raw value directly (this way you get much better performance):
+
+```go
+val := cfg.Section("").Key("key name").Value()
+```
+
+To check if raw value exists:
+
+```go
+yes := cfg.Section("").HasValue("test value")
+```
+
+To get value with types:
+
+```go
+// For boolean values:
+// true when value is: 1, t, T, TRUE, true, True, YES, yes, Yes, y, ON, on, On
+// false when value is: 0, f, F, FALSE, false, False, NO, no, No, n, OFF, off, Off
+v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("BOOL").Bool()
+v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").Float64()
+v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").Int()
+v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").Int64()
+v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").Uint()
+v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").Uint64()
+v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").TimeFormat(time.RFC3339)
+v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").Time() // RFC3339
+
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("BOOL").MustBool()
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").MustFloat64()
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").MustInt()
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").MustInt64()
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").MustUint()
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").MustUint64()
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").MustTimeFormat(time.RFC3339)
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").MustTime() // RFC3339
+
+// Methods start with Must also accept one argument for default value
+// when key not found or fail to parse value to given type.
+// Except method MustString, which you have to pass a default value.
+
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("String").MustString("default")
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("BOOL").MustBool(true)
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").MustFloat64(1.25)
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").MustInt(10)
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").MustInt64(99)
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").MustUint(3)
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").MustUint64(6)
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").MustTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, time.Now())
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").MustTime(time.Now()) // RFC3339
+```
+
+What if my value is three-line long?
+
+```ini
+[advance]
+ADDRESS = """404 road,
+NotFound, State, 5000
+Earth"""
+```
+
+Not a problem!
+
+```go
+cfg.Section("advance").Key("ADDRESS").String()
+
+/* --- start ---
+404 road,
+NotFound, State, 5000
+Earth
+------  end  --- */
+```
+
+That's cool, how about continuation lines?
+
+```ini
+[advance]
+two_lines = how about \
+        continuation lines?
+lots_of_lines = 1 \
+        2 \
+        3 \
+        4
+```
+
+Piece of cake!
+
+```go
+cfg.Section("advance").Key("two_lines").String() // how about continuation lines?
+cfg.Section("advance").Key("lots_of_lines").String() // 1 2 3 4
+```
+
+Well, I hate continuation lines, how do I disable that?
+
+```go
+cfg, err := ini.LoadSources(ini.LoadOptions{
+        IgnoreContinuation: true,
+}, "filename")
+```
+
+Holy crap! 
+
+Note that single quotes around values will be stripped:
+
+```ini
+foo = "some value" // foo: some value
+bar = 'some value' // bar: some value
+```
+
+That's all? Hmm, no.
+
+#### Helper methods of working with values
+
+To get value with given candidates:
+
+```go
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("STRING").In("default", []string{"str", "arr", "types"})
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").InFloat64(1.1, []float64{1.25, 2.5, 3.75})
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").InInt(5, []int{10, 20, 30})
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").InInt64(10, []int64{10, 20, 30})
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").InUint(4, []int{3, 6, 9})
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").InUint64(8, []int64{3, 6, 9})
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").InTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, time.Now(), []time.Time{time1, time2, time3})
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").InTime(time.Now(), []time.Time{time1, time2, time3}) // RFC3339
+```
+
+Default value will be presented if value of key is not in candidates you given, and default value does not need be one of candidates.
+
+To validate value in a given range:
+
+```go
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").RangeFloat64(0.0, 1.1, 2.2)
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").RangeInt(0, 10, 20)
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").RangeInt64(0, 10, 20)
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").RangeUint(0, 3, 9)
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").RangeUint64(0, 3, 9)
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").RangeTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, time.Now(), minTime, maxTime)
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").RangeTime(time.Now(), minTime, maxTime) // RFC3339
+```
+
+##### Auto-split values into a slice
+
+To use zero value of type for invalid inputs:
+
+```go
+// Input: 1.1, 2.2, 3.3, 4.4 -> [1.1 2.2 3.3 4.4]
+// Input: how, 2.2, are, you -> [0.0 2.2 0.0 0.0]
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("STRINGS").Strings(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64S").Float64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INTS").Ints(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64S").Int64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINTS").Uints(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64S").Uint64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIMES").Times(",")
+```
+
+To exclude invalid values out of result slice:
+
+```go
+// Input: 1.1, 2.2, 3.3, 4.4 -> [1.1 2.2 3.3 4.4]
+// Input: how, 2.2, are, you -> [2.2]
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64S").ValidFloat64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INTS").ValidInts(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64S").ValidInt64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINTS").ValidUints(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64S").ValidUint64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIMES").ValidTimes(",")
+```
+
+Or to return nothing but error when have invalid inputs:
+
+```go
+// Input: 1.1, 2.2, 3.3, 4.4 -> [1.1 2.2 3.3 4.4]
+// Input: how, 2.2, are, you -> error
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64S").StrictFloat64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INTS").StrictInts(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64S").StrictInt64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINTS").StrictUints(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64S").StrictUint64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIMES").StrictTimes(",")
+```
+
+### Save your configuration
+
+Finally, it's time to save your configuration to somewhere.
+
+A typical way to save configuration is writing it to a file:
+
+```go
+// ...
+err = cfg.SaveTo("my.ini")
+err = cfg.SaveToIndent("my.ini", "\t")
+```
+
+Another way to save is writing to a `io.Writer` interface:
+
+```go
+// ...
+cfg.WriteTo(writer)
+cfg.WriteToIndent(writer, "\t")
+```
+
+By default, spaces are used to align "=" sign between key and values, to disable that:
+
+```go
+ini.PrettyFormat = false
+``` 
+
+## Advanced Usage
+
+### Recursive Values
+
+For all value of keys, there is a special syntax `%(<name>)s`, where `<name>` is the key name in same section or default section, and `%(<name>)s` will be replaced by corresponding value(empty string if key not found). You can use this syntax at most 99 level of recursions.
+
+```ini
+NAME = ini
+
+[author]
+NAME = Unknwon
+GITHUB = https://github.com/%(NAME)s
+
+[package]
+FULL_NAME = github.com/go-ini/%(NAME)s
+```
+
+```go
+cfg.Section("author").Key("GITHUB").String()            // https://github.com/Unknwon
+cfg.Section("package").Key("FULL_NAME").String()        // github.com/go-ini/ini
+```
+
+### Parent-child Sections
+
+You can use `.` in section name to indicate parent-child relationship between two or more sections. If the key not found in the child section, library will try again on its parent section until there is no parent section.
+
+```ini
+NAME = ini
+VERSION = v1
+IMPORT_PATH = gopkg.in/%(NAME)s.%(VERSION)s
+
+[package]
+CLONE_URL = https://%(IMPORT_PATH)s
+
+[package.sub]
+```
+
+```go
+cfg.Section("package.sub").Key("CLONE_URL").String()    // https://gopkg.in/ini.v1
+```
+
+#### Retrieve parent keys available to a child section
+
+```go
+cfg.Section("package.sub").ParentKeys() // ["CLONE_URL"]
+```
+
+### Unparseable Sections
+
+Sometimes, you have sections that do not contain key-value pairs but raw content, to handle such case, you can use `LoadOptions.UnparsableSections`:
+
+```go
+cfg, err := LoadSources(LoadOptions{UnparseableSections: []string{"COMMENTS"}}, `[COMMENTS]
+<1><L.Slide#2> This slide has the fuel listed in the wrong units <e.1>`))
+
+body := cfg.Section("COMMENTS").Body()
+
+/* --- start ---
+<1><L.Slide#2> This slide has the fuel listed in the wrong units <e.1>
+------  end  --- */
+```
+
+### Auto-increment Key Names
+
+If key name is `-` in data source, then it would be seen as special syntax for auto-increment key name start from 1, and every section is independent on counter.
+
+```ini
+[features]
+-: Support read/write comments of keys and sections
+-: Support auto-increment of key names
+-: Support load multiple files to overwrite key values
+```
+
+```go
+cfg.Section("features").KeyStrings()    // []{"#1", "#2", "#3"}
+```
+
+### Map To Struct
+
+Want more objective way to play with INI? Cool.
+
+```ini
+Name = Unknwon
+age = 21
+Male = true
+Born = 1993-01-01T20:17:05Z
+
+[Note]
+Content = Hi is a good man!
+Cities = HangZhou, Boston
+```
+
+```go
+type Note struct {
+        Content string
+        Cities  []string
+}
+
+type Person struct {
+        Name string
+        Age  int `ini:"age"`
+        Male bool
+        Born time.Time
+        Note
+        Created time.Time `ini:"-"`
+}
+
+func main() {
+        cfg, err := ini.Load("path/to/ini")
+        // ...
+        p := new(Person)
+        err = cfg.MapTo(p)
+        // ...
+
+        // Things can be simpler.
+        err = ini.MapTo(p, "path/to/ini")
+        // ...
+
+        // Just map a section? Fine.
+        n := new(Note)
+        err = cfg.Section("Note").MapTo(n)
+        // ...
+}
+```
+
+Can I have default value for field? Absolutely.
+
+Assign it before you map to struct. It will keep the value as it is if the key is not presented or got wrong type.
+
+```go
+// ...
+p := &Person{
+        Name: "Joe",
+}
+// ...
+```
+
+It's really cool, but what's the point if you can't give me my file back from struct?
+
+### Reflect From Struct
+
+Why not?
+
+```go
+type Embeded struct {
+        Dates  []time.Time `delim:"|"`
+        Places []string    `ini:"places,omitempty"`
+        None   []int       `ini:",omitempty"`
+}
+
+type Author struct {
+        Name      string `ini:"NAME"`
+        Male      bool
+        Age       int
+        GPA       float64
+        NeverMind string `ini:"-"`
+        *Embeded
+}
+
+func main() {
+        a := &Author{"Unknwon", true, 21, 2.8, "",
+                &Embeded{
+                        []time.Time{time.Now(), time.Now()},
+                        []string{"HangZhou", "Boston"},
+                        []int{},
+                }}
+        cfg := ini.Empty()
+        err = ini.ReflectFrom(cfg, a)
+        // ...
+}
+```
+
+So, what do I get?
+
+```ini
+NAME = Unknwon
+Male = true
+Age = 21
+GPA = 2.8
+
+[Embeded]
+Dates = 2015-08-07T22:14:22+08:00|2015-08-07T22:14:22+08:00
+places = HangZhou,Boston
+```
+
+#### Name Mapper
+
+To save your time and make your code cleaner, this library supports [`NameMapper`](https://gowalker.org/gopkg.in/ini.v1#NameMapper) between struct field and actual section and key name.
+
+There are 2 built-in name mappers:
+
+- `AllCapsUnderscore`: it converts to format `ALL_CAPS_UNDERSCORE` then match section or key.
+- `TitleUnderscore`: it converts to format `title_underscore` then match section or key.
+
+To use them:
+
+```go
+type Info struct {
+        PackageName string
+}
+
+func main() {
+        err = ini.MapToWithMapper(&Info{}, ini.TitleUnderscore, []byte("package_name=ini"))
+        // ...
+
+        cfg, err := ini.Load([]byte("PACKAGE_NAME=ini"))
+        // ...
+        info := new(Info)
+        cfg.NameMapper = ini.AllCapsUnderscore
+        err = cfg.MapTo(info)
+        // ...
+}
+```
+
+Same rules of name mapper apply to `ini.ReflectFromWithMapper` function.
+
+#### Value Mapper
+
+To expand values (e.g. from environment variables), you can use the `ValueMapper` to transform values:
+
+```go
+type Env struct {
+        Foo string `ini:"foo"`
+}
+
+func main() {
+        cfg, err := ini.Load([]byte("[env]\nfoo = ${MY_VAR}\n")
+        cfg.ValueMapper = os.ExpandEnv
+        // ...
+        env := &Env{}
+        err = cfg.Section("env").MapTo(env)
+}
+```
+
+This would set the value of `env.Foo` to the value of the environment variable `MY_VAR`.
+
+#### Other Notes On Map/Reflect
+
+Any embedded struct is treated as a section by default, and there is no automatic parent-child relations in map/reflect feature:
+
+```go
+type Child struct {
+        Age string
+}
+
+type Parent struct {
+        Name string
+        Child
+}
+
+type Config struct {
+        City string
+        Parent
+}
+```
+
+Example configuration:
+
+```ini
+City = Boston
+
+[Parent]
+Name = Unknwon
+
+[Child]
+Age = 21
+```
+
+What if, yes, I'm paranoid, I want embedded struct to be in the same section. Well, all roads lead to Rome.
+
+```go
+type Child struct {
+        Age string
+}
+
+type Parent struct {
+        Name string
+        Child `ini:"Parent"`
+}
+
+type Config struct {
+        City string
+        Parent
+}
+```
+
+Example configuration:
+
+```ini
+City = Boston
+
+[Parent]
+Name = Unknwon
+Age = 21
+```
+
+## Getting Help
+
+- [API Documentation](https://gowalker.org/gopkg.in/ini.v1)
+- [File An Issue](https://github.com/go-ini/ini/issues/new)
+
+## FAQs
+
+### What does `BlockMode` field do?
+
+By default, library lets you read and write values so we need a locker to make sure your data is safe. But in cases that you are very sure about only reading data through the library, you can set `cfg.BlockMode = false` to speed up read operations about **50-70%** faster.
+
+### Why another INI library?
+
+Many people are using my another INI library [goconfig](https://github.com/Unknwon/goconfig), so the reason for this one is I would like to make more Go style code. Also when you set `cfg.BlockMode = false`, this one is about **10-30%** faster.
+
+To make those changes I have to confirm API broken, so it's safer to keep it in another place and start using `gopkg.in` to version my package at this time.(PS: shorter import path)
+
+## License
+
+This project is under Apache v2 License. See the [LICENSE](LICENSE) file for the full license text.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/README_ZH.md b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/README_ZH.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b4fb66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/README_ZH.md
@@ -0,0 +1,721 @@
+本包提供了 Go 语言中读写 INI 文件的功能。
+
+## 功能特性
+
+- 支持覆盖加载多个数据源（`[]byte`、文件和 `io.ReadCloser`）
+- 支持递归读取键值
+- 支持读取父子分区
+- 支持读取自增键名
+- 支持读取多行的键值
+- 支持大量辅助方法
+- 支持在读取时直接转换为 Go 语言类型
+- 支持读取和 **写入** 分区和键的注释
+- 轻松操作分区、键值和注释
+- 在保存文件时分区和键值会保持原有的顺序
+
+## 下载安装
+
+使用一个特定版本：
+
+    go get gopkg.in/ini.v1
+
+使用最新版：
+
+        go get github.com/go-ini/ini
+
+如需更新请添加 `-u` 选项。
+
+### 测试安装
+
+如果您想要在自己的机器上运行测试，请使用 `-t` 标记：
+
+        go get -t gopkg.in/ini.v1
+
+如需更新请添加 `-u` 选项。
+
+## 开始使用
+
+### 从数据源加载
+
+一个 **数据源** 可以是 `[]byte` 类型的原始数据，`string` 类型的文件路径或 `io.ReadCloser`。您可以加载 **任意多个** 数据源。如果您传递其它类型的数据源，则会直接返回错误。
+
+```go
+cfg, err := ini.Load([]byte("raw data"), "filename", ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewReader([]byte("some other data"))))
+```
+
+或者从一个空白的文件开始：
+
+```go
+cfg := ini.Empty()
+```
+
+当您在一开始无法决定需要加载哪些数据源时，仍可以使用 **Append()** 在需要的时候加载它们。
+
+```go
+err := cfg.Append("other file", []byte("other raw data"))
+```
+
+当您想要加载一系列文件，但是不能够确定其中哪些文件是不存在的，可以通过调用函数 `LooseLoad` 来忽略它们（`Load` 会因为文件不存在而返回错误）：
+
+```go
+cfg, err := ini.LooseLoad("filename", "filename_404")
+```
+
+更牛逼的是，当那些之前不存在的文件在重新调用 `Reload` 方法的时候突然出现了，那么它们会被正常加载。
+
+#### 忽略键名的大小写
+
+有时候分区和键的名称大小写混合非常烦人，这个时候就可以通过 `InsensitiveLoad` 将所有分区和键名在读取里强制转换为小写：
+
+```go
+cfg, err := ini.InsensitiveLoad("filename")
+//...
+
+// sec1 和 sec2 指向同一个分区对象
+sec1, err := cfg.GetSection("Section")
+sec2, err := cfg.GetSection("SecTIOn")
+
+// key1 和 key2 指向同一个键对象
+key1, err := cfg.GetKey("Key")
+key2, err := cfg.GetKey("KeY")
+```
+
+#### 类似 MySQL 配置中的布尔值键
+
+MySQL 的配置文件中会出现没有具体值的布尔类型的键：
+
+```ini
+[mysqld]
+...
+skip-host-cache
+skip-name-resolve
+```
+
+默认情况下这被认为是缺失值而无法完成解析，但可以通过高级的加载选项对它们进行处理：
+
+```go
+cfg, err := LoadSources(LoadOptions{AllowBooleanKeys: true}, "my.cnf"))
+```
+
+这些键的值永远为 `true`，且在保存到文件时也只会输出键名。
+
+#### 关于注释
+
+下述几种情况的内容将被视为注释：
+
+1. 所有以 `#` 或 `;` 开头的行
+2. 所有在 `#` 或 `;` 之后的内容
+3. 分区标签后的文字 (即 `[分区名]` 之后的内容)
+
+如果你希望使用包含 `#` 或 `;` 的值，请使用 ``` ` ``` 或 ``` """ ``` 进行包覆。
+
+### 操作分区（Section）
+
+获取指定分区：
+
+```go
+section, err := cfg.GetSection("section name")
+```
+
+如果您想要获取默认分区，则可以用空字符串代替分区名：
+
+```go
+section, err := cfg.GetSection("")
+```
+
+当您非常确定某个分区是存在的，可以使用以下简便方法：
+
+```go
+section := cfg.Section("section name")
+```
+
+如果不小心判断错了，要获取的分区其实是不存在的，那会发生什么呢？没事的，它会自动创建并返回一个对应的分区对象给您。
+
+创建一个分区：
+
+```go
+err := cfg.NewSection("new section")
+```
+
+获取所有分区对象或名称：
+
+```go
+sections := cfg.Sections()
+names := cfg.SectionStrings()
+```
+
+### 操作键（Key）
+
+获取某个分区下的键：
+
+```go
+key, err := cfg.Section("").GetKey("key name")
+```
+
+和分区一样，您也可以直接获取键而忽略错误处理：
+
+```go
+key := cfg.Section("").Key("key name")
+```
+
+判断某个键是否存在：
+
+```go
+yes := cfg.Section("").HasKey("key name")
+```
+
+创建一个新的键：
+
+```go
+err := cfg.Section("").NewKey("name", "value")
+```
+
+获取分区下的所有键或键名：
+
+```go
+keys := cfg.Section("").Keys()
+names := cfg.Section("").KeyStrings()
+```
+
+获取分区下的所有键值对的克隆：
+
+```go
+hash := cfg.Section("").KeysHash()
+```
+
+### 操作键值（Value）
+
+获取一个类型为字符串（string）的值：
+
+```go
+val := cfg.Section("").Key("key name").String()
+```
+
+获取值的同时通过自定义函数进行处理验证：
+
+```go
+val := cfg.Section("").Key("key name").Validate(func(in string) string {
+        if len(in) == 0 {
+                return "default"
+        }
+        return in
+})
+```
+
+如果您不需要任何对值的自动转变功能（例如递归读取），可以直接获取原值（这种方式性能最佳）：
+
+```go
+val := cfg.Section("").Key("key name").Value()
+```
+
+判断某个原值是否存在：
+
+```go
+yes := cfg.Section("").HasValue("test value")
+```
+
+获取其它类型的值：
+
+```go
+// 布尔值的规则：
+// true 当值为：1, t, T, TRUE, true, True, YES, yes, Yes, y, ON, on, On
+// false 当值为：0, f, F, FALSE, false, False, NO, no, No, n, OFF, off, Off
+v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("BOOL").Bool()
+v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").Float64()
+v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").Int()
+v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").Int64()
+v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").Uint()
+v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").Uint64()
+v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").TimeFormat(time.RFC3339)
+v, err = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").Time() // RFC3339
+
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("BOOL").MustBool()
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").MustFloat64()
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").MustInt()
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").MustInt64()
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").MustUint()
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").MustUint64()
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").MustTimeFormat(time.RFC3339)
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").MustTime() // RFC3339
+
+// 由 Must 开头的方法名允许接收一个相同类型的参数来作为默认值，
+// 当键不存在或者转换失败时，则会直接返回该默认值。
+// 但是，MustString 方法必须传递一个默认值。
+
+v = cfg.Seciont("").Key("String").MustString("default")
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("BOOL").MustBool(true)
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").MustFloat64(1.25)
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").MustInt(10)
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").MustInt64(99)
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").MustUint(3)
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").MustUint64(6)
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").MustTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, time.Now())
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").MustTime(time.Now()) // RFC3339
+```
+
+如果我的值有好多行怎么办？
+
+```ini
+[advance]
+ADDRESS = """404 road,
+NotFound, State, 5000
+Earth"""
+```
+
+嗯哼？小 case！
+
+```go
+cfg.Section("advance").Key("ADDRESS").String()
+
+/* --- start ---
+404 road,
+NotFound, State, 5000
+Earth
+------  end  --- */
+```
+
+赞爆了！那要是我属于一行的内容写不下想要写到第二行怎么办？
+
+```ini
+[advance]
+two_lines = how about \
+        continuation lines?
+lots_of_lines = 1 \
+        2 \
+        3 \
+        4
+```
+
+简直是小菜一碟！
+
+```go
+cfg.Section("advance").Key("two_lines").String() // how about continuation lines?
+cfg.Section("advance").Key("lots_of_lines").String() // 1 2 3 4
+```
+
+可是我有时候觉得两行连在一起特别没劲，怎么才能不自动连接两行呢？
+
+```go
+cfg, err := ini.LoadSources(ini.LoadOptions{
+        IgnoreContinuation: true,
+}, "filename")
+```
+
+哇靠给力啊！
+
+需要注意的是，值两侧的单引号会被自动剔除：
+
+```ini
+foo = "some value" // foo: some value
+bar = 'some value' // bar: some value
+```
+
+这就是全部了？哈哈，当然不是。
+
+#### 操作键值的辅助方法
+
+获取键值时设定候选值：
+
+```go
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("STRING").In("default", []string{"str", "arr", "types"})
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").InFloat64(1.1, []float64{1.25, 2.5, 3.75})
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").InInt(5, []int{10, 20, 30})
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").InInt64(10, []int64{10, 20, 30})
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").InUint(4, []int{3, 6, 9})
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").InUint64(8, []int64{3, 6, 9})
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").InTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, time.Now(), []time.Time{time1, time2, time3})
+v = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").InTime(time.Now(), []time.Time{time1, time2, time3}) // RFC3339
+```
+
+如果获取到的值不是候选值的任意一个，则会返回默认值，而默认值不需要是候选值中的一员。
+
+验证获取的值是否在指定范围内：
+
+```go
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64").RangeFloat64(0.0, 1.1, 2.2)
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT").RangeInt(0, 10, 20)
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64").RangeInt64(0, 10, 20)
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT").RangeUint(0, 3, 9)
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64").RangeUint64(0, 3, 9)
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").RangeTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, time.Now(), minTime, maxTime)
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIME").RangeTime(time.Now(), minTime, maxTime) // RFC3339
+```
+
+##### 自动分割键值到切片（slice）
+
+当存在无效输入时，使用零值代替：
+
+```go
+// Input: 1.1, 2.2, 3.3, 4.4 -> [1.1 2.2 3.3 4.4]
+// Input: how, 2.2, are, you -> [0.0 2.2 0.0 0.0]
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("STRINGS").Strings(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64S").Float64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INTS").Ints(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64S").Int64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINTS").Uints(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64S").Uint64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIMES").Times(",")
+```
+
+从结果切片中剔除无效输入：
+
+```go
+// Input: 1.1, 2.2, 3.3, 4.4 -> [1.1 2.2 3.3 4.4]
+// Input: how, 2.2, are, you -> [2.2]
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64S").ValidFloat64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INTS").ValidInts(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64S").ValidInt64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINTS").ValidUints(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64S").ValidUint64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIMES").ValidTimes(",")
+```
+
+当存在无效输入时，直接返回错误：
+
+```go
+// Input: 1.1, 2.2, 3.3, 4.4 -> [1.1 2.2 3.3 4.4]
+// Input: how, 2.2, are, you -> error
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("FLOAT64S").StrictFloat64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INTS").StrictInts(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("INT64S").StrictInt64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINTS").StrictUints(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("UINT64S").StrictUint64s(",")
+vals = cfg.Section("").Key("TIMES").StrictTimes(",")
+```
+
+### 保存配置
+
+终于到了这个时刻，是时候保存一下配置了。
+
+比较原始的做法是输出配置到某个文件：
+
+```go
+// ...
+err = cfg.SaveTo("my.ini")
+err = cfg.SaveToIndent("my.ini", "\t")
+```
+
+另一个比较高级的做法是写入到任何实现 `io.Writer` 接口的对象中：
+
+```go
+// ...
+cfg.WriteTo(writer)
+cfg.WriteToIndent(writer, "\t")
+```
+
+默认情况下，空格将被用于对齐键值之间的等号以美化输出结果，以下代码可以禁用该功能：
+
+```go
+ini.PrettyFormat = false
+``` 
+
+## 高级用法
+
+### 递归读取键值
+
+在获取所有键值的过程中，特殊语法 `%(<name>)s` 会被应用，其中 `<name>` 可以是相同分区或者默认分区下的键名。字符串 `%(<name>)s` 会被相应的键值所替代，如果指定的键不存在，则会用空字符串替代。您可以最多使用 99 层的递归嵌套。
+
+```ini
+NAME = ini
+
+[author]
+NAME = Unknwon
+GITHUB = https://github.com/%(NAME)s
+
+[package]
+FULL_NAME = github.com/go-ini/%(NAME)s
+```
+
+```go
+cfg.Section("author").Key("GITHUB").String()            // https://github.com/Unknwon
+cfg.Section("package").Key("FULL_NAME").String()        // github.com/go-ini/ini
+```
+
+### 读取父子分区
+
+您可以在分区名称中使用 `.` 来表示两个或多个分区之间的父子关系。如果某个键在子分区中不存在，则会去它的父分区中再次寻找，直到没有父分区为止。
+
+```ini
+NAME = ini
+VERSION = v1
+IMPORT_PATH = gopkg.in/%(NAME)s.%(VERSION)s
+
+[package]
+CLONE_URL = https://%(IMPORT_PATH)s
+
+[package.sub]
+```
+
+```go
+cfg.Section("package.sub").Key("CLONE_URL").String()    // https://gopkg.in/ini.v1
+```
+
+#### 获取上级父分区下的所有键名
+
+```go
+cfg.Section("package.sub").ParentKeys() // ["CLONE_URL"]
+```
+
+### 无法解析的分区
+
+如果遇到一些比较特殊的分区，它们不包含常见的键值对，而是没有固定格式的纯文本，则可以使用 `LoadOptions.UnparsableSections` 进行处理：
+
+```go
+cfg, err := LoadSources(LoadOptions{UnparseableSections: []string{"COMMENTS"}}, `[COMMENTS]
+<1><L.Slide#2> This slide has the fuel listed in the wrong units <e.1>`))
+
+body := cfg.Section("COMMENTS").Body()
+
+/* --- start ---
+<1><L.Slide#2> This slide has the fuel listed in the wrong units <e.1>
+------  end  --- */
+```
+
+### 读取自增键名
+
+如果数据源中的键名为 `-`，则认为该键使用了自增键名的特殊语法。计数器从 1 开始，并且分区之间是相互独立的。
+
+```ini
+[features]
+-: Support read/write comments of keys and sections
+-: Support auto-increment of key names
+-: Support load multiple files to overwrite key values
+```
+
+```go
+cfg.Section("features").KeyStrings()    // []{"#1", "#2", "#3"}
+```
+
+### 映射到结构
+
+想要使用更加面向对象的方式玩转 INI 吗？好主意。
+
+```ini
+Name = Unknwon
+age = 21
+Male = true
+Born = 1993-01-01T20:17:05Z
+
+[Note]
+Content = Hi is a good man!
+Cities = HangZhou, Boston
+```
+
+```go
+type Note struct {
+        Content string
+        Cities  []string
+}
+
+type Person struct {
+        Name string
+        Age  int `ini:"age"`
+        Male bool
+        Born time.Time
+        Note
+        Created time.Time `ini:"-"`
+}
+
+func main() {
+        cfg, err := ini.Load("path/to/ini")
+        // ...
+        p := new(Person)
+        err = cfg.MapTo(p)
+        // ...
+
+        // 一切竟可以如此的简单。
+        err = ini.MapTo(p, "path/to/ini")
+        // ...
+
+        // 嗯哼？只需要映射一个分区吗？
+        n := new(Note)
+        err = cfg.Section("Note").MapTo(n)
+        // ...
+}
+```
+
+结构的字段怎么设置默认值呢？很简单，只要在映射之前对指定字段进行赋值就可以了。如果键未找到或者类型错误，该值不会发生改变。
+
+```go
+// ...
+p := &Person{
+        Name: "Joe",
+}
+// ...
+```
+
+这样玩 INI 真的好酷啊！然而，如果不能还给我原来的配置文件，有什么卵用？
+
+### 从结构反射
+
+可是，我有说不能吗？
+
+```go
+type Embeded struct {
+        Dates  []time.Time `delim:"|"`
+        Places []string    `ini:"places,omitempty"`
+        None   []int       `ini:",omitempty"`
+}
+
+type Author struct {
+        Name      string `ini:"NAME"`
+        Male      bool
+        Age       int
+        GPA       float64
+        NeverMind string `ini:"-"`
+        *Embeded
+}
+
+func main() {
+        a := &Author{"Unknwon", true, 21, 2.8, "",
+                &Embeded{
+                        []time.Time{time.Now(), time.Now()},
+                        []string{"HangZhou", "Boston"},
+                        []int{},
+                }}
+        cfg := ini.Empty()
+        err = ini.ReflectFrom(cfg, a)
+        // ...
+}
+```
+
+瞧瞧，奇迹发生了。
+
+```ini
+NAME = Unknwon
+Male = true
+Age = 21
+GPA = 2.8
+
+[Embeded]
+Dates = 2015-08-07T22:14:22+08:00|2015-08-07T22:14:22+08:00
+places = HangZhou,Boston
+```
+
+#### 名称映射器（Name Mapper）
+
+为了节省您的时间并简化代码，本库支持类型为 [`NameMapper`](https://gowalker.org/gopkg.in/ini.v1#NameMapper) 的名称映射器，该映射器负责结构字段名与分区名和键名之间的映射。
+
+目前有 2 款内置的映射器：
+
+- `AllCapsUnderscore`：该映射器将字段名转换至格式 `ALL_CAPS_UNDERSCORE` 后再去匹配分区名和键名。
+- `TitleUnderscore`：该映射器将字段名转换至格式 `title_underscore` 后再去匹配分区名和键名。
+
+使用方法：
+
+```go
+type Info struct{
+        PackageName string
+}
+
+func main() {
+        err = ini.MapToWithMapper(&Info{}, ini.TitleUnderscore, []byte("package_name=ini"))
+        // ...
+
+        cfg, err := ini.Load([]byte("PACKAGE_NAME=ini"))
+        // ...
+        info := new(Info)
+        cfg.NameMapper = ini.AllCapsUnderscore
+        err = cfg.MapTo(info)
+        // ...
+}
+```
+
+使用函数 `ini.ReflectFromWithMapper` 时也可应用相同的规则。
+
+#### 值映射器（Value Mapper）
+
+值映射器允许使用一个自定义函数自动展开值的具体内容，例如：运行时获取环境变量：
+
+```go
+type Env struct {
+        Foo string `ini:"foo"`
+}
+
+func main() {
+        cfg, err := ini.Load([]byte("[env]\nfoo = ${MY_VAR}\n")
+        cfg.ValueMapper = os.ExpandEnv
+        // ...
+        env := &Env{}
+        err = cfg.Section("env").MapTo(env)
+}
+```
+
+本例中，`env.Foo` 将会是运行时所获取到环境变量 `MY_VAR` 的值。
+
+#### 映射/反射的其它说明
+
+任何嵌入的结构都会被默认认作一个不同的分区，并且不会自动产生所谓的父子分区关联：
+
+```go
+type Child struct {
+        Age string
+}
+
+type Parent struct {
+        Name string
+        Child
+}
+
+type Config struct {
+        City string
+        Parent
+}
+```
+
+示例配置文件：
+
+```ini
+City = Boston
+
+[Parent]
+Name = Unknwon
+
+[Child]
+Age = 21
+```
+
+很好，但是，我就是要嵌入结构也在同一个分区。好吧，你爹是李刚！
+
+```go
+type Child struct {
+        Age string
+}
+
+type Parent struct {
+        Name string
+        Child `ini:"Parent"`
+}
+
+type Config struct {
+        City string
+        Parent
+}
+```
+
+示例配置文件：
+
+```ini
+City = Boston
+
+[Parent]
+Name = Unknwon
+Age = 21
+```
+
+## 获取帮助
+
+- [API 文档](https://gowalker.org/gopkg.in/ini.v1)
+- [创建工单](https://github.com/go-ini/ini/issues/new)
+
+## 常见问题
+
+### 字段 `BlockMode` 是什么？
+
+默认情况下，本库会在您进行读写操作时采用锁机制来确保数据时间。但在某些情况下，您非常确定只进行读操作。此时，您可以通过设置 `cfg.BlockMode = false` 来将读操作提升大约 **50-70%** 的性能。
+
+### 为什么要写另一个 INI 解析库？
+
+许多人都在使用我的 [goconfig](https://github.com/Unknwon/goconfig) 来完成对 INI 文件的操作，但我希望使用更加 Go 风格的代码。并且当您设置 `cfg.BlockMode = false` 时，会有大约 **10-30%** 的性能提升。
+
+为了做出这些改变，我必须对 API 进行破坏，所以新开一个仓库是最安全的做法。除此之外，本库直接使用 `gopkg.in` 来进行版本化发布。（其实真相是导入路径更短了）
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/error.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/error.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80afe74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/error.go
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+// Copyright 2016 Unknwon
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may
+// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain
+// a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations
+// under the License.
+
+package ini
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+type ErrDelimiterNotFound struct {
+        Line string
+}
+
+func IsErrDelimiterNotFound(err error) bool {
+        _, ok := err.(ErrDelimiterNotFound)
+        return ok
+}
+
+func (err ErrDelimiterNotFound) Error() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("key-value delimiter not found: %s", err.Line)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/ini.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/ini.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77e0dbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/ini.go
@@ -0,0 +1,535 @@
+// Copyright 2014 Unknwon
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may
+// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain
+// a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations
+// under the License.
+
+// Package ini provides INI file read and write functionality in Go.
+package ini
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "os"
+        "regexp"
+        "runtime"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "sync"
+        "time"
+)
+
+const (
+        // Name for default section. You can use this constant or the string literal.
+        // In most of cases, an empty string is all you need to access the section.
+        DEFAULT_SECTION = "DEFAULT"
+
+        // Maximum allowed depth when recursively substituing variable names.
+        _DEPTH_VALUES = 99
+        _VERSION      = "1.23.1"
+)
+
+// Version returns current package version literal.
+func Version() string {
+        return _VERSION
+}
+
+var (
+        // Delimiter to determine or compose a new line.
+        // This variable will be changed to "\r\n" automatically on Windows
+        // at package init time.
+        LineBreak = "\n"
+
+        // Variable regexp pattern: %(variable)s
+        varPattern = regexp.MustCompile(`%\(([^\)]+)\)s`)
+
+        // Indicate whether to align "=" sign with spaces to produce pretty output
+        // or reduce all possible spaces for compact format.
+        PrettyFormat = true
+
+        // Explicitly write DEFAULT section header
+        DefaultHeader = false
+)
+
+func init() {
+        if runtime.GOOS == "windows" {
+                LineBreak = "\r\n"
+        }
+}
+
+func inSlice(str string, s []string) bool {
+        for _, v := range s {
+                if str == v {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+        return false
+}
+
+// dataSource is an interface that returns object which can be read and closed.
+type dataSource interface {
+        ReadCloser() (io.ReadCloser, error)
+}
+
+// sourceFile represents an object that contains content on the local file system.
+type sourceFile struct {
+        name string
+}
+
+func (s sourceFile) ReadCloser() (_ io.ReadCloser, err error) {
+        return os.Open(s.name)
+}
+
+type bytesReadCloser struct {
+        reader io.Reader
+}
+
+func (rc *bytesReadCloser) Read(p []byte) (n int, err error) {
+        return rc.reader.Read(p)
+}
+
+func (rc *bytesReadCloser) Close() error {
+        return nil
+}
+
+// sourceData represents an object that contains content in memory.
+type sourceData struct {
+        data []byte
+}
+
+func (s *sourceData) ReadCloser() (io.ReadCloser, error) {
+        return ioutil.NopCloser(bytes.NewReader(s.data)), nil
+}
+
+// sourceReadCloser represents an input stream with Close method.
+type sourceReadCloser struct {
+        reader io.ReadCloser
+}
+
+func (s *sourceReadCloser) ReadCloser() (io.ReadCloser, error) {
+        return s.reader, nil
+}
+
+// File represents a combination of a or more INI file(s) in memory.
+type File struct {
+        // Should make things safe, but sometimes doesn't matter.
+        BlockMode bool
+        // Make sure data is safe in multiple goroutines.
+        lock sync.RWMutex
+
+        // Allow combination of multiple data sources.
+        dataSources []dataSource
+        // Actual data is stored here.
+        sections map[string]*Section
+
+        // To keep data in order.
+        sectionList []string
+
+        options LoadOptions
+
+        NameMapper
+        ValueMapper
+}
+
+// newFile initializes File object with given data sources.
+func newFile(dataSources []dataSource, opts LoadOptions) *File {
+        return &File{
+                BlockMode:   true,
+                dataSources: dataSources,
+                sections:    make(map[string]*Section),
+                sectionList: make([]string, 0, 10),
+                options:     opts,
+        }
+}
+
+func parseDataSource(source interface{}) (dataSource, error) {
+        switch s := source.(type) {
+        case string:
+                return sourceFile{s}, nil
+        case []byte:
+                return &sourceData{s}, nil
+        case io.ReadCloser:
+                return &sourceReadCloser{s}, nil
+        default:
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("error parsing data source: unknown type '%s'", s)
+        }
+}
+
+type LoadOptions struct {
+        // Loose indicates whether the parser should ignore nonexistent files or return error.
+        Loose bool
+        // Insensitive indicates whether the parser forces all section and key names to lowercase.
+        Insensitive bool
+        // IgnoreContinuation indicates whether to ignore continuation lines while parsing.
+        IgnoreContinuation bool
+        // AllowBooleanKeys indicates whether to allow boolean type keys or treat as value is missing.
+        // This type of keys are mostly used in my.cnf.
+        AllowBooleanKeys bool
+        // Some INI formats allow group blocks that store a block of raw content that doesn't otherwise
+        // conform to key/value pairs. Specify the names of those blocks here.
+        UnparseableSections []string
+}
+
+func LoadSources(opts LoadOptions, source interface{}, others ...interface{}) (_ *File, err error) {
+        sources := make([]dataSource, len(others)+1)
+        sources[0], err = parseDataSource(source)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        for i := range others {
+                sources[i+1], err = parseDataSource(others[i])
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+        f := newFile(sources, opts)
+        if err = f.Reload(); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        return f, nil
+}
+
+// Load loads and parses from INI data sources.
+// Arguments can be mixed of file name with string type, or raw data in []byte.
+// It will return error if list contains nonexistent files.
+func Load(source interface{}, others ...interface{}) (*File, error) {
+        return LoadSources(LoadOptions{}, source, others...)
+}
+
+// LooseLoad has exactly same functionality as Load function
+// except it ignores nonexistent files instead of returning error.
+func LooseLoad(source interface{}, others ...interface{}) (*File, error) {
+        return LoadSources(LoadOptions{Loose: true}, source, others...)
+}
+
+// InsensitiveLoad has exactly same functionality as Load function
+// except it forces all section and key names to be lowercased.
+func InsensitiveLoad(source interface{}, others ...interface{}) (*File, error) {
+        return LoadSources(LoadOptions{Insensitive: true}, source, others...)
+}
+
+// Empty returns an empty file object.
+func Empty() *File {
+        // Ignore error here, we sure our data is good.
+        f, _ := Load([]byte(""))
+        return f
+}
+
+// NewSection creates a new section.
+func (f *File) NewSection(name string) (*Section, error) {
+        if len(name) == 0 {
+                return nil, errors.New("error creating new section: empty section name")
+        } else if f.options.Insensitive && name != DEFAULT_SECTION {
+                name = strings.ToLower(name)
+        }
+
+        if f.BlockMode {
+                f.lock.Lock()
+                defer f.lock.Unlock()
+        }
+
+        if inSlice(name, f.sectionList) {
+                return f.sections[name], nil
+        }
+
+        f.sectionList = append(f.sectionList, name)
+        f.sections[name] = newSection(f, name)
+        return f.sections[name], nil
+}
+
+// NewRawSection creates a new section with an unparseable body.
+func (f *File) NewRawSection(name, body string) (*Section, error) {
+        section, err := f.NewSection(name)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        section.isRawSection = true
+        section.rawBody = body
+        return section, nil
+}
+
+// NewSections creates a list of sections.
+func (f *File) NewSections(names ...string) (err error) {
+        for _, name := range names {
+                if _, err = f.NewSection(name); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// GetSection returns section by given name.
+func (f *File) GetSection(name string) (*Section, error) {
+        if len(name) == 0 {
+                name = DEFAULT_SECTION
+        } else if f.options.Insensitive {
+                name = strings.ToLower(name)
+        }
+
+        if f.BlockMode {
+                f.lock.RLock()
+                defer f.lock.RUnlock()
+        }
+
+        sec := f.sections[name]
+        if sec == nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("section '%s' does not exist", name)
+        }
+        return sec, nil
+}
+
+// Section assumes named section exists and returns a zero-value when not.
+func (f *File) Section(name string) *Section {
+        sec, err := f.GetSection(name)
+        if err != nil {
+                // Note: It's OK here because the only possible error is empty section name,
+                // but if it's empty, this piece of code won't be executed.
+                sec, _ = f.NewSection(name)
+                return sec
+        }
+        return sec
+}
+
+// Section returns list of Section.
+func (f *File) Sections() []*Section {
+        sections := make([]*Section, len(f.sectionList))
+        for i := range f.sectionList {
+                sections[i] = f.Section(f.sectionList[i])
+        }
+        return sections
+}
+
+// SectionStrings returns list of section names.
+func (f *File) SectionStrings() []string {
+        list := make([]string, len(f.sectionList))
+        copy(list, f.sectionList)
+        return list
+}
+
+// DeleteSection deletes a section.
+func (f *File) DeleteSection(name string) {
+        if f.BlockMode {
+                f.lock.Lock()
+                defer f.lock.Unlock()
+        }
+
+        if len(name) == 0 {
+                name = DEFAULT_SECTION
+        }
+
+        for i, s := range f.sectionList {
+                if s == name {
+                        f.sectionList = append(f.sectionList[:i], f.sectionList[i+1:]...)
+                        delete(f.sections, name)
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+func (f *File) reload(s dataSource) error {
+        r, err := s.ReadCloser()
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer r.Close()
+
+        return f.parse(r)
+}
+
+// Reload reloads and parses all data sources.
+func (f *File) Reload() (err error) {
+        for _, s := range f.dataSources {
+                if err = f.reload(s); err != nil {
+                        // In loose mode, we create an empty default section for nonexistent files.
+                        if os.IsNotExist(err) && f.options.Loose {
+                                f.parse(bytes.NewBuffer(nil))
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Append appends one or more data sources and reloads automatically.
+func (f *File) Append(source interface{}, others ...interface{}) error {
+        ds, err := parseDataSource(source)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        f.dataSources = append(f.dataSources, ds)
+        for _, s := range others {
+                ds, err = parseDataSource(s)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                f.dataSources = append(f.dataSources, ds)
+        }
+        return f.Reload()
+}
+
+// WriteToIndent writes content into io.Writer with given indention.
+// If PrettyFormat has been set to be true,
+// it will align "=" sign with spaces under each section.
+func (f *File) WriteToIndent(w io.Writer, indent string) (n int64, err error) {
+        equalSign := "="
+        if PrettyFormat {
+                equalSign = " = "
+        }
+
+        // Use buffer to make sure target is safe until finish encoding.
+        buf := bytes.NewBuffer(nil)
+        for i, sname := range f.sectionList {
+                sec := f.Section(sname)
+                if len(sec.Comment) > 0 {
+                        if sec.Comment[0] != '#' && sec.Comment[0] != ';' {
+                                sec.Comment = "; " + sec.Comment
+                        }
+                        if _, err = buf.WriteString(sec.Comment + LineBreak); err != nil {
+                                return 0, err
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if i > 0 || DefaultHeader {
+                        if _, err = buf.WriteString("[" + sname + "]" + LineBreak); err != nil {
+                                return 0, err
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        // Write nothing if default section is empty
+                        if len(sec.keyList) == 0 {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if sec.isRawSection {
+                        if _, err = buf.WriteString(sec.rawBody); err != nil {
+                                return 0, err
+                        }
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Count and generate alignment length and buffer spaces using the
+                // longest key. Keys may be modifed if they contain certain characters so
+                // we need to take that into account in our calculation.
+                alignLength := 0
+                if PrettyFormat {
+                        for _, kname := range sec.keyList {
+                                keyLength := len(kname)
+                                // First case will surround key by ` and second by """
+                                if strings.ContainsAny(kname, "\"=:") {
+                                        keyLength += 2
+                                } else if strings.Contains(kname, "`") {
+                                        keyLength += 6
+                                }
+
+                                if keyLength > alignLength {
+                                        alignLength = keyLength
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+                alignSpaces := bytes.Repeat([]byte(" "), alignLength)
+
+                for _, kname := range sec.keyList {
+                        key := sec.Key(kname)
+                        if len(key.Comment) > 0 {
+                                if len(indent) > 0 && sname != DEFAULT_SECTION {
+                                        buf.WriteString(indent)
+                                }
+                                if key.Comment[0] != '#' && key.Comment[0] != ';' {
+                                        key.Comment = "; " + key.Comment
+                                }
+                                if _, err = buf.WriteString(key.Comment + LineBreak); err != nil {
+                                        return 0, err
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        if len(indent) > 0 && sname != DEFAULT_SECTION {
+                                buf.WriteString(indent)
+                        }
+
+                        switch {
+                        case key.isAutoIncrement:
+                                kname = "-"
+                        case strings.ContainsAny(kname, "\"=:"):
+                                kname = "`" + kname + "`"
+                        case strings.Contains(kname, "`"):
+                                kname = `"""` + kname + `"""`
+                        }
+                        if _, err = buf.WriteString(kname); err != nil {
+                                return 0, err
+                        }
+
+                        if key.isBooleanType {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // Write out alignment spaces before "=" sign
+                        if PrettyFormat {
+                                buf.Write(alignSpaces[:alignLength-len(kname)])
+                        }
+
+                        val := key.value
+                        // In case key value contains "\n", "`", "\"", "#" or ";"
+                        if strings.ContainsAny(val, "\n`") {
+                                val = `"""` + val + `"""`
+                        } else if strings.ContainsAny(val, "#;") {
+                                val = "`" + val + "`"
+                        }
+                        if _, err = buf.WriteString(equalSign + val + LineBreak); err != nil {
+                                return 0, err
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Put a line between sections
+                if _, err = buf.WriteString(LineBreak); err != nil {
+                        return 0, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return buf.WriteTo(w)
+}
+
+// WriteTo writes file content into io.Writer.
+func (f *File) WriteTo(w io.Writer) (int64, error) {
+        return f.WriteToIndent(w, "")
+}
+
+// SaveToIndent writes content to file system with given value indention.
+func (f *File) SaveToIndent(filename, indent string) error {
+        // Note: Because we are truncating with os.Create,
+        //      so it's safer to save to a temporary file location and rename afte done.
+        tmpPath := filename + "." + strconv.Itoa(time.Now().Nanosecond()) + ".tmp"
+        defer os.Remove(tmpPath)
+
+        fw, err := os.Create(tmpPath)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        if _, err = f.WriteToIndent(fw, indent); err != nil {
+                fw.Close()
+                return err
+        }
+        fw.Close()
+
+        // Remove old file and rename the new one.
+        os.Remove(filename)
+        return os.Rename(tmpPath, filename)
+}
+
+// SaveTo writes content to file system.
+func (f *File) SaveTo(filename string) error {
+        return f.SaveToIndent(filename, "")
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/key.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/key.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9738c55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/key.go
@@ -0,0 +1,633 @@
+// Copyright 2014 Unknwon
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may
+// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain
+// a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations
+// under the License.
+
+package ini
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "time"
+)
+
+// Key represents a key under a section.
+type Key struct {
+        s               *Section
+        name            string
+        value           string
+        isAutoIncrement bool
+        isBooleanType   bool
+
+        Comment string
+}
+
+// ValueMapper represents a mapping function for values, e.g. os.ExpandEnv
+type ValueMapper func(string) string
+
+// Name returns name of key.
+func (k *Key) Name() string {
+        return k.name
+}
+
+// Value returns raw value of key for performance purpose.
+func (k *Key) Value() string {
+        return k.value
+}
+
+// String returns string representation of value.
+func (k *Key) String() string {
+        val := k.value
+        if k.s.f.ValueMapper != nil {
+                val = k.s.f.ValueMapper(val)
+        }
+        if strings.Index(val, "%") == -1 {
+                return val
+        }
+
+        for i := 0; i < _DEPTH_VALUES; i++ {
+                vr := varPattern.FindString(val)
+                if len(vr) == 0 {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                // Take off leading '%(' and trailing ')s'.
+                noption := strings.TrimLeft(vr, "%(")
+                noption = strings.TrimRight(noption, ")s")
+
+                // Search in the same section.
+                nk, err := k.s.GetKey(noption)
+                if err != nil {
+                        // Search again in default section.
+                        nk, _ = k.s.f.Section("").GetKey(noption)
+                }
+
+                // Substitute by new value and take off leading '%(' and trailing ')s'.
+                val = strings.Replace(val, vr, nk.value, -1)
+        }
+        return val
+}
+
+// Validate accepts a validate function which can
+// return modifed result as key value.
+func (k *Key) Validate(fn func(string) string) string {
+        return fn(k.String())
+}
+
+// parseBool returns the boolean value represented by the string.
+//
+// It accepts 1, t, T, TRUE, true, True, YES, yes, Yes, y, ON, on, On,
+// 0, f, F, FALSE, false, False, NO, no, No, n, OFF, off, Off.
+// Any other value returns an error.
+func parseBool(str string) (value bool, err error) {
+        switch str {
+        case "1", "t", "T", "true", "TRUE", "True", "YES", "yes", "Yes", "y", "ON", "on", "On":
+                return true, nil
+        case "0", "f", "F", "false", "FALSE", "False", "NO", "no", "No", "n", "OFF", "off", "Off":
+                return false, nil
+        }
+        return false, fmt.Errorf("parsing \"%s\": invalid syntax", str)
+}
+
+// Bool returns bool type value.
+func (k *Key) Bool() (bool, error) {
+        return parseBool(k.String())
+}
+
+// Float64 returns float64 type value.
+func (k *Key) Float64() (float64, error) {
+        return strconv.ParseFloat(k.String(), 64)
+}
+
+// Int returns int type value.
+func (k *Key) Int() (int, error) {
+        return strconv.Atoi(k.String())
+}
+
+// Int64 returns int64 type value.
+func (k *Key) Int64() (int64, error) {
+        return strconv.ParseInt(k.String(), 10, 64)
+}
+
+// Uint returns uint type valued.
+func (k *Key) Uint() (uint, error) {
+        u, e := strconv.ParseUint(k.String(), 10, 64)
+        return uint(u), e
+}
+
+// Uint64 returns uint64 type value.
+func (k *Key) Uint64() (uint64, error) {
+        return strconv.ParseUint(k.String(), 10, 64)
+}
+
+// Duration returns time.Duration type value.
+func (k *Key) Duration() (time.Duration, error) {
+        return time.ParseDuration(k.String())
+}
+
+// TimeFormat parses with given format and returns time.Time type value.
+func (k *Key) TimeFormat(format string) (time.Time, error) {
+        return time.Parse(format, k.String())
+}
+
+// Time parses with RFC3339 format and returns time.Time type value.
+func (k *Key) Time() (time.Time, error) {
+        return k.TimeFormat(time.RFC3339)
+}
+
+// MustString returns default value if key value is empty.
+func (k *Key) MustString(defaultVal string) string {
+        val := k.String()
+        if len(val) == 0 {
+                k.value = defaultVal
+                return defaultVal
+        }
+        return val
+}
+
+// MustBool always returns value without error,
+// it returns false if error occurs.
+func (k *Key) MustBool(defaultVal ...bool) bool {
+        val, err := k.Bool()
+        if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil {
+                k.value = strconv.FormatBool(defaultVal[0])
+                return defaultVal[0]
+        }
+        return val
+}
+
+// MustFloat64 always returns value without error,
+// it returns 0.0 if error occurs.
+func (k *Key) MustFloat64(defaultVal ...float64) float64 {
+        val, err := k.Float64()
+        if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil {
+                k.value = strconv.FormatFloat(defaultVal[0], 'f', -1, 64)
+                return defaultVal[0]
+        }
+        return val
+}
+
+// MustInt always returns value without error,
+// it returns 0 if error occurs.
+func (k *Key) MustInt(defaultVal ...int) int {
+        val, err := k.Int()
+        if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil {
+                k.value = strconv.FormatInt(int64(defaultVal[0]), 10)
+                return defaultVal[0]
+        }
+        return val
+}
+
+// MustInt64 always returns value without error,
+// it returns 0 if error occurs.
+func (k *Key) MustInt64(defaultVal ...int64) int64 {
+        val, err := k.Int64()
+        if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil {
+                k.value = strconv.FormatInt(defaultVal[0], 10)
+                return defaultVal[0]
+        }
+        return val
+}
+
+// MustUint always returns value without error,
+// it returns 0 if error occurs.
+func (k *Key) MustUint(defaultVal ...uint) uint {
+        val, err := k.Uint()
+        if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil {
+                k.value = strconv.FormatUint(uint64(defaultVal[0]), 10)
+                return defaultVal[0]
+        }
+        return val
+}
+
+// MustUint64 always returns value without error,
+// it returns 0 if error occurs.
+func (k *Key) MustUint64(defaultVal ...uint64) uint64 {
+        val, err := k.Uint64()
+        if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil {
+                k.value = strconv.FormatUint(defaultVal[0], 10)
+                return defaultVal[0]
+        }
+        return val
+}
+
+// MustDuration always returns value without error,
+// it returns zero value if error occurs.
+func (k *Key) MustDuration(defaultVal ...time.Duration) time.Duration {
+        val, err := k.Duration()
+        if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil {
+                k.value = defaultVal[0].String()
+                return defaultVal[0]
+        }
+        return val
+}
+
+// MustTimeFormat always parses with given format and returns value without error,
+// it returns zero value if error occurs.
+func (k *Key) MustTimeFormat(format string, defaultVal ...time.Time) time.Time {
+        val, err := k.TimeFormat(format)
+        if len(defaultVal) > 0 && err != nil {
+                k.value = defaultVal[0].Format(format)
+                return defaultVal[0]
+        }
+        return val
+}
+
+// MustTime always parses with RFC3339 format and returns value without error,
+// it returns zero value if error occurs.
+func (k *Key) MustTime(defaultVal ...time.Time) time.Time {
+        return k.MustTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, defaultVal...)
+}
+
+// In always returns value without error,
+// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates.
+func (k *Key) In(defaultVal string, candidates []string) string {
+        val := k.String()
+        for _, cand := range candidates {
+                if val == cand {
+                        return val
+                }
+        }
+        return defaultVal
+}
+
+// InFloat64 always returns value without error,
+// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates.
+func (k *Key) InFloat64(defaultVal float64, candidates []float64) float64 {
+        val := k.MustFloat64()
+        for _, cand := range candidates {
+                if val == cand {
+                        return val
+                }
+        }
+        return defaultVal
+}
+
+// InInt always returns value without error,
+// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates.
+func (k *Key) InInt(defaultVal int, candidates []int) int {
+        val := k.MustInt()
+        for _, cand := range candidates {
+                if val == cand {
+                        return val
+                }
+        }
+        return defaultVal
+}
+
+// InInt64 always returns value without error,
+// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates.
+func (k *Key) InInt64(defaultVal int64, candidates []int64) int64 {
+        val := k.MustInt64()
+        for _, cand := range candidates {
+                if val == cand {
+                        return val
+                }
+        }
+        return defaultVal
+}
+
+// InUint always returns value without error,
+// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates.
+func (k *Key) InUint(defaultVal uint, candidates []uint) uint {
+        val := k.MustUint()
+        for _, cand := range candidates {
+                if val == cand {
+                        return val
+                }
+        }
+        return defaultVal
+}
+
+// InUint64 always returns value without error,
+// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates.
+func (k *Key) InUint64(defaultVal uint64, candidates []uint64) uint64 {
+        val := k.MustUint64()
+        for _, cand := range candidates {
+                if val == cand {
+                        return val
+                }
+        }
+        return defaultVal
+}
+
+// InTimeFormat always parses with given format and returns value without error,
+// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates.
+func (k *Key) InTimeFormat(format string, defaultVal time.Time, candidates []time.Time) time.Time {
+        val := k.MustTimeFormat(format)
+        for _, cand := range candidates {
+                if val == cand {
+                        return val
+                }
+        }
+        return defaultVal
+}
+
+// InTime always parses with RFC3339 format and returns value without error,
+// it returns default value if error occurs or doesn't fit into candidates.
+func (k *Key) InTime(defaultVal time.Time, candidates []time.Time) time.Time {
+        return k.InTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, defaultVal, candidates)
+}
+
+// RangeFloat64 checks if value is in given range inclusively,
+// and returns default value if it's not.
+func (k *Key) RangeFloat64(defaultVal, min, max float64) float64 {
+        val := k.MustFloat64()
+        if val < min || val > max {
+                return defaultVal
+        }
+        return val
+}
+
+// RangeInt checks if value is in given range inclusively,
+// and returns default value if it's not.
+func (k *Key) RangeInt(defaultVal, min, max int) int {
+        val := k.MustInt()
+        if val < min || val > max {
+                return defaultVal
+        }
+        return val
+}
+
+// RangeInt64 checks if value is in given range inclusively,
+// and returns default value if it's not.
+func (k *Key) RangeInt64(defaultVal, min, max int64) int64 {
+        val := k.MustInt64()
+        if val < min || val > max {
+                return defaultVal
+        }
+        return val
+}
+
+// RangeTimeFormat checks if value with given format is in given range inclusively,
+// and returns default value if it's not.
+func (k *Key) RangeTimeFormat(format string, defaultVal, min, max time.Time) time.Time {
+        val := k.MustTimeFormat(format)
+        if val.Unix() < min.Unix() || val.Unix() > max.Unix() {
+                return defaultVal
+        }
+        return val
+}
+
+// RangeTime checks if value with RFC3339 format is in given range inclusively,
+// and returns default value if it's not.
+func (k *Key) RangeTime(defaultVal, min, max time.Time) time.Time {
+        return k.RangeTimeFormat(time.RFC3339, defaultVal, min, max)
+}
+
+// Strings returns list of string divided by given delimiter.
+func (k *Key) Strings(delim string) []string {
+        str := k.String()
+        if len(str) == 0 {
+                return []string{}
+        }
+
+        vals := strings.Split(str, delim)
+        for i := range vals {
+                vals[i] = strings.TrimSpace(vals[i])
+        }
+        return vals
+}
+
+// Float64s returns list of float64 divided by given delimiter. Any invalid input will be treated as zero value.
+func (k *Key) Float64s(delim string) []float64 {
+        vals, _ := k.getFloat64s(delim, true, false)
+        return vals
+}
+
+// Ints returns list of int divided by given delimiter. Any invalid input will be treated as zero value.
+func (k *Key) Ints(delim string) []int {
+        vals, _ := k.getInts(delim, true, false)
+        return vals
+}
+
+// Int64s returns list of int64 divided by given delimiter. Any invalid input will be treated as zero value.
+func (k *Key) Int64s(delim string) []int64 {
+        vals, _ := k.getInt64s(delim, true, false)
+        return vals
+}
+
+// Uints returns list of uint divided by given delimiter. Any invalid input will be treated as zero value.
+func (k *Key) Uints(delim string) []uint {
+        vals, _ := k.getUints(delim, true, false)
+        return vals
+}
+
+// Uint64s returns list of uint64 divided by given delimiter. Any invalid input will be treated as zero value.
+func (k *Key) Uint64s(delim string) []uint64 {
+        vals, _ := k.getUint64s(delim, true, false)
+        return vals
+}
+
+// TimesFormat parses with given format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter.
+// Any invalid input will be treated as zero value (0001-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 UTC).
+func (k *Key) TimesFormat(format, delim string) []time.Time {
+        vals, _ := k.getTimesFormat(format, delim, true, false)
+        return vals
+}
+
+// Times parses with RFC3339 format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter.
+// Any invalid input will be treated as zero value (0001-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 UTC).
+func (k *Key) Times(delim string) []time.Time {
+        return k.TimesFormat(time.RFC3339, delim)
+}
+
+// ValidFloat64s returns list of float64 divided by given delimiter. If some value is not float, then
+// it will not be included to result list.
+func (k *Key) ValidFloat64s(delim string) []float64 {
+        vals, _ := k.getFloat64s(delim, false, false)
+        return vals
+}
+
+// ValidInts returns list of int divided by given delimiter. If some value is not integer, then it will
+// not be included to result list.
+func (k *Key) ValidInts(delim string) []int {
+        vals, _ := k.getInts(delim, false, false)
+        return vals
+}
+
+// ValidInt64s returns list of int64 divided by given delimiter. If some value is not 64-bit integer,
+// then it will not be included to result list.
+func (k *Key) ValidInt64s(delim string) []int64 {
+        vals, _ := k.getInt64s(delim, false, false)
+        return vals
+}
+
+// ValidUints returns list of uint divided by given delimiter. If some value is not unsigned integer,
+// then it will not be included to result list.
+func (k *Key) ValidUints(delim string) []uint {
+        vals, _ := k.getUints(delim, false, false)
+        return vals
+}
+
+// ValidUint64s returns list of uint64 divided by given delimiter. If some value is not 64-bit unsigned
+// integer, then it will not be included to result list.
+func (k *Key) ValidUint64s(delim string) []uint64 {
+        vals, _ := k.getUint64s(delim, false, false)
+        return vals
+}
+
+// ValidTimesFormat parses with given format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter.
+func (k *Key) ValidTimesFormat(format, delim string) []time.Time {
+        vals, _ := k.getTimesFormat(format, delim, false, false)
+        return vals
+}
+
+// ValidTimes parses with RFC3339 format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter.
+func (k *Key) ValidTimes(delim string) []time.Time {
+        return k.ValidTimesFormat(time.RFC3339, delim)
+}
+
+// StrictFloat64s returns list of float64 divided by given delimiter or error on first invalid input.
+func (k *Key) StrictFloat64s(delim string) ([]float64, error) {
+        return k.getFloat64s(delim, false, true)
+}
+
+// StrictInts returns list of int divided by given delimiter or error on first invalid input.
+func (k *Key) StrictInts(delim string) ([]int, error) {
+        return k.getInts(delim, false, true)
+}
+
+// StrictInt64s returns list of int64 divided by given delimiter or error on first invalid input.
+func (k *Key) StrictInt64s(delim string) ([]int64, error) {
+        return k.getInt64s(delim, false, true)
+}
+
+// StrictUints returns list of uint divided by given delimiter or error on first invalid input.
+func (k *Key) StrictUints(delim string) ([]uint, error) {
+        return k.getUints(delim, false, true)
+}
+
+// StrictUint64s returns list of uint64 divided by given delimiter or error on first invalid input.
+func (k *Key) StrictUint64s(delim string) ([]uint64, error) {
+        return k.getUint64s(delim, false, true)
+}
+
+// StrictTimesFormat parses with given format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter
+// or error on first invalid input.
+func (k *Key) StrictTimesFormat(format, delim string) ([]time.Time, error) {
+        return k.getTimesFormat(format, delim, false, true)
+}
+
+// StrictTimes parses with RFC3339 format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter
+// or error on first invalid input.
+func (k *Key) StrictTimes(delim string) ([]time.Time, error) {
+        return k.StrictTimesFormat(time.RFC3339, delim)
+}
+
+// getFloat64s returns list of float64 divided by given delimiter.
+func (k *Key) getFloat64s(delim string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]float64, error) {
+        strs := k.Strings(delim)
+        vals := make([]float64, 0, len(strs))
+        for _, str := range strs {
+                val, err := strconv.ParseFloat(str, 64)
+                if err != nil && returnOnInvalid {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                if err == nil || addInvalid {
+                        vals = append(vals, val)
+                }
+        }
+        return vals, nil
+}
+
+// getInts returns list of int divided by given delimiter.
+func (k *Key) getInts(delim string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]int, error) {
+        strs := k.Strings(delim)
+        vals := make([]int, 0, len(strs))
+        for _, str := range strs {
+                val, err := strconv.Atoi(str)
+                if err != nil && returnOnInvalid {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                if err == nil || addInvalid {
+                        vals = append(vals, val)
+                }
+        }
+        return vals, nil
+}
+
+// getInt64s returns list of int64 divided by given delimiter.
+func (k *Key) getInt64s(delim string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]int64, error) {
+        strs := k.Strings(delim)
+        vals := make([]int64, 0, len(strs))
+        for _, str := range strs {
+                val, err := strconv.ParseInt(str, 10, 64)
+                if err != nil && returnOnInvalid {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                if err == nil || addInvalid {
+                        vals = append(vals, val)
+                }
+        }
+        return vals, nil
+}
+
+// getUints returns list of uint divided by given delimiter.
+func (k *Key) getUints(delim string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]uint, error) {
+        strs := k.Strings(delim)
+        vals := make([]uint, 0, len(strs))
+        for _, str := range strs {
+                val, err := strconv.ParseUint(str, 10, 0)
+                if err != nil && returnOnInvalid {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                if err == nil || addInvalid {
+                        vals = append(vals, uint(val))
+                }
+        }
+        return vals, nil
+}
+
+// getUint64s returns list of uint64 divided by given delimiter.
+func (k *Key) getUint64s(delim string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]uint64, error) {
+        strs := k.Strings(delim)
+        vals := make([]uint64, 0, len(strs))
+        for _, str := range strs {
+                val, err := strconv.ParseUint(str, 10, 64)
+                if err != nil && returnOnInvalid {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                if err == nil || addInvalid {
+                        vals = append(vals, val)
+                }
+        }
+        return vals, nil
+}
+
+// getTimesFormat parses with given format and returns list of time.Time divided by given delimiter.
+func (k *Key) getTimesFormat(format, delim string, addInvalid, returnOnInvalid bool) ([]time.Time, error) {
+        strs := k.Strings(delim)
+        vals := make([]time.Time, 0, len(strs))
+        for _, str := range strs {
+                val, err := time.Parse(format, str)
+                if err != nil && returnOnInvalid {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                if err == nil || addInvalid {
+                        vals = append(vals, val)
+                }
+        }
+        return vals, nil
+}
+
+// SetValue changes key value.
+func (k *Key) SetValue(v string) {
+        if k.s.f.BlockMode {
+                k.s.f.lock.Lock()
+                defer k.s.f.lock.Unlock()
+        }
+
+        k.value = v
+        k.s.keysHash[k.name] = v
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/parser.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/parser.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0aabe3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/parser.go
@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
+// Copyright 2015 Unknwon
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may
+// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain
+// a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations
+// under the License.
+
+package ini
+
+import (
+        "bufio"
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "unicode"
+)
+
+type tokenType int
+
+const (
+        _TOKEN_INVALID tokenType = iota
+        _TOKEN_COMMENT
+        _TOKEN_SECTION
+        _TOKEN_KEY
+)
+
+type parser struct {
+        buf     *bufio.Reader
+        isEOF   bool
+        count   int
+        comment *bytes.Buffer
+}
+
+func newParser(r io.Reader) *parser {
+        return &parser{
+                buf:     bufio.NewReader(r),
+                count:   1,
+                comment: &bytes.Buffer{},
+        }
+}
+
+// BOM handles header of UTF-8, UTF-16 LE and UTF-16 BE's BOM format.
+// http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Byte_order_mark#Representations_of_byte_order_marks_by_encoding
+func (p *parser) BOM() error {
+        mask, err := p.buf.Peek(2)
+        if err != nil && err != io.EOF {
+                return err
+        } else if len(mask) < 2 {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        switch {
+        case mask[0] == 254 && mask[1] == 255:
+                fallthrough
+        case mask[0] == 255 && mask[1] == 254:
+                p.buf.Read(mask)
+        case mask[0] == 239 && mask[1] == 187:
+                mask, err := p.buf.Peek(3)
+                if err != nil && err != io.EOF {
+                        return err
+                } else if len(mask) < 3 {
+                        return nil
+                }
+                if mask[2] == 191 {
+                        p.buf.Read(mask)
+                }
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (p *parser) readUntil(delim byte) ([]byte, error) {
+        data, err := p.buf.ReadBytes(delim)
+        if err != nil {
+                if err == io.EOF {
+                        p.isEOF = true
+                } else {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+        return data, nil
+}
+
+func cleanComment(in []byte) ([]byte, bool) {
+        i := bytes.IndexAny(in, "#;")
+        if i == -1 {
+                return nil, false
+        }
+        return in[i:], true
+}
+
+func readKeyName(in []byte) (string, int, error) {
+        line := string(in)
+
+        // Check if key name surrounded by quotes.
+        var keyQuote string
+        if line[0] == '"' {
+                if len(line) > 6 && string(line[0:3]) == `"""` {
+                        keyQuote = `"""`
+                } else {
+                        keyQuote = `"`
+                }
+        } else if line[0] == '`' {
+                keyQuote = "`"
+        }
+
+        // Get out key name
+        endIdx := -1
+        if len(keyQuote) > 0 {
+                startIdx := len(keyQuote)
+                // FIXME: fail case -> """"""name"""=value
+                pos := strings.Index(line[startIdx:], keyQuote)
+                if pos == -1 {
+                        return "", -1, fmt.Errorf("missing closing key quote: %s", line)
+                }
+                pos += startIdx
+
+                // Find key-value delimiter
+                i := strings.IndexAny(line[pos+startIdx:], "=:")
+                if i < 0 {
+                        return "", -1, ErrDelimiterNotFound{line}
+                }
+                endIdx = pos + i
+                return strings.TrimSpace(line[startIdx:pos]), endIdx + startIdx + 1, nil
+        }
+
+        endIdx = strings.IndexAny(line, "=:")
+        if endIdx < 0 {
+                return "", -1, ErrDelimiterNotFound{line}
+        }
+        return strings.TrimSpace(line[0:endIdx]), endIdx + 1, nil
+}
+
+func (p *parser) readMultilines(line, val, valQuote string) (string, error) {
+        for {
+                data, err := p.readUntil('\n')
+                if err != nil {
+                        return "", err
+                }
+                next := string(data)
+
+                pos := strings.LastIndex(next, valQuote)
+                if pos > -1 {
+                        val += next[:pos]
+
+                        comment, has := cleanComment([]byte(next[pos:]))
+                        if has {
+                                p.comment.Write(bytes.TrimSpace(comment))
+                        }
+                        break
+                }
+                val += next
+                if p.isEOF {
+                        return "", fmt.Errorf("missing closing key quote from '%s' to '%s'", line, next)
+                }
+        }
+        return val, nil
+}
+
+func (p *parser) readContinuationLines(val string) (string, error) {
+        for {
+                data, err := p.readUntil('\n')
+                if err != nil {
+                        return "", err
+                }
+                next := strings.TrimSpace(string(data))
+
+                if len(next) == 0 {
+                        break
+                }
+                val += next
+                if val[len(val)-1] != '\\' {
+                        break
+                }
+                val = val[:len(val)-1]
+        }
+        return val, nil
+}
+
+// hasSurroundedQuote check if and only if the first and last characters
+// are quotes \" or \'.
+// It returns false if any other parts also contain same kind of quotes.
+func hasSurroundedQuote(in string, quote byte) bool {
+        return len(in) > 2 && in[0] == quote && in[len(in)-1] == quote &&
+                strings.IndexByte(in[1:], quote) == len(in)-2
+}
+
+func (p *parser) readValue(in []byte, ignoreContinuation bool) (string, error) {
+        line := strings.TrimLeftFunc(string(in), unicode.IsSpace)
+        if len(line) == 0 {
+                return "", nil
+        }
+
+        var valQuote string
+        if len(line) > 3 && string(line[0:3]) == `"""` {
+                valQuote = `"""`
+        } else if line[0] == '`' {
+                valQuote = "`"
+        }
+
+        if len(valQuote) > 0 {
+                startIdx := len(valQuote)
+                pos := strings.LastIndex(line[startIdx:], valQuote)
+                // Check for multi-line value
+                if pos == -1 {
+                        return p.readMultilines(line, line[startIdx:], valQuote)
+                }
+
+                return line[startIdx : pos+startIdx], nil
+        }
+
+        // Won't be able to reach here if value only contains whitespace.
+        line = strings.TrimSpace(line)
+
+        // Check continuation lines when desired.
+        if !ignoreContinuation && line[len(line)-1] == '\\' {
+                return p.readContinuationLines(line[:len(line)-1])
+        }
+
+        i := strings.IndexAny(line, "#;")
+        if i > -1 {
+                p.comment.WriteString(line[i:])
+                line = strings.TrimSpace(line[:i])
+        }
+
+        // Trim single quotes
+        if hasSurroundedQuote(line, '\'') ||
+                hasSurroundedQuote(line, '"') {
+                line = line[1 : len(line)-1]
+        }
+        return line, nil
+}
+
+// parse parses data through an io.Reader.
+func (f *File) parse(reader io.Reader) (err error) {
+        p := newParser(reader)
+        if err = p.BOM(); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("BOM: %v", err)
+        }
+
+        // Ignore error because default section name is never empty string.
+        section, _ := f.NewSection(DEFAULT_SECTION)
+
+        var line []byte
+        var inUnparseableSection bool
+        for !p.isEOF {
+                line, err = p.readUntil('\n')
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                line = bytes.TrimLeftFunc(line, unicode.IsSpace)
+                if len(line) == 0 {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Comments
+                if line[0] == '#' || line[0] == ';' {
+                        // Note: we do not care ending line break,
+                        // it is needed for adding second line,
+                        // so just clean it once at the end when set to value.
+                        p.comment.Write(line)
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Section
+                if line[0] == '[' {
+                        // Read to the next ']' (TODO: support quoted strings)
+                        // TODO(unknwon): use LastIndexByte when stop supporting Go1.4
+                        closeIdx := bytes.LastIndex(line, []byte("]"))
+                        if closeIdx == -1 {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("unclosed section: %s", line)
+                        }
+
+                        name := string(line[1:closeIdx])
+                        section, err = f.NewSection(name)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+
+                        comment, has := cleanComment(line[closeIdx+1:])
+                        if has {
+                                p.comment.Write(comment)
+                        }
+
+                        section.Comment = strings.TrimSpace(p.comment.String())
+
+                        // Reset aotu-counter and comments
+                        p.comment.Reset()
+                        p.count = 1
+
+                        inUnparseableSection = false
+                        for i := range f.options.UnparseableSections {
+                                if f.options.UnparseableSections[i] == name ||
+                                        (f.options.Insensitive && strings.ToLower(f.options.UnparseableSections[i]) == strings.ToLower(name)) {
+                                        inUnparseableSection = true
+                                        continue
+                                }
+                        }
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if inUnparseableSection {
+                        section.isRawSection = true
+                        section.rawBody += string(line)
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                kname, offset, err := readKeyName(line)
+                if err != nil {
+                        // Treat as boolean key when desired, and whole line is key name.
+                        if IsErrDelimiterNotFound(err) && f.options.AllowBooleanKeys {
+                                key, err := section.NewKey(string(line), "true")
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return err
+                                }
+                                key.isBooleanType = true
+                                key.Comment = strings.TrimSpace(p.comment.String())
+                                p.comment.Reset()
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Auto increment.
+                isAutoIncr := false
+                if kname == "-" {
+                        isAutoIncr = true
+                        kname = "#" + strconv.Itoa(p.count)
+                        p.count++
+                }
+
+                key, err := section.NewKey(kname, "")
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                key.isAutoIncrement = isAutoIncr
+
+                value, err := p.readValue(line[offset:], f.options.IgnoreContinuation)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                key.SetValue(value)
+                key.Comment = strings.TrimSpace(p.comment.String())
+                p.comment.Reset()
+        }
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/section.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/section.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45d2f3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/section.go
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+// Copyright 2014 Unknwon
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may
+// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain
+// a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations
+// under the License.
+
+package ini
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// Section represents a config section.
+type Section struct {
+        f        *File
+        Comment  string
+        name     string
+        keys     map[string]*Key
+        keyList  []string
+        keysHash map[string]string
+
+        isRawSection bool
+        rawBody      string
+}
+
+func newSection(f *File, name string) *Section {
+        return &Section{
+                f:        f,
+                name:     name,
+                keys:     make(map[string]*Key),
+                keyList:  make([]string, 0, 10),
+                keysHash: make(map[string]string),
+        }
+}
+
+// Name returns name of Section.
+func (s *Section) Name() string {
+        return s.name
+}
+
+// Body returns rawBody of Section if the section was marked as unparseable.
+// It still follows the other rules of the INI format surrounding leading/trailing whitespace.
+func (s *Section) Body() string {
+        return strings.TrimSpace(s.rawBody)
+}
+
+// NewKey creates a new key to given section.
+func (s *Section) NewKey(name, val string) (*Key, error) {
+        if len(name) == 0 {
+                return nil, errors.New("error creating new key: empty key name")
+        } else if s.f.options.Insensitive {
+                name = strings.ToLower(name)
+        }
+
+        if s.f.BlockMode {
+                s.f.lock.Lock()
+                defer s.f.lock.Unlock()
+        }
+
+        if inSlice(name, s.keyList) {
+                s.keys[name].value = val
+                return s.keys[name], nil
+        }
+
+        s.keyList = append(s.keyList, name)
+        s.keys[name] = &Key{
+                s:     s,
+                name:  name,
+                value: val,
+        }
+        s.keysHash[name] = val
+        return s.keys[name], nil
+}
+
+// GetKey returns key in section by given name.
+func (s *Section) GetKey(name string) (*Key, error) {
+        // FIXME: change to section level lock?
+        if s.f.BlockMode {
+                s.f.lock.RLock()
+        }
+        if s.f.options.Insensitive {
+                name = strings.ToLower(name)
+        }
+        key := s.keys[name]
+        if s.f.BlockMode {
+                s.f.lock.RUnlock()
+        }
+
+        if key == nil {
+                // Check if it is a child-section.
+                sname := s.name
+                for {
+                        if i := strings.LastIndex(sname, "."); i > -1 {
+                                sname = sname[:i]
+                                sec, err := s.f.GetSection(sname)
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        continue
+                                }
+                                return sec.GetKey(name)
+                        } else {
+                                break
+                        }
+                }
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("error when getting key of section '%s': key '%s' not exists", s.name, name)
+        }
+        return key, nil
+}
+
+// HasKey returns true if section contains a key with given name.
+func (s *Section) HasKey(name string) bool {
+        key, _ := s.GetKey(name)
+        return key != nil
+}
+
+// Haskey is a backwards-compatible name for HasKey.
+func (s *Section) Haskey(name string) bool {
+        return s.HasKey(name)
+}
+
+// HasValue returns true if section contains given raw value.
+func (s *Section) HasValue(value string) bool {
+        if s.f.BlockMode {
+                s.f.lock.RLock()
+                defer s.f.lock.RUnlock()
+        }
+
+        for _, k := range s.keys {
+                if value == k.value {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+        return false
+}
+
+// Key assumes named Key exists in section and returns a zero-value when not.
+func (s *Section) Key(name string) *Key {
+        key, err := s.GetKey(name)
+        if err != nil {
+                // It's OK here because the only possible error is empty key name,
+                // but if it's empty, this piece of code won't be executed.
+                key, _ = s.NewKey(name, "")
+                return key
+        }
+        return key
+}
+
+// Keys returns list of keys of section.
+func (s *Section) Keys() []*Key {
+        keys := make([]*Key, len(s.keyList))
+        for i := range s.keyList {
+                keys[i] = s.Key(s.keyList[i])
+        }
+        return keys
+}
+
+// ParentKeys returns list of keys of parent section.
+func (s *Section) ParentKeys() []*Key {
+        var parentKeys []*Key
+        sname := s.name
+        for {
+                if i := strings.LastIndex(sname, "."); i > -1 {
+                        sname = sname[:i]
+                        sec, err := s.f.GetSection(sname)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        parentKeys = append(parentKeys, sec.Keys()...)
+                } else {
+                        break
+                }
+
+        }
+        return parentKeys
+}
+
+// KeyStrings returns list of key names of section.
+func (s *Section) KeyStrings() []string {
+        list := make([]string, len(s.keyList))
+        copy(list, s.keyList)
+        return list
+}
+
+// KeysHash returns keys hash consisting of names and values.
+func (s *Section) KeysHash() map[string]string {
+        if s.f.BlockMode {
+                s.f.lock.RLock()
+                defer s.f.lock.RUnlock()
+        }
+
+        hash := map[string]string{}
+        for key, value := range s.keysHash {
+                hash[key] = value
+        }
+        return hash
+}
+
+// DeleteKey deletes a key from section.
+func (s *Section) DeleteKey(name string) {
+        if s.f.BlockMode {
+                s.f.lock.Lock()
+                defer s.f.lock.Unlock()
+        }
+
+        for i, k := range s.keyList {
+                if k == name {
+                        s.keyList = append(s.keyList[:i], s.keyList[i+1:]...)
+                        delete(s.keys, name)
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/struct.go b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/struct.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ef38d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/go-ini/ini/struct.go
@@ -0,0 +1,431 @@
+// Copyright 2014 Unknwon
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"): you may
+// not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain
+// a copy of the License at
+//
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+// WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+// License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations
+// under the License.
+
+package ini
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+        "strings"
+        "time"
+        "unicode"
+)
+
+// NameMapper represents a ini tag name mapper.
+type NameMapper func(string) string
+
+// Built-in name getters.
+var (
+        // AllCapsUnderscore converts to format ALL_CAPS_UNDERSCORE.
+        AllCapsUnderscore NameMapper = func(raw string) string {
+                newstr := make([]rune, 0, len(raw))
+                for i, chr := range raw {
+                        if isUpper := 'A' <= chr && chr <= 'Z'; isUpper {
+                                if i > 0 {
+                                        newstr = append(newstr, '_')
+                                }
+                        }
+                        newstr = append(newstr, unicode.ToUpper(chr))
+                }
+                return string(newstr)
+        }
+        // TitleUnderscore converts to format title_underscore.
+        TitleUnderscore NameMapper = func(raw string) string {
+                newstr := make([]rune, 0, len(raw))
+                for i, chr := range raw {
+                        if isUpper := 'A' <= chr && chr <= 'Z'; isUpper {
+                                if i > 0 {
+                                        newstr = append(newstr, '_')
+                                }
+                                chr -= ('A' - 'a')
+                        }
+                        newstr = append(newstr, chr)
+                }
+                return string(newstr)
+        }
+)
+
+func (s *Section) parseFieldName(raw, actual string) string {
+        if len(actual) > 0 {
+                return actual
+        }
+        if s.f.NameMapper != nil {
+                return s.f.NameMapper(raw)
+        }
+        return raw
+}
+
+func parseDelim(actual string) string {
+        if len(actual) > 0 {
+                return actual
+        }
+        return ","
+}
+
+var reflectTime = reflect.TypeOf(time.Now()).Kind()
+
+// setSliceWithProperType sets proper values to slice based on its type.
+func setSliceWithProperType(key *Key, field reflect.Value, delim string) error {
+        strs := key.Strings(delim)
+        numVals := len(strs)
+        if numVals == 0 {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        var vals interface{}
+
+        sliceOf := field.Type().Elem().Kind()
+        switch sliceOf {
+        case reflect.String:
+                vals = strs
+        case reflect.Int:
+                vals = key.Ints(delim)
+        case reflect.Int64:
+                vals = key.Int64s(delim)
+        case reflect.Uint:
+                vals = key.Uints(delim)
+        case reflect.Uint64:
+                vals = key.Uint64s(delim)
+        case reflect.Float64:
+                vals = key.Float64s(delim)
+        case reflectTime:
+                vals = key.Times(delim)
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf("unsupported type '[]%s'", sliceOf)
+        }
+
+        slice := reflect.MakeSlice(field.Type(), numVals, numVals)
+        for i := 0; i < numVals; i++ {
+                switch sliceOf {
+                case reflect.String:
+                        slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]string)[i]))
+                case reflect.Int:
+                        slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]int)[i]))
+                case reflect.Int64:
+                        slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]int64)[i]))
+                case reflect.Uint:
+                        slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]uint)[i]))
+                case reflect.Uint64:
+                        slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]uint64)[i]))
+                case reflect.Float64:
+                        slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]float64)[i]))
+                case reflectTime:
+                        slice.Index(i).Set(reflect.ValueOf(vals.([]time.Time)[i]))
+                }
+        }
+        field.Set(slice)
+        return nil
+}
+
+// setWithProperType sets proper value to field based on its type,
+// but it does not return error for failing parsing,
+// because we want to use default value that is already assigned to strcut.
+func setWithProperType(t reflect.Type, key *Key, field reflect.Value, delim string) error {
+        switch t.Kind() {
+        case reflect.String:
+                if len(key.String()) == 0 {
+                        return nil
+                }
+                field.SetString(key.String())
+        case reflect.Bool:
+                boolVal, err := key.Bool()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil
+                }
+                field.SetBool(boolVal)
+        case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64:
+                durationVal, err := key.Duration()
+                // Skip zero value
+                if err == nil && int(durationVal) > 0 {
+                        field.Set(reflect.ValueOf(durationVal))
+                        return nil
+                }
+
+                intVal, err := key.Int64()
+                if err != nil || intVal == 0 {
+                        return nil
+                }
+                field.SetInt(intVal)
+        //      byte is an alias for uint8, so supporting uint8 breaks support for byte
+        case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64:
+                durationVal, err := key.Duration()
+                // Skip zero value
+                if err == nil && int(durationVal) > 0 {
+                        field.Set(reflect.ValueOf(durationVal))
+                        return nil
+                }
+
+                uintVal, err := key.Uint64()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil
+                }
+                field.SetUint(uintVal)
+
+        case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64:
+                floatVal, err := key.Float64()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil
+                }
+                field.SetFloat(floatVal)
+        case reflectTime:
+                timeVal, err := key.Time()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil
+                }
+                field.Set(reflect.ValueOf(timeVal))
+        case reflect.Slice:
+                return setSliceWithProperType(key, field, delim)
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf("unsupported type '%s'", t)
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (s *Section) mapTo(val reflect.Value) error {
+        if val.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                val = val.Elem()
+        }
+        typ := val.Type()
+
+        for i := 0; i < typ.NumField(); i++ {
+                field := val.Field(i)
+                tpField := typ.Field(i)
+
+                tag := tpField.Tag.Get("ini")
+                if tag == "-" {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                opts := strings.SplitN(tag, ",", 2) // strip off possible omitempty
+                fieldName := s.parseFieldName(tpField.Name, opts[0])
+                if len(fieldName) == 0 || !field.CanSet() {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                isAnonymous := tpField.Type.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && tpField.Anonymous
+                isStruct := tpField.Type.Kind() == reflect.Struct
+                if isAnonymous {
+                        field.Set(reflect.New(tpField.Type.Elem()))
+                }
+
+                if isAnonymous || isStruct {
+                        if sec, err := s.f.GetSection(fieldName); err == nil {
+                                if err = sec.mapTo(field); err != nil {
+                                        return fmt.Errorf("error mapping field(%s): %v", fieldName, err)
+                                }
+                                continue
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if key, err := s.GetKey(fieldName); err == nil {
+                        if err = setWithProperType(tpField.Type, key, field, parseDelim(tpField.Tag.Get("delim"))); err != nil {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("error mapping field(%s): %v", fieldName, err)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// MapTo maps section to given struct.
+func (s *Section) MapTo(v interface{}) error {
+        typ := reflect.TypeOf(v)
+        val := reflect.ValueOf(v)
+        if typ.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                typ = typ.Elem()
+                val = val.Elem()
+        } else {
+                return errors.New("cannot map to non-pointer struct")
+        }
+
+        return s.mapTo(val)
+}
+
+// MapTo maps file to given struct.
+func (f *File) MapTo(v interface{}) error {
+        return f.Section("").MapTo(v)
+}
+
+// MapTo maps data sources to given struct with name mapper.
+func MapToWithMapper(v interface{}, mapper NameMapper, source interface{}, others ...interface{}) error {
+        cfg, err := Load(source, others...)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        cfg.NameMapper = mapper
+        return cfg.MapTo(v)
+}
+
+// MapTo maps data sources to given struct.
+func MapTo(v, source interface{}, others ...interface{}) error {
+        return MapToWithMapper(v, nil, source, others...)
+}
+
+// reflectSliceWithProperType does the opposite thing as setSliceWithProperType.
+func reflectSliceWithProperType(key *Key, field reflect.Value, delim string) error {
+        slice := field.Slice(0, field.Len())
+        if field.Len() == 0 {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        sliceOf := field.Type().Elem().Kind()
+        for i := 0; i < field.Len(); i++ {
+                switch sliceOf {
+                case reflect.String:
+                        buf.WriteString(slice.Index(i).String())
+                case reflect.Int, reflect.Int64:
+                        buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprint(slice.Index(i).Int()))
+                case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint64:
+                        buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprint(slice.Index(i).Uint()))
+                case reflect.Float64:
+                        buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprint(slice.Index(i).Float()))
+                case reflectTime:
+                        buf.WriteString(slice.Index(i).Interface().(time.Time).Format(time.RFC3339))
+                default:
+                        return fmt.Errorf("unsupported type '[]%s'", sliceOf)
+                }
+                buf.WriteString(delim)
+        }
+        key.SetValue(buf.String()[:buf.Len()-1])
+        return nil
+}
+
+// reflectWithProperType does the opposite thing as setWithProperType.
+func reflectWithProperType(t reflect.Type, key *Key, field reflect.Value, delim string) error {
+        switch t.Kind() {
+        case reflect.String:
+                key.SetValue(field.String())
+        case reflect.Bool:
+                key.SetValue(fmt.Sprint(field.Bool()))
+        case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64:
+                key.SetValue(fmt.Sprint(field.Int()))
+        case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64:
+                key.SetValue(fmt.Sprint(field.Uint()))
+        case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64:
+                key.SetValue(fmt.Sprint(field.Float()))
+        case reflectTime:
+                key.SetValue(fmt.Sprint(field.Interface().(time.Time).Format(time.RFC3339)))
+        case reflect.Slice:
+                return reflectSliceWithProperType(key, field, delim)
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf("unsupported type '%s'", t)
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// CR: copied from encoding/json/encode.go with modifications of time.Time support.
+// TODO: add more test coverage.
+func isEmptyValue(v reflect.Value) bool {
+        switch v.Kind() {
+        case reflect.Array, reflect.Map, reflect.Slice, reflect.String:
+                return v.Len() == 0
+        case reflect.Bool:
+                return !v.Bool()
+        case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64:
+                return v.Int() == 0
+        case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64, reflect.Uintptr:
+                return v.Uint() == 0
+        case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64:
+                return v.Float() == 0
+        case reflectTime:
+                return v.Interface().(time.Time).IsZero()
+        case reflect.Interface, reflect.Ptr:
+                return v.IsNil()
+        }
+        return false
+}
+
+func (s *Section) reflectFrom(val reflect.Value) error {
+        if val.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                val = val.Elem()
+        }
+        typ := val.Type()
+
+        for i := 0; i < typ.NumField(); i++ {
+                field := val.Field(i)
+                tpField := typ.Field(i)
+
+                tag := tpField.Tag.Get("ini")
+                if tag == "-" {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                opts := strings.SplitN(tag, ",", 2)
+                if len(opts) == 2 && opts[1] == "omitempty" && isEmptyValue(field) {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                fieldName := s.parseFieldName(tpField.Name, opts[0])
+                if len(fieldName) == 0 || !field.CanSet() {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if (tpField.Type.Kind() == reflect.Ptr && tpField.Anonymous) ||
+                        (tpField.Type.Kind() == reflect.Struct && tpField.Type.Name() != "Time") {
+                        // Note: The only error here is section doesn't exist.
+                        sec, err := s.f.GetSection(fieldName)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                // Note: fieldName can never be empty here, ignore error.
+                                sec, _ = s.f.NewSection(fieldName)
+                        }
+                        if err = sec.reflectFrom(field); err != nil {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("error reflecting field (%s): %v", fieldName, err)
+                        }
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Note: Same reason as secion.
+                key, err := s.GetKey(fieldName)
+                if err != nil {
+                        key, _ = s.NewKey(fieldName, "")
+                }
+                if err = reflectWithProperType(tpField.Type, key, field, parseDelim(tpField.Tag.Get("delim"))); err != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("error reflecting field (%s): %v", fieldName, err)
+                }
+
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// ReflectFrom reflects secion from given struct.
+func (s *Section) ReflectFrom(v interface{}) error {
+        typ := reflect.TypeOf(v)
+        val := reflect.ValueOf(v)
+        if typ.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                typ = typ.Elem()
+                val = val.Elem()
+        } else {
+                return errors.New("cannot reflect from non-pointer struct")
+        }
+
+        return s.reflectFrom(val)
+}
+
+// ReflectFrom reflects file from given struct.
+func (f *File) ReflectFrom(v interface{}) error {
+        return f.Section("").ReflectFrom(v)
+}
+
+// ReflectFrom reflects data sources from given struct with name mapper.
+func ReflectFromWithMapper(cfg *File, v interface{}, mapper NameMapper) error {
+        cfg.NameMapper = mapper
+        return cfg.ReflectFrom(v)
+}
+
+// ReflectFrom reflects data sources from given struct.
+func ReflectFrom(cfg *File, v interface{}) error {
+        return ReflectFromWithMapper(cfg, v, nil)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/errwrap/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/errwrap/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c33dcc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/errwrap/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. “Contributor”
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. “Contributor Version”
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution.
+
+1.3. “Contribution”
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. “Covered Software”
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
+        1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
+        Secondary License.
+
+1.6. “Executable Form”
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. “Larger Work”
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
+     file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. “License”
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. “Licensable”
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
+     time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
+     this License.
+
+1.10. “Modifications”
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
+        from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
+      and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
+      would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
+      using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
+      either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. “Secondary License”
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. “Source Code Form”
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
+        part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
+        or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
+     effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
+     such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
+     License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
+     or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
+     2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
+        Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
+     logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
+     notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
+     (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
+     under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
+     are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
+     rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
+     copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
+     terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
+     of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
+     they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
+     restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
+        or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
+        the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’
+        rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
+     Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
+     with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
+     Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
+     You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
+     such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
+     their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
+     either this License or such Secondary License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
+     copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
+     of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
+     Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
+     required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
+     of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
+     warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
+     alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
+   order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
+   to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
+   they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
+   distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
+   extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
+   sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
+   understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
+     if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
+     reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
+     Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
+     ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
+     non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
+     compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
+     and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
+     indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
+     all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
+     shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
+   warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
+   without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
+   merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
+   risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
+   Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
+   Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
+   correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
+   License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under this License
+   except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
+   party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
+   Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
+   consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
+   a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
+   and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
+   reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
+   prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
+   hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
+   provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
+   enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
+   contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
+   this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
+      the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
+      under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
+      version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
+      references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
+      modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
+      If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
+      Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
+      notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
+You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
+directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
+
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/errwrap/README.md b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/errwrap/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c95f59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/errwrap/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+# errwrap
+
+`errwrap` is a package for Go that formalizes the pattern of wrapping errors
+and checking if an error contains another error.
+
+There is a common pattern in Go of taking a returned `error` value and
+then wrapping it (such as with `fmt.Errorf`) before returning it. The problem
+with this pattern is that you completely lose the original `error` structure.
+
+Arguably the _correct_ approach is that you should make a custom structure
+implementing the `error` interface, and have the original error as a field
+on that structure, such [as this example](http://golang.org/pkg/os/#PathError).
+This is a good approach, but you have to know the entire chain of possible
+rewrapping that happens, when you might just care about one.
+
+`errwrap` formalizes this pattern (it doesn't matter what approach you use
+above) by giving a single interface for wrapping errors, checking if a specific
+error is wrapped, and extracting that error.
+
+## Installation and Docs
+
+Install using `go get github.com/hashicorp/errwrap`.
+
+Full documentation is available at
+http://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/errwrap
+
+## Usage
+
+#### Basic Usage
+
+Below is a very basic example of its usage:
+
+```go
+// A function that always returns an error, but wraps it, like a real
+// function might.
+func tryOpen() error {
+        _, err := os.Open("/i/dont/exist")
+        if err != nil {
+                return errwrap.Wrapf("Doesn't exist: {{err}}", err)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func main() {
+        err := tryOpen()
+
+        // We can use the Contains helpers to check if an error contains
+        // another error. It is safe to do this with a nil error, or with
+        // an error that doesn't even use the errwrap package.
+        if errwrap.Contains(err, ErrNotExist) {
+                // Do something
+        }
+        if errwrap.ContainsType(err, new(os.PathError)) {
+                // Do something
+        }
+
+        // Or we can use the associated `Get` functions to just extract
+        // a specific error. This would return nil if that specific error doesn't
+        // exist.
+        perr := errwrap.GetType(err, new(os.PathError))
+}
+```
+
+#### Custom Types
+
+If you're already making custom types that properly wrap errors, then
+you can get all the functionality of `errwraps.Contains` and such by
+implementing the `Wrapper` interface with just one function. Example:
+
+```go
+type AppError {
+  Code ErrorCode
+  Err  error
+}
+
+func (e *AppError) WrappedErrors() []error {
+  return []error{e.Err}
+}
+```
+
+Now this works:
+
+```go
+err := &AppError{Err: fmt.Errorf("an error")}
+if errwrap.ContainsType(err, fmt.Errorf("")) {
+        // This will work!
+}
+```
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/errwrap/errwrap.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/errwrap/errwrap.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a733bef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/errwrap/errwrap.go
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+// Package errwrap implements methods to formalize error wrapping in Go.
+//
+// All of the top-level functions that take an `error` are built to be able
+// to take any error, not just wrapped errors. This allows you to use errwrap
+// without having to type-check and type-cast everywhere.
+package errwrap
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "reflect"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// WalkFunc is the callback called for Walk.
+type WalkFunc func(error)
+
+// Wrapper is an interface that can be implemented by custom types to
+// have all the Contains, Get, etc. functions in errwrap work.
+//
+// When Walk reaches a Wrapper, it will call the callback for every
+// wrapped error in addition to the wrapper itself. Since all the top-level
+// functions in errwrap use Walk, this means that all those functions work
+// with your custom type.
+type Wrapper interface {
+        WrappedErrors() []error
+}
+
+// Wrap defines that outer wraps inner, returning an error type that
+// can be cleanly used with the other methods in this package, such as
+// Contains, GetAll, etc.
+//
+// This function won't modify the error message at all (the outer message
+// will be used).
+func Wrap(outer, inner error) error {
+        return &wrappedError{
+                Outer: outer,
+                Inner: inner,
+        }
+}
+
+// Wrapf wraps an error with a formatting message. This is similar to using
+// `fmt.Errorf` to wrap an error. If you're using `fmt.Errorf` to wrap
+// errors, you should replace it with this.
+//
+// format is the format of the error message. The string '{{err}}' will
+// be replaced with the original error message.
+func Wrapf(format string, err error) error {
+        outerMsg := "<nil>"
+        if err != nil {
+                outerMsg = err.Error()
+        }
+
+        outer := errors.New(strings.Replace(
+                format, "{{err}}", outerMsg, -1))
+
+        return Wrap(outer, err)
+}
+
+// Contains checks if the given error contains an error with the
+// message msg. If err is not a wrapped error, this will always return
+// false unless the error itself happens to match this msg.
+func Contains(err error, msg string) bool {
+        return len(GetAll(err, msg)) > 0
+}
+
+// ContainsType checks if the given error contains an error with
+// the same concrete type as v. If err is not a wrapped error, this will
+// check the err itself.
+func ContainsType(err error, v interface{}) bool {
+        return len(GetAllType(err, v)) > 0
+}
+
+// Get is the same as GetAll but returns the deepest matching error.
+func Get(err error, msg string) error {
+        es := GetAll(err, msg)
+        if len(es) > 0 {
+                return es[len(es)-1]
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// GetType is the same as GetAllType but returns the deepest matching error.
+func GetType(err error, v interface{}) error {
+        es := GetAllType(err, v)
+        if len(es) > 0 {
+                return es[len(es)-1]
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// GetAll gets all the errors that might be wrapped in err with the
+// given message. The order of the errors is such that the outermost
+// matching error (the most recent wrap) is index zero, and so on.
+func GetAll(err error, msg string) []error {
+        var result []error
+
+        Walk(err, func(err error) {
+                if err.Error() == msg {
+                        result = append(result, err)
+                }
+        })
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// GetAllType gets all the errors that are the same type as v.
+//
+// The order of the return value is the same as described in GetAll.
+func GetAllType(err error, v interface{}) []error {
+        var result []error
+
+        var search string
+        if v != nil {
+                search = reflect.TypeOf(v).String()
+        }
+        Walk(err, func(err error) {
+                var needle string
+                if err != nil {
+                        needle = reflect.TypeOf(err).String()
+                }
+
+                if needle == search {
+                        result = append(result, err)
+                }
+        })
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// Walk walks all the wrapped errors in err and calls the callback. If
+// err isn't a wrapped error, this will be called once for err. If err
+// is a wrapped error, the callback will be called for both the wrapper
+// that implements error as well as the wrapped error itself.
+func Walk(err error, cb WalkFunc) {
+        if err == nil {
+                return
+        }
+
+        switch e := err.(type) {
+        case *wrappedError:
+                cb(e.Outer)
+                Walk(e.Inner, cb)
+        case Wrapper:
+                cb(err)
+
+                for _, err := range e.WrappedErrors() {
+                        Walk(err, cb)
+                }
+        default:
+                cb(err)
+        }
+}
+
+// wrappedError is an implementation of error that has both the
+// outer and inner errors.
+type wrappedError struct {
+        Outer error
+        Inner error
+}
+
+func (w *wrappedError) Error() string {
+        return w.Outer.Error()
+}
+
+func (w *wrappedError) WrappedErrors() []error {
+        return []error{w.Outer, w.Inner}
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c33dcc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. “Contributor”
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. “Contributor Version”
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution.
+
+1.3. “Contribution”
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. “Covered Software”
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
+        1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
+        Secondary License.
+
+1.6. “Executable Form”
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. “Larger Work”
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
+     file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. “License”
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. “Licensable”
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
+     time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
+     this License.
+
+1.10. “Modifications”
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
+        from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
+      and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
+      would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
+      using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
+      either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. “Secondary License”
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. “Source Code Form”
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
+        part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
+        or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
+     effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
+     such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
+     License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
+     or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
+     2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
+        Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
+     logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
+     notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
+     (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
+     under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
+     are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
+     rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
+     copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
+     terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
+     of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
+     they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
+     restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
+        or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
+        the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’
+        rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
+     Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
+     with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
+     Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
+     You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
+     such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
+     their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
+     either this License or such Secondary License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
+     copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
+     of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
+     Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
+     required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
+     of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
+     warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
+     alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
+   order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
+   to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
+   they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
+   distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
+   extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
+   sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
+   understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
+     if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
+     reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
+     Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
+     ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
+     non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
+     compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
+     and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
+     indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
+     all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
+     shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
+   warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
+   without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
+   merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
+   risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
+   Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
+   Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
+   correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
+   License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under this License
+   except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
+   party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
+   Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
+   consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
+   a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
+   and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
+   reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
+   prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
+   hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
+   provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
+   enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
+   contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
+   this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
+      the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
+      under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
+      version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
+      references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
+      modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
+      If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
+      Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
+      notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
+You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
+directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
+
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/README.md b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a0b6a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+# go-getter
+
+[![Build Status](http://img.shields.io/travis/hashicorp/go-getter.svg?style=flat-square)][travis]
+[![Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/ulq3qr43n62croyq/branch/master?svg=true)][appveyor]
+[![Go Documentation](http://img.shields.io/badge/go-documentation-blue.svg?style=flat-square)][godocs]
+
+[travis]: http://travis-ci.org/hashicorp/go-getter
+[godocs]: http://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter
+[appveyor]: https://ci.appveyor.com/project/hashicorp/go-getter/branch/master
+
+go-getter is a library for Go (golang) for downloading files or directories
+from various sources using a URL as the primary form of input.
+
+The power of this library is being flexible in being able to download
+from a number of different sources (file paths, Git, HTTP, Mercurial, etc.)
+using a single string as input. This removes the burden of knowing how to
+download from a variety of sources from the implementer.
+
+The concept of a _detector_ automatically turns invalid URLs into proper
+URLs. For example: "github.com/hashicorp/go-getter" would turn into a
+Git URL. Or "./foo" would turn into a file URL. These are extensible.
+
+This library is used by [Terraform](https://terraform.io) for
+downloading modules, [Otto](https://ottoproject.io) for dependencies and
+Appfile imports, and [Nomad](https://nomadproject.io) for downloading
+binaries.
+
+## Installation and Usage
+
+Package documentation can be found on
+[GoDoc](http://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter).
+
+Installation can be done with a normal `go get`:
+
+```
+$ go get github.com/hashicorp/go-getter
+```
+
+go-getter also has a command you can use to test URL strings:
+
+```
+$ go install github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/cmd/go-getter
+...
+
+$ go-getter github.com/foo/bar ./foo
+...
+```
+
+The command is useful for verifying URL structures.
+
+## URL Format
+
+go-getter uses a single string URL as input to download from a variety of
+protocols. go-getter has various "tricks" with this URL to do certain things.
+This section documents the URL format.
+
+### Supported Protocols and Detectors
+
+**Protocols** are used to download files/directories using a specific
+mechanism. Example protocols are Git and HTTP.
+
+**Detectors** are used to transform a valid or invalid URL into another
+URL if it matches a certain pattern. Example: "github.com/user/repo" is
+automatically transformed into a fully valid Git URL. This allows go-getter
+to be very user friendly.
+
+go-getter out of the box supports the following protocols. Additional protocols
+can be augmented at runtime by implementing the `Getter` interface.
+
+  * Local files
+  * Git
+  * Mercurial
+  * HTTP
+  * Amazon S3
+
+In addition to the above protocols, go-getter has what are called "detectors."
+These take a URL and attempt to automatically choose the best protocol for
+it, which might involve even changing the protocol. The following detection
+is built-in by default:
+
+  * File paths such as "./foo" are automatically changed to absolute
+    file URLs.
+  * GitHub URLs, such as "github.com/mitchellh/vagrant" are automatically
+    changed to Git protocol over HTTP.
+  * BitBucket URLs, such as "bitbucket.org/mitchellh/vagrant" are automatically
+    changed to a Git or mercurial protocol using the BitBucket API.
+
+### Forced Protocol
+
+In some cases, the protocol to use is ambiguous depending on the source
+URL. For example, "http://github.com/mitchellh/vagrant.git" could reference
+an HTTP URL or a Git URL. Forced protocol syntax is used to disambiguate this
+URL.
+
+Forced protocol can be done by prefixing the URL with the protocol followed
+by double colons. For example: `git::http://github.com/mitchellh/vagrant.git`
+would download the given HTTP URL using the Git protocol.
+
+Forced protocols will also override any detectors.
+
+In the absense of a forced protocol, detectors may be run on the URL, transforming
+the protocol anyways. The above example would've used the Git protocol either
+way since the Git detector would've detected it was a GitHub URL.
+
+### Protocol-Specific Options
+
+Each protocol can support protocol-specific options to configure that
+protocol. For example, the `git` protocol supports specifying a `ref`
+query parameter that tells it what ref to checkout for that Git
+repository.
+
+The options are specified as query parameters on the URL (or URL-like string)
+given to go-getter. Using the Git example above, the URL below is a valid
+input to go-getter:
+
+    github.com/hashicorp/go-getter?ref=abcd1234
+
+The protocol-specific options are documented below the URL format
+section. But because they are part of the URL, we point it out here so
+you know they exist.
+
+### Checksumming
+
+For file downloads of any protocol, go-getter can automatically verify
+a checksum for you. Note that checksumming only works for downloading files,
+not directories, but checksumming will work for any protocol.
+
+To checksum a file, append a `checksum` query parameter to the URL.
+The paramter value should be in the format of `type:value`, where
+type is "md5", "sha1", "sha256", or "sha512". The "value" should be
+the actual checksum value. go-getter will parse out this query parameter
+automatically and use it to verify the checksum. An example URL
+is shown below:
+
+```
+./foo.txt?checksum=md5:b7d96c89d09d9e204f5fedc4d5d55b21
+```
+
+The checksum query parameter is never sent to the backend protocol
+implementation. It is used at a higher level by go-getter itself.
+
+### Unarchiving
+
+go-getter will automatically unarchive files into a file or directory
+based on the extension of the file being requested (over any protocol).
+This works for both file and directory downloads.
+
+go-getter looks for an `archive` query parameter to specify the format of
+the archive. If this isn't specified, go-getter will use the extension of
+the path to see if it appears archived. Unarchiving can be explicitly
+disabled by setting the `archive` query parameter to `false`.
+
+The following archive formats are supported:
+
+  * `tar.gz` and `tgz`
+  * `tar.bz2` and `tbz2`
+  * `zip`
+  * `gz`
+  * `bz2`
+
+For example, an example URL is shown below:
+
+```
+./foo.zip
+```
+
+This will automatically be inferred to be a ZIP file and will be extracted.
+You can also be explicit about the archive type:
+
+```
+./some/other/path?archive=zip
+```
+
+And finally, you can disable archiving completely:
+
+```
+./some/path?archive=false
+```
+
+You can combine unarchiving with the other features of go-getter such
+as checksumming. The special `archive` query parameter will be removed
+from the URL before going to the final protocol downloader.
+
+## Protocol-Specific Options
+
+This section documents the protocol-specific options that can be specified
+for go-getter. These options should be appended to the input as normal query
+parameters. Depending on the usage of go-getter, applications may provide
+alternate ways of inputting options. For example, [Nomad](https://www.nomadproject.io)
+provides a nice options block for specifying options rather than in the URL.
+
+## General (All Protocols)
+
+The options below are available to all protocols:
+
+  * `archive` - The archive format to use to unarchive this file, or "" (empty
+    string) to disable unarchiving. For more details, see the complete section
+    on archive support above.
+
+  * `checksum` - Checksum to verify the downloaded file or archive. See
+    the entire section on checksumming above for format and more details.
+
+### Local Files (`file`)
+
+None
+
+### Git (`git`)
+
+  * `ref` - The Git ref to checkout. This is a ref, so it can point to
+    a commit SHA, a branch name, etc. If it is a named ref such as a branch
+    name, go-getter will update it to the latest on each get.
+
+  * `sshkey` - An SSH private key to use during clones. The provided key must
+    be a base64-encoded string. For example, to generate a suitable `sshkey`
+    from a private key file on disk, you would run `base64 -w0 <file>`.
+
+    **Note**: Git 2.3+ is required to use this feature.
+
+### Mercurial (`hg`)
+
+  * `rev` - The Mercurial revision to checkout.
+
+### HTTP (`http`)
+
+None
+
+### S3 (`s3`)
+
+S3 takes various access configurations in the URL. Note that it will also
+read these from standard AWS environment variables if they're set. If
+the query parameters are present, these take priority.
+
+  * `aws_access_key_id` - AWS access key.
+  * `aws_access_key_secret` - AWS access key secret.
+  * `aws_access_token` - AWS access token if this is being used.
+
+#### Using IAM Instance Profiles with S3
+
+If you use go-getter and want to use an EC2 IAM Instance Profile to avoid
+using credentials, then just omit these and the profile, if available will
+be used automatically.
+
+#### S3 Bucket Examples
+
+S3 has several addressing schemes used to reference your bucket. These are
+listed here: http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro
+
+Some examples for these addressing schemes:
+- s3::https://s3.amazonaws.com/bucket/foo
+- s3::https://s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/bucket/foo
+- bucket.s3.amazonaws.com/foo
+- bucket.s3-eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/foo/bar
+
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/appveyor.yml b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/appveyor.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..159dad4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/appveyor.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+version: "build-{branch}-{build}"
+image: Visual Studio 2015
+clone_folder: c:\gopath\github.com\hashicorp\go-getter
+environment:
+  GOPATH: c:\gopath
+install:
+- cmd: >-
+    echo %Path%
+
+    go version
+
+    go env
+
+    go get -d -v -t ./...
+build_script:
+- cmd: go test -v ./...
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/client.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/client.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..876812a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/client.go
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "crypto/md5"
+        "crypto/sha1"
+        "crypto/sha256"
+        "crypto/sha512"
+        "encoding/hex"
+        "fmt"
+        "hash"
+        "io"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+
+        urlhelper "github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url"
+)
+
+// Client is a client for downloading things.
+//
+// Top-level functions such as Get are shortcuts for interacting with a client.
+// Using a client directly allows more fine-grained control over how downloading
+// is done, as well as customizing the protocols supported.
+type Client struct {
+        // Src is the source URL to get.
+        //
+        // Dst is the path to save the downloaded thing as. If Dir is set to
+        // true, then this should be a directory. If the directory doesn't exist,
+        // it will be created for you.
+        //
+        // Pwd is the working directory for detection. If this isn't set, some
+        // detection may fail. Client will not default pwd to the current
+        // working directory for security reasons.
+        Src string
+        Dst string
+        Pwd string
+
+        // Mode is the method of download the client will use. See ClientMode
+        // for documentation.
+        Mode ClientMode
+
+        // Detectors is the list of detectors that are tried on the source.
+        // If this is nil, then the default Detectors will be used.
+        Detectors []Detector
+
+        // Decompressors is the map of decompressors supported by this client.
+        // If this is nil, then the default value is the Decompressors global.
+        Decompressors map[string]Decompressor
+
+        // Getters is the map of protocols supported by this client. If this
+        // is nil, then the default Getters variable will be used.
+        Getters map[string]Getter
+
+        // Dir, if true, tells the Client it is downloading a directory (versus
+        // a single file). This distinction is necessary since filenames and
+        // directory names follow the same format so disambiguating is impossible
+        // without knowing ahead of time.
+        //
+        // WARNING: deprecated. If Mode is set, that will take precedence.
+        Dir bool
+}
+
+// Get downloads the configured source to the destination.
+func (c *Client) Get() error {
+        // Store this locally since there are cases we swap this
+        mode := c.Mode
+        if mode == ClientModeInvalid {
+                if c.Dir {
+                        mode = ClientModeDir
+                } else {
+                        mode = ClientModeFile
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Default decompressor value
+        decompressors := c.Decompressors
+        if decompressors == nil {
+                decompressors = Decompressors
+        }
+
+        // Detect the URL. This is safe if it is already detected.
+        detectors := c.Detectors
+        if detectors == nil {
+                detectors = Detectors
+        }
+        src, err := Detect(c.Src, c.Pwd, detectors)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Determine if we have a forced protocol, i.e. "git::http://..."
+        force, src := getForcedGetter(src)
+
+        // If there is a subdir component, then we download the root separately
+        // and then copy over the proper subdir.
+        var realDst string
+        dst := c.Dst
+        src, subDir := SourceDirSubdir(src)
+        if subDir != "" {
+                tmpDir, err := ioutil.TempDir("", "tf")
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                if err := os.RemoveAll(tmpDir); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                defer os.RemoveAll(tmpDir)
+
+                realDst = dst
+                dst = tmpDir
+        }
+
+        u, err := urlhelper.Parse(src)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        if force == "" {
+                force = u.Scheme
+        }
+
+        getters := c.Getters
+        if getters == nil {
+                getters = Getters
+        }
+
+        g, ok := getters[force]
+        if !ok {
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "download not supported for scheme '%s'", force)
+        }
+
+        // We have magic query parameters that we use to signal different features
+        q := u.Query()
+
+        // Determine if we have an archive type
+        archiveV := q.Get("archive")
+        if archiveV != "" {
+                // Delete the paramter since it is a magic parameter we don't
+                // want to pass on to the Getter
+                q.Del("archive")
+                u.RawQuery = q.Encode()
+
+                // If we can parse the value as a bool and it is false, then
+                // set the archive to "-" which should never map to a decompressor
+                if b, err := strconv.ParseBool(archiveV); err == nil && !b {
+                        archiveV = "-"
+                }
+        }
+        if archiveV == "" {
+                // We don't appear to... but is it part of the filename?
+                matchingLen := 0
+                for k, _ := range decompressors {
+                        if strings.HasSuffix(u.Path, "."+k) && len(k) > matchingLen {
+                                archiveV = k
+                                matchingLen = len(k)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If we have a decompressor, then we need to change the destination
+        // to download to a temporary path. We unarchive this into the final,
+        // real path.
+        var decompressDst string
+        var decompressDir bool
+        decompressor := decompressors[archiveV]
+        if decompressor != nil {
+                // Create a temporary directory to store our archive. We delete
+                // this at the end of everything.
+                td, err := ioutil.TempDir("", "getter")
+                if err != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Error creating temporary directory for archive: %s", err)
+                }
+                defer os.RemoveAll(td)
+
+                // Swap the download directory to be our temporary path and
+                // store the old values.
+                decompressDst = dst
+                decompressDir = mode != ClientModeFile
+                dst = filepath.Join(td, "archive")
+                mode = ClientModeFile
+        }
+
+        // Determine if we have a checksum
+        var checksumHash hash.Hash
+        var checksumValue []byte
+        if v := q.Get("checksum"); v != "" {
+                // Delete the query parameter if we have it.
+                q.Del("checksum")
+                u.RawQuery = q.Encode()
+
+                // Determine the checksum hash type
+                checksumType := ""
+                idx := strings.Index(v, ":")
+                if idx > -1 {
+                        checksumType = v[:idx]
+                }
+                switch checksumType {
+                case "md5":
+                        checksumHash = md5.New()
+                case "sha1":
+                        checksumHash = sha1.New()
+                case "sha256":
+                        checksumHash = sha256.New()
+                case "sha512":
+                        checksumHash = sha512.New()
+                default:
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "unsupported checksum type: %s", checksumType)
+                }
+
+                // Get the remainder of the value and parse it into bytes
+                b, err := hex.DecodeString(v[idx+1:])
+                if err != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("invalid checksum: %s", err)
+                }
+
+                // Set our value
+                checksumValue = b
+        }
+
+        if mode == ClientModeAny {
+                // Ask the getter which client mode to use
+                mode, err = g.ClientMode(u)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Destination is the base name of the URL path in "any" mode when
+                // a file source is detected.
+                if mode == ClientModeFile {
+                        dst = filepath.Join(dst, filepath.Base(u.Path))
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If we're not downloading a directory, then just download the file
+        // and return.
+        if mode == ClientModeFile {
+                err := g.GetFile(dst, u)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                if checksumHash != nil {
+                        if err := checksum(dst, checksumHash, checksumValue); err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if decompressor != nil {
+                        // We have a decompressor, so decompress the current destination
+                        // into the final destination with the proper mode.
+                        err := decompressor.Decompress(decompressDst, dst, decompressDir)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+
+                        // Swap the information back
+                        dst = decompressDst
+                        if decompressDir {
+                                mode = ClientModeAny
+                        } else {
+                                mode = ClientModeFile
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // We check the dir value again because it can be switched back
+                // if we were unarchiving. If we're still only Get-ing a file, then
+                // we're done.
+                if mode == ClientModeFile {
+                        return nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If we're at this point we're either downloading a directory or we've
+        // downloaded and unarchived a directory and we're just checking subdir.
+        // In the case we have a decompressor we don't Get because it was Get
+        // above.
+        if decompressor == nil {
+                // If we're getting a directory, then this is an error. You cannot
+                // checksum a directory. TODO: test
+                if checksumHash != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "checksum cannot be specified for directory download")
+                }
+
+                // We're downloading a directory, which might require a bit more work
+                // if we're specifying a subdir.
+                err := g.Get(dst, u)
+                if err != nil {
+                        err = fmt.Errorf("error downloading '%s': %s", src, err)
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If we have a subdir, copy that over
+        if subDir != "" {
+                if err := os.RemoveAll(realDst); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                if err := os.MkdirAll(realDst, 0755); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                return copyDir(realDst, filepath.Join(dst, subDir), false)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// checksum is a simple method to compute the checksum of a source file
+// and compare it to the given expected value.
+func checksum(source string, h hash.Hash, v []byte) error {
+        f, err := os.Open(source)
+        if err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("Failed to open file for checksum: %s", err)
+        }
+        defer f.Close()
+
+        if _, err := io.Copy(h, f); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("Failed to hash: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        if actual := h.Sum(nil); !bytes.Equal(actual, v) {
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Checksums did not match.\nExpected: %s\nGot: %s",
+                        hex.EncodeToString(v),
+                        hex.EncodeToString(actual))
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/client_mode.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/client_mode.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f02509
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/client_mode.go
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+package getter
+
+// ClientMode is the mode that the client operates in.
+type ClientMode uint
+
+const (
+        ClientModeInvalid ClientMode = iota
+
+        // ClientModeAny downloads anything it can. In this mode, dst must
+        // be a directory. If src is a file, it is saved into the directory
+        // with the basename of the URL. If src is a directory or archive,
+        // it is unpacked directly into dst.
+        ClientModeAny
+
+        // ClientModeFile downloads a single file. In this mode, dst must
+        // be a file path (doesn't have to exist). src must point to a single
+        // file. It is saved as dst.
+        ClientModeFile
+
+        // ClientModeDir downloads a directory. In this mode, dst must be
+        // a directory path (doesn't have to exist). src must point to an
+        // archive or directory (such as in s3).
+        ClientModeDir
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/copy_dir.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/copy_dir.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f58e8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/copy_dir.go
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "io"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// copyDir copies the src directory contents into dst. Both directories
+// should already exist.
+//
+// If ignoreDot is set to true, then dot-prefixed files/folders are ignored.
+func copyDir(dst string, src string, ignoreDot bool) error {
+        src, err := filepath.EvalSymlinks(src)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        walkFn := func(path string, info os.FileInfo, err error) error {
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                if path == src {
+                        return nil
+                }
+
+                if ignoreDot && strings.HasPrefix(filepath.Base(path), ".") {
+                        // Skip any dot files
+                        if info.IsDir() {
+                                return filepath.SkipDir
+                        } else {
+                                return nil
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // The "path" has the src prefixed to it. We need to join our
+                // destination with the path without the src on it.
+                dstPath := filepath.Join(dst, path[len(src):])
+
+                // If we have a directory, make that subdirectory, then continue
+                // the walk.
+                if info.IsDir() {
+                        if path == filepath.Join(src, dst) {
+                                // dst is in src; don't walk it.
+                                return nil
+                        }
+
+                        if err := os.MkdirAll(dstPath, 0755); err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+
+                        return nil
+                }
+
+                // If we have a file, copy the contents.
+                srcF, err := os.Open(path)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                defer srcF.Close()
+
+                dstF, err := os.Create(dstPath)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                defer dstF.Close()
+
+                if _, err := io.Copy(dstF, srcF); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Chmod it
+                return os.Chmod(dstPath, info.Mode())
+        }
+
+        return filepath.Walk(src, walkFn)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d18174c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress.go
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+package getter
+
+// Decompressor defines the interface that must be implemented to add
+// support for decompressing a type.
+type Decompressor interface {
+        // Decompress should decompress src to dst. dir specifies whether dst
+        // is a directory or single file. src is guaranteed to be a single file
+        // that exists. dst is not guaranteed to exist already.
+        Decompress(dst, src string, dir bool) error
+}
+
+// Decompressors is the mapping of extension to the Decompressor implementation
+// that will decompress that extension/type.
+var Decompressors map[string]Decompressor
+
+func init() {
+        tbzDecompressor := new(TarBzip2Decompressor)
+        tgzDecompressor := new(TarGzipDecompressor)
+
+        Decompressors = map[string]Decompressor{
+                "bz2":     new(Bzip2Decompressor),
+                "gz":      new(GzipDecompressor),
+                "tar.bz2": tbzDecompressor,
+                "tar.gz":  tgzDecompressor,
+                "tbz2":    tbzDecompressor,
+                "tgz":     tgzDecompressor,
+                "zip":     new(ZipDecompressor),
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_bzip2.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_bzip2.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..339f4cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_bzip2.go
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "compress/bzip2"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+)
+
+// Bzip2Decompressor is an implementation of Decompressor that can
+// decompress bz2 files.
+type Bzip2Decompressor struct{}
+
+func (d *Bzip2Decompressor) Decompress(dst, src string, dir bool) error {
+        // Directory isn't supported at all
+        if dir {
+                return fmt.Errorf("bzip2-compressed files can only unarchive to a single file")
+        }
+
+        // If we're going into a directory we should make that first
+        if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // File first
+        f, err := os.Open(src)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer f.Close()
+
+        // Bzip2 compression is second
+        bzipR := bzip2.NewReader(f)
+
+        // Copy it out
+        dstF, err := os.Create(dst)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer dstF.Close()
+
+        _, err = io.Copy(dstF, bzipR)
+        return err
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_gzip.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_gzip.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2001054
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_gzip.go
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "compress/gzip"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+)
+
+// GzipDecompressor is an implementation of Decompressor that can
+// decompress bz2 files.
+type GzipDecompressor struct{}
+
+func (d *GzipDecompressor) Decompress(dst, src string, dir bool) error {
+        // Directory isn't supported at all
+        if dir {
+                return fmt.Errorf("gzip-compressed files can only unarchive to a single file")
+        }
+
+        // If we're going into a directory we should make that first
+        if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // File first
+        f, err := os.Open(src)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer f.Close()
+
+        // gzip compression is second
+        gzipR, err := gzip.NewReader(f)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer gzipR.Close()
+
+        // Copy it out
+        dstF, err := os.Create(dst)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer dstF.Close()
+
+        _, err = io.Copy(dstF, gzipR)
+        return err
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_tbz2.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_tbz2.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c46ed44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_tbz2.go
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "archive/tar"
+        "compress/bzip2"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+)
+
+// TarBzip2Decompressor is an implementation of Decompressor that can
+// decompress tar.bz2 files.
+type TarBzip2Decompressor struct{}
+
+func (d *TarBzip2Decompressor) Decompress(dst, src string, dir bool) error {
+        // If we're going into a directory we should make that first
+        mkdir := dst
+        if !dir {
+                mkdir = filepath.Dir(dst)
+        }
+        if err := os.MkdirAll(mkdir, 0755); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // File first
+        f, err := os.Open(src)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer f.Close()
+
+        // Bzip2 compression is second
+        bzipR := bzip2.NewReader(f)
+
+        // Once bzip decompressed we have a tar format
+        tarR := tar.NewReader(bzipR)
+        done := false
+        for {
+                hdr, err := tarR.Next()
+                if err == io.EOF {
+                        if !done {
+                                // Empty archive
+                                return fmt.Errorf("empty archive: %s", src)
+                        }
+
+                        return nil
+                }
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                path := dst
+                if dir {
+                        path = filepath.Join(path, hdr.Name)
+                }
+
+                if hdr.FileInfo().IsDir() {
+                        if dir {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("expected a single file: %s", src)
+                        }
+
+                        // A directory, just make the directory and continue unarchiving...
+                        if err := os.MkdirAll(path, 0755); err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // We have a file. If we already decoded, then it is an error
+                if !dir && done {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("expected a single file, got multiple: %s", src)
+                }
+
+                // Mark that we're done so future in single file mode errors
+                done = true
+
+                // Open the file for writing
+                dstF, err := os.Create(path)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                _, err = io.Copy(dstF, tarR)
+                dstF.Close()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Chmod the file
+                if err := os.Chmod(path, hdr.FileInfo().Mode()); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_testing.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_testing.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..686d6c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_testing.go
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "crypto/md5"
+        "encoding/hex"
+        "io"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "reflect"
+        "runtime"
+        "sort"
+        "strings"
+        "testing"
+)
+
+// TestDecompressCase is a single test case for testing decompressors
+type TestDecompressCase struct {
+        Input   string   // Input is the complete path to the input file
+        Dir     bool     // Dir is whether or not we're testing directory mode
+        Err     bool     // Err is whether we expect an error or not
+        DirList []string // DirList is the list of files for Dir mode
+        FileMD5 string   // FileMD5 is the expected MD5 for a single file
+}
+
+// TestDecompressor is a helper function for testing generic decompressors.
+func TestDecompressor(t *testing.T, d Decompressor, cases []TestDecompressCase) {
+        for _, tc := range cases {
+                t.Logf("Testing: %s", tc.Input)
+
+                // Temporary dir to store stuff
+                td, err := ioutil.TempDir("", "getter")
+                if err != nil {
+                        t.Fatalf("err: %s", err)
+                }
+
+                // Destination is always joining result so that we have a new path
+                dst := filepath.Join(td, "subdir", "result")
+
+                // We use a function so defers work
+                func() {
+                        defer os.RemoveAll(td)
+
+                        // Decompress
+                        err := d.Decompress(dst, tc.Input, tc.Dir)
+                        if (err != nil) != tc.Err {
+                                t.Fatalf("err %s: %s", tc.Input, err)
+                        }
+                        if tc.Err {
+                                return
+                        }
+
+                        // If it isn't a directory, then check for a single file
+                        if !tc.Dir {
+                                fi, err := os.Stat(dst)
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        t.Fatalf("err %s: %s", tc.Input, err)
+                                }
+                                if fi.IsDir() {
+                                        t.Fatalf("err %s: expected file, got directory", tc.Input)
+                                }
+                                if tc.FileMD5 != "" {
+                                        actual := testMD5(t, dst)
+                                        expected := tc.FileMD5
+                                        if actual != expected {
+                                                t.Fatalf("err %s: expected MD5 %s, got %s", tc.Input, expected, actual)
+                                        }
+                                }
+
+                                return
+                        }
+
+                        // Convert expected for windows
+                        expected := tc.DirList
+                        if runtime.GOOS == "windows" {
+                                for i, v := range expected {
+                                        expected[i] = strings.Replace(v, "/", "\\", -1)
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        // Directory, check for the correct contents
+                        actual := testListDir(t, dst)
+                        if !reflect.DeepEqual(actual, expected) {
+                                t.Fatalf("bad %s\n\n%#v\n\n%#v", tc.Input, actual, expected)
+                        }
+                }()
+        }
+}
+
+func testListDir(t *testing.T, path string) []string {
+        var result []string
+        err := filepath.Walk(path, func(sub string, info os.FileInfo, err error) error {
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                sub = strings.TrimPrefix(sub, path)
+                if sub == "" {
+                        return nil
+                }
+                sub = sub[1:] // Trim the leading path sep.
+
+                // If it is a dir, add trailing sep
+                if info.IsDir() {
+                        sub += "/"
+                }
+
+                result = append(result, sub)
+                return nil
+        })
+        if err != nil {
+                t.Fatalf("err: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        sort.Strings(result)
+        return result
+}
+
+func testMD5(t *testing.T, path string) string {
+        f, err := os.Open(path)
+        if err != nil {
+                t.Fatalf("err: %s", err)
+        }
+        defer f.Close()
+
+        h := md5.New()
+        _, err = io.Copy(h, f)
+        if err != nil {
+                t.Fatalf("err: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        result := h.Sum(nil)
+        return hex.EncodeToString(result)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_tgz.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_tgz.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8b1c31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_tgz.go
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "archive/tar"
+        "compress/gzip"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+)
+
+// TarGzipDecompressor is an implementation of Decompressor that can
+// decompress tar.gzip files.
+type TarGzipDecompressor struct{}
+
+func (d *TarGzipDecompressor) Decompress(dst, src string, dir bool) error {
+        // If we're going into a directory we should make that first
+        mkdir := dst
+        if !dir {
+                mkdir = filepath.Dir(dst)
+        }
+        if err := os.MkdirAll(mkdir, 0755); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // File first
+        f, err := os.Open(src)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer f.Close()
+
+        // Gzip compression is second
+        gzipR, err := gzip.NewReader(f)
+        if err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("Error opening a gzip reader for %s: %s", src, err)
+        }
+        defer gzipR.Close()
+
+        // Once gzip decompressed we have a tar format
+        tarR := tar.NewReader(gzipR)
+        done := false
+        for {
+                hdr, err := tarR.Next()
+                if err == io.EOF {
+                        if !done {
+                                // Empty archive
+                                return fmt.Errorf("empty archive: %s", src)
+                        }
+
+                        return nil
+                }
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                path := dst
+                if dir {
+                        path = filepath.Join(path, hdr.Name)
+                }
+
+                if hdr.FileInfo().IsDir() {
+                        if !dir {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("expected a single file: %s", src)
+                        }
+
+                        // A directory, just make the directory and continue unarchiving...
+                        if err := os.MkdirAll(path, 0755); err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // We have a file. If we already decoded, then it is an error
+                if !dir && done {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("expected a single file, got multiple: %s", src)
+                }
+
+                // Mark that we're done so future in single file mode errors
+                done = true
+
+                // Open the file for writing
+                dstF, err := os.Create(path)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                _, err = io.Copy(dstF, tarR)
+                dstF.Close()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Chmod the file
+                if err := os.Chmod(path, hdr.FileInfo().Mode()); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_zip.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_zip.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a065c07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/decompress_zip.go
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "archive/zip"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+)
+
+// ZipDecompressor is an implementation of Decompressor that can
+// decompress tar.gzip files.
+type ZipDecompressor struct{}
+
+func (d *ZipDecompressor) Decompress(dst, src string, dir bool) error {
+        // If we're going into a directory we should make that first
+        mkdir := dst
+        if !dir {
+                mkdir = filepath.Dir(dst)
+        }
+        if err := os.MkdirAll(mkdir, 0755); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Open the zip
+        zipR, err := zip.OpenReader(src)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer zipR.Close()
+
+        // Check the zip integrity
+        if len(zipR.File) == 0 {
+                // Empty archive
+                return fmt.Errorf("empty archive: %s", src)
+        }
+        if !dir && len(zipR.File) > 1 {
+                return fmt.Errorf("expected a single file: %s", src)
+        }
+
+        // Go through and unarchive
+        for _, f := range zipR.File {
+                path := dst
+                if dir {
+                        path = filepath.Join(path, f.Name)
+                }
+
+                if f.FileInfo().IsDir() {
+                        if !dir {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("expected a single file: %s", src)
+                        }
+
+                        // A directory, just make the directory and continue unarchiving...
+                        if err := os.MkdirAll(path, 0755); err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Create the enclosing directories if we must. ZIP files aren't
+                // required to contain entries for just the directories so this
+                // can happen.
+                if dir {
+                        if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(path), 0755); err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Open the file for reading
+                srcF, err := f.Open()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Open the file for writing
+                dstF, err := os.Create(path)
+                if err != nil {
+                        srcF.Close()
+                        return err
+                }
+                _, err = io.Copy(dstF, srcF)
+                srcF.Close()
+                dstF.Close()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Chmod the file
+                if err := os.Chmod(path, f.Mode()); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/detect.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/detect.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..481b737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/detect.go
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "path/filepath"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url"
+)
+
+// Detector defines the interface that an invalid URL or a URL with a blank
+// scheme is passed through in order to determine if its shorthand for
+// something else well-known.
+type Detector interface {
+        // Detect will detect whether the string matches a known pattern to
+        // turn it into a proper URL.
+        Detect(string, string) (string, bool, error)
+}
+
+// Detectors is the list of detectors that are tried on an invalid URL.
+// This is also the order they're tried (index 0 is first).
+var Detectors []Detector
+
+func init() {
+        Detectors = []Detector{
+                new(GitHubDetector),
+                new(BitBucketDetector),
+                new(S3Detector),
+                new(FileDetector),
+        }
+}
+
+// Detect turns a source string into another source string if it is
+// detected to be of a known pattern.
+//
+// The third parameter should be the list of detectors to use in the
+// order to try them. If you don't want to configure this, just use
+// the global Detectors variable.
+//
+// This is safe to be called with an already valid source string: Detect
+// will just return it.
+func Detect(src string, pwd string, ds []Detector) (string, error) {
+        getForce, getSrc := getForcedGetter(src)
+
+        // Separate out the subdir if there is one, we don't pass that to detect
+        getSrc, subDir := SourceDirSubdir(getSrc)
+
+        u, err := url.Parse(getSrc)
+        if err == nil && u.Scheme != "" {
+                // Valid URL
+                return src, nil
+        }
+
+        for _, d := range ds {
+                result, ok, err := d.Detect(getSrc, pwd)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return "", err
+                }
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                var detectForce string
+                detectForce, result = getForcedGetter(result)
+                result, detectSubdir := SourceDirSubdir(result)
+
+                // If we have a subdir from the detection, then prepend it to our
+                // requested subdir.
+                if detectSubdir != "" {
+                        if subDir != "" {
+                                subDir = filepath.Join(detectSubdir, subDir)
+                        } else {
+                                subDir = detectSubdir
+                        }
+                }
+                if subDir != "" {
+                        u, err := url.Parse(result)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return "", fmt.Errorf("Error parsing URL: %s", err)
+                        }
+                        u.Path += "//" + subDir
+                        result = u.String()
+                }
+
+                // Preserve the forced getter if it exists. We try to use the
+                // original set force first, followed by any force set by the
+                // detector.
+                if getForce != "" {
+                        result = fmt.Sprintf("%s::%s", getForce, result)
+                } else if detectForce != "" {
+                        result = fmt.Sprintf("%s::%s", detectForce, result)
+                }
+
+                return result, nil
+        }
+
+        return "", fmt.Errorf("invalid source string: %s", src)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/detect_bitbucket.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/detect_bitbucket.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a183a17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/detect_bitbucket.go
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "encoding/json"
+        "fmt"
+        "net/http"
+        "net/url"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// BitBucketDetector implements Detector to detect BitBucket URLs and turn
+// them into URLs that the Git or Hg Getter can understand.
+type BitBucketDetector struct{}
+
+func (d *BitBucketDetector) Detect(src, _ string) (string, bool, error) {
+        if len(src) == 0 {
+                return "", false, nil
+        }
+
+        if strings.HasPrefix(src, "bitbucket.org/") {
+                return d.detectHTTP(src)
+        }
+
+        return "", false, nil
+}
+
+func (d *BitBucketDetector) detectHTTP(src string) (string, bool, error) {
+        u, err := url.Parse("https://" + src)
+        if err != nil {
+                return "", true, fmt.Errorf("error parsing BitBucket URL: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        // We need to get info on this BitBucket repository to determine whether
+        // it is Git or Hg.
+        var info struct {
+                SCM string `json:"scm"`
+        }
+        infoUrl := "https://api.bitbucket.org/1.0/repositories" + u.Path
+        resp, err := http.Get(infoUrl)
+        if err != nil {
+                return "", true, fmt.Errorf("error looking up BitBucket URL: %s", err)
+        }
+        if resp.StatusCode == 403 {
+                // A private repo
+                return "", true, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "shorthand BitBucket URL can't be used for private repos, " +
+                                "please use a full URL")
+        }
+        dec := json.NewDecoder(resp.Body)
+        if err := dec.Decode(&info); err != nil {
+                return "", true, fmt.Errorf("error looking up BitBucket URL: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        switch info.SCM {
+        case "git":
+                if !strings.HasSuffix(u.Path, ".git") {
+                        u.Path += ".git"
+                }
+
+                return "git::" + u.String(), true, nil
+        case "hg":
+                return "hg::" + u.String(), true, nil
+        default:
+                return "", true, fmt.Errorf("unknown BitBucket SCM type: %s", info.SCM)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/detect_file.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/detect_file.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..756ea43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/detect_file.go
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "runtime"
+)
+
+// FileDetector implements Detector to detect file paths.
+type FileDetector struct{}
+
+func (d *FileDetector) Detect(src, pwd string) (string, bool, error) {
+        if len(src) == 0 {
+                return "", false, nil
+        }
+
+        if !filepath.IsAbs(src) {
+                if pwd == "" {
+                        return "", true, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "relative paths require a module with a pwd")
+                }
+
+                // Stat the pwd to determine if its a symbolic link. If it is,
+                // then the pwd becomes the original directory. Otherwise,
+                // `filepath.Join` below does some weird stuff.
+                //
+                // We just ignore if the pwd doesn't exist. That error will be
+                // caught later when we try to use the URL.
+                if fi, err := os.Lstat(pwd); !os.IsNotExist(err) {
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return "", true, err
+                        }
+                        if fi.Mode()&os.ModeSymlink != 0 {
+                                pwd, err = os.Readlink(pwd)
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return "", true, err
+                                }
+
+                                // The symlink itself might be a relative path, so we have to
+                                // resolve this to have a correctly rooted URL.
+                                pwd, err = filepath.Abs(pwd)
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return "", true, err
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+
+                src = filepath.Join(pwd, src)
+        }
+
+        return fmtFileURL(src), true, nil
+}
+
+func fmtFileURL(path string) string {
+        if runtime.GOOS == "windows" {
+                // Make sure we're using "/" on Windows. URLs are "/"-based.
+                path = filepath.ToSlash(path)
+                return fmt.Sprintf("file://%s", path)
+        }
+
+        // Make sure that we don't start with "/" since we add that below.
+        if path[0] == '/' {
+                path = path[1:]
+        }
+        return fmt.Sprintf("file:///%s", path)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/detect_github.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/detect_github.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c084ad9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/detect_github.go
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "net/url"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// GitHubDetector implements Detector to detect GitHub URLs and turn
+// them into URLs that the Git Getter can understand.
+type GitHubDetector struct{}
+
+func (d *GitHubDetector) Detect(src, _ string) (string, bool, error) {
+        if len(src) == 0 {
+                return "", false, nil
+        }
+
+        if strings.HasPrefix(src, "github.com/") {
+                return d.detectHTTP(src)
+        } else if strings.HasPrefix(src, "git@github.com:") {
+                return d.detectSSH(src)
+        }
+
+        return "", false, nil
+}
+
+func (d *GitHubDetector) detectHTTP(src string) (string, bool, error) {
+        parts := strings.Split(src, "/")
+        if len(parts) < 3 {
+                return "", false, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "GitHub URLs should be github.com/username/repo")
+        }
+
+        urlStr := fmt.Sprintf("https://%s", strings.Join(parts[:3], "/"))
+        url, err := url.Parse(urlStr)
+        if err != nil {
+                return "", true, fmt.Errorf("error parsing GitHub URL: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        if !strings.HasSuffix(url.Path, ".git") {
+                url.Path += ".git"
+        }
+
+        if len(parts) > 3 {
+                url.Path += "//" + strings.Join(parts[3:], "/")
+        }
+
+        return "git::" + url.String(), true, nil
+}
+
+func (d *GitHubDetector) detectSSH(src string) (string, bool, error) {
+        idx := strings.Index(src, ":")
+        qidx := strings.Index(src, "?")
+        if qidx == -1 {
+                qidx = len(src)
+        }
+
+        var u url.URL
+        u.Scheme = "ssh"
+        u.User = url.User("git")
+        u.Host = "github.com"
+        u.Path = src[idx+1 : qidx]
+        if qidx < len(src) {
+                q, err := url.ParseQuery(src[qidx+1:])
+                if err != nil {
+                        return "", true, fmt.Errorf("error parsing GitHub SSH URL: %s", err)
+                }
+
+                u.RawQuery = q.Encode()
+        }
+
+        return "git::" + u.String(), true, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/detect_s3.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/detect_s3.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e0f4a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/detect_s3.go
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "net/url"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// S3Detector implements Detector to detect S3 URLs and turn
+// them into URLs that the S3 getter can understand.
+type S3Detector struct{}
+
+func (d *S3Detector) Detect(src, _ string) (string, bool, error) {
+        if len(src) == 0 {
+                return "", false, nil
+        }
+
+        if strings.Contains(src, ".amazonaws.com/") {
+                return d.detectHTTP(src)
+        }
+
+        return "", false, nil
+}
+
+func (d *S3Detector) detectHTTP(src string) (string, bool, error) {
+        parts := strings.Split(src, "/")
+        if len(parts) < 2 {
+                return "", false, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "URL is not a valid S3 URL")
+        }
+
+        hostParts := strings.Split(parts[0], ".")
+        if len(hostParts) == 3 {
+                return d.detectPathStyle(hostParts[0], parts[1:])
+        } else if len(hostParts) == 4 {
+                return d.detectVhostStyle(hostParts[1], hostParts[0], parts[1:])
+        } else {
+                return "", false, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "URL is not a valid S3 URL")
+        }
+}
+
+func (d *S3Detector) detectPathStyle(region string, parts []string) (string, bool, error) {
+        urlStr := fmt.Sprintf("https://%s.amazonaws.com/%s", region, strings.Join(parts, "/"))
+        url, err := url.Parse(urlStr)
+        if err != nil {
+                return "", false, fmt.Errorf("error parsing S3 URL: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        return "s3::" + url.String(), true, nil
+}
+
+func (d *S3Detector) detectVhostStyle(region, bucket string, parts []string) (string, bool, error) {
+        urlStr := fmt.Sprintf("https://%s.amazonaws.com/%s/%s", region, bucket, strings.Join(parts, "/"))
+        url, err := url.Parse(urlStr)
+        if err != nil {
+                return "", false, fmt.Errorf("error parsing S3 URL: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        return "s3::" + url.String(), true, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/folder_storage.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/folder_storage.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..647ccf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/folder_storage.go
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "crypto/md5"
+        "encoding/hex"
+        "fmt"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+)
+
+// FolderStorage is an implementation of the Storage interface that manages
+// modules on the disk.
+type FolderStorage struct {
+        // StorageDir is the directory where the modules will be stored.
+        StorageDir string
+}
+
+// Dir implements Storage.Dir
+func (s *FolderStorage) Dir(key string) (d string, e bool, err error) {
+        d = s.dir(key)
+        _, err = os.Stat(d)
+        if err == nil {
+                // Directory exists
+                e = true
+                return
+        }
+        if os.IsNotExist(err) {
+                // Directory doesn't exist
+                d = ""
+                e = false
+                err = nil
+                return
+        }
+
+        // An error
+        d = ""
+        e = false
+        return
+}
+
+// Get implements Storage.Get
+func (s *FolderStorage) Get(key string, source string, update bool) error {
+        dir := s.dir(key)
+        if !update {
+                if _, err := os.Stat(dir); err == nil {
+                        // If the directory already exists, then we're done since
+                        // we're not updating.
+                        return nil
+                } else if !os.IsNotExist(err) {
+                        // If the error we got wasn't a file-not-exist error, then
+                        // something went wrong and we should report it.
+                        return fmt.Errorf("Error reading module directory: %s", err)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Get the source. This always forces an update.
+        return Get(dir, source)
+}
+
+// dir returns the directory name internally that we'll use to map to
+// internally.
+func (s *FolderStorage) dir(key string) string {
+        sum := md5.Sum([]byte(key))
+        return filepath.Join(s.StorageDir, hex.EncodeToString(sum[:]))
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3236f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get.go
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+// getter is a package for downloading files or directories from a variety of
+// protocols.
+//
+// getter is unique in its ability to download both directories and files.
+// It also detects certain source strings to be protocol-specific URLs. For
+// example, "github.com/hashicorp/go-getter" would turn into a Git URL and
+// use the Git protocol.
+//
+// Protocols and detectors are extensible.
+//
+// To get started, see Client.
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "net/url"
+        "os/exec"
+        "regexp"
+        "syscall"
+)
+
+// Getter defines the interface that schemes must implement to download
+// things.
+type Getter interface {
+        // Get downloads the given URL into the given directory. This always
+        // assumes that we're updating and gets the latest version that it can.
+        //
+        // The directory may already exist (if we're updating). If it is in a
+        // format that isn't understood, an error should be returned. Get shouldn't
+        // simply nuke the directory.
+        Get(string, *url.URL) error
+
+        // GetFile downloads the give URL into the given path. The URL must
+        // reference a single file. If possible, the Getter should check if
+        // the remote end contains the same file and no-op this operation.
+        GetFile(string, *url.URL) error
+
+        // ClientMode returns the mode based on the given URL. This is used to
+        // allow clients to let the getters decide which mode to use.
+        ClientMode(*url.URL) (ClientMode, error)
+}
+
+// Getters is the mapping of scheme to the Getter implementation that will
+// be used to get a dependency.
+var Getters map[string]Getter
+
+// forcedRegexp is the regular expression that finds forced getters. This
+// syntax is schema::url, example: git::https://foo.com
+var forcedRegexp = regexp.MustCompile(`^([A-Za-z0-9]+)::(.+)$`)
+
+func init() {
+        httpGetter := &HttpGetter{Netrc: true}
+
+        Getters = map[string]Getter{
+                "file":  new(FileGetter),
+                "git":   new(GitGetter),
+                "hg":    new(HgGetter),
+                "s3":    new(S3Getter),
+                "http":  httpGetter,
+                "https": httpGetter,
+        }
+}
+
+// Get downloads the directory specified by src into the folder specified by
+// dst. If dst already exists, Get will attempt to update it.
+//
+// src is a URL, whereas dst is always just a file path to a folder. This
+// folder doesn't need to exist. It will be created if it doesn't exist.
+func Get(dst, src string) error {
+        return (&Client{
+                Src:     src,
+                Dst:     dst,
+                Dir:     true,
+                Getters: Getters,
+        }).Get()
+}
+
+// GetAny downloads a URL into the given destination. Unlike Get or
+// GetFile, both directories and files are supported.
+//
+// dst must be a directory. If src is a file, it will be downloaded
+// into dst with the basename of the URL. If src is a directory or
+// archive, it will be unpacked directly into dst.
+func GetAny(dst, src string) error {
+        return (&Client{
+                Src:     src,
+                Dst:     dst,
+                Mode:    ClientModeAny,
+                Getters: Getters,
+        }).Get()
+}
+
+// GetFile downloads the file specified by src into the path specified by
+// dst.
+func GetFile(dst, src string) error {
+        return (&Client{
+                Src:     src,
+                Dst:     dst,
+                Dir:     false,
+                Getters: Getters,
+        }).Get()
+}
+
+// getRunCommand is a helper that will run a command and capture the output
+// in the case an error happens.
+func getRunCommand(cmd *exec.Cmd) error {
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        cmd.Stdout = &buf
+        cmd.Stderr = &buf
+        err := cmd.Run()
+        if err == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+        if exiterr, ok := err.(*exec.ExitError); ok {
+                // The program has exited with an exit code != 0
+                if status, ok := exiterr.Sys().(syscall.WaitStatus); ok {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s exited with %d: %s",
+                                cmd.Path,
+                                status.ExitStatus(),
+                                buf.String())
+                }
+        }
+
+        return fmt.Errorf("error running %s: %s", cmd.Path, buf.String())
+}
+
+// getForcedGetter takes a source and returns the tuple of the forced
+// getter and the raw URL (without the force syntax).
+func getForcedGetter(src string) (string, string) {
+        var forced string
+        if ms := forcedRegexp.FindStringSubmatch(src); ms != nil {
+                forced = ms[1]
+                src = ms[2]
+        }
+
+        return forced, src
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_file.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_file.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5d2d61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_file.go
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "net/url"
+        "os"
+)
+
+// FileGetter is a Getter implementation that will download a module from
+// a file scheme.
+type FileGetter struct {
+        // Copy, if set to true, will copy data instead of using a symlink
+        Copy bool
+}
+
+func (g *FileGetter) ClientMode(u *url.URL) (ClientMode, error) {
+        path := u.Path
+        if u.RawPath != "" {
+                path = u.RawPath
+        }
+
+        fi, err := os.Stat(path)
+        if err != nil {
+                return 0, err
+        }
+
+        // Check if the source is a directory.
+        if fi.IsDir() {
+                return ClientModeDir, nil
+        }
+
+        return ClientModeFile, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_file_unix.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_file_unix.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c89a2d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_file_unix.go
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+// +build !windows
+
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "net/url"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+)
+
+func (g *FileGetter) Get(dst string, u *url.URL) error {
+        path := u.Path
+        if u.RawPath != "" {
+                path = u.RawPath
+        }
+
+        // The source path must exist and be a directory to be usable.
+        if fi, err := os.Stat(path); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("source path error: %s", err)
+        } else if !fi.IsDir() {
+                return fmt.Errorf("source path must be a directory")
+        }
+
+        fi, err := os.Lstat(dst)
+        if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // If the destination already exists, it must be a symlink
+        if err == nil {
+                mode := fi.Mode()
+                if mode&os.ModeSymlink == 0 {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("destination exists and is not a symlink")
+                }
+
+                // Remove the destination
+                if err := os.Remove(dst); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Create all the parent directories
+        if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        return os.Symlink(path, dst)
+}
+
+func (g *FileGetter) GetFile(dst string, u *url.URL) error {
+        path := u.Path
+        if u.RawPath != "" {
+                path = u.RawPath
+        }
+
+        // The source path must exist and be a file to be usable.
+        if fi, err := os.Stat(path); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("source path error: %s", err)
+        } else if fi.IsDir() {
+                return fmt.Errorf("source path must be a file")
+        }
+
+        _, err := os.Lstat(dst)
+        if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // If the destination already exists, it must be a symlink
+        if err == nil {
+                // Remove the destination
+                if err := os.Remove(dst); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Create all the parent directories
+        if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // If we're not copying, just symlink and we're done
+        if !g.Copy {
+                return os.Symlink(path, dst)
+        }
+
+        // Copy
+        srcF, err := os.Open(path)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer srcF.Close()
+
+        dstF, err := os.Create(dst)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer dstF.Close()
+
+        _, err = io.Copy(dstF, srcF)
+        return err
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_file_windows.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_file_windows.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f87ed0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_file_windows.go
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+// +build windows
+
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "net/url"
+        "os"
+        "os/exec"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+func (g *FileGetter) Get(dst string, u *url.URL) error {
+        path := u.Path
+        if u.RawPath != "" {
+                path = u.RawPath
+        }
+
+        // The source path must exist and be a directory to be usable.
+        if fi, err := os.Stat(path); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("source path error: %s", err)
+        } else if !fi.IsDir() {
+                return fmt.Errorf("source path must be a directory")
+        }
+
+        fi, err := os.Lstat(dst)
+        if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // If the destination already exists, it must be a symlink
+        if err == nil {
+                mode := fi.Mode()
+                if mode&os.ModeSymlink == 0 {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("destination exists and is not a symlink")
+                }
+
+                // Remove the destination
+                if err := os.Remove(dst); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Create all the parent directories
+        if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        sourcePath := toBackslash(path)
+
+        // Use mklink to create a junction point
+        output, err := exec.Command("cmd", "/c", "mklink", "/J", dst, sourcePath).CombinedOutput()
+        if err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("failed to run mklink %v %v: %v %q", dst, sourcePath, err, output)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (g *FileGetter) GetFile(dst string, u *url.URL) error {
+        path := u.Path
+        if u.RawPath != "" {
+                path = u.RawPath
+        }
+
+        // The source path must exist and be a directory to be usable.
+        if fi, err := os.Stat(path); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("source path error: %s", err)
+        } else if fi.IsDir() {
+                return fmt.Errorf("source path must be a file")
+        }
+
+        _, err := os.Lstat(dst)
+        if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // If the destination already exists, it must be a symlink
+        if err == nil {
+                // Remove the destination
+                if err := os.Remove(dst); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Create all the parent directories
+        if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // If we're not copying, just symlink and we're done
+        if !g.Copy {
+                return os.Symlink(path, dst)
+        }
+
+        // Copy
+        srcF, err := os.Open(path)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer srcF.Close()
+
+        dstF, err := os.Create(dst)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer dstF.Close()
+
+        _, err = io.Copy(dstF, srcF)
+        return err
+}
+
+// toBackslash returns the result of replacing each slash character
+// in path with a backslash ('\') character. Multiple separators are
+// replaced by multiple backslashes.
+func toBackslash(path string) string {
+        return strings.Replace(path, "/", "\\", -1)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_git.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_git.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0728139
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_git.go
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "encoding/base64"
+        "fmt"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "net/url"
+        "os"
+        "os/exec"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "strings"
+
+        urlhelper "github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
+)
+
+// GitGetter is a Getter implementation that will download a module from
+// a git repository.
+type GitGetter struct{}
+
+func (g *GitGetter) ClientMode(_ *url.URL) (ClientMode, error) {
+        return ClientModeDir, nil
+}
+
+func (g *GitGetter) Get(dst string, u *url.URL) error {
+        if _, err := exec.LookPath("git"); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("git must be available and on the PATH")
+        }
+
+        // Extract some query parameters we use
+        var ref, sshKey string
+        q := u.Query()
+        if len(q) > 0 {
+                ref = q.Get("ref")
+                q.Del("ref")
+
+                sshKey = q.Get("sshkey")
+                q.Del("sshkey")
+
+                // Copy the URL
+                var newU url.URL = *u
+                u = &newU
+                u.RawQuery = q.Encode()
+        }
+
+        var sshKeyFile string
+        if sshKey != "" {
+                // Check that the git version is sufficiently new.
+                if err := checkGitVersion("2.3"); err != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("Error using ssh key: %v", err)
+                }
+
+                // We have an SSH key - decode it.
+                raw, err := base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString(sshKey)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Create a temp file for the key and ensure it is removed.
+                fh, err := ioutil.TempFile("", "go-getter")
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                sshKeyFile = fh.Name()
+                defer os.Remove(sshKeyFile)
+
+                // Set the permissions prior to writing the key material.
+                if err := os.Chmod(sshKeyFile, 0600); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Write the raw key into the temp file.
+                _, err = fh.Write(raw)
+                fh.Close()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Clone or update the repository
+        _, err := os.Stat(dst)
+        if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) {
+                return err
+        }
+        if err == nil {
+                err = g.update(dst, sshKeyFile, ref)
+        } else {
+                err = g.clone(dst, sshKeyFile, u)
+        }
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Next: check out the proper tag/branch if it is specified, and checkout
+        if ref != "" {
+                if err := g.checkout(dst, ref); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Lastly, download any/all submodules.
+        return g.fetchSubmodules(dst, sshKeyFile)
+}
+
+// GetFile for Git doesn't support updating at this time. It will download
+// the file every time.
+func (g *GitGetter) GetFile(dst string, u *url.URL) error {
+        td, err := ioutil.TempDir("", "getter-git")
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        if err := os.RemoveAll(td); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Get the filename, and strip the filename from the URL so we can
+        // just get the repository directly.
+        filename := filepath.Base(u.Path)
+        u.Path = filepath.Dir(u.Path)
+
+        // Get the full repository
+        if err := g.Get(td, u); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Copy the single file
+        u, err = urlhelper.Parse(fmtFileURL(filepath.Join(td, filename)))
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        fg := &FileGetter{Copy: true}
+        return fg.GetFile(dst, u)
+}
+
+func (g *GitGetter) checkout(dst string, ref string) error {
+        cmd := exec.Command("git", "checkout", ref)
+        cmd.Dir = dst
+        return getRunCommand(cmd)
+}
+
+func (g *GitGetter) clone(dst, sshKeyFile string, u *url.URL) error {
+        cmd := exec.Command("git", "clone", u.String(), dst)
+        setupGitEnv(cmd, sshKeyFile)
+        return getRunCommand(cmd)
+}
+
+func (g *GitGetter) update(dst, sshKeyFile, ref string) error {
+        // Determine if we're a branch. If we're NOT a branch, then we just
+        // switch to master prior to checking out
+        cmd := exec.Command("git", "show-ref", "-q", "--verify", "refs/heads/"+ref)
+        cmd.Dir = dst
+
+        if getRunCommand(cmd) != nil {
+                // Not a branch, switch to master. This will also catch non-existent
+                // branches, in which case we want to switch to master and then
+                // checkout the proper branch later.
+                ref = "master"
+        }
+
+        // We have to be on a branch to pull
+        if err := g.checkout(dst, ref); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        cmd = exec.Command("git", "pull", "--ff-only")
+        cmd.Dir = dst
+        setupGitEnv(cmd, sshKeyFile)
+        return getRunCommand(cmd)
+}
+
+// fetchSubmodules downloads any configured submodules recursively.
+func (g *GitGetter) fetchSubmodules(dst, sshKeyFile string) error {
+        cmd := exec.Command("git", "submodule", "update", "--init", "--recursive")
+        cmd.Dir = dst
+        setupGitEnv(cmd, sshKeyFile)
+        return getRunCommand(cmd)
+}
+
+// setupGitEnv sets up the environment for the given command. This is used to
+// pass configuration data to git and ssh and enables advanced cloning methods.
+func setupGitEnv(cmd *exec.Cmd, sshKeyFile string) {
+        var sshOpts []string
+
+        if sshKeyFile != "" {
+                // We have an SSH key temp file configured, tell ssh about this.
+                sshOpts = append(sshOpts, "-i", sshKeyFile)
+        }
+
+        cmd.Env = append(os.Environ(),
+                // Set the ssh command to use for clones.
+                "GIT_SSH_COMMAND=ssh "+strings.Join(sshOpts, " "),
+        )
+}
+
+// checkGitVersion is used to check the version of git installed on the system
+// against a known minimum version. Returns an error if the installed version
+// is older than the given minimum.
+func checkGitVersion(min string) error {
+        want, err := version.NewVersion(min)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        out, err := exec.Command("git", "version").Output()
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        fields := strings.Fields(string(out))
+        if len(fields) != 3 {
+                return fmt.Errorf("Unexpected 'git version' output: %q", string(out))
+        }
+
+        have, err := version.NewVersion(fields[2])
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        if have.LessThan(want) {
+                return fmt.Errorf("Required git version = %s, have %s", want, have)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_hg.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_hg.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..820bdd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_hg.go
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "net/url"
+        "os"
+        "os/exec"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "runtime"
+
+        urlhelper "github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url"
+)
+
+// HgGetter is a Getter implementation that will download a module from
+// a Mercurial repository.
+type HgGetter struct{}
+
+func (g *HgGetter) ClientMode(_ *url.URL) (ClientMode, error) {
+        return ClientModeDir, nil
+}
+
+func (g *HgGetter) Get(dst string, u *url.URL) error {
+        if _, err := exec.LookPath("hg"); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("hg must be available and on the PATH")
+        }
+
+        newURL, err := urlhelper.Parse(u.String())
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        if fixWindowsDrivePath(newURL) {
+                // See valid file path form on http://www.selenic.com/hg/help/urls
+                newURL.Path = fmt.Sprintf("/%s", newURL.Path)
+        }
+
+        // Extract some query parameters we use
+        var rev string
+        q := newURL.Query()
+        if len(q) > 0 {
+                rev = q.Get("rev")
+                q.Del("rev")
+
+                newURL.RawQuery = q.Encode()
+        }
+
+        _, err = os.Stat(dst)
+        if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) {
+                return err
+        }
+        if err != nil {
+                if err := g.clone(dst, newURL); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        if err := g.pull(dst, newURL); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        return g.update(dst, newURL, rev)
+}
+
+// GetFile for Hg doesn't support updating at this time. It will download
+// the file every time.
+func (g *HgGetter) GetFile(dst string, u *url.URL) error {
+        td, err := ioutil.TempDir("", "getter-hg")
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        if err := os.RemoveAll(td); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Get the filename, and strip the filename from the URL so we can
+        // just get the repository directly.
+        filename := filepath.Base(u.Path)
+        u.Path = filepath.ToSlash(filepath.Dir(u.Path))
+
+        // If we're on Windows, we need to set the host to "localhost" for hg
+        if runtime.GOOS == "windows" {
+                u.Host = "localhost"
+        }
+
+        // Get the full repository
+        if err := g.Get(td, u); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Copy the single file
+        u, err = urlhelper.Parse(fmtFileURL(filepath.Join(td, filename)))
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        fg := &FileGetter{Copy: true}
+        return fg.GetFile(dst, u)
+}
+
+func (g *HgGetter) clone(dst string, u *url.URL) error {
+        cmd := exec.Command("hg", "clone", "-U", u.String(), dst)
+        return getRunCommand(cmd)
+}
+
+func (g *HgGetter) pull(dst string, u *url.URL) error {
+        cmd := exec.Command("hg", "pull")
+        cmd.Dir = dst
+        return getRunCommand(cmd)
+}
+
+func (g *HgGetter) update(dst string, u *url.URL, rev string) error {
+        args := []string{"update"}
+        if rev != "" {
+                args = append(args, rev)
+        }
+
+        cmd := exec.Command("hg", args...)
+        cmd.Dir = dst
+        return getRunCommand(cmd)
+}
+
+func fixWindowsDrivePath(u *url.URL) bool {
+        // hg assumes a file:/// prefix for Windows drive letter file paths.
+        // (e.g. file:///c:/foo/bar)
+        // If the URL Path does not begin with a '/' character, the resulting URL
+        // path will have a file:// prefix. (e.g. file://c:/foo/bar)
+        // See http://www.selenic.com/hg/help/urls and the examples listed in
+        // http://selenic.com/repo/hg-stable/file/1265a3a71d75/mercurial/util.py#l1936
+        return runtime.GOOS == "windows" && u.Scheme == "file" &&
+                len(u.Path) > 1 && u.Path[0] != '/' && u.Path[1] == ':'
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_http.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_http.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c02034
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_http.go
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "encoding/xml"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "net/http"
+        "net/url"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// HttpGetter is a Getter implementation that will download from an HTTP
+// endpoint.
+//
+// For file downloads, HTTP is used directly.
+//
+// The protocol for downloading a directory from an HTTP endpoing is as follows:
+//
+// An HTTP GET request is made to the URL with the additional GET parameter
+// "terraform-get=1". This lets you handle that scenario specially if you
+// wish. The response must be a 2xx.
+//
+// First, a header is looked for "X-Terraform-Get" which should contain
+// a source URL to download.
+//
+// If the header is not present, then a meta tag is searched for named
+// "terraform-get" and the content should be a source URL.
+//
+// The source URL, whether from the header or meta tag, must be a fully
+// formed URL. The shorthand syntax of "github.com/foo/bar" or relative
+// paths are not allowed.
+type HttpGetter struct {
+        // Netrc, if true, will lookup and use auth information found
+        // in the user's netrc file if available.
+        Netrc bool
+}
+
+func (g *HttpGetter) ClientMode(u *url.URL) (ClientMode, error) {
+        if strings.HasSuffix(u.Path, "/") {
+                return ClientModeDir, nil
+        }
+        return ClientModeFile, nil
+}
+
+func (g *HttpGetter) Get(dst string, u *url.URL) error {
+        // Copy the URL so we can modify it
+        var newU url.URL = *u
+        u = &newU
+
+        if g.Netrc {
+                // Add auth from netrc if we can
+                if err := addAuthFromNetrc(u); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Add terraform-get to the parameter.
+        q := u.Query()
+        q.Add("terraform-get", "1")
+        u.RawQuery = q.Encode()
+
+        // Get the URL
+        resp, err := http.Get(u.String())
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer resp.Body.Close()
+        if resp.StatusCode < 200 || resp.StatusCode >= 300 {
+                return fmt.Errorf("bad response code: %d", resp.StatusCode)
+        }
+
+        // Extract the source URL
+        var source string
+        if v := resp.Header.Get("X-Terraform-Get"); v != "" {
+                source = v
+        } else {
+                source, err = g.parseMeta(resp.Body)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+        if source == "" {
+                return fmt.Errorf("no source URL was returned")
+        }
+
+        // If there is a subdir component, then we download the root separately
+        // into a temporary directory, then copy over the proper subdir.
+        source, subDir := SourceDirSubdir(source)
+        if subDir == "" {
+                return Get(dst, source)
+        }
+
+        // We have a subdir, time to jump some hoops
+        return g.getSubdir(dst, source, subDir)
+}
+
+func (g *HttpGetter) GetFile(dst string, u *url.URL) error {
+        resp, err := http.Get(u.String())
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer resp.Body.Close()
+        if resp.StatusCode != 200 {
+                return fmt.Errorf("bad response code: %d", resp.StatusCode)
+        }
+
+        // Create all the parent directories
+        if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        f, err := os.Create(dst)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer f.Close()
+
+        _, err = io.Copy(f, resp.Body)
+        return err
+}
+
+// getSubdir downloads the source into the destination, but with
+// the proper subdir.
+func (g *HttpGetter) getSubdir(dst, source, subDir string) error {
+        // Create a temporary directory to store the full source
+        td, err := ioutil.TempDir("", "tf")
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer os.RemoveAll(td)
+
+        // Download that into the given directory
+        if err := Get(td, source); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Make sure the subdir path actually exists
+        sourcePath := filepath.Join(td, subDir)
+        if _, err := os.Stat(sourcePath); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Error downloading %s: %s", source, err)
+        }
+
+        // Copy the subdirectory into our actual destination.
+        if err := os.RemoveAll(dst); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Make the final destination
+        if err := os.MkdirAll(dst, 0755); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        return copyDir(dst, sourcePath, false)
+}
+
+// parseMeta looks for the first meta tag in the given reader that
+// will give us the source URL.
+func (g *HttpGetter) parseMeta(r io.Reader) (string, error) {
+        d := xml.NewDecoder(r)
+        d.CharsetReader = charsetReader
+        d.Strict = false
+        var err error
+        var t xml.Token
+        for {
+                t, err = d.Token()
+                if err != nil {
+                        if err == io.EOF {
+                                err = nil
+                        }
+                        return "", err
+                }
+                if e, ok := t.(xml.StartElement); ok && strings.EqualFold(e.Name.Local, "body") {
+                        return "", nil
+                }
+                if e, ok := t.(xml.EndElement); ok && strings.EqualFold(e.Name.Local, "head") {
+                        return "", nil
+                }
+                e, ok := t.(xml.StartElement)
+                if !ok || !strings.EqualFold(e.Name.Local, "meta") {
+                        continue
+                }
+                if attrValue(e.Attr, "name") != "terraform-get" {
+                        continue
+                }
+                if f := attrValue(e.Attr, "content"); f != "" {
+                        return f, nil
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// attrValue returns the attribute value for the case-insensitive key
+// `name', or the empty string if nothing is found.
+func attrValue(attrs []xml.Attr, name string) string {
+        for _, a := range attrs {
+                if strings.EqualFold(a.Name.Local, name) {
+                        return a.Value
+                }
+        }
+        return ""
+}
+
+// charsetReader returns a reader for the given charset. Currently
+// it only supports UTF-8 and ASCII. Otherwise, it returns a meaningful
+// error which is printed by go get, so the user can find why the package
+// wasn't downloaded if the encoding is not supported. Note that, in
+// order to reduce potential errors, ASCII is treated as UTF-8 (i.e. characters
+// greater than 0x7f are not rejected).
+func charsetReader(charset string, input io.Reader) (io.Reader, error) {
+        switch strings.ToLower(charset) {
+        case "ascii":
+                return input, nil
+        default:
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("can't decode XML document using charset %q", charset)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_mock.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_mock.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..882e694
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_mock.go
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "net/url"
+)
+
+// MockGetter is an implementation of Getter that can be used for tests.
+type MockGetter struct {
+        // Proxy, if set, will be called after recording the calls below.
+        // If it isn't set, then the *Err values will be returned.
+        Proxy Getter
+
+        GetCalled bool
+        GetDst    string
+        GetURL    *url.URL
+        GetErr    error
+
+        GetFileCalled bool
+        GetFileDst    string
+        GetFileURL    *url.URL
+        GetFileErr    error
+}
+
+func (g *MockGetter) Get(dst string, u *url.URL) error {
+        g.GetCalled = true
+        g.GetDst = dst
+        g.GetURL = u
+
+        if g.Proxy != nil {
+                return g.Proxy.Get(dst, u)
+        }
+
+        return g.GetErr
+}
+
+func (g *MockGetter) GetFile(dst string, u *url.URL) error {
+        g.GetFileCalled = true
+        g.GetFileDst = dst
+        g.GetFileURL = u
+
+        if g.Proxy != nil {
+                return g.Proxy.GetFile(dst, u)
+        }
+        return g.GetFileErr
+}
+
+func (g *MockGetter) ClientMode(u *url.URL) (ClientMode, error) {
+        if l := len(u.Path); l > 0 && u.Path[l-1:] == "/" {
+                return ClientModeDir, nil
+        }
+        return ClientModeFile, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_s3.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_s3.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3bffeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/get_s3.go
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "net/url"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/ec2rolecreds"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
+        "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3"
+)
+
+// S3Getter is a Getter implementation that will download a module from
+// a S3 bucket.
+type S3Getter struct{}
+
+func (g *S3Getter) ClientMode(u *url.URL) (ClientMode, error) {
+        // Parse URL
+        region, bucket, path, _, creds, err := g.parseUrl(u)
+        if err != nil {
+                return 0, err
+        }
+
+        // Create client config
+        config := g.getAWSConfig(region, creds)
+        sess := session.New(config)
+        client := s3.New(sess)
+
+        // List the object(s) at the given prefix
+        req := &s3.ListObjectsInput{
+                Bucket: aws.String(bucket),
+                Prefix: aws.String(path),
+        }
+        resp, err := client.ListObjects(req)
+        if err != nil {
+                return 0, err
+        }
+
+        for _, o := range resp.Contents {
+                // Use file mode on exact match.
+                if *o.Key == path {
+                        return ClientModeFile, nil
+                }
+
+                // Use dir mode if child keys are found.
+                if strings.HasPrefix(*o.Key, path+"/") {
+                        return ClientModeDir, nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        // There was no match, so just return file mode. The download is going
+        // to fail but we will let S3 return the proper error later.
+        return ClientModeFile, nil
+}
+
+func (g *S3Getter) Get(dst string, u *url.URL) error {
+        // Parse URL
+        region, bucket, path, _, creds, err := g.parseUrl(u)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Remove destination if it already exists
+        _, err = os.Stat(dst)
+        if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        if err == nil {
+                // Remove the destination
+                if err := os.RemoveAll(dst); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Create all the parent directories
+        if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        config := g.getAWSConfig(region, creds)
+        sess := session.New(config)
+        client := s3.New(sess)
+
+        // List files in path, keep listing until no more objects are found
+        lastMarker := ""
+        hasMore := true
+        for hasMore {
+                req := &s3.ListObjectsInput{
+                        Bucket: aws.String(bucket),
+                        Prefix: aws.String(path),
+                }
+                if lastMarker != "" {
+                        req.Marker = aws.String(lastMarker)
+                }
+
+                resp, err := client.ListObjects(req)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                hasMore = aws.BoolValue(resp.IsTruncated)
+
+                // Get each object storing each file relative to the destination path
+                for _, object := range resp.Contents {
+                        lastMarker = aws.StringValue(object.Key)
+                        objPath := aws.StringValue(object.Key)
+
+                        // If the key ends with a backslash assume it is a directory and ignore
+                        if strings.HasSuffix(objPath, "/") {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // Get the object destination path
+                        objDst, err := filepath.Rel(path, objPath)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                        objDst = filepath.Join(dst, objDst)
+
+                        if err := g.getObject(client, objDst, bucket, objPath, ""); err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (g *S3Getter) GetFile(dst string, u *url.URL) error {
+        region, bucket, path, version, creds, err := g.parseUrl(u)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        config := g.getAWSConfig(region, creds)
+        sess := session.New(config)
+        client := s3.New(sess)
+        return g.getObject(client, dst, bucket, path, version)
+}
+
+func (g *S3Getter) getObject(client *s3.S3, dst, bucket, key, version string) error {
+        req := &s3.GetObjectInput{
+                Bucket: aws.String(bucket),
+                Key:    aws.String(key),
+        }
+        if version != "" {
+                req.VersionId = aws.String(version)
+        }
+
+        resp, err := client.GetObject(req)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Create all the parent directories
+        if err := os.MkdirAll(filepath.Dir(dst), 0755); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        f, err := os.Create(dst)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer f.Close()
+
+        _, err = io.Copy(f, resp.Body)
+        return err
+}
+
+func (g *S3Getter) getAWSConfig(region string, creds *credentials.Credentials) *aws.Config {
+        conf := &aws.Config{}
+        if creds == nil {
+                // Grab the metadata URL
+                metadataURL := os.Getenv("AWS_METADATA_URL")
+                if metadataURL == "" {
+                        metadataURL = "http://169.254.169.254:80/latest"
+                }
+
+                creds = credentials.NewChainCredentials(
+                        []credentials.Provider{
+                                &credentials.EnvProvider{},
+                                &credentials.SharedCredentialsProvider{Filename: "", Profile: ""},
+                                &ec2rolecreds.EC2RoleProvider{
+                                        Client: ec2metadata.New(session.New(&aws.Config{
+                                                Endpoint: aws.String(metadataURL),
+                                        })),
+                                },
+                        })
+        }
+
+        conf.Credentials = creds
+        if region != "" {
+                conf.Region = aws.String(region)
+        }
+
+        return conf
+}
+
+func (g *S3Getter) parseUrl(u *url.URL) (region, bucket, path, version string, creds *credentials.Credentials, err error) {
+        // Expected host style: s3.amazonaws.com. They always have 3 parts,
+        // although the first may differ if we're accessing a specific region.
+        hostParts := strings.Split(u.Host, ".")
+        if len(hostParts) != 3 {
+                err = fmt.Errorf("URL is not a valid S3 URL")
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Parse the region out of the first part of the host
+        region = strings.TrimPrefix(strings.TrimPrefix(hostParts[0], "s3-"), "s3")
+        if region == "" {
+                region = "us-east-1"
+        }
+
+        pathParts := strings.SplitN(u.Path, "/", 3)
+        if len(pathParts) != 3 {
+                err = fmt.Errorf("URL is not a valid S3 URL")
+                return
+        }
+
+        bucket = pathParts[1]
+        path = pathParts[2]
+        version = u.Query().Get("version")
+
+        _, hasAwsId := u.Query()["aws_access_key_id"]
+        _, hasAwsSecret := u.Query()["aws_access_key_secret"]
+        _, hasAwsToken := u.Query()["aws_access_token"]
+        if hasAwsId || hasAwsSecret || hasAwsToken {
+                creds = credentials.NewStaticCredentials(
+                        u.Query().Get("aws_access_key_id"),
+                        u.Query().Get("aws_access_key_secret"),
+                        u.Query().Get("aws_access_token"),
+                )
+        }
+
+        return
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02497c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url.go
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+package url
+
+import (
+        "net/url"
+)
+
+// Parse parses rawURL into a URL structure.
+// The rawURL may be relative or absolute.
+//
+// Parse is a wrapper for the Go stdlib net/url Parse function, but returns
+// Windows "safe" URLs on Windows platforms.
+func Parse(rawURL string) (*url.URL, error) {
+        return parse(rawURL)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url_unix.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url_unix.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed1352a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url_unix.go
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+// +build !windows
+
+package url
+
+import (
+        "net/url"
+)
+
+func parse(rawURL string) (*url.URL, error) {
+        return url.Parse(rawURL)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url_windows.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url_windows.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4655226
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/helper/url/url_windows.go
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+package url
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "net/url"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+func parse(rawURL string) (*url.URL, error) {
+        // Make sure we're using "/" since URLs are "/"-based.
+        rawURL = filepath.ToSlash(rawURL)
+
+        u, err := url.Parse(rawURL)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        if len(rawURL) > 1 && rawURL[1] == ':' {
+                // Assume we're dealing with a drive letter file path where the drive
+                // letter has been parsed into the URL Scheme, and the rest of the path
+                // has been parsed into the URL Path without the leading ':' character.
+                u.Path = fmt.Sprintf("%s:%s", string(rawURL[0]), u.Path)
+                u.Scheme = ""
+        }
+
+        if len(u.Host) > 1 && u.Host[1] == ':' && strings.HasPrefix(rawURL, "file://") {
+                // Assume we're dealing with a drive letter file path where the drive
+                // letter has been parsed into the URL Host.
+                u.Path = fmt.Sprintf("%s%s", u.Host, u.Path)
+                u.Host = ""
+        }
+
+        // Remove leading slash for absolute file paths.
+        if len(u.Path) > 2 && u.Path[0] == '/' && u.Path[2] == ':' {
+                u.Path = u.Path[1:]
+        }
+
+        return u, err
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/netrc.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/netrc.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7f6a3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/netrc.go
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "net/url"
+        "os"
+        "runtime"
+
+        "github.com/bgentry/go-netrc/netrc"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/go-homedir"
+)
+
+// addAuthFromNetrc adds auth information to the URL from the user's
+// netrc file if it can be found. This will only add the auth info
+// if the URL doesn't already have auth info specified and the
+// the username is blank.
+func addAuthFromNetrc(u *url.URL) error {
+        // If the URL already has auth information, do nothing
+        if u.User != nil && u.User.Username() != "" {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Get the netrc file path
+        path := os.Getenv("NETRC")
+        if path == "" {
+                filename := ".netrc"
+                if runtime.GOOS == "windows" {
+                        filename = "_netrc"
+                }
+
+                var err error
+                path, err = homedir.Expand("~/" + filename)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If the file is not a file, then do nothing
+        if fi, err := os.Stat(path); err != nil {
+                // File doesn't exist, do nothing
+                if os.IsNotExist(err) {
+                        return nil
+                }
+
+                // Some other error!
+                return err
+        } else if fi.IsDir() {
+                // File is directory, ignore
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Load up the netrc file
+        net, err := netrc.ParseFile(path)
+        if err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("Error parsing netrc file at %q: %s", path, err)
+        }
+
+        machine := net.FindMachine(u.Host)
+        if machine == nil {
+                // Machine not found, no problem
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Set the user info
+        u.User = url.UserPassword(machine.Login, machine.Password)
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/source.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/source.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d5ee3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/source.go
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+package getter
+
+import (
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// SourceDirSubdir takes a source and returns a tuple of the URL without
+// the subdir and the URL with the subdir.
+func SourceDirSubdir(src string) (string, string) {
+        // Calcaulate an offset to avoid accidentally marking the scheme
+        // as the dir.
+        var offset int
+        if idx := strings.Index(src, "://"); idx > -1 {
+                offset = idx + 3
+        }
+
+        // First see if we even have an explicit subdir
+        idx := strings.Index(src[offset:], "//")
+        if idx == -1 {
+                return src, ""
+        }
+
+        idx += offset
+        subdir := src[idx+2:]
+        src = src[:idx]
+
+        // Next, check if we have query parameters and push them onto the
+        // URL.
+        if idx = strings.Index(subdir, "?"); idx > -1 {
+                query := subdir[idx:]
+                subdir = subdir[:idx]
+                src += query
+        }
+
+        return src, subdir
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/storage.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/storage.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bc6b9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-getter/storage.go
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+package getter
+
+// Storage is an interface that knows how to lookup downloaded directories
+// as well as download and update directories from their sources into the
+// proper location.
+type Storage interface {
+        // Dir returns the directory on local disk where the directory source
+        // can be loaded from.
+        Dir(string) (string, bool, error)
+
+        // Get will download and optionally update the given directory.
+        Get(string, string, bool) error
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82b4de9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. “Contributor”
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. “Contributor Version”
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution.
+
+1.3. “Contribution”
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. “Covered Software”
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
+        1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
+        Secondary License.
+
+1.6. “Executable Form”
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. “Larger Work”
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
+     file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. “License”
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. “Licensable”
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
+     time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
+     this License.
+
+1.10. “Modifications”
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
+        from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
+      and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
+      would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
+      using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
+      either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. “Secondary License”
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. “Source Code Form”
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
+        part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
+        or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
+     effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
+     such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
+     License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
+     or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
+     2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
+        Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
+     logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
+     notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
+     (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
+     under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
+     are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
+     rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
+     copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
+     terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
+     of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
+     they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
+     restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
+        or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
+        the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’
+        rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
+     Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
+     with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
+     Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
+     You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
+     such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
+     their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
+     either this License or such Secondary License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
+     copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
+     of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
+     Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
+     required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
+     of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
+     warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
+     alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
+   order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
+   to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
+   they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
+   distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
+   extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
+   sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
+   understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
+     if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
+     reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
+     Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
+     ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
+     non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
+     compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
+     and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
+     indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
+     all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
+     shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
+   warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
+   without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
+   merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
+   risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
+   Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
+   Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
+   correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
+   License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under this License
+   except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
+   party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
+   Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
+   consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
+   a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
+   and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
+   reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
+   prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
+   hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
+   provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
+   enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
+   contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
+   this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
+      the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
+      under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
+      version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
+      references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
+      modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
+      If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
+      Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
+      notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
+You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
+directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/README.md b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e81be50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+# go-multierror
+
+`go-multierror` is a package for Go that provides a mechanism for
+representing a list of `error` values as a single `error`.
+
+This allows a function in Go to return an `error` that might actually
+be a list of errors. If the caller knows this, they can unwrap the
+list and access the errors. If the caller doesn't know, the error
+formats to a nice human-readable format.
+
+`go-multierror` implements the
+[errwrap](https://github.com/hashicorp/errwrap) interface so that it can
+be used with that library, as well.
+
+## Installation and Docs
+
+Install using `go get github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror`.
+
+Full documentation is available at
+http://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror
+
+## Usage
+
+go-multierror is easy to use and purposely built to be unobtrusive in
+existing Go applications/libraries that may not be aware of it.
+
+**Building a list of errors**
+
+The `Append` function is used to create a list of errors. This function
+behaves a lot like the Go built-in `append` function: it doesn't matter
+if the first argument is nil, a `multierror.Error`, or any other `error`,
+the function behaves as you would expect.
+
+```go
+var result error
+
+if err := step1(); err != nil {
+        result = multierror.Append(result, err)
+}
+if err := step2(); err != nil {
+        result = multierror.Append(result, err)
+}
+
+return result
+```
+
+**Customizing the formatting of the errors**
+
+By specifying a custom `ErrorFormat`, you can customize the format
+of the `Error() string` function:
+
+```go
+var result *multierror.Error
+
+// ... accumulate errors here, maybe using Append
+
+if result != nil {
+        result.ErrorFormat = func([]error) string {
+                return "errors!"
+        }
+}
+```
+
+**Accessing the list of errors**
+
+`multierror.Error` implements `error` so if the caller doesn't know about
+multierror, it will work just fine. But if you're aware a multierror might
+be returned, you can use type switches to access the list of errors:
+
+```go
+if err := something(); err != nil {
+        if merr, ok := err.(*multierror.Error); ok {
+                // Use merr.Errors
+        }
+}
+```
+
+**Returning a multierror only if there are errors**
+
+If you build a `multierror.Error`, you can use the `ErrorOrNil` function
+to return an `error` implementation only if there are errors to return:
+
+```go
+var result *multierror.Error
+
+// ... accumulate errors here
+
+// Return the `error` only if errors were added to the multierror, otherwise
+// return nil since there are no errors.
+return result.ErrorOrNil()
+```
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/append.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/append.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00afa9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/append.go
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+package multierror
+
+// Append is a helper function that will append more errors
+// onto an Error in order to create a larger multi-error.
+//
+// If err is not a multierror.Error, then it will be turned into
+// one. If any of the errs are multierr.Error, they will be flattened
+// one level into err.
+func Append(err error, errs ...error) *Error {
+        switch err := err.(type) {
+        case *Error:
+                // Typed nils can reach here, so initialize if we are nil
+                if err == nil {
+                        err = new(Error)
+                }
+
+                // Go through each error and flatten
+                for _, e := range errs {
+                        switch e := e.(type) {
+                        case *Error:
+                                err.Errors = append(err.Errors, e.Errors...)
+                        default:
+                                err.Errors = append(err.Errors, e)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return err
+        default:
+                newErrs := make([]error, 0, len(errs)+1)
+                if err != nil {
+                        newErrs = append(newErrs, err)
+                }
+                newErrs = append(newErrs, errs...)
+
+                return Append(&Error{}, newErrs...)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/flatten.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/flatten.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aab8e9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/flatten.go
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+package multierror
+
+// Flatten flattens the given error, merging any *Errors together into
+// a single *Error.
+func Flatten(err error) error {
+        // If it isn't an *Error, just return the error as-is
+        if _, ok := err.(*Error); !ok {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Otherwise, make the result and flatten away!
+        flatErr := new(Error)
+        flatten(err, flatErr)
+        return flatErr
+}
+
+func flatten(err error, flatErr *Error) {
+        switch err := err.(type) {
+        case *Error:
+                for _, e := range err.Errors {
+                        flatten(e, flatErr)
+                }
+        default:
+                flatErr.Errors = append(flatErr.Errors, err)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/format.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/format.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb65a12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/format.go
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+package multierror
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// ErrorFormatFunc is a function callback that is called by Error to
+// turn the list of errors into a string.
+type ErrorFormatFunc func([]error) string
+
+// ListFormatFunc is a basic formatter that outputs the number of errors
+// that occurred along with a bullet point list of the errors.
+func ListFormatFunc(es []error) string {
+        points := make([]string, len(es))
+        for i, err := range es {
+                points[i] = fmt.Sprintf("* %s", err)
+        }
+
+        return fmt.Sprintf(
+                "%d error(s) occurred:\n\n%s",
+                len(es), strings.Join(points, "\n"))
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/multierror.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/multierror.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ea0827
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/multierror.go
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+package multierror
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// Error is an error type to track multiple errors. This is used to
+// accumulate errors in cases and return them as a single "error".
+type Error struct {
+        Errors      []error
+        ErrorFormat ErrorFormatFunc
+}
+
+func (e *Error) Error() string {
+        fn := e.ErrorFormat
+        if fn == nil {
+                fn = ListFormatFunc
+        }
+
+        return fn(e.Errors)
+}
+
+// ErrorOrNil returns an error interface if this Error represents
+// a list of errors, or returns nil if the list of errors is empty. This
+// function is useful at the end of accumulation to make sure that the value
+// returned represents the existence of errors.
+func (e *Error) ErrorOrNil() error {
+        if e == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+        if len(e.Errors) == 0 {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        return e
+}
+
+func (e *Error) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *e)
+}
+
+// WrappedErrors returns the list of errors that this Error is wrapping.
+// It is an implementatin of the errwrap.Wrapper interface so that
+// multierror.Error can be used with that library.
+//
+// This method is not safe to be called concurrently and is no different
+// than accessing the Errors field directly. It is implementd only to
+// satisfy the errwrap.Wrapper interface.
+func (e *Error) WrappedErrors() []error {
+        return e.Errors
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/prefix.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/prefix.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c477ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/prefix.go
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+package multierror
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/errwrap"
+)
+
+// Prefix is a helper function that will prefix some text
+// to the given error. If the error is a multierror.Error, then
+// it will be prefixed to each wrapped error.
+//
+// This is useful to use when appending multiple multierrors
+// together in order to give better scoping.
+func Prefix(err error, prefix string) error {
+        if err == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        format := fmt.Sprintf("%s {{err}}", prefix)
+        switch err := err.(type) {
+        case *Error:
+                // Typed nils can reach here, so initialize if we are nil
+                if err == nil {
+                        err = new(Error)
+                }
+
+                // Wrap each of the errors
+                for i, e := range err.Errors {
+                        err.Errors[i] = errwrap.Wrapf(format, e)
+                }
+
+                return err
+        default:
+                return errwrap.Wrapf(format, err)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82b4de9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. “Contributor”
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. “Contributor Version”
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution.
+
+1.3. “Contribution”
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. “Covered Software”
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
+        1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
+        Secondary License.
+
+1.6. “Executable Form”
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. “Larger Work”
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
+     file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. “License”
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. “Licensable”
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
+     time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
+     this License.
+
+1.10. “Modifications”
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
+        from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
+      and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
+      would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
+      using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
+      either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. “Secondary License”
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. “Source Code Form”
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
+        part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
+        or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
+     effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
+     such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
+     License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
+     or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
+     2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
+        Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
+     logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
+     notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
+     (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
+     under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
+     are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
+     rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
+     copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
+     terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
+     of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
+     they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
+     restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
+        or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
+        the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’
+        rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
+     Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
+     with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
+     Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
+     You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
+     such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
+     their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
+     either this License or such Secondary License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
+     copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
+     of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
+     Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
+     required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
+     of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
+     warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
+     alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
+   order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
+   to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
+   they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
+   distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
+   extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
+   sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
+   understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
+     if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
+     reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
+     Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
+     ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
+     non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
+     compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
+     and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
+     indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
+     all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
+     shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
+   warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
+   without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
+   merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
+   risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
+   Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
+   Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
+   correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
+   License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under this License
+   except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
+   party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
+   Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
+   consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
+   a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
+   and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
+   reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
+   prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
+   hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
+   provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
+   enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
+   contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
+   this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
+      the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
+      under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
+      version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
+      references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
+      modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
+      If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
+      Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
+      notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
+You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
+directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/README.md b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2058cfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+# Go Plugin System over RPC
+
+`go-plugin` is a Go (golang) plugin system over RPC. It is the plugin system
+that has been in use by HashiCorp tooling for over 3 years. While initially
+created for [Packer](https://www.packer.io), it has since been used by
+[Terraform](https://www.terraform.io) and [Otto](https://www.ottoproject.io),
+with plans to also use it for [Nomad](https://www.nomadproject.io) and
+[Vault](https://www.vaultproject.io).
+
+While the plugin system is over RPC, it is currently only designed to work
+over a local [reliable] network. Plugins over a real network are not supported
+and will lead to unexpected behavior.
+
+This plugin system has been used on millions of machines across many different
+projects and has proven to be battle hardened and ready for production use.
+
+## Features
+
+The HashiCorp plugin system supports a number of features:
+
+**Plugins are Go interface implementations.** This makes writing and consuming
+plugins feel very natural. To a plugin author: you just implement an
+interface as if it were going to run in the same process. For a plugin user:
+you just use and call functions on an interface as if it were in the same
+process. This plugin system handles the communication in between.
+
+**Complex arguments and return values are supported.** This library
+provides APIs for handling complex arguments and return values such
+as interfaces, `io.Reader/Writer`, etc. We do this by giving you a library
+(`MuxBroker`) for creating new connections between the client/server to
+serve additional interfaces or transfer raw data.
+
+**Bidirectional communication.** Because the plugin system supports
+complex arguments, the host process can send it interface implementations
+and the plugin can call back into the host process.
+
+**Built-in Logging.** Any plugins that use the `log` standard library
+will have log data automatically sent to the host process. The host
+process will mirror this output prefixed with the path to the plugin
+binary. This makes debugging with plugins simple.
+
+**Protocol Versioning.** A very basic "protocol version" is supported that
+can be incremented to invalidate any previous plugins. This is useful when
+interface signatures are changing, protocol level changes are necessary,
+etc. When a protocol version is incompatible, a human friendly error
+message is shown to the end user.
+
+**Stdout/Stderr Syncing.** While plugins are subprocesses, they can continue
+to use stdout/stderr as usual and the output will get mirrored back to
+the host process. The host process can control what `io.Writer` these
+streams go to to prevent this from happening.
+
+**TTY Preservation.** Plugin subprocesses are connected to the identical
+stdin file descriptor as the host process, allowing software that requires
+a TTY to work. For example, a plugin can execute `ssh` and even though there
+are multiple subprocesses and RPC happening, it will look and act perfectly
+to the end user.
+
+**Host upgrade while a plugin is running.** Plugins can be "reattached"
+so that the host process can be upgraded while the plugin is still running.
+This requires the host/plugin to know this is possible and daemonize
+properly. `NewClient` takes a `ReattachConfig` to determine if and how to
+reattach.
+
+## Architecture
+
+The HashiCorp plugin system works by launching subprocesses and communicating
+over RPC (using standard `net/rpc`). A single connection is made between
+any plugin and the host process, and we use a
+[connection multiplexing](https://github.com/hashicorp/yamux)
+library to multiplex any other connections on top.
+
+This architecture has a number of benefits:
+
+  * Plugins can't crash your host process: A panic in a plugin doesn't
+    panic the plugin user.
+
+  * Plugins are very easy to write: just write a Go application and `go build`.
+    Theoretically you could also use another language as long as it can
+    communicate the Go `net/rpc` protocol but this hasn't yet been tried.
+
+  * Plugins are very easy to install: just put the binary in a location where
+    the host will find it (depends on the host but this library also provides
+    helpers), and the plugin host handles the rest.
+
+  * Plugins can be relatively secure: The plugin only has access to the
+    interfaces and args given to it, not to the entire memory space of the
+    process. More security features are planned (see the coming soon section
+    below).
+
+## Usage
+
+To use the plugin system, you must take the following steps. These are
+high-level steps that must be done. Examples are available in the
+`examples/` directory.
+
+  1. Choose the interface(s) you want to expose for plugins.
+
+  2. For each interface, implement an implementation of that interface
+     that communicates over an `*rpc.Client` (from the standard `net/rpc`
+     package) for every function call. Likewise, implement the RPC server
+     struct this communicates to which is then communicating to a real,
+     concrete implementation.
+
+  3. Create a `Plugin` implementation that knows how to create the RPC
+     client/server for a given plugin type.
+
+  4. Plugin authors call `plugin.Serve` to serve a plugin from the
+     `main` function.
+
+  5. Plugin users use `plugin.Client` to launch a subprocess and request
+     an interface implementation over RPC.
+
+That's it! In practice, step 2 is the most tedious and time consuming step.
+Even so, it isn't very difficult and you can see examples in the `examples/`
+directory as well as throughout our various open source projects.
+
+For complete API documentation, see [GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin).
+
+## Roadmap
+
+Our plugin system is constantly evolving. As we use the plugin system for
+new projects or for new features in existing projects, we constantly find
+improvements we can make.
+
+At this point in time, the roadmap for the plugin system is:
+
+**Cryptographically Secure Plugins.** We'll implement signing plugins
+and loading signed plugins in order to allow Vault to make use of multi-process
+in a secure way.
+
+**Semantic Versioning.** Plugins will be able to implement a semantic version.
+This plugin system will give host processes a system for constraining
+versions. This is in addition to the protocol versioning already present
+which is more for larger underlying changes.
+
+**Plugin fetching.** We will integrate with [go-getter](https://github.com/hashicorp/go-getter)
+to support automatic download + install of plugins. Paired with cryptographically
+secure plugins (above), we can make this a safe operation for an amazing
+user experience.
+
+## What About Shared Libraries?
+
+When we started using plugins (late 2012, early 2013), plugins over RPC
+were the only option since Go didn't support dynamic library loading. Today,
+Go still doesn't support dynamic library loading, but they do intend to.
+Since 2012, our plugin system has stabilized from millions of users using it,
+and has many benefits we've come to value greatly.
+
+For example, we intend to use this plugin system in
+[Vault](https://www.vaultproject.io), and dynamic library loading will
+simply never be acceptable in Vault for security reasons. That is an extreme
+example, but we believe our library system has more upsides than downsides
+over dynamic library loading and since we've had it built and tested for years,
+we'll likely continue to use it.
+
+Shared libraries have one major advantage over our system which is much
+higher performance. In real world scenarios across our various tools,
+we've never required any more performance out of our plugin system and it
+has seen very high throughput, so this isn't a concern for us at the moment.
+
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/client.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/client.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f8a0f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/client.go
@@ -0,0 +1,581 @@
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "bufio"
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "log"
+        "net"
+        "os"
+        "os/exec"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "sync"
+        "sync/atomic"
+        "time"
+        "unicode"
+)
+
+// If this is 1, then we've called CleanupClients. This can be used
+// by plugin RPC implementations to change error behavior since you
+// can expected network connection errors at this point. This should be
+// read by using sync/atomic.
+var Killed uint32 = 0
+
+// This is a slice of the "managed" clients which are cleaned up when
+// calling Cleanup
+var managedClients = make([]*Client, 0, 5)
+var managedClientsLock sync.Mutex
+
+// Error types
+var (
+        // ErrProcessNotFound is returned when a client is instantiated to
+        // reattach to an existing process and it isn't found.
+        ErrProcessNotFound = errors.New("Reattachment process not found")
+)
+
+// Client handles the lifecycle of a plugin application. It launches
+// plugins, connects to them, dispenses interface implementations, and handles
+// killing the process.
+//
+// Plugin hosts should use one Client for each plugin executable. To
+// dispense a plugin type, use the `Client.Client` function, and then
+// cal `Dispense`. This awkward API is mostly historical but is used to split
+// the client that deals with subprocess management and the client that
+// does RPC management.
+//
+// See NewClient and ClientConfig for using a Client.
+type Client struct {
+        config      *ClientConfig
+        exited      bool
+        doneLogging chan struct{}
+        l           sync.Mutex
+        address     net.Addr
+        process     *os.Process
+        client      *RPCClient
+}
+
+// ClientConfig is the configuration used to initialize a new
+// plugin client. After being used to initialize a plugin client,
+// that configuration must not be modified again.
+type ClientConfig struct {
+        // HandshakeConfig is the configuration that must match servers.
+        HandshakeConfig
+
+        // Plugins are the plugins that can be consumed.
+        Plugins map[string]Plugin
+
+        // One of the following must be set, but not both.
+        //
+        // Cmd is the unstarted subprocess for starting the plugin. If this is
+        // set, then the Client starts the plugin process on its own and connects
+        // to it.
+        //
+        // Reattach is configuration for reattaching to an existing plugin process
+        // that is already running. This isn't common.
+        Cmd      *exec.Cmd
+        Reattach *ReattachConfig
+
+        // Managed represents if the client should be managed by the
+        // plugin package or not. If true, then by calling CleanupClients,
+        // it will automatically be cleaned up. Otherwise, the client
+        // user is fully responsible for making sure to Kill all plugin
+        // clients. By default the client is _not_ managed.
+        Managed bool
+
+        // The minimum and maximum port to use for communicating with
+        // the subprocess. If not set, this defaults to 10,000 and 25,000
+        // respectively.
+        MinPort, MaxPort uint
+
+        // StartTimeout is the timeout to wait for the plugin to say it
+        // has started successfully.
+        StartTimeout time.Duration
+
+        // If non-nil, then the stderr of the client will be written to here
+        // (as well as the log). This is the original os.Stderr of the subprocess.
+        // This isn't the output of synced stderr.
+        Stderr io.Writer
+
+        // SyncStdout, SyncStderr can be set to override the
+        // respective os.Std* values in the plugin. Care should be taken to
+        // avoid races here. If these are nil, then this will automatically be
+        // hooked up to os.Stdin, Stdout, and Stderr, respectively.
+        //
+        // If the default values (nil) are used, then this package will not
+        // sync any of these streams.
+        SyncStdout io.Writer
+        SyncStderr io.Writer
+}
+
+// ReattachConfig is used to configure a client to reattach to an
+// already-running plugin process. You can retrieve this information by
+// calling ReattachConfig on Client.
+type ReattachConfig struct {
+        Addr net.Addr
+        Pid  int
+}
+
+// This makes sure all the managed subprocesses are killed and properly
+// logged. This should be called before the parent process running the
+// plugins exits.
+//
+// This must only be called _once_.
+func CleanupClients() {
+        // Set the killed to true so that we don't get unexpected panics
+        atomic.StoreUint32(&Killed, 1)
+
+        // Kill all the managed clients in parallel and use a WaitGroup
+        // to wait for them all to finish up.
+        var wg sync.WaitGroup
+        managedClientsLock.Lock()
+        for _, client := range managedClients {
+                wg.Add(1)
+
+                go func(client *Client) {
+                        client.Kill()
+                        wg.Done()
+                }(client)
+        }
+        managedClientsLock.Unlock()
+
+        log.Println("[DEBUG] plugin: waiting for all plugin processes to complete...")
+        wg.Wait()
+}
+
+// Creates a new plugin client which manages the lifecycle of an external
+// plugin and gets the address for the RPC connection.
+//
+// The client must be cleaned up at some point by calling Kill(). If
+// the client is a managed client (created with NewManagedClient) you
+// can just call CleanupClients at the end of your program and they will
+// be properly cleaned.
+func NewClient(config *ClientConfig) (c *Client) {
+        if config.MinPort == 0 && config.MaxPort == 0 {
+                config.MinPort = 10000
+                config.MaxPort = 25000
+        }
+
+        if config.StartTimeout == 0 {
+                config.StartTimeout = 1 * time.Minute
+        }
+
+        if config.Stderr == nil {
+                config.Stderr = ioutil.Discard
+        }
+
+        if config.SyncStdout == nil {
+                config.SyncStdout = ioutil.Discard
+        }
+        if config.SyncStderr == nil {
+                config.SyncStderr = ioutil.Discard
+        }
+
+        c = &Client{config: config}
+        if config.Managed {
+                managedClientsLock.Lock()
+                managedClients = append(managedClients, c)
+                managedClientsLock.Unlock()
+        }
+
+        return
+}
+
+// Client returns an RPC client for the plugin.
+//
+// Subsequent calls to this will return the same RPC client.
+func (c *Client) Client() (*RPCClient, error) {
+        addr, err := c.Start()
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        c.l.Lock()
+        defer c.l.Unlock()
+
+        if c.client != nil {
+                return c.client, nil
+        }
+
+        // Connect to the client
+        conn, err := net.Dial(addr.Network(), addr.String())
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        if tcpConn, ok := conn.(*net.TCPConn); ok {
+                // Make sure to set keep alive so that the connection doesn't die
+                tcpConn.SetKeepAlive(true)
+        }
+
+        // Create the actual RPC client
+        c.client, err = NewRPCClient(conn, c.config.Plugins)
+        if err != nil {
+                conn.Close()
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Begin the stream syncing so that stdin, out, err work properly
+        err = c.client.SyncStreams(
+                c.config.SyncStdout,
+                c.config.SyncStderr)
+        if err != nil {
+                c.client.Close()
+                c.client = nil
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return c.client, nil
+}
+
+// Tells whether or not the underlying process has exited.
+func (c *Client) Exited() bool {
+        c.l.Lock()
+        defer c.l.Unlock()
+        return c.exited
+}
+
+// End the executing subprocess (if it is running) and perform any cleanup
+// tasks necessary such as capturing any remaining logs and so on.
+//
+// This method blocks until the process successfully exits.
+//
+// This method can safely be called multiple times.
+func (c *Client) Kill() {
+        // Grab a lock to read some private fields.
+        c.l.Lock()
+        process := c.process
+        addr := c.address
+        doneCh := c.doneLogging
+        c.l.Unlock()
+
+        // If there is no process, we never started anything. Nothing to kill.
+        if process == nil {
+                return
+        }
+
+        // We need to check for address here. It is possible that the plugin
+        // started (process != nil) but has no address (addr == nil) if the
+        // plugin failed at startup. If we do have an address, we need to close
+        // the plugin net connections.
+        graceful := false
+        if addr != nil {
+                // Close the client to cleanly exit the process.
+                client, err := c.Client()
+                if err == nil {
+                        err = client.Close()
+
+                        // If there is no error, then we attempt to wait for a graceful
+                        // exit. If there was an error, we assume that graceful cleanup
+                        // won't happen and just force kill.
+                        graceful = err == nil
+                        if err != nil {
+                                // If there was an error just log it. We're going to force
+                                // kill in a moment anyways.
+                                log.Printf(
+                                        "[WARN] plugin: error closing client during Kill: %s", err)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If we're attempting a graceful exit, then we wait for a short period
+        // of time to allow that to happen. To wait for this we just wait on the
+        // doneCh which would be closed if the process exits.
+        if graceful {
+                select {
+                case <-doneCh:
+                        return
+                case <-time.After(250 * time.Millisecond):
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If graceful exiting failed, just kill it
+        process.Kill()
+
+        // Wait for the client to finish logging so we have a complete log
+        <-doneCh
+}
+
+// Starts the underlying subprocess, communicating with it to negotiate
+// a port for RPC connections, and returning the address to connect via RPC.
+//
+// This method is safe to call multiple times. Subsequent calls have no effect.
+// Once a client has been started once, it cannot be started again, even if
+// it was killed.
+func (c *Client) Start() (addr net.Addr, err error) {
+        c.l.Lock()
+        defer c.l.Unlock()
+
+        if c.address != nil {
+                return c.address, nil
+        }
+
+        // If one of cmd or reattach isn't set, then it is an error. We wrap
+        // this in a {} for scoping reasons, and hopeful that the escape
+        // analysis will pop the stock here.
+        {
+                cmdSet := c.config.Cmd != nil
+                attachSet := c.config.Reattach != nil
+                if cmdSet == attachSet {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("Only one of Cmd or Reattach must be set")
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Create the logging channel for when we kill
+        c.doneLogging = make(chan struct{})
+
+        if c.config.Reattach != nil {
+                // Verify the process still exists. If not, then it is an error
+                p, err := os.FindProcess(c.config.Reattach.Pid)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                // Attempt to connect to the addr since on Unix systems FindProcess
+                // doesn't actually return an error if it can't find the process.
+                conn, err := net.Dial(
+                        c.config.Reattach.Addr.Network(),
+                        c.config.Reattach.Addr.String())
+                if err != nil {
+                        p.Kill()
+                        return nil, ErrProcessNotFound
+                }
+                conn.Close()
+
+                // Goroutine to mark exit status
+                go func(pid int) {
+                        // Wait for the process to die
+                        pidWait(pid)
+
+                        // Log so we can see it
+                        log.Printf("[DEBUG] plugin: reattached plugin process exited\n")
+
+                        // Mark it
+                        c.l.Lock()
+                        defer c.l.Unlock()
+                        c.exited = true
+
+                        // Close the logging channel since that doesn't work on reattach
+                        close(c.doneLogging)
+                }(p.Pid)
+
+                // Set the address and process
+                c.address = c.config.Reattach.Addr
+                c.process = p
+
+                return c.address, nil
+        }
+
+        env := []string{
+                fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", c.config.MagicCookieKey, c.config.MagicCookieValue),
+                fmt.Sprintf("PLUGIN_MIN_PORT=%d", c.config.MinPort),
+                fmt.Sprintf("PLUGIN_MAX_PORT=%d", c.config.MaxPort),
+        }
+
+        stdout_r, stdout_w := io.Pipe()
+        stderr_r, stderr_w := io.Pipe()
+
+        cmd := c.config.Cmd
+        cmd.Env = append(cmd.Env, os.Environ()...)
+        cmd.Env = append(cmd.Env, env...)
+        cmd.Stdin = os.Stdin
+        cmd.Stderr = stderr_w
+        cmd.Stdout = stdout_w
+
+        log.Printf("[DEBUG] plugin: starting plugin: %s %#v", cmd.Path, cmd.Args)
+        err = cmd.Start()
+        if err != nil {
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Set the process
+        c.process = cmd.Process
+
+        // Make sure the command is properly cleaned up if there is an error
+        defer func() {
+                r := recover()
+
+                if err != nil || r != nil {
+                        cmd.Process.Kill()
+                }
+
+                if r != nil {
+                        panic(r)
+                }
+        }()
+
+        // Start goroutine to wait for process to exit
+        exitCh := make(chan struct{})
+        go func() {
+                // Make sure we close the write end of our stderr/stdout so
+                // that the readers send EOF properly.
+                defer stderr_w.Close()
+                defer stdout_w.Close()
+
+                // Wait for the command to end.
+                cmd.Wait()
+
+                // Log and make sure to flush the logs write away
+                log.Printf("[DEBUG] plugin: %s: plugin process exited\n", cmd.Path)
+                os.Stderr.Sync()
+
+                // Mark that we exited
+                close(exitCh)
+
+                // Set that we exited, which takes a lock
+                c.l.Lock()
+                defer c.l.Unlock()
+                c.exited = true
+        }()
+
+        // Start goroutine that logs the stderr
+        go c.logStderr(stderr_r)
+
+        // Start a goroutine that is going to be reading the lines
+        // out of stdout
+        linesCh := make(chan []byte)
+        go func() {
+                defer close(linesCh)
+
+                buf := bufio.NewReader(stdout_r)
+                for {
+                        line, err := buf.ReadBytes('\n')
+                        if line != nil {
+                                linesCh <- line
+                        }
+
+                        if err == io.EOF {
+                                return
+                        }
+                }
+        }()
+
+        // Make sure after we exit we read the lines from stdout forever
+        // so they don't block since it is an io.Pipe
+        defer func() {
+                go func() {
+                        for _ = range linesCh {
+                        }
+                }()
+        }()
+
+        // Some channels for the next step
+        timeout := time.After(c.config.StartTimeout)
+
+        // Start looking for the address
+        log.Printf("[DEBUG] plugin: waiting for RPC address for: %s", cmd.Path)
+        select {
+        case <-timeout:
+                err = errors.New("timeout while waiting for plugin to start")
+        case <-exitCh:
+                err = errors.New("plugin exited before we could connect")
+        case lineBytes := <-linesCh:
+                // Trim the line and split by "|" in order to get the parts of
+                // the output.
+                line := strings.TrimSpace(string(lineBytes))
+                parts := strings.SplitN(line, "|", 4)
+                if len(parts) < 4 {
+                        err = fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Unrecognized remote plugin message: %s\n\n"+
+                                        "This usually means that the plugin is either invalid or simply\n"+
+                                        "needs to be recompiled to support the latest protocol.", line)
+                        return
+                }
+
+                // Check the core protocol. Wrapped in a {} for scoping.
+                {
+                        var coreProtocol int64
+                        coreProtocol, err = strconv.ParseInt(parts[0], 10, 0)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                err = fmt.Errorf("Error parsing core protocol version: %s", err)
+                                return
+                        }
+
+                        if int(coreProtocol) != CoreProtocolVersion {
+                                err = fmt.Errorf("Incompatible core API version with plugin. "+
+                                        "Plugin version: %s, Ours: %d\n\n"+
+                                        "To fix this, the plugin usually only needs to be recompiled.\n"+
+                                        "Please report this to the plugin author.", parts[0], CoreProtocolVersion)
+                                return
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Parse the protocol version
+                var protocol int64
+                protocol, err = strconv.ParseInt(parts[1], 10, 0)
+                if err != nil {
+                        err = fmt.Errorf("Error parsing protocol version: %s", err)
+                        return
+                }
+
+                // Test the API version
+                if uint(protocol) != c.config.ProtocolVersion {
+                        err = fmt.Errorf("Incompatible API version with plugin. "+
+                                "Plugin version: %s, Ours: %d", parts[1], c.config.ProtocolVersion)
+                        return
+                }
+
+                switch parts[2] {
+                case "tcp":
+                        addr, err = net.ResolveTCPAddr("tcp", parts[3])
+                case "unix":
+                        addr, err = net.ResolveUnixAddr("unix", parts[3])
+                default:
+                        err = fmt.Errorf("Unknown address type: %s", parts[3])
+                }
+        }
+
+        c.address = addr
+        return
+}
+
+// ReattachConfig returns the information that must be provided to NewClient
+// to reattach to the plugin process that this client started. This is
+// useful for plugins that detach from their parent process.
+//
+// If this returns nil then the process hasn't been started yet. Please
+// call Start or Client before calling this.
+func (c *Client) ReattachConfig() *ReattachConfig {
+        c.l.Lock()
+        defer c.l.Unlock()
+
+        if c.address == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        if c.config.Cmd != nil && c.config.Cmd.Process == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // If we connected via reattach, just return the information as-is
+        if c.config.Reattach != nil {
+                return c.config.Reattach
+        }
+
+        return &ReattachConfig{
+                Addr: c.address,
+                Pid:  c.config.Cmd.Process.Pid,
+        }
+}
+
+func (c *Client) logStderr(r io.Reader) {
+        bufR := bufio.NewReader(r)
+        for {
+                line, err := bufR.ReadString('\n')
+                if line != "" {
+                        c.config.Stderr.Write([]byte(line))
+
+                        line = strings.TrimRightFunc(line, unicode.IsSpace)
+                        log.Printf("[DEBUG] plugin: %s: %s", filepath.Base(c.config.Cmd.Path), line)
+                }
+
+                if err == io.EOF {
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Flag that we've completed logging for others
+        close(c.doneLogging)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/discover.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/discover.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d22c566
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/discover.go
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "path/filepath"
+)
+
+// Discover discovers plugins that are in a given directory.
+//
+// The directory doesn't need to be absolute. For example, "." will work fine.
+//
+// This currently assumes any file matching the glob is a plugin.
+// In the future this may be smarter about checking that a file is
+// executable and so on.
+//
+// TODO: test
+func Discover(glob, dir string) ([]string, error) {
+        var err error
+
+        // Make the directory absolute if it isn't already
+        if !filepath.IsAbs(dir) {
+                dir, err = filepath.Abs(dir)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return filepath.Glob(filepath.Join(dir, glob))
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/error.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/error.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22a7baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/error.go
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+package plugin
+
+// This is a type that wraps error types so that they can be messaged
+// across RPC channels. Since "error" is an interface, we can't always
+// gob-encode the underlying structure. This is a valid error interface
+// implementer that we will push across.
+type BasicError struct {
+        Message string
+}
+
+// NewBasicError is used to create a BasicError.
+//
+// err is allowed to be nil.
+func NewBasicError(err error) *BasicError {
+        if err == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        return &BasicError{err.Error()}
+}
+
+func (e *BasicError) Error() string {
+        return e.Message
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/mux_broker.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/mux_broker.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01c45ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/mux_broker.go
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "encoding/binary"
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "net"
+        "sync"
+        "sync/atomic"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/yamux"
+)
+
+// MuxBroker is responsible for brokering multiplexed connections by unique ID.
+//
+// It is used by plugins to multiplex multiple RPC connections and data
+// streams on top of a single connection between the plugin process and the
+// host process.
+//
+// This allows a plugin to request a channel with a specific ID to connect to
+// or accept a connection from, and the broker handles the details of
+// holding these channels open while they're being negotiated.
+//
+// The Plugin interface has access to these for both Server and Client.
+// The broker can be used by either (optionally) to reserve and connect to
+// new multiplexed streams. This is useful for complex args and return values,
+// or anything else you might need a data stream for.
+type MuxBroker struct {
+        nextId  uint32
+        session *yamux.Session
+        streams map[uint32]*muxBrokerPending
+
+        sync.Mutex
+}
+
+type muxBrokerPending struct {
+        ch     chan net.Conn
+        doneCh chan struct{}
+}
+
+func newMuxBroker(s *yamux.Session) *MuxBroker {
+        return &MuxBroker{
+                session: s,
+                streams: make(map[uint32]*muxBrokerPending),
+        }
+}
+
+// Accept accepts a connection by ID.
+//
+// This should not be called multiple times with the same ID at one time.
+func (m *MuxBroker) Accept(id uint32) (net.Conn, error) {
+        var c net.Conn
+        p := m.getStream(id)
+        select {
+        case c = <-p.ch:
+                close(p.doneCh)
+        case <-time.After(5 * time.Second):
+                m.Lock()
+                defer m.Unlock()
+                delete(m.streams, id)
+
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("timeout waiting for accept")
+        }
+
+        // Ack our connection
+        if err := binary.Write(c, binary.LittleEndian, id); err != nil {
+                c.Close()
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return c, nil
+}
+
+// AcceptAndServe is used to accept a specific stream ID and immediately
+// serve an RPC server on that stream ID. This is used to easily serve
+// complex arguments.
+//
+// The served interface is always registered to the "Plugin" name.
+func (m *MuxBroker) AcceptAndServe(id uint32, v interface{}) {
+        conn, err := m.Accept(id)
+        if err != nil {
+                log.Printf("[ERR] plugin: plugin acceptAndServe error: %s", err)
+                return
+        }
+
+        serve(conn, "Plugin", v)
+}
+
+// Close closes the connection and all sub-connections.
+func (m *MuxBroker) Close() error {
+        return m.session.Close()
+}
+
+// Dial opens a connection by ID.
+func (m *MuxBroker) Dial(id uint32) (net.Conn, error) {
+        // Open the stream
+        stream, err := m.session.OpenStream()
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Write the stream ID onto the wire.
+        if err := binary.Write(stream, binary.LittleEndian, id); err != nil {
+                stream.Close()
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Read the ack that we connected. Then we're off!
+        var ack uint32
+        if err := binary.Read(stream, binary.LittleEndian, &ack); err != nil {
+                stream.Close()
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        if ack != id {
+                stream.Close()
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("bad ack: %d (expected %d)", ack, id)
+        }
+
+        return stream, nil
+}
+
+// NextId returns a unique ID to use next.
+//
+// It is possible for very long-running plugin hosts to wrap this value,
+// though it would require a very large amount of RPC calls. In practice
+// we've never seen it happen.
+func (m *MuxBroker) NextId() uint32 {
+        return atomic.AddUint32(&m.nextId, 1)
+}
+
+// Run starts the brokering and should be executed in a goroutine, since it
+// blocks forever, or until the session closes.
+//
+// Uses of MuxBroker never need to call this. It is called internally by
+// the plugin host/client.
+func (m *MuxBroker) Run() {
+        for {
+                stream, err := m.session.AcceptStream()
+                if err != nil {
+                        // Once we receive an error, just exit
+                        break
+                }
+
+                // Read the stream ID from the stream
+                var id uint32
+                if err := binary.Read(stream, binary.LittleEndian, &id); err != nil {
+                        stream.Close()
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Initialize the waiter
+                p := m.getStream(id)
+                select {
+                case p.ch <- stream:
+                default:
+                }
+
+                // Wait for a timeout
+                go m.timeoutWait(id, p)
+        }
+}
+
+func (m *MuxBroker) getStream(id uint32) *muxBrokerPending {
+        m.Lock()
+        defer m.Unlock()
+
+        p, ok := m.streams[id]
+        if ok {
+                return p
+        }
+
+        m.streams[id] = &muxBrokerPending{
+                ch:     make(chan net.Conn, 1),
+                doneCh: make(chan struct{}),
+        }
+        return m.streams[id]
+}
+
+func (m *MuxBroker) timeoutWait(id uint32, p *muxBrokerPending) {
+        // Wait for the stream to either be picked up and connected, or
+        // for a timeout.
+        timeout := false
+        select {
+        case <-p.doneCh:
+        case <-time.After(5 * time.Second):
+                timeout = true
+        }
+
+        m.Lock()
+        defer m.Unlock()
+
+        // Delete the stream so no one else can grab it
+        delete(m.streams, id)
+
+        // If we timed out, then check if we have a channel in the buffer,
+        // and if so, close it.
+        if timeout {
+                select {
+                case s := <-p.ch:
+                        s.Close()
+                }
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/plugin.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/plugin.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37c8fd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/plugin.go
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+// The plugin package exposes functions and helpers for communicating to
+// plugins which are implemented as standalone binary applications.
+//
+// plugin.Client fully manages the lifecycle of executing the application,
+// connecting to it, and returning the RPC client for dispensing plugins.
+//
+// plugin.Serve fully manages listeners to expose an RPC server from a binary
+// that plugin.Client can connect to.
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "net/rpc"
+)
+
+// Plugin is the interface that is implemented to serve/connect to an
+// inteface implementation.
+type Plugin interface {
+        // Server should return the RPC server compatible struct to serve
+        // the methods that the Client calls over net/rpc.
+        Server(*MuxBroker) (interface{}, error)
+
+        // Client returns an interface implementation for the plugin you're
+        // serving that communicates to the server end of the plugin.
+        Client(*MuxBroker, *rpc.Client) (interface{}, error)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/process.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/process.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88c999a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/process.go
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "time"
+)
+
+// pidAlive checks whether a pid is alive.
+func pidAlive(pid int) bool {
+        return _pidAlive(pid)
+}
+
+// pidWait blocks for a process to exit.
+func pidWait(pid int) error {
+        ticker := time.NewTicker(1 * time.Second)
+        defer ticker.Stop()
+
+        for range ticker.C {
+                if !pidAlive(pid) {
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/process_posix.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/process_posix.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70ba546
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/process_posix.go
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+// +build !windows
+
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "os"
+        "syscall"
+)
+
+// _pidAlive tests whether a process is alive or not by sending it Signal 0,
+// since Go otherwise has no way to test this.
+func _pidAlive(pid int) bool {
+        proc, err := os.FindProcess(pid)
+        if err == nil {
+                err = proc.Signal(syscall.Signal(0))
+        }
+
+        return err == nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/process_windows.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/process_windows.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f7b018
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/process_windows.go
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "syscall"
+)
+
+const (
+        // Weird name but matches the MSDN docs
+        exit_STILL_ACTIVE = 259
+
+        processDesiredAccess = syscall.STANDARD_RIGHTS_READ |
+                syscall.PROCESS_QUERY_INFORMATION |
+                syscall.SYNCHRONIZE
+)
+
+// _pidAlive tests whether a process is alive or not
+func _pidAlive(pid int) bool {
+        h, err := syscall.OpenProcess(processDesiredAccess, false, uint32(pid))
+        if err != nil {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        var ec uint32
+        if e := syscall.GetExitCodeProcess(h, &ec); e != nil {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        return ec == exit_STILL_ACTIVE
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/rpc_client.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/rpc_client.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29f9bf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/rpc_client.go
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "net"
+        "net/rpc"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/yamux"
+)
+
+// RPCClient connects to an RPCServer over net/rpc to dispense plugin types.
+type RPCClient struct {
+        broker  *MuxBroker
+        control *rpc.Client
+        plugins map[string]Plugin
+
+        // These are the streams used for the various stdout/err overrides
+        stdout, stderr net.Conn
+}
+
+// NewRPCClient creates a client from an already-open connection-like value.
+// Dial is typically used instead.
+func NewRPCClient(conn io.ReadWriteCloser, plugins map[string]Plugin) (*RPCClient, error) {
+        // Create the yamux client so we can multiplex
+        mux, err := yamux.Client(conn, nil)
+        if err != nil {
+                conn.Close()
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Connect to the control stream.
+        control, err := mux.Open()
+        if err != nil {
+                mux.Close()
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Connect stdout, stderr streams
+        stdstream := make([]net.Conn, 2)
+        for i, _ := range stdstream {
+                stdstream[i], err = mux.Open()
+                if err != nil {
+                        mux.Close()
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Create the broker and start it up
+        broker := newMuxBroker(mux)
+        go broker.Run()
+
+        // Build the client using our broker and control channel.
+        return &RPCClient{
+                broker:  broker,
+                control: rpc.NewClient(control),
+                plugins: plugins,
+                stdout:  stdstream[0],
+                stderr:  stdstream[1],
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// SyncStreams should be called to enable syncing of stdout,
+// stderr with the plugin.
+//
+// This will return immediately and the syncing will continue to happen
+// in the background. You do not need to launch this in a goroutine itself.
+//
+// This should never be called multiple times.
+func (c *RPCClient) SyncStreams(stdout io.Writer, stderr io.Writer) error {
+        go copyStream("stdout", stdout, c.stdout)
+        go copyStream("stderr", stderr, c.stderr)
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Close closes the connection. The client is no longer usable after this
+// is called.
+func (c *RPCClient) Close() error {
+        // Call the control channel and ask it to gracefully exit. If this
+        // errors, then we save it so that we always return an error but we
+        // want to try to close the other channels anyways.
+        var empty struct{}
+        returnErr := c.control.Call("Control.Quit", true, &empty)
+
+        // Close the other streams we have
+        if err := c.control.Close(); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        if err := c.stdout.Close(); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        if err := c.stderr.Close(); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        if err := c.broker.Close(); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Return back the error we got from Control.Quit. This is very important
+        // since we MUST return non-nil error if this fails so that Client.Kill
+        // will properly try a process.Kill.
+        return returnErr
+}
+
+func (c *RPCClient) Dispense(name string) (interface{}, error) {
+        p, ok := c.plugins[name]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("unknown plugin type: %s", name)
+        }
+
+        var id uint32
+        if err := c.control.Call(
+                "Dispenser.Dispense", name, &id); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        conn, err := c.broker.Dial(id)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return p.Client(c.broker, rpc.NewClient(conn))
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/rpc_server.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/rpc_server.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3984dc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/rpc_server.go
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "log"
+        "net"
+        "net/rpc"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/yamux"
+)
+
+// RPCServer listens for network connections and then dispenses interface
+// implementations over net/rpc.
+//
+// After setting the fields below, they shouldn't be read again directly
+// from the structure which may be reading/writing them concurrently.
+type RPCServer struct {
+        Plugins map[string]Plugin
+
+        // Stdout, Stderr are what this server will use instead of the
+        // normal stdin/out/err. This is because due to the multi-process nature
+        // of our plugin system, we can't use the normal process values so we
+        // make our own custom one we pipe across.
+        Stdout io.Reader
+        Stderr io.Reader
+
+        // DoneCh should be set to a non-nil channel that will be closed
+        // when the control requests the RPC server to end.
+        DoneCh chan<- struct{}
+
+        lock sync.Mutex
+}
+
+// Accept accepts connections on a listener and serves requests for
+// each incoming connection. Accept blocks; the caller typically invokes
+// it in a go statement.
+func (s *RPCServer) Accept(lis net.Listener) {
+        for {
+                conn, err := lis.Accept()
+                if err != nil {
+                        log.Printf("[ERR] plugin: plugin server: %s", err)
+                        return
+                }
+
+                go s.ServeConn(conn)
+        }
+}
+
+// ServeConn runs a single connection.
+//
+// ServeConn blocks, serving the connection until the client hangs up.
+func (s *RPCServer) ServeConn(conn io.ReadWriteCloser) {
+        // First create the yamux server to wrap this connection
+        mux, err := yamux.Server(conn, nil)
+        if err != nil {
+                conn.Close()
+                log.Printf("[ERR] plugin: error creating yamux server: %s", err)
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Accept the control connection
+        control, err := mux.Accept()
+        if err != nil {
+                mux.Close()
+                if err != io.EOF {
+                        log.Printf("[ERR] plugin: error accepting control connection: %s", err)
+                }
+
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Connect the stdstreams (in, out, err)
+        stdstream := make([]net.Conn, 2)
+        for i, _ := range stdstream {
+                stdstream[i], err = mux.Accept()
+                if err != nil {
+                        mux.Close()
+                        log.Printf("[ERR] plugin: accepting stream %d: %s", i, err)
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Copy std streams out to the proper place
+        go copyStream("stdout", stdstream[0], s.Stdout)
+        go copyStream("stderr", stdstream[1], s.Stderr)
+
+        // Create the broker and start it up
+        broker := newMuxBroker(mux)
+        go broker.Run()
+
+        // Use the control connection to build the dispenser and serve the
+        // connection.
+        server := rpc.NewServer()
+        server.RegisterName("Control", &controlServer{
+                server: s,
+        })
+        server.RegisterName("Dispenser", &dispenseServer{
+                broker:  broker,
+                plugins: s.Plugins,
+        })
+        server.ServeConn(control)
+}
+
+// done is called internally by the control server to trigger the
+// doneCh to close which is listened to by the main process to cleanly
+// exit.
+func (s *RPCServer) done() {
+        s.lock.Lock()
+        defer s.lock.Unlock()
+
+        if s.DoneCh != nil {
+                close(s.DoneCh)
+                s.DoneCh = nil
+        }
+}
+
+// dispenseServer dispenses variousinterface implementations for Terraform.
+type controlServer struct {
+        server *RPCServer
+}
+
+func (c *controlServer) Quit(
+        null bool, response *struct{}) error {
+        // End the server
+        c.server.done()
+
+        // Always return true
+        *response = struct{}{}
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// dispenseServer dispenses variousinterface implementations for Terraform.
+type dispenseServer struct {
+        broker  *MuxBroker
+        plugins map[string]Plugin
+}
+
+func (d *dispenseServer) Dispense(
+        name string, response *uint32) error {
+        // Find the function to create this implementation
+        p, ok := d.plugins[name]
+        if !ok {
+                return fmt.Errorf("unknown plugin type: %s", name)
+        }
+
+        // Create the implementation first so we know if there is an error.
+        impl, err := p.Server(d.broker)
+        if err != nil {
+                // We turn the error into an errors error so that it works across RPC
+                return errors.New(err.Error())
+        }
+
+        // Reserve an ID for our implementation
+        id := d.broker.NextId()
+        *response = id
+
+        // Run the rest in a goroutine since it can only happen once this RPC
+        // call returns. We wait for a connection for the plugin implementation
+        // and serve it.
+        go func() {
+                conn, err := d.broker.Accept(id)
+                if err != nil {
+                        log.Printf("[ERR] go-plugin: plugin dispense error: %s: %s", name, err)
+                        return
+                }
+
+                serve(conn, "Plugin", impl)
+        }()
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func serve(conn io.ReadWriteCloser, name string, v interface{}) {
+        server := rpc.NewServer()
+        if err := server.RegisterName(name, v); err != nil {
+                log.Printf("[ERR] go-plugin: plugin dispense error: %s", err)
+                return
+        }
+
+        server.ServeConn(conn)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/server.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/server.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5c5270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/server.go
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "log"
+        "net"
+        "os"
+        "os/signal"
+        "runtime"
+        "strconv"
+        "sync/atomic"
+)
+
+// CoreProtocolVersion is the ProtocolVersion of the plugin system itself.
+// We will increment this whenever we change any protocol behavior. This
+// will invalidate any prior plugins but will at least allow us to iterate
+// on the core in a safe way. We will do our best to do this very
+// infrequently.
+const CoreProtocolVersion = 1
+
+// HandshakeConfig is the configuration used by client and servers to
+// handshake before starting a plugin connection. This is embedded by
+// both ServeConfig and ClientConfig.
+//
+// In practice, the plugin host creates a HandshakeConfig that is exported
+// and plugins then can easily consume it.
+type HandshakeConfig struct {
+        // ProtocolVersion is the version that clients must match on to
+        // agree they can communicate. This should match the ProtocolVersion
+        // set on ClientConfig when using a plugin.
+        ProtocolVersion uint
+
+        // MagicCookieKey and value are used as a very basic verification
+        // that a plugin is intended to be launched. This is not a security
+        // measure, just a UX feature. If the magic cookie doesn't match,
+        // we show human-friendly output.
+        MagicCookieKey   string
+        MagicCookieValue string
+}
+
+// ServeConfig configures what sorts of plugins are served.
+type ServeConfig struct {
+        // HandshakeConfig is the configuration that must match clients.
+        HandshakeConfig
+
+        // Plugins are the plugins that are served.
+        Plugins map[string]Plugin
+}
+
+// Serve serves the plugins given by ServeConfig.
+//
+// Serve doesn't return until the plugin is done being executed. Any
+// errors will be outputted to the log.
+//
+// This is the method that plugins should call in their main() functions.
+func Serve(opts *ServeConfig) {
+        // Validate the handshake config
+        if opts.MagicCookieKey == "" || opts.MagicCookieValue == "" {
+                fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr,
+                        "Misconfigured ServeConfig given to serve this plugin: no magic cookie\n"+
+                                "key or value was set. Please notify the plugin author and report\n"+
+                                "this as a bug.\n")
+                os.Exit(1)
+        }
+
+        // First check the cookie
+        if os.Getenv(opts.MagicCookieKey) != opts.MagicCookieValue {
+                fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr,
+                        "This binary is a plugin. These are not meant to be executed directly.\n"+
+                                "Please execute the program that consumes these plugins, which will\n"+
+                                "load any plugins automatically\n")
+                os.Exit(1)
+        }
+
+        // Logging goes to the original stderr
+        log.SetOutput(os.Stderr)
+
+        // Create our new stdout, stderr files. These will override our built-in
+        // stdout/stderr so that it works across the stream boundary.
+        stdout_r, stdout_w, err := os.Pipe()
+        if err != nil {
+                fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Error preparing plugin: %s\n", err)
+                os.Exit(1)
+        }
+        stderr_r, stderr_w, err := os.Pipe()
+        if err != nil {
+                fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Error preparing plugin: %s\n", err)
+                os.Exit(1)
+        }
+
+        // Register a listener so we can accept a connection
+        listener, err := serverListener()
+        if err != nil {
+                log.Printf("[ERR] plugin: plugin init: %s", err)
+                return
+        }
+        defer listener.Close()
+
+        // Create the channel to tell us when we're done
+        doneCh := make(chan struct{})
+
+        // Create the RPC server to dispense
+        server := &RPCServer{
+                Plugins: opts.Plugins,
+                Stdout:  stdout_r,
+                Stderr:  stderr_r,
+                DoneCh:  doneCh,
+        }
+
+        // Output the address and service name to stdout so that core can bring it up.
+        log.Printf("[DEBUG] plugin: plugin address: %s %s\n",
+                listener.Addr().Network(), listener.Addr().String())
+        fmt.Printf("%d|%d|%s|%s\n",
+                CoreProtocolVersion,
+                opts.ProtocolVersion,
+                listener.Addr().Network(),
+                listener.Addr().String())
+        os.Stdout.Sync()
+
+        // Eat the interrupts
+        ch := make(chan os.Signal, 1)
+        signal.Notify(ch, os.Interrupt)
+        go func() {
+                var count int32 = 0
+                for {
+                        <-ch
+                        newCount := atomic.AddInt32(&count, 1)
+                        log.Printf(
+                                "[DEBUG] plugin: received interrupt signal (count: %d). Ignoring.",
+                                newCount)
+                }
+        }()
+
+        // Set our new out, err
+        os.Stdout = stdout_w
+        os.Stderr = stderr_w
+
+        // Serve
+        go server.Accept(listener)
+
+        // Wait for the graceful exit
+        <-doneCh
+}
+
+func serverListener() (net.Listener, error) {
+        if runtime.GOOS == "windows" {
+                return serverListener_tcp()
+        }
+
+        return serverListener_unix()
+}
+
+func serverListener_tcp() (net.Listener, error) {
+        minPort, err := strconv.ParseInt(os.Getenv("PLUGIN_MIN_PORT"), 10, 32)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        maxPort, err := strconv.ParseInt(os.Getenv("PLUGIN_MAX_PORT"), 10, 32)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        for port := minPort; port <= maxPort; port++ {
+                address := fmt.Sprintf("127.0.0.1:%d", port)
+                listener, err := net.Listen("tcp", address)
+                if err == nil {
+                        return listener, nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil, errors.New("Couldn't bind plugin TCP listener")
+}
+
+func serverListener_unix() (net.Listener, error) {
+        tf, err := ioutil.TempFile("", "plugin")
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        path := tf.Name()
+
+        // Close the file and remove it because it has to not exist for
+        // the domain socket.
+        if err := tf.Close(); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        if err := os.Remove(path); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        l, err := net.Listen("unix", path)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Wrap the listener in rmListener so that the Unix domain socket file
+        // is removed on close.
+        return &rmListener{
+                Listener: l,
+                Path:     path,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// rmListener is an implementation of net.Listener that forwards most
+// calls to the listener but also removes a file as part of the close. We
+// use this to cleanup the unix domain socket on close.
+type rmListener struct {
+        net.Listener
+        Path string
+}
+
+func (l *rmListener) Close() error {
+        // Close the listener itself
+        if err := l.Listener.Close(); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Remove the file
+        return os.Remove(l.Path)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/server_mux.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/server_mux.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..033079e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/server_mux.go
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "os"
+)
+
+// ServeMuxMap is the type that is used to configure ServeMux
+type ServeMuxMap map[string]*ServeConfig
+
+// ServeMux is like Serve, but serves multiple types of plugins determined
+// by the argument given on the command-line.
+//
+// This command doesn't return until the plugin is done being executed. Any
+// errors are logged or output to stderr.
+func ServeMux(m ServeMuxMap) {
+        if len(os.Args) != 2 {
+                fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr,
+                        "Invoked improperly. This is an internal command that shouldn't\n"+
+                                "be manually invoked.\n")
+                os.Exit(1)
+        }
+
+        opts, ok := m[os.Args[1]]
+        if !ok {
+                fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Unknown plugin: %s\n", os.Args[1])
+                os.Exit(1)
+        }
+
+        Serve(opts)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/stream.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/stream.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d547aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/stream.go
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "io"
+        "log"
+)
+
+func copyStream(name string, dst io.Writer, src io.Reader) {
+        if src == nil {
+                panic(name + ": src is nil")
+        }
+        if dst == nil {
+                panic(name + ": dst is nil")
+        }
+        if _, err := io.Copy(dst, src); err != nil && err != io.EOF {
+                log.Printf("[ERR] plugin: stream copy '%s' error: %s", name, err)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/testing.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/testing.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9086a1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin/testing.go
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "net"
+        "net/rpc"
+        "testing"
+)
+
+// The testing file contains test helpers that you can use outside of
+// this package for making it easier to test plugins themselves.
+
+// TestConn is a helper function for returning a client and server
+// net.Conn connected to each other.
+func TestConn(t *testing.T) (net.Conn, net.Conn) {
+        // Listen to any local port. This listener will be closed
+        // after a single connection is established.
+        l, err := net.Listen("tcp", "127.0.0.1:0")
+        if err != nil {
+                t.Fatalf("err: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        // Start a goroutine to accept our client connection
+        var serverConn net.Conn
+        doneCh := make(chan struct{})
+        go func() {
+                defer close(doneCh)
+                defer l.Close()
+                var err error
+                serverConn, err = l.Accept()
+                if err != nil {
+                        t.Fatalf("err: %s", err)
+                }
+        }()
+
+        // Connect to the server
+        clientConn, err := net.Dial("tcp", l.Addr().String())
+        if err != nil {
+                t.Fatalf("err: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        // Wait for the server side to acknowledge it has connected
+        <-doneCh
+
+        return clientConn, serverConn
+}
+
+// TestRPCConn returns a rpc client and server connected to each other.
+func TestRPCConn(t *testing.T) (*rpc.Client, *rpc.Server) {
+        clientConn, serverConn := TestConn(t)
+
+        server := rpc.NewServer()
+        go server.ServeConn(serverConn)
+
+        client := rpc.NewClient(clientConn)
+        return client, server
+}
+
+// TestPluginRPCConn returns a plugin RPC client and server that are connected
+// together and configured.
+func TestPluginRPCConn(t *testing.T, ps map[string]Plugin) (*RPCClient, *RPCServer) {
+        // Create two net.Conns we can use to shuttle our control connection
+        clientConn, serverConn := TestConn(t)
+
+        // Start up the server
+        server := &RPCServer{Plugins: ps, Stdout: new(bytes.Buffer), Stderr: new(bytes.Buffer)}
+        go server.ServeConn(serverConn)
+
+        // Connect the client to the server
+        client, err := NewRPCClient(clientConn, ps)
+        if err != nil {
+                t.Fatalf("err: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        return client, server
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-uuid/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-uuid/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e87a115
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-uuid/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. "Contributor"
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. "Contributor Version"
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution.
+
+1.3. "Contribution"
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. "Covered Software"
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses"
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of
+        version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of
+        a Secondary License.
+
+1.6. "Executable Form"
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. "Larger Work"
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a
+     separate file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. "License"
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. "Licensable"
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether
+     at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the
+     rights conveyed by this License.
+
+1.10. "Modifications"
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to,
+        deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method,
+      process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such
+      Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the License,
+      by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import,
+      or transfer of either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. "Secondary License"
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. "Source Code Form"
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. "You" (or "Your")
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or
+        as part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its
+        Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution
+     become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first
+     distributes such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under
+     this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the
+     distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License.
+     Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a
+     Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of
+        its Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks,
+     or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with
+     the notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this
+     License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if
+     permitted under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its
+     Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to
+     grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under
+     applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other
+     equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under
+     the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source
+     Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this
+     License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not
+     attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code
+     Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this
+        License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the
+        license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the
+        recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for
+     the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered
+     Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the
+     Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this
+     License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software
+     under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of
+     the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered
+     Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary
+     License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices
+     (including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or
+     limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the
+     Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the
+     extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on
+     behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any
+     such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by
+     You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute,
+   judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of
+   this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the
+   limitations and the code they affect. Such description must be placed in a
+   text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under
+   this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation,
+   such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary
+   skill to be able to understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing
+     basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into
+     compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are
+     reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the
+     non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the first time You have
+     received notice of non-compliance with this License from such
+     Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt
+     of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions,
+     counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version
+     directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to
+     You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section
+     2.1 of this License shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" basis,
+   without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory,
+   including, without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free
+   of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing.
+   The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software
+   is with You. Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect,
+   You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing,
+   repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential
+   part of this License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under
+   this License except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from
+   such party's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such
+   limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of
+   incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may
+   not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts
+   of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of
+   business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that
+   jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing
+   in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring cross-claims or
+   counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject
+   matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
+   unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
+   necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that
+   the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not
+   be used to construe this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version
+      of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software,
+      or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a
+      modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove
+      any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that
+      such modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary
+      Licenses If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is
+      Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of
+      the License, the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be
+      attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file,
+then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a
+relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a
+notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is "Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses", as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
+
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-uuid/README.md b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-uuid/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21fdda4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-uuid/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# uuid
+
+Generates UUID-format strings using purely high quality random bytes.
+
+Documentation
+=============
+
+The full documentation is available on [Godoc](http://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/go-uuid).
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-uuid/uuid.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-uuid/uuid.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..322b522
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-uuid/uuid.go
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+package uuid
+
+import (
+        "crypto/rand"
+        "encoding/hex"
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// GenerateUUID is used to generate a random UUID
+func GenerateUUID() (string, error) {
+        buf := make([]byte, 16)
+        if _, err := rand.Read(buf); err != nil {
+                return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to read random bytes: %v", err)
+        }
+
+        return FormatUUID(buf)
+}
+
+func FormatUUID(buf []byte) (string, error) {
+        if len(buf) != 16 {
+                return "", fmt.Errorf("wrong length byte slice (%d)", len(buf))
+        }
+
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%12x",
+                buf[0:4],
+                buf[4:6],
+                buf[6:8],
+                buf[8:10],
+                buf[10:16]), nil
+}
+
+func ParseUUID(uuid string) ([]byte, error) {
+        if len(uuid) != 36 {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("uuid string is wrong length")
+        }
+
+        hyph := []byte("-")
+
+        if uuid[8] != hyph[0] ||
+                uuid[13] != hyph[0] ||
+                uuid[18] != hyph[0] ||
+                uuid[23] != hyph[0] {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("uuid is improperly formatted")
+        }
+
+        hexStr := uuid[0:8] + uuid[9:13] + uuid[14:18] + uuid[19:23] + uuid[24:36]
+
+        ret, err := hex.DecodeString(hexStr)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        if len(ret) != 16 {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("decoded hex is the wrong length")
+        }
+
+        return ret, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c33dcc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. “Contributor”
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. “Contributor Version”
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution.
+
+1.3. “Contribution”
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. “Covered Software”
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
+        1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
+        Secondary License.
+
+1.6. “Executable Form”
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. “Larger Work”
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
+     file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. “License”
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. “Licensable”
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
+     time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
+     this License.
+
+1.10. “Modifications”
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
+        from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
+      and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
+      would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
+      using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
+      either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. “Secondary License”
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. “Source Code Form”
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
+        part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
+        or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
+     effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
+     such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
+     License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
+     or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
+     2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
+        Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
+     logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
+     notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
+     (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
+     under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
+     are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
+     rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
+     copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
+     terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
+     of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
+     they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
+     restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
+        or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
+        the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’
+        rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
+     Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
+     with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
+     Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
+     You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
+     such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
+     their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
+     either this License or such Secondary License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
+     copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
+     of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
+     Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
+     required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
+     of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
+     warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
+     alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
+   order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
+   to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
+   they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
+   distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
+   extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
+   sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
+   understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
+     if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
+     reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
+     Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
+     ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
+     non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
+     compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
+     and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
+     indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
+     all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
+     shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
+   warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
+   without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
+   merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
+   risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
+   Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
+   Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
+   correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
+   License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under this License
+   except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
+   party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
+   Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
+   consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
+   a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
+   and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
+   reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
+   prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
+   hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
+   provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
+   enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
+   contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
+   this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
+      the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
+      under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
+      version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
+      references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
+      modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
+      If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
+      Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
+      notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
+You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
+directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
+
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/README.md b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f3a15c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+# Versioning Library for Go
+[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/hashicorp/go-version.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/hashicorp/go-version)
+
+go-version is a library for parsing versions and version constraints,
+and verifying versions against a set of constraints. go-version
+can sort a collection of versions properly, handles prerelease/beta
+versions, can increment versions, etc.
+
+Versions used with go-version must follow [SemVer](http://semver.org/).
+
+## Installation and Usage
+
+Package documentation can be found on
+[GoDoc](http://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/go-version).
+
+Installation can be done with a normal `go get`:
+
+```
+$ go get github.com/hashicorp/go-version
+```
+
+#### Version Parsing and Comparison
+
+```go
+v1, err := version.NewVersion("1.2")
+v2, err := version.NewVersion("1.5+metadata")
+
+// Comparison example. There is also GreaterThan, Equal, and just
+// a simple Compare that returns an int allowing easy >=, <=, etc.
+if v1.LessThan(v2) {
+    fmt.Printf("%s is less than %s", v1, v2)
+}
+```
+
+#### Version Constraints
+
+```go
+v1, err := version.NewVersion("1.2")
+
+// Constraints example.
+constraints, err := version.NewConstraint(">= 1.0, < 1.4")
+if constraints.Check(v1) {
+        fmt.Printf("%s satisfies constraints %s", v1, constraints)
+}
+```
+
+#### Version Sorting
+
+```go
+versionsRaw := []string{"1.1", "0.7.1", "1.4-beta", "1.4", "2"}
+versions := make([]*version.Version, len(versionsRaw))
+for i, raw := range versionsRaw {
+    v, _ := version.NewVersion(raw)
+    versions[i] = v
+}
+
+// After this, the versions are properly sorted
+sort.Sort(version.Collection(versions))
+```
+
+## Issues and Contributing
+
+If you find an issue with this library, please report an issue. If you'd
+like, we welcome any contributions. Fork this library and submit a pull
+request.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/constraint.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/constraint.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c73df0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/constraint.go
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+package version
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "regexp"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// Constraint represents a single constraint for a version, such as
+// ">= 1.0".
+type Constraint struct {
+        f        constraintFunc
+        check    *Version
+        original string
+}
+
+// Constraints is a slice of constraints. We make a custom type so that
+// we can add methods to it.
+type Constraints []*Constraint
+
+type constraintFunc func(v, c *Version) bool
+
+var constraintOperators map[string]constraintFunc
+
+var constraintRegexp *regexp.Regexp
+
+func init() {
+        constraintOperators = map[string]constraintFunc{
+                "":   constraintEqual,
+                "=":  constraintEqual,
+                "!=": constraintNotEqual,
+                ">":  constraintGreaterThan,
+                "<":  constraintLessThan,
+                ">=": constraintGreaterThanEqual,
+                "<=": constraintLessThanEqual,
+                "~>": constraintPessimistic,
+        }
+
+        ops := make([]string, 0, len(constraintOperators))
+        for k := range constraintOperators {
+                ops = append(ops, regexp.QuoteMeta(k))
+        }
+
+        constraintRegexp = regexp.MustCompile(fmt.Sprintf(
+                `^\s*(%s)\s*(%s)\s*$`,
+                strings.Join(ops, "|"),
+                VersionRegexpRaw))
+}
+
+// NewConstraint will parse one or more constraints from the given
+// constraint string. The string must be a comma-separated list of
+// constraints.
+func NewConstraint(v string) (Constraints, error) {
+        vs := strings.Split(v, ",")
+        result := make([]*Constraint, len(vs))
+        for i, single := range vs {
+                c, err := parseSingle(single)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                result[i] = c
+        }
+
+        return Constraints(result), nil
+}
+
+// Check tests if a version satisfies all the constraints.
+func (cs Constraints) Check(v *Version) bool {
+        for _, c := range cs {
+                if !c.Check(v) {
+                        return false
+                }
+        }
+
+        return true
+}
+
+// Returns the string format of the constraints
+func (cs Constraints) String() string {
+        csStr := make([]string, len(cs))
+        for i, c := range cs {
+                csStr[i] = c.String()
+        }
+
+        return strings.Join(csStr, ",")
+}
+
+// Check tests if a constraint is validated by the given version.
+func (c *Constraint) Check(v *Version) bool {
+        return c.f(v, c.check)
+}
+
+func (c *Constraint) String() string {
+        return c.original
+}
+
+func parseSingle(v string) (*Constraint, error) {
+        matches := constraintRegexp.FindStringSubmatch(v)
+        if matches == nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Malformed constraint: %s", v)
+        }
+
+        check, err := NewVersion(matches[2])
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return &Constraint{
+                f:        constraintOperators[matches[1]],
+                check:    check,
+                original: v,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Constraint functions
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func constraintEqual(v, c *Version) bool {
+        return v.Equal(c)
+}
+
+func constraintNotEqual(v, c *Version) bool {
+        return !v.Equal(c)
+}
+
+func constraintGreaterThan(v, c *Version) bool {
+        return v.Compare(c) == 1
+}
+
+func constraintLessThan(v, c *Version) bool {
+        return v.Compare(c) == -1
+}
+
+func constraintGreaterThanEqual(v, c *Version) bool {
+        return v.Compare(c) >= 0
+}
+
+func constraintLessThanEqual(v, c *Version) bool {
+        return v.Compare(c) <= 0
+}
+
+func constraintPessimistic(v, c *Version) bool {
+        // If the version being checked is naturally less than the constraint, then there
+        // is no way for the version to be valid against the constraint
+        if v.LessThan(c) {
+                return false
+        }
+        // We'll use this more than once, so grab the length now so it's a little cleaner
+        // to write the later checks
+        cs := len(c.segments)
+
+        // If the version being checked has less specificity than the constraint, then there
+        // is no way for the version to be valid against the constraint
+        if cs > len(v.segments) {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        // Check the segments in the constraint against those in the version. If the version
+        // being checked, at any point, does not have the same values in each index of the
+        // constraints segments, then it cannot be valid against the constraint.
+        for i := 0; i < c.si-1; i++ {
+                if v.segments[i] != c.segments[i] {
+                        return false
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Check the last part of the segment in the constraint. If the version segment at
+        // this index is less than the constraints segment at this index, then it cannot
+        // be valid against the constraint
+        if c.segments[cs-1] > v.segments[cs-1] {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        // If nothing has rejected the version by now, it's valid
+        return true
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae2f6b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version.go
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+package version
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+        "regexp"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// The compiled regular expression used to test the validity of a version.
+var versionRegexp *regexp.Regexp
+
+// The raw regular expression string used for testing the validity
+// of a version.
+const VersionRegexpRaw string = `v?([0-9]+(\.[0-9]+)*?)` +
+        `(-?([0-9A-Za-z\-]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-]+)*))?` +
+        `(\+([0-9A-Za-z\-]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-]+)*))?` +
+        `?`
+
+// Version represents a single version.
+type Version struct {
+        metadata string
+        pre      string
+        segments []int64
+        si       int
+}
+
+func init() {
+        versionRegexp = regexp.MustCompile("^" + VersionRegexpRaw + "$")
+}
+
+// NewVersion parses the given version and returns a new
+// Version.
+func NewVersion(v string) (*Version, error) {
+        matches := versionRegexp.FindStringSubmatch(v)
+        if matches == nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Malformed version: %s", v)
+        }
+        segmentsStr := strings.Split(matches[1], ".")
+        segments := make([]int64, len(segmentsStr))
+        si := 0
+        for i, str := range segmentsStr {
+                val, err := strconv.ParseInt(str, 10, 64)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Error parsing version: %s", err)
+                }
+
+                segments[i] = int64(val)
+                si++
+        }
+
+        // Even though we could support more than three segments, if we
+        // got less than three, pad it with 0s. This is to cover the basic
+        // default usecase of semver, which is MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH at the minimum
+        for i := len(segments); i < 3; i++ {
+                segments = append(segments, 0)
+        }
+
+        return &Version{
+                metadata: matches[7],
+                pre:      matches[4],
+                segments: segments,
+                si:       si,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// Must is a helper that wraps a call to a function returning (*Version, error)
+// and panics if error is non-nil.
+func Must(v *Version, err error) *Version {
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        return v
+}
+
+// Compare compares this version to another version. This
+// returns -1, 0, or 1 if this version is smaller, equal,
+// or larger than the other version, respectively.
+//
+// If you want boolean results, use the LessThan, Equal,
+// or GreaterThan methods.
+func (v *Version) Compare(other *Version) int {
+        // A quick, efficient equality check
+        if v.String() == other.String() {
+                return 0
+        }
+
+        segmentsSelf := v.Segments64()
+        segmentsOther := other.Segments64()
+
+        // If the segments are the same, we must compare on prerelease info
+        if reflect.DeepEqual(segmentsSelf, segmentsOther) {
+                preSelf := v.Prerelease()
+                preOther := other.Prerelease()
+                if preSelf == "" && preOther == "" {
+                        return 0
+                }
+                if preSelf == "" {
+                        return 1
+                }
+                if preOther == "" {
+                        return -1
+                }
+
+                return comparePrereleases(preSelf, preOther)
+        }
+
+        // Get the highest specificity (hS), or if they're equal, just use segmentSelf length
+        lenSelf := len(segmentsSelf)
+        lenOther := len(segmentsOther)
+        hS := lenSelf
+        if lenSelf < lenOther {
+                hS = lenOther
+        }
+        // Compare the segments
+        // Because a constraint could have more/less specificity than the version it's
+        // checking, we need to account for a lopsided or jagged comparison
+        for i := 0; i < hS; i++ {
+                if i > lenSelf-1 {
+                        // This means Self had the lower specificity
+                        // Check to see if the remaining segments in Other are all zeros
+                        if !allZero(segmentsOther[i:]) {
+                                // if not, it means that Other has to be greater than Self
+                                return -1
+                        }
+                        break
+                } else if i > lenOther-1 {
+                        // this means Other had the lower specificity
+                        // Check to see if the remaining segments in Self are all zeros -
+                        if !allZero(segmentsSelf[i:]) {
+                                //if not, it means that Self has to be greater than Other
+                                return 1
+                        }
+                        break
+                }
+                lhs := segmentsSelf[i]
+                rhs := segmentsOther[i]
+                if lhs == rhs {
+                        continue
+                } else if lhs < rhs {
+                        return -1
+                }
+                // Otherwis, rhs was > lhs, they're not equal
+                return 1
+        }
+
+        // if we got this far, they're equal
+        return 0
+}
+
+func allZero(segs []int64) bool {
+        for _, s := range segs {
+                if s != 0 {
+                        return false
+                }
+        }
+        return true
+}
+
+func comparePart(preSelf string, preOther string) int {
+        if preSelf == preOther {
+                return 0
+        }
+
+        // if a part is empty, we use the other to decide
+        if preSelf == "" {
+                _, notIsNumeric := strconv.ParseInt(preOther, 10, 64)
+                if notIsNumeric == nil {
+                        return -1
+                }
+                return 1
+        }
+
+        if preOther == "" {
+                _, notIsNumeric := strconv.ParseInt(preSelf, 10, 64)
+                if notIsNumeric == nil {
+                        return 1
+                }
+                return -1
+        }
+
+        if preSelf > preOther {
+                return 1
+        }
+
+        return -1
+}
+
+func comparePrereleases(v string, other string) int {
+        // the same pre release!
+        if v == other {
+                return 0
+        }
+
+        // split both pre releases for analyse their parts
+        selfPreReleaseMeta := strings.Split(v, ".")
+        otherPreReleaseMeta := strings.Split(other, ".")
+
+        selfPreReleaseLen := len(selfPreReleaseMeta)
+        otherPreReleaseLen := len(otherPreReleaseMeta)
+
+        biggestLen := otherPreReleaseLen
+        if selfPreReleaseLen > otherPreReleaseLen {
+                biggestLen = selfPreReleaseLen
+        }
+
+        // loop for parts to find the first difference
+        for i := 0; i < biggestLen; i = i + 1 {
+                partSelfPre := ""
+                if i < selfPreReleaseLen {
+                        partSelfPre = selfPreReleaseMeta[i]
+                }
+
+                partOtherPre := ""
+                if i < otherPreReleaseLen {
+                        partOtherPre = otherPreReleaseMeta[i]
+                }
+
+                compare := comparePart(partSelfPre, partOtherPre)
+                // if parts are equals, continue the loop
+                if compare != 0 {
+                        return compare
+                }
+        }
+
+        return 0
+}
+
+// Equal tests if two versions are equal.
+func (v *Version) Equal(o *Version) bool {
+        return v.Compare(o) == 0
+}
+
+// GreaterThan tests if this version is greater than another version.
+func (v *Version) GreaterThan(o *Version) bool {
+        return v.Compare(o) > 0
+}
+
+// LessThan tests if this version is less than another version.
+func (v *Version) LessThan(o *Version) bool {
+        return v.Compare(o) < 0
+}
+
+// Metadata returns any metadata that was part of the version
+// string.
+//
+// Metadata is anything that comes after the "+" in the version.
+// For example, with "1.2.3+beta", the metadata is "beta".
+func (v *Version) Metadata() string {
+        return v.metadata
+}
+
+// Prerelease returns any prerelease data that is part of the version,
+// or blank if there is no prerelease data.
+//
+// Prerelease information is anything that comes after the "-" in the
+// version (but before any metadata). For example, with "1.2.3-beta",
+// the prerelease information is "beta".
+func (v *Version) Prerelease() string {
+        return v.pre
+}
+
+// Segments returns the numeric segments of the version as a slice of ints.
+//
+// This excludes any metadata or pre-release information. For example,
+// for a version "1.2.3-beta", segments will return a slice of
+// 1, 2, 3.
+func (v *Version) Segments() []int {
+        segmentSlice := make([]int, len(v.segments))
+        for i, v := range v.segments {
+                segmentSlice[i] = int(v)
+        }
+        return segmentSlice
+}
+
+// Segments64 returns the numeric segments of the version as a slice of int64s.
+//
+// This excludes any metadata or pre-release information. For example,
+// for a version "1.2.3-beta", segments will return a slice of
+// 1, 2, 3.
+func (v *Version) Segments64() []int64 {
+        return v.segments
+}
+
+// String returns the full version string included pre-release
+// and metadata information.
+func (v *Version) String() string {
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        fmtParts := make([]string, len(v.segments))
+        for i, s := range v.segments {
+                // We can ignore err here since we've pre-parsed the values in segments
+                str := strconv.FormatInt(s, 10)
+                fmtParts[i] = str
+        }
+        fmt.Fprintf(&buf, strings.Join(fmtParts, "."))
+        if v.pre != "" {
+                fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "-%s", v.pre)
+        }
+        if v.metadata != "" {
+                fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "+%s", v.metadata)
+        }
+
+        return buf.String()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version_collection.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version_collection.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc888d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version_collection.go
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+package version
+
+// Collection is a type that implements the sort.Interface interface
+// so that versions can be sorted.
+type Collection []*Version
+
+func (v Collection) Len() int {
+        return len(v)
+}
+
+func (v Collection) Less(i, j int) bool {
+        return v[i].LessThan(v[j])
+}
+
+func (v Collection) Swap(i, j int) {
+        v[i], v[j] = v[j], v[i]
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c33dcc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. “Contributor”
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. “Contributor Version”
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution.
+
+1.3. “Contribution”
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. “Covered Software”
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
+        1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
+        Secondary License.
+
+1.6. “Executable Form”
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. “Larger Work”
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
+     file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. “License”
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. “Licensable”
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
+     time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
+     this License.
+
+1.10. “Modifications”
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
+        from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
+      and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
+      would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
+      using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
+      either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. “Secondary License”
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. “Source Code Form”
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
+        part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
+        or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
+     effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
+     such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
+     License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
+     or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
+     2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
+        Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
+     logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
+     notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
+     (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
+     under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
+     are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
+     rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
+     copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
+     terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
+     of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
+     they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
+     restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
+        or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
+        the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’
+        rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
+     Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
+     with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
+     Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
+     You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
+     such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
+     their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
+     either this License or such Secondary License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
+     copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
+     of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
+     Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
+     required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
+     of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
+     warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
+     alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
+   order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
+   to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
+   they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
+   distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
+   extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
+   sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
+   understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
+     if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
+     reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
+     Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
+     ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
+     non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
+     compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
+     and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
+     indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
+     all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
+     shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
+   warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
+   without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
+   merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
+   risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
+   Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
+   Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
+   correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
+   License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under this License
+   except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
+   party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
+   Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
+   consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
+   a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
+   and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
+   reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
+   prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
+   hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
+   provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
+   enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
+   contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
+   this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
+      the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
+      under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
+      version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
+      references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
+      modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
+      If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
+      Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
+      notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
+You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
+directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
+
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/Makefile b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84fd743
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+TEST?=./...

+

+default: test

+

+fmt: generate

+        go fmt ./...

+

+test: generate

+        go get -t ./...

+        go test $(TEST) $(TESTARGS)

+

+generate:

+        go generate ./...

+

+updatedeps:

+        go get -u golang.org/x/tools/cmd/stringer

+

+.PHONY: default generate test updatedeps

diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/README.md b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c822332
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+# HCL
+
+[![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/hcl?status.png)](https://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/hcl) [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/hashicorp/hcl.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/hashicorp/hcl)
+
+HCL (HashiCorp Configuration Language) is a configuration language built
+by HashiCorp. The goal of HCL is to build a structured configuration language
+that is both human and machine friendly for use with command-line tools, but
+specifically targeted towards DevOps tools, servers, etc.
+
+HCL is also fully JSON compatible. That is, JSON can be used as completely
+valid input to a system expecting HCL. This helps makes systems
+interoperable with other systems.
+
+HCL is heavily inspired by
+[libucl](https://github.com/vstakhov/libucl),
+nginx configuration, and others similar.
+
+## Why?
+
+A common question when viewing HCL is to ask the question: why not
+JSON, YAML, etc.?
+
+Prior to HCL, the tools we built at [HashiCorp](http://www.hashicorp.com)
+used a variety of configuration languages from full programming languages
+such as Ruby to complete data structure languages such as JSON. What we
+learned is that some people wanted human-friendly configuration languages
+and some people wanted machine-friendly languages.
+
+JSON fits a nice balance in this, but is fairly verbose and most
+importantly doesn't support comments. With YAML, we found that beginners
+had a really hard time determining what the actual structure was, and
+ended up guessing more often than not whether to use a hyphen, colon, etc.
+in order to represent some configuration key.
+
+Full programming languages such as Ruby enable complex behavior
+a configuration language shouldn't usually allow, and also forces
+people to learn some set of Ruby.
+
+Because of this, we decided to create our own configuration language
+that is JSON-compatible. Our configuration language (HCL) is designed
+to be written and modified by humans. The API for HCL allows JSON
+as an input so that it is also machine-friendly (machines can generate
+JSON instead of trying to generate HCL).
+
+Our goal with HCL is not to alienate other configuration languages.
+It is instead to provide HCL as a specialized language for our tools,
+and JSON as the interoperability layer.
+
+## Syntax
+
+For a complete grammar, please see the parser itself. A high-level overview
+of the syntax and grammar is listed here.
+
+  * Single line comments start with `#` or `//`
+
+  * Multi-line comments are wrapped in `/*` and `*/`. Nested block comments
+    are not allowed. A multi-line comment (also known as a block comment)
+    terminates at the first `*/` found.
+
+  * Values are assigned with the syntax `key = value` (whitespace doesn't
+    matter). The value can be any primitive: a string, number, boolean,
+    object, or list.
+
+  * Strings are double-quoted and can contain any UTF-8 characters.
+    Example: `"Hello, World"`
+
+  * Multi-line strings start with `<<EOF` at the end of a line, and end
+    with `EOF` on its own line ([here documents](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Here_document)).
+    Any text may be used in place of `EOF`. Example:
+```
+<<FOO
+hello
+world
+FOO
+```
+
+  * Numbers are assumed to be base 10. If you prefix a number with 0x,
+    it is treated as a hexadecimal. If it is prefixed with 0, it is
+    treated as an octal. Numbers can be in scientific notation: "1e10".
+
+  * Boolean values: `true`, `false`
+
+  * Arrays can be made by wrapping it in `[]`. Example:
+    `["foo", "bar", 42]`. Arrays can contain primitives,
+    other arrays, and objects. As an alternative, lists
+    of objects can be created with repeated blocks, using
+    this structure:
+
+    ```hcl
+    service {
+        key = "value"
+    }
+
+    service {
+        key = "value"
+    }
+    ```
+
+Objects and nested objects are created using the structure shown below:
+
+```
+variable "ami" {
+    description = "the AMI to use"
+}
+```
+This would be equivalent to the following json:
+``` json
+{
+  "variable": {
+      "ami": {
+          "description": "the AMI to use"
+        }
+    }
+}
+```
+
+## Thanks
+
+Thanks to:
+
+  * [@vstakhov](https://github.com/vstakhov) - The original libucl parser
+    and syntax that HCL was based off of.
+
+  * [@fatih](https://github.com/fatih) - The rewritten HCL parser
+    in pure Go (no goyacc) and support for a printer.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/appveyor.yml b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/appveyor.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4db0b71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/appveyor.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+version: "build-{branch}-{build}"
+image: Visual Studio 2015
+clone_folder: c:\gopath\src\github.com\hashicorp\hcl
+environment:
+  GOPATH: c:\gopath
+init:
+  - git config --global core.autocrlf false
+install:
+- cmd: >-
+    echo %Path%
+
+    go version
+
+    go env
+
+    go get -t ./...
+
+build_script:
+- cmd: go test -v ./...
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/decoder.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/decoder.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b39c1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/decoder.go
@@ -0,0 +1,724 @@
+package hcl
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+        "sort"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/parser"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token"
+)
+
+// This is the tag to use with structures to have settings for HCL
+const tagName = "hcl"
+
+var (
+        // nodeType holds a reference to the type of ast.Node
+        nodeType reflect.Type = findNodeType()
+)
+
+// Unmarshal accepts a byte slice as input and writes the
+// data to the value pointed to by v.
+func Unmarshal(bs []byte, v interface{}) error {
+        root, err := parse(bs)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        return DecodeObject(v, root)
+}
+
+// Decode reads the given input and decodes it into the structure
+// given by `out`.
+func Decode(out interface{}, in string) error {
+        obj, err := Parse(in)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        return DecodeObject(out, obj)
+}
+
+// DecodeObject is a lower-level version of Decode. It decodes a
+// raw Object into the given output.
+func DecodeObject(out interface{}, n ast.Node) error {
+        val := reflect.ValueOf(out)
+        if val.Kind() != reflect.Ptr {
+                return errors.New("result must be a pointer")
+        }
+
+        // If we have the file, we really decode the root node
+        if f, ok := n.(*ast.File); ok {
+                n = f.Node
+        }
+
+        var d decoder
+        return d.decode("root", n, val.Elem())
+}
+
+type decoder struct {
+        stack []reflect.Kind
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decode(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+        k := result
+
+        // If we have an interface with a valid value, we use that
+        // for the check.
+        if result.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+                elem := result.Elem()
+                if elem.IsValid() {
+                        k = elem
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Push current onto stack unless it is an interface.
+        if k.Kind() != reflect.Interface {
+                d.stack = append(d.stack, k.Kind())
+
+                // Schedule a pop
+                defer func() {
+                        d.stack = d.stack[:len(d.stack)-1]
+                }()
+        }
+
+        switch k.Kind() {
+        case reflect.Bool:
+                return d.decodeBool(name, node, result)
+        case reflect.Float64:
+                return d.decodeFloat(name, node, result)
+        case reflect.Int, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64:
+                return d.decodeInt(name, node, result)
+        case reflect.Interface:
+                // When we see an interface, we make our own thing
+                return d.decodeInterface(name, node, result)
+        case reflect.Map:
+                return d.decodeMap(name, node, result)
+        case reflect.Ptr:
+                return d.decodePtr(name, node, result)
+        case reflect.Slice:
+                return d.decodeSlice(name, node, result)
+        case reflect.String:
+                return d.decodeString(name, node, result)
+        case reflect.Struct:
+                return d.decodeStruct(name, node, result)
+        default:
+                return &parser.PosError{
+                        Pos: node.Pos(),
+                        Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: unknown kind to decode into: %s", name, k.Kind()),
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodeBool(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+        switch n := node.(type) {
+        case *ast.LiteralType:
+                if n.Token.Type == token.BOOL {
+                        v, err := strconv.ParseBool(n.Token.Text)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+
+                        result.Set(reflect.ValueOf(v))
+                        return nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        return &parser.PosError{
+                Pos: node.Pos(),
+                Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: unknown type %T", name, node),
+        }
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodeFloat(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+        switch n := node.(type) {
+        case *ast.LiteralType:
+                if n.Token.Type == token.FLOAT {
+                        v, err := strconv.ParseFloat(n.Token.Text, 64)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+
+                        result.Set(reflect.ValueOf(v))
+                        return nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        return &parser.PosError{
+                Pos: node.Pos(),
+                Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: unknown type %T", name, node),
+        }
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodeInt(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+        switch n := node.(type) {
+        case *ast.LiteralType:
+                switch n.Token.Type {
+                case token.NUMBER:
+                        v, err := strconv.ParseInt(n.Token.Text, 0, 0)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+
+                        if result.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+                                result.Set(reflect.ValueOf(int(v)))
+                        } else {
+                                result.SetInt(v)
+                        }
+                        return nil
+                case token.STRING:
+                        v, err := strconv.ParseInt(n.Token.Value().(string), 0, 0)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+
+                        if result.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+                                result.Set(reflect.ValueOf(int(v)))
+                        } else {
+                                result.SetInt(v)
+                        }
+                        return nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        return &parser.PosError{
+                Pos: node.Pos(),
+                Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: unknown type %T", name, node),
+        }
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodeInterface(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+        // When we see an ast.Node, we retain the value to enable deferred decoding.
+        // Very useful in situations where we want to preserve ast.Node information
+        // like Pos
+        if result.Type() == nodeType && result.CanSet() {
+                result.Set(reflect.ValueOf(node))
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        var set reflect.Value
+        redecode := true
+
+        // For testing types, ObjectType should just be treated as a list. We
+        // set this to a temporary var because we want to pass in the real node.
+        testNode := node
+        if ot, ok := node.(*ast.ObjectType); ok {
+                testNode = ot.List
+        }
+
+        switch n := testNode.(type) {
+        case *ast.ObjectList:
+                // If we're at the root or we're directly within a slice, then we
+                // decode objects into map[string]interface{}, otherwise we decode
+                // them into lists.
+                if len(d.stack) == 0 || d.stack[len(d.stack)-1] == reflect.Slice {
+                        var temp map[string]interface{}
+                        tempVal := reflect.ValueOf(temp)
+                        result := reflect.MakeMap(
+                                reflect.MapOf(
+                                        reflect.TypeOf(""),
+                                        tempVal.Type().Elem()))
+
+                        set = result
+                } else {
+                        var temp []map[string]interface{}
+                        tempVal := reflect.ValueOf(temp)
+                        result := reflect.MakeSlice(
+                                reflect.SliceOf(tempVal.Type().Elem()), 0, len(n.Items))
+                        set = result
+                }
+        case *ast.ObjectType:
+                // If we're at the root or we're directly within a slice, then we
+                // decode objects into map[string]interface{}, otherwise we decode
+                // them into lists.
+                if len(d.stack) == 0 || d.stack[len(d.stack)-1] == reflect.Slice {
+                        var temp map[string]interface{}
+                        tempVal := reflect.ValueOf(temp)
+                        result := reflect.MakeMap(
+                                reflect.MapOf(
+                                        reflect.TypeOf(""),
+                                        tempVal.Type().Elem()))
+
+                        set = result
+                } else {
+                        var temp []map[string]interface{}
+                        tempVal := reflect.ValueOf(temp)
+                        result := reflect.MakeSlice(
+                                reflect.SliceOf(tempVal.Type().Elem()), 0, 1)
+                        set = result
+                }
+        case *ast.ListType:
+                var temp []interface{}
+                tempVal := reflect.ValueOf(temp)
+                result := reflect.MakeSlice(
+                        reflect.SliceOf(tempVal.Type().Elem()), 0, 0)
+                set = result
+        case *ast.LiteralType:
+                switch n.Token.Type {
+                case token.BOOL:
+                        var result bool
+                        set = reflect.Indirect(reflect.New(reflect.TypeOf(result)))
+                case token.FLOAT:
+                        var result float64
+                        set = reflect.Indirect(reflect.New(reflect.TypeOf(result)))
+                case token.NUMBER:
+                        var result int
+                        set = reflect.Indirect(reflect.New(reflect.TypeOf(result)))
+                case token.STRING, token.HEREDOC:
+                        set = reflect.Indirect(reflect.New(reflect.TypeOf("")))
+                default:
+                        return &parser.PosError{
+                                Pos: node.Pos(),
+                                Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: cannot decode into interface: %T", name, node),
+                        }
+                }
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%s: cannot decode into interface: %T",
+                        name, node)
+        }
+
+        // Set the result to what its supposed to be, then reset
+        // result so we don't reflect into this method anymore.
+        result.Set(set)
+
+        if redecode {
+                // Revisit the node so that we can use the newly instantiated
+                // thing and populate it.
+                if err := d.decode(name, node, result); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodeMap(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+        if item, ok := node.(*ast.ObjectItem); ok {
+                node = &ast.ObjectList{Items: []*ast.ObjectItem{item}}
+        }
+
+        if ot, ok := node.(*ast.ObjectType); ok {
+                node = ot.List
+        }
+
+        n, ok := node.(*ast.ObjectList)
+        if !ok {
+                return &parser.PosError{
+                        Pos: node.Pos(),
+                        Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: not an object type for map (%T)", name, node),
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If we have an interface, then we can address the interface,
+        // but not the slice itself, so get the element but set the interface
+        set := result
+        if result.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+                result = result.Elem()
+        }
+
+        resultType := result.Type()
+        resultElemType := resultType.Elem()
+        resultKeyType := resultType.Key()
+        if resultKeyType.Kind() != reflect.String {
+                return &parser.PosError{
+                        Pos: node.Pos(),
+                        Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: map must have string keys", name),
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Make a map if it is nil
+        resultMap := result
+        if result.IsNil() {
+                resultMap = reflect.MakeMap(
+                        reflect.MapOf(resultKeyType, resultElemType))
+        }
+
+        // Go through each element and decode it.
+        done := make(map[string]struct{})
+        for _, item := range n.Items {
+                if item.Val == nil {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // github.com/hashicorp/terraform/issue/5740
+                if len(item.Keys) == 0 {
+                        return &parser.PosError{
+                                Pos: node.Pos(),
+                                Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: map must have string keys", name),
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Get the key we're dealing with, which is the first item
+                keyStr := item.Keys[0].Token.Value().(string)
+
+                // If we've already processed this key, then ignore it
+                if _, ok := done[keyStr]; ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Determine the value. If we have more than one key, then we
+                // get the objectlist of only these keys.
+                itemVal := item.Val
+                if len(item.Keys) > 1 {
+                        itemVal = n.Filter(keyStr)
+                        done[keyStr] = struct{}{}
+                }
+
+                // Make the field name
+                fieldName := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", name, keyStr)
+
+                // Get the key/value as reflection values
+                key := reflect.ValueOf(keyStr)
+                val := reflect.Indirect(reflect.New(resultElemType))
+
+                // If we have a pre-existing value in the map, use that
+                oldVal := resultMap.MapIndex(key)
+                if oldVal.IsValid() {
+                        val.Set(oldVal)
+                }
+
+                // Decode!
+                if err := d.decode(fieldName, itemVal, val); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Set the value on the map
+                resultMap.SetMapIndex(key, val)
+        }
+
+        // Set the final map if we can
+        set.Set(resultMap)
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodePtr(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+        // Create an element of the concrete (non pointer) type and decode
+        // into that. Then set the value of the pointer to this type.
+        resultType := result.Type()
+        resultElemType := resultType.Elem()
+        val := reflect.New(resultElemType)
+        if err := d.decode(name, node, reflect.Indirect(val)); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        result.Set(val)
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodeSlice(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+        // If we have an interface, then we can address the interface,
+        // but not the slice itself, so get the element but set the interface
+        set := result
+        if result.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+                result = result.Elem()
+        }
+        // Create the slice if it isn't nil
+        resultType := result.Type()
+        resultElemType := resultType.Elem()
+        if result.IsNil() {
+                resultSliceType := reflect.SliceOf(resultElemType)
+                result = reflect.MakeSlice(
+                        resultSliceType, 0, 0)
+        }
+
+        // Figure out the items we'll be copying into the slice
+        var items []ast.Node
+        switch n := node.(type) {
+        case *ast.ObjectList:
+                items = make([]ast.Node, len(n.Items))
+                for i, item := range n.Items {
+                        items[i] = item
+                }
+        case *ast.ObjectType:
+                items = []ast.Node{n}
+        case *ast.ListType:
+                items = n.List
+        default:
+                return &parser.PosError{
+                        Pos: node.Pos(),
+                        Err: fmt.Errorf("unknown slice type: %T", node),
+                }
+        }
+
+        for i, item := range items {
+                fieldName := fmt.Sprintf("%s[%d]", name, i)
+
+                // Decode
+                val := reflect.Indirect(reflect.New(resultElemType))
+
+                // if item is an object that was decoded from ambiguous JSON and
+                // flattened, make sure it's expanded if it needs to decode into a
+                // defined structure.
+                item := expandObject(item, val)
+
+                if err := d.decode(fieldName, item, val); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Append it onto the slice
+                result = reflect.Append(result, val)
+        }
+
+        set.Set(result)
+        return nil
+}
+
+// expandObject detects if an ambiguous JSON object was flattened to a List which
+// should be decoded into a struct, and expands the ast to properly deocode.
+func expandObject(node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) ast.Node {
+        item, ok := node.(*ast.ObjectItem)
+        if !ok {
+                return node
+        }
+
+        elemType := result.Type()
+
+        // our target type must be a struct
+        switch elemType.Kind() {
+        case reflect.Ptr:
+                switch elemType.Elem().Kind() {
+                case reflect.Struct:
+                        //OK
+                default:
+                        return node
+                }
+        case reflect.Struct:
+                //OK
+        default:
+                return node
+        }
+
+        // A list value will have a key and field name. If it had more fields,
+        // it wouldn't have been flattened.
+        if len(item.Keys) != 2 {
+                return node
+        }
+
+        keyToken := item.Keys[0].Token
+        item.Keys = item.Keys[1:]
+
+        // we need to un-flatten the ast enough to decode
+        newNode := &ast.ObjectItem{
+                Keys: []*ast.ObjectKey{
+                        &ast.ObjectKey{
+                                Token: keyToken,
+                        },
+                },
+                Val: &ast.ObjectType{
+                        List: &ast.ObjectList{
+                                Items: []*ast.ObjectItem{item},
+                        },
+                },
+        }
+
+        return newNode
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodeString(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+        switch n := node.(type) {
+        case *ast.LiteralType:
+                switch n.Token.Type {
+                case token.NUMBER:
+                        result.Set(reflect.ValueOf(n.Token.Text).Convert(result.Type()))
+                        return nil
+                case token.STRING, token.HEREDOC:
+                        result.Set(reflect.ValueOf(n.Token.Value()).Convert(result.Type()))
+                        return nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        return &parser.PosError{
+                Pos: node.Pos(),
+                Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: unknown type for string %T", name, node),
+        }
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodeStruct(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+        var item *ast.ObjectItem
+        if it, ok := node.(*ast.ObjectItem); ok {
+                item = it
+                node = it.Val
+        }
+
+        if ot, ok := node.(*ast.ObjectType); ok {
+                node = ot.List
+        }
+
+        // Handle the special case where the object itself is a literal. Previously
+        // the yacc parser would always ensure top-level elements were arrays. The new
+        // parser does not make the same guarantees, thus we need to convert any
+        // top-level literal elements into a list.
+        if _, ok := node.(*ast.LiteralType); ok && item != nil {
+                node = &ast.ObjectList{Items: []*ast.ObjectItem{item}}
+        }
+
+        list, ok := node.(*ast.ObjectList)
+        if !ok {
+                return &parser.PosError{
+                        Pos: node.Pos(),
+                        Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: not an object type for struct (%T)", name, node),
+                }
+        }
+
+        // This slice will keep track of all the structs we'll be decoding.
+        // There can be more than one struct if there are embedded structs
+        // that are squashed.
+        structs := make([]reflect.Value, 1, 5)
+        structs[0] = result
+
+        // Compile the list of all the fields that we're going to be decoding
+        // from all the structs.
+        fields := make(map[*reflect.StructField]reflect.Value)
+        for len(structs) > 0 {
+                structVal := structs[0]
+                structs = structs[1:]
+
+                structType := structVal.Type()
+                for i := 0; i < structType.NumField(); i++ {
+                        fieldType := structType.Field(i)
+                        tagParts := strings.Split(fieldType.Tag.Get(tagName), ",")
+
+                        // Ignore fields with tag name "-"
+                        if tagParts[0] == "-" {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        if fieldType.Anonymous {
+                                fieldKind := fieldType.Type.Kind()
+                                if fieldKind != reflect.Struct {
+                                        return &parser.PosError{
+                                                Pos: node.Pos(),
+                                                Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: unsupported type to struct: %s",
+                                                        fieldType.Name, fieldKind),
+                                        }
+                                }
+
+                                // We have an embedded field. We "squash" the fields down
+                                // if specified in the tag.
+                                squash := false
+                                for _, tag := range tagParts[1:] {
+                                        if tag == "squash" {
+                                                squash = true
+                                                break
+                                        }
+                                }
+
+                                if squash {
+                                        structs = append(
+                                                structs, result.FieldByName(fieldType.Name))
+                                        continue
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        // Normal struct field, store it away
+                        fields[&fieldType] = structVal.Field(i)
+                }
+        }
+
+        usedKeys := make(map[string]struct{})
+        decodedFields := make([]string, 0, len(fields))
+        decodedFieldsVal := make([]reflect.Value, 0)
+        unusedKeysVal := make([]reflect.Value, 0)
+        for fieldType, field := range fields {
+                if !field.IsValid() {
+                        // This should never happen
+                        panic("field is not valid")
+                }
+
+                // If we can't set the field, then it is unexported or something,
+                // and we just continue onwards.
+                if !field.CanSet() {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                fieldName := fieldType.Name
+
+                tagValue := fieldType.Tag.Get(tagName)
+                tagParts := strings.SplitN(tagValue, ",", 2)
+                if len(tagParts) >= 2 {
+                        switch tagParts[1] {
+                        case "decodedFields":
+                                decodedFieldsVal = append(decodedFieldsVal, field)
+                                continue
+                        case "key":
+                                if item == nil {
+                                        return &parser.PosError{
+                                                Pos: node.Pos(),
+                                                Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: %s asked for 'key', impossible",
+                                                        name, fieldName),
+                                        }
+                                }
+
+                                field.SetString(item.Keys[0].Token.Value().(string))
+                                continue
+                        case "unusedKeys":
+                                unusedKeysVal = append(unusedKeysVal, field)
+                                continue
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if tagParts[0] != "" {
+                        fieldName = tagParts[0]
+                }
+
+                // Determine the element we'll use to decode. If it is a single
+                // match (only object with the field), then we decode it exactly.
+                // If it is a prefix match, then we decode the matches.
+                filter := list.Filter(fieldName)
+
+                prefixMatches := filter.Children()
+                matches := filter.Elem()
+                if len(matches.Items) == 0 && len(prefixMatches.Items) == 0 {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Track the used key
+                usedKeys[fieldName] = struct{}{}
+
+                // Create the field name and decode. We range over the elements
+                // because we actually want the value.
+                fieldName = fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", name, fieldName)
+                if len(prefixMatches.Items) > 0 {
+                        if err := d.decode(fieldName, prefixMatches, field); err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                }
+                for _, match := range matches.Items {
+                        var decodeNode ast.Node = match.Val
+                        if ot, ok := decodeNode.(*ast.ObjectType); ok {
+                                decodeNode = &ast.ObjectList{Items: ot.List.Items}
+                        }
+
+                        if err := d.decode(fieldName, decodeNode, field); err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                }
+
+                decodedFields = append(decodedFields, fieldType.Name)
+        }
+
+        if len(decodedFieldsVal) > 0 {
+                // Sort it so that it is deterministic
+                sort.Strings(decodedFields)
+
+                for _, v := range decodedFieldsVal {
+                        v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(decodedFields))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// findNodeType returns the type of ast.Node
+func findNodeType() reflect.Type {
+        var nodeContainer struct {
+                Node ast.Node
+        }
+        value := reflect.ValueOf(nodeContainer).FieldByName("Node")
+        return value.Type()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..575a20b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl.go
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+// Package hcl decodes HCL into usable Go structures.
+//
+// hcl input can come in either pure HCL format or JSON format.
+// It can be parsed into an AST, and then decoded into a structure,
+// or it can be decoded directly from a string into a structure.
+//
+// If you choose to parse HCL into a raw AST, the benefit is that you
+// can write custom visitor implementations to implement custom
+// semantic checks. By default, HCL does not perform any semantic
+// checks.
+package hcl
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast/ast.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast/ast.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e5ef65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast/ast.go
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+// Package ast declares the types used to represent syntax trees for HCL
+// (HashiCorp Configuration Language)
+package ast
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token"
+)
+
+// Node is an element in the abstract syntax tree.
+type Node interface {
+        node()
+        Pos() token.Pos
+}
+
+func (File) node()         {}
+func (ObjectList) node()   {}
+func (ObjectKey) node()    {}
+func (ObjectItem) node()   {}
+func (Comment) node()      {}
+func (CommentGroup) node() {}
+func (ObjectType) node()   {}
+func (LiteralType) node()  {}
+func (ListType) node()     {}
+
+// File represents a single HCL file
+type File struct {
+        Node     Node            // usually a *ObjectList
+        Comments []*CommentGroup // list of all comments in the source
+}
+
+func (f *File) Pos() token.Pos {
+        return f.Node.Pos()
+}
+
+// ObjectList represents a list of ObjectItems. An HCL file itself is an
+// ObjectList.
+type ObjectList struct {
+        Items []*ObjectItem
+}
+
+func (o *ObjectList) Add(item *ObjectItem) {
+        o.Items = append(o.Items, item)
+}
+
+// Filter filters out the objects with the given key list as a prefix.
+//
+// The returned list of objects contain ObjectItems where the keys have
+// this prefix already stripped off. This might result in objects with
+// zero-length key lists if they have no children.
+//
+// If no matches are found, an empty ObjectList (non-nil) is returned.
+func (o *ObjectList) Filter(keys ...string) *ObjectList {
+        var result ObjectList
+        for _, item := range o.Items {
+                // If there aren't enough keys, then ignore this
+                if len(item.Keys) < len(keys) {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                match := true
+                for i, key := range item.Keys[:len(keys)] {
+                        key := key.Token.Value().(string)
+                        if key != keys[i] && !strings.EqualFold(key, keys[i]) {
+                                match = false
+                                break
+                        }
+                }
+                if !match {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Strip off the prefix from the children
+                newItem := *item
+                newItem.Keys = newItem.Keys[len(keys):]
+                result.Add(&newItem)
+        }
+
+        return &result
+}
+
+// Children returns further nested objects (key length > 0) within this
+// ObjectList. This should be used with Filter to get at child items.
+func (o *ObjectList) Children() *ObjectList {
+        var result ObjectList
+        for _, item := range o.Items {
+                if len(item.Keys) > 0 {
+                        result.Add(item)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return &result
+}
+
+// Elem returns items in the list that are direct element assignments
+// (key length == 0). This should be used with Filter to get at elements.
+func (o *ObjectList) Elem() *ObjectList {
+        var result ObjectList
+        for _, item := range o.Items {
+                if len(item.Keys) == 0 {
+                        result.Add(item)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return &result
+}
+
+func (o *ObjectList) Pos() token.Pos {
+        // always returns the uninitiliazed position
+        return o.Items[0].Pos()
+}
+
+// ObjectItem represents a HCL Object Item. An item is represented with a key
+// (or keys). It can be an assignment or an object (both normal and nested)
+type ObjectItem struct {
+        // keys is only one length long if it's of type assignment. If it's a
+        // nested object it can be larger than one. In that case "assign" is
+        // invalid as there is no assignments for a nested object.
+        Keys []*ObjectKey
+
+        // assign contains the position of "=", if any
+        Assign token.Pos
+
+        // val is the item itself. It can be an object,list, number, bool or a
+        // string. If key length is larger than one, val can be only of type
+        // Object.
+        Val Node
+
+        LeadComment *CommentGroup // associated lead comment
+        LineComment *CommentGroup // associated line comment
+}
+
+func (o *ObjectItem) Pos() token.Pos {
+        // I'm not entirely sure what causes this, but removing this causes
+        // a test failure. We should investigate at some point.
+        if len(o.Keys) == 0 {
+                return token.Pos{}
+        }
+
+        return o.Keys[0].Pos()
+}
+
+// ObjectKeys are either an identifier or of type string.
+type ObjectKey struct {
+        Token token.Token
+}
+
+func (o *ObjectKey) Pos() token.Pos {
+        return o.Token.Pos
+}
+
+// LiteralType represents a literal of basic type. Valid types are:
+// token.NUMBER, token.FLOAT, token.BOOL and token.STRING
+type LiteralType struct {
+        Token token.Token
+
+        // comment types, only used when in a list
+        LeadComment *CommentGroup
+        LineComment *CommentGroup
+}
+
+func (l *LiteralType) Pos() token.Pos {
+        return l.Token.Pos
+}
+
+// ListStatement represents a HCL List type
+type ListType struct {
+        Lbrack token.Pos // position of "["
+        Rbrack token.Pos // position of "]"
+        List   []Node    // the elements in lexical order
+}
+
+func (l *ListType) Pos() token.Pos {
+        return l.Lbrack
+}
+
+func (l *ListType) Add(node Node) {
+        l.List = append(l.List, node)
+}
+
+// ObjectType represents a HCL Object Type
+type ObjectType struct {
+        Lbrace token.Pos   // position of "{"
+        Rbrace token.Pos   // position of "}"
+        List   *ObjectList // the nodes in lexical order
+}
+
+func (o *ObjectType) Pos() token.Pos {
+        return o.Lbrace
+}
+
+// Comment node represents a single //, # style or /*- style commment
+type Comment struct {
+        Start token.Pos // position of / or #
+        Text  string
+}
+
+func (c *Comment) Pos() token.Pos {
+        return c.Start
+}
+
+// CommentGroup node represents a sequence of comments with no other tokens and
+// no empty lines between.
+type CommentGroup struct {
+        List []*Comment // len(List) > 0
+}
+
+func (c *CommentGroup) Pos() token.Pos {
+        return c.List[0].Pos()
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------
+// GoStringer
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func (o *ObjectKey) GoString() string  { return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *o) }
+func (o *ObjectList) GoString() string { return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *o) }
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast/walk.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast/walk.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba07ad4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast/walk.go
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+package ast
+
+import "fmt"
+
+// WalkFunc describes a function to be called for each node during a Walk. The
+// returned node can be used to rewrite the AST. Walking stops the returned
+// bool is false.
+type WalkFunc func(Node) (Node, bool)
+
+// Walk traverses an AST in depth-first order: It starts by calling fn(node);
+// node must not be nil. If fn returns true, Walk invokes fn recursively for
+// each of the non-nil children of node, followed by a call of fn(nil). The
+// returned node of fn can be used to rewrite the passed node to fn.
+func Walk(node Node, fn WalkFunc) Node {
+        rewritten, ok := fn(node)
+        if !ok {
+                return rewritten
+        }
+
+        switch n := node.(type) {
+        case *File:
+                n.Node = Walk(n.Node, fn)
+        case *ObjectList:
+                for i, item := range n.Items {
+                        n.Items[i] = Walk(item, fn).(*ObjectItem)
+                }
+        case *ObjectKey:
+                // nothing to do
+        case *ObjectItem:
+                for i, k := range n.Keys {
+                        n.Keys[i] = Walk(k, fn).(*ObjectKey)
+                }
+
+                if n.Val != nil {
+                        n.Val = Walk(n.Val, fn)
+                }
+        case *LiteralType:
+                // nothing to do
+        case *ListType:
+                for i, l := range n.List {
+                        n.List[i] = Walk(l, fn)
+                }
+        case *ObjectType:
+                n.List = Walk(n.List, fn).(*ObjectList)
+        default:
+                // should we panic here?
+                fmt.Printf("unknown type: %T\n", n)
+        }
+
+        fn(nil)
+        return rewritten
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/parser/error.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/parser/error.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c99381
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/parser/error.go
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+package parser
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token"
+)
+
+// PosError is a parse error that contains a position.
+type PosError struct {
+        Pos token.Pos
+        Err error
+}
+
+func (e *PosError) Error() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("At %s: %s", e.Pos, e.Err)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/parser/parser.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/parser/parser.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b488180
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/parser/parser.go
@@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
+// Package parser implements a parser for HCL (HashiCorp Configuration
+// Language)
+package parser
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/scanner"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token"
+)
+
+type Parser struct {
+        sc *scanner.Scanner
+
+        // Last read token
+        tok       token.Token
+        commaPrev token.Token
+
+        comments    []*ast.CommentGroup
+        leadComment *ast.CommentGroup // last lead comment
+        lineComment *ast.CommentGroup // last line comment
+
+        enableTrace bool
+        indent      int
+        n           int // buffer size (max = 1)
+}
+
+func newParser(src []byte) *Parser {
+        return &Parser{
+                sc: scanner.New(src),
+        }
+}
+
+// Parse returns the fully parsed source and returns the abstract syntax tree.
+func Parse(src []byte) (*ast.File, error) {
+        // normalize all line endings
+        // since the scanner and output only work with "\n" line endings, we may
+        // end up with dangling "\r" characters in the parsed data.
+        src = bytes.Replace(src, []byte("\r\n"), []byte("\n"), -1)
+
+        p := newParser(src)
+        return p.Parse()
+}
+
+var errEofToken = errors.New("EOF token found")
+
+// Parse returns the fully parsed source and returns the abstract syntax tree.
+func (p *Parser) Parse() (*ast.File, error) {
+        f := &ast.File{}
+        var err, scerr error
+        p.sc.Error = func(pos token.Pos, msg string) {
+                scerr = &PosError{Pos: pos, Err: errors.New(msg)}
+        }
+
+        f.Node, err = p.objectList(false)
+        if scerr != nil {
+                return nil, scerr
+        }
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        f.Comments = p.comments
+        return f, nil
+}
+
+// objectList parses a list of items within an object (generally k/v pairs).
+// The parameter" obj" tells this whether to we are within an object (braces:
+// '{', '}') or just at the top level. If we're within an object, we end
+// at an RBRACE.
+func (p *Parser) objectList(obj bool) (*ast.ObjectList, error) {
+        defer un(trace(p, "ParseObjectList"))
+        node := &ast.ObjectList{}
+
+        for {
+                if obj {
+                        tok := p.scan()
+                        p.unscan()
+                        if tok.Type == token.RBRACE {
+                                break
+                        }
+                }
+
+                n, err := p.objectItem()
+                if err == errEofToken {
+                        break // we are finished
+                }
+
+                // we don't return a nil node, because might want to use already
+                // collected items.
+                if err != nil {
+                        return node, err
+                }
+
+                node.Add(n)
+
+                // object lists can be optionally comma-delimited e.g. when a list of maps
+                // is being expressed, so a comma is allowed here - it's simply consumed
+                tok := p.scan()
+                if tok.Type != token.COMMA {
+                        p.unscan()
+                }
+        }
+        return node, nil
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) consumeComment() (comment *ast.Comment, endline int) {
+        endline = p.tok.Pos.Line
+
+        // count the endline if it's multiline comment, ie starting with /*
+        if len(p.tok.Text) > 1 && p.tok.Text[1] == '*' {
+                // don't use range here - no need to decode Unicode code points
+                for i := 0; i < len(p.tok.Text); i++ {
+                        if p.tok.Text[i] == '\n' {
+                                endline++
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        comment = &ast.Comment{Start: p.tok.Pos, Text: p.tok.Text}
+        p.tok = p.sc.Scan()
+        return
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) consumeCommentGroup(n int) (comments *ast.CommentGroup, endline int) {
+        var list []*ast.Comment
+        endline = p.tok.Pos.Line
+
+        for p.tok.Type == token.COMMENT && p.tok.Pos.Line <= endline+n {
+                var comment *ast.Comment
+                comment, endline = p.consumeComment()
+                list = append(list, comment)
+        }
+
+        // add comment group to the comments list
+        comments = &ast.CommentGroup{List: list}
+        p.comments = append(p.comments, comments)
+
+        return
+}
+
+// objectItem parses a single object item
+func (p *Parser) objectItem() (*ast.ObjectItem, error) {
+        defer un(trace(p, "ParseObjectItem"))
+
+        keys, err := p.objectKey()
+        if len(keys) > 0 && err == errEofToken {
+                // We ignore eof token here since it is an error if we didn't
+                // receive a value (but we did receive a key) for the item.
+                err = nil
+        }
+        if len(keys) > 0 && err != nil && p.tok.Type == token.RBRACE {
+                // This is a strange boolean statement, but what it means is:
+                // We have keys with no value, and we're likely in an object
+                // (since RBrace ends an object). For this, we set err to nil so
+                // we continue and get the error below of having the wrong value
+                // type.
+                err = nil
+
+                // Reset the token type so we don't think it completed fine. See
+                // objectType which uses p.tok.Type to check if we're done with
+                // the object.
+                p.tok.Type = token.EOF
+        }
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        o := &ast.ObjectItem{
+                Keys: keys,
+        }
+
+        if p.leadComment != nil {
+                o.LeadComment = p.leadComment
+                p.leadComment = nil
+        }
+
+        switch p.tok.Type {
+        case token.ASSIGN:
+                o.Assign = p.tok.Pos
+                o.Val, err = p.object()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        case token.LBRACE:
+                o.Val, err = p.objectType()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        default:
+                keyStr := make([]string, 0, len(keys))
+                for _, k := range keys {
+                        keyStr = append(keyStr, k.Token.Text)
+                }
+
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "key '%s' expected start of object ('{') or assignment ('=')",
+                        strings.Join(keyStr, " "))
+        }
+
+        // do a look-ahead for line comment
+        p.scan()
+        if len(keys) > 0 && o.Val.Pos().Line == keys[0].Pos().Line && p.lineComment != nil {
+                o.LineComment = p.lineComment
+                p.lineComment = nil
+        }
+        p.unscan()
+        return o, nil
+}
+
+// objectKey parses an object key and returns a ObjectKey AST
+func (p *Parser) objectKey() ([]*ast.ObjectKey, error) {
+        keyCount := 0
+        keys := make([]*ast.ObjectKey, 0)
+
+        for {
+                tok := p.scan()
+                switch tok.Type {
+                case token.EOF:
+                        // It is very important to also return the keys here as well as
+                        // the error. This is because we need to be able to tell if we
+                        // did parse keys prior to finding the EOF, or if we just found
+                        // a bare EOF.
+                        return keys, errEofToken
+                case token.ASSIGN:
+                        // assignment or object only, but not nested objects. this is not
+                        // allowed: `foo bar = {}`
+                        if keyCount > 1 {
+                                return nil, &PosError{
+                                        Pos: p.tok.Pos,
+                                        Err: fmt.Errorf("nested object expected: LBRACE got: %s", p.tok.Type),
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        if keyCount == 0 {
+                                return nil, &PosError{
+                                        Pos: p.tok.Pos,
+                                        Err: errors.New("no object keys found!"),
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        return keys, nil
+                case token.LBRACE:
+                        var err error
+
+                        // If we have no keys, then it is a syntax error. i.e. {{}} is not
+                        // allowed.
+                        if len(keys) == 0 {
+                                err = &PosError{
+                                        Pos: p.tok.Pos,
+                                        Err: fmt.Errorf("expected: IDENT | STRING got: %s", p.tok.Type),
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        // object
+                        return keys, err
+                case token.IDENT, token.STRING:
+                        keyCount++
+                        keys = append(keys, &ast.ObjectKey{Token: p.tok})
+                case token.ILLEGAL:
+                        return keys, &PosError{
+                                Pos: p.tok.Pos,
+                                Err: fmt.Errorf("illegal character"),
+                        }
+                default:
+                        return keys, &PosError{
+                                Pos: p.tok.Pos,
+                                Err: fmt.Errorf("expected: IDENT | STRING | ASSIGN | LBRACE got: %s", p.tok.Type),
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// object parses any type of object, such as number, bool, string, object or
+// list.
+func (p *Parser) object() (ast.Node, error) {
+        defer un(trace(p, "ParseType"))
+        tok := p.scan()
+
+        switch tok.Type {
+        case token.NUMBER, token.FLOAT, token.BOOL, token.STRING, token.HEREDOC:
+                return p.literalType()
+        case token.LBRACE:
+                return p.objectType()
+        case token.LBRACK:
+                return p.listType()
+        case token.COMMENT:
+                // implement comment
+        case token.EOF:
+                return nil, errEofToken
+        }
+
+        return nil, &PosError{
+                Pos: tok.Pos,
+                Err: fmt.Errorf("Unknown token: %+v", tok),
+        }
+}
+
+// objectType parses an object type and returns a ObjectType AST
+func (p *Parser) objectType() (*ast.ObjectType, error) {
+        defer un(trace(p, "ParseObjectType"))
+
+        // we assume that the currently scanned token is a LBRACE
+        o := &ast.ObjectType{
+                Lbrace: p.tok.Pos,
+        }
+
+        l, err := p.objectList(true)
+
+        // if we hit RBRACE, we are good to go (means we parsed all Items), if it's
+        // not a RBRACE, it's an syntax error and we just return it.
+        if err != nil && p.tok.Type != token.RBRACE {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // No error, scan and expect the ending to be a brace
+        if tok := p.scan(); tok.Type != token.RBRACE {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("object expected closing RBRACE got: %s", tok.Type)
+        }
+
+        o.List = l
+        o.Rbrace = p.tok.Pos // advanced via parseObjectList
+        return o, nil
+}
+
+// listType parses a list type and returns a ListType AST
+func (p *Parser) listType() (*ast.ListType, error) {
+        defer un(trace(p, "ParseListType"))
+
+        // we assume that the currently scanned token is a LBRACK
+        l := &ast.ListType{
+                Lbrack: p.tok.Pos,
+        }
+
+        needComma := false
+        for {
+                tok := p.scan()
+                if needComma {
+                        switch tok.Type {
+                        case token.COMMA, token.RBRACK:
+                        default:
+                                return nil, &PosError{
+                                        Pos: tok.Pos,
+                                        Err: fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "error parsing list, expected comma or list end, got: %s",
+                                                tok.Type),
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+                switch tok.Type {
+                case token.BOOL, token.NUMBER, token.FLOAT, token.STRING, token.HEREDOC:
+                        node, err := p.literalType()
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+
+                        // If there is a lead comment, apply it
+                        if p.leadComment != nil {
+                                node.LeadComment = p.leadComment
+                                p.leadComment = nil
+                        }
+
+                        l.Add(node)
+                        needComma = true
+                case token.COMMA:
+                        // get next list item or we are at the end
+                        // do a look-ahead for line comment
+                        p.scan()
+                        if p.lineComment != nil && len(l.List) > 0 {
+                                lit, ok := l.List[len(l.List)-1].(*ast.LiteralType)
+                                if ok {
+                                        lit.LineComment = p.lineComment
+                                        l.List[len(l.List)-1] = lit
+                                        p.lineComment = nil
+                                }
+                        }
+                        p.unscan()
+
+                        needComma = false
+                        continue
+                case token.LBRACE:
+                        // Looks like a nested object, so parse it out
+                        node, err := p.objectType()
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, &PosError{
+                                        Pos: tok.Pos,
+                                        Err: fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "error while trying to parse object within list: %s", err),
+                                }
+                        }
+                        l.Add(node)
+                        needComma = true
+                case token.LBRACK:
+                        node, err := p.listType()
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, &PosError{
+                                        Pos: tok.Pos,
+                                        Err: fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "error while trying to parse list within list: %s", err),
+                                }
+                        }
+                        l.Add(node)
+                case token.RBRACK:
+                        // finished
+                        l.Rbrack = p.tok.Pos
+                        return l, nil
+                default:
+                        return nil, &PosError{
+                                Pos: tok.Pos,
+                                Err: fmt.Errorf("unexpected token while parsing list: %s", tok.Type),
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// literalType parses a literal type and returns a LiteralType AST
+func (p *Parser) literalType() (*ast.LiteralType, error) {
+        defer un(trace(p, "ParseLiteral"))
+
+        return &ast.LiteralType{
+                Token: p.tok,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// scan returns the next token from the underlying scanner. If a token has
+// been unscanned then read that instead. In the process, it collects any
+// comment groups encountered, and remembers the last lead and line comments.
+func (p *Parser) scan() token.Token {
+        // If we have a token on the buffer, then return it.
+        if p.n != 0 {
+                p.n = 0
+                return p.tok
+        }
+
+        // Otherwise read the next token from the scanner and Save it to the buffer
+        // in case we unscan later.
+        prev := p.tok
+        p.tok = p.sc.Scan()
+
+        if p.tok.Type == token.COMMENT {
+                var comment *ast.CommentGroup
+                var endline int
+
+                // fmt.Printf("p.tok.Pos.Line = %+v prev: %d endline %d \n",
+                // p.tok.Pos.Line, prev.Pos.Line, endline)
+                if p.tok.Pos.Line == prev.Pos.Line {
+                        // The comment is on same line as the previous token; it
+                        // cannot be a lead comment but may be a line comment.
+                        comment, endline = p.consumeCommentGroup(0)
+                        if p.tok.Pos.Line != endline {
+                                // The next token is on a different line, thus
+                                // the last comment group is a line comment.
+                                p.lineComment = comment
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // consume successor comments, if any
+                endline = -1
+                for p.tok.Type == token.COMMENT {
+                        comment, endline = p.consumeCommentGroup(1)
+                }
+
+                if endline+1 == p.tok.Pos.Line && p.tok.Type != token.RBRACE {
+                        switch p.tok.Type {
+                        case token.RBRACE, token.RBRACK:
+                                // Do not count for these cases
+                        default:
+                                // The next token is following on the line immediately after the
+                                // comment group, thus the last comment group is a lead comment.
+                                p.leadComment = comment
+                        }
+                }
+
+        }
+
+        return p.tok
+}
+
+// unscan pushes the previously read token back onto the buffer.
+func (p *Parser) unscan() {
+        p.n = 1
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Parsing support
+
+func (p *Parser) printTrace(a ...interface{}) {
+        if !p.enableTrace {
+                return
+        }
+
+        const dots = ". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "
+        const n = len(dots)
+        fmt.Printf("%5d:%3d: ", p.tok.Pos.Line, p.tok.Pos.Column)
+
+        i := 2 * p.indent
+        for i > n {
+                fmt.Print(dots)
+                i -= n
+        }
+        // i <= n
+        fmt.Print(dots[0:i])
+        fmt.Println(a...)
+}
+
+func trace(p *Parser, msg string) *Parser {
+        p.printTrace(msg, "(")
+        p.indent++
+        return p
+}
+
+// Usage pattern: defer un(trace(p, "..."))
+func un(p *Parser) {
+        p.indent--
+        p.printTrace(")")
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/scanner/scanner.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/scanner/scanner.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6966236
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/scanner/scanner.go
@@ -0,0 +1,651 @@
+// Package scanner implements a scanner for HCL (HashiCorp Configuration
+// Language) source text.
+package scanner
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "os"
+        "regexp"
+        "unicode"
+        "unicode/utf8"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token"
+)
+
+// eof represents a marker rune for the end of the reader.
+const eof = rune(0)
+
+// Scanner defines a lexical scanner
+type Scanner struct {
+        buf *bytes.Buffer // Source buffer for advancing and scanning
+        src []byte        // Source buffer for immutable access
+
+        // Source Position
+        srcPos  token.Pos // current position
+        prevPos token.Pos // previous position, used for peek() method
+
+        lastCharLen int // length of last character in bytes
+        lastLineLen int // length of last line in characters (for correct column reporting)
+
+        tokStart int // token text start position
+        tokEnd   int // token text end  position
+
+        // Error is called for each error encountered. If no Error
+        // function is set, the error is reported to os.Stderr.
+        Error func(pos token.Pos, msg string)
+
+        // ErrorCount is incremented by one for each error encountered.
+        ErrorCount int
+
+        // tokPos is the start position of most recently scanned token; set by
+        // Scan. The Filename field is always left untouched by the Scanner.  If
+        // an error is reported (via Error) and Position is invalid, the scanner is
+        // not inside a token.
+        tokPos token.Pos
+}
+
+// New creates and initializes a new instance of Scanner using src as
+// its source content.
+func New(src []byte) *Scanner {
+        // even though we accept a src, we read from a io.Reader compatible type
+        // (*bytes.Buffer). So in the future we might easily change it to streaming
+        // read.
+        b := bytes.NewBuffer(src)
+        s := &Scanner{
+                buf: b,
+                src: src,
+        }
+
+        // srcPosition always starts with 1
+        s.srcPos.Line = 1
+        return s
+}
+
+// next reads the next rune from the bufferred reader. Returns the rune(0) if
+// an error occurs (or io.EOF is returned).
+func (s *Scanner) next() rune {
+        ch, size, err := s.buf.ReadRune()
+        if err != nil {
+                // advance for error reporting
+                s.srcPos.Column++
+                s.srcPos.Offset += size
+                s.lastCharLen = size
+                return eof
+        }
+
+        if ch == utf8.RuneError && size == 1 {
+                s.srcPos.Column++
+                s.srcPos.Offset += size
+                s.lastCharLen = size
+                s.err("illegal UTF-8 encoding")
+                return ch
+        }
+
+        // remember last position
+        s.prevPos = s.srcPos
+
+        s.srcPos.Column++
+        s.lastCharLen = size
+        s.srcPos.Offset += size
+
+        if ch == '\n' {
+                s.srcPos.Line++
+                s.lastLineLen = s.srcPos.Column
+                s.srcPos.Column = 0
+        }
+
+        // If we see a null character with data left, then that is an error
+        if ch == '\x00' && s.buf.Len() > 0 {
+                s.err("unexpected null character (0x00)")
+                return eof
+        }
+
+        // debug
+        // fmt.Printf("ch: %q, offset:column: %d:%d\n", ch, s.srcPos.Offset, s.srcPos.Column)
+        return ch
+}
+
+// unread unreads the previous read Rune and updates the source position
+func (s *Scanner) unread() {
+        if err := s.buf.UnreadRune(); err != nil {
+                panic(err) // this is user fault, we should catch it
+        }
+        s.srcPos = s.prevPos // put back last position
+}
+
+// peek returns the next rune without advancing the reader.
+func (s *Scanner) peek() rune {
+        peek, _, err := s.buf.ReadRune()
+        if err != nil {
+                return eof
+        }
+
+        s.buf.UnreadRune()
+        return peek
+}
+
+// Scan scans the next token and returns the token.
+func (s *Scanner) Scan() token.Token {
+        ch := s.next()
+
+        // skip white space
+        for isWhitespace(ch) {
+                ch = s.next()
+        }
+
+        var tok token.Type
+
+        // token text markings
+        s.tokStart = s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen
+
+        // token position, initial next() is moving the offset by one(size of rune
+        // actually), though we are interested with the starting point
+        s.tokPos.Offset = s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen
+        if s.srcPos.Column > 0 {
+                // common case: last character was not a '\n'
+                s.tokPos.Line = s.srcPos.Line
+                s.tokPos.Column = s.srcPos.Column
+        } else {
+                // last character was a '\n'
+                // (we cannot be at the beginning of the source
+                // since we have called next() at least once)
+                s.tokPos.Line = s.srcPos.Line - 1
+                s.tokPos.Column = s.lastLineLen
+        }
+
+        switch {
+        case isLetter(ch):
+                tok = token.IDENT
+                lit := s.scanIdentifier()
+                if lit == "true" || lit == "false" {
+                        tok = token.BOOL
+                }
+        case isDecimal(ch):
+                tok = s.scanNumber(ch)
+        default:
+                switch ch {
+                case eof:
+                        tok = token.EOF
+                case '"':
+                        tok = token.STRING
+                        s.scanString()
+                case '#', '/':
+                        tok = token.COMMENT
+                        s.scanComment(ch)
+                case '.':
+                        tok = token.PERIOD
+                        ch = s.peek()
+                        if isDecimal(ch) {
+                                tok = token.FLOAT
+                                ch = s.scanMantissa(ch)
+                                ch = s.scanExponent(ch)
+                        }
+                case '<':
+                        tok = token.HEREDOC
+                        s.scanHeredoc()
+                case '[':
+                        tok = token.LBRACK
+                case ']':
+                        tok = token.RBRACK
+                case '{':
+                        tok = token.LBRACE
+                case '}':
+                        tok = token.RBRACE
+                case ',':
+                        tok = token.COMMA
+                case '=':
+                        tok = token.ASSIGN
+                case '+':
+                        tok = token.ADD
+                case '-':
+                        if isDecimal(s.peek()) {
+                                ch := s.next()
+                                tok = s.scanNumber(ch)
+                        } else {
+                                tok = token.SUB
+                        }
+                default:
+                        s.err("illegal char")
+                }
+        }
+
+        // finish token ending
+        s.tokEnd = s.srcPos.Offset
+
+        // create token literal
+        var tokenText string
+        if s.tokStart >= 0 {
+                tokenText = string(s.src[s.tokStart:s.tokEnd])
+        }
+        s.tokStart = s.tokEnd // ensure idempotency of tokenText() call
+
+        return token.Token{
+                Type: tok,
+                Pos:  s.tokPos,
+                Text: tokenText,
+        }
+}
+
+func (s *Scanner) scanComment(ch rune) {
+        // single line comments
+        if ch == '#' || (ch == '/' && s.peek() != '*') {
+                if ch == '/' && s.peek() != '/' {
+                        s.err("expected '/' for comment")
+                        return
+                }
+
+                ch = s.next()
+                for ch != '\n' && ch >= 0 && ch != eof {
+                        ch = s.next()
+                }
+                if ch != eof && ch >= 0 {
+                        s.unread()
+                }
+                return
+        }
+
+        // be sure we get the character after /* This allows us to find comment's
+        // that are not erminated
+        if ch == '/' {
+                s.next()
+                ch = s.next() // read character after "/*"
+        }
+
+        // look for /* - style comments
+        for {
+                if ch < 0 || ch == eof {
+                        s.err("comment not terminated")
+                        break
+                }
+
+                ch0 := ch
+                ch = s.next()
+                if ch0 == '*' && ch == '/' {
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// scanNumber scans a HCL number definition starting with the given rune
+func (s *Scanner) scanNumber(ch rune) token.Type {
+        if ch == '0' {
+                // check for hexadecimal, octal or float
+                ch = s.next()
+                if ch == 'x' || ch == 'X' {
+                        // hexadecimal
+                        ch = s.next()
+                        found := false
+                        for isHexadecimal(ch) {
+                                ch = s.next()
+                                found = true
+                        }
+
+                        if !found {
+                                s.err("illegal hexadecimal number")
+                        }
+
+                        if ch != eof {
+                                s.unread()
+                        }
+
+                        return token.NUMBER
+                }
+
+                // now it's either something like: 0421(octal) or 0.1231(float)
+                illegalOctal := false
+                for isDecimal(ch) {
+                        ch = s.next()
+                        if ch == '8' || ch == '9' {
+                                // this is just a possibility. For example 0159 is illegal, but
+                                // 0159.23 is valid. So we mark a possible illegal octal. If
+                                // the next character is not a period, we'll print the error.
+                                illegalOctal = true
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if ch == 'e' || ch == 'E' {
+                        ch = s.scanExponent(ch)
+                        return token.FLOAT
+                }
+
+                if ch == '.' {
+                        ch = s.scanFraction(ch)
+
+                        if ch == 'e' || ch == 'E' {
+                                ch = s.next()
+                                ch = s.scanExponent(ch)
+                        }
+                        return token.FLOAT
+                }
+
+                if illegalOctal {
+                        s.err("illegal octal number")
+                }
+
+                if ch != eof {
+                        s.unread()
+                }
+                return token.NUMBER
+        }
+
+        s.scanMantissa(ch)
+        ch = s.next() // seek forward
+        if ch == 'e' || ch == 'E' {
+                ch = s.scanExponent(ch)
+                return token.FLOAT
+        }
+
+        if ch == '.' {
+                ch = s.scanFraction(ch)
+                if ch == 'e' || ch == 'E' {
+                        ch = s.next()
+                        ch = s.scanExponent(ch)
+                }
+                return token.FLOAT
+        }
+
+        if ch != eof {
+                s.unread()
+        }
+        return token.NUMBER
+}
+
+// scanMantissa scans the mantissa begining from the rune. It returns the next
+// non decimal rune. It's used to determine wheter it's a fraction or exponent.
+func (s *Scanner) scanMantissa(ch rune) rune {
+        scanned := false
+        for isDecimal(ch) {
+                ch = s.next()
+                scanned = true
+        }
+
+        if scanned && ch != eof {
+                s.unread()
+        }
+        return ch
+}
+
+// scanFraction scans the fraction after the '.' rune
+func (s *Scanner) scanFraction(ch rune) rune {
+        if ch == '.' {
+                ch = s.peek() // we peek just to see if we can move forward
+                ch = s.scanMantissa(ch)
+        }
+        return ch
+}
+
+// scanExponent scans the remaining parts of an exponent after the 'e' or 'E'
+// rune.
+func (s *Scanner) scanExponent(ch rune) rune {
+        if ch == 'e' || ch == 'E' {
+                ch = s.next()
+                if ch == '-' || ch == '+' {
+                        ch = s.next()
+                }
+                ch = s.scanMantissa(ch)
+        }
+        return ch
+}
+
+// scanHeredoc scans a heredoc string
+func (s *Scanner) scanHeredoc() {
+        // Scan the second '<' in example: '<<EOF'
+        if s.next() != '<' {
+                s.err("heredoc expected second '<', didn't see it")
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Get the original offset so we can read just the heredoc ident
+        offs := s.srcPos.Offset
+
+        // Scan the identifier
+        ch := s.next()
+
+        // Indented heredoc syntax
+        if ch == '-' {
+                ch = s.next()
+        }
+
+        for isLetter(ch) || isDigit(ch) {
+                ch = s.next()
+        }
+
+        // If we reached an EOF then that is not good
+        if ch == eof {
+                s.err("heredoc not terminated")
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Ignore the '\r' in Windows line endings
+        if ch == '\r' {
+                if s.peek() == '\n' {
+                        ch = s.next()
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If we didn't reach a newline then that is also not good
+        if ch != '\n' {
+                s.err("invalid characters in heredoc anchor")
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Read the identifier
+        identBytes := s.src[offs : s.srcPos.Offset-s.lastCharLen]
+        if len(identBytes) == 0 {
+                s.err("zero-length heredoc anchor")
+                return
+        }
+
+        var identRegexp *regexp.Regexp
+        if identBytes[0] == '-' {
+                identRegexp = regexp.MustCompile(fmt.Sprintf(`[[:space:]]*%s\z`, identBytes[1:]))
+        } else {
+                identRegexp = regexp.MustCompile(fmt.Sprintf(`[[:space:]]*%s\z`, identBytes))
+        }
+
+        // Read the actual string value
+        lineStart := s.srcPos.Offset
+        for {
+                ch := s.next()
+
+                // Special newline handling.
+                if ch == '\n' {
+                        // Math is fast, so we first compare the byte counts to see if we have a chance
+                        // of seeing the same identifier - if the length is less than the number of bytes
+                        // in the identifier, this cannot be a valid terminator.
+                        lineBytesLen := s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen - lineStart
+                        if lineBytesLen >= len(identBytes) && identRegexp.Match(s.src[lineStart:s.srcPos.Offset-s.lastCharLen]) {
+                                break
+                        }
+
+                        // Not an anchor match, record the start of a new line
+                        lineStart = s.srcPos.Offset
+                }
+
+                if ch == eof {
+                        s.err("heredoc not terminated")
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+
+        return
+}
+
+// scanString scans a quoted string
+func (s *Scanner) scanString() {
+        braces := 0
+        for {
+                // '"' opening already consumed
+                // read character after quote
+                ch := s.next()
+
+                if (ch == '\n' && braces == 0) || ch < 0 || ch == eof {
+                        s.err("literal not terminated")
+                        return
+                }
+
+                if ch == '"' && braces == 0 {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                // If we're going into a ${} then we can ignore quotes for awhile
+                if braces == 0 && ch == '$' && s.peek() == '{' {
+                        braces++
+                        s.next()
+                } else if braces > 0 && ch == '{' {
+                        braces++
+                }
+                if braces > 0 && ch == '}' {
+                        braces--
+                }
+
+                if ch == '\\' {
+                        s.scanEscape()
+                }
+        }
+
+        return
+}
+
+// scanEscape scans an escape sequence
+func (s *Scanner) scanEscape() rune {
+        // http://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/language/escape
+        ch := s.next() // read character after '/'
+        switch ch {
+        case 'a', 'b', 'f', 'n', 'r', 't', 'v', '\\', '"':
+                // nothing to do
+        case '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7':
+                // octal notation
+                ch = s.scanDigits(ch, 8, 3)
+        case 'x':
+                // hexademical notation
+                ch = s.scanDigits(s.next(), 16, 2)
+        case 'u':
+                // universal character name
+                ch = s.scanDigits(s.next(), 16, 4)
+        case 'U':
+                // universal character name
+                ch = s.scanDigits(s.next(), 16, 8)
+        default:
+                s.err("illegal char escape")
+        }
+        return ch
+}
+
+// scanDigits scans a rune with the given base for n times. For example an
+// octal notation \184 would yield in scanDigits(ch, 8, 3)
+func (s *Scanner) scanDigits(ch rune, base, n int) rune {
+        start := n
+        for n > 0 && digitVal(ch) < base {
+                ch = s.next()
+                if ch == eof {
+                        // If we see an EOF, we halt any more scanning of digits
+                        // immediately.
+                        break
+                }
+
+                n--
+        }
+        if n > 0 {
+                s.err("illegal char escape")
+        }
+
+        if n != start {
+                // we scanned all digits, put the last non digit char back,
+                // only if we read anything at all
+                s.unread()
+        }
+
+        return ch
+}
+
+// scanIdentifier scans an identifier and returns the literal string
+func (s *Scanner) scanIdentifier() string {
+        offs := s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen
+        ch := s.next()
+        for isLetter(ch) || isDigit(ch) || ch == '-' || ch == '.' {
+                ch = s.next()
+        }
+
+        if ch != eof {
+                s.unread() // we got identifier, put back latest char
+        }
+
+        return string(s.src[offs:s.srcPos.Offset])
+}
+
+// recentPosition returns the position of the character immediately after the
+// character or token returned by the last call to Scan.
+func (s *Scanner) recentPosition() (pos token.Pos) {
+        pos.Offset = s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen
+        switch {
+        case s.srcPos.Column > 0:
+                // common case: last character was not a '\n'
+                pos.Line = s.srcPos.Line
+                pos.Column = s.srcPos.Column
+        case s.lastLineLen > 0:
+                // last character was a '\n'
+                // (we cannot be at the beginning of the source
+                // since we have called next() at least once)
+                pos.Line = s.srcPos.Line - 1
+                pos.Column = s.lastLineLen
+        default:
+                // at the beginning of the source
+                pos.Line = 1
+                pos.Column = 1
+        }
+        return
+}
+
+// err prints the error of any scanning to s.Error function. If the function is
+// not defined, by default it prints them to os.Stderr
+func (s *Scanner) err(msg string) {
+        s.ErrorCount++
+        pos := s.recentPosition()
+
+        if s.Error != nil {
+                s.Error(pos, msg)
+                return
+        }
+
+        fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "%s: %s\n", pos, msg)
+}
+
+// isHexadecimal returns true if the given rune is a letter
+func isLetter(ch rune) bool {
+        return 'a' <= ch && ch <= 'z' || 'A' <= ch && ch <= 'Z' || ch == '_' || ch >= 0x80 && unicode.IsLetter(ch)
+}
+
+// isDigit returns true if the given rune is a decimal digit
+func isDigit(ch rune) bool {
+        return '0' <= ch && ch <= '9' || ch >= 0x80 && unicode.IsDigit(ch)
+}
+
+// isDecimal returns true if the given rune is a decimal number
+func isDecimal(ch rune) bool {
+        return '0' <= ch && ch <= '9'
+}
+
+// isHexadecimal returns true if the given rune is an hexadecimal number
+func isHexadecimal(ch rune) bool {
+        return '0' <= ch && ch <= '9' || 'a' <= ch && ch <= 'f' || 'A' <= ch && ch <= 'F'
+}
+
+// isWhitespace returns true if the rune is a space, tab, newline or carriage return
+func isWhitespace(ch rune) bool {
+        return ch == ' ' || ch == '\t' || ch == '\n' || ch == '\r'
+}
+
+// digitVal returns the integer value of a given octal,decimal or hexadecimal rune
+func digitVal(ch rune) int {
+        switch {
+        case '0' <= ch && ch <= '9':
+                return int(ch - '0')
+        case 'a' <= ch && ch <= 'f':
+                return int(ch - 'a' + 10)
+        case 'A' <= ch && ch <= 'F':
+                return int(ch - 'A' + 10)
+        }
+        return 16 // larger than any legal digit val
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/strconv/quote.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/strconv/quote.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f981ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/strconv/quote.go
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+package strconv
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "unicode/utf8"
+)
+
+// ErrSyntax indicates that a value does not have the right syntax for the target type.
+var ErrSyntax = errors.New("invalid syntax")
+
+// Unquote interprets s as a single-quoted, double-quoted,
+// or backquoted Go string literal, returning the string value
+// that s quotes.  (If s is single-quoted, it would be a Go
+// character literal; Unquote returns the corresponding
+// one-character string.)
+func Unquote(s string) (t string, err error) {
+        n := len(s)
+        if n < 2 {
+                return "", ErrSyntax
+        }
+        quote := s[0]
+        if quote != s[n-1] {
+                return "", ErrSyntax
+        }
+        s = s[1 : n-1]
+
+        if quote != '"' {
+                return "", ErrSyntax
+        }
+        if !contains(s, '$') && !contains(s, '{') && contains(s, '\n') {
+                return "", ErrSyntax
+        }
+
+        // Is it trivial?  Avoid allocation.
+        if !contains(s, '\\') && !contains(s, quote) && !contains(s, '$') {
+                switch quote {
+                case '"':
+                        return s, nil
+                case '\'':
+                        r, size := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(s)
+                        if size == len(s) && (r != utf8.RuneError || size != 1) {
+                                return s, nil
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        var runeTmp [utf8.UTFMax]byte
+        buf := make([]byte, 0, 3*len(s)/2) // Try to avoid more allocations.
+        for len(s) > 0 {
+                // If we're starting a '${}' then let it through un-unquoted.
+                // Specifically: we don't unquote any characters within the `${}`
+                // section.
+                if s[0] == '$' && len(s) > 1 && s[1] == '{' {
+                        buf = append(buf, '$', '{')
+                        s = s[2:]
+
+                        // Continue reading until we find the closing brace, copying as-is
+                        braces := 1
+                        for len(s) > 0 && braces > 0 {
+                                r, size := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(s)
+                                if r == utf8.RuneError {
+                                        return "", ErrSyntax
+                                }
+
+                                s = s[size:]
+
+                                n := utf8.EncodeRune(runeTmp[:], r)
+                                buf = append(buf, runeTmp[:n]...)
+
+                                switch r {
+                                case '{':
+                                        braces++
+                                case '}':
+                                        braces--
+                                }
+                        }
+                        if braces != 0 {
+                                return "", ErrSyntax
+                        }
+                        if len(s) == 0 {
+                                // If there's no string left, we're done!
+                                break
+                        } else {
+                                // If there's more left, we need to pop back up to the top of the loop
+                                // in case there's another interpolation in this string.
+                                continue
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if s[0] == '\n' {
+                        return "", ErrSyntax
+                }
+
+                c, multibyte, ss, err := unquoteChar(s, quote)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return "", err
+                }
+                s = ss
+                if c < utf8.RuneSelf || !multibyte {
+                        buf = append(buf, byte(c))
+                } else {
+                        n := utf8.EncodeRune(runeTmp[:], c)
+                        buf = append(buf, runeTmp[:n]...)
+                }
+                if quote == '\'' && len(s) != 0 {
+                        // single-quoted must be single character
+                        return "", ErrSyntax
+                }
+        }
+        return string(buf), nil
+}
+
+// contains reports whether the string contains the byte c.
+func contains(s string, c byte) bool {
+        for i := 0; i < len(s); i++ {
+                if s[i] == c {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+        return false
+}
+
+func unhex(b byte) (v rune, ok bool) {
+        c := rune(b)
+        switch {
+        case '0' <= c && c <= '9':
+                return c - '0', true
+        case 'a' <= c && c <= 'f':
+                return c - 'a' + 10, true
+        case 'A' <= c && c <= 'F':
+                return c - 'A' + 10, true
+        }
+        return
+}
+
+func unquoteChar(s string, quote byte) (value rune, multibyte bool, tail string, err error) {
+        // easy cases
+        switch c := s[0]; {
+        case c == quote && (quote == '\'' || quote == '"'):
+                err = ErrSyntax
+                return
+        case c >= utf8.RuneSelf:
+                r, size := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(s)
+                return r, true, s[size:], nil
+        case c != '\\':
+                return rune(s[0]), false, s[1:], nil
+        }
+
+        // hard case: c is backslash
+        if len(s) <= 1 {
+                err = ErrSyntax
+                return
+        }
+        c := s[1]
+        s = s[2:]
+
+        switch c {
+        case 'a':
+                value = '\a'
+        case 'b':
+                value = '\b'
+        case 'f':
+                value = '\f'
+        case 'n':
+                value = '\n'
+        case 'r':
+                value = '\r'
+        case 't':
+                value = '\t'
+        case 'v':
+                value = '\v'
+        case 'x', 'u', 'U':
+                n := 0
+                switch c {
+                case 'x':
+                        n = 2
+                case 'u':
+                        n = 4
+                case 'U':
+                        n = 8
+                }
+                var v rune
+                if len(s) < n {
+                        err = ErrSyntax
+                        return
+                }
+                for j := 0; j < n; j++ {
+                        x, ok := unhex(s[j])
+                        if !ok {
+                                err = ErrSyntax
+                                return
+                        }
+                        v = v<<4 | x
+                }
+                s = s[n:]
+                if c == 'x' {
+                        // single-byte string, possibly not UTF-8
+                        value = v
+                        break
+                }
+                if v > utf8.MaxRune {
+                        err = ErrSyntax
+                        return
+                }
+                value = v
+                multibyte = true
+        case '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7':
+                v := rune(c) - '0'
+                if len(s) < 2 {
+                        err = ErrSyntax
+                        return
+                }
+                for j := 0; j < 2; j++ { // one digit already; two more
+                        x := rune(s[j]) - '0'
+                        if x < 0 || x > 7 {
+                                err = ErrSyntax
+                                return
+                        }
+                        v = (v << 3) | x
+                }
+                s = s[2:]
+                if v > 255 {
+                        err = ErrSyntax
+                        return
+                }
+                value = v
+        case '\\':
+                value = '\\'
+        case '\'', '"':
+                if c != quote {
+                        err = ErrSyntax
+                        return
+                }
+                value = rune(c)
+        default:
+                err = ErrSyntax
+                return
+        }
+        tail = s
+        return
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token/position.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token/position.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59c1bb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token/position.go
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+package token
+
+import "fmt"
+
+// Pos describes an arbitrary source position
+// including the file, line, and column location.
+// A Position is valid if the line number is > 0.
+type Pos struct {
+        Filename string // filename, if any
+        Offset   int    // offset, starting at 0
+        Line     int    // line number, starting at 1
+        Column   int    // column number, starting at 1 (character count)
+}
+
+// IsValid returns true if the position is valid.
+func (p *Pos) IsValid() bool { return p.Line > 0 }
+
+// String returns a string in one of several forms:
+//
+//      file:line:column    valid position with file name
+//      line:column         valid position without file name
+//      file                invalid position with file name
+//      -                   invalid position without file name
+func (p Pos) String() string {
+        s := p.Filename
+        if p.IsValid() {
+                if s != "" {
+                        s += ":"
+                }
+                s += fmt.Sprintf("%d:%d", p.Line, p.Column)
+        }
+        if s == "" {
+                s = "-"
+        }
+        return s
+}
+
+// Before reports whether the position p is before u.
+func (p Pos) Before(u Pos) bool {
+        return u.Offset > p.Offset || u.Line > p.Line
+}
+
+// After reports whether the position p is after u.
+func (p Pos) After(u Pos) bool {
+        return u.Offset < p.Offset || u.Line < p.Line
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token/token.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token/token.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e37c066
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token/token.go
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+// Package token defines constants representing the lexical tokens for HCL
+// (HashiCorp Configuration Language)
+package token
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+
+        hclstrconv "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/strconv"
+)
+
+// Token defines a single HCL token which can be obtained via the Scanner
+type Token struct {
+        Type Type
+        Pos  Pos
+        Text string
+        JSON bool
+}
+
+// Type is the set of lexical tokens of the HCL (HashiCorp Configuration Language)
+type Type int
+
+const (
+        // Special tokens
+        ILLEGAL Type = iota
+        EOF
+        COMMENT
+
+        identifier_beg
+        IDENT // literals
+        literal_beg
+        NUMBER  // 12345
+        FLOAT   // 123.45
+        BOOL    // true,false
+        STRING  // "abc"
+        HEREDOC // <<FOO\nbar\nFOO
+        literal_end
+        identifier_end
+
+        operator_beg
+        LBRACK // [
+        LBRACE // {
+        COMMA  // ,
+        PERIOD // .
+
+        RBRACK // ]
+        RBRACE // }
+
+        ASSIGN // =
+        ADD    // +
+        SUB    // -
+        operator_end
+)
+
+var tokens = [...]string{
+        ILLEGAL: "ILLEGAL",
+
+        EOF:     "EOF",
+        COMMENT: "COMMENT",
+
+        IDENT:  "IDENT",
+        NUMBER: "NUMBER",
+        FLOAT:  "FLOAT",
+        BOOL:   "BOOL",
+        STRING: "STRING",
+
+        LBRACK:  "LBRACK",
+        LBRACE:  "LBRACE",
+        COMMA:   "COMMA",
+        PERIOD:  "PERIOD",
+        HEREDOC: "HEREDOC",
+
+        RBRACK: "RBRACK",
+        RBRACE: "RBRACE",
+
+        ASSIGN: "ASSIGN",
+        ADD:    "ADD",
+        SUB:    "SUB",
+}
+
+// String returns the string corresponding to the token tok.
+func (t Type) String() string {
+        s := ""
+        if 0 <= t && t < Type(len(tokens)) {
+                s = tokens[t]
+        }
+        if s == "" {
+                s = "token(" + strconv.Itoa(int(t)) + ")"
+        }
+        return s
+}
+
+// IsIdentifier returns true for tokens corresponding to identifiers and basic
+// type literals; it returns false otherwise.
+func (t Type) IsIdentifier() bool { return identifier_beg < t && t < identifier_end }
+
+// IsLiteral returns true for tokens corresponding to basic type literals; it
+// returns false otherwise.
+func (t Type) IsLiteral() bool { return literal_beg < t && t < literal_end }
+
+// IsOperator returns true for tokens corresponding to operators and
+// delimiters; it returns false otherwise.
+func (t Type) IsOperator() bool { return operator_beg < t && t < operator_end }
+
+// String returns the token's literal text. Note that this is only
+// applicable for certain token types, such as token.IDENT,
+// token.STRING, etc..
+func (t Token) String() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%s %s %s", t.Pos.String(), t.Type.String(), t.Text)
+}
+
+// Value returns the properly typed value for this token. The type of
+// the returned interface{} is guaranteed based on the Type field.
+//
+// This can only be called for literal types. If it is called for any other
+// type, this will panic.
+func (t Token) Value() interface{} {
+        switch t.Type {
+        case BOOL:
+                if t.Text == "true" {
+                        return true
+                } else if t.Text == "false" {
+                        return false
+                }
+
+                panic("unknown bool value: " + t.Text)
+        case FLOAT:
+                v, err := strconv.ParseFloat(t.Text, 64)
+                if err != nil {
+                        panic(err)
+                }
+
+                return float64(v)
+        case NUMBER:
+                v, err := strconv.ParseInt(t.Text, 0, 64)
+                if err != nil {
+                        panic(err)
+                }
+
+                return int64(v)
+        case IDENT:
+                return t.Text
+        case HEREDOC:
+                return unindentHeredoc(t.Text)
+        case STRING:
+                // Determine the Unquote method to use. If it came from JSON,
+                // then we need to use the built-in unquote since we have to
+                // escape interpolations there.
+                f := hclstrconv.Unquote
+                if t.JSON {
+                        f = strconv.Unquote
+                }
+
+                // This case occurs if json null is used
+                if t.Text == "" {
+                        return ""
+                }
+
+                v, err := f(t.Text)
+                if err != nil {
+                        panic(fmt.Sprintf("unquote %s err: %s", t.Text, err))
+                }
+
+                return v
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Sprintf("unimplemented Value for type: %s", t.Type))
+        }
+}
+
+// unindentHeredoc returns the string content of a HEREDOC if it is started with <<
+// and the content of a HEREDOC with the hanging indent removed if it is started with
+// a <<-, and the terminating line is at least as indented as the least indented line.
+func unindentHeredoc(heredoc string) string {
+        // We need to find the end of the marker
+        idx := strings.IndexByte(heredoc, '\n')
+        if idx == -1 {
+                panic("heredoc doesn't contain newline")
+        }
+
+        unindent := heredoc[2] == '-'
+
+        // We can optimize if the heredoc isn't marked for indentation
+        if !unindent {
+                return string(heredoc[idx+1 : len(heredoc)-idx+1])
+        }
+
+        // We need to unindent each line based on the indentation level of the marker
+        lines := strings.Split(string(heredoc[idx+1:len(heredoc)-idx+2]), "\n")
+        whitespacePrefix := lines[len(lines)-1]
+
+        isIndented := true
+        for _, v := range lines {
+                if strings.HasPrefix(v, whitespacePrefix) {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                isIndented = false
+                break
+        }
+
+        // If all lines are not at least as indented as the terminating mark, return the
+        // heredoc as is, but trim the leading space from the marker on the final line.
+        if !isIndented {
+                return strings.TrimRight(string(heredoc[idx+1:len(heredoc)-idx+1]), " \t")
+        }
+
+        unindentedLines := make([]string, len(lines))
+        for k, v := range lines {
+                if k == len(lines)-1 {
+                        unindentedLines[k] = ""
+                        break
+                }
+
+                unindentedLines[k] = strings.TrimPrefix(v, whitespacePrefix)
+        }
+
+        return strings.Join(unindentedLines, "\n")
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/parser/flatten.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/parser/flatten.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f652d6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/parser/flatten.go
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+package parser
+
+import "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast"
+
+// flattenObjects takes an AST node, walks it, and flattens
+func flattenObjects(node ast.Node) {
+        ast.Walk(node, func(n ast.Node) (ast.Node, bool) {
+                // We only care about lists, because this is what we modify
+                list, ok := n.(*ast.ObjectList)
+                if !ok {
+                        return n, true
+                }
+
+                // Rebuild the item list
+                items := make([]*ast.ObjectItem, 0, len(list.Items))
+                frontier := make([]*ast.ObjectItem, len(list.Items))
+                copy(frontier, list.Items)
+                for len(frontier) > 0 {
+                        // Pop the current item
+                        n := len(frontier)
+                        item := frontier[n-1]
+                        frontier = frontier[:n-1]
+
+                        switch v := item.Val.(type) {
+                        case *ast.ObjectType:
+                                items, frontier = flattenObjectType(v, item, items, frontier)
+                        case *ast.ListType:
+                                items, frontier = flattenListType(v, item, items, frontier)
+                        default:
+                                items = append(items, item)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Reverse the list since the frontier model runs things backwards
+                for i := len(items)/2 - 1; i >= 0; i-- {
+                        opp := len(items) - 1 - i
+                        items[i], items[opp] = items[opp], items[i]
+                }
+
+                // Done! Set the original items
+                list.Items = items
+                return n, true
+        })
+}
+
+func flattenListType(
+        ot *ast.ListType,
+        item *ast.ObjectItem,
+        items []*ast.ObjectItem,
+        frontier []*ast.ObjectItem) ([]*ast.ObjectItem, []*ast.ObjectItem) {
+        // If the list is empty, keep the original list
+        if len(ot.List) == 0 {
+                items = append(items, item)
+                return items, frontier
+        }
+
+        // All the elements of this object must also be objects!
+        for _, subitem := range ot.List {
+                if _, ok := subitem.(*ast.ObjectType); !ok {
+                        items = append(items, item)
+                        return items, frontier
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Great! We have a match go through all the items and flatten
+        for _, elem := range ot.List {
+                // Add it to the frontier so that we can recurse
+                frontier = append(frontier, &ast.ObjectItem{
+                        Keys:        item.Keys,
+                        Assign:      item.Assign,
+                        Val:         elem,
+                        LeadComment: item.LeadComment,
+                        LineComment: item.LineComment,
+                })
+        }
+
+        return items, frontier
+}
+
+func flattenObjectType(
+        ot *ast.ObjectType,
+        item *ast.ObjectItem,
+        items []*ast.ObjectItem,
+        frontier []*ast.ObjectItem) ([]*ast.ObjectItem, []*ast.ObjectItem) {
+        // If the list has no items we do not have to flatten anything
+        if ot.List.Items == nil {
+                items = append(items, item)
+                return items, frontier
+        }
+
+        // All the elements of this object must also be objects!
+        for _, subitem := range ot.List.Items {
+                if _, ok := subitem.Val.(*ast.ObjectType); !ok {
+                        items = append(items, item)
+                        return items, frontier
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Great! We have a match go through all the items and flatten
+        for _, subitem := range ot.List.Items {
+                // Copy the new key
+                keys := make([]*ast.ObjectKey, len(item.Keys)+len(subitem.Keys))
+                copy(keys, item.Keys)
+                copy(keys[len(item.Keys):], subitem.Keys)
+
+                // Add it to the frontier so that we can recurse
+                frontier = append(frontier, &ast.ObjectItem{
+                        Keys:        keys,
+                        Assign:      item.Assign,
+                        Val:         subitem.Val,
+                        LeadComment: item.LeadComment,
+                        LineComment: item.LineComment,
+                })
+        }
+
+        return items, frontier
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/parser/parser.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/parser/parser.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..125a5f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/parser/parser.go
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+package parser
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast"
+        hcltoken "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/scanner"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/token"
+)
+
+type Parser struct {
+        sc *scanner.Scanner
+
+        // Last read token
+        tok       token.Token
+        commaPrev token.Token
+
+        enableTrace bool
+        indent      int
+        n           int // buffer size (max = 1)
+}
+
+func newParser(src []byte) *Parser {
+        return &Parser{
+                sc: scanner.New(src),
+        }
+}
+
+// Parse returns the fully parsed source and returns the abstract syntax tree.
+func Parse(src []byte) (*ast.File, error) {
+        p := newParser(src)
+        return p.Parse()
+}
+
+var errEofToken = errors.New("EOF token found")
+
+// Parse returns the fully parsed source and returns the abstract syntax tree.
+func (p *Parser) Parse() (*ast.File, error) {
+        f := &ast.File{}
+        var err, scerr error
+        p.sc.Error = func(pos token.Pos, msg string) {
+                scerr = fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", pos, msg)
+        }
+
+        // The root must be an object in JSON
+        object, err := p.object()
+        if scerr != nil {
+                return nil, scerr
+        }
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // We make our final node an object list so it is more HCL compatible
+        f.Node = object.List
+
+        // Flatten it, which finds patterns and turns them into more HCL-like
+        // AST trees.
+        flattenObjects(f.Node)
+
+        return f, nil
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) objectList() (*ast.ObjectList, error) {
+        defer un(trace(p, "ParseObjectList"))
+        node := &ast.ObjectList{}
+
+        for {
+                n, err := p.objectItem()
+                if err == errEofToken {
+                        break // we are finished
+                }
+
+                // we don't return a nil node, because might want to use already
+                // collected items.
+                if err != nil {
+                        return node, err
+                }
+
+                node.Add(n)
+
+                // Check for a followup comma. If it isn't a comma, then we're done
+                if tok := p.scan(); tok.Type != token.COMMA {
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+
+        return node, nil
+}
+
+// objectItem parses a single object item
+func (p *Parser) objectItem() (*ast.ObjectItem, error) {
+        defer un(trace(p, "ParseObjectItem"))
+
+        keys, err := p.objectKey()
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        o := &ast.ObjectItem{
+                Keys: keys,
+        }
+
+        switch p.tok.Type {
+        case token.COLON:
+                pos := p.tok.Pos
+                o.Assign = hcltoken.Pos{
+                        Filename: pos.Filename,
+                        Offset:   pos.Offset,
+                        Line:     pos.Line,
+                        Column:   pos.Column,
+                }
+
+                o.Val, err = p.objectValue()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return o, nil
+}
+
+// objectKey parses an object key and returns a ObjectKey AST
+func (p *Parser) objectKey() ([]*ast.ObjectKey, error) {
+        keyCount := 0
+        keys := make([]*ast.ObjectKey, 0)
+
+        for {
+                tok := p.scan()
+                switch tok.Type {
+                case token.EOF:
+                        return nil, errEofToken
+                case token.STRING:
+                        keyCount++
+                        keys = append(keys, &ast.ObjectKey{
+                                Token: p.tok.HCLToken(),
+                        })
+                case token.COLON:
+                        // If we have a zero keycount it means that we never got
+                        // an object key, i.e. `{ :`. This is a syntax error.
+                        if keyCount == 0 {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("expected: STRING got: %s", p.tok.Type)
+                        }
+
+                        // Done
+                        return keys, nil
+                case token.ILLEGAL:
+                        return nil, errors.New("illegal")
+                default:
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("expected: STRING got: %s", p.tok.Type)
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// object parses any type of object, such as number, bool, string, object or
+// list.
+func (p *Parser) objectValue() (ast.Node, error) {
+        defer un(trace(p, "ParseObjectValue"))
+        tok := p.scan()
+
+        switch tok.Type {
+        case token.NUMBER, token.FLOAT, token.BOOL, token.NULL, token.STRING:
+                return p.literalType()
+        case token.LBRACE:
+                return p.objectType()
+        case token.LBRACK:
+                return p.listType()
+        case token.EOF:
+                return nil, errEofToken
+        }
+
+        return nil, fmt.Errorf("Expected object value, got unknown token: %+v", tok)
+}
+
+// object parses any type of object, such as number, bool, string, object or
+// list.
+func (p *Parser) object() (*ast.ObjectType, error) {
+        defer un(trace(p, "ParseType"))
+        tok := p.scan()
+
+        switch tok.Type {
+        case token.LBRACE:
+                return p.objectType()
+        case token.EOF:
+                return nil, errEofToken
+        }
+
+        return nil, fmt.Errorf("Expected object, got unknown token: %+v", tok)
+}
+
+// objectType parses an object type and returns a ObjectType AST
+func (p *Parser) objectType() (*ast.ObjectType, error) {
+        defer un(trace(p, "ParseObjectType"))
+
+        // we assume that the currently scanned token is a LBRACE
+        o := &ast.ObjectType{}
+
+        l, err := p.objectList()
+
+        // if we hit RBRACE, we are good to go (means we parsed all Items), if it's
+        // not a RBRACE, it's an syntax error and we just return it.
+        if err != nil && p.tok.Type != token.RBRACE {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        o.List = l
+        return o, nil
+}
+
+// listType parses a list type and returns a ListType AST
+func (p *Parser) listType() (*ast.ListType, error) {
+        defer un(trace(p, "ParseListType"))
+
+        // we assume that the currently scanned token is a LBRACK
+        l := &ast.ListType{}
+
+        for {
+                tok := p.scan()
+                switch tok.Type {
+                case token.NUMBER, token.FLOAT, token.STRING:
+                        node, err := p.literalType()
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+
+                        l.Add(node)
+                case token.COMMA:
+                        continue
+                case token.LBRACE:
+                        node, err := p.objectType()
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+
+                        l.Add(node)
+                case token.BOOL:
+                        // TODO(arslan) should we support? not supported by HCL yet
+                case token.LBRACK:
+                        // TODO(arslan) should we support nested lists? Even though it's
+                        // written in README of HCL, it's not a part of the grammar
+                        // (not defined in parse.y)
+                case token.RBRACK:
+                        // finished
+                        return l, nil
+                default:
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("unexpected token while parsing list: %s", tok.Type)
+                }
+
+        }
+}
+
+// literalType parses a literal type and returns a LiteralType AST
+func (p *Parser) literalType() (*ast.LiteralType, error) {
+        defer un(trace(p, "ParseLiteral"))
+
+        return &ast.LiteralType{
+                Token: p.tok.HCLToken(),
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// scan returns the next token from the underlying scanner. If a token has
+// been unscanned then read that instead.
+func (p *Parser) scan() token.Token {
+        // If we have a token on the buffer, then return it.
+        if p.n != 0 {
+                p.n = 0
+                return p.tok
+        }
+
+        p.tok = p.sc.Scan()
+        return p.tok
+}
+
+// unscan pushes the previously read token back onto the buffer.
+func (p *Parser) unscan() {
+        p.n = 1
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Parsing support
+
+func (p *Parser) printTrace(a ...interface{}) {
+        if !p.enableTrace {
+                return
+        }
+
+        const dots = ". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "
+        const n = len(dots)
+        fmt.Printf("%5d:%3d: ", p.tok.Pos.Line, p.tok.Pos.Column)
+
+        i := 2 * p.indent
+        for i > n {
+                fmt.Print(dots)
+                i -= n
+        }
+        // i <= n
+        fmt.Print(dots[0:i])
+        fmt.Println(a...)
+}
+
+func trace(p *Parser, msg string) *Parser {
+        p.printTrace(msg, "(")
+        p.indent++
+        return p
+}
+
+// Usage pattern: defer un(trace(p, "..."))
+func un(p *Parser) {
+        p.indent--
+        p.printTrace(")")
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/scanner/scanner.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/scanner/scanner.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd5c72b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/scanner/scanner.go
@@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
+package scanner
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "os"
+        "unicode"
+        "unicode/utf8"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/token"
+)
+
+// eof represents a marker rune for the end of the reader.
+const eof = rune(0)
+
+// Scanner defines a lexical scanner
+type Scanner struct {
+        buf *bytes.Buffer // Source buffer for advancing and scanning
+        src []byte        // Source buffer for immutable access
+
+        // Source Position
+        srcPos  token.Pos // current position
+        prevPos token.Pos // previous position, used for peek() method
+
+        lastCharLen int // length of last character in bytes
+        lastLineLen int // length of last line in characters (for correct column reporting)
+
+        tokStart int // token text start position
+        tokEnd   int // token text end  position
+
+        // Error is called for each error encountered. If no Error
+        // function is set, the error is reported to os.Stderr.
+        Error func(pos token.Pos, msg string)
+
+        // ErrorCount is incremented by one for each error encountered.
+        ErrorCount int
+
+        // tokPos is the start position of most recently scanned token; set by
+        // Scan. The Filename field is always left untouched by the Scanner.  If
+        // an error is reported (via Error) and Position is invalid, the scanner is
+        // not inside a token.
+        tokPos token.Pos
+}
+
+// New creates and initializes a new instance of Scanner using src as
+// its source content.
+func New(src []byte) *Scanner {
+        // even though we accept a src, we read from a io.Reader compatible type
+        // (*bytes.Buffer). So in the future we might easily change it to streaming
+        // read.
+        b := bytes.NewBuffer(src)
+        s := &Scanner{
+                buf: b,
+                src: src,
+        }
+
+        // srcPosition always starts with 1
+        s.srcPos.Line = 1
+        return s
+}
+
+// next reads the next rune from the bufferred reader. Returns the rune(0) if
+// an error occurs (or io.EOF is returned).
+func (s *Scanner) next() rune {
+        ch, size, err := s.buf.ReadRune()
+        if err != nil {
+                // advance for error reporting
+                s.srcPos.Column++
+                s.srcPos.Offset += size
+                s.lastCharLen = size
+                return eof
+        }
+
+        if ch == utf8.RuneError && size == 1 {
+                s.srcPos.Column++
+                s.srcPos.Offset += size
+                s.lastCharLen = size
+                s.err("illegal UTF-8 encoding")
+                return ch
+        }
+
+        // remember last position
+        s.prevPos = s.srcPos
+
+        s.srcPos.Column++
+        s.lastCharLen = size
+        s.srcPos.Offset += size
+
+        if ch == '\n' {
+                s.srcPos.Line++
+                s.lastLineLen = s.srcPos.Column
+                s.srcPos.Column = 0
+        }
+
+        // debug
+        // fmt.Printf("ch: %q, offset:column: %d:%d\n", ch, s.srcPos.Offset, s.srcPos.Column)
+        return ch
+}
+
+// unread unreads the previous read Rune and updates the source position
+func (s *Scanner) unread() {
+        if err := s.buf.UnreadRune(); err != nil {
+                panic(err) // this is user fault, we should catch it
+        }
+        s.srcPos = s.prevPos // put back last position
+}
+
+// peek returns the next rune without advancing the reader.
+func (s *Scanner) peek() rune {
+        peek, _, err := s.buf.ReadRune()
+        if err != nil {
+                return eof
+        }
+
+        s.buf.UnreadRune()
+        return peek
+}
+
+// Scan scans the next token and returns the token.
+func (s *Scanner) Scan() token.Token {
+        ch := s.next()
+
+        // skip white space
+        for isWhitespace(ch) {
+                ch = s.next()
+        }
+
+        var tok token.Type
+
+        // token text markings
+        s.tokStart = s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen
+
+        // token position, initial next() is moving the offset by one(size of rune
+        // actually), though we are interested with the starting point
+        s.tokPos.Offset = s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen
+        if s.srcPos.Column > 0 {
+                // common case: last character was not a '\n'
+                s.tokPos.Line = s.srcPos.Line
+                s.tokPos.Column = s.srcPos.Column
+        } else {
+                // last character was a '\n'
+                // (we cannot be at the beginning of the source
+                // since we have called next() at least once)
+                s.tokPos.Line = s.srcPos.Line - 1
+                s.tokPos.Column = s.lastLineLen
+        }
+
+        switch {
+        case isLetter(ch):
+                lit := s.scanIdentifier()
+                if lit == "true" || lit == "false" {
+                        tok = token.BOOL
+                } else if lit == "null" {
+                        tok = token.NULL
+                } else {
+                        s.err("illegal char")
+                }
+        case isDecimal(ch):
+                tok = s.scanNumber(ch)
+        default:
+                switch ch {
+                case eof:
+                        tok = token.EOF
+                case '"':
+                        tok = token.STRING
+                        s.scanString()
+                case '.':
+                        tok = token.PERIOD
+                        ch = s.peek()
+                        if isDecimal(ch) {
+                                tok = token.FLOAT
+                                ch = s.scanMantissa(ch)
+                                ch = s.scanExponent(ch)
+                        }
+                case '[':
+                        tok = token.LBRACK
+                case ']':
+                        tok = token.RBRACK
+                case '{':
+                        tok = token.LBRACE
+                case '}':
+                        tok = token.RBRACE
+                case ',':
+                        tok = token.COMMA
+                case ':':
+                        tok = token.COLON
+                case '-':
+                        if isDecimal(s.peek()) {
+                                ch := s.next()
+                                tok = s.scanNumber(ch)
+                        } else {
+                                s.err("illegal char")
+                        }
+                default:
+                        s.err("illegal char: " + string(ch))
+                }
+        }
+
+        // finish token ending
+        s.tokEnd = s.srcPos.Offset
+
+        // create token literal
+        var tokenText string
+        if s.tokStart >= 0 {
+                tokenText = string(s.src[s.tokStart:s.tokEnd])
+        }
+        s.tokStart = s.tokEnd // ensure idempotency of tokenText() call
+
+        return token.Token{
+                Type: tok,
+                Pos:  s.tokPos,
+                Text: tokenText,
+        }
+}
+
+// scanNumber scans a HCL number definition starting with the given rune
+func (s *Scanner) scanNumber(ch rune) token.Type {
+        zero := ch == '0'
+        pos := s.srcPos
+
+        s.scanMantissa(ch)
+        ch = s.next() // seek forward
+        if ch == 'e' || ch == 'E' {
+                ch = s.scanExponent(ch)
+                return token.FLOAT
+        }
+
+        if ch == '.' {
+                ch = s.scanFraction(ch)
+                if ch == 'e' || ch == 'E' {
+                        ch = s.next()
+                        ch = s.scanExponent(ch)
+                }
+                return token.FLOAT
+        }
+
+        if ch != eof {
+                s.unread()
+        }
+
+        // If we have a larger number and this is zero, error
+        if zero && pos != s.srcPos {
+                s.err("numbers cannot start with 0")
+        }
+
+        return token.NUMBER
+}
+
+// scanMantissa scans the mantissa begining from the rune. It returns the next
+// non decimal rune. It's used to determine wheter it's a fraction or exponent.
+func (s *Scanner) scanMantissa(ch rune) rune {
+        scanned := false
+        for isDecimal(ch) {
+                ch = s.next()
+                scanned = true
+        }
+
+        if scanned && ch != eof {
+                s.unread()
+        }
+        return ch
+}
+
+// scanFraction scans the fraction after the '.' rune
+func (s *Scanner) scanFraction(ch rune) rune {
+        if ch == '.' {
+                ch = s.peek() // we peek just to see if we can move forward
+                ch = s.scanMantissa(ch)
+        }
+        return ch
+}
+
+// scanExponent scans the remaining parts of an exponent after the 'e' or 'E'
+// rune.
+func (s *Scanner) scanExponent(ch rune) rune {
+        if ch == 'e' || ch == 'E' {
+                ch = s.next()
+                if ch == '-' || ch == '+' {
+                        ch = s.next()
+                }
+                ch = s.scanMantissa(ch)
+        }
+        return ch
+}
+
+// scanString scans a quoted string
+func (s *Scanner) scanString() {
+        braces := 0
+        for {
+                // '"' opening already consumed
+                // read character after quote
+                ch := s.next()
+
+                if ch == '\n' || ch < 0 || ch == eof {
+                        s.err("literal not terminated")
+                        return
+                }
+
+                if ch == '"' {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                // If we're going into a ${} then we can ignore quotes for awhile
+                if braces == 0 && ch == '$' && s.peek() == '{' {
+                        braces++
+                        s.next()
+                } else if braces > 0 && ch == '{' {
+                        braces++
+                }
+                if braces > 0 && ch == '}' {
+                        braces--
+                }
+
+                if ch == '\\' {
+                        s.scanEscape()
+                }
+        }
+
+        return
+}
+
+// scanEscape scans an escape sequence
+func (s *Scanner) scanEscape() rune {
+        // http://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/language/escape
+        ch := s.next() // read character after '/'
+        switch ch {
+        case 'a', 'b', 'f', 'n', 'r', 't', 'v', '\\', '"':
+                // nothing to do
+        case '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7':
+                // octal notation
+                ch = s.scanDigits(ch, 8, 3)
+        case 'x':
+                // hexademical notation
+                ch = s.scanDigits(s.next(), 16, 2)
+        case 'u':
+                // universal character name
+                ch = s.scanDigits(s.next(), 16, 4)
+        case 'U':
+                // universal character name
+                ch = s.scanDigits(s.next(), 16, 8)
+        default:
+                s.err("illegal char escape")
+        }
+        return ch
+}
+
+// scanDigits scans a rune with the given base for n times. For example an
+// octal notation \184 would yield in scanDigits(ch, 8, 3)
+func (s *Scanner) scanDigits(ch rune, base, n int) rune {
+        for n > 0 && digitVal(ch) < base {
+                ch = s.next()
+                n--
+        }
+        if n > 0 {
+                s.err("illegal char escape")
+        }
+
+        // we scanned all digits, put the last non digit char back
+        s.unread()
+        return ch
+}
+
+// scanIdentifier scans an identifier and returns the literal string
+func (s *Scanner) scanIdentifier() string {
+        offs := s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen
+        ch := s.next()
+        for isLetter(ch) || isDigit(ch) || ch == '-' {
+                ch = s.next()
+        }
+
+        if ch != eof {
+                s.unread() // we got identifier, put back latest char
+        }
+
+        return string(s.src[offs:s.srcPos.Offset])
+}
+
+// recentPosition returns the position of the character immediately after the
+// character or token returned by the last call to Scan.
+func (s *Scanner) recentPosition() (pos token.Pos) {
+        pos.Offset = s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen
+        switch {
+        case s.srcPos.Column > 0:
+                // common case: last character was not a '\n'
+                pos.Line = s.srcPos.Line
+                pos.Column = s.srcPos.Column
+        case s.lastLineLen > 0:
+                // last character was a '\n'
+                // (we cannot be at the beginning of the source
+                // since we have called next() at least once)
+                pos.Line = s.srcPos.Line - 1
+                pos.Column = s.lastLineLen
+        default:
+                // at the beginning of the source
+                pos.Line = 1
+                pos.Column = 1
+        }
+        return
+}
+
+// err prints the error of any scanning to s.Error function. If the function is
+// not defined, by default it prints them to os.Stderr
+func (s *Scanner) err(msg string) {
+        s.ErrorCount++
+        pos := s.recentPosition()
+
+        if s.Error != nil {
+                s.Error(pos, msg)
+                return
+        }
+
+        fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "%s: %s\n", pos, msg)
+}
+
+// isHexadecimal returns true if the given rune is a letter
+func isLetter(ch rune) bool {
+        return 'a' <= ch && ch <= 'z' || 'A' <= ch && ch <= 'Z' || ch == '_' || ch >= 0x80 && unicode.IsLetter(ch)
+}
+
+// isHexadecimal returns true if the given rune is a decimal digit
+func isDigit(ch rune) bool {
+        return '0' <= ch && ch <= '9' || ch >= 0x80 && unicode.IsDigit(ch)
+}
+
+// isHexadecimal returns true if the given rune is a decimal number
+func isDecimal(ch rune) bool {
+        return '0' <= ch && ch <= '9'
+}
+
+// isHexadecimal returns true if the given rune is an hexadecimal number
+func isHexadecimal(ch rune) bool {
+        return '0' <= ch && ch <= '9' || 'a' <= ch && ch <= 'f' || 'A' <= ch && ch <= 'F'
+}
+
+// isWhitespace returns true if the rune is a space, tab, newline or carriage return
+func isWhitespace(ch rune) bool {
+        return ch == ' ' || ch == '\t' || ch == '\n' || ch == '\r'
+}
+
+// digitVal returns the integer value of a given octal,decimal or hexadecimal rune
+func digitVal(ch rune) int {
+        switch {
+        case '0' <= ch && ch <= '9':
+                return int(ch - '0')
+        case 'a' <= ch && ch <= 'f':
+                return int(ch - 'a' + 10)
+        case 'A' <= ch && ch <= 'F':
+                return int(ch - 'A' + 10)
+        }
+        return 16 // larger than any legal digit val
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/token/position.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/token/position.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59c1bb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/token/position.go
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+package token
+
+import "fmt"
+
+// Pos describes an arbitrary source position
+// including the file, line, and column location.
+// A Position is valid if the line number is > 0.
+type Pos struct {
+        Filename string // filename, if any
+        Offset   int    // offset, starting at 0
+        Line     int    // line number, starting at 1
+        Column   int    // column number, starting at 1 (character count)
+}
+
+// IsValid returns true if the position is valid.
+func (p *Pos) IsValid() bool { return p.Line > 0 }
+
+// String returns a string in one of several forms:
+//
+//      file:line:column    valid position with file name
+//      line:column         valid position without file name
+//      file                invalid position with file name
+//      -                   invalid position without file name
+func (p Pos) String() string {
+        s := p.Filename
+        if p.IsValid() {
+                if s != "" {
+                        s += ":"
+                }
+                s += fmt.Sprintf("%d:%d", p.Line, p.Column)
+        }
+        if s == "" {
+                s = "-"
+        }
+        return s
+}
+
+// Before reports whether the position p is before u.
+func (p Pos) Before(u Pos) bool {
+        return u.Offset > p.Offset || u.Line > p.Line
+}
+
+// After reports whether the position p is after u.
+func (p Pos) After(u Pos) bool {
+        return u.Offset < p.Offset || u.Line < p.Line
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/token/token.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/token/token.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95a0c3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/token/token.go
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+package token
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strconv"
+
+        hcltoken "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token"
+)
+
+// Token defines a single HCL token which can be obtained via the Scanner
+type Token struct {
+        Type Type
+        Pos  Pos
+        Text string
+}
+
+// Type is the set of lexical tokens of the HCL (HashiCorp Configuration Language)
+type Type int
+
+const (
+        // Special tokens
+        ILLEGAL Type = iota
+        EOF
+
+        identifier_beg
+        literal_beg
+        NUMBER // 12345
+        FLOAT  // 123.45
+        BOOL   // true,false
+        STRING // "abc"
+        NULL   // null
+        literal_end
+        identifier_end
+
+        operator_beg
+        LBRACK // [
+        LBRACE // {
+        COMMA  // ,
+        PERIOD // .
+        COLON  // :
+
+        RBRACK // ]
+        RBRACE // }
+
+        operator_end
+)
+
+var tokens = [...]string{
+        ILLEGAL: "ILLEGAL",
+
+        EOF: "EOF",
+
+        NUMBER: "NUMBER",
+        FLOAT:  "FLOAT",
+        BOOL:   "BOOL",
+        STRING: "STRING",
+        NULL:   "NULL",
+
+        LBRACK: "LBRACK",
+        LBRACE: "LBRACE",
+        COMMA:  "COMMA",
+        PERIOD: "PERIOD",
+        COLON:  "COLON",
+
+        RBRACK: "RBRACK",
+        RBRACE: "RBRACE",
+}
+
+// String returns the string corresponding to the token tok.
+func (t Type) String() string {
+        s := ""
+        if 0 <= t && t < Type(len(tokens)) {
+                s = tokens[t]
+        }
+        if s == "" {
+                s = "token(" + strconv.Itoa(int(t)) + ")"
+        }
+        return s
+}
+
+// IsIdentifier returns true for tokens corresponding to identifiers and basic
+// type literals; it returns false otherwise.
+func (t Type) IsIdentifier() bool { return identifier_beg < t && t < identifier_end }
+
+// IsLiteral returns true for tokens corresponding to basic type literals; it
+// returns false otherwise.
+func (t Type) IsLiteral() bool { return literal_beg < t && t < literal_end }
+
+// IsOperator returns true for tokens corresponding to operators and
+// delimiters; it returns false otherwise.
+func (t Type) IsOperator() bool { return operator_beg < t && t < operator_end }
+
+// String returns the token's literal text. Note that this is only
+// applicable for certain token types, such as token.IDENT,
+// token.STRING, etc..
+func (t Token) String() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%s %s %s", t.Pos.String(), t.Type.String(), t.Text)
+}
+
+// HCLToken converts this token to an HCL token.
+//
+// The token type must be a literal type or this will panic.
+func (t Token) HCLToken() hcltoken.Token {
+        switch t.Type {
+        case BOOL:
+                return hcltoken.Token{Type: hcltoken.BOOL, Text: t.Text}
+        case FLOAT:
+                return hcltoken.Token{Type: hcltoken.FLOAT, Text: t.Text}
+        case NULL:
+                return hcltoken.Token{Type: hcltoken.STRING, Text: ""}
+        case NUMBER:
+                return hcltoken.Token{Type: hcltoken.NUMBER, Text: t.Text}
+        case STRING:
+                return hcltoken.Token{Type: hcltoken.STRING, Text: t.Text, JSON: true}
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Sprintf("unimplemented HCLToken for type: %s", t.Type))
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/lex.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/lex.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9993c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/lex.go
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+package hcl
+
+import (
+        "unicode"
+        "unicode/utf8"
+)
+
+type lexModeValue byte
+
+const (
+        lexModeUnknown lexModeValue = iota
+        lexModeHcl
+        lexModeJson
+)
+
+// lexMode returns whether we're going to be parsing in JSON
+// mode or HCL mode.
+func lexMode(v []byte) lexModeValue {
+        var (
+                r      rune
+                w      int
+                offset int
+        )
+
+        for {
+                r, w = utf8.DecodeRune(v[offset:])
+                offset += w
+                if unicode.IsSpace(r) {
+                        continue
+                }
+                if r == '{' {
+                        return lexModeJson
+                }
+                break
+        }
+
+        return lexModeHcl
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/parse.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/parse.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fca53c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/parse.go
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+package hcl
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast"
+        hclParser "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/parser"
+        jsonParser "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/parser"
+)
+
+// ParseBytes accepts as input byte slice and returns ast tree.
+//
+// Input can be either JSON or HCL
+func ParseBytes(in []byte) (*ast.File, error) {
+        return parse(in)
+}
+
+// ParseString accepts input as a string and returns ast tree.
+func ParseString(input string) (*ast.File, error) {
+        return parse([]byte(input))
+}
+
+func parse(in []byte) (*ast.File, error) {
+        switch lexMode(in) {
+        case lexModeHcl:
+                return hclParser.Parse(in)
+        case lexModeJson:
+                return jsonParser.Parse(in)
+        }
+
+        return nil, fmt.Errorf("unknown config format")
+}
+
+// Parse parses the given input and returns the root object.
+//
+// The input format can be either HCL or JSON.
+func Parse(input string) (*ast.File, error) {
+        return parse([]byte(input))
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82b4de9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. “Contributor”
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. “Contributor Version”
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution.
+
+1.3. “Contribution”
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. “Covered Software”
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
+        1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
+        Secondary License.
+
+1.6. “Executable Form”
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. “Larger Work”
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
+     file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. “License”
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. “Licensable”
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
+     time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
+     this License.
+
+1.10. “Modifications”
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
+        from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
+      and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
+      would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
+      using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
+      either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. “Secondary License”
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. “Source Code Form”
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
+        part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
+        or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
+     effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
+     such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
+     License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
+     or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
+     2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
+        Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
+     logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
+     notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
+     (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
+     under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
+     are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
+     rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
+     copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
+     terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
+     of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
+     they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
+     restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
+        or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
+        the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’
+        rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
+     Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
+     with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
+     Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
+     You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
+     such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
+     their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
+     either this License or such Secondary License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
+     copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
+     of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
+     Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
+     required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
+     of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
+     warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
+     alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
+   order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
+   to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
+   they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
+   distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
+   extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
+   sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
+   understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
+     if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
+     reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
+     Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
+     ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
+     non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
+     compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
+     and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
+     indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
+     all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
+     shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
+   warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
+   without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
+   merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
+   risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
+   Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
+   Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
+   correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
+   License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under this License
+   except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
+   party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
+   Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
+   consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
+   a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
+   and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
+   reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
+   prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
+   hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
+   provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
+   enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
+   contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
+   this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
+      the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
+      under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
+      version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
+      references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
+      modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
+      If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
+      Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
+      notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
+You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
+directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/README.md b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..186ed25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+# HIL
+
+[![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/hil?status.png)](https://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/hil) [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/hashicorp/hil.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/hashicorp/hil)
+
+HIL (HashiCorp Interpolation Language) is a lightweight embedded language used
+primarily for configuration interpolation. The goal of HIL is to make a simple
+language for interpolations in the various configurations of HashiCorp tools.
+
+HIL is built to interpolate any string, but is in use by HashiCorp primarily
+with [HCL](https://github.com/hashicorp/hcl). HCL is _not required_ in any
+way for use with HIL.
+
+HIL isn't meant to be a general purpose language. It was built for basic
+configuration interpolations. Therefore, you can't currently write functions,
+have conditionals, set intermediary variables, etc. within HIL itself. It is
+possible some of these may be added later but the right use case must exist.
+
+## Why?
+
+Many of our tools have support for something similar to templates, but
+within the configuration itself. The most prominent requirement was in
+[Terraform](https://github.com/hashicorp/terraform) where we wanted the
+configuration to be able to reference values from elsewhere in the
+configuration. Example:
+
+    foo = "hi ${var.world}"
+
+We originally used a full templating language for this, but found it
+was too heavy weight. Additionally, many full languages required bindings
+to C (and thus the usage of cgo) which we try to avoid to make cross-compilation
+easier. We then moved to very basic regular expression based
+string replacement, but found the need for basic arithmetic and function
+calls resulting in overly complex regular expressions.
+
+Ultimately, we wrote our own mini-language within Terraform itself. As
+we built other projects such as [Nomad](https://nomadproject.io) and
+[Otto](https://ottoproject.io), the need for basic interpolations arose
+again.
+
+Thus HIL was born. It is extracted from Terraform, cleaned up, and
+better tested for general purpose use.
+
+## Syntax
+
+For a complete grammar, please see the parser itself. A high-level overview
+of the syntax and grammer is listed here.
+
+Code begins within `${` and `}`. Outside of this, text is treated
+literally. For example, `foo` is a valid HIL program that is just the
+string "foo", but `foo ${bar}` is an HIL program that is the string "foo "
+concatened with the value of `bar`. For the remainder of the syntax
+docs, we'll assume you're within `${}`.
+
+  * Identifiers are any text in the format of `[a-zA-Z0-9-.]`. Example
+    identifiers: `foo`, `var.foo`, `foo-bar`.
+
+  * Strings are double quoted and can contain any UTF-8 characters.
+    Example: `"Hello, World"`
+
+  * Numbers are assumed to be base 10. If you prefix a number with 0x,
+    it is treated as a hexadecimal. If it is prefixed with 0, it is
+    treated as an octal. Numbers can be in scientific notation: "1e10".
+
+  * Unary `-` can be used for negative numbers. Example: `-10` or `-0.2`
+
+  * Boolean values: `true`, `false`
+  
+  * The following arithmetic operations are allowed: +, -, *, /, %. 
+
+  * Function calls are in the form of `name(arg1, arg2, ...)`. Example:
+    `add(1, 5)`. Arguments can be any valid HIL expression, example:
+    `add(1, var.foo)` or even nested function calls:
+    `add(1, get("some value"))`. 
+
+  * Within strings, further interpolations can be opened with `${}`.
+    Example: `"Hello ${nested}"`. A full example including the 
+    original `${}` (remember this list assumes were inside of one
+    already) could be: `foo ${func("hello ${var.foo}")}`. 
+
+## Language Changes
+
+We've used this mini-language in Terraform for years. For backwards compatibility
+reasons, we're unlikely to make an incompatible change to the language but
+we're not currently making that promise, either.
+
+The internal API of this project may very well change as we evolve it
+to work with more of our projects. We recommend using some sort of dependency
+management solution with this package.
+
+## Future Changes
+
+The following changes are already planned to be made at some point:
+
+  * Richer types: lists, maps, etc.
+
+  * Convert to a more standard Go parser structure similar to HCL. This
+    will improve our error messaging as well as allow us to have automatic
+    formatting.
+
+  * Allow interpolations to result in more types than just a string. While
+    within the interpolation basic types are honored, the result is always
+    a string.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/appveyor.yml b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/appveyor.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..feaf7a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/appveyor.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+version: "build-{branch}-{build}"
+image: Visual Studio 2015
+clone_folder: c:\gopath\src\github.com\hashicorp\hil
+environment:
+  GOPATH: c:\gopath
+init:
+  - git config --global core.autocrlf true
+install:
+- cmd: >-
+    echo %Path%
+
+    go version
+
+    go env
+
+    go get -d -v -t ./...
+build_script:
+- cmd: go test -v ./...
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/arithmetic.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/arithmetic.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94dc24f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/arithmetic.go
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+package ast
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// Arithmetic represents a node where the result is arithmetic of
+// two or more operands in the order given.
+type Arithmetic struct {
+        Op    ArithmeticOp
+        Exprs []Node
+        Posx  Pos
+}
+
+func (n *Arithmetic) Accept(v Visitor) Node {
+        for i, expr := range n.Exprs {
+                n.Exprs[i] = expr.Accept(v)
+        }
+
+        return v(n)
+}
+
+func (n *Arithmetic) Pos() Pos {
+        return n.Posx
+}
+
+func (n *Arithmetic) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *n)
+}
+
+func (n *Arithmetic) String() string {
+        var b bytes.Buffer
+        for _, expr := range n.Exprs {
+                b.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("%s", expr))
+        }
+
+        return b.String()
+}
+
+func (n *Arithmetic) Type(Scope) (Type, error) {
+        return TypeInt, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/arithmetic_op.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/arithmetic_op.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18880c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/arithmetic_op.go
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+package ast
+
+// ArithmeticOp is the operation to use for the math.
+type ArithmeticOp int
+
+const (
+        ArithmeticOpInvalid ArithmeticOp = 0
+
+        ArithmeticOpAdd ArithmeticOp = iota
+        ArithmeticOpSub
+        ArithmeticOpMul
+        ArithmeticOpDiv
+        ArithmeticOpMod
+
+        ArithmeticOpLogicalAnd
+        ArithmeticOpLogicalOr
+
+        ArithmeticOpEqual
+        ArithmeticOpNotEqual
+        ArithmeticOpLessThan
+        ArithmeticOpLessThanOrEqual
+        ArithmeticOpGreaterThan
+        ArithmeticOpGreaterThanOrEqual
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/ast.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/ast.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6350f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/ast.go
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+package ast
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// Node is the interface that all AST nodes must implement.
+type Node interface {
+        // Accept is called to dispatch to the visitors. It must return the
+        // resulting Node (which might be different in an AST transform).
+        Accept(Visitor) Node
+
+        // Pos returns the position of this node in some source.
+        Pos() Pos
+
+        // Type returns the type of this node for the given context.
+        Type(Scope) (Type, error)
+}
+
+// Pos is the starting position of an AST node
+type Pos struct {
+        Column, Line int    // Column/Line number, starting at 1
+        Filename     string // Optional source filename, if known
+}
+
+func (p Pos) String() string {
+        if p.Filename == "" {
+                return fmt.Sprintf("%d:%d", p.Line, p.Column)
+        } else {
+                return fmt.Sprintf("%s:%d:%d", p.Filename, p.Line, p.Column)
+        }
+}
+
+// InitPos is an initiaial position value. This should be used as
+// the starting position (presets the column and line to 1).
+var InitPos = Pos{Column: 1, Line: 1}
+
+// Visitors are just implementations of this function.
+//
+// The function must return the Node to replace this node with. "nil" is
+// _not_ a valid return value. If there is no replacement, the original node
+// should be returned. We build this replacement directly into the visitor
+// pattern since AST transformations are a common and useful tool and
+// building it into the AST itself makes it required for future Node
+// implementations and very easy to do.
+//
+// Note that this isn't a true implementation of the visitor pattern, which
+// generally requires proper type dispatch on the function. However,
+// implementing this basic visitor pattern style is still very useful even
+// if you have to type switch.
+type Visitor func(Node) Node
+
+//go:generate stringer -type=Type
+
+// Type is the type of any value.
+type Type uint32
+
+const (
+        TypeInvalid Type = 0
+        TypeAny     Type = 1 << iota
+        TypeBool
+        TypeString
+        TypeInt
+        TypeFloat
+        TypeList
+        TypeMap
+
+        // This is a special type used by Terraform to mark "unknown" values.
+        // It is impossible for this type to be introduced into your HIL programs
+        // unless you explicitly set a variable to this value. In that case,
+        // any operation including the variable will return "TypeUnknown" as the
+        // type.
+        TypeUnknown
+)
+
+func (t Type) Printable() string {
+        switch t {
+        case TypeInvalid:
+                return "invalid type"
+        case TypeAny:
+                return "any type"
+        case TypeBool:
+                return "type bool"
+        case TypeString:
+                return "type string"
+        case TypeInt:
+                return "type int"
+        case TypeFloat:
+                return "type float"
+        case TypeList:
+                return "type list"
+        case TypeMap:
+                return "type map"
+        case TypeUnknown:
+                return "type unknown"
+        default:
+                return "unknown type"
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/call.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/call.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0557011
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/call.go
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+package ast
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// Call represents a function call.
+type Call struct {
+        Func string
+        Args []Node
+        Posx Pos
+}
+
+func (n *Call) Accept(v Visitor) Node {
+        for i, a := range n.Args {
+                n.Args[i] = a.Accept(v)
+        }
+
+        return v(n)
+}
+
+func (n *Call) Pos() Pos {
+        return n.Posx
+}
+
+func (n *Call) String() string {
+        args := make([]string, len(n.Args))
+        for i, arg := range n.Args {
+                args[i] = fmt.Sprintf("%s", arg)
+        }
+
+        return fmt.Sprintf("Call(%s, %s)", n.Func, strings.Join(args, ", "))
+}
+
+func (n *Call) Type(s Scope) (Type, error) {
+        f, ok := s.LookupFunc(n.Func)
+        if !ok {
+                return TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf("unknown function: %s", n.Func)
+        }
+
+        return f.ReturnType, nil
+}
+
+func (n *Call) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *n)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/conditional.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/conditional.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be48f89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/conditional.go
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+package ast
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+type Conditional struct {
+        CondExpr  Node
+        TrueExpr  Node
+        FalseExpr Node
+        Posx      Pos
+}
+
+// Accept passes the given visitor to the child nodes in this order:
+// CondExpr, TrueExpr, FalseExpr. It then finally passes itself to the visitor.
+func (n *Conditional) Accept(v Visitor) Node {
+        n.CondExpr = n.CondExpr.Accept(v)
+        n.TrueExpr = n.TrueExpr.Accept(v)
+        n.FalseExpr = n.FalseExpr.Accept(v)
+
+        return v(n)
+}
+
+func (n *Conditional) Pos() Pos {
+        return n.Posx
+}
+
+func (n *Conditional) Type(Scope) (Type, error) {
+        // This is not actually a useful value; the type checker ignores
+        // this function when analyzing conditionals, just as with Arithmetic.
+        return TypeInt, nil
+}
+
+func (n *Conditional) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *n)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/index.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/index.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..860c25f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/index.go
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+package ast
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// Index represents an indexing operation into another data structure
+type Index struct {
+        Target Node
+        Key    Node
+        Posx   Pos
+}
+
+func (n *Index) Accept(v Visitor) Node {
+        n.Target = n.Target.Accept(v)
+        n.Key = n.Key.Accept(v)
+        return v(n)
+}
+
+func (n *Index) Pos() Pos {
+        return n.Posx
+}
+
+func (n *Index) String() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("Index(%s, %s)", n.Target, n.Key)
+}
+
+func (n *Index) Type(s Scope) (Type, error) {
+        variableAccess, ok := n.Target.(*VariableAccess)
+        if !ok {
+                return TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf("target is not a variable")
+        }
+
+        variable, ok := s.LookupVar(variableAccess.Name)
+        if !ok {
+                return TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf("unknown variable accessed: %s", variableAccess.Name)
+        }
+
+        switch variable.Type {
+        case TypeList:
+                return n.typeList(variable, variableAccess.Name)
+        case TypeMap:
+                return n.typeMap(variable, variableAccess.Name)
+        default:
+                return TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf("invalid index operation into non-indexable type: %s", variable.Type)
+        }
+}
+
+func (n *Index) typeList(variable Variable, variableName string) (Type, error) {
+        // We assume type checking has already determined that this is a list
+        list := variable.Value.([]Variable)
+
+        return VariableListElementTypesAreHomogenous(variableName, list)
+}
+
+func (n *Index) typeMap(variable Variable, variableName string) (Type, error) {
+        // We assume type checking has already determined that this is a map
+        vmap := variable.Value.(map[string]Variable)
+
+        return VariableMapValueTypesAreHomogenous(variableName, vmap)
+}
+
+func reportTypes(typesFound map[Type]struct{}) string {
+        stringTypes := make([]string, len(typesFound))
+        i := 0
+        for k, _ := range typesFound {
+                stringTypes[0] = k.String()
+                i++
+        }
+        return strings.Join(stringTypes, ", ")
+}
+
+func (n *Index) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *n)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/literal.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/literal.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da6014f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/literal.go
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+package ast
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+)
+
+// LiteralNode represents a single literal value, such as "foo" or
+// 42 or 3.14159. Based on the Type, the Value can be safely cast.
+type LiteralNode struct {
+        Value interface{}
+        Typex Type
+        Posx  Pos
+}
+
+// NewLiteralNode returns a new literal node representing the given
+// literal Go value, which must correspond to one of the primitive types
+// supported by HIL. Lists and maps cannot currently be constructed via
+// this function.
+//
+// If an inappropriately-typed value is provided, this function will
+// return an error. The main intended use of this function is to produce
+// "synthetic" literals from constants in code, where the value type is
+// well known at compile time. To easily store these in global variables,
+// see also MustNewLiteralNode.
+func NewLiteralNode(value interface{}, pos Pos) (*LiteralNode, error) {
+        goType := reflect.TypeOf(value)
+        var hilType Type
+
+        switch goType.Kind() {
+        case reflect.Bool:
+                hilType = TypeBool
+        case reflect.Int:
+                hilType = TypeInt
+        case reflect.Float64:
+                hilType = TypeFloat
+        case reflect.String:
+                hilType = TypeString
+        default:
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("unsupported literal node type: %T", value)
+        }
+
+        return &LiteralNode{
+                Value: value,
+                Typex: hilType,
+                Posx:  pos,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// MustNewLiteralNode wraps NewLiteralNode and panics if an error is
+// returned, thus allowing valid literal nodes to be easily assigned to
+// global variables.
+func MustNewLiteralNode(value interface{}, pos Pos) *LiteralNode {
+        node, err := NewLiteralNode(value, pos)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+        return node
+}
+
+func (n *LiteralNode) Accept(v Visitor) Node {
+        return v(n)
+}
+
+func (n *LiteralNode) Pos() Pos {
+        return n.Posx
+}
+
+func (n *LiteralNode) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *n)
+}
+
+func (n *LiteralNode) String() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("Literal(%s, %v)", n.Typex, n.Value)
+}
+
+func (n *LiteralNode) Type(Scope) (Type, error) {
+        return n.Typex, nil
+}
+
+// IsUnknown returns true either if the node's value is itself unknown
+// of if it is a collection containing any unknown elements, deeply.
+func (n *LiteralNode) IsUnknown() bool {
+        return IsUnknown(Variable{
+                Type:  n.Typex,
+                Value: n.Value,
+        })
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/output.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/output.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e27f97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/output.go
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+package ast
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// Output represents the root node of all interpolation evaluations. If the
+// output only has one expression which is either a TypeList or TypeMap, the
+// Output can be type-asserted to []interface{} or map[string]interface{}
+// respectively. Otherwise the Output evaluates as a string, and concatenates
+// the evaluation of each expression.
+type Output struct {
+        Exprs []Node
+        Posx  Pos
+}
+
+func (n *Output) Accept(v Visitor) Node {
+        for i, expr := range n.Exprs {
+                n.Exprs[i] = expr.Accept(v)
+        }
+
+        return v(n)
+}
+
+func (n *Output) Pos() Pos {
+        return n.Posx
+}
+
+func (n *Output) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *n)
+}
+
+func (n *Output) String() string {
+        var b bytes.Buffer
+        for _, expr := range n.Exprs {
+                b.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("%s", expr))
+        }
+
+        return b.String()
+}
+
+func (n *Output) Type(s Scope) (Type, error) {
+        // Special case no expressions for backward compatibility
+        if len(n.Exprs) == 0 {
+                return TypeString, nil
+        }
+
+        // Special case a single expression of types list or map
+        if len(n.Exprs) == 1 {
+                exprType, err := n.Exprs[0].Type(s)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return TypeInvalid, err
+                }
+                switch exprType {
+                case TypeList:
+                        return TypeList, nil
+                case TypeMap:
+                        return TypeMap, nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Otherwise ensure all our expressions are strings
+        for index, expr := range n.Exprs {
+                exprType, err := expr.Type(s)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return TypeInvalid, err
+                }
+                // We only look for things we know we can't coerce with an implicit conversion func
+                if exprType == TypeList || exprType == TypeMap {
+                        return TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "multi-expression HIL outputs may only have string inputs: %d is type %s",
+                                index, exprType)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return TypeString, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/scope.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/scope.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a975d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/scope.go
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+package ast
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+)
+
+// Scope is the interface used to look up variables and functions while
+// evaluating. How these functions/variables are defined are up to the caller.
+type Scope interface {
+        LookupFunc(string) (Function, bool)
+        LookupVar(string) (Variable, bool)
+}
+
+// Variable is a variable value for execution given as input to the engine.
+// It records the value of a variables along with their type.
+type Variable struct {
+        Value interface{}
+        Type  Type
+}
+
+// NewVariable creates a new Variable for the given value. This will
+// attempt to infer the correct type. If it can't, an error will be returned.
+func NewVariable(v interface{}) (result Variable, err error) {
+        switch v := reflect.ValueOf(v); v.Kind() {
+        case reflect.String:
+                result.Type = TypeString
+        default:
+                err = fmt.Errorf("Unknown type: %s", v.Kind())
+        }
+
+        result.Value = v
+        return
+}
+
+// String implements Stringer on Variable, displaying the type and value
+// of the Variable.
+func (v Variable) String() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("{Variable (%s): %+v}", v.Type, v.Value)
+}
+
+// Function defines a function that can be executed by the engine.
+// The type checker will validate that the proper types will be called
+// to the callback.
+type Function struct {
+        // ArgTypes is the list of types in argument order. These are the
+        // required arguments.
+        //
+        // ReturnType is the type of the returned value. The Callback MUST
+        // return this type.
+        ArgTypes   []Type
+        ReturnType Type
+
+        // Variadic, if true, says that this function is variadic, meaning
+        // it takes a variable number of arguments. In this case, the
+        // VariadicType must be set.
+        Variadic     bool
+        VariadicType Type
+
+        // Callback is the function called for a function. The argument
+        // types are guaranteed to match the spec above by the type checker.
+        // The length of the args is strictly == len(ArgTypes) unless Varidiac
+        // is true, in which case its >= len(ArgTypes).
+        Callback func([]interface{}) (interface{}, error)
+}
+
+// BasicScope is a simple scope that looks up variables and functions
+// using a map.
+type BasicScope struct {
+        FuncMap map[string]Function
+        VarMap  map[string]Variable
+}
+
+func (s *BasicScope) LookupFunc(n string) (Function, bool) {
+        if s == nil {
+                return Function{}, false
+        }
+
+        v, ok := s.FuncMap[n]
+        return v, ok
+}
+
+func (s *BasicScope) LookupVar(n string) (Variable, bool) {
+        if s == nil {
+                return Variable{}, false
+        }
+
+        v, ok := s.VarMap[n]
+        return v, ok
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/stack.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/stack.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd2bc15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/stack.go
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+package ast
+
+// Stack is a stack of Node.
+type Stack struct {
+        stack []Node
+}
+
+func (s *Stack) Len() int {
+        return len(s.stack)
+}
+
+func (s *Stack) Push(n Node) {
+        s.stack = append(s.stack, n)
+}
+
+func (s *Stack) Pop() Node {
+        x := s.stack[len(s.stack)-1]
+        s.stack[len(s.stack)-1] = nil
+        s.stack = s.stack[:len(s.stack)-1]
+        return x
+}
+
+func (s *Stack) Reset() {
+        s.stack = nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/type_string.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/type_string.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f51a98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/type_string.go
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+// Code generated by "stringer -type=Type"; DO NOT EDIT
+
+package ast
+
+import "fmt"
+
+const (
+        _Type_name_0 = "TypeInvalid"
+        _Type_name_1 = "TypeAny"
+        _Type_name_2 = "TypeBool"
+        _Type_name_3 = "TypeString"
+        _Type_name_4 = "TypeInt"
+        _Type_name_5 = "TypeFloat"
+        _Type_name_6 = "TypeList"
+        _Type_name_7 = "TypeMap"
+        _Type_name_8 = "TypeUnknown"
+)
+
+var (
+        _Type_index_0 = [...]uint8{0, 11}
+        _Type_index_1 = [...]uint8{0, 7}
+        _Type_index_2 = [...]uint8{0, 8}
+        _Type_index_3 = [...]uint8{0, 10}
+        _Type_index_4 = [...]uint8{0, 7}
+        _Type_index_5 = [...]uint8{0, 9}
+        _Type_index_6 = [...]uint8{0, 8}
+        _Type_index_7 = [...]uint8{0, 7}
+        _Type_index_8 = [...]uint8{0, 11}
+)
+
+func (i Type) String() string {
+        switch {
+        case i == 0:
+                return _Type_name_0
+        case i == 2:
+                return _Type_name_1
+        case i == 4:
+                return _Type_name_2
+        case i == 8:
+                return _Type_name_3
+        case i == 16:
+                return _Type_name_4
+        case i == 32:
+                return _Type_name_5
+        case i == 64:
+                return _Type_name_6
+        case i == 128:
+                return _Type_name_7
+        case i == 256:
+                return _Type_name_8
+        default:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("Type(%d)", i)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/unknown.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/unknown.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6ddaec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/unknown.go
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+package ast
+
+// IsUnknown reports whether a variable is unknown or contains any value
+// that is unknown. This will recurse into lists and maps and so on.
+func IsUnknown(v Variable) bool {
+        // If it is unknown itself, return true
+        if v.Type == TypeUnknown {
+                return true
+        }
+
+        // If it is a container type, check the values
+        switch v.Type {
+        case TypeList:
+                for _, el := range v.Value.([]Variable) {
+                        if IsUnknown(el) {
+                                return true
+                        }
+                }
+        case TypeMap:
+                for _, el := range v.Value.(map[string]Variable) {
+                        if IsUnknown(el) {
+                                return true
+                        }
+                }
+        default:
+        }
+
+        // Not a container type or survive the above checks
+        return false
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/variable_access.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/variable_access.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c1362d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/variable_access.go
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+package ast
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// VariableAccess represents a variable access.
+type VariableAccess struct {
+        Name string
+        Posx Pos
+}
+
+func (n *VariableAccess) Accept(v Visitor) Node {
+        return v(n)
+}
+
+func (n *VariableAccess) Pos() Pos {
+        return n.Posx
+}
+
+func (n *VariableAccess) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *n)
+}
+
+func (n *VariableAccess) String() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("Variable(%s)", n.Name)
+}
+
+func (n *VariableAccess) Type(s Scope) (Type, error) {
+        v, ok := s.LookupVar(n.Name)
+        if !ok {
+                return TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf("unknown variable: %s", n.Name)
+        }
+
+        return v.Type, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/variables_helper.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/variables_helper.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06bd18d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast/variables_helper.go
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+package ast
+
+import "fmt"
+
+func VariableListElementTypesAreHomogenous(variableName string, list []Variable) (Type, error) {
+        if len(list) == 0 {
+                return TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf("list %q does not have any elements so cannot determine type.", variableName)
+        }
+
+        elemType := TypeUnknown
+        for _, v := range list {
+                if v.Type == TypeUnknown {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if elemType == TypeUnknown {
+                        elemType = v.Type
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if v.Type != elemType {
+                        return TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "list %q does not have homogenous types. found %s and then %s",
+                                variableName,
+                                elemType, v.Type,
+                        )
+                }
+
+                elemType = v.Type
+        }
+
+        return elemType, nil
+}
+
+func VariableMapValueTypesAreHomogenous(variableName string, vmap map[string]Variable) (Type, error) {
+        if len(vmap) == 0 {
+                return TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf("map %q does not have any elements so cannot determine type.", variableName)
+        }
+
+        elemType := TypeUnknown
+        for _, v := range vmap {
+                if v.Type == TypeUnknown {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if elemType == TypeUnknown {
+                        elemType = v.Type
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if v.Type != elemType {
+                        return TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "map %q does not have homogenous types. found %s and then %s",
+                                variableName,
+                                elemType, v.Type,
+                        )
+                }
+
+                elemType = v.Type
+        }
+
+        return elemType, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/builtins.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/builtins.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..909c788
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/builtins.go
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+package hil
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "strconv"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+)
+
+// NOTE: All builtins are tested in engine_test.go
+
+func registerBuiltins(scope *ast.BasicScope) *ast.BasicScope {
+        if scope == nil {
+                scope = new(ast.BasicScope)
+        }
+        if scope.FuncMap == nil {
+                scope.FuncMap = make(map[string]ast.Function)
+        }
+
+        // Implicit conversions
+        scope.FuncMap["__builtin_BoolToString"] = builtinBoolToString()
+        scope.FuncMap["__builtin_FloatToInt"] = builtinFloatToInt()
+        scope.FuncMap["__builtin_FloatToString"] = builtinFloatToString()
+        scope.FuncMap["__builtin_IntToFloat"] = builtinIntToFloat()
+        scope.FuncMap["__builtin_IntToString"] = builtinIntToString()
+        scope.FuncMap["__builtin_StringToInt"] = builtinStringToInt()
+        scope.FuncMap["__builtin_StringToFloat"] = builtinStringToFloat()
+        scope.FuncMap["__builtin_StringToBool"] = builtinStringToBool()
+
+        // Math operations
+        scope.FuncMap["__builtin_IntMath"] = builtinIntMath()
+        scope.FuncMap["__builtin_FloatMath"] = builtinFloatMath()
+        scope.FuncMap["__builtin_BoolCompare"] = builtinBoolCompare()
+        scope.FuncMap["__builtin_FloatCompare"] = builtinFloatCompare()
+        scope.FuncMap["__builtin_IntCompare"] = builtinIntCompare()
+        scope.FuncMap["__builtin_StringCompare"] = builtinStringCompare()
+        scope.FuncMap["__builtin_Logical"] = builtinLogical()
+        return scope
+}
+
+func builtinFloatMath() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:     []ast.Type{ast.TypeInt},
+                Variadic:     true,
+                VariadicType: ast.TypeFloat,
+                ReturnType:   ast.TypeFloat,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        op := args[0].(ast.ArithmeticOp)
+                        result := args[1].(float64)
+                        for _, raw := range args[2:] {
+                                arg := raw.(float64)
+                                switch op {
+                                case ast.ArithmeticOpAdd:
+                                        result += arg
+                                case ast.ArithmeticOpSub:
+                                        result -= arg
+                                case ast.ArithmeticOpMul:
+                                        result *= arg
+                                case ast.ArithmeticOpDiv:
+                                        result /= arg
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        return result, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func builtinIntMath() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:     []ast.Type{ast.TypeInt},
+                Variadic:     true,
+                VariadicType: ast.TypeInt,
+                ReturnType:   ast.TypeInt,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        op := args[0].(ast.ArithmeticOp)
+                        result := args[1].(int)
+                        for _, raw := range args[2:] {
+                                arg := raw.(int)
+                                switch op {
+                                case ast.ArithmeticOpAdd:
+                                        result += arg
+                                case ast.ArithmeticOpSub:
+                                        result -= arg
+                                case ast.ArithmeticOpMul:
+                                        result *= arg
+                                case ast.ArithmeticOpDiv:
+                                        if arg == 0 {
+                                                return nil, errors.New("divide by zero")
+                                        }
+
+                                        result /= arg
+                                case ast.ArithmeticOpMod:
+                                        if arg == 0 {
+                                                return nil, errors.New("divide by zero")
+                                        }
+
+                                        result = result % arg
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        return result, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func builtinBoolCompare() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeInt, ast.TypeBool, ast.TypeBool},
+                Variadic:   false,
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeBool,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        op := args[0].(ast.ArithmeticOp)
+                        lhs := args[1].(bool)
+                        rhs := args[2].(bool)
+
+                        switch op {
+                        case ast.ArithmeticOpEqual:
+                                return lhs == rhs, nil
+                        case ast.ArithmeticOpNotEqual:
+                                return lhs != rhs, nil
+                        default:
+                                return nil, errors.New("invalid comparison operation")
+                        }
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func builtinFloatCompare() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeInt, ast.TypeFloat, ast.TypeFloat},
+                Variadic:   false,
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeBool,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        op := args[0].(ast.ArithmeticOp)
+                        lhs := args[1].(float64)
+                        rhs := args[2].(float64)
+
+                        switch op {
+                        case ast.ArithmeticOpEqual:
+                                return lhs == rhs, nil
+                        case ast.ArithmeticOpNotEqual:
+                                return lhs != rhs, nil
+                        case ast.ArithmeticOpLessThan:
+                                return lhs < rhs, nil
+                        case ast.ArithmeticOpLessThanOrEqual:
+                                return lhs <= rhs, nil
+                        case ast.ArithmeticOpGreaterThan:
+                                return lhs > rhs, nil
+                        case ast.ArithmeticOpGreaterThanOrEqual:
+                                return lhs >= rhs, nil
+                        default:
+                                return nil, errors.New("invalid comparison operation")
+                        }
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func builtinIntCompare() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeInt, ast.TypeInt, ast.TypeInt},
+                Variadic:   false,
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeBool,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        op := args[0].(ast.ArithmeticOp)
+                        lhs := args[1].(int)
+                        rhs := args[2].(int)
+
+                        switch op {
+                        case ast.ArithmeticOpEqual:
+                                return lhs == rhs, nil
+                        case ast.ArithmeticOpNotEqual:
+                                return lhs != rhs, nil
+                        case ast.ArithmeticOpLessThan:
+                                return lhs < rhs, nil
+                        case ast.ArithmeticOpLessThanOrEqual:
+                                return lhs <= rhs, nil
+                        case ast.ArithmeticOpGreaterThan:
+                                return lhs > rhs, nil
+                        case ast.ArithmeticOpGreaterThanOrEqual:
+                                return lhs >= rhs, nil
+                        default:
+                                return nil, errors.New("invalid comparison operation")
+                        }
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func builtinStringCompare() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeInt, ast.TypeString, ast.TypeString},
+                Variadic:   false,
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeBool,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        op := args[0].(ast.ArithmeticOp)
+                        lhs := args[1].(string)
+                        rhs := args[2].(string)
+
+                        switch op {
+                        case ast.ArithmeticOpEqual:
+                                return lhs == rhs, nil
+                        case ast.ArithmeticOpNotEqual:
+                                return lhs != rhs, nil
+                        default:
+                                return nil, errors.New("invalid comparison operation")
+                        }
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func builtinLogical() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:     []ast.Type{ast.TypeInt},
+                Variadic:     true,
+                VariadicType: ast.TypeBool,
+                ReturnType:   ast.TypeBool,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        op := args[0].(ast.ArithmeticOp)
+                        result := args[1].(bool)
+                        for _, raw := range args[2:] {
+                                arg := raw.(bool)
+                                switch op {
+                                case ast.ArithmeticOpLogicalOr:
+                                        result = result || arg
+                                case ast.ArithmeticOpLogicalAnd:
+                                        result = result && arg
+                                default:
+                                        return nil, errors.New("invalid logical operator")
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        return result, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func builtinFloatToInt() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeFloat},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeInt,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        return int(args[0].(float64)), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func builtinFloatToString() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeFloat},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        return strconv.FormatFloat(
+                                args[0].(float64), 'g', -1, 64), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func builtinIntToFloat() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeInt},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeFloat,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        return float64(args[0].(int)), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func builtinIntToString() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeInt},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        return strconv.FormatInt(int64(args[0].(int)), 10), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func builtinStringToInt() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeInt},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        v, err := strconv.ParseInt(args[0].(string), 0, 0)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+
+                        return int(v), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func builtinStringToFloat() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeFloat,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        v, err := strconv.ParseFloat(args[0].(string), 64)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+
+                        return v, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func builtinBoolToString() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeBool},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        return strconv.FormatBool(args[0].(bool)), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func builtinStringToBool() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeBool,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        v, err := strconv.ParseBool(args[0].(string))
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+
+                        return v, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/check_identifier.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/check_identifier.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..474f505
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/check_identifier.go
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+package hil
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+)
+
+// IdentifierCheck is a SemanticCheck that checks that all identifiers
+// resolve properly and that the right number of arguments are passed
+// to functions.
+type IdentifierCheck struct {
+        Scope ast.Scope
+
+        err  error
+        lock sync.Mutex
+}
+
+func (c *IdentifierCheck) Visit(root ast.Node) error {
+        c.lock.Lock()
+        defer c.lock.Unlock()
+        defer c.reset()
+        root.Accept(c.visit)
+        return c.err
+}
+
+func (c *IdentifierCheck) visit(raw ast.Node) ast.Node {
+        if c.err != nil {
+                return raw
+        }
+
+        switch n := raw.(type) {
+        case *ast.Call:
+                c.visitCall(n)
+        case *ast.VariableAccess:
+                c.visitVariableAccess(n)
+        case *ast.Output:
+                // Ignore
+        case *ast.LiteralNode:
+                // Ignore
+        default:
+                // Ignore
+        }
+
+        // We never do replacement with this visitor
+        return raw
+}
+
+func (c *IdentifierCheck) visitCall(n *ast.Call) {
+        // Look up the function in the map
+        function, ok := c.Scope.LookupFunc(n.Func)
+        if !ok {
+                c.createErr(n, fmt.Sprintf("unknown function called: %s", n.Func))
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Break up the args into what is variadic and what is required
+        args := n.Args
+        if function.Variadic && len(args) > len(function.ArgTypes) {
+                args = n.Args[:len(function.ArgTypes)]
+        }
+
+        // Verify the number of arguments
+        if len(args) != len(function.ArgTypes) {
+                c.createErr(n, fmt.Sprintf(
+                        "%s: expected %d arguments, got %d",
+                        n.Func, len(function.ArgTypes), len(n.Args)))
+                return
+        }
+}
+
+func (c *IdentifierCheck) visitVariableAccess(n *ast.VariableAccess) {
+        // Look up the variable in the map
+        if _, ok := c.Scope.LookupVar(n.Name); !ok {
+                c.createErr(n, fmt.Sprintf(
+                        "unknown variable accessed: %s", n.Name))
+                return
+        }
+}
+
+func (c *IdentifierCheck) createErr(n ast.Node, str string) {
+        c.err = fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", n.Pos(), str)
+}
+
+func (c *IdentifierCheck) reset() {
+        c.err = nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/check_types.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/check_types.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f16da39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/check_types.go
@@ -0,0 +1,668 @@
+package hil
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+)
+
+// TypeCheck implements ast.Visitor for type checking an AST tree.
+// It requires some configuration to look up the type of nodes.
+//
+// It also optionally will not type error and will insert an implicit
+// type conversions for specific types if specified by the Implicit
+// field. Note that this is kind of organizationally weird to put into
+// this structure but we'd rather do that than duplicate the type checking
+// logic multiple times.
+type TypeCheck struct {
+        Scope ast.Scope
+
+        // Implicit is a map of implicit type conversions that we can do,
+        // and that shouldn't error. The key of the first map is the from type,
+        // the key of the second map is the to type, and the final string
+        // value is the function to call (which must be registered in the Scope).
+        Implicit map[ast.Type]map[ast.Type]string
+
+        // Stack of types. This shouldn't be used directly except by implementations
+        // of TypeCheckNode.
+        Stack []ast.Type
+
+        err  error
+        lock sync.Mutex
+}
+
+// TypeCheckNode is the interface that must be implemented by any
+// ast.Node that wants to support type-checking. If the type checker
+// encounters a node that doesn't implement this, it will error.
+type TypeCheckNode interface {
+        TypeCheck(*TypeCheck) (ast.Node, error)
+}
+
+func (v *TypeCheck) Visit(root ast.Node) error {
+        v.lock.Lock()
+        defer v.lock.Unlock()
+        defer v.reset()
+        root.Accept(v.visit)
+
+        // If the resulting type is unknown, then just let the whole thing go.
+        if v.err == errExitUnknown {
+                v.err = nil
+        }
+
+        return v.err
+}
+
+func (v *TypeCheck) visit(raw ast.Node) ast.Node {
+        if v.err != nil {
+                return raw
+        }
+
+        var result ast.Node
+        var err error
+        switch n := raw.(type) {
+        case *ast.Arithmetic:
+                tc := &typeCheckArithmetic{n}
+                result, err = tc.TypeCheck(v)
+        case *ast.Call:
+                tc := &typeCheckCall{n}
+                result, err = tc.TypeCheck(v)
+        case *ast.Conditional:
+                tc := &typeCheckConditional{n}
+                result, err = tc.TypeCheck(v)
+        case *ast.Index:
+                tc := &typeCheckIndex{n}
+                result, err = tc.TypeCheck(v)
+        case *ast.Output:
+                tc := &typeCheckOutput{n}
+                result, err = tc.TypeCheck(v)
+        case *ast.LiteralNode:
+                tc := &typeCheckLiteral{n}
+                result, err = tc.TypeCheck(v)
+        case *ast.VariableAccess:
+                tc := &typeCheckVariableAccess{n}
+                result, err = tc.TypeCheck(v)
+        default:
+                tc, ok := raw.(TypeCheckNode)
+                if !ok {
+                        err = fmt.Errorf("unknown node for type check: %#v", raw)
+                        break
+                }
+
+                result, err = tc.TypeCheck(v)
+        }
+
+        if err != nil {
+                pos := raw.Pos()
+                v.err = fmt.Errorf("At column %d, line %d: %s",
+                        pos.Column, pos.Line, err)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+type typeCheckArithmetic struct {
+        n *ast.Arithmetic
+}
+
+func (tc *typeCheckArithmetic) TypeCheck(v *TypeCheck) (ast.Node, error) {
+        // The arguments are on the stack in reverse order, so pop them off.
+        exprs := make([]ast.Type, len(tc.n.Exprs))
+        for i, _ := range tc.n.Exprs {
+                exprs[len(tc.n.Exprs)-1-i] = v.StackPop()
+        }
+
+        // If any operand is unknown then our result is automatically unknown
+        for _, ty := range exprs {
+                if ty == ast.TypeUnknown {
+                        v.StackPush(ast.TypeUnknown)
+                        return tc.n, nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        switch tc.n.Op {
+        case ast.ArithmeticOpLogicalAnd, ast.ArithmeticOpLogicalOr:
+                return tc.checkLogical(v, exprs)
+        case ast.ArithmeticOpEqual, ast.ArithmeticOpNotEqual,
+                ast.ArithmeticOpLessThan, ast.ArithmeticOpGreaterThan,
+                ast.ArithmeticOpGreaterThanOrEqual, ast.ArithmeticOpLessThanOrEqual:
+                return tc.checkComparison(v, exprs)
+        default:
+                return tc.checkNumeric(v, exprs)
+        }
+
+}
+
+func (tc *typeCheckArithmetic) checkNumeric(v *TypeCheck, exprs []ast.Type) (ast.Node, error) {
+        // Determine the resulting type we want. We do this by going over
+        // every expression until we find one with a type we recognize.
+        // We do this because the first expr might be a string ("var.foo")
+        // and we need to know what to implicit to.
+        mathFunc := "__builtin_IntMath"
+        mathType := ast.TypeInt
+        for _, v := range exprs {
+                // We assume int math but if we find ANY float, the entire
+                // expression turns into floating point math.
+                if v == ast.TypeFloat {
+                        mathFunc = "__builtin_FloatMath"
+                        mathType = v
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Verify the args
+        for i, arg := range exprs {
+                if arg != mathType {
+                        cn := v.ImplicitConversion(exprs[i], mathType, tc.n.Exprs[i])
+                        if cn != nil {
+                                tc.n.Exprs[i] = cn
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "operand %d should be %s, got %s",
+                                i+1, mathType, arg)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Modulo doesn't work for floats
+        if mathType == ast.TypeFloat && tc.n.Op == ast.ArithmeticOpMod {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("modulo cannot be used with floats")
+        }
+
+        // Return type
+        v.StackPush(mathType)
+
+        // Replace our node with a call to the proper function. This isn't
+        // type checked but we already verified types.
+        args := make([]ast.Node, len(tc.n.Exprs)+1)
+        args[0] = &ast.LiteralNode{
+                Value: tc.n.Op,
+                Typex: ast.TypeInt,
+                Posx:  tc.n.Pos(),
+        }
+        copy(args[1:], tc.n.Exprs)
+        return &ast.Call{
+                Func: mathFunc,
+                Args: args,
+                Posx: tc.n.Pos(),
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (tc *typeCheckArithmetic) checkComparison(v *TypeCheck, exprs []ast.Type) (ast.Node, error) {
+        if len(exprs) != 2 {
+                // This should never happen, because the parser never produces
+                // nodes that violate this.
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "comparison operators must have exactly two operands",
+                )
+        }
+
+        // The first operand always dictates the type for a comparison.
+        compareFunc := ""
+        compareType := exprs[0]
+        switch compareType {
+        case ast.TypeBool:
+                compareFunc = "__builtin_BoolCompare"
+        case ast.TypeFloat:
+                compareFunc = "__builtin_FloatCompare"
+        case ast.TypeInt:
+                compareFunc = "__builtin_IntCompare"
+        case ast.TypeString:
+                compareFunc = "__builtin_StringCompare"
+        default:
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "comparison operators apply only to bool, float, int, and string",
+                )
+        }
+
+        // For non-equality comparisons, we will do implicit conversions to
+        // integer types if possible. In this case, we need to go through and
+        // determine the type of comparison we're doing to enable the implicit
+        // conversion.
+        if tc.n.Op != ast.ArithmeticOpEqual && tc.n.Op != ast.ArithmeticOpNotEqual {
+                compareFunc = "__builtin_IntCompare"
+                compareType = ast.TypeInt
+                for _, expr := range exprs {
+                        if expr == ast.TypeFloat {
+                                compareFunc = "__builtin_FloatCompare"
+                                compareType = ast.TypeFloat
+                                break
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Verify (and possibly, convert) the args
+        for i, arg := range exprs {
+                if arg != compareType {
+                        cn := v.ImplicitConversion(exprs[i], compareType, tc.n.Exprs[i])
+                        if cn != nil {
+                                tc.n.Exprs[i] = cn
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "operand %d should be %s, got %s",
+                                i+1, compareType, arg,
+                        )
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Only ints and floats can have the <, >, <= and >= operators applied
+        switch tc.n.Op {
+        case ast.ArithmeticOpEqual, ast.ArithmeticOpNotEqual:
+                // anything goes
+        default:
+                switch compareType {
+                case ast.TypeFloat, ast.TypeInt:
+                        // fine
+                default:
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "<, >, <= and >= may apply only to int and float values",
+                        )
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Comparison operators always return bool
+        v.StackPush(ast.TypeBool)
+
+        // Replace our node with a call to the proper function. This isn't
+        // type checked but we already verified types.
+        args := make([]ast.Node, len(tc.n.Exprs)+1)
+        args[0] = &ast.LiteralNode{
+                Value: tc.n.Op,
+                Typex: ast.TypeInt,
+                Posx:  tc.n.Pos(),
+        }
+        copy(args[1:], tc.n.Exprs)
+        return &ast.Call{
+                Func: compareFunc,
+                Args: args,
+                Posx: tc.n.Pos(),
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (tc *typeCheckArithmetic) checkLogical(v *TypeCheck, exprs []ast.Type) (ast.Node, error) {
+        for i, t := range exprs {
+                if t != ast.TypeBool {
+                        cn := v.ImplicitConversion(t, ast.TypeBool, tc.n.Exprs[i])
+                        if cn == nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "logical operators require boolean operands, not %s",
+                                        t,
+                                )
+                        }
+                        tc.n.Exprs[i] = cn
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Return type is always boolean
+        v.StackPush(ast.TypeBool)
+
+        // Arithmetic nodes are replaced with a call to a built-in function
+        args := make([]ast.Node, len(tc.n.Exprs)+1)
+        args[0] = &ast.LiteralNode{
+                Value: tc.n.Op,
+                Typex: ast.TypeInt,
+                Posx:  tc.n.Pos(),
+        }
+        copy(args[1:], tc.n.Exprs)
+        return &ast.Call{
+                Func: "__builtin_Logical",
+                Args: args,
+                Posx: tc.n.Pos(),
+        }, nil
+}
+
+type typeCheckCall struct {
+        n *ast.Call
+}
+
+func (tc *typeCheckCall) TypeCheck(v *TypeCheck) (ast.Node, error) {
+        // Look up the function in the map
+        function, ok := v.Scope.LookupFunc(tc.n.Func)
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("unknown function called: %s", tc.n.Func)
+        }
+
+        // The arguments are on the stack in reverse order, so pop them off.
+        args := make([]ast.Type, len(tc.n.Args))
+        for i, _ := range tc.n.Args {
+                args[len(tc.n.Args)-1-i] = v.StackPop()
+        }
+
+        // Verify the args
+        for i, expected := range function.ArgTypes {
+                if expected == ast.TypeAny {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if args[i] == ast.TypeUnknown {
+                        v.StackPush(ast.TypeUnknown)
+                        return tc.n, nil
+                }
+
+                if args[i] != expected {
+                        cn := v.ImplicitConversion(args[i], expected, tc.n.Args[i])
+                        if cn != nil {
+                                tc.n.Args[i] = cn
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: argument %d should be %s, got %s",
+                                tc.n.Func, i+1, expected.Printable(), args[i].Printable())
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If we're variadic, then verify the types there
+        if function.Variadic && function.VariadicType != ast.TypeAny {
+                args = args[len(function.ArgTypes):]
+                for i, t := range args {
+                        if t == ast.TypeUnknown {
+                                v.StackPush(ast.TypeUnknown)
+                                return tc.n, nil
+                        }
+
+                        if t != function.VariadicType {
+                                realI := i + len(function.ArgTypes)
+                                cn := v.ImplicitConversion(
+                                        t, function.VariadicType, tc.n.Args[realI])
+                                if cn != nil {
+                                        tc.n.Args[realI] = cn
+                                        continue
+                                }
+
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: argument %d should be %s, got %s",
+                                        tc.n.Func, realI,
+                                        function.VariadicType.Printable(), t.Printable())
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Return type
+        v.StackPush(function.ReturnType)
+
+        return tc.n, nil
+}
+
+type typeCheckConditional struct {
+        n *ast.Conditional
+}
+
+func (tc *typeCheckConditional) TypeCheck(v *TypeCheck) (ast.Node, error) {
+        // On the stack we have the types of the condition, true and false
+        // expressions, but they are in reverse order.
+        falseType := v.StackPop()
+        trueType := v.StackPop()
+        condType := v.StackPop()
+
+        if condType == ast.TypeUnknown {
+                v.StackPush(ast.TypeUnknown)
+                return tc.n, nil
+        }
+
+        if condType != ast.TypeBool {
+                cn := v.ImplicitConversion(condType, ast.TypeBool, tc.n.CondExpr)
+                if cn == nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "condition must be type bool, not %s", condType.Printable(),
+                        )
+                }
+                tc.n.CondExpr = cn
+        }
+
+        // The types of the true and false expression must match
+        if trueType != falseType && trueType != ast.TypeUnknown && falseType != ast.TypeUnknown {
+
+                // Since passing around stringified versions of other types is
+                // common, we pragmatically allow the false expression to dictate
+                // the result type when the true expression is a string.
+                if trueType == ast.TypeString {
+                        cn := v.ImplicitConversion(trueType, falseType, tc.n.TrueExpr)
+                        if cn == nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "true and false expression types must match; have %s and %s",
+                                        trueType.Printable(), falseType.Printable(),
+                                )
+                        }
+                        tc.n.TrueExpr = cn
+                        trueType = falseType
+                } else {
+                        cn := v.ImplicitConversion(falseType, trueType, tc.n.FalseExpr)
+                        if cn == nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "true and false expression types must match; have %s and %s",
+                                        trueType.Printable(), falseType.Printable(),
+                                )
+                        }
+                        tc.n.FalseExpr = cn
+                        falseType = trueType
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Currently list and map types cannot be used, because we cannot
+        // generally assert that their element types are consistent.
+        // Such support might be added later, either by improving the type
+        // system or restricting usage to only variable and literal expressions,
+        // but for now this is simply prohibited because it doesn't seem to
+        // be a common enough case to be worth the complexity.
+        switch trueType {
+        case ast.TypeList:
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "conditional operator cannot be used with list values",
+                )
+        case ast.TypeMap:
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "conditional operator cannot be used with map values",
+                )
+        }
+
+        // Result type (guaranteed to also match falseType due to the above)
+        if trueType == ast.TypeUnknown {
+                // falseType may also be unknown, but that's okay because two
+                // unknowns means our result is unknown anyway.
+                v.StackPush(falseType)
+        } else {
+                v.StackPush(trueType)
+        }
+
+        return tc.n, nil
+}
+
+type typeCheckOutput struct {
+        n *ast.Output
+}
+
+func (tc *typeCheckOutput) TypeCheck(v *TypeCheck) (ast.Node, error) {
+        n := tc.n
+        types := make([]ast.Type, len(n.Exprs))
+        for i, _ := range n.Exprs {
+                types[len(n.Exprs)-1-i] = v.StackPop()
+        }
+
+        for _, ty := range types {
+                if ty == ast.TypeUnknown {
+                        v.StackPush(ast.TypeUnknown)
+                        return tc.n, nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If there is only one argument and it is a list, we evaluate to a list
+        if len(types) == 1 {
+                switch t := types[0]; t {
+                case ast.TypeList:
+                        fallthrough
+                case ast.TypeMap:
+                        v.StackPush(t)
+                        return n, nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Otherwise, all concat args must be strings, so validate that
+        resultType := ast.TypeString
+        for i, t := range types {
+
+                if t == ast.TypeUnknown {
+                        resultType = ast.TypeUnknown
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if t != ast.TypeString {
+                        cn := v.ImplicitConversion(t, ast.TypeString, n.Exprs[i])
+                        if cn != nil {
+                                n.Exprs[i] = cn
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "output of an HIL expression must be a string, or a single list (argument %d is %s)", i+1, t)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // This always results in type string, unless there are unknowns
+        v.StackPush(resultType)
+
+        return n, nil
+}
+
+type typeCheckLiteral struct {
+        n *ast.LiteralNode
+}
+
+func (tc *typeCheckLiteral) TypeCheck(v *TypeCheck) (ast.Node, error) {
+        v.StackPush(tc.n.Typex)
+        return tc.n, nil
+}
+
+type typeCheckVariableAccess struct {
+        n *ast.VariableAccess
+}
+
+func (tc *typeCheckVariableAccess) TypeCheck(v *TypeCheck) (ast.Node, error) {
+        // Look up the variable in the map
+        variable, ok := v.Scope.LookupVar(tc.n.Name)
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "unknown variable accessed: %s", tc.n.Name)
+        }
+
+        // Add the type to the stack
+        v.StackPush(variable.Type)
+
+        return tc.n, nil
+}
+
+type typeCheckIndex struct {
+        n *ast.Index
+}
+
+func (tc *typeCheckIndex) TypeCheck(v *TypeCheck) (ast.Node, error) {
+        keyType := v.StackPop()
+        targetType := v.StackPop()
+
+        if keyType == ast.TypeUnknown || targetType == ast.TypeUnknown {
+                v.StackPush(ast.TypeUnknown)
+                return tc.n, nil
+        }
+
+        // Ensure we have a VariableAccess as the target
+        varAccessNode, ok := tc.n.Target.(*ast.VariableAccess)
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "target of an index must be a VariableAccess node, was %T", tc.n.Target)
+        }
+
+        // Get the variable
+        variable, ok := v.Scope.LookupVar(varAccessNode.Name)
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "unknown variable accessed: %s", varAccessNode.Name)
+        }
+
+        switch targetType {
+        case ast.TypeList:
+                if keyType != ast.TypeInt {
+                        tc.n.Key = v.ImplicitConversion(keyType, ast.TypeInt, tc.n.Key)
+                        if tc.n.Key == nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "key of an index must be an int, was %s", keyType)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                valType, err := ast.VariableListElementTypesAreHomogenous(
+                        varAccessNode.Name, variable.Value.([]ast.Variable))
+                if err != nil {
+                        return tc.n, err
+                }
+
+                v.StackPush(valType)
+                return tc.n, nil
+        case ast.TypeMap:
+                if keyType != ast.TypeString {
+                        tc.n.Key = v.ImplicitConversion(keyType, ast.TypeString, tc.n.Key)
+                        if tc.n.Key == nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "key of an index must be a string, was %s", keyType)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                valType, err := ast.VariableMapValueTypesAreHomogenous(
+                        varAccessNode.Name, variable.Value.(map[string]ast.Variable))
+                if err != nil {
+                        return tc.n, err
+                }
+
+                v.StackPush(valType)
+                return tc.n, nil
+        default:
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid index operation into non-indexable type: %s", variable.Type)
+        }
+}
+
+func (v *TypeCheck) ImplicitConversion(
+        actual ast.Type, expected ast.Type, n ast.Node) ast.Node {
+        if v.Implicit == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        fromMap, ok := v.Implicit[actual]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        toFunc, ok := fromMap[expected]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        return &ast.Call{
+                Func: toFunc,
+                Args: []ast.Node{n},
+                Posx: n.Pos(),
+        }
+}
+
+func (v *TypeCheck) reset() {
+        v.Stack = nil
+        v.err = nil
+}
+
+func (v *TypeCheck) StackPush(t ast.Type) {
+        v.Stack = append(v.Stack, t)
+}
+
+func (v *TypeCheck) StackPop() ast.Type {
+        var x ast.Type
+        x, v.Stack = v.Stack[len(v.Stack)-1], v.Stack[:len(v.Stack)-1]
+        return x
+}
+
+func (v *TypeCheck) StackPeek() ast.Type {
+        if len(v.Stack) == 0 {
+                return ast.TypeInvalid
+        }
+
+        return v.Stack[len(v.Stack)-1]
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/convert.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/convert.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2024d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/convert.go
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+package hil
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure"
+)
+
+// UnknownValue is a sentinel value that can be used to denote
+// that a value of a variable (or map element, list element, etc.)
+// is unknown. This will always have the type ast.TypeUnknown.
+const UnknownValue = "74D93920-ED26-11E3-AC10-0800200C9A66"
+
+var hilMapstructureDecodeHookSlice []interface{}
+var hilMapstructureDecodeHookStringSlice []string
+var hilMapstructureDecodeHookMap map[string]interface{}
+
+// hilMapstructureWeakDecode behaves in the same way as mapstructure.WeakDecode
+// but has a DecodeHook which defeats the backward compatibility mode of mapstructure
+// which WeakDecodes []interface{}{} into an empty map[string]interface{}. This
+// allows us to use WeakDecode (desirable), but not fail on empty lists.
+func hilMapstructureWeakDecode(m interface{}, rawVal interface{}) error {
+        config := &mapstructure.DecoderConfig{
+                DecodeHook: func(source reflect.Type, target reflect.Type, val interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        sliceType := reflect.TypeOf(hilMapstructureDecodeHookSlice)
+                        stringSliceType := reflect.TypeOf(hilMapstructureDecodeHookStringSlice)
+                        mapType := reflect.TypeOf(hilMapstructureDecodeHookMap)
+
+                        if (source == sliceType || source == stringSliceType) && target == mapType {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Cannot convert %s into a %s", source, target)
+                        }
+
+                        return val, nil
+                },
+                WeaklyTypedInput: true,
+                Result:           rawVal,
+        }
+
+        decoder, err := mapstructure.NewDecoder(config)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        return decoder.Decode(m)
+}
+
+func InterfaceToVariable(input interface{}) (ast.Variable, error) {
+        if inputVariable, ok := input.(ast.Variable); ok {
+                return inputVariable, nil
+        }
+
+        var stringVal string
+        if err := hilMapstructureWeakDecode(input, &stringVal); err == nil {
+                // Special case the unknown value to turn into "unknown"
+                if stringVal == UnknownValue {
+                        return ast.Variable{Value: UnknownValue, Type: ast.TypeUnknown}, nil
+                }
+
+                // Otherwise return the string value
+                return ast.Variable{
+                        Type:  ast.TypeString,
+                        Value: stringVal,
+                }, nil
+        }
+
+        var mapVal map[string]interface{}
+        if err := hilMapstructureWeakDecode(input, &mapVal); err == nil {
+                elements := make(map[string]ast.Variable)
+                for i, element := range mapVal {
+                        varElement, err := InterfaceToVariable(element)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return ast.Variable{}, err
+                        }
+                        elements[i] = varElement
+                }
+
+                return ast.Variable{
+                        Type:  ast.TypeMap,
+                        Value: elements,
+                }, nil
+        }
+
+        var sliceVal []interface{}
+        if err := hilMapstructureWeakDecode(input, &sliceVal); err == nil {
+                elements := make([]ast.Variable, len(sliceVal))
+                for i, element := range sliceVal {
+                        varElement, err := InterfaceToVariable(element)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return ast.Variable{}, err
+                        }
+                        elements[i] = varElement
+                }
+
+                return ast.Variable{
+                        Type:  ast.TypeList,
+                        Value: elements,
+                }, nil
+        }
+
+        return ast.Variable{}, fmt.Errorf("value for conversion must be a string, interface{} or map[string]interface: got %T", input)
+}
+
+func VariableToInterface(input ast.Variable) (interface{}, error) {
+        if input.Type == ast.TypeString {
+                if inputStr, ok := input.Value.(string); ok {
+                        return inputStr, nil
+                } else {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("ast.Variable with type string has value which is not a string")
+                }
+        }
+
+        if input.Type == ast.TypeList {
+                inputList, ok := input.Value.([]ast.Variable)
+                if !ok {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("ast.Variable with type list has value which is not a []ast.Variable")
+                }
+
+                result := make([]interface{}, 0)
+                if len(inputList) == 0 {
+                        return result, nil
+                }
+
+                for _, element := range inputList {
+                        if convertedElement, err := VariableToInterface(element); err == nil {
+                                result = append(result, convertedElement)
+                        } else {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return result, nil
+        }
+
+        if input.Type == ast.TypeMap {
+                inputMap, ok := input.Value.(map[string]ast.Variable)
+                if !ok {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("ast.Variable with type map has value which is not a map[string]ast.Variable")
+                }
+
+                result := make(map[string]interface{}, 0)
+                if len(inputMap) == 0 {
+                        return result, nil
+                }
+
+                for key, value := range inputMap {
+                        if convertedValue, err := VariableToInterface(value); err == nil {
+                                result[key] = convertedValue
+                        } else {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return result, nil
+        }
+
+        return nil, fmt.Errorf("unknown input type: %s", input.Type)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/eval.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/eval.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2782076
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/eval.go
@@ -0,0 +1,472 @@
+package hil
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+)
+
+// EvalConfig is the configuration for evaluating.
+type EvalConfig struct {
+        // GlobalScope is the global scope of execution for evaluation.
+        GlobalScope *ast.BasicScope
+
+        // SemanticChecks is a list of additional semantic checks that will be run
+        // on the tree prior to evaluating it. The type checker, identifier checker,
+        // etc. will be run before these automatically.
+        SemanticChecks []SemanticChecker
+}
+
+// SemanticChecker is the type that must be implemented to do a
+// semantic check on an AST tree. This will be called with the root node.
+type SemanticChecker func(ast.Node) error
+
+// EvaluationResult is a struct returned from the hil.Eval function,
+// representing the result of an interpolation. Results are returned in their
+// "natural" Go structure rather than in terms of the HIL AST.  For the types
+// currently implemented, this means that the Value field can be interpreted as
+// the following Go types:
+//     TypeInvalid: undefined
+//     TypeString:  string
+//     TypeList:    []interface{}
+//     TypeMap:     map[string]interface{}
+//     TypBool:     bool
+type EvaluationResult struct {
+        Type  EvalType
+        Value interface{}
+}
+
+// InvalidResult is a structure representing the result of a HIL interpolation
+// which has invalid syntax, missing variables, or some other type of error.
+// The error is described out of band in the accompanying error return value.
+var InvalidResult = EvaluationResult{Type: TypeInvalid, Value: nil}
+
+// errExitUnknown is an internal error that when returned means the result
+// is an unknown value. We use this for early exit.
+var errExitUnknown = errors.New("unknown value")
+
+func Eval(root ast.Node, config *EvalConfig) (EvaluationResult, error) {
+        output, outputType, err := internalEval(root, config)
+        if err != nil {
+                return InvalidResult, err
+        }
+
+        // If the result contains any nested unknowns then the result as a whole
+        // is unknown, so that callers only have to deal with "entirely known"
+        // or "entirely unknown" as outcomes.
+        if ast.IsUnknown(ast.Variable{Type: outputType, Value: output}) {
+                outputType = ast.TypeUnknown
+                output = UnknownValue
+        }
+
+        switch outputType {
+        case ast.TypeList:
+                val, err := VariableToInterface(ast.Variable{
+                        Type:  ast.TypeList,
+                        Value: output,
+                })
+                return EvaluationResult{
+                        Type:  TypeList,
+                        Value: val,
+                }, err
+        case ast.TypeMap:
+                val, err := VariableToInterface(ast.Variable{
+                        Type:  ast.TypeMap,
+                        Value: output,
+                })
+                return EvaluationResult{
+                        Type:  TypeMap,
+                        Value: val,
+                }, err
+        case ast.TypeString:
+                return EvaluationResult{
+                        Type:  TypeString,
+                        Value: output,
+                }, nil
+        case ast.TypeBool:
+                return EvaluationResult{
+                        Type:  TypeBool,
+                        Value: output,
+                }, nil
+        case ast.TypeUnknown:
+                return EvaluationResult{
+                        Type:  TypeUnknown,
+                        Value: UnknownValue,
+                }, nil
+        default:
+                return InvalidResult, fmt.Errorf("unknown type %s as interpolation output", outputType)
+        }
+}
+
+// Eval evaluates the given AST tree and returns its output value, the type
+// of the output, and any error that occurred.
+func internalEval(root ast.Node, config *EvalConfig) (interface{}, ast.Type, error) {
+        // Copy the scope so we can add our builtins
+        if config == nil {
+                config = new(EvalConfig)
+        }
+        scope := registerBuiltins(config.GlobalScope)
+        implicitMap := map[ast.Type]map[ast.Type]string{
+                ast.TypeFloat: {
+                        ast.TypeInt:    "__builtin_FloatToInt",
+                        ast.TypeString: "__builtin_FloatToString",
+                },
+                ast.TypeInt: {
+                        ast.TypeFloat:  "__builtin_IntToFloat",
+                        ast.TypeString: "__builtin_IntToString",
+                },
+                ast.TypeString: {
+                        ast.TypeInt:   "__builtin_StringToInt",
+                        ast.TypeFloat: "__builtin_StringToFloat",
+                        ast.TypeBool:  "__builtin_StringToBool",
+                },
+                ast.TypeBool: {
+                        ast.TypeString: "__builtin_BoolToString",
+                },
+        }
+
+        // Build our own semantic checks that we always run
+        tv := &TypeCheck{Scope: scope, Implicit: implicitMap}
+        ic := &IdentifierCheck{Scope: scope}
+
+        // Build up the semantic checks for execution
+        checks := make(
+                []SemanticChecker,
+                len(config.SemanticChecks),
+                len(config.SemanticChecks)+2)
+        copy(checks, config.SemanticChecks)
+        checks = append(checks, ic.Visit)
+        checks = append(checks, tv.Visit)
+
+        // Run the semantic checks
+        for _, check := range checks {
+                if err := check(root); err != nil {
+                        return nil, ast.TypeInvalid, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Execute
+        v := &evalVisitor{Scope: scope}
+        return v.Visit(root)
+}
+
+// EvalNode is the interface that must be implemented by any ast.Node
+// to support evaluation. This will be called in visitor pattern order.
+// The result of each call to Eval is automatically pushed onto the
+// stack as a LiteralNode. Pop elements off the stack to get child
+// values.
+type EvalNode interface {
+        Eval(ast.Scope, *ast.Stack) (interface{}, ast.Type, error)
+}
+
+type evalVisitor struct {
+        Scope ast.Scope
+        Stack ast.Stack
+
+        err  error
+        lock sync.Mutex
+}
+
+func (v *evalVisitor) Visit(root ast.Node) (interface{}, ast.Type, error) {
+        // Run the actual visitor pattern
+        root.Accept(v.visit)
+
+        // Get our result and clear out everything else
+        var result *ast.LiteralNode
+        if v.Stack.Len() > 0 {
+                result = v.Stack.Pop().(*ast.LiteralNode)
+        } else {
+                result = new(ast.LiteralNode)
+        }
+        resultErr := v.err
+        if resultErr == errExitUnknown {
+                // This means the return value is unknown and we used the error
+                // as an early exit mechanism. Reset since the value on the stack
+                // should be the unknown value.
+                resultErr = nil
+        }
+
+        // Clear everything else so we aren't just dangling
+        v.Stack.Reset()
+        v.err = nil
+
+        t, err := result.Type(v.Scope)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, ast.TypeInvalid, err
+        }
+
+        return result.Value, t, resultErr
+}
+
+func (v *evalVisitor) visit(raw ast.Node) ast.Node {
+        if v.err != nil {
+                return raw
+        }
+
+        en, err := evalNode(raw)
+        if err != nil {
+                v.err = err
+                return raw
+        }
+
+        out, outType, err := en.Eval(v.Scope, &v.Stack)
+        if err != nil {
+                v.err = err
+                return raw
+        }
+
+        v.Stack.Push(&ast.LiteralNode{
+                Value: out,
+                Typex: outType,
+        })
+
+        if outType == ast.TypeUnknown {
+                // Halt immediately
+                v.err = errExitUnknown
+                return raw
+        }
+
+        return raw
+}
+
+// evalNode is a private function that returns an EvalNode for built-in
+// types as well as any other EvalNode implementations.
+func evalNode(raw ast.Node) (EvalNode, error) {
+        switch n := raw.(type) {
+        case *ast.Index:
+                return &evalIndex{n}, nil
+        case *ast.Call:
+                return &evalCall{n}, nil
+        case *ast.Conditional:
+                return &evalConditional{n}, nil
+        case *ast.Output:
+                return &evalOutput{n}, nil
+        case *ast.LiteralNode:
+                return &evalLiteralNode{n}, nil
+        case *ast.VariableAccess:
+                return &evalVariableAccess{n}, nil
+        default:
+                en, ok := n.(EvalNode)
+                if !ok {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("node doesn't support evaluation: %#v", raw)
+                }
+
+                return en, nil
+        }
+}
+
+type evalCall struct{ *ast.Call }
+
+func (v *evalCall) Eval(s ast.Scope, stack *ast.Stack) (interface{}, ast.Type, error) {
+        // Look up the function in the map
+        function, ok := s.LookupFunc(v.Func)
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, ast.TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "unknown function called: %s", v.Func)
+        }
+
+        // The arguments are on the stack in reverse order, so pop them off.
+        args := make([]interface{}, len(v.Args))
+        for i, _ := range v.Args {
+                node := stack.Pop().(*ast.LiteralNode)
+                if node.IsUnknown() {
+                        // If any arguments are unknown then the result is automatically unknown
+                        return UnknownValue, ast.TypeUnknown, nil
+                }
+                args[len(v.Args)-1-i] = node.Value
+        }
+
+        // Call the function
+        result, err := function.Callback(args)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, ast.TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", v.Func, err)
+        }
+
+        return result, function.ReturnType, nil
+}
+
+type evalConditional struct{ *ast.Conditional }
+
+func (v *evalConditional) Eval(s ast.Scope, stack *ast.Stack) (interface{}, ast.Type, error) {
+        // On the stack we have literal nodes representing the resulting values
+        // of the condition, true and false expressions, but they are in reverse
+        // order.
+        falseLit := stack.Pop().(*ast.LiteralNode)
+        trueLit := stack.Pop().(*ast.LiteralNode)
+        condLit := stack.Pop().(*ast.LiteralNode)
+
+        if condLit.IsUnknown() {
+                // If our conditional is unknown then our result is also unknown
+                return UnknownValue, ast.TypeUnknown, nil
+        }
+
+        if condLit.Value.(bool) {
+                return trueLit.Value, trueLit.Typex, nil
+        } else {
+                return falseLit.Value, trueLit.Typex, nil
+        }
+}
+
+type evalIndex struct{ *ast.Index }
+
+func (v *evalIndex) Eval(scope ast.Scope, stack *ast.Stack) (interface{}, ast.Type, error) {
+        key := stack.Pop().(*ast.LiteralNode)
+        target := stack.Pop().(*ast.LiteralNode)
+
+        variableName := v.Index.Target.(*ast.VariableAccess).Name
+
+        if key.IsUnknown() {
+                // If our key is unknown then our result is also unknown
+                return UnknownValue, ast.TypeUnknown, nil
+        }
+
+        // For target, we'll accept collections containing unknown values but
+        // we still need to catch when the collection itself is unknown, shallowly.
+        if target.Typex == ast.TypeUnknown {
+                return UnknownValue, ast.TypeUnknown, nil
+        }
+
+        switch target.Typex {
+        case ast.TypeList:
+                return v.evalListIndex(variableName, target.Value, key.Value)
+        case ast.TypeMap:
+                return v.evalMapIndex(variableName, target.Value, key.Value)
+        default:
+                return nil, ast.TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "target %q for indexing must be ast.TypeList or ast.TypeMap, is %s",
+                        variableName, target.Typex)
+        }
+}
+
+func (v *evalIndex) evalListIndex(variableName string, target interface{}, key interface{}) (interface{}, ast.Type, error) {
+        // We assume type checking was already done and we can assume that target
+        // is a list and key is an int
+        list, ok := target.([]ast.Variable)
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, ast.TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "cannot cast target to []Variable, is: %T", target)
+        }
+
+        keyInt, ok := key.(int)
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, ast.TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "cannot cast key to int, is: %T", key)
+        }
+
+        if len(list) == 0 {
+                return nil, ast.TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf("list is empty")
+        }
+
+        if keyInt < 0 || len(list) < keyInt+1 {
+                return nil, ast.TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "index %d out of range for list %s (max %d)",
+                        keyInt, variableName, len(list))
+        }
+
+        returnVal := list[keyInt].Value
+        returnType := list[keyInt].Type
+        return returnVal, returnType, nil
+}
+
+func (v *evalIndex) evalMapIndex(variableName string, target interface{}, key interface{}) (interface{}, ast.Type, error) {
+        // We assume type checking was already done and we can assume that target
+        // is a map and key is a string
+        vmap, ok := target.(map[string]ast.Variable)
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, ast.TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "cannot cast target to map[string]Variable, is: %T", target)
+        }
+
+        keyString, ok := key.(string)
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, ast.TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "cannot cast key to string, is: %T", key)
+        }
+
+        if len(vmap) == 0 {
+                return nil, ast.TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf("map is empty")
+        }
+
+        value, ok := vmap[keyString]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, ast.TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "key %q does not exist in map %s", keyString, variableName)
+        }
+
+        return value.Value, value.Type, nil
+}
+
+type evalOutput struct{ *ast.Output }
+
+func (v *evalOutput) Eval(s ast.Scope, stack *ast.Stack) (interface{}, ast.Type, error) {
+        // The expressions should all be on the stack in reverse
+        // order. So pop them off, reverse their order, and concatenate.
+        nodes := make([]*ast.LiteralNode, 0, len(v.Exprs))
+        haveUnknown := false
+        for range v.Exprs {
+                n := stack.Pop().(*ast.LiteralNode)
+                nodes = append(nodes, n)
+
+                // If we have any unknowns then the whole result is unknown
+                // (we must deal with this first, because the type checker can
+                // skip type conversions in the presence of unknowns, and thus
+                // any of our other nodes may be incorrectly typed.)
+                if n.IsUnknown() {
+                        haveUnknown = true
+                }
+        }
+
+        if haveUnknown {
+                return UnknownValue, ast.TypeUnknown, nil
+        }
+
+        // Special case the single list and map
+        if len(nodes) == 1 {
+                switch t := nodes[0].Typex; t {
+                case ast.TypeList:
+                        fallthrough
+                case ast.TypeMap:
+                        fallthrough
+                case ast.TypeUnknown:
+                        return nodes[0].Value, t, nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Otherwise concatenate the strings
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        for i := len(nodes) - 1; i >= 0; i-- {
+                if nodes[i].Typex != ast.TypeString {
+                        return nil, ast.TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "invalid output with %s value at index %d: %#v",
+                                nodes[i].Typex,
+                                i,
+                                nodes[i].Value,
+                        )
+                }
+                buf.WriteString(nodes[i].Value.(string))
+        }
+
+        return buf.String(), ast.TypeString, nil
+}
+
+type evalLiteralNode struct{ *ast.LiteralNode }
+
+func (v *evalLiteralNode) Eval(ast.Scope, *ast.Stack) (interface{}, ast.Type, error) {
+        return v.Value, v.Typex, nil
+}
+
+type evalVariableAccess struct{ *ast.VariableAccess }
+
+func (v *evalVariableAccess) Eval(scope ast.Scope, _ *ast.Stack) (interface{}, ast.Type, error) {
+        // Look up the variable in the map
+        variable, ok := scope.LookupVar(v.Name)
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, ast.TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "unknown variable accessed: %s", v.Name)
+        }
+
+        return variable.Value, variable.Type, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/eval_type.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/eval_type.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6946ecd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/eval_type.go
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+package hil
+
+//go:generate stringer -type=EvalType eval_type.go
+
+// EvalType represents the type of the output returned from a HIL
+// evaluation.
+type EvalType uint32
+
+const (
+        TypeInvalid EvalType = 0
+        TypeString  EvalType = 1 << iota
+        TypeBool
+        TypeList
+        TypeMap
+        TypeUnknown
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/evaltype_string.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/evaltype_string.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b107ddd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/evaltype_string.go
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+// Code generated by "stringer -type=EvalType eval_type.go"; DO NOT EDIT
+
+package hil
+
+import "fmt"
+
+const (
+        _EvalType_name_0 = "TypeInvalid"
+        _EvalType_name_1 = "TypeString"
+        _EvalType_name_2 = "TypeBool"
+        _EvalType_name_3 = "TypeList"
+        _EvalType_name_4 = "TypeMap"
+        _EvalType_name_5 = "TypeUnknown"
+)
+
+var (
+        _EvalType_index_0 = [...]uint8{0, 11}
+        _EvalType_index_1 = [...]uint8{0, 10}
+        _EvalType_index_2 = [...]uint8{0, 8}
+        _EvalType_index_3 = [...]uint8{0, 8}
+        _EvalType_index_4 = [...]uint8{0, 7}
+        _EvalType_index_5 = [...]uint8{0, 11}
+)
+
+func (i EvalType) String() string {
+        switch {
+        case i == 0:
+                return _EvalType_name_0
+        case i == 2:
+                return _EvalType_name_1
+        case i == 4:
+                return _EvalType_name_2
+        case i == 8:
+                return _EvalType_name_3
+        case i == 16:
+                return _EvalType_name_4
+        case i == 32:
+                return _EvalType_name_5
+        default:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("EvalType(%d)", i)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/parse.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/parse.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecbe1fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/parse.go
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+package hil
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/parser"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/scanner"
+)
+
+// Parse parses the given program and returns an executable AST tree.
+//
+// Syntax errors are returned with error having the dynamic type
+// *parser.ParseError, which gives the caller access to the source position
+// where the error was found, which allows (for example) combining it with
+// a known source filename to add context to the error message.
+func Parse(v string) (ast.Node, error) {
+        return ParseWithPosition(v, ast.Pos{Line: 1, Column: 1})
+}
+
+// ParseWithPosition is like Parse except that it overrides the source
+// row and column position of the first character in the string, which should
+// be 1-based.
+//
+// This can be used when HIL is embedded in another language and the outer
+// parser knows the row and column where the HIL expression started within
+// the overall source file.
+func ParseWithPosition(v string, pos ast.Pos) (ast.Node, error) {
+        ch := scanner.Scan(v, pos)
+        return parser.Parse(ch)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/parser/binary_op.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/parser/binary_op.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e013e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/parser/binary_op.go
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+package parser
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/scanner"
+)
+
+var binaryOps []map[scanner.TokenType]ast.ArithmeticOp
+
+func init() {
+        // This operation table maps from the operator's scanner token type
+        // to the AST arithmetic operation. All expressions produced from
+        // binary operators are *ast.Arithmetic nodes.
+        //
+        // Binary operator groups are listed in order of precedence, with
+        // the *lowest* precedence first. Operators within the same group
+        // have left-to-right associativity.
+        binaryOps = []map[scanner.TokenType]ast.ArithmeticOp{
+                {
+                        scanner.OR: ast.ArithmeticOpLogicalOr,
+                },
+                {
+                        scanner.AND: ast.ArithmeticOpLogicalAnd,
+                },
+                {
+                        scanner.EQUAL:    ast.ArithmeticOpEqual,
+                        scanner.NOTEQUAL: ast.ArithmeticOpNotEqual,
+                },
+                {
+                        scanner.GT:  ast.ArithmeticOpGreaterThan,
+                        scanner.GTE: ast.ArithmeticOpGreaterThanOrEqual,
+                        scanner.LT:  ast.ArithmeticOpLessThan,
+                        scanner.LTE: ast.ArithmeticOpLessThanOrEqual,
+                },
+                {
+                        scanner.PLUS:  ast.ArithmeticOpAdd,
+                        scanner.MINUS: ast.ArithmeticOpSub,
+                },
+                {
+                        scanner.STAR:    ast.ArithmeticOpMul,
+                        scanner.SLASH:   ast.ArithmeticOpDiv,
+                        scanner.PERCENT: ast.ArithmeticOpMod,
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/parser/error.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/parser/error.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bacd696
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/parser/error.go
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+package parser
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/scanner"
+)
+
+type ParseError struct {
+        Message string
+        Pos     ast.Pos
+}
+
+func Errorf(pos ast.Pos, format string, args ...interface{}) error {
+        return &ParseError{
+                Message: fmt.Sprintf(format, args...),
+                Pos:     pos,
+        }
+}
+
+// TokenErrorf is a convenient wrapper around Errorf that uses the
+// position of the given token.
+func TokenErrorf(token *scanner.Token, format string, args ...interface{}) error {
+        return Errorf(token.Pos, format, args...)
+}
+
+func ExpectationError(wanted string, got *scanner.Token) error {
+        return TokenErrorf(got, "expected %s but found %s", wanted, got)
+}
+
+func (e *ParseError) Error() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("parse error at %s: %s", e.Pos, e.Message)
+}
+
+func (e *ParseError) String() string {
+        return e.Error()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/parser/fuzz.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/parser/fuzz.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de954f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/parser/fuzz.go
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+// +build gofuzz
+
+package parser
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/scanner"
+)
+
+// This is a fuzz testing function designed to be used with go-fuzz:
+//    https://github.com/dvyukov/go-fuzz
+//
+// It's not included in a normal build due to the gofuzz build tag above.
+//
+// There are some input files that you can use as a seed corpus for go-fuzz
+// in the directory ./fuzz-corpus .
+
+func Fuzz(data []byte) int {
+        str := string(data)
+
+        ch := scanner.Scan(str, ast.Pos{Line: 1, Column: 1})
+        _, err := Parse(ch)
+        if err != nil {
+                return 0
+        }
+
+        return 1
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/parser/parser.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/parser/parser.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..376f1c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/parser/parser.go
@@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
+package parser
+
+import (
+        "strconv"
+        "unicode/utf8"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/scanner"
+)
+
+func Parse(ch <-chan *scanner.Token) (ast.Node, error) {
+        peeker := scanner.NewPeeker(ch)
+        parser := &parser{peeker}
+        output, err := parser.ParseTopLevel()
+        peeker.Close()
+        return output, err
+}
+
+type parser struct {
+        peeker *scanner.Peeker
+}
+
+func (p *parser) ParseTopLevel() (ast.Node, error) {
+        return p.parseInterpolationSeq(false)
+}
+
+func (p *parser) ParseQuoted() (ast.Node, error) {
+        return p.parseInterpolationSeq(true)
+}
+
+// parseInterpolationSeq parses either the top-level sequence of literals
+// and interpolation expressions or a similar sequence within a quoted
+// string inside an interpolation expression. The latter case is requested
+// by setting 'quoted' to true.
+func (p *parser) parseInterpolationSeq(quoted bool) (ast.Node, error) {
+        literalType := scanner.LITERAL
+        endType := scanner.EOF
+        if quoted {
+                // exceptions for quoted sequences
+                literalType = scanner.STRING
+                endType = scanner.CQUOTE
+        }
+
+        startPos := p.peeker.Peek().Pos
+
+        if quoted {
+                tok := p.peeker.Read()
+                if tok.Type != scanner.OQUOTE {
+                        return nil, ExpectationError("open quote", tok)
+                }
+        }
+
+        var exprs []ast.Node
+        for {
+                tok := p.peeker.Read()
+
+                if tok.Type == endType {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                switch tok.Type {
+                case literalType:
+                        val, err := p.parseStringToken(tok)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                        exprs = append(exprs, &ast.LiteralNode{
+                                Value: val,
+                                Typex: ast.TypeString,
+                                Posx:  tok.Pos,
+                        })
+                case scanner.BEGIN:
+                        expr, err := p.ParseInterpolation()
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                        exprs = append(exprs, expr)
+                default:
+                        return nil, ExpectationError(`"${"`, tok)
+                }
+        }
+
+        if len(exprs) == 0 {
+                // If we have no parts at all then the input must've
+                // been an empty string.
+                exprs = append(exprs, &ast.LiteralNode{
+                        Value: "",
+                        Typex: ast.TypeString,
+                        Posx:  startPos,
+                })
+        }
+
+        // As a special case, if our "Output" contains only one expression
+        // and it's a literal string then we'll hoist it up to be our
+        // direct return value, so callers can easily recognize a string
+        // that has no interpolations at all.
+        if len(exprs) == 1 {
+                if lit, ok := exprs[0].(*ast.LiteralNode); ok {
+                        if lit.Typex == ast.TypeString {
+                                return lit, nil
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return &ast.Output{
+                Exprs: exprs,
+                Posx:  startPos,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// parseStringToken takes a token of either LITERAL or STRING type and
+// returns the interpreted string, after processing any relevant
+// escape sequences.
+func (p *parser) parseStringToken(tok *scanner.Token) (string, error) {
+        var backslashes bool
+        switch tok.Type {
+        case scanner.LITERAL:
+                backslashes = false
+        case scanner.STRING:
+                backslashes = true
+        default:
+                panic("unsupported string token type")
+        }
+
+        raw := []byte(tok.Content)
+        buf := make([]byte, 0, len(raw))
+
+        for i := 0; i < len(raw); i++ {
+                b := raw[i]
+                more := len(raw) > (i + 1)
+
+                if b == '$' {
+                        if more && raw[i+1] == '$' {
+                                // skip over the second dollar sign
+                                i++
+                        }
+                } else if backslashes && b == '\\' {
+                        if !more {
+                                return "", Errorf(
+                                        ast.Pos{
+                                                Column: tok.Pos.Column + utf8.RuneCount(raw[:i]),
+                                                Line:   tok.Pos.Line,
+                                        },
+                                        `unfinished backslash escape sequence`,
+                                )
+                        }
+                        escapeType := raw[i+1]
+                        switch escapeType {
+                        case '\\':
+                                // skip over the second slash
+                                i++
+                        case 'n':
+                                b = '\n'
+                                i++
+                        case '"':
+                                b = '"'
+                                i++
+                        default:
+                                return "", Errorf(
+                                        ast.Pos{
+                                                Column: tok.Pos.Column + utf8.RuneCount(raw[:i]),
+                                                Line:   tok.Pos.Line,
+                                        },
+                                        `invalid backslash escape sequence`,
+                                )
+                        }
+                }
+
+                buf = append(buf, b)
+        }
+
+        return string(buf), nil
+}
+
+func (p *parser) ParseInterpolation() (ast.Node, error) {
+        // By the time we're called, we're already "inside" the ${ sequence
+        // because the caller consumed the ${ token.
+
+        expr, err := p.ParseExpression()
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        err = p.requireTokenType(scanner.END, `"}"`)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return expr, nil
+}
+
+func (p *parser) ParseExpression() (ast.Node, error) {
+        return p.parseTernaryCond()
+}
+
+func (p *parser) parseTernaryCond() (ast.Node, error) {
+        // The ternary condition operator (.. ? .. : ..) behaves somewhat
+        // like a binary operator except that the "operator" is itself
+        // an expression enclosed in two punctuation characters.
+        // The middle expression is parsed as if the ? and : symbols
+        // were parentheses. The "rhs" (the "false expression") is then
+        // treated right-associatively so it behaves similarly to the
+        // middle in terms of precedence.
+
+        startPos := p.peeker.Peek().Pos
+
+        var cond, trueExpr, falseExpr ast.Node
+        var err error
+
+        cond, err = p.parseBinaryOps(binaryOps)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        next := p.peeker.Peek()
+        if next.Type != scanner.QUESTION {
+                return cond, nil
+        }
+
+        p.peeker.Read() // eat question mark
+
+        trueExpr, err = p.ParseExpression()
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        colon := p.peeker.Read()
+        if colon.Type != scanner.COLON {
+                return nil, ExpectationError(":", colon)
+        }
+
+        falseExpr, err = p.ParseExpression()
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return &ast.Conditional{
+                CondExpr:  cond,
+                TrueExpr:  trueExpr,
+                FalseExpr: falseExpr,
+                Posx:      startPos,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// parseBinaryOps calls itself recursively to work through all of the
+// operator precedence groups, and then eventually calls ParseExpressionTerm
+// for each operand.
+func (p *parser) parseBinaryOps(ops []map[scanner.TokenType]ast.ArithmeticOp) (ast.Node, error) {
+        if len(ops) == 0 {
+                // We've run out of operators, so now we'll just try to parse a term.
+                return p.ParseExpressionTerm()
+        }
+
+        thisLevel := ops[0]
+        remaining := ops[1:]
+
+        startPos := p.peeker.Peek().Pos
+
+        var lhs, rhs ast.Node
+        operator := ast.ArithmeticOpInvalid
+        var err error
+
+        // parse a term that might be the first operand of a binary
+        // expression or it might just be a standalone term, but
+        // we won't know until we've parsed it and can look ahead
+        // to see if there's an operator token.
+        lhs, err = p.parseBinaryOps(remaining)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // We'll keep eating up arithmetic operators until we run
+        // out, so that operators with the same precedence will combine in a
+        // left-associative manner:
+        // a+b+c => (a+b)+c, not a+(b+c)
+        //
+        // Should we later want to have right-associative operators, a way
+        // to achieve that would be to call back up to ParseExpression here
+        // instead of iteratively parsing only the remaining operators.
+        for {
+                next := p.peeker.Peek()
+                var newOperator ast.ArithmeticOp
+                var ok bool
+                if newOperator, ok = thisLevel[next.Type]; !ok {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                // Are we extending an expression started on
+                // the previous iteration?
+                if operator != ast.ArithmeticOpInvalid {
+                        lhs = &ast.Arithmetic{
+                                Op:    operator,
+                                Exprs: []ast.Node{lhs, rhs},
+                                Posx:  startPos,
+                        }
+                }
+
+                operator = newOperator
+                p.peeker.Read() // eat operator token
+                rhs, err = p.parseBinaryOps(remaining)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        if operator != ast.ArithmeticOpInvalid {
+                return &ast.Arithmetic{
+                        Op:    operator,
+                        Exprs: []ast.Node{lhs, rhs},
+                        Posx:  startPos,
+                }, nil
+        } else {
+                return lhs, nil
+        }
+}
+
+func (p *parser) ParseExpressionTerm() (ast.Node, error) {
+
+        next := p.peeker.Peek()
+
+        switch next.Type {
+
+        case scanner.OPAREN:
+                p.peeker.Read()
+                expr, err := p.ParseExpression()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                err = p.requireTokenType(scanner.CPAREN, `")"`)
+                return expr, err
+
+        case scanner.OQUOTE:
+                return p.ParseQuoted()
+
+        case scanner.INTEGER:
+                tok := p.peeker.Read()
+                val, err := strconv.Atoi(tok.Content)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, TokenErrorf(tok, "invalid integer: %s", err)
+                }
+                return &ast.LiteralNode{
+                        Value: val,
+                        Typex: ast.TypeInt,
+                        Posx:  tok.Pos,
+                }, nil
+
+        case scanner.FLOAT:
+                tok := p.peeker.Read()
+                val, err := strconv.ParseFloat(tok.Content, 64)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, TokenErrorf(tok, "invalid float: %s", err)
+                }
+                return &ast.LiteralNode{
+                        Value: val,
+                        Typex: ast.TypeFloat,
+                        Posx:  tok.Pos,
+                }, nil
+
+        case scanner.BOOL:
+                tok := p.peeker.Read()
+                // the scanner guarantees that tok.Content is either "true" or "false"
+                var val bool
+                if tok.Content[0] == 't' {
+                        val = true
+                } else {
+                        val = false
+                }
+                return &ast.LiteralNode{
+                        Value: val,
+                        Typex: ast.TypeBool,
+                        Posx:  tok.Pos,
+                }, nil
+
+        case scanner.MINUS:
+                opTok := p.peeker.Read()
+                // important to use ParseExpressionTerm rather than ParseExpression
+                // here, otherwise we can capture a following binary expression into
+                // our negation.
+                // e.g. -46+5 should parse as (0-46)+5, not 0-(46+5)
+                operand, err := p.ParseExpressionTerm()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                // The AST currently represents negative numbers as
+                // a binary subtraction of the number from zero.
+                return &ast.Arithmetic{
+                        Op: ast.ArithmeticOpSub,
+                        Exprs: []ast.Node{
+                                &ast.LiteralNode{
+                                        Value: 0,
+                                        Typex: ast.TypeInt,
+                                        Posx:  opTok.Pos,
+                                },
+                                operand,
+                        },
+                        Posx: opTok.Pos,
+                }, nil
+
+        case scanner.BANG:
+                opTok := p.peeker.Read()
+                // important to use ParseExpressionTerm rather than ParseExpression
+                // here, otherwise we can capture a following binary expression into
+                // our negation.
+                operand, err := p.ParseExpressionTerm()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                // The AST currently represents binary negation as an equality
+                // test with "false".
+                return &ast.Arithmetic{
+                        Op: ast.ArithmeticOpEqual,
+                        Exprs: []ast.Node{
+                                &ast.LiteralNode{
+                                        Value: false,
+                                        Typex: ast.TypeBool,
+                                        Posx:  opTok.Pos,
+                                },
+                                operand,
+                        },
+                        Posx: opTok.Pos,
+                }, nil
+
+        case scanner.IDENTIFIER:
+                return p.ParseScopeInteraction()
+
+        default:
+                return nil, ExpectationError("expression", next)
+        }
+}
+
+// ParseScopeInteraction parses the expression types that interact
+// with the evaluation scope: variable access, function calls, and
+// indexing.
+//
+// Indexing should actually be a distinct operator in its own right,
+// so that e.g. it can be applied to the result of a function call,
+// but for now we're preserving the behavior of the older yacc-based
+// parser.
+func (p *parser) ParseScopeInteraction() (ast.Node, error) {
+        first := p.peeker.Read()
+        startPos := first.Pos
+        if first.Type != scanner.IDENTIFIER {
+                return nil, ExpectationError("identifier", first)
+        }
+
+        next := p.peeker.Peek()
+        if next.Type == scanner.OPAREN {
+                // function call
+                funcName := first.Content
+                p.peeker.Read() // eat paren
+                var args []ast.Node
+
+                for {
+                        if p.peeker.Peek().Type == scanner.CPAREN {
+                                break
+                        }
+
+                        arg, err := p.ParseExpression()
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+
+                        args = append(args, arg)
+
+                        if p.peeker.Peek().Type == scanner.COMMA {
+                                p.peeker.Read() // eat comma
+                                continue
+                        } else {
+                                break
+                        }
+                }
+
+                err := p.requireTokenType(scanner.CPAREN, `")"`)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                return &ast.Call{
+                        Func: funcName,
+                        Args: args,
+                        Posx: startPos,
+                }, nil
+        }
+
+        varNode := &ast.VariableAccess{
+                Name: first.Content,
+                Posx: startPos,
+        }
+
+        if p.peeker.Peek().Type == scanner.OBRACKET {
+                // index operator
+                startPos := p.peeker.Read().Pos // eat bracket
+                indexExpr, err := p.ParseExpression()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                err = p.requireTokenType(scanner.CBRACKET, `"]"`)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                return &ast.Index{
+                        Target: varNode,
+                        Key:    indexExpr,
+                        Posx:   startPos,
+                }, nil
+        }
+
+        return varNode, nil
+}
+
+// requireTokenType consumes the next token an returns an error if its
+// type does not match the given type. nil is returned if the type matches.
+//
+// This is a helper around peeker.Read() for situations where the parser just
+// wants to assert that a particular token type must be present.
+func (p *parser) requireTokenType(wantType scanner.TokenType, wantName string) error {
+        token := p.peeker.Read()
+        if token.Type != wantType {
+                return ExpectationError(wantName, token)
+        }
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/scanner/peeker.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/scanner/peeker.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4de3728
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/scanner/peeker.go
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+package scanner
+
+// Peeker is a utility that wraps a token channel returned by Scan and
+// provides an interface that allows a caller (e.g. the parser) to
+// work with the token stream in a mode that allows one token of lookahead,
+// and provides utilities for more convenient processing of the stream.
+type Peeker struct {
+        ch     <-chan *Token
+        peeked *Token
+}
+
+func NewPeeker(ch <-chan *Token) *Peeker {
+        return &Peeker{
+                ch: ch,
+        }
+}
+
+// Peek returns the next token in the stream without consuming it. A
+// subsequent call to Read will return the same token.
+func (p *Peeker) Peek() *Token {
+        if p.peeked == nil {
+                p.peeked = <-p.ch
+        }
+        return p.peeked
+}
+
+// Read consumes the next token in the stream and returns it.
+func (p *Peeker) Read() *Token {
+        token := p.Peek()
+
+        // As a special case, we will produce the EOF token forever once
+        // it is reached.
+        if token.Type != EOF {
+                p.peeked = nil
+        }
+
+        return token
+}
+
+// Close ensures that the token stream has been exhausted, to prevent
+// the goroutine in the underlying scanner from leaking.
+//
+// It's not necessary to call this if the caller reads the token stream
+// to EOF, since that implicitly closes the scanner.
+func (p *Peeker) Close() {
+        for _ = range p.ch {
+                // discard
+        }
+        // Install a synthetic EOF token in 'peeked' in case someone
+        // erroneously calls Peek() or Read() after we've closed.
+        p.peeked = &Token{
+                Type:    EOF,
+                Content: "",
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/scanner/scanner.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/scanner/scanner.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bab86c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/scanner/scanner.go
@@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
+package scanner
+
+import (
+        "unicode"
+        "unicode/utf8"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+)
+
+// Scan returns a channel that recieves Tokens from the given input string.
+//
+// The scanner's job is just to partition the string into meaningful parts.
+// It doesn't do any transformation of the raw input string, so the caller
+// must deal with any further interpretation required, such as parsing INTEGER
+// tokens into real ints, or dealing with escape sequences in LITERAL or
+// STRING tokens.
+//
+// Strings in the returned tokens are slices from the original string.
+//
+// startPos should be set to ast.InitPos unless the caller knows that
+// this interpolation string is part of a larger file and knows the position
+// of the first character in that larger file.
+func Scan(s string, startPos ast.Pos) <-chan *Token {
+        ch := make(chan *Token)
+        go scan(s, ch, startPos)
+        return ch
+}
+
+func scan(s string, ch chan<- *Token, pos ast.Pos) {
+        // 'remain' starts off as the whole string but we gradually
+        // slice of the front of it as we work our way through.
+        remain := s
+
+        // nesting keeps track of how many ${ .. } sequences we are
+        // inside, so we can recognize the minor differences in syntax
+        // between outer string literals (LITERAL tokens) and quoted
+        // string literals (STRING tokens).
+        nesting := 0
+
+        // We're going to flip back and forth between parsing literals/strings
+        // and parsing interpolation sequences ${ .. } until we reach EOF or
+        // some INVALID token.
+All:
+        for {
+                startPos := pos
+                // Literal string processing first, since the beginning of
+                // a string is always outside of an interpolation sequence.
+                literalVal, terminator := scanLiteral(remain, pos, nesting > 0)
+
+                if len(literalVal) > 0 {
+                        litType := LITERAL
+                        if nesting > 0 {
+                                litType = STRING
+                        }
+                        ch <- &Token{
+                                Type:    litType,
+                                Content: literalVal,
+                                Pos:     startPos,
+                        }
+                        remain = remain[len(literalVal):]
+                }
+
+                ch <- terminator
+                remain = remain[len(terminator.Content):]
+                pos = terminator.Pos
+                // Safe to use len() here because none of the terminator tokens
+                // can contain UTF-8 sequences.
+                pos.Column = pos.Column + len(terminator.Content)
+
+                switch terminator.Type {
+                case INVALID:
+                        // Synthetic EOF after invalid token, since further scanning
+                        // is likely to just produce more garbage.
+                        ch <- &Token{
+                                Type:    EOF,
+                                Content: "",
+                                Pos:     pos,
+                        }
+                        break All
+                case EOF:
+                        // All done!
+                        break All
+                case BEGIN:
+                        nesting++
+                case CQUOTE:
+                        // nothing special to do
+                default:
+                        // Should never happen
+                        panic("invalid string/literal terminator")
+                }
+
+                // Now we do the processing of the insides of ${ .. } sequences.
+                // This loop terminates when we encounter either a closing } or
+                // an opening ", which will cause us to return to literal processing.
+        Interpolation:
+                for {
+
+                        token, size, newPos := scanInterpolationToken(remain, pos)
+                        ch <- token
+                        remain = remain[size:]
+                        pos = newPos
+
+                        switch token.Type {
+                        case INVALID:
+                                // Synthetic EOF after invalid token, since further scanning
+                                // is likely to just produce more garbage.
+                                ch <- &Token{
+                                        Type:    EOF,
+                                        Content: "",
+                                        Pos:     pos,
+                                }
+                                break All
+                        case EOF:
+                                // All done
+                                // (though a syntax error that we'll catch in the parser)
+                                break All
+                        case END:
+                                nesting--
+                                if nesting < 0 {
+                                        // Can happen if there are unbalanced ${ and } sequences
+                                        // in the input, which we'll catch in the parser.
+                                        nesting = 0
+                                }
+                                break Interpolation
+                        case OQUOTE:
+                                // Beginning of nested quoted string
+                                break Interpolation
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        close(ch)
+}
+
+// Returns the token found at the start of the given string, followed by
+// the number of bytes that were consumed from the string and the adjusted
+// source position.
+//
+// Note that the number of bytes consumed can be more than the length of
+// the returned token contents if the string begins with whitespace, since
+// it will be silently consumed before reading the token.
+func scanInterpolationToken(s string, startPos ast.Pos) (*Token, int, ast.Pos) {
+        pos := startPos
+        size := 0
+
+        // Consume whitespace, if any
+        for len(s) > 0 && byteIsSpace(s[0]) {
+                if s[0] == '\n' {
+                        pos.Column = 1
+                        pos.Line++
+                } else {
+                        pos.Column++
+                }
+                size++
+                s = s[1:]
+        }
+
+        // Unexpected EOF during sequence
+        if len(s) == 0 {
+                return &Token{
+                        Type:    EOF,
+                        Content: "",
+                        Pos:     pos,
+                }, size, pos
+        }
+
+        next := s[0]
+        var token *Token
+
+        switch next {
+        case '(', ')', '[', ']', ',', '.', '+', '-', '*', '/', '%', '?', ':':
+                // Easy punctuation symbols that don't have any special meaning
+                // during scanning, and that stand for themselves in the
+                // TokenType enumeration.
+                token = &Token{
+                        Type:    TokenType(next),
+                        Content: s[:1],
+                        Pos:     pos,
+                }
+        case '}':
+                token = &Token{
+                        Type:    END,
+                        Content: s[:1],
+                        Pos:     pos,
+                }
+        case '"':
+                token = &Token{
+                        Type:    OQUOTE,
+                        Content: s[:1],
+                        Pos:     pos,
+                }
+        case '!':
+                if len(s) >= 2 && s[:2] == "!=" {
+                        token = &Token{
+                                Type:    NOTEQUAL,
+                                Content: s[:2],
+                                Pos:     pos,
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        token = &Token{
+                                Type:    BANG,
+                                Content: s[:1],
+                                Pos:     pos,
+                        }
+                }
+        case '<':
+                if len(s) >= 2 && s[:2] == "<=" {
+                        token = &Token{
+                                Type:    LTE,
+                                Content: s[:2],
+                                Pos:     pos,
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        token = &Token{
+                                Type:    LT,
+                                Content: s[:1],
+                                Pos:     pos,
+                        }
+                }
+        case '>':
+                if len(s) >= 2 && s[:2] == ">=" {
+                        token = &Token{
+                                Type:    GTE,
+                                Content: s[:2],
+                                Pos:     pos,
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        token = &Token{
+                                Type:    GT,
+                                Content: s[:1],
+                                Pos:     pos,
+                        }
+                }
+        case '=':
+                if len(s) >= 2 && s[:2] == "==" {
+                        token = &Token{
+                                Type:    EQUAL,
+                                Content: s[:2],
+                                Pos:     pos,
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        // A single equals is not a valid operator
+                        token = &Token{
+                                Type:    INVALID,
+                                Content: s[:1],
+                                Pos:     pos,
+                        }
+                }
+        case '&':
+                if len(s) >= 2 && s[:2] == "&&" {
+                        token = &Token{
+                                Type:    AND,
+                                Content: s[:2],
+                                Pos:     pos,
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        token = &Token{
+                                Type:    INVALID,
+                                Content: s[:1],
+                                Pos:     pos,
+                        }
+                }
+        case '|':
+                if len(s) >= 2 && s[:2] == "||" {
+                        token = &Token{
+                                Type:    OR,
+                                Content: s[:2],
+                                Pos:     pos,
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        token = &Token{
+                                Type:    INVALID,
+                                Content: s[:1],
+                                Pos:     pos,
+                        }
+                }
+        default:
+                if next >= '0' && next <= '9' {
+                        num, numType := scanNumber(s)
+                        token = &Token{
+                                Type:    numType,
+                                Content: num,
+                                Pos:     pos,
+                        }
+                } else if stringStartsWithIdentifier(s) {
+                        ident, runeLen := scanIdentifier(s)
+                        tokenType := IDENTIFIER
+                        if ident == "true" || ident == "false" {
+                                tokenType = BOOL
+                        }
+                        token = &Token{
+                                Type:    tokenType,
+                                Content: ident,
+                                Pos:     pos,
+                        }
+                        // Skip usual token handling because it doesn't
+                        // know how to deal with UTF-8 sequences.
+                        pos.Column = pos.Column + runeLen
+                        return token, size + len(ident), pos
+                } else {
+                        _, byteLen := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(s)
+                        token = &Token{
+                                Type:    INVALID,
+                                Content: s[:byteLen],
+                                Pos:     pos,
+                        }
+                        // Skip usual token handling because it doesn't
+                        // know how to deal with UTF-8 sequences.
+                        pos.Column = pos.Column + 1
+                        return token, size + byteLen, pos
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Here we assume that the token content contains no UTF-8 sequences,
+        // because we dealt with UTF-8 characters as a special case where
+        // necessary above.
+        size = size + len(token.Content)
+        pos.Column = pos.Column + len(token.Content)
+
+        return token, size, pos
+}
+
+// Returns the (possibly-empty) prefix of the given string that represents
+// a literal, followed by the token that marks the end of the literal.
+func scanLiteral(s string, startPos ast.Pos, nested bool) (string, *Token) {
+        litLen := 0
+        pos := startPos
+        var terminator *Token
+        for {
+
+                if litLen >= len(s) {
+                        if nested {
+                                // We've ended in the middle of a quoted string,
+                                // which means this token is actually invalid.
+                                return "", &Token{
+                                        Type:    INVALID,
+                                        Content: s,
+                                        Pos:     startPos,
+                                }
+                        }
+                        terminator = &Token{
+                                Type:    EOF,
+                                Content: "",
+                                Pos:     pos,
+                        }
+                        break
+                }
+
+                next := s[litLen]
+
+                if next == '$' && len(s) > litLen+1 {
+                        follow := s[litLen+1]
+
+                        if follow == '{' {
+                                terminator = &Token{
+                                        Type:    BEGIN,
+                                        Content: s[litLen : litLen+2],
+                                        Pos:     pos,
+                                }
+                                pos.Column = pos.Column + 2
+                                break
+                        } else if follow == '$' {
+                                // Double-$ escapes the special processing of $,
+                                // so we will consume both characters here.
+                                pos.Column = pos.Column + 2
+                                litLen = litLen + 2
+                                continue
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // special handling that applies only to quoted strings
+                if nested {
+                        if next == '"' {
+                                terminator = &Token{
+                                        Type:    CQUOTE,
+                                        Content: s[litLen : litLen+1],
+                                        Pos:     pos,
+                                }
+                                pos.Column = pos.Column + 1
+                                break
+                        }
+
+                        // Escaped quote marks do not terminate the string.
+                        //
+                        // All we do here in the scanner is avoid terminating a string
+                        // due to an escaped quote. The parser is responsible for the
+                        // full handling of escape sequences, since it's able to produce
+                        // better error messages than we can produce in here.
+                        if next == '\\' && len(s) > litLen+1 {
+                                follow := s[litLen+1]
+
+                                if follow == '"' {
+                                        // \" escapes the special processing of ",
+                                        // so we will consume both characters here.
+                                        pos.Column = pos.Column + 2
+                                        litLen = litLen + 2
+                                        continue
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if next == '\n' {
+                        pos.Column = 1
+                        pos.Line++
+                        litLen++
+                } else {
+                        pos.Column++
+
+                        // "Column" measures runes, so we need to actually consume
+                        // a valid UTF-8 character here.
+                        _, size := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(s[litLen:])
+                        litLen = litLen + size
+                }
+
+        }
+
+        return s[:litLen], terminator
+}
+
+// scanNumber returns the extent of the prefix of the string that represents
+// a valid number, along with what type of number it represents: INT or FLOAT.
+//
+// scanNumber does only basic character analysis: numbers consist of digits
+// and periods, with at least one period signalling a FLOAT. It's the parser's
+// responsibility to validate the form and range of the number, such as ensuring
+// that a FLOAT actually contains only one period, etc.
+func scanNumber(s string) (string, TokenType) {
+        period := -1
+        byteLen := 0
+        numType := INTEGER
+        for {
+                if byteLen >= len(s) {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                next := s[byteLen]
+                if next != '.' && (next < '0' || next > '9') {
+                        // If our last value was a period, then we're not a float,
+                        // we're just an integer that ends in a period.
+                        if period == byteLen-1 {
+                                byteLen--
+                                numType = INTEGER
+                        }
+
+                        break
+                }
+
+                if next == '.' {
+                        // If we've already seen a period, break out
+                        if period >= 0 {
+                                break
+                        }
+
+                        period = byteLen
+                        numType = FLOAT
+                }
+
+                byteLen++
+        }
+
+        return s[:byteLen], numType
+}
+
+// scanIdentifier returns the extent of the prefix of the string that
+// represents a valid identifier, along with the length of that prefix
+// in runes.
+//
+// Identifiers may contain utf8-encoded non-Latin letters, which will
+// cause the returned "rune length" to be shorter than the byte length
+// of the returned string.
+func scanIdentifier(s string) (string, int) {
+        byteLen := 0
+        runeLen := 0
+        for {
+                if byteLen >= len(s) {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                nextRune, size := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(s[byteLen:])
+                if !(nextRune == '_' ||
+                        nextRune == '-' ||
+                        nextRune == '.' ||
+                        nextRune == '*' ||
+                        unicode.IsNumber(nextRune) ||
+                        unicode.IsLetter(nextRune) ||
+                        unicode.IsMark(nextRune)) {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                // If we reach a star, it must be between periods to be part
+                // of the same identifier.
+                if nextRune == '*' && s[byteLen-1] != '.' {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                // If our previous character was a star, then the current must
+                // be period. Otherwise, undo that and exit.
+                if byteLen > 0 && s[byteLen-1] == '*' && nextRune != '.' {
+                        byteLen--
+                        if s[byteLen-1] == '.' {
+                                byteLen--
+                        }
+
+                        break
+                }
+
+                byteLen = byteLen + size
+                runeLen = runeLen + 1
+        }
+
+        return s[:byteLen], runeLen
+}
+
+// byteIsSpace implements a restrictive interpretation of spaces that includes
+// only what's valid inside interpolation sequences: spaces, tabs, newlines.
+func byteIsSpace(b byte) bool {
+        switch b {
+        case ' ', '\t', '\r', '\n':
+                return true
+        default:
+                return false
+        }
+}
+
+// stringStartsWithIdentifier returns true if the given string begins with
+// a character that is a legal start of an identifier: an underscore or
+// any character that Unicode considers to be a letter.
+func stringStartsWithIdentifier(s string) bool {
+        if len(s) == 0 {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        first := s[0]
+
+        // Easy ASCII cases first
+        if (first >= 'a' && first <= 'z') || (first >= 'A' && first <= 'Z') || first == '_' {
+                return true
+        }
+
+        // If our first byte begins a UTF-8 sequence then the sequence might
+        // be a unicode letter.
+        if utf8.RuneStart(first) {
+                firstRune, _ := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(s)
+                if unicode.IsLetter(firstRune) {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+
+        return false
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/scanner/token.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/scanner/token.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6c82ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/scanner/token.go
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+package scanner
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+)
+
+type Token struct {
+        Type    TokenType
+        Content string
+        Pos     ast.Pos
+}
+
+//go:generate stringer -type=TokenType
+type TokenType rune
+
+const (
+        // Raw string data outside of ${ .. } sequences
+        LITERAL TokenType = 'o'
+
+        // STRING is like a LITERAL but it's inside a quoted string
+        // within a ${ ... } sequence, and so it can contain backslash
+        // escaping.
+        STRING TokenType = 'S'
+
+        // Other Literals
+        INTEGER TokenType = 'I'
+        FLOAT   TokenType = 'F'
+        BOOL    TokenType = 'B'
+
+        BEGIN    TokenType = '$' // actually "${"
+        END      TokenType = '}'
+        OQUOTE   TokenType = '“' // Opening quote of a nested quoted sequence
+        CQUOTE   TokenType = '”' // Closing quote of a nested quoted sequence
+        OPAREN   TokenType = '('
+        CPAREN   TokenType = ')'
+        OBRACKET TokenType = '['
+        CBRACKET TokenType = ']'
+        COMMA    TokenType = ','
+
+        IDENTIFIER TokenType = 'i'
+
+        PERIOD  TokenType = '.'
+        PLUS    TokenType = '+'
+        MINUS   TokenType = '-'
+        STAR    TokenType = '*'
+        SLASH   TokenType = '/'
+        PERCENT TokenType = '%'
+
+        AND  TokenType = '∧'
+        OR   TokenType = '∨'
+        BANG TokenType = '!'
+
+        EQUAL    TokenType = '='
+        NOTEQUAL TokenType = '≠'
+        GT       TokenType = '>'
+        LT       TokenType = '<'
+        GTE      TokenType = '≥'
+        LTE      TokenType = '≤'
+
+        QUESTION TokenType = '?'
+        COLON    TokenType = ':'
+
+        EOF TokenType = '␄'
+
+        // Produced for sequences that cannot be understood as valid tokens
+        // e.g. due to use of unrecognized punctuation.
+        INVALID TokenType = '�'
+)
+
+func (t *Token) String() string {
+        switch t.Type {
+        case EOF:
+                return "end of string"
+        case INVALID:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("invalid sequence %q", t.Content)
+        case INTEGER:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("integer %s", t.Content)
+        case FLOAT:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("float %s", t.Content)
+        case STRING:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("string %q", t.Content)
+        case LITERAL:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("literal %q", t.Content)
+        case OQUOTE:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("opening quote")
+        case CQUOTE:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("closing quote")
+        case AND:
+                return "&&"
+        case OR:
+                return "||"
+        case NOTEQUAL:
+                return "!="
+        case GTE:
+                return ">="
+        case LTE:
+                return "<="
+        default:
+                // The remaining token types have content that
+                // speaks for itself.
+                return fmt.Sprintf("%q", t.Content)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/scanner/tokentype_string.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/scanner/tokentype_string.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a602f5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/scanner/tokentype_string.go
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+// Code generated by "stringer -type=TokenType"; DO NOT EDIT
+
+package scanner
+
+import "fmt"
+
+const _TokenType_name = "BANGBEGINPERCENTOPARENCPARENSTARPLUSCOMMAMINUSPERIODSLASHCOLONLTEQUALGTQUESTIONBOOLFLOATINTEGERSTRINGOBRACKETCBRACKETIDENTIFIERLITERALENDOQUOTECQUOTEANDORNOTEQUALLTEGTEEOFINVALID"
+
+var _TokenType_map = map[TokenType]string{
+        33:    _TokenType_name[0:4],
+        36:    _TokenType_name[4:9],
+        37:    _TokenType_name[9:16],
+        40:    _TokenType_name[16:22],
+        41:    _TokenType_name[22:28],
+        42:    _TokenType_name[28:32],
+        43:    _TokenType_name[32:36],
+        44:    _TokenType_name[36:41],
+        45:    _TokenType_name[41:46],
+        46:    _TokenType_name[46:52],
+        47:    _TokenType_name[52:57],
+        58:    _TokenType_name[57:62],
+        60:    _TokenType_name[62:64],
+        61:    _TokenType_name[64:69],
+        62:    _TokenType_name[69:71],
+        63:    _TokenType_name[71:79],
+        66:    _TokenType_name[79:83],
+        70:    _TokenType_name[83:88],
+        73:    _TokenType_name[88:95],
+        83:    _TokenType_name[95:101],
+        91:    _TokenType_name[101:109],
+        93:    _TokenType_name[109:117],
+        105:   _TokenType_name[117:127],
+        111:   _TokenType_name[127:134],
+        125:   _TokenType_name[134:137],
+        8220:  _TokenType_name[137:143],
+        8221:  _TokenType_name[143:149],
+        8743:  _TokenType_name[149:152],
+        8744:  _TokenType_name[152:154],
+        8800:  _TokenType_name[154:162],
+        8804:  _TokenType_name[162:165],
+        8805:  _TokenType_name[165:168],
+        9220:  _TokenType_name[168:171],
+        65533: _TokenType_name[171:178],
+}
+
+func (i TokenType) String() string {
+        if str, ok := _TokenType_map[i]; ok {
+                return str
+        }
+        return fmt.Sprintf("TokenType(%d)", i)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/transform_fixed.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/transform_fixed.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69df29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/transform_fixed.go
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+package hil
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+)
+
+// FixedValueTransform transforms an AST to return a fixed value for
+// all interpolations. i.e. you can make "hi ${anything}" always
+// turn into "hi foo".
+//
+// The primary use case for this is for config validations where you can
+// verify that interpolations result in a certain type of string.
+func FixedValueTransform(root ast.Node, Value *ast.LiteralNode) ast.Node {
+        // We visit the nodes in top-down order
+        result := root
+        switch n := result.(type) {
+        case *ast.Output:
+                for i, v := range n.Exprs {
+                        n.Exprs[i] = FixedValueTransform(v, Value)
+                }
+        case *ast.LiteralNode:
+                // We keep it as-is
+        default:
+                // Anything else we replace
+                result = Value
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/walk.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/walk.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ace830
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hil/walk.go
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+package hil
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk"
+)
+
+// WalkFn is the type of function to pass to Walk. Modify fields within
+// WalkData to control whether replacement happens.
+type WalkFn func(*WalkData) error
+
+// WalkData is the structure passed to the callback of the Walk function.
+//
+// This structure contains data passed in as well as fields that are expected
+// to be written by the caller as a result. Please see the documentation for
+// each field for more information.
+type WalkData struct {
+        // Root is the parsed root of this HIL program
+        Root ast.Node
+
+        // Location is the location within the structure where this
+        // value was found. This can be used to modify behavior within
+        // slices and so on.
+        Location reflectwalk.Location
+
+        // The below two values must be set by the callback to have any effect.
+        //
+        // Replace, if true, will replace the value in the structure with
+        // ReplaceValue. It is up to the caller to make sure this is a string.
+        Replace      bool
+        ReplaceValue string
+}
+
+// Walk will walk an arbitrary Go structure and parse any string as an
+// HIL program and call the callback cb to determine what to replace it
+// with.
+//
+// This function is very useful for arbitrary HIL program interpolation
+// across a complex configuration structure. Due to the heavy use of
+// reflection in this function, it is recommend to write many unit tests
+// with your typical configuration structures to hilp mitigate the risk
+// of panics.
+func Walk(v interface{}, cb WalkFn) error {
+        walker := &interpolationWalker{F: cb}
+        return reflectwalk.Walk(v, walker)
+}
+
+// interpolationWalker implements interfaces for the reflectwalk package
+// (github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk) that can be used to automatically
+// execute a callback for an interpolation.
+type interpolationWalker struct {
+        F WalkFn
+
+        key         []string
+        lastValue   reflect.Value
+        loc         reflectwalk.Location
+        cs          []reflect.Value
+        csKey       []reflect.Value
+        csData      interface{}
+        sliceIndex  int
+        unknownKeys []string
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) Enter(loc reflectwalk.Location) error {
+        w.loc = loc
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) Exit(loc reflectwalk.Location) error {
+        w.loc = reflectwalk.None
+
+        switch loc {
+        case reflectwalk.Map:
+                w.cs = w.cs[:len(w.cs)-1]
+        case reflectwalk.MapValue:
+                w.key = w.key[:len(w.key)-1]
+                w.csKey = w.csKey[:len(w.csKey)-1]
+        case reflectwalk.Slice:
+                // Split any values that need to be split
+                w.splitSlice()
+                w.cs = w.cs[:len(w.cs)-1]
+        case reflectwalk.SliceElem:
+                w.csKey = w.csKey[:len(w.csKey)-1]
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) Map(m reflect.Value) error {
+        w.cs = append(w.cs, m)
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) MapElem(m, k, v reflect.Value) error {
+        w.csData = k
+        w.csKey = append(w.csKey, k)
+        w.key = append(w.key, k.String())
+        w.lastValue = v
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) Slice(s reflect.Value) error {
+        w.cs = append(w.cs, s)
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) SliceElem(i int, elem reflect.Value) error {
+        w.csKey = append(w.csKey, reflect.ValueOf(i))
+        w.sliceIndex = i
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) Primitive(v reflect.Value) error {
+        setV := v
+
+        // We only care about strings
+        if v.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+                setV = v
+                v = v.Elem()
+        }
+        if v.Kind() != reflect.String {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        astRoot, err := Parse(v.String())
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // If the AST we got is just a literal string value with the same
+        // value then we ignore it. We have to check if its the same value
+        // because it is possible to input a string, get out a string, and
+        // have it be different. For example: "foo-$${bar}" turns into
+        // "foo-${bar}"
+        if n, ok := astRoot.(*ast.LiteralNode); ok {
+                if s, ok := n.Value.(string); ok && s == v.String() {
+                        return nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        if w.F == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        data := WalkData{Root: astRoot, Location: w.loc}
+        if err := w.F(&data); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%s in:\n\n%s",
+                        err, v.String())
+        }
+
+        if data.Replace {
+                /*
+                        if remove {
+                                w.removeCurrent()
+                                return nil
+                        }
+                */
+
+                resultVal := reflect.ValueOf(data.ReplaceValue)
+                switch w.loc {
+                case reflectwalk.MapKey:
+                        m := w.cs[len(w.cs)-1]
+
+                        // Delete the old value
+                        var zero reflect.Value
+                        m.SetMapIndex(w.csData.(reflect.Value), zero)
+
+                        // Set the new key with the existing value
+                        m.SetMapIndex(resultVal, w.lastValue)
+
+                        // Set the key to be the new key
+                        w.csData = resultVal
+                case reflectwalk.MapValue:
+                        // If we're in a map, then the only way to set a map value is
+                        // to set it directly.
+                        m := w.cs[len(w.cs)-1]
+                        mk := w.csData.(reflect.Value)
+                        m.SetMapIndex(mk, resultVal)
+                default:
+                        // Otherwise, we should be addressable
+                        setV.Set(resultVal)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) removeCurrent() {
+        // Append the key to the unknown keys
+        w.unknownKeys = append(w.unknownKeys, strings.Join(w.key, "."))
+
+        for i := 1; i <= len(w.cs); i++ {
+                c := w.cs[len(w.cs)-i]
+                switch c.Kind() {
+                case reflect.Map:
+                        // Zero value so that we delete the map key
+                        var val reflect.Value
+
+                        // Get the key and delete it
+                        k := w.csData.(reflect.Value)
+                        c.SetMapIndex(k, val)
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+
+        panic("No container found for removeCurrent")
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) replaceCurrent(v reflect.Value) {
+        c := w.cs[len(w.cs)-2]
+        switch c.Kind() {
+        case reflect.Map:
+                // Get the key and delete it
+                k := w.csKey[len(w.csKey)-1]
+                c.SetMapIndex(k, v)
+        }
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) splitSlice() {
+        // Get the []interface{} slice so we can do some operations on
+        // it without dealing with reflection. We'll document each step
+        // here to be clear.
+        var s []interface{}
+        raw := w.cs[len(w.cs)-1]
+        switch v := raw.Interface().(type) {
+        case []interface{}:
+                s = v
+        case []map[string]interface{}:
+                return
+        default:
+                panic("Unknown kind: " + raw.Kind().String())
+        }
+
+        // Check if we have any elements that we need to split. If not, then
+        // just return since we're done.
+        split := false
+        if !split {
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Make a new result slice that is twice the capacity to fit our growth.
+        result := make([]interface{}, 0, len(s)*2)
+
+        // Go over each element of the original slice and start building up
+        // the resulting slice by splitting where we have to.
+        for _, v := range s {
+                sv, ok := v.(string)
+                if !ok {
+                        // Not a string, so just set it
+                        result = append(result, v)
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Not a string list, so just set it
+                result = append(result, sv)
+        }
+
+        // Our slice is now done, we have to replace the slice now
+        // with this new one that we have.
+        w.replaceCurrent(reflect.ValueOf(result))
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/logutils/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/logutils/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c33dcc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/logutils/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. “Contributor”
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. “Contributor Version”
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution.
+
+1.3. “Contribution”
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. “Covered Software”
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
+        1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
+        Secondary License.
+
+1.6. “Executable Form”
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. “Larger Work”
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
+     file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. “License”
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. “Licensable”
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
+     time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
+     this License.
+
+1.10. “Modifications”
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
+        from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
+      and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
+      would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
+      using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
+      either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. “Secondary License”
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. “Source Code Form”
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
+        part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
+        or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
+     effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
+     such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
+     License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
+     or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
+     2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
+        Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
+     logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
+     notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
+     (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
+     under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
+     are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
+     rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
+     copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
+     terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
+     of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
+     they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
+     restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
+        or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
+        the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’
+        rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
+     Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
+     with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
+     Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
+     You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
+     such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
+     their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
+     either this License or such Secondary License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
+     copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
+     of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
+     Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
+     required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
+     of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
+     warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
+     alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
+   order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
+   to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
+   they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
+   distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
+   extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
+   sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
+   understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
+     if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
+     reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
+     Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
+     ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
+     non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
+     compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
+     and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
+     indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
+     all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
+     shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
+   warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
+   without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
+   merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
+   risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
+   Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
+   Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
+   correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
+   License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under this License
+   except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
+   party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
+   Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
+   consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
+   a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
+   and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
+   reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
+   prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
+   hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
+   provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
+   enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
+   contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
+   this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
+      the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
+      under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
+      version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
+      references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
+      modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
+      If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
+      Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
+      notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
+You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
+directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
+
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/logutils/README.md b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/logutils/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49490ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/logutils/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+# logutils
+
+logutils is a Go package that augments the standard library "log" package
+to make logging a bit more modern, without fragmenting the Go ecosystem
+with new logging packages.
+
+## The simplest thing that could possibly work
+
+Presumably your application already uses the default `log` package. To switch, you'll want your code to look like the following:
+
+```go
+package main
+
+import (
+        "log"
+        "os"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/logutils"
+)
+
+func main() {
+        filter := &logutils.LevelFilter{
+                Levels: []logutils.LogLevel{"DEBUG", "WARN", "ERROR"},
+                MinLevel: logutils.LogLevel("WARN"),
+                Writer: os.Stderr,
+        }
+        log.SetOutput(filter)
+
+        log.Print("[DEBUG] Debugging") // this will not print
+        log.Print("[WARN] Warning") // this will
+        log.Print("[ERROR] Erring") // and so will this
+        log.Print("Message I haven't updated") // and so will this
+}
+```
+
+This logs to standard error exactly like go's standard logger. Any log messages you haven't converted to have a level will continue to print as before.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/logutils/level.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/logutils/level.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6381bf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/logutils/level.go
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+// Package logutils augments the standard log package with levels.
+package logutils
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "io"
+        "sync"
+)
+
+type LogLevel string
+
+// LevelFilter is an io.Writer that can be used with a logger that
+// will filter out log messages that aren't at least a certain level.
+//
+// Once the filter is in use somewhere, it is not safe to modify
+// the structure.
+type LevelFilter struct {
+        // Levels is the list of log levels, in increasing order of
+        // severity. Example might be: {"DEBUG", "WARN", "ERROR"}.
+        Levels []LogLevel
+
+        // MinLevel is the minimum level allowed through
+        MinLevel LogLevel
+
+        // The underlying io.Writer where log messages that pass the filter
+        // will be set.
+        Writer io.Writer
+
+        badLevels map[LogLevel]struct{}
+        once      sync.Once
+}
+
+// Check will check a given line if it would be included in the level
+// filter.
+func (f *LevelFilter) Check(line []byte) bool {
+        f.once.Do(f.init)
+
+        // Check for a log level
+        var level LogLevel
+        x := bytes.IndexByte(line, '[')
+        if x >= 0 {
+                y := bytes.IndexByte(line[x:], ']')
+                if y >= 0 {
+                        level = LogLevel(line[x+1 : x+y])
+                }
+        }
+
+        _, ok := f.badLevels[level]
+        return !ok
+}
+
+func (f *LevelFilter) Write(p []byte) (n int, err error) {
+        // Note in general that io.Writer can receive any byte sequence
+        // to write, but the "log" package always guarantees that we only
+        // get a single line. We use that as a slight optimization within
+        // this method, assuming we're dealing with a single, complete line
+        // of log data.
+
+        if !f.Check(p) {
+                return len(p), nil
+        }
+
+        return f.Writer.Write(p)
+}
+
+// SetMinLevel is used to update the minimum log level
+func (f *LevelFilter) SetMinLevel(min LogLevel) {
+        f.MinLevel = min
+        f.init()
+}
+
+func (f *LevelFilter) init() {
+        badLevels := make(map[LogLevel]struct{})
+        for _, level := range f.Levels {
+                if level == f.MinLevel {
+                        break
+                }
+                badLevels[level] = struct{}{}
+        }
+        f.badLevels = badLevels
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c33dcc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. “Contributor”
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. “Contributor Version”
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution.
+
+1.3. “Contribution”
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. “Covered Software”
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
+        1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
+        Secondary License.
+
+1.6. “Executable Form”
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. “Larger Work”
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
+     file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. “License”
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. “Licensable”
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
+     time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
+     this License.
+
+1.10. “Modifications”
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
+        from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
+      and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
+      would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
+      using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
+      either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. “Secondary License”
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. “Source Code Form”
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
+        part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
+        or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
+     effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
+     such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
+     License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
+     or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
+     2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
+        Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
+     logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
+     notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
+     (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
+     under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
+     are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
+     rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
+     copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
+     terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
+     of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
+     they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
+     restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
+        or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
+        the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’
+        rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
+     Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
+     with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
+     Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
+     You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
+     such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
+     their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
+     either this License or such Secondary License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
+     copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
+     of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
+     Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
+     required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
+     of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
+     warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
+     alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
+   order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
+   to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
+   they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
+   distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
+   extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
+   sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
+   understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
+     if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
+     reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
+     Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
+     ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
+     non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
+     compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
+     and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
+     indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
+     all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
+     shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
+   warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
+   without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
+   merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
+   risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
+   Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
+   Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
+   correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
+   License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under this License
+   except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
+   party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
+   Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
+   consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
+   a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
+   and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
+   reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
+   prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
+   hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
+   provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
+   enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
+   contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
+   this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
+      the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
+      under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
+      version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
+      references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
+      modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
+      If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
+      Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
+      notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
+You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
+directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
+
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/append.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/append.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f4e89e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/append.go
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+package config
+
+// Append appends one configuration to another.
+//
+// Append assumes that both configurations will not have
+// conflicting variables, resources, etc. If they do, the
+// problems will be caught in the validation phase.
+//
+// It is possible that c1, c2 on their own are not valid. For
+// example, a resource in c2 may reference a variable in c1. But
+// together, they would be valid.
+func Append(c1, c2 *Config) (*Config, error) {
+        c := new(Config)
+
+        // Append unknown keys, but keep them unique since it is a set
+        unknowns := make(map[string]struct{})
+        for _, k := range c1.unknownKeys {
+                _, present := unknowns[k]
+                if !present {
+                        unknowns[k] = struct{}{}
+                        c.unknownKeys = append(c.unknownKeys, k)
+                }
+        }
+
+        for _, k := range c2.unknownKeys {
+                _, present := unknowns[k]
+                if !present {
+                        unknowns[k] = struct{}{}
+                        c.unknownKeys = append(c.unknownKeys, k)
+                }
+        }
+
+        c.Atlas = c1.Atlas
+        if c2.Atlas != nil {
+                c.Atlas = c2.Atlas
+        }
+
+        // merge Terraform blocks
+        if c1.Terraform != nil {
+                c.Terraform = c1.Terraform
+                if c2.Terraform != nil {
+                        c.Terraform.Merge(c2.Terraform)
+                }
+        } else {
+                c.Terraform = c2.Terraform
+        }
+
+        if len(c1.Modules) > 0 || len(c2.Modules) > 0 {
+                c.Modules = make(
+                        []*Module, 0, len(c1.Modules)+len(c2.Modules))
+                c.Modules = append(c.Modules, c1.Modules...)
+                c.Modules = append(c.Modules, c2.Modules...)
+        }
+
+        if len(c1.Outputs) > 0 || len(c2.Outputs) > 0 {
+                c.Outputs = make(
+                        []*Output, 0, len(c1.Outputs)+len(c2.Outputs))
+                c.Outputs = append(c.Outputs, c1.Outputs...)
+                c.Outputs = append(c.Outputs, c2.Outputs...)
+        }
+
+        if len(c1.ProviderConfigs) > 0 || len(c2.ProviderConfigs) > 0 {
+                c.ProviderConfigs = make(
+                        []*ProviderConfig,
+                        0, len(c1.ProviderConfigs)+len(c2.ProviderConfigs))
+                c.ProviderConfigs = append(c.ProviderConfigs, c1.ProviderConfigs...)
+                c.ProviderConfigs = append(c.ProviderConfigs, c2.ProviderConfigs...)
+        }
+
+        if len(c1.Resources) > 0 || len(c2.Resources) > 0 {
+                c.Resources = make(
+                        []*Resource,
+                        0, len(c1.Resources)+len(c2.Resources))
+                c.Resources = append(c.Resources, c1.Resources...)
+                c.Resources = append(c.Resources, c2.Resources...)
+        }
+
+        if len(c1.Variables) > 0 || len(c2.Variables) > 0 {
+                c.Variables = make(
+                        []*Variable, 0, len(c1.Variables)+len(c2.Variables))
+                c.Variables = append(c.Variables, c1.Variables...)
+                c.Variables = append(c.Variables, c2.Variables...)
+        }
+
+        return c, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/config.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/config.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a764ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/config.go
@@ -0,0 +1,1096 @@
+// The config package is responsible for loading and validating the
+// configuration.
+package config
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "regexp"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/hilmapstructure"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk"
+)
+
+// NameRegexp is the regular expression that all names (modules, providers,
+// resources, etc.) must follow.
+var NameRegexp = regexp.MustCompile(`(?i)\A[A-Z0-9_][A-Z0-9\-\_]*\z`)
+
+// Config is the configuration that comes from loading a collection
+// of Terraform templates.
+type Config struct {
+        // Dir is the path to the directory where this configuration was
+        // loaded from. If it is blank, this configuration wasn't loaded from
+        // any meaningful directory.
+        Dir string
+
+        Terraform       *Terraform
+        Atlas           *AtlasConfig
+        Modules         []*Module
+        ProviderConfigs []*ProviderConfig
+        Resources       []*Resource
+        Variables       []*Variable
+        Outputs         []*Output
+
+        // The fields below can be filled in by loaders for validation
+        // purposes.
+        unknownKeys []string
+}
+
+// AtlasConfig is the configuration for building in HashiCorp's Atlas.
+type AtlasConfig struct {
+        Name    string
+        Include []string
+        Exclude []string
+}
+
+// Module is a module used within a configuration.
+//
+// This does not represent a module itself, this represents a module
+// call-site within an existing configuration.
+type Module struct {
+        Name      string
+        Source    string
+        RawConfig *RawConfig
+}
+
+// ProviderConfig is the configuration for a resource provider.
+//
+// For example, Terraform needs to set the AWS access keys for the AWS
+// resource provider.
+type ProviderConfig struct {
+        Name      string
+        Alias     string
+        RawConfig *RawConfig
+}
+
+// A resource represents a single Terraform resource in the configuration.
+// A Terraform resource is something that supports some or all of the
+// usual "create, read, update, delete" operations, depending on
+// the given Mode.
+type Resource struct {
+        Mode         ResourceMode // which operations the resource supports
+        Name         string
+        Type         string
+        RawCount     *RawConfig
+        RawConfig    *RawConfig
+        Provisioners []*Provisioner
+        Provider     string
+        DependsOn    []string
+        Lifecycle    ResourceLifecycle
+}
+
+// Copy returns a copy of this Resource. Helpful for avoiding shared
+// config pointers across multiple pieces of the graph that need to do
+// interpolation.
+func (r *Resource) Copy() *Resource {
+        n := &Resource{
+                Mode:         r.Mode,
+                Name:         r.Name,
+                Type:         r.Type,
+                RawCount:     r.RawCount.Copy(),
+                RawConfig:    r.RawConfig.Copy(),
+                Provisioners: make([]*Provisioner, 0, len(r.Provisioners)),
+                Provider:     r.Provider,
+                DependsOn:    make([]string, len(r.DependsOn)),
+                Lifecycle:    *r.Lifecycle.Copy(),
+        }
+        for _, p := range r.Provisioners {
+                n.Provisioners = append(n.Provisioners, p.Copy())
+        }
+        copy(n.DependsOn, r.DependsOn)
+        return n
+}
+
+// ResourceLifecycle is used to store the lifecycle tuning parameters
+// to allow customized behavior
+type ResourceLifecycle struct {
+        CreateBeforeDestroy bool     `mapstructure:"create_before_destroy"`
+        PreventDestroy      bool     `mapstructure:"prevent_destroy"`
+        IgnoreChanges       []string `mapstructure:"ignore_changes"`
+}
+
+// Copy returns a copy of this ResourceLifecycle
+func (r *ResourceLifecycle) Copy() *ResourceLifecycle {
+        n := &ResourceLifecycle{
+                CreateBeforeDestroy: r.CreateBeforeDestroy,
+                PreventDestroy:      r.PreventDestroy,
+                IgnoreChanges:       make([]string, len(r.IgnoreChanges)),
+        }
+        copy(n.IgnoreChanges, r.IgnoreChanges)
+        return n
+}
+
+// Provisioner is a configured provisioner step on a resource.
+type Provisioner struct {
+        Type      string
+        RawConfig *RawConfig
+        ConnInfo  *RawConfig
+
+        When      ProvisionerWhen
+        OnFailure ProvisionerOnFailure
+}
+
+// Copy returns a copy of this Provisioner
+func (p *Provisioner) Copy() *Provisioner {
+        return &Provisioner{
+                Type:      p.Type,
+                RawConfig: p.RawConfig.Copy(),
+                ConnInfo:  p.ConnInfo.Copy(),
+                When:      p.When,
+                OnFailure: p.OnFailure,
+        }
+}
+
+// Variable is a variable defined within the configuration.
+type Variable struct {
+        Name         string
+        DeclaredType string `mapstructure:"type"`
+        Default      interface{}
+        Description  string
+}
+
+// Output is an output defined within the configuration. An output is
+// resulting data that is highlighted by Terraform when finished. An
+// output marked Sensitive will be output in a masked form following
+// application, but will still be available in state.
+type Output struct {
+        Name        string
+        DependsOn   []string
+        Description string
+        Sensitive   bool
+        RawConfig   *RawConfig
+}
+
+// VariableType is the type of value a variable is holding, and returned
+// by the Type() function on variables.
+type VariableType byte
+
+const (
+        VariableTypeUnknown VariableType = iota
+        VariableTypeString
+        VariableTypeList
+        VariableTypeMap
+)
+
+func (v VariableType) Printable() string {
+        switch v {
+        case VariableTypeString:
+                return "string"
+        case VariableTypeMap:
+                return "map"
+        case VariableTypeList:
+                return "list"
+        default:
+                return "unknown"
+        }
+}
+
+// ProviderConfigName returns the name of the provider configuration in
+// the given mapping that maps to the proper provider configuration
+// for this resource.
+func ProviderConfigName(t string, pcs []*ProviderConfig) string {
+        lk := ""
+        for _, v := range pcs {
+                k := v.Name
+                if strings.HasPrefix(t, k) && len(k) > len(lk) {
+                        lk = k
+                }
+        }
+
+        return lk
+}
+
+// A unique identifier for this module.
+func (r *Module) Id() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%s", r.Name)
+}
+
+// Count returns the count of this resource.
+func (r *Resource) Count() (int, error) {
+        raw := r.RawCount.Value()
+        count, ok := r.RawCount.Value().(string)
+        if !ok {
+                return 0, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "expected count to be a string or int, got %T", raw)
+        }
+
+        v, err := strconv.ParseInt(count, 0, 0)
+        if err != nil {
+                return 0, err
+        }
+
+        return int(v), nil
+}
+
+// A unique identifier for this resource.
+func (r *Resource) Id() string {
+        switch r.Mode {
+        case ManagedResourceMode:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", r.Type, r.Name)
+        case DataResourceMode:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("data.%s.%s", r.Type, r.Name)
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Errorf("unknown resource mode %s", r.Mode))
+        }
+}
+
+// Validate does some basic semantic checking of the configuration.
+func (c *Config) Validate() error {
+        if c == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        var errs []error
+
+        for _, k := range c.unknownKeys {
+                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown root level key: %s", k))
+        }
+
+        // Validate the Terraform config
+        if tf := c.Terraform; tf != nil {
+                errs = append(errs, c.Terraform.Validate()...)
+        }
+
+        vars := c.InterpolatedVariables()
+        varMap := make(map[string]*Variable)
+        for _, v := range c.Variables {
+                if _, ok := varMap[v.Name]; ok {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Variable '%s': duplicate found. Variable names must be unique.",
+                                v.Name))
+                }
+
+                varMap[v.Name] = v
+        }
+
+        for k, _ := range varMap {
+                if !NameRegexp.MatchString(k) {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "variable %q: variable name must match regular expresion %s",
+                                k, NameRegexp))
+                }
+        }
+
+        for _, v := range c.Variables {
+                if v.Type() == VariableTypeUnknown {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Variable '%s': must be a string or a map",
+                                v.Name))
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                interp := false
+                fn := func(n ast.Node) (interface{}, error) {
+                        // LiteralNode is a literal string (outside of a ${ ... } sequence).
+                        // interpolationWalker skips most of these. but in particular it
+                        // visits those that have escaped sequences (like $${foo}) as a
+                        // signal that *some* processing is required on this string. For
+                        // our purposes here though, this is fine and not an interpolation.
+                        if _, ok := n.(*ast.LiteralNode); !ok {
+                                interp = true
+                        }
+                        return "", nil
+                }
+
+                w := &interpolationWalker{F: fn}
+                if v.Default != nil {
+                        if err := reflectwalk.Walk(v.Default, w); err == nil {
+                                if interp {
+                                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "Variable '%s': cannot contain interpolations",
+                                                v.Name))
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Check for references to user variables that do not actually
+        // exist and record those errors.
+        for source, vs := range vars {
+                for _, v := range vs {
+                        uv, ok := v.(*UserVariable)
+                        if !ok {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        if _, ok := varMap[uv.Name]; !ok {
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: unknown variable referenced: '%s'. define it with 'variable' blocks",
+                                        source,
+                                        uv.Name))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Check that all count variables are valid.
+        for source, vs := range vars {
+                for _, rawV := range vs {
+                        switch v := rawV.(type) {
+                        case *CountVariable:
+                                if v.Type == CountValueInvalid {
+                                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "%s: invalid count variable: %s",
+                                                source,
+                                                v.FullKey()))
+                                }
+                        case *PathVariable:
+                                if v.Type == PathValueInvalid {
+                                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "%s: invalid path variable: %s",
+                                                source,
+                                                v.FullKey()))
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Check that providers aren't declared multiple times.
+        providerSet := make(map[string]struct{})
+        for _, p := range c.ProviderConfigs {
+                name := p.FullName()
+                if _, ok := providerSet[name]; ok {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "provider.%s: declared multiple times, you can only declare a provider once",
+                                name))
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                providerSet[name] = struct{}{}
+        }
+
+        // Check that all references to modules are valid
+        modules := make(map[string]*Module)
+        dupped := make(map[string]struct{})
+        for _, m := range c.Modules {
+                // Check for duplicates
+                if _, ok := modules[m.Id()]; ok {
+                        if _, ok := dupped[m.Id()]; !ok {
+                                dupped[m.Id()] = struct{}{}
+
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: module repeated multiple times",
+                                        m.Id()))
+                        }
+
+                        // Already seen this module, just skip it
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                modules[m.Id()] = m
+
+                // Check that the source has no interpolations
+                rc, err := NewRawConfig(map[string]interface{}{
+                        "root": m.Source,
+                })
+                if err != nil {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: module source error: %s",
+                                m.Id(), err))
+                } else if len(rc.Interpolations) > 0 {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: module source cannot contain interpolations",
+                                m.Id()))
+                }
+
+                // Check that the name matches our regexp
+                if !NameRegexp.Match([]byte(m.Name)) {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: module name can only contain letters, numbers, "+
+                                        "dashes, and underscores",
+                                m.Id()))
+                }
+
+                // Check that the configuration can all be strings, lists or maps
+                raw := make(map[string]interface{})
+                for k, v := range m.RawConfig.Raw {
+                        var strVal string
+                        if err := hilmapstructure.WeakDecode(v, &strVal); err == nil {
+                                raw[k] = strVal
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        var mapVal map[string]interface{}
+                        if err := hilmapstructure.WeakDecode(v, &mapVal); err == nil {
+                                raw[k] = mapVal
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        var sliceVal []interface{}
+                        if err := hilmapstructure.WeakDecode(v, &sliceVal); err == nil {
+                                raw[k] = sliceVal
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: variable %s must be a string, list or map value",
+                                m.Id(), k))
+                }
+
+                // Check for invalid count variables
+                for _, v := range m.RawConfig.Variables {
+                        switch v.(type) {
+                        case *CountVariable:
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: count variables are only valid within resources", m.Name))
+                        case *SelfVariable:
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: self variables are only valid within resources", m.Name))
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Update the raw configuration to only contain the string values
+                m.RawConfig, err = NewRawConfig(raw)
+                if err != nil {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: can't initialize configuration: %s",
+                                m.Id(), err))
+                }
+        }
+        dupped = nil
+
+        // Check that all variables for modules reference modules that
+        // exist.
+        for source, vs := range vars {
+                for _, v := range vs {
+                        mv, ok := v.(*ModuleVariable)
+                        if !ok {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        if _, ok := modules[mv.Name]; !ok {
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: unknown module referenced: %s",
+                                        source,
+                                        mv.Name))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Check that all references to resources are valid
+        resources := make(map[string]*Resource)
+        dupped = make(map[string]struct{})
+        for _, r := range c.Resources {
+                if _, ok := resources[r.Id()]; ok {
+                        if _, ok := dupped[r.Id()]; !ok {
+                                dupped[r.Id()] = struct{}{}
+
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: resource repeated multiple times",
+                                        r.Id()))
+                        }
+                }
+
+                resources[r.Id()] = r
+        }
+        dupped = nil
+
+        // Validate resources
+        for n, r := range resources {
+                // Verify count variables
+                for _, v := range r.RawCount.Variables {
+                        switch v.(type) {
+                        case *CountVariable:
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: resource count can't reference count variable: %s",
+                                        n,
+                                        v.FullKey()))
+                        case *SimpleVariable:
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: resource count can't reference variable: %s",
+                                        n,
+                                        v.FullKey()))
+
+                        // Good
+                        case *ModuleVariable:
+                        case *ResourceVariable:
+                        case *TerraformVariable:
+                        case *UserVariable:
+
+                        default:
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Internal error. Unknown type in count var in %s: %T",
+                                        n, v))
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Interpolate with a fixed number to verify that its a number.
+                r.RawCount.interpolate(func(root ast.Node) (interface{}, error) {
+                        // Execute the node but transform the AST so that it returns
+                        // a fixed value of "5" for all interpolations.
+                        result, err := hil.Eval(
+                                hil.FixedValueTransform(
+                                        root, &ast.LiteralNode{Value: "5", Typex: ast.TypeString}),
+                                nil)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return "", err
+                        }
+
+                        return result.Value, nil
+                })
+                _, err := strconv.ParseInt(r.RawCount.Value().(string), 0, 0)
+                if err != nil {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: resource count must be an integer",
+                                n))
+                }
+                r.RawCount.init()
+
+                // Validate DependsOn
+                errs = append(errs, c.validateDependsOn(n, r.DependsOn, resources, modules)...)
+
+                // Verify provisioners
+                for _, p := range r.Provisioners {
+                        // This validation checks that there are now splat variables
+                        // referencing ourself. This currently is not allowed.
+
+                        for _, v := range p.ConnInfo.Variables {
+                                rv, ok := v.(*ResourceVariable)
+                                if !ok {
+                                        continue
+                                }
+
+                                if rv.Multi && rv.Index == -1 && rv.Type == r.Type && rv.Name == r.Name {
+                                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "%s: connection info cannot contain splat variable "+
+                                                        "referencing itself", n))
+                                        break
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        for _, v := range p.RawConfig.Variables {
+                                rv, ok := v.(*ResourceVariable)
+                                if !ok {
+                                        continue
+                                }
+
+                                if rv.Multi && rv.Index == -1 && rv.Type == r.Type && rv.Name == r.Name {
+                                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "%s: connection info cannot contain splat variable "+
+                                                        "referencing itself", n))
+                                        break
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        // Check for invalid when/onFailure values, though this should be
+                        // picked up by the loader we check here just in case.
+                        if p.When == ProvisionerWhenInvalid {
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: provisioner 'when' value is invalid", n))
+                        }
+                        if p.OnFailure == ProvisionerOnFailureInvalid {
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: provisioner 'on_failure' value is invalid", n))
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Verify ignore_changes contains valid entries
+                for _, v := range r.Lifecycle.IgnoreChanges {
+                        if strings.Contains(v, "*") && v != "*" {
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: ignore_changes does not support using a partial string "+
+                                                "together with a wildcard: %s", n, v))
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Verify ignore_changes has no interpolations
+                rc, err := NewRawConfig(map[string]interface{}{
+                        "root": r.Lifecycle.IgnoreChanges,
+                })
+                if err != nil {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: lifecycle ignore_changes error: %s",
+                                n, err))
+                } else if len(rc.Interpolations) > 0 {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: lifecycle ignore_changes cannot contain interpolations",
+                                n))
+                }
+
+                // If it is a data source then it can't have provisioners
+                if r.Mode == DataResourceMode {
+                        if _, ok := r.RawConfig.Raw["provisioner"]; ok {
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: data sources cannot have provisioners",
+                                        n))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        for source, vs := range vars {
+                for _, v := range vs {
+                        rv, ok := v.(*ResourceVariable)
+                        if !ok {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        id := rv.ResourceId()
+                        if _, ok := resources[id]; !ok {
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: unknown resource '%s' referenced in variable %s",
+                                        source,
+                                        id,
+                                        rv.FullKey()))
+                                continue
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Check that all outputs are valid
+        {
+                found := make(map[string]struct{})
+                for _, o := range c.Outputs {
+                        // Verify the output is new
+                        if _, ok := found[o.Name]; ok {
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: duplicate output. output names must be unique.",
+                                        o.Name))
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        found[o.Name] = struct{}{}
+
+                        var invalidKeys []string
+                        valueKeyFound := false
+                        for k := range o.RawConfig.Raw {
+                                if k == "value" {
+                                        valueKeyFound = true
+                                        continue
+                                }
+                                if k == "sensitive" {
+                                        if sensitive, ok := o.RawConfig.config[k].(bool); ok {
+                                                if sensitive {
+                                                        o.Sensitive = true
+                                                }
+                                                continue
+                                        }
+
+                                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "%s: value for 'sensitive' must be boolean",
+                                                o.Name))
+                                        continue
+                                }
+                                if k == "description" {
+                                        if desc, ok := o.RawConfig.config[k].(string); ok {
+                                                o.Description = desc
+                                                continue
+                                        }
+
+                                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "%s: value for 'description' must be string",
+                                                o.Name))
+                                        continue
+                                }
+                                invalidKeys = append(invalidKeys, k)
+                        }
+                        if len(invalidKeys) > 0 {
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: output has invalid keys: %s",
+                                        o.Name, strings.Join(invalidKeys, ", ")))
+                        }
+                        if !valueKeyFound {
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: output is missing required 'value' key", o.Name))
+                        }
+
+                        for _, v := range o.RawConfig.Variables {
+                                if _, ok := v.(*CountVariable); ok {
+                                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "%s: count variables are only valid within resources", o.Name))
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Check that all variables are in the proper context
+        for source, rc := range c.rawConfigs() {
+                walker := &interpolationWalker{
+                        ContextF: c.validateVarContextFn(source, &errs),
+                }
+                if err := reflectwalk.Walk(rc.Raw, walker); err != nil {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: error reading config: %s", source, err))
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Validate the self variable
+        for source, rc := range c.rawConfigs() {
+                // Ignore provisioners. This is a pretty brittle way to do this,
+                // but better than also repeating all the resources.
+                if strings.Contains(source, "provision") {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                for _, v := range rc.Variables {
+                        if _, ok := v.(*SelfVariable); ok {
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: cannot contain self-reference %s", source, v.FullKey()))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if len(errs) > 0 {
+                return &multierror.Error{Errors: errs}
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// InterpolatedVariables is a helper that returns a mapping of all the interpolated
+// variables within the configuration. This is used to verify references
+// are valid in the Validate step.
+func (c *Config) InterpolatedVariables() map[string][]InterpolatedVariable {
+        result := make(map[string][]InterpolatedVariable)
+        for source, rc := range c.rawConfigs() {
+                for _, v := range rc.Variables {
+                        result[source] = append(result[source], v)
+                }
+        }
+        return result
+}
+
+// rawConfigs returns all of the RawConfigs that are available keyed by
+// a human-friendly source.
+func (c *Config) rawConfigs() map[string]*RawConfig {
+        result := make(map[string]*RawConfig)
+        for _, m := range c.Modules {
+                source := fmt.Sprintf("module '%s'", m.Name)
+                result[source] = m.RawConfig
+        }
+
+        for _, pc := range c.ProviderConfigs {
+                source := fmt.Sprintf("provider config '%s'", pc.Name)
+                result[source] = pc.RawConfig
+        }
+
+        for _, rc := range c.Resources {
+                source := fmt.Sprintf("resource '%s'", rc.Id())
+                result[source+" count"] = rc.RawCount
+                result[source+" config"] = rc.RawConfig
+
+                for i, p := range rc.Provisioners {
+                        subsource := fmt.Sprintf(
+                                "%s provisioner %s (#%d)",
+                                source, p.Type, i+1)
+                        result[subsource] = p.RawConfig
+                }
+        }
+
+        for _, o := range c.Outputs {
+                source := fmt.Sprintf("output '%s'", o.Name)
+                result[source] = o.RawConfig
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+func (c *Config) validateVarContextFn(
+        source string, errs *[]error) interpolationWalkerContextFunc {
+        return func(loc reflectwalk.Location, node ast.Node) {
+                // If we're in a slice element, then its fine, since you can do
+                // anything in there.
+                if loc == reflectwalk.SliceElem {
+                        return
+                }
+
+                // Otherwise, let's check if there is a splat resource variable
+                // at the top level in here. We do this by doing a transform that
+                // replaces everything with a noop node unless its a variable
+                // access or concat. This should turn the AST into a flat tree
+                // of Concat(Noop, ...). If there are any variables left that are
+                // multi-access, then its still broken.
+                node = node.Accept(func(n ast.Node) ast.Node {
+                        // If it is a concat or variable access, we allow it.
+                        switch n.(type) {
+                        case *ast.Output:
+                                return n
+                        case *ast.VariableAccess:
+                                return n
+                        }
+
+                        // Otherwise, noop
+                        return &noopNode{}
+                })
+
+                vars, err := DetectVariables(node)
+                if err != nil {
+                        // Ignore it since this will be caught during parse. This
+                        // actually probably should never happen by the time this
+                        // is called, but its okay.
+                        return
+                }
+
+                for _, v := range vars {
+                        rv, ok := v.(*ResourceVariable)
+                        if !ok {
+                                return
+                        }
+
+                        if rv.Multi && rv.Index == -1 {
+                                *errs = append(*errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: use of the splat ('*') operator must be wrapped in a list declaration",
+                                        source))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+func (c *Config) validateDependsOn(
+        n string,
+        v []string,
+        resources map[string]*Resource,
+        modules map[string]*Module) []error {
+        // Verify depends on points to resources that all exist
+        var errs []error
+        for _, d := range v {
+                // Check if we contain interpolations
+                rc, err := NewRawConfig(map[string]interface{}{
+                        "value": d,
+                })
+                if err == nil && len(rc.Variables) > 0 {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: depends on value cannot contain interpolations: %s",
+                                n, d))
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // If it is a module, verify it is a module
+                if strings.HasPrefix(d, "module.") {
+                        name := d[len("module."):]
+                        if _, ok := modules[name]; !ok {
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: resource depends on non-existent module '%s'",
+                                        n, name))
+                        }
+
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Check resources
+                if _, ok := resources[d]; !ok {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: resource depends on non-existent resource '%s'",
+                                n, d))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return errs
+}
+
+func (m *Module) mergerName() string {
+        return m.Id()
+}
+
+func (m *Module) mergerMerge(other merger) merger {
+        m2 := other.(*Module)
+
+        result := *m
+        result.Name = m2.Name
+        result.RawConfig = result.RawConfig.merge(m2.RawConfig)
+
+        if m2.Source != "" {
+                result.Source = m2.Source
+        }
+
+        return &result
+}
+
+func (o *Output) mergerName() string {
+        return o.Name
+}
+
+func (o *Output) mergerMerge(m merger) merger {
+        o2 := m.(*Output)
+
+        result := *o
+        result.Name = o2.Name
+        result.Description = o2.Description
+        result.RawConfig = result.RawConfig.merge(o2.RawConfig)
+        result.Sensitive = o2.Sensitive
+        result.DependsOn = o2.DependsOn
+
+        return &result
+}
+
+func (c *ProviderConfig) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *c)
+}
+
+func (c *ProviderConfig) FullName() string {
+        if c.Alias == "" {
+                return c.Name
+        }
+
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", c.Name, c.Alias)
+}
+
+func (c *ProviderConfig) mergerName() string {
+        return c.Name
+}
+
+func (c *ProviderConfig) mergerMerge(m merger) merger {
+        c2 := m.(*ProviderConfig)
+
+        result := *c
+        result.Name = c2.Name
+        result.RawConfig = result.RawConfig.merge(c2.RawConfig)
+
+        if c2.Alias != "" {
+                result.Alias = c2.Alias
+        }
+
+        return &result
+}
+
+func (r *Resource) mergerName() string {
+        return r.Id()
+}
+
+func (r *Resource) mergerMerge(m merger) merger {
+        r2 := m.(*Resource)
+
+        result := *r
+        result.Mode = r2.Mode
+        result.Name = r2.Name
+        result.Type = r2.Type
+        result.RawConfig = result.RawConfig.merge(r2.RawConfig)
+
+        if r2.RawCount.Value() != "1" {
+                result.RawCount = r2.RawCount
+        }
+
+        if len(r2.Provisioners) > 0 {
+                result.Provisioners = r2.Provisioners
+        }
+
+        return &result
+}
+
+// Merge merges two variables to create a new third variable.
+func (v *Variable) Merge(v2 *Variable) *Variable {
+        // Shallow copy the variable
+        result := *v
+
+        // The names should be the same, but the second name always wins.
+        result.Name = v2.Name
+
+        if v2.DeclaredType != "" {
+                result.DeclaredType = v2.DeclaredType
+        }
+        if v2.Default != nil {
+                result.Default = v2.Default
+        }
+        if v2.Description != "" {
+                result.Description = v2.Description
+        }
+
+        return &result
+}
+
+var typeStringMap = map[string]VariableType{
+        "string": VariableTypeString,
+        "map":    VariableTypeMap,
+        "list":   VariableTypeList,
+}
+
+// Type returns the type of variable this is.
+func (v *Variable) Type() VariableType {
+        if v.DeclaredType != "" {
+                declaredType, ok := typeStringMap[v.DeclaredType]
+                if !ok {
+                        return VariableTypeUnknown
+                }
+
+                return declaredType
+        }
+
+        return v.inferTypeFromDefault()
+}
+
+// ValidateTypeAndDefault ensures that default variable value is compatible
+// with the declared type (if one exists), and that the type is one which is
+// known to Terraform
+func (v *Variable) ValidateTypeAndDefault() error {
+        // If an explicit type is declared, ensure it is valid
+        if v.DeclaredType != "" {
+                if _, ok := typeStringMap[v.DeclaredType]; !ok {
+                        validTypes := []string{}
+                        for k := range typeStringMap {
+                                validTypes = append(validTypes, k)
+                        }
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Variable '%s' type must be one of [%s] - '%s' is not a valid type",
+                                v.Name,
+                                strings.Join(validTypes, ", "),
+                                v.DeclaredType,
+                        )
+                }
+        }
+
+        if v.DeclaredType == "" || v.Default == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        if v.inferTypeFromDefault() != v.Type() {
+                return fmt.Errorf("'%s' has a default value which is not of type '%s' (got '%s')",
+                        v.Name, v.DeclaredType, v.inferTypeFromDefault().Printable())
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (v *Variable) mergerName() string {
+        return v.Name
+}
+
+func (v *Variable) mergerMerge(m merger) merger {
+        return v.Merge(m.(*Variable))
+}
+
+// Required tests whether a variable is required or not.
+func (v *Variable) Required() bool {
+        return v.Default == nil
+}
+
+// inferTypeFromDefault contains the logic for the old method of inferring
+// variable types - we can also use this for validating that the declared
+// type matches the type of the default value
+func (v *Variable) inferTypeFromDefault() VariableType {
+        if v.Default == nil {
+                return VariableTypeString
+        }
+
+        var s string
+        if err := hilmapstructure.WeakDecode(v.Default, &s); err == nil {
+                v.Default = s
+                return VariableTypeString
+        }
+
+        var m map[string]interface{}
+        if err := hilmapstructure.WeakDecode(v.Default, &m); err == nil {
+                v.Default = m
+                return VariableTypeMap
+        }
+
+        var l []interface{}
+        if err := hilmapstructure.WeakDecode(v.Default, &l); err == nil {
+                v.Default = l
+                return VariableTypeList
+        }
+
+        return VariableTypeUnknown
+}
+
+func (m ResourceMode) Taintable() bool {
+        switch m {
+        case ManagedResourceMode:
+                return true
+        case DataResourceMode:
+                return false
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Errorf("unsupported ResourceMode value %s", m))
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/config_string.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/config_string.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b3abbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/config_string.go
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+package config
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "sort"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// TestString is a Stringer-like function that outputs a string that can
+// be used to easily compare multiple Config structures in unit tests.
+//
+// This function has no practical use outside of unit tests and debugging.
+func (c *Config) TestString() string {
+        if c == nil {
+                return "<nil config>"
+        }
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        if len(c.Modules) > 0 {
+                buf.WriteString("Modules:\n\n")
+                buf.WriteString(modulesStr(c.Modules))
+                buf.WriteString("\n\n")
+        }
+
+        if len(c.Variables) > 0 {
+                buf.WriteString("Variables:\n\n")
+                buf.WriteString(variablesStr(c.Variables))
+                buf.WriteString("\n\n")
+        }
+
+        if len(c.ProviderConfigs) > 0 {
+                buf.WriteString("Provider Configs:\n\n")
+                buf.WriteString(providerConfigsStr(c.ProviderConfigs))
+                buf.WriteString("\n\n")
+        }
+
+        if len(c.Resources) > 0 {
+                buf.WriteString("Resources:\n\n")
+                buf.WriteString(resourcesStr(c.Resources))
+                buf.WriteString("\n\n")
+        }
+
+        if len(c.Outputs) > 0 {
+                buf.WriteString("Outputs:\n\n")
+                buf.WriteString(outputsStr(c.Outputs))
+                buf.WriteString("\n")
+        }
+
+        return strings.TrimSpace(buf.String())
+}
+
+func terraformStr(t *Terraform) string {
+        result := ""
+
+        if b := t.Backend; b != nil {
+                result += fmt.Sprintf("backend (%s)\n", b.Type)
+
+                keys := make([]string, 0, len(b.RawConfig.Raw))
+                for k, _ := range b.RawConfig.Raw {
+                        keys = append(keys, k)
+                }
+                sort.Strings(keys)
+
+                for _, k := range keys {
+                        result += fmt.Sprintf("  %s\n", k)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return strings.TrimSpace(result)
+}
+
+func modulesStr(ms []*Module) string {
+        result := ""
+        order := make([]int, 0, len(ms))
+        ks := make([]string, 0, len(ms))
+        mapping := make(map[string]int)
+        for i, m := range ms {
+                k := m.Id()
+                ks = append(ks, k)
+                mapping[k] = i
+        }
+        sort.Strings(ks)
+        for _, k := range ks {
+                order = append(order, mapping[k])
+        }
+
+        for _, i := range order {
+                m := ms[i]
+                result += fmt.Sprintf("%s\n", m.Id())
+
+                ks := make([]string, 0, len(m.RawConfig.Raw))
+                for k, _ := range m.RawConfig.Raw {
+                        ks = append(ks, k)
+                }
+                sort.Strings(ks)
+
+                result += fmt.Sprintf("  source = %s\n", m.Source)
+
+                for _, k := range ks {
+                        result += fmt.Sprintf("  %s\n", k)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return strings.TrimSpace(result)
+}
+
+func outputsStr(os []*Output) string {
+        ns := make([]string, 0, len(os))
+        m := make(map[string]*Output)
+        for _, o := range os {
+                ns = append(ns, o.Name)
+                m[o.Name] = o
+        }
+        sort.Strings(ns)
+
+        result := ""
+        for _, n := range ns {
+                o := m[n]
+
+                result += fmt.Sprintf("%s\n", n)
+
+                if len(o.DependsOn) > 0 {
+                        result += fmt.Sprintf("  dependsOn\n")
+                        for _, d := range o.DependsOn {
+                                result += fmt.Sprintf("    %s\n", d)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if len(o.RawConfig.Variables) > 0 {
+                        result += fmt.Sprintf("  vars\n")
+                        for _, rawV := range o.RawConfig.Variables {
+                                kind := "unknown"
+                                str := rawV.FullKey()
+
+                                switch rawV.(type) {
+                                case *ResourceVariable:
+                                        kind = "resource"
+                                case *UserVariable:
+                                        kind = "user"
+                                }
+
+                                result += fmt.Sprintf("    %s: %s\n", kind, str)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return strings.TrimSpace(result)
+}
+
+// This helper turns a provider configs field into a deterministic
+// string value for comparison in tests.
+func providerConfigsStr(pcs []*ProviderConfig) string {
+        result := ""
+
+        ns := make([]string, 0, len(pcs))
+        m := make(map[string]*ProviderConfig)
+        for _, n := range pcs {
+                ns = append(ns, n.Name)
+                m[n.Name] = n
+        }
+        sort.Strings(ns)
+
+        for _, n := range ns {
+                pc := m[n]
+
+                result += fmt.Sprintf("%s\n", n)
+
+                keys := make([]string, 0, len(pc.RawConfig.Raw))
+                for k, _ := range pc.RawConfig.Raw {
+                        keys = append(keys, k)
+                }
+                sort.Strings(keys)
+
+                for _, k := range keys {
+                        result += fmt.Sprintf("  %s\n", k)
+                }
+
+                if len(pc.RawConfig.Variables) > 0 {
+                        result += fmt.Sprintf("  vars\n")
+                        for _, rawV := range pc.RawConfig.Variables {
+                                kind := "unknown"
+                                str := rawV.FullKey()
+
+                                switch rawV.(type) {
+                                case *ResourceVariable:
+                                        kind = "resource"
+                                case *UserVariable:
+                                        kind = "user"
+                                }
+
+                                result += fmt.Sprintf("    %s: %s\n", kind, str)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return strings.TrimSpace(result)
+}
+
+// This helper turns a resources field into a deterministic
+// string value for comparison in tests.
+func resourcesStr(rs []*Resource) string {
+        result := ""
+        order := make([]int, 0, len(rs))
+        ks := make([]string, 0, len(rs))
+        mapping := make(map[string]int)
+        for i, r := range rs {
+                k := r.Id()
+                ks = append(ks, k)
+                mapping[k] = i
+        }
+        sort.Strings(ks)
+        for _, k := range ks {
+                order = append(order, mapping[k])
+        }
+
+        for _, i := range order {
+                r := rs[i]
+                result += fmt.Sprintf(
+                        "%s (x%s)\n",
+                        r.Id(),
+                        r.RawCount.Value())
+
+                ks := make([]string, 0, len(r.RawConfig.Raw))
+                for k, _ := range r.RawConfig.Raw {
+                        ks = append(ks, k)
+                }
+                sort.Strings(ks)
+
+                for _, k := range ks {
+                        result += fmt.Sprintf("  %s\n", k)
+                }
+
+                if len(r.Provisioners) > 0 {
+                        result += fmt.Sprintf("  provisioners\n")
+                        for _, p := range r.Provisioners {
+                                when := ""
+                                if p.When != ProvisionerWhenCreate {
+                                        when = fmt.Sprintf(" (%s)", p.When.String())
+                                }
+
+                                result += fmt.Sprintf("    %s%s\n", p.Type, when)
+
+                                if p.OnFailure != ProvisionerOnFailureFail {
+                                        result += fmt.Sprintf("      on_failure = %s\n", p.OnFailure.String())
+                                }
+
+                                ks := make([]string, 0, len(p.RawConfig.Raw))
+                                for k, _ := range p.RawConfig.Raw {
+                                        ks = append(ks, k)
+                                }
+                                sort.Strings(ks)
+
+                                for _, k := range ks {
+                                        result += fmt.Sprintf("      %s\n", k)
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if len(r.DependsOn) > 0 {
+                        result += fmt.Sprintf("  dependsOn\n")
+                        for _, d := range r.DependsOn {
+                                result += fmt.Sprintf("    %s\n", d)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if len(r.RawConfig.Variables) > 0 {
+                        result += fmt.Sprintf("  vars\n")
+
+                        ks := make([]string, 0, len(r.RawConfig.Variables))
+                        for k, _ := range r.RawConfig.Variables {
+                                ks = append(ks, k)
+                        }
+                        sort.Strings(ks)
+
+                        for _, k := range ks {
+                                rawV := r.RawConfig.Variables[k]
+                                kind := "unknown"
+                                str := rawV.FullKey()
+
+                                switch rawV.(type) {
+                                case *ResourceVariable:
+                                        kind = "resource"
+                                case *UserVariable:
+                                        kind = "user"
+                                }
+
+                                result += fmt.Sprintf("    %s: %s\n", kind, str)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return strings.TrimSpace(result)
+}
+
+// This helper turns a variables field into a deterministic
+// string value for comparison in tests.
+func variablesStr(vs []*Variable) string {
+        result := ""
+        ks := make([]string, 0, len(vs))
+        m := make(map[string]*Variable)
+        for _, v := range vs {
+                ks = append(ks, v.Name)
+                m[v.Name] = v
+        }
+        sort.Strings(ks)
+
+        for _, k := range ks {
+                v := m[k]
+
+                required := ""
+                if v.Required() {
+                        required = " (required)"
+                }
+
+                declaredType := ""
+                if v.DeclaredType != "" {
+                        declaredType = fmt.Sprintf(" (%s)", v.DeclaredType)
+                }
+
+                if v.Default == nil || v.Default == "" {
+                        v.Default = "<>"
+                }
+                if v.Description == "" {
+                        v.Description = "<>"
+                }
+
+                result += fmt.Sprintf(
+                        "%s%s%s\n  %v\n  %s\n",
+                        k,
+                        required,
+                        declaredType,
+                        v.Default,
+                        v.Description)
+        }
+
+        return strings.TrimSpace(result)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/config_terraform.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/config_terraform.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8535c96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/config_terraform.go
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+package config
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/hashstructure"
+)
+
+// Terraform is the Terraform meta-configuration that can be present
+// in configuration files for configuring Terraform itself.
+type Terraform struct {
+        RequiredVersion string   `hcl:"required_version"` // Required Terraform version (constraint)
+        Backend         *Backend // See Backend struct docs
+}
+
+// Validate performs the validation for just the Terraform configuration.
+func (t *Terraform) Validate() []error {
+        var errs []error
+
+        if raw := t.RequiredVersion; raw != "" {
+                // Check that the value has no interpolations
+                rc, err := NewRawConfig(map[string]interface{}{
+                        "root": raw,
+                })
+                if err != nil {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "terraform.required_version: %s", err))
+                } else if len(rc.Interpolations) > 0 {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "terraform.required_version: cannot contain interpolations"))
+                } else {
+                        // Check it is valid
+                        _, err := version.NewConstraint(raw)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "terraform.required_version: invalid syntax: %s", err))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if t.Backend != nil {
+                errs = append(errs, t.Backend.Validate()...)
+        }
+
+        return errs
+}
+
+// Merge t with t2.
+// Any conflicting fields are overwritten by t2.
+func (t *Terraform) Merge(t2 *Terraform) {
+        if t2.RequiredVersion != "" {
+                t.RequiredVersion = t2.RequiredVersion
+        }
+
+        if t2.Backend != nil {
+                t.Backend = t2.Backend
+        }
+}
+
+// Backend is the configuration for the "backend" to use with Terraform.
+// A backend is responsible for all major behavior of Terraform's core.
+// The abstraction layer above the core (the "backend") allows for behavior
+// such as remote operation.
+type Backend struct {
+        Type      string
+        RawConfig *RawConfig
+
+        // Hash is a unique hash code representing the original configuration
+        // of the backend. This won't be recomputed unless Rehash is called.
+        Hash uint64
+}
+
+// Rehash returns a unique content hash for this backend's configuration
+// as a uint64 value.
+func (b *Backend) Rehash() uint64 {
+        // If we have no backend, the value is zero
+        if b == nil {
+                return 0
+        }
+
+        // Use hashstructure to hash only our type with the config.
+        code, err := hashstructure.Hash(map[string]interface{}{
+                "type":   b.Type,
+                "config": b.RawConfig.Raw,
+        }, nil)
+
+        // This should never happen since we have just some basic primitives
+        // so panic if there is an error.
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        return code
+}
+
+func (b *Backend) Validate() []error {
+        if len(b.RawConfig.Interpolations) > 0 {
+                return []error{fmt.Errorf(strings.TrimSpace(errBackendInterpolations))}
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+const errBackendInterpolations = `
+terraform.backend: configuration cannot contain interpolations
+
+The backend configuration is loaded by Terraform extremely early, before
+the core of Terraform can be initialized. This is necessary because the backend
+dictates the behavior of that core. The core is what handles interpolation
+processing. Because of this, interpolations cannot be used in backend
+configuration.
+
+If you'd like to parameterize backend configuration, we recommend using
+partial configuration with the "-backend-config" flag to "terraform init".
+`
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/config_tree.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/config_tree.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08dc0fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/config_tree.go
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+package config
+
+// configTree represents a tree of configurations where the root is the
+// first file and its children are the configurations it has imported.
+type configTree struct {
+        Path     string
+        Config   *Config
+        Children []*configTree
+}
+
+// Flatten flattens the entire tree down to a single merged Config
+// structure.
+func (t *configTree) Flatten() (*Config, error) {
+        // No children is easy: we're already merged!
+        if len(t.Children) == 0 {
+                return t.Config, nil
+        }
+
+        // Depth-first, merge all the children first.
+        childConfigs := make([]*Config, len(t.Children))
+        for i, ct := range t.Children {
+                c, err := ct.Flatten()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                childConfigs[i] = c
+        }
+
+        // Merge all the children in order
+        config := childConfigs[0]
+        childConfigs = childConfigs[1:]
+        for _, config2 := range childConfigs {
+                var err error
+                config, err = Merge(config, config2)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Merge the final merged child config with our own
+        return Merge(config, t.Config)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/import_tree.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/import_tree.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37ec11a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/import_tree.go
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+package config
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+)
+
+// configurable is an interface that must be implemented by any configuration
+// formats of Terraform in order to return a *Config.
+type configurable interface {
+        Config() (*Config, error)
+}
+
+// importTree is the result of the first-pass load of the configuration
+// files. It is a tree of raw configurables and then any children (their
+// imports).
+//
+// An importTree can be turned into a configTree.
+type importTree struct {
+        Path     string
+        Raw      configurable
+        Children []*importTree
+}
+
+// This is the function type that must be implemented by the configuration
+// file loader to turn a single file into a configurable and any additional
+// imports.
+type fileLoaderFunc func(path string) (configurable, []string, error)
+
+// loadTree takes a single file and loads the entire importTree for that
+// file. This function detects what kind of configuration file it is an
+// executes the proper fileLoaderFunc.
+func loadTree(root string) (*importTree, error) {
+        var f fileLoaderFunc
+        switch ext(root) {
+        case ".tf", ".tf.json":
+                f = loadFileHcl
+        default:
+        }
+
+        if f == nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%s: unknown configuration format. Use '.tf' or '.tf.json' extension",
+                        root)
+        }
+
+        c, imps, err := f(root)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        children := make([]*importTree, len(imps))
+        for i, imp := range imps {
+                t, err := loadTree(imp)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                children[i] = t
+        }
+
+        return &importTree{
+                Path:     root,
+                Raw:      c,
+                Children: children,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// Close releases any resources we might be holding open for the importTree.
+//
+// This can safely be called even while ConfigTree results are alive. The
+// importTree is not bound to these.
+func (t *importTree) Close() error {
+        if c, ok := t.Raw.(io.Closer); ok {
+                c.Close()
+        }
+        for _, ct := range t.Children {
+                ct.Close()
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// ConfigTree traverses the importTree and turns each node into a *Config
+// object, ultimately returning a *configTree.
+func (t *importTree) ConfigTree() (*configTree, error) {
+        config, err := t.Raw.Config()
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Error loading %s: %s",
+                        t.Path,
+                        err)
+        }
+
+        // Build our result
+        result := &configTree{
+                Path:   t.Path,
+                Config: config,
+        }
+
+        // Build the config trees for the children
+        result.Children = make([]*configTree, len(t.Children))
+        for i, ct := range t.Children {
+                t, err := ct.ConfigTree()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                result.Children[i] = t
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/interpolate.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/interpolate.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbb3555
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/interpolate.go
@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+package config
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+)
+
+// An InterpolatedVariable is a variable reference within an interpolation.
+//
+// Implementations of this interface represents various sources where
+// variables can come from: user variables, resources, etc.
+type InterpolatedVariable interface {
+        FullKey() string
+}
+
+// CountVariable is a variable for referencing information about
+// the count.
+type CountVariable struct {
+        Type CountValueType
+        key  string
+}
+
+// CountValueType is the type of the count variable that is referenced.
+type CountValueType byte
+
+const (
+        CountValueInvalid CountValueType = iota
+        CountValueIndex
+)
+
+// A ModuleVariable is a variable that is referencing the output
+// of a module, such as "${module.foo.bar}"
+type ModuleVariable struct {
+        Name  string
+        Field string
+        key   string
+}
+
+// A PathVariable is a variable that references path information about the
+// module.
+type PathVariable struct {
+        Type PathValueType
+        key  string
+}
+
+type PathValueType byte
+
+const (
+        PathValueInvalid PathValueType = iota
+        PathValueCwd
+        PathValueModule
+        PathValueRoot
+)
+
+// A ResourceVariable is a variable that is referencing the field
+// of a resource, such as "${aws_instance.foo.ami}"
+type ResourceVariable struct {
+        Mode  ResourceMode
+        Type  string // Resource type, i.e. "aws_instance"
+        Name  string // Resource name
+        Field string // Resource field
+
+        Multi bool // True if multi-variable: aws_instance.foo.*.id
+        Index int  // Index for multi-variable: aws_instance.foo.1.id == 1
+
+        key string
+}
+
+// SelfVariable is a variable that is referencing the same resource
+// it is running on: "${self.address}"
+type SelfVariable struct {
+        Field string
+
+        key string
+}
+
+// SimpleVariable is an unprefixed variable, which can show up when users have
+// strings they are passing down to resources that use interpolation
+// internally. The template_file resource is an example of this.
+type SimpleVariable struct {
+        Key string
+}
+
+// TerraformVariable is a "terraform."-prefixed variable used to access
+// metadata about the Terraform run.
+type TerraformVariable struct {
+        Field string
+        key   string
+}
+
+// A UserVariable is a variable that is referencing a user variable
+// that is inputted from outside the configuration. This looks like
+// "${var.foo}"
+type UserVariable struct {
+        Name string
+        Elem string
+
+        key string
+}
+
+func NewInterpolatedVariable(v string) (InterpolatedVariable, error) {
+        if strings.HasPrefix(v, "count.") {
+                return NewCountVariable(v)
+        } else if strings.HasPrefix(v, "path.") {
+                return NewPathVariable(v)
+        } else if strings.HasPrefix(v, "self.") {
+                return NewSelfVariable(v)
+        } else if strings.HasPrefix(v, "terraform.") {
+                return NewTerraformVariable(v)
+        } else if strings.HasPrefix(v, "var.") {
+                return NewUserVariable(v)
+        } else if strings.HasPrefix(v, "module.") {
+                return NewModuleVariable(v)
+        } else if !strings.ContainsRune(v, '.') {
+                return NewSimpleVariable(v)
+        } else {
+                return NewResourceVariable(v)
+        }
+}
+
+func NewCountVariable(key string) (*CountVariable, error) {
+        var fieldType CountValueType
+        parts := strings.SplitN(key, ".", 2)
+        switch parts[1] {
+        case "index":
+                fieldType = CountValueIndex
+        }
+
+        return &CountVariable{
+                Type: fieldType,
+                key:  key,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (c *CountVariable) FullKey() string {
+        return c.key
+}
+
+func NewModuleVariable(key string) (*ModuleVariable, error) {
+        parts := strings.SplitN(key, ".", 3)
+        if len(parts) < 3 {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%s: module variables must be three parts: module.name.attr",
+                        key)
+        }
+
+        return &ModuleVariable{
+                Name:  parts[1],
+                Field: parts[2],
+                key:   key,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (v *ModuleVariable) FullKey() string {
+        return v.key
+}
+
+func (v *ModuleVariable) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *v)
+}
+
+func NewPathVariable(key string) (*PathVariable, error) {
+        var fieldType PathValueType
+        parts := strings.SplitN(key, ".", 2)
+        switch parts[1] {
+        case "cwd":
+                fieldType = PathValueCwd
+        case "module":
+                fieldType = PathValueModule
+        case "root":
+                fieldType = PathValueRoot
+        }
+
+        return &PathVariable{
+                Type: fieldType,
+                key:  key,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (v *PathVariable) FullKey() string {
+        return v.key
+}
+
+func NewResourceVariable(key string) (*ResourceVariable, error) {
+        var mode ResourceMode
+        var parts []string
+        if strings.HasPrefix(key, "data.") {
+                mode = DataResourceMode
+                parts = strings.SplitN(key, ".", 4)
+                if len(parts) < 4 {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: data variables must be four parts: data.TYPE.NAME.ATTR",
+                                key)
+                }
+
+                // Don't actually need the "data." prefix for parsing, since it's
+                // always constant.
+                parts = parts[1:]
+        } else {
+                mode = ManagedResourceMode
+                parts = strings.SplitN(key, ".", 3)
+                if len(parts) < 3 {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: resource variables must be three parts: TYPE.NAME.ATTR",
+                                key)
+                }
+        }
+
+        field := parts[2]
+        multi := false
+        var index int
+
+        if idx := strings.Index(field, "."); idx != -1 {
+                indexStr := field[:idx]
+                multi = indexStr == "*"
+                index = -1
+
+                if !multi {
+                        indexInt, err := strconv.ParseInt(indexStr, 0, 0)
+                        if err == nil {
+                                multi = true
+                                index = int(indexInt)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if multi {
+                        field = field[idx+1:]
+                }
+        }
+
+        return &ResourceVariable{
+                Mode:  mode,
+                Type:  parts[0],
+                Name:  parts[1],
+                Field: field,
+                Multi: multi,
+                Index: index,
+                key:   key,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (v *ResourceVariable) ResourceId() string {
+        switch v.Mode {
+        case ManagedResourceMode:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", v.Type, v.Name)
+        case DataResourceMode:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("data.%s.%s", v.Type, v.Name)
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Errorf("unknown resource mode %s", v.Mode))
+        }
+}
+
+func (v *ResourceVariable) FullKey() string {
+        return v.key
+}
+
+func NewSelfVariable(key string) (*SelfVariable, error) {
+        field := key[len("self."):]
+
+        return &SelfVariable{
+                Field: field,
+
+                key: key,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (v *SelfVariable) FullKey() string {
+        return v.key
+}
+
+func (v *SelfVariable) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *v)
+}
+
+func NewSimpleVariable(key string) (*SimpleVariable, error) {
+        return &SimpleVariable{key}, nil
+}
+
+func (v *SimpleVariable) FullKey() string {
+        return v.Key
+}
+
+func (v *SimpleVariable) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *v)
+}
+
+func NewTerraformVariable(key string) (*TerraformVariable, error) {
+        field := key[len("terraform."):]
+        return &TerraformVariable{
+                Field: field,
+                key:   key,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (v *TerraformVariable) FullKey() string {
+        return v.key
+}
+
+func (v *TerraformVariable) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *v)
+}
+
+func NewUserVariable(key string) (*UserVariable, error) {
+        name := key[len("var."):]
+        elem := ""
+        if idx := strings.Index(name, "."); idx > -1 {
+                elem = name[idx+1:]
+                name = name[:idx]
+        }
+
+        if len(elem) > 0 {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Invalid dot index found: 'var.%s.%s'. Values in maps and lists can be referenced using square bracket indexing, like: 'var.mymap[\"key\"]' or 'var.mylist[1]'.", name, elem)
+        }
+
+        return &UserVariable{
+                key: key,
+
+                Name: name,
+                Elem: elem,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (v *UserVariable) FullKey() string {
+        return v.key
+}
+
+func (v *UserVariable) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *v)
+}
+
+// DetectVariables takes an AST root and returns all the interpolated
+// variables that are detected in the AST tree.
+func DetectVariables(root ast.Node) ([]InterpolatedVariable, error) {
+        var result []InterpolatedVariable
+        var resultErr error
+
+        // Visitor callback
+        fn := func(n ast.Node) ast.Node {
+                if resultErr != nil {
+                        return n
+                }
+
+                switch vn := n.(type) {
+                case *ast.VariableAccess:
+                        v, err := NewInterpolatedVariable(vn.Name)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                resultErr = err
+                                return n
+                        }
+                        result = append(result, v)
+                case *ast.Index:
+                        if va, ok := vn.Target.(*ast.VariableAccess); ok {
+                                v, err := NewInterpolatedVariable(va.Name)
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        resultErr = err
+                                        return n
+                                }
+                                result = append(result, v)
+                        }
+                        if va, ok := vn.Key.(*ast.VariableAccess); ok {
+                                v, err := NewInterpolatedVariable(va.Name)
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        resultErr = err
+                                        return n
+                                }
+                                result = append(result, v)
+                        }
+                default:
+                        return n
+                }
+
+                return n
+        }
+
+        // Visitor pattern
+        root.Accept(fn)
+
+        if resultErr != nil {
+                return nil, resultErr
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/interpolate_funcs.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/interpolate_funcs.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1f97b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/interpolate_funcs.go
@@ -0,0 +1,1390 @@
+package config
+
+import (
+        "crypto/md5"
+        "crypto/sha1"
+        "crypto/sha256"
+        "crypto/sha512"
+        "encoding/base64"
+        "encoding/hex"
+        "encoding/json"
+        "fmt"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "math"
+        "net"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "regexp"
+        "sort"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/apparentlymart/go-cidr/cidr"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-uuid"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/go-homedir"
+)
+
+// stringSliceToVariableValue converts a string slice into the value
+// required to be returned from interpolation functions which return
+// TypeList.
+func stringSliceToVariableValue(values []string) []ast.Variable {
+        output := make([]ast.Variable, len(values))
+        for index, value := range values {
+                output[index] = ast.Variable{
+                        Type:  ast.TypeString,
+                        Value: value,
+                }
+        }
+        return output
+}
+
+func listVariableValueToStringSlice(values []ast.Variable) ([]string, error) {
+        output := make([]string, len(values))
+        for index, value := range values {
+                if value.Type != ast.TypeString {
+                        return []string{}, fmt.Errorf("list has non-string element (%T)", value.Type.String())
+                }
+                output[index] = value.Value.(string)
+        }
+        return output, nil
+}
+
+// Funcs is the mapping of built-in functions for configuration.
+func Funcs() map[string]ast.Function {
+        return map[string]ast.Function{
+                "basename":     interpolationFuncBasename(),
+                "base64decode": interpolationFuncBase64Decode(),
+                "base64encode": interpolationFuncBase64Encode(),
+                "base64sha256": interpolationFuncBase64Sha256(),
+                "base64sha512": interpolationFuncBase64Sha512(),
+                "ceil":         interpolationFuncCeil(),
+                "chomp":        interpolationFuncChomp(),
+                "cidrhost":     interpolationFuncCidrHost(),
+                "cidrnetmask":  interpolationFuncCidrNetmask(),
+                "cidrsubnet":   interpolationFuncCidrSubnet(),
+                "coalesce":     interpolationFuncCoalesce(),
+                "coalescelist": interpolationFuncCoalesceList(),
+                "compact":      interpolationFuncCompact(),
+                "concat":       interpolationFuncConcat(),
+                "dirname":      interpolationFuncDirname(),
+                "distinct":     interpolationFuncDistinct(),
+                "element":      interpolationFuncElement(),
+                "file":         interpolationFuncFile(),
+                "matchkeys":    interpolationFuncMatchKeys(),
+                "floor":        interpolationFuncFloor(),
+                "format":       interpolationFuncFormat(),
+                "formatlist":   interpolationFuncFormatList(),
+                "index":        interpolationFuncIndex(),
+                "join":         interpolationFuncJoin(),
+                "jsonencode":   interpolationFuncJSONEncode(),
+                "length":       interpolationFuncLength(),
+                "list":         interpolationFuncList(),
+                "log":          interpolationFuncLog(),
+                "lower":        interpolationFuncLower(),
+                "map":          interpolationFuncMap(),
+                "max":          interpolationFuncMax(),
+                "md5":          interpolationFuncMd5(),
+                "merge":        interpolationFuncMerge(),
+                "min":          interpolationFuncMin(),
+                "pathexpand":   interpolationFuncPathExpand(),
+                "uuid":         interpolationFuncUUID(),
+                "replace":      interpolationFuncReplace(),
+                "sha1":         interpolationFuncSha1(),
+                "sha256":       interpolationFuncSha256(),
+                "sha512":       interpolationFuncSha512(),
+                "signum":       interpolationFuncSignum(),
+                "slice":        interpolationFuncSlice(),
+                "sort":         interpolationFuncSort(),
+                "split":        interpolationFuncSplit(),
+                "substr":       interpolationFuncSubstr(),
+                "timestamp":    interpolationFuncTimestamp(),
+                "title":        interpolationFuncTitle(),
+                "trimspace":    interpolationFuncTrimSpace(),
+                "upper":        interpolationFuncUpper(),
+                "zipmap":       interpolationFuncZipMap(),
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncList creates a list from the parameters passed
+// to it.
+func interpolationFuncList() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:     []ast.Type{},
+                ReturnType:   ast.TypeList,
+                Variadic:     true,
+                VariadicType: ast.TypeAny,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        var outputList []ast.Variable
+
+                        for i, val := range args {
+                                switch v := val.(type) {
+                                case string:
+                                        outputList = append(outputList, ast.Variable{Type: ast.TypeString, Value: v})
+                                case []ast.Variable:
+                                        outputList = append(outputList, ast.Variable{Type: ast.TypeList, Value: v})
+                                case map[string]ast.Variable:
+                                        outputList = append(outputList, ast.Variable{Type: ast.TypeMap, Value: v})
+                                default:
+                                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("unexpected type %T for argument %d in list", v, i)
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        // we don't support heterogeneous types, so make sure all types match the first
+                        if len(outputList) > 0 {
+                                firstType := outputList[0].Type
+                                for i, v := range outputList[1:] {
+                                        if v.Type != firstType {
+                                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("unexpected type %s for argument %d in list", v.Type, i+1)
+                                        }
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        return outputList, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncMap creates a map from the parameters passed
+// to it.
+func interpolationFuncMap() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:     []ast.Type{},
+                ReturnType:   ast.TypeMap,
+                Variadic:     true,
+                VariadicType: ast.TypeAny,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        outputMap := make(map[string]ast.Variable)
+
+                        if len(args)%2 != 0 {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("requires an even number of arguments, got %d", len(args))
+                        }
+
+                        var firstType *ast.Type
+                        for i := 0; i < len(args); i += 2 {
+                                key, ok := args[i].(string)
+                                if !ok {
+                                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("argument %d represents a key, so it must be a string", i+1)
+                                }
+                                val := args[i+1]
+                                variable, err := hil.InterfaceToVariable(val)
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return nil, err
+                                }
+                                // Enforce map type homogeneity
+                                if firstType == nil {
+                                        firstType = &variable.Type
+                                } else if variable.Type != *firstType {
+                                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("all map values must have the same type, got %s then %s", firstType.Printable(), variable.Type.Printable())
+                                }
+                                // Check for duplicate keys
+                                if _, ok := outputMap[key]; ok {
+                                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("argument %d is a duplicate key: %q", i+1, key)
+                                }
+                                outputMap[key] = variable
+                        }
+
+                        return outputMap, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncCompact strips a list of multi-variable values
+// (e.g. as returned by "split") of any empty strings.
+func interpolationFuncCompact() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeList},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeList,
+                Variadic:   false,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        inputList := args[0].([]ast.Variable)
+
+                        var outputList []string
+                        for _, val := range inputList {
+                                strVal, ok := val.Value.(string)
+                                if !ok {
+                                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "compact() may only be used with flat lists, this list contains elements of %s",
+                                                val.Type.Printable())
+                                }
+                                if strVal == "" {
+                                        continue
+                                }
+
+                                outputList = append(outputList, strVal)
+                        }
+                        return stringSliceToVariableValue(outputList), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncCidrHost implements the "cidrhost" function that
+// fills in the host part of a CIDR range address to create a single
+// host address
+func interpolationFuncCidrHost() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes: []ast.Type{
+                        ast.TypeString, // starting CIDR mask
+                        ast.TypeInt,    // host number to insert
+                },
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Variadic:   false,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        hostNum := args[1].(int)
+                        _, network, err := net.ParseCIDR(args[0].(string))
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid CIDR expression: %s", err)
+                        }
+
+                        ip, err := cidr.Host(network, hostNum)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+
+                        return ip.String(), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncCidrNetmask implements the "cidrnetmask" function
+// that returns the subnet mask in IP address notation.
+func interpolationFuncCidrNetmask() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes: []ast.Type{
+                        ast.TypeString, // CIDR mask
+                },
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Variadic:   false,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        _, network, err := net.ParseCIDR(args[0].(string))
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid CIDR expression: %s", err)
+                        }
+
+                        return net.IP(network.Mask).String(), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncCidrSubnet implements the "cidrsubnet" function that
+// adds an additional subnet of the given length onto an existing
+// IP block expressed in CIDR notation.
+func interpolationFuncCidrSubnet() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes: []ast.Type{
+                        ast.TypeString, // starting CIDR mask
+                        ast.TypeInt,    // number of bits to extend the prefix
+                        ast.TypeInt,    // network number to append to the prefix
+                },
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Variadic:   false,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        extraBits := args[1].(int)
+                        subnetNum := args[2].(int)
+                        _, network, err := net.ParseCIDR(args[0].(string))
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid CIDR expression: %s", err)
+                        }
+
+                        // For portability with 32-bit systems where the subnet number
+                        // will be a 32-bit int, we only allow extension of 32 bits in
+                        // one call even if we're running on a 64-bit machine.
+                        // (Of course, this is significant only for IPv6.)
+                        if extraBits > 32 {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("may not extend prefix by more than 32 bits")
+                        }
+
+                        newNetwork, err := cidr.Subnet(network, extraBits, subnetNum)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+
+                        return newNetwork.String(), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncCoalesce implements the "coalesce" function that
+// returns the first non null / empty string from the provided input
+func interpolationFuncCoalesce() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:     []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType:   ast.TypeString,
+                Variadic:     true,
+                VariadicType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        if len(args) < 2 {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("must provide at least two arguments")
+                        }
+                        for _, arg := range args {
+                                argument := arg.(string)
+
+                                if argument != "" {
+                                        return argument, nil
+                                }
+                        }
+                        return "", nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncCoalesceList implements the "coalescelist" function that
+// returns the first non empty list from the provided input
+func interpolationFuncCoalesceList() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:     []ast.Type{ast.TypeList},
+                ReturnType:   ast.TypeList,
+                Variadic:     true,
+                VariadicType: ast.TypeList,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        if len(args) < 2 {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("must provide at least two arguments")
+                        }
+                        for _, arg := range args {
+                                argument := arg.([]ast.Variable)
+
+                                if len(argument) > 0 {
+                                        return argument, nil
+                                }
+                        }
+                        return make([]ast.Variable, 0), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncConcat implements the "concat" function that concatenates
+// multiple lists.
+func interpolationFuncConcat() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:     []ast.Type{ast.TypeList},
+                ReturnType:   ast.TypeList,
+                Variadic:     true,
+                VariadicType: ast.TypeList,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        var outputList []ast.Variable
+
+                        for _, arg := range args {
+                                for _, v := range arg.([]ast.Variable) {
+                                        switch v.Type {
+                                        case ast.TypeString:
+                                                outputList = append(outputList, v)
+                                        case ast.TypeList:
+                                                outputList = append(outputList, v)
+                                        case ast.TypeMap:
+                                                outputList = append(outputList, v)
+                                        default:
+                                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("concat() does not support lists of %s", v.Type.Printable())
+                                        }
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        // we don't support heterogeneous types, so make sure all types match the first
+                        if len(outputList) > 0 {
+                                firstType := outputList[0].Type
+                                for _, v := range outputList[1:] {
+                                        if v.Type != firstType {
+                                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("unexpected %s in list of %s", v.Type.Printable(), firstType.Printable())
+                                        }
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        return outputList, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncFile implements the "file" function that allows
+// loading contents from a file.
+func interpolationFuncFile() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        path, err := homedir.Expand(args[0].(string))
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return "", err
+                        }
+                        data, err := ioutil.ReadFile(path)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return "", err
+                        }
+
+                        return string(data), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncFormat implements the "format" function that does
+// string formatting.
+func interpolationFuncFormat() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:     []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                Variadic:     true,
+                VariadicType: ast.TypeAny,
+                ReturnType:   ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        format := args[0].(string)
+                        return fmt.Sprintf(format, args[1:]...), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncMax returns the maximum of the numeric arguments
+func interpolationFuncMax() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:     []ast.Type{ast.TypeFloat},
+                ReturnType:   ast.TypeFloat,
+                Variadic:     true,
+                VariadicType: ast.TypeFloat,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        max := args[0].(float64)
+
+                        for i := 1; i < len(args); i++ {
+                                max = math.Max(max, args[i].(float64))
+                        }
+
+                        return max, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncMin returns the minimum of the numeric arguments
+func interpolationFuncMin() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:     []ast.Type{ast.TypeFloat},
+                ReturnType:   ast.TypeFloat,
+                Variadic:     true,
+                VariadicType: ast.TypeFloat,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        min := args[0].(float64)
+
+                        for i := 1; i < len(args); i++ {
+                                min = math.Min(min, args[i].(float64))
+                        }
+
+                        return min, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncPathExpand will expand any `~`'s found with the full file path
+func interpolationFuncPathExpand() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        return homedir.Expand(args[0].(string))
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncCeil returns the the least integer value greater than or equal to the argument
+func interpolationFuncCeil() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeFloat},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeInt,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        return int(math.Ceil(args[0].(float64))), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncLog returns the logarithnm.
+func interpolationFuncLog() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeFloat, ast.TypeFloat},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeFloat,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        return math.Log(args[0].(float64)) / math.Log(args[1].(float64)), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncChomp removes trailing newlines from the given string
+func interpolationFuncChomp() ast.Function {
+        newlines := regexp.MustCompile(`(?:\r\n?|\n)*\z`)
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        return newlines.ReplaceAllString(args[0].(string), ""), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncFloorreturns returns the greatest integer value less than or equal to the argument
+func interpolationFuncFloor() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeFloat},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeInt,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        return int(math.Floor(args[0].(float64))), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func interpolationFuncZipMap() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes: []ast.Type{
+                        ast.TypeList, // Keys
+                        ast.TypeList, // Values
+                },
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeMap,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        keys := args[0].([]ast.Variable)
+                        values := args[1].([]ast.Variable)
+
+                        if len(keys) != len(values) {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("count of keys (%d) does not match count of values (%d)",
+                                        len(keys), len(values))
+                        }
+
+                        for i, val := range keys {
+                                if val.Type != ast.TypeString {
+                                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("keys must be strings. value at position %d is %s",
+                                                i, val.Type.Printable())
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        result := map[string]ast.Variable{}
+                        for i := 0; i < len(keys); i++ {
+                                result[keys[i].Value.(string)] = values[i]
+                        }
+
+                        return result, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncFormatList implements the "formatlist" function that does
+// string formatting on lists.
+func interpolationFuncFormatList() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:     []ast.Type{ast.TypeAny},
+                Variadic:     true,
+                VariadicType: ast.TypeAny,
+                ReturnType:   ast.TypeList,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        // Make a copy of the variadic part of args
+                        // to avoid modifying the original.
+                        varargs := make([]interface{}, len(args)-1)
+                        copy(varargs, args[1:])
+
+                        // Verify we have some arguments
+                        if len(varargs) == 0 {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("no arguments to formatlist")
+                        }
+
+                        // Convert arguments that are lists into slices.
+                        // Confirm along the way that all lists have the same length (n).
+                        var n int
+                        listSeen := false
+                        for i := 1; i < len(args); i++ {
+                                s, ok := args[i].([]ast.Variable)
+                                if !ok {
+                                        continue
+                                }
+
+                                // Mark that we've seen at least one list
+                                listSeen = true
+
+                                // Convert the ast.Variable to a slice of strings
+                                parts, err := listVariableValueToStringSlice(s)
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return nil, err
+                                }
+
+                                // otherwise the list is sent down to be indexed
+                                varargs[i-1] = parts
+
+                                // Check length
+                                if n == 0 {
+                                        // first list we've seen
+                                        n = len(parts)
+                                        continue
+                                }
+                                if n != len(parts) {
+                                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("format: mismatched list lengths: %d != %d", n, len(parts))
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        // If we didn't see a list this is an error because we
+                        // can't determine the return value length.
+                        if !listSeen {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "formatlist requires at least one list argument")
+                        }
+
+                        // Do the formatting.
+                        format := args[0].(string)
+
+                        // Generate a list of formatted strings.
+                        list := make([]string, n)
+                        fmtargs := make([]interface{}, len(varargs))
+                        for i := 0; i < n; i++ {
+                                for j, arg := range varargs {
+                                        switch arg := arg.(type) {
+                                        default:
+                                                fmtargs[j] = arg
+                                        case []string:
+                                                fmtargs[j] = arg[i]
+                                        }
+                                }
+                                list[i] = fmt.Sprintf(format, fmtargs...)
+                        }
+                        return stringSliceToVariableValue(list), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncIndex implements the "index" function that allows one to
+// find the index of a specific element in a list
+func interpolationFuncIndex() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeList, ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeInt,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        haystack := args[0].([]ast.Variable)
+                        needle := args[1].(string)
+                        for index, element := range haystack {
+                                if needle == element.Value {
+                                        return index, nil
+                                }
+                        }
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("Could not find '%s' in '%s'", needle, haystack)
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncBasename implements the "dirname" function.
+func interpolationFuncDirname() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        return filepath.Dir(args[0].(string)), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncDistinct implements the "distinct" function that
+// removes duplicate elements from a list.
+func interpolationFuncDistinct() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:     []ast.Type{ast.TypeList},
+                ReturnType:   ast.TypeList,
+                Variadic:     true,
+                VariadicType: ast.TypeList,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        var list []string
+
+                        if len(args) != 1 {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("accepts only one argument.")
+                        }
+
+                        if argument, ok := args[0].([]ast.Variable); ok {
+                                for _, element := range argument {
+                                        if element.Type != ast.TypeString {
+                                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                                        "only works for flat lists, this list contains elements of %s",
+                                                        element.Type.Printable())
+                                        }
+                                        list = appendIfMissing(list, element.Value.(string))
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        return stringSliceToVariableValue(list), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// helper function to add an element to a list, if it does not already exsit
+func appendIfMissing(slice []string, element string) []string {
+        for _, ele := range slice {
+                if ele == element {
+                        return slice
+                }
+        }
+        return append(slice, element)
+}
+
+// for two lists `keys` and `values` of equal length, returns all elements
+// from `values` where the corresponding element from `keys` is in `searchset`.
+func interpolationFuncMatchKeys() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeList, ast.TypeList, ast.TypeList},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeList,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        output := make([]ast.Variable, 0)
+
+                        values, _ := args[0].([]ast.Variable)
+                        keys, _ := args[1].([]ast.Variable)
+                        searchset, _ := args[2].([]ast.Variable)
+
+                        if len(keys) != len(values) {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("length of keys and values should be equal")
+                        }
+
+                        for i, key := range keys {
+                                for _, search := range searchset {
+                                        if res, err := compareSimpleVariables(key, search); err != nil {
+                                                return nil, err
+                                        } else if res == true {
+                                                output = append(output, values[i])
+                                                break
+                                        }
+                                }
+                        }
+                        // if searchset is empty, then output is an empty list as well.
+                        // if we haven't matched any key, then output is an empty list.
+                        return output, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// compare two variables of the same type, i.e. non complex one, such as TypeList or TypeMap
+func compareSimpleVariables(a, b ast.Variable) (bool, error) {
+        if a.Type != b.Type {
+                return false, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "won't compare items of different types %s and %s",
+                        a.Type.Printable(), b.Type.Printable())
+        }
+        switch a.Type {
+        case ast.TypeString:
+                return a.Value.(string) == b.Value.(string), nil
+        default:
+                return false, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "can't compare items of type %s",
+                        a.Type.Printable())
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncJoin implements the "join" function that allows
+// multi-variable values to be joined by some character.
+func interpolationFuncJoin() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:     []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                Variadic:     true,
+                VariadicType: ast.TypeList,
+                ReturnType:   ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        var list []string
+
+                        if len(args) < 2 {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("not enough arguments to join()")
+                        }
+
+                        for _, arg := range args[1:] {
+                                for _, part := range arg.([]ast.Variable) {
+                                        if part.Type != ast.TypeString {
+                                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                                        "only works on flat lists, this list contains elements of %s",
+                                                        part.Type.Printable())
+                                        }
+                                        list = append(list, part.Value.(string))
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        return strings.Join(list, args[0].(string)), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncJSONEncode implements the "jsonencode" function that encodes
+// a string, list, or map as its JSON representation. For now, values in the
+// list or map may only be strings.
+func interpolationFuncJSONEncode() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeAny},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        var toEncode interface{}
+
+                        switch typedArg := args[0].(type) {
+                        case string:
+                                toEncode = typedArg
+
+                        case []ast.Variable:
+                                // We preallocate the list here. Note that it's important that in
+                                // the length 0 case, we have an empty list rather than nil, as
+                                // they encode differently.
+                                // XXX It would be nice to support arbitrarily nested data here. Is
+                                // there an inverse of hil.InterfaceToVariable?
+                                strings := make([]string, len(typedArg))
+
+                                for i, v := range typedArg {
+                                        if v.Type != ast.TypeString {
+                                                return "", fmt.Errorf("list elements must be strings")
+                                        }
+                                        strings[i] = v.Value.(string)
+                                }
+                                toEncode = strings
+
+                        case map[string]ast.Variable:
+                                // XXX It would be nice to support arbitrarily nested data here. Is
+                                // there an inverse of hil.InterfaceToVariable?
+                                stringMap := make(map[string]string)
+                                for k, v := range typedArg {
+                                        if v.Type != ast.TypeString {
+                                                return "", fmt.Errorf("map values must be strings")
+                                        }
+                                        stringMap[k] = v.Value.(string)
+                                }
+                                toEncode = stringMap
+
+                        default:
+                                return "", fmt.Errorf("unknown type for JSON encoding: %T", args[0])
+                        }
+
+                        jEnc, err := json.Marshal(toEncode)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to encode JSON data '%s'", toEncode)
+                        }
+                        return string(jEnc), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncReplace implements the "replace" function that does
+// string replacement.
+func interpolationFuncReplace() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString, ast.TypeString, ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        s := args[0].(string)
+                        search := args[1].(string)
+                        replace := args[2].(string)
+
+                        // We search/replace using a regexp if the string is surrounded
+                        // in forward slashes.
+                        if len(search) > 1 && search[0] == '/' && search[len(search)-1] == '/' {
+                                re, err := regexp.Compile(search[1 : len(search)-1])
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return nil, err
+                                }
+
+                                return re.ReplaceAllString(s, replace), nil
+                        }
+
+                        return strings.Replace(s, search, replace, -1), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func interpolationFuncLength() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeAny},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeInt,
+                Variadic:   false,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        subject := args[0]
+
+                        switch typedSubject := subject.(type) {
+                        case string:
+                                return len(typedSubject), nil
+                        case []ast.Variable:
+                                return len(typedSubject), nil
+                        case map[string]ast.Variable:
+                                return len(typedSubject), nil
+                        }
+
+                        return 0, fmt.Errorf("arguments to length() must be a string, list, or map")
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func interpolationFuncSignum() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeInt},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeInt,
+                Variadic:   false,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        num := args[0].(int)
+                        switch {
+                        case num < 0:
+                                return -1, nil
+                        case num > 0:
+                                return +1, nil
+                        default:
+                                return 0, nil
+                        }
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncSlice returns a portion of the input list between from, inclusive and to, exclusive.
+func interpolationFuncSlice() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes: []ast.Type{
+                        ast.TypeList, // inputList
+                        ast.TypeInt,  // from
+                        ast.TypeInt,  // to
+                },
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeList,
+                Variadic:   false,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        inputList := args[0].([]ast.Variable)
+                        from := args[1].(int)
+                        to := args[2].(int)
+
+                        if from < 0 {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("from index must be >= 0")
+                        }
+                        if to > len(inputList) {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("to index must be <= length of the input list")
+                        }
+                        if from > to {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("from index must be <= to index")
+                        }
+
+                        var outputList []ast.Variable
+                        for i, val := range inputList {
+                                if i >= from && i < to {
+                                        outputList = append(outputList, val)
+                                }
+                        }
+                        return outputList, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncSort sorts a list of a strings lexographically
+func interpolationFuncSort() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeList},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeList,
+                Variadic:   false,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        inputList := args[0].([]ast.Variable)
+
+                        // Ensure that all the list members are strings and
+                        // create a string slice from them
+                        members := make([]string, len(inputList))
+                        for i, val := range inputList {
+                                if val.Type != ast.TypeString {
+                                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "sort() may only be used with lists of strings - %s at index %d",
+                                                val.Type.String(), i)
+                                }
+
+                                members[i] = val.Value.(string)
+                        }
+
+                        sort.Strings(members)
+                        return stringSliceToVariableValue(members), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncSplit implements the "split" function that allows
+// strings to split into multi-variable values
+func interpolationFuncSplit() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString, ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeList,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        sep := args[0].(string)
+                        s := args[1].(string)
+                        elements := strings.Split(s, sep)
+                        return stringSliceToVariableValue(elements), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncLookup implements the "lookup" function that allows
+// dynamic lookups of map types within a Terraform configuration.
+func interpolationFuncLookup(vs map[string]ast.Variable) ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:     []ast.Type{ast.TypeMap, ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType:   ast.TypeString,
+                Variadic:     true,
+                VariadicType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        defaultValue := ""
+                        defaultValueSet := false
+                        if len(args) > 2 {
+                                defaultValue = args[2].(string)
+                                defaultValueSet = true
+                        }
+                        if len(args) > 3 {
+                                return "", fmt.Errorf("lookup() takes no more than three arguments")
+                        }
+                        index := args[1].(string)
+                        mapVar := args[0].(map[string]ast.Variable)
+
+                        v, ok := mapVar[index]
+                        if !ok {
+                                if defaultValueSet {
+                                        return defaultValue, nil
+                                } else {
+                                        return "", fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "lookup failed to find '%s'",
+                                                args[1].(string))
+                                }
+                        }
+                        if v.Type != ast.TypeString {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "lookup() may only be used with flat maps, this map contains elements of %s",
+                                        v.Type.Printable())
+                        }
+
+                        return v.Value.(string), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncElement implements the "element" function that allows
+// a specific index to be looked up in a multi-variable value. Note that this will
+// wrap if the index is larger than the number of elements in the multi-variable value.
+func interpolationFuncElement() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeList, ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        list := args[0].([]ast.Variable)
+                        if len(list) == 0 {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("element() may not be used with an empty list")
+                        }
+
+                        index, err := strconv.Atoi(args[1].(string))
+                        if err != nil || index < 0 {
+                                return "", fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "invalid number for index, got %s", args[1])
+                        }
+
+                        resolvedIndex := index % len(list)
+
+                        v := list[resolvedIndex]
+                        if v.Type != ast.TypeString {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "element() may only be used with flat lists, this list contains elements of %s",
+                                        v.Type.Printable())
+                        }
+                        return v.Value, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncKeys implements the "keys" function that yields a list of
+// keys of map types within a Terraform configuration.
+func interpolationFuncKeys(vs map[string]ast.Variable) ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeMap},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeList,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        mapVar := args[0].(map[string]ast.Variable)
+                        keys := make([]string, 0)
+
+                        for k, _ := range mapVar {
+                                keys = append(keys, k)
+                        }
+
+                        sort.Strings(keys)
+
+                        // Keys are guaranteed to be strings
+                        return stringSliceToVariableValue(keys), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncValues implements the "values" function that yields a list of
+// keys of map types within a Terraform configuration.
+func interpolationFuncValues(vs map[string]ast.Variable) ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeMap},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeList,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        mapVar := args[0].(map[string]ast.Variable)
+                        keys := make([]string, 0)
+
+                        for k, _ := range mapVar {
+                                keys = append(keys, k)
+                        }
+
+                        sort.Strings(keys)
+
+                        values := make([]string, len(keys))
+                        for index, key := range keys {
+                                if value, ok := mapVar[key].Value.(string); ok {
+                                        values[index] = value
+                                } else {
+                                        return "", fmt.Errorf("values(): %q has element with bad type %s",
+                                                key, mapVar[key].Type)
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        variable, err := hil.InterfaceToVariable(values)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+
+                        return variable.Value, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncBasename implements the "basename" function.
+func interpolationFuncBasename() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        return filepath.Base(args[0].(string)), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncBase64Encode implements the "base64encode" function that
+// allows Base64 encoding.
+func interpolationFuncBase64Encode() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        s := args[0].(string)
+                        return base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString([]byte(s)), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncBase64Decode implements the "base64decode" function that
+// allows Base64 decoding.
+func interpolationFuncBase64Decode() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        s := args[0].(string)
+                        sDec, err := base64.StdEncoding.DecodeString(s)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to decode base64 data '%s'", s)
+                        }
+                        return string(sDec), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncLower implements the "lower" function that does
+// string lower casing.
+func interpolationFuncLower() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        toLower := args[0].(string)
+                        return strings.ToLower(toLower), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func interpolationFuncMd5() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        s := args[0].(string)
+                        h := md5.New()
+                        h.Write([]byte(s))
+                        hash := hex.EncodeToString(h.Sum(nil))
+                        return hash, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func interpolationFuncMerge() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:     []ast.Type{ast.TypeMap},
+                ReturnType:   ast.TypeMap,
+                Variadic:     true,
+                VariadicType: ast.TypeMap,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        outputMap := make(map[string]ast.Variable)
+
+                        for _, arg := range args {
+                                for k, v := range arg.(map[string]ast.Variable) {
+                                        outputMap[k] = v
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        return outputMap, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncUpper implements the "upper" function that does
+// string upper casing.
+func interpolationFuncUpper() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        toUpper := args[0].(string)
+                        return strings.ToUpper(toUpper), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func interpolationFuncSha1() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        s := args[0].(string)
+                        h := sha1.New()
+                        h.Write([]byte(s))
+                        hash := hex.EncodeToString(h.Sum(nil))
+                        return hash, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// hexadecimal representation of sha256 sum
+func interpolationFuncSha256() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        s := args[0].(string)
+                        h := sha256.New()
+                        h.Write([]byte(s))
+                        hash := hex.EncodeToString(h.Sum(nil))
+                        return hash, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func interpolationFuncSha512() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        s := args[0].(string)
+                        h := sha512.New()
+                        h.Write([]byte(s))
+                        hash := hex.EncodeToString(h.Sum(nil))
+                        return hash, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func interpolationFuncTrimSpace() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        trimSpace := args[0].(string)
+                        return strings.TrimSpace(trimSpace), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func interpolationFuncBase64Sha256() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        s := args[0].(string)
+                        h := sha256.New()
+                        h.Write([]byte(s))
+                        shaSum := h.Sum(nil)
+                        encoded := base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(shaSum[:])
+                        return encoded, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func interpolationFuncBase64Sha512() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        s := args[0].(string)
+                        h := sha512.New()
+                        h.Write([]byte(s))
+                        shaSum := h.Sum(nil)
+                        encoded := base64.StdEncoding.EncodeToString(shaSum[:])
+                        return encoded, nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func interpolationFuncUUID() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        return uuid.GenerateUUID()
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncTimestamp
+func interpolationFuncTimestamp() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        return time.Now().UTC().Format(time.RFC3339), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncTitle implements the "title" function that returns a copy of the
+// string in which first characters of all the words are capitalized.
+func interpolationFuncTitle() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes:   []ast.Type{ast.TypeString},
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        toTitle := args[0].(string)
+                        return strings.Title(toTitle), nil
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// interpolationFuncSubstr implements the "substr" function that allows strings
+// to be truncated.
+func interpolationFuncSubstr() ast.Function {
+        return ast.Function{
+                ArgTypes: []ast.Type{
+                        ast.TypeString, // input string
+                        ast.TypeInt,    // offset
+                        ast.TypeInt,    // length
+                },
+                ReturnType: ast.TypeString,
+                Callback: func(args []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        str := args[0].(string)
+                        offset := args[1].(int)
+                        length := args[2].(int)
+
+                        // Interpret a negative offset as being equivalent to a positive
+                        // offset taken from the end of the string.
+                        if offset < 0 {
+                                offset += len(str)
+                        }
+
+                        // Interpret a length of `-1` as indicating that the substring
+                        // should start at `offset` and continue until the end of the
+                        // string. Any other negative length (other than `-1`) is invalid.
+                        if length == -1 {
+                                length = len(str)
+                        } else if length >= 0 {
+                                length += offset
+                        } else {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("length should be a non-negative integer")
+                        }
+
+                        if offset > len(str) {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("offset cannot be larger than the length of the string")
+                        }
+
+                        if length > len(str) {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("'offset + length' cannot be larger than the length of the string")
+                        }
+
+                        return str[offset:length], nil
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/interpolate_walk.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/interpolate_walk.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ead3d10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/interpolate_walk.go
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+package config
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk"
+)
+
+// interpolationWalker implements interfaces for the reflectwalk package
+// (github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk) that can be used to automatically
+// execute a callback for an interpolation.
+type interpolationWalker struct {
+        // F is the function to call for every interpolation. It can be nil.
+        //
+        // If Replace is true, then the return value of F will be used to
+        // replace the interpolation.
+        F       interpolationWalkerFunc
+        Replace bool
+
+        // ContextF is an advanced version of F that also receives the
+        // location of where it is in the structure. This lets you do
+        // context-aware validation.
+        ContextF interpolationWalkerContextFunc
+
+        key         []string
+        lastValue   reflect.Value
+        loc         reflectwalk.Location
+        cs          []reflect.Value
+        csKey       []reflect.Value
+        csData      interface{}
+        sliceIndex  []int
+        unknownKeys []string
+}
+
+// interpolationWalkerFunc is the callback called by interpolationWalk.
+// It is called with any interpolation found. It should return a value
+// to replace the interpolation with, along with any errors.
+//
+// If Replace is set to false in interpolationWalker, then the replace
+// value can be anything as it will have no effect.
+type interpolationWalkerFunc func(ast.Node) (interface{}, error)
+
+// interpolationWalkerContextFunc is called by interpolationWalk if
+// ContextF is set. This receives both the interpolation and the location
+// where the interpolation is.
+//
+// This callback can be used to validate the location of the interpolation
+// within the configuration.
+type interpolationWalkerContextFunc func(reflectwalk.Location, ast.Node)
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) Enter(loc reflectwalk.Location) error {
+        w.loc = loc
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) Exit(loc reflectwalk.Location) error {
+        w.loc = reflectwalk.None
+
+        switch loc {
+        case reflectwalk.Map:
+                w.cs = w.cs[:len(w.cs)-1]
+        case reflectwalk.MapValue:
+                w.key = w.key[:len(w.key)-1]
+                w.csKey = w.csKey[:len(w.csKey)-1]
+        case reflectwalk.Slice:
+                // Split any values that need to be split
+                w.splitSlice()
+                w.cs = w.cs[:len(w.cs)-1]
+        case reflectwalk.SliceElem:
+                w.csKey = w.csKey[:len(w.csKey)-1]
+                w.sliceIndex = w.sliceIndex[:len(w.sliceIndex)-1]
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) Map(m reflect.Value) error {
+        w.cs = append(w.cs, m)
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) MapElem(m, k, v reflect.Value) error {
+        w.csData = k
+        w.csKey = append(w.csKey, k)
+
+        if l := len(w.sliceIndex); l > 0 {
+                w.key = append(w.key, fmt.Sprintf("%d.%s", w.sliceIndex[l-1], k.String()))
+        } else {
+                w.key = append(w.key, k.String())
+        }
+
+        w.lastValue = v
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) Slice(s reflect.Value) error {
+        w.cs = append(w.cs, s)
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) SliceElem(i int, elem reflect.Value) error {
+        w.csKey = append(w.csKey, reflect.ValueOf(i))
+        w.sliceIndex = append(w.sliceIndex, i)
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) Primitive(v reflect.Value) error {
+        setV := v
+
+        // We only care about strings
+        if v.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+                setV = v
+                v = v.Elem()
+        }
+        if v.Kind() != reflect.String {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        astRoot, err := hil.Parse(v.String())
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // If the AST we got is just a literal string value with the same
+        // value then we ignore it. We have to check if its the same value
+        // because it is possible to input a string, get out a string, and
+        // have it be different. For example: "foo-$${bar}" turns into
+        // "foo-${bar}"
+        if n, ok := astRoot.(*ast.LiteralNode); ok {
+                if s, ok := n.Value.(string); ok && s == v.String() {
+                        return nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        if w.ContextF != nil {
+                w.ContextF(w.loc, astRoot)
+        }
+
+        if w.F == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        replaceVal, err := w.F(astRoot)
+        if err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%s in:\n\n%s",
+                        err, v.String())
+        }
+
+        if w.Replace {
+                // We need to determine if we need to remove this element
+                // if the result contains any "UnknownVariableValue" which is
+                // set if it is computed. This behavior is different if we're
+                // splitting (in a SliceElem) or not.
+                remove := false
+                if w.loc == reflectwalk.SliceElem {
+                        switch typedReplaceVal := replaceVal.(type) {
+                        case string:
+                                if typedReplaceVal == UnknownVariableValue {
+                                        remove = true
+                                }
+                        case []interface{}:
+                                if hasUnknownValue(typedReplaceVal) {
+                                        remove = true
+                                }
+                        }
+                } else if replaceVal == UnknownVariableValue {
+                        remove = true
+                }
+
+                if remove {
+                        w.unknownKeys = append(w.unknownKeys, strings.Join(w.key, "."))
+                }
+
+                resultVal := reflect.ValueOf(replaceVal)
+                switch w.loc {
+                case reflectwalk.MapKey:
+                        m := w.cs[len(w.cs)-1]
+
+                        // Delete the old value
+                        var zero reflect.Value
+                        m.SetMapIndex(w.csData.(reflect.Value), zero)
+
+                        // Set the new key with the existing value
+                        m.SetMapIndex(resultVal, w.lastValue)
+
+                        // Set the key to be the new key
+                        w.csData = resultVal
+                case reflectwalk.MapValue:
+                        // If we're in a map, then the only way to set a map value is
+                        // to set it directly.
+                        m := w.cs[len(w.cs)-1]
+                        mk := w.csData.(reflect.Value)
+                        m.SetMapIndex(mk, resultVal)
+                default:
+                        // Otherwise, we should be addressable
+                        setV.Set(resultVal)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) replaceCurrent(v reflect.Value) {
+        // if we don't have at least 2 values, we're not going to find a map, but
+        // we could panic.
+        if len(w.cs) < 2 {
+                return
+        }
+
+        c := w.cs[len(w.cs)-2]
+        switch c.Kind() {
+        case reflect.Map:
+                // Get the key and delete it
+                k := w.csKey[len(w.csKey)-1]
+                c.SetMapIndex(k, v)
+        }
+}
+
+func hasUnknownValue(variable []interface{}) bool {
+        for _, value := range variable {
+                if strVal, ok := value.(string); ok {
+                        if strVal == UnknownVariableValue {
+                                return true
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        return false
+}
+
+func (w *interpolationWalker) splitSlice() {
+        raw := w.cs[len(w.cs)-1]
+
+        var s []interface{}
+        switch v := raw.Interface().(type) {
+        case []interface{}:
+                s = v
+        case []map[string]interface{}:
+                return
+        }
+
+        split := false
+        for _, val := range s {
+                if varVal, ok := val.(ast.Variable); ok && varVal.Type == ast.TypeList {
+                        split = true
+                }
+                if _, ok := val.([]interface{}); ok {
+                        split = true
+                }
+        }
+
+        if !split {
+                return
+        }
+
+        result := make([]interface{}, 0)
+        for _, v := range s {
+                switch val := v.(type) {
+                case ast.Variable:
+                        switch val.Type {
+                        case ast.TypeList:
+                                elements := val.Value.([]ast.Variable)
+                                for _, element := range elements {
+                                        result = append(result, element.Value)
+                                }
+                        default:
+                                result = append(result, val.Value)
+                        }
+                case []interface{}:
+                        for _, element := range val {
+                                result = append(result, element)
+                        }
+                default:
+                        result = append(result, v)
+                }
+        }
+
+        w.replaceCurrent(reflect.ValueOf(result))
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/lang.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/lang.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..890d30b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/lang.go
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+package config
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+)
+
+type noopNode struct{}
+
+func (n *noopNode) Accept(ast.Visitor) ast.Node      { return n }
+func (n *noopNode) Pos() ast.Pos                     { return ast.Pos{} }
+func (n *noopNode) Type(ast.Scope) (ast.Type, error) { return ast.TypeString, nil }
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/loader.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/loader.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bfa89c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/loader.go
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+package config
+
+import (
+        "encoding/json"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "sort"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl"
+)
+
+// ErrNoConfigsFound is the error returned by LoadDir if no
+// Terraform configuration files were found in the given directory.
+type ErrNoConfigsFound struct {
+        Dir string
+}
+
+func (e ErrNoConfigsFound) Error() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf(
+                "No Terraform configuration files found in directory: %s",
+                e.Dir)
+}
+
+// LoadJSON loads a single Terraform configuration from a given JSON document.
+//
+// The document must be a complete Terraform configuration. This function will
+// NOT try to load any additional modules so only the given document is loaded.
+func LoadJSON(raw json.RawMessage) (*Config, error) {
+        obj, err := hcl.Parse(string(raw))
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Error parsing JSON document as HCL: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        // Start building the result
+        hclConfig := &hclConfigurable{
+                Root: obj,
+        }
+
+        return hclConfig.Config()
+}
+
+// LoadFile loads the Terraform configuration from a given file.
+//
+// This file can be any format that Terraform recognizes, and import any
+// other format that Terraform recognizes.
+func LoadFile(path string) (*Config, error) {
+        importTree, err := loadTree(path)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        configTree, err := importTree.ConfigTree()
+
+        // Close the importTree now so that we can clear resources as quickly
+        // as possible.
+        importTree.Close()
+
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return configTree.Flatten()
+}
+
+// LoadDir loads all the Terraform configuration files in a single
+// directory and appends them together.
+//
+// Special files known as "override files" can also be present, which
+// are merged into the loaded configuration. That is, the non-override
+// files are loaded first to create the configuration. Then, the overrides
+// are merged into the configuration to create the final configuration.
+//
+// Files are loaded in lexical order.
+func LoadDir(root string) (*Config, error) {
+        files, overrides, err := dirFiles(root)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        if len(files) == 0 {
+                return nil, &ErrNoConfigsFound{Dir: root}
+        }
+
+        // Determine the absolute path to the directory.
+        rootAbs, err := filepath.Abs(root)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        var result *Config
+
+        // Sort the files and overrides so we have a deterministic order
+        sort.Strings(files)
+        sort.Strings(overrides)
+
+        // Load all the regular files, append them to each other.
+        for _, f := range files {
+                c, err := LoadFile(f)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                if result != nil {
+                        result, err = Append(result, c)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        result = c
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Load all the overrides, and merge them into the config
+        for _, f := range overrides {
+                c, err := LoadFile(f)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                result, err = Merge(result, c)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Mark the directory
+        result.Dir = rootAbs
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+// IsEmptyDir returns true if the directory given has no Terraform
+// configuration files.
+func IsEmptyDir(root string) (bool, error) {
+        if _, err := os.Stat(root); err != nil && os.IsNotExist(err) {
+                return true, nil
+        }
+
+        fs, os, err := dirFiles(root)
+        if err != nil {
+                return false, err
+        }
+
+        return len(fs) == 0 && len(os) == 0, nil
+}
+
+// Ext returns the Terraform configuration extension of the given
+// path, or a blank string if it is an invalid function.
+func ext(path string) string {
+        if strings.HasSuffix(path, ".tf") {
+                return ".tf"
+        } else if strings.HasSuffix(path, ".tf.json") {
+                return ".tf.json"
+        } else {
+                return ""
+        }
+}
+
+func dirFiles(dir string) ([]string, []string, error) {
+        f, err := os.Open(dir)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, nil, err
+        }
+        defer f.Close()
+
+        fi, err := f.Stat()
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, nil, err
+        }
+        if !fi.IsDir() {
+                return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "configuration path must be a directory: %s",
+                        dir)
+        }
+
+        var files, overrides []string
+        err = nil
+        for err != io.EOF {
+                var fis []os.FileInfo
+                fis, err = f.Readdir(128)
+                if err != nil && err != io.EOF {
+                        return nil, nil, err
+                }
+
+                for _, fi := range fis {
+                        // Ignore directories
+                        if fi.IsDir() {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // Only care about files that are valid to load
+                        name := fi.Name()
+                        extValue := ext(name)
+                        if extValue == "" || isIgnoredFile(name) {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // Determine if we're dealing with an override
+                        nameNoExt := name[:len(name)-len(extValue)]
+                        override := nameNoExt == "override" ||
+                                strings.HasSuffix(nameNoExt, "_override")
+
+                        path := filepath.Join(dir, name)
+                        if override {
+                                overrides = append(overrides, path)
+                        } else {
+                                files = append(files, path)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return files, overrides, nil
+}
+
+// isIgnoredFile returns true or false depending on whether the
+// provided file name is a file that should be ignored.
+func isIgnoredFile(name string) bool {
+        return strings.HasPrefix(name, ".") || // Unix-like hidden files
+                strings.HasSuffix(name, "~") || // vim
+                strings.HasPrefix(name, "#") && strings.HasSuffix(name, "#") // emacs
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/loader_hcl.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/loader_hcl.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9abb196
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/loader_hcl.go
@@ -0,0 +1,1130 @@
+package config
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "io/ioutil"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure"
+)
+
+// hclConfigurable is an implementation of configurable that knows
+// how to turn HCL configuration into a *Config object.
+type hclConfigurable struct {
+        File string
+        Root *ast.File
+}
+
+func (t *hclConfigurable) Config() (*Config, error) {
+        validKeys := map[string]struct{}{
+                "atlas":     struct{}{},
+                "data":      struct{}{},
+                "module":    struct{}{},
+                "output":    struct{}{},
+                "provider":  struct{}{},
+                "resource":  struct{}{},
+                "terraform": struct{}{},
+                "variable":  struct{}{},
+        }
+
+        // Top-level item should be the object list
+        list, ok := t.Root.Node.(*ast.ObjectList)
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("error parsing: file doesn't contain a root object")
+        }
+
+        // Start building up the actual configuration.
+        config := new(Config)
+
+        // Terraform config
+        if o := list.Filter("terraform"); len(o.Items) > 0 {
+                var err error
+                config.Terraform, err = loadTerraformHcl(o)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Build the variables
+        if vars := list.Filter("variable"); len(vars.Items) > 0 {
+                var err error
+                config.Variables, err = loadVariablesHcl(vars)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Get Atlas configuration
+        if atlas := list.Filter("atlas"); len(atlas.Items) > 0 {
+                var err error
+                config.Atlas, err = loadAtlasHcl(atlas)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Build the modules
+        if modules := list.Filter("module"); len(modules.Items) > 0 {
+                var err error
+                config.Modules, err = loadModulesHcl(modules)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Build the provider configs
+        if providers := list.Filter("provider"); len(providers.Items) > 0 {
+                var err error
+                config.ProviderConfigs, err = loadProvidersHcl(providers)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Build the resources
+        {
+                var err error
+                managedResourceConfigs := list.Filter("resource")
+                dataResourceConfigs := list.Filter("data")
+
+                config.Resources = make(
+                        []*Resource, 0,
+                        len(managedResourceConfigs.Items)+len(dataResourceConfigs.Items),
+                )
+
+                managedResources, err := loadManagedResourcesHcl(managedResourceConfigs)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                dataResources, err := loadDataResourcesHcl(dataResourceConfigs)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                config.Resources = append(config.Resources, dataResources...)
+                config.Resources = append(config.Resources, managedResources...)
+        }
+
+        // Build the outputs
+        if outputs := list.Filter("output"); len(outputs.Items) > 0 {
+                var err error
+                config.Outputs, err = loadOutputsHcl(outputs)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Check for invalid keys
+        for _, item := range list.Items {
+                if len(item.Keys) == 0 {
+                        // Not sure how this would happen, but let's avoid a panic
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                k := item.Keys[0].Token.Value().(string)
+                if _, ok := validKeys[k]; ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                config.unknownKeys = append(config.unknownKeys, k)
+        }
+
+        return config, nil
+}
+
+// loadFileHcl is a fileLoaderFunc that knows how to read HCL
+// files and turn them into hclConfigurables.
+func loadFileHcl(root string) (configurable, []string, error) {
+        // Read the HCL file and prepare for parsing
+        d, err := ioutil.ReadFile(root)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Error reading %s: %s", root, err)
+        }
+
+        // Parse it
+        hclRoot, err := hcl.Parse(string(d))
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Error parsing %s: %s", root, err)
+        }
+
+        // Start building the result
+        result := &hclConfigurable{
+                File: root,
+                Root: hclRoot,
+        }
+
+        // Dive in, find the imports. This is disabled for now since
+        // imports were removed prior to Terraform 0.1. The code is
+        // remaining here commented for historical purposes.
+        /*
+                imports := obj.Get("import")
+                if imports == nil {
+                        result.Object.Ref()
+                        return result, nil, nil
+                }
+
+                if imports.Type() != libucl.ObjectTypeString {
+                        imports.Close()
+
+                        return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Error in %s: all 'import' declarations should be in the format\n"+
+                                        "`import \"foo\"` (Got type %s)",
+                                root,
+                                imports.Type())
+                }
+
+                // Gather all the import paths
+                importPaths := make([]string, 0, imports.Len())
+                iter := imports.Iterate(false)
+                for imp := iter.Next(); imp != nil; imp = iter.Next() {
+                        path := imp.ToString()
+                        if !filepath.IsAbs(path) {
+                                // Relative paths are relative to the Terraform file itself
+                                dir := filepath.Dir(root)
+                                path = filepath.Join(dir, path)
+                        }
+
+                        importPaths = append(importPaths, path)
+                        imp.Close()
+                }
+                iter.Close()
+                imports.Close()
+
+                result.Object.Ref()
+        */
+
+        return result, nil, nil
+}
+
+// Given a handle to a HCL object, this transforms it into the Terraform config
+func loadTerraformHcl(list *ast.ObjectList) (*Terraform, error) {
+        if len(list.Items) > 1 {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("only one 'terraform' block allowed per module")
+        }
+
+        // Get our one item
+        item := list.Items[0]
+
+        // This block should have an empty top level ObjectItem.  If there are keys
+        // here, it's likely because we have a flattened JSON object, and we can
+        // lift this into a nested ObjectList to decode properly.
+        if len(item.Keys) > 0 {
+                item = &ast.ObjectItem{
+                        Val: &ast.ObjectType{
+                                List: &ast.ObjectList{
+                                        Items: []*ast.ObjectItem{item},
+                                },
+                        },
+                }
+        }
+
+        // We need the item value as an ObjectList
+        var listVal *ast.ObjectList
+        if ot, ok := item.Val.(*ast.ObjectType); ok {
+                listVal = ot.List
+        } else {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("terraform block: should be an object")
+        }
+
+        // NOTE: We purposely don't validate unknown HCL keys here so that
+        // we can potentially read _future_ Terraform version config (to
+        // still be able to validate the required version).
+        //
+        // We should still keep track of unknown keys to validate later, but
+        // HCL doesn't currently support that.
+
+        var config Terraform
+        if err := hcl.DecodeObject(&config, item.Val); err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Error reading terraform config: %s",
+                        err)
+        }
+
+        // If we have provisioners, then parse those out
+        if os := listVal.Filter("backend"); len(os.Items) > 0 {
+                var err error
+                config.Backend, err = loadTerraformBackendHcl(os)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Error reading backend config for terraform block: %s",
+                                err)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return &config, nil
+}
+
+// Loads the Backend configuration from an object list.
+func loadTerraformBackendHcl(list *ast.ObjectList) (*Backend, error) {
+        if len(list.Items) > 1 {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("only one 'backend' block allowed")
+        }
+
+        // Get our one item
+        item := list.Items[0]
+
+        // Verify the keys
+        if len(item.Keys) != 1 {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "position %s: 'backend' must be followed by exactly one string: a type",
+                        item.Pos())
+        }
+
+        typ := item.Keys[0].Token.Value().(string)
+
+        // Decode the raw config
+        var config map[string]interface{}
+        if err := hcl.DecodeObject(&config, item.Val); err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Error reading backend config: %s",
+                        err)
+        }
+
+        rawConfig, err := NewRawConfig(config)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Error reading backend config: %s",
+                        err)
+        }
+
+        b := &Backend{
+                Type:      typ,
+                RawConfig: rawConfig,
+        }
+        b.Hash = b.Rehash()
+
+        return b, nil
+}
+
+// Given a handle to a HCL object, this transforms it into the Atlas
+// configuration.
+func loadAtlasHcl(list *ast.ObjectList) (*AtlasConfig, error) {
+        if len(list.Items) > 1 {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("only one 'atlas' block allowed")
+        }
+
+        // Get our one item
+        item := list.Items[0]
+
+        var config AtlasConfig
+        if err := hcl.DecodeObject(&config, item.Val); err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Error reading atlas config: %s",
+                        err)
+        }
+
+        return &config, nil
+}
+
+// Given a handle to a HCL object, this recurses into the structure
+// and pulls out a list of modules.
+//
+// The resulting modules may not be unique, but each module
+// represents exactly one module definition in the HCL configuration.
+// We leave it up to another pass to merge them together.
+func loadModulesHcl(list *ast.ObjectList) ([]*Module, error) {
+        if err := assertAllBlocksHaveNames("module", list); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        list = list.Children()
+        if len(list.Items) == 0 {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Where all the results will go
+        var result []*Module
+
+        // Now go over all the types and their children in order to get
+        // all of the actual resources.
+        for _, item := range list.Items {
+                k := item.Keys[0].Token.Value().(string)
+
+                var listVal *ast.ObjectList
+                if ot, ok := item.Val.(*ast.ObjectType); ok {
+                        listVal = ot.List
+                } else {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("module '%s': should be an object", k)
+                }
+
+                var config map[string]interface{}
+                if err := hcl.DecodeObject(&config, item.Val); err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Error reading config for %s: %s",
+                                k,
+                                err)
+                }
+
+                // Remove the fields we handle specially
+                delete(config, "source")
+
+                rawConfig, err := NewRawConfig(config)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Error reading config for %s: %s",
+                                k,
+                                err)
+                }
+
+                // If we have a count, then figure it out
+                var source string
+                if o := listVal.Filter("source"); len(o.Items) > 0 {
+                        err = hcl.DecodeObject(&source, o.Items[0].Val)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Error parsing source for %s: %s",
+                                        k,
+                                        err)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                result = append(result, &Module{
+                        Name:      k,
+                        Source:    source,
+                        RawConfig: rawConfig,
+                })
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+// LoadOutputsHcl recurses into the given HCL object and turns
+// it into a mapping of outputs.
+func loadOutputsHcl(list *ast.ObjectList) ([]*Output, error) {
+        if err := assertAllBlocksHaveNames("output", list); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        list = list.Children()
+
+        // Go through each object and turn it into an actual result.
+        result := make([]*Output, 0, len(list.Items))
+        for _, item := range list.Items {
+                n := item.Keys[0].Token.Value().(string)
+
+                var listVal *ast.ObjectList
+                if ot, ok := item.Val.(*ast.ObjectType); ok {
+                        listVal = ot.List
+                } else {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("output '%s': should be an object", n)
+                }
+
+                var config map[string]interface{}
+                if err := hcl.DecodeObject(&config, item.Val); err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                // Delete special keys
+                delete(config, "depends_on")
+
+                rawConfig, err := NewRawConfig(config)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Error reading config for output %s: %s",
+                                n,
+                                err)
+                }
+
+                // If we have depends fields, then add those in
+                var dependsOn []string
+                if o := listVal.Filter("depends_on"); len(o.Items) > 0 {
+                        err := hcl.DecodeObject(&dependsOn, o.Items[0].Val)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Error reading depends_on for output %q: %s",
+                                        n,
+                                        err)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                result = append(result, &Output{
+                        Name:      n,
+                        RawConfig: rawConfig,
+                        DependsOn: dependsOn,
+                })
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+// LoadVariablesHcl recurses into the given HCL object and turns
+// it into a list of variables.
+func loadVariablesHcl(list *ast.ObjectList) ([]*Variable, error) {
+        if err := assertAllBlocksHaveNames("variable", list); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        list = list.Children()
+
+        // hclVariable is the structure each variable is decoded into
+        type hclVariable struct {
+                DeclaredType string `hcl:"type"`
+                Default      interface{}
+                Description  string
+                Fields       []string `hcl:",decodedFields"`
+        }
+
+        // Go through each object and turn it into an actual result.
+        result := make([]*Variable, 0, len(list.Items))
+        for _, item := range list.Items {
+                // Clean up items from JSON
+                unwrapHCLObjectKeysFromJSON(item, 1)
+
+                // Verify the keys
+                if len(item.Keys) != 1 {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "position %s: 'variable' must be followed by exactly one strings: a name",
+                                item.Pos())
+                }
+
+                n := item.Keys[0].Token.Value().(string)
+                if !NameRegexp.MatchString(n) {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "position %s: 'variable' name must match regular expression: %s",
+                                item.Pos(), NameRegexp)
+                }
+
+                // Check for invalid keys
+                valid := []string{"type", "default", "description"}
+                if err := checkHCLKeys(item.Val, valid); err != nil {
+                        return nil, multierror.Prefix(err, fmt.Sprintf(
+                                "variable[%s]:", n))
+                }
+
+                // Decode into hclVariable to get typed values
+                var hclVar hclVariable
+                if err := hcl.DecodeObject(&hclVar, item.Val); err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                // Defaults turn into a slice of map[string]interface{} and
+                // we need to make sure to convert that down into the
+                // proper type for Config.
+                if ms, ok := hclVar.Default.([]map[string]interface{}); ok {
+                        def := make(map[string]interface{})
+                        for _, m := range ms {
+                                for k, v := range m {
+                                        def[k] = v
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        hclVar.Default = def
+                }
+
+                // Build the new variable and do some basic validation
+                newVar := &Variable{
+                        Name:         n,
+                        DeclaredType: hclVar.DeclaredType,
+                        Default:      hclVar.Default,
+                        Description:  hclVar.Description,
+                }
+                if err := newVar.ValidateTypeAndDefault(); err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                result = append(result, newVar)
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+// LoadProvidersHcl recurses into the given HCL object and turns
+// it into a mapping of provider configs.
+func loadProvidersHcl(list *ast.ObjectList) ([]*ProviderConfig, error) {
+        if err := assertAllBlocksHaveNames("provider", list); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        list = list.Children()
+        if len(list.Items) == 0 {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Go through each object and turn it into an actual result.
+        result := make([]*ProviderConfig, 0, len(list.Items))
+        for _, item := range list.Items {
+                n := item.Keys[0].Token.Value().(string)
+
+                var listVal *ast.ObjectList
+                if ot, ok := item.Val.(*ast.ObjectType); ok {
+                        listVal = ot.List
+                } else {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("module '%s': should be an object", n)
+                }
+
+                var config map[string]interface{}
+                if err := hcl.DecodeObject(&config, item.Val); err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                delete(config, "alias")
+
+                rawConfig, err := NewRawConfig(config)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Error reading config for provider config %s: %s",
+                                n,
+                                err)
+                }
+
+                // If we have an alias field, then add those in
+                var alias string
+                if a := listVal.Filter("alias"); len(a.Items) > 0 {
+                        err := hcl.DecodeObject(&alias, a.Items[0].Val)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Error reading alias for provider[%s]: %s",
+                                        n,
+                                        err)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                result = append(result, &ProviderConfig{
+                        Name:      n,
+                        Alias:     alias,
+                        RawConfig: rawConfig,
+                })
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+// Given a handle to a HCL object, this recurses into the structure
+// and pulls out a list of data sources.
+//
+// The resulting data sources may not be unique, but each one
+// represents exactly one data definition in the HCL configuration.
+// We leave it up to another pass to merge them together.
+func loadDataResourcesHcl(list *ast.ObjectList) ([]*Resource, error) {
+        if err := assertAllBlocksHaveNames("data", list); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        list = list.Children()
+        if len(list.Items) == 0 {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Where all the results will go
+        var result []*Resource
+
+        // Now go over all the types and their children in order to get
+        // all of the actual resources.
+        for _, item := range list.Items {
+                if len(item.Keys) != 2 {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "position %s: 'data' must be followed by exactly two strings: a type and a name",
+                                item.Pos())
+                }
+
+                t := item.Keys[0].Token.Value().(string)
+                k := item.Keys[1].Token.Value().(string)
+
+                var listVal *ast.ObjectList
+                if ot, ok := item.Val.(*ast.ObjectType); ok {
+                        listVal = ot.List
+                } else {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("data sources %s[%s]: should be an object", t, k)
+                }
+
+                var config map[string]interface{}
+                if err := hcl.DecodeObject(&config, item.Val); err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Error reading config for %s[%s]: %s",
+                                t,
+                                k,
+                                err)
+                }
+
+                // Remove the fields we handle specially
+                delete(config, "depends_on")
+                delete(config, "provider")
+                delete(config, "count")
+
+                rawConfig, err := NewRawConfig(config)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Error reading config for %s[%s]: %s",
+                                t,
+                                k,
+                                err)
+                }
+
+                // If we have a count, then figure it out
+                var count string = "1"
+                if o := listVal.Filter("count"); len(o.Items) > 0 {
+                        err = hcl.DecodeObject(&count, o.Items[0].Val)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Error parsing count for %s[%s]: %s",
+                                        t,
+                                        k,
+                                        err)
+                        }
+                }
+                countConfig, err := NewRawConfig(map[string]interface{}{
+                        "count": count,
+                })
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                countConfig.Key = "count"
+
+                // If we have depends fields, then add those in
+                var dependsOn []string
+                if o := listVal.Filter("depends_on"); len(o.Items) > 0 {
+                        err := hcl.DecodeObject(&dependsOn, o.Items[0].Val)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Error reading depends_on for %s[%s]: %s",
+                                        t,
+                                        k,
+                                        err)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // If we have a provider, then parse it out
+                var provider string
+                if o := listVal.Filter("provider"); len(o.Items) > 0 {
+                        err := hcl.DecodeObject(&provider, o.Items[0].Val)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Error reading provider for %s[%s]: %s",
+                                        t,
+                                        k,
+                                        err)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                result = append(result, &Resource{
+                        Mode:         DataResourceMode,
+                        Name:         k,
+                        Type:         t,
+                        RawCount:     countConfig,
+                        RawConfig:    rawConfig,
+                        Provider:     provider,
+                        Provisioners: []*Provisioner{},
+                        DependsOn:    dependsOn,
+                        Lifecycle:    ResourceLifecycle{},
+                })
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+// Given a handle to a HCL object, this recurses into the structure
+// and pulls out a list of managed resources.
+//
+// The resulting resources may not be unique, but each resource
+// represents exactly one "resource" block in the HCL configuration.
+// We leave it up to another pass to merge them together.
+func loadManagedResourcesHcl(list *ast.ObjectList) ([]*Resource, error) {
+        list = list.Children()
+        if len(list.Items) == 0 {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Where all the results will go
+        var result []*Resource
+
+        // Now go over all the types and their children in order to get
+        // all of the actual resources.
+        for _, item := range list.Items {
+                // GH-4385: We detect a pure provisioner resource and give the user
+                // an error about how to do it cleanly.
+                if len(item.Keys) == 4 && item.Keys[2].Token.Value().(string) == "provisioner" {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "position %s: provisioners in a resource should be wrapped in a list\n\n"+
+                                        "Example: \"provisioner\": [ { \"local-exec\": ... } ]",
+                                item.Pos())
+                }
+
+                // Fix up JSON input
+                unwrapHCLObjectKeysFromJSON(item, 2)
+
+                if len(item.Keys) != 2 {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "position %s: resource must be followed by exactly two strings, a type and a name",
+                                item.Pos())
+                }
+
+                t := item.Keys[0].Token.Value().(string)
+                k := item.Keys[1].Token.Value().(string)
+
+                var listVal *ast.ObjectList
+                if ot, ok := item.Val.(*ast.ObjectType); ok {
+                        listVal = ot.List
+                } else {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("resources %s[%s]: should be an object", t, k)
+                }
+
+                var config map[string]interface{}
+                if err := hcl.DecodeObject(&config, item.Val); err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Error reading config for %s[%s]: %s",
+                                t,
+                                k,
+                                err)
+                }
+
+                // Remove the fields we handle specially
+                delete(config, "connection")
+                delete(config, "count")
+                delete(config, "depends_on")
+                delete(config, "provisioner")
+                delete(config, "provider")
+                delete(config, "lifecycle")
+
+                rawConfig, err := NewRawConfig(config)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Error reading config for %s[%s]: %s",
+                                t,
+                                k,
+                                err)
+                }
+
+                // If we have a count, then figure it out
+                var count string = "1"
+                if o := listVal.Filter("count"); len(o.Items) > 0 {
+                        err = hcl.DecodeObject(&count, o.Items[0].Val)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Error parsing count for %s[%s]: %s",
+                                        t,
+                                        k,
+                                        err)
+                        }
+                }
+                countConfig, err := NewRawConfig(map[string]interface{}{
+                        "count": count,
+                })
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                countConfig.Key = "count"
+
+                // If we have depends fields, then add those in
+                var dependsOn []string
+                if o := listVal.Filter("depends_on"); len(o.Items) > 0 {
+                        err := hcl.DecodeObject(&dependsOn, o.Items[0].Val)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Error reading depends_on for %s[%s]: %s",
+                                        t,
+                                        k,
+                                        err)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // If we have connection info, then parse those out
+                var connInfo map[string]interface{}
+                if o := listVal.Filter("connection"); len(o.Items) > 0 {
+                        err := hcl.DecodeObject(&connInfo, o.Items[0].Val)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Error reading connection info for %s[%s]: %s",
+                                        t,
+                                        k,
+                                        err)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // If we have provisioners, then parse those out
+                var provisioners []*Provisioner
+                if os := listVal.Filter("provisioner"); len(os.Items) > 0 {
+                        var err error
+                        provisioners, err = loadProvisionersHcl(os, connInfo)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Error reading provisioners for %s[%s]: %s",
+                                        t,
+                                        k,
+                                        err)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // If we have a provider, then parse it out
+                var provider string
+                if o := listVal.Filter("provider"); len(o.Items) > 0 {
+                        err := hcl.DecodeObject(&provider, o.Items[0].Val)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Error reading provider for %s[%s]: %s",
+                                        t,
+                                        k,
+                                        err)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Check if the resource should be re-created before
+                // destroying the existing instance
+                var lifecycle ResourceLifecycle
+                if o := listVal.Filter("lifecycle"); len(o.Items) > 0 {
+                        if len(o.Items) > 1 {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s[%s]: Multiple lifecycle blocks found, expected one",
+                                        t, k)
+                        }
+
+                        // Check for invalid keys
+                        valid := []string{"create_before_destroy", "ignore_changes", "prevent_destroy"}
+                        if err := checkHCLKeys(o.Items[0].Val, valid); err != nil {
+                                return nil, multierror.Prefix(err, fmt.Sprintf(
+                                        "%s[%s]:", t, k))
+                        }
+
+                        var raw map[string]interface{}
+                        if err = hcl.DecodeObject(&raw, o.Items[0].Val); err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Error parsing lifecycle for %s[%s]: %s",
+                                        t,
+                                        k,
+                                        err)
+                        }
+
+                        if err := mapstructure.WeakDecode(raw, &lifecycle); err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Error parsing lifecycle for %s[%s]: %s",
+                                        t,
+                                        k,
+                                        err)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                result = append(result, &Resource{
+                        Mode:         ManagedResourceMode,
+                        Name:         k,
+                        Type:         t,
+                        RawCount:     countConfig,
+                        RawConfig:    rawConfig,
+                        Provisioners: provisioners,
+                        Provider:     provider,
+                        DependsOn:    dependsOn,
+                        Lifecycle:    lifecycle,
+                })
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+func loadProvisionersHcl(list *ast.ObjectList, connInfo map[string]interface{}) ([]*Provisioner, error) {
+        if err := assertAllBlocksHaveNames("provisioner", list); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        list = list.Children()
+        if len(list.Items) == 0 {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Go through each object and turn it into an actual result.
+        result := make([]*Provisioner, 0, len(list.Items))
+        for _, item := range list.Items {
+                n := item.Keys[0].Token.Value().(string)
+
+                var listVal *ast.ObjectList
+                if ot, ok := item.Val.(*ast.ObjectType); ok {
+                        listVal = ot.List
+                } else {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("provisioner '%s': should be an object", n)
+                }
+
+                var config map[string]interface{}
+                if err := hcl.DecodeObject(&config, item.Val); err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                // Parse the "when" value
+                when := ProvisionerWhenCreate
+                if v, ok := config["when"]; ok {
+                        switch v {
+                        case "create":
+                                when = ProvisionerWhenCreate
+                        case "destroy":
+                                when = ProvisionerWhenDestroy
+                        default:
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "position %s: 'provisioner' when must be 'create' or 'destroy'",
+                                        item.Pos())
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Parse the "on_failure" value
+                onFailure := ProvisionerOnFailureFail
+                if v, ok := config["on_failure"]; ok {
+                        switch v {
+                        case "continue":
+                                onFailure = ProvisionerOnFailureContinue
+                        case "fail":
+                                onFailure = ProvisionerOnFailureFail
+                        default:
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "position %s: 'provisioner' on_failure must be 'continue' or 'fail'",
+                                        item.Pos())
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Delete fields we special case
+                delete(config, "connection")
+                delete(config, "when")
+                delete(config, "on_failure")
+
+                rawConfig, err := NewRawConfig(config)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                // Check if we have a provisioner-level connection
+                // block that overrides the resource-level
+                var subConnInfo map[string]interface{}
+                if o := listVal.Filter("connection"); len(o.Items) > 0 {
+                        err := hcl.DecodeObject(&subConnInfo, o.Items[0].Val)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Inherit from the resource connInfo any keys
+                // that are not explicitly overriden.
+                if connInfo != nil && subConnInfo != nil {
+                        for k, v := range connInfo {
+                                if _, ok := subConnInfo[k]; !ok {
+                                        subConnInfo[k] = v
+                                }
+                        }
+                } else if subConnInfo == nil {
+                        subConnInfo = connInfo
+                }
+
+                // Parse the connInfo
+                connRaw, err := NewRawConfig(subConnInfo)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                result = append(result, &Provisioner{
+                        Type:      n,
+                        RawConfig: rawConfig,
+                        ConnInfo:  connRaw,
+                        When:      when,
+                        OnFailure: onFailure,
+                })
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+/*
+func hclObjectMap(os *hclobj.Object) map[string]ast.ListNode {
+        objects := make(map[string][]*hclobj.Object)
+
+        for _, o := range os.Elem(false) {
+                for _, elem := range o.Elem(true) {
+                        val, ok := objects[elem.Key]
+                        if !ok {
+                                val = make([]*hclobj.Object, 0, 1)
+                        }
+
+                        val = append(val, elem)
+                        objects[elem.Key] = val
+                }
+        }
+
+        return objects
+}
+*/
+
+// assertAllBlocksHaveNames returns an error if any of the items in
+// the given object list are blocks without keys (like "module {}")
+// or simple assignments (like "module = 1"). It returns nil if
+// neither of these things are true.
+//
+// The given name is used in any generated error messages, and should
+// be the name of the block we're dealing with. The given list should
+// be the result of calling .Filter on an object list with that same
+// name.
+func assertAllBlocksHaveNames(name string, list *ast.ObjectList) error {
+        if elem := list.Elem(); len(elem.Items) != 0 {
+                switch et := elem.Items[0].Val.(type) {
+                case *ast.ObjectType:
+                        pos := et.Lbrace
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: %q must be followed by a name", pos, name)
+                default:
+                        pos := elem.Items[0].Val.Pos()
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: %q must be a configuration block", pos, name)
+                }
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func checkHCLKeys(node ast.Node, valid []string) error {
+        var list *ast.ObjectList
+        switch n := node.(type) {
+        case *ast.ObjectList:
+                list = n
+        case *ast.ObjectType:
+                list = n.List
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf("cannot check HCL keys of type %T", n)
+        }
+
+        validMap := make(map[string]struct{}, len(valid))
+        for _, v := range valid {
+                validMap[v] = struct{}{}
+        }
+
+        var result error
+        for _, item := range list.Items {
+                key := item.Keys[0].Token.Value().(string)
+                if _, ok := validMap[key]; !ok {
+                        result = multierror.Append(result, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "invalid key: %s", key))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// unwrapHCLObjectKeysFromJSON cleans up an edge case that can occur when
+// parsing JSON as input: if we're parsing JSON then directly nested
+// items will show up as additional "keys".
+//
+// For objects that expect a fixed number of keys, this breaks the
+// decoding process. This function unwraps the object into what it would've
+// looked like if it came directly from HCL by specifying the number of keys
+// you expect.
+//
+// Example:
+//
+// { "foo": { "baz": {} } }
+//
+// Will show up with Keys being: []string{"foo", "baz"}
+// when we really just want the first two. This function will fix this.
+func unwrapHCLObjectKeysFromJSON(item *ast.ObjectItem, depth int) {
+        if len(item.Keys) > depth && item.Keys[0].Token.JSON {
+                for len(item.Keys) > depth {
+                        // Pop off the last key
+                        n := len(item.Keys)
+                        key := item.Keys[n-1]
+                        item.Keys[n-1] = nil
+                        item.Keys = item.Keys[:n-1]
+
+                        // Wrap our value in a list
+                        item.Val = &ast.ObjectType{
+                                List: &ast.ObjectList{
+                                        Items: []*ast.ObjectItem{
+                                                &ast.ObjectItem{
+                                                        Keys: []*ast.ObjectKey{key},
+                                                        Val:  item.Val,
+                                                },
+                                        },
+                                },
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/merge.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/merge.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db214be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/merge.go
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+package config
+
+// Merge merges two configurations into a single configuration.
+//
+// Merge allows for the two configurations to have duplicate resources,
+// because the resources will be merged. This differs from a single
+// Config which must only have unique resources.
+func Merge(c1, c2 *Config) (*Config, error) {
+        c := new(Config)
+
+        // Merge unknown keys
+        unknowns := make(map[string]struct{})
+        for _, k := range c1.unknownKeys {
+                _, present := unknowns[k]
+                if !present {
+                        unknowns[k] = struct{}{}
+                        c.unknownKeys = append(c.unknownKeys, k)
+                }
+        }
+        for _, k := range c2.unknownKeys {
+                _, present := unknowns[k]
+                if !present {
+                        unknowns[k] = struct{}{}
+                        c.unknownKeys = append(c.unknownKeys, k)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Merge Atlas configuration. This is a dumb one overrides the other
+        // sort of merge.
+        c.Atlas = c1.Atlas
+        if c2.Atlas != nil {
+                c.Atlas = c2.Atlas
+        }
+
+        // Merge the Terraform configuration
+        if c1.Terraform != nil {
+                c.Terraform = c1.Terraform
+                if c2.Terraform != nil {
+                        c.Terraform.Merge(c2.Terraform)
+                }
+        } else {
+                c.Terraform = c2.Terraform
+        }
+
+        // NOTE: Everything below is pretty gross. Due to the lack of generics
+        // in Go, there is some hoop-jumping involved to make this merging a
+        // little more test-friendly and less repetitive. Ironically, making it
+        // less repetitive involves being a little repetitive, but I prefer to
+        // be repetitive with things that are less error prone than things that
+        // are more error prone (more logic). Type conversions to an interface
+        // are pretty low-error.
+
+        var m1, m2, mresult []merger
+
+        // Modules
+        m1 = make([]merger, 0, len(c1.Modules))
+        m2 = make([]merger, 0, len(c2.Modules))
+        for _, v := range c1.Modules {
+                m1 = append(m1, v)
+        }
+        for _, v := range c2.Modules {
+                m2 = append(m2, v)
+        }
+        mresult = mergeSlice(m1, m2)
+        if len(mresult) > 0 {
+                c.Modules = make([]*Module, len(mresult))
+                for i, v := range mresult {
+                        c.Modules[i] = v.(*Module)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Outputs
+        m1 = make([]merger, 0, len(c1.Outputs))
+        m2 = make([]merger, 0, len(c2.Outputs))
+        for _, v := range c1.Outputs {
+                m1 = append(m1, v)
+        }
+        for _, v := range c2.Outputs {
+                m2 = append(m2, v)
+        }
+        mresult = mergeSlice(m1, m2)
+        if len(mresult) > 0 {
+                c.Outputs = make([]*Output, len(mresult))
+                for i, v := range mresult {
+                        c.Outputs[i] = v.(*Output)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Provider Configs
+        m1 = make([]merger, 0, len(c1.ProviderConfigs))
+        m2 = make([]merger, 0, len(c2.ProviderConfigs))
+        for _, v := range c1.ProviderConfigs {
+                m1 = append(m1, v)
+        }
+        for _, v := range c2.ProviderConfigs {
+                m2 = append(m2, v)
+        }
+        mresult = mergeSlice(m1, m2)
+        if len(mresult) > 0 {
+                c.ProviderConfigs = make([]*ProviderConfig, len(mresult))
+                for i, v := range mresult {
+                        c.ProviderConfigs[i] = v.(*ProviderConfig)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Resources
+        m1 = make([]merger, 0, len(c1.Resources))
+        m2 = make([]merger, 0, len(c2.Resources))
+        for _, v := range c1.Resources {
+                m1 = append(m1, v)
+        }
+        for _, v := range c2.Resources {
+                m2 = append(m2, v)
+        }
+        mresult = mergeSlice(m1, m2)
+        if len(mresult) > 0 {
+                c.Resources = make([]*Resource, len(mresult))
+                for i, v := range mresult {
+                        c.Resources[i] = v.(*Resource)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Variables
+        m1 = make([]merger, 0, len(c1.Variables))
+        m2 = make([]merger, 0, len(c2.Variables))
+        for _, v := range c1.Variables {
+                m1 = append(m1, v)
+        }
+        for _, v := range c2.Variables {
+                m2 = append(m2, v)
+        }
+        mresult = mergeSlice(m1, m2)
+        if len(mresult) > 0 {
+                c.Variables = make([]*Variable, len(mresult))
+                for i, v := range mresult {
+                        c.Variables[i] = v.(*Variable)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return c, nil
+}
+
+// merger is an interface that must be implemented by types that are
+// merge-able. This simplifies the implementation of Merge for the various
+// components of a Config.
+type merger interface {
+        mergerName() string
+        mergerMerge(merger) merger
+}
+
+// mergeSlice merges a slice of mergers.
+func mergeSlice(m1, m2 []merger) []merger {
+        r := make([]merger, len(m1), len(m1)+len(m2))
+        copy(r, m1)
+
+        m := map[string]struct{}{}
+        for _, v2 := range m2 {
+                // If we already saw it, just append it because its a
+                // duplicate and invalid...
+                name := v2.mergerName()
+                if _, ok := m[name]; ok {
+                        r = append(r, v2)
+                        continue
+                }
+                m[name] = struct{}{}
+
+                // Find an original to override
+                var original merger
+                originalIndex := -1
+                for i, v := range m1 {
+                        if v.mergerName() == name {
+                                originalIndex = i
+                                original = v
+                                break
+                        }
+                }
+
+                var v merger
+                if original == nil {
+                        v = v2
+                } else {
+                        v = original.mergerMerge(v2)
+                }
+
+                if originalIndex == -1 {
+                        r = append(r, v)
+                } else {
+                        r[originalIndex] = v
+                }
+        }
+
+        return r
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/copy_dir.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/copy_dir.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..095f61d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/copy_dir.go
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+package module
+
+import (
+        "io"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// copyDir copies the src directory contents into dst. Both directories
+// should already exist.
+func copyDir(dst, src string) error {
+        src, err := filepath.EvalSymlinks(src)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        walkFn := func(path string, info os.FileInfo, err error) error {
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                if path == src {
+                        return nil
+                }
+
+                if strings.HasPrefix(filepath.Base(path), ".") {
+                        // Skip any dot files
+                        if info.IsDir() {
+                                return filepath.SkipDir
+                        } else {
+                                return nil
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // The "path" has the src prefixed to it. We need to join our
+                // destination with the path without the src on it.
+                dstPath := filepath.Join(dst, path[len(src):])
+
+                // we don't want to try and copy the same file over itself.
+                if eq, err := sameFile(path, dstPath); eq {
+                        return nil
+                } else if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // If we have a directory, make that subdirectory, then continue
+                // the walk.
+                if info.IsDir() {
+                        if path == filepath.Join(src, dst) {
+                                // dst is in src; don't walk it.
+                                return nil
+                        }
+
+                        if err := os.MkdirAll(dstPath, 0755); err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+
+                        return nil
+                }
+
+                // If we have a file, copy the contents.
+                srcF, err := os.Open(path)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                defer srcF.Close()
+
+                dstF, err := os.Create(dstPath)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                defer dstF.Close()
+
+                if _, err := io.Copy(dstF, srcF); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Chmod it
+                return os.Chmod(dstPath, info.Mode())
+        }
+
+        return filepath.Walk(src, walkFn)
+}
+
+// sameFile tried to determine if to paths are the same file.
+// If the paths don't match, we lookup the inode on supported systems.
+func sameFile(a, b string) (bool, error) {
+        if a == b {
+                return true, nil
+        }
+
+        aIno, err := inode(a)
+        if err != nil {
+                if os.IsNotExist(err) {
+                        return false, nil
+                }
+                return false, err
+        }
+
+        bIno, err := inode(b)
+        if err != nil {
+                if os.IsNotExist(err) {
+                        return false, nil
+                }
+                return false, err
+        }
+
+        if aIno > 0 && aIno == bIno {
+                return true, nil
+        }
+
+        return false, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/get.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/get.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96b4a63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/get.go
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+package module
+
+import (
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "os"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-getter"
+)
+
+// GetMode is an enum that describes how modules are loaded.
+//
+// GetModeLoad says that modules will not be downloaded or updated, they will
+// only be loaded from the storage.
+//
+// GetModeGet says that modules can be initially downloaded if they don't
+// exist, but otherwise to just load from the current version in storage.
+//
+// GetModeUpdate says that modules should be checked for updates and
+// downloaded prior to loading. If there are no updates, we load the version
+// from disk, otherwise we download first and then load.
+type GetMode byte
+
+const (
+        GetModeNone GetMode = iota
+        GetModeGet
+        GetModeUpdate
+)
+
+// GetCopy is the same as Get except that it downloads a copy of the
+// module represented by source.
+//
+// This copy will omit and dot-prefixed files (such as .git/, .hg/) and
+// can't be updated on its own.
+func GetCopy(dst, src string) error {
+        // Create the temporary directory to do the real Get to
+        tmpDir, err := ioutil.TempDir("", "tf")
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        // FIXME: This isn't completely safe. Creating and removing our temp path
+        //        exposes where to race to inject files.
+        if err := os.RemoveAll(tmpDir); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        defer os.RemoveAll(tmpDir)
+
+        // Get to that temporary dir
+        if err := getter.Get(tmpDir, src); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Make sure the destination exists
+        if err := os.MkdirAll(dst, 0755); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Copy to the final location
+        return copyDir(dst, tmpDir)
+}
+
+func getStorage(s getter.Storage, key string, src string, mode GetMode) (string, bool, error) {
+        // Get the module with the level specified if we were told to.
+        if mode > GetModeNone {
+                if err := s.Get(key, src, mode == GetModeUpdate); err != nil {
+                        return "", false, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Get the directory where the module is.
+        return s.Dir(key)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/inode.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/inode.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8603ee2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/inode.go
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+// +build linux darwin openbsd netbsd solaris
+
+package module
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "os"
+        "syscall"
+)
+
+// lookup the inode of a file on posix systems
+func inode(path string) (uint64, error) {
+        stat, err := os.Stat(path)
+        if err != nil {
+                return 0, err
+        }
+        if st, ok := stat.Sys().(*syscall.Stat_t); ok {
+                return st.Ino, nil
+        }
+        return 0, fmt.Errorf("could not determine file inode")
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/inode_freebsd.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/inode_freebsd.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d95730
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/inode_freebsd.go
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+// +build freebsd
+
+package module
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "os"
+        "syscall"
+)
+
+// lookup the inode of a file on posix systems
+func inode(path string) (uint64, error) {
+        stat, err := os.Stat(path)
+        if err != nil {
+                return 0, err
+        }
+        if st, ok := stat.Sys().(*syscall.Stat_t); ok {
+                return uint64(st.Ino), nil
+        }
+        return 0, fmt.Errorf("could not determine file inode")
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/inode_windows.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/inode_windows.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0cf455
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/inode_windows.go
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+// +build windows
+
+package module
+
+// no syscall.Stat_t on windows, return 0 for inodes
+func inode(path string) (uint64, error) {
+        return 0, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/module.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/module.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8649f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/module.go
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+package module
+
+// Module represents the metadata for a single module.
+type Module struct {
+        Name   string
+        Source string
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/testing.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/testing.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc9e733
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/testing.go
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+package module
+
+import (
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "os"
+        "testing"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-getter"
+)
+
+// TestTree loads a module at the given path and returns the tree as well
+// as a function that should be deferred to clean up resources.
+func TestTree(t *testing.T, path string) (*Tree, func()) {
+        // Create a temporary directory for module storage
+        dir, err := ioutil.TempDir("", "tf")
+        if err != nil {
+                t.Fatalf("err: %s", err)
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Load the module
+        mod, err := NewTreeModule("", path)
+        if err != nil {
+                t.Fatalf("err: %s", err)
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Get the child modules
+        s := &getter.FolderStorage{StorageDir: dir}
+        if err := mod.Load(s, GetModeGet); err != nil {
+                t.Fatalf("err: %s", err)
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        return mod, func() {
+                os.RemoveAll(dir)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/tree.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/tree.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6f90fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/tree.go
@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
+package module
+
+import (
+        "bufio"
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "strings"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-getter"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// RootName is the name of the root tree.
+const RootName = "root"
+
+// Tree represents the module import tree of configurations.
+//
+// This Tree structure can be used to get (download) new modules, load
+// all the modules without getting, flatten the tree into something
+// Terraform can use, etc.
+type Tree struct {
+        name     string
+        config   *config.Config
+        children map[string]*Tree
+        path     []string
+        lock     sync.RWMutex
+}
+
+// NewTree returns a new Tree for the given config structure.
+func NewTree(name string, c *config.Config) *Tree {
+        return &Tree{config: c, name: name}
+}
+
+// NewEmptyTree returns a new tree that is empty (contains no configuration).
+func NewEmptyTree() *Tree {
+        t := &Tree{config: &config.Config{}}
+
+        // We do this dummy load so that the tree is marked as "loaded". It
+        // should never fail because this is just about a no-op. If it does fail
+        // we panic so we can know its a bug.
+        if err := t.Load(nil, GetModeGet); err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        return t
+}
+
+// NewTreeModule is like NewTree except it parses the configuration in
+// the directory and gives it a specific name. Use a blank name "" to specify
+// the root module.
+func NewTreeModule(name, dir string) (*Tree, error) {
+        c, err := config.LoadDir(dir)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return NewTree(name, c), nil
+}
+
+// Config returns the configuration for this module.
+func (t *Tree) Config() *config.Config {
+        return t.config
+}
+
+// Child returns the child with the given path (by name).
+func (t *Tree) Child(path []string) *Tree {
+        if t == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        if len(path) == 0 {
+                return t
+        }
+
+        c := t.Children()[path[0]]
+        if c == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        return c.Child(path[1:])
+}
+
+// Children returns the children of this tree (the modules that are
+// imported by this root).
+//
+// This will only return a non-nil value after Load is called.
+func (t *Tree) Children() map[string]*Tree {
+        t.lock.RLock()
+        defer t.lock.RUnlock()
+        return t.children
+}
+
+// Loaded says whether or not this tree has been loaded or not yet.
+func (t *Tree) Loaded() bool {
+        t.lock.RLock()
+        defer t.lock.RUnlock()
+        return t.children != nil
+}
+
+// Modules returns the list of modules that this tree imports.
+//
+// This is only the imports of _this_ level of the tree. To retrieve the
+// full nested imports, you'll have to traverse the tree.
+func (t *Tree) Modules() []*Module {
+        result := make([]*Module, len(t.config.Modules))
+        for i, m := range t.config.Modules {
+                result[i] = &Module{
+                        Name:   m.Name,
+                        Source: m.Source,
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// Name returns the name of the tree. This will be "<root>" for the root
+// tree and then the module name given for any children.
+func (t *Tree) Name() string {
+        if t.name == "" {
+                return RootName
+        }
+
+        return t.name
+}
+
+// Load loads the configuration of the entire tree.
+//
+// The parameters are used to tell the tree where to find modules and
+// whether it can download/update modules along the way.
+//
+// Calling this multiple times will reload the tree.
+//
+// Various semantic-like checks are made along the way of loading since
+// module trees inherently require the configuration to be in a reasonably
+// sane state: no circular dependencies, proper module sources, etc. A full
+// suite of validations can be done by running Validate (after loading).
+func (t *Tree) Load(s getter.Storage, mode GetMode) error {
+        t.lock.Lock()
+        defer t.lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Reset the children if we have any
+        t.children = nil
+
+        modules := t.Modules()
+        children := make(map[string]*Tree)
+
+        // Go through all the modules and get the directory for them.
+        for _, m := range modules {
+                if _, ok := children[m.Name]; ok {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "module %s: duplicated. module names must be unique", m.Name)
+                }
+
+                // Determine the path to this child
+                path := make([]string, len(t.path), len(t.path)+1)
+                copy(path, t.path)
+                path = append(path, m.Name)
+
+                // Split out the subdir if we have one
+                source, subDir := getter.SourceDirSubdir(m.Source)
+
+                source, err := getter.Detect(source, t.config.Dir, getter.Detectors)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("module %s: %s", m.Name, err)
+                }
+
+                // Check if the detector introduced something new.
+                source, subDir2 := getter.SourceDirSubdir(source)
+                if subDir2 != "" {
+                        subDir = filepath.Join(subDir2, subDir)
+                }
+
+                // Get the directory where this module is so we can load it
+                key := strings.Join(path, ".")
+                key = fmt.Sprintf("root.%s-%s", key, m.Source)
+                dir, ok, err := getStorage(s, key, source, mode)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                if !ok {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "module %s: not found, may need to be downloaded using 'terraform get'", m.Name)
+                }
+
+                // If we have a subdirectory, then merge that in
+                if subDir != "" {
+                        dir = filepath.Join(dir, subDir)
+                }
+
+                // Load the configurations.Dir(source)
+                children[m.Name], err = NewTreeModule(m.Name, dir)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "module %s: %s", m.Name, err)
+                }
+
+                // Set the path of this child
+                children[m.Name].path = path
+        }
+
+        // Go through all the children and load them.
+        for _, c := range children {
+                if err := c.Load(s, mode); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Set our tree up
+        t.children = children
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Path is the full path to this tree.
+func (t *Tree) Path() []string {
+        return t.path
+}
+
+// String gives a nice output to describe the tree.
+func (t *Tree) String() string {
+        var result bytes.Buffer
+        path := strings.Join(t.path, ", ")
+        if path != "" {
+                path = fmt.Sprintf(" (path: %s)", path)
+        }
+        result.WriteString(t.Name() + path + "\n")
+
+        cs := t.Children()
+        if cs == nil {
+                result.WriteString("  not loaded")
+        } else {
+                // Go through each child and get its string value, then indent it
+                // by two.
+                for _, c := range cs {
+                        r := strings.NewReader(c.String())
+                        scanner := bufio.NewScanner(r)
+                        for scanner.Scan() {
+                                result.WriteString("  ")
+                                result.WriteString(scanner.Text())
+                                result.WriteString("\n")
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result.String()
+}
+
+// Validate does semantic checks on the entire tree of configurations.
+//
+// This will call the respective config.Config.Validate() functions as well
+// as verifying things such as parameters/outputs between the various modules.
+//
+// Load must be called prior to calling Validate or an error will be returned.
+func (t *Tree) Validate() error {
+        if !t.Loaded() {
+                return fmt.Errorf("tree must be loaded before calling Validate")
+        }
+
+        // If something goes wrong, here is our error template
+        newErr := &treeError{Name: []string{t.Name()}}
+
+        // Terraform core does not handle root module children named "root".
+        // We plan to fix this in the future but this bug was brought up in
+        // the middle of a release and we don't want to introduce wide-sweeping
+        // changes at that time.
+        if len(t.path) == 1 && t.name == "root" {
+                return fmt.Errorf("root module cannot contain module named 'root'")
+        }
+
+        // Validate our configuration first.
+        if err := t.config.Validate(); err != nil {
+                newErr.Add(err)
+        }
+
+        // If we're the root, we do extra validation. This validation usually
+        // requires the entire tree (since children don't have parent pointers).
+        if len(t.path) == 0 {
+                if err := t.validateProviderAlias(); err != nil {
+                        newErr.Add(err)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Get the child trees
+        children := t.Children()
+
+        // Validate all our children
+        for _, c := range children {
+                err := c.Validate()
+                if err == nil {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                verr, ok := err.(*treeError)
+                if !ok {
+                        // Unknown error, just return...
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Append ourselves to the error and then return
+                verr.Name = append(verr.Name, t.Name())
+                newErr.AddChild(verr)
+        }
+
+        // Go over all the modules and verify that any parameters are valid
+        // variables into the module in question.
+        for _, m := range t.config.Modules {
+                tree, ok := children[m.Name]
+                if !ok {
+                        // This should never happen because Load watches us
+                        panic("module not found in children: " + m.Name)
+                }
+
+                // Build the variables that the module defines
+                requiredMap := make(map[string]struct{})
+                varMap := make(map[string]struct{})
+                for _, v := range tree.config.Variables {
+                        varMap[v.Name] = struct{}{}
+
+                        if v.Required() {
+                                requiredMap[v.Name] = struct{}{}
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Compare to the keys in our raw config for the module
+                for k, _ := range m.RawConfig.Raw {
+                        if _, ok := varMap[k]; !ok {
+                                newErr.Add(fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "module %s: %s is not a valid parameter",
+                                        m.Name, k))
+                        }
+
+                        // Remove the required
+                        delete(requiredMap, k)
+                }
+
+                // If we have any required left over, they aren't set.
+                for k, _ := range requiredMap {
+                        newErr.Add(fmt.Errorf(
+                                "module %s: required variable %q not set",
+                                m.Name, k))
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Go over all the variables used and make sure that any module
+        // variables represent outputs properly.
+        for source, vs := range t.config.InterpolatedVariables() {
+                for _, v := range vs {
+                        mv, ok := v.(*config.ModuleVariable)
+                        if !ok {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        tree, ok := children[mv.Name]
+                        if !ok {
+                                newErr.Add(fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: undefined module referenced %s",
+                                        source, mv.Name))
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        found := false
+                        for _, o := range tree.config.Outputs {
+                                if o.Name == mv.Field {
+                                        found = true
+                                        break
+                                }
+                        }
+                        if !found {
+                                newErr.Add(fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: %s is not a valid output for module %s",
+                                        source, mv.Field, mv.Name))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return newErr.ErrOrNil()
+}
+
+// treeError is an error use by Tree.Validate to accumulates all
+// validation errors.
+type treeError struct {
+        Name     []string
+        Errs     []error
+        Children []*treeError
+}
+
+func (e *treeError) Add(err error) {
+        e.Errs = append(e.Errs, err)
+}
+
+func (e *treeError) AddChild(err *treeError) {
+        e.Children = append(e.Children, err)
+}
+
+func (e *treeError) ErrOrNil() error {
+        if len(e.Errs) > 0 || len(e.Children) > 0 {
+                return e
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (e *treeError) Error() string {
+        name := strings.Join(e.Name, ".")
+        var out bytes.Buffer
+        fmt.Fprintf(&out, "module %s: ", name)
+
+        if len(e.Errs) == 1 {
+                // single like error
+                out.WriteString(e.Errs[0].Error())
+        } else {
+                // multi-line error
+                for _, err := range e.Errs {
+                        fmt.Fprintf(&out, "\n    %s", err)
+                }
+        }
+
+        if len(e.Children) > 0 {
+                // start the next error on a new line
+                out.WriteString("\n  ")
+        }
+        for _, child := range e.Children {
+                out.WriteString(child.Error())
+        }
+
+        return out.String()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/tree_gob.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/tree_gob.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fcd37f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/tree_gob.go
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+package module
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "encoding/gob"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+func (t *Tree) GobDecode(bs []byte) error {
+        t.lock.Lock()
+        defer t.lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Decode the gob data
+        var data treeGob
+        dec := gob.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(bs))
+        if err := dec.Decode(&data); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Set the fields
+        t.name = data.Name
+        t.config = data.Config
+        t.children = data.Children
+        t.path = data.Path
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (t *Tree) GobEncode() ([]byte, error) {
+        data := &treeGob{
+                Config:   t.config,
+                Children: t.children,
+                Name:     t.name,
+                Path:     t.path,
+        }
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        enc := gob.NewEncoder(&buf)
+        if err := enc.Encode(data); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return buf.Bytes(), nil
+}
+
+// treeGob is used as a structure to Gob encode a tree.
+//
+// This structure is private so it can't be referenced but the fields are
+// public, allowing Gob to properly encode this. When we decode this, we are
+// able to turn it into a Tree.
+type treeGob struct {
+        Config   *config.Config
+        Children map[string]*Tree
+        Name     string
+        Path     []string
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/validate_provider_alias.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/validate_provider_alias.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..090d4f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module/validate_provider_alias.go
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+package module
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// validateProviderAlias validates that all provider alias references are
+// defined at some point in the parent tree. This improves UX by catching
+// alias typos at the slight cost of requiring a declaration of usage. This
+// is usually a good tradeoff since not many aliases are used.
+func (t *Tree) validateProviderAlias() error {
+        // If we're not the root, don't perform this validation. We must be the
+        // root since we require full tree visibilty.
+        if len(t.path) != 0 {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // We'll use a graph to keep track of defined aliases at each level.
+        // As long as a parent defines an alias, it is okay.
+        var g dag.AcyclicGraph
+        t.buildProviderAliasGraph(&g, nil)
+
+        // Go through the graph and check that the usage is all good.
+        var err error
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                pv, ok := v.(*providerAliasVertex)
+                if !ok {
+                        // This shouldn't happen, just ignore it.
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // If we're not using any aliases, fast track and just continue
+                if len(pv.Used) == 0 {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Grab the ancestors since we're going to have to check if our
+                // parents define any of our aliases.
+                var parents []*providerAliasVertex
+                ancestors, _ := g.Ancestors(v)
+                for _, raw := range ancestors.List() {
+                        if pv, ok := raw.(*providerAliasVertex); ok {
+                                parents = append(parents, pv)
+                        }
+                }
+                for k, _ := range pv.Used {
+                        // Check if we define this
+                        if _, ok := pv.Defined[k]; ok {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // Check for a parent
+                        found := false
+                        for _, parent := range parents {
+                                _, found = parent.Defined[k]
+                                if found {
+                                        break
+                                }
+                        }
+                        if found {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // We didn't find the alias, error!
+                        err = multierror.Append(err, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "module %s: provider alias must be defined by the module or a parent: %s",
+                                strings.Join(pv.Path, "."), k))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return err
+}
+
+func (t *Tree) buildProviderAliasGraph(g *dag.AcyclicGraph, parent dag.Vertex) {
+        // Add all our defined aliases
+        defined := make(map[string]struct{})
+        for _, p := range t.config.ProviderConfigs {
+                defined[p.FullName()] = struct{}{}
+        }
+
+        // Add all our used aliases
+        used := make(map[string]struct{})
+        for _, r := range t.config.Resources {
+                if r.Provider != "" {
+                        used[r.Provider] = struct{}{}
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Add it to the graph
+        vertex := &providerAliasVertex{
+                Path:    t.Path(),
+                Defined: defined,
+                Used:    used,
+        }
+        g.Add(vertex)
+
+        // Connect to our parent if we have one
+        if parent != nil {
+                g.Connect(dag.BasicEdge(vertex, parent))
+        }
+
+        // Build all our children
+        for _, c := range t.Children() {
+                c.buildProviderAliasGraph(g, vertex)
+        }
+}
+
+// providerAliasVertex is the vertex for the graph that keeps track of
+// defined provider aliases.
+type providerAliasVertex struct {
+        Path    []string
+        Defined map[string]struct{}
+        Used    map[string]struct{}
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/provisioner_enums.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/provisioner_enums.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00fd43f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/provisioner_enums.go
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+package config
+
+// ProvisionerWhen is an enum for valid values for when to run provisioners.
+type ProvisionerWhen int
+
+const (
+        ProvisionerWhenInvalid ProvisionerWhen = iota
+        ProvisionerWhenCreate
+        ProvisionerWhenDestroy
+)
+
+var provisionerWhenStrs = map[ProvisionerWhen]string{
+        ProvisionerWhenInvalid: "invalid",
+        ProvisionerWhenCreate:  "create",
+        ProvisionerWhenDestroy: "destroy",
+}
+
+func (v ProvisionerWhen) String() string {
+        return provisionerWhenStrs[v]
+}
+
+// ProvisionerOnFailure is an enum for valid values for on_failure options
+// for provisioners.
+type ProvisionerOnFailure int
+
+const (
+        ProvisionerOnFailureInvalid ProvisionerOnFailure = iota
+        ProvisionerOnFailureContinue
+        ProvisionerOnFailureFail
+)
+
+var provisionerOnFailureStrs = map[ProvisionerOnFailure]string{
+        ProvisionerOnFailureInvalid:  "invalid",
+        ProvisionerOnFailureContinue: "continue",
+        ProvisionerOnFailureFail:     "fail",
+}
+
+func (v ProvisionerOnFailure) String() string {
+        return provisionerOnFailureStrs[v]
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/raw_config.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/raw_config.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8498d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/raw_config.go
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+package config
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "encoding/gob"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/copystructure"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk"
+)
+
+// UnknownVariableValue is a sentinel value that can be used
+// to denote that the value of a variable is unknown at this time.
+// RawConfig uses this information to build up data about
+// unknown keys.
+const UnknownVariableValue = "74D93920-ED26-11E3-AC10-0800200C9A66"
+
+// RawConfig is a structure that holds a piece of configuration
+// where the overall structure is unknown since it will be used
+// to configure a plugin or some other similar external component.
+//
+// RawConfigs can be interpolated with variables that come from
+// other resources, user variables, etc.
+//
+// RawConfig supports a query-like interface to request
+// information from deep within the structure.
+type RawConfig struct {
+        Key            string
+        Raw            map[string]interface{}
+        Interpolations []ast.Node
+        Variables      map[string]InterpolatedVariable
+
+        lock        sync.Mutex
+        config      map[string]interface{}
+        unknownKeys []string
+}
+
+// NewRawConfig creates a new RawConfig structure and populates the
+// publicly readable struct fields.
+func NewRawConfig(raw map[string]interface{}) (*RawConfig, error) {
+        result := &RawConfig{Raw: raw}
+        if err := result.init(); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+// RawMap returns a copy of the RawConfig.Raw map.
+func (r *RawConfig) RawMap() map[string]interface{} {
+        r.lock.Lock()
+        defer r.lock.Unlock()
+
+        m := make(map[string]interface{})
+        for k, v := range r.Raw {
+                m[k] = v
+        }
+        return m
+}
+
+// Copy returns a copy of this RawConfig, uninterpolated.
+func (r *RawConfig) Copy() *RawConfig {
+        if r == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        r.lock.Lock()
+        defer r.lock.Unlock()
+
+        newRaw := make(map[string]interface{})
+        for k, v := range r.Raw {
+                newRaw[k] = v
+        }
+
+        result, err := NewRawConfig(newRaw)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic("copy failed: " + err.Error())
+        }
+
+        result.Key = r.Key
+        return result
+}
+
+// Value returns the value of the configuration if this configuration
+// has a Key set. If this does not have a Key set, nil will be returned.
+func (r *RawConfig) Value() interface{} {
+        if c := r.Config(); c != nil {
+                if v, ok := c[r.Key]; ok {
+                        return v
+                }
+        }
+
+        r.lock.Lock()
+        defer r.lock.Unlock()
+        return r.Raw[r.Key]
+}
+
+// Config returns the entire configuration with the variables
+// interpolated from any call to Interpolate.
+//
+// If any interpolated variables are unknown (value set to
+// UnknownVariableValue), the first non-container (map, slice, etc.) element
+// will be removed from the config. The keys of unknown variables
+// can be found using the UnknownKeys function.
+//
+// By pruning out unknown keys from the configuration, the raw
+// structure will always successfully decode into its ultimate
+// structure using something like mapstructure.
+func (r *RawConfig) Config() map[string]interface{} {
+        r.lock.Lock()
+        defer r.lock.Unlock()
+        return r.config
+}
+
+// Interpolate uses the given mapping of variable values and uses
+// those as the values to replace any variables in this raw
+// configuration.
+//
+// Any prior calls to Interpolate are replaced with this one.
+//
+// If a variable key is missing, this will panic.
+func (r *RawConfig) Interpolate(vs map[string]ast.Variable) error {
+        r.lock.Lock()
+        defer r.lock.Unlock()
+
+        config := langEvalConfig(vs)
+        return r.interpolate(func(root ast.Node) (interface{}, error) {
+                // None of the variables we need are computed, meaning we should
+                // be able to properly evaluate.
+                result, err := hil.Eval(root, config)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return "", err
+                }
+
+                return result.Value, nil
+        })
+}
+
+// Merge merges another RawConfig into this one (overriding any conflicting
+// values in this config) and returns a new config. The original config
+// is not modified.
+func (r *RawConfig) Merge(other *RawConfig) *RawConfig {
+        r.lock.Lock()
+        defer r.lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Merge the raw configurations
+        raw := make(map[string]interface{})
+        for k, v := range r.Raw {
+                raw[k] = v
+        }
+        for k, v := range other.Raw {
+                raw[k] = v
+        }
+
+        // Create the result
+        result, err := NewRawConfig(raw)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        // Merge the interpolated results
+        result.config = make(map[string]interface{})
+        for k, v := range r.config {
+                result.config[k] = v
+        }
+        for k, v := range other.config {
+                result.config[k] = v
+        }
+
+        // Build the unknown keys
+        if len(r.unknownKeys) > 0 || len(other.unknownKeys) > 0 {
+                unknownKeys := make(map[string]struct{})
+                for _, k := range r.unknownKeys {
+                        unknownKeys[k] = struct{}{}
+                }
+                for _, k := range other.unknownKeys {
+                        unknownKeys[k] = struct{}{}
+                }
+
+                result.unknownKeys = make([]string, 0, len(unknownKeys))
+                for k, _ := range unknownKeys {
+                        result.unknownKeys = append(result.unknownKeys, k)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+func (r *RawConfig) init() error {
+        r.lock.Lock()
+        defer r.lock.Unlock()
+
+        r.config = r.Raw
+        r.Interpolations = nil
+        r.Variables = nil
+
+        fn := func(node ast.Node) (interface{}, error) {
+                r.Interpolations = append(r.Interpolations, node)
+                vars, err := DetectVariables(node)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return "", err
+                }
+
+                for _, v := range vars {
+                        if r.Variables == nil {
+                                r.Variables = make(map[string]InterpolatedVariable)
+                        }
+
+                        r.Variables[v.FullKey()] = v
+                }
+
+                return "", nil
+        }
+
+        walker := &interpolationWalker{F: fn}
+        if err := reflectwalk.Walk(r.Raw, walker); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (r *RawConfig) interpolate(fn interpolationWalkerFunc) error {
+        config, err := copystructure.Copy(r.Raw)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        r.config = config.(map[string]interface{})
+
+        w := &interpolationWalker{F: fn, Replace: true}
+        err = reflectwalk.Walk(r.config, w)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        r.unknownKeys = w.unknownKeys
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (r *RawConfig) merge(r2 *RawConfig) *RawConfig {
+        if r == nil && r2 == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        if r == nil {
+                r = &RawConfig{}
+        }
+
+        rawRaw, err := copystructure.Copy(r.Raw)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        raw := rawRaw.(map[string]interface{})
+        if r2 != nil {
+                for k, v := range r2.Raw {
+                        raw[k] = v
+                }
+        }
+
+        result, err := NewRawConfig(raw)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// UnknownKeys returns the keys of the configuration that are unknown
+// because they had interpolated variables that must be computed.
+func (r *RawConfig) UnknownKeys() []string {
+        r.lock.Lock()
+        defer r.lock.Unlock()
+        return r.unknownKeys
+}
+
+// See GobEncode
+func (r *RawConfig) GobDecode(b []byte) error {
+        var data gobRawConfig
+        err := gob.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(b)).Decode(&data)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        r.Key = data.Key
+        r.Raw = data.Raw
+
+        return r.init()
+}
+
+// GobEncode is a custom Gob encoder to use so that we only include the
+// raw configuration. Interpolated variables and such are lost and the
+// tree of interpolated variables is recomputed on decode, since it is
+// referentially transparent.
+func (r *RawConfig) GobEncode() ([]byte, error) {
+        r.lock.Lock()
+        defer r.lock.Unlock()
+
+        data := gobRawConfig{
+                Key: r.Key,
+                Raw: r.Raw,
+        }
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        if err := gob.NewEncoder(&buf).Encode(data); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return buf.Bytes(), nil
+}
+
+type gobRawConfig struct {
+        Key string
+        Raw map[string]interface{}
+}
+
+// langEvalConfig returns the evaluation configuration we use to execute.
+func langEvalConfig(vs map[string]ast.Variable) *hil.EvalConfig {
+        funcMap := make(map[string]ast.Function)
+        for k, v := range Funcs() {
+                funcMap[k] = v
+        }
+        funcMap["lookup"] = interpolationFuncLookup(vs)
+        funcMap["keys"] = interpolationFuncKeys(vs)
+        funcMap["values"] = interpolationFuncValues(vs)
+
+        return &hil.EvalConfig{
+                GlobalScope: &ast.BasicScope{
+                        VarMap:  vs,
+                        FuncMap: funcMap,
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/resource_mode.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/resource_mode.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..877c6e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/resource_mode.go
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+package config
+
+//go:generate stringer -type=ResourceMode -output=resource_mode_string.go resource_mode.go
+type ResourceMode int
+
+const (
+        ManagedResourceMode ResourceMode = iota
+        DataResourceMode
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/resource_mode_string.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/resource_mode_string.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea68b4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/resource_mode_string.go
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+// Code generated by "stringer -type=ResourceMode -output=resource_mode_string.go resource_mode.go"; DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package config
+
+import "fmt"
+
+const _ResourceMode_name = "ManagedResourceModeDataResourceMode"
+
+var _ResourceMode_index = [...]uint8{0, 19, 35}
+
+func (i ResourceMode) String() string {
+        if i < 0 || i >= ResourceMode(len(_ResourceMode_index)-1) {
+                return fmt.Sprintf("ResourceMode(%d)", i)
+        }
+        return _ResourceMode_name[_ResourceMode_index[i]:_ResourceMode_index[i+1]]
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/testing.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/testing.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7bfadd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/testing.go
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+package config
+
+import (
+        "testing"
+)
+
+// TestRawConfig is used to create a RawConfig for testing.
+func TestRawConfig(t *testing.T, c map[string]interface{}) *RawConfig {
+        cfg, err := NewRawConfig(c)
+        if err != nil {
+                t.Fatalf("err: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        return cfg
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/dag.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/dag.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8776bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/dag.go
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+package dag
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "sort"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+)
+
+// AcyclicGraph is a specialization of Graph that cannot have cycles. With
+// this property, we get the property of sane graph traversal.
+type AcyclicGraph struct {
+        Graph
+}
+
+// WalkFunc is the callback used for walking the graph.
+type WalkFunc func(Vertex) error
+
+// DepthWalkFunc is a walk function that also receives the current depth of the
+// walk as an argument
+type DepthWalkFunc func(Vertex, int) error
+
+func (g *AcyclicGraph) DirectedGraph() Grapher {
+        return g
+}
+
+// Returns a Set that includes every Vertex yielded by walking down from the
+// provided starting Vertex v.
+func (g *AcyclicGraph) Ancestors(v Vertex) (*Set, error) {
+        s := new(Set)
+        start := AsVertexList(g.DownEdges(v))
+        memoFunc := func(v Vertex, d int) error {
+                s.Add(v)
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        if err := g.DepthFirstWalk(start, memoFunc); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return s, nil
+}
+
+// Returns a Set that includes every Vertex yielded by walking up from the
+// provided starting Vertex v.
+func (g *AcyclicGraph) Descendents(v Vertex) (*Set, error) {
+        s := new(Set)
+        start := AsVertexList(g.UpEdges(v))
+        memoFunc := func(v Vertex, d int) error {
+                s.Add(v)
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        if err := g.ReverseDepthFirstWalk(start, memoFunc); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return s, nil
+}
+
+// Root returns the root of the DAG, or an error.
+//
+// Complexity: O(V)
+func (g *AcyclicGraph) Root() (Vertex, error) {
+        roots := make([]Vertex, 0, 1)
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                if g.UpEdges(v).Len() == 0 {
+                        roots = append(roots, v)
+                }
+        }
+
+        if len(roots) > 1 {
+                // TODO(mitchellh): make this error message a lot better
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("multiple roots: %#v", roots)
+        }
+
+        if len(roots) == 0 {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("no roots found")
+        }
+
+        return roots[0], nil
+}
+
+// TransitiveReduction performs the transitive reduction of graph g in place.
+// The transitive reduction of a graph is a graph with as few edges as
+// possible with the same reachability as the original graph. This means
+// that if there are three nodes A => B => C, and A connects to both
+// B and C, and B connects to C, then the transitive reduction is the
+// same graph with only a single edge between A and B, and a single edge
+// between B and C.
+//
+// The graph must be valid for this operation to behave properly. If
+// Validate() returns an error, the behavior is undefined and the results
+// will likely be unexpected.
+//
+// Complexity: O(V(V+E)), or asymptotically O(VE)
+func (g *AcyclicGraph) TransitiveReduction() {
+        // For each vertex u in graph g, do a DFS starting from each vertex
+        // v such that the edge (u,v) exists (v is a direct descendant of u).
+        //
+        // For each v-prime reachable from v, remove the edge (u, v-prime).
+        defer g.debug.BeginOperation("TransitiveReduction", "").End("")
+
+        for _, u := range g.Vertices() {
+                uTargets := g.DownEdges(u)
+                vs := AsVertexList(g.DownEdges(u))
+
+                g.DepthFirstWalk(vs, func(v Vertex, d int) error {
+                        shared := uTargets.Intersection(g.DownEdges(v))
+                        for _, vPrime := range AsVertexList(shared) {
+                                g.RemoveEdge(BasicEdge(u, vPrime))
+                        }
+
+                        return nil
+                })
+        }
+}
+
+// Validate validates the DAG. A DAG is valid if it has a single root
+// with no cycles.
+func (g *AcyclicGraph) Validate() error {
+        if _, err := g.Root(); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Look for cycles of more than 1 component
+        var err error
+        cycles := g.Cycles()
+        if len(cycles) > 0 {
+                for _, cycle := range cycles {
+                        cycleStr := make([]string, len(cycle))
+                        for j, vertex := range cycle {
+                                cycleStr[j] = VertexName(vertex)
+                        }
+
+                        err = multierror.Append(err, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Cycle: %s", strings.Join(cycleStr, ", ")))
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Look for cycles to self
+        for _, e := range g.Edges() {
+                if e.Source() == e.Target() {
+                        err = multierror.Append(err, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Self reference: %s", VertexName(e.Source())))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return err
+}
+
+func (g *AcyclicGraph) Cycles() [][]Vertex {
+        var cycles [][]Vertex
+        for _, cycle := range StronglyConnected(&g.Graph) {
+                if len(cycle) > 1 {
+                        cycles = append(cycles, cycle)
+                }
+        }
+        return cycles
+}
+
+// Walk walks the graph, calling your callback as each node is visited.
+// This will walk nodes in parallel if it can. Because the walk is done
+// in parallel, the error returned will be a multierror.
+func (g *AcyclicGraph) Walk(cb WalkFunc) error {
+        defer g.debug.BeginOperation(typeWalk, "").End("")
+
+        w := &Walker{Callback: cb, Reverse: true}
+        w.Update(g)
+        return w.Wait()
+}
+
+// simple convenience helper for converting a dag.Set to a []Vertex
+func AsVertexList(s *Set) []Vertex {
+        rawList := s.List()
+        vertexList := make([]Vertex, len(rawList))
+        for i, raw := range rawList {
+                vertexList[i] = raw.(Vertex)
+        }
+        return vertexList
+}
+
+type vertexAtDepth struct {
+        Vertex Vertex
+        Depth  int
+}
+
+// depthFirstWalk does a depth-first walk of the graph starting from
+// the vertices in start. This is not exported now but it would make sense
+// to export this publicly at some point.
+func (g *AcyclicGraph) DepthFirstWalk(start []Vertex, f DepthWalkFunc) error {
+        defer g.debug.BeginOperation(typeDepthFirstWalk, "").End("")
+
+        seen := make(map[Vertex]struct{})
+        frontier := make([]*vertexAtDepth, len(start))
+        for i, v := range start {
+                frontier[i] = &vertexAtDepth{
+                        Vertex: v,
+                        Depth:  0,
+                }
+        }
+        for len(frontier) > 0 {
+                // Pop the current vertex
+                n := len(frontier)
+                current := frontier[n-1]
+                frontier = frontier[:n-1]
+
+                // Check if we've seen this already and return...
+                if _, ok := seen[current.Vertex]; ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+                seen[current.Vertex] = struct{}{}
+
+                // Visit the current node
+                if err := f(current.Vertex, current.Depth); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Visit targets of this in a consistent order.
+                targets := AsVertexList(g.DownEdges(current.Vertex))
+                sort.Sort(byVertexName(targets))
+                for _, t := range targets {
+                        frontier = append(frontier, &vertexAtDepth{
+                                Vertex: t,
+                                Depth:  current.Depth + 1,
+                        })
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// reverseDepthFirstWalk does a depth-first walk _up_ the graph starting from
+// the vertices in start.
+func (g *AcyclicGraph) ReverseDepthFirstWalk(start []Vertex, f DepthWalkFunc) error {
+        defer g.debug.BeginOperation(typeReverseDepthFirstWalk, "").End("")
+
+        seen := make(map[Vertex]struct{})
+        frontier := make([]*vertexAtDepth, len(start))
+        for i, v := range start {
+                frontier[i] = &vertexAtDepth{
+                        Vertex: v,
+                        Depth:  0,
+                }
+        }
+        for len(frontier) > 0 {
+                // Pop the current vertex
+                n := len(frontier)
+                current := frontier[n-1]
+                frontier = frontier[:n-1]
+
+                // Check if we've seen this already and return...
+                if _, ok := seen[current.Vertex]; ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+                seen[current.Vertex] = struct{}{}
+
+                // Add next set of targets in a consistent order.
+                targets := AsVertexList(g.UpEdges(current.Vertex))
+                sort.Sort(byVertexName(targets))
+                for _, t := range targets {
+                        frontier = append(frontier, &vertexAtDepth{
+                                Vertex: t,
+                                Depth:  current.Depth + 1,
+                        })
+                }
+
+                // Visit the current node
+                if err := f(current.Vertex, current.Depth); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// byVertexName implements sort.Interface so a list of Vertices can be sorted
+// consistently by their VertexName
+type byVertexName []Vertex
+
+func (b byVertexName) Len() int      { return len(b) }
+func (b byVertexName) Swap(i, j int) { b[i], b[j] = b[j], b[i] }
+func (b byVertexName) Less(i, j int) bool {
+        return VertexName(b[i]) < VertexName(b[j])
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/dot.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/dot.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e6d2af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/dot.go
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+package dag
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "sort"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// DotOpts are the options for generating a dot formatted Graph.
+type DotOpts struct {
+        // Allows some nodes to decide to only show themselves when the user has
+        // requested the "verbose" graph.
+        Verbose bool
+
+        // Highlight Cycles
+        DrawCycles bool
+
+        // How many levels to expand modules as we draw
+        MaxDepth int
+
+        // use this to keep the cluster_ naming convention from the previous dot writer
+        cluster bool
+}
+
+// GraphNodeDotter can be implemented by a node to cause it to be included
+// in the dot graph. The Dot method will be called which is expected to
+// return a representation of this node.
+type GraphNodeDotter interface {
+        // Dot is called to return the dot formatting for the node.
+        // The first parameter is the title of the node.
+        // The second parameter includes user-specified options that affect the dot
+        // graph. See GraphDotOpts below for details.
+        DotNode(string, *DotOpts) *DotNode
+}
+
+// DotNode provides a structure for Vertices to return in order to specify their
+// dot format.
+type DotNode struct {
+        Name  string
+        Attrs map[string]string
+}
+
+// Returns the DOT representation of this Graph.
+func (g *marshalGraph) Dot(opts *DotOpts) []byte {
+        if opts == nil {
+                opts = &DotOpts{
+                        DrawCycles: true,
+                        MaxDepth:   -1,
+                        Verbose:    true,
+                }
+        }
+
+        var w indentWriter
+        w.WriteString("digraph {\n")
+        w.Indent()
+
+        // some dot defaults
+        w.WriteString(`compound = "true"` + "\n")
+        w.WriteString(`newrank = "true"` + "\n")
+
+        // the top level graph is written as the first subgraph
+        w.WriteString(`subgraph "root" {` + "\n")
+        g.writeBody(opts, &w)
+
+        // cluster isn't really used other than for naming purposes in some graphs
+        opts.cluster = opts.MaxDepth != 0
+        maxDepth := opts.MaxDepth
+        if maxDepth == 0 {
+                maxDepth = -1
+        }
+
+        for _, s := range g.Subgraphs {
+                g.writeSubgraph(s, opts, maxDepth, &w)
+        }
+
+        w.Unindent()
+        w.WriteString("}\n")
+        return w.Bytes()
+}
+
+func (v *marshalVertex) dot(g *marshalGraph, opts *DotOpts) []byte {
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        graphName := g.Name
+        if graphName == "" {
+                graphName = "root"
+        }
+
+        name := v.Name
+        attrs := v.Attrs
+        if v.graphNodeDotter != nil {
+                node := v.graphNodeDotter.DotNode(name, opts)
+                if node == nil {
+                        return []byte{}
+                }
+
+                newAttrs := make(map[string]string)
+                for k, v := range attrs {
+                        newAttrs[k] = v
+                }
+                for k, v := range node.Attrs {
+                        newAttrs[k] = v
+                }
+
+                name = node.Name
+                attrs = newAttrs
+        }
+
+        buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf(`"[%s] %s"`, graphName, name))
+        writeAttrs(&buf, attrs)
+        buf.WriteByte('\n')
+
+        return buf.Bytes()
+}
+
+func (e *marshalEdge) dot(g *marshalGraph) string {
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        graphName := g.Name
+        if graphName == "" {
+                graphName = "root"
+        }
+
+        sourceName := g.vertexByID(e.Source).Name
+        targetName := g.vertexByID(e.Target).Name
+        s := fmt.Sprintf(`"[%s] %s" -> "[%s] %s"`, graphName, sourceName, graphName, targetName)
+        buf.WriteString(s)
+        writeAttrs(&buf, e.Attrs)
+
+        return buf.String()
+}
+
+func cycleDot(e *marshalEdge, g *marshalGraph) string {
+        return e.dot(g) + ` [color = "red", penwidth = "2.0"]`
+}
+
+// Write the subgraph body. The is recursive, and the depth argument is used to
+// record the current depth of iteration.
+func (g *marshalGraph) writeSubgraph(sg *marshalGraph, opts *DotOpts, depth int, w *indentWriter) {
+        if depth == 0 {
+                return
+        }
+        depth--
+
+        name := sg.Name
+        if opts.cluster {
+                // we prefix with cluster_ to match the old dot output
+                name = "cluster_" + name
+                sg.Attrs["label"] = sg.Name
+        }
+        w.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("subgraph %q {\n", name))
+        sg.writeBody(opts, w)
+
+        for _, sg := range sg.Subgraphs {
+                g.writeSubgraph(sg, opts, depth, w)
+        }
+}
+
+func (g *marshalGraph) writeBody(opts *DotOpts, w *indentWriter) {
+        w.Indent()
+
+        for _, as := range attrStrings(g.Attrs) {
+                w.WriteString(as + "\n")
+        }
+
+        // list of Vertices that aren't to be included in the dot output
+        skip := map[string]bool{}
+
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices {
+                if v.graphNodeDotter == nil {
+                        skip[v.ID] = true
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                w.Write(v.dot(g, opts))
+        }
+
+        var dotEdges []string
+
+        if opts.DrawCycles {
+                for _, c := range g.Cycles {
+                        if len(c) < 2 {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        for i, j := 0, 1; i < len(c); i, j = i+1, j+1 {
+                                if j >= len(c) {
+                                        j = 0
+                                }
+                                src := c[i]
+                                tgt := c[j]
+
+                                if skip[src.ID] || skip[tgt.ID] {
+                                        continue
+                                }
+
+                                e := &marshalEdge{
+                                        Name:   fmt.Sprintf("%s|%s", src.Name, tgt.Name),
+                                        Source: src.ID,
+                                        Target: tgt.ID,
+                                        Attrs:  make(map[string]string),
+                                }
+
+                                dotEdges = append(dotEdges, cycleDot(e, g))
+                                src = tgt
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        for _, e := range g.Edges {
+                dotEdges = append(dotEdges, e.dot(g))
+        }
+
+        // srot these again to match the old output
+        sort.Strings(dotEdges)
+
+        for _, e := range dotEdges {
+                w.WriteString(e + "\n")
+        }
+
+        w.Unindent()
+        w.WriteString("}\n")
+}
+
+func writeAttrs(buf *bytes.Buffer, attrs map[string]string) {
+        if len(attrs) > 0 {
+                buf.WriteString(" [")
+                buf.WriteString(strings.Join(attrStrings(attrs), ", "))
+                buf.WriteString("]")
+        }
+}
+
+func attrStrings(attrs map[string]string) []string {
+        strings := make([]string, 0, len(attrs))
+        for k, v := range attrs {
+                strings = append(strings, fmt.Sprintf("%s = %q", k, v))
+        }
+        sort.Strings(strings)
+        return strings
+}
+
+// Provide a bytes.Buffer like structure, which will indent when starting a
+// newline.
+type indentWriter struct {
+        bytes.Buffer
+        level int
+}
+
+func (w *indentWriter) indent() {
+        newline := []byte("\n")
+        if !bytes.HasSuffix(w.Bytes(), newline) {
+                return
+        }
+        for i := 0; i < w.level; i++ {
+                w.Buffer.WriteString("\t")
+        }
+}
+
+// Indent increases indentation by 1
+func (w *indentWriter) Indent() { w.level++ }
+
+// Unindent decreases indentation by 1
+func (w *indentWriter) Unindent() { w.level-- }
+
+// the following methods intercecpt the byte.Buffer writes and insert the
+// indentation when starting a new line.
+func (w *indentWriter) Write(b []byte) (int, error) {
+        w.indent()
+        return w.Buffer.Write(b)
+}
+
+func (w *indentWriter) WriteString(s string) (int, error) {
+        w.indent()
+        return w.Buffer.WriteString(s)
+}
+func (w *indentWriter) WriteByte(b byte) error {
+        w.indent()
+        return w.Buffer.WriteByte(b)
+}
+func (w *indentWriter) WriteRune(r rune) (int, error) {
+        w.indent()
+        return w.Buffer.WriteRune(r)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/edge.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/edge.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0d99ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/edge.go
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+package dag
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// Edge represents an edge in the graph, with a source and target vertex.
+type Edge interface {
+        Source() Vertex
+        Target() Vertex
+
+        Hashable
+}
+
+// BasicEdge returns an Edge implementation that simply tracks the source
+// and target given as-is.
+func BasicEdge(source, target Vertex) Edge {
+        return &basicEdge{S: source, T: target}
+}
+
+// basicEdge is a basic implementation of Edge that has the source and
+// target vertex.
+type basicEdge struct {
+        S, T Vertex
+}
+
+func (e *basicEdge) Hashcode() interface{} {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%p-%p", e.S, e.T)
+}
+
+func (e *basicEdge) Source() Vertex {
+        return e.S
+}
+
+func (e *basicEdge) Target() Vertex {
+        return e.T
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/graph.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/graph.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7517a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/graph.go
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+package dag
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "encoding/json"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "sort"
+)
+
+// Graph is used to represent a dependency graph.
+type Graph struct {
+        vertices  *Set
+        edges     *Set
+        downEdges map[interface{}]*Set
+        upEdges   map[interface{}]*Set
+
+        // JSON encoder for recording debug information
+        debug *encoder
+}
+
+// Subgrapher allows a Vertex to be a Graph itself, by returning a Grapher.
+type Subgrapher interface {
+        Subgraph() Grapher
+}
+
+// A Grapher is any type that returns a Grapher, mainly used to identify
+// dag.Graph and dag.AcyclicGraph.  In the case of Graph and AcyclicGraph, they
+// return themselves.
+type Grapher interface {
+        DirectedGraph() Grapher
+}
+
+// Vertex of the graph.
+type Vertex interface{}
+
+// NamedVertex is an optional interface that can be implemented by Vertex
+// to give it a human-friendly name that is used for outputting the graph.
+type NamedVertex interface {
+        Vertex
+        Name() string
+}
+
+func (g *Graph) DirectedGraph() Grapher {
+        return g
+}
+
+// Vertices returns the list of all the vertices in the graph.
+func (g *Graph) Vertices() []Vertex {
+        list := g.vertices.List()
+        result := make([]Vertex, len(list))
+        for i, v := range list {
+                result[i] = v.(Vertex)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// Edges returns the list of all the edges in the graph.
+func (g *Graph) Edges() []Edge {
+        list := g.edges.List()
+        result := make([]Edge, len(list))
+        for i, v := range list {
+                result[i] = v.(Edge)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// EdgesFrom returns the list of edges from the given source.
+func (g *Graph) EdgesFrom(v Vertex) []Edge {
+        var result []Edge
+        from := hashcode(v)
+        for _, e := range g.Edges() {
+                if hashcode(e.Source()) == from {
+                        result = append(result, e)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// EdgesTo returns the list of edges to the given target.
+func (g *Graph) EdgesTo(v Vertex) []Edge {
+        var result []Edge
+        search := hashcode(v)
+        for _, e := range g.Edges() {
+                if hashcode(e.Target()) == search {
+                        result = append(result, e)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// HasVertex checks if the given Vertex is present in the graph.
+func (g *Graph) HasVertex(v Vertex) bool {
+        return g.vertices.Include(v)
+}
+
+// HasEdge checks if the given Edge is present in the graph.
+func (g *Graph) HasEdge(e Edge) bool {
+        return g.edges.Include(e)
+}
+
+// Add adds a vertex to the graph. This is safe to call multiple time with
+// the same Vertex.
+func (g *Graph) Add(v Vertex) Vertex {
+        g.init()
+        g.vertices.Add(v)
+        g.debug.Add(v)
+        return v
+}
+
+// Remove removes a vertex from the graph. This will also remove any
+// edges with this vertex as a source or target.
+func (g *Graph) Remove(v Vertex) Vertex {
+        // Delete the vertex itself
+        g.vertices.Delete(v)
+        g.debug.Remove(v)
+
+        // Delete the edges to non-existent things
+        for _, target := range g.DownEdges(v).List() {
+                g.RemoveEdge(BasicEdge(v, target))
+        }
+        for _, source := range g.UpEdges(v).List() {
+                g.RemoveEdge(BasicEdge(source, v))
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Replace replaces the original Vertex with replacement. If the original
+// does not exist within the graph, then false is returned. Otherwise, true
+// is returned.
+func (g *Graph) Replace(original, replacement Vertex) bool {
+        // If we don't have the original, we can't do anything
+        if !g.vertices.Include(original) {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        defer g.debug.BeginOperation("Replace", "").End("")
+
+        // If they're the same, then don't do anything
+        if original == replacement {
+                return true
+        }
+
+        // Add our new vertex, then copy all the edges
+        g.Add(replacement)
+        for _, target := range g.DownEdges(original).List() {
+                g.Connect(BasicEdge(replacement, target))
+        }
+        for _, source := range g.UpEdges(original).List() {
+                g.Connect(BasicEdge(source, replacement))
+        }
+
+        // Remove our old vertex, which will also remove all the edges
+        g.Remove(original)
+
+        return true
+}
+
+// RemoveEdge removes an edge from the graph.
+func (g *Graph) RemoveEdge(edge Edge) {
+        g.init()
+        g.debug.RemoveEdge(edge)
+
+        // Delete the edge from the set
+        g.edges.Delete(edge)
+
+        // Delete the up/down edges
+        if s, ok := g.downEdges[hashcode(edge.Source())]; ok {
+                s.Delete(edge.Target())
+        }
+        if s, ok := g.upEdges[hashcode(edge.Target())]; ok {
+                s.Delete(edge.Source())
+        }
+}
+
+// DownEdges returns the outward edges from the source Vertex v.
+func (g *Graph) DownEdges(v Vertex) *Set {
+        g.init()
+        return g.downEdges[hashcode(v)]
+}
+
+// UpEdges returns the inward edges to the destination Vertex v.
+func (g *Graph) UpEdges(v Vertex) *Set {
+        g.init()
+        return g.upEdges[hashcode(v)]
+}
+
+// Connect adds an edge with the given source and target. This is safe to
+// call multiple times with the same value. Note that the same value is
+// verified through pointer equality of the vertices, not through the
+// value of the edge itself.
+func (g *Graph) Connect(edge Edge) {
+        g.init()
+        g.debug.Connect(edge)
+
+        source := edge.Source()
+        target := edge.Target()
+        sourceCode := hashcode(source)
+        targetCode := hashcode(target)
+
+        // Do we have this already? If so, don't add it again.
+        if s, ok := g.downEdges[sourceCode]; ok && s.Include(target) {
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Add the edge to the set
+        g.edges.Add(edge)
+
+        // Add the down edge
+        s, ok := g.downEdges[sourceCode]
+        if !ok {
+                s = new(Set)
+                g.downEdges[sourceCode] = s
+        }
+        s.Add(target)
+
+        // Add the up edge
+        s, ok = g.upEdges[targetCode]
+        if !ok {
+                s = new(Set)
+                g.upEdges[targetCode] = s
+        }
+        s.Add(source)
+}
+
+// String outputs some human-friendly output for the graph structure.
+func (g *Graph) StringWithNodeTypes() string {
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+
+        // Build the list of node names and a mapping so that we can more
+        // easily alphabetize the output to remain deterministic.
+        vertices := g.Vertices()
+        names := make([]string, 0, len(vertices))
+        mapping := make(map[string]Vertex, len(vertices))
+        for _, v := range vertices {
+                name := VertexName(v)
+                names = append(names, name)
+                mapping[name] = v
+        }
+        sort.Strings(names)
+
+        // Write each node in order...
+        for _, name := range names {
+                v := mapping[name]
+                targets := g.downEdges[hashcode(v)]
+
+                buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("%s - %T\n", name, v))
+
+                // Alphabetize dependencies
+                deps := make([]string, 0, targets.Len())
+                targetNodes := make(map[string]Vertex)
+                for _, target := range targets.List() {
+                        dep := VertexName(target)
+                        deps = append(deps, dep)
+                        targetNodes[dep] = target
+                }
+                sort.Strings(deps)
+
+                // Write dependencies
+                for _, d := range deps {
+                        buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("  %s - %T\n", d, targetNodes[d]))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return buf.String()
+}
+
+// String outputs some human-friendly output for the graph structure.
+func (g *Graph) String() string {
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+
+        // Build the list of node names and a mapping so that we can more
+        // easily alphabetize the output to remain deterministic.
+        vertices := g.Vertices()
+        names := make([]string, 0, len(vertices))
+        mapping := make(map[string]Vertex, len(vertices))
+        for _, v := range vertices {
+                name := VertexName(v)
+                names = append(names, name)
+                mapping[name] = v
+        }
+        sort.Strings(names)
+
+        // Write each node in order...
+        for _, name := range names {
+                v := mapping[name]
+                targets := g.downEdges[hashcode(v)]
+
+                buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("%s\n", name))
+
+                // Alphabetize dependencies
+                deps := make([]string, 0, targets.Len())
+                for _, target := range targets.List() {
+                        deps = append(deps, VertexName(target))
+                }
+                sort.Strings(deps)
+
+                // Write dependencies
+                for _, d := range deps {
+                        buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("  %s\n", d))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return buf.String()
+}
+
+func (g *Graph) init() {
+        if g.vertices == nil {
+                g.vertices = new(Set)
+        }
+        if g.edges == nil {
+                g.edges = new(Set)
+        }
+        if g.downEdges == nil {
+                g.downEdges = make(map[interface{}]*Set)
+        }
+        if g.upEdges == nil {
+                g.upEdges = make(map[interface{}]*Set)
+        }
+}
+
+// Dot returns a dot-formatted representation of the Graph.
+func (g *Graph) Dot(opts *DotOpts) []byte {
+        return newMarshalGraph("", g).Dot(opts)
+}
+
+// MarshalJSON returns a JSON representation of the entire Graph.
+func (g *Graph) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
+        dg := newMarshalGraph("root", g)
+        return json.MarshalIndent(dg, "", "  ")
+}
+
+// SetDebugWriter sets the io.Writer where the Graph will record debug
+// information. After this is set, the graph will immediately encode itself to
+// the stream, and continue to record all subsequent operations.
+func (g *Graph) SetDebugWriter(w io.Writer) {
+        g.debug = &encoder{w: w}
+        g.debug.Encode(newMarshalGraph("root", g))
+}
+
+// DebugVertexInfo encodes arbitrary information about a vertex in the graph
+// debug logs.
+func (g *Graph) DebugVertexInfo(v Vertex, info string) {
+        va := newVertexInfo(typeVertexInfo, v, info)
+        g.debug.Encode(va)
+}
+
+// DebugEdgeInfo encodes arbitrary information about an edge in the graph debug
+// logs.
+func (g *Graph) DebugEdgeInfo(e Edge, info string) {
+        ea := newEdgeInfo(typeEdgeInfo, e, info)
+        g.debug.Encode(ea)
+}
+
+// DebugVisitInfo records a visit to a Vertex during a walk operation.
+func (g *Graph) DebugVisitInfo(v Vertex, info string) {
+        vi := newVertexInfo(typeVisitInfo, v, info)
+        g.debug.Encode(vi)
+}
+
+// DebugOperation marks the start of a set of graph transformations in
+// the debug log, and returns a DebugOperationEnd func, which marks the end of
+// the operation in the log. Additional information can be added to the log via
+// the info parameter.
+//
+// The returned func's End method allows this method to be called from a single
+// defer statement:
+//     defer g.DebugOperationBegin("OpName", "operating").End("")
+//
+// The returned function must be called to properly close the logical operation
+// in the logs.
+func (g *Graph) DebugOperation(operation string, info string) DebugOperationEnd {
+        return g.debug.BeginOperation(operation, info)
+}
+
+// VertexName returns the name of a vertex.
+func VertexName(raw Vertex) string {
+        switch v := raw.(type) {
+        case NamedVertex:
+                return v.Name()
+        case fmt.Stringer:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("%s", v)
+        default:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("%v", v)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/marshal.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/marshal.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16d5dd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/marshal.go
@@ -0,0 +1,462 @@
+package dag
+
+import (
+        "encoding/json"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "log"
+        "reflect"
+        "sort"
+        "strconv"
+        "sync"
+)
+
+const (
+        typeOperation             = "Operation"
+        typeTransform             = "Transform"
+        typeWalk                  = "Walk"
+        typeDepthFirstWalk        = "DepthFirstWalk"
+        typeReverseDepthFirstWalk = "ReverseDepthFirstWalk"
+        typeTransitiveReduction   = "TransitiveReduction"
+        typeEdgeInfo              = "EdgeInfo"
+        typeVertexInfo            = "VertexInfo"
+        typeVisitInfo             = "VisitInfo"
+)
+
+// the marshal* structs are for serialization of the graph data.
+type marshalGraph struct {
+        // Type is always "Graph", for identification as a top level object in the
+        // JSON stream.
+        Type string
+
+        // Each marshal structure requires a unique ID so that it can be referenced
+        // by other structures.
+        ID string `json:",omitempty"`
+
+        // Human readable name for this graph.
+        Name string `json:",omitempty"`
+
+        // Arbitrary attributes that can be added to the output.
+        Attrs map[string]string `json:",omitempty"`
+
+        // List of graph vertices, sorted by ID.
+        Vertices []*marshalVertex `json:",omitempty"`
+
+        // List of edges, sorted by Source ID.
+        Edges []*marshalEdge `json:",omitempty"`
+
+        // Any number of subgraphs. A subgraph itself is considered a vertex, and
+        // may be referenced by either end of an edge.
+        Subgraphs []*marshalGraph `json:",omitempty"`
+
+        // Any lists of vertices that are included in cycles.
+        Cycles [][]*marshalVertex `json:",omitempty"`
+}
+
+// The add, remove, connect, removeEdge methods mirror the basic Graph
+// manipulations to reconstruct a marshalGraph from a debug log.
+func (g *marshalGraph) add(v *marshalVertex) {
+        g.Vertices = append(g.Vertices, v)
+        sort.Sort(vertices(g.Vertices))
+}
+
+func (g *marshalGraph) remove(v *marshalVertex) {
+        for i, existing := range g.Vertices {
+                if v.ID == existing.ID {
+                        g.Vertices = append(g.Vertices[:i], g.Vertices[i+1:]...)
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+func (g *marshalGraph) connect(e *marshalEdge) {
+        g.Edges = append(g.Edges, e)
+        sort.Sort(edges(g.Edges))
+}
+
+func (g *marshalGraph) removeEdge(e *marshalEdge) {
+        for i, existing := range g.Edges {
+                if e.Source == existing.Source && e.Target == existing.Target {
+                        g.Edges = append(g.Edges[:i], g.Edges[i+1:]...)
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+func (g *marshalGraph) vertexByID(id string) *marshalVertex {
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices {
+                if id == v.ID {
+                        return v
+                }
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+type marshalVertex struct {
+        // Unique ID, used to reference this vertex from other structures.
+        ID string
+
+        // Human readable name
+        Name string `json:",omitempty"`
+
+        Attrs map[string]string `json:",omitempty"`
+
+        // This is to help transition from the old Dot interfaces. We record if the
+        // node was a GraphNodeDotter here, so we can call it to get attributes.
+        graphNodeDotter GraphNodeDotter
+}
+
+func newMarshalVertex(v Vertex) *marshalVertex {
+        dn, ok := v.(GraphNodeDotter)
+        if !ok {
+                dn = nil
+        }
+
+        return &marshalVertex{
+                ID:              marshalVertexID(v),
+                Name:            VertexName(v),
+                Attrs:           make(map[string]string),
+                graphNodeDotter: dn,
+        }
+}
+
+// vertices is a sort.Interface implementation for sorting vertices by ID
+type vertices []*marshalVertex
+
+func (v vertices) Less(i, j int) bool { return v[i].Name < v[j].Name }
+func (v vertices) Len() int           { return len(v) }
+func (v vertices) Swap(i, j int)      { v[i], v[j] = v[j], v[i] }
+
+type marshalEdge struct {
+        // Human readable name
+        Name string
+
+        // Source and Target Vertices by ID
+        Source string
+        Target string
+
+        Attrs map[string]string `json:",omitempty"`
+}
+
+func newMarshalEdge(e Edge) *marshalEdge {
+        return &marshalEdge{
+                Name:   fmt.Sprintf("%s|%s", VertexName(e.Source()), VertexName(e.Target())),
+                Source: marshalVertexID(e.Source()),
+                Target: marshalVertexID(e.Target()),
+                Attrs:  make(map[string]string),
+        }
+}
+
+// edges is a sort.Interface implementation for sorting edges by Source ID
+type edges []*marshalEdge
+
+func (e edges) Less(i, j int) bool { return e[i].Name < e[j].Name }
+func (e edges) Len() int           { return len(e) }
+func (e edges) Swap(i, j int)      { e[i], e[j] = e[j], e[i] }
+
+// build a marshalGraph structure from a *Graph
+func newMarshalGraph(name string, g *Graph) *marshalGraph {
+        mg := &marshalGraph{
+                Type:  "Graph",
+                Name:  name,
+                Attrs: make(map[string]string),
+        }
+
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                id := marshalVertexID(v)
+                if sg, ok := marshalSubgrapher(v); ok {
+                        smg := newMarshalGraph(VertexName(v), sg)
+                        smg.ID = id
+                        mg.Subgraphs = append(mg.Subgraphs, smg)
+                }
+
+                mv := newMarshalVertex(v)
+                mg.Vertices = append(mg.Vertices, mv)
+        }
+
+        sort.Sort(vertices(mg.Vertices))
+
+        for _, e := range g.Edges() {
+                mg.Edges = append(mg.Edges, newMarshalEdge(e))
+        }
+
+        sort.Sort(edges(mg.Edges))
+
+        for _, c := range (&AcyclicGraph{*g}).Cycles() {
+                var cycle []*marshalVertex
+                for _, v := range c {
+                        mv := newMarshalVertex(v)
+                        cycle = append(cycle, mv)
+                }
+                mg.Cycles = append(mg.Cycles, cycle)
+        }
+
+        return mg
+}
+
+// Attempt to return a unique ID for any vertex.
+func marshalVertexID(v Vertex) string {
+        val := reflect.ValueOf(v)
+        switch val.Kind() {
+        case reflect.Chan, reflect.Func, reflect.Map, reflect.Ptr, reflect.Slice, reflect.UnsafePointer:
+                return strconv.Itoa(int(val.Pointer()))
+        case reflect.Interface:
+                return strconv.Itoa(int(val.InterfaceData()[1]))
+        }
+
+        if v, ok := v.(Hashable); ok {
+                h := v.Hashcode()
+                if h, ok := h.(string); ok {
+                        return h
+                }
+        }
+
+        // fallback to a name, which we hope is unique.
+        return VertexName(v)
+
+        // we could try harder by attempting to read the arbitrary value from the
+        // interface, but we shouldn't get here from terraform right now.
+}
+
+// check for a Subgrapher, and return the underlying *Graph.
+func marshalSubgrapher(v Vertex) (*Graph, bool) {
+        sg, ok := v.(Subgrapher)
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, false
+        }
+
+        switch g := sg.Subgraph().DirectedGraph().(type) {
+        case *Graph:
+                return g, true
+        case *AcyclicGraph:
+                return &g.Graph, true
+        }
+
+        return nil, false
+}
+
+// The DebugOperationEnd func type provides a way to call an End function via a
+// method call, allowing for the chaining of methods in a defer statement.
+type DebugOperationEnd func(string)
+
+// End calls function e with the info parameter, marking the end of this
+// operation in the logs.
+func (e DebugOperationEnd) End(info string) { e(info) }
+
+// encoder provides methods to write debug data to an io.Writer, and is a noop
+// when no writer is present
+type encoder struct {
+        sync.Mutex
+        w io.Writer
+}
+
+// Encode is analogous to json.Encoder.Encode
+func (e *encoder) Encode(i interface{}) {
+        if e == nil || e.w == nil {
+                return
+        }
+        e.Lock()
+        defer e.Unlock()
+
+        js, err := json.Marshal(i)
+        if err != nil {
+                log.Println("[ERROR] dag:", err)
+                return
+        }
+        js = append(js, '\n')
+
+        _, err = e.w.Write(js)
+        if err != nil {
+                log.Println("[ERROR] dag:", err)
+                return
+        }
+}
+
+func (e *encoder) Add(v Vertex) {
+        e.Encode(marshalTransform{
+                Type:      typeTransform,
+                AddVertex: newMarshalVertex(v),
+        })
+}
+
+// Remove records the removal of Vertex v.
+func (e *encoder) Remove(v Vertex) {
+        e.Encode(marshalTransform{
+                Type:         typeTransform,
+                RemoveVertex: newMarshalVertex(v),
+        })
+}
+
+func (e *encoder) Connect(edge Edge) {
+        e.Encode(marshalTransform{
+                Type:    typeTransform,
+                AddEdge: newMarshalEdge(edge),
+        })
+}
+
+func (e *encoder) RemoveEdge(edge Edge) {
+        e.Encode(marshalTransform{
+                Type:       typeTransform,
+                RemoveEdge: newMarshalEdge(edge),
+        })
+}
+
+// BeginOperation marks the start of set of graph transformations, and returns
+// an EndDebugOperation func to be called once the opration is complete.
+func (e *encoder) BeginOperation(op string, info string) DebugOperationEnd {
+        if e == nil {
+                return func(string) {}
+        }
+
+        e.Encode(marshalOperation{
+                Type:  typeOperation,
+                Begin: op,
+                Info:  info,
+        })
+
+        return func(info string) {
+                e.Encode(marshalOperation{
+                        Type: typeOperation,
+                        End:  op,
+                        Info: info,
+                })
+        }
+}
+
+// structure for recording graph transformations
+type marshalTransform struct {
+        // Type: "Transform"
+        Type         string
+        AddEdge      *marshalEdge   `json:",omitempty"`
+        RemoveEdge   *marshalEdge   `json:",omitempty"`
+        AddVertex    *marshalVertex `json:",omitempty"`
+        RemoveVertex *marshalVertex `json:",omitempty"`
+}
+
+func (t marshalTransform) Transform(g *marshalGraph) {
+        switch {
+        case t.AddEdge != nil:
+                g.connect(t.AddEdge)
+        case t.RemoveEdge != nil:
+                g.removeEdge(t.RemoveEdge)
+        case t.AddVertex != nil:
+                g.add(t.AddVertex)
+        case t.RemoveVertex != nil:
+                g.remove(t.RemoveVertex)
+        }
+}
+
+// this structure allows us to decode any object in the json stream for
+// inspection, then re-decode it into a proper struct if needed.
+type streamDecode struct {
+        Type string
+        Map  map[string]interface{}
+        JSON []byte
+}
+
+func (s *streamDecode) UnmarshalJSON(d []byte) error {
+        s.JSON = d
+        err := json.Unmarshal(d, &s.Map)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        if t, ok := s.Map["Type"]; ok {
+                s.Type, _ = t.(string)
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// structure for recording the beginning and end of any multi-step
+// transformations. These are informational, and not required to reproduce the
+// graph state.
+type marshalOperation struct {
+        Type  string
+        Begin string `json:",omitempty"`
+        End   string `json:",omitempty"`
+        Info  string `json:",omitempty"`
+}
+
+// decodeGraph decodes a marshalGraph from an encoded graph stream.
+func decodeGraph(r io.Reader) (*marshalGraph, error) {
+        dec := json.NewDecoder(r)
+
+        // a stream should always start with a graph
+        g := &marshalGraph{}
+
+        err := dec.Decode(g)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // now replay any operations that occurred on the original graph
+        for dec.More() {
+                s := &streamDecode{}
+                err := dec.Decode(s)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return g, err
+                }
+
+                // the only Type we're concerned with here is Transform to complete the
+                // Graph
+                if s.Type != typeTransform {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                t := &marshalTransform{}
+                err = json.Unmarshal(s.JSON, t)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return g, err
+                }
+                t.Transform(g)
+        }
+        return g, nil
+}
+
+// marshalVertexInfo allows encoding arbitrary information about the a single
+// Vertex in the logs. These are accumulated for informational display while
+// rebuilding the graph.
+type marshalVertexInfo struct {
+        Type   string
+        Vertex *marshalVertex
+        Info   string
+}
+
+func newVertexInfo(infoType string, v Vertex, info string) *marshalVertexInfo {
+        return &marshalVertexInfo{
+                Type:   infoType,
+                Vertex: newMarshalVertex(v),
+                Info:   info,
+        }
+}
+
+// marshalEdgeInfo allows encoding arbitrary information about the a single
+// Edge in the logs. These are accumulated for informational display while
+// rebuilding the graph.
+type marshalEdgeInfo struct {
+        Type string
+        Edge *marshalEdge
+        Info string
+}
+
+func newEdgeInfo(infoType string, e Edge, info string) *marshalEdgeInfo {
+        return &marshalEdgeInfo{
+                Type: infoType,
+                Edge: newMarshalEdge(e),
+                Info: info,
+        }
+}
+
+// JSON2Dot reads a Graph debug log from and io.Reader, and converts the final
+// graph dot format.
+//
+// TODO: Allow returning the output at a certain point during decode.
+//       Encode extra information from the json log into the Dot.
+func JSON2Dot(r io.Reader) ([]byte, error) {
+        g, err := decodeGraph(r)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return g.Dot(nil), nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/set.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/set.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3929c9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/set.go
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+package dag
+
+import (
+        "sync"
+)
+
+// Set is a set data structure.
+type Set struct {
+        m    map[interface{}]interface{}
+        once sync.Once
+}
+
+// Hashable is the interface used by set to get the hash code of a value.
+// If this isn't given, then the value of the item being added to the set
+// itself is used as the comparison value.
+type Hashable interface {
+        Hashcode() interface{}
+}
+
+// hashcode returns the hashcode used for set elements.
+func hashcode(v interface{}) interface{} {
+        if h, ok := v.(Hashable); ok {
+                return h.Hashcode()
+        }
+
+        return v
+}
+
+// Add adds an item to the set
+func (s *Set) Add(v interface{}) {
+        s.once.Do(s.init)
+        s.m[hashcode(v)] = v
+}
+
+// Delete removes an item from the set.
+func (s *Set) Delete(v interface{}) {
+        s.once.Do(s.init)
+        delete(s.m, hashcode(v))
+}
+
+// Include returns true/false of whether a value is in the set.
+func (s *Set) Include(v interface{}) bool {
+        s.once.Do(s.init)
+        _, ok := s.m[hashcode(v)]
+        return ok
+}
+
+// Intersection computes the set intersection with other.
+func (s *Set) Intersection(other *Set) *Set {
+        result := new(Set)
+        if s == nil {
+                return result
+        }
+        if other != nil {
+                for _, v := range s.m {
+                        if other.Include(v) {
+                                result.Add(v)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// Difference returns a set with the elements that s has but
+// other doesn't.
+func (s *Set) Difference(other *Set) *Set {
+        result := new(Set)
+        if s != nil {
+                for k, v := range s.m {
+                        var ok bool
+                        if other != nil {
+                                _, ok = other.m[k]
+                        }
+                        if !ok {
+                                result.Add(v)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// Len is the number of items in the set.
+func (s *Set) Len() int {
+        if s == nil {
+                return 0
+        }
+
+        return len(s.m)
+}
+
+// List returns the list of set elements.
+func (s *Set) List() []interface{} {
+        if s == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        r := make([]interface{}, 0, len(s.m))
+        for _, v := range s.m {
+                r = append(r, v)
+        }
+
+        return r
+}
+
+func (s *Set) init() {
+        s.m = make(map[interface{}]interface{})
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/tarjan.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/tarjan.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d8b25c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/tarjan.go
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+package dag
+
+// StronglyConnected returns the list of strongly connected components
+// within the Graph g. This information is primarily used by this package
+// for cycle detection, but strongly connected components have widespread
+// use.
+func StronglyConnected(g *Graph) [][]Vertex {
+        vs := g.Vertices()
+        acct := sccAcct{
+                NextIndex:   1,
+                VertexIndex: make(map[Vertex]int, len(vs)),
+        }
+        for _, v := range vs {
+                // Recurse on any non-visited nodes
+                if acct.VertexIndex[v] == 0 {
+                        stronglyConnected(&acct, g, v)
+                }
+        }
+        return acct.SCC
+}
+
+func stronglyConnected(acct *sccAcct, g *Graph, v Vertex) int {
+        // Initial vertex visit
+        index := acct.visit(v)
+        minIdx := index
+
+        for _, raw := range g.DownEdges(v).List() {
+                target := raw.(Vertex)
+                targetIdx := acct.VertexIndex[target]
+
+                // Recurse on successor if not yet visited
+                if targetIdx == 0 {
+                        minIdx = min(minIdx, stronglyConnected(acct, g, target))
+                } else if acct.inStack(target) {
+                        // Check if the vertex is in the stack
+                        minIdx = min(minIdx, targetIdx)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Pop the strongly connected components off the stack if
+        // this is a root vertex
+        if index == minIdx {
+                var scc []Vertex
+                for {
+                        v2 := acct.pop()
+                        scc = append(scc, v2)
+                        if v2 == v {
+                                break
+                        }
+                }
+
+                acct.SCC = append(acct.SCC, scc)
+        }
+
+        return minIdx
+}
+
+func min(a, b int) int {
+        if a <= b {
+                return a
+        }
+        return b
+}
+
+// sccAcct is used ot pass around accounting information for
+// the StronglyConnectedComponents algorithm
+type sccAcct struct {
+        NextIndex   int
+        VertexIndex map[Vertex]int
+        Stack       []Vertex
+        SCC         [][]Vertex
+}
+
+// visit assigns an index and pushes a vertex onto the stack
+func (s *sccAcct) visit(v Vertex) int {
+        idx := s.NextIndex
+        s.VertexIndex[v] = idx
+        s.NextIndex++
+        s.push(v)
+        return idx
+}
+
+// push adds a vertex to the stack
+func (s *sccAcct) push(n Vertex) {
+        s.Stack = append(s.Stack, n)
+}
+
+// pop removes a vertex from the stack
+func (s *sccAcct) pop() Vertex {
+        n := len(s.Stack)
+        if n == 0 {
+                return nil
+        }
+        vertex := s.Stack[n-1]
+        s.Stack = s.Stack[:n-1]
+        return vertex
+}
+
+// inStack checks if a vertex is in the stack
+func (s *sccAcct) inStack(needle Vertex) bool {
+        for _, n := range s.Stack {
+                if n == needle {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+        return false
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/walk.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/walk.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23c87ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag/walk.go
@@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
+package dag
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "sync"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+)
+
+// Walker is used to walk every vertex of a graph in parallel.
+//
+// A vertex will only be walked when the dependencies of that vertex have
+// been walked. If two vertices can be walked at the same time, they will be.
+//
+// Update can be called to update the graph. This can be called even during
+// a walk, cahnging vertices/edges mid-walk. This should be done carefully.
+// If a vertex is removed but has already been executed, the result of that
+// execution (any error) is still returned by Wait. Changing or re-adding
+// a vertex that has already executed has no effect. Changing edges of
+// a vertex that has already executed has no effect.
+//
+// Non-parallelism can be enforced by introducing a lock in your callback
+// function. However, the goroutine overhead of a walk will remain.
+// Walker will create V*2 goroutines (one for each vertex, and dependency
+// waiter for each vertex). In general this should be of no concern unless
+// there are a huge number of vertices.
+//
+// The walk is depth first by default. This can be changed with the Reverse
+// option.
+//
+// A single walker is only valid for one graph walk. After the walk is complete
+// you must construct a new walker to walk again. State for the walk is never
+// deleted in case vertices or edges are changed.
+type Walker struct {
+        // Callback is what is called for each vertex
+        Callback WalkFunc
+
+        // Reverse, if true, causes the source of an edge to depend on a target.
+        // When false (default), the target depends on the source.
+        Reverse bool
+
+        // changeLock must be held to modify any of the fields below. Only Update
+        // should modify these fields. Modifying them outside of Update can cause
+        // serious problems.
+        changeLock sync.Mutex
+        vertices   Set
+        edges      Set
+        vertexMap  map[Vertex]*walkerVertex
+
+        // wait is done when all vertices have executed. It may become "undone"
+        // if new vertices are added.
+        wait sync.WaitGroup
+
+        // errMap contains the errors recorded so far for execution. Reading
+        // and writing should hold errLock.
+        errMap  map[Vertex]error
+        errLock sync.Mutex
+}
+
+type walkerVertex struct {
+        // These should only be set once on initialization and never written again.
+        // They are not protected by a lock since they don't need to be since
+        // they are write-once.
+
+        // DoneCh is closed when this vertex has completed execution, regardless
+        // of success.
+        //
+        // CancelCh is closed when the vertex should cancel execution. If execution
+        // is already complete (DoneCh is closed), this has no effect. Otherwise,
+        // execution is cancelled as quickly as possible.
+        DoneCh   chan struct{}
+        CancelCh chan struct{}
+
+        // Dependency information. Any changes to any of these fields requires
+        // holding DepsLock.
+        //
+        // DepsCh is sent a single value that denotes whether the upstream deps
+        // were successful (no errors). Any value sent means that the upstream
+        // dependencies are complete. No other values will ever be sent again.
+        //
+        // DepsUpdateCh is closed when there is a new DepsCh set.
+        DepsCh       chan bool
+        DepsUpdateCh chan struct{}
+        DepsLock     sync.Mutex
+
+        // Below is not safe to read/write in parallel. This behavior is
+        // enforced by changes only happening in Update. Nothing else should
+        // ever modify these.
+        deps         map[Vertex]chan struct{}
+        depsCancelCh chan struct{}
+}
+
+// errWalkUpstream is used in the errMap of a walk to note that an upstream
+// dependency failed so this vertex wasn't run. This is not shown in the final
+// user-returned error.
+var errWalkUpstream = errors.New("upstream dependency failed")
+
+// Wait waits for the completion of the walk and returns any errors (
+// in the form of a multierror) that occurred. Update should be called
+// to populate the walk with vertices and edges prior to calling this.
+//
+// Wait will return as soon as all currently known vertices are complete.
+// If you plan on calling Update with more vertices in the future, you
+// should not call Wait until after this is done.
+func (w *Walker) Wait() error {
+        // Wait for completion
+        w.wait.Wait()
+
+        // Grab the error lock
+        w.errLock.Lock()
+        defer w.errLock.Unlock()
+
+        // Build the error
+        var result error
+        for v, err := range w.errMap {
+                if err != nil && err != errWalkUpstream {
+                        result = multierror.Append(result, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: %s", VertexName(v), err))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// Update updates the currently executing walk with the given graph.
+// This will perform a diff of the vertices and edges and update the walker.
+// Already completed vertices remain completed (including any errors during
+// their execution).
+//
+// This returns immediately once the walker is updated; it does not wait
+// for completion of the walk.
+//
+// Multiple Updates can be called in parallel. Update can be called at any
+// time during a walk.
+func (w *Walker) Update(g *AcyclicGraph) {
+        var v, e *Set
+        if g != nil {
+                v, e = g.vertices, g.edges
+        }
+
+        // Grab the change lock so no more updates happen but also so that
+        // no new vertices are executed during this time since we may be
+        // removing them.
+        w.changeLock.Lock()
+        defer w.changeLock.Unlock()
+
+        // Initialize fields
+        if w.vertexMap == nil {
+                w.vertexMap = make(map[Vertex]*walkerVertex)
+        }
+
+        // Calculate all our sets
+        newEdges := e.Difference(&w.edges)
+        oldEdges := w.edges.Difference(e)
+        newVerts := v.Difference(&w.vertices)
+        oldVerts := w.vertices.Difference(v)
+
+        // Add the new vertices
+        for _, raw := range newVerts.List() {
+                v := raw.(Vertex)
+
+                // Add to the waitgroup so our walk is not done until everything finishes
+                w.wait.Add(1)
+
+                // Add to our own set so we know about it already
+                log.Printf("[DEBUG] dag/walk: added new vertex: %q", VertexName(v))
+                w.vertices.Add(raw)
+
+                // Initialize the vertex info
+                info := &walkerVertex{
+                        DoneCh:   make(chan struct{}),
+                        CancelCh: make(chan struct{}),
+                        deps:     make(map[Vertex]chan struct{}),
+                }
+
+                // Add it to the map and kick off the walk
+                w.vertexMap[v] = info
+        }
+
+        // Remove the old vertices
+        for _, raw := range oldVerts.List() {
+                v := raw.(Vertex)
+
+                // Get the vertex info so we can cancel it
+                info, ok := w.vertexMap[v]
+                if !ok {
+                        // This vertex for some reason was never in our map. This
+                        // shouldn't be possible.
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Cancel the vertex
+                close(info.CancelCh)
+
+                // Delete it out of the map
+                delete(w.vertexMap, v)
+
+                log.Printf("[DEBUG] dag/walk: removed vertex: %q", VertexName(v))
+                w.vertices.Delete(raw)
+        }
+
+        // Add the new edges
+        var changedDeps Set
+        for _, raw := range newEdges.List() {
+                edge := raw.(Edge)
+                waiter, dep := w.edgeParts(edge)
+
+                // Get the info for the waiter
+                waiterInfo, ok := w.vertexMap[waiter]
+                if !ok {
+                        // Vertex doesn't exist... shouldn't be possible but ignore.
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Get the info for the dep
+                depInfo, ok := w.vertexMap[dep]
+                if !ok {
+                        // Vertex doesn't exist... shouldn't be possible but ignore.
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Add the dependency to our waiter
+                waiterInfo.deps[dep] = depInfo.DoneCh
+
+                // Record that the deps changed for this waiter
+                changedDeps.Add(waiter)
+
+                log.Printf(
+                        "[DEBUG] dag/walk: added edge: %q waiting on %q",
+                        VertexName(waiter), VertexName(dep))
+                w.edges.Add(raw)
+        }
+
+        // Process reoved edges
+        for _, raw := range oldEdges.List() {
+                edge := raw.(Edge)
+                waiter, dep := w.edgeParts(edge)
+
+                // Get the info for the waiter
+                waiterInfo, ok := w.vertexMap[waiter]
+                if !ok {
+                        // Vertex doesn't exist... shouldn't be possible but ignore.
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Delete the dependency from the waiter
+                delete(waiterInfo.deps, dep)
+
+                // Record that the deps changed for this waiter
+                changedDeps.Add(waiter)
+
+                log.Printf(
+                        "[DEBUG] dag/walk: removed edge: %q waiting on %q",
+                        VertexName(waiter), VertexName(dep))
+                w.edges.Delete(raw)
+        }
+
+        // For each vertex with changed dependencies, we need to kick off
+        // a new waiter and notify the vertex of the changes.
+        for _, raw := range changedDeps.List() {
+                v := raw.(Vertex)
+                info, ok := w.vertexMap[v]
+                if !ok {
+                        // Vertex doesn't exist... shouldn't be possible but ignore.
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Create a new done channel
+                doneCh := make(chan bool, 1)
+
+                // Create the channel we close for cancellation
+                cancelCh := make(chan struct{})
+
+                // Build a new deps copy
+                deps := make(map[Vertex]<-chan struct{})
+                for k, v := range info.deps {
+                        deps[k] = v
+                }
+
+                // Update the update channel
+                info.DepsLock.Lock()
+                if info.DepsUpdateCh != nil {
+                        close(info.DepsUpdateCh)
+                }
+                info.DepsCh = doneCh
+                info.DepsUpdateCh = make(chan struct{})
+                info.DepsLock.Unlock()
+
+                // Cancel the older waiter
+                if info.depsCancelCh != nil {
+                        close(info.depsCancelCh)
+                }
+                info.depsCancelCh = cancelCh
+
+                log.Printf(
+                        "[DEBUG] dag/walk: dependencies changed for %q, sending new deps",
+                        VertexName(v))
+
+                // Start the waiter
+                go w.waitDeps(v, deps, doneCh, cancelCh)
+        }
+
+        // Start all the new vertices. We do this at the end so that all
+        // the edge waiters and changes are setup above.
+        for _, raw := range newVerts.List() {
+                v := raw.(Vertex)
+                go w.walkVertex(v, w.vertexMap[v])
+        }
+}
+
+// edgeParts returns the waiter and the dependency, in that order.
+// The waiter is waiting on the dependency.
+func (w *Walker) edgeParts(e Edge) (Vertex, Vertex) {
+        if w.Reverse {
+                return e.Source(), e.Target()
+        }
+
+        return e.Target(), e.Source()
+}
+
+// walkVertex walks a single vertex, waiting for any dependencies before
+// executing the callback.
+func (w *Walker) walkVertex(v Vertex, info *walkerVertex) {
+        // When we're done executing, lower the waitgroup count
+        defer w.wait.Done()
+
+        // When we're done, always close our done channel
+        defer close(info.DoneCh)
+
+        // Wait for our dependencies. We create a [closed] deps channel so
+        // that we can immediately fall through to load our actual DepsCh.
+        var depsSuccess bool
+        var depsUpdateCh chan struct{}
+        depsCh := make(chan bool, 1)
+        depsCh <- true
+        close(depsCh)
+        for {
+                select {
+                case <-info.CancelCh:
+                        // Cancel
+                        return
+
+                case depsSuccess = <-depsCh:
+                        // Deps complete! Mark as nil to trigger completion handling.
+                        depsCh = nil
+
+                case <-depsUpdateCh:
+                        // New deps, reloop
+                }
+
+                // Check if we have updated dependencies. This can happen if the
+                // dependencies were satisfied exactly prior to an Update occurring.
+                // In that case, we'd like to take into account new dependencies
+                // if possible.
+                info.DepsLock.Lock()
+                if info.DepsCh != nil {
+                        depsCh = info.DepsCh
+                        info.DepsCh = nil
+                }
+                if info.DepsUpdateCh != nil {
+                        depsUpdateCh = info.DepsUpdateCh
+                }
+                info.DepsLock.Unlock()
+
+                // If we still have no deps channel set, then we're done!
+                if depsCh == nil {
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If we passed dependencies, we just want to check once more that
+        // we're not cancelled, since this can happen just as dependencies pass.
+        select {
+        case <-info.CancelCh:
+                // Cancelled during an update while dependencies completed.
+                return
+        default:
+        }
+
+        // Run our callback or note that our upstream failed
+        var err error
+        if depsSuccess {
+                log.Printf("[DEBUG] dag/walk: walking %q", VertexName(v))
+                err = w.Callback(v)
+        } else {
+                log.Printf("[DEBUG] dag/walk: upstream errored, not walking %q", VertexName(v))
+                err = errWalkUpstream
+        }
+
+        // Record the error
+        if err != nil {
+                w.errLock.Lock()
+                defer w.errLock.Unlock()
+
+                if w.errMap == nil {
+                        w.errMap = make(map[Vertex]error)
+                }
+                w.errMap[v] = err
+        }
+}
+
+func (w *Walker) waitDeps(
+        v Vertex,
+        deps map[Vertex]<-chan struct{},
+        doneCh chan<- bool,
+        cancelCh <-chan struct{}) {
+        // For each dependency given to us, wait for it to complete
+        for dep, depCh := range deps {
+        DepSatisfied:
+                for {
+                        select {
+                        case <-depCh:
+                                // Dependency satisfied!
+                                break DepSatisfied
+
+                        case <-cancelCh:
+                                // Wait cancelled. Note that we didn't satisfy dependencies
+                                // so that anything waiting on us also doesn't run.
+                                doneCh <- false
+                                return
+
+                        case <-time.After(time.Second * 5):
+                                log.Printf("[DEBUG] dag/walk: vertex %q, waiting for: %q",
+                                        VertexName(v), VertexName(dep))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Dependencies satisfied! We need to check if any errored
+        w.errLock.Lock()
+        defer w.errLock.Unlock()
+        for dep, _ := range deps {
+                if w.errMap[dep] != nil {
+                        // One of our dependencies failed, so return false
+                        doneCh <- false
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+
+        // All dependencies satisfied and successful
+        doneCh <- true
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/flatmap/expand.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/flatmap/expand.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0b81b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/flatmap/expand.go
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+package flatmap
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "sort"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil"
+)
+
+// Expand takes a map and a key (prefix) and expands that value into
+// a more complex structure. This is the reverse of the Flatten operation.
+func Expand(m map[string]string, key string) interface{} {
+        // If the key is exactly a key in the map, just return it
+        if v, ok := m[key]; ok {
+                if v == "true" {
+                        return true
+                } else if v == "false" {
+                        return false
+                }
+
+                return v
+        }
+
+        // Check if the key is an array, and if so, expand the array
+        if v, ok := m[key+".#"]; ok {
+                // If the count of the key is unknown, then just put the unknown
+                // value in the value itself. This will be detected by Terraform
+                // core later.
+                if v == hil.UnknownValue {
+                        return v
+                }
+
+                return expandArray(m, key)
+        }
+
+        // Check if this is a prefix in the map
+        prefix := key + "."
+        for k := range m {
+                if strings.HasPrefix(k, prefix) {
+                        return expandMap(m, prefix)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func expandArray(m map[string]string, prefix string) []interface{} {
+        num, err := strconv.ParseInt(m[prefix+".#"], 0, 0)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        // If the number of elements in this array is 0, then return an
+        // empty slice as there is nothing to expand. Trying to expand it
+        // anyway could lead to crashes as any child maps, arrays or sets
+        // that no longer exist are still shown as empty with a count of 0.
+        if num == 0 {
+                return []interface{}{}
+        }
+
+        // The Schema "Set" type stores its values in an array format, but
+        // using numeric hash values instead of ordinal keys. Take the set
+        // of keys regardless of value, and expand them in numeric order.
+        // See GH-11042 for more details.
+        keySet := map[int]bool{}
+        computed := map[string]bool{}
+        for k := range m {
+                if !strings.HasPrefix(k, prefix+".") {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                key := k[len(prefix)+1:]
+                idx := strings.Index(key, ".")
+                if idx != -1 {
+                        key = key[:idx]
+                }
+
+                // skip the count value
+                if key == "#" {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // strip the computed flag if there is one
+                if strings.HasPrefix(key, "~") {
+                        key = key[1:]
+                        computed[key] = true
+                }
+
+                k, err := strconv.Atoi(key)
+                if err != nil {
+                        panic(err)
+                }
+                keySet[int(k)] = true
+        }
+
+        keysList := make([]int, 0, num)
+        for key := range keySet {
+                keysList = append(keysList, key)
+        }
+        sort.Ints(keysList)
+
+        result := make([]interface{}, num)
+        for i, key := range keysList {
+                keyString := strconv.Itoa(key)
+                if computed[keyString] {
+                        keyString = "~" + keyString
+                }
+                result[i] = Expand(m, fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", prefix, keyString))
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+func expandMap(m map[string]string, prefix string) map[string]interface{} {
+        // Submaps may not have a '%' key, so we can't count on this value being
+        // here. If we don't have a count, just proceed as if we have have a map.
+        if count, ok := m[prefix+"%"]; ok && count == "0" {
+                return map[string]interface{}{}
+        }
+
+        result := make(map[string]interface{})
+        for k := range m {
+                if !strings.HasPrefix(k, prefix) {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                key := k[len(prefix):]
+                idx := strings.Index(key, ".")
+                if idx != -1 {
+                        key = key[:idx]
+                }
+                if _, ok := result[key]; ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // skip the map count value
+                if key == "%" {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                result[key] = Expand(m, k[:len(prefix)+len(key)])
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/flatmap/flatten.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/flatmap/flatten.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ff6e42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/flatmap/flatten.go
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+package flatmap
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+)
+
+// Flatten takes a structure and turns into a flat map[string]string.
+//
+// Within the "thing" parameter, only primitive values are allowed. Structs are
+// not supported. Therefore, it can only be slices, maps, primitives, and
+// any combination of those together.
+//
+// See the tests for examples of what inputs are turned into.
+func Flatten(thing map[string]interface{}) Map {
+        result := make(map[string]string)
+
+        for k, raw := range thing {
+                flatten(result, k, reflect.ValueOf(raw))
+        }
+
+        return Map(result)
+}
+
+func flatten(result map[string]string, prefix string, v reflect.Value) {
+        if v.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+                v = v.Elem()
+        }
+
+        switch v.Kind() {
+        case reflect.Bool:
+                if v.Bool() {
+                        result[prefix] = "true"
+                } else {
+                        result[prefix] = "false"
+                }
+        case reflect.Int:
+                result[prefix] = fmt.Sprintf("%d", v.Int())
+        case reflect.Map:
+                flattenMap(result, prefix, v)
+        case reflect.Slice:
+                flattenSlice(result, prefix, v)
+        case reflect.String:
+                result[prefix] = v.String()
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Sprintf("Unknown: %s", v))
+        }
+}
+
+func flattenMap(result map[string]string, prefix string, v reflect.Value) {
+        for _, k := range v.MapKeys() {
+                if k.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+                        k = k.Elem()
+                }
+
+                if k.Kind() != reflect.String {
+                        panic(fmt.Sprintf("%s: map key is not string: %s", prefix, k))
+                }
+
+                flatten(result, fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", prefix, k.String()), v.MapIndex(k))
+        }
+}
+
+func flattenSlice(result map[string]string, prefix string, v reflect.Value) {
+        prefix = prefix + "."
+
+        result[prefix+"#"] = fmt.Sprintf("%d", v.Len())
+        for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ {
+                flatten(result, fmt.Sprintf("%s%d", prefix, i), v.Index(i))
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/flatmap/map.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/flatmap/map.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46b72c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/flatmap/map.go
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+package flatmap
+
+import (
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// Map is a wrapper around map[string]string that provides some helpers
+// above it that assume the map is in the format that flatmap expects
+// (the result of Flatten).
+//
+// All modifying functions such as Delete are done in-place unless
+// otherwise noted.
+type Map map[string]string
+
+// Contains returns true if the map contains the given key.
+func (m Map) Contains(key string) bool {
+        for _, k := range m.Keys() {
+                if k == key {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+
+        return false
+}
+
+// Delete deletes a key out of the map with the given prefix.
+func (m Map) Delete(prefix string) {
+        for k, _ := range m {
+                match := k == prefix
+                if !match {
+                        if !strings.HasPrefix(k, prefix) {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        if k[len(prefix):len(prefix)+1] != "." {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                }
+
+                delete(m, k)
+        }
+}
+
+// Keys returns all of the top-level keys in this map
+func (m Map) Keys() []string {
+        ks := make(map[string]struct{})
+        for k, _ := range m {
+                idx := strings.Index(k, ".")
+                if idx == -1 {
+                        idx = len(k)
+                }
+
+                ks[k[:idx]] = struct{}{}
+        }
+
+        result := make([]string, 0, len(ks))
+        for k, _ := range ks {
+                result = append(result, k)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// Merge merges the contents of the other Map into this one.
+//
+// This merge is smarter than a simple map iteration because it
+// will fully replace arrays and other complex structures that
+// are present in this map with the other map's. For example, if
+// this map has a 3 element "foo" list, and m2 has a 2 element "foo"
+// list, then the result will be that m has a 2 element "foo"
+// list.
+func (m Map) Merge(m2 Map) {
+        for _, prefix := range m2.Keys() {
+                m.Delete(prefix)
+
+                for k, v := range m2 {
+                        if strings.HasPrefix(k, prefix) {
+                                m[k] = v
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/acctest/acctest.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/acctest/acctest.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d31031
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/acctest/acctest.go
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+// Package acctest contains for Terraform Acceptance Tests
+package acctest
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/acctest/random.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/acctest/random.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ddc078
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/acctest/random.go
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+package acctest
+
+import (
+        "bufio"
+        "bytes"
+        crand "crypto/rand"
+        "crypto/rsa"
+        "crypto/x509"
+        "encoding/pem"
+        "fmt"
+        "math/rand"
+        "strings"
+        "time"
+
+        "golang.org/x/crypto/ssh"
+)
+
+// Helpers for generating random tidbits for use in identifiers to prevent
+// collisions in acceptance tests.
+
+// RandInt generates a random integer
+func RandInt() int {
+        reseed()
+        return rand.New(rand.NewSource(time.Now().UnixNano())).Int()
+}
+
+// RandomWithPrefix is used to generate a unique name with a prefix, for
+// randomizing names in acceptance tests
+func RandomWithPrefix(name string) string {
+        reseed()
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%s-%d", name, rand.New(rand.NewSource(time.Now().UnixNano())).Int())
+}
+
+func RandIntRange(min int, max int) int {
+        reseed()
+        source := rand.New(rand.NewSource(time.Now().UnixNano()))
+        rangeMax := max - min
+
+        return int(source.Int31n(int32(rangeMax)))
+}
+
+// RandString generates a random alphanumeric string of the length specified
+func RandString(strlen int) string {
+        return RandStringFromCharSet(strlen, CharSetAlphaNum)
+}
+
+// RandStringFromCharSet generates a random string by selecting characters from
+// the charset provided
+func RandStringFromCharSet(strlen int, charSet string) string {
+        reseed()
+        result := make([]byte, strlen)
+        for i := 0; i < strlen; i++ {
+                result[i] = charSet[rand.Intn(len(charSet))]
+        }
+        return string(result)
+}
+
+// RandSSHKeyPair generates a public and private SSH key pair. The public key is
+// returned in OpenSSH format, and the private key is PEM encoded.
+func RandSSHKeyPair(comment string) (string, string, error) {
+        privateKey, err := rsa.GenerateKey(crand.Reader, 1024)
+        if err != nil {
+                return "", "", err
+        }
+
+        var privateKeyBuffer bytes.Buffer
+        privateKeyPEM := &pem.Block{Type: "RSA PRIVATE KEY", Bytes: x509.MarshalPKCS1PrivateKey(privateKey)}
+        if err := pem.Encode(bufio.NewWriter(&privateKeyBuffer), privateKeyPEM); err != nil {
+                return "", "", err
+        }
+
+        publicKey, err := ssh.NewPublicKey(&privateKey.PublicKey)
+        if err != nil {
+                return "", "", err
+        }
+        keyMaterial := strings.TrimSpace(string(ssh.MarshalAuthorizedKey(publicKey)))
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%s %s", keyMaterial, comment), privateKeyBuffer.String(), nil
+}
+
+// Seeds random with current timestamp
+func reseed() {
+        rand.Seed(time.Now().UTC().UnixNano())
+}
+
+const (
+        // CharSetAlphaNum is the alphanumeric character set for use with
+        // RandStringFromCharSet
+        CharSetAlphaNum = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz012346789"
+
+        // CharSetAlpha is the alphabetical character set for use with
+        // RandStringFromCharSet
+        CharSetAlpha = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/acctest/remotetests.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/acctest/remotetests.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87c60b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/acctest/remotetests.go
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+package acctest
+
+import (
+        "net/http"
+        "os"
+        "testing"
+)
+
+// SkipRemoteTestsEnvVar is an environment variable that can be set by a user
+// running the tests in an environment with limited network connectivity. By
+// default, tests requiring internet connectivity make an effort to skip if no
+// internet is available, but in some cases the smoke test will pass even
+// though the test should still be skipped.
+const SkipRemoteTestsEnvVar = "TF_SKIP_REMOTE_TESTS"
+
+// RemoteTestPrecheck is meant to be run by any unit test that requires
+// outbound internet connectivity. The test will be skipped if it's
+// unavailable.
+func RemoteTestPrecheck(t *testing.T) {
+        if os.Getenv(SkipRemoteTestsEnvVar) != "" {
+                t.Skipf("skipping test, %s was set", SkipRemoteTestsEnvVar)
+        }
+
+        if _, err := http.Get("http://google.com"); err != nil {
+                t.Skipf("skipping, internet seems to not be available: %s", err)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/config/decode.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/config/decode.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f470c9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/config/decode.go
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+package config
+
+import (
+        "github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure"
+)
+
+func Decode(target interface{}, raws ...interface{}) (*mapstructure.Metadata, error) {
+        var md mapstructure.Metadata
+        decoderConfig := &mapstructure.DecoderConfig{
+                Metadata:         &md,
+                Result:           target,
+                WeaklyTypedInput: true,
+        }
+
+        decoder, err := mapstructure.NewDecoder(decoderConfig)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        for _, raw := range raws {
+                err := decoder.Decode(raw)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return &md, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/config/validator.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/config/validator.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a6e023
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/config/validator.go
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+package config
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/flatmap"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+)
+
+// Validator is a helper that helps you validate the configuration
+// of your resource, resource provider, etc.
+//
+// At the most basic level, set the Required and Optional lists to be
+// specifiers of keys that are required or optional. If a key shows up
+// that isn't in one of these two lists, then an error is generated.
+//
+// The "specifiers" allowed in this is a fairly rich syntax to help
+// describe the format of your configuration:
+//
+//   * Basic keys are just strings. For example: "foo" will match the
+//       "foo" key.
+//
+//   * Nested structure keys can be matched by doing
+//       "listener.*.foo". This will verify that there is at least one
+//       listener element that has the "foo" key set.
+//
+//   * The existence of a nested structure can be checked by simply
+//       doing "listener.*" which will verify that there is at least
+//       one element in the "listener" structure. This is NOT
+//       validating that "listener" is an array. It is validating
+//       that it is a nested structure in the configuration.
+//
+type Validator struct {
+        Required []string
+        Optional []string
+}
+
+func (v *Validator) Validate(
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) (ws []string, es []error) {
+        // Flatten the configuration so it is easier to reason about
+        flat := flatmap.Flatten(c.Raw)
+
+        keySet := make(map[string]validatorKey)
+        for i, vs := range [][]string{v.Required, v.Optional} {
+                req := i == 0
+                for _, k := range vs {
+                        vk, err := newValidatorKey(k, req)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                es = append(es, err)
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        keySet[k] = vk
+                }
+        }
+
+        purged := make([]string, 0)
+        for _, kv := range keySet {
+                p, w, e := kv.Validate(flat)
+                if len(w) > 0 {
+                        ws = append(ws, w...)
+                }
+                if len(e) > 0 {
+                        es = append(es, e...)
+                }
+
+                purged = append(purged, p...)
+        }
+
+        // Delete all the keys we processed in order to find
+        // the unknown keys.
+        for _, p := range purged {
+                delete(flat, p)
+        }
+
+        // The rest are unknown
+        for k, _ := range flat {
+                es = append(es, fmt.Errorf("Unknown configuration: %s", k))
+        }
+
+        return
+}
+
+type validatorKey interface {
+        // Validate validates the given configuration and returns viewed keys,
+        // warnings, and errors.
+        Validate(map[string]string) ([]string, []string, []error)
+}
+
+func newValidatorKey(k string, req bool) (validatorKey, error) {
+        var result validatorKey
+
+        parts := strings.Split(k, ".")
+        if len(parts) > 1 && parts[1] == "*" {
+                result = &nestedValidatorKey{
+                        Parts:    parts,
+                        Required: req,
+                }
+        } else {
+                result = &basicValidatorKey{
+                        Key:      k,
+                        Required: req,
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+// basicValidatorKey validates keys that are basic such as "foo"
+type basicValidatorKey struct {
+        Key      string
+        Required bool
+}
+
+func (v *basicValidatorKey) Validate(
+        m map[string]string) ([]string, []string, []error) {
+        for k, _ := range m {
+                // If we have the exact key its a match
+                if k == v.Key {
+                        return []string{k}, nil, nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        if !v.Required {
+                return nil, nil, nil
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil, []error{fmt.Errorf(
+                "Key not found: %s", v.Key)}
+}
+
+type nestedValidatorKey struct {
+        Parts    []string
+        Required bool
+}
+
+func (v *nestedValidatorKey) validate(
+        m map[string]string,
+        prefix string,
+        offset int) ([]string, []string, []error) {
+        if offset >= len(v.Parts) {
+                // We're at the end. Look for a specific key.
+                v2 := &basicValidatorKey{Key: prefix, Required: v.Required}
+                return v2.Validate(m)
+        }
+
+        current := v.Parts[offset]
+
+        // If we're at offset 0, special case to start at the next one.
+        if offset == 0 {
+                return v.validate(m, current, offset+1)
+        }
+
+        // Determine if we're doing a "for all" or a specific key
+        if current != "*" {
+                // We're looking at a specific key, continue on.
+                return v.validate(m, prefix+"."+current, offset+1)
+        }
+
+        // We're doing a "for all", so we loop over.
+        countStr, ok := m[prefix+".#"]
+        if !ok {
+                if !v.Required {
+                        // It wasn't required, so its no problem.
+                        return nil, nil, nil
+                }
+
+                return nil, nil, []error{fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Key not found: %s", prefix)}
+        }
+
+        count, err := strconv.ParseInt(countStr, 0, 0)
+        if err != nil {
+                // This shouldn't happen if flatmap works properly
+                panic("invalid flatmap array")
+        }
+
+        var e []error
+        var w []string
+        u := make([]string, 1, count+1)
+        u[0] = prefix + ".#"
+        for i := 0; i < int(count); i++ {
+                prefix := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%d", prefix, i)
+
+                // Mark that we saw this specific key
+                u = append(u, prefix)
+
+                // Mark all prefixes of this
+                for k, _ := range m {
+                        if !strings.HasPrefix(k, prefix+".") {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        u = append(u, k)
+                }
+
+                // If we have more parts, then validate deeper
+                if offset+1 < len(v.Parts) {
+                        u2, w2, e2 := v.validate(m, prefix, offset+1)
+
+                        u = append(u, u2...)
+                        w = append(w, w2...)
+                        e = append(e, e2...)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return u, w, e
+}
+
+func (v *nestedValidatorKey) Validate(
+        m map[string]string) ([]string, []string, []error) {
+        return v.validate(m, "", 0)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/experiment/experiment.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/experiment/experiment.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18b8837
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/experiment/experiment.go
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+// experiment package contains helper functions for tracking experimental
+// features throughout Terraform.
+//
+// This package should be used for creating, enabling, querying, and deleting
+// experimental features. By unifying all of that onto a single interface,
+// we can have the Go compiler help us by enforcing every place we touch
+// an experimental feature.
+//
+// To create a new experiment:
+//
+//   1. Add the experiment to the global vars list below, prefixed with X_
+//
+//   2. Add the experiment variable to the All listin the init() function
+//
+//   3. Use it!
+//
+// To remove an experiment:
+//
+//   1. Delete the experiment global var.
+//
+//   2. Try to compile and fix all the places where the var was referenced.
+//
+// To use an experiment:
+//
+//   1. Use Flag() if you want the experiment to be available from the CLI.
+//
+//   2. Use Enabled() to check whether it is enabled.
+//
+// As a general user:
+//
+//   1. The `-Xexperiment-name` flag
+//   2. The `TF_X_<experiment-name>` env var.
+//   3. The `TF_X_FORCE` env var can be set to force an experimental feature
+//      without human verifications.
+//
+package experiment
+
+import (
+        "flag"
+        "fmt"
+        "os"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "sync"
+)
+
+// The experiments that are available are listed below. Any package in
+// Terraform defining an experiment should define the experiments below.
+// By keeping them all within the experiment package we force a single point
+// of definition and use. This allows the compiler to enforce references
+// so it becomes easy to remove the features.
+var (
+        // Shadow graph. This is already on by default. Disabling it will be
+        // allowed for awhile in order for it to not block operations.
+        X_shadow = newBasicID("shadow", "SHADOW", false)
+)
+
+// Global variables this package uses because we are a package
+// with global state.
+var (
+        // all is the list of all experiements. Do not modify this.
+        All []ID
+
+        // enabled keeps track of what flags have been enabled
+        enabled     map[string]bool
+        enabledLock sync.Mutex
+
+        // Hidden "experiment" that forces all others to be on without verification
+        x_force = newBasicID("force", "FORCE", false)
+)
+
+func init() {
+        // The list of all experiments, update this when an experiment is added.
+        All = []ID{
+                X_shadow,
+                x_force,
+        }
+
+        // Load
+        reload()
+}
+
+// reload is used by tests to reload the global state. This is called by
+// init publicly.
+func reload() {
+        // Initialize
+        enabledLock.Lock()
+        enabled = make(map[string]bool)
+        enabledLock.Unlock()
+
+        // Set defaults and check env vars
+        for _, id := range All {
+                // Get the default value
+                def := id.Default()
+
+                // If we set it in the env var, default it to true
+                key := fmt.Sprintf("TF_X_%s", strings.ToUpper(id.Env()))
+                if v := os.Getenv(key); v != "" {
+                        def = v != "0"
+                }
+
+                // Set the default
+                SetEnabled(id, def)
+        }
+}
+
+// Enabled returns whether an experiment has been enabled or not.
+func Enabled(id ID) bool {
+        enabledLock.Lock()
+        defer enabledLock.Unlock()
+        return enabled[id.Flag()]
+}
+
+// SetEnabled sets an experiment to enabled/disabled. Please check with
+// the experiment docs for when calling this actually affects the experiment.
+func SetEnabled(id ID, v bool) {
+        enabledLock.Lock()
+        defer enabledLock.Unlock()
+        enabled[id.Flag()] = v
+}
+
+// Force returns true if the -Xforce of TF_X_FORCE flag is present, which
+// advises users of this package to not verify with the user that they want
+// experimental behavior and to just continue with it.
+func Force() bool {
+        return Enabled(x_force)
+}
+
+// Flag configures the given FlagSet with the flags to configure
+// all active experiments.
+func Flag(fs *flag.FlagSet) {
+        for _, id := range All {
+                desc := id.Flag()
+                key := fmt.Sprintf("X%s", id.Flag())
+                fs.Var(&idValue{X: id}, key, desc)
+        }
+}
+
+// idValue implements flag.Value for setting the enabled/disabled state
+// of an experiment from the CLI.
+type idValue struct {
+        X ID
+}
+
+func (v *idValue) IsBoolFlag() bool { return true }
+func (v *idValue) String() string   { return strconv.FormatBool(Enabled(v.X)) }
+func (v *idValue) Set(raw string) error {
+        b, err := strconv.ParseBool(raw)
+        if err == nil {
+                SetEnabled(v.X, b)
+        }
+
+        return err
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/experiment/id.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/experiment/id.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e2f707
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/experiment/id.go
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+package experiment
+
+// ID represents an experimental feature.
+//
+// The global vars defined on this package should be used as ID values.
+// This interface is purposely not implement-able outside of this package
+// so that we can rely on the Go compiler to enforce all experiment references.
+type ID interface {
+        Env() string
+        Flag() string
+        Default() bool
+
+        unexported() // So the ID can't be implemented externally.
+}
+
+// basicID implements ID.
+type basicID struct {
+        EnvValue     string
+        FlagValue    string
+        DefaultValue bool
+}
+
+func newBasicID(flag, env string, def bool) ID {
+        return &basicID{
+                EnvValue:     env,
+                FlagValue:    flag,
+                DefaultValue: def,
+        }
+}
+
+func (id *basicID) Env() string   { return id.EnvValue }
+func (id *basicID) Flag() string  { return id.FlagValue }
+func (id *basicID) Default() bool { return id.DefaultValue }
+func (id *basicID) unexported()   {}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/hashcode/hashcode.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/hashcode/hashcode.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64d8263
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/hashcode/hashcode.go
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+package hashcode
+
+import (
+        "hash/crc32"
+)
+
+// String hashes a string to a unique hashcode.
+//
+// crc32 returns a uint32, but for our use we need
+// and non negative integer. Here we cast to an integer
+// and invert it if the result is negative.
+func String(s string) int {
+        v := int(crc32.ChecksumIEEE([]byte(s)))
+        if v >= 0 {
+                return v
+        }
+        if -v >= 0 {
+                return -v
+        }
+        // v == MinInt
+        return 0
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/hilmapstructure/hilmapstructure.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/hilmapstructure/hilmapstructure.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67be1df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/hilmapstructure/hilmapstructure.go
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+package hilmapstructure
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+
+        "github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure"
+)
+
+var hilMapstructureDecodeHookEmptySlice []interface{}
+var hilMapstructureDecodeHookStringSlice []string
+var hilMapstructureDecodeHookEmptyMap map[string]interface{}
+
+// WeakDecode behaves in the same way as mapstructure.WeakDecode but has a
+// DecodeHook which defeats the backward compatibility mode of mapstructure
+// which WeakDecodes []interface{}{} into an empty map[string]interface{}. This
+// allows us to use WeakDecode (desirable), but not fail on empty lists.
+func WeakDecode(m interface{}, rawVal interface{}) error {
+        config := &mapstructure.DecoderConfig{
+                DecodeHook: func(source reflect.Type, target reflect.Type, val interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                        sliceType := reflect.TypeOf(hilMapstructureDecodeHookEmptySlice)
+                        stringSliceType := reflect.TypeOf(hilMapstructureDecodeHookStringSlice)
+                        mapType := reflect.TypeOf(hilMapstructureDecodeHookEmptyMap)
+
+                        if (source == sliceType || source == stringSliceType) && target == mapType {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Cannot convert a []interface{} into a map[string]interface{}")
+                        }
+
+                        return val, nil
+                },
+                WeaklyTypedInput: true,
+                Result:           rawVal,
+        }
+
+        decoder, err := mapstructure.NewDecoder(config)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        return decoder.Decode(m)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/logging/logging.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/logging/logging.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..433cd77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/logging/logging.go
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+package logging
+
+import (
+        "io"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "log"
+        "os"
+        "strings"
+        "syscall"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/logutils"
+)
+
+// These are the environmental variables that determine if we log, and if
+// we log whether or not the log should go to a file.
+const (
+        EnvLog     = "TF_LOG"      // Set to True
+        EnvLogFile = "TF_LOG_PATH" // Set to a file
+)
+
+var validLevels = []logutils.LogLevel{"TRACE", "DEBUG", "INFO", "WARN", "ERROR"}
+
+// LogOutput determines where we should send logs (if anywhere) and the log level.
+func LogOutput() (logOutput io.Writer, err error) {
+        logOutput = ioutil.Discard
+
+        logLevel := LogLevel()
+        if logLevel == "" {
+                return
+        }
+
+        logOutput = os.Stderr
+        if logPath := os.Getenv(EnvLogFile); logPath != "" {
+                var err error
+                logOutput, err = os.OpenFile(logPath, syscall.O_CREAT|syscall.O_RDWR|syscall.O_APPEND, 0666)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // This was the default since the beginning
+        logOutput = &logutils.LevelFilter{
+                Levels:   validLevels,
+                MinLevel: logutils.LogLevel(logLevel),
+                Writer:   logOutput,
+        }
+
+        return
+}
+
+// SetOutput checks for a log destination with LogOutput, and calls
+// log.SetOutput with the result. If LogOutput returns nil, SetOutput uses
+// ioutil.Discard. Any error from LogOutout is fatal.
+func SetOutput() {
+        out, err := LogOutput()
+        if err != nil {
+                log.Fatal(err)
+        }
+
+        if out == nil {
+                out = ioutil.Discard
+        }
+
+        log.SetOutput(out)
+}
+
+// LogLevel returns the current log level string based the environment vars
+func LogLevel() string {
+        envLevel := os.Getenv(EnvLog)
+        if envLevel == "" {
+                return ""
+        }
+
+        logLevel := "TRACE"
+        if isValidLogLevel(envLevel) {
+                // allow following for better ux: info, Info or INFO
+                logLevel = strings.ToUpper(envLevel)
+        } else {
+                log.Printf("[WARN] Invalid log level: %q. Defaulting to level: TRACE. Valid levels are: %+v",
+                        envLevel, validLevels)
+        }
+
+        return logLevel
+}
+
+// IsDebugOrHigher returns whether or not the current log level is debug or trace
+func IsDebugOrHigher() bool {
+        level := string(LogLevel())
+        return level == "DEBUG" || level == "TRACE"
+}
+
+func isValidLogLevel(level string) bool {
+        for _, l := range validLevels {
+                if strings.ToUpper(level) == string(l) {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+
+        return false
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/logging/transport.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/logging/transport.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4477924
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/logging/transport.go
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+package logging
+
+import (
+        "log"
+        "net/http"
+        "net/http/httputil"
+)
+
+type transport struct {
+        name      string
+        transport http.RoundTripper
+}
+
+func (t *transport) RoundTrip(req *http.Request) (*http.Response, error) {
+        if IsDebugOrHigher() {
+                reqData, err := httputil.DumpRequestOut(req, true)
+                if err == nil {
+                        log.Printf("[DEBUG] "+logReqMsg, t.name, string(reqData))
+                } else {
+                        log.Printf("[ERROR] %s API Request error: %#v", t.name, err)
+                }
+        }
+
+        resp, err := t.transport.RoundTrip(req)
+        if err != nil {
+                return resp, err
+        }
+
+        if IsDebugOrHigher() {
+                respData, err := httputil.DumpResponse(resp, true)
+                if err == nil {
+                        log.Printf("[DEBUG] "+logRespMsg, t.name, string(respData))
+                } else {
+                        log.Printf("[ERROR] %s API Response error: %#v", t.name, err)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return resp, nil
+}
+
+func NewTransport(name string, t http.RoundTripper) *transport {
+        return &transport{name, t}
+}
+
+const logReqMsg = `%s API Request Details:
+---[ REQUEST ]---------------------------------------
+%s
+-----------------------------------------------------`
+
+const logRespMsg = `%s API Response Details:
+---[ RESPONSE ]--------------------------------------
+%s
+-----------------------------------------------------`
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/error.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/error.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ee2161
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/error.go
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+package resource
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strings"
+        "time"
+)
+
+type NotFoundError struct {
+        LastError    error
+        LastRequest  interface{}
+        LastResponse interface{}
+        Message      string
+        Retries      int
+}
+
+func (e *NotFoundError) Error() string {
+        if e.Message != "" {
+                return e.Message
+        }
+
+        if e.Retries > 0 {
+                return fmt.Sprintf("couldn't find resource (%d retries)", e.Retries)
+        }
+
+        return "couldn't find resource"
+}
+
+// UnexpectedStateError is returned when Refresh returns a state that's neither in Target nor Pending
+type UnexpectedStateError struct {
+        LastError     error
+        State         string
+        ExpectedState []string
+}
+
+func (e *UnexpectedStateError) Error() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf(
+                "unexpected state '%s', wanted target '%s'. last error: %s",
+                e.State,
+                strings.Join(e.ExpectedState, ", "),
+                e.LastError,
+        )
+}
+
+// TimeoutError is returned when WaitForState times out
+type TimeoutError struct {
+        LastError     error
+        LastState     string
+        Timeout       time.Duration
+        ExpectedState []string
+}
+
+func (e *TimeoutError) Error() string {
+        expectedState := "resource to be gone"
+        if len(e.ExpectedState) > 0 {
+                expectedState = fmt.Sprintf("state to become '%s'", strings.Join(e.ExpectedState, ", "))
+        }
+
+        extraInfo := make([]string, 0)
+        if e.LastState != "" {
+                extraInfo = append(extraInfo, fmt.Sprintf("last state: '%s'", e.LastState))
+        }
+        if e.Timeout > 0 {
+                extraInfo = append(extraInfo, fmt.Sprintf("timeout: %s", e.Timeout.String()))
+        }
+
+        suffix := ""
+        if len(extraInfo) > 0 {
+                suffix = fmt.Sprintf(" (%s)", strings.Join(extraInfo, ", "))
+        }
+
+        if e.LastError != nil {
+                return fmt.Sprintf("timeout while waiting for %s%s: %s",
+                        expectedState, suffix, e.LastError)
+        }
+
+        return fmt.Sprintf("timeout while waiting for %s%s",
+                expectedState, suffix)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/id.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/id.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..629582b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/id.go
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+package resource
+
+import (
+        "crypto/rand"
+        "fmt"
+        "math/big"
+        "sync"
+)
+
+const UniqueIdPrefix = `terraform-`
+
+// idCounter is a randomly seeded monotonic counter for generating ordered
+// unique ids.  It uses a big.Int so we can easily increment a long numeric
+// string.  The max possible hex value here with 12 random bytes is
+// "01000000000000000000000000", so there's no chance of rollover during
+// operation.
+var idMutex sync.Mutex
+var idCounter = big.NewInt(0).SetBytes(randomBytes(12))
+
+// Helper for a resource to generate a unique identifier w/ default prefix
+func UniqueId() string {
+        return PrefixedUniqueId(UniqueIdPrefix)
+}
+
+// Helper for a resource to generate a unique identifier w/ given prefix
+//
+// After the prefix, the ID consists of an incrementing 26 digit value (to match
+// previous timestamp output).
+func PrefixedUniqueId(prefix string) string {
+        idMutex.Lock()
+        defer idMutex.Unlock()
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%s%026x", prefix, idCounter.Add(idCounter, big.NewInt(1)))
+}
+
+func randomBytes(n int) []byte {
+        b := make([]byte, n)
+        rand.Read(b)
+        return b
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/map.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/map.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a465136
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/map.go
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+package resource
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "sort"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+)
+
+// Map is a map of resources that are supported, and provides helpers for
+// more easily implementing a ResourceProvider.
+type Map struct {
+        Mapping map[string]Resource
+}
+
+func (m *Map) Validate(
+        t string, c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        r, ok := m.Mapping[t]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf("Unknown resource type: %s", t)}
+        }
+
+        // If there is no validator set, then it is valid
+        if r.ConfigValidator == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        return r.ConfigValidator.Validate(c)
+}
+
+// Apply performs a create or update depending on the diff, and calls
+// the proper function on the matching Resource.
+func (m *Map) Apply(
+        info *terraform.InstanceInfo,
+        s *terraform.InstanceState,
+        d *terraform.InstanceDiff,
+        meta interface{}) (*terraform.InstanceState, error) {
+        r, ok := m.Mapping[info.Type]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Unknown resource type: %s", info.Type)
+        }
+
+        if d.Destroy || d.RequiresNew() {
+                if s.ID != "" {
+                        // Destroy the resource if it is created
+                        err := r.Destroy(s, meta)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return s, err
+                        }
+
+                        s.ID = ""
+                }
+
+                // If we're only destroying, and not creating, then return now.
+                // Otherwise, we continue so that we can create a new resource.
+                if !d.RequiresNew() {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        var result *terraform.InstanceState
+        var err error
+        if s.ID == "" {
+                result, err = r.Create(s, d, meta)
+        } else {
+                if r.Update == nil {
+                        return s, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Resource type '%s' doesn't support update",
+                                info.Type)
+                }
+
+                result, err = r.Update(s, d, meta)
+        }
+        if result != nil {
+                if result.Attributes == nil {
+                        result.Attributes = make(map[string]string)
+                }
+
+                result.Attributes["id"] = result.ID
+        }
+
+        return result, err
+}
+
+// Diff performs a diff on the proper resource type.
+func (m *Map) Diff(
+        info *terraform.InstanceInfo,
+        s *terraform.InstanceState,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig,
+        meta interface{}) (*terraform.InstanceDiff, error) {
+        r, ok := m.Mapping[info.Type]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Unknown resource type: %s", info.Type)
+        }
+
+        return r.Diff(s, c, meta)
+}
+
+// Refresh performs a Refresh on the proper resource type.
+//
+// Refresh on the Resource won't be called if the state represents a
+// non-created resource (ID is blank).
+//
+// An error is returned if the resource isn't registered.
+func (m *Map) Refresh(
+        info *terraform.InstanceInfo,
+        s *terraform.InstanceState,
+        meta interface{}) (*terraform.InstanceState, error) {
+        // If the resource isn't created, don't refresh.
+        if s.ID == "" {
+                return s, nil
+        }
+
+        r, ok := m.Mapping[info.Type]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Unknown resource type: %s", info.Type)
+        }
+
+        return r.Refresh(s, meta)
+}
+
+// Resources returns all the resources that are supported by this
+// resource map and can be used to satisfy the Resources method of
+// a ResourceProvider.
+func (m *Map) Resources() []terraform.ResourceType {
+        ks := make([]string, 0, len(m.Mapping))
+        for k, _ := range m.Mapping {
+                ks = append(ks, k)
+        }
+        sort.Strings(ks)
+
+        rs := make([]terraform.ResourceType, 0, len(m.Mapping))
+        for _, k := range ks {
+                rs = append(rs, terraform.ResourceType{
+                        Name: k,
+                })
+        }
+
+        return rs
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/resource.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/resource.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d9c831
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/resource.go
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+package resource
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+)
+
+type Resource struct {
+        ConfigValidator *config.Validator
+        Create          CreateFunc
+        Destroy         DestroyFunc
+        Diff            DiffFunc
+        Refresh         RefreshFunc
+        Update          UpdateFunc
+}
+
+// CreateFunc is a function that creates a resource that didn't previously
+// exist.
+type CreateFunc func(
+        *terraform.InstanceState,
+        *terraform.InstanceDiff,
+        interface{}) (*terraform.InstanceState, error)
+
+// DestroyFunc is a function that destroys a resource that previously
+// exists using the state.
+type DestroyFunc func(
+        *terraform.InstanceState,
+        interface{}) error
+
+// DiffFunc is a function that performs a diff of a resource.
+type DiffFunc func(
+        *terraform.InstanceState,
+        *terraform.ResourceConfig,
+        interface{}) (*terraform.InstanceDiff, error)
+
+// RefreshFunc is a function that performs a refresh of a specific type
+// of resource.
+type RefreshFunc func(
+        *terraform.InstanceState,
+        interface{}) (*terraform.InstanceState, error)
+
+// UpdateFunc is a function that is called to update a resource that
+// previously existed. The difference between this and CreateFunc is that
+// the diff is guaranteed to only contain attributes that don't require
+// a new resource.
+type UpdateFunc func(
+        *terraform.InstanceState,
+        *terraform.InstanceDiff,
+        interface{}) (*terraform.InstanceState, error)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/state.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/state.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37c586a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/state.go
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+package resource
+
+import (
+        "log"
+        "time"
+)
+
+var refreshGracePeriod = 30 * time.Second
+
+// StateRefreshFunc is a function type used for StateChangeConf that is
+// responsible for refreshing the item being watched for a state change.
+//
+// It returns three results. `result` is any object that will be returned
+// as the final object after waiting for state change. This allows you to
+// return the final updated object, for example an EC2 instance after refreshing
+// it.
+//
+// `state` is the latest state of that object. And `err` is any error that
+// may have happened while refreshing the state.
+type StateRefreshFunc func() (result interface{}, state string, err error)
+
+// StateChangeConf is the configuration struct used for `WaitForState`.
+type StateChangeConf struct {
+        Delay          time.Duration    // Wait this time before starting checks
+        Pending        []string         // States that are "allowed" and will continue trying
+        Refresh        StateRefreshFunc // Refreshes the current state
+        Target         []string         // Target state
+        Timeout        time.Duration    // The amount of time to wait before timeout
+        MinTimeout     time.Duration    // Smallest time to wait before refreshes
+        PollInterval   time.Duration    // Override MinTimeout/backoff and only poll this often
+        NotFoundChecks int              // Number of times to allow not found
+
+        // This is to work around inconsistent APIs
+        ContinuousTargetOccurence int // Number of times the Target state has to occur continuously
+}
+
+// WaitForState watches an object and waits for it to achieve the state
+// specified in the configuration using the specified Refresh() func,
+// waiting the number of seconds specified in the timeout configuration.
+//
+// If the Refresh function returns a error, exit immediately with that error.
+//
+// If the Refresh function returns a state other than the Target state or one
+// listed in Pending, return immediately with an error.
+//
+// If the Timeout is exceeded before reaching the Target state, return an
+// error.
+//
+// Otherwise, result the result of the first call to the Refresh function to
+// reach the target state.
+func (conf *StateChangeConf) WaitForState() (interface{}, error) {
+        log.Printf("[DEBUG] Waiting for state to become: %s", conf.Target)
+
+        notfoundTick := 0
+        targetOccurence := 0
+
+        // Set a default for times to check for not found
+        if conf.NotFoundChecks == 0 {
+                conf.NotFoundChecks = 20
+        }
+
+        if conf.ContinuousTargetOccurence == 0 {
+                conf.ContinuousTargetOccurence = 1
+        }
+
+        type Result struct {
+                Result interface{}
+                State  string
+                Error  error
+                Done   bool
+        }
+
+        // Read every result from the refresh loop, waiting for a positive result.Done.
+        resCh := make(chan Result, 1)
+        // cancellation channel for the refresh loop
+        cancelCh := make(chan struct{})
+
+        result := Result{}
+
+        go func() {
+                defer close(resCh)
+
+                time.Sleep(conf.Delay)
+
+                // start with 0 delay for the first loop
+                var wait time.Duration
+
+                for {
+                        // store the last result
+                        resCh <- result
+
+                        // wait and watch for cancellation
+                        select {
+                        case <-cancelCh:
+                                return
+                        case <-time.After(wait):
+                                // first round had no wait
+                                if wait == 0 {
+                                        wait = 100 * time.Millisecond
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        res, currentState, err := conf.Refresh()
+                        result = Result{
+                                Result: res,
+                                State:  currentState,
+                                Error:  err,
+                        }
+
+                        if err != nil {
+                                resCh <- result
+                                return
+                        }
+
+                        // If we're waiting for the absence of a thing, then return
+                        if res == nil && len(conf.Target) == 0 {
+                                targetOccurence++
+                                if conf.ContinuousTargetOccurence == targetOccurence {
+                                        result.Done = true
+                                        resCh <- result
+                                        return
+                                }
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        if res == nil {
+                                // If we didn't find the resource, check if we have been
+                                // not finding it for awhile, and if so, report an error.
+                                notfoundTick++
+                                if notfoundTick > conf.NotFoundChecks {
+                                        result.Error = &NotFoundError{
+                                                LastError: err,
+                                                Retries:   notfoundTick,
+                                        }
+                                        resCh <- result
+                                        return
+                                }
+                        } else {
+                                // Reset the counter for when a resource isn't found
+                                notfoundTick = 0
+                                found := false
+
+                                for _, allowed := range conf.Target {
+                                        if currentState == allowed {
+                                                found = true
+                                                targetOccurence++
+                                                if conf.ContinuousTargetOccurence == targetOccurence {
+                                                        result.Done = true
+                                                        resCh <- result
+                                                        return
+                                                }
+                                                continue
+                                        }
+                                }
+
+                                for _, allowed := range conf.Pending {
+                                        if currentState == allowed {
+                                                found = true
+                                                targetOccurence = 0
+                                                break
+                                        }
+                                }
+
+                                if !found && len(conf.Pending) > 0 {
+                                        result.Error = &UnexpectedStateError{
+                                                LastError:     err,
+                                                State:         result.State,
+                                                ExpectedState: conf.Target,
+                                        }
+                                        resCh <- result
+                                        return
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        // Wait between refreshes using exponential backoff, except when
+                        // waiting for the target state to reoccur.
+                        if targetOccurence == 0 {
+                                wait *= 2
+                        }
+
+                        // If a poll interval has been specified, choose that interval.
+                        // Otherwise bound the default value.
+                        if conf.PollInterval > 0 && conf.PollInterval < 180*time.Second {
+                                wait = conf.PollInterval
+                        } else {
+                                if wait < conf.MinTimeout {
+                                        wait = conf.MinTimeout
+                                } else if wait > 10*time.Second {
+                                        wait = 10 * time.Second
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        log.Printf("[TRACE] Waiting %s before next try", wait)
+                }
+        }()
+
+        // store the last value result from the refresh loop
+        lastResult := Result{}
+
+        timeout := time.After(conf.Timeout)
+        for {
+                select {
+                case r, ok := <-resCh:
+                        // channel closed, so return the last result
+                        if !ok {
+                                return lastResult.Result, lastResult.Error
+                        }
+
+                        // we reached the intended state
+                        if r.Done {
+                                return r.Result, r.Error
+                        }
+
+                        // still waiting, store the last result
+                        lastResult = r
+
+                case <-timeout:
+                        log.Printf("[WARN] WaitForState timeout after %s", conf.Timeout)
+                        log.Printf("[WARN] WaitForState starting %s refresh grace period", refreshGracePeriod)
+
+                        // cancel the goroutine and start our grace period timer
+                        close(cancelCh)
+                        timeout := time.After(refreshGracePeriod)
+
+                        // we need a for loop and a label to break on, because we may have
+                        // an extra response value to read, but still want to wait for the
+                        // channel to close.
+                forSelect:
+                        for {
+                                select {
+                                case r, ok := <-resCh:
+                                        if r.Done {
+                                                // the last refresh loop reached the desired state
+                                                return r.Result, r.Error
+                                        }
+
+                                        if !ok {
+                                                // the goroutine returned
+                                                break forSelect
+                                        }
+
+                                        // target state not reached, save the result for the
+                                        // TimeoutError and wait for the channel to close
+                                        lastResult = r
+                                case <-timeout:
+                                        log.Println("[ERROR] WaitForState exceeded refresh grace period")
+                                        break forSelect
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        return nil, &TimeoutError{
+                                LastError:     lastResult.Error,
+                                LastState:     lastResult.State,
+                                Timeout:       conf.Timeout,
+                                ExpectedState: conf.Target,
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/testing.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/testing.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04367c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/testing.go
@@ -0,0 +1,790 @@
+package resource
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "log"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "reflect"
+        "regexp"
+        "strings"
+        "testing"
+
+        "github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-getter"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/logging"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+)
+
+const TestEnvVar = "TF_ACC"
+
+// TestProvider can be implemented by any ResourceProvider to provide custom
+// reset functionality at the start of an acceptance test.
+// The helper/schema Provider implements this interface.
+type TestProvider interface {
+        TestReset() error
+}
+
+// TestCheckFunc is the callback type used with acceptance tests to check
+// the state of a resource. The state passed in is the latest state known,
+// or in the case of being after a destroy, it is the last known state when
+// it was created.
+type TestCheckFunc func(*terraform.State) error
+
+// ImportStateCheckFunc is the check function for ImportState tests
+type ImportStateCheckFunc func([]*terraform.InstanceState) error
+
+// TestCase is a single acceptance test case used to test the apply/destroy
+// lifecycle of a resource in a specific configuration.
+//
+// When the destroy plan is executed, the config from the last TestStep
+// is used to plan it.
+type TestCase struct {
+        // IsUnitTest allows a test to run regardless of the TF_ACC
+        // environment variable. This should be used with care - only for
+        // fast tests on local resources (e.g. remote state with a local
+        // backend) but can be used to increase confidence in correct
+        // operation of Terraform without waiting for a full acctest run.
+        IsUnitTest bool
+
+        // PreCheck, if non-nil, will be called before any test steps are
+        // executed. It will only be executed in the case that the steps
+        // would run, so it can be used for some validation before running
+        // acceptance tests, such as verifying that keys are setup.
+        PreCheck func()
+
+        // Providers is the ResourceProvider that will be under test.
+        //
+        // Alternately, ProviderFactories can be specified for the providers
+        // that are valid. This takes priority over Providers.
+        //
+        // The end effect of each is the same: specifying the providers that
+        // are used within the tests.
+        Providers         map[string]terraform.ResourceProvider
+        ProviderFactories map[string]terraform.ResourceProviderFactory
+
+        // PreventPostDestroyRefresh can be set to true for cases where data sources
+        // are tested alongside real resources
+        PreventPostDestroyRefresh bool
+
+        // CheckDestroy is called after the resource is finally destroyed
+        // to allow the tester to test that the resource is truly gone.
+        CheckDestroy TestCheckFunc
+
+        // Steps are the apply sequences done within the context of the
+        // same state. Each step can have its own check to verify correctness.
+        Steps []TestStep
+
+        // The settings below control the "ID-only refresh test." This is
+        // an enabled-by-default test that tests that a refresh can be
+        // refreshed with only an ID to result in the same attributes.
+        // This validates completeness of Refresh.
+        //
+        // IDRefreshName is the name of the resource to check. This will
+        // default to the first non-nil primary resource in the state.
+        //
+        // IDRefreshIgnore is a list of configuration keys that will be ignored.
+        IDRefreshName   string
+        IDRefreshIgnore []string
+}
+
+// TestStep is a single apply sequence of a test, done within the
+// context of a state.
+//
+// Multiple TestSteps can be sequenced in a Test to allow testing
+// potentially complex update logic. In general, simply create/destroy
+// tests will only need one step.
+type TestStep struct {
+        // ResourceName should be set to the name of the resource
+        // that is being tested. Example: "aws_instance.foo". Various test
+        // modes use this to auto-detect state information.
+        //
+        // This is only required if the test mode settings below say it is
+        // for the mode you're using.
+        ResourceName string
+
+        // PreConfig is called before the Config is applied to perform any per-step
+        // setup that needs to happen. This is called regardless of "test mode"
+        // below.
+        PreConfig func()
+
+        //---------------------------------------------------------------
+        // Test modes. One of the following groups of settings must be
+        // set to determine what the test step will do. Ideally we would've
+        // used Go interfaces here but there are now hundreds of tests we don't
+        // want to re-type so instead we just determine which step logic
+        // to run based on what settings below are set.
+        //---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        //---------------------------------------------------------------
+        // Plan, Apply testing
+        //---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        // Config a string of the configuration to give to Terraform. If this
+        // is set, then the TestCase will execute this step with the same logic
+        // as a `terraform apply`.
+        Config string
+
+        // Check is called after the Config is applied. Use this step to
+        // make your own API calls to check the status of things, and to
+        // inspect the format of the ResourceState itself.
+        //
+        // If an error is returned, the test will fail. In this case, a
+        // destroy plan will still be attempted.
+        //
+        // If this is nil, no check is done on this step.
+        Check TestCheckFunc
+
+        // Destroy will create a destroy plan if set to true.
+        Destroy bool
+
+        // ExpectNonEmptyPlan can be set to true for specific types of tests that are
+        // looking to verify that a diff occurs
+        ExpectNonEmptyPlan bool
+
+        // ExpectError allows the construction of test cases that we expect to fail
+        // with an error. The specified regexp must match against the error for the
+        // test to pass.
+        ExpectError *regexp.Regexp
+
+        // PlanOnly can be set to only run `plan` with this configuration, and not
+        // actually apply it. This is useful for ensuring config changes result in
+        // no-op plans
+        PlanOnly bool
+
+        // PreventPostDestroyRefresh can be set to true for cases where data sources
+        // are tested alongside real resources
+        PreventPostDestroyRefresh bool
+
+        //---------------------------------------------------------------
+        // ImportState testing
+        //---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+        // ImportState, if true, will test the functionality of ImportState
+        // by importing the resource with ResourceName (must be set) and the
+        // ID of that resource.
+        ImportState bool
+
+        // ImportStateId is the ID to perform an ImportState operation with.
+        // This is optional. If it isn't set, then the resource ID is automatically
+        // determined by inspecting the state for ResourceName's ID.
+        ImportStateId string
+
+        // ImportStateIdPrefix is the prefix added in front of ImportStateId.
+        // This can be useful in complex import cases, where more than one
+        // attribute needs to be passed on as the Import ID. Mainly in cases
+        // where the ID is not known, and a known prefix needs to be added to
+        // the unset ImportStateId field.
+        ImportStateIdPrefix string
+
+        // ImportStateCheck checks the results of ImportState. It should be
+        // used to verify that the resulting value of ImportState has the
+        // proper resources, IDs, and attributes.
+        ImportStateCheck ImportStateCheckFunc
+
+        // ImportStateVerify, if true, will also check that the state values
+        // that are finally put into the state after import match for all the
+        // IDs returned by the Import.
+        //
+        // ImportStateVerifyIgnore are fields that should not be verified to
+        // be equal. These can be set to ephemeral fields or fields that can't
+        // be refreshed and don't matter.
+        ImportStateVerify       bool
+        ImportStateVerifyIgnore []string
+}
+
+// Test performs an acceptance test on a resource.
+//
+// Tests are not run unless an environmental variable "TF_ACC" is
+// set to some non-empty value. This is to avoid test cases surprising
+// a user by creating real resources.
+//
+// Tests will fail unless the verbose flag (`go test -v`, or explicitly
+// the "-test.v" flag) is set. Because some acceptance tests take quite
+// long, we require the verbose flag so users are able to see progress
+// output.
+func Test(t TestT, c TestCase) {
+        // We only run acceptance tests if an env var is set because they're
+        // slow and generally require some outside configuration. You can opt out
+        // of this with OverrideEnvVar on individual TestCases.
+        if os.Getenv(TestEnvVar) == "" && !c.IsUnitTest {
+                t.Skip(fmt.Sprintf(
+                        "Acceptance tests skipped unless env '%s' set",
+                        TestEnvVar))
+                return
+        }
+
+        logWriter, err := logging.LogOutput()
+        if err != nil {
+                t.Error(fmt.Errorf("error setting up logging: %s", err))
+        }
+        log.SetOutput(logWriter)
+
+        // We require verbose mode so that the user knows what is going on.
+        if !testTesting && !testing.Verbose() && !c.IsUnitTest {
+                t.Fatal("Acceptance tests must be run with the -v flag on tests")
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Run the PreCheck if we have it
+        if c.PreCheck != nil {
+                c.PreCheck()
+        }
+
+        ctxProviders, err := testProviderFactories(c)
+        if err != nil {
+                t.Fatal(err)
+        }
+        opts := terraform.ContextOpts{Providers: ctxProviders}
+
+        // A single state variable to track the lifecycle, starting with no state
+        var state *terraform.State
+
+        // Go through each step and run it
+        var idRefreshCheck *terraform.ResourceState
+        idRefresh := c.IDRefreshName != ""
+        errored := false
+        for i, step := range c.Steps {
+                var err error
+                log.Printf("[WARN] Test: Executing step %d", i)
+
+                // Determine the test mode to execute
+                if step.Config != "" {
+                        state, err = testStepConfig(opts, state, step)
+                } else if step.ImportState {
+                        state, err = testStepImportState(opts, state, step)
+                } else {
+                        err = fmt.Errorf(
+                                "unknown test mode for step. Please see TestStep docs\n\n%#v",
+                                step)
+                }
+
+                // If there was an error, exit
+                if err != nil {
+                        // Perhaps we expected an error? Check if it matches
+                        if step.ExpectError != nil {
+                                if !step.ExpectError.MatchString(err.Error()) {
+                                        errored = true
+                                        t.Error(fmt.Sprintf(
+                                                "Step %d, expected error:\n\n%s\n\nTo match:\n\n%s\n\n",
+                                                i, err, step.ExpectError))
+                                        break
+                                }
+                        } else {
+                                errored = true
+                                t.Error(fmt.Sprintf(
+                                        "Step %d error: %s", i, err))
+                                break
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // If we've never checked an id-only refresh and our state isn't
+                // empty, find the first resource and test it.
+                if idRefresh && idRefreshCheck == nil && !state.Empty() {
+                        // Find the first non-nil resource in the state
+                        for _, m := range state.Modules {
+                                if len(m.Resources) > 0 {
+                                        if v, ok := m.Resources[c.IDRefreshName]; ok {
+                                                idRefreshCheck = v
+                                        }
+
+                                        break
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        // If we have an instance to check for refreshes, do it
+                        // immediately. We do it in the middle of another test
+                        // because it shouldn't affect the overall state (refresh
+                        // is read-only semantically) and we want to fail early if
+                        // this fails. If refresh isn't read-only, then this will have
+                        // caught a different bug.
+                        if idRefreshCheck != nil {
+                                log.Printf(
+                                        "[WARN] Test: Running ID-only refresh check on %s",
+                                        idRefreshCheck.Primary.ID)
+                                if err := testIDOnlyRefresh(c, opts, step, idRefreshCheck); err != nil {
+                                        log.Printf("[ERROR] Test: ID-only test failed: %s", err)
+                                        t.Error(fmt.Sprintf(
+                                                "[ERROR] Test: ID-only test failed: %s", err))
+                                        break
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If we never checked an id-only refresh, it is a failure.
+        if idRefresh {
+                if !errored && len(c.Steps) > 0 && idRefreshCheck == nil {
+                        t.Error("ID-only refresh check never ran.")
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If we have a state, then run the destroy
+        if state != nil {
+                lastStep := c.Steps[len(c.Steps)-1]
+                destroyStep := TestStep{
+                        Config:                    lastStep.Config,
+                        Check:                     c.CheckDestroy,
+                        Destroy:                   true,
+                        PreventPostDestroyRefresh: c.PreventPostDestroyRefresh,
+                }
+
+                log.Printf("[WARN] Test: Executing destroy step")
+                state, err := testStep(opts, state, destroyStep)
+                if err != nil {
+                        t.Error(fmt.Sprintf(
+                                "Error destroying resource! WARNING: Dangling resources\n"+
+                                        "may exist. The full state and error is shown below.\n\n"+
+                                        "Error: %s\n\nState: %s",
+                                err,
+                                state))
+                }
+        } else {
+                log.Printf("[WARN] Skipping destroy test since there is no state.")
+        }
+}
+
+// testProviderFactories is a helper to build the ResourceProviderFactory map
+// with pre instantiated ResourceProviders, so that we can reset them for the
+// test, while only calling the factory function once.
+// Any errors are stored so that they can be returned by the factory in
+// terraform to match non-test behavior.
+func testProviderFactories(c TestCase) (map[string]terraform.ResourceProviderFactory, error) {
+        ctxProviders := c.ProviderFactories // make(map[string]terraform.ResourceProviderFactory)
+        if ctxProviders == nil {
+                ctxProviders = make(map[string]terraform.ResourceProviderFactory)
+        }
+        // add any fixed providers
+        for k, p := range c.Providers {
+                ctxProviders[k] = terraform.ResourceProviderFactoryFixed(p)
+        }
+
+        // reset the providers if needed
+        for k, pf := range ctxProviders {
+                // we can ignore any errors here, if we don't have a provider to reset
+                // the error will be handled later
+                p, err := pf()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                if p, ok := p.(TestProvider); ok {
+                        err := p.TestReset()
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("[ERROR] failed to reset provider %q: %s", k, err)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return ctxProviders, nil
+}
+
+// UnitTest is a helper to force the acceptance testing harness to run in the
+// normal unit test suite. This should only be used for resource that don't
+// have any external dependencies.
+func UnitTest(t TestT, c TestCase) {
+        c.IsUnitTest = true
+        Test(t, c)
+}
+
+func testIDOnlyRefresh(c TestCase, opts terraform.ContextOpts, step TestStep, r *terraform.ResourceState) error {
+        // TODO: We guard by this right now so master doesn't explode. We
+        // need to remove this eventually to make this part of the normal tests.
+        if os.Getenv("TF_ACC_IDONLY") == "" {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        name := fmt.Sprintf("%s.foo", r.Type)
+
+        // Build the state. The state is just the resource with an ID. There
+        // are no attributes. We only set what is needed to perform a refresh.
+        state := terraform.NewState()
+        state.RootModule().Resources[name] = &terraform.ResourceState{
+                Type: r.Type,
+                Primary: &terraform.InstanceState{
+                        ID: r.Primary.ID,
+                },
+        }
+
+        // Create the config module. We use the full config because Refresh
+        // doesn't have access to it and we may need things like provider
+        // configurations. The initial implementation of id-only checks used
+        // an empty config module, but that caused the aforementioned problems.
+        mod, err := testModule(opts, step)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Initialize the context
+        opts.Module = mod
+        opts.State = state
+        ctx, err := terraform.NewContext(&opts)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        if ws, es := ctx.Validate(); len(ws) > 0 || len(es) > 0 {
+                if len(es) > 0 {
+                        estrs := make([]string, len(es))
+                        for i, e := range es {
+                                estrs[i] = e.Error()
+                        }
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Configuration is invalid.\n\nWarnings: %#v\n\nErrors: %#v",
+                                ws, estrs)
+                }
+
+                log.Printf("[WARN] Config warnings: %#v", ws)
+        }
+
+        // Refresh!
+        state, err = ctx.Refresh()
+        if err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("Error refreshing: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        // Verify attribute equivalence.
+        actualR := state.RootModule().Resources[name]
+        if actualR == nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("Resource gone!")
+        }
+        if actualR.Primary == nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("Resource has no primary instance")
+        }
+        actual := actualR.Primary.Attributes
+        expected := r.Primary.Attributes
+        // Remove fields we're ignoring
+        for _, v := range c.IDRefreshIgnore {
+                for k, _ := range actual {
+                        if strings.HasPrefix(k, v) {
+                                delete(actual, k)
+                        }
+                }
+                for k, _ := range expected {
+                        if strings.HasPrefix(k, v) {
+                                delete(expected, k)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if !reflect.DeepEqual(actual, expected) {
+                // Determine only the different attributes
+                for k, v := range expected {
+                        if av, ok := actual[k]; ok && v == av {
+                                delete(expected, k)
+                                delete(actual, k)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                spewConf := spew.NewDefaultConfig()
+                spewConf.SortKeys = true
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Attributes not equivalent. Difference is shown below. Top is actual, bottom is expected."+
+                                "\n\n%s\n\n%s",
+                        spewConf.Sdump(actual), spewConf.Sdump(expected))
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func testModule(
+        opts terraform.ContextOpts,
+        step TestStep) (*module.Tree, error) {
+        if step.PreConfig != nil {
+                step.PreConfig()
+        }
+
+        cfgPath, err := ioutil.TempDir("", "tf-test")
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Error creating temporary directory for config: %s", err)
+        }
+        defer os.RemoveAll(cfgPath)
+
+        // Write the configuration
+        cfgF, err := os.Create(filepath.Join(cfgPath, "main.tf"))
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Error creating temporary file for config: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        _, err = io.Copy(cfgF, strings.NewReader(step.Config))
+        cfgF.Close()
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Error creating temporary file for config: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        // Parse the configuration
+        mod, err := module.NewTreeModule("", cfgPath)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Error loading configuration: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        // Load the modules
+        modStorage := &getter.FolderStorage{
+                StorageDir: filepath.Join(cfgPath, ".tfmodules"),
+        }
+        err = mod.Load(modStorage, module.GetModeGet)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error downloading modules: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        return mod, nil
+}
+
+func testResource(c TestStep, state *terraform.State) (*terraform.ResourceState, error) {
+        if c.ResourceName == "" {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("ResourceName must be set in TestStep")
+        }
+
+        for _, m := range state.Modules {
+                if len(m.Resources) > 0 {
+                        if v, ok := m.Resources[c.ResourceName]; ok {
+                                return v, nil
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                "Resource specified by ResourceName couldn't be found: %s", c.ResourceName)
+}
+
+// ComposeTestCheckFunc lets you compose multiple TestCheckFuncs into
+// a single TestCheckFunc.
+//
+// As a user testing their provider, this lets you decompose your checks
+// into smaller pieces more easily.
+func ComposeTestCheckFunc(fs ...TestCheckFunc) TestCheckFunc {
+        return func(s *terraform.State) error {
+                for i, f := range fs {
+                        if err := f(s); err != nil {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("Check %d/%d error: %s", i+1, len(fs), err)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return nil
+        }
+}
+
+// ComposeAggregateTestCheckFunc lets you compose multiple TestCheckFuncs into
+// a single TestCheckFunc.
+//
+// As a user testing their provider, this lets you decompose your checks
+// into smaller pieces more easily.
+//
+// Unlike ComposeTestCheckFunc, ComposeAggergateTestCheckFunc runs _all_ of the
+// TestCheckFuncs and aggregates failures.
+func ComposeAggregateTestCheckFunc(fs ...TestCheckFunc) TestCheckFunc {
+        return func(s *terraform.State) error {
+                var result *multierror.Error
+
+                for i, f := range fs {
+                        if err := f(s); err != nil {
+                                result = multierror.Append(result, fmt.Errorf("Check %d/%d error: %s", i+1, len(fs), err))
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return result.ErrorOrNil()
+        }
+}
+
+// TestCheckResourceAttrSet is a TestCheckFunc which ensures a value
+// exists in state for the given name/key combination. It is useful when
+// testing that computed values were set, when it is not possible to
+// know ahead of time what the values will be.
+func TestCheckResourceAttrSet(name, key string) TestCheckFunc {
+        return func(s *terraform.State) error {
+                is, err := primaryInstanceState(s, name)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                if val, ok := is.Attributes[key]; ok && val != "" {
+                        return nil
+                }
+
+                return fmt.Errorf("%s: Attribute '%s' expected to be set", name, key)
+        }
+}
+
+// TestCheckResourceAttr is a TestCheckFunc which validates
+// the value in state for the given name/key combination.
+func TestCheckResourceAttr(name, key, value string) TestCheckFunc {
+        return func(s *terraform.State) error {
+                is, err := primaryInstanceState(s, name)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                if v, ok := is.Attributes[key]; !ok || v != value {
+                        if !ok {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("%s: Attribute '%s' not found", name, key)
+                        }
+
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: Attribute '%s' expected %#v, got %#v",
+                                name,
+                                key,
+                                value,
+                                v)
+                }
+
+                return nil
+        }
+}
+
+// TestCheckNoResourceAttr is a TestCheckFunc which ensures that
+// NO value exists in state for the given name/key combination.
+func TestCheckNoResourceAttr(name, key string) TestCheckFunc {
+        return func(s *terraform.State) error {
+                is, err := primaryInstanceState(s, name)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                if _, ok := is.Attributes[key]; ok {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: Attribute '%s' found when not expected", name, key)
+                }
+
+                return nil
+        }
+}
+
+// TestMatchResourceAttr is a TestCheckFunc which checks that the value
+// in state for the given name/key combination matches the given regex.
+func TestMatchResourceAttr(name, key string, r *regexp.Regexp) TestCheckFunc {
+        return func(s *terraform.State) error {
+                is, err := primaryInstanceState(s, name)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                if !r.MatchString(is.Attributes[key]) {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: Attribute '%s' didn't match %q, got %#v",
+                                name,
+                                key,
+                                r.String(),
+                                is.Attributes[key])
+                }
+
+                return nil
+        }
+}
+
+// TestCheckResourceAttrPtr is like TestCheckResourceAttr except the
+// value is a pointer so that it can be updated while the test is running.
+// It will only be dereferenced at the point this step is run.
+func TestCheckResourceAttrPtr(name string, key string, value *string) TestCheckFunc {
+        return func(s *terraform.State) error {
+                return TestCheckResourceAttr(name, key, *value)(s)
+        }
+}
+
+// TestCheckResourceAttrPair is a TestCheckFunc which validates that the values
+// in state for a pair of name/key combinations are equal.
+func TestCheckResourceAttrPair(nameFirst, keyFirst, nameSecond, keySecond string) TestCheckFunc {
+        return func(s *terraform.State) error {
+                isFirst, err := primaryInstanceState(s, nameFirst)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                vFirst, ok := isFirst.Attributes[keyFirst]
+                if !ok {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: Attribute '%s' not found", nameFirst, keyFirst)
+                }
+
+                isSecond, err := primaryInstanceState(s, nameSecond)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                vSecond, ok := isSecond.Attributes[keySecond]
+                if !ok {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: Attribute '%s' not found", nameSecond, keySecond)
+                }
+
+                if vFirst != vSecond {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: Attribute '%s' expected %#v, got %#v",
+                                nameFirst,
+                                keyFirst,
+                                vSecond,
+                                vFirst)
+                }
+
+                return nil
+        }
+}
+
+// TestCheckOutput checks an output in the Terraform configuration
+func TestCheckOutput(name, value string) TestCheckFunc {
+        return func(s *terraform.State) error {
+                ms := s.RootModule()
+                rs, ok := ms.Outputs[name]
+                if !ok {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("Not found: %s", name)
+                }
+
+                if rs.Value != value {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Output '%s': expected %#v, got %#v",
+                                name,
+                                value,
+                                rs)
+                }
+
+                return nil
+        }
+}
+
+func TestMatchOutput(name string, r *regexp.Regexp) TestCheckFunc {
+        return func(s *terraform.State) error {
+                ms := s.RootModule()
+                rs, ok := ms.Outputs[name]
+                if !ok {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("Not found: %s", name)
+                }
+
+                if !r.MatchString(rs.Value.(string)) {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Output '%s': %#v didn't match %q",
+                                name,
+                                rs,
+                                r.String())
+                }
+
+                return nil
+        }
+}
+
+// TestT is the interface used to handle the test lifecycle of a test.
+//
+// Users should just use a *testing.T object, which implements this.
+type TestT interface {
+        Error(args ...interface{})
+        Fatal(args ...interface{})
+        Skip(args ...interface{})
+}
+
+// This is set to true by unit tests to alter some behavior
+var testTesting = false
+
+// primaryInstanceState returns the primary instance state for the given resource name.
+func primaryInstanceState(s *terraform.State, name string) (*terraform.InstanceState, error) {
+        ms := s.RootModule()
+        rs, ok := ms.Resources[name]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Not found: %s", name)
+        }
+
+        is := rs.Primary
+        if is == nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("No primary instance: %s", name)
+        }
+
+        return is, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/testing_config.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/testing_config.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..537a11c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/testing_config.go
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+package resource
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+)
+
+// testStepConfig runs a config-mode test step
+func testStepConfig(
+        opts terraform.ContextOpts,
+        state *terraform.State,
+        step TestStep) (*terraform.State, error) {
+        return testStep(opts, state, step)
+}
+
+func testStep(
+        opts terraform.ContextOpts,
+        state *terraform.State,
+        step TestStep) (*terraform.State, error) {
+        mod, err := testModule(opts, step)
+        if err != nil {
+                return state, err
+        }
+
+        // Build the context
+        opts.Module = mod
+        opts.State = state
+        opts.Destroy = step.Destroy
+        ctx, err := terraform.NewContext(&opts)
+        if err != nil {
+                return state, fmt.Errorf("Error initializing context: %s", err)
+        }
+        if ws, es := ctx.Validate(); len(ws) > 0 || len(es) > 0 {
+                if len(es) > 0 {
+                        estrs := make([]string, len(es))
+                        for i, e := range es {
+                                estrs[i] = e.Error()
+                        }
+                        return state, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Configuration is invalid.\n\nWarnings: %#v\n\nErrors: %#v",
+                                ws, estrs)
+                }
+                log.Printf("[WARN] Config warnings: %#v", ws)
+        }
+
+        // Refresh!
+        state, err = ctx.Refresh()
+        if err != nil {
+                return state, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Error refreshing: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        // If this step is a PlanOnly step, skip over this first Plan and subsequent
+        // Apply, and use the follow up Plan that checks for perpetual diffs
+        if !step.PlanOnly {
+                // Plan!
+                if p, err := ctx.Plan(); err != nil {
+                        return state, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Error planning: %s", err)
+                } else {
+                        log.Printf("[WARN] Test: Step plan: %s", p)
+                }
+
+                // We need to keep a copy of the state prior to destroying
+                // such that destroy steps can verify their behaviour in the check
+                // function
+                stateBeforeApplication := state.DeepCopy()
+
+                // Apply!
+                state, err = ctx.Apply()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return state, fmt.Errorf("Error applying: %s", err)
+                }
+
+                // Check! Excitement!
+                if step.Check != nil {
+                        if step.Destroy {
+                                if err := step.Check(stateBeforeApplication); err != nil {
+                                        return state, fmt.Errorf("Check failed: %s", err)
+                                }
+                        } else {
+                                if err := step.Check(state); err != nil {
+                                        return state, fmt.Errorf("Check failed: %s", err)
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Now, verify that Plan is now empty and we don't have a perpetual diff issue
+        // We do this with TWO plans. One without a refresh.
+        var p *terraform.Plan
+        if p, err = ctx.Plan(); err != nil {
+                return state, fmt.Errorf("Error on follow-up plan: %s", err)
+        }
+        if p.Diff != nil && !p.Diff.Empty() {
+                if step.ExpectNonEmptyPlan {
+                        log.Printf("[INFO] Got non-empty plan, as expected:\n\n%s", p)
+                } else {
+                        return state, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "After applying this step, the plan was not empty:\n\n%s", p)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // And another after a Refresh.
+        if !step.Destroy || (step.Destroy && !step.PreventPostDestroyRefresh) {
+                state, err = ctx.Refresh()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return state, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Error on follow-up refresh: %s", err)
+                }
+        }
+        if p, err = ctx.Plan(); err != nil {
+                return state, fmt.Errorf("Error on second follow-up plan: %s", err)
+        }
+        empty := p.Diff == nil || p.Diff.Empty()
+
+        // Data resources are tricky because they legitimately get instantiated
+        // during refresh so that they will be already populated during the
+        // plan walk. Because of this, if we have any data resources in the
+        // config we'll end up wanting to destroy them again here. This is
+        // acceptable and expected, and we'll treat it as "empty" for the
+        // sake of this testing.
+        if step.Destroy {
+                empty = true
+
+                for _, moduleDiff := range p.Diff.Modules {
+                        for k, instanceDiff := range moduleDiff.Resources {
+                                if !strings.HasPrefix(k, "data.") {
+                                        empty = false
+                                        break
+                                }
+
+                                if !instanceDiff.Destroy {
+                                        empty = false
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if !empty {
+                if step.ExpectNonEmptyPlan {
+                        log.Printf("[INFO] Got non-empty plan, as expected:\n\n%s", p)
+                } else {
+                        return state, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "After applying this step and refreshing, "+
+                                        "the plan was not empty:\n\n%s", p)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Made it here, but expected a non-empty plan, fail!
+        if step.ExpectNonEmptyPlan && (p.Diff == nil || p.Diff.Empty()) {
+                return state, fmt.Errorf("Expected a non-empty plan, but got an empty plan!")
+        }
+
+        // Made it here? Good job test step!
+        return state, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/testing_import_state.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/testing_import_state.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28ad105
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/testing_import_state.go
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+package resource
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "reflect"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/davecgh/go-spew/spew"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+)
+
+// testStepImportState runs an imort state test step
+func testStepImportState(
+        opts terraform.ContextOpts,
+        state *terraform.State,
+        step TestStep) (*terraform.State, error) {
+        // Determine the ID to import
+        importId := step.ImportStateId
+        if importId == "" {
+                resource, err := testResource(step, state)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return state, err
+                }
+
+                importId = resource.Primary.ID
+        }
+        importPrefix := step.ImportStateIdPrefix
+        if importPrefix != "" {
+                importId = fmt.Sprintf("%s%s", importPrefix, importId)
+        }
+
+        // Setup the context. We initialize with an empty state. We use the
+        // full config for provider configurations.
+        mod, err := testModule(opts, step)
+        if err != nil {
+                return state, err
+        }
+
+        opts.Module = mod
+        opts.State = terraform.NewState()
+        ctx, err := terraform.NewContext(&opts)
+        if err != nil {
+                return state, err
+        }
+
+        // Do the import!
+        newState, err := ctx.Import(&terraform.ImportOpts{
+                // Set the module so that any provider config is loaded
+                Module: mod,
+
+                Targets: []*terraform.ImportTarget{
+                        &terraform.ImportTarget{
+                                Addr: step.ResourceName,
+                                ID:   importId,
+                        },
+                },
+        })
+        if err != nil {
+                log.Printf("[ERROR] Test: ImportState failure: %s", err)
+                return state, err
+        }
+
+        // Go through the new state and verify
+        if step.ImportStateCheck != nil {
+                var states []*terraform.InstanceState
+                for _, r := range newState.RootModule().Resources {
+                        if r.Primary != nil {
+                                states = append(states, r.Primary)
+                        }
+                }
+                if err := step.ImportStateCheck(states); err != nil {
+                        return state, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Verify that all the states match
+        if step.ImportStateVerify {
+                new := newState.RootModule().Resources
+                old := state.RootModule().Resources
+                for _, r := range new {
+                        // Find the existing resource
+                        var oldR *terraform.ResourceState
+                        for _, r2 := range old {
+                                if r2.Primary != nil && r2.Primary.ID == r.Primary.ID && r2.Type == r.Type {
+                                        oldR = r2
+                                        break
+                                }
+                        }
+                        if oldR == nil {
+                                return state, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Failed state verification, resource with ID %s not found",
+                                        r.Primary.ID)
+                        }
+
+                        // Compare their attributes
+                        actual := make(map[string]string)
+                        for k, v := range r.Primary.Attributes {
+                                actual[k] = v
+                        }
+                        expected := make(map[string]string)
+                        for k, v := range oldR.Primary.Attributes {
+                                expected[k] = v
+                        }
+
+                        // Remove fields we're ignoring
+                        for _, v := range step.ImportStateVerifyIgnore {
+                                for k, _ := range actual {
+                                        if strings.HasPrefix(k, v) {
+                                                delete(actual, k)
+                                        }
+                                }
+                                for k, _ := range expected {
+                                        if strings.HasPrefix(k, v) {
+                                                delete(expected, k)
+                                        }
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        if !reflect.DeepEqual(actual, expected) {
+                                // Determine only the different attributes
+                                for k, v := range expected {
+                                        if av, ok := actual[k]; ok && v == av {
+                                                delete(expected, k)
+                                                delete(actual, k)
+                                        }
+                                }
+
+                                spewConf := spew.NewDefaultConfig()
+                                spewConf.SortKeys = true
+                                return state, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "ImportStateVerify attributes not equivalent. Difference is shown below. Top is actual, bottom is expected."+
+                                                "\n\n%s\n\n%s",
+                                        spewConf.Sdump(actual), spewConf.Sdump(expected))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Return the old state (non-imported) so we don't change anything.
+        return state, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/wait.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/wait.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca50e29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/resource/wait.go
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+package resource
+
+import (
+        "sync"
+        "time"
+)
+
+// Retry is a basic wrapper around StateChangeConf that will just retry
+// a function until it no longer returns an error.
+func Retry(timeout time.Duration, f RetryFunc) error {
+        // These are used to pull the error out of the function; need a mutex to
+        // avoid a data race.
+        var resultErr error
+        var resultErrMu sync.Mutex
+
+        c := &StateChangeConf{
+                Pending:    []string{"retryableerror"},
+                Target:     []string{"success"},
+                Timeout:    timeout,
+                MinTimeout: 500 * time.Millisecond,
+                Refresh: func() (interface{}, string, error) {
+                        rerr := f()
+
+                        resultErrMu.Lock()
+                        defer resultErrMu.Unlock()
+
+                        if rerr == nil {
+                                resultErr = nil
+                                return 42, "success", nil
+                        }
+
+                        resultErr = rerr.Err
+
+                        if rerr.Retryable {
+                                return 42, "retryableerror", nil
+                        }
+                        return nil, "quit", rerr.Err
+                },
+        }
+
+        _, waitErr := c.WaitForState()
+
+        // Need to acquire the lock here to be able to avoid race using resultErr as
+        // the return value
+        resultErrMu.Lock()
+        defer resultErrMu.Unlock()
+
+        // resultErr may be nil because the wait timed out and resultErr was never
+        // set; this is still an error
+        if resultErr == nil {
+                return waitErr
+        }
+        // resultErr takes precedence over waitErr if both are set because it is
+        // more likely to be useful
+        return resultErr
+}
+
+// RetryFunc is the function retried until it succeeds.
+type RetryFunc func() *RetryError
+
+// RetryError is the required return type of RetryFunc. It forces client code
+// to choose whether or not a given error is retryable.
+type RetryError struct {
+        Err       error
+        Retryable bool
+}
+
+// RetryableError is a helper to create a RetryError that's retryable from a
+// given error.
+func RetryableError(err error) *RetryError {
+        if err == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+        return &RetryError{Err: err, Retryable: true}
+}
+
+// NonRetryableError is a helper to create a RetryError that's _not)_ retryable
+// from a given error.
+func NonRetryableError(err error) *RetryError {
+        if err == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+        return &RetryError{Err: err, Retryable: false}
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/README.md b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28c8362
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# Terraform Helper Lib: schema
+
+The `schema` package provides a high-level interface for writing resource
+providers for Terraform.
+
+If you're writing a resource provider, we recommend you use this package.
+
+The interface exposed by this package is much friendlier than trying to
+write to the Terraform API directly. The core Terraform API is low-level
+and built for maximum flexibility and control, whereas this library is built
+as a framework around that to more easily write common providers.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/backend.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/backend.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0729c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/backend.go
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+package schema
+
+import (
+        "context"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+)
+
+// Backend represents a partial backend.Backend implementation and simplifies
+// the creation of configuration loading and validation.
+//
+// Unlike other schema structs such as Provider, this struct is meant to be
+// embedded within your actual implementation. It provides implementations
+// only for Input and Configure and gives you a method for accessing the
+// configuration in the form of a ResourceData that you're expected to call
+// from the other implementation funcs.
+type Backend struct {
+        // Schema is the schema for the configuration of this backend. If this
+        // Backend has no configuration this can be omitted.
+        Schema map[string]*Schema
+
+        // ConfigureFunc is called to configure the backend. Use the
+        // FromContext* methods to extract information from the context.
+        // This can be nil, in which case nothing will be called but the
+        // config will still be stored.
+        ConfigureFunc func(context.Context) error
+
+        config *ResourceData
+}
+
+var (
+        backendConfigKey = contextKey("backend config")
+)
+
+// FromContextBackendConfig extracts a ResourceData with the configuration
+// from the context. This should only be called by Backend functions.
+func FromContextBackendConfig(ctx context.Context) *ResourceData {
+        return ctx.Value(backendConfigKey).(*ResourceData)
+}
+
+func (b *Backend) Input(
+        input terraform.UIInput,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) (*terraform.ResourceConfig, error) {
+        if b == nil {
+                return c, nil
+        }
+
+        return schemaMap(b.Schema).Input(input, c)
+}
+
+func (b *Backend) Validate(c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        if b == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        return schemaMap(b.Schema).Validate(c)
+}
+
+func (b *Backend) Configure(c *terraform.ResourceConfig) error {
+        if b == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        sm := schemaMap(b.Schema)
+
+        // Get a ResourceData for this configuration. To do this, we actually
+        // generate an intermediary "diff" although that is never exposed.
+        diff, err := sm.Diff(nil, c)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        data, err := sm.Data(nil, diff)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        b.config = data
+
+        if b.ConfigureFunc != nil {
+                err = b.ConfigureFunc(context.WithValue(
+                        context.Background(), backendConfigKey, data))
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Config returns the configuration. This is available after Configure is
+// called.
+func (b *Backend) Config() *ResourceData {
+        return b.config
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/data_source_resource_shim.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/data_source_resource_shim.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a03d2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/data_source_resource_shim.go
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+package schema
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// DataSourceResourceShim takes a Resource instance describing a data source
+// (with a Read implementation and a Schema, at least) and returns a new
+// Resource instance with additional Create and Delete implementations that
+// allow the data source to be used as a resource.
+//
+// This is a backward-compatibility layer for data sources that were formerly
+// read-only resources before the data source concept was added. It should not
+// be used for any *new* data sources.
+//
+// The Read function for the data source *must* call d.SetId with a non-empty
+// id in order for this shim to function as expected.
+//
+// The provided Resource instance, and its schema, will be modified in-place
+// to make it suitable for use as a full resource.
+func DataSourceResourceShim(name string, dataSource *Resource) *Resource {
+        // Recursively, in-place adjust the schema so that it has ForceNew
+        // on any user-settable resource.
+        dataSourceResourceShimAdjustSchema(dataSource.Schema)
+
+        dataSource.Create = CreateFunc(dataSource.Read)
+        dataSource.Delete = func(d *ResourceData, meta interface{}) error {
+                d.SetId("")
+                return nil
+        }
+        dataSource.Update = nil // should already be nil, but let's make sure
+
+        // FIXME: Link to some further docs either on the website or in the
+        // changelog, once such a thing exists.
+        dataSource.deprecationMessage = fmt.Sprintf(
+                "using %s as a resource is deprecated; consider using the data source instead",
+                name,
+        )
+
+        return dataSource
+}
+
+func dataSourceResourceShimAdjustSchema(schema map[string]*Schema) {
+        for _, s := range schema {
+                // If the attribute is configurable then it must be ForceNew,
+                // since we have no Update implementation.
+                if s.Required || s.Optional {
+                        s.ForceNew = true
+                }
+
+                // If the attribute is a nested resource, we need to recursively
+                // apply these same adjustments to it.
+                if s.Elem != nil {
+                        if r, ok := s.Elem.(*Resource); ok {
+                                dataSourceResourceShimAdjustSchema(r.Schema)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/equal.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/equal.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5e20e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/equal.go
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+package schema
+
+// Equal is an interface that checks for deep equality between two objects.
+type Equal interface {
+        Equal(interface{}) bool
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_reader.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_reader.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1660a67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_reader.go
@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+package schema
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strconv"
+)
+
+// FieldReaders are responsible for decoding fields out of data into
+// the proper typed representation. ResourceData uses this to query data
+// out of multiple sources: config, state, diffs, etc.
+type FieldReader interface {
+        ReadField([]string) (FieldReadResult, error)
+}
+
+// FieldReadResult encapsulates all the resulting data from reading
+// a field.
+type FieldReadResult struct {
+        // Value is the actual read value. NegValue is the _negative_ value
+        // or the items that should be removed (if they existed). NegValue
+        // doesn't make sense for primitives but is important for any
+        // container types such as maps, sets, lists.
+        Value          interface{}
+        ValueProcessed interface{}
+
+        // Exists is true if the field was found in the data. False means
+        // it wasn't found if there was no error.
+        Exists bool
+
+        // Computed is true if the field was found but the value
+        // is computed.
+        Computed bool
+}
+
+// ValueOrZero returns the value of this result or the zero value of the
+// schema type, ensuring a consistent non-nil return value.
+func (r *FieldReadResult) ValueOrZero(s *Schema) interface{} {
+        if r.Value != nil {
+                return r.Value
+        }
+
+        return s.ZeroValue()
+}
+
+// addrToSchema finds the final element schema for the given address
+// and the given schema. It returns all the schemas that led to the final
+// schema. These are in order of the address (out to in).
+func addrToSchema(addr []string, schemaMap map[string]*Schema) []*Schema {
+        current := &Schema{
+                Type: typeObject,
+                Elem: schemaMap,
+        }
+
+        // If we aren't given an address, then the user is requesting the
+        // full object, so we return the special value which is the full object.
+        if len(addr) == 0 {
+                return []*Schema{current}
+        }
+
+        result := make([]*Schema, 0, len(addr))
+        for len(addr) > 0 {
+                k := addr[0]
+                addr = addr[1:]
+
+        REPEAT:
+                // We want to trim off the first "typeObject" since its not a
+                // real lookup that people do. i.e. []string{"foo"} in a structure
+                // isn't {typeObject, typeString}, its just a {typeString}.
+                if len(result) > 0 || current.Type != typeObject {
+                        result = append(result, current)
+                }
+
+                switch t := current.Type; t {
+                case TypeBool, TypeInt, TypeFloat, TypeString:
+                        if len(addr) > 0 {
+                                return nil
+                        }
+                case TypeList, TypeSet:
+                        isIndex := len(addr) > 0 && addr[0] == "#"
+
+                        switch v := current.Elem.(type) {
+                        case *Resource:
+                                current = &Schema{
+                                        Type: typeObject,
+                                        Elem: v.Schema,
+                                }
+                        case *Schema:
+                                current = v
+                        case ValueType:
+                                current = &Schema{Type: v}
+                        default:
+                                // we may not know the Elem type and are just looking for the
+                                // index
+                                if isIndex {
+                                        break
+                                }
+
+                                if len(addr) == 0 {
+                                        // we've processed the address, so return what we've
+                                        // collected
+                                        return result
+                                }
+
+                                if len(addr) == 1 {
+                                        if _, err := strconv.Atoi(addr[0]); err == nil {
+                                                // we're indexing a value without a schema. This can
+                                                // happen if the list is nested in another schema type.
+                                                // Default to a TypeString like we do with a map
+                                                current = &Schema{Type: TypeString}
+                                                break
+                                        }
+                                }
+
+                                return nil
+                        }
+
+                        // If we only have one more thing and the next thing
+                        // is a #, then we're accessing the index which is always
+                        // an int.
+                        if isIndex {
+                                current = &Schema{Type: TypeInt}
+                                break
+                        }
+
+                case TypeMap:
+                        if len(addr) > 0 {
+                                switch v := current.Elem.(type) {
+                                case ValueType:
+                                        current = &Schema{Type: v}
+                                default:
+                                        // maps default to string values. This is all we can have
+                                        // if this is nested in another list or map.
+                                        current = &Schema{Type: TypeString}
+                                }
+                        }
+                case typeObject:
+                        // If we're already in the object, then we want to handle Sets
+                        // and Lists specially. Basically, their next key is the lookup
+                        // key (the set value or the list element). For these scenarios,
+                        // we just want to skip it and move to the next element if there
+                        // is one.
+                        if len(result) > 0 {
+                                lastType := result[len(result)-2].Type
+                                if lastType == TypeSet || lastType == TypeList {
+                                        if len(addr) == 0 {
+                                                break
+                                        }
+
+                                        k = addr[0]
+                                        addr = addr[1:]
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        m := current.Elem.(map[string]*Schema)
+                        val, ok := m[k]
+                        if !ok {
+                                return nil
+                        }
+
+                        current = val
+                        goto REPEAT
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// readListField is a generic method for reading a list field out of a
+// a FieldReader. It does this based on the assumption that there is a key
+// "foo.#" for a list "foo" and that the indexes are "foo.0", "foo.1", etc.
+// after that point.
+func readListField(
+        r FieldReader, addr []string, schema *Schema) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        addrPadded := make([]string, len(addr)+1)
+        copy(addrPadded, addr)
+        addrPadded[len(addrPadded)-1] = "#"
+
+        // Get the number of elements in the list
+        countResult, err := r.ReadField(addrPadded)
+        if err != nil {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, err
+        }
+        if !countResult.Exists {
+                // No count, means we have no list
+                countResult.Value = 0
+        }
+
+        // If we have an empty list, then return an empty list
+        if countResult.Computed || countResult.Value.(int) == 0 {
+                return FieldReadResult{
+                        Value:    []interface{}{},
+                        Exists:   countResult.Exists,
+                        Computed: countResult.Computed,
+                }, nil
+        }
+
+        // Go through each count, and get the item value out of it
+        result := make([]interface{}, countResult.Value.(int))
+        for i, _ := range result {
+                is := strconv.FormatInt(int64(i), 10)
+                addrPadded[len(addrPadded)-1] = is
+                rawResult, err := r.ReadField(addrPadded)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return FieldReadResult{}, err
+                }
+                if !rawResult.Exists {
+                        // This should never happen, because by the time the data
+                        // gets to the FieldReaders, all the defaults should be set by
+                        // Schema.
+                        rawResult.Value = nil
+                }
+
+                result[i] = rawResult.Value
+        }
+
+        return FieldReadResult{
+                Value:  result,
+                Exists: true,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// readObjectField is a generic method for reading objects out of FieldReaders
+// based on the assumption that building an address of []string{k, FIELD}
+// will result in the proper field data.
+func readObjectField(
+        r FieldReader,
+        addr []string,
+        schema map[string]*Schema) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        result := make(map[string]interface{})
+        exists := false
+        for field, s := range schema {
+                addrRead := make([]string, len(addr), len(addr)+1)
+                copy(addrRead, addr)
+                addrRead = append(addrRead, field)
+                rawResult, err := r.ReadField(addrRead)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return FieldReadResult{}, err
+                }
+                if rawResult.Exists {
+                        exists = true
+                }
+
+                result[field] = rawResult.ValueOrZero(s)
+        }
+
+        return FieldReadResult{
+                Value:  result,
+                Exists: exists,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// convert map values to the proper primitive type based on schema.Elem
+func mapValuesToPrimitive(m map[string]interface{}, schema *Schema) error {
+
+        elemType := TypeString
+        if et, ok := schema.Elem.(ValueType); ok {
+                elemType = et
+        }
+
+        switch elemType {
+        case TypeInt, TypeFloat, TypeBool:
+                for k, v := range m {
+                        vs, ok := v.(string)
+                        if !ok {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        v, err := stringToPrimitive(vs, false, &Schema{Type: elemType})
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+
+                        m[k] = v
+                }
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func stringToPrimitive(
+        value string, computed bool, schema *Schema) (interface{}, error) {
+        var returnVal interface{}
+        switch schema.Type {
+        case TypeBool:
+                if value == "" {
+                        returnVal = false
+                        break
+                }
+                if computed {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                v, err := strconv.ParseBool(value)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                returnVal = v
+        case TypeFloat:
+                if value == "" {
+                        returnVal = 0.0
+                        break
+                }
+                if computed {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                v, err := strconv.ParseFloat(value, 64)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                returnVal = v
+        case TypeInt:
+                if value == "" {
+                        returnVal = 0
+                        break
+                }
+                if computed {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                v, err := strconv.ParseInt(value, 0, 0)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                returnVal = int(v)
+        case TypeString:
+                returnVal = value
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Sprintf("Unknown type: %s", schema.Type))
+        }
+
+        return returnVal, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_reader_config.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_reader_config.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f958bbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_reader_config.go
@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+package schema
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure"
+)
+
+// ConfigFieldReader reads fields out of an untyped map[string]string to the
+// best of its ability. It also applies defaults from the Schema. (The other
+// field readers do not need default handling because they source fully
+// populated data structures.)
+type ConfigFieldReader struct {
+        Config *terraform.ResourceConfig
+        Schema map[string]*Schema
+
+        indexMaps map[string]map[string]int
+        once      sync.Once
+}
+
+func (r *ConfigFieldReader) ReadField(address []string) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        r.once.Do(func() { r.indexMaps = make(map[string]map[string]int) })
+        return r.readField(address, false)
+}
+
+func (r *ConfigFieldReader) readField(
+        address []string, nested bool) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        schemaList := addrToSchema(address, r.Schema)
+        if len(schemaList) == 0 {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, nil
+        }
+
+        if !nested {
+                // If we have a set anywhere in the address, then we need to
+                // read that set out in order and actually replace that part of
+                // the address with the real list index. i.e. set.50 might actually
+                // map to set.12 in the config, since it is in list order in the
+                // config, not indexed by set value.
+                for i, v := range schemaList {
+                        // Sets are the only thing that cause this issue.
+                        if v.Type != TypeSet {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // If we're at the end of the list, then we don't have to worry
+                        // about this because we're just requesting the whole set.
+                        if i == len(schemaList)-1 {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // If we're looking for the count, then ignore...
+                        if address[i+1] == "#" {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        indexMap, ok := r.indexMaps[strings.Join(address[:i+1], ".")]
+                        if !ok {
+                                // Get the set so we can get the index map that tells us the
+                                // mapping of the hash code to the list index
+                                _, err := r.readSet(address[:i+1], v)
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return FieldReadResult{}, err
+                                }
+                                indexMap = r.indexMaps[strings.Join(address[:i+1], ".")]
+                        }
+
+                        index, ok := indexMap[address[i+1]]
+                        if !ok {
+                                return FieldReadResult{}, nil
+                        }
+
+                        address[i+1] = strconv.FormatInt(int64(index), 10)
+                }
+        }
+
+        k := strings.Join(address, ".")
+        schema := schemaList[len(schemaList)-1]
+
+        // If we're getting the single element of a promoted list, then
+        // check to see if we have a single element we need to promote.
+        if address[len(address)-1] == "0" && len(schemaList) > 1 {
+                lastSchema := schemaList[len(schemaList)-2]
+                if lastSchema.Type == TypeList && lastSchema.PromoteSingle {
+                        k := strings.Join(address[:len(address)-1], ".")
+                        result, err := r.readPrimitive(k, schema)
+                        if err == nil {
+                                return result, nil
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        switch schema.Type {
+        case TypeBool, TypeFloat, TypeInt, TypeString:
+                return r.readPrimitive(k, schema)
+        case TypeList:
+                // If we support promotion then we first check if we have a lone
+                // value that we must promote.
+                // a value that is alone.
+                if schema.PromoteSingle {
+                        result, err := r.readPrimitive(k, schema.Elem.(*Schema))
+                        if err == nil && result.Exists {
+                                result.Value = []interface{}{result.Value}
+                                return result, nil
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return readListField(&nestedConfigFieldReader{r}, address, schema)
+        case TypeMap:
+                return r.readMap(k, schema)
+        case TypeSet:
+                return r.readSet(address, schema)
+        case typeObject:
+                return readObjectField(
+                        &nestedConfigFieldReader{r},
+                        address, schema.Elem.(map[string]*Schema))
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Sprintf("Unknown type: %s", schema.Type))
+        }
+}
+
+func (r *ConfigFieldReader) readMap(k string, schema *Schema) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        // We want both the raw value and the interpolated. We use the interpolated
+        // to store actual values and we use the raw one to check for
+        // computed keys. Actual values are obtained in the switch, depending on
+        // the type of the raw value.
+        mraw, ok := r.Config.GetRaw(k)
+        if !ok {
+                // check if this is from an interpolated field by seeing if it exists
+                // in the config
+                _, ok := r.Config.Get(k)
+                if !ok {
+                        // this really doesn't exist
+                        return FieldReadResult{}, nil
+                }
+
+                // We couldn't fetch the value from a nested data structure, so treat the
+                // raw value as an interpolation string. The mraw value is only used
+                // for the type switch below.
+                mraw = "${INTERPOLATED}"
+        }
+
+        result := make(map[string]interface{})
+        computed := false
+        switch m := mraw.(type) {
+        case string:
+                // This is a map which has come out of an interpolated variable, so we
+                // can just get the value directly from config. Values cannot be computed
+                // currently.
+                v, _ := r.Config.Get(k)
+
+                // If this isn't a map[string]interface, it must be computed.
+                mapV, ok := v.(map[string]interface{})
+                if !ok {
+                        return FieldReadResult{
+                                Exists:   true,
+                                Computed: true,
+                        }, nil
+                }
+
+                // Otherwise we can proceed as usual.
+                for i, iv := range mapV {
+                        result[i] = iv
+                }
+        case []interface{}:
+                for i, innerRaw := range m {
+                        for ik := range innerRaw.(map[string]interface{}) {
+                                key := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%d.%s", k, i, ik)
+                                if r.Config.IsComputed(key) {
+                                        computed = true
+                                        break
+                                }
+
+                                v, _ := r.Config.Get(key)
+                                result[ik] = v
+                        }
+                }
+        case []map[string]interface{}:
+                for i, innerRaw := range m {
+                        for ik := range innerRaw {
+                                key := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%d.%s", k, i, ik)
+                                if r.Config.IsComputed(key) {
+                                        computed = true
+                                        break
+                                }
+
+                                v, _ := r.Config.Get(key)
+                                result[ik] = v
+                        }
+                }
+        case map[string]interface{}:
+                for ik := range m {
+                        key := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", k, ik)
+                        if r.Config.IsComputed(key) {
+                                computed = true
+                                break
+                        }
+
+                        v, _ := r.Config.Get(key)
+                        result[ik] = v
+                }
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Sprintf("unknown type: %#v", mraw))
+        }
+
+        err := mapValuesToPrimitive(result, schema)
+        if err != nil {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, nil
+        }
+
+        var value interface{}
+        if !computed {
+                value = result
+        }
+
+        return FieldReadResult{
+                Value:    value,
+                Exists:   true,
+                Computed: computed,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (r *ConfigFieldReader) readPrimitive(
+        k string, schema *Schema) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        raw, ok := r.Config.Get(k)
+        if !ok {
+                // Nothing in config, but we might still have a default from the schema
+                var err error
+                raw, err = schema.DefaultValue()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return FieldReadResult{}, fmt.Errorf("%s, error loading default: %s", k, err)
+                }
+
+                if raw == nil {
+                        return FieldReadResult{}, nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        var result string
+        if err := mapstructure.WeakDecode(raw, &result); err != nil {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, err
+        }
+
+        computed := r.Config.IsComputed(k)
+        returnVal, err := stringToPrimitive(result, computed, schema)
+        if err != nil {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, err
+        }
+
+        return FieldReadResult{
+                Value:    returnVal,
+                Exists:   true,
+                Computed: computed,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (r *ConfigFieldReader) readSet(
+        address []string, schema *Schema) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        indexMap := make(map[string]int)
+        // Create the set that will be our result
+        set := schema.ZeroValue().(*Set)
+
+        raw, err := readListField(&nestedConfigFieldReader{r}, address, schema)
+        if err != nil {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, err
+        }
+        if !raw.Exists {
+                return FieldReadResult{Value: set}, nil
+        }
+
+        // If the list is computed, the set is necessarilly computed
+        if raw.Computed {
+                return FieldReadResult{
+                        Value:    set,
+                        Exists:   true,
+                        Computed: raw.Computed,
+                }, nil
+        }
+
+        // Build up the set from the list elements
+        for i, v := range raw.Value.([]interface{}) {
+                // Check if any of the keys in this item are computed
+                computed := r.hasComputedSubKeys(
+                        fmt.Sprintf("%s.%d", strings.Join(address, "."), i), schema)
+
+                code := set.add(v, computed)
+                indexMap[code] = i
+        }
+
+        r.indexMaps[strings.Join(address, ".")] = indexMap
+
+        return FieldReadResult{
+                Value:  set,
+                Exists: true,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// hasComputedSubKeys walks through a schema and returns whether or not the
+// given key contains any subkeys that are computed.
+func (r *ConfigFieldReader) hasComputedSubKeys(key string, schema *Schema) bool {
+        prefix := key + "."
+
+        switch t := schema.Elem.(type) {
+        case *Resource:
+                for k, schema := range t.Schema {
+                        if r.Config.IsComputed(prefix + k) {
+                                return true
+                        }
+
+                        if r.hasComputedSubKeys(prefix+k, schema) {
+                                return true
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return false
+}
+
+// nestedConfigFieldReader is a funny little thing that just wraps a
+// ConfigFieldReader to call readField when ReadField is called so that
+// we don't recalculate the set rewrites in the address, which leads to
+// an infinite loop.
+type nestedConfigFieldReader struct {
+        Reader *ConfigFieldReader
+}
+
+func (r *nestedConfigFieldReader) ReadField(
+        address []string) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        return r.Reader.readField(address, true)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_reader_diff.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_reader_diff.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16bbae2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_reader_diff.go
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+package schema
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure"
+)
+
+// DiffFieldReader reads fields out of a diff structures.
+//
+// It also requires access to a Reader that reads fields from the structure
+// that the diff was derived from. This is usually the state. This is required
+// because a diff on its own doesn't have complete data about full objects
+// such as maps.
+//
+// The Source MUST be the data that the diff was derived from. If it isn't,
+// the behavior of this struct is undefined.
+//
+// Reading fields from a DiffFieldReader is identical to reading from
+// Source except the diff will be applied to the end result.
+//
+// The "Exists" field on the result will be set to true if the complete
+// field exists whether its from the source, diff, or a combination of both.
+// It cannot be determined whether a retrieved value is composed of
+// diff elements.
+type DiffFieldReader struct {
+        Diff   *terraform.InstanceDiff
+        Source FieldReader
+        Schema map[string]*Schema
+}
+
+func (r *DiffFieldReader) ReadField(address []string) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        schemaList := addrToSchema(address, r.Schema)
+        if len(schemaList) == 0 {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, nil
+        }
+
+        schema := schemaList[len(schemaList)-1]
+        switch schema.Type {
+        case TypeBool, TypeInt, TypeFloat, TypeString:
+                return r.readPrimitive(address, schema)
+        case TypeList:
+                return readListField(r, address, schema)
+        case TypeMap:
+                return r.readMap(address, schema)
+        case TypeSet:
+                return r.readSet(address, schema)
+        case typeObject:
+                return readObjectField(r, address, schema.Elem.(map[string]*Schema))
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Sprintf("Unknown type: %#v", schema.Type))
+        }
+}
+
+func (r *DiffFieldReader) readMap(
+        address []string, schema *Schema) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        result := make(map[string]interface{})
+        resultSet := false
+
+        // First read the map from the underlying source
+        source, err := r.Source.ReadField(address)
+        if err != nil {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, err
+        }
+        if source.Exists {
+                result = source.Value.(map[string]interface{})
+                resultSet = true
+        }
+
+        // Next, read all the elements we have in our diff, and apply
+        // the diff to our result.
+        prefix := strings.Join(address, ".") + "."
+        for k, v := range r.Diff.Attributes {
+                if !strings.HasPrefix(k, prefix) {
+                        continue
+                }
+                if strings.HasPrefix(k, prefix+"%") {
+                        // Ignore the count field
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                resultSet = true
+
+                k = k[len(prefix):]
+                if v.NewRemoved {
+                        delete(result, k)
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                result[k] = v.New
+        }
+
+        err = mapValuesToPrimitive(result, schema)
+        if err != nil {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, nil
+        }
+
+        var resultVal interface{}
+        if resultSet {
+                resultVal = result
+        }
+
+        return FieldReadResult{
+                Value:  resultVal,
+                Exists: resultSet,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (r *DiffFieldReader) readPrimitive(
+        address []string, schema *Schema) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        result, err := r.Source.ReadField(address)
+        if err != nil {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, err
+        }
+
+        attrD, ok := r.Diff.Attributes[strings.Join(address, ".")]
+        if !ok {
+                return result, nil
+        }
+
+        var resultVal string
+        if !attrD.NewComputed {
+                resultVal = attrD.New
+                if attrD.NewExtra != nil {
+                        result.ValueProcessed = resultVal
+                        if err := mapstructure.WeakDecode(attrD.NewExtra, &resultVal); err != nil {
+                                return FieldReadResult{}, err
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        result.Computed = attrD.NewComputed
+        result.Exists = true
+        result.Value, err = stringToPrimitive(resultVal, false, schema)
+        if err != nil {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, err
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+func (r *DiffFieldReader) readSet(
+        address []string, schema *Schema) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        prefix := strings.Join(address, ".") + "."
+
+        // Create the set that will be our result
+        set := schema.ZeroValue().(*Set)
+
+        // Go through the map and find all the set items
+        for k, d := range r.Diff.Attributes {
+                if d.NewRemoved {
+                        // If the field is removed, we always ignore it
+                        continue
+                }
+                if !strings.HasPrefix(k, prefix) {
+                        continue
+                }
+                if strings.HasSuffix(k, "#") {
+                        // Ignore any count field
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Split the key, since it might be a sub-object like "idx.field"
+                parts := strings.Split(k[len(prefix):], ".")
+                idx := parts[0]
+
+                raw, err := r.ReadField(append(address, idx))
+                if err != nil {
+                        return FieldReadResult{}, err
+                }
+                if !raw.Exists {
+                        // This shouldn't happen because we just verified it does exist
+                        panic("missing field in set: " + k + "." + idx)
+                }
+
+                set.Add(raw.Value)
+        }
+
+        // Determine if the set "exists". It exists if there are items or if
+        // the diff explicitly wanted it empty.
+        exists := set.Len() > 0
+        if !exists {
+                // We could check if the diff value is "0" here but I think the
+                // existence of "#" on its own is enough to show it existed. This
+                // protects us in the future from the zero value changing from
+                // "0" to "" breaking us (if that were to happen).
+                if _, ok := r.Diff.Attributes[prefix+"#"]; ok {
+                        exists = true
+                }
+        }
+
+        if !exists {
+                result, err := r.Source.ReadField(address)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return FieldReadResult{}, err
+                }
+                if result.Exists {
+                        return result, nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        return FieldReadResult{
+                Value:  set,
+                Exists: exists,
+        }, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_reader_map.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_reader_map.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9533981
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_reader_map.go
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+package schema
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// MapFieldReader reads fields out of an untyped map[string]string to
+// the best of its ability.
+type MapFieldReader struct {
+        Map    MapReader
+        Schema map[string]*Schema
+}
+
+func (r *MapFieldReader) ReadField(address []string) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        k := strings.Join(address, ".")
+        schemaList := addrToSchema(address, r.Schema)
+        if len(schemaList) == 0 {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, nil
+        }
+
+        schema := schemaList[len(schemaList)-1]
+        switch schema.Type {
+        case TypeBool, TypeInt, TypeFloat, TypeString:
+                return r.readPrimitive(address, schema)
+        case TypeList:
+                return readListField(r, address, schema)
+        case TypeMap:
+                return r.readMap(k, schema)
+        case TypeSet:
+                return r.readSet(address, schema)
+        case typeObject:
+                return readObjectField(r, address, schema.Elem.(map[string]*Schema))
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Sprintf("Unknown type: %s", schema.Type))
+        }
+}
+
+func (r *MapFieldReader) readMap(k string, schema *Schema) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        result := make(map[string]interface{})
+        resultSet := false
+
+        // If the name of the map field is directly in the map with an
+        // empty string, it means that the map is being deleted, so mark
+        // that is is set.
+        if v, ok := r.Map.Access(k); ok && v == "" {
+                resultSet = true
+        }
+
+        prefix := k + "."
+        r.Map.Range(func(k, v string) bool {
+                if strings.HasPrefix(k, prefix) {
+                        resultSet = true
+
+                        key := k[len(prefix):]
+                        if key != "%" && key != "#" {
+                                result[key] = v
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return true
+        })
+
+        err := mapValuesToPrimitive(result, schema)
+        if err != nil {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, nil
+        }
+
+        var resultVal interface{}
+        if resultSet {
+                resultVal = result
+        }
+
+        return FieldReadResult{
+                Value:  resultVal,
+                Exists: resultSet,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (r *MapFieldReader) readPrimitive(
+        address []string, schema *Schema) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        k := strings.Join(address, ".")
+        result, ok := r.Map.Access(k)
+        if !ok {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, nil
+        }
+
+        returnVal, err := stringToPrimitive(result, false, schema)
+        if err != nil {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, err
+        }
+
+        return FieldReadResult{
+                Value:  returnVal,
+                Exists: true,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (r *MapFieldReader) readSet(
+        address []string, schema *Schema) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        // Get the number of elements in the list
+        countRaw, err := r.readPrimitive(
+                append(address, "#"), &Schema{Type: TypeInt})
+        if err != nil {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, err
+        }
+        if !countRaw.Exists {
+                // No count, means we have no list
+                countRaw.Value = 0
+        }
+
+        // Create the set that will be our result
+        set := schema.ZeroValue().(*Set)
+
+        // If we have an empty list, then return an empty list
+        if countRaw.Computed || countRaw.Value.(int) == 0 {
+                return FieldReadResult{
+                        Value:    set,
+                        Exists:   countRaw.Exists,
+                        Computed: countRaw.Computed,
+                }, nil
+        }
+
+        // Go through the map and find all the set items
+        prefix := strings.Join(address, ".") + "."
+        countExpected := countRaw.Value.(int)
+        countActual := make(map[string]struct{})
+        completed := r.Map.Range(func(k, _ string) bool {
+                if !strings.HasPrefix(k, prefix) {
+                        return true
+                }
+                if strings.HasPrefix(k, prefix+"#") {
+                        // Ignore the count field
+                        return true
+                }
+
+                // Split the key, since it might be a sub-object like "idx.field"
+                parts := strings.Split(k[len(prefix):], ".")
+                idx := parts[0]
+
+                var raw FieldReadResult
+                raw, err = r.ReadField(append(address, idx))
+                if err != nil {
+                        return false
+                }
+                if !raw.Exists {
+                        // This shouldn't happen because we just verified it does exist
+                        panic("missing field in set: " + k + "." + idx)
+                }
+
+                set.Add(raw.Value)
+
+                // Due to the way multimap readers work, if we've seen the number
+                // of fields we expect, then exit so that we don't read later values.
+                // For example: the "set" map might have "ports.#", "ports.0", and
+                // "ports.1", but the "state" map might have those plus "ports.2".
+                // We don't want "ports.2"
+                countActual[idx] = struct{}{}
+                if len(countActual) >= countExpected {
+                        return false
+                }
+
+                return true
+        })
+        if !completed && err != nil {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, err
+        }
+
+        return FieldReadResult{
+                Value:  set,
+                Exists: true,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// MapReader is an interface that is given to MapFieldReader for accessing
+// a "map". This can be used to have alternate implementations. For a basic
+// map[string]string, use BasicMapReader.
+type MapReader interface {
+        Access(string) (string, bool)
+        Range(func(string, string) bool) bool
+}
+
+// BasicMapReader implements MapReader for a single map.
+type BasicMapReader map[string]string
+
+func (r BasicMapReader) Access(k string) (string, bool) {
+        v, ok := r[k]
+        return v, ok
+}
+
+func (r BasicMapReader) Range(f func(string, string) bool) bool {
+        for k, v := range r {
+                if cont := f(k, v); !cont {
+                        return false
+                }
+        }
+
+        return true
+}
+
+// MultiMapReader reads over multiple maps, preferring keys that are
+// founder earlier (lower number index) vs. later (higher number index)
+type MultiMapReader []map[string]string
+
+func (r MultiMapReader) Access(k string) (string, bool) {
+        for _, m := range r {
+                if v, ok := m[k]; ok {
+                        return v, ok
+                }
+        }
+
+        return "", false
+}
+
+func (r MultiMapReader) Range(f func(string, string) bool) bool {
+        done := make(map[string]struct{})
+        for _, m := range r {
+                for k, v := range m {
+                        if _, ok := done[k]; ok {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        if cont := f(k, v); !cont {
+                                return false
+                        }
+
+                        done[k] = struct{}{}
+                }
+        }
+
+        return true
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_reader_multi.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_reader_multi.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89ad3a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_reader_multi.go
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+package schema
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// MultiLevelFieldReader reads from other field readers,
+// merging their results along the way in a specific order. You can specify
+// "levels" and name them in order to read only an exact level or up to
+// a specific level.
+//
+// This is useful for saying things such as "read the field from the state
+// and config and merge them" or "read the latest value of the field".
+type MultiLevelFieldReader struct {
+        Readers map[string]FieldReader
+        Levels  []string
+}
+
+func (r *MultiLevelFieldReader) ReadField(address []string) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        return r.ReadFieldMerge(address, r.Levels[len(r.Levels)-1])
+}
+
+func (r *MultiLevelFieldReader) ReadFieldExact(
+        address []string, level string) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        reader, ok := r.Readers[level]
+        if !ok {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown reader level: %s", level)
+        }
+
+        result, err := reader.ReadField(address)
+        if err != nil {
+                return FieldReadResult{}, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Error reading level %s: %s", level, err)
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+func (r *MultiLevelFieldReader) ReadFieldMerge(
+        address []string, level string) (FieldReadResult, error) {
+        var result FieldReadResult
+        for _, l := range r.Levels {
+                if r, ok := r.Readers[l]; ok {
+                        out, err := r.ReadField(address)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return FieldReadResult{}, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Error reading level %s: %s", l, err)
+                        }
+
+                        // TODO: computed
+                        if out.Exists {
+                                result = out
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if l == level {
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_writer.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_writer.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9abc41b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_writer.go
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+package schema
+
+// FieldWriters are responsible for writing fields by address into
+// a proper typed representation. ResourceData uses this to write new data
+// into existing sources.
+type FieldWriter interface {
+        WriteField([]string, interface{}) error
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_writer_map.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_writer_map.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..689ed8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/field_writer_map.go
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+package schema
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure"
+)
+
+// MapFieldWriter writes data into a single map[string]string structure.
+type MapFieldWriter struct {
+        Schema map[string]*Schema
+
+        lock   sync.Mutex
+        result map[string]string
+}
+
+// Map returns the underlying map that is being written to.
+func (w *MapFieldWriter) Map() map[string]string {
+        w.lock.Lock()
+        defer w.lock.Unlock()
+        if w.result == nil {
+                w.result = make(map[string]string)
+        }
+
+        return w.result
+}
+
+func (w *MapFieldWriter) unsafeWriteField(addr string, value string) {
+        w.lock.Lock()
+        defer w.lock.Unlock()
+        if w.result == nil {
+                w.result = make(map[string]string)
+        }
+
+        w.result[addr] = value
+}
+
+func (w *MapFieldWriter) WriteField(addr []string, value interface{}) error {
+        w.lock.Lock()
+        defer w.lock.Unlock()
+        if w.result == nil {
+                w.result = make(map[string]string)
+        }
+
+        schemaList := addrToSchema(addr, w.Schema)
+        if len(schemaList) == 0 {
+                return fmt.Errorf("Invalid address to set: %#v", addr)
+        }
+
+        // If we're setting anything other than a list root or set root,
+        // then disallow it.
+        for _, schema := range schemaList[:len(schemaList)-1] {
+                if schema.Type == TypeList {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: can only set full list",
+                                strings.Join(addr, "."))
+                }
+
+                if schema.Type == TypeMap {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: can only set full map",
+                                strings.Join(addr, "."))
+                }
+
+                if schema.Type == TypeSet {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: can only set full set",
+                                strings.Join(addr, "."))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return w.set(addr, value)
+}
+
+func (w *MapFieldWriter) set(addr []string, value interface{}) error {
+        schemaList := addrToSchema(addr, w.Schema)
+        if len(schemaList) == 0 {
+                return fmt.Errorf("Invalid address to set: %#v", addr)
+        }
+
+        schema := schemaList[len(schemaList)-1]
+        switch schema.Type {
+        case TypeBool, TypeInt, TypeFloat, TypeString:
+                return w.setPrimitive(addr, value, schema)
+        case TypeList:
+                return w.setList(addr, value, schema)
+        case TypeMap:
+                return w.setMap(addr, value, schema)
+        case TypeSet:
+                return w.setSet(addr, value, schema)
+        case typeObject:
+                return w.setObject(addr, value, schema)
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Sprintf("Unknown type: %#v", schema.Type))
+        }
+}
+
+func (w *MapFieldWriter) setList(
+        addr []string,
+        v interface{},
+        schema *Schema) error {
+        k := strings.Join(addr, ".")
+        setElement := func(idx string, value interface{}) error {
+                addrCopy := make([]string, len(addr), len(addr)+1)
+                copy(addrCopy, addr)
+                return w.set(append(addrCopy, idx), value)
+        }
+
+        var vs []interface{}
+        if err := mapstructure.Decode(v, &vs); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", k, err)
+        }
+
+        // Set the entire list.
+        var err error
+        for i, elem := range vs {
+                is := strconv.FormatInt(int64(i), 10)
+                err = setElement(is, elem)
+                if err != nil {
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+        if err != nil {
+                for i, _ := range vs {
+                        is := strconv.FormatInt(int64(i), 10)
+                        setElement(is, nil)
+                }
+
+                return err
+        }
+
+        w.result[k+".#"] = strconv.FormatInt(int64(len(vs)), 10)
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *MapFieldWriter) setMap(
+        addr []string,
+        value interface{},
+        schema *Schema) error {
+        k := strings.Join(addr, ".")
+        v := reflect.ValueOf(value)
+        vs := make(map[string]interface{})
+
+        if value == nil {
+                // The empty string here means the map is removed.
+                w.result[k] = ""
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        if v.Kind() != reflect.Map {
+                return fmt.Errorf("%s: must be a map", k)
+        }
+        if v.Type().Key().Kind() != reflect.String {
+                return fmt.Errorf("%s: keys must strings", k)
+        }
+        for _, mk := range v.MapKeys() {
+                mv := v.MapIndex(mk)
+                vs[mk.String()] = mv.Interface()
+        }
+
+        // Remove the pure key since we're setting the full map value
+        delete(w.result, k)
+
+        // Set each subkey
+        addrCopy := make([]string, len(addr), len(addr)+1)
+        copy(addrCopy, addr)
+        for subKey, v := range vs {
+                if err := w.set(append(addrCopy, subKey), v); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Set the count
+        w.result[k+".%"] = strconv.Itoa(len(vs))
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *MapFieldWriter) setObject(
+        addr []string,
+        value interface{},
+        schema *Schema) error {
+        // Set the entire object. First decode into a proper structure
+        var v map[string]interface{}
+        if err := mapstructure.Decode(value, &v); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", strings.Join(addr, "."), err)
+        }
+
+        // Make space for additional elements in the address
+        addrCopy := make([]string, len(addr), len(addr)+1)
+        copy(addrCopy, addr)
+
+        // Set each element in turn
+        var err error
+        for k1, v1 := range v {
+                if err = w.set(append(addrCopy, k1), v1); err != nil {
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+        if err != nil {
+                for k1, _ := range v {
+                        w.set(append(addrCopy, k1), nil)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return err
+}
+
+func (w *MapFieldWriter) setPrimitive(
+        addr []string,
+        v interface{},
+        schema *Schema) error {
+        k := strings.Join(addr, ".")
+
+        if v == nil {
+                // The empty string here means the value is removed.
+                w.result[k] = ""
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        var set string
+        switch schema.Type {
+        case TypeBool:
+                var b bool
+                if err := mapstructure.Decode(v, &b); err != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", k, err)
+                }
+
+                set = strconv.FormatBool(b)
+        case TypeString:
+                if err := mapstructure.Decode(v, &set); err != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", k, err)
+                }
+        case TypeInt:
+                var n int
+                if err := mapstructure.Decode(v, &n); err != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", k, err)
+                }
+                set = strconv.FormatInt(int64(n), 10)
+        case TypeFloat:
+                var n float64
+                if err := mapstructure.Decode(v, &n); err != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", k, err)
+                }
+                set = strconv.FormatFloat(float64(n), 'G', -1, 64)
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf("Unknown type: %#v", schema.Type)
+        }
+
+        w.result[k] = set
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *MapFieldWriter) setSet(
+        addr []string,
+        value interface{},
+        schema *Schema) error {
+        addrCopy := make([]string, len(addr), len(addr)+1)
+        copy(addrCopy, addr)
+        k := strings.Join(addr, ".")
+
+        if value == nil {
+                w.result[k+".#"] = "0"
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // If it is a slice, then we have to turn it into a *Set so that
+        // we get the proper order back based on the hash code.
+        if v := reflect.ValueOf(value); v.Kind() == reflect.Slice {
+                // Build a temp *ResourceData to use for the conversion
+                tempSchema := *schema
+                tempSchema.Type = TypeList
+                tempSchemaMap := map[string]*Schema{addr[0]: &tempSchema}
+                tempW := &MapFieldWriter{Schema: tempSchemaMap}
+
+                // Set the entire list, this lets us get sane values out of it
+                if err := tempW.WriteField(addr, value); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Build the set by going over the list items in order and
+                // hashing them into the set. The reason we go over the list and
+                // not the `value` directly is because this forces all types
+                // to become []interface{} (generic) instead of []string, which
+                // most hash functions are expecting.
+                s := schema.ZeroValue().(*Set)
+                tempR := &MapFieldReader{
+                        Map:    BasicMapReader(tempW.Map()),
+                        Schema: tempSchemaMap,
+                }
+                for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ {
+                        is := strconv.FormatInt(int64(i), 10)
+                        result, err := tempR.ReadField(append(addrCopy, is))
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                        if !result.Exists {
+                                panic("set item just set doesn't exist")
+                        }
+
+                        s.Add(result.Value)
+                }
+
+                value = s
+        }
+
+        for code, elem := range value.(*Set).m {
+                if err := w.set(append(addrCopy, code), elem); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        w.result[k+".#"] = strconv.Itoa(value.(*Set).Len())
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/getsource_string.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/getsource_string.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a97629
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/getsource_string.go
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+// Code generated by "stringer -type=getSource resource_data_get_source.go"; DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package schema
+
+import "fmt"
+
+const (
+        _getSource_name_0 = "getSourceStategetSourceConfig"
+        _getSource_name_1 = "getSourceDiff"
+        _getSource_name_2 = "getSourceSet"
+        _getSource_name_3 = "getSourceLevelMaskgetSourceExact"
+)
+
+var (
+        _getSource_index_0 = [...]uint8{0, 14, 29}
+        _getSource_index_1 = [...]uint8{0, 13}
+        _getSource_index_2 = [...]uint8{0, 12}
+        _getSource_index_3 = [...]uint8{0, 18, 32}
+)
+
+func (i getSource) String() string {
+        switch {
+        case 1 <= i && i <= 2:
+                i -= 1
+                return _getSource_name_0[_getSource_index_0[i]:_getSource_index_0[i+1]]
+        case i == 4:
+                return _getSource_name_1
+        case i == 8:
+                return _getSource_name_2
+        case 15 <= i && i <= 16:
+                i -= 15
+                return _getSource_name_3[_getSource_index_3[i]:_getSource_index_3[i+1]]
+        default:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("getSource(%d)", i)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/provider.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/provider.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d52d2f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/provider.go
@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+package schema
+
+import (
+        "context"
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "sort"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+)
+
+// Provider represents a resource provider in Terraform, and properly
+// implements all of the ResourceProvider API.
+//
+// By defining a schema for the configuration of the provider, the
+// map of supporting resources, and a configuration function, the schema
+// framework takes over and handles all the provider operations for you.
+//
+// After defining the provider structure, it is unlikely that you'll require any
+// of the methods on Provider itself.
+type Provider struct {
+        // Schema is the schema for the configuration of this provider. If this
+        // provider has no configuration, this can be omitted.
+        //
+        // The keys of this map are the configuration keys, and the value is
+        // the schema describing the value of the configuration.
+        Schema map[string]*Schema
+
+        // ResourcesMap is the list of available resources that this provider
+        // can manage, along with their Resource structure defining their
+        // own schemas and CRUD operations.
+        //
+        // Provider automatically handles routing operations such as Apply,
+        // Diff, etc. to the proper resource.
+        ResourcesMap map[string]*Resource
+
+        // DataSourcesMap is the collection of available data sources that
+        // this provider implements, with a Resource instance defining
+        // the schema and Read operation of each.
+        //
+        // Resource instances for data sources must have a Read function
+        // and must *not* implement Create, Update or Delete.
+        DataSourcesMap map[string]*Resource
+
+        // ConfigureFunc is a function for configuring the provider. If the
+        // provider doesn't need to be configured, this can be omitted.
+        //
+        // See the ConfigureFunc documentation for more information.
+        ConfigureFunc ConfigureFunc
+
+        // MetaReset is called by TestReset to reset any state stored in the meta
+        // interface.  This is especially important if the StopContext is stored by
+        // the provider.
+        MetaReset func() error
+
+        meta interface{}
+
+        // a mutex is required because TestReset can directly repalce the stopCtx
+        stopMu        sync.Mutex
+        stopCtx       context.Context
+        stopCtxCancel context.CancelFunc
+        stopOnce      sync.Once
+}
+
+// ConfigureFunc is the function used to configure a Provider.
+//
+// The interface{} value returned by this function is stored and passed into
+// the subsequent resources as the meta parameter. This return value is
+// usually used to pass along a configured API client, a configuration
+// structure, etc.
+type ConfigureFunc func(*ResourceData) (interface{}, error)
+
+// InternalValidate should be called to validate the structure
+// of the provider.
+//
+// This should be called in a unit test for any provider to verify
+// before release that a provider is properly configured for use with
+// this library.
+func (p *Provider) InternalValidate() error {
+        if p == nil {
+                return errors.New("provider is nil")
+        }
+
+        var validationErrors error
+        sm := schemaMap(p.Schema)
+        if err := sm.InternalValidate(sm); err != nil {
+                validationErrors = multierror.Append(validationErrors, err)
+        }
+
+        for k, r := range p.ResourcesMap {
+                if err := r.InternalValidate(nil, true); err != nil {
+                        validationErrors = multierror.Append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("resource %s: %s", k, err))
+                }
+        }
+
+        for k, r := range p.DataSourcesMap {
+                if err := r.InternalValidate(nil, false); err != nil {
+                        validationErrors = multierror.Append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf("data source %s: %s", k, err))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return validationErrors
+}
+
+// Meta returns the metadata associated with this provider that was
+// returned by the Configure call. It will be nil until Configure is called.
+func (p *Provider) Meta() interface{} {
+        return p.meta
+}
+
+// SetMeta can be used to forcefully set the Meta object of the provider.
+// Note that if Configure is called the return value will override anything
+// set here.
+func (p *Provider) SetMeta(v interface{}) {
+        p.meta = v
+}
+
+// Stopped reports whether the provider has been stopped or not.
+func (p *Provider) Stopped() bool {
+        ctx := p.StopContext()
+        select {
+        case <-ctx.Done():
+                return true
+        default:
+                return false
+        }
+}
+
+// StopCh returns a channel that is closed once the provider is stopped.
+func (p *Provider) StopContext() context.Context {
+        p.stopOnce.Do(p.stopInit)
+
+        p.stopMu.Lock()
+        defer p.stopMu.Unlock()
+
+        return p.stopCtx
+}
+
+func (p *Provider) stopInit() {
+        p.stopMu.Lock()
+        defer p.stopMu.Unlock()
+
+        p.stopCtx, p.stopCtxCancel = context.WithCancel(context.Background())
+}
+
+// Stop implementation of terraform.ResourceProvider interface.
+func (p *Provider) Stop() error {
+        p.stopOnce.Do(p.stopInit)
+
+        p.stopMu.Lock()
+        defer p.stopMu.Unlock()
+
+        p.stopCtxCancel()
+        return nil
+}
+
+// TestReset resets any state stored in the Provider, and will call TestReset
+// on Meta if it implements the TestProvider interface.
+// This may be used to reset the schema.Provider at the start of a test, and is
+// automatically called by resource.Test.
+func (p *Provider) TestReset() error {
+        p.stopInit()
+        if p.MetaReset != nil {
+                return p.MetaReset()
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Input implementation of terraform.ResourceProvider interface.
+func (p *Provider) Input(
+        input terraform.UIInput,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) (*terraform.ResourceConfig, error) {
+        return schemaMap(p.Schema).Input(input, c)
+}
+
+// Validate implementation of terraform.ResourceProvider interface.
+func (p *Provider) Validate(c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        if err := p.InternalValidate(); err != nil {
+                return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Internal validation of the provider failed! This is always a bug\n"+
+                                "with the provider itself, and not a user issue. Please report\n"+
+                                "this bug:\n\n%s", err)}
+        }
+
+        return schemaMap(p.Schema).Validate(c)
+}
+
+// ValidateResource implementation of terraform.ResourceProvider interface.
+func (p *Provider) ValidateResource(
+        t string, c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        r, ok := p.ResourcesMap[t]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Provider doesn't support resource: %s", t)}
+        }
+
+        return r.Validate(c)
+}
+
+// Configure implementation of terraform.ResourceProvider interface.
+func (p *Provider) Configure(c *terraform.ResourceConfig) error {
+        // No configuration
+        if p.ConfigureFunc == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        sm := schemaMap(p.Schema)
+
+        // Get a ResourceData for this configuration. To do this, we actually
+        // generate an intermediary "diff" although that is never exposed.
+        diff, err := sm.Diff(nil, c)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        data, err := sm.Data(nil, diff)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        meta, err := p.ConfigureFunc(data)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        p.meta = meta
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Apply implementation of terraform.ResourceProvider interface.
+func (p *Provider) Apply(
+        info *terraform.InstanceInfo,
+        s *terraform.InstanceState,
+        d *terraform.InstanceDiff) (*terraform.InstanceState, error) {
+        r, ok := p.ResourcesMap[info.Type]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("unknown resource type: %s", info.Type)
+        }
+
+        return r.Apply(s, d, p.meta)
+}
+
+// Diff implementation of terraform.ResourceProvider interface.
+func (p *Provider) Diff(
+        info *terraform.InstanceInfo,
+        s *terraform.InstanceState,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) (*terraform.InstanceDiff, error) {
+        r, ok := p.ResourcesMap[info.Type]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("unknown resource type: %s", info.Type)
+        }
+
+        return r.Diff(s, c)
+}
+
+// Refresh implementation of terraform.ResourceProvider interface.
+func (p *Provider) Refresh(
+        info *terraform.InstanceInfo,
+        s *terraform.InstanceState) (*terraform.InstanceState, error) {
+        r, ok := p.ResourcesMap[info.Type]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("unknown resource type: %s", info.Type)
+        }
+
+        return r.Refresh(s, p.meta)
+}
+
+// Resources implementation of terraform.ResourceProvider interface.
+func (p *Provider) Resources() []terraform.ResourceType {
+        keys := make([]string, 0, len(p.ResourcesMap))
+        for k, _ := range p.ResourcesMap {
+                keys = append(keys, k)
+        }
+        sort.Strings(keys)
+
+        result := make([]terraform.ResourceType, 0, len(keys))
+        for _, k := range keys {
+                resource := p.ResourcesMap[k]
+
+                // This isn't really possible (it'd fail InternalValidate), but
+                // we do it anyways to avoid a panic.
+                if resource == nil {
+                        resource = &Resource{}
+                }
+
+                result = append(result, terraform.ResourceType{
+                        Name:       k,
+                        Importable: resource.Importer != nil,
+                })
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+func (p *Provider) ImportState(
+        info *terraform.InstanceInfo,
+        id string) ([]*terraform.InstanceState, error) {
+        // Find the resource
+        r, ok := p.ResourcesMap[info.Type]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("unknown resource type: %s", info.Type)
+        }
+
+        // If it doesn't support import, error
+        if r.Importer == nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("resource %s doesn't support import", info.Type)
+        }
+
+        // Create the data
+        data := r.Data(nil)
+        data.SetId(id)
+        data.SetType(info.Type)
+
+        // Call the import function
+        results := []*ResourceData{data}
+        if r.Importer.State != nil {
+                var err error
+                results, err = r.Importer.State(data, p.meta)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Convert the results to InstanceState values and return it
+        states := make([]*terraform.InstanceState, len(results))
+        for i, r := range results {
+                states[i] = r.State()
+        }
+
+        // Verify that all are non-nil. If there are any nil the error
+        // isn't obvious so we circumvent that with a friendlier error.
+        for _, s := range states {
+                if s == nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "nil entry in ImportState results. This is always a bug with\n" +
+                                        "the resource that is being imported. Please report this as\n" +
+                                        "a bug to Terraform.")
+                }
+        }
+
+        return states, nil
+}
+
+// ValidateDataSource implementation of terraform.ResourceProvider interface.
+func (p *Provider) ValidateDataSource(
+        t string, c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        r, ok := p.DataSourcesMap[t]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Provider doesn't support data source: %s", t)}
+        }
+
+        return r.Validate(c)
+}
+
+// ReadDataDiff implementation of terraform.ResourceProvider interface.
+func (p *Provider) ReadDataDiff(
+        info *terraform.InstanceInfo,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) (*terraform.InstanceDiff, error) {
+
+        r, ok := p.DataSourcesMap[info.Type]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("unknown data source: %s", info.Type)
+        }
+
+        return r.Diff(nil, c)
+}
+
+// RefreshData implementation of terraform.ResourceProvider interface.
+func (p *Provider) ReadDataApply(
+        info *terraform.InstanceInfo,
+        d *terraform.InstanceDiff) (*terraform.InstanceState, error) {
+
+        r, ok := p.DataSourcesMap[info.Type]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("unknown data source: %s", info.Type)
+        }
+
+        return r.ReadDataApply(d, p.meta)
+}
+
+// DataSources implementation of terraform.ResourceProvider interface.
+func (p *Provider) DataSources() []terraform.DataSource {
+        keys := make([]string, 0, len(p.DataSourcesMap))
+        for k, _ := range p.DataSourcesMap {
+                keys = append(keys, k)
+        }
+        sort.Strings(keys)
+
+        result := make([]terraform.DataSource, 0, len(keys))
+        for _, k := range keys {
+                result = append(result, terraform.DataSource{
+                        Name: k,
+                })
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/provisioner.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/provisioner.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1564a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/provisioner.go
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+package schema
+
+import (
+        "context"
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+)
+
+// Provisioner represents a resource provisioner in Terraform and properly
+// implements all of the ResourceProvisioner API.
+//
+// This higher level structure makes it much easier to implement a new or
+// custom provisioner for Terraform.
+//
+// The function callbacks for this structure are all passed a context object.
+// This context object has a number of pre-defined values that can be accessed
+// via the global functions defined in context.go.
+type Provisioner struct {
+        // ConnSchema is the schema for the connection settings for this
+        // provisioner.
+        //
+        // The keys of this map are the configuration keys, and the value is
+        // the schema describing the value of the configuration.
+        //
+        // NOTE: The value of connection keys can only be strings for now.
+        ConnSchema map[string]*Schema
+
+        // Schema is the schema for the usage of this provisioner.
+        //
+        // The keys of this map are the configuration keys, and the value is
+        // the schema describing the value of the configuration.
+        Schema map[string]*Schema
+
+        // ApplyFunc is the function for executing the provisioner. This is required.
+        // It is given a context. See the Provisioner struct docs for more
+        // information.
+        ApplyFunc func(ctx context.Context) error
+
+        stopCtx       context.Context
+        stopCtxCancel context.CancelFunc
+        stopOnce      sync.Once
+}
+
+// Keys that can be used to access data in the context parameters for
+// Provisioners.
+var (
+        connDataInvalid = contextKey("data invalid")
+
+        // This returns a *ResourceData for the connection information.
+        // Guaranteed to never be nil.
+        ProvConnDataKey = contextKey("provider conn data")
+
+        // This returns a *ResourceData for the config information.
+        // Guaranteed to never be nil.
+        ProvConfigDataKey = contextKey("provider config data")
+
+        // This returns a terraform.UIOutput. Guaranteed to never be nil.
+        ProvOutputKey = contextKey("provider output")
+
+        // This returns the raw InstanceState passed to Apply. Guaranteed to
+        // be set, but may be nil.
+        ProvRawStateKey = contextKey("provider raw state")
+)
+
+// InternalValidate should be called to validate the structure
+// of the provisioner.
+//
+// This should be called in a unit test to verify before release that this
+// structure is properly configured for use.
+func (p *Provisioner) InternalValidate() error {
+        if p == nil {
+                return errors.New("provisioner is nil")
+        }
+
+        var validationErrors error
+        {
+                sm := schemaMap(p.ConnSchema)
+                if err := sm.InternalValidate(sm); err != nil {
+                        validationErrors = multierror.Append(validationErrors, err)
+                }
+        }
+
+        {
+                sm := schemaMap(p.Schema)
+                if err := sm.InternalValidate(sm); err != nil {
+                        validationErrors = multierror.Append(validationErrors, err)
+                }
+        }
+
+        if p.ApplyFunc == nil {
+                validationErrors = multierror.Append(validationErrors, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "ApplyFunc must not be nil"))
+        }
+
+        return validationErrors
+}
+
+// StopContext returns a context that checks whether a provisioner is stopped.
+func (p *Provisioner) StopContext() context.Context {
+        p.stopOnce.Do(p.stopInit)
+        return p.stopCtx
+}
+
+func (p *Provisioner) stopInit() {
+        p.stopCtx, p.stopCtxCancel = context.WithCancel(context.Background())
+}
+
+// Stop implementation of terraform.ResourceProvisioner interface.
+func (p *Provisioner) Stop() error {
+        p.stopOnce.Do(p.stopInit)
+        p.stopCtxCancel()
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (p *Provisioner) Validate(c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        return schemaMap(p.Schema).Validate(c)
+}
+
+// Apply implementation of terraform.ResourceProvisioner interface.
+func (p *Provisioner) Apply(
+        o terraform.UIOutput,
+        s *terraform.InstanceState,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) error {
+        var connData, configData *ResourceData
+
+        {
+                // We first need to turn the connection information into a
+                // terraform.ResourceConfig so that we can use that type to more
+                // easily build a ResourceData structure. We do this by simply treating
+                // the conn info as configuration input.
+                raw := make(map[string]interface{})
+                if s != nil {
+                        for k, v := range s.Ephemeral.ConnInfo {
+                                raw[k] = v
+                        }
+                }
+
+                c, err := config.NewRawConfig(raw)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                sm := schemaMap(p.ConnSchema)
+                diff, err := sm.Diff(nil, terraform.NewResourceConfig(c))
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                connData, err = sm.Data(nil, diff)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        {
+                // Build the configuration data. Doing this requires making a "diff"
+                // even though that's never used. We use that just to get the correct types.
+                configMap := schemaMap(p.Schema)
+                diff, err := configMap.Diff(nil, c)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                configData, err = configMap.Data(nil, diff)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Build the context and call the function
+        ctx := p.StopContext()
+        ctx = context.WithValue(ctx, ProvConnDataKey, connData)
+        ctx = context.WithValue(ctx, ProvConfigDataKey, configData)
+        ctx = context.WithValue(ctx, ProvOutputKey, o)
+        ctx = context.WithValue(ctx, ProvRawStateKey, s)
+        return p.ApplyFunc(ctx)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/resource.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/resource.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c810558
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/resource.go
@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+package schema
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "strconv"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+)
+
+// Resource represents a thing in Terraform that has a set of configurable
+// attributes and a lifecycle (create, read, update, delete).
+//
+// The Resource schema is an abstraction that allows provider writers to
+// worry only about CRUD operations while off-loading validation, diff
+// generation, etc. to this higher level library.
+//
+// In spite of the name, this struct is not used only for terraform resources,
+// but also for data sources. In the case of data sources, the Create,
+// Update and Delete functions must not be provided.
+type Resource struct {
+        // Schema is the schema for the configuration of this resource.
+        //
+        // The keys of this map are the configuration keys, and the values
+        // describe the schema of the configuration value.
+        //
+        // The schema is used to represent both configurable data as well
+        // as data that might be computed in the process of creating this
+        // resource.
+        Schema map[string]*Schema
+
+        // SchemaVersion is the version number for this resource's Schema
+        // definition. The current SchemaVersion stored in the state for each
+        // resource. Provider authors can increment this version number
+        // when Schema semantics change. If the State's SchemaVersion is less than
+        // the current SchemaVersion, the InstanceState is yielded to the
+        // MigrateState callback, where the provider can make whatever changes it
+        // needs to update the state to be compatible to the latest version of the
+        // Schema.
+        //
+        // When unset, SchemaVersion defaults to 0, so provider authors can start
+        // their Versioning at any integer >= 1
+        SchemaVersion int
+
+        // MigrateState is responsible for updating an InstanceState with an old
+        // version to the format expected by the current version of the Schema.
+        //
+        // It is called during Refresh if the State's stored SchemaVersion is less
+        // than the current SchemaVersion of the Resource.
+        //
+        // The function is yielded the state's stored SchemaVersion and a pointer to
+        // the InstanceState that needs updating, as well as the configured
+        // provider's configured meta interface{}, in case the migration process
+        // needs to make any remote API calls.
+        MigrateState StateMigrateFunc
+
+        // The functions below are the CRUD operations for this resource.
+        //
+        // The only optional operation is Update. If Update is not implemented,
+        // then updates will not be supported for this resource.
+        //
+        // The ResourceData parameter in the functions below are used to
+        // query configuration and changes for the resource as well as to set
+        // the ID, computed data, etc.
+        //
+        // The interface{} parameter is the result of the ConfigureFunc in
+        // the provider for this resource. If the provider does not define
+        // a ConfigureFunc, this will be nil. This parameter should be used
+        // to store API clients, configuration structures, etc.
+        //
+        // If any errors occur during each of the operation, an error should be
+        // returned. If a resource was partially updated, be careful to enable
+        // partial state mode for ResourceData and use it accordingly.
+        //
+        // Exists is a function that is called to check if a resource still
+        // exists. If this returns false, then this will affect the diff
+        // accordingly. If this function isn't set, it will not be called. It
+        // is highly recommended to set it. The *ResourceData passed to Exists
+        // should _not_ be modified.
+        Create CreateFunc
+        Read   ReadFunc
+        Update UpdateFunc
+        Delete DeleteFunc
+        Exists ExistsFunc
+
+        // Importer is the ResourceImporter implementation for this resource.
+        // If this is nil, then this resource does not support importing. If
+        // this is non-nil, then it supports importing and ResourceImporter
+        // must be validated. The validity of ResourceImporter is verified
+        // by InternalValidate on Resource.
+        Importer *ResourceImporter
+
+        // If non-empty, this string is emitted as a warning during Validate.
+        // This is a private interface for now, for use by DataSourceResourceShim,
+        // and not for general use. (But maybe later...)
+        deprecationMessage string
+
+        // Timeouts allow users to specify specific time durations in which an
+        // operation should time out, to allow them to extend an action to suit their
+        // usage. For example, a user may specify a large Creation timeout for their
+        // AWS RDS Instance due to it's size, or restoring from a snapshot.
+        // Resource implementors must enable Timeout support by adding the allowed
+        // actions (Create, Read, Update, Delete, Default) to the Resource struct, and
+        // accessing them in the matching methods.
+        Timeouts *ResourceTimeout
+}
+
+// See Resource documentation.
+type CreateFunc func(*ResourceData, interface{}) error
+
+// See Resource documentation.
+type ReadFunc func(*ResourceData, interface{}) error
+
+// See Resource documentation.
+type UpdateFunc func(*ResourceData, interface{}) error
+
+// See Resource documentation.
+type DeleteFunc func(*ResourceData, interface{}) error
+
+// See Resource documentation.
+type ExistsFunc func(*ResourceData, interface{}) (bool, error)
+
+// See Resource documentation.
+type StateMigrateFunc func(
+        int, *terraform.InstanceState, interface{}) (*terraform.InstanceState, error)
+
+// Apply creates, updates, and/or deletes a resource.
+func (r *Resource) Apply(
+        s *terraform.InstanceState,
+        d *terraform.InstanceDiff,
+        meta interface{}) (*terraform.InstanceState, error) {
+        data, err := schemaMap(r.Schema).Data(s, d)
+        if err != nil {
+                return s, err
+        }
+
+        // Instance Diff shoould have the timeout info, need to copy it over to the
+        // ResourceData meta
+        rt := ResourceTimeout{}
+        if _, ok := d.Meta[TimeoutKey]; ok {
+                if err := rt.DiffDecode(d); err != nil {
+                        log.Printf("[ERR] Error decoding ResourceTimeout: %s", err)
+                }
+        } else {
+                log.Printf("[DEBUG] No meta timeoutkey found in Apply()")
+        }
+        data.timeouts = &rt
+
+        if s == nil {
+                // The Terraform API dictates that this should never happen, but
+                // it doesn't hurt to be safe in this case.
+                s = new(terraform.InstanceState)
+        }
+
+        if d.Destroy || d.RequiresNew() {
+                if s.ID != "" {
+                        // Destroy the resource since it is created
+                        if err := r.Delete(data, meta); err != nil {
+                                return r.recordCurrentSchemaVersion(data.State()), err
+                        }
+
+                        // Make sure the ID is gone.
+                        data.SetId("")
+                }
+
+                // If we're only destroying, and not creating, then return
+                // now since we're done!
+                if !d.RequiresNew() {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+
+                // Reset the data to be stateless since we just destroyed
+                data, err = schemaMap(r.Schema).Data(nil, d)
+                // data was reset, need to re-apply the parsed timeouts
+                data.timeouts = &rt
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        err = nil
+        if data.Id() == "" {
+                // We're creating, it is a new resource.
+                data.MarkNewResource()
+                err = r.Create(data, meta)
+        } else {
+                if r.Update == nil {
+                        return s, fmt.Errorf("doesn't support update")
+                }
+
+                err = r.Update(data, meta)
+        }
+
+        return r.recordCurrentSchemaVersion(data.State()), err
+}
+
+// Diff returns a diff of this resource and is API compatible with the
+// ResourceProvider interface.
+func (r *Resource) Diff(
+        s *terraform.InstanceState,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) (*terraform.InstanceDiff, error) {
+
+        t := &ResourceTimeout{}
+        err := t.ConfigDecode(r, c)
+
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("[ERR] Error decoding timeout: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        instanceDiff, err := schemaMap(r.Schema).Diff(s, c)
+        if err != nil {
+                return instanceDiff, err
+        }
+
+        if instanceDiff != nil {
+                if err := t.DiffEncode(instanceDiff); err != nil {
+                        log.Printf("[ERR] Error encoding timeout to instance diff: %s", err)
+                }
+        } else {
+                log.Printf("[DEBUG] Instance Diff is nil in Diff()")
+        }
+
+        return instanceDiff, err
+}
+
+// Validate validates the resource configuration against the schema.
+func (r *Resource) Validate(c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        warns, errs := schemaMap(r.Schema).Validate(c)
+
+        if r.deprecationMessage != "" {
+                warns = append(warns, r.deprecationMessage)
+        }
+
+        return warns, errs
+}
+
+// ReadDataApply loads the data for a data source, given a diff that
+// describes the configuration arguments and desired computed attributes.
+func (r *Resource) ReadDataApply(
+        d *terraform.InstanceDiff,
+        meta interface{},
+) (*terraform.InstanceState, error) {
+
+        // Data sources are always built completely from scratch
+        // on each read, so the source state is always nil.
+        data, err := schemaMap(r.Schema).Data(nil, d)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        err = r.Read(data, meta)
+        state := data.State()
+        if state != nil && state.ID == "" {
+                // Data sources can set an ID if they want, but they aren't
+                // required to; we'll provide a placeholder if they don't,
+                // to preserve the invariant that all resources have non-empty
+                // ids.
+                state.ID = "-"
+        }
+
+        return r.recordCurrentSchemaVersion(state), err
+}
+
+// Refresh refreshes the state of the resource.
+func (r *Resource) Refresh(
+        s *terraform.InstanceState,
+        meta interface{}) (*terraform.InstanceState, error) {
+        // If the ID is already somehow blank, it doesn't exist
+        if s.ID == "" {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        rt := ResourceTimeout{}
+        if _, ok := s.Meta[TimeoutKey]; ok {
+                if err := rt.StateDecode(s); err != nil {
+                        log.Printf("[ERR] Error decoding ResourceTimeout: %s", err)
+                }
+        }
+
+        if r.Exists != nil {
+                // Make a copy of data so that if it is modified it doesn't
+                // affect our Read later.
+                data, err := schemaMap(r.Schema).Data(s, nil)
+                data.timeouts = &rt
+
+                if err != nil {
+                        return s, err
+                }
+
+                exists, err := r.Exists(data, meta)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return s, err
+                }
+                if !exists {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        needsMigration, stateSchemaVersion := r.checkSchemaVersion(s)
+        if needsMigration && r.MigrateState != nil {
+                s, err := r.MigrateState(stateSchemaVersion, s, meta)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return s, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        data, err := schemaMap(r.Schema).Data(s, nil)
+        data.timeouts = &rt
+        if err != nil {
+                return s, err
+        }
+
+        err = r.Read(data, meta)
+        state := data.State()
+        if state != nil && state.ID == "" {
+                state = nil
+        }
+
+        return r.recordCurrentSchemaVersion(state), err
+}
+
+// InternalValidate should be called to validate the structure
+// of the resource.
+//
+// This should be called in a unit test for any resource to verify
+// before release that a resource is properly configured for use with
+// this library.
+//
+// Provider.InternalValidate() will automatically call this for all of
+// the resources it manages, so you don't need to call this manually if it
+// is part of a Provider.
+func (r *Resource) InternalValidate(topSchemaMap schemaMap, writable bool) error {
+        if r == nil {
+                return errors.New("resource is nil")
+        }
+
+        if !writable {
+                if r.Create != nil || r.Update != nil || r.Delete != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("must not implement Create, Update or Delete")
+                }
+        }
+
+        tsm := topSchemaMap
+
+        if r.isTopLevel() && writable {
+                // All non-Computed attributes must be ForceNew if Update is not defined
+                if r.Update == nil {
+                        nonForceNewAttrs := make([]string, 0)
+                        for k, v := range r.Schema {
+                                if !v.ForceNew && !v.Computed {
+                                        nonForceNewAttrs = append(nonForceNewAttrs, k)
+                                }
+                        }
+                        if len(nonForceNewAttrs) > 0 {
+                                return fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "No Update defined, must set ForceNew on: %#v", nonForceNewAttrs)
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        nonUpdateableAttrs := make([]string, 0)
+                        for k, v := range r.Schema {
+                                if v.ForceNew || v.Computed && !v.Optional {
+                                        nonUpdateableAttrs = append(nonUpdateableAttrs, k)
+                                }
+                        }
+                        updateableAttrs := len(r.Schema) - len(nonUpdateableAttrs)
+                        if updateableAttrs == 0 {
+                                return fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "All fields are ForceNew or Computed w/out Optional, Update is superfluous")
+                        }
+                }
+
+                tsm = schemaMap(r.Schema)
+
+                // Destroy, and Read are required
+                if r.Read == nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("Read must be implemented")
+                }
+                if r.Delete == nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("Delete must be implemented")
+                }
+
+                // If we have an importer, we need to verify the importer.
+                if r.Importer != nil {
+                        if err := r.Importer.InternalValidate(); err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return schemaMap(r.Schema).InternalValidate(tsm)
+}
+
+// Data returns a ResourceData struct for this Resource. Each return value
+// is a separate copy and can be safely modified differently.
+//
+// The data returned from this function has no actual affect on the Resource
+// itself (including the state given to this function).
+//
+// This function is useful for unit tests and ResourceImporter functions.
+func (r *Resource) Data(s *terraform.InstanceState) *ResourceData {
+        result, err := schemaMap(r.Schema).Data(s, nil)
+        if err != nil {
+                // At the time of writing, this isn't possible (Data never returns
+                // non-nil errors). We panic to find this in the future if we have to.
+                // I don't see a reason for Data to ever return an error.
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        // Set the schema version to latest by default
+        result.meta = map[string]interface{}{
+                "schema_version": strconv.Itoa(r.SchemaVersion),
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// TestResourceData Yields a ResourceData filled with this resource's schema for use in unit testing
+//
+// TODO: May be able to be removed with the above ResourceData function.
+func (r *Resource) TestResourceData() *ResourceData {
+        return &ResourceData{
+                schema: r.Schema,
+        }
+}
+
+// Returns true if the resource is "top level" i.e. not a sub-resource.
+func (r *Resource) isTopLevel() bool {
+        // TODO: This is a heuristic; replace with a definitive attribute?
+        return r.Create != nil
+}
+
+// Determines if a given InstanceState needs to be migrated by checking the
+// stored version number with the current SchemaVersion
+func (r *Resource) checkSchemaVersion(is *terraform.InstanceState) (bool, int) {
+        // Get the raw interface{} value for the schema version. If it doesn't
+        // exist or is nil then set it to zero.
+        raw := is.Meta["schema_version"]
+        if raw == nil {
+                raw = "0"
+        }
+
+        // Try to convert it to a string. If it isn't a string then we pretend
+        // that it isn't set at all. It should never not be a string unless it
+        // was manually tampered with.
+        rawString, ok := raw.(string)
+        if !ok {
+                rawString = "0"
+        }
+
+        stateSchemaVersion, _ := strconv.Atoi(rawString)
+        return stateSchemaVersion < r.SchemaVersion, stateSchemaVersion
+}
+
+func (r *Resource) recordCurrentSchemaVersion(
+        state *terraform.InstanceState) *terraform.InstanceState {
+        if state != nil && r.SchemaVersion > 0 {
+                if state.Meta == nil {
+                        state.Meta = make(map[string]interface{})
+                }
+                state.Meta["schema_version"] = strconv.Itoa(r.SchemaVersion)
+        }
+        return state
+}
+
+// Noop is a convenience implementation of resource function which takes
+// no action and returns no error.
+func Noop(*ResourceData, interface{}) error {
+        return nil
+}
+
+// RemoveFromState is a convenience implementation of a resource function
+// which sets the resource ID to empty string (to remove it from state)
+// and returns no error.
+func RemoveFromState(d *ResourceData, _ interface{}) error {
+        d.SetId("")
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/resource_data.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/resource_data.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2bc8f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/resource_data.go
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+package schema
+
+import (
+        "log"
+        "reflect"
+        "strings"
+        "sync"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+)
+
+// ResourceData is used to query and set the attributes of a resource.
+//
+// ResourceData is the primary argument received for CRUD operations on
+// a resource as well as configuration of a provider. It is a powerful
+// structure that can be used to not only query data, but check for changes,
+// define partial state updates, etc.
+//
+// The most relevant methods to take a look at are Get, Set, and Partial.
+type ResourceData struct {
+        // Settable (internally)
+        schema   map[string]*Schema
+        config   *terraform.ResourceConfig
+        state    *terraform.InstanceState
+        diff     *terraform.InstanceDiff
+        meta     map[string]interface{}
+        timeouts *ResourceTimeout
+
+        // Don't set
+        multiReader *MultiLevelFieldReader
+        setWriter   *MapFieldWriter
+        newState    *terraform.InstanceState
+        partial     bool
+        partialMap  map[string]struct{}
+        once        sync.Once
+        isNew       bool
+}
+
+// getResult is the internal structure that is generated when a Get
+// is called that contains some extra data that might be used.
+type getResult struct {
+        Value          interface{}
+        ValueProcessed interface{}
+        Computed       bool
+        Exists         bool
+        Schema         *Schema
+}
+
+// UnsafeSetFieldRaw allows setting arbitrary values in state to arbitrary
+// values, bypassing schema. This MUST NOT be used in normal circumstances -
+// it exists only to support the remote_state data source.
+func (d *ResourceData) UnsafeSetFieldRaw(key string, value string) {
+        d.once.Do(d.init)
+
+        d.setWriter.unsafeWriteField(key, value)
+}
+
+// Get returns the data for the given key, or nil if the key doesn't exist
+// in the schema.
+//
+// If the key does exist in the schema but doesn't exist in the configuration,
+// then the default value for that type will be returned. For strings, this is
+// "", for numbers it is 0, etc.
+//
+// If you want to test if something is set at all in the configuration,
+// use GetOk.
+func (d *ResourceData) Get(key string) interface{} {
+        v, _ := d.GetOk(key)
+        return v
+}
+
+// GetChange returns the old and new value for a given key.
+//
+// HasChange should be used to check if a change exists. It is possible
+// that both the old and new value are the same if the old value was not
+// set and the new value is. This is common, for example, for boolean
+// fields which have a zero value of false.
+func (d *ResourceData) GetChange(key string) (interface{}, interface{}) {
+        o, n := d.getChange(key, getSourceState, getSourceDiff)
+        return o.Value, n.Value
+}
+
+// GetOk returns the data for the given key and whether or not the key
+// has been set to a non-zero value at some point.
+//
+// The first result will not necessarilly be nil if the value doesn't exist.
+// The second result should be checked to determine this information.
+func (d *ResourceData) GetOk(key string) (interface{}, bool) {
+        r := d.getRaw(key, getSourceSet)
+        exists := r.Exists && !r.Computed
+        if exists {
+                // If it exists, we also want to verify it is not the zero-value.
+                value := r.Value
+                zero := r.Schema.Type.Zero()
+
+                if eq, ok := value.(Equal); ok {
+                        exists = !eq.Equal(zero)
+                } else {
+                        exists = !reflect.DeepEqual(value, zero)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return r.Value, exists
+}
+
+func (d *ResourceData) getRaw(key string, level getSource) getResult {
+        var parts []string
+        if key != "" {
+                parts = strings.Split(key, ".")
+        }
+
+        return d.get(parts, level)
+}
+
+// HasChange returns whether or not the given key has been changed.
+func (d *ResourceData) HasChange(key string) bool {
+        o, n := d.GetChange(key)
+
+        // If the type implements the Equal interface, then call that
+        // instead of just doing a reflect.DeepEqual. An example where this is
+        // needed is *Set
+        if eq, ok := o.(Equal); ok {
+                return !eq.Equal(n)
+        }
+
+        return !reflect.DeepEqual(o, n)
+}
+
+// Partial turns partial state mode on/off.
+//
+// When partial state mode is enabled, then only key prefixes specified
+// by SetPartial will be in the final state. This allows providers to return
+// partial states for partially applied resources (when errors occur).
+func (d *ResourceData) Partial(on bool) {
+        d.partial = on
+        if on {
+                if d.partialMap == nil {
+                        d.partialMap = make(map[string]struct{})
+                }
+        } else {
+                d.partialMap = nil
+        }
+}
+
+// Set sets the value for the given key.
+//
+// If the key is invalid or the value is not a correct type, an error
+// will be returned.
+func (d *ResourceData) Set(key string, value interface{}) error {
+        d.once.Do(d.init)
+
+        // If the value is a pointer to a non-struct, get its value and
+        // use that. This allows Set to take a pointer to primitives to
+        // simplify the interface.
+        reflectVal := reflect.ValueOf(value)
+        if reflectVal.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                if reflectVal.IsNil() {
+                        // If the pointer is nil, then the value is just nil
+                        value = nil
+                } else {
+                        // Otherwise, we dereference the pointer as long as its not
+                        // a pointer to a struct, since struct pointers are allowed.
+                        reflectVal = reflect.Indirect(reflectVal)
+                        if reflectVal.Kind() != reflect.Struct {
+                                value = reflectVal.Interface()
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return d.setWriter.WriteField(strings.Split(key, "."), value)
+}
+
+// SetPartial adds the key to the final state output while
+// in partial state mode. The key must be a root key in the schema (i.e.
+// it cannot be "list.0").
+//
+// If partial state mode is disabled, then this has no effect. Additionally,
+// whenever partial state mode is toggled, the partial data is cleared.
+func (d *ResourceData) SetPartial(k string) {
+        if d.partial {
+                d.partialMap[k] = struct{}{}
+        }
+}
+
+func (d *ResourceData) MarkNewResource() {
+        d.isNew = true
+}
+
+func (d *ResourceData) IsNewResource() bool {
+        return d.isNew
+}
+
+// Id returns the ID of the resource.
+func (d *ResourceData) Id() string {
+        var result string
+
+        if d.state != nil {
+                result = d.state.ID
+        }
+
+        if d.newState != nil {
+                result = d.newState.ID
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// ConnInfo returns the connection info for this resource.
+func (d *ResourceData) ConnInfo() map[string]string {
+        if d.newState != nil {
+                return d.newState.Ephemeral.ConnInfo
+        }
+
+        if d.state != nil {
+                return d.state.Ephemeral.ConnInfo
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetId sets the ID of the resource. If the value is blank, then the
+// resource is destroyed.
+func (d *ResourceData) SetId(v string) {
+        d.once.Do(d.init)
+        d.newState.ID = v
+}
+
+// SetConnInfo sets the connection info for a resource.
+func (d *ResourceData) SetConnInfo(v map[string]string) {
+        d.once.Do(d.init)
+        d.newState.Ephemeral.ConnInfo = v
+}
+
+// SetType sets the ephemeral type for the data. This is only required
+// for importing.
+func (d *ResourceData) SetType(t string) {
+        d.once.Do(d.init)
+        d.newState.Ephemeral.Type = t
+}
+
+// State returns the new InstanceState after the diff and any Set
+// calls.
+func (d *ResourceData) State() *terraform.InstanceState {
+        var result terraform.InstanceState
+        result.ID = d.Id()
+        result.Meta = d.meta
+
+        // If we have no ID, then this resource doesn't exist and we just
+        // return nil.
+        if result.ID == "" {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        if d.timeouts != nil {
+                if err := d.timeouts.StateEncode(&result); err != nil {
+                        log.Printf("[ERR] Error encoding Timeout meta to Instance State: %s", err)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Look for a magic key in the schema that determines we skip the
+        // integrity check of fields existing in the schema, allowing dynamic
+        // keys to be created.
+        hasDynamicAttributes := false
+        for k, _ := range d.schema {
+                if k == "__has_dynamic_attributes" {
+                        hasDynamicAttributes = true
+                        log.Printf("[INFO] Resource %s has dynamic attributes", result.ID)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // In order to build the final state attributes, we read the full
+        // attribute set as a map[string]interface{}, write it to a MapFieldWriter,
+        // and then use that map.
+        rawMap := make(map[string]interface{})
+        for k := range d.schema {
+                source := getSourceSet
+                if d.partial {
+                        source = getSourceState
+                        if _, ok := d.partialMap[k]; ok {
+                                source = getSourceSet
+                        }
+                }
+
+                raw := d.get([]string{k}, source)
+                if raw.Exists && !raw.Computed {
+                        rawMap[k] = raw.Value
+                        if raw.ValueProcessed != nil {
+                                rawMap[k] = raw.ValueProcessed
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        mapW := &MapFieldWriter{Schema: d.schema}
+        if err := mapW.WriteField(nil, rawMap); err != nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        result.Attributes = mapW.Map()
+
+        if hasDynamicAttributes {
+                // If we have dynamic attributes, just copy the attributes map
+                // one for one into the result attributes.
+                for k, v := range d.setWriter.Map() {
+                        // Don't clobber schema values. This limits usage of dynamic
+                        // attributes to names which _do not_ conflict with schema
+                        // keys!
+                        if _, ok := result.Attributes[k]; !ok {
+                                result.Attributes[k] = v
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if d.newState != nil {
+                result.Ephemeral = d.newState.Ephemeral
+        }
+
+        // TODO: This is hacky and we can remove this when we have a proper
+        // state writer. We should instead have a proper StateFieldWriter
+        // and use that.
+        for k, schema := range d.schema {
+                if schema.Type != TypeMap {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if result.Attributes[k] == "" {
+                        delete(result.Attributes, k)
+                }
+        }
+
+        if v := d.Id(); v != "" {
+                result.Attributes["id"] = d.Id()
+        }
+
+        if d.state != nil {
+                result.Tainted = d.state.Tainted
+        }
+
+        return &result
+}
+
+// Timeout returns the data for the given timeout key
+// Returns a duration of 20 minutes for any key not found, or not found and no default.
+func (d *ResourceData) Timeout(key string) time.Duration {
+        key = strings.ToLower(key)
+
+        var timeout *time.Duration
+        switch key {
+        case TimeoutCreate:
+                timeout = d.timeouts.Create
+        case TimeoutRead:
+                timeout = d.timeouts.Read
+        case TimeoutUpdate:
+                timeout = d.timeouts.Update
+        case TimeoutDelete:
+                timeout = d.timeouts.Delete
+        }
+
+        if timeout != nil {
+                return *timeout
+        }
+
+        if d.timeouts.Default != nil {
+                return *d.timeouts.Default
+        }
+
+        // Return system default of 20 minutes
+        return 20 * time.Minute
+}
+
+func (d *ResourceData) init() {
+        // Initialize the field that will store our new state
+        var copyState terraform.InstanceState
+        if d.state != nil {
+                copyState = *d.state.DeepCopy()
+        }
+        d.newState = &copyState
+
+        // Initialize the map for storing set data
+        d.setWriter = &MapFieldWriter{Schema: d.schema}
+
+        // Initialize the reader for getting data from the
+        // underlying sources (config, diff, etc.)
+        readers := make(map[string]FieldReader)
+        var stateAttributes map[string]string
+        if d.state != nil {
+                stateAttributes = d.state.Attributes
+                readers["state"] = &MapFieldReader{
+                        Schema: d.schema,
+                        Map:    BasicMapReader(stateAttributes),
+                }
+        }
+        if d.config != nil {
+                readers["config"] = &ConfigFieldReader{
+                        Schema: d.schema,
+                        Config: d.config,
+                }
+        }
+        if d.diff != nil {
+                readers["diff"] = &DiffFieldReader{
+                        Schema: d.schema,
+                        Diff:   d.diff,
+                        Source: &MultiLevelFieldReader{
+                                Levels:  []string{"state", "config"},
+                                Readers: readers,
+                        },
+                }
+        }
+        readers["set"] = &MapFieldReader{
+                Schema: d.schema,
+                Map:    BasicMapReader(d.setWriter.Map()),
+        }
+        d.multiReader = &MultiLevelFieldReader{
+                Levels: []string{
+                        "state",
+                        "config",
+                        "diff",
+                        "set",
+                },
+
+                Readers: readers,
+        }
+}
+
+func (d *ResourceData) diffChange(
+        k string) (interface{}, interface{}, bool, bool) {
+        // Get the change between the state and the config.
+        o, n := d.getChange(k, getSourceState, getSourceConfig|getSourceExact)
+        if !o.Exists {
+                o.Value = nil
+        }
+        if !n.Exists {
+                n.Value = nil
+        }
+
+        // Return the old, new, and whether there is a change
+        return o.Value, n.Value, !reflect.DeepEqual(o.Value, n.Value), n.Computed
+}
+
+func (d *ResourceData) getChange(
+        k string,
+        oldLevel getSource,
+        newLevel getSource) (getResult, getResult) {
+        var parts, parts2 []string
+        if k != "" {
+                parts = strings.Split(k, ".")
+                parts2 = strings.Split(k, ".")
+        }
+
+        o := d.get(parts, oldLevel)
+        n := d.get(parts2, newLevel)
+        return o, n
+}
+
+func (d *ResourceData) get(addr []string, source getSource) getResult {
+        d.once.Do(d.init)
+
+        level := "set"
+        flags := source & ^getSourceLevelMask
+        exact := flags&getSourceExact != 0
+        source = source & getSourceLevelMask
+        if source >= getSourceSet {
+                level = "set"
+        } else if source >= getSourceDiff {
+                level = "diff"
+        } else if source >= getSourceConfig {
+                level = "config"
+        } else {
+                level = "state"
+        }
+
+        var result FieldReadResult
+        var err error
+        if exact {
+                result, err = d.multiReader.ReadFieldExact(addr, level)
+        } else {
+                result, err = d.multiReader.ReadFieldMerge(addr, level)
+        }
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        // If the result doesn't exist, then we set the value to the zero value
+        var schema *Schema
+        if schemaL := addrToSchema(addr, d.schema); len(schemaL) > 0 {
+                schema = schemaL[len(schemaL)-1]
+        }
+
+        if result.Value == nil && schema != nil {
+                result.Value = result.ValueOrZero(schema)
+        }
+
+        // Transform the FieldReadResult into a getResult. It might be worth
+        // merging these two structures one day.
+        return getResult{
+                Value:          result.Value,
+                ValueProcessed: result.ValueProcessed,
+                Computed:       result.Computed,
+                Exists:         result.Exists,
+                Schema:         schema,
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/resource_data_get_source.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/resource_data_get_source.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7dd655d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/resource_data_get_source.go
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+package schema
+
+//go:generate stringer -type=getSource resource_data_get_source.go
+
+// getSource represents the level we want to get for a value (internally).
+// Any source less than or equal to the level will be loaded (whichever
+// has a value first).
+type getSource byte
+
+const (
+        getSourceState getSource = 1 << iota
+        getSourceConfig
+        getSourceDiff
+        getSourceSet
+        getSourceExact               // Only get from the _exact_ level
+        getSourceLevelMask getSource = getSourceState | getSourceConfig | getSourceDiff | getSourceSet
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/resource_importer.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/resource_importer.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5dada3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/resource_importer.go
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+package schema
+
+// ResourceImporter defines how a resource is imported in Terraform. This
+// can be set onto a Resource struct to make it Importable. Not all resources
+// have to be importable; if a Resource doesn't have a ResourceImporter then
+// it won't be importable.
+//
+// "Importing" in Terraform is the process of taking an already-created
+// resource and bringing it under Terraform management. This can include
+// updating Terraform state, generating Terraform configuration, etc.
+type ResourceImporter struct {
+        // The functions below must all be implemented for importing to work.
+
+        // State is called to convert an ID to one or more InstanceState to
+        // insert into the Terraform state. If this isn't specified, then
+        // the ID is passed straight through.
+        State StateFunc
+}
+
+// StateFunc is the function called to import a resource into the
+// Terraform state. It is given a ResourceData with only ID set. This
+// ID is going to be an arbitrary value given by the user and may not map
+// directly to the ID format that the resource expects, so that should
+// be validated.
+//
+// This should return a slice of ResourceData that turn into the state
+// that was imported. This might be as simple as returning only the argument
+// that was given to the function. In other cases (such as AWS security groups),
+// an import may fan out to multiple resources and this will have to return
+// multiple.
+//
+// To create the ResourceData structures for other resource types (if
+// you have to), instantiate your resource and call the Data function.
+type StateFunc func(*ResourceData, interface{}) ([]*ResourceData, error)
+
+// InternalValidate should be called to validate the structure of this
+// importer. This should be called in a unit test.
+//
+// Resource.InternalValidate() will automatically call this, so this doesn't
+// need to be called manually. Further, Resource.InternalValidate() is
+// automatically called by Provider.InternalValidate(), so you only need
+// to internal validate the provider.
+func (r *ResourceImporter) InternalValidate() error {
+        return nil
+}
+
+// ImportStatePassthrough is an implementation of StateFunc that can be
+// used to simply pass the ID directly through. This should be used only
+// in the case that an ID-only refresh is possible.
+func ImportStatePassthrough(d *ResourceData, m interface{}) ([]*ResourceData, error) {
+        return []*ResourceData{d}, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/resource_timeout.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/resource_timeout.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..445819f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/resource_timeout.go
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+package schema
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "time"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/copystructure"
+)
+
+const TimeoutKey = "e2bfb730-ecaa-11e6-8f88-34363bc7c4c0"
+const TimeoutsConfigKey = "timeouts"
+
+const (
+        TimeoutCreate  = "create"
+        TimeoutRead    = "read"
+        TimeoutUpdate  = "update"
+        TimeoutDelete  = "delete"
+        TimeoutDefault = "default"
+)
+
+func timeoutKeys() []string {
+        return []string{
+                TimeoutCreate,
+                TimeoutRead,
+                TimeoutUpdate,
+                TimeoutDelete,
+                TimeoutDefault,
+        }
+}
+
+// could be time.Duration, int64 or float64
+func DefaultTimeout(tx interface{}) *time.Duration {
+        var td time.Duration
+        switch raw := tx.(type) {
+        case time.Duration:
+                return &raw
+        case int64:
+                td = time.Duration(raw)
+        case float64:
+                td = time.Duration(int64(raw))
+        default:
+                log.Printf("[WARN] Unknown type in DefaultTimeout: %#v", tx)
+        }
+        return &td
+}
+
+type ResourceTimeout struct {
+        Create, Read, Update, Delete, Default *time.Duration
+}
+
+// ConfigDecode takes a schema and the configuration (available in Diff) and
+// validates, parses the timeouts into `t`
+func (t *ResourceTimeout) ConfigDecode(s *Resource, c *terraform.ResourceConfig) error {
+        if s.Timeouts != nil {
+                raw, err := copystructure.Copy(s.Timeouts)
+                if err != nil {
+                        log.Printf("[DEBUG] Error with deep copy: %s", err)
+                }
+                *t = *raw.(*ResourceTimeout)
+        }
+
+        if raw, ok := c.Config[TimeoutsConfigKey]; ok {
+                if configTimeouts, ok := raw.([]map[string]interface{}); ok {
+                        for _, timeoutValues := range configTimeouts {
+                                // loop through each Timeout given in the configuration and validate they
+                                // the Timeout defined in the resource
+                                for timeKey, timeValue := range timeoutValues {
+                                        // validate that we're dealing with the normal CRUD actions
+                                        var found bool
+                                        for _, key := range timeoutKeys() {
+                                                if timeKey == key {
+                                                        found = true
+                                                        break
+                                                }
+                                        }
+
+                                        if !found {
+                                                return fmt.Errorf("Unsupported Timeout configuration key found (%s)", timeKey)
+                                        }
+
+                                        // Get timeout
+                                        rt, err := time.ParseDuration(timeValue.(string))
+                                        if err != nil {
+                                                return fmt.Errorf("Error parsing Timeout for (%s): %s", timeKey, err)
+                                        }
+
+                                        var timeout *time.Duration
+                                        switch timeKey {
+                                        case TimeoutCreate:
+                                                timeout = t.Create
+                                        case TimeoutUpdate:
+                                                timeout = t.Update
+                                        case TimeoutRead:
+                                                timeout = t.Read
+                                        case TimeoutDelete:
+                                                timeout = t.Delete
+                                        case TimeoutDefault:
+                                                timeout = t.Default
+                                        }
+
+                                        // If the resource has not delcared this in the definition, then error
+                                        // with an unsupported message
+                                        if timeout == nil {
+                                                return unsupportedTimeoutKeyError(timeKey)
+                                        }
+
+                                        *timeout = rt
+                                }
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        log.Printf("[WARN] Invalid Timeout structure found, skipping timeouts")
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func unsupportedTimeoutKeyError(key string) error {
+        return fmt.Errorf("Timeout Key (%s) is not supported", key)
+}
+
+// DiffEncode, StateEncode, and MetaDecode are analogous to the Go stdlib JSONEncoder
+// interface: they encode/decode a timeouts struct from an instance diff, which is
+// where the timeout data is stored after a diff to pass into Apply.
+//
+// StateEncode encodes the timeout into the ResourceData's InstanceState for
+// saving to state
+//
+func (t *ResourceTimeout) DiffEncode(id *terraform.InstanceDiff) error {
+        return t.metaEncode(id)
+}
+
+func (t *ResourceTimeout) StateEncode(is *terraform.InstanceState) error {
+        return t.metaEncode(is)
+}
+
+// metaEncode encodes the ResourceTimeout into a map[string]interface{} format
+// and stores it in the Meta field of the interface it's given.
+// Assumes the interface is either *terraform.InstanceState or
+// *terraform.InstanceDiff, returns an error otherwise
+func (t *ResourceTimeout) metaEncode(ids interface{}) error {
+        m := make(map[string]interface{})
+
+        if t.Create != nil {
+                m[TimeoutCreate] = t.Create.Nanoseconds()
+        }
+        if t.Read != nil {
+                m[TimeoutRead] = t.Read.Nanoseconds()
+        }
+        if t.Update != nil {
+                m[TimeoutUpdate] = t.Update.Nanoseconds()
+        }
+        if t.Delete != nil {
+                m[TimeoutDelete] = t.Delete.Nanoseconds()
+        }
+        if t.Default != nil {
+                m[TimeoutDefault] = t.Default.Nanoseconds()
+                // for any key above that is nil, if default is specified, we need to
+                // populate it with the default
+                for _, k := range timeoutKeys() {
+                        if _, ok := m[k]; !ok {
+                                m[k] = t.Default.Nanoseconds()
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // only add the Timeout to the Meta if we have values
+        if len(m) > 0 {
+                switch instance := ids.(type) {
+                case *terraform.InstanceDiff:
+                        if instance.Meta == nil {
+                                instance.Meta = make(map[string]interface{})
+                        }
+                        instance.Meta[TimeoutKey] = m
+                case *terraform.InstanceState:
+                        if instance.Meta == nil {
+                                instance.Meta = make(map[string]interface{})
+                        }
+                        instance.Meta[TimeoutKey] = m
+                default:
+                        return fmt.Errorf("Error matching type for Diff Encode")
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (t *ResourceTimeout) StateDecode(id *terraform.InstanceState) error {
+        return t.metaDecode(id)
+}
+func (t *ResourceTimeout) DiffDecode(is *terraform.InstanceDiff) error {
+        return t.metaDecode(is)
+}
+
+func (t *ResourceTimeout) metaDecode(ids interface{}) error {
+        var rawMeta interface{}
+        var ok bool
+        switch rawInstance := ids.(type) {
+        case *terraform.InstanceDiff:
+                rawMeta, ok = rawInstance.Meta[TimeoutKey]
+                if !ok {
+                        return nil
+                }
+        case *terraform.InstanceState:
+                rawMeta, ok = rawInstance.Meta[TimeoutKey]
+                if !ok {
+                        return nil
+                }
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf("Unknown or unsupported type in metaDecode: %#v", ids)
+        }
+
+        times := rawMeta.(map[string]interface{})
+        if len(times) == 0 {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        if v, ok := times[TimeoutCreate]; ok {
+                t.Create = DefaultTimeout(v)
+        }
+        if v, ok := times[TimeoutRead]; ok {
+                t.Read = DefaultTimeout(v)
+        }
+        if v, ok := times[TimeoutUpdate]; ok {
+                t.Update = DefaultTimeout(v)
+        }
+        if v, ok := times[TimeoutDelete]; ok {
+                t.Delete = DefaultTimeout(v)
+        }
+        if v, ok := times[TimeoutDefault]; ok {
+                t.Default = DefaultTimeout(v)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/schema.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/schema.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32d1721
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/schema.go
@@ -0,0 +1,1537 @@
+// schema is a high-level framework for easily writing new providers
+// for Terraform. Usage of schema is recommended over attempting to write
+// to the low-level plugin interfaces manually.
+//
+// schema breaks down provider creation into simple CRUD operations for
+// resources. The logic of diffing, destroying before creating, updating
+// or creating, etc. is all handled by the framework. The plugin author
+// only needs to implement a configuration schema and the CRUD operations and
+// everything else is meant to just work.
+//
+// A good starting point is to view the Provider structure.
+package schema
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "os"
+        "reflect"
+        "sort"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure"
+)
+
+// type used for schema package context keys
+type contextKey string
+
+// Schema is used to describe the structure of a value.
+//
+// Read the documentation of the struct elements for important details.
+type Schema struct {
+        // Type is the type of the value and must be one of the ValueType values.
+        //
+        // This type not only determines what type is expected/valid in configuring
+        // this value, but also what type is returned when ResourceData.Get is
+        // called. The types returned by Get are:
+        //
+        //   TypeBool - bool
+        //   TypeInt - int
+        //   TypeFloat - float64
+        //   TypeString - string
+        //   TypeList - []interface{}
+        //   TypeMap - map[string]interface{}
+        //   TypeSet - *schema.Set
+        //
+        Type ValueType
+
+        // If one of these is set, then this item can come from the configuration.
+        // Both cannot be set. If Optional is set, the value is optional. If
+        // Required is set, the value is required.
+        //
+        // One of these must be set if the value is not computed. That is:
+        // value either comes from the config, is computed, or is both.
+        Optional bool
+        Required bool
+
+        // If this is non-nil, the provided function will be used during diff
+        // of this field. If this is nil, a default diff for the type of the
+        // schema will be used.
+        //
+        // This allows comparison based on something other than primitive, list
+        // or map equality - for example SSH public keys may be considered
+        // equivalent regardless of trailing whitespace.
+        DiffSuppressFunc SchemaDiffSuppressFunc
+
+        // If this is non-nil, then this will be a default value that is used
+        // when this item is not set in the configuration.
+        //
+        // DefaultFunc can be specified to compute a dynamic default.
+        // Only one of Default or DefaultFunc can be set. If DefaultFunc is
+        // used then its return value should be stable to avoid generating
+        // confusing/perpetual diffs.
+        //
+        // Changing either Default or the return value of DefaultFunc can be
+        // a breaking change, especially if the attribute in question has
+        // ForceNew set. If a default needs to change to align with changing
+        // assumptions in an upstream API then it may be necessary to also use
+        // the MigrateState function on the resource to change the state to match,
+        // or have the Read function adjust the state value to align with the
+        // new default.
+        //
+        // If Required is true above, then Default cannot be set. DefaultFunc
+        // can be set with Required. If the DefaultFunc returns nil, then there
+        // will be no default and the user will be asked to fill it in.
+        //
+        // If either of these is set, then the user won't be asked for input
+        // for this key if the default is not nil.
+        Default     interface{}
+        DefaultFunc SchemaDefaultFunc
+
+        // Description is used as the description for docs or asking for user
+        // input. It should be relatively short (a few sentences max) and should
+        // be formatted to fit a CLI.
+        Description string
+
+        // InputDefault is the default value to use for when inputs are requested.
+        // This differs from Default in that if Default is set, no input is
+        // asked for. If Input is asked, this will be the default value offered.
+        InputDefault string
+
+        // The fields below relate to diffs.
+        //
+        // If Computed is true, then the result of this value is computed
+        // (unless specified by config) on creation.
+        //
+        // If ForceNew is true, then a change in this resource necessitates
+        // the creation of a new resource.
+        //
+        // StateFunc is a function called to change the value of this before
+        // storing it in the state (and likewise before comparing for diffs).
+        // The use for this is for example with large strings, you may want
+        // to simply store the hash of it.
+        Computed  bool
+        ForceNew  bool
+        StateFunc SchemaStateFunc
+
+        // The following fields are only set for a TypeList or TypeSet Type.
+        //
+        // Elem must be either a *Schema or a *Resource only if the Type is
+        // TypeList, and represents what the element type is. If it is *Schema,
+        // the element type is just a simple value. If it is *Resource, the
+        // element type is a complex structure, potentially with its own lifecycle.
+        //
+        // MaxItems defines a maximum amount of items that can exist within a
+        // TypeSet or TypeList. Specific use cases would be if a TypeSet is being
+        // used to wrap a complex structure, however more than one instance would
+        // cause instability.
+        //
+        // MinItems defines a minimum amount of items that can exist within a
+        // TypeSet or TypeList. Specific use cases would be if a TypeSet is being
+        // used to wrap a complex structure, however less than one instance would
+        // cause instability.
+        //
+        // PromoteSingle, if true, will allow single elements to be standalone
+        // and promote them to a list. For example "foo" would be promoted to
+        // ["foo"] automatically. This is primarily for legacy reasons and the
+        // ambiguity is not recommended for new usage. Promotion is only allowed
+        // for primitive element types.
+        Elem          interface{}
+        MaxItems      int
+        MinItems      int
+        PromoteSingle bool
+
+        // The following fields are only valid for a TypeSet type.
+        //
+        // Set defines a function to determine the unique ID of an item so that
+        // a proper set can be built.
+        Set SchemaSetFunc
+
+        // ComputedWhen is a set of queries on the configuration. Whenever any
+        // of these things is changed, it will require a recompute (this requires
+        // that Computed is set to true).
+        //
+        // NOTE: This currently does not work.
+        ComputedWhen []string
+
+        // ConflictsWith is a set of schema keys that conflict with this schema.
+        // This will only check that they're set in the _config_. This will not
+        // raise an error for a malfunctioning resource that sets a conflicting
+        // key.
+        ConflictsWith []string
+
+        // When Deprecated is set, this attribute is deprecated.
+        //
+        // A deprecated field still works, but will probably stop working in near
+        // future. This string is the message shown to the user with instructions on
+        // how to address the deprecation.
+        Deprecated string
+
+        // When Removed is set, this attribute has been removed from the schema
+        //
+        // Removed attributes can be left in the Schema to generate informative error
+        // messages for the user when they show up in resource configurations.
+        // This string is the message shown to the user with instructions on
+        // what do to about the removed attribute.
+        Removed string
+
+        // ValidateFunc allows individual fields to define arbitrary validation
+        // logic. It is yielded the provided config value as an interface{} that is
+        // guaranteed to be of the proper Schema type, and it can yield warnings or
+        // errors based on inspection of that value.
+        //
+        // ValidateFunc currently only works for primitive types.
+        ValidateFunc SchemaValidateFunc
+
+        // Sensitive ensures that the attribute's value does not get displayed in
+        // logs or regular output. It should be used for passwords or other
+        // secret fields. Future versions of Terraform may encrypt these
+        // values.
+        Sensitive bool
+}
+
+// SchemaDiffSuppresFunc is a function which can be used to determine
+// whether a detected diff on a schema element is "valid" or not, and
+// suppress it from the plan if necessary.
+//
+// Return true if the diff should be suppressed, false to retain it.
+type SchemaDiffSuppressFunc func(k, old, new string, d *ResourceData) bool
+
+// SchemaDefaultFunc is a function called to return a default value for
+// a field.
+type SchemaDefaultFunc func() (interface{}, error)
+
+// EnvDefaultFunc is a helper function that returns the value of the
+// given environment variable, if one exists, or the default value
+// otherwise.
+func EnvDefaultFunc(k string, dv interface{}) SchemaDefaultFunc {
+        return func() (interface{}, error) {
+                if v := os.Getenv(k); v != "" {
+                        return v, nil
+                }
+
+                return dv, nil
+        }
+}
+
+// MultiEnvDefaultFunc is a helper function that returns the value of the first
+// environment variable in the given list that returns a non-empty value. If
+// none of the environment variables return a value, the default value is
+// returned.
+func MultiEnvDefaultFunc(ks []string, dv interface{}) SchemaDefaultFunc {
+        return func() (interface{}, error) {
+                for _, k := range ks {
+                        if v := os.Getenv(k); v != "" {
+                                return v, nil
+                        }
+                }
+                return dv, nil
+        }
+}
+
+// SchemaSetFunc is a function that must return a unique ID for the given
+// element. This unique ID is used to store the element in a hash.
+type SchemaSetFunc func(interface{}) int
+
+// SchemaStateFunc is a function used to convert some type to a string
+// to be stored in the state.
+type SchemaStateFunc func(interface{}) string
+
+// SchemaValidateFunc is a function used to validate a single field in the
+// schema.
+type SchemaValidateFunc func(interface{}, string) ([]string, []error)
+
+func (s *Schema) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *s)
+}
+
+// Returns a default value for this schema by either reading Default or
+// evaluating DefaultFunc. If neither of these are defined, returns nil.
+func (s *Schema) DefaultValue() (interface{}, error) {
+        if s.Default != nil {
+                return s.Default, nil
+        }
+
+        if s.DefaultFunc != nil {
+                defaultValue, err := s.DefaultFunc()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("error loading default: %s", err)
+                }
+                return defaultValue, nil
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// Returns a zero value for the schema.
+func (s *Schema) ZeroValue() interface{} {
+        // If it's a set then we'll do a bit of extra work to provide the
+        // right hashing function in our empty value.
+        if s.Type == TypeSet {
+                setFunc := s.Set
+                if setFunc == nil {
+                        // Default set function uses the schema to hash the whole value
+                        elem := s.Elem
+                        switch t := elem.(type) {
+                        case *Schema:
+                                setFunc = HashSchema(t)
+                        case *Resource:
+                                setFunc = HashResource(t)
+                        default:
+                                panic("invalid set element type")
+                        }
+                }
+                return &Set{F: setFunc}
+        } else {
+                return s.Type.Zero()
+        }
+}
+
+func (s *Schema) finalizeDiff(
+        d *terraform.ResourceAttrDiff) *terraform.ResourceAttrDiff {
+        if d == nil {
+                return d
+        }
+
+        if s.Type == TypeBool {
+                normalizeBoolString := func(s string) string {
+                        switch s {
+                        case "0":
+                                return "false"
+                        case "1":
+                                return "true"
+                        }
+                        return s
+                }
+                d.Old = normalizeBoolString(d.Old)
+                d.New = normalizeBoolString(d.New)
+        }
+
+        if s.Computed && !d.NewRemoved && d.New == "" {
+                // Computed attribute without a new value set
+                d.NewComputed = true
+        }
+
+        if s.ForceNew {
+                // ForceNew, mark that this field is requiring new under the
+                // following conditions, explained below:
+                //
+                //   * Old != New - There is a change in value. This field
+                //       is therefore causing a new resource.
+                //
+                //   * NewComputed - This field is being computed, hence a
+                //       potential change in value, mark as causing a new resource.
+                d.RequiresNew = d.Old != d.New || d.NewComputed
+        }
+
+        if d.NewRemoved {
+                return d
+        }
+
+        if s.Computed {
+                if d.Old != "" && d.New == "" {
+                        // This is a computed value with an old value set already,
+                        // just let it go.
+                        return nil
+                }
+
+                if d.New == "" {
+                        // Computed attribute without a new value set
+                        d.NewComputed = true
+                }
+        }
+
+        if s.Sensitive {
+                // Set the Sensitive flag so output is hidden in the UI
+                d.Sensitive = true
+        }
+
+        return d
+}
+
+// schemaMap is a wrapper that adds nice functions on top of schemas.
+type schemaMap map[string]*Schema
+
+// Data returns a ResourceData for the given schema, state, and diff.
+//
+// The diff is optional.
+func (m schemaMap) Data(
+        s *terraform.InstanceState,
+        d *terraform.InstanceDiff) (*ResourceData, error) {
+        return &ResourceData{
+                schema: m,
+                state:  s,
+                diff:   d,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// Diff returns the diff for a resource given the schema map,
+// state, and configuration.
+func (m schemaMap) Diff(
+        s *terraform.InstanceState,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) (*terraform.InstanceDiff, error) {
+        result := new(terraform.InstanceDiff)
+        result.Attributes = make(map[string]*terraform.ResourceAttrDiff)
+
+        // Make sure to mark if the resource is tainted
+        if s != nil {
+                result.DestroyTainted = s.Tainted
+        }
+
+        d := &ResourceData{
+                schema: m,
+                state:  s,
+                config: c,
+        }
+
+        for k, schema := range m {
+                err := m.diff(k, schema, result, d, false)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If the diff requires a new resource, then we recompute the diff
+        // so we have the complete new resource diff, and preserve the
+        // RequiresNew fields where necessary so the user knows exactly what
+        // caused that.
+        if result.RequiresNew() {
+                // Create the new diff
+                result2 := new(terraform.InstanceDiff)
+                result2.Attributes = make(map[string]*terraform.ResourceAttrDiff)
+
+                // Preserve the DestroyTainted flag
+                result2.DestroyTainted = result.DestroyTainted
+
+                // Reset the data to not contain state. We have to call init()
+                // again in order to reset the FieldReaders.
+                d.state = nil
+                d.init()
+
+                // Perform the diff again
+                for k, schema := range m {
+                        err := m.diff(k, schema, result2, d, false)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Force all the fields to not force a new since we know what we
+                // want to force new.
+                for k, attr := range result2.Attributes {
+                        if attr == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        if attr.RequiresNew {
+                                attr.RequiresNew = false
+                        }
+
+                        if s != nil {
+                                attr.Old = s.Attributes[k]
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Now copy in all the requires new diffs...
+                for k, attr := range result.Attributes {
+                        if attr == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        newAttr, ok := result2.Attributes[k]
+                        if !ok {
+                                newAttr = attr
+                        }
+
+                        if attr.RequiresNew {
+                                newAttr.RequiresNew = true
+                        }
+
+                        result2.Attributes[k] = newAttr
+                }
+
+                // And set the diff!
+                result = result2
+        }
+
+        // Remove any nil diffs just to keep things clean
+        for k, v := range result.Attributes {
+                if v == nil {
+                        delete(result.Attributes, k)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Go through and detect all of the ComputedWhens now that we've
+        // finished the diff.
+        // TODO
+
+        if result.Empty() {
+                // If we don't have any diff elements, just return nil
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+// Input implements the terraform.ResourceProvider method by asking
+// for input for required configuration keys that don't have a value.
+func (m schemaMap) Input(
+        input terraform.UIInput,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) (*terraform.ResourceConfig, error) {
+        keys := make([]string, 0, len(m))
+        for k, _ := range m {
+                keys = append(keys, k)
+        }
+        sort.Strings(keys)
+
+        for _, k := range keys {
+                v := m[k]
+
+                // Skip things that don't require config, if that is even valid
+                // for a provider schema.
+                // Required XOR Optional must always be true to validate, so we only
+                // need to check one.
+                if v.Optional {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Deprecated fields should never prompt
+                if v.Deprecated != "" {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Skip things that have a value of some sort already
+                if _, ok := c.Raw[k]; ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Skip if it has a default value
+                defaultValue, err := v.DefaultValue()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("%s: error loading default: %s", k, err)
+                }
+                if defaultValue != nil {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                var value interface{}
+                switch v.Type {
+                case TypeBool, TypeInt, TypeFloat, TypeSet, TypeList:
+                        continue
+                case TypeString:
+                        value, err = m.inputString(input, k, v)
+                default:
+                        panic(fmt.Sprintf("Unknown type for input: %#v", v.Type))
+                }
+
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: %s", k, err)
+                }
+
+                c.Config[k] = value
+        }
+
+        return c, nil
+}
+
+// Validate validates the configuration against this schema mapping.
+func (m schemaMap) Validate(c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        return m.validateObject("", m, c)
+}
+
+// InternalValidate validates the format of this schema. This should be called
+// from a unit test (and not in user-path code) to verify that a schema
+// is properly built.
+func (m schemaMap) InternalValidate(topSchemaMap schemaMap) error {
+        if topSchemaMap == nil {
+                topSchemaMap = m
+        }
+        for k, v := range m {
+                if v.Type == TypeInvalid {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: Type must be specified", k)
+                }
+
+                if v.Optional && v.Required {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: Optional or Required must be set, not both", k)
+                }
+
+                if v.Required && v.Computed {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: Cannot be both Required and Computed", k)
+                }
+
+                if !v.Required && !v.Optional && !v.Computed {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: One of optional, required, or computed must be set", k)
+                }
+
+                if v.Computed && v.Default != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: Default must be nil if computed", k)
+                }
+
+                if v.Required && v.Default != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: Default cannot be set with Required", k)
+                }
+
+                if len(v.ComputedWhen) > 0 && !v.Computed {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: ComputedWhen can only be set with Computed", k)
+                }
+
+                if len(v.ConflictsWith) > 0 && v.Required {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: ConflictsWith cannot be set with Required", k)
+                }
+
+                if len(v.ConflictsWith) > 0 {
+                        for _, key := range v.ConflictsWith {
+                                parts := strings.Split(key, ".")
+                                sm := topSchemaMap
+                                var target *Schema
+                                for _, part := range parts {
+                                        // Skip index fields
+                                        if _, err := strconv.Atoi(part); err == nil {
+                                                continue
+                                        }
+
+                                        var ok bool
+                                        if target, ok = sm[part]; !ok {
+                                                return fmt.Errorf("%s: ConflictsWith references unknown attribute (%s)", k, key)
+                                        }
+
+                                        if subResource, ok := target.Elem.(*Resource); ok {
+                                                sm = schemaMap(subResource.Schema)
+                                        }
+                                }
+                                if target == nil {
+                                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: ConflictsWith cannot find target attribute (%s), sm: %#v", k, key, sm)
+                                }
+                                if target.Required {
+                                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: ConflictsWith cannot contain Required attribute (%s)", k, key)
+                                }
+
+                                if len(target.ComputedWhen) > 0 {
+                                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: ConflictsWith cannot contain Computed(When) attribute (%s)", k, key)
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if v.Type == TypeList || v.Type == TypeSet {
+                        if v.Elem == nil {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("%s: Elem must be set for lists", k)
+                        }
+
+                        if v.Default != nil {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("%s: Default is not valid for lists or sets", k)
+                        }
+
+                        if v.Type != TypeSet && v.Set != nil {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("%s: Set can only be set for TypeSet", k)
+                        }
+
+                        switch t := v.Elem.(type) {
+                        case *Resource:
+                                if err := t.InternalValidate(topSchemaMap, true); err != nil {
+                                        return err
+                                }
+                        case *Schema:
+                                bad := t.Computed || t.Optional || t.Required
+                                if bad {
+                                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "%s: Elem must have only Type set", k)
+                                }
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        if v.MaxItems > 0 || v.MinItems > 0 {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("%s: MaxItems and MinItems are only supported on lists or sets", k)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Computed-only field
+                if v.Computed && !v.Optional {
+                        if v.ValidateFunc != nil {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("%s: ValidateFunc is for validating user input, "+
+                                        "there's nothing to validate on computed-only field", k)
+                        }
+                        if v.DiffSuppressFunc != nil {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("%s: DiffSuppressFunc is for suppressing differences"+
+                                        " between config and state representation. "+
+                                        "There is no config for computed-only field, nothing to compare.", k)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if v.ValidateFunc != nil {
+                        switch v.Type {
+                        case TypeList, TypeSet:
+                                return fmt.Errorf("ValidateFunc is not yet supported on lists or sets.")
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (m schemaMap) diff(
+        k string,
+        schema *Schema,
+        diff *terraform.InstanceDiff,
+        d *ResourceData,
+        all bool) error {
+
+        unsupressedDiff := new(terraform.InstanceDiff)
+        unsupressedDiff.Attributes = make(map[string]*terraform.ResourceAttrDiff)
+
+        var err error
+        switch schema.Type {
+        case TypeBool, TypeInt, TypeFloat, TypeString:
+                err = m.diffString(k, schema, unsupressedDiff, d, all)
+        case TypeList:
+                err = m.diffList(k, schema, unsupressedDiff, d, all)
+        case TypeMap:
+                err = m.diffMap(k, schema, unsupressedDiff, d, all)
+        case TypeSet:
+                err = m.diffSet(k, schema, unsupressedDiff, d, all)
+        default:
+                err = fmt.Errorf("%s: unknown type %#v", k, schema.Type)
+        }
+
+        for attrK, attrV := range unsupressedDiff.Attributes {
+                if schema.DiffSuppressFunc != nil &&
+                        attrV != nil &&
+                        schema.DiffSuppressFunc(attrK, attrV.Old, attrV.New, d) {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                diff.Attributes[attrK] = attrV
+        }
+
+        return err
+}
+
+func (m schemaMap) diffList(
+        k string,
+        schema *Schema,
+        diff *terraform.InstanceDiff,
+        d *ResourceData,
+        all bool) error {
+        o, n, _, computedList := d.diffChange(k)
+        if computedList {
+                n = nil
+        }
+        nSet := n != nil
+
+        // If we have an old value and no new value is set or will be
+        // computed once all variables can be interpolated and we're
+        // computed, then nothing has changed.
+        if o != nil && n == nil && !computedList && schema.Computed {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        if o == nil {
+                o = []interface{}{}
+        }
+        if n == nil {
+                n = []interface{}{}
+        }
+        if s, ok := o.(*Set); ok {
+                o = s.List()
+        }
+        if s, ok := n.(*Set); ok {
+                n = s.List()
+        }
+        os := o.([]interface{})
+        vs := n.([]interface{})
+
+        // If the new value was set, and the two are equal, then we're done.
+        // We have to do this check here because sets might be NOT
+        // reflect.DeepEqual so we need to wait until we get the []interface{}
+        if !all && nSet && reflect.DeepEqual(os, vs) {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Get the counts
+        oldLen := len(os)
+        newLen := len(vs)
+        oldStr := strconv.FormatInt(int64(oldLen), 10)
+
+        // If the whole list is computed, then say that the # is computed
+        if computedList {
+                diff.Attributes[k+".#"] = &terraform.ResourceAttrDiff{
+                        Old:         oldStr,
+                        NewComputed: true,
+                        RequiresNew: schema.ForceNew,
+                }
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // If the counts are not the same, then record that diff
+        changed := oldLen != newLen
+        computed := oldLen == 0 && newLen == 0 && schema.Computed
+        if changed || computed || all {
+                countSchema := &Schema{
+                        Type:     TypeInt,
+                        Computed: schema.Computed,
+                        ForceNew: schema.ForceNew,
+                }
+
+                newStr := ""
+                if !computed {
+                        newStr = strconv.FormatInt(int64(newLen), 10)
+                } else {
+                        oldStr = ""
+                }
+
+                diff.Attributes[k+".#"] = countSchema.finalizeDiff(&terraform.ResourceAttrDiff{
+                        Old: oldStr,
+                        New: newStr,
+                })
+        }
+
+        // Figure out the maximum
+        maxLen := oldLen
+        if newLen > maxLen {
+                maxLen = newLen
+        }
+
+        switch t := schema.Elem.(type) {
+        case *Resource:
+                // This is a complex resource
+                for i := 0; i < maxLen; i++ {
+                        for k2, schema := range t.Schema {
+                                subK := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%d.%s", k, i, k2)
+                                err := m.diff(subK, schema, diff, d, all)
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return err
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+        case *Schema:
+                // Copy the schema so that we can set Computed/ForceNew from
+                // the parent schema (the TypeList).
+                t2 := *t
+                t2.ForceNew = schema.ForceNew
+
+                // This is just a primitive element, so go through each and
+                // just diff each.
+                for i := 0; i < maxLen; i++ {
+                        subK := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%d", k, i)
+                        err := m.diff(subK, &t2, diff, d, all)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                }
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf("%s: unknown element type (internal)", k)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (m schemaMap) diffMap(
+        k string,
+        schema *Schema,
+        diff *terraform.InstanceDiff,
+        d *ResourceData,
+        all bool) error {
+        prefix := k + "."
+
+        // First get all the values from the state
+        var stateMap, configMap map[string]string
+        o, n, _, nComputed := d.diffChange(k)
+        if err := mapstructure.WeakDecode(o, &stateMap); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", k, err)
+        }
+        if err := mapstructure.WeakDecode(n, &configMap); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", k, err)
+        }
+
+        // Keep track of whether the state _exists_ at all prior to clearing it
+        stateExists := o != nil
+
+        // Delete any count values, since we don't use those
+        delete(configMap, "%")
+        delete(stateMap, "%")
+
+        // Check if the number of elements has changed.
+        oldLen, newLen := len(stateMap), len(configMap)
+        changed := oldLen != newLen
+        if oldLen != 0 && newLen == 0 && schema.Computed {
+                changed = false
+        }
+
+        // It is computed if we have no old value, no new value, the schema
+        // says it is computed, and it didn't exist in the state before. The
+        // last point means: if it existed in the state, even empty, then it
+        // has already been computed.
+        computed := oldLen == 0 && newLen == 0 && schema.Computed && !stateExists
+
+        // If the count has changed or we're computed, then add a diff for the
+        // count. "nComputed" means that the new value _contains_ a value that
+        // is computed. We don't do granular diffs for this yet, so we mark the
+        // whole map as computed.
+        if changed || computed || nComputed {
+                countSchema := &Schema{
+                        Type:     TypeInt,
+                        Computed: schema.Computed || nComputed,
+                        ForceNew: schema.ForceNew,
+                }
+
+                oldStr := strconv.FormatInt(int64(oldLen), 10)
+                newStr := ""
+                if !computed && !nComputed {
+                        newStr = strconv.FormatInt(int64(newLen), 10)
+                } else {
+                        oldStr = ""
+                }
+
+                diff.Attributes[k+".%"] = countSchema.finalizeDiff(
+                        &terraform.ResourceAttrDiff{
+                                Old: oldStr,
+                                New: newStr,
+                        },
+                )
+        }
+
+        // If the new map is nil and we're computed, then ignore it.
+        if n == nil && schema.Computed {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Now we compare, preferring values from the config map
+        for k, v := range configMap {
+                old, ok := stateMap[k]
+                delete(stateMap, k)
+
+                if old == v && ok && !all {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                diff.Attributes[prefix+k] = schema.finalizeDiff(&terraform.ResourceAttrDiff{
+                        Old: old,
+                        New: v,
+                })
+        }
+        for k, v := range stateMap {
+                diff.Attributes[prefix+k] = schema.finalizeDiff(&terraform.ResourceAttrDiff{
+                        Old:        v,
+                        NewRemoved: true,
+                })
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (m schemaMap) diffSet(
+        k string,
+        schema *Schema,
+        diff *terraform.InstanceDiff,
+        d *ResourceData,
+        all bool) error {
+
+        o, n, _, computedSet := d.diffChange(k)
+        if computedSet {
+                n = nil
+        }
+        nSet := n != nil
+
+        // If we have an old value and no new value is set or will be
+        // computed once all variables can be interpolated and we're
+        // computed, then nothing has changed.
+        if o != nil && n == nil && !computedSet && schema.Computed {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        if o == nil {
+                o = schema.ZeroValue().(*Set)
+        }
+        if n == nil {
+                n = schema.ZeroValue().(*Set)
+        }
+        os := o.(*Set)
+        ns := n.(*Set)
+
+        // If the new value was set, compare the listCode's to determine if
+        // the two are equal. Comparing listCode's instead of the actual values
+        // is needed because there could be computed values in the set which
+        // would result in false positives while comparing.
+        if !all && nSet && reflect.DeepEqual(os.listCode(), ns.listCode()) {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Get the counts
+        oldLen := os.Len()
+        newLen := ns.Len()
+        oldStr := strconv.Itoa(oldLen)
+        newStr := strconv.Itoa(newLen)
+
+        // Build a schema for our count
+        countSchema := &Schema{
+                Type:     TypeInt,
+                Computed: schema.Computed,
+                ForceNew: schema.ForceNew,
+        }
+
+        // If the set computed then say that the # is computed
+        if computedSet || schema.Computed && !nSet {
+                // If # already exists, equals 0 and no new set is supplied, there
+                // is nothing to record in the diff
+                count, ok := d.GetOk(k + ".#")
+                if ok && count.(int) == 0 && !nSet && !computedSet {
+                        return nil
+                }
+
+                // Set the count but make sure that if # does not exist, we don't
+                // use the zeroed value
+                countStr := strconv.Itoa(count.(int))
+                if !ok {
+                        countStr = ""
+                }
+
+                diff.Attributes[k+".#"] = countSchema.finalizeDiff(&terraform.ResourceAttrDiff{
+                        Old:         countStr,
+                        NewComputed: true,
+                })
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // If the counts are not the same, then record that diff
+        changed := oldLen != newLen
+        if changed || all {
+                diff.Attributes[k+".#"] = countSchema.finalizeDiff(&terraform.ResourceAttrDiff{
+                        Old: oldStr,
+                        New: newStr,
+                })
+        }
+
+        // Build the list of codes that will make up our set. This is the
+        // removed codes as well as all the codes in the new codes.
+        codes := make([][]string, 2)
+        codes[0] = os.Difference(ns).listCode()
+        codes[1] = ns.listCode()
+        for _, list := range codes {
+                for _, code := range list {
+                        switch t := schema.Elem.(type) {
+                        case *Resource:
+                                // This is a complex resource
+                                for k2, schema := range t.Schema {
+                                        subK := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s.%s", k, code, k2)
+                                        err := m.diff(subK, schema, diff, d, true)
+                                        if err != nil {
+                                                return err
+                                        }
+                                }
+                        case *Schema:
+                                // Copy the schema so that we can set Computed/ForceNew from
+                                // the parent schema (the TypeSet).
+                                t2 := *t
+                                t2.ForceNew = schema.ForceNew
+
+                                // This is just a primitive element, so go through each and
+                                // just diff each.
+                                subK := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", k, code)
+                                err := m.diff(subK, &t2, diff, d, true)
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return err
+                                }
+                        default:
+                                return fmt.Errorf("%s: unknown element type (internal)", k)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (m schemaMap) diffString(
+        k string,
+        schema *Schema,
+        diff *terraform.InstanceDiff,
+        d *ResourceData,
+        all bool) error {
+        var originalN interface{}
+        var os, ns string
+        o, n, _, computed := d.diffChange(k)
+        if schema.StateFunc != nil && n != nil {
+                originalN = n
+                n = schema.StateFunc(n)
+        }
+        nraw := n
+        if nraw == nil && o != nil {
+                nraw = schema.Type.Zero()
+        }
+        if err := mapstructure.WeakDecode(o, &os); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", k, err)
+        }
+        if err := mapstructure.WeakDecode(nraw, &ns); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", k, err)
+        }
+
+        if os == ns && !all {
+                // They're the same value. If there old value is not blank or we
+                // have an ID, then return right away since we're already setup.
+                if os != "" || d.Id() != "" {
+                        return nil
+                }
+
+                // Otherwise, only continue if we're computed
+                if !schema.Computed && !computed {
+                        return nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        removed := false
+        if o != nil && n == nil {
+                removed = true
+        }
+        if removed && schema.Computed {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        diff.Attributes[k] = schema.finalizeDiff(&terraform.ResourceAttrDiff{
+                Old:         os,
+                New:         ns,
+                NewExtra:    originalN,
+                NewRemoved:  removed,
+                NewComputed: computed,
+        })
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (m schemaMap) inputString(
+        input terraform.UIInput,
+        k string,
+        schema *Schema) (interface{}, error) {
+        result, err := input.Input(&terraform.InputOpts{
+                Id:          k,
+                Query:       k,
+                Description: schema.Description,
+                Default:     schema.InputDefault,
+        })
+
+        return result, err
+}
+
+func (m schemaMap) validate(
+        k string,
+        schema *Schema,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        raw, ok := c.Get(k)
+        if !ok && schema.DefaultFunc != nil {
+                // We have a dynamic default. Check if we have a value.
+                var err error
+                raw, err = schema.DefaultFunc()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%q, error loading default: %s", k, err)}
+                }
+
+                // We're okay as long as we had a value set
+                ok = raw != nil
+        }
+        if !ok {
+                if schema.Required {
+                        return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%q: required field is not set", k)}
+                }
+
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        if !schema.Required && !schema.Optional {
+                // This is a computed-only field
+                return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%q: this field cannot be set", k)}
+        }
+
+        err := m.validateConflictingAttributes(k, schema, c)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, []error{err}
+        }
+
+        return m.validateType(k, raw, schema, c)
+}
+
+func (m schemaMap) validateConflictingAttributes(
+        k string,
+        schema *Schema,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) error {
+
+        if len(schema.ConflictsWith) == 0 {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        for _, conflicting_key := range schema.ConflictsWith {
+                if value, ok := c.Get(conflicting_key); ok {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%q: conflicts with %s (%#v)", k, conflicting_key, value)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (m schemaMap) validateList(
+        k string,
+        raw interface{},
+        schema *Schema,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        // We use reflection to verify the slice because you can't
+        // case to []interface{} unless the slice is exactly that type.
+        rawV := reflect.ValueOf(raw)
+
+        // If we support promotion and the raw value isn't a slice, wrap
+        // it in []interface{} and check again.
+        if schema.PromoteSingle && rawV.Kind() != reflect.Slice {
+                raw = []interface{}{raw}
+                rawV = reflect.ValueOf(raw)
+        }
+
+        if rawV.Kind() != reflect.Slice {
+                return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%s: should be a list", k)}
+        }
+
+        // Validate length
+        if schema.MaxItems > 0 && rawV.Len() > schema.MaxItems {
+                return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%s: attribute supports %d item maximum, config has %d declared", k, schema.MaxItems, rawV.Len())}
+        }
+
+        if schema.MinItems > 0 && rawV.Len() < schema.MinItems {
+                return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%s: attribute supports %d item as a minimum, config has %d declared", k, schema.MinItems, rawV.Len())}
+        }
+
+        // Now build the []interface{}
+        raws := make([]interface{}, rawV.Len())
+        for i, _ := range raws {
+                raws[i] = rawV.Index(i).Interface()
+        }
+
+        var ws []string
+        var es []error
+        for i, raw := range raws {
+                key := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%d", k, i)
+
+                // Reify the key value from the ResourceConfig.
+                // If the list was computed we have all raw values, but some of these
+                // may be known in the config, and aren't individually marked as Computed.
+                if r, ok := c.Get(key); ok {
+                        raw = r
+                }
+
+                var ws2 []string
+                var es2 []error
+                switch t := schema.Elem.(type) {
+                case *Resource:
+                        // This is a sub-resource
+                        ws2, es2 = m.validateObject(key, t.Schema, c)
+                case *Schema:
+                        ws2, es2 = m.validateType(key, raw, t, c)
+                }
+
+                if len(ws2) > 0 {
+                        ws = append(ws, ws2...)
+                }
+                if len(es2) > 0 {
+                        es = append(es, es2...)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return ws, es
+}
+
+func (m schemaMap) validateMap(
+        k string,
+        raw interface{},
+        schema *Schema,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        // We use reflection to verify the slice because you can't
+        // case to []interface{} unless the slice is exactly that type.
+        rawV := reflect.ValueOf(raw)
+        switch rawV.Kind() {
+        case reflect.String:
+                // If raw and reified are equal, this is a string and should
+                // be rejected.
+                reified, reifiedOk := c.Get(k)
+                if reifiedOk && raw == reified && !c.IsComputed(k) {
+                        return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf("%s: should be a map", k)}
+                }
+                // Otherwise it's likely raw is an interpolation.
+                return nil, nil
+        case reflect.Map:
+        case reflect.Slice:
+        default:
+                return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf("%s: should be a map", k)}
+        }
+
+        // If it is not a slice, validate directly
+        if rawV.Kind() != reflect.Slice {
+                mapIface := rawV.Interface()
+                if _, errs := validateMapValues(k, mapIface.(map[string]interface{}), schema); len(errs) > 0 {
+                        return nil, errs
+                }
+                if schema.ValidateFunc != nil {
+                        return schema.ValidateFunc(mapIface, k)
+                }
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // It is a slice, verify that all the elements are maps
+        raws := make([]interface{}, rawV.Len())
+        for i, _ := range raws {
+                raws[i] = rawV.Index(i).Interface()
+        }
+
+        for _, raw := range raws {
+                v := reflect.ValueOf(raw)
+                if v.Kind() != reflect.Map {
+                        return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: should be a map", k)}
+                }
+                mapIface := v.Interface()
+                if _, errs := validateMapValues(k, mapIface.(map[string]interface{}), schema); len(errs) > 0 {
+                        return nil, errs
+                }
+        }
+
+        if schema.ValidateFunc != nil {
+                validatableMap := make(map[string]interface{})
+                for _, raw := range raws {
+                        for k, v := range raw.(map[string]interface{}) {
+                                validatableMap[k] = v
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return schema.ValidateFunc(validatableMap, k)
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+func validateMapValues(k string, m map[string]interface{}, schema *Schema) ([]string, []error) {
+        for key, raw := range m {
+                valueType, err := getValueType(k, schema)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, []error{err}
+                }
+
+                switch valueType {
+                case TypeBool:
+                        var n bool
+                        if err := mapstructure.WeakDecode(raw, &n); err != nil {
+                                return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf("%s (%s): %s", k, key, err)}
+                        }
+                case TypeInt:
+                        var n int
+                        if err := mapstructure.WeakDecode(raw, &n); err != nil {
+                                return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf("%s (%s): %s", k, key, err)}
+                        }
+                case TypeFloat:
+                        var n float64
+                        if err := mapstructure.WeakDecode(raw, &n); err != nil {
+                                return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf("%s (%s): %s", k, key, err)}
+                        }
+                case TypeString:
+                        var n string
+                        if err := mapstructure.WeakDecode(raw, &n); err != nil {
+                                return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf("%s (%s): %s", k, key, err)}
+                        }
+                default:
+                        panic(fmt.Sprintf("Unknown validation type: %#v", schema.Type))
+                }
+        }
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+func getValueType(k string, schema *Schema) (ValueType, error) {
+        if schema.Elem == nil {
+                return TypeString, nil
+        }
+        if vt, ok := schema.Elem.(ValueType); ok {
+                return vt, nil
+        }
+
+        if s, ok := schema.Elem.(*Schema); ok {
+                if s.Elem == nil {
+                        return TypeString, nil
+                }
+                if vt, ok := s.Elem.(ValueType); ok {
+                        return vt, nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        if _, ok := schema.Elem.(*Resource); ok {
+                // TODO: We don't actually support this (yet)
+                // but silently pass the validation, until we decide
+                // how to handle nested structures in maps
+                return TypeString, nil
+        }
+        return 0, fmt.Errorf("%s: unexpected map value type: %#v", k, schema.Elem)
+}
+
+func (m schemaMap) validateObject(
+        k string,
+        schema map[string]*Schema,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        raw, _ := c.GetRaw(k)
+        if _, ok := raw.(map[string]interface{}); !ok {
+                return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%s: expected object, got %s",
+                        k, reflect.ValueOf(raw).Kind())}
+        }
+
+        var ws []string
+        var es []error
+        for subK, s := range schema {
+                key := subK
+                if k != "" {
+                        key = fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", k, subK)
+                }
+
+                ws2, es2 := m.validate(key, s, c)
+                if len(ws2) > 0 {
+                        ws = append(ws, ws2...)
+                }
+                if len(es2) > 0 {
+                        es = append(es, es2...)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Detect any extra/unknown keys and report those as errors.
+        if m, ok := raw.(map[string]interface{}); ok {
+                for subk, _ := range m {
+                        if _, ok := schema[subk]; !ok {
+                                if subk == TimeoutsConfigKey {
+                                        continue
+                                }
+                                es = append(es, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: invalid or unknown key: %s", k, subk))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return ws, es
+}
+
+func (m schemaMap) validatePrimitive(
+        k string,
+        raw interface{},
+        schema *Schema,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+
+        // Catch if the user gave a complex type where a primitive was
+        // expected, so we can return a friendly error message that
+        // doesn't contain Go type system terminology.
+        switch reflect.ValueOf(raw).Type().Kind() {
+        case reflect.Slice:
+                return nil, []error{
+                        fmt.Errorf("%s must be a single value, not a list", k),
+                }
+        case reflect.Map:
+                return nil, []error{
+                        fmt.Errorf("%s must be a single value, not a map", k),
+                }
+        default: // ok
+        }
+
+        if c.IsComputed(k) {
+                // If the key is being computed, then it is not an error as
+                // long as it's not a slice or map.
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        var decoded interface{}
+        switch schema.Type {
+        case TypeBool:
+                // Verify that we can parse this as the correct type
+                var n bool
+                if err := mapstructure.WeakDecode(raw, &n); err != nil {
+                        return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", k, err)}
+                }
+                decoded = n
+        case TypeInt:
+                // Verify that we can parse this as an int
+                var n int
+                if err := mapstructure.WeakDecode(raw, &n); err != nil {
+                        return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", k, err)}
+                }
+                decoded = n
+        case TypeFloat:
+                // Verify that we can parse this as an int
+                var n float64
+                if err := mapstructure.WeakDecode(raw, &n); err != nil {
+                        return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", k, err)}
+                }
+                decoded = n
+        case TypeString:
+                // Verify that we can parse this as a string
+                var n string
+                if err := mapstructure.WeakDecode(raw, &n); err != nil {
+                        return nil, []error{fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", k, err)}
+                }
+                decoded = n
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Sprintf("Unknown validation type: %#v", schema.Type))
+        }
+
+        if schema.ValidateFunc != nil {
+                return schema.ValidateFunc(decoded, k)
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+func (m schemaMap) validateType(
+        k string,
+        raw interface{},
+        schema *Schema,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        var ws []string
+        var es []error
+        switch schema.Type {
+        case TypeSet, TypeList:
+                ws, es = m.validateList(k, raw, schema, c)
+        case TypeMap:
+                ws, es = m.validateMap(k, raw, schema, c)
+        default:
+                ws, es = m.validatePrimitive(k, raw, schema, c)
+        }
+
+        if schema.Deprecated != "" {
+                ws = append(ws, fmt.Sprintf(
+                        "%q: [DEPRECATED] %s", k, schema.Deprecated))
+        }
+
+        if schema.Removed != "" {
+                es = append(es, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%q: [REMOVED] %s", k, schema.Removed))
+        }
+
+        return ws, es
+}
+
+// Zero returns the zero value for a type.
+func (t ValueType) Zero() interface{} {
+        switch t {
+        case TypeInvalid:
+                return nil
+        case TypeBool:
+                return false
+        case TypeInt:
+                return 0
+        case TypeFloat:
+                return 0.0
+        case TypeString:
+                return ""
+        case TypeList:
+                return []interface{}{}
+        case TypeMap:
+                return map[string]interface{}{}
+        case TypeSet:
+                return new(Set)
+        case typeObject:
+                return map[string]interface{}{}
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Sprintf("unknown type %s", t))
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/serialize.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/serialize.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe6d750
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/serialize.go
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+package schema
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "sort"
+        "strconv"
+)
+
+func SerializeValueForHash(buf *bytes.Buffer, val interface{}, schema *Schema) {
+        if val == nil {
+                buf.WriteRune(';')
+                return
+        }
+
+        switch schema.Type {
+        case TypeBool:
+                if val.(bool) {
+                        buf.WriteRune('1')
+                } else {
+                        buf.WriteRune('0')
+                }
+        case TypeInt:
+                buf.WriteString(strconv.Itoa(val.(int)))
+        case TypeFloat:
+                buf.WriteString(strconv.FormatFloat(val.(float64), 'g', -1, 64))
+        case TypeString:
+                buf.WriteString(val.(string))
+        case TypeList:
+                buf.WriteRune('(')
+                l := val.([]interface{})
+                for _, innerVal := range l {
+                        serializeCollectionMemberForHash(buf, innerVal, schema.Elem)
+                }
+                buf.WriteRune(')')
+        case TypeMap:
+
+                m := val.(map[string]interface{})
+                var keys []string
+                for k := range m {
+                        keys = append(keys, k)
+                }
+                sort.Strings(keys)
+                buf.WriteRune('[')
+                for _, k := range keys {
+                        innerVal := m[k]
+                        if innerVal == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        buf.WriteString(k)
+                        buf.WriteRune(':')
+
+                        switch innerVal := innerVal.(type) {
+                        case int:
+                                buf.WriteString(strconv.Itoa(innerVal))
+                        case float64:
+                                buf.WriteString(strconv.FormatFloat(innerVal, 'g', -1, 64))
+                        case string:
+                                buf.WriteString(innerVal)
+                        default:
+                                panic(fmt.Sprintf("unknown value type in TypeMap %T", innerVal))
+                        }
+
+                        buf.WriteRune(';')
+                }
+                buf.WriteRune(']')
+        case TypeSet:
+                buf.WriteRune('{')
+                s := val.(*Set)
+                for _, innerVal := range s.List() {
+                        serializeCollectionMemberForHash(buf, innerVal, schema.Elem)
+                }
+                buf.WriteRune('}')
+        default:
+                panic("unknown schema type to serialize")
+        }
+        buf.WriteRune(';')
+}
+
+// SerializeValueForHash appends a serialization of the given resource config
+// to the given buffer, guaranteeing deterministic results given the same value
+// and schema.
+//
+// Its primary purpose is as input into a hashing function in order
+// to hash complex substructures when used in sets, and so the serialization
+// is not reversible.
+func SerializeResourceForHash(buf *bytes.Buffer, val interface{}, resource *Resource) {
+        if val == nil {
+                return
+        }
+        sm := resource.Schema
+        m := val.(map[string]interface{})
+        var keys []string
+        for k := range sm {
+                keys = append(keys, k)
+        }
+        sort.Strings(keys)
+        for _, k := range keys {
+                innerSchema := sm[k]
+                // Skip attributes that are not user-provided. Computed attributes
+                // do not contribute to the hash since their ultimate value cannot
+                // be known at plan/diff time.
+                if !(innerSchema.Required || innerSchema.Optional) {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                buf.WriteString(k)
+                buf.WriteRune(':')
+                innerVal := m[k]
+                SerializeValueForHash(buf, innerVal, innerSchema)
+        }
+}
+
+func serializeCollectionMemberForHash(buf *bytes.Buffer, val interface{}, elem interface{}) {
+        switch tElem := elem.(type) {
+        case *Schema:
+                SerializeValueForHash(buf, val, tElem)
+        case *Resource:
+                buf.WriteRune('<')
+                SerializeResourceForHash(buf, val, tElem)
+                buf.WriteString(">;")
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Sprintf("invalid element type: %T", tElem))
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/set.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/set.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de05f40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/set.go
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+package schema
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+        "sort"
+        "strconv"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/hashcode"
+)
+
+// HashString hashes strings. If you want a Set of strings, this is the
+// SchemaSetFunc you want.
+func HashString(v interface{}) int {
+        return hashcode.String(v.(string))
+}
+
+// HashResource hashes complex structures that are described using
+// a *Resource. This is the default set implementation used when a set's
+// element type is a full resource.
+func HashResource(resource *Resource) SchemaSetFunc {
+        return func(v interface{}) int {
+                var buf bytes.Buffer
+                SerializeResourceForHash(&buf, v, resource)
+                return hashcode.String(buf.String())
+        }
+}
+
+// HashSchema hashes values that are described using a *Schema. This is the
+// default set implementation used when a set's element type is a single
+// schema.
+func HashSchema(schema *Schema) SchemaSetFunc {
+        return func(v interface{}) int {
+                var buf bytes.Buffer
+                SerializeValueForHash(&buf, v, schema)
+                return hashcode.String(buf.String())
+        }
+}
+
+// Set is a set data structure that is returned for elements of type
+// TypeSet.
+type Set struct {
+        F SchemaSetFunc
+
+        m    map[string]interface{}
+        once sync.Once
+}
+
+// NewSet is a convenience method for creating a new set with the given
+// items.
+func NewSet(f SchemaSetFunc, items []interface{}) *Set {
+        s := &Set{F: f}
+        for _, i := range items {
+                s.Add(i)
+        }
+
+        return s
+}
+
+// CopySet returns a copy of another set.
+func CopySet(otherSet *Set) *Set {
+        return NewSet(otherSet.F, otherSet.List())
+}
+
+// Add adds an item to the set if it isn't already in the set.
+func (s *Set) Add(item interface{}) {
+        s.add(item, false)
+}
+
+// Remove removes an item if it's already in the set. Idempotent.
+func (s *Set) Remove(item interface{}) {
+        s.remove(item)
+}
+
+// Contains checks if the set has the given item.
+func (s *Set) Contains(item interface{}) bool {
+        _, ok := s.m[s.hash(item)]
+        return ok
+}
+
+// Len returns the amount of items in the set.
+func (s *Set) Len() int {
+        return len(s.m)
+}
+
+// List returns the elements of this set in slice format.
+//
+// The order of the returned elements is deterministic. Given the same
+// set, the order of this will always be the same.
+func (s *Set) List() []interface{} {
+        result := make([]interface{}, len(s.m))
+        for i, k := range s.listCode() {
+                result[i] = s.m[k]
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// Difference performs a set difference of the two sets, returning
+// a new third set that has only the elements unique to this set.
+func (s *Set) Difference(other *Set) *Set {
+        result := &Set{F: s.F}
+        result.once.Do(result.init)
+
+        for k, v := range s.m {
+                if _, ok := other.m[k]; !ok {
+                        result.m[k] = v
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// Intersection performs the set intersection of the two sets
+// and returns a new third set.
+func (s *Set) Intersection(other *Set) *Set {
+        result := &Set{F: s.F}
+        result.once.Do(result.init)
+
+        for k, v := range s.m {
+                if _, ok := other.m[k]; ok {
+                        result.m[k] = v
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// Union performs the set union of the two sets and returns a new third
+// set.
+func (s *Set) Union(other *Set) *Set {
+        result := &Set{F: s.F}
+        result.once.Do(result.init)
+
+        for k, v := range s.m {
+                result.m[k] = v
+        }
+        for k, v := range other.m {
+                result.m[k] = v
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+func (s *Set) Equal(raw interface{}) bool {
+        other, ok := raw.(*Set)
+        if !ok {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        return reflect.DeepEqual(s.m, other.m)
+}
+
+func (s *Set) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*Set(%#v)", s.m)
+}
+
+func (s *Set) init() {
+        s.m = make(map[string]interface{})
+}
+
+func (s *Set) add(item interface{}, computed bool) string {
+        s.once.Do(s.init)
+
+        code := s.hash(item)
+        if computed {
+                code = "~" + code
+        }
+
+        if _, ok := s.m[code]; !ok {
+                s.m[code] = item
+        }
+
+        return code
+}
+
+func (s *Set) hash(item interface{}) string {
+        code := s.F(item)
+        // Always return a nonnegative hashcode.
+        if code < 0 {
+                code = -code
+        }
+        return strconv.Itoa(code)
+}
+
+func (s *Set) remove(item interface{}) string {
+        s.once.Do(s.init)
+
+        code := s.hash(item)
+        delete(s.m, code)
+
+        return code
+}
+
+func (s *Set) index(item interface{}) int {
+        return sort.SearchStrings(s.listCode(), s.hash(item))
+}
+
+func (s *Set) listCode() []string {
+        // Sort the hash codes so the order of the list is deterministic
+        keys := make([]string, 0, len(s.m))
+        for k := range s.m {
+                keys = append(keys, k)
+        }
+        sort.Sort(sort.StringSlice(keys))
+        return keys
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/testing.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/testing.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9765bdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/testing.go
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+package schema
+
+import (
+        "testing"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+)
+
+// TestResourceDataRaw creates a ResourceData from a raw configuration map.
+func TestResourceDataRaw(
+        t *testing.T, schema map[string]*Schema, raw map[string]interface{}) *ResourceData {
+        c, err := config.NewRawConfig(raw)
+        if err != nil {
+                t.Fatalf("err: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        sm := schemaMap(schema)
+        diff, err := sm.Diff(nil, terraform.NewResourceConfig(c))
+        if err != nil {
+                t.Fatalf("err: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        result, err := sm.Data(nil, diff)
+        if err != nil {
+                t.Fatalf("err: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/valuetype.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/valuetype.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9286987
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/valuetype.go
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+package schema
+
+//go:generate stringer -type=ValueType valuetype.go
+
+// ValueType is an enum of the type that can be represented by a schema.
+type ValueType int
+
+const (
+        TypeInvalid ValueType = iota
+        TypeBool
+        TypeInt
+        TypeFloat
+        TypeString
+        TypeList
+        TypeMap
+        TypeSet
+        typeObject
+)
+
+// NOTE: ValueType has more functions defined on it in schema.go. We can't
+// put them here because we reference other files.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/valuetype_string.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/valuetype_string.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1610cec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema/valuetype_string.go
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+// Code generated by "stringer -type=ValueType valuetype.go"; DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package schema
+
+import "fmt"
+
+const _ValueType_name = "TypeInvalidTypeBoolTypeIntTypeFloatTypeStringTypeListTypeMapTypeSettypeObject"
+
+var _ValueType_index = [...]uint8{0, 11, 19, 26, 35, 45, 53, 60, 67, 77}
+
+func (i ValueType) String() string {
+        if i < 0 || i >= ValueType(len(_ValueType_index)-1) {
+                return fmt.Sprintf("ValueType(%d)", i)
+        }
+        return _ValueType_name[_ValueType_index[i]:_ValueType_index[i+1]]
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow/closer.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow/closer.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7edd5e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow/closer.go
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+package shadow
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "reflect"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk"
+)
+
+// Close will close all shadow values within the given structure.
+//
+// This uses reflection to walk the structure, find all shadow elements,
+// and close them. Currently this will only find struct fields that are
+// shadow values, and not slice elements, etc.
+func Close(v interface{}) error {
+        // We require a pointer so we can address the internal fields
+        val := reflect.ValueOf(v)
+        if val.Kind() != reflect.Ptr {
+                return fmt.Errorf("value must be a pointer")
+        }
+
+        // Walk and close
+        var w closeWalker
+        if err := reflectwalk.Walk(v, &w); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        return w.Err
+}
+
+type closeWalker struct {
+        Err error
+}
+
+func (w *closeWalker) Struct(reflect.Value) error {
+        // Do nothing. We implement this for reflectwalk.StructWalker
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *closeWalker) StructField(f reflect.StructField, v reflect.Value) error {
+        // Not sure why this would be but lets avoid some panics
+        if !v.IsValid() {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Empty for exported, so don't check unexported fields
+        if f.PkgPath != "" {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Verify the io.Closer is in this package
+        typ := v.Type()
+        if typ.PkgPath() != "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow" {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // We're looking for an io.Closer
+        raw := v.Interface()
+        if raw == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        closer, ok := raw.(io.Closer)
+        if !ok && v.CanAddr() {
+                closer, ok = v.Addr().Interface().(io.Closer)
+        }
+        if !ok {
+                return reflectwalk.SkipEntry
+        }
+
+        // Close it
+        if err := closer.Close(); err != nil {
+                w.Err = multierror.Append(w.Err, err)
+        }
+
+        // Don't go into the struct field
+        return reflectwalk.SkipEntry
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow/compared_value.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow/compared_value.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4223e92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow/compared_value.go
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+package shadow
+
+import (
+        "sync"
+)
+
+// ComparedValue is a struct that finds a value by comparing some key
+// to the list of stored values. This is useful when there is no easy
+// uniquely identifying key that works in a map (for that, use KeyedValue).
+//
+// ComparedValue is very expensive, relative to other Value types. Try to
+// limit the number of values stored in a ComparedValue by potentially
+// nesting it within a KeyedValue (a keyed value points to a compared value,
+// for example).
+type ComparedValue struct {
+        // Func is a function that is given the lookup key and a single
+        // stored value. If it matches, it returns true.
+        Func func(k, v interface{}) bool
+
+        lock    sync.Mutex
+        once    sync.Once
+        closed  bool
+        values  []interface{}
+        waiters map[interface{}]*Value
+}
+
+// Close closes the value. This can never fail. For a definition of
+// "close" see the ErrClosed docs.
+func (w *ComparedValue) Close() error {
+        w.lock.Lock()
+        defer w.lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Set closed to true always
+        w.closed = true
+
+        // For all waiters, complete with ErrClosed
+        for k, val := range w.waiters {
+                val.SetValue(ErrClosed)
+                delete(w.waiters, k)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Value returns the value that was set for the given key, or blocks
+// until one is available.
+func (w *ComparedValue) Value(k interface{}) interface{} {
+        v, val := w.valueWaiter(k)
+        if val == nil {
+                return v
+        }
+
+        return val.Value()
+}
+
+// ValueOk gets the value for the given key, returning immediately if the
+// value doesn't exist. The second return argument is true if the value exists.
+func (w *ComparedValue) ValueOk(k interface{}) (interface{}, bool) {
+        v, val := w.valueWaiter(k)
+        return v, val == nil
+}
+
+func (w *ComparedValue) SetValue(v interface{}) {
+        w.lock.Lock()
+        defer w.lock.Unlock()
+        w.once.Do(w.init)
+
+        // Check if we already have this exact value (by simply comparing
+        // with == directly). If we do, then we don't insert it again.
+        found := false
+        for _, v2 := range w.values {
+                if v == v2 {
+                        found = true
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+
+        if !found {
+                // Set the value, always
+                w.values = append(w.values, v)
+        }
+
+        // Go through the waiters
+        for k, val := range w.waiters {
+                if w.Func(k, v) {
+                        val.SetValue(v)
+                        delete(w.waiters, k)
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+func (w *ComparedValue) valueWaiter(k interface{}) (interface{}, *Value) {
+        w.lock.Lock()
+        w.once.Do(w.init)
+
+        // Look for a pre-existing value
+        for _, v := range w.values {
+                if w.Func(k, v) {
+                        w.lock.Unlock()
+                        return v, nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If we're closed, return that
+        if w.closed {
+                w.lock.Unlock()
+                return ErrClosed, nil
+        }
+
+        // Pre-existing value doesn't exist, create a waiter
+        val := w.waiters[k]
+        if val == nil {
+                val = new(Value)
+                w.waiters[k] = val
+        }
+        w.lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Return the waiter
+        return nil, val
+}
+
+// Must be called with w.lock held.
+func (w *ComparedValue) init() {
+        w.waiters = make(map[interface{}]*Value)
+        if w.Func == nil {
+                w.Func = func(k, v interface{}) bool { return k == v }
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow/keyed_value.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow/keyed_value.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..432b036
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow/keyed_value.go
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+package shadow
+
+import (
+        "sync"
+)
+
+// KeyedValue is a struct that coordinates a value by key. If a value is
+// not available for a give key, it'll block until it is available.
+type KeyedValue struct {
+        lock    sync.Mutex
+        once    sync.Once
+        values  map[string]interface{}
+        waiters map[string]*Value
+        closed  bool
+}
+
+// Close closes the value. This can never fail. For a definition of
+// "close" see the ErrClosed docs.
+func (w *KeyedValue) Close() error {
+        w.lock.Lock()
+        defer w.lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Set closed to true always
+        w.closed = true
+
+        // For all waiters, complete with ErrClosed
+        for k, val := range w.waiters {
+                val.SetValue(ErrClosed)
+                delete(w.waiters, k)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Value returns the value that was set for the given key, or blocks
+// until one is available.
+func (w *KeyedValue) Value(k string) interface{} {
+        w.lock.Lock()
+        v, val := w.valueWaiter(k)
+        w.lock.Unlock()
+
+        // If we have no waiter, then return the value
+        if val == nil {
+                return v
+        }
+
+        // We have a waiter, so wait
+        return val.Value()
+}
+
+// WaitForChange waits for the value with the given key to be set again.
+// If the key isn't set, it'll wait for an initial value. Note that while
+// it is called "WaitForChange", the value isn't guaranteed to _change_;
+// this will return when a SetValue is called for the given k.
+func (w *KeyedValue) WaitForChange(k string) interface{} {
+        w.lock.Lock()
+        w.once.Do(w.init)
+
+        // If we're closed, we're closed
+        if w.closed {
+                w.lock.Unlock()
+                return ErrClosed
+        }
+
+        // Check for an active waiter. If there isn't one, make it
+        val := w.waiters[k]
+        if val == nil {
+                val = new(Value)
+                w.waiters[k] = val
+        }
+        w.lock.Unlock()
+
+        // And wait
+        return val.Value()
+}
+
+// ValueOk gets the value for the given key, returning immediately if the
+// value doesn't exist. The second return argument is true if the value exists.
+func (w *KeyedValue) ValueOk(k string) (interface{}, bool) {
+        w.lock.Lock()
+        defer w.lock.Unlock()
+
+        v, val := w.valueWaiter(k)
+        return v, val == nil
+}
+
+func (w *KeyedValue) SetValue(k string, v interface{}) {
+        w.lock.Lock()
+        defer w.lock.Unlock()
+        w.setValue(k, v)
+}
+
+// Init will initialize the key to a given value only if the key has
+// not been set before. This is safe to call multiple times and in parallel.
+func (w *KeyedValue) Init(k string, v interface{}) {
+        w.lock.Lock()
+        defer w.lock.Unlock()
+
+        // If we have a waiter, set the value.
+        _, val := w.valueWaiter(k)
+        if val != nil {
+                w.setValue(k, v)
+        }
+}
+
+// Must be called with w.lock held.
+func (w *KeyedValue) init() {
+        w.values = make(map[string]interface{})
+        w.waiters = make(map[string]*Value)
+}
+
+// setValue is like SetValue but assumes the lock is held.
+func (w *KeyedValue) setValue(k string, v interface{}) {
+        w.once.Do(w.init)
+
+        // Set the value, always
+        w.values[k] = v
+
+        // If we have a waiter, set it
+        if val, ok := w.waiters[k]; ok {
+                val.SetValue(v)
+                delete(w.waiters, k)
+        }
+}
+
+// valueWaiter gets the value or the Value waiter for a given key.
+//
+// This must be called with lock held.
+func (w *KeyedValue) valueWaiter(k string) (interface{}, *Value) {
+        w.once.Do(w.init)
+
+        // If we have this value already, return it
+        if v, ok := w.values[k]; ok {
+                return v, nil
+        }
+
+        // If we're closed, return that
+        if w.closed {
+                return ErrClosed, nil
+        }
+
+        // No pending value, check for a waiter
+        val := w.waiters[k]
+        if val == nil {
+                val = new(Value)
+                w.waiters[k] = val
+        }
+
+        // Return the waiter
+        return nil, val
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow/ordered_value.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow/ordered_value.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a43d4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow/ordered_value.go
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+package shadow
+
+import (
+        "container/list"
+        "sync"
+)
+
+// OrderedValue is a struct that keeps track of a value in the order
+// it is set. Each time Value() is called, it will return the most recent
+// calls value then discard it.
+//
+// This is unlike Value that returns the same value once it is set.
+type OrderedValue struct {
+        lock    sync.Mutex
+        values  *list.List
+        waiters *list.List
+}
+
+// Value returns the last value that was set, or blocks until one
+// is received.
+func (w *OrderedValue) Value() interface{} {
+        w.lock.Lock()
+
+        // If we have a pending value already, use it
+        if w.values != nil && w.values.Len() > 0 {
+                front := w.values.Front()
+                w.values.Remove(front)
+                w.lock.Unlock()
+                return front.Value
+        }
+
+        // No pending value, create a waiter
+        if w.waiters == nil {
+                w.waiters = list.New()
+        }
+
+        var val Value
+        w.waiters.PushBack(&val)
+        w.lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Return the value once we have it
+        return val.Value()
+}
+
+// SetValue sets the latest value.
+func (w *OrderedValue) SetValue(v interface{}) {
+        w.lock.Lock()
+        defer w.lock.Unlock()
+
+        // If we have a waiter, notify it
+        if w.waiters != nil && w.waiters.Len() > 0 {
+                front := w.waiters.Front()
+                w.waiters.Remove(front)
+
+                val := front.Value.(*Value)
+                val.SetValue(v)
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Add it to the list of values
+        if w.values == nil {
+                w.values = list.New()
+        }
+
+        w.values.PushBack(v)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow/value.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow/value.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2413335
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow/value.go
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+package shadow
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "sync"
+)
+
+// ErrClosed is returned by any closed values.
+//
+// A "closed value" is when the shadow has been notified that the real
+// side is complete and any blocking values will _never_ be satisfied
+// in the future. In this case, this error is returned. If a value is already
+// available, that is still returned.
+var ErrClosed = errors.New("shadow closed")
+
+// Value is a struct that coordinates a value between two
+// parallel routines. It is similar to atomic.Value except that when
+// Value is called if it isn't set it will wait for it.
+//
+// The Value can be closed with Close, which will cause any future
+// blocking operations to return immediately with ErrClosed.
+type Value struct {
+        lock     sync.Mutex
+        cond     *sync.Cond
+        value    interface{}
+        valueSet bool
+}
+
+// Close closes the value. This can never fail. For a definition of
+// "close" see the struct docs.
+func (w *Value) Close() error {
+        w.lock.Lock()
+        set := w.valueSet
+        w.lock.Unlock()
+
+        // If we haven't set the value, set it
+        if !set {
+                w.SetValue(ErrClosed)
+        }
+
+        // Done
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Value returns the value that was set.
+func (w *Value) Value() interface{} {
+        w.lock.Lock()
+        defer w.lock.Unlock()
+
+        // If we already have a value just return
+        for !w.valueSet {
+                // No value, setup the condition variable if we have to
+                if w.cond == nil {
+                        w.cond = sync.NewCond(&w.lock)
+                }
+
+                // Wait on it
+                w.cond.Wait()
+        }
+
+        // Return the value
+        return w.value
+}
+
+// SetValue sets the value.
+func (w *Value) SetValue(v interface{}) {
+        w.lock.Lock()
+        defer w.lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Set the value
+        w.valueSet = true
+        w.value = v
+
+        // If we have a condition, clear it
+        if w.cond != nil {
+                w.cond.Broadcast()
+                w.cond = nil
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/structure/expand_json.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/structure/expand_json.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3eb90f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/structure/expand_json.go
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+package structure
+
+import "encoding/json"
+
+func ExpandJsonFromString(jsonString string) (map[string]interface{}, error) {
+        var result map[string]interface{}
+
+        err := json.Unmarshal([]byte(jsonString), &result)
+
+        return result, err
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/structure/flatten_json.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/structure/flatten_json.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..578ad2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/structure/flatten_json.go
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+package structure
+
+import "encoding/json"
+
+func FlattenJsonToString(input map[string]interface{}) (string, error) {
+        if len(input) == 0 {
+                return "", nil
+        }
+
+        result, err := json.Marshal(input)
+        if err != nil {
+                return "", err
+        }
+
+        return string(result), nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/structure/normalize_json.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/structure/normalize_json.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3256b47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/structure/normalize_json.go
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+package structure
+
+import "encoding/json"
+
+// Takes a value containing JSON string and passes it through
+// the JSON parser to normalize it, returns either a parsing
+// error or normalized JSON string.
+func NormalizeJsonString(jsonString interface{}) (string, error) {
+        var j interface{}
+
+        if jsonString == nil || jsonString.(string) == "" {
+                return "", nil
+        }
+
+        s := jsonString.(string)
+
+        err := json.Unmarshal([]byte(s), &j)
+        if err != nil {
+                return s, err
+        }
+
+        bytes, _ := json.Marshal(j)
+        return string(bytes[:]), nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/structure/suppress_json_diff.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/structure/suppress_json_diff.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46f794a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/structure/suppress_json_diff.go
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+package structure
+
+import (
+        "reflect"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema"
+)
+
+func SuppressJsonDiff(k, old, new string, d *schema.ResourceData) bool {
+        oldMap, err := ExpandJsonFromString(old)
+        if err != nil {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        newMap, err := ExpandJsonFromString(new)
+        if err != nil {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        return reflect.DeepEqual(oldMap, newMap)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/validation/validation.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/validation/validation.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b894f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/validation/validation.go
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+package validation
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "net"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/schema"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/structure"
+)
+
+// IntBetween returns a SchemaValidateFunc which tests if the provided value
+// is of type int and is between min and max (inclusive)
+func IntBetween(min, max int) schema.SchemaValidateFunc {
+        return func(i interface{}, k string) (s []string, es []error) {
+                v, ok := i.(int)
+                if !ok {
+                        es = append(es, fmt.Errorf("expected type of %s to be int", k))
+                        return
+                }
+
+                if v < min || v > max {
+                        es = append(es, fmt.Errorf("expected %s to be in the range (%d - %d), got %d", k, min, max, v))
+                        return
+                }
+
+                return
+        }
+}
+
+// StringInSlice returns a SchemaValidateFunc which tests if the provided value
+// is of type string and matches the value of an element in the valid slice
+// will test with in lower case if ignoreCase is true
+func StringInSlice(valid []string, ignoreCase bool) schema.SchemaValidateFunc {
+        return func(i interface{}, k string) (s []string, es []error) {
+                v, ok := i.(string)
+                if !ok {
+                        es = append(es, fmt.Errorf("expected type of %s to be string", k))
+                        return
+                }
+
+                for _, str := range valid {
+                        if v == str || (ignoreCase && strings.ToLower(v) == strings.ToLower(str)) {
+                                return
+                        }
+                }
+
+                es = append(es, fmt.Errorf("expected %s to be one of %v, got %s", k, valid, v))
+                return
+        }
+}
+
+// StringLenBetween returns a SchemaValidateFunc which tests if the provided value
+// is of type string and has length between min and max (inclusive)
+func StringLenBetween(min, max int) schema.SchemaValidateFunc {
+        return func(i interface{}, k string) (s []string, es []error) {
+                v, ok := i.(string)
+                if !ok {
+                        es = append(es, fmt.Errorf("expected type of %s to be string", k))
+                        return
+                }
+                if len(v) < min || len(v) > max {
+                        es = append(es, fmt.Errorf("expected length of %s to be in the range (%d - %d), got %s", k, min, max, v))
+                }
+                return
+        }
+}
+
+// CIDRNetwork returns a SchemaValidateFunc which tests if the provided value
+// is of type string, is in valid CIDR network notation, and has significant bits between min and max (inclusive)
+func CIDRNetwork(min, max int) schema.SchemaValidateFunc {
+        return func(i interface{}, k string) (s []string, es []error) {
+                v, ok := i.(string)
+                if !ok {
+                        es = append(es, fmt.Errorf("expected type of %s to be string", k))
+                        return
+                }
+
+                _, ipnet, err := net.ParseCIDR(v)
+                if err != nil {
+                        es = append(es, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "expected %s to contain a valid CIDR, got: %s with err: %s", k, v, err))
+                        return
+                }
+
+                if ipnet == nil || v != ipnet.String() {
+                        es = append(es, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "expected %s to contain a valid network CIDR, expected %s, got %s",
+                                k, ipnet, v))
+                }
+
+                sigbits, _ := ipnet.Mask.Size()
+                if sigbits < min || sigbits > max {
+                        es = append(es, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "expected %q to contain a network CIDR with between %d and %d significant bits, got: %d",
+                                k, min, max, sigbits))
+                }
+
+                return
+        }
+}
+
+func ValidateJsonString(v interface{}, k string) (ws []string, errors []error) {
+        if _, err := structure.NormalizeJsonString(v); err != nil {
+                errors = append(errors, fmt.Errorf("%q contains an invalid JSON: %s", k, err))
+        }
+        return
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/plugin.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/plugin.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00fa7b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/plugin.go
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin"
+)
+
+// See serve.go for serving plugins
+
+// PluginMap should be used by clients for the map of plugins.
+var PluginMap = map[string]plugin.Plugin{
+        "provider":    &ResourceProviderPlugin{},
+        "provisioner": &ResourceProvisionerPlugin{},
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/resource_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/resource_provider.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..473f786
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/resource_provider.go
@@ -0,0 +1,578 @@
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "net/rpc"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+)
+
+// ResourceProviderPlugin is the plugin.Plugin implementation.
+type ResourceProviderPlugin struct {
+        F func() terraform.ResourceProvider
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProviderPlugin) Server(b *plugin.MuxBroker) (interface{}, error) {
+        return &ResourceProviderServer{Broker: b, Provider: p.F()}, nil
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProviderPlugin) Client(
+        b *plugin.MuxBroker, c *rpc.Client) (interface{}, error) {
+        return &ResourceProvider{Broker: b, Client: c}, nil
+}
+
+// ResourceProvider is an implementation of terraform.ResourceProvider
+// that communicates over RPC.
+type ResourceProvider struct {
+        Broker *plugin.MuxBroker
+        Client *rpc.Client
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvider) Stop() error {
+        var resp ResourceProviderStopResponse
+        err := p.Client.Call("Plugin.Stop", new(interface{}), &resp)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        if resp.Error != nil {
+                err = resp.Error
+        }
+
+        return err
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvider) Input(
+        input terraform.UIInput,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) (*terraform.ResourceConfig, error) {
+        id := p.Broker.NextId()
+        go p.Broker.AcceptAndServe(id, &UIInputServer{
+                UIInput: input,
+        })
+
+        var resp ResourceProviderInputResponse
+        args := ResourceProviderInputArgs{
+                InputId: id,
+                Config:  c,
+        }
+
+        err := p.Client.Call("Plugin.Input", &args, &resp)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        if resp.Error != nil {
+                err = resp.Error
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return resp.Config, nil
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvider) Validate(c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        var resp ResourceProviderValidateResponse
+        args := ResourceProviderValidateArgs{
+                Config: c,
+        }
+
+        err := p.Client.Call("Plugin.Validate", &args, &resp)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, []error{err}
+        }
+
+        var errs []error
+        if len(resp.Errors) > 0 {
+                errs = make([]error, len(resp.Errors))
+                for i, err := range resp.Errors {
+                        errs[i] = err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return resp.Warnings, errs
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvider) ValidateResource(
+        t string, c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        var resp ResourceProviderValidateResourceResponse
+        args := ResourceProviderValidateResourceArgs{
+                Config: c,
+                Type:   t,
+        }
+
+        err := p.Client.Call("Plugin.ValidateResource", &args, &resp)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, []error{err}
+        }
+
+        var errs []error
+        if len(resp.Errors) > 0 {
+                errs = make([]error, len(resp.Errors))
+                for i, err := range resp.Errors {
+                        errs[i] = err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return resp.Warnings, errs
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvider) Configure(c *terraform.ResourceConfig) error {
+        var resp ResourceProviderConfigureResponse
+        err := p.Client.Call("Plugin.Configure", c, &resp)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        if resp.Error != nil {
+                err = resp.Error
+        }
+
+        return err
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvider) Apply(
+        info *terraform.InstanceInfo,
+        s *terraform.InstanceState,
+        d *terraform.InstanceDiff) (*terraform.InstanceState, error) {
+        var resp ResourceProviderApplyResponse
+        args := &ResourceProviderApplyArgs{
+                Info:  info,
+                State: s,
+                Diff:  d,
+        }
+
+        err := p.Client.Call("Plugin.Apply", args, &resp)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        if resp.Error != nil {
+                err = resp.Error
+        }
+
+        return resp.State, err
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvider) Diff(
+        info *terraform.InstanceInfo,
+        s *terraform.InstanceState,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) (*terraform.InstanceDiff, error) {
+        var resp ResourceProviderDiffResponse
+        args := &ResourceProviderDiffArgs{
+                Info:   info,
+                State:  s,
+                Config: c,
+        }
+        err := p.Client.Call("Plugin.Diff", args, &resp)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        if resp.Error != nil {
+                err = resp.Error
+        }
+
+        return resp.Diff, err
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvider) ValidateDataSource(
+        t string, c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        var resp ResourceProviderValidateResourceResponse
+        args := ResourceProviderValidateResourceArgs{
+                Config: c,
+                Type:   t,
+        }
+
+        err := p.Client.Call("Plugin.ValidateDataSource", &args, &resp)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, []error{err}
+        }
+
+        var errs []error
+        if len(resp.Errors) > 0 {
+                errs = make([]error, len(resp.Errors))
+                for i, err := range resp.Errors {
+                        errs[i] = err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return resp.Warnings, errs
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvider) Refresh(
+        info *terraform.InstanceInfo,
+        s *terraform.InstanceState) (*terraform.InstanceState, error) {
+        var resp ResourceProviderRefreshResponse
+        args := &ResourceProviderRefreshArgs{
+                Info:  info,
+                State: s,
+        }
+
+        err := p.Client.Call("Plugin.Refresh", args, &resp)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        if resp.Error != nil {
+                err = resp.Error
+        }
+
+        return resp.State, err
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvider) ImportState(
+        info *terraform.InstanceInfo,
+        id string) ([]*terraform.InstanceState, error) {
+        var resp ResourceProviderImportStateResponse
+        args := &ResourceProviderImportStateArgs{
+                Info: info,
+                Id:   id,
+        }
+
+        err := p.Client.Call("Plugin.ImportState", args, &resp)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        if resp.Error != nil {
+                err = resp.Error
+        }
+
+        return resp.State, err
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvider) Resources() []terraform.ResourceType {
+        var result []terraform.ResourceType
+
+        err := p.Client.Call("Plugin.Resources", new(interface{}), &result)
+        if err != nil {
+                // TODO: panic, log, what?
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvider) ReadDataDiff(
+        info *terraform.InstanceInfo,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) (*terraform.InstanceDiff, error) {
+        var resp ResourceProviderReadDataDiffResponse
+        args := &ResourceProviderReadDataDiffArgs{
+                Info:   info,
+                Config: c,
+        }
+
+        err := p.Client.Call("Plugin.ReadDataDiff", args, &resp)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        if resp.Error != nil {
+                err = resp.Error
+        }
+
+        return resp.Diff, err
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvider) ReadDataApply(
+        info *terraform.InstanceInfo,
+        d *terraform.InstanceDiff) (*terraform.InstanceState, error) {
+        var resp ResourceProviderReadDataApplyResponse
+        args := &ResourceProviderReadDataApplyArgs{
+                Info: info,
+                Diff: d,
+        }
+
+        err := p.Client.Call("Plugin.ReadDataApply", args, &resp)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        if resp.Error != nil {
+                err = resp.Error
+        }
+
+        return resp.State, err
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvider) DataSources() []terraform.DataSource {
+        var result []terraform.DataSource
+
+        err := p.Client.Call("Plugin.DataSources", new(interface{}), &result)
+        if err != nil {
+                // TODO: panic, log, what?
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvider) Close() error {
+        return p.Client.Close()
+}
+
+// ResourceProviderServer is a net/rpc compatible structure for serving
+// a ResourceProvider. This should not be used directly.
+type ResourceProviderServer struct {
+        Broker   *plugin.MuxBroker
+        Provider terraform.ResourceProvider
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderStopResponse struct {
+        Error *plugin.BasicError
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderConfigureResponse struct {
+        Error *plugin.BasicError
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderInputArgs struct {
+        InputId uint32
+        Config  *terraform.ResourceConfig
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderInputResponse struct {
+        Config *terraform.ResourceConfig
+        Error  *plugin.BasicError
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderApplyArgs struct {
+        Info  *terraform.InstanceInfo
+        State *terraform.InstanceState
+        Diff  *terraform.InstanceDiff
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderApplyResponse struct {
+        State *terraform.InstanceState
+        Error *plugin.BasicError
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderDiffArgs struct {
+        Info   *terraform.InstanceInfo
+        State  *terraform.InstanceState
+        Config *terraform.ResourceConfig
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderDiffResponse struct {
+        Diff  *terraform.InstanceDiff
+        Error *plugin.BasicError
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderRefreshArgs struct {
+        Info  *terraform.InstanceInfo
+        State *terraform.InstanceState
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderRefreshResponse struct {
+        State *terraform.InstanceState
+        Error *plugin.BasicError
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderImportStateArgs struct {
+        Info *terraform.InstanceInfo
+        Id   string
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderImportStateResponse struct {
+        State []*terraform.InstanceState
+        Error *plugin.BasicError
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderReadDataApplyArgs struct {
+        Info *terraform.InstanceInfo
+        Diff *terraform.InstanceDiff
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderReadDataApplyResponse struct {
+        State *terraform.InstanceState
+        Error *plugin.BasicError
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderReadDataDiffArgs struct {
+        Info   *terraform.InstanceInfo
+        Config *terraform.ResourceConfig
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderReadDataDiffResponse struct {
+        Diff  *terraform.InstanceDiff
+        Error *plugin.BasicError
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderValidateArgs struct {
+        Config *terraform.ResourceConfig
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderValidateResponse struct {
+        Warnings []string
+        Errors   []*plugin.BasicError
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderValidateResourceArgs struct {
+        Config *terraform.ResourceConfig
+        Type   string
+}
+
+type ResourceProviderValidateResourceResponse struct {
+        Warnings []string
+        Errors   []*plugin.BasicError
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceProviderServer) Stop(
+        _ interface{},
+        reply *ResourceProviderStopResponse) error {
+        err := s.Provider.Stop()
+        *reply = ResourceProviderStopResponse{
+                Error: plugin.NewBasicError(err),
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceProviderServer) Input(
+        args *ResourceProviderInputArgs,
+        reply *ResourceProviderInputResponse) error {
+        conn, err := s.Broker.Dial(args.InputId)
+        if err != nil {
+                *reply = ResourceProviderInputResponse{
+                        Error: plugin.NewBasicError(err),
+                }
+                return nil
+        }
+        client := rpc.NewClient(conn)
+        defer client.Close()
+
+        input := &UIInput{Client: client}
+
+        config, err := s.Provider.Input(input, args.Config)
+        *reply = ResourceProviderInputResponse{
+                Config: config,
+                Error:  plugin.NewBasicError(err),
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceProviderServer) Validate(
+        args *ResourceProviderValidateArgs,
+        reply *ResourceProviderValidateResponse) error {
+        warns, errs := s.Provider.Validate(args.Config)
+        berrs := make([]*plugin.BasicError, len(errs))
+        for i, err := range errs {
+                berrs[i] = plugin.NewBasicError(err)
+        }
+        *reply = ResourceProviderValidateResponse{
+                Warnings: warns,
+                Errors:   berrs,
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceProviderServer) ValidateResource(
+        args *ResourceProviderValidateResourceArgs,
+        reply *ResourceProviderValidateResourceResponse) error {
+        warns, errs := s.Provider.ValidateResource(args.Type, args.Config)
+        berrs := make([]*plugin.BasicError, len(errs))
+        for i, err := range errs {
+                berrs[i] = plugin.NewBasicError(err)
+        }
+        *reply = ResourceProviderValidateResourceResponse{
+                Warnings: warns,
+                Errors:   berrs,
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceProviderServer) Configure(
+        config *terraform.ResourceConfig,
+        reply *ResourceProviderConfigureResponse) error {
+        err := s.Provider.Configure(config)
+        *reply = ResourceProviderConfigureResponse{
+                Error: plugin.NewBasicError(err),
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceProviderServer) Apply(
+        args *ResourceProviderApplyArgs,
+        result *ResourceProviderApplyResponse) error {
+        state, err := s.Provider.Apply(args.Info, args.State, args.Diff)
+        *result = ResourceProviderApplyResponse{
+                State: state,
+                Error: plugin.NewBasicError(err),
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceProviderServer) Diff(
+        args *ResourceProviderDiffArgs,
+        result *ResourceProviderDiffResponse) error {
+        diff, err := s.Provider.Diff(args.Info, args.State, args.Config)
+        *result = ResourceProviderDiffResponse{
+                Diff:  diff,
+                Error: plugin.NewBasicError(err),
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceProviderServer) Refresh(
+        args *ResourceProviderRefreshArgs,
+        result *ResourceProviderRefreshResponse) error {
+        newState, err := s.Provider.Refresh(args.Info, args.State)
+        *result = ResourceProviderRefreshResponse{
+                State: newState,
+                Error: plugin.NewBasicError(err),
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceProviderServer) ImportState(
+        args *ResourceProviderImportStateArgs,
+        result *ResourceProviderImportStateResponse) error {
+        states, err := s.Provider.ImportState(args.Info, args.Id)
+        *result = ResourceProviderImportStateResponse{
+                State: states,
+                Error: plugin.NewBasicError(err),
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceProviderServer) Resources(
+        nothing interface{},
+        result *[]terraform.ResourceType) error {
+        *result = s.Provider.Resources()
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceProviderServer) ValidateDataSource(
+        args *ResourceProviderValidateResourceArgs,
+        reply *ResourceProviderValidateResourceResponse) error {
+        warns, errs := s.Provider.ValidateDataSource(args.Type, args.Config)
+        berrs := make([]*plugin.BasicError, len(errs))
+        for i, err := range errs {
+                berrs[i] = plugin.NewBasicError(err)
+        }
+        *reply = ResourceProviderValidateResourceResponse{
+                Warnings: warns,
+                Errors:   berrs,
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceProviderServer) ReadDataDiff(
+        args *ResourceProviderReadDataDiffArgs,
+        result *ResourceProviderReadDataDiffResponse) error {
+        diff, err := s.Provider.ReadDataDiff(args.Info, args.Config)
+        *result = ResourceProviderReadDataDiffResponse{
+                Diff:  diff,
+                Error: plugin.NewBasicError(err),
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceProviderServer) ReadDataApply(
+        args *ResourceProviderReadDataApplyArgs,
+        result *ResourceProviderReadDataApplyResponse) error {
+        newState, err := s.Provider.ReadDataApply(args.Info, args.Diff)
+        *result = ResourceProviderReadDataApplyResponse{
+                State: newState,
+                Error: plugin.NewBasicError(err),
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceProviderServer) DataSources(
+        nothing interface{},
+        result *[]terraform.DataSource) error {
+        *result = s.Provider.DataSources()
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/resource_provisioner.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/resource_provisioner.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fce9d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/resource_provisioner.go
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "net/rpc"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+)
+
+// ResourceProvisionerPlugin is the plugin.Plugin implementation.
+type ResourceProvisionerPlugin struct {
+        F func() terraform.ResourceProvisioner
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvisionerPlugin) Server(b *plugin.MuxBroker) (interface{}, error) {
+        return &ResourceProvisionerServer{Broker: b, Provisioner: p.F()}, nil
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvisionerPlugin) Client(
+        b *plugin.MuxBroker, c *rpc.Client) (interface{}, error) {
+        return &ResourceProvisioner{Broker: b, Client: c}, nil
+}
+
+// ResourceProvisioner is an implementation of terraform.ResourceProvisioner
+// that communicates over RPC.
+type ResourceProvisioner struct {
+        Broker *plugin.MuxBroker
+        Client *rpc.Client
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvisioner) Validate(c *terraform.ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        var resp ResourceProvisionerValidateResponse
+        args := ResourceProvisionerValidateArgs{
+                Config: c,
+        }
+
+        err := p.Client.Call("Plugin.Validate", &args, &resp)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, []error{err}
+        }
+
+        var errs []error
+        if len(resp.Errors) > 0 {
+                errs = make([]error, len(resp.Errors))
+                for i, err := range resp.Errors {
+                        errs[i] = err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return resp.Warnings, errs
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvisioner) Apply(
+        output terraform.UIOutput,
+        s *terraform.InstanceState,
+        c *terraform.ResourceConfig) error {
+        id := p.Broker.NextId()
+        go p.Broker.AcceptAndServe(id, &UIOutputServer{
+                UIOutput: output,
+        })
+
+        var resp ResourceProvisionerApplyResponse
+        args := &ResourceProvisionerApplyArgs{
+                OutputId: id,
+                State:    s,
+                Config:   c,
+        }
+
+        err := p.Client.Call("Plugin.Apply", args, &resp)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        if resp.Error != nil {
+                err = resp.Error
+        }
+
+        return err
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvisioner) Stop() error {
+        var resp ResourceProvisionerStopResponse
+        err := p.Client.Call("Plugin.Stop", new(interface{}), &resp)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        if resp.Error != nil {
+                err = resp.Error
+        }
+
+        return err
+}
+
+func (p *ResourceProvisioner) Close() error {
+        return p.Client.Close()
+}
+
+type ResourceProvisionerValidateArgs struct {
+        Config *terraform.ResourceConfig
+}
+
+type ResourceProvisionerValidateResponse struct {
+        Warnings []string
+        Errors   []*plugin.BasicError
+}
+
+type ResourceProvisionerApplyArgs struct {
+        OutputId uint32
+        State    *terraform.InstanceState
+        Config   *terraform.ResourceConfig
+}
+
+type ResourceProvisionerApplyResponse struct {
+        Error *plugin.BasicError
+}
+
+type ResourceProvisionerStopResponse struct {
+        Error *plugin.BasicError
+}
+
+// ResourceProvisionerServer is a net/rpc compatible structure for serving
+// a ResourceProvisioner. This should not be used directly.
+type ResourceProvisionerServer struct {
+        Broker      *plugin.MuxBroker
+        Provisioner terraform.ResourceProvisioner
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceProvisionerServer) Apply(
+        args *ResourceProvisionerApplyArgs,
+        result *ResourceProvisionerApplyResponse) error {
+        conn, err := s.Broker.Dial(args.OutputId)
+        if err != nil {
+                *result = ResourceProvisionerApplyResponse{
+                        Error: plugin.NewBasicError(err),
+                }
+                return nil
+        }
+        client := rpc.NewClient(conn)
+        defer client.Close()
+
+        output := &UIOutput{Client: client}
+
+        err = s.Provisioner.Apply(output, args.State, args.Config)
+        *result = ResourceProvisionerApplyResponse{
+                Error: plugin.NewBasicError(err),
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceProvisionerServer) Validate(
+        args *ResourceProvisionerValidateArgs,
+        reply *ResourceProvisionerValidateResponse) error {
+        warns, errs := s.Provisioner.Validate(args.Config)
+        berrs := make([]*plugin.BasicError, len(errs))
+        for i, err := range errs {
+                berrs[i] = plugin.NewBasicError(err)
+        }
+        *reply = ResourceProvisionerValidateResponse{
+                Warnings: warns,
+                Errors:   berrs,
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceProvisionerServer) Stop(
+        _ interface{},
+        reply *ResourceProvisionerStopResponse) error {
+        err := s.Provisioner.Stop()
+        *reply = ResourceProvisionerStopResponse{
+                Error: plugin.NewBasicError(err),
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/serve.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/serve.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2028a61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/serve.go
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+)
+
+// The constants below are the names of the plugins that can be dispensed
+// from the plugin server.
+const (
+        ProviderPluginName    = "provider"
+        ProvisionerPluginName = "provisioner"
+)
+
+// Handshake is the HandshakeConfig used to configure clients and servers.
+var Handshake = plugin.HandshakeConfig{
+        // The ProtocolVersion is the version that must match between TF core
+        // and TF plugins. This should be bumped whenever a change happens in
+        // one or the other that makes it so that they can't safely communicate.
+        // This could be adding a new interface value, it could be how
+        // helper/schema computes diffs, etc.
+        ProtocolVersion: 4,
+
+        // The magic cookie values should NEVER be changed.
+        MagicCookieKey:   "TF_PLUGIN_MAGIC_COOKIE",
+        MagicCookieValue: "d602bf8f470bc67ca7faa0386276bbdd4330efaf76d1a219cb4d6991ca9872b2",
+}
+
+type ProviderFunc func() terraform.ResourceProvider
+type ProvisionerFunc func() terraform.ResourceProvisioner
+
+// ServeOpts are the configurations to serve a plugin.
+type ServeOpts struct {
+        ProviderFunc    ProviderFunc
+        ProvisionerFunc ProvisionerFunc
+}
+
+// Serve serves a plugin. This function never returns and should be the final
+// function called in the main function of the plugin.
+func Serve(opts *ServeOpts) {
+        plugin.Serve(&plugin.ServeConfig{
+                HandshakeConfig: Handshake,
+                Plugins:         pluginMap(opts),
+        })
+}
+
+// pluginMap returns the map[string]plugin.Plugin to use for configuring a plugin
+// server or client.
+func pluginMap(opts *ServeOpts) map[string]plugin.Plugin {
+        return map[string]plugin.Plugin{
+                "provider":    &ResourceProviderPlugin{F: opts.ProviderFunc},
+                "provisioner": &ResourceProvisionerPlugin{F: opts.ProvisionerFunc},
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/ui_input.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/ui_input.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..493efc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/ui_input.go
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "net/rpc"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-plugin"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+)
+
+// UIInput is an implementatin of terraform.UIInput that communicates
+// over RPC.
+type UIInput struct {
+        Client *rpc.Client
+}
+
+func (i *UIInput) Input(opts *terraform.InputOpts) (string, error) {
+        var resp UIInputInputResponse
+        err := i.Client.Call("Plugin.Input", opts, &resp)
+        if err != nil {
+                return "", err
+        }
+        if resp.Error != nil {
+                err = resp.Error
+                return "", err
+        }
+
+        return resp.Value, nil
+}
+
+type UIInputInputResponse struct {
+        Value string
+        Error *plugin.BasicError
+}
+
+// UIInputServer is a net/rpc compatible structure for serving
+// a UIInputServer. This should not be used directly.
+type UIInputServer struct {
+        UIInput terraform.UIInput
+}
+
+func (s *UIInputServer) Input(
+        opts *terraform.InputOpts,
+        reply *UIInputInputResponse) error {
+        value, err := s.UIInput.Input(opts)
+        *reply = UIInputInputResponse{
+                Value: value,
+                Error: plugin.NewBasicError(err),
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/ui_output.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/ui_output.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c222b00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/plugin/ui_output.go
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+package plugin
+
+import (
+        "net/rpc"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform"
+)
+
+// UIOutput is an implementatin of terraform.UIOutput that communicates
+// over RPC.
+type UIOutput struct {
+        Client *rpc.Client
+}
+
+func (o *UIOutput) Output(v string) {
+        o.Client.Call("Plugin.Output", v, new(interface{}))
+}
+
+// UIOutputServer is the RPC server for serving UIOutput.
+type UIOutputServer struct {
+        UIOutput terraform.UIOutput
+}
+
+func (s *UIOutputServer) Output(
+        v string,
+        reply *interface{}) error {
+        s.UIOutput.Output(v)
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/context.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/context.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..306128e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/context.go
@@ -0,0 +1,1022 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "context"
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "sort"
+        "strings"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hcl"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/experiment"
+)
+
+// InputMode defines what sort of input will be asked for when Input
+// is called on Context.
+type InputMode byte
+
+const (
+        // InputModeVar asks for all variables
+        InputModeVar InputMode = 1 << iota
+
+        // InputModeVarUnset asks for variables which are not set yet.
+        // InputModeVar must be set for this to have an effect.
+        InputModeVarUnset
+
+        // InputModeProvider asks for provider variables
+        InputModeProvider
+
+        // InputModeStd is the standard operating mode and asks for both variables
+        // and providers.
+        InputModeStd = InputModeVar | InputModeProvider
+)
+
+var (
+        // contextFailOnShadowError will cause Context operations to return
+        // errors when shadow operations fail. This is only used for testing.
+        contextFailOnShadowError = false
+
+        // contextTestDeepCopyOnPlan will perform a Diff DeepCopy on every
+        // Plan operation, effectively testing the Diff DeepCopy whenever
+        // a Plan occurs. This is enabled for tests.
+        contextTestDeepCopyOnPlan = false
+)
+
+// ContextOpts are the user-configurable options to create a context with
+// NewContext.
+type ContextOpts struct {
+        Meta               *ContextMeta
+        Destroy            bool
+        Diff               *Diff
+        Hooks              []Hook
+        Module             *module.Tree
+        Parallelism        int
+        State              *State
+        StateFutureAllowed bool
+        Providers          map[string]ResourceProviderFactory
+        Provisioners       map[string]ResourceProvisionerFactory
+        Shadow             bool
+        Targets            []string
+        Variables          map[string]interface{}
+
+        UIInput UIInput
+}
+
+// ContextMeta is metadata about the running context. This is information
+// that this package or structure cannot determine on its own but exposes
+// into Terraform in various ways. This must be provided by the Context
+// initializer.
+type ContextMeta struct {
+        Env string // Env is the state environment
+}
+
+// Context represents all the context that Terraform needs in order to
+// perform operations on infrastructure. This structure is built using
+// NewContext. See the documentation for that.
+//
+// Extra functions on Context can be found in context_*.go files.
+type Context struct {
+        // Maintainer note: Anytime this struct is changed, please verify
+        // that newShadowContext still does the right thing. Tests should
+        // fail regardless but putting this note here as well.
+
+        components contextComponentFactory
+        destroy    bool
+        diff       *Diff
+        diffLock   sync.RWMutex
+        hooks      []Hook
+        meta       *ContextMeta
+        module     *module.Tree
+        sh         *stopHook
+        shadow     bool
+        state      *State
+        stateLock  sync.RWMutex
+        targets    []string
+        uiInput    UIInput
+        variables  map[string]interface{}
+
+        l                   sync.Mutex // Lock acquired during any task
+        parallelSem         Semaphore
+        providerInputConfig map[string]map[string]interface{}
+        runLock             sync.Mutex
+        runCond             *sync.Cond
+        runContext          context.Context
+        runContextCancel    context.CancelFunc
+        shadowErr           error
+}
+
+// NewContext creates a new Context structure.
+//
+// Once a Context is creator, the pointer values within ContextOpts
+// should not be mutated in any way, since the pointers are copied, not
+// the values themselves.
+func NewContext(opts *ContextOpts) (*Context, error) {
+        // Validate the version requirement if it is given
+        if opts.Module != nil {
+                if err := checkRequiredVersion(opts.Module); err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Copy all the hooks and add our stop hook. We don't append directly
+        // to the Config so that we're not modifying that in-place.
+        sh := new(stopHook)
+        hooks := make([]Hook, len(opts.Hooks)+1)
+        copy(hooks, opts.Hooks)
+        hooks[len(opts.Hooks)] = sh
+
+        state := opts.State
+        if state == nil {
+                state = new(State)
+                state.init()
+        }
+
+        // If our state is from the future, then error. Callers can avoid
+        // this error by explicitly setting `StateFutureAllowed`.
+        if !opts.StateFutureAllowed && state.FromFutureTerraform() {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Terraform doesn't allow running any operations against a state\n"+
+                                "that was written by a future Terraform version. The state is\n"+
+                                "reporting it is written by Terraform '%s'.\n\n"+
+                                "Please run at least that version of Terraform to continue.",
+                        state.TFVersion)
+        }
+
+        // Explicitly reset our state version to our current version so that
+        // any operations we do will write out that our latest version
+        // has run.
+        state.TFVersion = Version
+
+        // Determine parallelism, default to 10. We do this both to limit
+        // CPU pressure but also to have an extra guard against rate throttling
+        // from providers.
+        par := opts.Parallelism
+        if par == 0 {
+                par = 10
+        }
+
+        // Set up the variables in the following sequence:
+        //    0 - Take default values from the configuration
+        //    1 - Take values from TF_VAR_x environment variables
+        //    2 - Take values specified in -var flags, overriding values
+        //        set by environment variables if necessary. This includes
+        //        values taken from -var-file in addition.
+        variables := make(map[string]interface{})
+
+        if opts.Module != nil {
+                var err error
+                variables, err = Variables(opts.Module, opts.Variables)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        diff := opts.Diff
+        if diff == nil {
+                diff = &Diff{}
+        }
+
+        return &Context{
+                components: &basicComponentFactory{
+                        providers:    opts.Providers,
+                        provisioners: opts.Provisioners,
+                },
+                destroy:   opts.Destroy,
+                diff:      diff,
+                hooks:     hooks,
+                meta:      opts.Meta,
+                module:    opts.Module,
+                shadow:    opts.Shadow,
+                state:     state,
+                targets:   opts.Targets,
+                uiInput:   opts.UIInput,
+                variables: variables,
+
+                parallelSem:         NewSemaphore(par),
+                providerInputConfig: make(map[string]map[string]interface{}),
+                sh:                  sh,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+type ContextGraphOpts struct {
+        // If true, validates the graph structure (checks for cycles).
+        Validate bool
+
+        // Legacy graphs only: won't prune the graph
+        Verbose bool
+}
+
+// Graph returns the graph used for the given operation type.
+//
+// The most extensive or complex graph type is GraphTypePlan.
+func (c *Context) Graph(typ GraphType, opts *ContextGraphOpts) (*Graph, error) {
+        if opts == nil {
+                opts = &ContextGraphOpts{Validate: true}
+        }
+
+        log.Printf("[INFO] terraform: building graph: %s", typ)
+        switch typ {
+        case GraphTypeApply:
+                return (&ApplyGraphBuilder{
+                        Module:       c.module,
+                        Diff:         c.diff,
+                        State:        c.state,
+                        Providers:    c.components.ResourceProviders(),
+                        Provisioners: c.components.ResourceProvisioners(),
+                        Targets:      c.targets,
+                        Destroy:      c.destroy,
+                        Validate:     opts.Validate,
+                }).Build(RootModulePath)
+
+        case GraphTypeInput:
+                // The input graph is just a slightly modified plan graph
+                fallthrough
+        case GraphTypeValidate:
+                // The validate graph is just a slightly modified plan graph
+                fallthrough
+        case GraphTypePlan:
+                // Create the plan graph builder
+                p := &PlanGraphBuilder{
+                        Module:    c.module,
+                        State:     c.state,
+                        Providers: c.components.ResourceProviders(),
+                        Targets:   c.targets,
+                        Validate:  opts.Validate,
+                }
+
+                // Some special cases for other graph types shared with plan currently
+                var b GraphBuilder = p
+                switch typ {
+                case GraphTypeInput:
+                        b = InputGraphBuilder(p)
+                case GraphTypeValidate:
+                        // We need to set the provisioners so those can be validated
+                        p.Provisioners = c.components.ResourceProvisioners()
+
+                        b = ValidateGraphBuilder(p)
+                }
+
+                return b.Build(RootModulePath)
+
+        case GraphTypePlanDestroy:
+                return (&DestroyPlanGraphBuilder{
+                        Module:   c.module,
+                        State:    c.state,
+                        Targets:  c.targets,
+                        Validate: opts.Validate,
+                }).Build(RootModulePath)
+
+        case GraphTypeRefresh:
+                return (&RefreshGraphBuilder{
+                        Module:    c.module,
+                        State:     c.state,
+                        Providers: c.components.ResourceProviders(),
+                        Targets:   c.targets,
+                        Validate:  opts.Validate,
+                }).Build(RootModulePath)
+        }
+
+        return nil, fmt.Errorf("unknown graph type: %s", typ)
+}
+
+// ShadowError returns any errors caught during a shadow operation.
+//
+// A shadow operation is an operation run in parallel to a real operation
+// that performs the same tasks using new logic on copied state. The results
+// are compared to ensure that the new logic works the same as the old logic.
+// The shadow never affects the real operation or return values.
+//
+// The result of the shadow operation are only available through this function
+// call after a real operation is complete.
+//
+// For API consumers of Context, you can safely ignore this function
+// completely if you have no interest in helping report experimental feature
+// errors to Terraform maintainers. Otherwise, please call this function
+// after every operation and report this to the user.
+//
+// IMPORTANT: Shadow errors are _never_ critical: they _never_ affect
+// the real state or result of a real operation. They are purely informational
+// to assist in future Terraform versions being more stable. Please message
+// this effectively to the end user.
+//
+// This must be called only when no other operation is running (refresh,
+// plan, etc.). The result can be used in parallel to any other operation
+// running.
+func (c *Context) ShadowError() error {
+        return c.shadowErr
+}
+
+// State returns a copy of the current state associated with this context.
+//
+// This cannot safely be called in parallel with any other Context function.
+func (c *Context) State() *State {
+        return c.state.DeepCopy()
+}
+
+// Interpolater returns an Interpolater built on a copy of the state
+// that can be used to test interpolation values.
+func (c *Context) Interpolater() *Interpolater {
+        var varLock sync.Mutex
+        var stateLock sync.RWMutex
+        return &Interpolater{
+                Operation:          walkApply,
+                Meta:               c.meta,
+                Module:             c.module,
+                State:              c.state.DeepCopy(),
+                StateLock:          &stateLock,
+                VariableValues:     c.variables,
+                VariableValuesLock: &varLock,
+        }
+}
+
+// Input asks for input to fill variables and provider configurations.
+// This modifies the configuration in-place, so asking for Input twice
+// may result in different UI output showing different current values.
+func (c *Context) Input(mode InputMode) error {
+        defer c.acquireRun("input")()
+
+        if mode&InputModeVar != 0 {
+                // Walk the variables first for the root module. We walk them in
+                // alphabetical order for UX reasons.
+                rootConf := c.module.Config()
+                names := make([]string, len(rootConf.Variables))
+                m := make(map[string]*config.Variable)
+                for i, v := range rootConf.Variables {
+                        names[i] = v.Name
+                        m[v.Name] = v
+                }
+                sort.Strings(names)
+                for _, n := range names {
+                        // If we only care about unset variables, then if the variable
+                        // is set, continue on.
+                        if mode&InputModeVarUnset != 0 {
+                                if _, ok := c.variables[n]; ok {
+                                        continue
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        var valueType config.VariableType
+
+                        v := m[n]
+                        switch valueType = v.Type(); valueType {
+                        case config.VariableTypeUnknown:
+                                continue
+                        case config.VariableTypeMap:
+                                // OK
+                        case config.VariableTypeList:
+                                // OK
+                        case config.VariableTypeString:
+                                // OK
+                        default:
+                                panic(fmt.Sprintf("Unknown variable type: %#v", v.Type()))
+                        }
+
+                        // If the variable is not already set, and the variable defines a
+                        // default, use that for the value.
+                        if _, ok := c.variables[n]; !ok {
+                                if v.Default != nil {
+                                        c.variables[n] = v.Default.(string)
+                                        continue
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        // this should only happen during tests
+                        if c.uiInput == nil {
+                                log.Println("[WARN] Content.uiInput is nil")
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // Ask the user for a value for this variable
+                        var value string
+                        retry := 0
+                        for {
+                                var err error
+                                value, err = c.uiInput.Input(&InputOpts{
+                                        Id:          fmt.Sprintf("var.%s", n),
+                                        Query:       fmt.Sprintf("var.%s", n),
+                                        Description: v.Description,
+                                })
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "Error asking for %s: %s", n, err)
+                                }
+
+                                if value == "" && v.Required() {
+                                        // Redo if it is required, but abort if we keep getting
+                                        // blank entries
+                                        if retry > 2 {
+                                                return fmt.Errorf("missing required value for %q", n)
+                                        }
+                                        retry++
+                                        continue
+                                }
+
+                                break
+                        }
+
+                        // no value provided, so don't set the variable at all
+                        if value == "" {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        decoded, err := parseVariableAsHCL(n, value, valueType)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+
+                        if decoded != nil {
+                                c.variables[n] = decoded
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if mode&InputModeProvider != 0 {
+                // Build the graph
+                graph, err := c.Graph(GraphTypeInput, nil)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Do the walk
+                if _, err := c.walk(graph, nil, walkInput); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Apply applies the changes represented by this context and returns
+// the resulting state.
+//
+// Even in the case an error is returned, the state may be returned and will
+// potentially be partially updated.  In addition to returning the resulting
+// state, this context is updated with the latest state.
+//
+// If the state is required after an error, the caller should call
+// Context.State, rather than rely on the return value.
+//
+// TODO: Apply and Refresh should either always return a state, or rely on the
+//       State() method. Currently the helper/resource testing framework relies
+//       on the absence of a returned state to determine if Destroy can be
+//       called, so that will need to be refactored before this can be changed.
+func (c *Context) Apply() (*State, error) {
+        defer c.acquireRun("apply")()
+
+        // Copy our own state
+        c.state = c.state.DeepCopy()
+
+        // Build the graph.
+        graph, err := c.Graph(GraphTypeApply, nil)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Determine the operation
+        operation := walkApply
+        if c.destroy {
+                operation = walkDestroy
+        }
+
+        // Walk the graph
+        walker, err := c.walk(graph, graph, operation)
+        if len(walker.ValidationErrors) > 0 {
+                err = multierror.Append(err, walker.ValidationErrors...)
+        }
+
+        // Clean out any unused things
+        c.state.prune()
+
+        return c.state, err
+}
+
+// Plan generates an execution plan for the given context.
+//
+// The execution plan encapsulates the context and can be stored
+// in order to reinstantiate a context later for Apply.
+//
+// Plan also updates the diff of this context to be the diff generated
+// by the plan, so Apply can be called after.
+func (c *Context) Plan() (*Plan, error) {
+        defer c.acquireRun("plan")()
+
+        p := &Plan{
+                Module:  c.module,
+                Vars:    c.variables,
+                State:   c.state,
+                Targets: c.targets,
+        }
+
+        var operation walkOperation
+        if c.destroy {
+                operation = walkPlanDestroy
+        } else {
+                // Set our state to be something temporary. We do this so that
+                // the plan can update a fake state so that variables work, then
+                // we replace it back with our old state.
+                old := c.state
+                if old == nil {
+                        c.state = &State{}
+                        c.state.init()
+                } else {
+                        c.state = old.DeepCopy()
+                }
+                defer func() {
+                        c.state = old
+                }()
+
+                operation = walkPlan
+        }
+
+        // Setup our diff
+        c.diffLock.Lock()
+        c.diff = new(Diff)
+        c.diff.init()
+        c.diffLock.Unlock()
+
+        // Build the graph.
+        graphType := GraphTypePlan
+        if c.destroy {
+                graphType = GraphTypePlanDestroy
+        }
+        graph, err := c.Graph(graphType, nil)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Do the walk
+        walker, err := c.walk(graph, graph, operation)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        p.Diff = c.diff
+
+        // If this is true, it means we're running unit tests. In this case,
+        // we perform a deep copy just to ensure that all context tests also
+        // test that a diff is copy-able. This will panic if it fails. This
+        // is enabled during unit tests.
+        //
+        // This should never be true during production usage, but even if it is,
+        // it can't do any real harm.
+        if contextTestDeepCopyOnPlan {
+                p.Diff.DeepCopy()
+        }
+
+        /*
+                // We don't do the reverification during the new destroy plan because
+                // it will use a different apply process.
+                if X_legacyGraph {
+                        // Now that we have a diff, we can build the exact graph that Apply will use
+                        // and catch any possible cycles during the Plan phase.
+                        if _, err := c.Graph(GraphTypeLegacy, nil); err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                }
+        */
+
+        var errs error
+        if len(walker.ValidationErrors) > 0 {
+                errs = multierror.Append(errs, walker.ValidationErrors...)
+        }
+        return p, errs
+}
+
+// Refresh goes through all the resources in the state and refreshes them
+// to their latest state. This will update the state that this context
+// works with, along with returning it.
+//
+// Even in the case an error is returned, the state may be returned and
+// will potentially be partially updated.
+func (c *Context) Refresh() (*State, error) {
+        defer c.acquireRun("refresh")()
+
+        // Copy our own state
+        c.state = c.state.DeepCopy()
+
+        // Build the graph.
+        graph, err := c.Graph(GraphTypeRefresh, nil)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Do the walk
+        if _, err := c.walk(graph, graph, walkRefresh); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Clean out any unused things
+        c.state.prune()
+
+        return c.state, nil
+}
+
+// Stop stops the running task.
+//
+// Stop will block until the task completes.
+func (c *Context) Stop() {
+        log.Printf("[WARN] terraform: Stop called, initiating interrupt sequence")
+
+        c.l.Lock()
+        defer c.l.Unlock()
+
+        // If we're running, then stop
+        if c.runContextCancel != nil {
+                log.Printf("[WARN] terraform: run context exists, stopping")
+
+                // Tell the hook we want to stop
+                c.sh.Stop()
+
+                // Stop the context
+                c.runContextCancel()
+                c.runContextCancel = nil
+        }
+
+        // Grab the condition var before we exit
+        if cond := c.runCond; cond != nil {
+                cond.Wait()
+        }
+
+        log.Printf("[WARN] terraform: stop complete")
+}
+
+// Validate validates the configuration and returns any warnings or errors.
+func (c *Context) Validate() ([]string, []error) {
+        defer c.acquireRun("validate")()
+
+        var errs error
+
+        // Validate the configuration itself
+        if err := c.module.Validate(); err != nil {
+                errs = multierror.Append(errs, err)
+        }
+
+        // This only needs to be done for the root module, since inter-module
+        // variables are validated in the module tree.
+        if config := c.module.Config(); config != nil {
+                // Validate the user variables
+                if err := smcUserVariables(config, c.variables); len(err) > 0 {
+                        errs = multierror.Append(errs, err...)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If we have errors at this point, the graphing has no chance,
+        // so just bail early.
+        if errs != nil {
+                return nil, []error{errs}
+        }
+
+        // Build the graph so we can walk it and run Validate on nodes.
+        // We also validate the graph generated here, but this graph doesn't
+        // necessarily match the graph that Plan will generate, so we'll validate the
+        // graph again later after Planning.
+        graph, err := c.Graph(GraphTypeValidate, nil)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, []error{err}
+        }
+
+        // Walk
+        walker, err := c.walk(graph, graph, walkValidate)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, multierror.Append(errs, err).Errors
+        }
+
+        // Return the result
+        rerrs := multierror.Append(errs, walker.ValidationErrors...)
+
+        sort.Strings(walker.ValidationWarnings)
+        sort.Slice(rerrs.Errors, func(i, j int) bool {
+                return rerrs.Errors[i].Error() < rerrs.Errors[j].Error()
+        })
+
+        return walker.ValidationWarnings, rerrs.Errors
+}
+
+// Module returns the module tree associated with this context.
+func (c *Context) Module() *module.Tree {
+        return c.module
+}
+
+// Variables will return the mapping of variables that were defined
+// for this Context. If Input was called, this mapping may be different
+// than what was given.
+func (c *Context) Variables() map[string]interface{} {
+        return c.variables
+}
+
+// SetVariable sets a variable after a context has already been built.
+func (c *Context) SetVariable(k string, v interface{}) {
+        c.variables[k] = v
+}
+
+func (c *Context) acquireRun(phase string) func() {
+        // With the run lock held, grab the context lock to make changes
+        // to the run context.
+        c.l.Lock()
+        defer c.l.Unlock()
+
+        // Wait until we're no longer running
+        for c.runCond != nil {
+                c.runCond.Wait()
+        }
+
+        // Build our lock
+        c.runCond = sync.NewCond(&c.l)
+
+        // Setup debugging
+        dbug.SetPhase(phase)
+
+        // Create a new run context
+        c.runContext, c.runContextCancel = context.WithCancel(context.Background())
+
+        // Reset the stop hook so we're not stopped
+        c.sh.Reset()
+
+        // Reset the shadow errors
+        c.shadowErr = nil
+
+        return c.releaseRun
+}
+
+func (c *Context) releaseRun() {
+        // Grab the context lock so that we can make modifications to fields
+        c.l.Lock()
+        defer c.l.Unlock()
+
+        // setting the phase to "INVALID" lets us easily detect if we have
+        // operations happening outside of a run, or we missed setting the proper
+        // phase
+        dbug.SetPhase("INVALID")
+
+        // End our run. We check if runContext is non-nil because it can be
+        // set to nil if it was cancelled via Stop()
+        if c.runContextCancel != nil {
+                c.runContextCancel()
+        }
+
+        // Unlock all waiting our condition
+        cond := c.runCond
+        c.runCond = nil
+        cond.Broadcast()
+
+        // Unset the context
+        c.runContext = nil
+}
+
+func (c *Context) walk(
+        graph, shadow *Graph, operation walkOperation) (*ContextGraphWalker, error) {
+        // Keep track of the "real" context which is the context that does
+        // the real work: talking to real providers, modifying real state, etc.
+        realCtx := c
+
+        // If we don't want shadowing, remove it
+        if !experiment.Enabled(experiment.X_shadow) {
+                shadow = nil
+        }
+
+        // Just log this so we can see it in a debug log
+        if !c.shadow {
+                log.Printf("[WARN] terraform: shadow graph disabled")
+                shadow = nil
+        }
+
+        // If we have a shadow graph, walk that as well
+        var shadowCtx *Context
+        var shadowCloser Shadow
+        if shadow != nil {
+                // Build the shadow context. In the process, override the real context
+                // with the one that is wrapped so that the shadow context can verify
+                // the results of the real.
+                realCtx, shadowCtx, shadowCloser = newShadowContext(c)
+        }
+
+        log.Printf("[DEBUG] Starting graph walk: %s", operation.String())
+
+        walker := &ContextGraphWalker{
+                Context:     realCtx,
+                Operation:   operation,
+                StopContext: c.runContext,
+        }
+
+        // Watch for a stop so we can call the provider Stop() API.
+        watchStop, watchWait := c.watchStop(walker)
+
+        // Walk the real graph, this will block until it completes
+        realErr := graph.Walk(walker)
+
+        // Close the channel so the watcher stops, and wait for it to return.
+        close(watchStop)
+        <-watchWait
+
+        // If we have a shadow graph and we interrupted the real graph, then
+        // we just close the shadow and never verify it. It is non-trivial to
+        // recreate the exact execution state up until an interruption so this
+        // isn't supported with shadows at the moment.
+        if shadowCloser != nil && c.sh.Stopped() {
+                // Ignore the error result, there is nothing we could care about
+                shadowCloser.CloseShadow()
+
+                // Set it to nil so we don't do anything
+                shadowCloser = nil
+        }
+
+        // If we have a shadow graph, wait for that to complete.
+        if shadowCloser != nil {
+                // Build the graph walker for the shadow. We also wrap this in
+                // a panicwrap so that panics are captured. For the shadow graph,
+                // we just want panics to be normal errors rather than to crash
+                // Terraform.
+                shadowWalker := GraphWalkerPanicwrap(&ContextGraphWalker{
+                        Context:   shadowCtx,
+                        Operation: operation,
+                })
+
+                // Kick off the shadow walk. This will block on any operations
+                // on the real walk so it is fine to start first.
+                log.Printf("[INFO] Starting shadow graph walk: %s", operation.String())
+                shadowCh := make(chan error)
+                go func() {
+                        shadowCh <- shadow.Walk(shadowWalker)
+                }()
+
+                // Notify the shadow that we're done
+                if err := shadowCloser.CloseShadow(); err != nil {
+                        c.shadowErr = multierror.Append(c.shadowErr, err)
+                }
+
+                // Wait for the walk to end
+                log.Printf("[DEBUG] Waiting for shadow graph to complete...")
+                shadowWalkErr := <-shadowCh
+
+                // Get any shadow errors
+                if err := shadowCloser.ShadowError(); err != nil {
+                        c.shadowErr = multierror.Append(c.shadowErr, err)
+                }
+
+                // Verify the contexts (compare)
+                if err := shadowContextVerify(realCtx, shadowCtx); err != nil {
+                        c.shadowErr = multierror.Append(c.shadowErr, err)
+                }
+
+                // At this point, if we're supposed to fail on error, then
+                // we PANIC. Some tests just verify that there is an error,
+                // so simply appending it to realErr and returning could hide
+                // shadow problems.
+                //
+                // This must be done BEFORE appending shadowWalkErr since the
+                // shadowWalkErr may include expected errors.
+                //
+                // We only do this if we don't have a real error. In the case of
+                // a real error, we can't guarantee what nodes were and weren't
+                // traversed in parallel scenarios so we can't guarantee no
+                // shadow errors.
+                if c.shadowErr != nil && contextFailOnShadowError && realErr == nil {
+                        panic(multierror.Prefix(c.shadowErr, "shadow graph:"))
+                }
+
+                // Now, if we have a walk error, we append that through
+                if shadowWalkErr != nil {
+                        c.shadowErr = multierror.Append(c.shadowErr, shadowWalkErr)
+                }
+
+                if c.shadowErr == nil {
+                        log.Printf("[INFO] Shadow graph success!")
+                } else {
+                        log.Printf("[ERROR] Shadow graph error: %s", c.shadowErr)
+
+                        // If we're supposed to fail on shadow errors, then report it
+                        if contextFailOnShadowError {
+                                realErr = multierror.Append(realErr, multierror.Prefix(
+                                        c.shadowErr, "shadow graph:"))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return walker, realErr
+}
+
+// watchStop immediately returns a `stop` and a `wait` chan after dispatching
+// the watchStop goroutine. This will watch the runContext for cancellation and
+// stop the providers accordingly.  When the watch is no longer needed, the
+// `stop` chan should be closed before waiting on the `wait` chan.
+// The `wait` chan is important, because without synchronizing with the end of
+// the watchStop goroutine, the runContext may also be closed during the select
+// incorrectly causing providers to be stopped. Even if the graph walk is done
+// at that point, stopping a provider permanently cancels its StopContext which
+// can cause later actions to fail.
+func (c *Context) watchStop(walker *ContextGraphWalker) (chan struct{}, <-chan struct{}) {
+        stop := make(chan struct{})
+        wait := make(chan struct{})
+
+        // get the runContext cancellation channel now, because releaseRun will
+        // write to the runContext field.
+        done := c.runContext.Done()
+
+        go func() {
+                defer close(wait)
+                // Wait for a stop or completion
+                select {
+                case <-done:
+                        // done means the context was canceled, so we need to try and stop
+                        // providers.
+                case <-stop:
+                        // our own stop channel was closed.
+                        return
+                }
+
+                // If we're here, we're stopped, trigger the call.
+
+                {
+                        // Copy the providers so that a misbehaved blocking Stop doesn't
+                        // completely hang Terraform.
+                        walker.providerLock.Lock()
+                        ps := make([]ResourceProvider, 0, len(walker.providerCache))
+                        for _, p := range walker.providerCache {
+                                ps = append(ps, p)
+                        }
+                        defer walker.providerLock.Unlock()
+
+                        for _, p := range ps {
+                                // We ignore the error for now since there isn't any reasonable
+                                // action to take if there is an error here, since the stop is still
+                                // advisory: Terraform will exit once the graph node completes.
+                                p.Stop()
+                        }
+                }
+
+                {
+                        // Call stop on all the provisioners
+                        walker.provisionerLock.Lock()
+                        ps := make([]ResourceProvisioner, 0, len(walker.provisionerCache))
+                        for _, p := range walker.provisionerCache {
+                                ps = append(ps, p)
+                        }
+                        defer walker.provisionerLock.Unlock()
+
+                        for _, p := range ps {
+                                // We ignore the error for now since there isn't any reasonable
+                                // action to take if there is an error here, since the stop is still
+                                // advisory: Terraform will exit once the graph node completes.
+                                p.Stop()
+                        }
+                }
+        }()
+
+        return stop, wait
+}
+
+// parseVariableAsHCL parses the value of a single variable as would have been specified
+// on the command line via -var or in an environment variable named TF_VAR_x, where x is
+// the name of the variable. In order to get around the restriction of HCL requiring a
+// top level object, we prepend a sentinel key, decode the user-specified value as its
+// value and pull the value back out of the resulting map.
+func parseVariableAsHCL(name string, input string, targetType config.VariableType) (interface{}, error) {
+        // expecting a string so don't decode anything, just strip quotes
+        if targetType == config.VariableTypeString {
+                return strings.Trim(input, `"`), nil
+        }
+
+        // return empty types
+        if strings.TrimSpace(input) == "" {
+                switch targetType {
+                case config.VariableTypeList:
+                        return []interface{}{}, nil
+                case config.VariableTypeMap:
+                        return make(map[string]interface{}), nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        const sentinelValue = "SENTINEL_TERRAFORM_VAR_OVERRIDE_KEY"
+        inputWithSentinal := fmt.Sprintf("%s = %s", sentinelValue, input)
+
+        var decoded map[string]interface{}
+        err := hcl.Decode(&decoded, inputWithSentinal)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Cannot parse value for variable %s (%q) as valid HCL: %s", name, input, err)
+        }
+
+        if len(decoded) != 1 {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Cannot parse value for variable %s (%q) as valid HCL. Only one value may be specified.", name, input)
+        }
+
+        parsedValue, ok := decoded[sentinelValue]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Cannot parse value for variable %s (%q) as valid HCL. One value must be specified.", name, input)
+        }
+
+        switch targetType {
+        case config.VariableTypeList:
+                return parsedValue, nil
+        case config.VariableTypeMap:
+                if list, ok := parsedValue.([]map[string]interface{}); ok {
+                        return list[0], nil
+                }
+
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Cannot parse value for variable %s (%q) as valid HCL. One value must be specified.", name, input)
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Errorf("unknown type %s", targetType.Printable()))
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/context_components.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/context_components.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f50744
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/context_components.go
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// contextComponentFactory is the interface that Context uses
+// to initialize various components such as providers and provisioners.
+// This factory gets more information than the raw maps using to initialize
+// a Context. This information is used for debugging.
+type contextComponentFactory interface {
+        // ResourceProvider creates a new ResourceProvider with the given
+        // type. The "uid" is a unique identifier for this provider being
+        // initialized that can be used for internal tracking.
+        ResourceProvider(typ, uid string) (ResourceProvider, error)
+        ResourceProviders() []string
+
+        // ResourceProvisioner creates a new ResourceProvisioner with the
+        // given type. The "uid" is a unique identifier for this provisioner
+        // being initialized that can be used for internal tracking.
+        ResourceProvisioner(typ, uid string) (ResourceProvisioner, error)
+        ResourceProvisioners() []string
+}
+
+// basicComponentFactory just calls a factory from a map directly.
+type basicComponentFactory struct {
+        providers    map[string]ResourceProviderFactory
+        provisioners map[string]ResourceProvisionerFactory
+}
+
+func (c *basicComponentFactory) ResourceProviders() []string {
+        result := make([]string, len(c.providers))
+        for k, _ := range c.providers {
+                result = append(result, k)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+func (c *basicComponentFactory) ResourceProvisioners() []string {
+        result := make([]string, len(c.provisioners))
+        for k, _ := range c.provisioners {
+                result = append(result, k)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+func (c *basicComponentFactory) ResourceProvider(typ, uid string) (ResourceProvider, error) {
+        f, ok := c.providers[typ]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("unknown provider %q", typ)
+        }
+
+        return f()
+}
+
+func (c *basicComponentFactory) ResourceProvisioner(typ, uid string) (ResourceProvisioner, error) {
+        f, ok := c.provisioners[typ]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("unknown provisioner %q", typ)
+        }
+
+        return f()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/context_graph_type.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/context_graph_type.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..084f010
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/context_graph_type.go
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+package terraform
+
+//go:generate stringer -type=GraphType context_graph_type.go
+
+// GraphType is an enum of the type of graph to create with a Context.
+// The values of the constants may change so they shouldn't be depended on;
+// always use the constant name.
+type GraphType byte
+
+const (
+        GraphTypeInvalid GraphType = 0
+        GraphTypeLegacy  GraphType = iota
+        GraphTypeRefresh
+        GraphTypePlan
+        GraphTypePlanDestroy
+        GraphTypeApply
+        GraphTypeInput
+        GraphTypeValidate
+)
+
+// GraphTypeMap is a mapping of human-readable string to GraphType. This
+// is useful to use as the mechanism for human input for configurable
+// graph types.
+var GraphTypeMap = map[string]GraphType{
+        "apply":        GraphTypeApply,
+        "input":        GraphTypeInput,
+        "plan":         GraphTypePlan,
+        "plan-destroy": GraphTypePlanDestroy,
+        "refresh":      GraphTypeRefresh,
+        "legacy":       GraphTypeLegacy,
+        "validate":     GraphTypeValidate,
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/context_import.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/context_import.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1d5776
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/context_import.go
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+)
+
+// ImportOpts are used as the configuration for Import.
+type ImportOpts struct {
+        // Targets are the targets to import
+        Targets []*ImportTarget
+
+        // Module is optional, and specifies a config module that is loaded
+        // into the graph and evaluated. The use case for this is to provide
+        // provider configuration.
+        Module *module.Tree
+}
+
+// ImportTarget is a single resource to import.
+type ImportTarget struct {
+        // Addr is the full resource address of the resource to import.
+        // Example: "module.foo.aws_instance.bar"
+        Addr string
+
+        // ID is the ID of the resource to import. This is resource-specific.
+        ID string
+
+        // Provider string
+        Provider string
+}
+
+// Import takes already-created external resources and brings them
+// under Terraform management. Import requires the exact type, name, and ID
+// of the resources to import.
+//
+// This operation is idempotent. If the requested resource is already
+// imported, no changes are made to the state.
+//
+// Further, this operation also gracefully handles partial state. If during
+// an import there is a failure, all previously imported resources remain
+// imported.
+func (c *Context) Import(opts *ImportOpts) (*State, error) {
+        // Hold a lock since we can modify our own state here
+        defer c.acquireRun("import")()
+
+        // Copy our own state
+        c.state = c.state.DeepCopy()
+
+        // If no module is given, default to the module configured with
+        // the Context.
+        module := opts.Module
+        if module == nil {
+                module = c.module
+        }
+
+        // Initialize our graph builder
+        builder := &ImportGraphBuilder{
+                ImportTargets: opts.Targets,
+                Module:        module,
+                Providers:     c.components.ResourceProviders(),
+        }
+
+        // Build the graph!
+        graph, err := builder.Build(RootModulePath)
+        if err != nil {
+                return c.state, err
+        }
+
+        // Walk it
+        if _, err := c.walk(graph, nil, walkImport); err != nil {
+                return c.state, err
+        }
+
+        // Clean the state
+        c.state.prune()
+
+        return c.state, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/debug.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/debug.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..265339f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/debug.go
@@ -0,0 +1,523 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "archive/tar"
+        "bytes"
+        "compress/gzip"
+        "encoding/json"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "os"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "sync"
+        "time"
+)
+
+// DebugInfo is the global handler for writing the debug archive. All methods
+// are safe to call concurrently. Setting DebugInfo to nil will disable writing
+// the debug archive. All methods are safe to call on the nil value.
+var dbug *debugInfo
+
+// SetDebugInfo initializes the debug handler with a backing file in the
+// provided directory. This must be called before any other terraform package
+// operations or not at all. Once his is called, CloseDebugInfo should be
+// called before program exit.
+func SetDebugInfo(path string) error {
+        if os.Getenv("TF_DEBUG") == "" {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        di, err := newDebugInfoFile(path)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        dbug = di
+        return nil
+}
+
+// CloseDebugInfo is the exported interface to Close the debug info handler.
+// The debug handler needs to be closed before program exit, so we export this
+// function to be deferred in the appropriate entrypoint for our executable.
+func CloseDebugInfo() error {
+        return dbug.Close()
+}
+
+// newDebugInfoFile initializes the global debug handler with a backing file in
+// the provided directory.
+func newDebugInfoFile(dir string) (*debugInfo, error) {
+        err := os.MkdirAll(dir, 0755)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // FIXME: not guaranteed unique, but good enough for now
+        name := fmt.Sprintf("debug-%s", time.Now().Format("2006-01-02-15-04-05.999999999"))
+        archivePath := filepath.Join(dir, name+".tar.gz")
+
+        f, err := os.OpenFile(archivePath, os.O_RDWR|os.O_CREATE|os.O_EXCL, 0666)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        return newDebugInfo(name, f)
+}
+
+// newDebugInfo initializes the global debug handler.
+func newDebugInfo(name string, w io.Writer) (*debugInfo, error) {
+        gz := gzip.NewWriter(w)
+
+        d := &debugInfo{
+                name: name,
+                w:    w,
+                gz:   gz,
+                tar:  tar.NewWriter(gz),
+        }
+
+        // create the subdirs we need
+        topHdr := &tar.Header{
+                Name:     name,
+                Typeflag: tar.TypeDir,
+                Mode:     0755,
+        }
+        graphsHdr := &tar.Header{
+                Name:     name + "/graphs",
+                Typeflag: tar.TypeDir,
+                Mode:     0755,
+        }
+        err := d.tar.WriteHeader(topHdr)
+        // if the first errors, the second will too
+        err = d.tar.WriteHeader(graphsHdr)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return d, nil
+}
+
+// debugInfo provides various methods for writing debug information to a
+// central archive. The debugInfo struct should be initialized once before any
+// output is written, and Close should be called before program exit. All
+// exported methods on debugInfo will be safe for concurrent use. The exported
+// methods are also all safe to call on a nil pointer, so that there is no need
+// for conditional blocks before writing debug information.
+//
+// Each write operation done by the debugInfo will flush the gzip.Writer and
+// tar.Writer, and call Sync() or Flush() on the output writer as needed. This
+// ensures that as much data as possible is written to storage in the event of
+// a crash. The append format of the tar file, and the stream format of the
+// gzip writer allow easy recovery f the data in the event that the debugInfo
+// is not closed before program exit.
+type debugInfo struct {
+        sync.Mutex
+
+        // archive root directory name
+        name string
+
+        // current operation phase
+        phase string
+
+        // step is monotonic counter for for recording the order of operations
+        step int
+
+        // flag to protect Close()
+        closed bool
+
+        // the debug log output is in a tar.gz format, written to the io.Writer w
+        w   io.Writer
+        gz  *gzip.Writer
+        tar *tar.Writer
+}
+
+// Set the name of the current operational phase in the debug handler. Each file
+// in the archive will contain the name of the phase in which it was created,
+// i.e. "input", "apply", "plan", "refresh", "validate"
+func (d *debugInfo) SetPhase(phase string) {
+        if d == nil {
+                return
+        }
+        d.Lock()
+        defer d.Unlock()
+
+        d.phase = phase
+}
+
+// Close the debugInfo, finalizing the data in storage. This closes the
+// tar.Writer, the gzip.Wrtier, and if the output writer is an io.Closer, it is
+// also closed.
+func (d *debugInfo) Close() error {
+        if d == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        d.Lock()
+        defer d.Unlock()
+
+        if d.closed {
+                return nil
+        }
+        d.closed = true
+
+        d.tar.Close()
+        d.gz.Close()
+
+        if c, ok := d.w.(io.Closer); ok {
+                return c.Close()
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// debug buffer is an io.WriteCloser that will write itself to the debug
+// archive when closed.
+type debugBuffer struct {
+        debugInfo *debugInfo
+        name      string
+        buf       bytes.Buffer
+}
+
+func (b *debugBuffer) Write(d []byte) (int, error) {
+        return b.buf.Write(d)
+}
+
+func (b *debugBuffer) Close() error {
+        return b.debugInfo.WriteFile(b.name, b.buf.Bytes())
+}
+
+// ioutils only has a noop ReadCloser
+type nopWriteCloser struct{}
+
+func (nopWriteCloser) Write([]byte) (int, error) { return 0, nil }
+func (nopWriteCloser) Close() error              { return nil }
+
+// NewFileWriter returns an io.WriteClose that will be buffered and written to
+// the debug archive when closed.
+func (d *debugInfo) NewFileWriter(name string) io.WriteCloser {
+        if d == nil {
+                return nopWriteCloser{}
+        }
+
+        return &debugBuffer{
+                debugInfo: d,
+                name:      name,
+        }
+}
+
+type syncer interface {
+        Sync() error
+}
+
+type flusher interface {
+        Flush() error
+}
+
+// Flush the tar.Writer and the gzip.Writer. Flush() or Sync() will be called
+// on the output writer if they are available.
+func (d *debugInfo) flush() {
+        d.tar.Flush()
+        d.gz.Flush()
+
+        if f, ok := d.w.(flusher); ok {
+                f.Flush()
+        }
+
+        if s, ok := d.w.(syncer); ok {
+                s.Sync()
+        }
+}
+
+// WriteFile writes data as a single file to the debug arhive.
+func (d *debugInfo) WriteFile(name string, data []byte) error {
+        if d == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        d.Lock()
+        defer d.Unlock()
+        return d.writeFile(name, data)
+}
+
+func (d *debugInfo) writeFile(name string, data []byte) error {
+        defer d.flush()
+        path := fmt.Sprintf("%s/%d-%s-%s", d.name, d.step, d.phase, name)
+        d.step++
+
+        hdr := &tar.Header{
+                Name: path,
+                Mode: 0644,
+                Size: int64(len(data)),
+        }
+        err := d.tar.WriteHeader(hdr)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        _, err = d.tar.Write(data)
+        return err
+}
+
+// DebugHook implements all methods of the terraform.Hook interface, and writes
+// the arguments to a file in the archive. When a suitable format for the
+// argument isn't available, the argument is encoded using json.Marshal. If the
+// debug handler is nil, all DebugHook methods are noop, so no time is spent in
+// marshaling the data structures.
+type DebugHook struct{}
+
+func (*DebugHook) PreApply(ii *InstanceInfo, is *InstanceState, id *InstanceDiff) (HookAction, error) {
+        if dbug == nil {
+                return HookActionContinue, nil
+        }
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+
+        if ii != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(ii.HumanId() + "\n")
+        }
+
+        if is != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(is.String() + "\n")
+        }
+
+        idCopy, err := id.Copy()
+        if err != nil {
+                return HookActionContinue, err
+        }
+        js, err := json.MarshalIndent(idCopy, "", "  ")
+        if err != nil {
+                return HookActionContinue, err
+        }
+        buf.Write(js)
+
+        dbug.WriteFile("hook-PreApply", buf.Bytes())
+
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*DebugHook) PostApply(ii *InstanceInfo, is *InstanceState, err error) (HookAction, error) {
+        if dbug == nil {
+                return HookActionContinue, nil
+        }
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+
+        if ii != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(ii.HumanId() + "\n")
+        }
+
+        if is != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(is.String() + "\n")
+        }
+
+        if err != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(err.Error())
+        }
+
+        dbug.WriteFile("hook-PostApply", buf.Bytes())
+
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*DebugHook) PreDiff(ii *InstanceInfo, is *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        if dbug == nil {
+                return HookActionContinue, nil
+        }
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        if ii != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(ii.HumanId() + "\n")
+        }
+
+        if is != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(is.String())
+                buf.WriteString("\n")
+        }
+        dbug.WriteFile("hook-PreDiff", buf.Bytes())
+
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*DebugHook) PostDiff(ii *InstanceInfo, id *InstanceDiff) (HookAction, error) {
+        if dbug == nil {
+                return HookActionContinue, nil
+        }
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        if ii != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(ii.HumanId() + "\n")
+        }
+
+        idCopy, err := id.Copy()
+        if err != nil {
+                return HookActionContinue, err
+        }
+        js, err := json.MarshalIndent(idCopy, "", "  ")
+        if err != nil {
+                return HookActionContinue, err
+        }
+        buf.Write(js)
+
+        dbug.WriteFile("hook-PostDiff", buf.Bytes())
+
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*DebugHook) PreProvisionResource(ii *InstanceInfo, is *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        if dbug == nil {
+                return HookActionContinue, nil
+        }
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        if ii != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(ii.HumanId() + "\n")
+        }
+
+        if is != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(is.String())
+                buf.WriteString("\n")
+        }
+        dbug.WriteFile("hook-PreProvisionResource", buf.Bytes())
+
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*DebugHook) PostProvisionResource(ii *InstanceInfo, is *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        if dbug == nil {
+                return HookActionContinue, nil
+        }
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        if ii != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(ii.HumanId())
+                buf.WriteString("\n")
+        }
+
+        if is != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(is.String())
+                buf.WriteString("\n")
+        }
+        dbug.WriteFile("hook-PostProvisionResource", buf.Bytes())
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*DebugHook) PreProvision(ii *InstanceInfo, s string) (HookAction, error) {
+        if dbug == nil {
+                return HookActionContinue, nil
+        }
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        if ii != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(ii.HumanId())
+                buf.WriteString("\n")
+        }
+        buf.WriteString(s + "\n")
+
+        dbug.WriteFile("hook-PreProvision", buf.Bytes())
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*DebugHook) PostProvision(ii *InstanceInfo, s string, err error) (HookAction, error) {
+        if dbug == nil {
+                return HookActionContinue, nil
+        }
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        if ii != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(ii.HumanId() + "\n")
+        }
+        buf.WriteString(s + "\n")
+
+        dbug.WriteFile("hook-PostProvision", buf.Bytes())
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*DebugHook) ProvisionOutput(ii *InstanceInfo, s1 string, s2 string) {
+        if dbug == nil {
+                return
+        }
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        if ii != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(ii.HumanId())
+                buf.WriteString("\n")
+        }
+        buf.WriteString(s1 + "\n")
+        buf.WriteString(s2 + "\n")
+
+        dbug.WriteFile("hook-ProvisionOutput", buf.Bytes())
+}
+
+func (*DebugHook) PreRefresh(ii *InstanceInfo, is *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        if dbug == nil {
+                return HookActionContinue, nil
+        }
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        if ii != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(ii.HumanId() + "\n")
+        }
+
+        if is != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(is.String())
+                buf.WriteString("\n")
+        }
+        dbug.WriteFile("hook-PreRefresh", buf.Bytes())
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*DebugHook) PostRefresh(ii *InstanceInfo, is *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        if dbug == nil {
+                return HookActionContinue, nil
+        }
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        if ii != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(ii.HumanId())
+                buf.WriteString("\n")
+        }
+
+        if is != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(is.String())
+                buf.WriteString("\n")
+        }
+        dbug.WriteFile("hook-PostRefresh", buf.Bytes())
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*DebugHook) PreImportState(ii *InstanceInfo, s string) (HookAction, error) {
+        if dbug == nil {
+                return HookActionContinue, nil
+        }
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        if ii != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(ii.HumanId())
+                buf.WriteString("\n")
+        }
+        buf.WriteString(s + "\n")
+
+        dbug.WriteFile("hook-PreImportState", buf.Bytes())
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*DebugHook) PostImportState(ii *InstanceInfo, iss []*InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        if dbug == nil {
+                return HookActionContinue, nil
+        }
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+
+        if ii != nil {
+                buf.WriteString(ii.HumanId() + "\n")
+        }
+
+        for _, is := range iss {
+                if is != nil {
+                        buf.WriteString(is.String() + "\n")
+                }
+        }
+        dbug.WriteFile("hook-PostImportState", buf.Bytes())
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+// skip logging this for now, since it could be huge
+func (*DebugHook) PostStateUpdate(*State) (HookAction, error) {
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/diff.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/diff.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9fae6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/diff.go
@@ -0,0 +1,866 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "bufio"
+        "bytes"
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+        "regexp"
+        "sort"
+        "strings"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/mitchellh/copystructure"
+)
+
+// DiffChangeType is an enum with the kind of changes a diff has planned.
+type DiffChangeType byte
+
+const (
+        DiffInvalid DiffChangeType = iota
+        DiffNone
+        DiffCreate
+        DiffUpdate
+        DiffDestroy
+        DiffDestroyCreate
+)
+
+// multiVal matches the index key to a flatmapped set, list or map
+var multiVal = regexp.MustCompile(`\.(#|%)$`)
+
+// Diff trackes the changes that are necessary to apply a configuration
+// to an existing infrastructure.
+type Diff struct {
+        // Modules contains all the modules that have a diff
+        Modules []*ModuleDiff
+}
+
+// Prune cleans out unused structures in the diff without affecting
+// the behavior of the diff at all.
+//
+// This is not safe to call concurrently. This is safe to call on a
+// nil Diff.
+func (d *Diff) Prune() {
+        if d == nil {
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Prune all empty modules
+        newModules := make([]*ModuleDiff, 0, len(d.Modules))
+        for _, m := range d.Modules {
+                // If the module isn't empty, we keep it
+                if !m.Empty() {
+                        newModules = append(newModules, m)
+                }
+        }
+        if len(newModules) == 0 {
+                newModules = nil
+        }
+        d.Modules = newModules
+}
+
+// AddModule adds the module with the given path to the diff.
+//
+// This should be the preferred method to add module diffs since it
+// allows us to optimize lookups later as well as control sorting.
+func (d *Diff) AddModule(path []string) *ModuleDiff {
+        m := &ModuleDiff{Path: path}
+        m.init()
+        d.Modules = append(d.Modules, m)
+        return m
+}
+
+// ModuleByPath is used to lookup the module diff for the given path.
+// This should be the preferred lookup mechanism as it allows for future
+// lookup optimizations.
+func (d *Diff) ModuleByPath(path []string) *ModuleDiff {
+        if d == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+        for _, mod := range d.Modules {
+                if mod.Path == nil {
+                        panic("missing module path")
+                }
+                if reflect.DeepEqual(mod.Path, path) {
+                        return mod
+                }
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// RootModule returns the ModuleState for the root module
+func (d *Diff) RootModule() *ModuleDiff {
+        root := d.ModuleByPath(rootModulePath)
+        if root == nil {
+                panic("missing root module")
+        }
+        return root
+}
+
+// Empty returns true if the diff has no changes.
+func (d *Diff) Empty() bool {
+        if d == nil {
+                return true
+        }
+
+        for _, m := range d.Modules {
+                if !m.Empty() {
+                        return false
+                }
+        }
+
+        return true
+}
+
+// Equal compares two diffs for exact equality.
+//
+// This is different from the Same comparison that is supported which
+// checks for operation equality taking into account computed values. Equal
+// instead checks for exact equality.
+func (d *Diff) Equal(d2 *Diff) bool {
+        // If one is nil, they must both be nil
+        if d == nil || d2 == nil {
+                return d == d2
+        }
+
+        // Sort the modules
+        sort.Sort(moduleDiffSort(d.Modules))
+        sort.Sort(moduleDiffSort(d2.Modules))
+
+        // Copy since we have to modify the module destroy flag to false so
+        // we don't compare that. TODO: delete this when we get rid of the
+        // destroy flag on modules.
+        dCopy := d.DeepCopy()
+        d2Copy := d2.DeepCopy()
+        for _, m := range dCopy.Modules {
+                m.Destroy = false
+        }
+        for _, m := range d2Copy.Modules {
+                m.Destroy = false
+        }
+
+        // Use DeepEqual
+        return reflect.DeepEqual(dCopy, d2Copy)
+}
+
+// DeepCopy performs a deep copy of all parts of the Diff, making the
+// resulting Diff safe to use without modifying this one.
+func (d *Diff) DeepCopy() *Diff {
+        copy, err := copystructure.Config{Lock: true}.Copy(d)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        return copy.(*Diff)
+}
+
+func (d *Diff) String() string {
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+
+        keys := make([]string, 0, len(d.Modules))
+        lookup := make(map[string]*ModuleDiff)
+        for _, m := range d.Modules {
+                key := fmt.Sprintf("module.%s", strings.Join(m.Path[1:], "."))
+                keys = append(keys, key)
+                lookup[key] = m
+        }
+        sort.Strings(keys)
+
+        for _, key := range keys {
+                m := lookup[key]
+                mStr := m.String()
+
+                // If we're the root module, we just write the output directly.
+                if reflect.DeepEqual(m.Path, rootModulePath) {
+                        buf.WriteString(mStr + "\n")
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("%s:\n", key))
+
+                s := bufio.NewScanner(strings.NewReader(mStr))
+                for s.Scan() {
+                        buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("  %s\n", s.Text()))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return strings.TrimSpace(buf.String())
+}
+
+func (d *Diff) init() {
+        if d.Modules == nil {
+                rootDiff := &ModuleDiff{Path: rootModulePath}
+                d.Modules = []*ModuleDiff{rootDiff}
+        }
+        for _, m := range d.Modules {
+                m.init()
+        }
+}
+
+// ModuleDiff tracks the differences between resources to apply within
+// a single module.
+type ModuleDiff struct {
+        Path      []string
+        Resources map[string]*InstanceDiff
+        Destroy   bool // Set only by the destroy plan
+}
+
+func (d *ModuleDiff) init() {
+        if d.Resources == nil {
+                d.Resources = make(map[string]*InstanceDiff)
+        }
+        for _, r := range d.Resources {
+                r.init()
+        }
+}
+
+// ChangeType returns the type of changes that the diff for this
+// module includes.
+//
+// At a module level, this will only be DiffNone, DiffUpdate, DiffDestroy, or
+// DiffCreate. If an instance within the module has a DiffDestroyCreate
+// then this will register as a DiffCreate for a module.
+func (d *ModuleDiff) ChangeType() DiffChangeType {
+        result := DiffNone
+        for _, r := range d.Resources {
+                change := r.ChangeType()
+                switch change {
+                case DiffCreate, DiffDestroy:
+                        if result == DiffNone {
+                                result = change
+                        }
+                case DiffDestroyCreate, DiffUpdate:
+                        result = DiffUpdate
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// Empty returns true if the diff has no changes within this module.
+func (d *ModuleDiff) Empty() bool {
+        if d.Destroy {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        if len(d.Resources) == 0 {
+                return true
+        }
+
+        for _, rd := range d.Resources {
+                if !rd.Empty() {
+                        return false
+                }
+        }
+
+        return true
+}
+
+// Instances returns the instance diffs for the id given. This can return
+// multiple instance diffs if there are counts within the resource.
+func (d *ModuleDiff) Instances(id string) []*InstanceDiff {
+        var result []*InstanceDiff
+        for k, diff := range d.Resources {
+                if k == id || strings.HasPrefix(k, id+".") {
+                        if !diff.Empty() {
+                                result = append(result, diff)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// IsRoot says whether or not this module diff is for the root module.
+func (d *ModuleDiff) IsRoot() bool {
+        return reflect.DeepEqual(d.Path, rootModulePath)
+}
+
+// String outputs the diff in a long but command-line friendly output
+// format that users can read to quickly inspect a diff.
+func (d *ModuleDiff) String() string {
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+
+        names := make([]string, 0, len(d.Resources))
+        for name, _ := range d.Resources {
+                names = append(names, name)
+        }
+        sort.Strings(names)
+
+        for _, name := range names {
+                rdiff := d.Resources[name]
+
+                crud := "UPDATE"
+                switch {
+                case rdiff.RequiresNew() && (rdiff.GetDestroy() || rdiff.GetDestroyTainted()):
+                        crud = "DESTROY/CREATE"
+                case rdiff.GetDestroy() || rdiff.GetDestroyDeposed():
+                        crud = "DESTROY"
+                case rdiff.RequiresNew():
+                        crud = "CREATE"
+                }
+
+                extra := ""
+                if !rdiff.GetDestroy() && rdiff.GetDestroyDeposed() {
+                        extra = " (deposed only)"
+                }
+
+                buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf(
+                        "%s: %s%s\n",
+                        crud,
+                        name,
+                        extra))
+
+                keyLen := 0
+                rdiffAttrs := rdiff.CopyAttributes()
+                keys := make([]string, 0, len(rdiffAttrs))
+                for key, _ := range rdiffAttrs {
+                        if key == "id" {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        keys = append(keys, key)
+                        if len(key) > keyLen {
+                                keyLen = len(key)
+                        }
+                }
+                sort.Strings(keys)
+
+                for _, attrK := range keys {
+                        attrDiff, _ := rdiff.GetAttribute(attrK)
+
+                        v := attrDiff.New
+                        u := attrDiff.Old
+                        if attrDiff.NewComputed {
+                                v = "<computed>"
+                        }
+
+                        if attrDiff.Sensitive {
+                                u = "<sensitive>"
+                                v = "<sensitive>"
+                        }
+
+                        updateMsg := ""
+                        if attrDiff.RequiresNew {
+                                updateMsg = " (forces new resource)"
+                        } else if attrDiff.Sensitive {
+                                updateMsg = " (attribute changed)"
+                        }
+
+                        buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf(
+                                "  %s:%s %#v => %#v%s\n",
+                                attrK,
+                                strings.Repeat(" ", keyLen-len(attrK)),
+                                u,
+                                v,
+                                updateMsg))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return buf.String()
+}
+
+// InstanceDiff is the diff of a resource from some state to another.
+type InstanceDiff struct {
+        mu             sync.Mutex
+        Attributes     map[string]*ResourceAttrDiff
+        Destroy        bool
+        DestroyDeposed bool
+        DestroyTainted bool
+
+        // Meta is a simple K/V map that is stored in a diff and persisted to
+        // plans but otherwise is completely ignored by Terraform core. It is
+        // mean to be used for additional data a resource may want to pass through.
+        // The value here must only contain Go primitives and collections.
+        Meta map[string]interface{}
+}
+
+func (d *InstanceDiff) Lock()   { d.mu.Lock() }
+func (d *InstanceDiff) Unlock() { d.mu.Unlock() }
+
+// ResourceAttrDiff is the diff of a single attribute of a resource.
+type ResourceAttrDiff struct {
+        Old         string      // Old Value
+        New         string      // New Value
+        NewComputed bool        // True if new value is computed (unknown currently)
+        NewRemoved  bool        // True if this attribute is being removed
+        NewExtra    interface{} // Extra information for the provider
+        RequiresNew bool        // True if change requires new resource
+        Sensitive   bool        // True if the data should not be displayed in UI output
+        Type        DiffAttrType
+}
+
+// Empty returns true if the diff for this attr is neutral
+func (d *ResourceAttrDiff) Empty() bool {
+        return d.Old == d.New && !d.NewComputed && !d.NewRemoved
+}
+
+func (d *ResourceAttrDiff) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *d)
+}
+
+// DiffAttrType is an enum type that says whether a resource attribute
+// diff is an input attribute (comes from the configuration) or an
+// output attribute (comes as a result of applying the configuration). An
+// example input would be "ami" for AWS and an example output would be
+// "private_ip".
+type DiffAttrType byte
+
+const (
+        DiffAttrUnknown DiffAttrType = iota
+        DiffAttrInput
+        DiffAttrOutput
+)
+
+func (d *InstanceDiff) init() {
+        if d.Attributes == nil {
+                d.Attributes = make(map[string]*ResourceAttrDiff)
+        }
+}
+
+func NewInstanceDiff() *InstanceDiff {
+        return &InstanceDiff{Attributes: make(map[string]*ResourceAttrDiff)}
+}
+
+func (d *InstanceDiff) Copy() (*InstanceDiff, error) {
+        if d == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        dCopy, err := copystructure.Config{Lock: true}.Copy(d)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return dCopy.(*InstanceDiff), nil
+}
+
+// ChangeType returns the DiffChangeType represented by the diff
+// for this single instance.
+func (d *InstanceDiff) ChangeType() DiffChangeType {
+        if d.Empty() {
+                return DiffNone
+        }
+
+        if d.RequiresNew() && (d.GetDestroy() || d.GetDestroyTainted()) {
+                return DiffDestroyCreate
+        }
+
+        if d.GetDestroy() || d.GetDestroyDeposed() {
+                return DiffDestroy
+        }
+
+        if d.RequiresNew() {
+                return DiffCreate
+        }
+
+        return DiffUpdate
+}
+
+// Empty returns true if this diff encapsulates no changes.
+func (d *InstanceDiff) Empty() bool {
+        if d == nil {
+                return true
+        }
+
+        d.mu.Lock()
+        defer d.mu.Unlock()
+        return !d.Destroy &&
+                !d.DestroyTainted &&
+                !d.DestroyDeposed &&
+                len(d.Attributes) == 0
+}
+
+// Equal compares two diffs for exact equality.
+//
+// This is different from the Same comparison that is supported which
+// checks for operation equality taking into account computed values. Equal
+// instead checks for exact equality.
+func (d *InstanceDiff) Equal(d2 *InstanceDiff) bool {
+        // If one is nil, they must both be nil
+        if d == nil || d2 == nil {
+                return d == d2
+        }
+
+        // Use DeepEqual
+        return reflect.DeepEqual(d, d2)
+}
+
+// DeepCopy performs a deep copy of all parts of the InstanceDiff
+func (d *InstanceDiff) DeepCopy() *InstanceDiff {
+        copy, err := copystructure.Config{Lock: true}.Copy(d)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        return copy.(*InstanceDiff)
+}
+
+func (d *InstanceDiff) GoString() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", InstanceDiff{
+                Attributes:     d.Attributes,
+                Destroy:        d.Destroy,
+                DestroyTainted: d.DestroyTainted,
+                DestroyDeposed: d.DestroyDeposed,
+        })
+}
+
+// RequiresNew returns true if the diff requires the creation of a new
+// resource (implying the destruction of the old).
+func (d *InstanceDiff) RequiresNew() bool {
+        if d == nil {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        d.mu.Lock()
+        defer d.mu.Unlock()
+
+        return d.requiresNew()
+}
+
+func (d *InstanceDiff) requiresNew() bool {
+        if d == nil {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        if d.DestroyTainted {
+                return true
+        }
+
+        for _, rd := range d.Attributes {
+                if rd != nil && rd.RequiresNew {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+
+        return false
+}
+
+func (d *InstanceDiff) GetDestroyDeposed() bool {
+        d.mu.Lock()
+        defer d.mu.Unlock()
+
+        return d.DestroyDeposed
+}
+
+func (d *InstanceDiff) SetDestroyDeposed(b bool) {
+        d.mu.Lock()
+        defer d.mu.Unlock()
+
+        d.DestroyDeposed = b
+}
+
+// These methods are properly locked, for use outside other InstanceDiff
+// methods but everywhere else within in the terraform package.
+// TODO refactor the locking scheme
+func (d *InstanceDiff) SetTainted(b bool) {
+        d.mu.Lock()
+        defer d.mu.Unlock()
+
+        d.DestroyTainted = b
+}
+
+func (d *InstanceDiff) GetDestroyTainted() bool {
+        d.mu.Lock()
+        defer d.mu.Unlock()
+
+        return d.DestroyTainted
+}
+
+func (d *InstanceDiff) SetDestroy(b bool) {
+        d.mu.Lock()
+        defer d.mu.Unlock()
+
+        d.Destroy = b
+}
+
+func (d *InstanceDiff) GetDestroy() bool {
+        d.mu.Lock()
+        defer d.mu.Unlock()
+
+        return d.Destroy
+}
+
+func (d *InstanceDiff) SetAttribute(key string, attr *ResourceAttrDiff) {
+        d.mu.Lock()
+        defer d.mu.Unlock()
+
+        d.Attributes[key] = attr
+}
+
+func (d *InstanceDiff) DelAttribute(key string) {
+        d.mu.Lock()
+        defer d.mu.Unlock()
+
+        delete(d.Attributes, key)
+}
+
+func (d *InstanceDiff) GetAttribute(key string) (*ResourceAttrDiff, bool) {
+        d.mu.Lock()
+        defer d.mu.Unlock()
+
+        attr, ok := d.Attributes[key]
+        return attr, ok
+}
+func (d *InstanceDiff) GetAttributesLen() int {
+        d.mu.Lock()
+        defer d.mu.Unlock()
+
+        return len(d.Attributes)
+}
+
+// Safely copies the Attributes map
+func (d *InstanceDiff) CopyAttributes() map[string]*ResourceAttrDiff {
+        d.mu.Lock()
+        defer d.mu.Unlock()
+
+        attrs := make(map[string]*ResourceAttrDiff)
+        for k, v := range d.Attributes {
+                attrs[k] = v
+        }
+
+        return attrs
+}
+
+// Same checks whether or not two InstanceDiff's are the "same". When
+// we say "same", it is not necessarily exactly equal. Instead, it is
+// just checking that the same attributes are changing, a destroy
+// isn't suddenly happening, etc.
+func (d *InstanceDiff) Same(d2 *InstanceDiff) (bool, string) {
+        // we can safely compare the pointers without a lock
+        switch {
+        case d == nil && d2 == nil:
+                return true, ""
+        case d == nil || d2 == nil:
+                return false, "one nil"
+        case d == d2:
+                return true, ""
+        }
+
+        d.mu.Lock()
+        defer d.mu.Unlock()
+
+        // If we're going from requiring new to NOT requiring new, then we have
+        // to see if all required news were computed. If so, it is allowed since
+        // computed may also mean "same value and therefore not new".
+        oldNew := d.requiresNew()
+        newNew := d2.RequiresNew()
+        if oldNew && !newNew {
+                oldNew = false
+
+                // This section builds a list of ignorable attributes for requiresNew
+                // by removing off any elements of collections going to zero elements.
+                // For collections going to zero, they may not exist at all in the
+                // new diff (and hence RequiresNew == false).
+                ignoreAttrs := make(map[string]struct{})
+                for k, diffOld := range d.Attributes {
+                        if !strings.HasSuffix(k, ".%") && !strings.HasSuffix(k, ".#") {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // This case is in here as a protection measure. The bug that this
+                        // code originally fixed (GH-11349) didn't have to deal with computed
+                        // so I'm not 100% sure what the correct behavior is. Best to leave
+                        // the old behavior.
+                        if diffOld.NewComputed {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // We're looking for the case a map goes to exactly 0.
+                        if diffOld.New != "0" {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // Found it! Ignore all of these. The prefix here is stripping
+                        // off the "%" so it is just "k."
+                        prefix := k[:len(k)-1]
+                        for k2, _ := range d.Attributes {
+                                if strings.HasPrefix(k2, prefix) {
+                                        ignoreAttrs[k2] = struct{}{}
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+
+                for k, rd := range d.Attributes {
+                        if _, ok := ignoreAttrs[k]; ok {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // If the field is requires new and NOT computed, then what
+                        // we have is a diff mismatch for sure. We set that the old
+                        // diff does REQUIRE a ForceNew.
+                        if rd != nil && rd.RequiresNew && !rd.NewComputed {
+                                oldNew = true
+                                break
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if oldNew != newNew {
+                return false, fmt.Sprintf(
+                        "diff RequiresNew; old: %t, new: %t", oldNew, newNew)
+        }
+
+        // Verify that destroy matches. The second boolean here allows us to
+        // have mismatching Destroy if we're moving from RequiresNew true
+        // to false above. Therefore, the second boolean will only pass if
+        // we're moving from Destroy: true to false as well.
+        if d.Destroy != d2.GetDestroy() && d.requiresNew() == oldNew {
+                return false, fmt.Sprintf(
+                        "diff: Destroy; old: %t, new: %t", d.Destroy, d2.GetDestroy())
+        }
+
+        // Go through the old diff and make sure the new diff has all the
+        // same attributes. To start, build up the check map to be all the keys.
+        checkOld := make(map[string]struct{})
+        checkNew := make(map[string]struct{})
+        for k, _ := range d.Attributes {
+                checkOld[k] = struct{}{}
+        }
+        for k, _ := range d2.CopyAttributes() {
+                checkNew[k] = struct{}{}
+        }
+
+        // Make an ordered list so we are sure the approximated hashes are left
+        // to process at the end of the loop
+        keys := make([]string, 0, len(d.Attributes))
+        for k, _ := range d.Attributes {
+                keys = append(keys, k)
+        }
+        sort.StringSlice(keys).Sort()
+
+        for _, k := range keys {
+                diffOld := d.Attributes[k]
+
+                if _, ok := checkOld[k]; !ok {
+                        // We're not checking this key for whatever reason (see where
+                        // check is modified).
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Remove this key since we'll never hit it again
+                delete(checkOld, k)
+                delete(checkNew, k)
+
+                _, ok := d2.GetAttribute(k)
+                if !ok {
+                        // If there's no new attribute, and the old diff expected the attribute
+                        // to be removed, that's just fine.
+                        if diffOld.NewRemoved {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // If the last diff was a computed value then the absense of
+                        // that value is allowed since it may mean the value ended up
+                        // being the same.
+                        if diffOld.NewComputed {
+                                ok = true
+                        }
+
+                        // No exact match, but maybe this is a set containing computed
+                        // values. So check if there is an approximate hash in the key
+                        // and if so, try to match the key.
+                        if strings.Contains(k, "~") {
+                                parts := strings.Split(k, ".")
+                                parts2 := append([]string(nil), parts...)
+
+                                re := regexp.MustCompile(`^~\d+$`)
+                                for i, part := range parts {
+                                        if re.MatchString(part) {
+                                                // we're going to consider this the base of a
+                                                // computed hash, and remove all longer matching fields
+                                                ok = true
+
+                                                parts2[i] = `\d+`
+                                                parts2 = parts2[:i+1]
+                                                break
+                                        }
+                                }
+
+                                re, err := regexp.Compile("^" + strings.Join(parts2, `\.`))
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return false, fmt.Sprintf("regexp failed to compile; err: %#v", err)
+                                }
+
+                                for k2, _ := range checkNew {
+                                        if re.MatchString(k2) {
+                                                delete(checkNew, k2)
+                                        }
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        // This is a little tricky, but when a diff contains a computed
+                        // list, set, or map that can only be interpolated after the apply
+                        // command has created the dependent resources, it could turn out
+                        // that the result is actually the same as the existing state which
+                        // would remove the key from the diff.
+                        if diffOld.NewComputed && (strings.HasSuffix(k, ".#") || strings.HasSuffix(k, ".%")) {
+                                ok = true
+                        }
+
+                        // Similarly, in a RequiresNew scenario, a list that shows up in the plan
+                        // diff can disappear from the apply diff, which is calculated from an
+                        // empty state.
+                        if d.requiresNew() && (strings.HasSuffix(k, ".#") || strings.HasSuffix(k, ".%")) {
+                                ok = true
+                        }
+
+                        if !ok {
+                                return false, fmt.Sprintf("attribute mismatch: %s", k)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // search for the suffix of the base of a [computed] map, list or set.
+                match := multiVal.FindStringSubmatch(k)
+
+                if diffOld.NewComputed && len(match) == 2 {
+                        matchLen := len(match[1])
+
+                        // This is a computed list, set, or map, so remove any keys with
+                        // this prefix from the check list.
+                        kprefix := k[:len(k)-matchLen]
+                        for k2, _ := range checkOld {
+                                if strings.HasPrefix(k2, kprefix) {
+                                        delete(checkOld, k2)
+                                }
+                        }
+                        for k2, _ := range checkNew {
+                                if strings.HasPrefix(k2, kprefix) {
+                                        delete(checkNew, k2)
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // TODO: check for the same value if not computed
+        }
+
+        // Check for leftover attributes
+        if len(checkNew) > 0 {
+                extras := make([]string, 0, len(checkNew))
+                for attr, _ := range checkNew {
+                        extras = append(extras, attr)
+                }
+                return false,
+                        fmt.Sprintf("extra attributes: %s", strings.Join(extras, ", "))
+        }
+
+        return true, ""
+}
+
+// moduleDiffSort implements sort.Interface to sort module diffs by path.
+type moduleDiffSort []*ModuleDiff
+
+func (s moduleDiffSort) Len() int      { return len(s) }
+func (s moduleDiffSort) Swap(i, j int) { s[i], s[j] = s[j], s[i] }
+func (s moduleDiffSort) Less(i, j int) bool {
+        a := s[i]
+        b := s[j]
+
+        // If the lengths are different, then the shorter one always wins
+        if len(a.Path) != len(b.Path) {
+                return len(a.Path) < len(b.Path)
+        }
+
+        // Otherwise, compare lexically
+        return strings.Join(a.Path, ".") < strings.Join(b.Path, ".")
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/edge_destroy.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/edge_destroy.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc9d638
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/edge_destroy.go
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// DestroyEdge is an edge that represents a standard "destroy" relationship:
+// Target depends on Source because Source is destroying.
+type DestroyEdge struct {
+        S, T dag.Vertex
+}
+
+func (e *DestroyEdge) Hashcode() interface{} { return fmt.Sprintf("%p-%p", e.S, e.T) }
+func (e *DestroyEdge) Source() dag.Vertex    { return e.S }
+func (e *DestroyEdge) Target() dag.Vertex    { return e.T }
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3cb088a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval.go
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "log"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// EvalNode is the interface that must be implemented by graph nodes to
+// evaluate/execute.
+type EvalNode interface {
+        // Eval evaluates this node with the given context. The second parameter
+        // are the argument values. These will match in order and 1-1 with the
+        // results of the Args() return value.
+        Eval(EvalContext) (interface{}, error)
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable is the interface that graph nodes must implement
+// to enable valuation.
+type GraphNodeEvalable interface {
+        EvalTree() EvalNode
+}
+
+// EvalEarlyExitError is a special error return value that can be returned
+// by eval nodes that does an early exit.
+type EvalEarlyExitError struct{}
+
+func (EvalEarlyExitError) Error() string { return "early exit" }
+
+// Eval evaluates the given EvalNode with the given context, properly
+// evaluating all args in the correct order.
+func Eval(n EvalNode, ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        // Call the lower level eval which doesn't understand early exit,
+        // and if we early exit, it isn't an error.
+        result, err := EvalRaw(n, ctx)
+        if err != nil {
+                if _, ok := err.(EvalEarlyExitError); ok {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result, err
+}
+
+// EvalRaw is like Eval except that it returns all errors, even if they
+// signal something normal such as EvalEarlyExitError.
+func EvalRaw(n EvalNode, ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        path := "unknown"
+        if ctx != nil {
+                path = strings.Join(ctx.Path(), ".")
+        }
+
+        log.Printf("[DEBUG] %s: eval: %T", path, n)
+        output, err := n.Eval(ctx)
+        if err != nil {
+                if _, ok := err.(EvalEarlyExitError); ok {
+                        log.Printf("[DEBUG] %s: eval: %T, err: %s", path, n, err)
+                } else {
+                        log.Printf("[ERROR] %s: eval: %T, err: %s", path, n, err)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return output, err
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_apply.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_apply.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f6a497
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_apply.go
@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "strconv"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// EvalApply is an EvalNode implementation that writes the diff to
+// the full diff.
+type EvalApply struct {
+        Info      *InstanceInfo
+        State     **InstanceState
+        Diff      **InstanceDiff
+        Provider  *ResourceProvider
+        Output    **InstanceState
+        CreateNew *bool
+        Error     *error
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalApply) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        diff := *n.Diff
+        provider := *n.Provider
+        state := *n.State
+
+        // If we have no diff, we have nothing to do!
+        if diff.Empty() {
+                log.Printf(
+                        "[DEBUG] apply: %s: diff is empty, doing nothing.", n.Info.Id)
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Remove any output values from the diff
+        for k, ad := range diff.CopyAttributes() {
+                if ad.Type == DiffAttrOutput {
+                        diff.DelAttribute(k)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If the state is nil, make it non-nil
+        if state == nil {
+                state = new(InstanceState)
+        }
+        state.init()
+
+        // Flag if we're creating a new instance
+        if n.CreateNew != nil {
+                *n.CreateNew = state.ID == "" && !diff.GetDestroy() || diff.RequiresNew()
+        }
+
+        // With the completed diff, apply!
+        log.Printf("[DEBUG] apply: %s: executing Apply", n.Info.Id)
+        state, err := provider.Apply(n.Info, state, diff)
+        if state == nil {
+                state = new(InstanceState)
+        }
+        state.init()
+
+        // Force the "id" attribute to be our ID
+        if state.ID != "" {
+                state.Attributes["id"] = state.ID
+        }
+
+        // If the value is the unknown variable value, then it is an error.
+        // In this case we record the error and remove it from the state
+        for ak, av := range state.Attributes {
+                if av == config.UnknownVariableValue {
+                        err = multierror.Append(err, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Attribute with unknown value: %s", ak))
+                        delete(state.Attributes, ak)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Write the final state
+        if n.Output != nil {
+                *n.Output = state
+        }
+
+        // If there are no errors, then we append it to our output error
+        // if we have one, otherwise we just output it.
+        if err != nil {
+                if n.Error != nil {
+                        helpfulErr := fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", n.Info.Id, err.Error())
+                        *n.Error = multierror.Append(*n.Error, helpfulErr)
+                } else {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalApplyPre is an EvalNode implementation that does the pre-Apply work
+type EvalApplyPre struct {
+        Info  *InstanceInfo
+        State **InstanceState
+        Diff  **InstanceDiff
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalApplyPre) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        state := *n.State
+        diff := *n.Diff
+
+        // If the state is nil, make it non-nil
+        if state == nil {
+                state = new(InstanceState)
+        }
+        state.init()
+
+        {
+                // Call post-apply hook
+                err := ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                        return h.PreApply(n.Info, state, diff)
+                })
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalApplyPost is an EvalNode implementation that does the post-Apply work
+type EvalApplyPost struct {
+        Info  *InstanceInfo
+        State **InstanceState
+        Error *error
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalApplyPost) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        state := *n.State
+
+        {
+                // Call post-apply hook
+                err := ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                        return h.PostApply(n.Info, state, *n.Error)
+                })
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil, *n.Error
+}
+
+// EvalApplyProvisioners is an EvalNode implementation that executes
+// the provisioners for a resource.
+//
+// TODO(mitchellh): This should probably be split up into a more fine-grained
+// ApplyProvisioner (single) that is looped over.
+type EvalApplyProvisioners struct {
+        Info           *InstanceInfo
+        State          **InstanceState
+        Resource       *config.Resource
+        InterpResource *Resource
+        CreateNew      *bool
+        Error          *error
+
+        // When is the type of provisioner to run at this point
+        When config.ProvisionerWhen
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalApplyProvisioners) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        state := *n.State
+
+        if n.CreateNew != nil && !*n.CreateNew {
+                // If we're not creating a new resource, then don't run provisioners
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        provs := n.filterProvisioners()
+        if len(provs) == 0 {
+                // We have no provisioners, so don't do anything
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // taint tells us whether to enable tainting.
+        taint := n.When == config.ProvisionerWhenCreate
+
+        if n.Error != nil && *n.Error != nil {
+                if taint {
+                        state.Tainted = true
+                }
+
+                // We're already tainted, so just return out
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        {
+                // Call pre hook
+                err := ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                        return h.PreProvisionResource(n.Info, state)
+                })
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If there are no errors, then we append it to our output error
+        // if we have one, otherwise we just output it.
+        err := n.apply(ctx, provs)
+        if err != nil {
+                if taint {
+                        state.Tainted = true
+                }
+
+                if n.Error != nil {
+                        *n.Error = multierror.Append(*n.Error, err)
+                } else {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        {
+                // Call post hook
+                err := ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                        return h.PostProvisionResource(n.Info, state)
+                })
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// filterProvisioners filters the provisioners on the resource to only
+// the provisioners specified by the "when" option.
+func (n *EvalApplyProvisioners) filterProvisioners() []*config.Provisioner {
+        // Fast path the zero case
+        if n.Resource == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        if len(n.Resource.Provisioners) == 0 {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        result := make([]*config.Provisioner, 0, len(n.Resource.Provisioners))
+        for _, p := range n.Resource.Provisioners {
+                if p.When == n.When {
+                        result = append(result, p)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+func (n *EvalApplyProvisioners) apply(ctx EvalContext, provs []*config.Provisioner) error {
+        state := *n.State
+
+        // Store the original connection info, restore later
+        origConnInfo := state.Ephemeral.ConnInfo
+        defer func() {
+                state.Ephemeral.ConnInfo = origConnInfo
+        }()
+
+        for _, prov := range provs {
+                // Get the provisioner
+                provisioner := ctx.Provisioner(prov.Type)
+
+                // Interpolate the provisioner config
+                provConfig, err := ctx.Interpolate(prov.RawConfig.Copy(), n.InterpResource)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Interpolate the conn info, since it may contain variables
+                connInfo, err := ctx.Interpolate(prov.ConnInfo.Copy(), n.InterpResource)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Merge the connection information
+                overlay := make(map[string]string)
+                if origConnInfo != nil {
+                        for k, v := range origConnInfo {
+                                overlay[k] = v
+                        }
+                }
+                for k, v := range connInfo.Config {
+                        switch vt := v.(type) {
+                        case string:
+                                overlay[k] = vt
+                        case int64:
+                                overlay[k] = strconv.FormatInt(vt, 10)
+                        case int32:
+                                overlay[k] = strconv.FormatInt(int64(vt), 10)
+                        case int:
+                                overlay[k] = strconv.FormatInt(int64(vt), 10)
+                        case float32:
+                                overlay[k] = strconv.FormatFloat(float64(vt), 'f', 3, 32)
+                        case float64:
+                                overlay[k] = strconv.FormatFloat(vt, 'f', 3, 64)
+                        case bool:
+                                overlay[k] = strconv.FormatBool(vt)
+                        default:
+                                overlay[k] = fmt.Sprintf("%v", vt)
+                        }
+                }
+                state.Ephemeral.ConnInfo = overlay
+
+                {
+                        // Call pre hook
+                        err := ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                                return h.PreProvision(n.Info, prov.Type)
+                        })
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // The output function
+                outputFn := func(msg string) {
+                        ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                                h.ProvisionOutput(n.Info, prov.Type, msg)
+                                return HookActionContinue, nil
+                        })
+                }
+
+                // Invoke the Provisioner
+                output := CallbackUIOutput{OutputFn: outputFn}
+                applyErr := provisioner.Apply(&output, state, provConfig)
+
+                // Call post hook
+                hookErr := ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                        return h.PostProvision(n.Info, prov.Type, applyErr)
+                })
+
+                // Handle the error before we deal with the hook
+                if applyErr != nil {
+                        // Determine failure behavior
+                        switch prov.OnFailure {
+                        case config.ProvisionerOnFailureContinue:
+                                log.Printf(
+                                        "[INFO] apply: %s [%s]: error during provision, continue requested",
+                                        n.Info.Id, prov.Type)
+
+                        case config.ProvisionerOnFailureFail:
+                                return applyErr
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Deal with the hook
+                if hookErr != nil {
+                        return hookErr
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_check_prevent_destroy.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_check_prevent_destroy.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..715e79e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_check_prevent_destroy.go
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// EvalPreventDestroy is an EvalNode implementation that returns an
+// error if a resource has PreventDestroy configured and the diff
+// would destroy the resource.
+type EvalCheckPreventDestroy struct {
+        Resource   *config.Resource
+        ResourceId string
+        Diff       **InstanceDiff
+}
+
+func (n *EvalCheckPreventDestroy) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        if n.Diff == nil || *n.Diff == nil || n.Resource == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        diff := *n.Diff
+        preventDestroy := n.Resource.Lifecycle.PreventDestroy
+
+        if diff.GetDestroy() && preventDestroy {
+                resourceId := n.ResourceId
+                if resourceId == "" {
+                        resourceId = n.Resource.Id()
+                }
+
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(preventDestroyErrStr, resourceId)
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+const preventDestroyErrStr = `%s: the plan would destroy this resource, but it currently has lifecycle.prevent_destroy set to true. To avoid this error and continue with the plan, either disable lifecycle.prevent_destroy or adjust the scope of the plan using the -target flag.`
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_context.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_context.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1f815b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_context.go
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// EvalContext is the interface that is given to eval nodes to execute.
+type EvalContext interface {
+        // Stopped returns a channel that is closed when evaluation is stopped
+        // via Terraform.Context.Stop()
+        Stopped() <-chan struct{}
+
+        // Path is the current module path.
+        Path() []string
+
+        // Hook is used to call hook methods. The callback is called for each
+        // hook and should return the hook action to take and the error.
+        Hook(func(Hook) (HookAction, error)) error
+
+        // Input is the UIInput object for interacting with the UI.
+        Input() UIInput
+
+        // InitProvider initializes the provider with the given name and
+        // returns the implementation of the resource provider or an error.
+        //
+        // It is an error to initialize the same provider more than once.
+        InitProvider(string) (ResourceProvider, error)
+
+        // Provider gets the provider instance with the given name (already
+        // initialized) or returns nil if the provider isn't initialized.
+        Provider(string) ResourceProvider
+
+        // CloseProvider closes provider connections that aren't needed anymore.
+        CloseProvider(string) error
+
+        // ConfigureProvider configures the provider with the given
+        // configuration. This is a separate context call because this call
+        // is used to store the provider configuration for inheritance lookups
+        // with ParentProviderConfig().
+        ConfigureProvider(string, *ResourceConfig) error
+        SetProviderConfig(string, *ResourceConfig) error
+        ParentProviderConfig(string) *ResourceConfig
+
+        // ProviderInput and SetProviderInput are used to configure providers
+        // from user input.
+        ProviderInput(string) map[string]interface{}
+        SetProviderInput(string, map[string]interface{})
+
+        // InitProvisioner initializes the provisioner with the given name and
+        // returns the implementation of the resource provisioner or an error.
+        //
+        // It is an error to initialize the same provisioner more than once.
+        InitProvisioner(string) (ResourceProvisioner, error)
+
+        // Provisioner gets the provisioner instance with the given name (already
+        // initialized) or returns nil if the provisioner isn't initialized.
+        Provisioner(string) ResourceProvisioner
+
+        // CloseProvisioner closes provisioner connections that aren't needed
+        // anymore.
+        CloseProvisioner(string) error
+
+        // Interpolate takes the given raw configuration and completes
+        // the interpolations, returning the processed ResourceConfig.
+        //
+        // The resource argument is optional. If given, it is the resource
+        // that is currently being acted upon.
+        Interpolate(*config.RawConfig, *Resource) (*ResourceConfig, error)
+
+        // SetVariables sets the variables for the module within
+        // this context with the name n. This function call is additive:
+        // the second parameter is merged with any previous call.
+        SetVariables(string, map[string]interface{})
+
+        // Diff returns the global diff as well as the lock that should
+        // be used to modify that diff.
+        Diff() (*Diff, *sync.RWMutex)
+
+        // State returns the global state as well as the lock that should
+        // be used to modify that state.
+        State() (*State, *sync.RWMutex)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_context_builtin.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_context_builtin.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3dcfb22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_context_builtin.go
@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "context"
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "strings"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// BuiltinEvalContext is an EvalContext implementation that is used by
+// Terraform by default.
+type BuiltinEvalContext struct {
+        // StopContext is the context used to track whether we're complete
+        StopContext context.Context
+
+        // PathValue is the Path that this context is operating within.
+        PathValue []string
+
+        // Interpolater setting below affect the interpolation of variables.
+        //
+        // The InterpolaterVars are the exact value for ${var.foo} values.
+        // The map is shared between all contexts and is a mapping of
+        // PATH to KEY to VALUE. Because it is shared by all contexts as well
+        // as the Interpolater itself, it is protected by InterpolaterVarLock
+        // which must be locked during any access to the map.
+        Interpolater        *Interpolater
+        InterpolaterVars    map[string]map[string]interface{}
+        InterpolaterVarLock *sync.Mutex
+
+        Components          contextComponentFactory
+        Hooks               []Hook
+        InputValue          UIInput
+        ProviderCache       map[string]ResourceProvider
+        ProviderConfigCache map[string]*ResourceConfig
+        ProviderInputConfig map[string]map[string]interface{}
+        ProviderLock        *sync.Mutex
+        ProvisionerCache    map[string]ResourceProvisioner
+        ProvisionerLock     *sync.Mutex
+        DiffValue           *Diff
+        DiffLock            *sync.RWMutex
+        StateValue          *State
+        StateLock           *sync.RWMutex
+
+        once sync.Once
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) Stopped() <-chan struct{} {
+        // This can happen during tests. During tests, we just block forever.
+        if ctx.StopContext == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        return ctx.StopContext.Done()
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) Hook(fn func(Hook) (HookAction, error)) error {
+        for _, h := range ctx.Hooks {
+                action, err := fn(h)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                switch action {
+                case HookActionContinue:
+                        continue
+                case HookActionHalt:
+                        // Return an early exit error to trigger an early exit
+                        log.Printf("[WARN] Early exit triggered by hook: %T", h)
+                        return EvalEarlyExitError{}
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) Input() UIInput {
+        return ctx.InputValue
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) InitProvider(n string) (ResourceProvider, error) {
+        ctx.once.Do(ctx.init)
+
+        // If we already initialized, it is an error
+        if p := ctx.Provider(n); p != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Provider '%s' already initialized", n)
+        }
+
+        // Warning: make sure to acquire these locks AFTER the call to Provider
+        // above, since it also acquires locks.
+        ctx.ProviderLock.Lock()
+        defer ctx.ProviderLock.Unlock()
+
+        providerPath := make([]string, len(ctx.Path())+1)
+        copy(providerPath, ctx.Path())
+        providerPath[len(providerPath)-1] = n
+        key := PathCacheKey(providerPath)
+
+        typeName := strings.SplitN(n, ".", 2)[0]
+        p, err := ctx.Components.ResourceProvider(typeName, key)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        ctx.ProviderCache[key] = p
+        return p, nil
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) Provider(n string) ResourceProvider {
+        ctx.once.Do(ctx.init)
+
+        ctx.ProviderLock.Lock()
+        defer ctx.ProviderLock.Unlock()
+
+        providerPath := make([]string, len(ctx.Path())+1)
+        copy(providerPath, ctx.Path())
+        providerPath[len(providerPath)-1] = n
+
+        return ctx.ProviderCache[PathCacheKey(providerPath)]
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) CloseProvider(n string) error {
+        ctx.once.Do(ctx.init)
+
+        ctx.ProviderLock.Lock()
+        defer ctx.ProviderLock.Unlock()
+
+        providerPath := make([]string, len(ctx.Path())+1)
+        copy(providerPath, ctx.Path())
+        providerPath[len(providerPath)-1] = n
+
+        var provider interface{}
+        provider = ctx.ProviderCache[PathCacheKey(providerPath)]
+        if provider != nil {
+                if p, ok := provider.(ResourceProviderCloser); ok {
+                        delete(ctx.ProviderCache, PathCacheKey(providerPath))
+                        return p.Close()
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) ConfigureProvider(
+        n string, cfg *ResourceConfig) error {
+        p := ctx.Provider(n)
+        if p == nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("Provider '%s' not initialized", n)
+        }
+
+        if err := ctx.SetProviderConfig(n, cfg); err != nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        return p.Configure(cfg)
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) SetProviderConfig(
+        n string, cfg *ResourceConfig) error {
+        providerPath := make([]string, len(ctx.Path())+1)
+        copy(providerPath, ctx.Path())
+        providerPath[len(providerPath)-1] = n
+
+        // Save the configuration
+        ctx.ProviderLock.Lock()
+        ctx.ProviderConfigCache[PathCacheKey(providerPath)] = cfg
+        ctx.ProviderLock.Unlock()
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) ProviderInput(n string) map[string]interface{} {
+        ctx.ProviderLock.Lock()
+        defer ctx.ProviderLock.Unlock()
+
+        // Make a copy of the path so we can safely edit it
+        path := ctx.Path()
+        pathCopy := make([]string, len(path)+1)
+        copy(pathCopy, path)
+
+        // Go up the tree.
+        for i := len(path) - 1; i >= 0; i-- {
+                pathCopy[i+1] = n
+                k := PathCacheKey(pathCopy[:i+2])
+                if v, ok := ctx.ProviderInputConfig[k]; ok {
+                        return v
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) SetProviderInput(n string, c map[string]interface{}) {
+        providerPath := make([]string, len(ctx.Path())+1)
+        copy(providerPath, ctx.Path())
+        providerPath[len(providerPath)-1] = n
+
+        // Save the configuration
+        ctx.ProviderLock.Lock()
+        ctx.ProviderInputConfig[PathCacheKey(providerPath)] = c
+        ctx.ProviderLock.Unlock()
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) ParentProviderConfig(n string) *ResourceConfig {
+        ctx.ProviderLock.Lock()
+        defer ctx.ProviderLock.Unlock()
+
+        // Make a copy of the path so we can safely edit it
+        path := ctx.Path()
+        pathCopy := make([]string, len(path)+1)
+        copy(pathCopy, path)
+
+        // Go up the tree.
+        for i := len(path) - 1; i >= 0; i-- {
+                pathCopy[i+1] = n
+                k := PathCacheKey(pathCopy[:i+2])
+                if v, ok := ctx.ProviderConfigCache[k]; ok {
+                        return v
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) InitProvisioner(
+        n string) (ResourceProvisioner, error) {
+        ctx.once.Do(ctx.init)
+
+        // If we already initialized, it is an error
+        if p := ctx.Provisioner(n); p != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Provisioner '%s' already initialized", n)
+        }
+
+        // Warning: make sure to acquire these locks AFTER the call to Provisioner
+        // above, since it also acquires locks.
+        ctx.ProvisionerLock.Lock()
+        defer ctx.ProvisionerLock.Unlock()
+
+        provPath := make([]string, len(ctx.Path())+1)
+        copy(provPath, ctx.Path())
+        provPath[len(provPath)-1] = n
+        key := PathCacheKey(provPath)
+
+        p, err := ctx.Components.ResourceProvisioner(n, key)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        ctx.ProvisionerCache[key] = p
+        return p, nil
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) Provisioner(n string) ResourceProvisioner {
+        ctx.once.Do(ctx.init)
+
+        ctx.ProvisionerLock.Lock()
+        defer ctx.ProvisionerLock.Unlock()
+
+        provPath := make([]string, len(ctx.Path())+1)
+        copy(provPath, ctx.Path())
+        provPath[len(provPath)-1] = n
+
+        return ctx.ProvisionerCache[PathCacheKey(provPath)]
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) CloseProvisioner(n string) error {
+        ctx.once.Do(ctx.init)
+
+        ctx.ProvisionerLock.Lock()
+        defer ctx.ProvisionerLock.Unlock()
+
+        provPath := make([]string, len(ctx.Path())+1)
+        copy(provPath, ctx.Path())
+        provPath[len(provPath)-1] = n
+
+        var prov interface{}
+        prov = ctx.ProvisionerCache[PathCacheKey(provPath)]
+        if prov != nil {
+                if p, ok := prov.(ResourceProvisionerCloser); ok {
+                        delete(ctx.ProvisionerCache, PathCacheKey(provPath))
+                        return p.Close()
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) Interpolate(
+        cfg *config.RawConfig, r *Resource) (*ResourceConfig, error) {
+        if cfg != nil {
+                scope := &InterpolationScope{
+                        Path:     ctx.Path(),
+                        Resource: r,
+                }
+
+                vs, err := ctx.Interpolater.Values(scope, cfg.Variables)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                // Do the interpolation
+                if err := cfg.Interpolate(vs); err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        result := NewResourceConfig(cfg)
+        result.interpolateForce()
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) Path() []string {
+        return ctx.PathValue
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) SetVariables(n string, vs map[string]interface{}) {
+        ctx.InterpolaterVarLock.Lock()
+        defer ctx.InterpolaterVarLock.Unlock()
+
+        path := make([]string, len(ctx.Path())+1)
+        copy(path, ctx.Path())
+        path[len(path)-1] = n
+        key := PathCacheKey(path)
+
+        vars := ctx.InterpolaterVars[key]
+        if vars == nil {
+                vars = make(map[string]interface{})
+                ctx.InterpolaterVars[key] = vars
+        }
+
+        for k, v := range vs {
+                vars[k] = v
+        }
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) Diff() (*Diff, *sync.RWMutex) {
+        return ctx.DiffValue, ctx.DiffLock
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) State() (*State, *sync.RWMutex) {
+        return ctx.StateValue, ctx.StateLock
+}
+
+func (ctx *BuiltinEvalContext) init() {
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_context_mock.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_context_mock.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f90d5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_context_mock.go
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// MockEvalContext is a mock version of EvalContext that can be used
+// for tests.
+type MockEvalContext struct {
+        StoppedCalled bool
+        StoppedValue  <-chan struct{}
+
+        HookCalled bool
+        HookHook   Hook
+        HookError  error
+
+        InputCalled bool
+        InputInput  UIInput
+
+        InitProviderCalled   bool
+        InitProviderName     string
+        InitProviderProvider ResourceProvider
+        InitProviderError    error
+
+        ProviderCalled   bool
+        ProviderName     string
+        ProviderProvider ResourceProvider
+
+        CloseProviderCalled   bool
+        CloseProviderName     string
+        CloseProviderProvider ResourceProvider
+
+        ProviderInputCalled bool
+        ProviderInputName   string
+        ProviderInputConfig map[string]interface{}
+
+        SetProviderInputCalled bool
+        SetProviderInputName   string
+        SetProviderInputConfig map[string]interface{}
+
+        ConfigureProviderCalled bool
+        ConfigureProviderName   string
+        ConfigureProviderConfig *ResourceConfig
+        ConfigureProviderError  error
+
+        SetProviderConfigCalled bool
+        SetProviderConfigName   string
+        SetProviderConfigConfig *ResourceConfig
+
+        ParentProviderConfigCalled bool
+        ParentProviderConfigName   string
+        ParentProviderConfigConfig *ResourceConfig
+
+        InitProvisionerCalled      bool
+        InitProvisionerName        string
+        InitProvisionerProvisioner ResourceProvisioner
+        InitProvisionerError       error
+
+        ProvisionerCalled      bool
+        ProvisionerName        string
+        ProvisionerProvisioner ResourceProvisioner
+
+        CloseProvisionerCalled      bool
+        CloseProvisionerName        string
+        CloseProvisionerProvisioner ResourceProvisioner
+
+        InterpolateCalled       bool
+        InterpolateConfig       *config.RawConfig
+        InterpolateResource     *Resource
+        InterpolateConfigResult *ResourceConfig
+        InterpolateError        error
+
+        PathCalled bool
+        PathPath   []string
+
+        SetVariablesCalled    bool
+        SetVariablesModule    string
+        SetVariablesVariables map[string]interface{}
+
+        DiffCalled bool
+        DiffDiff   *Diff
+        DiffLock   *sync.RWMutex
+
+        StateCalled bool
+        StateState  *State
+        StateLock   *sync.RWMutex
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) Stopped() <-chan struct{} {
+        c.StoppedCalled = true
+        return c.StoppedValue
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) Hook(fn func(Hook) (HookAction, error)) error {
+        c.HookCalled = true
+        if c.HookHook != nil {
+                if _, err := fn(c.HookHook); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return c.HookError
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) Input() UIInput {
+        c.InputCalled = true
+        return c.InputInput
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) InitProvider(n string) (ResourceProvider, error) {
+        c.InitProviderCalled = true
+        c.InitProviderName = n
+        return c.InitProviderProvider, c.InitProviderError
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) Provider(n string) ResourceProvider {
+        c.ProviderCalled = true
+        c.ProviderName = n
+        return c.ProviderProvider
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) CloseProvider(n string) error {
+        c.CloseProviderCalled = true
+        c.CloseProviderName = n
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) ConfigureProvider(n string, cfg *ResourceConfig) error {
+        c.ConfigureProviderCalled = true
+        c.ConfigureProviderName = n
+        c.ConfigureProviderConfig = cfg
+        return c.ConfigureProviderError
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) SetProviderConfig(
+        n string, cfg *ResourceConfig) error {
+        c.SetProviderConfigCalled = true
+        c.SetProviderConfigName = n
+        c.SetProviderConfigConfig = cfg
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) ParentProviderConfig(n string) *ResourceConfig {
+        c.ParentProviderConfigCalled = true
+        c.ParentProviderConfigName = n
+        return c.ParentProviderConfigConfig
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) ProviderInput(n string) map[string]interface{} {
+        c.ProviderInputCalled = true
+        c.ProviderInputName = n
+        return c.ProviderInputConfig
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) SetProviderInput(n string, cfg map[string]interface{}) {
+        c.SetProviderInputCalled = true
+        c.SetProviderInputName = n
+        c.SetProviderInputConfig = cfg
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) InitProvisioner(n string) (ResourceProvisioner, error) {
+        c.InitProvisionerCalled = true
+        c.InitProvisionerName = n
+        return c.InitProvisionerProvisioner, c.InitProvisionerError
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) Provisioner(n string) ResourceProvisioner {
+        c.ProvisionerCalled = true
+        c.ProvisionerName = n
+        return c.ProvisionerProvisioner
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) CloseProvisioner(n string) error {
+        c.CloseProvisionerCalled = true
+        c.CloseProvisionerName = n
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) Interpolate(
+        config *config.RawConfig, resource *Resource) (*ResourceConfig, error) {
+        c.InterpolateCalled = true
+        c.InterpolateConfig = config
+        c.InterpolateResource = resource
+        return c.InterpolateConfigResult, c.InterpolateError
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) Path() []string {
+        c.PathCalled = true
+        return c.PathPath
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) SetVariables(n string, vs map[string]interface{}) {
+        c.SetVariablesCalled = true
+        c.SetVariablesModule = n
+        c.SetVariablesVariables = vs
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) Diff() (*Diff, *sync.RWMutex) {
+        c.DiffCalled = true
+        return c.DiffDiff, c.DiffLock
+}
+
+func (c *MockEvalContext) State() (*State, *sync.RWMutex) {
+        c.StateCalled = true
+        return c.StateState, c.StateLock
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_count.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_count.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ae56a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_count.go
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// EvalCountFixZeroOneBoundary is an EvalNode that fixes up the state
+// when there is a resource count with zero/one boundary, i.e. fixing
+// a resource named "aws_instance.foo" to "aws_instance.foo.0" and vice-versa.
+type EvalCountFixZeroOneBoundary struct {
+        Resource *config.Resource
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalCountFixZeroOneBoundary) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        // Get the count, important for knowing whether we're supposed to
+        // be adding the zero, or trimming it.
+        count, err := n.Resource.Count()
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Figure what to look for and what to replace it with
+        hunt := n.Resource.Id()
+        replace := hunt + ".0"
+        if count < 2 {
+                hunt, replace = replace, hunt
+        }
+
+        state, lock := ctx.State()
+
+        // Get a lock so we can access this instance and potentially make
+        // changes to it.
+        lock.Lock()
+        defer lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Look for the module state. If we don't have one, then it doesn't matter.
+        mod := state.ModuleByPath(ctx.Path())
+        if mod == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Look for the resource state. If we don't have one, then it is okay.
+        rs, ok := mod.Resources[hunt]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // If the replacement key exists, we just keep both
+        if _, ok := mod.Resources[replace]; ok {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        mod.Resources[replace] = rs
+        delete(mod.Resources, hunt)
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_count_boundary.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_count_boundary.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91e2b90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_count_boundary.go
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "log"
+)
+
+// EvalCountFixZeroOneBoundaryGlobal is an EvalNode that fixes up the state
+// when there is a resource count with zero/one boundary, i.e. fixing
+// a resource named "aws_instance.foo" to "aws_instance.foo.0" and vice-versa.
+//
+// This works on the global state.
+type EvalCountFixZeroOneBoundaryGlobal struct{}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalCountFixZeroOneBoundaryGlobal) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        // Get the state and lock it since we'll potentially modify it
+        state, lock := ctx.State()
+        lock.Lock()
+        defer lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Prune the state since we require a clean state to work
+        state.prune()
+
+        // Go through each modules since the boundaries are restricted to a
+        // module scope.
+        for _, m := range state.Modules {
+                if err := n.fixModule(m); err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+func (n *EvalCountFixZeroOneBoundaryGlobal) fixModule(m *ModuleState) error {
+        // Counts keeps track of keys and their counts
+        counts := make(map[string]int)
+        for k, _ := range m.Resources {
+                // Parse the key
+                key, err := ParseResourceStateKey(k)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Set the index to -1 so that we can keep count
+                key.Index = -1
+
+                // Increment
+                counts[key.String()]++
+        }
+
+        // Go through the counts and do the fixup for each resource
+        for raw, count := range counts {
+                // Search and replace this resource
+                search := raw
+                replace := raw + ".0"
+                if count < 2 {
+                        search, replace = replace, search
+                }
+                log.Printf("[TRACE] EvalCountFixZeroOneBoundaryGlobal: count %d, search %q, replace %q", count, search, replace)
+
+                // Look for the resource state. If we don't have one, then it is okay.
+                rs, ok := m.Resources[search]
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // If the replacement key exists, we just keep both
+                if _, ok := m.Resources[replace]; ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                m.Resources[replace] = rs
+                delete(m.Resources, search)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_count_computed.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_count_computed.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54a8333
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_count_computed.go
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// EvalCountCheckComputed is an EvalNode that checks if a resource count
+// is computed and errors if so. This can possibly happen across a
+// module boundary and we don't yet support this.
+type EvalCountCheckComputed struct {
+        Resource *config.Resource
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalCountCheckComputed) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        if n.Resource.RawCount.Value() == unknownValue() {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%s: value of 'count' cannot be computed",
+                        n.Resource.Id())
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_diff.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_diff.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f09526
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_diff.go
@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// EvalCompareDiff is an EvalNode implementation that compares two diffs
+// and errors if the diffs are not equal.
+type EvalCompareDiff struct {
+        Info     *InstanceInfo
+        One, Two **InstanceDiff
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalCompareDiff) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        one, two := *n.One, *n.Two
+
+        // If either are nil, let them be empty
+        if one == nil {
+                one = new(InstanceDiff)
+                one.init()
+        }
+        if two == nil {
+                two = new(InstanceDiff)
+                two.init()
+        }
+        oneId, _ := one.GetAttribute("id")
+        twoId, _ := two.GetAttribute("id")
+        one.DelAttribute("id")
+        two.DelAttribute("id")
+        defer func() {
+                if oneId != nil {
+                        one.SetAttribute("id", oneId)
+                }
+                if twoId != nil {
+                        two.SetAttribute("id", twoId)
+                }
+        }()
+
+        if same, reason := one.Same(two); !same {
+                log.Printf("[ERROR] %s: diffs didn't match", n.Info.Id)
+                log.Printf("[ERROR] %s: reason: %s", n.Info.Id, reason)
+                log.Printf("[ERROR] %s: diff one: %#v", n.Info.Id, one)
+                log.Printf("[ERROR] %s: diff two: %#v", n.Info.Id, two)
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%s: diffs didn't match during apply. This is a bug with "+
+                                "Terraform and should be reported as a GitHub Issue.\n"+
+                                "\n"+
+                                "Please include the following information in your report:\n"+
+                                "\n"+
+                                "    Terraform Version: %s\n"+
+                                "    Resource ID: %s\n"+
+                                "    Mismatch reason: %s\n"+
+                                "    Diff One (usually from plan): %#v\n"+
+                                "    Diff Two (usually from apply): %#v\n"+
+                                "\n"+
+                                "Also include as much context as you can about your config, state, "+
+                                "and the steps you performed to trigger this error.\n",
+                        n.Info.Id, Version, n.Info.Id, reason, one, two)
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalDiff is an EvalNode implementation that does a refresh for
+// a resource.
+type EvalDiff struct {
+        Name        string
+        Info        *InstanceInfo
+        Config      **ResourceConfig
+        Provider    *ResourceProvider
+        Diff        **InstanceDiff
+        State       **InstanceState
+        OutputDiff  **InstanceDiff
+        OutputState **InstanceState
+
+        // Resource is needed to fetch the ignore_changes list so we can
+        // filter user-requested ignored attributes from the diff.
+        Resource *config.Resource
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalDiff) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        state := *n.State
+        config := *n.Config
+        provider := *n.Provider
+
+        // Call pre-diff hook
+        err := ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                return h.PreDiff(n.Info, state)
+        })
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // The state for the diff must never be nil
+        diffState := state
+        if diffState == nil {
+                diffState = new(InstanceState)
+        }
+        diffState.init()
+
+        // Diff!
+        diff, err := provider.Diff(n.Info, diffState, config)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        if diff == nil {
+                diff = new(InstanceDiff)
+        }
+
+        // Set DestroyDeposed if we have deposed instances
+        _, err = readInstanceFromState(ctx, n.Name, nil, func(rs *ResourceState) (*InstanceState, error) {
+                if len(rs.Deposed) > 0 {
+                        diff.DestroyDeposed = true
+                }
+
+                return nil, nil
+        })
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Preserve the DestroyTainted flag
+        if n.Diff != nil {
+                diff.SetTainted((*n.Diff).GetDestroyTainted())
+        }
+
+        // Require a destroy if there is an ID and it requires new.
+        if diff.RequiresNew() && state != nil && state.ID != "" {
+                diff.SetDestroy(true)
+        }
+
+        // If we're creating a new resource, compute its ID
+        if diff.RequiresNew() || state == nil || state.ID == "" {
+                var oldID string
+                if state != nil {
+                        oldID = state.Attributes["id"]
+                }
+
+                // Add diff to compute new ID
+                diff.init()
+                diff.SetAttribute("id", &ResourceAttrDiff{
+                        Old:         oldID,
+                        NewComputed: true,
+                        RequiresNew: true,
+                        Type:        DiffAttrOutput,
+                })
+        }
+
+        // filter out ignored resources
+        if err := n.processIgnoreChanges(diff); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Call post-refresh hook
+        err = ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                return h.PostDiff(n.Info, diff)
+        })
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Update our output
+        *n.OutputDiff = diff
+
+        // Update the state if we care
+        if n.OutputState != nil {
+                *n.OutputState = state
+
+                // Merge our state so that the state is updated with our plan
+                if !diff.Empty() && n.OutputState != nil {
+                        *n.OutputState = state.MergeDiff(diff)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+func (n *EvalDiff) processIgnoreChanges(diff *InstanceDiff) error {
+        if diff == nil || n.Resource == nil || n.Resource.Id() == "" {
+                return nil
+        }
+        ignoreChanges := n.Resource.Lifecycle.IgnoreChanges
+
+        if len(ignoreChanges) == 0 {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // If we're just creating the resource, we shouldn't alter the
+        // Diff at all
+        if diff.ChangeType() == DiffCreate {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // If the resource has been tainted then we don't process ignore changes
+        // since we MUST recreate the entire resource.
+        if diff.GetDestroyTainted() {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        attrs := diff.CopyAttributes()
+
+        // get the complete set of keys we want to ignore
+        ignorableAttrKeys := make(map[string]bool)
+        for _, ignoredKey := range ignoreChanges {
+                for k := range attrs {
+                        if ignoredKey == "*" || strings.HasPrefix(k, ignoredKey) {
+                                ignorableAttrKeys[k] = true
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If the resource was being destroyed, check to see if we can ignore the
+        // reason for it being destroyed.
+        if diff.GetDestroy() {
+                for k, v := range attrs {
+                        if k == "id" {
+                                // id will always be changed if we intended to replace this instance
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if v.Empty() || v.NewComputed {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // If any RequiresNew attribute isn't ignored, we need to keep the diff
+                        // as-is to be able to replace the resource.
+                        if v.RequiresNew && !ignorableAttrKeys[k] {
+                                return nil
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Now that we know that we aren't replacing the instance, we can filter
+                // out all the empty and computed attributes. There may be a bunch of
+                // extraneous attribute diffs for the other non-requires-new attributes
+                // going from "" -> "configval" or "" -> "<computed>".
+                // We must make sure any flatmapped containers are filterred (or not) as a
+                // whole.
+                containers := groupContainers(diff)
+                keep := map[string]bool{}
+                for _, v := range containers {
+                        if v.keepDiff() {
+                                // At least one key has changes, so list all the sibling keys
+                                // to keep in the diff.
+                                for k := range v {
+                                        keep[k] = true
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+
+                for k, v := range attrs {
+                        if (v.Empty() || v.NewComputed) && !keep[k] {
+                                ignorableAttrKeys[k] = true
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Here we undo the two reactions to RequireNew in EvalDiff - the "id"
+        // attribute diff and the Destroy boolean field
+        log.Printf("[DEBUG] Removing 'id' diff and setting Destroy to false " +
+                "because after ignore_changes, this diff no longer requires replacement")
+        diff.DelAttribute("id")
+        diff.SetDestroy(false)
+
+        // If we didn't hit any of our early exit conditions, we can filter the diff.
+        for k := range ignorableAttrKeys {
+                log.Printf("[DEBUG] [EvalIgnoreChanges] %s - Ignoring diff attribute: %s",
+                        n.Resource.Id(), k)
+                diff.DelAttribute(k)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// a group of key-*ResourceAttrDiff pairs from the same flatmapped container
+type flatAttrDiff map[string]*ResourceAttrDiff
+
+// we need to keep all keys if any of them have a diff
+func (f flatAttrDiff) keepDiff() bool {
+        for _, v := range f {
+                if !v.Empty() && !v.NewComputed {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+        return false
+}
+
+// sets, lists and maps need to be compared for diff inclusion as a whole, so
+// group the flatmapped keys together for easier comparison.
+func groupContainers(d *InstanceDiff) map[string]flatAttrDiff {
+        isIndex := multiVal.MatchString
+        containers := map[string]flatAttrDiff{}
+        attrs := d.CopyAttributes()
+        // we need to loop once to find the index key
+        for k := range attrs {
+                if isIndex(k) {
+                        // add the key, always including the final dot to fully qualify it
+                        containers[k[:len(k)-1]] = flatAttrDiff{}
+                }
+        }
+
+        // loop again to find all the sub keys
+        for prefix, values := range containers {
+                for k, attrDiff := range attrs {
+                        // we include the index value as well, since it could be part of the diff
+                        if strings.HasPrefix(k, prefix) {
+                                values[k] = attrDiff
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return containers
+}
+
+// EvalDiffDestroy is an EvalNode implementation that returns a plain
+// destroy diff.
+type EvalDiffDestroy struct {
+        Info   *InstanceInfo
+        State  **InstanceState
+        Output **InstanceDiff
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalDiffDestroy) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        state := *n.State
+
+        // If there is no state or we don't have an ID, we're already destroyed
+        if state == nil || state.ID == "" {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Call pre-diff hook
+        err := ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                return h.PreDiff(n.Info, state)
+        })
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // The diff
+        diff := &InstanceDiff{Destroy: true}
+
+        // Call post-diff hook
+        err = ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                return h.PostDiff(n.Info, diff)
+        })
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Update our output
+        *n.Output = diff
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalDiffDestroyModule is an EvalNode implementation that writes the diff to
+// the full diff.
+type EvalDiffDestroyModule struct {
+        Path []string
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalDiffDestroyModule) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        diff, lock := ctx.Diff()
+
+        // Acquire the lock so that we can do this safely concurrently
+        lock.Lock()
+        defer lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Write the diff
+        modDiff := diff.ModuleByPath(n.Path)
+        if modDiff == nil {
+                modDiff = diff.AddModule(n.Path)
+        }
+        modDiff.Destroy = true
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalFilterDiff is an EvalNode implementation that filters the diff
+// according to some filter.
+type EvalFilterDiff struct {
+        // Input and output
+        Diff   **InstanceDiff
+        Output **InstanceDiff
+
+        // Destroy, if true, will only include a destroy diff if it is set.
+        Destroy bool
+}
+
+func (n *EvalFilterDiff) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        if *n.Diff == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        input := *n.Diff
+        result := new(InstanceDiff)
+
+        if n.Destroy {
+                if input.GetDestroy() || input.RequiresNew() {
+                        result.SetDestroy(true)
+                }
+        }
+
+        if n.Output != nil {
+                *n.Output = result
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalReadDiff is an EvalNode implementation that writes the diff to
+// the full diff.
+type EvalReadDiff struct {
+        Name string
+        Diff **InstanceDiff
+}
+
+func (n *EvalReadDiff) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        diff, lock := ctx.Diff()
+
+        // Acquire the lock so that we can do this safely concurrently
+        lock.Lock()
+        defer lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Write the diff
+        modDiff := diff.ModuleByPath(ctx.Path())
+        if modDiff == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        *n.Diff = modDiff.Resources[n.Name]
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalWriteDiff is an EvalNode implementation that writes the diff to
+// the full diff.
+type EvalWriteDiff struct {
+        Name string
+        Diff **InstanceDiff
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalWriteDiff) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        diff, lock := ctx.Diff()
+
+        // The diff to write, if its empty it should write nil
+        var diffVal *InstanceDiff
+        if n.Diff != nil {
+                diffVal = *n.Diff
+        }
+        if diffVal.Empty() {
+                diffVal = nil
+        }
+
+        // Acquire the lock so that we can do this safely concurrently
+        lock.Lock()
+        defer lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Write the diff
+        modDiff := diff.ModuleByPath(ctx.Path())
+        if modDiff == nil {
+                modDiff = diff.AddModule(ctx.Path())
+        }
+        if diffVal != nil {
+                modDiff.Resources[n.Name] = diffVal
+        } else {
+                delete(modDiff.Resources, n.Name)
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_error.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_error.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..470f798
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_error.go
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+package terraform
+
+// EvalReturnError is an EvalNode implementation that returns an
+// error if it is present.
+//
+// This is useful for scenarios where an error has been captured by
+// another EvalNode (like EvalApply) for special EvalTree-based error
+// handling, and that handling has completed, so the error should be
+// returned normally.
+type EvalReturnError struct {
+        Error *error
+}
+
+func (n *EvalReturnError) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        if n.Error == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        return nil, *n.Error
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_filter.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_filter.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..711c625
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_filter.go
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+package terraform
+
+// EvalNodeFilterFunc is the callback used to replace a node with
+// another to node. To not do the replacement, just return the input node.
+type EvalNodeFilterFunc func(EvalNode) EvalNode
+
+// EvalNodeFilterable is an interface that can be implemented by
+// EvalNodes to allow filtering of sub-elements. Note that this isn't
+// a common thing to implement and you probably don't need it.
+type EvalNodeFilterable interface {
+        EvalNode
+        Filter(EvalNodeFilterFunc)
+}
+
+// EvalFilter runs the filter on the given node and returns the
+// final filtered value. This should be called rather than checking
+// the EvalNode directly since this will properly handle EvalNodeFilterables.
+func EvalFilter(node EvalNode, fn EvalNodeFilterFunc) EvalNode {
+        if f, ok := node.(EvalNodeFilterable); ok {
+                f.Filter(fn)
+                return node
+        }
+
+        return fn(node)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_filter_operation.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_filter_operation.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a55f02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_filter_operation.go
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+package terraform
+
+// EvalNodeOpFilterable is an interface that EvalNodes can implement
+// to be filterable by the operation that is being run on Terraform.
+type EvalNodeOpFilterable interface {
+        IncludeInOp(walkOperation) bool
+}
+
+// EvalNodeFilterOp returns a filter function that filters nodes that
+// include themselves in specific operations.
+func EvalNodeFilterOp(op walkOperation) EvalNodeFilterFunc {
+        return func(n EvalNode) EvalNode {
+                include := true
+                if of, ok := n.(EvalNodeOpFilterable); ok {
+                        include = of.IncludeInOp(op)
+                }
+                if include {
+                        return n
+                }
+
+                return EvalNoop{}
+        }
+}
+
+// EvalOpFilter is an EvalNode implementation that is a proxy to
+// another node but filters based on the operation.
+type EvalOpFilter struct {
+        // Ops is the list of operations to include this node in.
+        Ops []walkOperation
+
+        // Node is the node to execute
+        Node EvalNode
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalOpFilter) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        return EvalRaw(n.Node, ctx)
+}
+
+// EvalNodeOpFilterable impl.
+func (n *EvalOpFilter) IncludeInOp(op walkOperation) bool {
+        for _, v := range n.Ops {
+                if v == op {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+
+        return false
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_if.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_if.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6b46a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_if.go
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+package terraform
+
+// EvalIf is an EvalNode that is a conditional.
+type EvalIf struct {
+        If   func(EvalContext) (bool, error)
+        Then EvalNode
+        Else EvalNode
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalIf) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        yes, err := n.If(ctx)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        if yes {
+                return EvalRaw(n.Then, ctx)
+        } else {
+                if n.Else != nil {
+                        return EvalRaw(n.Else, ctx)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_import_state.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_import_state.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62cc581
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_import_state.go
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// EvalImportState is an EvalNode implementation that performs an
+// ImportState operation on a provider. This will return the imported
+// states but won't modify any actual state.
+type EvalImportState struct {
+        Provider *ResourceProvider
+        Info     *InstanceInfo
+        Id       string
+        Output   *[]*InstanceState
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalImportState) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        provider := *n.Provider
+
+        {
+                // Call pre-import hook
+                err := ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                        return h.PreImportState(n.Info, n.Id)
+                })
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Import!
+        state, err := provider.ImportState(n.Info, n.Id)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "import %s (id: %s): %s", n.Info.HumanId(), n.Id, err)
+        }
+
+        if n.Output != nil {
+                *n.Output = state
+        }
+
+        {
+                // Call post-import hook
+                err := ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                        return h.PostImportState(n.Info, state)
+                })
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalImportStateVerify verifies the state after ImportState and
+// after the refresh to make sure it is non-nil and valid.
+type EvalImportStateVerify struct {
+        Info  *InstanceInfo
+        Id    string
+        State **InstanceState
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalImportStateVerify) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        state := *n.State
+        if state.Empty() {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "import %s (id: %s): Terraform detected a resource with this ID doesn't\n"+
+                                "exist. Please verify the ID is correct. You cannot import non-existent\n"+
+                                "resources using Terraform import.",
+                        n.Info.HumanId(),
+                        n.Id)
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_interpolate.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_interpolate.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6825ff5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_interpolate.go
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+package terraform
+
+import "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+
+// EvalInterpolate is an EvalNode implementation that takes a raw
+// configuration and interpolates it.
+type EvalInterpolate struct {
+        Config   *config.RawConfig
+        Resource *Resource
+        Output   **ResourceConfig
+}
+
+func (n *EvalInterpolate) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        rc, err := ctx.Interpolate(n.Config, n.Resource)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        if n.Output != nil {
+                *n.Output = rc
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_noop.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_noop.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4bc822
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_noop.go
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+package terraform
+
+// EvalNoop is an EvalNode that does nothing.
+type EvalNoop struct{}
+
+func (EvalNoop) Eval(EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        return nil, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_output.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_output.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf61781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_output.go
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// EvalDeleteOutput is an EvalNode implementation that deletes an output
+// from the state.
+type EvalDeleteOutput struct {
+        Name string
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalDeleteOutput) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        state, lock := ctx.State()
+        if state == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Get a write lock so we can access this instance
+        lock.Lock()
+        defer lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Look for the module state. If we don't have one, create it.
+        mod := state.ModuleByPath(ctx.Path())
+        if mod == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        delete(mod.Outputs, n.Name)
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalWriteOutput is an EvalNode implementation that writes the output
+// for the given name to the current state.
+type EvalWriteOutput struct {
+        Name      string
+        Sensitive bool
+        Value     *config.RawConfig
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalWriteOutput) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        cfg, err := ctx.Interpolate(n.Value, nil)
+        if err != nil {
+                // Log error but continue anyway
+                log.Printf("[WARN] Output interpolation %q failed: %s", n.Name, err)
+        }
+
+        state, lock := ctx.State()
+        if state == nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("cannot write state to nil state")
+        }
+
+        // Get a write lock so we can access this instance
+        lock.Lock()
+        defer lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Look for the module state. If we don't have one, create it.
+        mod := state.ModuleByPath(ctx.Path())
+        if mod == nil {
+                mod = state.AddModule(ctx.Path())
+        }
+
+        // Get the value from the config
+        var valueRaw interface{} = config.UnknownVariableValue
+        if cfg != nil {
+                var ok bool
+                valueRaw, ok = cfg.Get("value")
+                if !ok {
+                        valueRaw = ""
+                }
+                if cfg.IsComputed("value") {
+                        valueRaw = config.UnknownVariableValue
+                }
+        }
+
+        switch valueTyped := valueRaw.(type) {
+        case string:
+                mod.Outputs[n.Name] = &OutputState{
+                        Type:      "string",
+                        Sensitive: n.Sensitive,
+                        Value:     valueTyped,
+                }
+        case []interface{}:
+                mod.Outputs[n.Name] = &OutputState{
+                        Type:      "list",
+                        Sensitive: n.Sensitive,
+                        Value:     valueTyped,
+                }
+        case map[string]interface{}:
+                mod.Outputs[n.Name] = &OutputState{
+                        Type:      "map",
+                        Sensitive: n.Sensitive,
+                        Value:     valueTyped,
+                }
+        case []map[string]interface{}:
+                // an HCL map is multi-valued, so if this was read out of a config the
+                // map may still be in a slice.
+                if len(valueTyped) == 1 {
+                        mod.Outputs[n.Name] = &OutputState{
+                                Type:      "map",
+                                Sensitive: n.Sensitive,
+                                Value:     valueTyped[0],
+                        }
+                        break
+                }
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("output %s type (%T) with %d values not valid for type map",
+                        n.Name, valueTyped, len(valueTyped))
+        default:
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("output %s is not a valid type (%T)\n", n.Name, valueTyped)
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_provider.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..092fd18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_provider.go
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// EvalSetProviderConfig sets the parent configuration for a provider
+// without configuring that provider, validating it, etc.
+type EvalSetProviderConfig struct {
+        Provider string
+        Config   **ResourceConfig
+}
+
+func (n *EvalSetProviderConfig) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        return nil, ctx.SetProviderConfig(n.Provider, *n.Config)
+}
+
+// EvalBuildProviderConfig outputs a *ResourceConfig that is properly
+// merged with parents and inputs on top of what is configured in the file.
+type EvalBuildProviderConfig struct {
+        Provider string
+        Config   **ResourceConfig
+        Output   **ResourceConfig
+}
+
+func (n *EvalBuildProviderConfig) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        cfg := *n.Config
+
+        // If we have a configuration set, then merge that in
+        if input := ctx.ProviderInput(n.Provider); input != nil {
+                // "input" is a map of the subset of config values that were known
+                // during the input walk, set by EvalInputProvider. Note that
+                // in particular it does *not* include attributes that had
+                // computed values at input time; those appear *only* in
+                // "cfg" here.
+                rc, err := config.NewRawConfig(input)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                merged := cfg.raw.Merge(rc)
+                cfg = NewResourceConfig(merged)
+        }
+
+        // Get the parent configuration if there is one
+        if parent := ctx.ParentProviderConfig(n.Provider); parent != nil {
+                merged := cfg.raw.Merge(parent.raw)
+                cfg = NewResourceConfig(merged)
+        }
+
+        *n.Output = cfg
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalConfigProvider is an EvalNode implementation that configures
+// a provider that is already initialized and retrieved.
+type EvalConfigProvider struct {
+        Provider string
+        Config   **ResourceConfig
+}
+
+func (n *EvalConfigProvider) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        return nil, ctx.ConfigureProvider(n.Provider, *n.Config)
+}
+
+// EvalInitProvider is an EvalNode implementation that initializes a provider
+// and returns nothing. The provider can be retrieved again with the
+// EvalGetProvider node.
+type EvalInitProvider struct {
+        Name string
+}
+
+func (n *EvalInitProvider) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        return ctx.InitProvider(n.Name)
+}
+
+// EvalCloseProvider is an EvalNode implementation that closes provider
+// connections that aren't needed anymore.
+type EvalCloseProvider struct {
+        Name string
+}
+
+func (n *EvalCloseProvider) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        ctx.CloseProvider(n.Name)
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalGetProvider is an EvalNode implementation that retrieves an already
+// initialized provider instance for the given name.
+type EvalGetProvider struct {
+        Name   string
+        Output *ResourceProvider
+}
+
+func (n *EvalGetProvider) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        result := ctx.Provider(n.Name)
+        if result == nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("provider %s not initialized", n.Name)
+        }
+
+        if n.Output != nil {
+                *n.Output = result
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalInputProvider is an EvalNode implementation that asks for input
+// for the given provider configurations.
+type EvalInputProvider struct {
+        Name     string
+        Provider *ResourceProvider
+        Config   **ResourceConfig
+}
+
+func (n *EvalInputProvider) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        // If we already configured this provider, then don't do this again
+        if v := ctx.ProviderInput(n.Name); v != nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        rc := *n.Config
+
+        // Wrap the input into a namespace
+        input := &PrefixUIInput{
+                IdPrefix:    fmt.Sprintf("provider.%s", n.Name),
+                QueryPrefix: fmt.Sprintf("provider.%s.", n.Name),
+                UIInput:     ctx.Input(),
+        }
+
+        // Go through each provider and capture the input necessary
+        // to satisfy it.
+        config, err := (*n.Provider).Input(input, rc)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Error configuring %s: %s", n.Name, err)
+        }
+
+        // Set the input that we received so that child modules don't attempt
+        // to ask for input again.
+        if config != nil && len(config.Config) > 0 {
+                // This repository of provider input results on the context doesn't
+                // retain config.ComputedKeys, so we need to filter those out here
+                // in order that later users of this data won't try to use the unknown
+                // value placeholder as if it were a literal value. This map is just
+                // of known values we've been able to complete so far; dynamic stuff
+                // will be merged in by EvalBuildProviderConfig on subsequent
+                // (post-input) walks.
+                confMap := config.Config
+                if config.ComputedKeys != nil {
+                        for _, key := range config.ComputedKeys {
+                                delete(confMap, key)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                ctx.SetProviderInput(n.Name, confMap)
+        } else {
+                ctx.SetProviderInput(n.Name, map[string]interface{}{})
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_provisioner.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_provisioner.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89579c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_provisioner.go
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// EvalInitProvisioner is an EvalNode implementation that initializes a provisioner
+// and returns nothing. The provisioner can be retrieved again with the
+// EvalGetProvisioner node.
+type EvalInitProvisioner struct {
+        Name string
+}
+
+func (n *EvalInitProvisioner) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        return ctx.InitProvisioner(n.Name)
+}
+
+// EvalCloseProvisioner is an EvalNode implementation that closes provisioner
+// connections that aren't needed anymore.
+type EvalCloseProvisioner struct {
+        Name string
+}
+
+func (n *EvalCloseProvisioner) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        ctx.CloseProvisioner(n.Name)
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalGetProvisioner is an EvalNode implementation that retrieves an already
+// initialized provisioner instance for the given name.
+type EvalGetProvisioner struct {
+        Name   string
+        Output *ResourceProvisioner
+}
+
+func (n *EvalGetProvisioner) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        result := ctx.Provisioner(n.Name)
+        if result == nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("provisioner %s not initialized", n.Name)
+        }
+
+        if n.Output != nil {
+                *n.Output = result
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_read_data.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_read_data.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb85a28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_read_data.go
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// EvalReadDataDiff is an EvalNode implementation that executes a data
+// resource's ReadDataDiff method to discover what attributes it exports.
+type EvalReadDataDiff struct {
+        Provider    *ResourceProvider
+        Output      **InstanceDiff
+        OutputState **InstanceState
+        Config      **ResourceConfig
+        Info        *InstanceInfo
+
+        // Set Previous when re-evaluating diff during apply, to ensure that
+        // the "Destroy" flag is preserved.
+        Previous **InstanceDiff
+}
+
+func (n *EvalReadDataDiff) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        // TODO: test
+
+        err := ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                return h.PreDiff(n.Info, nil)
+        })
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        var diff *InstanceDiff
+
+        if n.Previous != nil && *n.Previous != nil && (*n.Previous).GetDestroy() {
+                // If we're re-diffing for a diff that was already planning to
+                // destroy, then we'll just continue with that plan.
+                diff = &InstanceDiff{Destroy: true}
+        } else {
+                provider := *n.Provider
+                config := *n.Config
+
+                var err error
+                diff, err = provider.ReadDataDiff(n.Info, config)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                if diff == nil {
+                        diff = new(InstanceDiff)
+                }
+
+                // if id isn't explicitly set then it's always computed, because we're
+                // always "creating a new resource".
+                diff.init()
+                if _, ok := diff.Attributes["id"]; !ok {
+                        diff.SetAttribute("id", &ResourceAttrDiff{
+                                Old:         "",
+                                NewComputed: true,
+                                RequiresNew: true,
+                                Type:        DiffAttrOutput,
+                        })
+                }
+        }
+
+        err = ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                return h.PostDiff(n.Info, diff)
+        })
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        *n.Output = diff
+
+        if n.OutputState != nil {
+                state := &InstanceState{}
+                *n.OutputState = state
+
+                // Apply the diff to the returned state, so the state includes
+                // any attribute values that are not computed.
+                if !diff.Empty() && n.OutputState != nil {
+                        *n.OutputState = state.MergeDiff(diff)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalReadDataApply is an EvalNode implementation that executes a data
+// resource's ReadDataApply method to read data from the data source.
+type EvalReadDataApply struct {
+        Provider *ResourceProvider
+        Output   **InstanceState
+        Diff     **InstanceDiff
+        Info     *InstanceInfo
+}
+
+func (n *EvalReadDataApply) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        // TODO: test
+        provider := *n.Provider
+        diff := *n.Diff
+
+        // If the diff is for *destroying* this resource then we'll
+        // just drop its state and move on, since data resources don't
+        // support an actual "destroy" action.
+        if diff != nil && diff.GetDestroy() {
+                if n.Output != nil {
+                        *n.Output = nil
+                }
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // For the purpose of external hooks we present a data apply as a
+        // "Refresh" rather than an "Apply" because creating a data source
+        // is presented to users/callers as a "read" operation.
+        err := ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                // We don't have a state yet, so we'll just give the hook an
+                // empty one to work with.
+                return h.PreRefresh(n.Info, &InstanceState{})
+        })
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        state, err := provider.ReadDataApply(n.Info, diff)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", n.Info.Id, err)
+        }
+
+        err = ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                return h.PostRefresh(n.Info, state)
+        })
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        if n.Output != nil {
+                *n.Output = state
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_refresh.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_refresh.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa2b812
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_refresh.go
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+)
+
+// EvalRefresh is an EvalNode implementation that does a refresh for
+// a resource.
+type EvalRefresh struct {
+        Provider *ResourceProvider
+        State    **InstanceState
+        Info     *InstanceInfo
+        Output   **InstanceState
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalRefresh) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        provider := *n.Provider
+        state := *n.State
+
+        // If we have no state, we don't do any refreshing
+        if state == nil {
+                log.Printf("[DEBUG] refresh: %s: no state, not refreshing", n.Info.Id)
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Call pre-refresh hook
+        err := ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                return h.PreRefresh(n.Info, state)
+        })
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Refresh!
+        state, err = provider.Refresh(n.Info, state)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", n.Info.Id, err.Error())
+        }
+
+        // Call post-refresh hook
+        err = ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                return h.PostRefresh(n.Info, state)
+        })
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        if n.Output != nil {
+                *n.Output = state
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_resource.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_resource.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5eca678
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_resource.go
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+package terraform
+
+// EvalInstanceInfo is an EvalNode implementation that fills in the
+// InstanceInfo as much as it can.
+type EvalInstanceInfo struct {
+        Info *InstanceInfo
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalInstanceInfo) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        n.Info.ModulePath = ctx.Path()
+        return nil, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_sequence.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_sequence.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82d8178
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_sequence.go
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+package terraform
+
+// EvalSequence is an EvalNode that evaluates in sequence.
+type EvalSequence struct {
+        Nodes []EvalNode
+}
+
+func (n *EvalSequence) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        for _, n := range n.Nodes {
+                if n == nil {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if _, err := EvalRaw(n, ctx); err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalNodeFilterable impl.
+func (n *EvalSequence) Filter(fn EvalNodeFilterFunc) {
+        for i, node := range n.Nodes {
+                n.Nodes[i] = fn(node)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_state.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_state.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..126a0e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_state.go
@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+package terraform
+
+import "fmt"
+
+// EvalReadState is an EvalNode implementation that reads the
+// primary InstanceState for a specific resource out of the state.
+type EvalReadState struct {
+        Name   string
+        Output **InstanceState
+}
+
+func (n *EvalReadState) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        return readInstanceFromState(ctx, n.Name, n.Output, func(rs *ResourceState) (*InstanceState, error) {
+                return rs.Primary, nil
+        })
+}
+
+// EvalReadStateDeposed is an EvalNode implementation that reads the
+// deposed InstanceState for a specific resource out of the state
+type EvalReadStateDeposed struct {
+        Name   string
+        Output **InstanceState
+        // Index indicates which instance in the Deposed list to target, or -1 for
+        // the last item.
+        Index int
+}
+
+func (n *EvalReadStateDeposed) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        return readInstanceFromState(ctx, n.Name, n.Output, func(rs *ResourceState) (*InstanceState, error) {
+                // Get the index. If it is negative, then we get the last one
+                idx := n.Index
+                if idx < 0 {
+                        idx = len(rs.Deposed) - 1
+                }
+                if idx >= 0 && idx < len(rs.Deposed) {
+                        return rs.Deposed[idx], nil
+                } else {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("bad deposed index: %d, for resource: %#v", idx, rs)
+                }
+        })
+}
+
+// Does the bulk of the work for the various flavors of ReadState eval nodes.
+// Each node just provides a reader function to get from the ResourceState to the
+// InstanceState, and this takes care of all the plumbing.
+func readInstanceFromState(
+        ctx EvalContext,
+        resourceName string,
+        output **InstanceState,
+        readerFn func(*ResourceState) (*InstanceState, error),
+) (*InstanceState, error) {
+        state, lock := ctx.State()
+
+        // Get a read lock so we can access this instance
+        lock.RLock()
+        defer lock.RUnlock()
+
+        // Look for the module state. If we don't have one, then it doesn't matter.
+        mod := state.ModuleByPath(ctx.Path())
+        if mod == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Look for the resource state. If we don't have one, then it is okay.
+        rs := mod.Resources[resourceName]
+        if rs == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Use the delegate function to get the instance state from the resource state
+        is, err := readerFn(rs)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Write the result to the output pointer
+        if output != nil {
+                *output = is
+        }
+
+        return is, nil
+}
+
+// EvalRequireState is an EvalNode implementation that early exits
+// if the state doesn't have an ID.
+type EvalRequireState struct {
+        State **InstanceState
+}
+
+func (n *EvalRequireState) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        if n.State == nil {
+                return nil, EvalEarlyExitError{}
+        }
+
+        state := *n.State
+        if state == nil || state.ID == "" {
+                return nil, EvalEarlyExitError{}
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalUpdateStateHook is an EvalNode implementation that calls the
+// PostStateUpdate hook with the current state.
+type EvalUpdateStateHook struct{}
+
+func (n *EvalUpdateStateHook) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        state, lock := ctx.State()
+
+        // Get a full lock. Even calling something like WriteState can modify
+        // (prune) the state, so we need the full lock.
+        lock.Lock()
+        defer lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Call the hook
+        err := ctx.Hook(func(h Hook) (HookAction, error) {
+                return h.PostStateUpdate(state)
+        })
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalWriteState is an EvalNode implementation that writes the
+// primary InstanceState for a specific resource into the state.
+type EvalWriteState struct {
+        Name         string
+        ResourceType string
+        Provider     string
+        Dependencies []string
+        State        **InstanceState
+}
+
+func (n *EvalWriteState) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        return writeInstanceToState(ctx, n.Name, n.ResourceType, n.Provider, n.Dependencies,
+                func(rs *ResourceState) error {
+                        rs.Primary = *n.State
+                        return nil
+                },
+        )
+}
+
+// EvalWriteStateDeposed is an EvalNode implementation that writes
+// an InstanceState out to the Deposed list of a resource in the state.
+type EvalWriteStateDeposed struct {
+        Name         string
+        ResourceType string
+        Provider     string
+        Dependencies []string
+        State        **InstanceState
+        // Index indicates which instance in the Deposed list to target, or -1 to append.
+        Index int
+}
+
+func (n *EvalWriteStateDeposed) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        return writeInstanceToState(ctx, n.Name, n.ResourceType, n.Provider, n.Dependencies,
+                func(rs *ResourceState) error {
+                        if n.Index == -1 {
+                                rs.Deposed = append(rs.Deposed, *n.State)
+                        } else {
+                                rs.Deposed[n.Index] = *n.State
+                        }
+                        return nil
+                },
+        )
+}
+
+// Pulls together the common tasks of the EvalWriteState nodes.  All the args
+// are passed directly down from the EvalNode along with a `writer` function
+// which is yielded the *ResourceState and is responsible for writing an
+// InstanceState to the proper field in the ResourceState.
+func writeInstanceToState(
+        ctx EvalContext,
+        resourceName string,
+        resourceType string,
+        provider string,
+        dependencies []string,
+        writerFn func(*ResourceState) error,
+) (*InstanceState, error) {
+        state, lock := ctx.State()
+        if state == nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("cannot write state to nil state")
+        }
+
+        // Get a write lock so we can access this instance
+        lock.Lock()
+        defer lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Look for the module state. If we don't have one, create it.
+        mod := state.ModuleByPath(ctx.Path())
+        if mod == nil {
+                mod = state.AddModule(ctx.Path())
+        }
+
+        // Look for the resource state.
+        rs := mod.Resources[resourceName]
+        if rs == nil {
+                rs = &ResourceState{}
+                rs.init()
+                mod.Resources[resourceName] = rs
+        }
+        rs.Type = resourceType
+        rs.Dependencies = dependencies
+        rs.Provider = provider
+
+        if err := writerFn(rs); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalClearPrimaryState is an EvalNode implementation that clears the primary
+// instance from a resource state.
+type EvalClearPrimaryState struct {
+        Name string
+}
+
+func (n *EvalClearPrimaryState) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        state, lock := ctx.State()
+
+        // Get a read lock so we can access this instance
+        lock.RLock()
+        defer lock.RUnlock()
+
+        // Look for the module state. If we don't have one, then it doesn't matter.
+        mod := state.ModuleByPath(ctx.Path())
+        if mod == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Look for the resource state. If we don't have one, then it is okay.
+        rs := mod.Resources[n.Name]
+        if rs == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Clear primary from the resource state
+        rs.Primary = nil
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalDeposeState is an EvalNode implementation that takes the primary
+// out of a state and makes it Deposed. This is done at the beginning of
+// create-before-destroy calls so that the create can create while preserving
+// the old state of the to-be-destroyed resource.
+type EvalDeposeState struct {
+        Name string
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalDeposeState) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        state, lock := ctx.State()
+
+        // Get a read lock so we can access this instance
+        lock.RLock()
+        defer lock.RUnlock()
+
+        // Look for the module state. If we don't have one, then it doesn't matter.
+        mod := state.ModuleByPath(ctx.Path())
+        if mod == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Look for the resource state. If we don't have one, then it is okay.
+        rs := mod.Resources[n.Name]
+        if rs == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // If we don't have a primary, we have nothing to depose
+        if rs.Primary == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Depose
+        rs.Deposed = append(rs.Deposed, rs.Primary)
+        rs.Primary = nil
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalUndeposeState is an EvalNode implementation that reads the
+// InstanceState for a specific resource out of the state.
+type EvalUndeposeState struct {
+        Name  string
+        State **InstanceState
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalUndeposeState) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        state, lock := ctx.State()
+
+        // Get a read lock so we can access this instance
+        lock.RLock()
+        defer lock.RUnlock()
+
+        // Look for the module state. If we don't have one, then it doesn't matter.
+        mod := state.ModuleByPath(ctx.Path())
+        if mod == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Look for the resource state. If we don't have one, then it is okay.
+        rs := mod.Resources[n.Name]
+        if rs == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // If we don't have any desposed resource, then we don't have anything to do
+        if len(rs.Deposed) == 0 {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Undepose
+        idx := len(rs.Deposed) - 1
+        rs.Primary = rs.Deposed[idx]
+        rs.Deposed[idx] = *n.State
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_validate.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_validate.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..478aa64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_validate.go
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure"
+)
+
+// EvalValidateError is the error structure returned if there were
+// validation errors.
+type EvalValidateError struct {
+        Warnings []string
+        Errors   []error
+}
+
+func (e *EvalValidateError) Error() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("Warnings: %s. Errors: %s", e.Warnings, e.Errors)
+}
+
+// EvalValidateCount is an EvalNode implementation that validates
+// the count of a resource.
+type EvalValidateCount struct {
+        Resource *config.Resource
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalValidateCount) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        var count int
+        var errs []error
+        var err error
+        if _, err := ctx.Interpolate(n.Resource.RawCount, nil); err != nil {
+                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Failed to interpolate count: %s", err))
+                goto RETURN
+        }
+
+        count, err = n.Resource.Count()
+        if err != nil {
+                // If we can't get the count during validation, then
+                // just replace it with the number 1.
+                c := n.Resource.RawCount.Config()
+                c[n.Resource.RawCount.Key] = "1"
+                count = 1
+        }
+        err = nil
+
+        if count < 0 {
+                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Count is less than zero: %d", count))
+        }
+
+RETURN:
+        if len(errs) != 0 {
+                err = &EvalValidateError{
+                        Errors: errs,
+                }
+        }
+        return nil, err
+}
+
+// EvalValidateProvider is an EvalNode implementation that validates
+// the configuration of a resource.
+type EvalValidateProvider struct {
+        Provider *ResourceProvider
+        Config   **ResourceConfig
+}
+
+func (n *EvalValidateProvider) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        provider := *n.Provider
+        config := *n.Config
+
+        warns, errs := provider.Validate(config)
+        if len(warns) == 0 && len(errs) == 0 {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        return nil, &EvalValidateError{
+                Warnings: warns,
+                Errors:   errs,
+        }
+}
+
+// EvalValidateProvisioner is an EvalNode implementation that validates
+// the configuration of a resource.
+type EvalValidateProvisioner struct {
+        Provisioner *ResourceProvisioner
+        Config      **ResourceConfig
+        ConnConfig  **ResourceConfig
+}
+
+func (n *EvalValidateProvisioner) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        provisioner := *n.Provisioner
+        config := *n.Config
+        var warns []string
+        var errs []error
+
+        {
+                // Validate the provisioner's own config first
+                w, e := provisioner.Validate(config)
+                warns = append(warns, w...)
+                errs = append(errs, e...)
+        }
+
+        {
+                // Now validate the connection config, which might either be from
+                // the provisioner block itself or inherited from the resource's
+                // shared connection info.
+                w, e := n.validateConnConfig(*n.ConnConfig)
+                warns = append(warns, w...)
+                errs = append(errs, e...)
+        }
+
+        if len(warns) == 0 && len(errs) == 0 {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        return nil, &EvalValidateError{
+                Warnings: warns,
+                Errors:   errs,
+        }
+}
+
+func (n *EvalValidateProvisioner) validateConnConfig(connConfig *ResourceConfig) (warns []string, errs []error) {
+        // We can't comprehensively validate the connection config since its
+        // final structure is decided by the communicator and we can't instantiate
+        // that until we have a complete instance state. However, we *can* catch
+        // configuration keys that are not valid for *any* communicator, catching
+        // typos early rather than waiting until we actually try to run one of
+        // the resource's provisioners.
+
+        type connConfigSuperset struct {
+                // All attribute types are interface{} here because at this point we
+                // may still have unresolved interpolation expressions, which will
+                // appear as strings regardless of the final goal type.
+
+                Type       interface{} `mapstructure:"type"`
+                User       interface{} `mapstructure:"user"`
+                Password   interface{} `mapstructure:"password"`
+                Host       interface{} `mapstructure:"host"`
+                Port       interface{} `mapstructure:"port"`
+                Timeout    interface{} `mapstructure:"timeout"`
+                ScriptPath interface{} `mapstructure:"script_path"`
+
+                // For type=ssh only (enforced in ssh communicator)
+                PrivateKey        interface{} `mapstructure:"private_key"`
+                Agent             interface{} `mapstructure:"agent"`
+                BastionHost       interface{} `mapstructure:"bastion_host"`
+                BastionPort       interface{} `mapstructure:"bastion_port"`
+                BastionUser       interface{} `mapstructure:"bastion_user"`
+                BastionPassword   interface{} `mapstructure:"bastion_password"`
+                BastionPrivateKey interface{} `mapstructure:"bastion_private_key"`
+
+                // For type=winrm only (enforced in winrm communicator)
+                HTTPS    interface{} `mapstructure:"https"`
+                Insecure interface{} `mapstructure:"insecure"`
+                CACert   interface{} `mapstructure:"cacert"`
+        }
+
+        var metadata mapstructure.Metadata
+        decoder, err := mapstructure.NewDecoder(&mapstructure.DecoderConfig{
+                Metadata: &metadata,
+                Result:   &connConfigSuperset{}, // result is disregarded; we only care about unused keys
+        })
+        if err != nil {
+                // should never happen
+                errs = append(errs, err)
+                return
+        }
+
+        if err := decoder.Decode(connConfig.Config); err != nil {
+                errs = append(errs, err)
+                return
+        }
+
+        for _, attrName := range metadata.Unused {
+                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf("unknown 'connection' argument %q", attrName))
+        }
+        return
+}
+
+// EvalValidateResource is an EvalNode implementation that validates
+// the configuration of a resource.
+type EvalValidateResource struct {
+        Provider     *ResourceProvider
+        Config       **ResourceConfig
+        ResourceName string
+        ResourceType string
+        ResourceMode config.ResourceMode
+
+        // IgnoreWarnings means that warnings will not be passed through. This allows
+        // "just-in-time" passes of validation to continue execution through warnings.
+        IgnoreWarnings bool
+}
+
+func (n *EvalValidateResource) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        provider := *n.Provider
+        cfg := *n.Config
+        var warns []string
+        var errs []error
+        // Provider entry point varies depending on resource mode, because
+        // managed resources and data resources are two distinct concepts
+        // in the provider abstraction.
+        switch n.ResourceMode {
+        case config.ManagedResourceMode:
+                warns, errs = provider.ValidateResource(n.ResourceType, cfg)
+        case config.DataResourceMode:
+                warns, errs = provider.ValidateDataSource(n.ResourceType, cfg)
+        }
+
+        // If the resource name doesn't match the name regular
+        // expression, show an error.
+        if !config.NameRegexp.Match([]byte(n.ResourceName)) {
+                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%s: resource name can only contain letters, numbers, "+
+                                "dashes, and underscores.", n.ResourceName))
+        }
+
+        if (len(warns) == 0 || n.IgnoreWarnings) && len(errs) == 0 {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        return nil, &EvalValidateError{
+                Warnings: warns,
+                Errors:   errs,
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_validate_selfref.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_validate_selfref.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae4436a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_validate_selfref.go
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// EvalValidateResourceSelfRef is an EvalNode implementation that validates that
+// a configuration doesn't contain a reference to the resource itself.
+//
+// This must be done prior to interpolating configuration in order to avoid
+// any infinite loop scenarios.
+type EvalValidateResourceSelfRef struct {
+        Addr   **ResourceAddress
+        Config **config.RawConfig
+}
+
+func (n *EvalValidateResourceSelfRef) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        addr := *n.Addr
+        conf := *n.Config
+
+        // Go through the variables and find self references
+        var errs []error
+        for k, raw := range conf.Variables {
+                rv, ok := raw.(*config.ResourceVariable)
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Build an address from the variable
+                varAddr := &ResourceAddress{
+                        Path:         addr.Path,
+                        Mode:         rv.Mode,
+                        Type:         rv.Type,
+                        Name:         rv.Name,
+                        Index:        rv.Index,
+                        InstanceType: TypePrimary,
+                }
+
+                // If the variable access is a multi-access (*), then we just
+                // match the index so that we'll match our own addr if everything
+                // else matches.
+                if rv.Multi && rv.Index == -1 {
+                        varAddr.Index = addr.Index
+                }
+
+                // This is a weird thing where ResourceAddres has index "-1" when
+                // index isn't set at all. This means index "0" for resource access.
+                // So, if we have this scenario, just set our varAddr to -1 so it
+                // matches.
+                if addr.Index == -1 && varAddr.Index == 0 {
+                        varAddr.Index = -1
+                }
+
+                // If the addresses match, then this is a self reference
+                if varAddr.Equals(addr) && varAddr.Index == addr.Index {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: self reference not allowed: %q",
+                                addr, k))
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If no errors, no errors!
+        if len(errs) == 0 {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Wrap the errors in the proper wrapper so we can handle validation
+        // formatting properly upstream.
+        return nil, &EvalValidateError{
+                Errors: errs,
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_variable.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_variable.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e39a33c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/eval_variable.go
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "reflect"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/hilmapstructure"
+)
+
+// EvalTypeCheckVariable is an EvalNode which ensures that the variable
+// values which are assigned as inputs to a module (including the root)
+// match the types which are either declared for the variables explicitly
+// or inferred from the default values.
+//
+// In order to achieve this three things are required:
+//     - a map of the proposed variable values
+//     - the configuration tree of the module in which the variable is
+//       declared
+//     - the path to the module (so we know which part of the tree to
+//       compare the values against).
+type EvalTypeCheckVariable struct {
+        Variables  map[string]interface{}
+        ModulePath []string
+        ModuleTree *module.Tree
+}
+
+func (n *EvalTypeCheckVariable) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        currentTree := n.ModuleTree
+        for _, pathComponent := range n.ModulePath[1:] {
+                currentTree = currentTree.Children()[pathComponent]
+        }
+        targetConfig := currentTree.Config()
+
+        prototypes := make(map[string]config.VariableType)
+        for _, variable := range targetConfig.Variables {
+                prototypes[variable.Name] = variable.Type()
+        }
+
+        // Only display a module in an error message if we are not in the root module
+        modulePathDescription := fmt.Sprintf(" in module %s", strings.Join(n.ModulePath[1:], "."))
+        if len(n.ModulePath) == 1 {
+                modulePathDescription = ""
+        }
+
+        for name, declaredType := range prototypes {
+                proposedValue, ok := n.Variables[name]
+                if !ok {
+                        // This means the default value should be used as no overriding value
+                        // has been set. Therefore we should continue as no check is necessary.
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if proposedValue == config.UnknownVariableValue {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                switch declaredType {
+                case config.VariableTypeString:
+                        switch proposedValue.(type) {
+                        case string:
+                                continue
+                        default:
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("variable %s%s should be type %s, got %s",
+                                        name, modulePathDescription, declaredType.Printable(), hclTypeName(proposedValue))
+                        }
+                case config.VariableTypeMap:
+                        switch proposedValue.(type) {
+                        case map[string]interface{}:
+                                continue
+                        default:
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("variable %s%s should be type %s, got %s",
+                                        name, modulePathDescription, declaredType.Printable(), hclTypeName(proposedValue))
+                        }
+                case config.VariableTypeList:
+                        switch proposedValue.(type) {
+                        case []interface{}:
+                                continue
+                        default:
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("variable %s%s should be type %s, got %s",
+                                        name, modulePathDescription, declaredType.Printable(), hclTypeName(proposedValue))
+                        }
+                default:
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("variable %s%s should be type %s, got type string",
+                                name, modulePathDescription, declaredType.Printable())
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalSetVariables is an EvalNode implementation that sets the variables
+// explicitly for interpolation later.
+type EvalSetVariables struct {
+        Module    *string
+        Variables map[string]interface{}
+}
+
+// TODO: test
+func (n *EvalSetVariables) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        ctx.SetVariables(*n.Module, n.Variables)
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// EvalVariableBlock is an EvalNode implementation that evaluates the
+// given configuration, and uses the final values as a way to set the
+// mapping.
+type EvalVariableBlock struct {
+        Config         **ResourceConfig
+        VariableValues map[string]interface{}
+}
+
+func (n *EvalVariableBlock) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        // Clear out the existing mapping
+        for k, _ := range n.VariableValues {
+                delete(n.VariableValues, k)
+        }
+
+        // Get our configuration
+        rc := *n.Config
+        for k, v := range rc.Config {
+                vKind := reflect.ValueOf(v).Type().Kind()
+
+                switch vKind {
+                case reflect.Slice:
+                        var vSlice []interface{}
+                        if err := hilmapstructure.WeakDecode(v, &vSlice); err == nil {
+                                n.VariableValues[k] = vSlice
+                                continue
+                        }
+                case reflect.Map:
+                        var vMap map[string]interface{}
+                        if err := hilmapstructure.WeakDecode(v, &vMap); err == nil {
+                                n.VariableValues[k] = vMap
+                                continue
+                        }
+                default:
+                        var vString string
+                        if err := hilmapstructure.WeakDecode(v, &vString); err == nil {
+                                n.VariableValues[k] = vString
+                                continue
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Variable value for %s is not a string, list or map type", k)
+        }
+
+        for _, path := range rc.ComputedKeys {
+                log.Printf("[DEBUG] Setting Unknown Variable Value for computed key: %s", path)
+                err := n.setUnknownVariableValueForPath(path)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+func (n *EvalVariableBlock) setUnknownVariableValueForPath(path string) error {
+        pathComponents := strings.Split(path, ".")
+
+        if len(pathComponents) < 1 {
+                return fmt.Errorf("No path comoponents in %s", path)
+        }
+
+        if len(pathComponents) == 1 {
+                // Special case the "top level" since we know the type
+                if _, ok := n.VariableValues[pathComponents[0]]; !ok {
+                        n.VariableValues[pathComponents[0]] = config.UnknownVariableValue
+                }
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Otherwise find the correct point in the tree and then set to unknown
+        var current interface{} = n.VariableValues[pathComponents[0]]
+        for i := 1; i < len(pathComponents); i++ {
+                switch tCurrent := current.(type) {
+                case []interface{}:
+                        index, err := strconv.Atoi(pathComponents[i])
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("Cannot convert %s to slice index in path %s",
+                                        pathComponents[i], path)
+                        }
+                        current = tCurrent[index]
+                case []map[string]interface{}:
+                        index, err := strconv.Atoi(pathComponents[i])
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("Cannot convert %s to slice index in path %s",
+                                        pathComponents[i], path)
+                        }
+                        current = tCurrent[index]
+                case map[string]interface{}:
+                        if val, hasVal := tCurrent[pathComponents[i]]; hasVal {
+                                current = val
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        tCurrent[pathComponents[i]] = config.UnknownVariableValue
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// EvalCoerceMapVariable is an EvalNode implementation that recognizes a
+// specific ambiguous HCL parsing situation and resolves it. In HCL parsing, a
+// bare map literal is indistinguishable from a list of maps w/ one element.
+//
+// We take all the same inputs as EvalTypeCheckVariable above, since we need
+// both the target type and the proposed value in order to properly coerce.
+type EvalCoerceMapVariable struct {
+        Variables  map[string]interface{}
+        ModulePath []string
+        ModuleTree *module.Tree
+}
+
+// Eval implements the EvalNode interface. See EvalCoerceMapVariable for
+// details.
+func (n *EvalCoerceMapVariable) Eval(ctx EvalContext) (interface{}, error) {
+        currentTree := n.ModuleTree
+        for _, pathComponent := range n.ModulePath[1:] {
+                currentTree = currentTree.Children()[pathComponent]
+        }
+        targetConfig := currentTree.Config()
+
+        prototypes := make(map[string]config.VariableType)
+        for _, variable := range targetConfig.Variables {
+                prototypes[variable.Name] = variable.Type()
+        }
+
+        for name, declaredType := range prototypes {
+                if declaredType != config.VariableTypeMap {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                proposedValue, ok := n.Variables[name]
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if list, ok := proposedValue.([]interface{}); ok && len(list) == 1 {
+                        if m, ok := list[0].(map[string]interface{}); ok {
+                                log.Printf("[DEBUG] EvalCoerceMapVariable: "+
+                                        "Coercing single element list into map: %#v", m)
+                                n.Variables[name] = m
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+// hclTypeName returns the name of the type that would represent this value in
+// a config file, or falls back to the Go type name if there's no corresponding
+// HCL type. This is used for formatted output, not for comparing types.
+func hclTypeName(i interface{}) string {
+        switch k := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(i)).Kind(); k {
+        case reflect.Bool:
+                return "boolean"
+        case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64,
+                reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32,
+                reflect.Uint64, reflect.Uintptr, reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64:
+                return "number"
+        case reflect.Array, reflect.Slice:
+                return "list"
+        case reflect.Map:
+                return "map"
+        case reflect.String:
+                return "string"
+        default:
+                // fall back to the Go type if there's no match
+                return k.String()
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/evaltree_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/evaltree_provider.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00392ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/evaltree_provider.go
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// ProviderEvalTree returns the evaluation tree for initializing and
+// configuring providers.
+func ProviderEvalTree(n string, config *config.RawConfig) EvalNode {
+        var provider ResourceProvider
+        var resourceConfig *ResourceConfig
+
+        seq := make([]EvalNode, 0, 5)
+        seq = append(seq, &EvalInitProvider{Name: n})
+
+        // Input stuff
+        seq = append(seq, &EvalOpFilter{
+                Ops: []walkOperation{walkInput, walkImport},
+                Node: &EvalSequence{
+                        Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                                &EvalGetProvider{
+                                        Name:   n,
+                                        Output: &provider,
+                                },
+                                &EvalInterpolate{
+                                        Config: config,
+                                        Output: &resourceConfig,
+                                },
+                                &EvalBuildProviderConfig{
+                                        Provider: n,
+                                        Config:   &resourceConfig,
+                                        Output:   &resourceConfig,
+                                },
+                                &EvalInputProvider{
+                                        Name:     n,
+                                        Provider: &provider,
+                                        Config:   &resourceConfig,
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+        })
+
+        seq = append(seq, &EvalOpFilter{
+                Ops: []walkOperation{walkValidate},
+                Node: &EvalSequence{
+                        Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                                &EvalGetProvider{
+                                        Name:   n,
+                                        Output: &provider,
+                                },
+                                &EvalInterpolate{
+                                        Config: config,
+                                        Output: &resourceConfig,
+                                },
+                                &EvalBuildProviderConfig{
+                                        Provider: n,
+                                        Config:   &resourceConfig,
+                                        Output:   &resourceConfig,
+                                },
+                                &EvalValidateProvider{
+                                        Provider: &provider,
+                                        Config:   &resourceConfig,
+                                },
+                                &EvalSetProviderConfig{
+                                        Provider: n,
+                                        Config:   &resourceConfig,
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+        })
+
+        // Apply stuff
+        seq = append(seq, &EvalOpFilter{
+                Ops: []walkOperation{walkRefresh, walkPlan, walkApply, walkDestroy, walkImport},
+                Node: &EvalSequence{
+                        Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                                &EvalGetProvider{
+                                        Name:   n,
+                                        Output: &provider,
+                                },
+                                &EvalInterpolate{
+                                        Config: config,
+                                        Output: &resourceConfig,
+                                },
+                                &EvalBuildProviderConfig{
+                                        Provider: n,
+                                        Config:   &resourceConfig,
+                                        Output:   &resourceConfig,
+                                },
+                                &EvalSetProviderConfig{
+                                        Provider: n,
+                                        Config:   &resourceConfig,
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+        })
+
+        // We configure on everything but validate, since validate may
+        // not have access to all the variables.
+        seq = append(seq, &EvalOpFilter{
+                Ops: []walkOperation{walkRefresh, walkPlan, walkApply, walkDestroy, walkImport},
+                Node: &EvalSequence{
+                        Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                                &EvalConfigProvider{
+                                        Provider: n,
+                                        Config:   &resourceConfig,
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+        })
+
+        return &EvalSequence{Nodes: seq}
+}
+
+// CloseProviderEvalTree returns the evaluation tree for closing
+// provider connections that aren't needed anymore.
+func CloseProviderEvalTree(n string) EvalNode {
+        return &EvalCloseProvider{Name: n}
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48ce6a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph.go
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "runtime/debug"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// RootModuleName is the name given to the root module implicitly.
+const RootModuleName = "root"
+
+// RootModulePath is the path for the root module.
+var RootModulePath = []string{RootModuleName}
+
+// Graph represents the graph that Terraform uses to represent resources
+// and their dependencies.
+type Graph struct {
+        // Graph is the actual DAG. This is embedded so you can call the DAG
+        // methods directly.
+        dag.AcyclicGraph
+
+        // Path is the path in the module tree that this Graph represents.
+        // The root is represented by a single element list containing
+        // RootModuleName
+        Path []string
+
+        // debugName is a name for reference in the debug output. This is usually
+        // to indicate what topmost builder was, and if this graph is a shadow or
+        // not.
+        debugName string
+}
+
+func (g *Graph) DirectedGraph() dag.Grapher {
+        return &g.AcyclicGraph
+}
+
+// Walk walks the graph with the given walker for callbacks. The graph
+// will be walked with full parallelism, so the walker should expect
+// to be called in concurrently.
+func (g *Graph) Walk(walker GraphWalker) error {
+        return g.walk(walker)
+}
+
+func (g *Graph) walk(walker GraphWalker) error {
+        // The callbacks for enter/exiting a graph
+        ctx := walker.EnterPath(g.Path)
+        defer walker.ExitPath(g.Path)
+
+        // Get the path for logs
+        path := strings.Join(ctx.Path(), ".")
+
+        // Determine if our walker is a panic wrapper
+        panicwrap, ok := walker.(GraphWalkerPanicwrapper)
+        if !ok {
+                panicwrap = nil // just to be sure
+        }
+
+        debugName := "walk-graph.json"
+        if g.debugName != "" {
+                debugName = g.debugName + "-" + debugName
+        }
+
+        debugBuf := dbug.NewFileWriter(debugName)
+        g.SetDebugWriter(debugBuf)
+        defer debugBuf.Close()
+
+        // Walk the graph.
+        var walkFn dag.WalkFunc
+        walkFn = func(v dag.Vertex) (rerr error) {
+                log.Printf("[DEBUG] vertex '%s.%s': walking", path, dag.VertexName(v))
+                g.DebugVisitInfo(v, g.debugName)
+
+                // If we have a panic wrap GraphWalker and a panic occurs, recover
+                // and call that. We ensure the return value is an error, however,
+                // so that future nodes are not called.
+                defer func() {
+                        // If no panicwrap, do nothing
+                        if panicwrap == nil {
+                                return
+                        }
+
+                        // If no panic, do nothing
+                        err := recover()
+                        if err == nil {
+                                return
+                        }
+
+                        // Modify the return value to show the error
+                        rerr = fmt.Errorf("vertex %q captured panic: %s\n\n%s",
+                                dag.VertexName(v), err, debug.Stack())
+
+                        // Call the panic wrapper
+                        panicwrap.Panic(v, err)
+                }()
+
+                walker.EnterVertex(v)
+                defer walker.ExitVertex(v, rerr)
+
+                // vertexCtx is the context that we use when evaluating. This
+                // is normally the context of our graph but can be overridden
+                // with a GraphNodeSubPath impl.
+                vertexCtx := ctx
+                if pn, ok := v.(GraphNodeSubPath); ok && len(pn.Path()) > 0 {
+                        vertexCtx = walker.EnterPath(normalizeModulePath(pn.Path()))
+                        defer walker.ExitPath(pn.Path())
+                }
+
+                // If the node is eval-able, then evaluate it.
+                if ev, ok := v.(GraphNodeEvalable); ok {
+                        tree := ev.EvalTree()
+                        if tree == nil {
+                                panic(fmt.Sprintf(
+                                        "%s.%s (%T): nil eval tree", path, dag.VertexName(v), v))
+                        }
+
+                        // Allow the walker to change our tree if needed. Eval,
+                        // then callback with the output.
+                        log.Printf("[DEBUG] vertex '%s.%s': evaluating", path, dag.VertexName(v))
+
+                        g.DebugVertexInfo(v, fmt.Sprintf("evaluating %T(%s)", v, path))
+
+                        tree = walker.EnterEvalTree(v, tree)
+                        output, err := Eval(tree, vertexCtx)
+                        if rerr = walker.ExitEvalTree(v, output, err); rerr != nil {
+                                return
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // If the node is dynamically expanded, then expand it
+                if ev, ok := v.(GraphNodeDynamicExpandable); ok {
+                        log.Printf(
+                                "[DEBUG] vertex '%s.%s': expanding/walking dynamic subgraph",
+                                path,
+                                dag.VertexName(v))
+
+                        g.DebugVertexInfo(v, fmt.Sprintf("expanding %T(%s)", v, path))
+
+                        g, err := ev.DynamicExpand(vertexCtx)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                rerr = err
+                                return
+                        }
+                        if g != nil {
+                                // Walk the subgraph
+                                if rerr = g.walk(walker); rerr != nil {
+                                        return
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // If the node has a subgraph, then walk the subgraph
+                if sn, ok := v.(GraphNodeSubgraph); ok {
+                        log.Printf(
+                                "[DEBUG] vertex '%s.%s': walking subgraph",
+                                path,
+                                dag.VertexName(v))
+
+                        g.DebugVertexInfo(v, fmt.Sprintf("subgraph: %T(%s)", v, path))
+
+                        if rerr = sn.Subgraph().(*Graph).walk(walker); rerr != nil {
+                                return
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        return g.AcyclicGraph.Walk(walkFn)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6374bb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder.go
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// GraphBuilder is an interface that can be implemented and used with
+// Terraform to build the graph that Terraform walks.
+type GraphBuilder interface {
+        // Build builds the graph for the given module path. It is up to
+        // the interface implementation whether this build should expand
+        // the graph or not.
+        Build(path []string) (*Graph, error)
+}
+
+// BasicGraphBuilder is a GraphBuilder that builds a graph out of a
+// series of transforms and (optionally) validates the graph is a valid
+// structure.
+type BasicGraphBuilder struct {
+        Steps    []GraphTransformer
+        Validate bool
+        // Optional name to add to the graph debug log
+        Name string
+}
+
+func (b *BasicGraphBuilder) Build(path []string) (*Graph, error) {
+        g := &Graph{Path: path}
+
+        debugName := "graph.json"
+        if b.Name != "" {
+                debugName = b.Name + "-" + debugName
+        }
+        debugBuf := dbug.NewFileWriter(debugName)
+        g.SetDebugWriter(debugBuf)
+        defer debugBuf.Close()
+
+        for _, step := range b.Steps {
+                if step == nil {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                stepName := fmt.Sprintf("%T", step)
+                dot := strings.LastIndex(stepName, ".")
+                if dot >= 0 {
+                        stepName = stepName[dot+1:]
+                }
+
+                debugOp := g.DebugOperation(stepName, "")
+                err := step.Transform(g)
+
+                errMsg := ""
+                if err != nil {
+                        errMsg = err.Error()
+                }
+                debugOp.End(errMsg)
+
+                log.Printf(
+                        "[TRACE] Graph after step %T:\n\n%s",
+                        step, g.StringWithNodeTypes())
+
+                if err != nil {
+                        return g, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Validate the graph structure
+        if b.Validate {
+                if err := g.Validate(); err != nil {
+                        log.Printf("[ERROR] Graph validation failed. Graph:\n\n%s", g.String())
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return g, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_apply.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_apply.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38a90f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_apply.go
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// ApplyGraphBuilder implements GraphBuilder and is responsible for building
+// a graph for applying a Terraform diff.
+//
+// Because the graph is built from the diff (vs. the config or state),
+// this helps ensure that the apply-time graph doesn't modify any resources
+// that aren't explicitly in the diff. There are other scenarios where the
+// diff can be deviated, so this is just one layer of protection.
+type ApplyGraphBuilder struct {
+        // Module is the root module for the graph to build.
+        Module *module.Tree
+
+        // Diff is the diff to apply.
+        Diff *Diff
+
+        // State is the current state
+        State *State
+
+        // Providers is the list of providers supported.
+        Providers []string
+
+        // Provisioners is the list of provisioners supported.
+        Provisioners []string
+
+        // Targets are resources to target. This is only required to make sure
+        // unnecessary outputs aren't included in the apply graph. The plan
+        // builder successfully handles targeting resources. In the future,
+        // outputs should go into the diff so that this is unnecessary.
+        Targets []string
+
+        // DisableReduce, if true, will not reduce the graph. Great for testing.
+        DisableReduce bool
+
+        // Destroy, if true, represents a pure destroy operation
+        Destroy bool
+
+        // Validate will do structural validation of the graph.
+        Validate bool
+}
+
+// See GraphBuilder
+func (b *ApplyGraphBuilder) Build(path []string) (*Graph, error) {
+        return (&BasicGraphBuilder{
+                Steps:    b.Steps(),
+                Validate: b.Validate,
+                Name:     "ApplyGraphBuilder",
+        }).Build(path)
+}
+
+// See GraphBuilder
+func (b *ApplyGraphBuilder) Steps() []GraphTransformer {
+        // Custom factory for creating providers.
+        concreteProvider := func(a *NodeAbstractProvider) dag.Vertex {
+                return &NodeApplyableProvider{
+                        NodeAbstractProvider: a,
+                }
+        }
+
+        concreteResource := func(a *NodeAbstractResource) dag.Vertex {
+                return &NodeApplyableResource{
+                        NodeAbstractResource: a,
+                }
+        }
+
+        steps := []GraphTransformer{
+                // Creates all the nodes represented in the diff.
+                &DiffTransformer{
+                        Concrete: concreteResource,
+
+                        Diff:   b.Diff,
+                        Module: b.Module,
+                        State:  b.State,
+                },
+
+                // Create orphan output nodes
+                &OrphanOutputTransformer{Module: b.Module, State: b.State},
+
+                // Attach the configuration to any resources
+                &AttachResourceConfigTransformer{Module: b.Module},
+
+                // Attach the state
+                &AttachStateTransformer{State: b.State},
+
+                // Create all the providers
+                &MissingProviderTransformer{Providers: b.Providers, Concrete: concreteProvider},
+                &ProviderTransformer{},
+                &DisableProviderTransformer{},
+                &ParentProviderTransformer{},
+                &AttachProviderConfigTransformer{Module: b.Module},
+
+                // Destruction ordering
+                &DestroyEdgeTransformer{Module: b.Module, State: b.State},
+                GraphTransformIf(
+                        func() bool { return !b.Destroy },
+                        &CBDEdgeTransformer{Module: b.Module, State: b.State},
+                ),
+
+                // Provisioner-related transformations
+                &MissingProvisionerTransformer{Provisioners: b.Provisioners},
+                &ProvisionerTransformer{},
+
+                // Add root variables
+                &RootVariableTransformer{Module: b.Module},
+
+                // Add the outputs
+                &OutputTransformer{Module: b.Module},
+
+                // Add module variables
+                &ModuleVariableTransformer{Module: b.Module},
+
+                // Connect references so ordering is correct
+                &ReferenceTransformer{},
+
+                // Add the node to fix the state count boundaries
+                &CountBoundaryTransformer{},
+
+                // Target
+                &TargetsTransformer{Targets: b.Targets},
+
+                // Close opened plugin connections
+                &CloseProviderTransformer{},
+                &CloseProvisionerTransformer{},
+
+                // Single root
+                &RootTransformer{},
+        }
+
+        if !b.DisableReduce {
+                // Perform the transitive reduction to make our graph a bit
+                // more sane if possible (it usually is possible).
+                steps = append(steps, &TransitiveReductionTransformer{})
+        }
+
+        return steps
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_destroy_plan.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_destroy_plan.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..014b348
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_destroy_plan.go
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// DestroyPlanGraphBuilder implements GraphBuilder and is responsible for
+// planning a pure-destroy.
+//
+// Planning a pure destroy operation is simple because we can ignore most
+// ordering configuration and simply reverse the state.
+type DestroyPlanGraphBuilder struct {
+        // Module is the root module for the graph to build.
+        Module *module.Tree
+
+        // State is the current state
+        State *State
+
+        // Targets are resources to target
+        Targets []string
+
+        // Validate will do structural validation of the graph.
+        Validate bool
+}
+
+// See GraphBuilder
+func (b *DestroyPlanGraphBuilder) Build(path []string) (*Graph, error) {
+        return (&BasicGraphBuilder{
+                Steps:    b.Steps(),
+                Validate: b.Validate,
+                Name:     "DestroyPlanGraphBuilder",
+        }).Build(path)
+}
+
+// See GraphBuilder
+func (b *DestroyPlanGraphBuilder) Steps() []GraphTransformer {
+        concreteResource := func(a *NodeAbstractResource) dag.Vertex {
+                return &NodePlanDestroyableResource{
+                        NodeAbstractResource: a,
+                }
+        }
+
+        steps := []GraphTransformer{
+                // Creates all the nodes represented in the state.
+                &StateTransformer{
+                        Concrete: concreteResource,
+                        State:    b.State,
+                },
+
+                // Attach the configuration to any resources
+                &AttachResourceConfigTransformer{Module: b.Module},
+
+                // Destruction ordering. We require this only so that
+                // targeting below will prune the correct things.
+                &DestroyEdgeTransformer{Module: b.Module, State: b.State},
+
+                // Target. Note we don't set "Destroy: true" here since we already
+                // created proper destroy ordering.
+                &TargetsTransformer{Targets: b.Targets},
+
+                // Single root
+                &RootTransformer{},
+        }
+
+        return steps
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_import.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_import.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7070c59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_import.go
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// ImportGraphBuilder implements GraphBuilder and is responsible for building
+// a graph for importing resources into Terraform. This is a much, much
+// simpler graph than a normal configuration graph.
+type ImportGraphBuilder struct {
+        // ImportTargets are the list of resources to import.
+        ImportTargets []*ImportTarget
+
+        // Module is the module to add to the graph. See ImportOpts.Module.
+        Module *module.Tree
+
+        // Providers is the list of providers supported.
+        Providers []string
+}
+
+// Build builds the graph according to the steps returned by Steps.
+func (b *ImportGraphBuilder) Build(path []string) (*Graph, error) {
+        return (&BasicGraphBuilder{
+                Steps:    b.Steps(),
+                Validate: true,
+                Name:     "ImportGraphBuilder",
+        }).Build(path)
+}
+
+// Steps returns the ordered list of GraphTransformers that must be executed
+// to build a complete graph.
+func (b *ImportGraphBuilder) Steps() []GraphTransformer {
+        // Get the module. If we don't have one, we just use an empty tree
+        // so that the transform still works but does nothing.
+        mod := b.Module
+        if mod == nil {
+                mod = module.NewEmptyTree()
+        }
+
+        // Custom factory for creating providers.
+        concreteProvider := func(a *NodeAbstractProvider) dag.Vertex {
+                return &NodeApplyableProvider{
+                        NodeAbstractProvider: a,
+                }
+        }
+
+        steps := []GraphTransformer{
+                // Create all our resources from the configuration and state
+                &ConfigTransformer{Module: mod},
+
+                // Add the import steps
+                &ImportStateTransformer{Targets: b.ImportTargets},
+
+                // Provider-related transformations
+                &MissingProviderTransformer{Providers: b.Providers, Concrete: concreteProvider},
+                &ProviderTransformer{},
+                &DisableProviderTransformer{},
+                &ParentProviderTransformer{},
+                &AttachProviderConfigTransformer{Module: mod},
+
+                // This validates that the providers only depend on variables
+                &ImportProviderValidateTransformer{},
+
+                // Close opened plugin connections
+                &CloseProviderTransformer{},
+
+                // Single root
+                &RootTransformer{},
+
+                // Optimize
+                &TransitiveReductionTransformer{},
+        }
+
+        return steps
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_input.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_input.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0df48cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_input.go
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// InputGraphBuilder creates the graph for the input operation.
+//
+// Unlike other graph builders, this is a function since it currently modifies
+// and is based on the PlanGraphBuilder. The PlanGraphBuilder passed in will be
+// modified and should not be used for any other operations.
+func InputGraphBuilder(p *PlanGraphBuilder) GraphBuilder {
+        // We're going to customize the concrete functions
+        p.CustomConcrete = true
+
+        // Set the provider to the normal provider. This will ask for input.
+        p.ConcreteProvider = func(a *NodeAbstractProvider) dag.Vertex {
+                return &NodeApplyableProvider{
+                        NodeAbstractProvider: a,
+                }
+        }
+
+        // We purposely don't set any more concrete fields since the remainder
+        // should be no-ops.
+
+        return p
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_plan.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_plan.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6a3a90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_plan.go
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// PlanGraphBuilder implements GraphBuilder and is responsible for building
+// a graph for planning (creating a Terraform Diff).
+//
+// The primary difference between this graph and others:
+//
+//   * Based on the config since it represents the target state
+//
+//   * Ignores lifecycle options since no lifecycle events occur here. This
+//     simplifies the graph significantly since complex transforms such as
+//     create-before-destroy can be completely ignored.
+//
+type PlanGraphBuilder struct {
+        // Module is the root module for the graph to build.
+        Module *module.Tree
+
+        // State is the current state
+        State *State
+
+        // Providers is the list of providers supported.
+        Providers []string
+
+        // Provisioners is the list of provisioners supported.
+        Provisioners []string
+
+        // Targets are resources to target
+        Targets []string
+
+        // DisableReduce, if true, will not reduce the graph. Great for testing.
+        DisableReduce bool
+
+        // Validate will do structural validation of the graph.
+        Validate bool
+
+        // CustomConcrete can be set to customize the node types created
+        // for various parts of the plan. This is useful in order to customize
+        // the plan behavior.
+        CustomConcrete         bool
+        ConcreteProvider       ConcreteProviderNodeFunc
+        ConcreteResource       ConcreteResourceNodeFunc
+        ConcreteResourceOrphan ConcreteResourceNodeFunc
+
+        once sync.Once
+}
+
+// See GraphBuilder
+func (b *PlanGraphBuilder) Build(path []string) (*Graph, error) {
+        return (&BasicGraphBuilder{
+                Steps:    b.Steps(),
+                Validate: b.Validate,
+                Name:     "PlanGraphBuilder",
+        }).Build(path)
+}
+
+// See GraphBuilder
+func (b *PlanGraphBuilder) Steps() []GraphTransformer {
+        b.once.Do(b.init)
+
+        steps := []GraphTransformer{
+                // Creates all the resources represented in the config
+                &ConfigTransformer{
+                        Concrete: b.ConcreteResource,
+                        Module:   b.Module,
+                },
+
+                // Add the outputs
+                &OutputTransformer{Module: b.Module},
+
+                // Add orphan resources
+                &OrphanResourceTransformer{
+                        Concrete: b.ConcreteResourceOrphan,
+                        State:    b.State,
+                        Module:   b.Module,
+                },
+
+                // Attach the configuration to any resources
+                &AttachResourceConfigTransformer{Module: b.Module},
+
+                // Attach the state
+                &AttachStateTransformer{State: b.State},
+
+                // Add root variables
+                &RootVariableTransformer{Module: b.Module},
+
+                // Create all the providers
+                &MissingProviderTransformer{Providers: b.Providers, Concrete: b.ConcreteProvider},
+                &ProviderTransformer{},
+                &DisableProviderTransformer{},
+                &ParentProviderTransformer{},
+                &AttachProviderConfigTransformer{Module: b.Module},
+
+                // Provisioner-related transformations. Only add these if requested.
+                GraphTransformIf(
+                        func() bool { return b.Provisioners != nil },
+                        GraphTransformMulti(
+                                &MissingProvisionerTransformer{Provisioners: b.Provisioners},
+                                &ProvisionerTransformer{},
+                        ),
+                ),
+
+                // Add module variables
+                &ModuleVariableTransformer{Module: b.Module},
+
+                // Connect so that the references are ready for targeting. We'll
+                // have to connect again later for providers and so on.
+                &ReferenceTransformer{},
+
+                // Add the node to fix the state count boundaries
+                &CountBoundaryTransformer{},
+
+                // Target
+                &TargetsTransformer{Targets: b.Targets},
+
+                // Close opened plugin connections
+                &CloseProviderTransformer{},
+                &CloseProvisionerTransformer{},
+
+                // Single root
+                &RootTransformer{},
+        }
+
+        if !b.DisableReduce {
+                // Perform the transitive reduction to make our graph a bit
+                // more sane if possible (it usually is possible).
+                steps = append(steps, &TransitiveReductionTransformer{})
+        }
+
+        return steps
+}
+
+func (b *PlanGraphBuilder) init() {
+        // Do nothing if the user requests customizing the fields
+        if b.CustomConcrete {
+                return
+        }
+
+        b.ConcreteProvider = func(a *NodeAbstractProvider) dag.Vertex {
+                return &NodeApplyableProvider{
+                        NodeAbstractProvider: a,
+                }
+        }
+
+        b.ConcreteResource = func(a *NodeAbstractResource) dag.Vertex {
+                return &NodePlannableResource{
+                        NodeAbstractCountResource: &NodeAbstractCountResource{
+                                NodeAbstractResource: a,
+                        },
+                }
+        }
+
+        b.ConcreteResourceOrphan = func(a *NodeAbstractResource) dag.Vertex {
+                return &NodePlannableResourceOrphan{
+                        NodeAbstractResource: a,
+                }
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_refresh.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_refresh.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88ae338
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_refresh.go
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// RefreshGraphBuilder implements GraphBuilder and is responsible for building
+// a graph for refreshing (updating the Terraform state).
+//
+// The primary difference between this graph and others:
+//
+//   * Based on the state since it represents the only resources that
+//     need to be refreshed.
+//
+//   * Ignores lifecycle options since no lifecycle events occur here. This
+//     simplifies the graph significantly since complex transforms such as
+//     create-before-destroy can be completely ignored.
+//
+type RefreshGraphBuilder struct {
+        // Module is the root module for the graph to build.
+        Module *module.Tree
+
+        // State is the current state
+        State *State
+
+        // Providers is the list of providers supported.
+        Providers []string
+
+        // Targets are resources to target
+        Targets []string
+
+        // DisableReduce, if true, will not reduce the graph. Great for testing.
+        DisableReduce bool
+
+        // Validate will do structural validation of the graph.
+        Validate bool
+}
+
+// See GraphBuilder
+func (b *RefreshGraphBuilder) Build(path []string) (*Graph, error) {
+        return (&BasicGraphBuilder{
+                Steps:    b.Steps(),
+                Validate: b.Validate,
+                Name:     "RefreshGraphBuilder",
+        }).Build(path)
+}
+
+// See GraphBuilder
+func (b *RefreshGraphBuilder) Steps() []GraphTransformer {
+        // Custom factory for creating providers.
+        concreteProvider := func(a *NodeAbstractProvider) dag.Vertex {
+                return &NodeApplyableProvider{
+                        NodeAbstractProvider: a,
+                }
+        }
+
+        concreteResource := func(a *NodeAbstractResource) dag.Vertex {
+                return &NodeRefreshableResource{
+                        NodeAbstractResource: a,
+                }
+        }
+
+        concreteDataResource := func(a *NodeAbstractResource) dag.Vertex {
+                return &NodeRefreshableDataResource{
+                        NodeAbstractCountResource: &NodeAbstractCountResource{
+                                NodeAbstractResource: a,
+                        },
+                }
+        }
+
+        steps := []GraphTransformer{
+                // Creates all the resources represented in the state
+                &StateTransformer{
+                        Concrete: concreteResource,
+                        State:    b.State,
+                },
+
+                // Creates all the data resources that aren't in the state
+                &ConfigTransformer{
+                        Concrete:   concreteDataResource,
+                        Module:     b.Module,
+                        Unique:     true,
+                        ModeFilter: true,
+                        Mode:       config.DataResourceMode,
+                },
+
+                // Attach the state
+                &AttachStateTransformer{State: b.State},
+
+                // Attach the configuration to any resources
+                &AttachResourceConfigTransformer{Module: b.Module},
+
+                // Add root variables
+                &RootVariableTransformer{Module: b.Module},
+
+                // Create all the providers
+                &MissingProviderTransformer{Providers: b.Providers, Concrete: concreteProvider},
+                &ProviderTransformer{},
+                &DisableProviderTransformer{},
+                &ParentProviderTransformer{},
+                &AttachProviderConfigTransformer{Module: b.Module},
+
+                // Add the outputs
+                &OutputTransformer{Module: b.Module},
+
+                // Add module variables
+                &ModuleVariableTransformer{Module: b.Module},
+
+                // Connect so that the references are ready for targeting. We'll
+                // have to connect again later for providers and so on.
+                &ReferenceTransformer{},
+
+                // Target
+                &TargetsTransformer{Targets: b.Targets},
+
+                // Close opened plugin connections
+                &CloseProviderTransformer{},
+
+                // Single root
+                &RootTransformer{},
+        }
+
+        if !b.DisableReduce {
+                // Perform the transitive reduction to make our graph a bit
+                // more sane if possible (it usually is possible).
+                steps = append(steps, &TransitiveReductionTransformer{})
+        }
+
+        return steps
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_validate.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_validate.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..645ec7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_builder_validate.go
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// ValidateGraphBuilder creates the graph for the validate operation.
+//
+// ValidateGraphBuilder is based on the PlanGraphBuilder. We do this so that
+// we only have to validate what we'd normally plan anyways. The
+// PlanGraphBuilder given will be modified so it shouldn't be used for anything
+// else after calling this function.
+func ValidateGraphBuilder(p *PlanGraphBuilder) GraphBuilder {
+        // We're going to customize the concrete functions
+        p.CustomConcrete = true
+
+        // Set the provider to the normal provider. This will ask for input.
+        p.ConcreteProvider = func(a *NodeAbstractProvider) dag.Vertex {
+                return &NodeApplyableProvider{
+                        NodeAbstractProvider: a,
+                }
+        }
+
+        p.ConcreteResource = func(a *NodeAbstractResource) dag.Vertex {
+                return &NodeValidatableResource{
+                        NodeAbstractCountResource: &NodeAbstractCountResource{
+                                NodeAbstractResource: a,
+                        },
+                }
+        }
+
+        // We purposely don't set any other concrete types since they don't
+        // require validation.
+
+        return p
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_dot.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_dot.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73e3821
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_dot.go
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+package terraform
+
+import "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+
+// GraphDot returns the dot formatting of a visual representation of
+// the given Terraform graph.
+func GraphDot(g *Graph, opts *dag.DotOpts) (string, error) {
+        return string(g.Dot(opts)), nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_interface_subgraph.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_interface_subgraph.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2897eb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_interface_subgraph.go
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+package terraform
+
+// GraphNodeSubPath says that a node is part of a graph with a
+// different path, and the context should be adjusted accordingly.
+type GraphNodeSubPath interface {
+        Path() []string
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_walk.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_walk.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34ce6f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_walk.go
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// GraphWalker is an interface that can be implemented that when used
+// with Graph.Walk will invoke the given callbacks under certain events.
+type GraphWalker interface {
+        EnterPath([]string) EvalContext
+        ExitPath([]string)
+        EnterVertex(dag.Vertex)
+        ExitVertex(dag.Vertex, error)
+        EnterEvalTree(dag.Vertex, EvalNode) EvalNode
+        ExitEvalTree(dag.Vertex, interface{}, error) error
+}
+
+// GrpahWalkerPanicwrapper can be optionally implemented to catch panics
+// that occur while walking the graph. This is not generally recommended
+// since panics should crash Terraform and result in a bug report. However,
+// this is particularly useful for situations like the shadow graph where
+// you don't ever want to cause a panic.
+type GraphWalkerPanicwrapper interface {
+        GraphWalker
+
+        // Panic is called when a panic occurs. This will halt the panic from
+        // propogating so if the walker wants it to crash still it should panic
+        // again. This is called from within a defer so runtime/debug.Stack can
+        // be used to get the stack trace of the panic.
+        Panic(dag.Vertex, interface{})
+}
+
+// GraphWalkerPanicwrap wraps an existing Graphwalker to wrap and swallow
+// the panics. This doesn't lose the panics since the panics are still
+// returned as errors as part of a graph walk.
+func GraphWalkerPanicwrap(w GraphWalker) GraphWalkerPanicwrapper {
+        return &graphWalkerPanicwrapper{
+                GraphWalker: w,
+        }
+}
+
+type graphWalkerPanicwrapper struct {
+        GraphWalker
+}
+
+func (graphWalkerPanicwrapper) Panic(dag.Vertex, interface{}) {}
+
+// NullGraphWalker is a GraphWalker implementation that does nothing.
+// This can be embedded within other GraphWalker implementations for easily
+// implementing all the required functions.
+type NullGraphWalker struct{}
+
+func (NullGraphWalker) EnterPath([]string) EvalContext                  { return new(MockEvalContext) }
+func (NullGraphWalker) ExitPath([]string)                               {}
+func (NullGraphWalker) EnterVertex(dag.Vertex)                          {}
+func (NullGraphWalker) ExitVertex(dag.Vertex, error)                    {}
+func (NullGraphWalker) EnterEvalTree(v dag.Vertex, n EvalNode) EvalNode { return n }
+func (NullGraphWalker) ExitEvalTree(dag.Vertex, interface{}, error) error {
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_walk_context.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_walk_context.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e63b460
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_walk_context.go
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "context"
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/errwrap"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// ContextGraphWalker is the GraphWalker implementation used with the
+// Context struct to walk and evaluate the graph.
+type ContextGraphWalker struct {
+        NullGraphWalker
+
+        // Configurable values
+        Context     *Context
+        Operation   walkOperation
+        StopContext context.Context
+
+        // Outputs, do not set these. Do not read these while the graph
+        // is being walked.
+        ValidationWarnings []string
+        ValidationErrors   []error
+
+        errorLock           sync.Mutex
+        once                sync.Once
+        contexts            map[string]*BuiltinEvalContext
+        contextLock         sync.Mutex
+        interpolaterVars    map[string]map[string]interface{}
+        interpolaterVarLock sync.Mutex
+        providerCache       map[string]ResourceProvider
+        providerConfigCache map[string]*ResourceConfig
+        providerLock        sync.Mutex
+        provisionerCache    map[string]ResourceProvisioner
+        provisionerLock     sync.Mutex
+}
+
+func (w *ContextGraphWalker) EnterPath(path []string) EvalContext {
+        w.once.Do(w.init)
+
+        w.contextLock.Lock()
+        defer w.contextLock.Unlock()
+
+        // If we already have a context for this path cached, use that
+        key := PathCacheKey(path)
+        if ctx, ok := w.contexts[key]; ok {
+                return ctx
+        }
+
+        // Setup the variables for this interpolater
+        variables := make(map[string]interface{})
+        if len(path) <= 1 {
+                for k, v := range w.Context.variables {
+                        variables[k] = v
+                }
+        }
+        w.interpolaterVarLock.Lock()
+        if m, ok := w.interpolaterVars[key]; ok {
+                for k, v := range m {
+                        variables[k] = v
+                }
+        }
+        w.interpolaterVars[key] = variables
+        w.interpolaterVarLock.Unlock()
+
+        ctx := &BuiltinEvalContext{
+                StopContext:         w.StopContext,
+                PathValue:           path,
+                Hooks:               w.Context.hooks,
+                InputValue:          w.Context.uiInput,
+                Components:          w.Context.components,
+                ProviderCache:       w.providerCache,
+                ProviderConfigCache: w.providerConfigCache,
+                ProviderInputConfig: w.Context.providerInputConfig,
+                ProviderLock:        &w.providerLock,
+                ProvisionerCache:    w.provisionerCache,
+                ProvisionerLock:     &w.provisionerLock,
+                DiffValue:           w.Context.diff,
+                DiffLock:            &w.Context.diffLock,
+                StateValue:          w.Context.state,
+                StateLock:           &w.Context.stateLock,
+                Interpolater: &Interpolater{
+                        Operation:          w.Operation,
+                        Meta:               w.Context.meta,
+                        Module:             w.Context.module,
+                        State:              w.Context.state,
+                        StateLock:          &w.Context.stateLock,
+                        VariableValues:     variables,
+                        VariableValuesLock: &w.interpolaterVarLock,
+                },
+                InterpolaterVars:    w.interpolaterVars,
+                InterpolaterVarLock: &w.interpolaterVarLock,
+        }
+
+        w.contexts[key] = ctx
+        return ctx
+}
+
+func (w *ContextGraphWalker) EnterEvalTree(v dag.Vertex, n EvalNode) EvalNode {
+        log.Printf("[TRACE] [%s] Entering eval tree: %s",
+                w.Operation, dag.VertexName(v))
+
+        // Acquire a lock on the semaphore
+        w.Context.parallelSem.Acquire()
+
+        // We want to filter the evaluation tree to only include operations
+        // that belong in this operation.
+        return EvalFilter(n, EvalNodeFilterOp(w.Operation))
+}
+
+func (w *ContextGraphWalker) ExitEvalTree(
+        v dag.Vertex, output interface{}, err error) error {
+        log.Printf("[TRACE] [%s] Exiting eval tree: %s",
+                w.Operation, dag.VertexName(v))
+
+        // Release the semaphore
+        w.Context.parallelSem.Release()
+
+        if err == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Acquire the lock because anything is going to require a lock.
+        w.errorLock.Lock()
+        defer w.errorLock.Unlock()
+
+        // Try to get a validation error out of it. If its not a validation
+        // error, then just record the normal error.
+        verr, ok := err.(*EvalValidateError)
+        if !ok {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        for _, msg := range verr.Warnings {
+                w.ValidationWarnings = append(
+                        w.ValidationWarnings,
+                        fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", dag.VertexName(v), msg))
+        }
+        for _, e := range verr.Errors {
+                w.ValidationErrors = append(
+                        w.ValidationErrors,
+                        errwrap.Wrapf(fmt.Sprintf("%s: {{err}}", dag.VertexName(v)), e))
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *ContextGraphWalker) init() {
+        w.contexts = make(map[string]*BuiltinEvalContext, 5)
+        w.providerCache = make(map[string]ResourceProvider, 5)
+        w.providerConfigCache = make(map[string]*ResourceConfig, 5)
+        w.provisionerCache = make(map[string]ResourceProvisioner, 5)
+        w.interpolaterVars = make(map[string]map[string]interface{}, 5)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_walk_operation.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_walk_operation.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fb3748
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graph_walk_operation.go
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+package terraform
+
+//go:generate stringer -type=walkOperation graph_walk_operation.go
+
+// walkOperation is an enum which tells the walkContext what to do.
+type walkOperation byte
+
+const (
+        walkInvalid walkOperation = iota
+        walkInput
+        walkApply
+        walkPlan
+        walkPlanDestroy
+        walkRefresh
+        walkValidate
+        walkDestroy
+        walkImport
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graphtype_string.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graphtype_string.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e97b485
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/graphtype_string.go
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+// Code generated by "stringer -type=GraphType context_graph_type.go"; DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package terraform
+
+import "fmt"
+
+const _GraphType_name = "GraphTypeInvalidGraphTypeLegacyGraphTypeRefreshGraphTypePlanGraphTypePlanDestroyGraphTypeApplyGraphTypeInputGraphTypeValidate"
+
+var _GraphType_index = [...]uint8{0, 16, 31, 47, 60, 80, 94, 108, 125}
+
+func (i GraphType) String() string {
+        if i >= GraphType(len(_GraphType_index)-1) {
+                return fmt.Sprintf("GraphType(%d)", i)
+        }
+        return _GraphType_name[_GraphType_index[i]:_GraphType_index[i+1]]
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/hook.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/hook.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab11e8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/hook.go
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+package terraform
+
+// HookAction is an enum of actions that can be taken as a result of a hook
+// callback. This allows you to modify the behavior of Terraform at runtime.
+type HookAction byte
+
+const (
+        // HookActionContinue continues with processing as usual.
+        HookActionContinue HookAction = iota
+
+        // HookActionHalt halts immediately: no more hooks are processed
+        // and the action that Terraform was about to take is cancelled.
+        HookActionHalt
+)
+
+// Hook is the interface that must be implemented to hook into various
+// parts of Terraform, allowing you to inspect or change behavior at runtime.
+//
+// There are MANY hook points into Terraform. If you only want to implement
+// some hook points, but not all (which is the likely case), then embed the
+// NilHook into your struct, which implements all of the interface but does
+// nothing. Then, override only the functions you want to implement.
+type Hook interface {
+        // PreApply and PostApply are called before and after a single
+        // resource is applied. The error argument in PostApply is the
+        // error, if any, that was returned from the provider Apply call itself.
+        PreApply(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState, *InstanceDiff) (HookAction, error)
+        PostApply(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState, error) (HookAction, error)
+
+        // PreDiff and PostDiff are called before and after a single resource
+        // resource is diffed.
+        PreDiff(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState) (HookAction, error)
+        PostDiff(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceDiff) (HookAction, error)
+
+        // Provisioning hooks
+        //
+        // All should be self-explanatory. ProvisionOutput is called with
+        // output sent back by the provisioners. This will be called multiple
+        // times as output comes in, but each call should represent a line of
+        // output. The ProvisionOutput method cannot control whether the
+        // hook continues running.
+        PreProvisionResource(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState) (HookAction, error)
+        PostProvisionResource(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState) (HookAction, error)
+        PreProvision(*InstanceInfo, string) (HookAction, error)
+        PostProvision(*InstanceInfo, string, error) (HookAction, error)
+        ProvisionOutput(*InstanceInfo, string, string)
+
+        // PreRefresh and PostRefresh are called before and after a single
+        // resource state is refreshed, respectively.
+        PreRefresh(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState) (HookAction, error)
+        PostRefresh(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState) (HookAction, error)
+
+        // PostStateUpdate is called after the state is updated.
+        PostStateUpdate(*State) (HookAction, error)
+
+        // PreImportState and PostImportState are called before and after
+        // a single resource's state is being improted.
+        PreImportState(*InstanceInfo, string) (HookAction, error)
+        PostImportState(*InstanceInfo, []*InstanceState) (HookAction, error)
+}
+
+// NilHook is a Hook implementation that does nothing. It exists only to
+// simplify implementing hooks. You can embed this into your Hook implementation
+// and only implement the functions you are interested in.
+type NilHook struct{}
+
+func (*NilHook) PreApply(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState, *InstanceDiff) (HookAction, error) {
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*NilHook) PostApply(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState, error) (HookAction, error) {
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*NilHook) PreDiff(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*NilHook) PostDiff(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceDiff) (HookAction, error) {
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*NilHook) PreProvisionResource(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*NilHook) PostProvisionResource(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*NilHook) PreProvision(*InstanceInfo, string) (HookAction, error) {
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*NilHook) PostProvision(*InstanceInfo, string, error) (HookAction, error) {
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*NilHook) ProvisionOutput(
+        *InstanceInfo, string, string) {
+}
+
+func (*NilHook) PreRefresh(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*NilHook) PostRefresh(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*NilHook) PreImportState(*InstanceInfo, string) (HookAction, error) {
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*NilHook) PostImportState(*InstanceInfo, []*InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+func (*NilHook) PostStateUpdate(*State) (HookAction, error) {
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+// handleHook turns hook actions into panics. This lets you use the
+// panic/recover mechanism in Go as a flow control mechanism for hook
+// actions.
+func handleHook(a HookAction, err error) {
+        if err != nil {
+                // TODO: handle errors
+        }
+
+        switch a {
+        case HookActionContinue:
+                return
+        case HookActionHalt:
+                panic(HookActionHalt)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/hook_mock.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/hook_mock.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e46400
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/hook_mock.go
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+package terraform
+
+import "sync"
+
+// MockHook is an implementation of Hook that can be used for tests.
+// It records all of its function calls.
+type MockHook struct {
+        sync.Mutex
+
+        PreApplyCalled bool
+        PreApplyInfo   *InstanceInfo
+        PreApplyDiff   *InstanceDiff
+        PreApplyState  *InstanceState
+        PreApplyReturn HookAction
+        PreApplyError  error
+
+        PostApplyCalled      bool
+        PostApplyInfo        *InstanceInfo
+        PostApplyState       *InstanceState
+        PostApplyError       error
+        PostApplyReturn      HookAction
+        PostApplyReturnError error
+        PostApplyFn          func(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState, error) (HookAction, error)
+
+        PreDiffCalled bool
+        PreDiffInfo   *InstanceInfo
+        PreDiffState  *InstanceState
+        PreDiffReturn HookAction
+        PreDiffError  error
+
+        PostDiffCalled bool
+        PostDiffInfo   *InstanceInfo
+        PostDiffDiff   *InstanceDiff
+        PostDiffReturn HookAction
+        PostDiffError  error
+
+        PreProvisionResourceCalled bool
+        PreProvisionResourceInfo   *InstanceInfo
+        PreProvisionInstanceState  *InstanceState
+        PreProvisionResourceReturn HookAction
+        PreProvisionResourceError  error
+
+        PostProvisionResourceCalled bool
+        PostProvisionResourceInfo   *InstanceInfo
+        PostProvisionInstanceState  *InstanceState
+        PostProvisionResourceReturn HookAction
+        PostProvisionResourceError  error
+
+        PreProvisionCalled        bool
+        PreProvisionInfo          *InstanceInfo
+        PreProvisionProvisionerId string
+        PreProvisionReturn        HookAction
+        PreProvisionError         error
+
+        PostProvisionCalled        bool
+        PostProvisionInfo          *InstanceInfo
+        PostProvisionProvisionerId string
+        PostProvisionErrorArg      error
+        PostProvisionReturn        HookAction
+        PostProvisionError         error
+
+        ProvisionOutputCalled        bool
+        ProvisionOutputInfo          *InstanceInfo
+        ProvisionOutputProvisionerId string
+        ProvisionOutputMessage       string
+
+        PostRefreshCalled bool
+        PostRefreshInfo   *InstanceInfo
+        PostRefreshState  *InstanceState
+        PostRefreshReturn HookAction
+        PostRefreshError  error
+
+        PreRefreshCalled bool
+        PreRefreshInfo   *InstanceInfo
+        PreRefreshState  *InstanceState
+        PreRefreshReturn HookAction
+        PreRefreshError  error
+
+        PreImportStateCalled bool
+        PreImportStateInfo   *InstanceInfo
+        PreImportStateId     string
+        PreImportStateReturn HookAction
+        PreImportStateError  error
+
+        PostImportStateCalled bool
+        PostImportStateInfo   *InstanceInfo
+        PostImportStateState  []*InstanceState
+        PostImportStateReturn HookAction
+        PostImportStateError  error
+
+        PostStateUpdateCalled bool
+        PostStateUpdateState  *State
+        PostStateUpdateReturn HookAction
+        PostStateUpdateError  error
+}
+
+func (h *MockHook) PreApply(n *InstanceInfo, s *InstanceState, d *InstanceDiff) (HookAction, error) {
+        h.Lock()
+        defer h.Unlock()
+
+        h.PreApplyCalled = true
+        h.PreApplyInfo = n
+        h.PreApplyDiff = d
+        h.PreApplyState = s
+        return h.PreApplyReturn, h.PreApplyError
+}
+
+func (h *MockHook) PostApply(n *InstanceInfo, s *InstanceState, e error) (HookAction, error) {
+        h.Lock()
+        defer h.Unlock()
+
+        h.PostApplyCalled = true
+        h.PostApplyInfo = n
+        h.PostApplyState = s
+        h.PostApplyError = e
+
+        if h.PostApplyFn != nil {
+                return h.PostApplyFn(n, s, e)
+        }
+
+        return h.PostApplyReturn, h.PostApplyReturnError
+}
+
+func (h *MockHook) PreDiff(n *InstanceInfo, s *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        h.Lock()
+        defer h.Unlock()
+
+        h.PreDiffCalled = true
+        h.PreDiffInfo = n
+        h.PreDiffState = s
+        return h.PreDiffReturn, h.PreDiffError
+}
+
+func (h *MockHook) PostDiff(n *InstanceInfo, d *InstanceDiff) (HookAction, error) {
+        h.Lock()
+        defer h.Unlock()
+
+        h.PostDiffCalled = true
+        h.PostDiffInfo = n
+        h.PostDiffDiff = d
+        return h.PostDiffReturn, h.PostDiffError
+}
+
+func (h *MockHook) PreProvisionResource(n *InstanceInfo, s *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        h.Lock()
+        defer h.Unlock()
+
+        h.PreProvisionResourceCalled = true
+        h.PreProvisionResourceInfo = n
+        h.PreProvisionInstanceState = s
+        return h.PreProvisionResourceReturn, h.PreProvisionResourceError
+}
+
+func (h *MockHook) PostProvisionResource(n *InstanceInfo, s *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        h.Lock()
+        defer h.Unlock()
+
+        h.PostProvisionResourceCalled = true
+        h.PostProvisionResourceInfo = n
+        h.PostProvisionInstanceState = s
+        return h.PostProvisionResourceReturn, h.PostProvisionResourceError
+}
+
+func (h *MockHook) PreProvision(n *InstanceInfo, provId string) (HookAction, error) {
+        h.Lock()
+        defer h.Unlock()
+
+        h.PreProvisionCalled = true
+        h.PreProvisionInfo = n
+        h.PreProvisionProvisionerId = provId
+        return h.PreProvisionReturn, h.PreProvisionError
+}
+
+func (h *MockHook) PostProvision(n *InstanceInfo, provId string, err error) (HookAction, error) {
+        h.Lock()
+        defer h.Unlock()
+
+        h.PostProvisionCalled = true
+        h.PostProvisionInfo = n
+        h.PostProvisionProvisionerId = provId
+        h.PostProvisionErrorArg = err
+        return h.PostProvisionReturn, h.PostProvisionError
+}
+
+func (h *MockHook) ProvisionOutput(
+        n *InstanceInfo,
+        provId string,
+        msg string) {
+        h.Lock()
+        defer h.Unlock()
+
+        h.ProvisionOutputCalled = true
+        h.ProvisionOutputInfo = n
+        h.ProvisionOutputProvisionerId = provId
+        h.ProvisionOutputMessage = msg
+}
+
+func (h *MockHook) PreRefresh(n *InstanceInfo, s *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        h.Lock()
+        defer h.Unlock()
+
+        h.PreRefreshCalled = true
+        h.PreRefreshInfo = n
+        h.PreRefreshState = s
+        return h.PreRefreshReturn, h.PreRefreshError
+}
+
+func (h *MockHook) PostRefresh(n *InstanceInfo, s *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        h.Lock()
+        defer h.Unlock()
+
+        h.PostRefreshCalled = true
+        h.PostRefreshInfo = n
+        h.PostRefreshState = s
+        return h.PostRefreshReturn, h.PostRefreshError
+}
+
+func (h *MockHook) PreImportState(info *InstanceInfo, id string) (HookAction, error) {
+        h.Lock()
+        defer h.Unlock()
+
+        h.PreImportStateCalled = true
+        h.PreImportStateInfo = info
+        h.PreImportStateId = id
+        return h.PreImportStateReturn, h.PreImportStateError
+}
+
+func (h *MockHook) PostImportState(info *InstanceInfo, s []*InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        h.Lock()
+        defer h.Unlock()
+
+        h.PostImportStateCalled = true
+        h.PostImportStateInfo = info
+        h.PostImportStateState = s
+        return h.PostImportStateReturn, h.PostImportStateError
+}
+
+func (h *MockHook) PostStateUpdate(s *State) (HookAction, error) {
+        h.Lock()
+        defer h.Unlock()
+
+        h.PostStateUpdateCalled = true
+        h.PostStateUpdateState = s
+        return h.PostStateUpdateReturn, h.PostStateUpdateError
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/hook_stop.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/hook_stop.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..104d009
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/hook_stop.go
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "sync/atomic"
+)
+
+// stopHook is a private Hook implementation that Terraform uses to
+// signal when to stop or cancel actions.
+type stopHook struct {
+        stop uint32
+}
+
+func (h *stopHook) PreApply(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState, *InstanceDiff) (HookAction, error) {
+        return h.hook()
+}
+
+func (h *stopHook) PostApply(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState, error) (HookAction, error) {
+        return h.hook()
+}
+
+func (h *stopHook) PreDiff(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        return h.hook()
+}
+
+func (h *stopHook) PostDiff(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceDiff) (HookAction, error) {
+        return h.hook()
+}
+
+func (h *stopHook) PreProvisionResource(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        return h.hook()
+}
+
+func (h *stopHook) PostProvisionResource(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        return h.hook()
+}
+
+func (h *stopHook) PreProvision(*InstanceInfo, string) (HookAction, error) {
+        return h.hook()
+}
+
+func (h *stopHook) PostProvision(*InstanceInfo, string, error) (HookAction, error) {
+        return h.hook()
+}
+
+func (h *stopHook) ProvisionOutput(*InstanceInfo, string, string) {
+}
+
+func (h *stopHook) PreRefresh(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        return h.hook()
+}
+
+func (h *stopHook) PostRefresh(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        return h.hook()
+}
+
+func (h *stopHook) PreImportState(*InstanceInfo, string) (HookAction, error) {
+        return h.hook()
+}
+
+func (h *stopHook) PostImportState(*InstanceInfo, []*InstanceState) (HookAction, error) {
+        return h.hook()
+}
+
+func (h *stopHook) PostStateUpdate(*State) (HookAction, error) {
+        return h.hook()
+}
+
+func (h *stopHook) hook() (HookAction, error) {
+        if h.Stopped() {
+                return HookActionHalt, nil
+        }
+
+        return HookActionContinue, nil
+}
+
+// reset should be called within the lock context
+func (h *stopHook) Reset() {
+        atomic.StoreUint32(&h.stop, 0)
+}
+
+func (h *stopHook) Stop() {
+        atomic.StoreUint32(&h.stop, 1)
+}
+
+func (h *stopHook) Stopped() bool {
+        return atomic.LoadUint32(&h.stop) == 1
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/instancetype.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/instancetype.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0895971
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/instancetype.go
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+package terraform
+
+//go:generate stringer -type=InstanceType instancetype.go
+
+// InstanceType is an enum of the various types of instances store in the State
+type InstanceType int
+
+const (
+        TypeInvalid InstanceType = iota
+        TypePrimary
+        TypeTainted
+        TypeDeposed
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/instancetype_string.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/instancetype_string.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f69267c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/instancetype_string.go
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+// Code generated by "stringer -type=InstanceType instancetype.go"; DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package terraform
+
+import "fmt"
+
+const _InstanceType_name = "TypeInvalidTypePrimaryTypeTaintedTypeDeposed"
+
+var _InstanceType_index = [...]uint8{0, 11, 22, 33, 44}
+
+func (i InstanceType) String() string {
+        if i < 0 || i >= InstanceType(len(_InstanceType_index)-1) {
+                return fmt.Sprintf("InstanceType(%d)", i)
+        }
+        return _InstanceType_name[_InstanceType_index[i]:_InstanceType_index[i+1]]
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/interpolate.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/interpolate.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19dcf21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/interpolate.go
@@ -0,0 +1,782 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "os"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/hil/ast"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/flatmap"
+)
+
+const (
+        // VarEnvPrefix is the prefix of variables that are read from
+        // the environment to set variables here.
+        VarEnvPrefix = "TF_VAR_"
+)
+
+// Interpolater is the structure responsible for determining the values
+// for interpolations such as `aws_instance.foo.bar`.
+type Interpolater struct {
+        Operation          walkOperation
+        Meta               *ContextMeta
+        Module             *module.Tree
+        State              *State
+        StateLock          *sync.RWMutex
+        VariableValues     map[string]interface{}
+        VariableValuesLock *sync.Mutex
+}
+
+// InterpolationScope is the current scope of execution. This is required
+// since some variables which are interpolated are dependent on what we're
+// operating on and where we are.
+type InterpolationScope struct {
+        Path     []string
+        Resource *Resource
+}
+
+// Values returns the values for all the variables in the given map.
+func (i *Interpolater) Values(
+        scope *InterpolationScope,
+        vars map[string]config.InterpolatedVariable) (map[string]ast.Variable, error) {
+        if scope == nil {
+                scope = &InterpolationScope{}
+        }
+
+        result := make(map[string]ast.Variable, len(vars))
+
+        // Copy the default variables
+        if i.Module != nil && scope != nil {
+                mod := i.Module
+                if len(scope.Path) > 1 {
+                        mod = i.Module.Child(scope.Path[1:])
+                }
+                for _, v := range mod.Config().Variables {
+                        // Set default variables
+                        if v.Default == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        n := fmt.Sprintf("var.%s", v.Name)
+                        variable, err := hil.InterfaceToVariable(v.Default)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid default map value for %s: %v", v.Name, v.Default)
+                        }
+
+                        result[n] = variable
+                }
+        }
+
+        for n, rawV := range vars {
+                var err error
+                switch v := rawV.(type) {
+                case *config.CountVariable:
+                        err = i.valueCountVar(scope, n, v, result)
+                case *config.ModuleVariable:
+                        err = i.valueModuleVar(scope, n, v, result)
+                case *config.PathVariable:
+                        err = i.valuePathVar(scope, n, v, result)
+                case *config.ResourceVariable:
+                        err = i.valueResourceVar(scope, n, v, result)
+                case *config.SelfVariable:
+                        err = i.valueSelfVar(scope, n, v, result)
+                case *config.SimpleVariable:
+                        err = i.valueSimpleVar(scope, n, v, result)
+                case *config.TerraformVariable:
+                        err = i.valueTerraformVar(scope, n, v, result)
+                case *config.UserVariable:
+                        err = i.valueUserVar(scope, n, v, result)
+                default:
+                        err = fmt.Errorf("%s: unknown variable type: %T", n, rawV)
+                }
+
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+func (i *Interpolater) valueCountVar(
+        scope *InterpolationScope,
+        n string,
+        v *config.CountVariable,
+        result map[string]ast.Variable) error {
+        switch v.Type {
+        case config.CountValueIndex:
+                if scope.Resource == nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("%s: count.index is only valid within resources", n)
+                }
+                result[n] = ast.Variable{
+                        Value: scope.Resource.CountIndex,
+                        Type:  ast.TypeInt,
+                }
+                return nil
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf("%s: unknown count type: %#v", n, v.Type)
+        }
+}
+
+func unknownVariable() ast.Variable {
+        return ast.Variable{
+                Type:  ast.TypeUnknown,
+                Value: config.UnknownVariableValue,
+        }
+}
+
+func unknownValue() string {
+        return hil.UnknownValue
+}
+
+func (i *Interpolater) valueModuleVar(
+        scope *InterpolationScope,
+        n string,
+        v *config.ModuleVariable,
+        result map[string]ast.Variable) error {
+
+        // Build the path to the child module we want
+        path := make([]string, len(scope.Path), len(scope.Path)+1)
+        copy(path, scope.Path)
+        path = append(path, v.Name)
+
+        // Grab the lock so that if other interpolations are running or
+        // state is being modified, we'll be safe.
+        i.StateLock.RLock()
+        defer i.StateLock.RUnlock()
+
+        // Get the module where we're looking for the value
+        mod := i.State.ModuleByPath(path)
+        if mod == nil {
+                // If the module doesn't exist, then we can return an empty string.
+                // This happens usually only in Refresh() when we haven't populated
+                // a state. During validation, we semantically verify that all
+                // modules reference other modules, and graph ordering should
+                // ensure that the module is in the state, so if we reach this
+                // point otherwise it really is a panic.
+                result[n] = unknownVariable()
+
+                // During apply this is always an error
+                if i.Operation == walkApply {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Couldn't find module %q for var: %s",
+                                v.Name, v.FullKey())
+                }
+        } else {
+                // Get the value from the outputs
+                if outputState, ok := mod.Outputs[v.Field]; ok {
+                        output, err := hil.InterfaceToVariable(outputState.Value)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                        result[n] = output
+                } else {
+                        // Same reasons as the comment above.
+                        result[n] = unknownVariable()
+
+                        // During apply this is always an error
+                        if i.Operation == walkApply {
+                                return fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Couldn't find output %q for module var: %s",
+                                        v.Field, v.FullKey())
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (i *Interpolater) valuePathVar(
+        scope *InterpolationScope,
+        n string,
+        v *config.PathVariable,
+        result map[string]ast.Variable) error {
+        switch v.Type {
+        case config.PathValueCwd:
+                wd, err := os.Getwd()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Couldn't get cwd for var %s: %s",
+                                v.FullKey(), err)
+                }
+
+                result[n] = ast.Variable{
+                        Value: wd,
+                        Type:  ast.TypeString,
+                }
+        case config.PathValueModule:
+                if t := i.Module.Child(scope.Path[1:]); t != nil {
+                        result[n] = ast.Variable{
+                                Value: t.Config().Dir,
+                                Type:  ast.TypeString,
+                        }
+                }
+        case config.PathValueRoot:
+                result[n] = ast.Variable{
+                        Value: i.Module.Config().Dir,
+                        Type:  ast.TypeString,
+                }
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf("%s: unknown path type: %#v", n, v.Type)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+
+}
+
+func (i *Interpolater) valueResourceVar(
+        scope *InterpolationScope,
+        n string,
+        v *config.ResourceVariable,
+        result map[string]ast.Variable) error {
+        // If we're computing all dynamic fields, then module vars count
+        // and we mark it as computed.
+        if i.Operation == walkValidate {
+                result[n] = unknownVariable()
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        var variable *ast.Variable
+        var err error
+
+        if v.Multi && v.Index == -1 {
+                variable, err = i.computeResourceMultiVariable(scope, v)
+        } else {
+                variable, err = i.computeResourceVariable(scope, v)
+        }
+
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        if variable == nil {
+                // During the input walk we tolerate missing variables because
+                // we haven't yet had a chance to refresh state, so dynamic data may
+                // not yet be complete.
+                // If it truly is missing, we'll catch it on a later walk.
+                // This applies only to graph nodes that interpolate during the
+                // config walk, e.g. providers.
+                if i.Operation == walkInput || i.Operation == walkRefresh {
+                        result[n] = unknownVariable()
+                        return nil
+                }
+
+                return fmt.Errorf("variable %q is nil, but no error was reported", v.Name)
+        }
+
+        result[n] = *variable
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (i *Interpolater) valueSelfVar(
+        scope *InterpolationScope,
+        n string,
+        v *config.SelfVariable,
+        result map[string]ast.Variable) error {
+        if scope == nil || scope.Resource == nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%s: invalid scope, self variables are only valid on resources", n)
+        }
+
+        rv, err := config.NewResourceVariable(fmt.Sprintf(
+                "%s.%s.%d.%s",
+                scope.Resource.Type,
+                scope.Resource.Name,
+                scope.Resource.CountIndex,
+                v.Field))
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        return i.valueResourceVar(scope, n, rv, result)
+}
+
+func (i *Interpolater) valueSimpleVar(
+        scope *InterpolationScope,
+        n string,
+        v *config.SimpleVariable,
+        result map[string]ast.Variable) error {
+        // This error message includes some information for people who
+        // relied on this for their template_file data sources. We should
+        // remove this at some point but there isn't any rush.
+        return fmt.Errorf(
+                "invalid variable syntax: %q. Did you mean 'var.%s'? If this is part of inline `template` parameter\n"+
+                        "then you must escape the interpolation with two dollar signs. For\n"+
+                        "example: ${a} becomes $${a}.",
+                n, n)
+}
+
+func (i *Interpolater) valueTerraformVar(
+        scope *InterpolationScope,
+        n string,
+        v *config.TerraformVariable,
+        result map[string]ast.Variable) error {
+        if v.Field != "env" {
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%s: only supported key for 'terraform.X' interpolations is 'env'", n)
+        }
+
+        if i.Meta == nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%s: internal error: nil Meta. Please report a bug.", n)
+        }
+
+        result[n] = ast.Variable{Type: ast.TypeString, Value: i.Meta.Env}
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (i *Interpolater) valueUserVar(
+        scope *InterpolationScope,
+        n string,
+        v *config.UserVariable,
+        result map[string]ast.Variable) error {
+        i.VariableValuesLock.Lock()
+        defer i.VariableValuesLock.Unlock()
+        val, ok := i.VariableValues[v.Name]
+        if ok {
+                varValue, err := hil.InterfaceToVariable(val)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("cannot convert %s value %q to an ast.Variable for interpolation: %s",
+                                v.Name, val, err)
+                }
+                result[n] = varValue
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        if _, ok := result[n]; !ok && i.Operation == walkValidate {
+                result[n] = unknownVariable()
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Look up if we have any variables with this prefix because
+        // those are map overrides. Include those.
+        for k, val := range i.VariableValues {
+                if strings.HasPrefix(k, v.Name+".") {
+                        keyComponents := strings.Split(k, ".")
+                        overrideKey := keyComponents[len(keyComponents)-1]
+
+                        mapInterface, ok := result["var."+v.Name]
+                        if !ok {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("override for non-existent variable: %s", v.Name)
+                        }
+
+                        mapVariable := mapInterface.Value.(map[string]ast.Variable)
+
+                        varValue, err := hil.InterfaceToVariable(val)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return fmt.Errorf("cannot convert %s value %q to an ast.Variable for interpolation: %s",
+                                        v.Name, val, err)
+                        }
+                        mapVariable[overrideKey] = varValue
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (i *Interpolater) computeResourceVariable(
+        scope *InterpolationScope,
+        v *config.ResourceVariable) (*ast.Variable, error) {
+        id := v.ResourceId()
+        if v.Multi {
+                id = fmt.Sprintf("%s.%d", id, v.Index)
+        }
+
+        i.StateLock.RLock()
+        defer i.StateLock.RUnlock()
+
+        unknownVariable := unknownVariable()
+
+        // These variables must be declared early because of the use of GOTO
+        var isList bool
+        var isMap bool
+
+        // Get the information about this resource variable, and verify
+        // that it exists and such.
+        module, cr, err := i.resourceVariableInfo(scope, v)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // If we're requesting "count" its a special variable that we grab
+        // directly from the config itself.
+        if v.Field == "count" {
+                var count int
+                if cr != nil {
+                        count, err = cr.Count()
+                } else {
+                        count, err = i.resourceCountMax(module, cr, v)
+                }
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Error reading %s count: %s",
+                                v.ResourceId(),
+                                err)
+                }
+
+                return &ast.Variable{Type: ast.TypeInt, Value: count}, nil
+        }
+
+        // Get the resource out from the state. We know the state exists
+        // at this point and if there is a state, we expect there to be a
+        // resource with the given name.
+        var r *ResourceState
+        if module != nil && len(module.Resources) > 0 {
+                var ok bool
+                r, ok = module.Resources[id]
+                if !ok && v.Multi && v.Index == 0 {
+                        r, ok = module.Resources[v.ResourceId()]
+                }
+                if !ok {
+                        r = nil
+                }
+        }
+        if r == nil || r.Primary == nil {
+                if i.Operation == walkApply || i.Operation == walkPlan {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Resource '%s' not found for variable '%s'",
+                                v.ResourceId(),
+                                v.FullKey())
+                }
+
+                // If we have no module in the state yet or count, return empty.
+                // NOTE(@mitchellh): I actually don't know why this is here. During
+                // a refactor I kept this here to maintain the same behavior, but
+                // I'm not sure why its here.
+                if module == nil || len(module.Resources) == 0 {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+
+                goto MISSING
+        }
+
+        if attr, ok := r.Primary.Attributes[v.Field]; ok {
+                v, err := hil.InterfaceToVariable(attr)
+                return &v, err
+        }
+
+        // computed list or map attribute
+        _, isList = r.Primary.Attributes[v.Field+".#"]
+        _, isMap = r.Primary.Attributes[v.Field+".%"]
+        if isList || isMap {
+                variable, err := i.interpolateComplexTypeAttribute(v.Field, r.Primary.Attributes)
+                return &variable, err
+        }
+
+        // At apply time, we can't do the "maybe has it" check below
+        // that we need for plans since parent elements might be computed.
+        // Therefore, it is an error and we're missing the key.
+        //
+        // TODO: test by creating a state and configuration that is referencing
+        // a non-existent variable "foo.bar" where the state only has "foo"
+        // and verify plan works, but apply doesn't.
+        if i.Operation == walkApply || i.Operation == walkDestroy {
+                goto MISSING
+        }
+
+        // We didn't find the exact field, so lets separate the dots
+        // and see if anything along the way is a computed set. i.e. if
+        // we have "foo.0.bar" as the field, check to see if "foo" is
+        // a computed list. If so, then the whole thing is computed.
+        if parts := strings.Split(v.Field, "."); len(parts) > 1 {
+                for i := 1; i < len(parts); i++ {
+                        // Lists and sets make this
+                        key := fmt.Sprintf("%s.#", strings.Join(parts[:i], "."))
+                        if attr, ok := r.Primary.Attributes[key]; ok {
+                                v, err := hil.InterfaceToVariable(attr)
+                                return &v, err
+                        }
+
+                        // Maps make this
+                        key = fmt.Sprintf("%s", strings.Join(parts[:i], "."))
+                        if attr, ok := r.Primary.Attributes[key]; ok {
+                                v, err := hil.InterfaceToVariable(attr)
+                                return &v, err
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+MISSING:
+        // Validation for missing interpolations should happen at a higher
+        // semantic level. If we reached this point and don't have variables,
+        // just return the computed value.
+        if scope == nil && scope.Resource == nil {
+                return &unknownVariable, nil
+        }
+
+        // If the operation is refresh, it isn't an error for a value to
+        // be unknown. Instead, we return that the value is computed so
+        // that the graph can continue to refresh other nodes. It doesn't
+        // matter because the config isn't interpolated anyways.
+        //
+        // For a Destroy, we're also fine with computed values, since our goal is
+        // only to get destroy nodes for existing resources.
+        //
+        // For an input walk, computed values are okay to return because we're only
+        // looking for missing variables to prompt the user for.
+        if i.Operation == walkRefresh || i.Operation == walkPlanDestroy || i.Operation == walkInput {
+                return &unknownVariable, nil
+        }
+
+        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                "Resource '%s' does not have attribute '%s' "+
+                        "for variable '%s'",
+                id,
+                v.Field,
+                v.FullKey())
+}
+
+func (i *Interpolater) computeResourceMultiVariable(
+        scope *InterpolationScope,
+        v *config.ResourceVariable) (*ast.Variable, error) {
+        i.StateLock.RLock()
+        defer i.StateLock.RUnlock()
+
+        unknownVariable := unknownVariable()
+
+        // If we're only looking for input, we don't need to expand a
+        // multi-variable. This prevents us from encountering things that should be
+        // known but aren't because the state has yet to be refreshed.
+        if i.Operation == walkInput {
+                return &unknownVariable, nil
+        }
+
+        // Get the information about this resource variable, and verify
+        // that it exists and such.
+        module, cr, err := i.resourceVariableInfo(scope, v)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Get the keys for all the resources that are created for this resource
+        countMax, err := i.resourceCountMax(module, cr, v)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // If count is zero, we return an empty list
+        if countMax == 0 {
+                return &ast.Variable{Type: ast.TypeList, Value: []ast.Variable{}}, nil
+        }
+
+        // If we have no module in the state yet or count, return unknown
+        if module == nil || len(module.Resources) == 0 {
+                return &unknownVariable, nil
+        }
+
+        var values []interface{}
+        for idx := 0; idx < countMax; idx++ {
+                id := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%d", v.ResourceId(), idx)
+
+                // ID doesn't have a trailing index. We try both here, but if a value
+                // without a trailing index is found we prefer that. This choice
+                // is for legacy reasons: older versions of TF preferred it.
+                if id == v.ResourceId()+".0" {
+                        potential := v.ResourceId()
+                        if _, ok := module.Resources[potential]; ok {
+                                id = potential
+                        }
+                }
+
+                r, ok := module.Resources[id]
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if r.Primary == nil {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if singleAttr, ok := r.Primary.Attributes[v.Field]; ok {
+                        values = append(values, singleAttr)
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // computed list or map attribute
+                _, isList := r.Primary.Attributes[v.Field+".#"]
+                _, isMap := r.Primary.Attributes[v.Field+".%"]
+                if !(isList || isMap) {
+                        continue
+                }
+                multiAttr, err := i.interpolateComplexTypeAttribute(v.Field, r.Primary.Attributes)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                values = append(values, multiAttr)
+        }
+
+        if len(values) == 0 {
+                // If the operation is refresh, it isn't an error for a value to
+                // be unknown. Instead, we return that the value is computed so
+                // that the graph can continue to refresh other nodes. It doesn't
+                // matter because the config isn't interpolated anyways.
+                //
+                // For a Destroy, we're also fine with computed values, since our goal is
+                // only to get destroy nodes for existing resources.
+                //
+                // For an input walk, computed values are okay to return because we're only
+                // looking for missing variables to prompt the user for.
+                if i.Operation == walkRefresh || i.Operation == walkPlanDestroy || i.Operation == walkDestroy || i.Operation == walkInput {
+                        return &unknownVariable, nil
+                }
+
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Resource '%s' does not have attribute '%s' "+
+                                "for variable '%s'",
+                        v.ResourceId(),
+                        v.Field,
+                        v.FullKey())
+        }
+
+        variable, err := hil.InterfaceToVariable(values)
+        return &variable, err
+}
+
+func (i *Interpolater) interpolateComplexTypeAttribute(
+        resourceID string,
+        attributes map[string]string) (ast.Variable, error) {
+
+        // We can now distinguish between lists and maps in state by the count field:
+        //    - lists (and by extension, sets) use the traditional .# notation
+        //    - maps use the newer .% notation
+        // Consequently here we can decide how to deal with the keys appropriately
+        // based on whether the type is a map of list.
+        if lengthAttr, isList := attributes[resourceID+".#"]; isList {
+                log.Printf("[DEBUG] Interpolating computed list element attribute %s (%s)",
+                        resourceID, lengthAttr)
+
+                // In Terraform's internal dotted representation of list-like attributes, the
+                // ".#" count field is marked as unknown to indicate "this whole list is
+                // unknown". We must honor that meaning here so computed references can be
+                // treated properly during the plan phase.
+                if lengthAttr == config.UnknownVariableValue {
+                        return unknownVariable(), nil
+                }
+
+                expanded := flatmap.Expand(attributes, resourceID)
+                return hil.InterfaceToVariable(expanded)
+        }
+
+        if lengthAttr, isMap := attributes[resourceID+".%"]; isMap {
+                log.Printf("[DEBUG] Interpolating computed map element attribute %s (%s)",
+                        resourceID, lengthAttr)
+
+                // In Terraform's internal dotted representation of map attributes, the
+                // ".%" count field is marked as unknown to indicate "this whole list is
+                // unknown". We must honor that meaning here so computed references can be
+                // treated properly during the plan phase.
+                if lengthAttr == config.UnknownVariableValue {
+                        return unknownVariable(), nil
+                }
+
+                expanded := flatmap.Expand(attributes, resourceID)
+                return hil.InterfaceToVariable(expanded)
+        }
+
+        return ast.Variable{}, fmt.Errorf("No complex type %s found", resourceID)
+}
+
+func (i *Interpolater) resourceVariableInfo(
+        scope *InterpolationScope,
+        v *config.ResourceVariable) (*ModuleState, *config.Resource, error) {
+        // Get the module tree that contains our current path. This is
+        // either the current module (path is empty) or a child.
+        modTree := i.Module
+        if len(scope.Path) > 1 {
+                modTree = i.Module.Child(scope.Path[1:])
+        }
+
+        // Get the resource from the configuration so we can verify
+        // that the resource is in the configuration and so we can access
+        // the configuration if we need to.
+        var cr *config.Resource
+        for _, r := range modTree.Config().Resources {
+                if r.Id() == v.ResourceId() {
+                        cr = r
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Get the relevant module
+        module := i.State.ModuleByPath(scope.Path)
+        return module, cr, nil
+}
+
+func (i *Interpolater) resourceCountMax(
+        ms *ModuleState,
+        cr *config.Resource,
+        v *config.ResourceVariable) (int, error) {
+        id := v.ResourceId()
+
+        // If we're NOT applying, then we assume we can read the count
+        // from the state. Plan and so on may not have any state yet so
+        // we do a full interpolation.
+        if i.Operation != walkApply {
+                if cr == nil {
+                        return 0, nil
+                }
+
+                count, err := cr.Count()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return 0, err
+                }
+
+                return count, nil
+        }
+
+        // We need to determine the list of resource keys to get values from.
+        // This needs to be sorted so the order is deterministic. We used to
+        // use "cr.Count()" but that doesn't work if the count is interpolated
+        // and we can't guarantee that so we instead depend on the state.
+        max := -1
+        for k, _ := range ms.Resources {
+                // Get the index number for this resource
+                index := ""
+                if k == id {
+                        // If the key is the id, then its just 0 (no explicit index)
+                        index = "0"
+                } else if strings.HasPrefix(k, id+".") {
+                        // Grab the index number out of the state
+                        index = k[len(id+"."):]
+                        if idx := strings.IndexRune(index, '.'); idx >= 0 {
+                                index = index[:idx]
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // If there was no index then this resource didn't match
+                // the one we're looking for, exit.
+                if index == "" {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Turn the index into an int
+                raw, err := strconv.ParseInt(index, 0, 0)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return 0, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "%s: error parsing index %q as int: %s",
+                                id, index, err)
+                }
+
+                // Keep track of this index if its the max
+                if new := int(raw); new > max {
+                        max = new
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If we never found any matching resources in the state, we
+        // have zero.
+        if max == -1 {
+                return 0, nil
+        }
+
+        // The result value is "max+1" because we're returning the
+        // max COUNT, not the max INDEX, and we zero-index.
+        return max + 1, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_count_boundary.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_count_boundary.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd32c79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_count_boundary.go
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+package terraform
+
+// NodeCountBoundary fixes any "count boundarie" in the state: resources
+// that are named "foo.0" when they should be named "foo"
+type NodeCountBoundary struct{}
+
+func (n *NodeCountBoundary) Name() string {
+        return "meta.count-boundary (count boundary fixup)"
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodeCountBoundary) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        return &EvalCountFixZeroOneBoundaryGlobal{}
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_data_destroy.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_data_destroy.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e32cea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_data_destroy.go
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+package terraform
+
+// NodeDestroyableDataResource represents a resource that is "plannable":
+// it is ready to be planned in order to create a diff.
+type NodeDestroyableDataResource struct {
+        *NodeAbstractResource
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodeDestroyableDataResource) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        addr := n.NodeAbstractResource.Addr
+
+        // stateId is the ID to put into the state
+        stateId := addr.stateId()
+
+        // Just destroy it.
+        var state *InstanceState
+        return &EvalWriteState{
+                Name:  stateId,
+                State: &state, // state is nil here
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_data_refresh.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_data_refresh.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d504c89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_data_refresh.go
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// NodeRefreshableDataResource represents a resource that is "plannable":
+// it is ready to be planned in order to create a diff.
+type NodeRefreshableDataResource struct {
+        *NodeAbstractCountResource
+}
+
+// GraphNodeDynamicExpandable
+func (n *NodeRefreshableDataResource) DynamicExpand(ctx EvalContext) (*Graph, error) {
+        // Grab the state which we read
+        state, lock := ctx.State()
+        lock.RLock()
+        defer lock.RUnlock()
+
+        // Expand the resource count which must be available by now from EvalTree
+        count, err := n.Config.Count()
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // The concrete resource factory we'll use
+        concreteResource := func(a *NodeAbstractResource) dag.Vertex {
+                // Add the config and state since we don't do that via transforms
+                a.Config = n.Config
+
+                return &NodeRefreshableDataResourceInstance{
+                        NodeAbstractResource: a,
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Start creating the steps
+        steps := []GraphTransformer{
+                // Expand the count.
+                &ResourceCountTransformer{
+                        Concrete: concreteResource,
+                        Count:    count,
+                        Addr:     n.ResourceAddr(),
+                },
+
+                // Attach the state
+                &AttachStateTransformer{State: state},
+
+                // Targeting
+                &TargetsTransformer{ParsedTargets: n.Targets},
+
+                // Connect references so ordering is correct
+                &ReferenceTransformer{},
+
+                // Make sure there is a single root
+                &RootTransformer{},
+        }
+
+        // Build the graph
+        b := &BasicGraphBuilder{
+                Steps:    steps,
+                Validate: true,
+                Name:     "NodeRefreshableDataResource",
+        }
+
+        return b.Build(ctx.Path())
+}
+
+// NodeRefreshableDataResourceInstance represents a _single_ resource instance
+// that is refreshable.
+type NodeRefreshableDataResourceInstance struct {
+        *NodeAbstractResource
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodeRefreshableDataResourceInstance) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        addr := n.NodeAbstractResource.Addr
+
+        // stateId is the ID to put into the state
+        stateId := addr.stateId()
+
+        // Build the instance info. More of this will be populated during eval
+        info := &InstanceInfo{
+                Id:   stateId,
+                Type: addr.Type,
+        }
+
+        // Get the state if we have it, if not we build it
+        rs := n.ResourceState
+        if rs == nil {
+                rs = &ResourceState{}
+        }
+
+        // If the config isn't empty we update the state
+        if n.Config != nil {
+                rs = &ResourceState{
+                        Type:         n.Config.Type,
+                        Provider:     n.Config.Provider,
+                        Dependencies: n.StateReferences(),
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Build the resource for eval
+        resource := &Resource{
+                Name:       addr.Name,
+                Type:       addr.Type,
+                CountIndex: addr.Index,
+        }
+        if resource.CountIndex < 0 {
+                resource.CountIndex = 0
+        }
+
+        // Declare a bunch of variables that are used for state during
+        // evaluation. Most of this are written to by-address below.
+        var config *ResourceConfig
+        var diff *InstanceDiff
+        var provider ResourceProvider
+        var state *InstanceState
+
+        return &EvalSequence{
+                Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                        // Always destroy the existing state first, since we must
+                        // make sure that values from a previous read will not
+                        // get interpolated if we end up needing to defer our
+                        // loading until apply time.
+                        &EvalWriteState{
+                                Name:         stateId,
+                                ResourceType: rs.Type,
+                                Provider:     rs.Provider,
+                                Dependencies: rs.Dependencies,
+                                State:        &state, // state is nil here
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalInterpolate{
+                                Config:   n.Config.RawConfig.Copy(),
+                                Resource: resource,
+                                Output:   &config,
+                        },
+
+                        // The rest of this pass can proceed only if there are no
+                        // computed values in our config.
+                        // (If there are, we'll deal with this during the plan and
+                        // apply phases.)
+                        &EvalIf{
+                                If: func(ctx EvalContext) (bool, error) {
+                                        if config.ComputedKeys != nil && len(config.ComputedKeys) > 0 {
+                                                return true, EvalEarlyExitError{}
+                                        }
+
+                                        // If the config explicitly has a depends_on for this
+                                        // data source, assume the intention is to prevent
+                                        // refreshing ahead of that dependency.
+                                        if len(n.Config.DependsOn) > 0 {
+                                                return true, EvalEarlyExitError{}
+                                        }
+
+                                        return true, nil
+                                },
+
+                                Then: EvalNoop{},
+                        },
+
+                        // The remainder of this pass is the same as running
+                        // a "plan" pass immediately followed by an "apply" pass,
+                        // populating the state early so it'll be available to
+                        // provider configurations that need this data during
+                        // refresh/plan.
+                        &EvalGetProvider{
+                                Name:   n.ProvidedBy()[0],
+                                Output: &provider,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalReadDataDiff{
+                                Info:        info,
+                                Config:      &config,
+                                Provider:    &provider,
+                                Output:      &diff,
+                                OutputState: &state,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalReadDataApply{
+                                Info:     info,
+                                Diff:     &diff,
+                                Provider: &provider,
+                                Output:   &state,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalWriteState{
+                                Name:         stateId,
+                                ResourceType: rs.Type,
+                                Provider:     rs.Provider,
+                                Dependencies: rs.Dependencies,
+                                State:        &state,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalUpdateStateHook{},
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_module_destroy.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_module_destroy.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..319df1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_module_destroy.go
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// NodeDestroyableModule represents a module destruction.
+type NodeDestroyableModuleVariable struct {
+        PathValue []string
+}
+
+func (n *NodeDestroyableModuleVariable) Name() string {
+        result := "plan-destroy"
+        if len(n.PathValue) > 1 {
+                result = fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", modulePrefixStr(n.PathValue), result)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// GraphNodeSubPath
+func (n *NodeDestroyableModuleVariable) Path() []string {
+        return n.PathValue
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodeDestroyableModuleVariable) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        return &EvalDiffDestroyModule{Path: n.PathValue}
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_module_variable.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_module_variable.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13fe8fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_module_variable.go
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+)
+
+// NodeApplyableModuleVariable represents a module variable input during
+// the apply step.
+type NodeApplyableModuleVariable struct {
+        PathValue []string
+        Config    *config.Variable  // Config is the var in the config
+        Value     *config.RawConfig // Value is the value that is set
+
+        Module *module.Tree // Antiquated, want to remove
+}
+
+func (n *NodeApplyableModuleVariable) Name() string {
+        result := fmt.Sprintf("var.%s", n.Config.Name)
+        if len(n.PathValue) > 1 {
+                result = fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", modulePrefixStr(n.PathValue), result)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// GraphNodeSubPath
+func (n *NodeApplyableModuleVariable) Path() []string {
+        // We execute in the parent scope (above our own module) so that
+        // we can access the proper interpolations.
+        if len(n.PathValue) > 2 {
+                return n.PathValue[:len(n.PathValue)-1]
+        }
+
+        return rootModulePath
+}
+
+// RemovableIfNotTargeted
+func (n *NodeApplyableModuleVariable) RemoveIfNotTargeted() bool {
+        // We need to add this so that this node will be removed if
+        // it isn't targeted or a dependency of a target.
+        return true
+}
+
+// GraphNodeReferenceGlobal
+func (n *NodeApplyableModuleVariable) ReferenceGlobal() bool {
+        // We have to create fully qualified references because we cross
+        // boundaries here: our ReferenceableName is in one path and our
+        // References are from another path.
+        return true
+}
+
+// GraphNodeReferenceable
+func (n *NodeApplyableModuleVariable) ReferenceableName() []string {
+        return []string{n.Name()}
+}
+
+// GraphNodeReferencer
+func (n *NodeApplyableModuleVariable) References() []string {
+        // If we have no value set, we depend on nothing
+        if n.Value == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Can't depend on anything if we're in the root
+        if len(n.PathValue) < 2 {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Otherwise, we depend on anything that is in our value, but
+        // specifically in the namespace of the parent path.
+        // Create the prefix based on the path
+        var prefix string
+        if p := n.Path(); len(p) > 0 {
+                prefix = modulePrefixStr(p)
+        }
+
+        result := ReferencesFromConfig(n.Value)
+        return modulePrefixList(result, prefix)
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodeApplyableModuleVariable) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        // If we have no value, do nothing
+        if n.Value == nil {
+                return &EvalNoop{}
+        }
+
+        // Otherwise, interpolate the value of this variable and set it
+        // within the variables mapping.
+        var config *ResourceConfig
+        variables := make(map[string]interface{})
+        return &EvalSequence{
+                Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                        &EvalInterpolate{
+                                Config: n.Value,
+                                Output: &config,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalVariableBlock{
+                                Config:         &config,
+                                VariableValues: variables,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalCoerceMapVariable{
+                                Variables:  variables,
+                                ModulePath: n.PathValue,
+                                ModuleTree: n.Module,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalTypeCheckVariable{
+                                Variables:  variables,
+                                ModulePath: n.PathValue,
+                                ModuleTree: n.Module,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalSetVariables{
+                                Module:    &n.PathValue[len(n.PathValue)-1],
+                                Variables: variables,
+                        },
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_output.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_output.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e28e6f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_output.go
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// NodeApplyableOutput represents an output that is "applyable":
+// it is ready to be applied.
+type NodeApplyableOutput struct {
+        PathValue []string
+        Config    *config.Output // Config is the output in the config
+}
+
+func (n *NodeApplyableOutput) Name() string {
+        result := fmt.Sprintf("output.%s", n.Config.Name)
+        if len(n.PathValue) > 1 {
+                result = fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", modulePrefixStr(n.PathValue), result)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// GraphNodeSubPath
+func (n *NodeApplyableOutput) Path() []string {
+        return n.PathValue
+}
+
+// RemovableIfNotTargeted
+func (n *NodeApplyableOutput) RemoveIfNotTargeted() bool {
+        // We need to add this so that this node will be removed if
+        // it isn't targeted or a dependency of a target.
+        return true
+}
+
+// GraphNodeReferenceable
+func (n *NodeApplyableOutput) ReferenceableName() []string {
+        name := fmt.Sprintf("output.%s", n.Config.Name)
+        return []string{name}
+}
+
+// GraphNodeReferencer
+func (n *NodeApplyableOutput) References() []string {
+        var result []string
+        result = append(result, n.Config.DependsOn...)
+        result = append(result, ReferencesFromConfig(n.Config.RawConfig)...)
+        for _, v := range result {
+                split := strings.Split(v, "/")
+                for i, s := range split {
+                        split[i] = s + ".destroy"
+                }
+
+                result = append(result, strings.Join(split, "/"))
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodeApplyableOutput) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        return &EvalOpFilter{
+                Ops: []walkOperation{walkRefresh, walkPlan, walkApply,
+                        walkDestroy, walkInput, walkValidate},
+                Node: &EvalSequence{
+                        Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                                &EvalWriteOutput{
+                                        Name:      n.Config.Name,
+                                        Sensitive: n.Config.Sensitive,
+                                        Value:     n.Config.RawConfig,
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_output_orphan.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_output_orphan.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..636a15d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_output_orphan.go
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// NodeOutputOrphan represents an output that is an orphan.
+type NodeOutputOrphan struct {
+        OutputName string
+        PathValue  []string
+}
+
+func (n *NodeOutputOrphan) Name() string {
+        result := fmt.Sprintf("output.%s (orphan)", n.OutputName)
+        if len(n.PathValue) > 1 {
+                result = fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", modulePrefixStr(n.PathValue), result)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// GraphNodeSubPath
+func (n *NodeOutputOrphan) Path() []string {
+        return n.PathValue
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodeOutputOrphan) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        return &EvalOpFilter{
+                Ops: []walkOperation{walkRefresh, walkApply, walkDestroy},
+                Node: &EvalDeleteOutput{
+                        Name: n.OutputName,
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_provider.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e2c176
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_provider.go
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+package terraform
+
+// NodeApplyableProvider represents a provider during an apply.
+type NodeApplyableProvider struct {
+        *NodeAbstractProvider
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodeApplyableProvider) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        return ProviderEvalTree(n.NameValue, n.ProviderConfig())
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_provider_abstract.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_provider_abstract.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cc8365
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_provider_abstract.go
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// ConcreteProviderNodeFunc is a callback type used to convert an
+// abstract provider to a concrete one of some type.
+type ConcreteProviderNodeFunc func(*NodeAbstractProvider) dag.Vertex
+
+// NodeAbstractProvider represents a provider that has no associated operations.
+// It registers all the common interfaces across operations for providers.
+type NodeAbstractProvider struct {
+        NameValue string
+        PathValue []string
+
+        // The fields below will be automatically set using the Attach
+        // interfaces if you're running those transforms, but also be explicitly
+        // set if you already have that information.
+
+        Config *config.ProviderConfig
+}
+
+func (n *NodeAbstractProvider) Name() string {
+        result := fmt.Sprintf("provider.%s", n.NameValue)
+        if len(n.PathValue) > 1 {
+                result = fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", modulePrefixStr(n.PathValue), result)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// GraphNodeSubPath
+func (n *NodeAbstractProvider) Path() []string {
+        return n.PathValue
+}
+
+// RemovableIfNotTargeted
+func (n *NodeAbstractProvider) RemoveIfNotTargeted() bool {
+        // We need to add this so that this node will be removed if
+        // it isn't targeted or a dependency of a target.
+        return true
+}
+
+// GraphNodeReferencer
+func (n *NodeAbstractProvider) References() []string {
+        if n.Config == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        return ReferencesFromConfig(n.Config.RawConfig)
+}
+
+// GraphNodeProvider
+func (n *NodeAbstractProvider) ProviderName() string {
+        return n.NameValue
+}
+
+// GraphNodeProvider
+func (n *NodeAbstractProvider) ProviderConfig() *config.RawConfig {
+        if n.Config == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        return n.Config.RawConfig
+}
+
+// GraphNodeAttachProvider
+func (n *NodeAbstractProvider) AttachProvider(c *config.ProviderConfig) {
+        n.Config = c
+}
+
+// GraphNodeDotter impl.
+func (n *NodeAbstractProvider) DotNode(name string, opts *dag.DotOpts) *dag.DotNode {
+        return &dag.DotNode{
+                Name: name,
+                Attrs: map[string]string{
+                        "label": n.Name(),
+                        "shape": "diamond",
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_provider_disabled.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_provider_disabled.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25e7e62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_provider_disabled.go
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// NodeDisabledProvider represents a provider that is disabled. A disabled
+// provider does nothing. It exists to properly set inheritance information
+// for child providers.
+type NodeDisabledProvider struct {
+        *NodeAbstractProvider
+}
+
+func (n *NodeDisabledProvider) Name() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%s (disabled)", n.NodeAbstractProvider.Name())
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodeDisabledProvider) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        var resourceConfig *ResourceConfig
+        return &EvalSequence{
+                Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                        &EvalInterpolate{
+                                Config: n.ProviderConfig(),
+                                Output: &resourceConfig,
+                        },
+                        &EvalBuildProviderConfig{
+                                Provider: n.ProviderName(),
+                                Config:   &resourceConfig,
+                                Output:   &resourceConfig,
+                        },
+                        &EvalSetProviderConfig{
+                                Provider: n.ProviderName(),
+                                Config:   &resourceConfig,
+                        },
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_provisioner.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_provisioner.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb117c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_provisioner.go
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// NodeProvisioner represents a provider that has no associated operations.
+// It registers all the common interfaces across operations for providers.
+type NodeProvisioner struct {
+        NameValue string
+        PathValue []string
+
+        // The fields below will be automatically set using the Attach
+        // interfaces if you're running those transforms, but also be explicitly
+        // set if you already have that information.
+
+        Config *config.ProviderConfig
+}
+
+func (n *NodeProvisioner) Name() string {
+        result := fmt.Sprintf("provisioner.%s", n.NameValue)
+        if len(n.PathValue) > 1 {
+                result = fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", modulePrefixStr(n.PathValue), result)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// GraphNodeSubPath
+func (n *NodeProvisioner) Path() []string {
+        return n.PathValue
+}
+
+// GraphNodeProvisioner
+func (n *NodeProvisioner) ProvisionerName() string {
+        return n.NameValue
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable impl.
+func (n *NodeProvisioner) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        return &EvalInitProvisioner{Name: n.NameValue}
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_abstract.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_abstract.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50bb707
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_abstract.go
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// ConcreteResourceNodeFunc is a callback type used to convert an
+// abstract resource to a concrete one of some type.
+type ConcreteResourceNodeFunc func(*NodeAbstractResource) dag.Vertex
+
+// GraphNodeResource is implemented by any nodes that represent a resource.
+// The type of operation cannot be assumed, only that this node represents
+// the given resource.
+type GraphNodeResource interface {
+        ResourceAddr() *ResourceAddress
+}
+
+// NodeAbstractResource represents a resource that has no associated
+// operations. It registers all the interfaces for a resource that common
+// across multiple operation types.
+type NodeAbstractResource struct {
+        Addr *ResourceAddress // Addr is the address for this resource
+
+        // The fields below will be automatically set using the Attach
+        // interfaces if you're running those transforms, but also be explicitly
+        // set if you already have that information.
+
+        Config        *config.Resource // Config is the resource in the config
+        ResourceState *ResourceState   // ResourceState is the ResourceState for this
+
+        Targets []ResourceAddress // Set from GraphNodeTargetable
+}
+
+func (n *NodeAbstractResource) Name() string {
+        return n.Addr.String()
+}
+
+// GraphNodeSubPath
+func (n *NodeAbstractResource) Path() []string {
+        return n.Addr.Path
+}
+
+// GraphNodeReferenceable
+func (n *NodeAbstractResource) ReferenceableName() []string {
+        // We always are referenceable as "type.name" as long as
+        // we have a config or address. Determine what that value is.
+        var id string
+        if n.Config != nil {
+                id = n.Config.Id()
+        } else if n.Addr != nil {
+                addrCopy := n.Addr.Copy()
+                addrCopy.Path = nil // ReferenceTransformer handles paths
+                addrCopy.Index = -1 // We handle indexes below
+                id = addrCopy.String()
+        } else {
+                // No way to determine our type.name, just return
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        var result []string
+
+        // Always include our own ID. This is primarily for backwards
+        // compatibility with states that didn't yet support the more
+        // specific dep string.
+        result = append(result, id)
+
+        // We represent all multi-access
+        result = append(result, fmt.Sprintf("%s.*", id))
+
+        // We represent either a specific number, or all numbers
+        suffix := "N"
+        if n.Addr != nil {
+                idx := n.Addr.Index
+                if idx == -1 {
+                        idx = 0
+                }
+
+                suffix = fmt.Sprintf("%d", idx)
+        }
+        result = append(result, fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", id, suffix))
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// GraphNodeReferencer
+func (n *NodeAbstractResource) References() []string {
+        // If we have a config, that is our source of truth
+        if c := n.Config; c != nil {
+                // Grab all the references
+                var result []string
+                result = append(result, c.DependsOn...)
+                result = append(result, ReferencesFromConfig(c.RawCount)...)
+                result = append(result, ReferencesFromConfig(c.RawConfig)...)
+                for _, p := range c.Provisioners {
+                        if p.When == config.ProvisionerWhenCreate {
+                                result = append(result, ReferencesFromConfig(p.ConnInfo)...)
+                                result = append(result, ReferencesFromConfig(p.RawConfig)...)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return uniqueStrings(result)
+        }
+
+        // If we have state, that is our next source
+        if s := n.ResourceState; s != nil {
+                return s.Dependencies
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// StateReferences returns the dependencies to put into the state for
+// this resource.
+func (n *NodeAbstractResource) StateReferences() []string {
+        self := n.ReferenceableName()
+
+        // Determine what our "prefix" is for checking for references to
+        // ourself.
+        addrCopy := n.Addr.Copy()
+        addrCopy.Index = -1
+        selfPrefix := addrCopy.String() + "."
+
+        depsRaw := n.References()
+        deps := make([]string, 0, len(depsRaw))
+        for _, d := range depsRaw {
+                // Ignore any variable dependencies
+                if strings.HasPrefix(d, "var.") {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // If this has a backup ref, ignore those for now. The old state
+                // file never contained those and I'd rather store the rich types we
+                // add in the future.
+                if idx := strings.IndexRune(d, '/'); idx != -1 {
+                        d = d[:idx]
+                }
+
+                // If we're referencing ourself, then ignore it
+                found := false
+                for _, s := range self {
+                        if d == s {
+                                found = true
+                        }
+                }
+                if found {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // If this is a reference to ourself and a specific index, we keep
+                // it. For example, if this resource is "foo.bar" and the reference
+                // is "foo.bar.0" then we keep it exact. Otherwise, we strip it.
+                if strings.HasSuffix(d, ".0") && !strings.HasPrefix(d, selfPrefix) {
+                        d = d[:len(d)-2]
+                }
+
+                // This is sad. The dependencies are currently in the format of
+                // "module.foo.bar" (the full field). This strips the field off.
+                if strings.HasPrefix(d, "module.") {
+                        parts := strings.SplitN(d, ".", 3)
+                        d = strings.Join(parts[0:2], ".")
+                }
+
+                deps = append(deps, d)
+        }
+
+        return deps
+}
+
+// GraphNodeProviderConsumer
+func (n *NodeAbstractResource) ProvidedBy() []string {
+        // If we have a config we prefer that above all else
+        if n.Config != nil {
+                return []string{resourceProvider(n.Config.Type, n.Config.Provider)}
+        }
+
+        // If we have state, then we will use the provider from there
+        if n.ResourceState != nil && n.ResourceState.Provider != "" {
+                return []string{n.ResourceState.Provider}
+        }
+
+        // Use our type
+        return []string{resourceProvider(n.Addr.Type, "")}
+}
+
+// GraphNodeProvisionerConsumer
+func (n *NodeAbstractResource) ProvisionedBy() []string {
+        // If we have no configuration, then we have no provisioners
+        if n.Config == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Build the list of provisioners we need based on the configuration.
+        // It is okay to have duplicates here.
+        result := make([]string, len(n.Config.Provisioners))
+        for i, p := range n.Config.Provisioners {
+                result[i] = p.Type
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// GraphNodeResource, GraphNodeAttachResourceState
+func (n *NodeAbstractResource) ResourceAddr() *ResourceAddress {
+        return n.Addr
+}
+
+// GraphNodeAddressable, TODO: remove, used by target, should unify
+func (n *NodeAbstractResource) ResourceAddress() *ResourceAddress {
+        return n.ResourceAddr()
+}
+
+// GraphNodeTargetable
+func (n *NodeAbstractResource) SetTargets(targets []ResourceAddress) {
+        n.Targets = targets
+}
+
+// GraphNodeAttachResourceState
+func (n *NodeAbstractResource) AttachResourceState(s *ResourceState) {
+        n.ResourceState = s
+}
+
+// GraphNodeAttachResourceConfig
+func (n *NodeAbstractResource) AttachResourceConfig(c *config.Resource) {
+        n.Config = c
+}
+
+// GraphNodeDotter impl.
+func (n *NodeAbstractResource) DotNode(name string, opts *dag.DotOpts) *dag.DotNode {
+        return &dag.DotNode{
+                Name: name,
+                Attrs: map[string]string{
+                        "label": n.Name(),
+                        "shape": "box",
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_abstract_count.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_abstract_count.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..573570d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_abstract_count.go
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+package terraform
+
+// NodeAbstractCountResource should be embedded instead of NodeAbstractResource
+// if the resource has a `count` value that needs to be expanded.
+//
+// The embedder should implement `DynamicExpand` to process the count.
+type NodeAbstractCountResource struct {
+        *NodeAbstractResource
+
+        // Validate, if true, will perform the validation for the count.
+        // This should only be turned on for the "validate" operation.
+        Validate bool
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodeAbstractCountResource) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        // We only check if the count is computed if we're not validating.
+        // If we're validating we allow computed counts since they just turn
+        // into more computed values.
+        var evalCountCheckComputed EvalNode
+        if !n.Validate {
+                evalCountCheckComputed = &EvalCountCheckComputed{Resource: n.Config}
+        }
+
+        return &EvalSequence{
+                Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                        // The EvalTree for a plannable resource primarily involves
+                        // interpolating the count since it can contain variables
+                        // we only just received access to.
+                        //
+                        // With the interpolated count, we can then DynamicExpand
+                        // into the proper number of instances.
+                        &EvalInterpolate{Config: n.Config.RawCount},
+
+                        // Check if the count is computed
+                        evalCountCheckComputed,
+
+                        // If validation is enabled, perform the validation
+                        &EvalIf{
+                                If: func(ctx EvalContext) (bool, error) {
+                                        return n.Validate, nil
+                                },
+
+                                Then: &EvalValidateCount{Resource: n.Config},
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalCountFixZeroOneBoundary{Resource: n.Config},
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_apply.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_apply.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3599782
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_apply.go
@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// NodeApplyableResource represents a resource that is "applyable":
+// it is ready to be applied and is represented by a diff.
+type NodeApplyableResource struct {
+        *NodeAbstractResource
+}
+
+// GraphNodeCreator
+func (n *NodeApplyableResource) CreateAddr() *ResourceAddress {
+        return n.NodeAbstractResource.Addr
+}
+
+// GraphNodeReferencer, overriding NodeAbstractResource
+func (n *NodeApplyableResource) References() []string {
+        result := n.NodeAbstractResource.References()
+
+        // The "apply" side of a resource generally also depends on the
+        // destruction of its dependencies as well. For example, if a LB
+        // references a set of VMs with ${vm.foo.*.id}, then we must wait for
+        // the destruction so we get the newly updated list of VMs.
+        //
+        // The exception here is CBD. When CBD is set, we don't do this since
+        // it would create a cycle. By not creating a cycle, we require two
+        // applies since the first apply the creation step will use the OLD
+        // values (pre-destroy) and the second step will update.
+        //
+        // This is how Terraform behaved with "legacy" graphs (TF <= 0.7.x).
+        // We mimic that behavior here now and can improve upon it in the future.
+        //
+        // This behavior is tested in graph_build_apply_test.go to test ordering.
+        cbd := n.Config != nil && n.Config.Lifecycle.CreateBeforeDestroy
+        if !cbd {
+                // The "apply" side of a resource always depends on the destruction
+                // of all its dependencies in addition to the creation.
+                for _, v := range result {
+                        result = append(result, v+".destroy")
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodeApplyableResource) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        addr := n.NodeAbstractResource.Addr
+
+        // stateId is the ID to put into the state
+        stateId := addr.stateId()
+
+        // Build the instance info. More of this will be populated during eval
+        info := &InstanceInfo{
+                Id:   stateId,
+                Type: addr.Type,
+        }
+
+        // Build the resource for eval
+        resource := &Resource{
+                Name:       addr.Name,
+                Type:       addr.Type,
+                CountIndex: addr.Index,
+        }
+        if resource.CountIndex < 0 {
+                resource.CountIndex = 0
+        }
+
+        // Determine the dependencies for the state.
+        stateDeps := n.StateReferences()
+
+        // Eval info is different depending on what kind of resource this is
+        switch n.Config.Mode {
+        case config.ManagedResourceMode:
+                return n.evalTreeManagedResource(
+                        stateId, info, resource, stateDeps,
+                )
+        case config.DataResourceMode:
+                return n.evalTreeDataResource(
+                        stateId, info, resource, stateDeps)
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Errorf("unsupported resource mode %s", n.Config.Mode))
+        }
+}
+
+func (n *NodeApplyableResource) evalTreeDataResource(
+        stateId string, info *InstanceInfo,
+        resource *Resource, stateDeps []string) EvalNode {
+        var provider ResourceProvider
+        var config *ResourceConfig
+        var diff *InstanceDiff
+        var state *InstanceState
+
+        return &EvalSequence{
+                Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                        // Build the instance info
+                        &EvalInstanceInfo{
+                                Info: info,
+                        },
+
+                        // Get the saved diff for apply
+                        &EvalReadDiff{
+                                Name: stateId,
+                                Diff: &diff,
+                        },
+
+                        // Stop here if we don't actually have a diff
+                        &EvalIf{
+                                If: func(ctx EvalContext) (bool, error) {
+                                        if diff == nil {
+                                                return true, EvalEarlyExitError{}
+                                        }
+
+                                        if diff.GetAttributesLen() == 0 {
+                                                return true, EvalEarlyExitError{}
+                                        }
+
+                                        return true, nil
+                                },
+                                Then: EvalNoop{},
+                        },
+
+                        // We need to re-interpolate the config here, rather than
+                        // just using the diff's values directly, because we've
+                        // potentially learned more variable values during the
+                        // apply pass that weren't known when the diff was produced.
+                        &EvalInterpolate{
+                                Config:   n.Config.RawConfig.Copy(),
+                                Resource: resource,
+                                Output:   &config,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalGetProvider{
+                                Name:   n.ProvidedBy()[0],
+                                Output: &provider,
+                        },
+
+                        // Make a new diff with our newly-interpolated config.
+                        &EvalReadDataDiff{
+                                Info:     info,
+                                Config:   &config,
+                                Previous: &diff,
+                                Provider: &provider,
+                                Output:   &diff,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalReadDataApply{
+                                Info:     info,
+                                Diff:     &diff,
+                                Provider: &provider,
+                                Output:   &state,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalWriteState{
+                                Name:         stateId,
+                                ResourceType: n.Config.Type,
+                                Provider:     n.Config.Provider,
+                                Dependencies: stateDeps,
+                                State:        &state,
+                        },
+
+                        // Clear the diff now that we've applied it, so
+                        // later nodes won't see a diff that's now a no-op.
+                        &EvalWriteDiff{
+                                Name: stateId,
+                                Diff: nil,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalUpdateStateHook{},
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func (n *NodeApplyableResource) evalTreeManagedResource(
+        stateId string, info *InstanceInfo,
+        resource *Resource, stateDeps []string) EvalNode {
+        // Declare a bunch of variables that are used for state during
+        // evaluation. Most of this are written to by-address below.
+        var provider ResourceProvider
+        var diff, diffApply *InstanceDiff
+        var state *InstanceState
+        var resourceConfig *ResourceConfig
+        var err error
+        var createNew bool
+        var createBeforeDestroyEnabled bool
+
+        return &EvalSequence{
+                Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                        // Build the instance info
+                        &EvalInstanceInfo{
+                                Info: info,
+                        },
+
+                        // Get the saved diff for apply
+                        &EvalReadDiff{
+                                Name: stateId,
+                                Diff: &diffApply,
+                        },
+
+                        // We don't want to do any destroys
+                        &EvalIf{
+                                If: func(ctx EvalContext) (bool, error) {
+                                        if diffApply == nil {
+                                                return true, EvalEarlyExitError{}
+                                        }
+
+                                        if diffApply.GetDestroy() && diffApply.GetAttributesLen() == 0 {
+                                                return true, EvalEarlyExitError{}
+                                        }
+
+                                        diffApply.SetDestroy(false)
+                                        return true, nil
+                                },
+                                Then: EvalNoop{},
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalIf{
+                                If: func(ctx EvalContext) (bool, error) {
+                                        destroy := false
+                                        if diffApply != nil {
+                                                destroy = diffApply.GetDestroy() || diffApply.RequiresNew()
+                                        }
+
+                                        createBeforeDestroyEnabled =
+                                                n.Config.Lifecycle.CreateBeforeDestroy &&
+                                                        destroy
+
+                                        return createBeforeDestroyEnabled, nil
+                                },
+                                Then: &EvalDeposeState{
+                                        Name: stateId,
+                                },
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalInterpolate{
+                                Config:   n.Config.RawConfig.Copy(),
+                                Resource: resource,
+                                Output:   &resourceConfig,
+                        },
+                        &EvalGetProvider{
+                                Name:   n.ProvidedBy()[0],
+                                Output: &provider,
+                        },
+                        &EvalReadState{
+                                Name:   stateId,
+                                Output: &state,
+                        },
+                        // Re-run validation to catch any errors we missed, e.g. type
+                        // mismatches on computed values.
+                        &EvalValidateResource{
+                                Provider:       &provider,
+                                Config:         &resourceConfig,
+                                ResourceName:   n.Config.Name,
+                                ResourceType:   n.Config.Type,
+                                ResourceMode:   n.Config.Mode,
+                                IgnoreWarnings: true,
+                        },
+                        &EvalDiff{
+                                Info:       info,
+                                Config:     &resourceConfig,
+                                Resource:   n.Config,
+                                Provider:   &provider,
+                                Diff:       &diffApply,
+                                State:      &state,
+                                OutputDiff: &diffApply,
+                        },
+
+                        // Get the saved diff
+                        &EvalReadDiff{
+                                Name: stateId,
+                                Diff: &diff,
+                        },
+
+                        // Compare the diffs
+                        &EvalCompareDiff{
+                                Info: info,
+                                One:  &diff,
+                                Two:  &diffApply,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalGetProvider{
+                                Name:   n.ProvidedBy()[0],
+                                Output: &provider,
+                        },
+                        &EvalReadState{
+                                Name:   stateId,
+                                Output: &state,
+                        },
+                        // Call pre-apply hook
+                        &EvalApplyPre{
+                                Info:  info,
+                                State: &state,
+                                Diff:  &diffApply,
+                        },
+                        &EvalApply{
+                                Info:      info,
+                                State:     &state,
+                                Diff:      &diffApply,
+                                Provider:  &provider,
+                                Output:    &state,
+                                Error:     &err,
+                                CreateNew: &createNew,
+                        },
+                        &EvalWriteState{
+                                Name:         stateId,
+                                ResourceType: n.Config.Type,
+                                Provider:     n.Config.Provider,
+                                Dependencies: stateDeps,
+                                State:        &state,
+                        },
+                        &EvalApplyProvisioners{
+                                Info:           info,
+                                State:          &state,
+                                Resource:       n.Config,
+                                InterpResource: resource,
+                                CreateNew:      &createNew,
+                                Error:          &err,
+                                When:           config.ProvisionerWhenCreate,
+                        },
+                        &EvalIf{
+                                If: func(ctx EvalContext) (bool, error) {
+                                        return createBeforeDestroyEnabled && err != nil, nil
+                                },
+                                Then: &EvalUndeposeState{
+                                        Name:  stateId,
+                                        State: &state,
+                                },
+                                Else: &EvalWriteState{
+                                        Name:         stateId,
+                                        ResourceType: n.Config.Type,
+                                        Provider:     n.Config.Provider,
+                                        Dependencies: stateDeps,
+                                        State:        &state,
+                                },
+                        },
+
+                        // We clear the diff out here so that future nodes
+                        // don't see a diff that is already complete. There
+                        // is no longer a diff!
+                        &EvalWriteDiff{
+                                Name: stateId,
+                                Diff: nil,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalApplyPost{
+                                Info:  info,
+                                State: &state,
+                                Error: &err,
+                        },
+                        &EvalUpdateStateHook{},
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_destroy.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_destroy.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2efd2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_destroy.go
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// NodeDestroyResource represents a resource that is to be destroyed.
+type NodeDestroyResource struct {
+        *NodeAbstractResource
+}
+
+func (n *NodeDestroyResource) Name() string {
+        return n.NodeAbstractResource.Name() + " (destroy)"
+}
+
+// GraphNodeDestroyer
+func (n *NodeDestroyResource) DestroyAddr() *ResourceAddress {
+        return n.Addr
+}
+
+// GraphNodeDestroyerCBD
+func (n *NodeDestroyResource) CreateBeforeDestroy() bool {
+        // If we have no config, we just assume no
+        if n.Config == nil {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        return n.Config.Lifecycle.CreateBeforeDestroy
+}
+
+// GraphNodeDestroyerCBD
+func (n *NodeDestroyResource) ModifyCreateBeforeDestroy(v bool) error {
+        // If we have no config, do nothing since it won't affect the
+        // create step anyways.
+        if n.Config == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Set CBD to true
+        n.Config.Lifecycle.CreateBeforeDestroy = true
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// GraphNodeReferenceable, overriding NodeAbstractResource
+func (n *NodeDestroyResource) ReferenceableName() []string {
+        // We modify our referenceable name to have the suffix of ".destroy"
+        // since depending on the creation side doesn't necessarilly mean
+        // depending on destruction.
+        suffix := ".destroy"
+
+        // If we're CBD, we also append "-cbd". This is because CBD will setup
+        // its own edges (in CBDEdgeTransformer). Depending on the "destroy"
+        // side generally doesn't mean depending on CBD as well. See GH-11349
+        if n.CreateBeforeDestroy() {
+                suffix += "-cbd"
+        }
+
+        result := n.NodeAbstractResource.ReferenceableName()
+        for i, v := range result {
+                result[i] = v + suffix
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// GraphNodeReferencer, overriding NodeAbstractResource
+func (n *NodeDestroyResource) References() []string {
+        // If we have a config, then we need to include destroy-time dependencies
+        if c := n.Config; c != nil {
+                var result []string
+                for _, p := range c.Provisioners {
+                        // We include conn info and config for destroy time provisioners
+                        // as dependencies that we have.
+                        if p.When == config.ProvisionerWhenDestroy {
+                                result = append(result, ReferencesFromConfig(p.ConnInfo)...)
+                                result = append(result, ReferencesFromConfig(p.RawConfig)...)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return result
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// GraphNodeDynamicExpandable
+func (n *NodeDestroyResource) DynamicExpand(ctx EvalContext) (*Graph, error) {
+        // If we have no config we do nothing
+        if n.Addr == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        state, lock := ctx.State()
+        lock.RLock()
+        defer lock.RUnlock()
+
+        // Start creating the steps
+        steps := make([]GraphTransformer, 0, 5)
+
+        // We want deposed resources in the state to be destroyed
+        steps = append(steps, &DeposedTransformer{
+                State: state,
+                View:  n.Addr.stateId(),
+        })
+
+        // Target
+        steps = append(steps, &TargetsTransformer{
+                ParsedTargets: n.Targets,
+        })
+
+        // Always end with the root being added
+        steps = append(steps, &RootTransformer{})
+
+        // Build the graph
+        b := &BasicGraphBuilder{
+                Steps: steps,
+                Name:  "NodeResourceDestroy",
+        }
+        return b.Build(ctx.Path())
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodeDestroyResource) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        // stateId is the ID to put into the state
+        stateId := n.Addr.stateId()
+
+        // Build the instance info. More of this will be populated during eval
+        info := &InstanceInfo{
+                Id:          stateId,
+                Type:        n.Addr.Type,
+                uniqueExtra: "destroy",
+        }
+
+        // Build the resource for eval
+        addr := n.Addr
+        resource := &Resource{
+                Name:       addr.Name,
+                Type:       addr.Type,
+                CountIndex: addr.Index,
+        }
+        if resource.CountIndex < 0 {
+                resource.CountIndex = 0
+        }
+
+        // Get our state
+        rs := n.ResourceState
+        if rs == nil {
+                rs = &ResourceState{}
+        }
+
+        var diffApply *InstanceDiff
+        var provider ResourceProvider
+        var state *InstanceState
+        var err error
+        return &EvalOpFilter{
+                Ops: []walkOperation{walkApply, walkDestroy},
+                Node: &EvalSequence{
+                        Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                                // Get the saved diff for apply
+                                &EvalReadDiff{
+                                        Name: stateId,
+                                        Diff: &diffApply,
+                                },
+
+                                // Filter the diff so we only get the destroy
+                                &EvalFilterDiff{
+                                        Diff:    &diffApply,
+                                        Output:  &diffApply,
+                                        Destroy: true,
+                                },
+
+                                // If we're not destroying, then compare diffs
+                                &EvalIf{
+                                        If: func(ctx EvalContext) (bool, error) {
+                                                if diffApply != nil && diffApply.GetDestroy() {
+                                                        return true, nil
+                                                }
+
+                                                return true, EvalEarlyExitError{}
+                                        },
+                                        Then: EvalNoop{},
+                                },
+
+                                // Load the instance info so we have the module path set
+                                &EvalInstanceInfo{Info: info},
+
+                                &EvalGetProvider{
+                                        Name:   n.ProvidedBy()[0],
+                                        Output: &provider,
+                                },
+                                &EvalReadState{
+                                        Name:   stateId,
+                                        Output: &state,
+                                },
+                                &EvalRequireState{
+                                        State: &state,
+                                },
+
+                                // Call pre-apply hook
+                                &EvalApplyPre{
+                                        Info:  info,
+                                        State: &state,
+                                        Diff:  &diffApply,
+                                },
+
+                                // Run destroy provisioners if not tainted
+                                &EvalIf{
+                                        If: func(ctx EvalContext) (bool, error) {
+                                                if state != nil && state.Tainted {
+                                                        return false, nil
+                                                }
+
+                                                return true, nil
+                                        },
+
+                                        Then: &EvalApplyProvisioners{
+                                                Info:           info,
+                                                State:          &state,
+                                                Resource:       n.Config,
+                                                InterpResource: resource,
+                                                Error:          &err,
+                                                When:           config.ProvisionerWhenDestroy,
+                                        },
+                                },
+
+                                // If we have a provisioning error, then we just call
+                                // the post-apply hook now.
+                                &EvalIf{
+                                        If: func(ctx EvalContext) (bool, error) {
+                                                return err != nil, nil
+                                        },
+
+                                        Then: &EvalApplyPost{
+                                                Info:  info,
+                                                State: &state,
+                                                Error: &err,
+                                        },
+                                },
+
+                                // Make sure we handle data sources properly.
+                                &EvalIf{
+                                        If: func(ctx EvalContext) (bool, error) {
+                                                if n.Addr == nil {
+                                                        return false, fmt.Errorf("nil address")
+                                                }
+
+                                                if n.Addr.Mode == config.DataResourceMode {
+                                                        return true, nil
+                                                }
+
+                                                return false, nil
+                                        },
+
+                                        Then: &EvalReadDataApply{
+                                                Info:     info,
+                                                Diff:     &diffApply,
+                                                Provider: &provider,
+                                                Output:   &state,
+                                        },
+                                        Else: &EvalApply{
+                                                Info:     info,
+                                                State:    &state,
+                                                Diff:     &diffApply,
+                                                Provider: &provider,
+                                                Output:   &state,
+                                                Error:    &err,
+                                        },
+                                },
+                                &EvalWriteState{
+                                        Name:         stateId,
+                                        ResourceType: n.Addr.Type,
+                                        Provider:     rs.Provider,
+                                        Dependencies: rs.Dependencies,
+                                        State:        &state,
+                                },
+                                &EvalApplyPost{
+                                        Info:  info,
+                                        State: &state,
+                                        Error: &err,
+                                },
+                                &EvalUpdateStateHook{},
+                        },
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_plan.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_plan.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52bbf88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_plan.go
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// NodePlannableResource represents a resource that is "plannable":
+// it is ready to be planned in order to create a diff.
+type NodePlannableResource struct {
+        *NodeAbstractCountResource
+}
+
+// GraphNodeDynamicExpandable
+func (n *NodePlannableResource) DynamicExpand(ctx EvalContext) (*Graph, error) {
+        // Grab the state which we read
+        state, lock := ctx.State()
+        lock.RLock()
+        defer lock.RUnlock()
+
+        // Expand the resource count which must be available by now from EvalTree
+        count, err := n.Config.Count()
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // The concrete resource factory we'll use
+        concreteResource := func(a *NodeAbstractResource) dag.Vertex {
+                // Add the config and state since we don't do that via transforms
+                a.Config = n.Config
+
+                return &NodePlannableResourceInstance{
+                        NodeAbstractResource: a,
+                }
+        }
+
+        // The concrete resource factory we'll use for oprhans
+        concreteResourceOrphan := func(a *NodeAbstractResource) dag.Vertex {
+                // Add the config and state since we don't do that via transforms
+                a.Config = n.Config
+
+                return &NodePlannableResourceOrphan{
+                        NodeAbstractResource: a,
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Start creating the steps
+        steps := []GraphTransformer{
+                // Expand the count.
+                &ResourceCountTransformer{
+                        Concrete: concreteResource,
+                        Count:    count,
+                        Addr:     n.ResourceAddr(),
+                },
+
+                // Add the count orphans
+                &OrphanResourceCountTransformer{
+                        Concrete: concreteResourceOrphan,
+                        Count:    count,
+                        Addr:     n.ResourceAddr(),
+                        State:    state,
+                },
+
+                // Attach the state
+                &AttachStateTransformer{State: state},
+
+                // Targeting
+                &TargetsTransformer{ParsedTargets: n.Targets},
+
+                // Connect references so ordering is correct
+                &ReferenceTransformer{},
+
+                // Make sure there is a single root
+                &RootTransformer{},
+        }
+
+        // Build the graph
+        b := &BasicGraphBuilder{
+                Steps:    steps,
+                Validate: true,
+                Name:     "NodePlannableResource",
+        }
+        return b.Build(ctx.Path())
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_plan_destroy.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_plan_destroy.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b02362
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_plan_destroy.go
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+package terraform
+
+// NodePlanDestroyableResource represents a resource that is "applyable":
+// it is ready to be applied and is represented by a diff.
+type NodePlanDestroyableResource struct {
+        *NodeAbstractResource
+}
+
+// GraphNodeDestroyer
+func (n *NodePlanDestroyableResource) DestroyAddr() *ResourceAddress {
+        return n.Addr
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodePlanDestroyableResource) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        addr := n.NodeAbstractResource.Addr
+
+        // stateId is the ID to put into the state
+        stateId := addr.stateId()
+
+        // Build the instance info. More of this will be populated during eval
+        info := &InstanceInfo{
+                Id:   stateId,
+                Type: addr.Type,
+        }
+
+        // Declare a bunch of variables that are used for state during
+        // evaluation. Most of this are written to by-address below.
+        var diff *InstanceDiff
+        var state *InstanceState
+
+        return &EvalSequence{
+                Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                        &EvalReadState{
+                                Name:   stateId,
+                                Output: &state,
+                        },
+                        &EvalDiffDestroy{
+                                Info:   info,
+                                State:  &state,
+                                Output: &diff,
+                        },
+                        &EvalCheckPreventDestroy{
+                                Resource: n.Config,
+                                Diff:     &diff,
+                        },
+                        &EvalWriteDiff{
+                                Name: stateId,
+                                Diff: &diff,
+                        },
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_plan_instance.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_plan_instance.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b529569
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_plan_instance.go
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// NodePlannableResourceInstance represents a _single_ resource
+// instance that is plannable. This means this represents a single
+// count index, for example.
+type NodePlannableResourceInstance struct {
+        *NodeAbstractResource
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodePlannableResourceInstance) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        addr := n.NodeAbstractResource.Addr
+
+        // stateId is the ID to put into the state
+        stateId := addr.stateId()
+
+        // Build the instance info. More of this will be populated during eval
+        info := &InstanceInfo{
+                Id:         stateId,
+                Type:       addr.Type,
+                ModulePath: normalizeModulePath(addr.Path),
+        }
+
+        // Build the resource for eval
+        resource := &Resource{
+                Name:       addr.Name,
+                Type:       addr.Type,
+                CountIndex: addr.Index,
+        }
+        if resource.CountIndex < 0 {
+                resource.CountIndex = 0
+        }
+
+        // Determine the dependencies for the state.
+        stateDeps := n.StateReferences()
+
+        // Eval info is different depending on what kind of resource this is
+        switch n.Config.Mode {
+        case config.ManagedResourceMode:
+                return n.evalTreeManagedResource(
+                        stateId, info, resource, stateDeps,
+                )
+        case config.DataResourceMode:
+                return n.evalTreeDataResource(
+                        stateId, info, resource, stateDeps)
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Errorf("unsupported resource mode %s", n.Config.Mode))
+        }
+}
+
+func (n *NodePlannableResourceInstance) evalTreeDataResource(
+        stateId string, info *InstanceInfo,
+        resource *Resource, stateDeps []string) EvalNode {
+        var provider ResourceProvider
+        var config *ResourceConfig
+        var diff *InstanceDiff
+        var state *InstanceState
+
+        return &EvalSequence{
+                Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                        &EvalReadState{
+                                Name:   stateId,
+                                Output: &state,
+                        },
+
+                        // We need to re-interpolate the config here because some
+                        // of the attributes may have become computed during
+                        // earlier planning, due to other resources having
+                        // "requires new resource" diffs.
+                        &EvalInterpolate{
+                                Config:   n.Config.RawConfig.Copy(),
+                                Resource: resource,
+                                Output:   &config,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalIf{
+                                If: func(ctx EvalContext) (bool, error) {
+                                        computed := config.ComputedKeys != nil && len(config.ComputedKeys) > 0
+
+                                        // If the configuration is complete and we
+                                        // already have a state then we don't need to
+                                        // do any further work during apply, because we
+                                        // already populated the state during refresh.
+                                        if !computed && state != nil {
+                                                return true, EvalEarlyExitError{}
+                                        }
+
+                                        return true, nil
+                                },
+                                Then: EvalNoop{},
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalGetProvider{
+                                Name:   n.ProvidedBy()[0],
+                                Output: &provider,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalReadDataDiff{
+                                Info:        info,
+                                Config:      &config,
+                                Provider:    &provider,
+                                Output:      &diff,
+                                OutputState: &state,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalWriteState{
+                                Name:         stateId,
+                                ResourceType: n.Config.Type,
+                                Provider:     n.Config.Provider,
+                                Dependencies: stateDeps,
+                                State:        &state,
+                        },
+
+                        &EvalWriteDiff{
+                                Name: stateId,
+                                Diff: &diff,
+                        },
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+func (n *NodePlannableResourceInstance) evalTreeManagedResource(
+        stateId string, info *InstanceInfo,
+        resource *Resource, stateDeps []string) EvalNode {
+        // Declare a bunch of variables that are used for state during
+        // evaluation. Most of this are written to by-address below.
+        var provider ResourceProvider
+        var diff *InstanceDiff
+        var state *InstanceState
+        var resourceConfig *ResourceConfig
+
+        return &EvalSequence{
+                Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                        &EvalInterpolate{
+                                Config:   n.Config.RawConfig.Copy(),
+                                Resource: resource,
+                                Output:   &resourceConfig,
+                        },
+                        &EvalGetProvider{
+                                Name:   n.ProvidedBy()[0],
+                                Output: &provider,
+                        },
+                        // Re-run validation to catch any errors we missed, e.g. type
+                        // mismatches on computed values.
+                        &EvalValidateResource{
+                                Provider:       &provider,
+                                Config:         &resourceConfig,
+                                ResourceName:   n.Config.Name,
+                                ResourceType:   n.Config.Type,
+                                ResourceMode:   n.Config.Mode,
+                                IgnoreWarnings: true,
+                        },
+                        &EvalReadState{
+                                Name:   stateId,
+                                Output: &state,
+                        },
+                        &EvalDiff{
+                                Name:        stateId,
+                                Info:        info,
+                                Config:      &resourceConfig,
+                                Resource:    n.Config,
+                                Provider:    &provider,
+                                State:       &state,
+                                OutputDiff:  &diff,
+                                OutputState: &state,
+                        },
+                        &EvalCheckPreventDestroy{
+                                Resource: n.Config,
+                                Diff:     &diff,
+                        },
+                        &EvalWriteState{
+                                Name:         stateId,
+                                ResourceType: n.Config.Type,
+                                Provider:     n.Config.Provider,
+                                Dependencies: stateDeps,
+                                State:        &state,
+                        },
+                        &EvalWriteDiff{
+                                Name: stateId,
+                                Diff: &diff,
+                        },
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_plan_orphan.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_plan_orphan.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73d6e41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_plan_orphan.go
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+package terraform
+
+// NodePlannableResourceOrphan represents a resource that is "applyable":
+// it is ready to be applied and is represented by a diff.
+type NodePlannableResourceOrphan struct {
+        *NodeAbstractResource
+}
+
+func (n *NodePlannableResourceOrphan) Name() string {
+        return n.NodeAbstractResource.Name() + " (orphan)"
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodePlannableResourceOrphan) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        addr := n.NodeAbstractResource.Addr
+
+        // stateId is the ID to put into the state
+        stateId := addr.stateId()
+
+        // Build the instance info. More of this will be populated during eval
+        info := &InstanceInfo{
+                Id:         stateId,
+                Type:       addr.Type,
+                ModulePath: normalizeModulePath(addr.Path),
+        }
+
+        // Declare a bunch of variables that are used for state during
+        // evaluation. Most of this are written to by-address below.
+        var diff *InstanceDiff
+        var state *InstanceState
+
+        return &EvalSequence{
+                Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                        &EvalReadState{
+                                Name:   stateId,
+                                Output: &state,
+                        },
+                        &EvalDiffDestroy{
+                                Info:   info,
+                                State:  &state,
+                                Output: &diff,
+                        },
+                        &EvalCheckPreventDestroy{
+                                Resource:   n.Config,
+                                ResourceId: stateId,
+                                Diff:       &diff,
+                        },
+                        &EvalWriteDiff{
+                                Name: stateId,
+                                Diff: &diff,
+                        },
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_refresh.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_refresh.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a44926
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_refresh.go
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// NodeRefreshableResource represents a resource that is "applyable":
+// it is ready to be applied and is represented by a diff.
+type NodeRefreshableResource struct {
+        *NodeAbstractResource
+}
+
+// GraphNodeDestroyer
+func (n *NodeRefreshableResource) DestroyAddr() *ResourceAddress {
+        return n.Addr
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodeRefreshableResource) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        // Eval info is different depending on what kind of resource this is
+        switch mode := n.Addr.Mode; mode {
+        case config.ManagedResourceMode:
+                return n.evalTreeManagedResource()
+
+        case config.DataResourceMode:
+                // Get the data source node. If we don't have a configuration
+                // then it is an orphan so we destroy it (remove it from the state).
+                var dn GraphNodeEvalable
+                if n.Config != nil {
+                        dn = &NodeRefreshableDataResourceInstance{
+                                NodeAbstractResource: n.NodeAbstractResource,
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        dn = &NodeDestroyableDataResource{
+                                NodeAbstractResource: n.NodeAbstractResource,
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return dn.EvalTree()
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Errorf("unsupported resource mode %s", mode))
+        }
+}
+
+func (n *NodeRefreshableResource) evalTreeManagedResource() EvalNode {
+        addr := n.NodeAbstractResource.Addr
+
+        // stateId is the ID to put into the state
+        stateId := addr.stateId()
+
+        // Build the instance info. More of this will be populated during eval
+        info := &InstanceInfo{
+                Id:   stateId,
+                Type: addr.Type,
+        }
+
+        // Declare a bunch of variables that are used for state during
+        // evaluation. Most of this are written to by-address below.
+        var provider ResourceProvider
+        var state *InstanceState
+
+        // This happened during initial development. All known cases were
+        // fixed and tested but as a sanity check let's assert here.
+        if n.ResourceState == nil {
+                err := fmt.Errorf(
+                        "No resource state attached for addr: %s\n\n"+
+                                "This is a bug. Please report this to Terraform with your configuration\n"+
+                                "and state attached. Please be careful to scrub any sensitive information.",
+                        addr)
+                return &EvalReturnError{Error: &err}
+        }
+
+        return &EvalSequence{
+                Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                        &EvalGetProvider{
+                                Name:   n.ProvidedBy()[0],
+                                Output: &provider,
+                        },
+                        &EvalReadState{
+                                Name:   stateId,
+                                Output: &state,
+                        },
+                        &EvalRefresh{
+                                Info:     info,
+                                Provider: &provider,
+                                State:    &state,
+                                Output:   &state,
+                        },
+                        &EvalWriteState{
+                                Name:         stateId,
+                                ResourceType: n.ResourceState.Type,
+                                Provider:     n.ResourceState.Provider,
+                                Dependencies: n.ResourceState.Dependencies,
+                                State:        &state,
+                        },
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_validate.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_validate.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f528f24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_resource_validate.go
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// NodeValidatableResource represents a resource that is used for validation
+// only.
+type NodeValidatableResource struct {
+        *NodeAbstractCountResource
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodeValidatableResource) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        // Ensure we're validating
+        c := n.NodeAbstractCountResource
+        c.Validate = true
+        return c.EvalTree()
+}
+
+// GraphNodeDynamicExpandable
+func (n *NodeValidatableResource) DynamicExpand(ctx EvalContext) (*Graph, error) {
+        // Grab the state which we read
+        state, lock := ctx.State()
+        lock.RLock()
+        defer lock.RUnlock()
+
+        // Expand the resource count which must be available by now from EvalTree
+        count := 1
+        if n.Config.RawCount.Value() != unknownValue() {
+                var err error
+                count, err = n.Config.Count()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // The concrete resource factory we'll use
+        concreteResource := func(a *NodeAbstractResource) dag.Vertex {
+                // Add the config and state since we don't do that via transforms
+                a.Config = n.Config
+
+                return &NodeValidatableResourceInstance{
+                        NodeAbstractResource: a,
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Start creating the steps
+        steps := []GraphTransformer{
+                // Expand the count.
+                &ResourceCountTransformer{
+                        Concrete: concreteResource,
+                        Count:    count,
+                        Addr:     n.ResourceAddr(),
+                },
+
+                // Attach the state
+                &AttachStateTransformer{State: state},
+
+                // Targeting
+                &TargetsTransformer{ParsedTargets: n.Targets},
+
+                // Connect references so ordering is correct
+                &ReferenceTransformer{},
+
+                // Make sure there is a single root
+                &RootTransformer{},
+        }
+
+        // Build the graph
+        b := &BasicGraphBuilder{
+                Steps:    steps,
+                Validate: true,
+                Name:     "NodeValidatableResource",
+        }
+
+        return b.Build(ctx.Path())
+}
+
+// This represents a _single_ resource instance to validate.
+type NodeValidatableResourceInstance struct {
+        *NodeAbstractResource
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable
+func (n *NodeValidatableResourceInstance) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        addr := n.NodeAbstractResource.Addr
+
+        // Build the resource for eval
+        resource := &Resource{
+                Name:       addr.Name,
+                Type:       addr.Type,
+                CountIndex: addr.Index,
+        }
+        if resource.CountIndex < 0 {
+                resource.CountIndex = 0
+        }
+
+        // Declare a bunch of variables that are used for state during
+        // evaluation. Most of this are written to by-address below.
+        var config *ResourceConfig
+        var provider ResourceProvider
+
+        seq := &EvalSequence{
+                Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                        &EvalValidateResourceSelfRef{
+                                Addr:   &addr,
+                                Config: &n.Config.RawConfig,
+                        },
+                        &EvalGetProvider{
+                                Name:   n.ProvidedBy()[0],
+                                Output: &provider,
+                        },
+                        &EvalInterpolate{
+                                Config:   n.Config.RawConfig.Copy(),
+                                Resource: resource,
+                                Output:   &config,
+                        },
+                        &EvalValidateResource{
+                                Provider:     &provider,
+                                Config:       &config,
+                                ResourceName: n.Config.Name,
+                                ResourceType: n.Config.Type,
+                                ResourceMode: n.Config.Mode,
+                        },
+                },
+        }
+
+        // Validate all the provisioners
+        for _, p := range n.Config.Provisioners {
+                var provisioner ResourceProvisioner
+                var connConfig *ResourceConfig
+                seq.Nodes = append(
+                        seq.Nodes,
+                        &EvalGetProvisioner{
+                                Name:   p.Type,
+                                Output: &provisioner,
+                        },
+                        &EvalInterpolate{
+                                Config:   p.RawConfig.Copy(),
+                                Resource: resource,
+                                Output:   &config,
+                        },
+                        &EvalInterpolate{
+                                Config:   p.ConnInfo.Copy(),
+                                Resource: resource,
+                                Output:   &connConfig,
+                        },
+                        &EvalValidateProvisioner{
+                                Provisioner: &provisioner,
+                                Config:      &config,
+                                ConnConfig:  &connConfig,
+                        },
+                )
+        }
+
+        return seq
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_root_variable.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_root_variable.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb61a4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/node_root_variable.go
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// NodeRootVariable represents a root variable input.
+type NodeRootVariable struct {
+        Config *config.Variable
+}
+
+func (n *NodeRootVariable) Name() string {
+        result := fmt.Sprintf("var.%s", n.Config.Name)
+        return result
+}
+
+// GraphNodeReferenceable
+func (n *NodeRootVariable) ReferenceableName() []string {
+        return []string{n.Name()}
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/path.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/path.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca99685
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/path.go
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "crypto/md5"
+        "encoding/hex"
+)
+
+// PathCacheKey returns a cache key for a module path.
+//
+// TODO: test
+func PathCacheKey(path []string) string {
+        // There is probably a better way to do this, but this is working for now.
+        // We just create an MD5 hash of all the MD5 hashes of all the path
+        // elements. This gets us the property that it is unique per ordering.
+        hash := md5.New()
+        for _, p := range path {
+                single := md5.Sum([]byte(p))
+                if _, err := hash.Write(single[:]); err != nil {
+                        panic(err)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return hex.EncodeToString(hash.Sum(nil))
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/plan.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/plan.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea08845
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/plan.go
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "encoding/gob"
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+)
+
+func init() {
+        gob.Register(make([]interface{}, 0))
+        gob.Register(make([]map[string]interface{}, 0))
+        gob.Register(make(map[string]interface{}))
+        gob.Register(make(map[string]string))
+}
+
+// Plan represents a single Terraform execution plan, which contains
+// all the information necessary to make an infrastructure change.
+//
+// A plan has to contain basically the entire state of the world
+// necessary to make a change: the state, diff, config, backend config, etc.
+// This is so that it can run alone without any other data.
+type Plan struct {
+        Diff    *Diff
+        Module  *module.Tree
+        State   *State
+        Vars    map[string]interface{}
+        Targets []string
+
+        // Backend is the backend that this plan should use and store data with.
+        Backend *BackendState
+
+        once sync.Once
+}
+
+// Context returns a Context with the data encapsulated in this plan.
+//
+// The following fields in opts are overridden by the plan: Config,
+// Diff, State, Variables.
+func (p *Plan) Context(opts *ContextOpts) (*Context, error) {
+        opts.Diff = p.Diff
+        opts.Module = p.Module
+        opts.State = p.State
+        opts.Targets = p.Targets
+
+        opts.Variables = make(map[string]interface{})
+        for k, v := range p.Vars {
+                opts.Variables[k] = v
+        }
+
+        return NewContext(opts)
+}
+
+func (p *Plan) String() string {
+        buf := new(bytes.Buffer)
+        buf.WriteString("DIFF:\n\n")
+        buf.WriteString(p.Diff.String())
+        buf.WriteString("\n\nSTATE:\n\n")
+        buf.WriteString(p.State.String())
+        return buf.String()
+}
+
+func (p *Plan) init() {
+        p.once.Do(func() {
+                if p.Diff == nil {
+                        p.Diff = new(Diff)
+                        p.Diff.init()
+                }
+
+                if p.State == nil {
+                        p.State = new(State)
+                        p.State.init()
+                }
+
+                if p.Vars == nil {
+                        p.Vars = make(map[string]interface{})
+                }
+        })
+}
+
+// The format byte is prefixed into the plan file format so that we have
+// the ability in the future to change the file format if we want for any
+// reason.
+const planFormatMagic = "tfplan"
+const planFormatVersion byte = 1
+
+// ReadPlan reads a plan structure out of a reader in the format that
+// was written by WritePlan.
+func ReadPlan(src io.Reader) (*Plan, error) {
+        var result *Plan
+        var err error
+        n := 0
+
+        // Verify the magic bytes
+        magic := make([]byte, len(planFormatMagic))
+        for n < len(magic) {
+                n, err = src.Read(magic[n:])
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("error while reading magic bytes: %s", err)
+                }
+        }
+        if string(magic) != planFormatMagic {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("not a valid plan file")
+        }
+
+        // Verify the version is something we can read
+        var formatByte [1]byte
+        n, err = src.Read(formatByte[:])
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        if n != len(formatByte) {
+                return nil, errors.New("failed to read plan version byte")
+        }
+
+        if formatByte[0] != planFormatVersion {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("unknown plan file version: %d", formatByte[0])
+        }
+
+        dec := gob.NewDecoder(src)
+        if err := dec.Decode(&result); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+// WritePlan writes a plan somewhere in a binary format.
+func WritePlan(d *Plan, dst io.Writer) error {
+        // Write the magic bytes so we can determine the file format later
+        n, err := dst.Write([]byte(planFormatMagic))
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        if n != len(planFormatMagic) {
+                return errors.New("failed to write plan format magic bytes")
+        }
+
+        // Write a version byte so we can iterate on version at some point
+        n, err = dst.Write([]byte{planFormatVersion})
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        if n != 1 {
+                return errors.New("failed to write plan version byte")
+        }
+
+        return gob.NewEncoder(dst).Encode(d)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0acf0be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource.go
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+        "sort"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/copystructure"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk"
+)
+
+// ResourceProvisionerConfig is used to pair a provisioner
+// with its provided configuration. This allows us to use singleton
+// instances of each ResourceProvisioner and to keep the relevant
+// configuration instead of instantiating a new Provisioner for each
+// resource.
+type ResourceProvisionerConfig struct {
+        Type        string
+        Provisioner ResourceProvisioner
+        Config      *ResourceConfig
+        RawConfig   *config.RawConfig
+        ConnInfo    *config.RawConfig
+}
+
+// Resource encapsulates a resource, its configuration, its provider,
+// its current state, and potentially a desired diff from the state it
+// wants to reach.
+type Resource struct {
+        // These are all used by the new EvalNode stuff.
+        Name       string
+        Type       string
+        CountIndex int
+
+        // These aren't really used anymore anywhere, but we keep them around
+        // since we haven't done a proper cleanup yet.
+        Id           string
+        Info         *InstanceInfo
+        Config       *ResourceConfig
+        Dependencies []string
+        Diff         *InstanceDiff
+        Provider     ResourceProvider
+        State        *InstanceState
+        Provisioners []*ResourceProvisionerConfig
+        Flags        ResourceFlag
+}
+
+// ResourceKind specifies what kind of instance we're working with, whether
+// its a primary instance, a tainted instance, or an orphan.
+type ResourceFlag byte
+
+// InstanceInfo is used to hold information about the instance and/or
+// resource being modified.
+type InstanceInfo struct {
+        // Id is a unique name to represent this instance. This is not related
+        // to InstanceState.ID in any way.
+        Id string
+
+        // ModulePath is the complete path of the module containing this
+        // instance.
+        ModulePath []string
+
+        // Type is the resource type of this instance
+        Type string
+
+        // uniqueExtra is an internal field that can be populated to supply
+        // extra metadata that is used to identify a unique instance in
+        // the graph walk. This will be appended to HumanID when uniqueId
+        // is called.
+        uniqueExtra string
+}
+
+// HumanId is a unique Id that is human-friendly and useful for UI elements.
+func (i *InstanceInfo) HumanId() string {
+        if i == nil {
+                return "<nil>"
+        }
+
+        if len(i.ModulePath) <= 1 {
+                return i.Id
+        }
+
+        return fmt.Sprintf(
+                "module.%s.%s",
+                strings.Join(i.ModulePath[1:], "."),
+                i.Id)
+}
+
+func (i *InstanceInfo) uniqueId() string {
+        prefix := i.HumanId()
+        if v := i.uniqueExtra; v != "" {
+                prefix += " " + v
+        }
+
+        return prefix
+}
+
+// ResourceConfig holds the configuration given for a resource. This is
+// done instead of a raw `map[string]interface{}` type so that rich
+// methods can be added to it to make dealing with it easier.
+type ResourceConfig struct {
+        ComputedKeys []string
+        Raw          map[string]interface{}
+        Config       map[string]interface{}
+
+        raw *config.RawConfig
+}
+
+// NewResourceConfig creates a new ResourceConfig from a config.RawConfig.
+func NewResourceConfig(c *config.RawConfig) *ResourceConfig {
+        result := &ResourceConfig{raw: c}
+        result.interpolateForce()
+        return result
+}
+
+// DeepCopy performs a deep copy of the configuration. This makes it safe
+// to modify any of the structures that are part of the resource config without
+// affecting the original configuration.
+func (c *ResourceConfig) DeepCopy() *ResourceConfig {
+        // DeepCopying a nil should return a nil to avoid panics
+        if c == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Copy, this will copy all the exported attributes
+        copy, err := copystructure.Config{Lock: true}.Copy(c)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        // Force the type
+        result := copy.(*ResourceConfig)
+
+        // For the raw configuration, we can just use its own copy method
+        result.raw = c.raw.Copy()
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// Equal checks the equality of two resource configs.
+func (c *ResourceConfig) Equal(c2 *ResourceConfig) bool {
+        // If either are nil, then they're only equal if they're both nil
+        if c == nil || c2 == nil {
+                return c == c2
+        }
+
+        // Sort the computed keys so they're deterministic
+        sort.Strings(c.ComputedKeys)
+        sort.Strings(c2.ComputedKeys)
+
+        // Two resource configs if their exported properties are equal.
+        // We don't compare "raw" because it is never used again after
+        // initialization and for all intents and purposes they are equal
+        // if the exported properties are equal.
+        check := [][2]interface{}{
+                {c.ComputedKeys, c2.ComputedKeys},
+                {c.Raw, c2.Raw},
+                {c.Config, c2.Config},
+        }
+        for _, pair := range check {
+                if !reflect.DeepEqual(pair[0], pair[1]) {
+                        return false
+                }
+        }
+
+        return true
+}
+
+// CheckSet checks that the given list of configuration keys is
+// properly set. If not, errors are returned for each unset key.
+//
+// This is useful to be called in the Validate method of a ResourceProvider.
+func (c *ResourceConfig) CheckSet(keys []string) []error {
+        var errs []error
+
+        for _, k := range keys {
+                if !c.IsSet(k) {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf("%s must be set", k))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return errs
+}
+
+// Get looks up a configuration value by key and returns the value.
+//
+// The second return value is true if the get was successful. Get will
+// return the raw value if the key is computed, so you should pair this
+// with IsComputed.
+func (c *ResourceConfig) Get(k string) (interface{}, bool) {
+        // We aim to get a value from the configuration. If it is computed,
+        // then we return the pure raw value.
+        source := c.Config
+        if c.IsComputed(k) {
+                source = c.Raw
+        }
+
+        return c.get(k, source)
+}
+
+// GetRaw looks up a configuration value by key and returns the value,
+// from the raw, uninterpolated config.
+//
+// The second return value is true if the get was successful. Get will
+// not succeed if the value is being computed.
+func (c *ResourceConfig) GetRaw(k string) (interface{}, bool) {
+        return c.get(k, c.Raw)
+}
+
+// IsComputed returns whether the given key is computed or not.
+func (c *ResourceConfig) IsComputed(k string) bool {
+        // The next thing we do is check the config if we get a computed
+        // value out of it.
+        v, ok := c.get(k, c.Config)
+        if !ok {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        // If value is nil, then it isn't computed
+        if v == nil {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        // Test if the value contains an unknown value
+        var w unknownCheckWalker
+        if err := reflectwalk.Walk(v, &w); err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        return w.Unknown
+}
+
+// IsSet checks if the key in the configuration is set. A key is set if
+// it has a value or the value is being computed (is unknown currently).
+//
+// This function should be used rather than checking the keys of the
+// raw configuration itself, since a key may be omitted from the raw
+// configuration if it is being computed.
+func (c *ResourceConfig) IsSet(k string) bool {
+        if c == nil {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        if c.IsComputed(k) {
+                return true
+        }
+
+        if _, ok := c.Get(k); ok {
+                return true
+        }
+
+        return false
+}
+
+func (c *ResourceConfig) get(
+        k string, raw map[string]interface{}) (interface{}, bool) {
+        parts := strings.Split(k, ".")
+        if len(parts) == 1 && parts[0] == "" {
+                parts = nil
+        }
+
+        var current interface{} = raw
+        var previous interface{} = nil
+        for i, part := range parts {
+                if current == nil {
+                        return nil, false
+                }
+
+                cv := reflect.ValueOf(current)
+                switch cv.Kind() {
+                case reflect.Map:
+                        previous = current
+                        v := cv.MapIndex(reflect.ValueOf(part))
+                        if !v.IsValid() {
+                                if i > 0 && i != (len(parts)-1) {
+                                        tryKey := strings.Join(parts[i:], ".")
+                                        v := cv.MapIndex(reflect.ValueOf(tryKey))
+                                        if !v.IsValid() {
+                                                return nil, false
+                                        }
+
+                                        return v.Interface(), true
+                                }
+
+                                return nil, false
+                        }
+
+                        current = v.Interface()
+                case reflect.Slice:
+                        previous = current
+
+                        if part == "#" {
+                                // If any value in a list is computed, this whole thing
+                                // is computed and we can't read any part of it.
+                                for i := 0; i < cv.Len(); i++ {
+                                        if v := cv.Index(i).Interface(); v == unknownValue() {
+                                                return v, true
+                                        }
+                                }
+
+                                current = cv.Len()
+                        } else {
+                                i, err := strconv.ParseInt(part, 0, 0)
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return nil, false
+                                }
+                                if i >= int64(cv.Len()) {
+                                        return nil, false
+                                }
+                                current = cv.Index(int(i)).Interface()
+                        }
+                case reflect.String:
+                        // This happens when map keys contain "." and have a common
+                        // prefix so were split as path components above.
+                        actualKey := strings.Join(parts[i-1:], ".")
+                        if prevMap, ok := previous.(map[string]interface{}); ok {
+                                v, ok := prevMap[actualKey]
+                                return v, ok
+                        }
+
+                        return nil, false
+                default:
+                        panic(fmt.Sprintf("Unknown kind: %s", cv.Kind()))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return current, true
+}
+
+// interpolateForce is a temporary thing. We want to get rid of interpolate
+// above and likewise this, but it can only be done after the f-ast-graph
+// refactor is complete.
+func (c *ResourceConfig) interpolateForce() {
+        if c.raw == nil {
+                var err error
+                c.raw, err = config.NewRawConfig(make(map[string]interface{}))
+                if err != nil {
+                        panic(err)
+                }
+        }
+
+        c.ComputedKeys = c.raw.UnknownKeys()
+        c.Raw = c.raw.RawMap()
+        c.Config = c.raw.Config()
+}
+
+// unknownCheckWalker
+type unknownCheckWalker struct {
+        Unknown bool
+}
+
+func (w *unknownCheckWalker) Primitive(v reflect.Value) error {
+        if v.Interface() == unknownValue() {
+                w.Unknown = true
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource_address.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource_address.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8a0c95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource_address.go
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+        "regexp"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// ResourceAddress is a way of identifying an individual resource (or,
+// eventually, a subset of resources) within the state. It is used for Targets.
+type ResourceAddress struct {
+        // Addresses a resource falling somewhere in the module path
+        // When specified alone, addresses all resources within a module path
+        Path []string
+
+        // Addresses a specific resource that occurs in a list
+        Index int
+
+        InstanceType    InstanceType
+        InstanceTypeSet bool
+        Name            string
+        Type            string
+        Mode            config.ResourceMode // significant only if InstanceTypeSet
+}
+
+// Copy returns a copy of this ResourceAddress
+func (r *ResourceAddress) Copy() *ResourceAddress {
+        if r == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        n := &ResourceAddress{
+                Path:         make([]string, 0, len(r.Path)),
+                Index:        r.Index,
+                InstanceType: r.InstanceType,
+                Name:         r.Name,
+                Type:         r.Type,
+                Mode:         r.Mode,
+        }
+        for _, p := range r.Path {
+                n.Path = append(n.Path, p)
+        }
+        return n
+}
+
+// String outputs the address that parses into this address.
+func (r *ResourceAddress) String() string {
+        var result []string
+        for _, p := range r.Path {
+                result = append(result, "module", p)
+        }
+
+        switch r.Mode {
+        case config.ManagedResourceMode:
+                // nothing to do
+        case config.DataResourceMode:
+                result = append(result, "data")
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Errorf("unsupported resource mode %s", r.Mode))
+        }
+
+        if r.Type != "" {
+                result = append(result, r.Type)
+        }
+
+        if r.Name != "" {
+                name := r.Name
+                if r.InstanceTypeSet {
+                        switch r.InstanceType {
+                        case TypePrimary:
+                                name += ".primary"
+                        case TypeDeposed:
+                                name += ".deposed"
+                        case TypeTainted:
+                                name += ".tainted"
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if r.Index >= 0 {
+                        name += fmt.Sprintf("[%d]", r.Index)
+                }
+                result = append(result, name)
+        }
+
+        return strings.Join(result, ".")
+}
+
+// stateId returns the ID that this resource should be entered with
+// in the state. This is also used for diffs. In the future, we'd like to
+// move away from this string field so I don't export this.
+func (r *ResourceAddress) stateId() string {
+        result := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", r.Type, r.Name)
+        switch r.Mode {
+        case config.ManagedResourceMode:
+                // Done
+        case config.DataResourceMode:
+                result = fmt.Sprintf("data.%s", result)
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Errorf("unknown resource mode: %s", r.Mode))
+        }
+        if r.Index >= 0 {
+                result += fmt.Sprintf(".%d", r.Index)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// parseResourceAddressConfig creates a resource address from a config.Resource
+func parseResourceAddressConfig(r *config.Resource) (*ResourceAddress, error) {
+        return &ResourceAddress{
+                Type:         r.Type,
+                Name:         r.Name,
+                Index:        -1,
+                InstanceType: TypePrimary,
+                Mode:         r.Mode,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+// parseResourceAddressInternal parses the somewhat bespoke resource
+// identifier used in states and diffs, such as "instance.name.0".
+func parseResourceAddressInternal(s string) (*ResourceAddress, error) {
+        // Split based on ".". Every resource address should have at least two
+        // elements (type and name).
+        parts := strings.Split(s, ".")
+        if len(parts) < 2 || len(parts) > 4 {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Invalid internal resource address format: %s", s)
+        }
+
+        // Data resource if we have at least 3 parts and the first one is data
+        mode := config.ManagedResourceMode
+        if len(parts) > 2 && parts[0] == "data" {
+                mode = config.DataResourceMode
+                parts = parts[1:]
+        }
+
+        // If we're not a data resource and we have more than 3, then it is an error
+        if len(parts) > 3 && mode != config.DataResourceMode {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Invalid internal resource address format: %s", s)
+        }
+
+        // Build the parts of the resource address that are guaranteed to exist
+        addr := &ResourceAddress{
+                Type:         parts[0],
+                Name:         parts[1],
+                Index:        -1,
+                InstanceType: TypePrimary,
+                Mode:         mode,
+        }
+
+        // If we have more parts, then we have an index. Parse that.
+        if len(parts) > 2 {
+                idx, err := strconv.ParseInt(parts[2], 0, 0)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error parsing resource address %q: %s", s, err)
+                }
+
+                addr.Index = int(idx)
+        }
+
+        return addr, nil
+}
+
+func ParseResourceAddress(s string) (*ResourceAddress, error) {
+        matches, err := tokenizeResourceAddress(s)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        mode := config.ManagedResourceMode
+        if matches["data_prefix"] != "" {
+                mode = config.DataResourceMode
+        }
+        resourceIndex, err := ParseResourceIndex(matches["index"])
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        instanceType, err := ParseInstanceType(matches["instance_type"])
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        path := ParseResourcePath(matches["path"])
+
+        // not allowed to say "data." without a type following
+        if mode == config.DataResourceMode && matches["type"] == "" {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("must target specific data instance")
+        }
+
+        return &ResourceAddress{
+                Path:            path,
+                Index:           resourceIndex,
+                InstanceType:    instanceType,
+                InstanceTypeSet: matches["instance_type"] != "",
+                Name:            matches["name"],
+                Type:            matches["type"],
+                Mode:            mode,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (addr *ResourceAddress) Equals(raw interface{}) bool {
+        other, ok := raw.(*ResourceAddress)
+        if !ok {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        pathMatch := len(addr.Path) == 0 && len(other.Path) == 0 ||
+                reflect.DeepEqual(addr.Path, other.Path)
+
+        indexMatch := addr.Index == -1 ||
+                other.Index == -1 ||
+                addr.Index == other.Index
+
+        nameMatch := addr.Name == "" ||
+                other.Name == "" ||
+                addr.Name == other.Name
+
+        typeMatch := addr.Type == "" ||
+                other.Type == "" ||
+                addr.Type == other.Type
+
+        // mode is significant only when type is set
+        modeMatch := addr.Type == "" ||
+                other.Type == "" ||
+                addr.Mode == other.Mode
+
+        return pathMatch &&
+                indexMatch &&
+                addr.InstanceType == other.InstanceType &&
+                nameMatch &&
+                typeMatch &&
+                modeMatch
+}
+
+func ParseResourceIndex(s string) (int, error) {
+        if s == "" {
+                return -1, nil
+        }
+        return strconv.Atoi(s)
+}
+
+func ParseResourcePath(s string) []string {
+        if s == "" {
+                return nil
+        }
+        parts := strings.Split(s, ".")
+        path := make([]string, 0, len(parts))
+        for _, s := range parts {
+                // Due to the limitations of the regexp match below, the path match has
+                // some noise in it we have to filter out :|
+                if s == "" || s == "module" {
+                        continue
+                }
+                path = append(path, s)
+        }
+        return path
+}
+
+func ParseInstanceType(s string) (InstanceType, error) {
+        switch s {
+        case "", "primary":
+                return TypePrimary, nil
+        case "deposed":
+                return TypeDeposed, nil
+        case "tainted":
+                return TypeTainted, nil
+        default:
+                return TypeInvalid, fmt.Errorf("Unexpected value for InstanceType field: %q", s)
+        }
+}
+
+func tokenizeResourceAddress(s string) (map[string]string, error) {
+        // Example of portions of the regexp below using the
+        // string "aws_instance.web.tainted[1]"
+        re := regexp.MustCompile(`\A` +
+                // "module.foo.module.bar" (optional)
+                `(?P<path>(?:module\.[^.]+\.?)*)` +
+                // possibly "data.", if targeting is a data resource
+                `(?P<data_prefix>(?:data\.)?)` +
+                // "aws_instance.web" (optional when module path specified)
+                `(?:(?P<type>[^.]+)\.(?P<name>[^.[]+))?` +
+                // "tainted" (optional, omission implies: "primary")
+                `(?:\.(?P<instance_type>\w+))?` +
+                // "1" (optional, omission implies: "0")
+                `(?:\[(?P<index>\d+)\])?` +
+                `\z`)
+
+        groupNames := re.SubexpNames()
+        rawMatches := re.FindAllStringSubmatch(s, -1)
+        if len(rawMatches) != 1 {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Problem parsing address: %q", s)
+        }
+
+        matches := make(map[string]string)
+        for i, m := range rawMatches[0] {
+                matches[groupNames[i]] = m
+        }
+
+        return matches, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource_provider.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a68c86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource_provider.go
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+package terraform
+
+// ResourceProvider is an interface that must be implemented by any
+// resource provider: the thing that creates and manages the resources in
+// a Terraform configuration.
+//
+// Important implementation note: All returned pointers, such as
+// *ResourceConfig, *InstanceState, *InstanceDiff, etc. must not point to
+// shared data. Terraform is highly parallel and assumes that this data is safe
+// to read/write in parallel so it must be unique references. Note that it is
+// safe to return arguments as results, however.
+type ResourceProvider interface {
+        /*********************************************************************
+        * Functions related to the provider
+        *********************************************************************/
+
+        // Input is called to ask the provider to ask the user for input
+        // for completing the configuration if necesarry.
+        //
+        // This may or may not be called, so resource provider writers shouldn't
+        // rely on this being available to set some default values for validate
+        // later. Example of a situation where this wouldn't be called is if
+        // the user is not using a TTY.
+        Input(UIInput, *ResourceConfig) (*ResourceConfig, error)
+
+        // Validate is called once at the beginning with the raw configuration
+        // (no interpolation done) and can return a list of warnings and/or
+        // errors.
+        //
+        // This is called once with the provider configuration only. It may not
+        // be called at all if no provider configuration is given.
+        //
+        // This should not assume that any values of the configurations are valid.
+        // The primary use case of this call is to check that required keys are
+        // set.
+        Validate(*ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error)
+
+        // Configure configures the provider itself with the configuration
+        // given. This is useful for setting things like access keys.
+        //
+        // This won't be called at all if no provider configuration is given.
+        //
+        // Configure returns an error if it occurred.
+        Configure(*ResourceConfig) error
+
+        // Resources returns all the available resource types that this provider
+        // knows how to manage.
+        Resources() []ResourceType
+
+        // Stop is called when the provider should halt any in-flight actions.
+        //
+        // This can be used to make a nicer Ctrl-C experience for Terraform.
+        // Even if this isn't implemented to do anything (just returns nil),
+        // Terraform will still cleanly stop after the currently executing
+        // graph node is complete. However, this API can be used to make more
+        // efficient halts.
+        //
+        // Stop doesn't have to and shouldn't block waiting for in-flight actions
+        // to complete. It should take any action it wants and return immediately
+        // acknowledging it has received the stop request. Terraform core will
+        // automatically not make any further API calls to the provider soon
+        // after Stop is called (technically exactly once the currently executing
+        // graph nodes are complete).
+        //
+        // The error returned, if non-nil, is assumed to mean that signaling the
+        // stop somehow failed and that the user should expect potentially waiting
+        // a longer period of time.
+        Stop() error
+
+        /*********************************************************************
+        * Functions related to individual resources
+        *********************************************************************/
+
+        // ValidateResource is called once at the beginning with the raw
+        // configuration (no interpolation done) and can return a list of warnings
+        // and/or errors.
+        //
+        // This is called once per resource.
+        //
+        // This should not assume any of the values in the resource configuration
+        // are valid since it is possible they have to be interpolated still.
+        // The primary use case of this call is to check that the required keys
+        // are set and that the general structure is correct.
+        ValidateResource(string, *ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error)
+
+        // Apply applies a diff to a specific resource and returns the new
+        // resource state along with an error.
+        //
+        // If the resource state given has an empty ID, then a new resource
+        // is expected to be created.
+        Apply(
+                *InstanceInfo,
+                *InstanceState,
+                *InstanceDiff) (*InstanceState, error)
+
+        // Diff diffs a resource versus a desired state and returns
+        // a diff.
+        Diff(
+                *InstanceInfo,
+                *InstanceState,
+                *ResourceConfig) (*InstanceDiff, error)
+
+        // Refresh refreshes a resource and updates all of its attributes
+        // with the latest information.
+        Refresh(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState) (*InstanceState, error)
+
+        /*********************************************************************
+        * Functions related to importing
+        *********************************************************************/
+
+        // ImportState requests that the given resource be imported.
+        //
+        // The returned InstanceState only requires ID be set. Importing
+        // will always call Refresh after the state to complete it.
+        //
+        // IMPORTANT: InstanceState doesn't have the resource type attached
+        // to it. A type must be specified on the state via the Ephemeral
+        // field on the state.
+        //
+        // This function can return multiple states. Normally, an import
+        // will map 1:1 to a physical resource. However, some resources map
+        // to multiple. For example, an AWS security group may contain many rules.
+        // Each rule is represented by a separate resource in Terraform,
+        // therefore multiple states are returned.
+        ImportState(*InstanceInfo, string) ([]*InstanceState, error)
+
+        /*********************************************************************
+        * Functions related to data resources
+        *********************************************************************/
+
+        // ValidateDataSource is called once at the beginning with the raw
+        // configuration (no interpolation done) and can return a list of warnings
+        // and/or errors.
+        //
+        // This is called once per data source instance.
+        //
+        // This should not assume any of the values in the resource configuration
+        // are valid since it is possible they have to be interpolated still.
+        // The primary use case of this call is to check that the required keys
+        // are set and that the general structure is correct.
+        ValidateDataSource(string, *ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error)
+
+        // DataSources returns all of the available data sources that this
+        // provider implements.
+        DataSources() []DataSource
+
+        // ReadDataDiff produces a diff that represents the state that will
+        // be produced when the given data source is read using a later call
+        // to ReadDataApply.
+        ReadDataDiff(*InstanceInfo, *ResourceConfig) (*InstanceDiff, error)
+
+        // ReadDataApply initializes a data instance using the configuration
+        // in a diff produced by ReadDataDiff.
+        ReadDataApply(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceDiff) (*InstanceState, error)
+}
+
+// ResourceProviderCloser is an interface that providers that can close
+// connections that aren't needed anymore must implement.
+type ResourceProviderCloser interface {
+        Close() error
+}
+
+// ResourceType is a type of resource that a resource provider can manage.
+type ResourceType struct {
+        Name       string // Name of the resource, example "instance" (no provider prefix)
+        Importable bool   // Whether this resource supports importing
+}
+
+// DataSource is a data source that a resource provider implements.
+type DataSource struct {
+        Name string
+}
+
+// ResourceProviderFactory is a function type that creates a new instance
+// of a resource provider.
+type ResourceProviderFactory func() (ResourceProvider, error)
+
+// ResourceProviderFactoryFixed is a helper that creates a
+// ResourceProviderFactory that just returns some fixed provider.
+func ResourceProviderFactoryFixed(p ResourceProvider) ResourceProviderFactory {
+        return func() (ResourceProvider, error) {
+                return p, nil
+        }
+}
+
+func ProviderHasResource(p ResourceProvider, n string) bool {
+        for _, rt := range p.Resources() {
+                if rt.Name == n {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+
+        return false
+}
+
+func ProviderHasDataSource(p ResourceProvider, n string) bool {
+        for _, rt := range p.DataSources() {
+                if rt.Name == n {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+
+        return false
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource_provider_mock.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource_provider_mock.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f531533
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource_provider_mock.go
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+package terraform
+
+import "sync"
+
+// MockResourceProvider implements ResourceProvider but mocks out all the
+// calls for testing purposes.
+type MockResourceProvider struct {
+        sync.Mutex
+
+        // Anything you want, in case you need to store extra data with the mock.
+        Meta interface{}
+
+        CloseCalled                    bool
+        CloseError                     error
+        InputCalled                    bool
+        InputInput                     UIInput
+        InputConfig                    *ResourceConfig
+        InputReturnConfig              *ResourceConfig
+        InputReturnError               error
+        InputFn                        func(UIInput, *ResourceConfig) (*ResourceConfig, error)
+        ApplyCalled                    bool
+        ApplyInfo                      *InstanceInfo
+        ApplyState                     *InstanceState
+        ApplyDiff                      *InstanceDiff
+        ApplyFn                        func(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState, *InstanceDiff) (*InstanceState, error)
+        ApplyReturn                    *InstanceState
+        ApplyReturnError               error
+        ConfigureCalled                bool
+        ConfigureConfig                *ResourceConfig
+        ConfigureFn                    func(*ResourceConfig) error
+        ConfigureReturnError           error
+        DiffCalled                     bool
+        DiffInfo                       *InstanceInfo
+        DiffState                      *InstanceState
+        DiffDesired                    *ResourceConfig
+        DiffFn                         func(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState, *ResourceConfig) (*InstanceDiff, error)
+        DiffReturn                     *InstanceDiff
+        DiffReturnError                error
+        RefreshCalled                  bool
+        RefreshInfo                    *InstanceInfo
+        RefreshState                   *InstanceState
+        RefreshFn                      func(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceState) (*InstanceState, error)
+        RefreshReturn                  *InstanceState
+        RefreshReturnError             error
+        ResourcesCalled                bool
+        ResourcesReturn                []ResourceType
+        ReadDataApplyCalled            bool
+        ReadDataApplyInfo              *InstanceInfo
+        ReadDataApplyDiff              *InstanceDiff
+        ReadDataApplyFn                func(*InstanceInfo, *InstanceDiff) (*InstanceState, error)
+        ReadDataApplyReturn            *InstanceState
+        ReadDataApplyReturnError       error
+        ReadDataDiffCalled             bool
+        ReadDataDiffInfo               *InstanceInfo
+        ReadDataDiffDesired            *ResourceConfig
+        ReadDataDiffFn                 func(*InstanceInfo, *ResourceConfig) (*InstanceDiff, error)
+        ReadDataDiffReturn             *InstanceDiff
+        ReadDataDiffReturnError        error
+        StopCalled                     bool
+        StopFn                         func() error
+        StopReturnError                error
+        DataSourcesCalled              bool
+        DataSourcesReturn              []DataSource
+        ValidateCalled                 bool
+        ValidateConfig                 *ResourceConfig
+        ValidateFn                     func(*ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error)
+        ValidateReturnWarns            []string
+        ValidateReturnErrors           []error
+        ValidateResourceFn             func(string, *ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error)
+        ValidateResourceCalled         bool
+        ValidateResourceType           string
+        ValidateResourceConfig         *ResourceConfig
+        ValidateResourceReturnWarns    []string
+        ValidateResourceReturnErrors   []error
+        ValidateDataSourceFn           func(string, *ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error)
+        ValidateDataSourceCalled       bool
+        ValidateDataSourceType         string
+        ValidateDataSourceConfig       *ResourceConfig
+        ValidateDataSourceReturnWarns  []string
+        ValidateDataSourceReturnErrors []error
+
+        ImportStateCalled      bool
+        ImportStateInfo        *InstanceInfo
+        ImportStateID          string
+        ImportStateReturn      []*InstanceState
+        ImportStateReturnError error
+        ImportStateFn          func(*InstanceInfo, string) ([]*InstanceState, error)
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvider) Close() error {
+        p.CloseCalled = true
+        return p.CloseError
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvider) Input(
+        input UIInput, c *ResourceConfig) (*ResourceConfig, error) {
+        p.InputCalled = true
+        p.InputInput = input
+        p.InputConfig = c
+        if p.InputFn != nil {
+                return p.InputFn(input, c)
+        }
+        return p.InputReturnConfig, p.InputReturnError
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvider) Validate(c *ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        p.Lock()
+        defer p.Unlock()
+
+        p.ValidateCalled = true
+        p.ValidateConfig = c
+        if p.ValidateFn != nil {
+                return p.ValidateFn(c)
+        }
+        return p.ValidateReturnWarns, p.ValidateReturnErrors
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvider) ValidateResource(t string, c *ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        p.Lock()
+        defer p.Unlock()
+
+        p.ValidateResourceCalled = true
+        p.ValidateResourceType = t
+        p.ValidateResourceConfig = c
+
+        if p.ValidateResourceFn != nil {
+                return p.ValidateResourceFn(t, c)
+        }
+
+        return p.ValidateResourceReturnWarns, p.ValidateResourceReturnErrors
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvider) Configure(c *ResourceConfig) error {
+        p.Lock()
+        defer p.Unlock()
+
+        p.ConfigureCalled = true
+        p.ConfigureConfig = c
+
+        if p.ConfigureFn != nil {
+                return p.ConfigureFn(c)
+        }
+
+        return p.ConfigureReturnError
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvider) Stop() error {
+        p.Lock()
+        defer p.Unlock()
+
+        p.StopCalled = true
+        if p.StopFn != nil {
+                return p.StopFn()
+        }
+
+        return p.StopReturnError
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvider) Apply(
+        info *InstanceInfo,
+        state *InstanceState,
+        diff *InstanceDiff) (*InstanceState, error) {
+        // We only lock while writing data. Reading is fine
+        p.Lock()
+        p.ApplyCalled = true
+        p.ApplyInfo = info
+        p.ApplyState = state
+        p.ApplyDiff = diff
+        p.Unlock()
+
+        if p.ApplyFn != nil {
+                return p.ApplyFn(info, state, diff)
+        }
+
+        return p.ApplyReturn.DeepCopy(), p.ApplyReturnError
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvider) Diff(
+        info *InstanceInfo,
+        state *InstanceState,
+        desired *ResourceConfig) (*InstanceDiff, error) {
+        p.Lock()
+        defer p.Unlock()
+
+        p.DiffCalled = true
+        p.DiffInfo = info
+        p.DiffState = state
+        p.DiffDesired = desired
+        if p.DiffFn != nil {
+                return p.DiffFn(info, state, desired)
+        }
+
+        return p.DiffReturn.DeepCopy(), p.DiffReturnError
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvider) Refresh(
+        info *InstanceInfo,
+        s *InstanceState) (*InstanceState, error) {
+        p.Lock()
+        defer p.Unlock()
+
+        p.RefreshCalled = true
+        p.RefreshInfo = info
+        p.RefreshState = s
+
+        if p.RefreshFn != nil {
+                return p.RefreshFn(info, s)
+        }
+
+        return p.RefreshReturn.DeepCopy(), p.RefreshReturnError
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvider) Resources() []ResourceType {
+        p.Lock()
+        defer p.Unlock()
+
+        p.ResourcesCalled = true
+        return p.ResourcesReturn
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvider) ImportState(info *InstanceInfo, id string) ([]*InstanceState, error) {
+        p.Lock()
+        defer p.Unlock()
+
+        p.ImportStateCalled = true
+        p.ImportStateInfo = info
+        p.ImportStateID = id
+        if p.ImportStateFn != nil {
+                return p.ImportStateFn(info, id)
+        }
+
+        var result []*InstanceState
+        if p.ImportStateReturn != nil {
+                result = make([]*InstanceState, len(p.ImportStateReturn))
+                for i, v := range p.ImportStateReturn {
+                        result[i] = v.DeepCopy()
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result, p.ImportStateReturnError
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvider) ValidateDataSource(t string, c *ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        p.Lock()
+        defer p.Unlock()
+
+        p.ValidateDataSourceCalled = true
+        p.ValidateDataSourceType = t
+        p.ValidateDataSourceConfig = c
+
+        if p.ValidateDataSourceFn != nil {
+                return p.ValidateDataSourceFn(t, c)
+        }
+
+        return p.ValidateDataSourceReturnWarns, p.ValidateDataSourceReturnErrors
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvider) ReadDataDiff(
+        info *InstanceInfo,
+        desired *ResourceConfig) (*InstanceDiff, error) {
+        p.Lock()
+        defer p.Unlock()
+
+        p.ReadDataDiffCalled = true
+        p.ReadDataDiffInfo = info
+        p.ReadDataDiffDesired = desired
+        if p.ReadDataDiffFn != nil {
+                return p.ReadDataDiffFn(info, desired)
+        }
+
+        return p.ReadDataDiffReturn.DeepCopy(), p.ReadDataDiffReturnError
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvider) ReadDataApply(
+        info *InstanceInfo,
+        d *InstanceDiff) (*InstanceState, error) {
+        p.Lock()
+        defer p.Unlock()
+
+        p.ReadDataApplyCalled = true
+        p.ReadDataApplyInfo = info
+        p.ReadDataApplyDiff = d
+
+        if p.ReadDataApplyFn != nil {
+                return p.ReadDataApplyFn(info, d)
+        }
+
+        return p.ReadDataApplyReturn.DeepCopy(), p.ReadDataApplyReturnError
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvider) DataSources() []DataSource {
+        p.Lock()
+        defer p.Unlock()
+
+        p.DataSourcesCalled = true
+        return p.DataSourcesReturn
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource_provisioner.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource_provisioner.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..361ec1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource_provisioner.go
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+package terraform
+
+// ResourceProvisioner is an interface that must be implemented by any
+// resource provisioner: the thing that initializes resources in
+// a Terraform configuration.
+type ResourceProvisioner interface {
+        // Validate is called once at the beginning with the raw
+        // configuration (no interpolation done) and can return a list of warnings
+        // and/or errors.
+        //
+        // This is called once per resource.
+        //
+        // This should not assume any of the values in the resource configuration
+        // are valid since it is possible they have to be interpolated still.
+        // The primary use case of this call is to check that the required keys
+        // are set and that the general structure is correct.
+        Validate(*ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error)
+
+        // Apply runs the provisioner on a specific resource and returns the new
+        // resource state along with an error. Instead of a diff, the ResourceConfig
+        // is provided since provisioners only run after a resource has been
+        // newly created.
+        Apply(UIOutput, *InstanceState, *ResourceConfig) error
+
+        // Stop is called when the provisioner should halt any in-flight actions.
+        //
+        // This can be used to make a nicer Ctrl-C experience for Terraform.
+        // Even if this isn't implemented to do anything (just returns nil),
+        // Terraform will still cleanly stop after the currently executing
+        // graph node is complete. However, this API can be used to make more
+        // efficient halts.
+        //
+        // Stop doesn't have to and shouldn't block waiting for in-flight actions
+        // to complete. It should take any action it wants and return immediately
+        // acknowledging it has received the stop request. Terraform core will
+        // automatically not make any further API calls to the provider soon
+        // after Stop is called (technically exactly once the currently executing
+        // graph nodes are complete).
+        //
+        // The error returned, if non-nil, is assumed to mean that signaling the
+        // stop somehow failed and that the user should expect potentially waiting
+        // a longer period of time.
+        Stop() error
+}
+
+// ResourceProvisionerCloser is an interface that provisioners that can close
+// connections that aren't needed anymore must implement.
+type ResourceProvisionerCloser interface {
+        Close() error
+}
+
+// ResourceProvisionerFactory is a function type that creates a new instance
+// of a resource provisioner.
+type ResourceProvisionerFactory func() (ResourceProvisioner, error)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource_provisioner_mock.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource_provisioner_mock.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f471a51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/resource_provisioner_mock.go
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+package terraform
+
+import "sync"
+
+// MockResourceProvisioner implements ResourceProvisioner but mocks out all the
+// calls for testing purposes.
+type MockResourceProvisioner struct {
+        sync.Mutex
+        // Anything you want, in case you need to store extra data with the mock.
+        Meta interface{}
+
+        ApplyCalled      bool
+        ApplyOutput      UIOutput
+        ApplyState       *InstanceState
+        ApplyConfig      *ResourceConfig
+        ApplyFn          func(*InstanceState, *ResourceConfig) error
+        ApplyReturnError error
+
+        ValidateCalled       bool
+        ValidateConfig       *ResourceConfig
+        ValidateFn           func(c *ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error)
+        ValidateReturnWarns  []string
+        ValidateReturnErrors []error
+
+        StopCalled      bool
+        StopFn          func() error
+        StopReturnError error
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvisioner) Validate(c *ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        p.Lock()
+        defer p.Unlock()
+
+        p.ValidateCalled = true
+        p.ValidateConfig = c
+        if p.ValidateFn != nil {
+                return p.ValidateFn(c)
+        }
+        return p.ValidateReturnWarns, p.ValidateReturnErrors
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvisioner) Apply(
+        output UIOutput,
+        state *InstanceState,
+        c *ResourceConfig) error {
+        p.Lock()
+
+        p.ApplyCalled = true
+        p.ApplyOutput = output
+        p.ApplyState = state
+        p.ApplyConfig = c
+        if p.ApplyFn != nil {
+                fn := p.ApplyFn
+                p.Unlock()
+                return fn(state, c)
+        }
+
+        defer p.Unlock()
+        return p.ApplyReturnError
+}
+
+func (p *MockResourceProvisioner) Stop() error {
+        p.Lock()
+        defer p.Unlock()
+
+        p.StopCalled = true
+        if p.StopFn != nil {
+                return p.StopFn()
+        }
+
+        return p.StopReturnError
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/semantics.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/semantics.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20f1d8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/semantics.go
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// GraphSemanticChecker is the interface that semantic checks across
+// the entire Terraform graph implement.
+//
+// The graph should NOT be modified by the semantic checker.
+type GraphSemanticChecker interface {
+        Check(*dag.Graph) error
+}
+
+// UnorderedSemanticCheckRunner is an implementation of GraphSemanticChecker
+// that runs a list of SemanticCheckers against the vertices of the graph
+// in no specified order.
+type UnorderedSemanticCheckRunner struct {
+        Checks []SemanticChecker
+}
+
+func (sc *UnorderedSemanticCheckRunner) Check(g *dag.Graph) error {
+        var err error
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                for _, check := range sc.Checks {
+                        if e := check.Check(g, v); e != nil {
+                                err = multierror.Append(err, e)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return err
+}
+
+// SemanticChecker is the interface that semantic checks across the
+// Terraform graph implement. Errors are accumulated. Even after an error
+// is returned, child vertices in the graph will still be visited.
+//
+// The graph should NOT be modified by the semantic checker.
+//
+// The order in which vertices are visited is left unspecified, so the
+// semantic checks should not rely on that.
+type SemanticChecker interface {
+        Check(*dag.Graph, dag.Vertex) error
+}
+
+// smcUserVariables does all the semantic checks to verify that the
+// variables given satisfy the configuration itself.
+func smcUserVariables(c *config.Config, vs map[string]interface{}) []error {
+        var errs []error
+
+        cvs := make(map[string]*config.Variable)
+        for _, v := range c.Variables {
+                cvs[v.Name] = v
+        }
+
+        // Check that all required variables are present
+        required := make(map[string]struct{})
+        for _, v := range c.Variables {
+                if v.Required() {
+                        required[v.Name] = struct{}{}
+                }
+        }
+        for k, _ := range vs {
+                delete(required, k)
+        }
+        if len(required) > 0 {
+                for k, _ := range required {
+                        errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Required variable not set: %s", k))
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Check that types match up
+        for name, proposedValue := range vs {
+                // Check for "map.key" fields. These stopped working with Terraform
+                // 0.7 but we do this to surface a better error message informing
+                // the user what happened.
+                if idx := strings.Index(name, "."); idx > 0 {
+                        key := name[:idx]
+                        if _, ok := cvs[key]; ok {
+                                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: Overriding map keys with the format `name.key` is no "+
+                                                "longer allowed. You may still override keys by setting "+
+                                                "`name = { key = value }`. The maps will be merged. This "+
+                                                "behavior appeared in 0.7.0.", name))
+                                continue
+                        }
+                }
+
+                schema, ok := cvs[name]
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                declaredType := schema.Type()
+
+                switch declaredType {
+                case config.VariableTypeString:
+                        switch proposedValue.(type) {
+                        case string:
+                                continue
+                        }
+                case config.VariableTypeMap:
+                        switch v := proposedValue.(type) {
+                        case map[string]interface{}:
+                                continue
+                        case []map[string]interface{}:
+                                // if we have a list of 1 map, it will get coerced later as needed
+                                if len(v) == 1 {
+                                        continue
+                                }
+                        }
+                case config.VariableTypeList:
+                        switch proposedValue.(type) {
+                        case []interface{}:
+                                continue
+                        }
+                }
+                errs = append(errs, fmt.Errorf("variable %s should be type %s, got %s",
+                        name, declaredType.Printable(), hclTypeName(proposedValue)))
+        }
+
+        // TODO(mitchellh): variables that are unknown
+
+        return errs
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/shadow.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/shadow.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4632559
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/shadow.go
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+package terraform
+
+// Shadow is the interface that any "shadow" structures must implement.
+//
+// A shadow structure is an interface implementation (typically) that
+// shadows a real implementation and verifies that the same behavior occurs
+// on both. The semantics of this behavior are up to the interface itself.
+//
+// A shadow NEVER modifies real values or state. It must always be safe to use.
+//
+// For example, a ResourceProvider shadow ensures that the same operations
+// are done on the same resources with the same configurations.
+//
+// The typical usage of a shadow following this interface is to complete
+// the real operations, then call CloseShadow which tells the shadow that
+// the real side is done. Then, once the shadow is also complete, call
+// ShadowError to find any errors that may have been caught.
+type Shadow interface {
+        // CloseShadow tells the shadow that the REAL implementation is
+        // complete. Therefore, any calls that would block should now return
+        // immediately since no more changes will happen to the real side.
+        CloseShadow() error
+
+        // ShadowError returns the errors that the shadow has found.
+        // This should be called AFTER CloseShadow and AFTER the shadow is
+        // known to be complete (no more calls to it).
+        ShadowError() error
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/shadow_components.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/shadow_components.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..116cf84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/shadow_components.go
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow"
+)
+
+// newShadowComponentFactory creates a shadowed contextComponentFactory
+// so that requests to create new components result in both a real and
+// shadow side.
+func newShadowComponentFactory(
+        f contextComponentFactory) (contextComponentFactory, *shadowComponentFactory) {
+        // Create the shared data
+        shared := &shadowComponentFactoryShared{contextComponentFactory: f}
+
+        // Create the real side
+        real := &shadowComponentFactory{
+                shadowComponentFactoryShared: shared,
+        }
+
+        // Create the shadow
+        shadow := &shadowComponentFactory{
+                shadowComponentFactoryShared: shared,
+                Shadow: true,
+        }
+
+        return real, shadow
+}
+
+// shadowComponentFactory is the shadow side. Any components created
+// with this factory are fake and will not cause real work to happen.
+//
+// Unlike other shadowers, the shadow component factory will allow the
+// shadow to create _any_ component even if it is never requested on the
+// real side. This is because errors will happen later downstream as function
+// calls are made to the shadows that are never matched on the real side.
+type shadowComponentFactory struct {
+        *shadowComponentFactoryShared
+
+        Shadow bool // True if this should return the shadow
+        lock   sync.Mutex
+}
+
+func (f *shadowComponentFactory) ResourceProvider(
+        n, uid string) (ResourceProvider, error) {
+        f.lock.Lock()
+        defer f.lock.Unlock()
+
+        real, shadow, err := f.shadowComponentFactoryShared.ResourceProvider(n, uid)
+        var result ResourceProvider = real
+        if f.Shadow {
+                result = shadow
+        }
+
+        return result, err
+}
+
+func (f *shadowComponentFactory) ResourceProvisioner(
+        n, uid string) (ResourceProvisioner, error) {
+        f.lock.Lock()
+        defer f.lock.Unlock()
+
+        real, shadow, err := f.shadowComponentFactoryShared.ResourceProvisioner(n, uid)
+        var result ResourceProvisioner = real
+        if f.Shadow {
+                result = shadow
+        }
+
+        return result, err
+}
+
+// CloseShadow is called when the _real_ side is complete. This will cause
+// all future blocking operations to return immediately on the shadow to
+// ensure the shadow also completes.
+func (f *shadowComponentFactory) CloseShadow() error {
+        // If we aren't the shadow, just return
+        if !f.Shadow {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Lock ourselves so we don't modify state
+        f.lock.Lock()
+        defer f.lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Grab our shared state
+        shared := f.shadowComponentFactoryShared
+
+        // If we're already closed, its an error
+        if shared.closed {
+                return fmt.Errorf("component factory shadow already closed")
+        }
+
+        // Close all the providers and provisioners and return the error
+        var result error
+        for _, n := range shared.providerKeys {
+                _, shadow, err := shared.ResourceProvider(n, n)
+                if err == nil && shadow != nil {
+                        if err := shadow.CloseShadow(); err != nil {
+                                result = multierror.Append(result, err)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        for _, n := range shared.provisionerKeys {
+                _, shadow, err := shared.ResourceProvisioner(n, n)
+                if err == nil && shadow != nil {
+                        if err := shadow.CloseShadow(); err != nil {
+                                result = multierror.Append(result, err)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Mark ourselves as closed
+        shared.closed = true
+
+        return result
+}
+
+func (f *shadowComponentFactory) ShadowError() error {
+        // If we aren't the shadow, just return
+        if !f.Shadow {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Lock ourselves so we don't modify state
+        f.lock.Lock()
+        defer f.lock.Unlock()
+
+        // Grab our shared state
+        shared := f.shadowComponentFactoryShared
+
+        // If we're not closed, its an error
+        if !shared.closed {
+                return fmt.Errorf("component factory must be closed to retrieve errors")
+        }
+
+        // Close all the providers and provisioners and return the error
+        var result error
+        for _, n := range shared.providerKeys {
+                _, shadow, err := shared.ResourceProvider(n, n)
+                if err == nil && shadow != nil {
+                        if err := shadow.ShadowError(); err != nil {
+                                result = multierror.Append(result, err)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        for _, n := range shared.provisionerKeys {
+                _, shadow, err := shared.ResourceProvisioner(n, n)
+                if err == nil && shadow != nil {
+                        if err := shadow.ShadowError(); err != nil {
+                                result = multierror.Append(result, err)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// shadowComponentFactoryShared is shared data between the two factories.
+//
+// It is NOT SAFE to run any function on this struct in parallel. Lock
+// access to this struct.
+type shadowComponentFactoryShared struct {
+        contextComponentFactory
+
+        closed          bool
+        providers       shadow.KeyedValue
+        providerKeys    []string
+        provisioners    shadow.KeyedValue
+        provisionerKeys []string
+}
+
+// shadowResourceProviderFactoryEntry is the entry that is stored in
+// the Shadows key/value for a provider.
+type shadowComponentFactoryProviderEntry struct {
+        Real   ResourceProvider
+        Shadow shadowResourceProvider
+        Err    error
+}
+
+type shadowComponentFactoryProvisionerEntry struct {
+        Real   ResourceProvisioner
+        Shadow shadowResourceProvisioner
+        Err    error
+}
+
+func (f *shadowComponentFactoryShared) ResourceProvider(
+        n, uid string) (ResourceProvider, shadowResourceProvider, error) {
+        // Determine if we already have a value
+        raw, ok := f.providers.ValueOk(uid)
+        if !ok {
+                // Build the entry
+                var entry shadowComponentFactoryProviderEntry
+
+                // No value, initialize. Create the original
+                p, err := f.contextComponentFactory.ResourceProvider(n, uid)
+                if err != nil {
+                        entry.Err = err
+                        p = nil // Just to be sure
+                }
+
+                if p != nil {
+                        // Create the shadow
+                        real, shadow := newShadowResourceProvider(p)
+                        entry.Real = real
+                        entry.Shadow = shadow
+
+                        if f.closed {
+                                shadow.CloseShadow()
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Store the value
+                f.providers.SetValue(uid, &entry)
+                f.providerKeys = append(f.providerKeys, uid)
+                raw = &entry
+        }
+
+        // Read the entry
+        entry, ok := raw.(*shadowComponentFactoryProviderEntry)
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Unknown value for shadow provider: %#v", raw)
+        }
+
+        // Return
+        return entry.Real, entry.Shadow, entry.Err
+}
+
+func (f *shadowComponentFactoryShared) ResourceProvisioner(
+        n, uid string) (ResourceProvisioner, shadowResourceProvisioner, error) {
+        // Determine if we already have a value
+        raw, ok := f.provisioners.ValueOk(uid)
+        if !ok {
+                // Build the entry
+                var entry shadowComponentFactoryProvisionerEntry
+
+                // No value, initialize. Create the original
+                p, err := f.contextComponentFactory.ResourceProvisioner(n, uid)
+                if err != nil {
+                        entry.Err = err
+                        p = nil // Just to be sure
+                }
+
+                if p != nil {
+                        // For now, just create a mock since we don't support provisioners yet
+                        real, shadow := newShadowResourceProvisioner(p)
+                        entry.Real = real
+                        entry.Shadow = shadow
+
+                        if f.closed {
+                                shadow.CloseShadow()
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Store the value
+                f.provisioners.SetValue(uid, &entry)
+                f.provisionerKeys = append(f.provisionerKeys, uid)
+                raw = &entry
+        }
+
+        // Read the entry
+        entry, ok := raw.(*shadowComponentFactoryProvisionerEntry)
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Unknown value for shadow provisioner: %#v", raw)
+        }
+
+        // Return
+        return entry.Real, entry.Shadow, entry.Err
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/shadow_context.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/shadow_context.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5588af2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/shadow_context.go
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/copystructure"
+)
+
+// newShadowContext creates a new context that will shadow the given context
+// when walking the graph. The resulting context should be used _only once_
+// for a graph walk.
+//
+// The returned Shadow should be closed after the graph walk with the
+// real context is complete. Errors from the shadow can be retrieved there.
+//
+// Most importantly, any operations done on the shadow context (the returned
+// context) will NEVER affect the real context. All structures are deep
+// copied, no real providers or resources are used, etc.
+func newShadowContext(c *Context) (*Context, *Context, Shadow) {
+        // Copy the targets
+        targetRaw, err := copystructure.Copy(c.targets)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        // Copy the variables
+        varRaw, err := copystructure.Copy(c.variables)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        // Copy the provider inputs
+        providerInputRaw, err := copystructure.Copy(c.providerInputConfig)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        // The factories
+        componentsReal, componentsShadow := newShadowComponentFactory(c.components)
+
+        // Create the shadow
+        shadow := &Context{
+                components: componentsShadow,
+                destroy:    c.destroy,
+                diff:       c.diff.DeepCopy(),
+                hooks:      nil,
+                meta:       c.meta,
+                module:     c.module,
+                state:      c.state.DeepCopy(),
+                targets:    targetRaw.([]string),
+                variables:  varRaw.(map[string]interface{}),
+
+                // NOTE(mitchellh): This is not going to work for shadows that are
+                // testing that input results in the proper end state. At the time
+                // of writing, input is not used in any state-changing graph
+                // walks anyways, so this checks nothing. We set it to this to avoid
+                // any panics but even a "nil" value worked here.
+                uiInput: new(MockUIInput),
+
+                // Hardcoded to 4 since parallelism in the shadow doesn't matter
+                // a ton since we're doing far less compared to the real side
+                // and our operations are MUCH faster.
+                parallelSem:         NewSemaphore(4),
+                providerInputConfig: providerInputRaw.(map[string]map[string]interface{}),
+        }
+
+        // Create the real context. This is effectively just a copy of
+        // the context given except we need to modify some of the values
+        // to point to the real side of a shadow so the shadow can compare values.
+        real := &Context{
+                // The fields below are changed.
+                components: componentsReal,
+
+                // The fields below are direct copies
+                destroy: c.destroy,
+                diff:    c.diff,
+                // diffLock - no copy
+                hooks:  c.hooks,
+                meta:   c.meta,
+                module: c.module,
+                sh:     c.sh,
+                state:  c.state,
+                // stateLock - no copy
+                targets:   c.targets,
+                uiInput:   c.uiInput,
+                variables: c.variables,
+
+                // l - no copy
+                parallelSem:         c.parallelSem,
+                providerInputConfig: c.providerInputConfig,
+                runContext:          c.runContext,
+                runContextCancel:    c.runContextCancel,
+                shadowErr:           c.shadowErr,
+        }
+
+        return real, shadow, &shadowContextCloser{
+                Components: componentsShadow,
+        }
+}
+
+// shadowContextVerify takes the real and shadow context and verifies they
+// have equal diffs and states.
+func shadowContextVerify(real, shadow *Context) error {
+        var result error
+
+        // The states compared must be pruned so they're minimal/clean
+        real.state.prune()
+        shadow.state.prune()
+
+        // Compare the states
+        if !real.state.Equal(shadow.state) {
+                result = multierror.Append(result, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Real and shadow states do not match! "+
+                                "Real state:\n\n%s\n\n"+
+                                "Shadow state:\n\n%s\n\n",
+                        real.state, shadow.state))
+        }
+
+        // Compare the diffs
+        if !real.diff.Equal(shadow.diff) {
+                result = multierror.Append(result, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Real and shadow diffs do not match! "+
+                                "Real diff:\n\n%s\n\n"+
+                                "Shadow diff:\n\n%s\n\n",
+                        real.diff, shadow.diff))
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// shadowContextCloser is the io.Closer returned by newShadowContext that
+// closes all the shadows and returns the results.
+type shadowContextCloser struct {
+        Components *shadowComponentFactory
+}
+
+// Close closes the shadow context.
+func (c *shadowContextCloser) CloseShadow() error {
+        return c.Components.CloseShadow()
+}
+
+func (c *shadowContextCloser) ShadowError() error {
+        err := c.Components.ShadowError()
+        if err == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // This is a sad edge case: if the configuration contains uuid() at
+        // any point, we cannot reason aboyt the shadow execution. Tested
+        // with Context2Plan_shadowUuid.
+        if strings.Contains(err.Error(), "uuid()") {
+                err = nil
+        }
+
+        return err
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/shadow_resource_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/shadow_resource_provider.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9741d7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/shadow_resource_provider.go
@@ -0,0 +1,815 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow"
+)
+
+// shadowResourceProvider implements ResourceProvider for the shadow
+// eval context defined in eval_context_shadow.go.
+//
+// This is used to verify behavior with a real provider. This shouldn't
+// be used directly.
+type shadowResourceProvider interface {
+        ResourceProvider
+        Shadow
+}
+
+// newShadowResourceProvider creates a new shadowed ResourceProvider.
+//
+// This will assume a well behaved real ResourceProvider. For example,
+// it assumes that the `Resources` call underneath doesn't change values
+// since once it is called on the real provider, it will be cached and
+// returned in the shadow since number of calls to that shouldn't affect
+// actual behavior.
+//
+// However, with calls like Apply, call order is taken into account,
+// parameters are checked for equality, etc.
+func newShadowResourceProvider(p ResourceProvider) (ResourceProvider, shadowResourceProvider) {
+        // Create the shared data
+        shared := shadowResourceProviderShared{}
+
+        // Create the real provider that does actual work
+        real := &shadowResourceProviderReal{
+                ResourceProvider: p,
+                Shared:           &shared,
+        }
+
+        // Create the shadow that watches the real value
+        shadow := &shadowResourceProviderShadow{
+                Shared: &shared,
+
+                resources:   p.Resources(),
+                dataSources: p.DataSources(),
+        }
+
+        return real, shadow
+}
+
+// shadowResourceProviderReal is the real resource provider. Function calls
+// to this will perform real work. This records the parameters and return
+// values and call order for the shadow to reproduce.
+type shadowResourceProviderReal struct {
+        ResourceProvider
+
+        Shared *shadowResourceProviderShared
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderReal) Close() error {
+        var result error
+        if c, ok := p.ResourceProvider.(ResourceProviderCloser); ok {
+                result = c.Close()
+        }
+
+        p.Shared.CloseErr.SetValue(result)
+        return result
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderReal) Input(
+        input UIInput, c *ResourceConfig) (*ResourceConfig, error) {
+        cCopy := c.DeepCopy()
+
+        result, err := p.ResourceProvider.Input(input, c)
+        p.Shared.Input.SetValue(&shadowResourceProviderInput{
+                Config:    cCopy,
+                Result:    result.DeepCopy(),
+                ResultErr: err,
+        })
+
+        return result, err
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderReal) Validate(c *ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        warns, errs := p.ResourceProvider.Validate(c)
+        p.Shared.Validate.SetValue(&shadowResourceProviderValidate{
+                Config:     c.DeepCopy(),
+                ResultWarn: warns,
+                ResultErr:  errs,
+        })
+
+        return warns, errs
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderReal) Configure(c *ResourceConfig) error {
+        cCopy := c.DeepCopy()
+
+        err := p.ResourceProvider.Configure(c)
+        p.Shared.Configure.SetValue(&shadowResourceProviderConfigure{
+                Config: cCopy,
+                Result: err,
+        })
+
+        return err
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderReal) Stop() error {
+        return p.ResourceProvider.Stop()
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderReal) ValidateResource(
+        t string, c *ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        key := t
+        configCopy := c.DeepCopy()
+
+        // Real operation
+        warns, errs := p.ResourceProvider.ValidateResource(t, c)
+
+        // Initialize to ensure we always have a wrapper with a lock
+        p.Shared.ValidateResource.Init(
+                key, &shadowResourceProviderValidateResourceWrapper{})
+
+        // Get the result
+        raw := p.Shared.ValidateResource.Value(key)
+        wrapper, ok := raw.(*shadowResourceProviderValidateResourceWrapper)
+        if !ok {
+                // If this fails then we just continue with our day... the shadow
+                // will fail to but there isn't much we can do.
+                log.Printf(
+                        "[ERROR] unknown value in ValidateResource shadow value: %#v", raw)
+                return warns, errs
+        }
+
+        // Lock the wrapper for writing and record our call
+        wrapper.Lock()
+        defer wrapper.Unlock()
+
+        wrapper.Calls = append(wrapper.Calls, &shadowResourceProviderValidateResource{
+                Config: configCopy,
+                Warns:  warns,
+                Errors: errs,
+        })
+
+        // With it locked, call SetValue again so that it triggers WaitForChange
+        p.Shared.ValidateResource.SetValue(key, wrapper)
+
+        // Return the result
+        return warns, errs
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderReal) Apply(
+        info *InstanceInfo,
+        state *InstanceState,
+        diff *InstanceDiff) (*InstanceState, error) {
+        // Thse have to be copied before the call since call can modify
+        stateCopy := state.DeepCopy()
+        diffCopy := diff.DeepCopy()
+
+        result, err := p.ResourceProvider.Apply(info, state, diff)
+        p.Shared.Apply.SetValue(info.uniqueId(), &shadowResourceProviderApply{
+                State:     stateCopy,
+                Diff:      diffCopy,
+                Result:    result.DeepCopy(),
+                ResultErr: err,
+        })
+
+        return result, err
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderReal) Diff(
+        info *InstanceInfo,
+        state *InstanceState,
+        desired *ResourceConfig) (*InstanceDiff, error) {
+        // Thse have to be copied before the call since call can modify
+        stateCopy := state.DeepCopy()
+        desiredCopy := desired.DeepCopy()
+
+        result, err := p.ResourceProvider.Diff(info, state, desired)
+        p.Shared.Diff.SetValue(info.uniqueId(), &shadowResourceProviderDiff{
+                State:     stateCopy,
+                Desired:   desiredCopy,
+                Result:    result.DeepCopy(),
+                ResultErr: err,
+        })
+
+        return result, err
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderReal) Refresh(
+        info *InstanceInfo,
+        state *InstanceState) (*InstanceState, error) {
+        // Thse have to be copied before the call since call can modify
+        stateCopy := state.DeepCopy()
+
+        result, err := p.ResourceProvider.Refresh(info, state)
+        p.Shared.Refresh.SetValue(info.uniqueId(), &shadowResourceProviderRefresh{
+                State:     stateCopy,
+                Result:    result.DeepCopy(),
+                ResultErr: err,
+        })
+
+        return result, err
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderReal) ValidateDataSource(
+        t string, c *ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        key := t
+        configCopy := c.DeepCopy()
+
+        // Real operation
+        warns, errs := p.ResourceProvider.ValidateDataSource(t, c)
+
+        // Initialize
+        p.Shared.ValidateDataSource.Init(
+                key, &shadowResourceProviderValidateDataSourceWrapper{})
+
+        // Get the result
+        raw := p.Shared.ValidateDataSource.Value(key)
+        wrapper, ok := raw.(*shadowResourceProviderValidateDataSourceWrapper)
+        if !ok {
+                // If this fails then we just continue with our day... the shadow
+                // will fail to but there isn't much we can do.
+                log.Printf(
+                        "[ERROR] unknown value in ValidateDataSource shadow value: %#v", raw)
+                return warns, errs
+        }
+
+        // Lock the wrapper for writing and record our call
+        wrapper.Lock()
+        defer wrapper.Unlock()
+
+        wrapper.Calls = append(wrapper.Calls, &shadowResourceProviderValidateDataSource{
+                Config: configCopy,
+                Warns:  warns,
+                Errors: errs,
+        })
+
+        // Set it
+        p.Shared.ValidateDataSource.SetValue(key, wrapper)
+
+        // Return the result
+        return warns, errs
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderReal) ReadDataDiff(
+        info *InstanceInfo,
+        desired *ResourceConfig) (*InstanceDiff, error) {
+        // These have to be copied before the call since call can modify
+        desiredCopy := desired.DeepCopy()
+
+        result, err := p.ResourceProvider.ReadDataDiff(info, desired)
+        p.Shared.ReadDataDiff.SetValue(info.uniqueId(), &shadowResourceProviderReadDataDiff{
+                Desired:   desiredCopy,
+                Result:    result.DeepCopy(),
+                ResultErr: err,
+        })
+
+        return result, err
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderReal) ReadDataApply(
+        info *InstanceInfo,
+        diff *InstanceDiff) (*InstanceState, error) {
+        // Thse have to be copied before the call since call can modify
+        diffCopy := diff.DeepCopy()
+
+        result, err := p.ResourceProvider.ReadDataApply(info, diff)
+        p.Shared.ReadDataApply.SetValue(info.uniqueId(), &shadowResourceProviderReadDataApply{
+                Diff:      diffCopy,
+                Result:    result.DeepCopy(),
+                ResultErr: err,
+        })
+
+        return result, err
+}
+
+// shadowResourceProviderShadow is the shadow resource provider. Function
+// calls never affect real resources. This is paired with the "real" side
+// which must be called properly to enable recording.
+type shadowResourceProviderShadow struct {
+        Shared *shadowResourceProviderShared
+
+        // Cached values that are expected to not change
+        resources   []ResourceType
+        dataSources []DataSource
+
+        Error     error // Error is the list of errors from the shadow
+        ErrorLock sync.Mutex
+}
+
+type shadowResourceProviderShared struct {
+        // NOTE: Anytime a value is added here, be sure to add it to
+        // the Close() method so that it is closed.
+
+        CloseErr           shadow.Value
+        Input              shadow.Value
+        Validate           shadow.Value
+        Configure          shadow.Value
+        ValidateResource   shadow.KeyedValue
+        Apply              shadow.KeyedValue
+        Diff               shadow.KeyedValue
+        Refresh            shadow.KeyedValue
+        ValidateDataSource shadow.KeyedValue
+        ReadDataDiff       shadow.KeyedValue
+        ReadDataApply      shadow.KeyedValue
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShared) Close() error {
+        return shadow.Close(p)
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShadow) CloseShadow() error {
+        err := p.Shared.Close()
+        if err != nil {
+                err = fmt.Errorf("close error: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        return err
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShadow) ShadowError() error {
+        return p.Error
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShadow) Resources() []ResourceType {
+        return p.resources
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShadow) DataSources() []DataSource {
+        return p.dataSources
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShadow) Close() error {
+        v := p.Shared.CloseErr.Value()
+        if v == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        return v.(error)
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShadow) Input(
+        input UIInput, c *ResourceConfig) (*ResourceConfig, error) {
+        // Get the result of the input call
+        raw := p.Shared.Input.Value()
+        if raw == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        result, ok := raw.(*shadowResourceProviderInput)
+        if !ok {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown 'input' shadow value: %#v", raw))
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Compare the parameters, which should be identical
+        if !c.Equal(result.Config) {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Input had unequal configurations (real, then shadow):\n\n%#v\n\n%#v",
+                        result.Config, c))
+                p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+        }
+
+        // Return the results
+        return result.Result, result.ResultErr
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShadow) Validate(c *ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        // Get the result of the validate call
+        raw := p.Shared.Validate.Value()
+        if raw == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        result, ok := raw.(*shadowResourceProviderValidate)
+        if !ok {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown 'validate' shadow value: %#v", raw))
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Compare the parameters, which should be identical
+        if !c.Equal(result.Config) {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Validate had unequal configurations (real, then shadow):\n\n%#v\n\n%#v",
+                        result.Config, c))
+                p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+        }
+
+        // Return the results
+        return result.ResultWarn, result.ResultErr
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShadow) Configure(c *ResourceConfig) error {
+        // Get the result of the call
+        raw := p.Shared.Configure.Value()
+        if raw == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        result, ok := raw.(*shadowResourceProviderConfigure)
+        if !ok {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown 'configure' shadow value: %#v", raw))
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Compare the parameters, which should be identical
+        if !c.Equal(result.Config) {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Configure had unequal configurations (real, then shadow):\n\n%#v\n\n%#v",
+                        result.Config, c))
+                p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+        }
+
+        // Return the results
+        return result.Result
+}
+
+// Stop returns immediately.
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShadow) Stop() error {
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShadow) ValidateResource(t string, c *ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        // Unique key
+        key := t
+
+        // Get the initial value
+        raw := p.Shared.ValidateResource.Value(key)
+
+        // Find a validation with our configuration
+        var result *shadowResourceProviderValidateResource
+        for {
+                // Get the value
+                if raw == nil {
+                        p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                        defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                        p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Unknown 'ValidateResource' call for %q:\n\n%#v",
+                                key, c))
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+
+                wrapper, ok := raw.(*shadowResourceProviderValidateResourceWrapper)
+                if !ok {
+                        p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                        defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                        p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Unknown 'ValidateResource' shadow value for %q: %#v", key, raw))
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+
+                // Look for the matching call with our configuration
+                wrapper.RLock()
+                for _, call := range wrapper.Calls {
+                        if call.Config.Equal(c) {
+                                result = call
+                                break
+                        }
+                }
+                wrapper.RUnlock()
+
+                // If we found a result, exit
+                if result != nil {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                // Wait for a change so we can get the wrapper again
+                raw = p.Shared.ValidateResource.WaitForChange(key)
+        }
+
+        return result.Warns, result.Errors
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShadow) Apply(
+        info *InstanceInfo,
+        state *InstanceState,
+        diff *InstanceDiff) (*InstanceState, error) {
+        // Unique key
+        key := info.uniqueId()
+        raw := p.Shared.Apply.Value(key)
+        if raw == nil {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown 'apply' call for %q:\n\n%#v\n\n%#v",
+                        key, state, diff))
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        result, ok := raw.(*shadowResourceProviderApply)
+        if !ok {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown 'apply' shadow value for %q: %#v", key, raw))
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Compare the parameters, which should be identical
+        if !state.Equal(result.State) {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Apply %q: state had unequal states (real, then shadow):\n\n%#v\n\n%#v",
+                        key, result.State, state))
+                p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+        }
+
+        if !diff.Equal(result.Diff) {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Apply %q: unequal diffs (real, then shadow):\n\n%#v\n\n%#v",
+                        key, result.Diff, diff))
+                p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+        }
+
+        return result.Result, result.ResultErr
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShadow) Diff(
+        info *InstanceInfo,
+        state *InstanceState,
+        desired *ResourceConfig) (*InstanceDiff, error) {
+        // Unique key
+        key := info.uniqueId()
+        raw := p.Shared.Diff.Value(key)
+        if raw == nil {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown 'diff' call for %q:\n\n%#v\n\n%#v",
+                        key, state, desired))
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        result, ok := raw.(*shadowResourceProviderDiff)
+        if !ok {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown 'diff' shadow value for %q: %#v", key, raw))
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Compare the parameters, which should be identical
+        if !state.Equal(result.State) {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Diff %q had unequal states (real, then shadow):\n\n%#v\n\n%#v",
+                        key, result.State, state))
+                p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+        }
+        if !desired.Equal(result.Desired) {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Diff %q had unequal states (real, then shadow):\n\n%#v\n\n%#v",
+                        key, result.Desired, desired))
+                p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+        }
+
+        return result.Result, result.ResultErr
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShadow) Refresh(
+        info *InstanceInfo,
+        state *InstanceState) (*InstanceState, error) {
+        // Unique key
+        key := info.uniqueId()
+        raw := p.Shared.Refresh.Value(key)
+        if raw == nil {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown 'refresh' call for %q:\n\n%#v",
+                        key, state))
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        result, ok := raw.(*shadowResourceProviderRefresh)
+        if !ok {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown 'refresh' shadow value: %#v", raw))
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Compare the parameters, which should be identical
+        if !state.Equal(result.State) {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Refresh %q had unequal states (real, then shadow):\n\n%#v\n\n%#v",
+                        key, result.State, state))
+                p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+        }
+
+        return result.Result, result.ResultErr
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShadow) ValidateDataSource(
+        t string, c *ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        // Unique key
+        key := t
+
+        // Get the initial value
+        raw := p.Shared.ValidateDataSource.Value(key)
+
+        // Find a validation with our configuration
+        var result *shadowResourceProviderValidateDataSource
+        for {
+                // Get the value
+                if raw == nil {
+                        p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                        defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                        p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Unknown 'ValidateDataSource' call for %q:\n\n%#v",
+                                key, c))
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+
+                wrapper, ok := raw.(*shadowResourceProviderValidateDataSourceWrapper)
+                if !ok {
+                        p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                        defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                        p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Unknown 'ValidateDataSource' shadow value: %#v", raw))
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+
+                // Look for the matching call with our configuration
+                wrapper.RLock()
+                for _, call := range wrapper.Calls {
+                        if call.Config.Equal(c) {
+                                result = call
+                                break
+                        }
+                }
+                wrapper.RUnlock()
+
+                // If we found a result, exit
+                if result != nil {
+                        break
+                }
+
+                // Wait for a change so we can get the wrapper again
+                raw = p.Shared.ValidateDataSource.WaitForChange(key)
+        }
+
+        return result.Warns, result.Errors
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShadow) ReadDataDiff(
+        info *InstanceInfo,
+        desired *ResourceConfig) (*InstanceDiff, error) {
+        // Unique key
+        key := info.uniqueId()
+        raw := p.Shared.ReadDataDiff.Value(key)
+        if raw == nil {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown 'ReadDataDiff' call for %q:\n\n%#v",
+                        key, desired))
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        result, ok := raw.(*shadowResourceProviderReadDataDiff)
+        if !ok {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown 'ReadDataDiff' shadow value for %q: %#v", key, raw))
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Compare the parameters, which should be identical
+        if !desired.Equal(result.Desired) {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "ReadDataDiff %q had unequal configs (real, then shadow):\n\n%#v\n\n%#v",
+                        key, result.Desired, desired))
+                p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+        }
+
+        return result.Result, result.ResultErr
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShadow) ReadDataApply(
+        info *InstanceInfo,
+        d *InstanceDiff) (*InstanceState, error) {
+        // Unique key
+        key := info.uniqueId()
+        raw := p.Shared.ReadDataApply.Value(key)
+        if raw == nil {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown 'ReadDataApply' call for %q:\n\n%#v",
+                        key, d))
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        result, ok := raw.(*shadowResourceProviderReadDataApply)
+        if !ok {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown 'ReadDataApply' shadow value for %q: %#v", key, raw))
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // Compare the parameters, which should be identical
+        if !d.Equal(result.Diff) {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "ReadDataApply: unequal diffs (real, then shadow):\n\n%#v\n\n%#v",
+                        result.Diff, d))
+                p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+        }
+
+        return result.Result, result.ResultErr
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProviderShadow) ImportState(info *InstanceInfo, id string) ([]*InstanceState, error) {
+        panic("import not supported by shadow graph")
+}
+
+// The structs for the various function calls are put below. These structs
+// are used to carry call information across the real/shadow boundaries.
+
+type shadowResourceProviderInput struct {
+        Config    *ResourceConfig
+        Result    *ResourceConfig
+        ResultErr error
+}
+
+type shadowResourceProviderValidate struct {
+        Config     *ResourceConfig
+        ResultWarn []string
+        ResultErr  []error
+}
+
+type shadowResourceProviderConfigure struct {
+        Config *ResourceConfig
+        Result error
+}
+
+type shadowResourceProviderValidateResourceWrapper struct {
+        sync.RWMutex
+
+        Calls []*shadowResourceProviderValidateResource
+}
+
+type shadowResourceProviderValidateResource struct {
+        Config *ResourceConfig
+        Warns  []string
+        Errors []error
+}
+
+type shadowResourceProviderApply struct {
+        State     *InstanceState
+        Diff      *InstanceDiff
+        Result    *InstanceState
+        ResultErr error
+}
+
+type shadowResourceProviderDiff struct {
+        State     *InstanceState
+        Desired   *ResourceConfig
+        Result    *InstanceDiff
+        ResultErr error
+}
+
+type shadowResourceProviderRefresh struct {
+        State     *InstanceState
+        Result    *InstanceState
+        ResultErr error
+}
+
+type shadowResourceProviderValidateDataSourceWrapper struct {
+        sync.RWMutex
+
+        Calls []*shadowResourceProviderValidateDataSource
+}
+
+type shadowResourceProviderValidateDataSource struct {
+        Config *ResourceConfig
+        Warns  []string
+        Errors []error
+}
+
+type shadowResourceProviderReadDataDiff struct {
+        Desired   *ResourceConfig
+        Result    *InstanceDiff
+        ResultErr error
+}
+
+type shadowResourceProviderReadDataApply struct {
+        Diff      *InstanceDiff
+        Result    *InstanceState
+        ResultErr error
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/shadow_resource_provisioner.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/shadow_resource_provisioner.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60a4908
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/shadow_resource_provisioner.go
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "log"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/shadow"
+)
+
+// shadowResourceProvisioner implements ResourceProvisioner for the shadow
+// eval context defined in eval_context_shadow.go.
+//
+// This is used to verify behavior with a real provisioner. This shouldn't
+// be used directly.
+type shadowResourceProvisioner interface {
+        ResourceProvisioner
+        Shadow
+}
+
+// newShadowResourceProvisioner creates a new shadowed ResourceProvisioner.
+func newShadowResourceProvisioner(
+        p ResourceProvisioner) (ResourceProvisioner, shadowResourceProvisioner) {
+        // Create the shared data
+        shared := shadowResourceProvisionerShared{
+                Validate: shadow.ComparedValue{
+                        Func: shadowResourceProvisionerValidateCompare,
+                },
+        }
+
+        // Create the real provisioner that does actual work
+        real := &shadowResourceProvisionerReal{
+                ResourceProvisioner: p,
+                Shared:              &shared,
+        }
+
+        // Create the shadow that watches the real value
+        shadow := &shadowResourceProvisionerShadow{
+                Shared: &shared,
+        }
+
+        return real, shadow
+}
+
+// shadowResourceProvisionerReal is the real resource provisioner. Function calls
+// to this will perform real work. This records the parameters and return
+// values and call order for the shadow to reproduce.
+type shadowResourceProvisionerReal struct {
+        ResourceProvisioner
+
+        Shared *shadowResourceProvisionerShared
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProvisionerReal) Close() error {
+        var result error
+        if c, ok := p.ResourceProvisioner.(ResourceProvisionerCloser); ok {
+                result = c.Close()
+        }
+
+        p.Shared.CloseErr.SetValue(result)
+        return result
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProvisionerReal) Validate(c *ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        warns, errs := p.ResourceProvisioner.Validate(c)
+        p.Shared.Validate.SetValue(&shadowResourceProvisionerValidate{
+                Config:     c,
+                ResultWarn: warns,
+                ResultErr:  errs,
+        })
+
+        return warns, errs
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProvisionerReal) Apply(
+        output UIOutput, s *InstanceState, c *ResourceConfig) error {
+        err := p.ResourceProvisioner.Apply(output, s, c)
+
+        // Write the result, grab a lock for writing. This should nver
+        // block long since the operations below don't block.
+        p.Shared.ApplyLock.Lock()
+        defer p.Shared.ApplyLock.Unlock()
+
+        key := s.ID
+        raw, ok := p.Shared.Apply.ValueOk(key)
+        if !ok {
+                // Setup a new value
+                raw = &shadow.ComparedValue{
+                        Func: shadowResourceProvisionerApplyCompare,
+                }
+
+                // Set it
+                p.Shared.Apply.SetValue(key, raw)
+        }
+
+        compareVal, ok := raw.(*shadow.ComparedValue)
+        if !ok {
+                // Just log and return so that we don't cause the real side
+                // any side effects.
+                log.Printf("[ERROR] unknown value in 'apply': %#v", raw)
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Write the resulting value
+        compareVal.SetValue(&shadowResourceProvisionerApply{
+                Config:    c,
+                ResultErr: err,
+        })
+
+        return err
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProvisionerReal) Stop() error {
+        return p.ResourceProvisioner.Stop()
+}
+
+// shadowResourceProvisionerShadow is the shadow resource provisioner. Function
+// calls never affect real resources. This is paired with the "real" side
+// which must be called properly to enable recording.
+type shadowResourceProvisionerShadow struct {
+        Shared *shadowResourceProvisionerShared
+
+        Error     error // Error is the list of errors from the shadow
+        ErrorLock sync.Mutex
+}
+
+type shadowResourceProvisionerShared struct {
+        // NOTE: Anytime a value is added here, be sure to add it to
+        // the Close() method so that it is closed.
+
+        CloseErr  shadow.Value
+        Validate  shadow.ComparedValue
+        Apply     shadow.KeyedValue
+        ApplyLock sync.Mutex // For writing only
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProvisionerShared) Close() error {
+        closers := []io.Closer{
+                &p.CloseErr,
+        }
+
+        for _, c := range closers {
+                // This should never happen, but we don't panic because a panic
+                // could affect the real behavior of Terraform and a shadow should
+                // never be able to do that.
+                if err := c.Close(); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProvisionerShadow) CloseShadow() error {
+        err := p.Shared.Close()
+        if err != nil {
+                err = fmt.Errorf("close error: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        return err
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProvisionerShadow) ShadowError() error {
+        return p.Error
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProvisionerShadow) Close() error {
+        v := p.Shared.CloseErr.Value()
+        if v == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        return v.(error)
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProvisionerShadow) Validate(c *ResourceConfig) ([]string, []error) {
+        // Get the result of the validate call
+        raw := p.Shared.Validate.Value(c)
+        if raw == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        result, ok := raw.(*shadowResourceProvisionerValidate)
+        if !ok {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown 'validate' shadow value: %#v", raw))
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        // We don't need to compare configurations because we key on the
+        // configuration so just return right away.
+        return result.ResultWarn, result.ResultErr
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProvisionerShadow) Apply(
+        output UIOutput, s *InstanceState, c *ResourceConfig) error {
+        // Get the value based on the key
+        key := s.ID
+        raw := p.Shared.Apply.Value(key)
+        if raw == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        compareVal, ok := raw.(*shadow.ComparedValue)
+        if !ok {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown 'apply' shadow value: %#v", raw))
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // With the compared value, we compare against our config
+        raw = compareVal.Value(c)
+        if raw == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        result, ok := raw.(*shadowResourceProvisionerApply)
+        if !ok {
+                p.ErrorLock.Lock()
+                defer p.ErrorLock.Unlock()
+                p.Error = multierror.Append(p.Error, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "Unknown 'apply' shadow value: %#v", raw))
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        return result.ResultErr
+}
+
+func (p *shadowResourceProvisionerShadow) Stop() error {
+        // For the shadow, we always just return nil since a Stop indicates
+        // that we were interrupted and shadows are disabled during interrupts
+        // anyways.
+        return nil
+}
+
+// The structs for the various function calls are put below. These structs
+// are used to carry call information across the real/shadow boundaries.
+
+type shadowResourceProvisionerValidate struct {
+        Config     *ResourceConfig
+        ResultWarn []string
+        ResultErr  []error
+}
+
+type shadowResourceProvisionerApply struct {
+        Config    *ResourceConfig
+        ResultErr error
+}
+
+func shadowResourceProvisionerValidateCompare(k, v interface{}) bool {
+        c, ok := k.(*ResourceConfig)
+        if !ok {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        result, ok := v.(*shadowResourceProvisionerValidate)
+        if !ok {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        return c.Equal(result.Config)
+}
+
+func shadowResourceProvisionerApplyCompare(k, v interface{}) bool {
+        c, ok := k.(*ResourceConfig)
+        if !ok {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        result, ok := v.(*shadowResourceProvisionerApply)
+        if !ok {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        return c.Equal(result.Config)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..074b682
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state.go
@@ -0,0 +1,2118 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "bufio"
+        "bytes"
+        "encoding/json"
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "log"
+        "reflect"
+        "sort"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/mitchellh/copystructure"
+        "github.com/satori/go.uuid"
+)
+
+const (
+        // StateVersion is the current version for our state file
+        StateVersion = 3
+)
+
+// rootModulePath is the path of the root module
+var rootModulePath = []string{"root"}
+
+// normalizeModulePath takes a raw module path and returns a path that
+// has the rootModulePath prepended to it. If I could go back in time I
+// would've never had a rootModulePath (empty path would be root). We can
+// still fix this but thats a big refactor that my branch doesn't make sense
+// for. Instead, this function normalizes paths.
+func normalizeModulePath(p []string) []string {
+        k := len(rootModulePath)
+
+        // If we already have a root module prefix, we're done
+        if len(p) >= len(rootModulePath) {
+                if reflect.DeepEqual(p[:k], rootModulePath) {
+                        return p
+                }
+        }
+
+        // None? Prefix it
+        result := make([]string, len(rootModulePath)+len(p))
+        copy(result, rootModulePath)
+        copy(result[k:], p)
+        return result
+}
+
+// State keeps track of a snapshot state-of-the-world that Terraform
+// can use to keep track of what real world resources it is actually
+// managing.
+type State struct {
+        // Version is the state file protocol version.
+        Version int `json:"version"`
+
+        // TFVersion is the version of Terraform that wrote this state.
+        TFVersion string `json:"terraform_version,omitempty"`
+
+        // Serial is incremented on any operation that modifies
+        // the State file. It is used to detect potentially conflicting
+        // updates.
+        Serial int64 `json:"serial"`
+
+        // Lineage is set when a new, blank state is created and then
+        // never updated. This allows us to determine whether the serials
+        // of two states can be meaningfully compared.
+        // Apart from the guarantee that collisions between two lineages
+        // are very unlikely, this value is opaque and external callers
+        // should only compare lineage strings byte-for-byte for equality.
+        Lineage string `json:"lineage"`
+
+        // Remote is used to track the metadata required to
+        // pull and push state files from a remote storage endpoint.
+        Remote *RemoteState `json:"remote,omitempty"`
+
+        // Backend tracks the configuration for the backend in use with
+        // this state. This is used to track any changes in the backend
+        // configuration.
+        Backend *BackendState `json:"backend,omitempty"`
+
+        // Modules contains all the modules in a breadth-first order
+        Modules []*ModuleState `json:"modules"`
+
+        mu sync.Mutex
+}
+
+func (s *State) Lock()   { s.mu.Lock() }
+func (s *State) Unlock() { s.mu.Unlock() }
+
+// NewState is used to initialize a blank state
+func NewState() *State {
+        s := &State{}
+        s.init()
+        return s
+}
+
+// Children returns the ModuleStates that are direct children of
+// the given path. If the path is "root", for example, then children
+// returned might be "root.child", but not "root.child.grandchild".
+func (s *State) Children(path []string) []*ModuleState {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+        // TODO: test
+
+        return s.children(path)
+}
+
+func (s *State) children(path []string) []*ModuleState {
+        result := make([]*ModuleState, 0)
+        for _, m := range s.Modules {
+                if m == nil {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if len(m.Path) != len(path)+1 {
+                        continue
+                }
+                if !reflect.DeepEqual(path, m.Path[:len(path)]) {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                result = append(result, m)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// AddModule adds the module with the given path to the state.
+//
+// This should be the preferred method to add module states since it
+// allows us to optimize lookups later as well as control sorting.
+func (s *State) AddModule(path []string) *ModuleState {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        return s.addModule(path)
+}
+
+func (s *State) addModule(path []string) *ModuleState {
+        // check if the module exists first
+        m := s.moduleByPath(path)
+        if m != nil {
+                return m
+        }
+
+        m = &ModuleState{Path: path}
+        m.init()
+        s.Modules = append(s.Modules, m)
+        s.sort()
+        return m
+}
+
+// ModuleByPath is used to lookup the module state for the given path.
+// This should be the preferred lookup mechanism as it allows for future
+// lookup optimizations.
+func (s *State) ModuleByPath(path []string) *ModuleState {
+        if s == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        return s.moduleByPath(path)
+}
+
+func (s *State) moduleByPath(path []string) *ModuleState {
+        for _, mod := range s.Modules {
+                if mod == nil {
+                        continue
+                }
+                if mod.Path == nil {
+                        panic("missing module path")
+                }
+                if reflect.DeepEqual(mod.Path, path) {
+                        return mod
+                }
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// ModuleOrphans returns all the module orphans in this state by
+// returning their full paths. These paths can be used with ModuleByPath
+// to return the actual state.
+func (s *State) ModuleOrphans(path []string, c *config.Config) [][]string {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        return s.moduleOrphans(path, c)
+
+}
+
+func (s *State) moduleOrphans(path []string, c *config.Config) [][]string {
+        // direct keeps track of what direct children we have both in our config
+        // and in our state. childrenKeys keeps track of what isn't an orphan.
+        direct := make(map[string]struct{})
+        childrenKeys := make(map[string]struct{})
+        if c != nil {
+                for _, m := range c.Modules {
+                        childrenKeys[m.Name] = struct{}{}
+                        direct[m.Name] = struct{}{}
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Go over the direct children and find any that aren't in our keys.
+        var orphans [][]string
+        for _, m := range s.children(path) {
+                key := m.Path[len(m.Path)-1]
+
+                // Record that we found this key as a direct child. We use this
+                // later to find orphan nested modules.
+                direct[key] = struct{}{}
+
+                // If we have a direct child still in our config, it is not an orphan
+                if _, ok := childrenKeys[key]; ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                orphans = append(orphans, m.Path)
+        }
+
+        // Find the orphans that are nested...
+        for _, m := range s.Modules {
+                if m == nil {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // We only want modules that are at least grandchildren
+                if len(m.Path) < len(path)+2 {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // If it isn't part of our tree, continue
+                if !reflect.DeepEqual(path, m.Path[:len(path)]) {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // If we have the direct child, then just skip it.
+                key := m.Path[len(path)]
+                if _, ok := direct[key]; ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                orphanPath := m.Path[:len(path)+1]
+
+                // Don't double-add if we've already added this orphan (which can happen if
+                // there are multiple nested sub-modules that get orphaned together).
+                alreadyAdded := false
+                for _, o := range orphans {
+                        if reflect.DeepEqual(o, orphanPath) {
+                                alreadyAdded = true
+                                break
+                        }
+                }
+                if alreadyAdded {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Add this orphan
+                orphans = append(orphans, orphanPath)
+        }
+
+        return orphans
+}
+
+// Empty returns true if the state is empty.
+func (s *State) Empty() bool {
+        if s == nil {
+                return true
+        }
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        return len(s.Modules) == 0
+}
+
+// HasResources returns true if the state contains any resources.
+//
+// This is similar to !s.Empty, but returns true also in the case where the
+// state has modules but all of them are devoid of resources.
+func (s *State) HasResources() bool {
+        if s.Empty() {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        for _, mod := range s.Modules {
+                if len(mod.Resources) > 0 {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+
+        return false
+}
+
+// IsRemote returns true if State represents a state that exists and is
+// remote.
+func (s *State) IsRemote() bool {
+        if s == nil {
+                return false
+        }
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        if s.Remote == nil {
+                return false
+        }
+        if s.Remote.Type == "" {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        return true
+}
+
+// Validate validates the integrity of this state file.
+//
+// Certain properties of the statefile are expected by Terraform in order
+// to behave properly. The core of Terraform will assume that once it
+// receives a State structure that it has been validated. This validation
+// check should be called to ensure that.
+//
+// If this returns an error, then the user should be notified. The error
+// response will include detailed information on the nature of the error.
+func (s *State) Validate() error {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        var result error
+
+        // !!!! FOR DEVELOPERS !!!!
+        //
+        // Any errors returned from this Validate function will BLOCK TERRAFORM
+        // from loading a state file. Therefore, this should only contain checks
+        // that are only resolvable through manual intervention.
+        //
+        // !!!! FOR DEVELOPERS !!!!
+
+        // Make sure there are no duplicate module states. We open a new
+        // block here so we can use basic variable names and future validations
+        // can do the same.
+        {
+                found := make(map[string]struct{})
+                for _, ms := range s.Modules {
+                        if ms == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        key := strings.Join(ms.Path, ".")
+                        if _, ok := found[key]; ok {
+                                result = multierror.Append(result, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        strings.TrimSpace(stateValidateErrMultiModule), key))
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        found[key] = struct{}{}
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// Remove removes the item in the state at the given address, returning
+// any errors that may have occurred.
+//
+// If the address references a module state or resource, it will delete
+// all children as well. To check what will be deleted, use a StateFilter
+// first.
+func (s *State) Remove(addr ...string) error {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        // Filter out what we need to delete
+        filter := &StateFilter{State: s}
+        results, err := filter.Filter(addr...)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // If we have no results, just exit early, we're not going to do anything.
+        // While what happens below is fairly fast, this is an important early
+        // exit since the prune below might modify the state more and we don't
+        // want to modify the state if we don't have to.
+        if len(results) == 0 {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Go through each result and grab what we need
+        removed := make(map[interface{}]struct{})
+        for _, r := range results {
+                // Convert the path to our own type
+                path := append([]string{"root"}, r.Path...)
+
+                // If we removed this already, then ignore
+                if _, ok := removed[r.Value]; ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // If we removed the parent already, then ignore
+                if r.Parent != nil {
+                        if _, ok := removed[r.Parent.Value]; ok {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Add this to the removed list
+                removed[r.Value] = struct{}{}
+
+                switch v := r.Value.(type) {
+                case *ModuleState:
+                        s.removeModule(path, v)
+                case *ResourceState:
+                        s.removeResource(path, v)
+                case *InstanceState:
+                        s.removeInstance(path, r.Parent.Value.(*ResourceState), v)
+                default:
+                        return fmt.Errorf("unknown type to delete: %T", r.Value)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Prune since the removal functions often do the bare minimum to
+        // remove a thing and may leave around dangling empty modules, resources,
+        // etc. Prune will clean that all up.
+        s.prune()
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (s *State) removeModule(path []string, v *ModuleState) {
+        for i, m := range s.Modules {
+                if m == v {
+                        s.Modules, s.Modules[len(s.Modules)-1] = append(s.Modules[:i], s.Modules[i+1:]...), nil
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+func (s *State) removeResource(path []string, v *ResourceState) {
+        // Get the module this resource lives in. If it doesn't exist, we're done.
+        mod := s.moduleByPath(path)
+        if mod == nil {
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Find this resource. This is a O(N) lookup when if we had the key
+        // it could be O(1) but even with thousands of resources this shouldn't
+        // matter right now. We can easily up performance here when the time comes.
+        for k, r := range mod.Resources {
+                if r == v {
+                        // Found it
+                        delete(mod.Resources, k)
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+func (s *State) removeInstance(path []string, r *ResourceState, v *InstanceState) {
+        // Go through the resource and find the instance that matches this
+        // (if any) and remove it.
+
+        // Check primary
+        if r.Primary == v {
+                r.Primary = nil
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Check lists
+        lists := [][]*InstanceState{r.Deposed}
+        for _, is := range lists {
+                for i, instance := range is {
+                        if instance == v {
+                                // Found it, remove it
+                                is, is[len(is)-1] = append(is[:i], is[i+1:]...), nil
+
+                                // Done
+                                return
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// RootModule returns the ModuleState for the root module
+func (s *State) RootModule() *ModuleState {
+        root := s.ModuleByPath(rootModulePath)
+        if root == nil {
+                panic("missing root module")
+        }
+        return root
+}
+
+// Equal tests if one state is equal to another.
+func (s *State) Equal(other *State) bool {
+        // If one is nil, we do a direct check
+        if s == nil || other == nil {
+                return s == other
+        }
+
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+        return s.equal(other)
+}
+
+func (s *State) equal(other *State) bool {
+        if s == nil || other == nil {
+                return s == other
+        }
+
+        // If the versions are different, they're certainly not equal
+        if s.Version != other.Version {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        // If any of the modules are not equal, then this state isn't equal
+        if len(s.Modules) != len(other.Modules) {
+                return false
+        }
+        for _, m := range s.Modules {
+                // This isn't very optimal currently but works.
+                otherM := other.moduleByPath(m.Path)
+                if otherM == nil {
+                        return false
+                }
+
+                // If they're not equal, then we're not equal!
+                if !m.Equal(otherM) {
+                        return false
+                }
+        }
+
+        return true
+}
+
+type StateAgeComparison int
+
+const (
+        StateAgeEqual         StateAgeComparison = 0
+        StateAgeReceiverNewer StateAgeComparison = 1
+        StateAgeReceiverOlder StateAgeComparison = -1
+)
+
+// CompareAges compares one state with another for which is "older".
+//
+// This is a simple check using the state's serial, and is thus only as
+// reliable as the serial itself. In the normal case, only one state
+// exists for a given combination of lineage/serial, but Terraform
+// does not guarantee this and so the result of this method should be
+// used with care.
+//
+// Returns an integer that is negative if the receiver is older than
+// the argument, positive if the converse, and zero if they are equal.
+// An error is returned if the two states are not of the same lineage,
+// in which case the integer returned has no meaning.
+func (s *State) CompareAges(other *State) (StateAgeComparison, error) {
+        // nil states are "older" than actual states
+        switch {
+        case s != nil && other == nil:
+                return StateAgeReceiverNewer, nil
+        case s == nil && other != nil:
+                return StateAgeReceiverOlder, nil
+        case s == nil && other == nil:
+                return StateAgeEqual, nil
+        }
+
+        if !s.SameLineage(other) {
+                return StateAgeEqual, fmt.Errorf(
+                        "can't compare two states of differing lineage",
+                )
+        }
+
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        switch {
+        case s.Serial < other.Serial:
+                return StateAgeReceiverOlder, nil
+        case s.Serial > other.Serial:
+                return StateAgeReceiverNewer, nil
+        default:
+                return StateAgeEqual, nil
+        }
+}
+
+// SameLineage returns true only if the state given in argument belongs
+// to the same "lineage" of states as the receiver.
+func (s *State) SameLineage(other *State) bool {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        // If one of the states has no lineage then it is assumed to predate
+        // this concept, and so we'll accept it as belonging to any lineage
+        // so that a lineage string can be assigned to newer versions
+        // without breaking compatibility with older versions.
+        if s.Lineage == "" || other.Lineage == "" {
+                return true
+        }
+
+        return s.Lineage == other.Lineage
+}
+
+// DeepCopy performs a deep copy of the state structure and returns
+// a new structure.
+func (s *State) DeepCopy() *State {
+        copy, err := copystructure.Config{Lock: true}.Copy(s)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        return copy.(*State)
+}
+
+// IncrementSerialMaybe increments the serial number of this state
+// if it different from the other state.
+func (s *State) IncrementSerialMaybe(other *State) {
+        if s == nil {
+                return
+        }
+        if other == nil {
+                return
+        }
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        if s.Serial > other.Serial {
+                return
+        }
+        if other.TFVersion != s.TFVersion || !s.equal(other) {
+                if other.Serial > s.Serial {
+                        s.Serial = other.Serial
+                }
+
+                s.Serial++
+        }
+}
+
+// FromFutureTerraform checks if this state was written by a Terraform
+// version from the future.
+func (s *State) FromFutureTerraform() bool {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        // No TF version means it is certainly from the past
+        if s.TFVersion == "" {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        v := version.Must(version.NewVersion(s.TFVersion))
+        return SemVersion.LessThan(v)
+}
+
+func (s *State) Init() {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+        s.init()
+}
+
+func (s *State) init() {
+        if s.Version == 0 {
+                s.Version = StateVersion
+        }
+        if s.moduleByPath(rootModulePath) == nil {
+                s.addModule(rootModulePath)
+        }
+        s.ensureHasLineage()
+
+        for _, mod := range s.Modules {
+                if mod != nil {
+                        mod.init()
+                }
+        }
+
+        if s.Remote != nil {
+                s.Remote.init()
+        }
+
+}
+
+func (s *State) EnsureHasLineage() {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        s.ensureHasLineage()
+}
+
+func (s *State) ensureHasLineage() {
+        if s.Lineage == "" {
+                s.Lineage = uuid.NewV4().String()
+                log.Printf("[DEBUG] New state was assigned lineage %q\n", s.Lineage)
+        } else {
+                log.Printf("[TRACE] Preserving existing state lineage %q\n", s.Lineage)
+        }
+}
+
+// AddModuleState insert this module state and override any existing ModuleState
+func (s *State) AddModuleState(mod *ModuleState) {
+        mod.init()
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        s.addModuleState(mod)
+}
+
+func (s *State) addModuleState(mod *ModuleState) {
+        for i, m := range s.Modules {
+                if reflect.DeepEqual(m.Path, mod.Path) {
+                        s.Modules[i] = mod
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+
+        s.Modules = append(s.Modules, mod)
+        s.sort()
+}
+
+// prune is used to remove any resources that are no longer required
+func (s *State) prune() {
+        if s == nil {
+                return
+        }
+
+        // Filter out empty modules.
+        // A module is always assumed to have a path, and it's length isn't always
+        // bounds checked later on. Modules may be "emptied" during destroy, but we
+        // never want to store those in the state.
+        for i := 0; i < len(s.Modules); i++ {
+                if s.Modules[i] == nil || len(s.Modules[i].Path) == 0 {
+                        s.Modules = append(s.Modules[:i], s.Modules[i+1:]...)
+                        i--
+                }
+        }
+
+        for _, mod := range s.Modules {
+                mod.prune()
+        }
+        if s.Remote != nil && s.Remote.Empty() {
+                s.Remote = nil
+        }
+}
+
+// sort sorts the modules
+func (s *State) sort() {
+        sort.Sort(moduleStateSort(s.Modules))
+
+        // Allow modules to be sorted
+        for _, m := range s.Modules {
+                if m != nil {
+                        m.sort()
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+func (s *State) String() string {
+        if s == nil {
+                return "<nil>"
+        }
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        for _, m := range s.Modules {
+                mStr := m.String()
+
+                // If we're the root module, we just write the output directly.
+                if reflect.DeepEqual(m.Path, rootModulePath) {
+                        buf.WriteString(mStr + "\n")
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("module.%s:\n", strings.Join(m.Path[1:], ".")))
+
+                s := bufio.NewScanner(strings.NewReader(mStr))
+                for s.Scan() {
+                        text := s.Text()
+                        if text != "" {
+                                text = "  " + text
+                        }
+
+                        buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("%s\n", text))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return strings.TrimSpace(buf.String())
+}
+
+// BackendState stores the configuration to connect to a remote backend.
+type BackendState struct {
+        Type   string                 `json:"type"`   // Backend type
+        Config map[string]interface{} `json:"config"` // Backend raw config
+
+        // Hash is the hash code to uniquely identify the original source
+        // configuration. We use this to detect when there is a change in
+        // configuration even when "type" isn't changed.
+        Hash uint64 `json:"hash"`
+}
+
+// Empty returns true if BackendState has no state.
+func (s *BackendState) Empty() bool {
+        return s == nil || s.Type == ""
+}
+
+// Rehash returns a unique content hash for this backend's configuration
+// as a uint64 value.
+// The Hash stored in the backend state needs to match the config itself, but
+// we need to compare the backend config after it has been combined with all
+// options.
+// This function must match the implementation used by config.Backend.
+func (s *BackendState) Rehash() uint64 {
+        if s == nil {
+                return 0
+        }
+
+        cfg := config.Backend{
+                Type: s.Type,
+                RawConfig: &config.RawConfig{
+                        Raw: s.Config,
+                },
+        }
+
+        return cfg.Rehash()
+}
+
+// RemoteState is used to track the information about a remote
+// state store that we push/pull state to.
+type RemoteState struct {
+        // Type controls the client we use for the remote state
+        Type string `json:"type"`
+
+        // Config is used to store arbitrary configuration that
+        // is type specific
+        Config map[string]string `json:"config"`
+
+        mu sync.Mutex
+}
+
+func (s *RemoteState) Lock()   { s.mu.Lock() }
+func (s *RemoteState) Unlock() { s.mu.Unlock() }
+
+func (r *RemoteState) init() {
+        r.Lock()
+        defer r.Unlock()
+
+        if r.Config == nil {
+                r.Config = make(map[string]string)
+        }
+}
+
+func (r *RemoteState) deepcopy() *RemoteState {
+        r.Lock()
+        defer r.Unlock()
+
+        confCopy := make(map[string]string, len(r.Config))
+        for k, v := range r.Config {
+                confCopy[k] = v
+        }
+        return &RemoteState{
+                Type:   r.Type,
+                Config: confCopy,
+        }
+}
+
+func (r *RemoteState) Empty() bool {
+        if r == nil {
+                return true
+        }
+        r.Lock()
+        defer r.Unlock()
+
+        return r.Type == ""
+}
+
+func (r *RemoteState) Equals(other *RemoteState) bool {
+        r.Lock()
+        defer r.Unlock()
+
+        if r.Type != other.Type {
+                return false
+        }
+        if len(r.Config) != len(other.Config) {
+                return false
+        }
+        for k, v := range r.Config {
+                if other.Config[k] != v {
+                        return false
+                }
+        }
+        return true
+}
+
+// OutputState is used to track the state relevant to a single output.
+type OutputState struct {
+        // Sensitive describes whether the output is considered sensitive,
+        // which may lead to masking the value on screen in some cases.
+        Sensitive bool `json:"sensitive"`
+        // Type describes the structure of Value. Valid values are "string",
+        // "map" and "list"
+        Type string `json:"type"`
+        // Value contains the value of the output, in the structure described
+        // by the Type field.
+        Value interface{} `json:"value"`
+
+        mu sync.Mutex
+}
+
+func (s *OutputState) Lock()   { s.mu.Lock() }
+func (s *OutputState) Unlock() { s.mu.Unlock() }
+
+func (s *OutputState) String() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%#v", s.Value)
+}
+
+// Equal compares two OutputState structures for equality. nil values are
+// considered equal.
+func (s *OutputState) Equal(other *OutputState) bool {
+        if s == nil && other == nil {
+                return true
+        }
+
+        if s == nil || other == nil {
+                return false
+        }
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        if s.Type != other.Type {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        if s.Sensitive != other.Sensitive {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        if !reflect.DeepEqual(s.Value, other.Value) {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        return true
+}
+
+func (s *OutputState) deepcopy() *OutputState {
+        if s == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        stateCopy, err := copystructure.Config{Lock: true}.Copy(s)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(fmt.Errorf("Error copying output value: %s", err))
+        }
+
+        return stateCopy.(*OutputState)
+}
+
+// ModuleState is used to track all the state relevant to a single
+// module. Previous to Terraform 0.3, all state belonged to the "root"
+// module.
+type ModuleState struct {
+        // Path is the import path from the root module. Modules imports are
+        // always disjoint, so the path represents amodule tree
+        Path []string `json:"path"`
+
+        // Outputs declared by the module and maintained for each module
+        // even though only the root module technically needs to be kept.
+        // This allows operators to inspect values at the boundaries.
+        Outputs map[string]*OutputState `json:"outputs"`
+
+        // Resources is a mapping of the logically named resource to
+        // the state of the resource. Each resource may actually have
+        // N instances underneath, although a user only needs to think
+        // about the 1:1 case.
+        Resources map[string]*ResourceState `json:"resources"`
+
+        // Dependencies are a list of things that this module relies on
+        // existing to remain intact. For example: an module may depend
+        // on a VPC ID given by an aws_vpc resource.
+        //
+        // Terraform uses this information to build valid destruction
+        // orders and to warn the user if they're destroying a module that
+        // another resource depends on.
+        //
+        // Things can be put into this list that may not be managed by
+        // Terraform. If Terraform doesn't find a matching ID in the
+        // overall state, then it assumes it isn't managed and doesn't
+        // worry about it.
+        Dependencies []string `json:"depends_on"`
+
+        mu sync.Mutex
+}
+
+func (s *ModuleState) Lock()   { s.mu.Lock() }
+func (s *ModuleState) Unlock() { s.mu.Unlock() }
+
+// Equal tests whether one module state is equal to another.
+func (m *ModuleState) Equal(other *ModuleState) bool {
+        m.Lock()
+        defer m.Unlock()
+
+        // Paths must be equal
+        if !reflect.DeepEqual(m.Path, other.Path) {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        // Outputs must be equal
+        if len(m.Outputs) != len(other.Outputs) {
+                return false
+        }
+        for k, v := range m.Outputs {
+                if !other.Outputs[k].Equal(v) {
+                        return false
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Dependencies must be equal. This sorts these in place but
+        // this shouldn't cause any problems.
+        sort.Strings(m.Dependencies)
+        sort.Strings(other.Dependencies)
+        if len(m.Dependencies) != len(other.Dependencies) {
+                return false
+        }
+        for i, d := range m.Dependencies {
+                if other.Dependencies[i] != d {
+                        return false
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Resources must be equal
+        if len(m.Resources) != len(other.Resources) {
+                return false
+        }
+        for k, r := range m.Resources {
+                otherR, ok := other.Resources[k]
+                if !ok {
+                        return false
+                }
+
+                if !r.Equal(otherR) {
+                        return false
+                }
+        }
+
+        return true
+}
+
+// IsRoot says whether or not this module diff is for the root module.
+func (m *ModuleState) IsRoot() bool {
+        m.Lock()
+        defer m.Unlock()
+        return reflect.DeepEqual(m.Path, rootModulePath)
+}
+
+// IsDescendent returns true if other is a descendent of this module.
+func (m *ModuleState) IsDescendent(other *ModuleState) bool {
+        m.Lock()
+        defer m.Unlock()
+
+        i := len(m.Path)
+        return len(other.Path) > i && reflect.DeepEqual(other.Path[:i], m.Path)
+}
+
+// Orphans returns a list of keys of resources that are in the State
+// but aren't present in the configuration itself. Hence, these keys
+// represent the state of resources that are orphans.
+func (m *ModuleState) Orphans(c *config.Config) []string {
+        m.Lock()
+        defer m.Unlock()
+
+        keys := make(map[string]struct{})
+        for k, _ := range m.Resources {
+                keys[k] = struct{}{}
+        }
+
+        if c != nil {
+                for _, r := range c.Resources {
+                        delete(keys, r.Id())
+
+                        for k, _ := range keys {
+                                if strings.HasPrefix(k, r.Id()+".") {
+                                        delete(keys, k)
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        result := make([]string, 0, len(keys))
+        for k, _ := range keys {
+                result = append(result, k)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// View returns a view with the given resource prefix.
+func (m *ModuleState) View(id string) *ModuleState {
+        if m == nil {
+                return m
+        }
+
+        r := m.deepcopy()
+        for k, _ := range r.Resources {
+                if id == k || strings.HasPrefix(k, id+".") {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                delete(r.Resources, k)
+        }
+
+        return r
+}
+
+func (m *ModuleState) init() {
+        m.Lock()
+        defer m.Unlock()
+
+        if m.Path == nil {
+                m.Path = []string{}
+        }
+        if m.Outputs == nil {
+                m.Outputs = make(map[string]*OutputState)
+        }
+        if m.Resources == nil {
+                m.Resources = make(map[string]*ResourceState)
+        }
+
+        if m.Dependencies == nil {
+                m.Dependencies = make([]string, 0)
+        }
+
+        for _, rs := range m.Resources {
+                rs.init()
+        }
+}
+
+func (m *ModuleState) deepcopy() *ModuleState {
+        if m == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        stateCopy, err := copystructure.Config{Lock: true}.Copy(m)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        return stateCopy.(*ModuleState)
+}
+
+// prune is used to remove any resources that are no longer required
+func (m *ModuleState) prune() {
+        m.Lock()
+        defer m.Unlock()
+
+        for k, v := range m.Resources {
+                if v == nil || (v.Primary == nil || v.Primary.ID == "") && len(v.Deposed) == 0 {
+                        delete(m.Resources, k)
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                v.prune()
+        }
+
+        for k, v := range m.Outputs {
+                if v.Value == config.UnknownVariableValue {
+                        delete(m.Outputs, k)
+                }
+        }
+
+        m.Dependencies = uniqueStrings(m.Dependencies)
+}
+
+func (m *ModuleState) sort() {
+        for _, v := range m.Resources {
+                v.sort()
+        }
+}
+
+func (m *ModuleState) String() string {
+        m.Lock()
+        defer m.Unlock()
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+
+        if len(m.Resources) == 0 {
+                buf.WriteString("<no state>")
+        }
+
+        names := make([]string, 0, len(m.Resources))
+        for name, _ := range m.Resources {
+                names = append(names, name)
+        }
+
+        sort.Sort(resourceNameSort(names))
+
+        for _, k := range names {
+                rs := m.Resources[k]
+                var id string
+                if rs.Primary != nil {
+                        id = rs.Primary.ID
+                }
+                if id == "" {
+                        id = "<not created>"
+                }
+
+                taintStr := ""
+                if rs.Primary.Tainted {
+                        taintStr = " (tainted)"
+                }
+
+                deposedStr := ""
+                if len(rs.Deposed) > 0 {
+                        deposedStr = fmt.Sprintf(" (%d deposed)", len(rs.Deposed))
+                }
+
+                buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("%s:%s%s\n", k, taintStr, deposedStr))
+                buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("  ID = %s\n", id))
+                if rs.Provider != "" {
+                        buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("  provider = %s\n", rs.Provider))
+                }
+
+                var attributes map[string]string
+                if rs.Primary != nil {
+                        attributes = rs.Primary.Attributes
+                }
+                attrKeys := make([]string, 0, len(attributes))
+                for ak, _ := range attributes {
+                        if ak == "id" {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        attrKeys = append(attrKeys, ak)
+                }
+
+                sort.Strings(attrKeys)
+
+                for _, ak := range attrKeys {
+                        av := attributes[ak]
+                        buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("  %s = %s\n", ak, av))
+                }
+
+                for idx, t := range rs.Deposed {
+                        taintStr := ""
+                        if t.Tainted {
+                                taintStr = " (tainted)"
+                        }
+                        buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("  Deposed ID %d = %s%s\n", idx+1, t.ID, taintStr))
+                }
+
+                if len(rs.Dependencies) > 0 {
+                        buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("\n  Dependencies:\n"))
+                        for _, dep := range rs.Dependencies {
+                                buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("    %s\n", dep))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        if len(m.Outputs) > 0 {
+                buf.WriteString("\nOutputs:\n\n")
+
+                ks := make([]string, 0, len(m.Outputs))
+                for k, _ := range m.Outputs {
+                        ks = append(ks, k)
+                }
+
+                sort.Strings(ks)
+
+                for _, k := range ks {
+                        v := m.Outputs[k]
+                        switch vTyped := v.Value.(type) {
+                        case string:
+                                buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("%s = %s\n", k, vTyped))
+                        case []interface{}:
+                                buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("%s = %s\n", k, vTyped))
+                        case map[string]interface{}:
+                                var mapKeys []string
+                                for key, _ := range vTyped {
+                                        mapKeys = append(mapKeys, key)
+                                }
+                                sort.Strings(mapKeys)
+
+                                var mapBuf bytes.Buffer
+                                mapBuf.WriteString("{")
+                                for _, key := range mapKeys {
+                                        mapBuf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("%s:%s ", key, vTyped[key]))
+                                }
+                                mapBuf.WriteString("}")
+
+                                buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("%s = %s\n", k, mapBuf.String()))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return buf.String()
+}
+
+// ResourceStateKey is a structured representation of the key used for the
+// ModuleState.Resources mapping
+type ResourceStateKey struct {
+        Name  string
+        Type  string
+        Mode  config.ResourceMode
+        Index int
+}
+
+// Equal determines whether two ResourceStateKeys are the same
+func (rsk *ResourceStateKey) Equal(other *ResourceStateKey) bool {
+        if rsk == nil || other == nil {
+                return false
+        }
+        if rsk.Mode != other.Mode {
+                return false
+        }
+        if rsk.Type != other.Type {
+                return false
+        }
+        if rsk.Name != other.Name {
+                return false
+        }
+        if rsk.Index != other.Index {
+                return false
+        }
+        return true
+}
+
+func (rsk *ResourceStateKey) String() string {
+        if rsk == nil {
+                return ""
+        }
+        var prefix string
+        switch rsk.Mode {
+        case config.ManagedResourceMode:
+                prefix = ""
+        case config.DataResourceMode:
+                prefix = "data."
+        default:
+                panic(fmt.Errorf("unknown resource mode %s", rsk.Mode))
+        }
+        if rsk.Index == -1 {
+                return fmt.Sprintf("%s%s.%s", prefix, rsk.Type, rsk.Name)
+        }
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%s%s.%s.%d", prefix, rsk.Type, rsk.Name, rsk.Index)
+}
+
+// ParseResourceStateKey accepts a key in the format used by
+// ModuleState.Resources and returns a resource name and resource index. In the
+// state, a resource has the format "type.name.index" or "type.name". In the
+// latter case, the index is returned as -1.
+func ParseResourceStateKey(k string) (*ResourceStateKey, error) {
+        parts := strings.Split(k, ".")
+        mode := config.ManagedResourceMode
+        if len(parts) > 0 && parts[0] == "data" {
+                mode = config.DataResourceMode
+                // Don't need the constant "data" prefix for parsing
+                // now that we've figured out the mode.
+                parts = parts[1:]
+        }
+        if len(parts) < 2 || len(parts) > 3 {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Malformed resource state key: %s", k)
+        }
+        rsk := &ResourceStateKey{
+                Mode:  mode,
+                Type:  parts[0],
+                Name:  parts[1],
+                Index: -1,
+        }
+        if len(parts) == 3 {
+                index, err := strconv.Atoi(parts[2])
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("Malformed resource state key index: %s", k)
+                }
+                rsk.Index = index
+        }
+        return rsk, nil
+}
+
+// ResourceState holds the state of a resource that is used so that
+// a provider can find and manage an existing resource as well as for
+// storing attributes that are used to populate variables of child
+// resources.
+//
+// Attributes has attributes about the created resource that are
+// queryable in interpolation: "${type.id.attr}"
+//
+// Extra is just extra data that a provider can return that we store
+// for later, but is not exposed in any way to the user.
+//
+type ResourceState struct {
+        // This is filled in and managed by Terraform, and is the resource
+        // type itself such as "mycloud_instance". If a resource provider sets
+        // this value, it won't be persisted.
+        Type string `json:"type"`
+
+        // Dependencies are a list of things that this resource relies on
+        // existing to remain intact. For example: an AWS instance might
+        // depend on a subnet (which itself might depend on a VPC, and so
+        // on).
+        //
+        // Terraform uses this information to build valid destruction
+        // orders and to warn the user if they're destroying a resource that
+        // another resource depends on.
+        //
+        // Things can be put into this list that may not be managed by
+        // Terraform. If Terraform doesn't find a matching ID in the
+        // overall state, then it assumes it isn't managed and doesn't
+        // worry about it.
+        Dependencies []string `json:"depends_on"`
+
+        // Primary is the current active instance for this resource.
+        // It can be replaced but only after a successful creation.
+        // This is the instances on which providers will act.
+        Primary *InstanceState `json:"primary"`
+
+        // Deposed is used in the mechanics of CreateBeforeDestroy: the existing
+        // Primary is Deposed to get it out of the way for the replacement Primary to
+        // be created by Apply. If the replacement Primary creates successfully, the
+        // Deposed instance is cleaned up.
+        //
+        // If there were problems creating the replacement Primary, the Deposed
+        // instance and the (now tainted) replacement Primary will be swapped so the
+        // tainted replacement will be cleaned up instead.
+        //
+        // An instance will remain in the Deposed list until it is successfully
+        // destroyed and purged.
+        Deposed []*InstanceState `json:"deposed"`
+
+        // Provider is used when a resource is connected to a provider with an alias.
+        // If this string is empty, the resource is connected to the default provider,
+        // e.g. "aws_instance" goes with the "aws" provider.
+        // If the resource block contained a "provider" key, that value will be set here.
+        Provider string `json:"provider"`
+
+        mu sync.Mutex
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceState) Lock()   { s.mu.Lock() }
+func (s *ResourceState) Unlock() { s.mu.Unlock() }
+
+// Equal tests whether two ResourceStates are equal.
+func (s *ResourceState) Equal(other *ResourceState) bool {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        if s.Type != other.Type {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        if s.Provider != other.Provider {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        // Dependencies must be equal
+        sort.Strings(s.Dependencies)
+        sort.Strings(other.Dependencies)
+        if len(s.Dependencies) != len(other.Dependencies) {
+                return false
+        }
+        for i, d := range s.Dependencies {
+                if other.Dependencies[i] != d {
+                        return false
+                }
+        }
+
+        // States must be equal
+        if !s.Primary.Equal(other.Primary) {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        return true
+}
+
+// Taint marks a resource as tainted.
+func (s *ResourceState) Taint() {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        if s.Primary != nil {
+                s.Primary.Tainted = true
+        }
+}
+
+// Untaint unmarks a resource as tainted.
+func (s *ResourceState) Untaint() {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        if s.Primary != nil {
+                s.Primary.Tainted = false
+        }
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceState) init() {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        if s.Primary == nil {
+                s.Primary = &InstanceState{}
+        }
+        s.Primary.init()
+
+        if s.Dependencies == nil {
+                s.Dependencies = []string{}
+        }
+
+        if s.Deposed == nil {
+                s.Deposed = make([]*InstanceState, 0)
+        }
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceState) deepcopy() *ResourceState {
+        copy, err := copystructure.Config{Lock: true}.Copy(s)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        return copy.(*ResourceState)
+}
+
+// prune is used to remove any instances that are no longer required
+func (s *ResourceState) prune() {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        n := len(s.Deposed)
+        for i := 0; i < n; i++ {
+                inst := s.Deposed[i]
+                if inst == nil || inst.ID == "" {
+                        copy(s.Deposed[i:], s.Deposed[i+1:])
+                        s.Deposed[n-1] = nil
+                        n--
+                        i--
+                }
+        }
+        s.Deposed = s.Deposed[:n]
+
+        s.Dependencies = uniqueStrings(s.Dependencies)
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceState) sort() {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        sort.Strings(s.Dependencies)
+}
+
+func (s *ResourceState) String() string {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("Type = %s", s.Type))
+        return buf.String()
+}
+
+// InstanceState is used to track the unique state information belonging
+// to a given instance.
+type InstanceState struct {
+        // A unique ID for this resource. This is opaque to Terraform
+        // and is only meant as a lookup mechanism for the providers.
+        ID string `json:"id"`
+
+        // Attributes are basic information about the resource. Any keys here
+        // are accessible in variable format within Terraform configurations:
+        // ${resourcetype.name.attribute}.
+        Attributes map[string]string `json:"attributes"`
+
+        // Ephemeral is used to store any state associated with this instance
+        // that is necessary for the Terraform run to complete, but is not
+        // persisted to a state file.
+        Ephemeral EphemeralState `json:"-"`
+
+        // Meta is a simple K/V map that is persisted to the State but otherwise
+        // ignored by Terraform core. It's meant to be used for accounting by
+        // external client code. The value here must only contain Go primitives
+        // and collections.
+        Meta map[string]interface{} `json:"meta"`
+
+        // Tainted is used to mark a resource for recreation.
+        Tainted bool `json:"tainted"`
+
+        mu sync.Mutex
+}
+
+func (s *InstanceState) Lock()   { s.mu.Lock() }
+func (s *InstanceState) Unlock() { s.mu.Unlock() }
+
+func (s *InstanceState) init() {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        if s.Attributes == nil {
+                s.Attributes = make(map[string]string)
+        }
+        if s.Meta == nil {
+                s.Meta = make(map[string]interface{})
+        }
+        s.Ephemeral.init()
+}
+
+// Copy all the Fields from another InstanceState
+func (s *InstanceState) Set(from *InstanceState) {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        from.Lock()
+        defer from.Unlock()
+
+        s.ID = from.ID
+        s.Attributes = from.Attributes
+        s.Ephemeral = from.Ephemeral
+        s.Meta = from.Meta
+        s.Tainted = from.Tainted
+}
+
+func (s *InstanceState) DeepCopy() *InstanceState {
+        copy, err := copystructure.Config{Lock: true}.Copy(s)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        return copy.(*InstanceState)
+}
+
+func (s *InstanceState) Empty() bool {
+        if s == nil {
+                return true
+        }
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        return s.ID == ""
+}
+
+func (s *InstanceState) Equal(other *InstanceState) bool {
+        // Short circuit some nil checks
+        if s == nil || other == nil {
+                return s == other
+        }
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        // IDs must be equal
+        if s.ID != other.ID {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        // Attributes must be equal
+        if len(s.Attributes) != len(other.Attributes) {
+                return false
+        }
+        for k, v := range s.Attributes {
+                otherV, ok := other.Attributes[k]
+                if !ok {
+                        return false
+                }
+
+                if v != otherV {
+                        return false
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Meta must be equal
+        if len(s.Meta) != len(other.Meta) {
+                return false
+        }
+        if s.Meta != nil && other.Meta != nil {
+                // We only do the deep check if both are non-nil. If one is nil
+                // we treat it as equal since their lengths are both zero (check
+                // above).
+                if !reflect.DeepEqual(s.Meta, other.Meta) {
+                        return false
+                }
+        }
+
+        if s.Tainted != other.Tainted {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        return true
+}
+
+// MergeDiff takes a ResourceDiff and merges the attributes into
+// this resource state in order to generate a new state. This new
+// state can be used to provide updated attribute lookups for
+// variable interpolation.
+//
+// If the diff attribute requires computing the value, and hence
+// won't be available until apply, the value is replaced with the
+// computeID.
+func (s *InstanceState) MergeDiff(d *InstanceDiff) *InstanceState {
+        result := s.DeepCopy()
+        if result == nil {
+                result = new(InstanceState)
+        }
+        result.init()
+
+        if s != nil {
+                s.Lock()
+                defer s.Unlock()
+                for k, v := range s.Attributes {
+                        result.Attributes[k] = v
+                }
+        }
+        if d != nil {
+                for k, diff := range d.CopyAttributes() {
+                        if diff.NewRemoved {
+                                delete(result.Attributes, k)
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        if diff.NewComputed {
+                                result.Attributes[k] = config.UnknownVariableValue
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        result.Attributes[k] = diff.New
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+func (s *InstanceState) String() string {
+        s.Lock()
+        defer s.Unlock()
+
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+
+        if s == nil || s.ID == "" {
+                return "<not created>"
+        }
+
+        buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("ID = %s\n", s.ID))
+
+        attributes := s.Attributes
+        attrKeys := make([]string, 0, len(attributes))
+        for ak, _ := range attributes {
+                if ak == "id" {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                attrKeys = append(attrKeys, ak)
+        }
+        sort.Strings(attrKeys)
+
+        for _, ak := range attrKeys {
+                av := attributes[ak]
+                buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("%s = %s\n", ak, av))
+        }
+
+        buf.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("Tainted = %t\n", s.Tainted))
+
+        return buf.String()
+}
+
+// EphemeralState is used for transient state that is only kept in-memory
+type EphemeralState struct {
+        // ConnInfo is used for the providers to export information which is
+        // used to connect to the resource for provisioning. For example,
+        // this could contain SSH or WinRM credentials.
+        ConnInfo map[string]string `json:"-"`
+
+        // Type is used to specify the resource type for this instance. This is only
+        // required for import operations (as documented). If the documentation
+        // doesn't state that you need to set this, then don't worry about
+        // setting it.
+        Type string `json:"-"`
+}
+
+func (e *EphemeralState) init() {
+        if e.ConnInfo == nil {
+                e.ConnInfo = make(map[string]string)
+        }
+}
+
+func (e *EphemeralState) DeepCopy() *EphemeralState {
+        copy, err := copystructure.Config{Lock: true}.Copy(e)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        return copy.(*EphemeralState)
+}
+
+type jsonStateVersionIdentifier struct {
+        Version int `json:"version"`
+}
+
+// Check if this is a V0 format - the magic bytes at the start of the file
+// should be "tfstate" if so. We no longer support upgrading this type of
+// state but return an error message explaining to a user how they can
+// upgrade via the 0.6.x series.
+func testForV0State(buf *bufio.Reader) error {
+        start, err := buf.Peek(len("tfstate"))
+        if err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("Failed to check for magic bytes: %v", err)
+        }
+        if string(start) == "tfstate" {
+                return fmt.Errorf("Terraform 0.7 no longer supports upgrading the binary state\n" +
+                        "format which was used prior to Terraform 0.3. Please upgrade\n" +
+                        "this state file using Terraform 0.6.16 prior to using it with\n" +
+                        "Terraform 0.7.")
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// ErrNoState is returned by ReadState when the io.Reader contains no data
+var ErrNoState = errors.New("no state")
+
+// ReadState reads a state structure out of a reader in the format that
+// was written by WriteState.
+func ReadState(src io.Reader) (*State, error) {
+        buf := bufio.NewReader(src)
+        if _, err := buf.Peek(1); err != nil {
+                // the error is either io.EOF or "invalid argument", and both are from
+                // an empty state.
+                return nil, ErrNoState
+        }
+
+        if err := testForV0State(buf); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // If we are JSON we buffer the whole thing in memory so we can read it twice.
+        // This is suboptimal, but will work for now.
+        jsonBytes, err := ioutil.ReadAll(buf)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Reading state file failed: %v", err)
+        }
+
+        versionIdentifier := &jsonStateVersionIdentifier{}
+        if err := json.Unmarshal(jsonBytes, versionIdentifier); err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Decoding state file version failed: %v", err)
+        }
+
+        var result *State
+        switch versionIdentifier.Version {
+        case 0:
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("State version 0 is not supported as JSON.")
+        case 1:
+                v1State, err := ReadStateV1(jsonBytes)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                v2State, err := upgradeStateV1ToV2(v1State)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                v3State, err := upgradeStateV2ToV3(v2State)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                // increment the Serial whenever we upgrade state
+                v3State.Serial++
+                result = v3State
+        case 2:
+                v2State, err := ReadStateV2(jsonBytes)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                v3State, err := upgradeStateV2ToV3(v2State)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                v3State.Serial++
+                result = v3State
+        case 3:
+                v3State, err := ReadStateV3(jsonBytes)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+
+                result = v3State
+        default:
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Terraform %s does not support state version %d, please update.",
+                        SemVersion.String(), versionIdentifier.Version)
+        }
+
+        // If we reached this place we must have a result set
+        if result == nil {
+                panic("resulting state in load not set, assertion failed")
+        }
+
+        // Prune the state when read it. Its possible to write unpruned states or
+        // for a user to make a state unpruned (nil-ing a module state for example).
+        result.prune()
+
+        // Validate the state file is valid
+        if err := result.Validate(); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+func ReadStateV1(jsonBytes []byte) (*stateV1, error) {
+        v1State := &stateV1{}
+        if err := json.Unmarshal(jsonBytes, v1State); err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Decoding state file failed: %v", err)
+        }
+
+        if v1State.Version != 1 {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Decoded state version did not match the decoder selection: "+
+                        "read %d, expected 1", v1State.Version)
+        }
+
+        return v1State, nil
+}
+
+func ReadStateV2(jsonBytes []byte) (*State, error) {
+        state := &State{}
+        if err := json.Unmarshal(jsonBytes, state); err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Decoding state file failed: %v", err)
+        }
+
+        // Check the version, this to ensure we don't read a future
+        // version that we don't understand
+        if state.Version > StateVersion {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Terraform %s does not support state version %d, please update.",
+                        SemVersion.String(), state.Version)
+        }
+
+        // Make sure the version is semantic
+        if state.TFVersion != "" {
+                if _, err := version.NewVersion(state.TFVersion); err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "State contains invalid version: %s\n\n"+
+                                        "Terraform validates the version format prior to writing it. This\n"+
+                                        "means that this is invalid of the state becoming corrupted through\n"+
+                                        "some external means. Please manually modify the Terraform version\n"+
+                                        "field to be a proper semantic version.",
+                                state.TFVersion)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // catch any unitialized fields in the state
+        state.init()
+
+        // Sort it
+        state.sort()
+
+        return state, nil
+}
+
+func ReadStateV3(jsonBytes []byte) (*State, error) {
+        state := &State{}
+        if err := json.Unmarshal(jsonBytes, state); err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Decoding state file failed: %v", err)
+        }
+
+        // Check the version, this to ensure we don't read a future
+        // version that we don't understand
+        if state.Version > StateVersion {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Terraform %s does not support state version %d, please update.",
+                        SemVersion.String(), state.Version)
+        }
+
+        // Make sure the version is semantic
+        if state.TFVersion != "" {
+                if _, err := version.NewVersion(state.TFVersion); err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                "State contains invalid version: %s\n\n"+
+                                        "Terraform validates the version format prior to writing it. This\n"+
+                                        "means that this is invalid of the state becoming corrupted through\n"+
+                                        "some external means. Please manually modify the Terraform version\n"+
+                                        "field to be a proper semantic version.",
+                                state.TFVersion)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // catch any unitialized fields in the state
+        state.init()
+
+        // Sort it
+        state.sort()
+
+        // Now we write the state back out to detect any changes in normaliztion.
+        // If our state is now written out differently, bump the serial number to
+        // prevent conflicts.
+        var buf bytes.Buffer
+        err := WriteState(state, &buf)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        if !bytes.Equal(jsonBytes, buf.Bytes()) {
+                log.Println("[INFO] state modified during read or write. incrementing serial number")
+                state.Serial++
+        }
+
+        return state, nil
+}
+
+// WriteState writes a state somewhere in a binary format.
+func WriteState(d *State, dst io.Writer) error {
+        // writing a nil state is a noop.
+        if d == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // make sure we have no uninitialized fields
+        d.init()
+
+        // Make sure it is sorted
+        d.sort()
+
+        // Ensure the version is set
+        d.Version = StateVersion
+
+        // If the TFVersion is set, verify it. We used to just set the version
+        // here, but this isn't safe since it changes the MD5 sum on some remote
+        // state storage backends such as Atlas. We now leave it be if needed.
+        if d.TFVersion != "" {
+                if _, err := version.NewVersion(d.TFVersion); err != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "Error writing state, invalid version: %s\n\n"+
+                                        "The Terraform version when writing the state must be a semantic\n"+
+                                        "version.",
+                                d.TFVersion)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Encode the data in a human-friendly way
+        data, err := json.MarshalIndent(d, "", "    ")
+        if err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("Failed to encode state: %s", err)
+        }
+
+        // We append a newline to the data because MarshalIndent doesn't
+        data = append(data, '\n')
+
+        // Write the data out to the dst
+        if _, err := io.Copy(dst, bytes.NewReader(data)); err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("Failed to write state: %v", err)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// resourceNameSort implements the sort.Interface to sort name parts lexically for
+// strings and numerically for integer indexes.
+type resourceNameSort []string
+
+func (r resourceNameSort) Len() int      { return len(r) }
+func (r resourceNameSort) Swap(i, j int) { r[i], r[j] = r[j], r[i] }
+
+func (r resourceNameSort) Less(i, j int) bool {
+        iParts := strings.Split(r[i], ".")
+        jParts := strings.Split(r[j], ".")
+
+        end := len(iParts)
+        if len(jParts) < end {
+                end = len(jParts)
+        }
+
+        for idx := 0; idx < end; idx++ {
+                if iParts[idx] == jParts[idx] {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // sort on the first non-matching part
+                iInt, iIntErr := strconv.Atoi(iParts[idx])
+                jInt, jIntErr := strconv.Atoi(jParts[idx])
+
+                switch {
+                case iIntErr == nil && jIntErr == nil:
+                        // sort numerically if both parts are integers
+                        return iInt < jInt
+                case iIntErr == nil:
+                        // numbers sort before strings
+                        return true
+                case jIntErr == nil:
+                        return false
+                default:
+                        return iParts[idx] < jParts[idx]
+                }
+        }
+
+        return r[i] < r[j]
+}
+
+// moduleStateSort implements sort.Interface to sort module states
+type moduleStateSort []*ModuleState
+
+func (s moduleStateSort) Len() int {
+        return len(s)
+}
+
+func (s moduleStateSort) Less(i, j int) bool {
+        a := s[i]
+        b := s[j]
+
+        // If either is nil, then the nil one is "less" than
+        if a == nil || b == nil {
+                return a == nil
+        }
+
+        // If the lengths are different, then the shorter one always wins
+        if len(a.Path) != len(b.Path) {
+                return len(a.Path) < len(b.Path)
+        }
+
+        // Otherwise, compare lexically
+        return strings.Join(a.Path, ".") < strings.Join(b.Path, ".")
+}
+
+func (s moduleStateSort) Swap(i, j int) {
+        s[i], s[j] = s[j], s[i]
+}
+
+const stateValidateErrMultiModule = `
+Multiple modules with the same path: %s
+
+This means that there are multiple entries in the "modules" field
+in your state file that point to the same module. This will cause Terraform
+to behave in unexpected and error prone ways and is invalid. Please back up
+and modify your state file manually to resolve this.
+`
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state_add.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state_add.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1163730
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state_add.go
@@ -0,0 +1,374 @@
+package terraform
+
+import "fmt"
+
+// Add adds the item in the state at the given address.
+//
+// The item can be a ModuleState, ResourceState, or InstanceState. Depending
+// on the item type, the address may or may not be valid. For example, a
+// module cannot be moved to a resource address, however a resource can be
+// moved to a module address (it retains the same name, under that resource).
+//
+// The item can also be a []*ModuleState, which is the case for nested
+// modules. In this case, Add will expect the zero-index to be the top-most
+// module to add and will only nest children from there. For semantics, this
+// is equivalent to module => module.
+//
+// The full semantics of Add:
+//
+//                      ┌───────────────────┬───────────────────┬───────────────────┐
+//                      │  Module Address   │ Resource Address  │ Instance Address  │
+//    ┌─────────────────┼───────────────────┼───────────────────┼───────────────────┤
+//    │   ModuleState   │         ✓         │         x         │         x         │
+//    ├─────────────────┼───────────────────┼───────────────────┼───────────────────┤
+//    │  ResourceState  │         ✓         │         ✓         │      maybe*       │
+//    ├─────────────────┼───────────────────┼───────────────────┼───────────────────┤
+//    │ Instance State  │         ✓         │         ✓         │         ✓         │
+//    └─────────────────┴───────────────────┴───────────────────┴───────────────────┘
+//
+// *maybe - Resources can be added at an instance address only if the resource
+//          represents a single instance (primary). Example:
+//          "aws_instance.foo" can be moved to "aws_instance.bar.tainted"
+//
+func (s *State) Add(fromAddrRaw string, toAddrRaw string, raw interface{}) error {
+        // Parse the address
+
+        toAddr, err := ParseResourceAddress(toAddrRaw)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Parse the from address
+        fromAddr, err := ParseResourceAddress(fromAddrRaw)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Determine the types
+        from := detectValueAddLoc(raw)
+        to := detectAddrAddLoc(toAddr)
+
+        // Find the function to do this
+        fromMap, ok := stateAddFuncs[from]
+        if !ok {
+                return fmt.Errorf("invalid source to add to state: %T", raw)
+        }
+        f, ok := fromMap[to]
+        if !ok {
+                return fmt.Errorf("invalid destination: %s (%d)", toAddr, to)
+        }
+
+        // Call the migrator
+        if err := f(s, fromAddr, toAddr, raw); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Prune the state
+        s.prune()
+        return nil
+}
+
+func stateAddFunc_Module_Module(s *State, fromAddr, addr *ResourceAddress, raw interface{}) error {
+        // raw can be either *ModuleState or []*ModuleState. The former means
+        // we're moving just one module. The latter means we're moving a module
+        // and children.
+        root := raw
+        var rest []*ModuleState
+        if list, ok := raw.([]*ModuleState); ok {
+                // We need at least one item
+                if len(list) == 0 {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("module move with no value to: %s", addr)
+                }
+
+                // The first item is always the root
+                root = list[0]
+                if len(list) > 1 {
+                        rest = list[1:]
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Get the actual module state
+        src := root.(*ModuleState).deepcopy()
+
+        // If the target module exists, it is an error
+        path := append([]string{"root"}, addr.Path...)
+        if s.ModuleByPath(path) != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf("module target is not empty: %s", addr)
+        }
+
+        // Create it and copy our outputs and dependencies
+        mod := s.AddModule(path)
+        mod.Outputs = src.Outputs
+        mod.Dependencies = src.Dependencies
+
+        // Go through the resources perform an add for each of those
+        for k, v := range src.Resources {
+                resourceKey, err := ParseResourceStateKey(k)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Update the resource address for this
+                addrCopy := *addr
+                addrCopy.Type = resourceKey.Type
+                addrCopy.Name = resourceKey.Name
+                addrCopy.Index = resourceKey.Index
+                addrCopy.Mode = resourceKey.Mode
+
+                // Perform an add
+                if err := s.Add(fromAddr.String(), addrCopy.String(), v); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Add all the children if we have them
+        for _, item := range rest {
+                // If item isn't a descendent of our root, then ignore it
+                if !src.IsDescendent(item) {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // It is! Strip the leading prefix and attach that to our address
+                extra := item.Path[len(src.Path):]
+                addrCopy := addr.Copy()
+                addrCopy.Path = append(addrCopy.Path, extra...)
+
+                // Add it
+                s.Add(fromAddr.String(), addrCopy.String(), item)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func stateAddFunc_Resource_Module(
+        s *State, from, to *ResourceAddress, raw interface{}) error {
+        // Build the more specific to addr
+        addr := *to
+        addr.Type = from.Type
+        addr.Name = from.Name
+
+        return s.Add(from.String(), addr.String(), raw)
+}
+
+func stateAddFunc_Resource_Resource(s *State, fromAddr, addr *ResourceAddress, raw interface{}) error {
+        // raw can be either *ResourceState or []*ResourceState. The former means
+        // we're moving just one resource. The latter means we're moving a count
+        // of resources.
+        if list, ok := raw.([]*ResourceState); ok {
+                // We need at least one item
+                if len(list) == 0 {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("resource move with no value to: %s", addr)
+                }
+
+                // If there is an index, this is an error since we can't assign
+                // a set of resources to a single index
+                if addr.Index >= 0 && len(list) > 1 {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "multiple resources can't be moved to a single index: "+
+                                        "%s => %s", fromAddr, addr)
+                }
+
+                // Add each with a specific index
+                for i, rs := range list {
+                        addrCopy := addr.Copy()
+                        addrCopy.Index = i
+
+                        if err := s.Add(fromAddr.String(), addrCopy.String(), rs); err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        src := raw.(*ResourceState).deepcopy()
+
+        // Initialize the resource
+        resourceRaw, exists := stateAddInitAddr(s, addr)
+        if exists {
+                return fmt.Errorf("resource exists and not empty: %s", addr)
+        }
+        resource := resourceRaw.(*ResourceState)
+        resource.Type = src.Type
+        resource.Dependencies = src.Dependencies
+        resource.Provider = src.Provider
+
+        // Move the primary
+        if src.Primary != nil {
+                addrCopy := *addr
+                addrCopy.InstanceType = TypePrimary
+                addrCopy.InstanceTypeSet = true
+                if err := s.Add(fromAddr.String(), addrCopy.String(), src.Primary); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Move all deposed
+        if len(src.Deposed) > 0 {
+                resource.Deposed = src.Deposed
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func stateAddFunc_Instance_Instance(s *State, fromAddr, addr *ResourceAddress, raw interface{}) error {
+        src := raw.(*InstanceState).DeepCopy()
+
+        // Create the instance
+        instanceRaw, _ := stateAddInitAddr(s, addr)
+        instance := instanceRaw.(*InstanceState)
+
+        // Set it
+        instance.Set(src)
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func stateAddFunc_Instance_Module(
+        s *State, from, to *ResourceAddress, raw interface{}) error {
+        addr := *to
+        addr.Type = from.Type
+        addr.Name = from.Name
+
+        return s.Add(from.String(), addr.String(), raw)
+}
+
+func stateAddFunc_Instance_Resource(
+        s *State, from, to *ResourceAddress, raw interface{}) error {
+        addr := *to
+        addr.InstanceType = TypePrimary
+        addr.InstanceTypeSet = true
+
+        return s.Add(from.String(), addr.String(), raw)
+}
+
+// stateAddFunc is the type of function for adding an item to a state
+type stateAddFunc func(s *State, from, to *ResourceAddress, item interface{}) error
+
+// stateAddFuncs has the full matrix mapping of the state adders.
+var stateAddFuncs map[stateAddLoc]map[stateAddLoc]stateAddFunc
+
+func init() {
+        stateAddFuncs = map[stateAddLoc]map[stateAddLoc]stateAddFunc{
+                stateAddModule: {
+                        stateAddModule: stateAddFunc_Module_Module,
+                },
+                stateAddResource: {
+                        stateAddModule:   stateAddFunc_Resource_Module,
+                        stateAddResource: stateAddFunc_Resource_Resource,
+                },
+                stateAddInstance: {
+                        stateAddInstance: stateAddFunc_Instance_Instance,
+                        stateAddModule:   stateAddFunc_Instance_Module,
+                        stateAddResource: stateAddFunc_Instance_Resource,
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// stateAddLoc is an enum to represent the location where state is being
+// moved from/to. We use this for quick lookups in a function map.
+type stateAddLoc uint
+
+const (
+        stateAddInvalid stateAddLoc = iota
+        stateAddModule
+        stateAddResource
+        stateAddInstance
+)
+
+// detectAddrAddLoc detects the state type for the given address. This
+// function is specifically not unit tested since we consider the State.Add
+// functionality to be comprehensive enough to cover this.
+func detectAddrAddLoc(addr *ResourceAddress) stateAddLoc {
+        if addr.Name == "" {
+                return stateAddModule
+        }
+
+        if !addr.InstanceTypeSet {
+                return stateAddResource
+        }
+
+        return stateAddInstance
+}
+
+// detectValueAddLoc determines the stateAddLoc value from the raw value
+// that is some State structure.
+func detectValueAddLoc(raw interface{}) stateAddLoc {
+        switch raw.(type) {
+        case *ModuleState:
+                return stateAddModule
+        case []*ModuleState:
+                return stateAddModule
+        case *ResourceState:
+                return stateAddResource
+        case []*ResourceState:
+                return stateAddResource
+        case *InstanceState:
+                return stateAddInstance
+        default:
+                return stateAddInvalid
+        }
+}
+
+// stateAddInitAddr takes a ResourceAddress and creates the non-existing
+// resources up to that point, returning the empty (or existing) interface
+// at that address.
+func stateAddInitAddr(s *State, addr *ResourceAddress) (interface{}, bool) {
+        addType := detectAddrAddLoc(addr)
+
+        // Get the module
+        path := append([]string{"root"}, addr.Path...)
+        exists := true
+        mod := s.ModuleByPath(path)
+        if mod == nil {
+                mod = s.AddModule(path)
+                exists = false
+        }
+        if addType == stateAddModule {
+                return mod, exists
+        }
+
+        // Add the resource
+        resourceKey := (&ResourceStateKey{
+                Name:  addr.Name,
+                Type:  addr.Type,
+                Index: addr.Index,
+                Mode:  addr.Mode,
+        }).String()
+        exists = true
+        resource, ok := mod.Resources[resourceKey]
+        if !ok {
+                resource = &ResourceState{Type: addr.Type}
+                resource.init()
+                mod.Resources[resourceKey] = resource
+                exists = false
+        }
+        if addType == stateAddResource {
+                return resource, exists
+        }
+
+        // Get the instance
+        exists = true
+        instance := &InstanceState{}
+        switch addr.InstanceType {
+        case TypePrimary, TypeTainted:
+                if v := resource.Primary; v != nil {
+                        instance = resource.Primary
+                } else {
+                        exists = false
+                }
+        case TypeDeposed:
+                idx := addr.Index
+                if addr.Index < 0 {
+                        idx = 0
+                }
+                if len(resource.Deposed) > idx {
+                        instance = resource.Deposed[idx]
+                } else {
+                        resource.Deposed = append(resource.Deposed, instance)
+                        exists = false
+                }
+        }
+
+        return instance, exists
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state_filter.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state_filter.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2dcb11b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state_filter.go
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "sort"
+)
+
+// StateFilter is responsible for filtering and searching a state.
+//
+// This is a separate struct from State rather than a method on State
+// because StateFilter might create sidecar data structures to optimize
+// filtering on the state.
+//
+// If you change the State, the filter created is invalid and either
+// Reset should be called or a new one should be allocated. StateFilter
+// will not watch State for changes and do this for you. If you filter after
+// changing the State without calling Reset, the behavior is not defined.
+type StateFilter struct {
+        State *State
+}
+
+// Filter takes the addresses specified by fs and finds all the matches.
+// The values of fs are resource addressing syntax that can be parsed by
+// ParseResourceAddress.
+func (f *StateFilter) Filter(fs ...string) ([]*StateFilterResult, error) {
+        // Parse all the addresses
+        as := make([]*ResourceAddress, len(fs))
+        for i, v := range fs {
+                a, err := ParseResourceAddress(v)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error parsing address '%s': %s", v, err)
+                }
+
+                as[i] = a
+        }
+
+        // If we weren't given any filters, then we list all
+        if len(fs) == 0 {
+                as = append(as, &ResourceAddress{Index: -1})
+        }
+
+        // Filter each of the address. We keep track of this in a map to
+        // strip duplicates.
+        resultSet := make(map[string]*StateFilterResult)
+        for _, a := range as {
+                for _, r := range f.filterSingle(a) {
+                        resultSet[r.String()] = r
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Make the result list
+        results := make([]*StateFilterResult, 0, len(resultSet))
+        for _, v := range resultSet {
+                results = append(results, v)
+        }
+
+        // Sort them and return
+        sort.Sort(StateFilterResultSlice(results))
+        return results, nil
+}
+
+func (f *StateFilter) filterSingle(a *ResourceAddress) []*StateFilterResult {
+        // The slice to keep track of results
+        var results []*StateFilterResult
+
+        // Go through modules first.
+        modules := make([]*ModuleState, 0, len(f.State.Modules))
+        for _, m := range f.State.Modules {
+                if f.relevant(a, m) {
+                        modules = append(modules, m)
+
+                        // Only add the module to the results if we haven't specified a type.
+                        // We also ignore the root module.
+                        if a.Type == "" && len(m.Path) > 1 {
+                                results = append(results, &StateFilterResult{
+                                        Path:    m.Path[1:],
+                                        Address: (&ResourceAddress{Path: m.Path[1:]}).String(),
+                                        Value:   m,
+                                })
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // With the modules set, go through all the resources within
+        // the modules to find relevant resources.
+        for _, m := range modules {
+                for n, r := range m.Resources {
+                        // The name in the state contains valuable information. Parse.
+                        key, err := ParseResourceStateKey(n)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                // If we get an error parsing, then just ignore it
+                                // out of the state.
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // Older states and test fixtures often don't contain the
+                        // type directly on the ResourceState. We add this so StateFilter
+                        // is a bit more robust.
+                        if r.Type == "" {
+                                r.Type = key.Type
+                        }
+
+                        if f.relevant(a, r) {
+                                if a.Name != "" && a.Name != key.Name {
+                                        // Name doesn't match
+                                        continue
+                                }
+
+                                if a.Index >= 0 && key.Index != a.Index {
+                                        // Index doesn't match
+                                        continue
+                                }
+
+                                if a.Name != "" && a.Name != key.Name {
+                                        continue
+                                }
+
+                                // Build the address for this resource
+                                addr := &ResourceAddress{
+                                        Path:  m.Path[1:],
+                                        Name:  key.Name,
+                                        Type:  key.Type,
+                                        Index: key.Index,
+                                }
+
+                                // Add the resource level result
+                                resourceResult := &StateFilterResult{
+                                        Path:    addr.Path,
+                                        Address: addr.String(),
+                                        Value:   r,
+                                }
+                                if !a.InstanceTypeSet {
+                                        results = append(results, resourceResult)
+                                }
+
+                                // Add the instances
+                                if r.Primary != nil {
+                                        addr.InstanceType = TypePrimary
+                                        addr.InstanceTypeSet = false
+                                        results = append(results, &StateFilterResult{
+                                                Path:    addr.Path,
+                                                Address: addr.String(),
+                                                Parent:  resourceResult,
+                                                Value:   r.Primary,
+                                        })
+                                }
+
+                                for _, instance := range r.Deposed {
+                                        if f.relevant(a, instance) {
+                                                addr.InstanceType = TypeDeposed
+                                                addr.InstanceTypeSet = true
+                                                results = append(results, &StateFilterResult{
+                                                        Path:    addr.Path,
+                                                        Address: addr.String(),
+                                                        Parent:  resourceResult,
+                                                        Value:   instance,
+                                                })
+                                        }
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return results
+}
+
+// relevant checks for relevance of this address against the given value.
+func (f *StateFilter) relevant(addr *ResourceAddress, raw interface{}) bool {
+        switch v := raw.(type) {
+        case *ModuleState:
+                path := v.Path[1:]
+
+                if len(addr.Path) > len(path) {
+                        // Longer path in address means there is no way we match.
+                        return false
+                }
+
+                // Check for a prefix match
+                for i, p := range addr.Path {
+                        if path[i] != p {
+                                // Any mismatches don't match.
+                                return false
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return true
+        case *ResourceState:
+                if addr.Type == "" {
+                        // If we have no resource type, then we're interested in all!
+                        return true
+                }
+
+                // If the type doesn't match we fail immediately
+                if v.Type != addr.Type {
+                        return false
+                }
+
+                return true
+        default:
+                // If we don't know about it, let's just say no
+                return false
+        }
+}
+
+// StateFilterResult is a single result from a filter operation. Filter
+// can match multiple things within a state (module, resource, instance, etc.)
+// and this unifies that.
+type StateFilterResult struct {
+        // Module path of the result
+        Path []string
+
+        // Address is the address that can be used to reference this exact result.
+        Address string
+
+        // Parent, if non-nil, is a parent of this result. For instances, the
+        // parent would be a resource. For resources, the parent would be
+        // a module. For modules, this is currently nil.
+        Parent *StateFilterResult
+
+        // Value is the actual value. This must be type switched on. It can be
+        // any data structures that `State` can hold: `ModuleState`,
+        // `ResourceState`, `InstanceState`.
+        Value interface{}
+}
+
+func (r *StateFilterResult) String() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%T: %s", r.Value, r.Address)
+}
+
+func (r *StateFilterResult) sortedType() int {
+        switch r.Value.(type) {
+        case *ModuleState:
+                return 0
+        case *ResourceState:
+                return 1
+        case *InstanceState:
+                return 2
+        default:
+                return 50
+        }
+}
+
+// StateFilterResultSlice is a slice of results that implements
+// sort.Interface. The sorting goal is what is most appealing to
+// human output.
+type StateFilterResultSlice []*StateFilterResult
+
+func (s StateFilterResultSlice) Len() int      { return len(s) }
+func (s StateFilterResultSlice) Swap(i, j int) { s[i], s[j] = s[j], s[i] }
+func (s StateFilterResultSlice) Less(i, j int) bool {
+        a, b := s[i], s[j]
+
+        // if these address contain an index, we want to sort by index rather than name
+        addrA, errA := ParseResourceAddress(a.Address)
+        addrB, errB := ParseResourceAddress(b.Address)
+        if errA == nil && errB == nil && addrA.Name == addrB.Name && addrA.Index != addrB.Index {
+                return addrA.Index < addrB.Index
+        }
+
+        // If the addresses are different it is just lexographic sorting
+        if a.Address != b.Address {
+                return a.Address < b.Address
+        }
+
+        // Addresses are the same, which means it matters on the type
+        return a.sortedType() < b.sortedType()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state_upgrade_v1_to_v2.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state_upgrade_v1_to_v2.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa13cce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state_upgrade_v1_to_v2.go
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/mitchellh/copystructure"
+)
+
+// upgradeStateV1ToV2 is used to upgrade a V1 state representation
+// into a V2 state representation
+func upgradeStateV1ToV2(old *stateV1) (*State, error) {
+        if old == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        remote, err := old.Remote.upgradeToV2()
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error upgrading State V1: %v", err)
+        }
+
+        modules := make([]*ModuleState, len(old.Modules))
+        for i, module := range old.Modules {
+                upgraded, err := module.upgradeToV2()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error upgrading State V1: %v", err)
+                }
+                modules[i] = upgraded
+        }
+        if len(modules) == 0 {
+                modules = nil
+        }
+
+        newState := &State{
+                Version: 2,
+                Serial:  old.Serial,
+                Remote:  remote,
+                Modules: modules,
+        }
+
+        newState.sort()
+        newState.init()
+
+        return newState, nil
+}
+
+func (old *remoteStateV1) upgradeToV2() (*RemoteState, error) {
+        if old == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        config, err := copystructure.Copy(old.Config)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error upgrading RemoteState V1: %v", err)
+        }
+
+        return &RemoteState{
+                Type:   old.Type,
+                Config: config.(map[string]string),
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (old *moduleStateV1) upgradeToV2() (*ModuleState, error) {
+        if old == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        pathRaw, err := copystructure.Copy(old.Path)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error upgrading ModuleState V1: %v", err)
+        }
+        path, ok := pathRaw.([]string)
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error upgrading ModuleState V1: path is not a list of strings")
+        }
+        if len(path) == 0 {
+                // We found some V1 states with a nil path. Assume root and catch
+                // duplicate path errors later (as part of Validate).
+                path = rootModulePath
+        }
+
+        // Outputs needs upgrading to use the new structure
+        outputs := make(map[string]*OutputState)
+        for key, output := range old.Outputs {
+                outputs[key] = &OutputState{
+                        Type:      "string",
+                        Value:     output,
+                        Sensitive: false,
+                }
+        }
+
+        resources := make(map[string]*ResourceState)
+        for key, oldResource := range old.Resources {
+                upgraded, err := oldResource.upgradeToV2()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error upgrading ModuleState V1: %v", err)
+                }
+                resources[key] = upgraded
+        }
+
+        dependencies, err := copystructure.Copy(old.Dependencies)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error upgrading ModuleState V1: %v", err)
+        }
+
+        return &ModuleState{
+                Path:         path,
+                Outputs:      outputs,
+                Resources:    resources,
+                Dependencies: dependencies.([]string),
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (old *resourceStateV1) upgradeToV2() (*ResourceState, error) {
+        if old == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        dependencies, err := copystructure.Copy(old.Dependencies)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error upgrading ResourceState V1: %v", err)
+        }
+
+        primary, err := old.Primary.upgradeToV2()
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error upgrading ResourceState V1: %v", err)
+        }
+
+        deposed := make([]*InstanceState, len(old.Deposed))
+        for i, v := range old.Deposed {
+                upgraded, err := v.upgradeToV2()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error upgrading ResourceState V1: %v", err)
+                }
+                deposed[i] = upgraded
+        }
+        if len(deposed) == 0 {
+                deposed = nil
+        }
+
+        return &ResourceState{
+                Type:         old.Type,
+                Dependencies: dependencies.([]string),
+                Primary:      primary,
+                Deposed:      deposed,
+                Provider:     old.Provider,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (old *instanceStateV1) upgradeToV2() (*InstanceState, error) {
+        if old == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        attributes, err := copystructure.Copy(old.Attributes)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error upgrading InstanceState V1: %v", err)
+        }
+        ephemeral, err := old.Ephemeral.upgradeToV2()
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error upgrading InstanceState V1: %v", err)
+        }
+
+        meta, err := copystructure.Copy(old.Meta)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error upgrading InstanceState V1: %v", err)
+        }
+
+        newMeta := make(map[string]interface{})
+        for k, v := range meta.(map[string]string) {
+                newMeta[k] = v
+        }
+
+        return &InstanceState{
+                ID:         old.ID,
+                Attributes: attributes.(map[string]string),
+                Ephemeral:  *ephemeral,
+                Meta:       newMeta,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (old *ephemeralStateV1) upgradeToV2() (*EphemeralState, error) {
+        connInfo, err := copystructure.Copy(old.ConnInfo)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error upgrading EphemeralState V1: %v", err)
+        }
+        return &EphemeralState{
+                ConnInfo: connInfo.(map[string]string),
+        }, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state_upgrade_v2_to_v3.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state_upgrade_v2_to_v3.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e52d35f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state_upgrade_v2_to_v3.go
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "regexp"
+        "sort"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// The upgrade process from V2 to V3 state does not affect the structure,
+// so we do not need to redeclare all of the structs involved - we just
+// take a deep copy of the old structure and assert the version number is
+// as we expect.
+func upgradeStateV2ToV3(old *State) (*State, error) {
+        new := old.DeepCopy()
+
+        // Ensure the copied version is v2 before attempting to upgrade
+        if new.Version != 2 {
+                return nil, fmt.Errorf("Cannot apply v2->v3 state upgrade to " +
+                        "a state which is not version 2.")
+        }
+
+        // Set the new version number
+        new.Version = 3
+
+        // Change the counts for things which look like maps to use the %
+        // syntax. Remove counts for empty collections - they will be added
+        // back in later.
+        for _, module := range new.Modules {
+                for _, resource := range module.Resources {
+                        // Upgrade Primary
+                        if resource.Primary != nil {
+                                upgradeAttributesV2ToV3(resource.Primary)
+                        }
+
+                        // Upgrade Deposed
+                        if resource.Deposed != nil {
+                                for _, deposed := range resource.Deposed {
+                                        upgradeAttributesV2ToV3(deposed)
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return new, nil
+}
+
+func upgradeAttributesV2ToV3(instanceState *InstanceState) error {
+        collectionKeyRegexp := regexp.MustCompile(`^(.*\.)#$`)
+        collectionSubkeyRegexp := regexp.MustCompile(`^([^\.]+)\..*`)
+
+        // Identify the key prefix of anything which is a collection
+        var collectionKeyPrefixes []string
+        for key := range instanceState.Attributes {
+                if submatches := collectionKeyRegexp.FindAllStringSubmatch(key, -1); len(submatches) > 0 {
+                        collectionKeyPrefixes = append(collectionKeyPrefixes, submatches[0][1])
+                }
+        }
+        sort.Strings(collectionKeyPrefixes)
+
+        log.Printf("[STATE UPGRADE] Detected the following collections in state: %v", collectionKeyPrefixes)
+
+        // This could be rolled into fewer loops, but it is somewhat clearer this way, and will not
+        // run very often.
+        for _, prefix := range collectionKeyPrefixes {
+                // First get the actual keys that belong to this prefix
+                var potentialKeysMatching []string
+                for key := range instanceState.Attributes {
+                        if strings.HasPrefix(key, prefix) {
+                                potentialKeysMatching = append(potentialKeysMatching, strings.TrimPrefix(key, prefix))
+                        }
+                }
+                sort.Strings(potentialKeysMatching)
+
+                var actualKeysMatching []string
+                for _, key := range potentialKeysMatching {
+                        if submatches := collectionSubkeyRegexp.FindAllStringSubmatch(key, -1); len(submatches) > 0 {
+                                actualKeysMatching = append(actualKeysMatching, submatches[0][1])
+                        } else {
+                                if key != "#" {
+                                        actualKeysMatching = append(actualKeysMatching, key)
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+                actualKeysMatching = uniqueSortedStrings(actualKeysMatching)
+
+                // Now inspect the keys in order to determine whether this is most likely to be
+                // a map, list or set. There is room for error here, so we log in each case. If
+                // there is no method of telling, we remove the key from the InstanceState in
+                // order that it will be recreated. Again, this could be rolled into fewer loops
+                // but we prefer clarity.
+
+                oldCountKey := fmt.Sprintf("%s#", prefix)
+
+                // First, detect "obvious" maps - which have non-numeric keys (mostly).
+                hasNonNumericKeys := false
+                for _, key := range actualKeysMatching {
+                        if _, err := strconv.Atoi(key); err != nil {
+                                hasNonNumericKeys = true
+                        }
+                }
+                if hasNonNumericKeys {
+                        newCountKey := fmt.Sprintf("%s%%", prefix)
+
+                        instanceState.Attributes[newCountKey] = instanceState.Attributes[oldCountKey]
+                        delete(instanceState.Attributes, oldCountKey)
+                        log.Printf("[STATE UPGRADE] Detected %s as a map. Replaced count = %s",
+                                strings.TrimSuffix(prefix, "."), instanceState.Attributes[newCountKey])
+                }
+
+                // Now detect empty collections and remove them from state.
+                if len(actualKeysMatching) == 0 {
+                        delete(instanceState.Attributes, oldCountKey)
+                        log.Printf("[STATE UPGRADE] Detected %s as an empty collection. Removed from state.",
+                                strings.TrimSuffix(prefix, "."))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// uniqueSortedStrings removes duplicates from a slice of strings and returns
+// a sorted slice of the unique strings.
+func uniqueSortedStrings(input []string) []string {
+        uniquemap := make(map[string]struct{})
+        for _, str := range input {
+                uniquemap[str] = struct{}{}
+        }
+
+        output := make([]string, len(uniquemap))
+
+        i := 0
+        for key := range uniquemap {
+                output[i] = key
+                i = i + 1
+        }
+
+        sort.Strings(output)
+        return output
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state_v1.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state_v1.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68cffb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/state_v1.go
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+package terraform
+
+// stateV1 keeps track of a snapshot state-of-the-world that Terraform
+// can use to keep track of what real world resources it is actually
+// managing.
+//
+// stateV1 is _only used for the purposes of backwards compatibility
+// and is no longer used in Terraform.
+//
+// For the upgrade process, see state_upgrade_v1_to_v2.go
+type stateV1 struct {
+        // Version is the protocol version. "1" for a StateV1.
+        Version int `json:"version"`
+
+        // Serial is incremented on any operation that modifies
+        // the State file. It is used to detect potentially conflicting
+        // updates.
+        Serial int64 `json:"serial"`
+
+        // Remote is used to track the metadata required to
+        // pull and push state files from a remote storage endpoint.
+        Remote *remoteStateV1 `json:"remote,omitempty"`
+
+        // Modules contains all the modules in a breadth-first order
+        Modules []*moduleStateV1 `json:"modules"`
+}
+
+type remoteStateV1 struct {
+        // Type controls the client we use for the remote state
+        Type string `json:"type"`
+
+        // Config is used to store arbitrary configuration that
+        // is type specific
+        Config map[string]string `json:"config"`
+}
+
+type moduleStateV1 struct {
+        // Path is the import path from the root module. Modules imports are
+        // always disjoint, so the path represents amodule tree
+        Path []string `json:"path"`
+
+        // Outputs declared by the module and maintained for each module
+        // even though only the root module technically needs to be kept.
+        // This allows operators to inspect values at the boundaries.
+        Outputs map[string]string `json:"outputs"`
+
+        // Resources is a mapping of the logically named resource to
+        // the state of the resource. Each resource may actually have
+        // N instances underneath, although a user only needs to think
+        // about the 1:1 case.
+        Resources map[string]*resourceStateV1 `json:"resources"`
+
+        // Dependencies are a list of things that this module relies on
+        // existing to remain intact. For example: an module may depend
+        // on a VPC ID given by an aws_vpc resource.
+        //
+        // Terraform uses this information to build valid destruction
+        // orders and to warn the user if they're destroying a module that
+        // another resource depends on.
+        //
+        // Things can be put into this list that may not be managed by
+        // Terraform. If Terraform doesn't find a matching ID in the
+        // overall state, then it assumes it isn't managed and doesn't
+        // worry about it.
+        Dependencies []string `json:"depends_on,omitempty"`
+}
+
+type resourceStateV1 struct {
+        // This is filled in and managed by Terraform, and is the resource
+        // type itself such as "mycloud_instance". If a resource provider sets
+        // this value, it won't be persisted.
+        Type string `json:"type"`
+
+        // Dependencies are a list of things that this resource relies on
+        // existing to remain intact. For example: an AWS instance might
+        // depend on a subnet (which itself might depend on a VPC, and so
+        // on).
+        //
+        // Terraform uses this information to build valid destruction
+        // orders and to warn the user if they're destroying a resource that
+        // another resource depends on.
+        //
+        // Things can be put into this list that may not be managed by
+        // Terraform. If Terraform doesn't find a matching ID in the
+        // overall state, then it assumes it isn't managed and doesn't
+        // worry about it.
+        Dependencies []string `json:"depends_on,omitempty"`
+
+        // Primary is the current active instance for this resource.
+        // It can be replaced but only after a successful creation.
+        // This is the instances on which providers will act.
+        Primary *instanceStateV1 `json:"primary"`
+
+        // Tainted is used to track any underlying instances that
+        // have been created but are in a bad or unknown state and
+        // need to be cleaned up subsequently.  In the
+        // standard case, there is only at most a single instance.
+        // However, in pathological cases, it is possible for the number
+        // of instances to accumulate.
+        Tainted []*instanceStateV1 `json:"tainted,omitempty"`
+
+        // Deposed is used in the mechanics of CreateBeforeDestroy: the existing
+        // Primary is Deposed to get it out of the way for the replacement Primary to
+        // be created by Apply. If the replacement Primary creates successfully, the
+        // Deposed instance is cleaned up. If there were problems creating the
+        // replacement, the instance remains in the Deposed list so it can be
+        // destroyed in a future run. Functionally, Deposed instances are very
+        // similar to Tainted instances in that Terraform is only tracking them in
+        // order to remember to destroy them.
+        Deposed []*instanceStateV1 `json:"deposed,omitempty"`
+
+        // Provider is used when a resource is connected to a provider with an alias.
+        // If this string is empty, the resource is connected to the default provider,
+        // e.g. "aws_instance" goes with the "aws" provider.
+        // If the resource block contained a "provider" key, that value will be set here.
+        Provider string `json:"provider,omitempty"`
+}
+
+type instanceStateV1 struct {
+        // A unique ID for this resource. This is opaque to Terraform
+        // and is only meant as a lookup mechanism for the providers.
+        ID string `json:"id"`
+
+        // Attributes are basic information about the resource. Any keys here
+        // are accessible in variable format within Terraform configurations:
+        // ${resourcetype.name.attribute}.
+        Attributes map[string]string `json:"attributes,omitempty"`
+
+        // Ephemeral is used to store any state associated with this instance
+        // that is necessary for the Terraform run to complete, but is not
+        // persisted to a state file.
+        Ephemeral ephemeralStateV1 `json:"-"`
+
+        // Meta is a simple K/V map that is persisted to the State but otherwise
+        // ignored by Terraform core. It's meant to be used for accounting by
+        // external client code.
+        Meta map[string]string `json:"meta,omitempty"`
+}
+
+type ephemeralStateV1 struct {
+        // ConnInfo is used for the providers to export information which is
+        // used to connect to the resource for provisioning. For example,
+        // this could contain SSH or WinRM credentials.
+        ConnInfo map[string]string `json:"-"`
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/testing.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/testing.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f0418d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/testing.go
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "os"
+        "testing"
+)
+
+// TestStateFile writes the given state to the path.
+func TestStateFile(t *testing.T, path string, state *State) {
+        f, err := os.Create(path)
+        if err != nil {
+                t.Fatalf("err: %s", err)
+        }
+        defer f.Close()
+
+        if err := WriteState(state, f); err != nil {
+                t.Fatalf("err: %s", err)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4a431a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform.go
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// GraphTransformer is the interface that transformers implement. This
+// interface is only for transforms that need entire graph visibility.
+type GraphTransformer interface {
+        Transform(*Graph) error
+}
+
+// GraphVertexTransformer is an interface that transforms a single
+// Vertex within with graph. This is a specialization of GraphTransformer
+// that makes it easy to do vertex replacement.
+//
+// The GraphTransformer that runs through the GraphVertexTransformers is
+// VertexTransformer.
+type GraphVertexTransformer interface {
+        Transform(dag.Vertex) (dag.Vertex, error)
+}
+
+// GraphTransformIf is a helper function that conditionally returns a
+// GraphTransformer given. This is useful for calling inline a sequence
+// of transforms without having to split it up into multiple append() calls.
+func GraphTransformIf(f func() bool, then GraphTransformer) GraphTransformer {
+        if f() {
+                return then
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+type graphTransformerMulti struct {
+        Transforms []GraphTransformer
+}
+
+func (t *graphTransformerMulti) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        for _, t := range t.Transforms {
+                if err := t.Transform(g); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// GraphTransformMulti combines multiple graph transformers into a single
+// GraphTransformer that runs all the individual graph transformers.
+func GraphTransformMulti(ts ...GraphTransformer) GraphTransformer {
+        return &graphTransformerMulti{Transforms: ts}
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_attach_config_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_attach_config_provider.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10506ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_attach_config_provider.go
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "log"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+)
+
+// GraphNodeAttachProvider is an interface that must be implemented by nodes
+// that want provider configurations attached.
+type GraphNodeAttachProvider interface {
+        // Must be implemented to determine the path for the configuration
+        GraphNodeSubPath
+
+        // ProviderName with no module prefix. Example: "aws".
+        ProviderName() string
+
+        // Sets the configuration
+        AttachProvider(*config.ProviderConfig)
+}
+
+// AttachProviderConfigTransformer goes through the graph and attaches
+// provider configuration structures to nodes that implement the interfaces
+// above.
+//
+// The attached configuration structures are directly from the configuration.
+// If they're going to be modified, a copy should be made.
+type AttachProviderConfigTransformer struct {
+        Module *module.Tree // Module is the root module for the config
+}
+
+func (t *AttachProviderConfigTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        if err := t.attachProviders(g); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (t *AttachProviderConfigTransformer) attachProviders(g *Graph) error {
+        // Go through and find GraphNodeAttachProvider
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                // Only care about GraphNodeAttachProvider implementations
+                apn, ok := v.(GraphNodeAttachProvider)
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Determine what we're looking for
+                path := normalizeModulePath(apn.Path())
+                path = path[1:]
+                name := apn.ProviderName()
+                log.Printf("[TRACE] Attach provider request: %#v %s", path, name)
+
+                // Get the configuration.
+                tree := t.Module.Child(path)
+                if tree == nil {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Go through the provider configs to find the matching config
+                for _, p := range tree.Config().ProviderConfigs {
+                        // Build the name, which is "name.alias" if an alias exists
+                        current := p.Name
+                        if p.Alias != "" {
+                                current += "." + p.Alias
+                        }
+
+                        // If the configs match then attach!
+                        if current == name {
+                                log.Printf("[TRACE] Attaching provider config: %#v", p)
+                                apn.AttachProvider(p)
+                                break
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_attach_config_resource.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_attach_config_resource.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2ee37e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_attach_config_resource.go
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+)
+
+// GraphNodeAttachResourceConfig is an interface that must be implemented by nodes
+// that want resource configurations attached.
+type GraphNodeAttachResourceConfig interface {
+        // ResourceAddr is the address to the resource
+        ResourceAddr() *ResourceAddress
+
+        // Sets the configuration
+        AttachResourceConfig(*config.Resource)
+}
+
+// AttachResourceConfigTransformer goes through the graph and attaches
+// resource configuration structures to nodes that implement the interfaces
+// above.
+//
+// The attached configuration structures are directly from the configuration.
+// If they're going to be modified, a copy should be made.
+type AttachResourceConfigTransformer struct {
+        Module *module.Tree // Module is the root module for the config
+}
+
+func (t *AttachResourceConfigTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        log.Printf("[TRACE] AttachResourceConfigTransformer: Beginning...")
+
+        // Go through and find GraphNodeAttachResource
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                // Only care about GraphNodeAttachResource implementations
+                arn, ok := v.(GraphNodeAttachResourceConfig)
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Determine what we're looking for
+                addr := arn.ResourceAddr()
+                log.Printf(
+                        "[TRACE] AttachResourceConfigTransformer: Attach resource "+
+                                "config request: %s", addr)
+
+                // Get the configuration.
+                path := normalizeModulePath(addr.Path)
+                path = path[1:]
+                tree := t.Module.Child(path)
+                if tree == nil {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Go through the resource configs to find the matching config
+                for _, r := range tree.Config().Resources {
+                        // Get a resource address so we can compare
+                        a, err := parseResourceAddressConfig(r)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                panic(fmt.Sprintf(
+                                        "Error parsing config address, this is a bug: %#v", r))
+                        }
+                        a.Path = addr.Path
+
+                        // If this is not the same resource, then continue
+                        if !a.Equals(addr) {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        log.Printf("[TRACE] Attaching resource config: %#v", r)
+                        arn.AttachResourceConfig(r)
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_attach_state.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_attach_state.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..564ff08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_attach_state.go
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "log"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// GraphNodeAttachResourceState is an interface that can be implemented
+// to request that a ResourceState is attached to the node.
+type GraphNodeAttachResourceState interface {
+        // The address to the resource for the state
+        ResourceAddr() *ResourceAddress
+
+        // Sets the state
+        AttachResourceState(*ResourceState)
+}
+
+// AttachStateTransformer goes through the graph and attaches
+// state to nodes that implement the interfaces above.
+type AttachStateTransformer struct {
+        State *State // State is the root state
+}
+
+func (t *AttachStateTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        // If no state, then nothing to do
+        if t.State == nil {
+                log.Printf("[DEBUG] Not attaching any state: state is nil")
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        filter := &StateFilter{State: t.State}
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                // Only care about nodes requesting we're adding state
+                an, ok := v.(GraphNodeAttachResourceState)
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+                addr := an.ResourceAddr()
+
+                // Get the module state
+                results, err := filter.Filter(addr.String())
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Attach the first resource state we get
+                found := false
+                for _, result := range results {
+                        if rs, ok := result.Value.(*ResourceState); ok {
+                                log.Printf(
+                                        "[DEBUG] Attaching resource state to %q: %#v",
+                                        dag.VertexName(v), rs)
+                                an.AttachResourceState(rs)
+                                found = true
+                                break
+                        }
+                }
+
+                if !found {
+                        log.Printf(
+                                "[DEBUG] Resource state not found for %q: %s",
+                                dag.VertexName(v), addr)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_config.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_config.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61bce85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_config.go
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// ConfigTransformer is a GraphTransformer that adds all the resources
+// from the configuration to the graph.
+//
+// The module used to configure this transformer must be the root module.
+//
+// Only resources are added to the graph. Variables, outputs, and
+// providers must be added via other transforms.
+//
+// Unlike ConfigTransformerOld, this transformer creates a graph with
+// all resources including module resources, rather than creating module
+// nodes that are then "flattened".
+type ConfigTransformer struct {
+        Concrete ConcreteResourceNodeFunc
+
+        // Module is the module to add resources from.
+        Module *module.Tree
+
+        // Unique will only add resources that aren't already present in the graph.
+        Unique bool
+
+        // Mode will only add resources that match the given mode
+        ModeFilter bool
+        Mode       config.ResourceMode
+
+        l         sync.Mutex
+        uniqueMap map[string]struct{}
+}
+
+func (t *ConfigTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        // Lock since we use some internal state
+        t.l.Lock()
+        defer t.l.Unlock()
+
+        // If no module is given, we don't do anything
+        if t.Module == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // If the module isn't loaded, that is simply an error
+        if !t.Module.Loaded() {
+                return errors.New("module must be loaded for ConfigTransformer")
+        }
+
+        // Reset the uniqueness map. If we're tracking uniques, then populate
+        // it with addresses.
+        t.uniqueMap = make(map[string]struct{})
+        defer func() { t.uniqueMap = nil }()
+        if t.Unique {
+                for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                        if rn, ok := v.(GraphNodeResource); ok {
+                                t.uniqueMap[rn.ResourceAddr().String()] = struct{}{}
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Start the transformation process
+        return t.transform(g, t.Module)
+}
+
+func (t *ConfigTransformer) transform(g *Graph, m *module.Tree) error {
+        // If no config, do nothing
+        if m == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Add our resources
+        if err := t.transformSingle(g, m); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Transform all the children.
+        for _, c := range m.Children() {
+                if err := t.transform(g, c); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (t *ConfigTransformer) transformSingle(g *Graph, m *module.Tree) error {
+        log.Printf("[TRACE] ConfigTransformer: Starting for path: %v", m.Path())
+
+        // Get the configuration for this module
+        conf := m.Config()
+
+        // Build the path we're at
+        path := m.Path()
+
+        // Write all the resources out
+        for _, r := range conf.Resources {
+                // Build the resource address
+                addr, err := parseResourceAddressConfig(r)
+                if err != nil {
+                        panic(fmt.Sprintf(
+                                "Error parsing config address, this is a bug: %#v", r))
+                }
+                addr.Path = path
+
+                // If this is already in our uniqueness map, don't add it again
+                if _, ok := t.uniqueMap[addr.String()]; ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Remove non-matching modes
+                if t.ModeFilter && addr.Mode != t.Mode {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Build the abstract node and the concrete one
+                abstract := &NodeAbstractResource{Addr: addr}
+                var node dag.Vertex = abstract
+                if f := t.Concrete; f != nil {
+                        node = f(abstract)
+                }
+
+                // Add it to the graph
+                g.Add(node)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_config_flat.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_config_flat.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f9888
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_config_flat.go
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// FlatConfigTransformer is a GraphTransformer that adds the configuration
+// to the graph. The module used to configure this transformer must be
+// the root module.
+//
+// This transform adds the nodes but doesn't connect any of the references.
+// The ReferenceTransformer should be used for that.
+//
+// NOTE: In relation to ConfigTransformer: this is a newer generation config
+// transformer. It puts the _entire_ config into the graph (there is no
+// "flattening" step as before).
+type FlatConfigTransformer struct {
+        Concrete ConcreteResourceNodeFunc // What to turn resources into
+
+        Module *module.Tree
+}
+
+func (t *FlatConfigTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        // If no module, we do nothing
+        if t.Module == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // If the module is not loaded, that is an error
+        if !t.Module.Loaded() {
+                return errors.New("module must be loaded")
+        }
+
+        return t.transform(g, t.Module)
+}
+
+func (t *FlatConfigTransformer) transform(g *Graph, m *module.Tree) error {
+        // If no module, no problem
+        if m == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Transform all the children.
+        for _, c := range m.Children() {
+                if err := t.transform(g, c); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Get the configuration for this module
+        config := m.Config()
+
+        // Write all the resources out
+        for _, r := range config.Resources {
+                // Grab the address for this resource
+                addr, err := parseResourceAddressConfig(r)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                addr.Path = m.Path()
+
+                // Build the abstract resource. We have the config already so
+                // we'll just pre-populate that.
+                abstract := &NodeAbstractResource{
+                        Addr:   addr,
+                        Config: r,
+                }
+                var node dag.Vertex = abstract
+                if f := t.Concrete; f != nil {
+                        node = f(abstract)
+                }
+
+                g.Add(node)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_config_old.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_config_old.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec41258
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_config_old.go
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+)
+
+// varNameForVar returns the VarName value for an interpolated variable.
+// This value is compared to the VarName() value for the nodes within the
+// graph to build the graph edges.
+func varNameForVar(raw config.InterpolatedVariable) string {
+        switch v := raw.(type) {
+        case *config.ModuleVariable:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("module.%s.output.%s", v.Name, v.Field)
+        case *config.ResourceVariable:
+                return v.ResourceId()
+        case *config.UserVariable:
+                return fmt.Sprintf("var.%s", v.Name)
+        default:
+                return ""
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_count_boundary.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_count_boundary.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83415f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_count_boundary.go
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// CountBoundaryTransformer adds a node that depends on everything else
+// so that it runs last in order to clean up the state for nodes that
+// are on the "count boundary": "foo.0" when only one exists becomes "foo"
+type CountBoundaryTransformer struct{}
+
+func (t *CountBoundaryTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        node := &NodeCountBoundary{}
+        g.Add(node)
+
+        // Depends on everything
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                // Don't connect to ourselves
+                if v == node {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Connect!
+                g.Connect(dag.BasicEdge(node, v))
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_deposed.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_deposed.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2148cef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_deposed.go
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+package terraform
+
+import "fmt"
+
+// DeposedTransformer is a GraphTransformer that adds deposed resources
+// to the graph.
+type DeposedTransformer struct {
+        // State is the global state. We'll automatically find the correct
+        // ModuleState based on the Graph.Path that is being transformed.
+        State *State
+
+        // View, if non-empty, is the ModuleState.View used around the state
+        // to find deposed resources.
+        View string
+}
+
+func (t *DeposedTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        state := t.State.ModuleByPath(g.Path)
+        if state == nil {
+                // If there is no state for our module there can't be any deposed
+                // resources, since they live in the state.
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // If we have a view, apply it now
+        if t.View != "" {
+                state = state.View(t.View)
+        }
+
+        // Go through all the resources in our state to look for deposed resources
+        for k, rs := range state.Resources {
+                // If we have no deposed resources, then move on
+                if len(rs.Deposed) == 0 {
+                        continue
+                }
+                deposed := rs.Deposed
+
+                for i, _ := range deposed {
+                        g.Add(&graphNodeDeposedResource{
+                                Index:        i,
+                                ResourceName: k,
+                                ResourceType: rs.Type,
+                                Provider:     rs.Provider,
+                        })
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// graphNodeDeposedResource is the graph vertex representing a deposed resource.
+type graphNodeDeposedResource struct {
+        Index        int
+        ResourceName string
+        ResourceType string
+        Provider     string
+}
+
+func (n *graphNodeDeposedResource) Name() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%s (deposed #%d)", n.ResourceName, n.Index)
+}
+
+func (n *graphNodeDeposedResource) ProvidedBy() []string {
+        return []string{resourceProvider(n.ResourceName, n.Provider)}
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable impl.
+func (n *graphNodeDeposedResource) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        var provider ResourceProvider
+        var state *InstanceState
+
+        seq := &EvalSequence{Nodes: make([]EvalNode, 0, 5)}
+
+        // Build instance info
+        info := &InstanceInfo{Id: n.Name(), Type: n.ResourceType}
+        seq.Nodes = append(seq.Nodes, &EvalInstanceInfo{Info: info})
+
+        // Refresh the resource
+        seq.Nodes = append(seq.Nodes, &EvalOpFilter{
+                Ops: []walkOperation{walkRefresh},
+                Node: &EvalSequence{
+                        Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                                &EvalGetProvider{
+                                        Name:   n.ProvidedBy()[0],
+                                        Output: &provider,
+                                },
+                                &EvalReadStateDeposed{
+                                        Name:   n.ResourceName,
+                                        Output: &state,
+                                        Index:  n.Index,
+                                },
+                                &EvalRefresh{
+                                        Info:     info,
+                                        Provider: &provider,
+                                        State:    &state,
+                                        Output:   &state,
+                                },
+                                &EvalWriteStateDeposed{
+                                        Name:         n.ResourceName,
+                                        ResourceType: n.ResourceType,
+                                        Provider:     n.Provider,
+                                        State:        &state,
+                                        Index:        n.Index,
+                                },
+                        },
+                },
+        })
+
+        // Apply
+        var diff *InstanceDiff
+        var err error
+        seq.Nodes = append(seq.Nodes, &EvalOpFilter{
+                Ops: []walkOperation{walkApply, walkDestroy},
+                Node: &EvalSequence{
+                        Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                                &EvalGetProvider{
+                                        Name:   n.ProvidedBy()[0],
+                                        Output: &provider,
+                                },
+                                &EvalReadStateDeposed{
+                                        Name:   n.ResourceName,
+                                        Output: &state,
+                                        Index:  n.Index,
+                                },
+                                &EvalDiffDestroy{
+                                        Info:   info,
+                                        State:  &state,
+                                        Output: &diff,
+                                },
+                                // Call pre-apply hook
+                                &EvalApplyPre{
+                                        Info:  info,
+                                        State: &state,
+                                        Diff:  &diff,
+                                },
+                                &EvalApply{
+                                        Info:     info,
+                                        State:    &state,
+                                        Diff:     &diff,
+                                        Provider: &provider,
+                                        Output:   &state,
+                                        Error:    &err,
+                                },
+                                // Always write the resource back to the state deposed... if it
+                                // was successfully destroyed it will be pruned. If it was not, it will
+                                // be caught on the next run.
+                                &EvalWriteStateDeposed{
+                                        Name:         n.ResourceName,
+                                        ResourceType: n.ResourceType,
+                                        Provider:     n.Provider,
+                                        State:        &state,
+                                        Index:        n.Index,
+                                },
+                                &EvalApplyPost{
+                                        Info:  info,
+                                        State: &state,
+                                        Error: &err,
+                                },
+                                &EvalReturnError{
+                                        Error: &err,
+                                },
+                                &EvalUpdateStateHook{},
+                        },
+                },
+        })
+
+        return seq
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_destroy_cbd.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_destroy_cbd.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edfb460
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_destroy_cbd.go
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// GraphNodeDestroyerCBD must be implemented by nodes that might be
+// create-before-destroy destroyers.
+type GraphNodeDestroyerCBD interface {
+        GraphNodeDestroyer
+
+        // CreateBeforeDestroy returns true if this node represents a node
+        // that is doing a CBD.
+        CreateBeforeDestroy() bool
+
+        // ModifyCreateBeforeDestroy is called when the CBD state of a node
+        // is changed dynamically. This can return an error if this isn't
+        // allowed.
+        ModifyCreateBeforeDestroy(bool) error
+}
+
+// CBDEdgeTransformer modifies the edges of CBD nodes that went through
+// the DestroyEdgeTransformer to have the right dependencies. There are
+// two real tasks here:
+//
+//   1. With CBD, the destroy edge is inverted: the destroy depends on
+//      the creation.
+//
+//   2. A_d must depend on resources that depend on A. This is to enable
+//      the destroy to only happen once nodes that depend on A successfully
+//      update to A. Example: adding a web server updates the load balancer
+//      before deleting the old web server.
+//
+type CBDEdgeTransformer struct {
+        // Module and State are only needed to look up dependencies in
+        // any way possible. Either can be nil if not availabile.
+        Module *module.Tree
+        State  *State
+}
+
+func (t *CBDEdgeTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        log.Printf("[TRACE] CBDEdgeTransformer: Beginning CBD transformation...")
+
+        // Go through and reverse any destroy edges
+        destroyMap := make(map[string][]dag.Vertex)
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                dn, ok := v.(GraphNodeDestroyerCBD)
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if !dn.CreateBeforeDestroy() {
+                        // If there are no CBD ancestors (dependent nodes), then we
+                        // do nothing here.
+                        if !t.hasCBDAncestor(g, v) {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // If this isn't naturally a CBD node, this means that an ancestor is
+                        // and we need to auto-upgrade this node to CBD. We do this because
+                        // a CBD node depending on non-CBD will result in cycles. To avoid this,
+                        // we always attempt to upgrade it.
+                        if err := dn.ModifyCreateBeforeDestroy(true); err != nil {
+                                return fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "%s: must have create before destroy enabled because "+
+                                                "a dependent resource has CBD enabled. However, when "+
+                                                "attempting to automatically do this, an error occurred: %s",
+                                        dag.VertexName(v), err)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Find the destroy edge. There should only be one.
+                for _, e := range g.EdgesTo(v) {
+                        // Not a destroy edge, ignore it
+                        de, ok := e.(*DestroyEdge)
+                        if !ok {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        log.Printf("[TRACE] CBDEdgeTransformer: inverting edge: %s => %s",
+                                dag.VertexName(de.Source()), dag.VertexName(de.Target()))
+
+                        // Found it! Invert.
+                        g.RemoveEdge(de)
+                        g.Connect(&DestroyEdge{S: de.Target(), T: de.Source()})
+                }
+
+                // If the address has an index, we strip that. Our depMap creation
+                // graph doesn't expand counts so we don't currently get _exact_
+                // dependencies. One day when we limit dependencies more exactly
+                // this will have to change. We have a test case covering this
+                // (depNonCBDCountBoth) so it'll be caught.
+                addr := dn.DestroyAddr()
+                if addr.Index >= 0 {
+                        addr = addr.Copy() // Copy so that we don't modify any pointers
+                        addr.Index = -1
+                }
+
+                // Add this to the list of nodes that we need to fix up
+                // the edges for (step 2 above in the docs).
+                key := addr.String()
+                destroyMap[key] = append(destroyMap[key], v)
+        }
+
+        // If we have no CBD nodes, then our work here is done
+        if len(destroyMap) == 0 {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // We have CBD nodes. We now have to move on to the much more difficult
+        // task of connecting dependencies of the creation side of the destroy
+        // to the destruction node. The easiest way to explain this is an example:
+        //
+        // Given a pre-destroy dependence of: A => B
+        //   And A has CBD set.
+        //
+        // The resulting graph should be: A => B => A_d
+        //
+        // They key here is that B happens before A is destroyed. This is to
+        // facilitate the primary purpose for CBD: making sure that downstreams
+        // are properly updated to avoid downtime before the resource is destroyed.
+        //
+        // We can't trust that the resource being destroyed or anything that
+        // depends on it is actually in our current graph so we make a new
+        // graph in order to determine those dependencies and add them in.
+        log.Printf("[TRACE] CBDEdgeTransformer: building graph to find dependencies...")
+        depMap, err := t.depMap(destroyMap)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // We now have the mapping of resource addresses to the destroy
+        // nodes they need to depend on. We now go through our own vertices to
+        // find any matching these addresses and make the connection.
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                // We're looking for creators
+                rn, ok := v.(GraphNodeCreator)
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Get the address
+                addr := rn.CreateAddr()
+
+                // If the address has an index, we strip that. Our depMap creation
+                // graph doesn't expand counts so we don't currently get _exact_
+                // dependencies. One day when we limit dependencies more exactly
+                // this will have to change. We have a test case covering this
+                // (depNonCBDCount) so it'll be caught.
+                if addr.Index >= 0 {
+                        addr = addr.Copy() // Copy so that we don't modify any pointers
+                        addr.Index = -1
+                }
+
+                // If there is nothing this resource should depend on, ignore it
+                key := addr.String()
+                dns, ok := depMap[key]
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // We have nodes! Make the connection
+                for _, dn := range dns {
+                        log.Printf("[TRACE] CBDEdgeTransformer: destroy depends on dependence: %s => %s",
+                                dag.VertexName(dn), dag.VertexName(v))
+                        g.Connect(dag.BasicEdge(dn, v))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (t *CBDEdgeTransformer) depMap(
+        destroyMap map[string][]dag.Vertex) (map[string][]dag.Vertex, error) {
+        // Build the graph of our config, this ensures that all resources
+        // are present in the graph.
+        g, err := (&BasicGraphBuilder{
+                Steps: []GraphTransformer{
+                        &FlatConfigTransformer{Module: t.Module},
+                        &AttachResourceConfigTransformer{Module: t.Module},
+                        &AttachStateTransformer{State: t.State},
+                        &ReferenceTransformer{},
+                },
+                Name: "CBDEdgeTransformer",
+        }).Build(nil)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Using this graph, build the list of destroy nodes that each resource
+        // address should depend on. For example, when we find B, we map the
+        // address of B to A_d in the "depMap" variable below.
+        depMap := make(map[string][]dag.Vertex)
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                // We're looking for resources.
+                rn, ok := v.(GraphNodeResource)
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Get the address
+                addr := rn.ResourceAddr()
+                key := addr.String()
+
+                // Get the destroy nodes that are destroying this resource.
+                // If there aren't any, then we don't need to worry about
+                // any connections.
+                dns, ok := destroyMap[key]
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Get the nodes that depend on this on. In the example above:
+                // finding B in A => B.
+                for _, v := range g.UpEdges(v).List() {
+                        // We're looking for resources.
+                        rn, ok := v.(GraphNodeResource)
+                        if !ok {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // Keep track of the destroy nodes that this address
+                        // needs to depend on.
+                        key := rn.ResourceAddr().String()
+                        depMap[key] = append(depMap[key], dns...)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return depMap, nil
+}
+
+// hasCBDAncestor returns true if any ancestor (node that depends on this)
+// has CBD set.
+func (t *CBDEdgeTransformer) hasCBDAncestor(g *Graph, v dag.Vertex) bool {
+        s, _ := g.Ancestors(v)
+        if s == nil {
+                return true
+        }
+
+        for _, v := range s.List() {
+                dn, ok := v.(GraphNodeDestroyerCBD)
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if dn.CreateBeforeDestroy() {
+                        // some ancestor is CreateBeforeDestroy, so we need to follow suit
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+
+        return false
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_destroy_edge.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_destroy_edge.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22be1ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_destroy_edge.go
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "log"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// GraphNodeDestroyer must be implemented by nodes that destroy resources.
+type GraphNodeDestroyer interface {
+        dag.Vertex
+
+        // ResourceAddr is the address of the resource that is being
+        // destroyed by this node. If this returns nil, then this node
+        // is not destroying anything.
+        DestroyAddr() *ResourceAddress
+}
+
+// GraphNodeCreator must be implemented by nodes that create OR update resources.
+type GraphNodeCreator interface {
+        // ResourceAddr is the address of the resource being created or updated
+        CreateAddr() *ResourceAddress
+}
+
+// DestroyEdgeTransformer is a GraphTransformer that creates the proper
+// references for destroy resources. Destroy resources are more complex
+// in that they must be depend on the destruction of resources that
+// in turn depend on the CREATION of the node being destroy.
+//
+// That is complicated. Visually:
+//
+//   B_d -> A_d -> A -> B
+//
+// Notice that A destroy depends on B destroy, while B create depends on
+// A create. They're inverted. This must be done for example because often
+// dependent resources will block parent resources from deleting. Concrete
+// example: VPC with subnets, the VPC can't be deleted while there are
+// still subnets.
+type DestroyEdgeTransformer struct {
+        // These are needed to properly build the graph of dependencies
+        // to determine what a destroy node depends on. Any of these can be nil.
+        Module *module.Tree
+        State  *State
+}
+
+func (t *DestroyEdgeTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        log.Printf("[TRACE] DestroyEdgeTransformer: Beginning destroy edge transformation...")
+
+        // Build a map of what is being destroyed (by address string) to
+        // the list of destroyers. In general there will only be one destroyer
+        // but to make it more robust we support multiple.
+        destroyers := make(map[string][]GraphNodeDestroyer)
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                dn, ok := v.(GraphNodeDestroyer)
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                addr := dn.DestroyAddr()
+                if addr == nil {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                key := addr.String()
+                log.Printf(
+                        "[TRACE] DestroyEdgeTransformer: %s destroying %q",
+                        dag.VertexName(dn), key)
+                destroyers[key] = append(destroyers[key], dn)
+        }
+
+        // If we aren't destroying anything, there will be no edges to make
+        // so just exit early and avoid future work.
+        if len(destroyers) == 0 {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Go through and connect creators to destroyers. Going along with
+        // our example, this makes: A_d => A
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                cn, ok := v.(GraphNodeCreator)
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                addr := cn.CreateAddr()
+                if addr == nil {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                key := addr.String()
+                ds := destroyers[key]
+                if len(ds) == 0 {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                for _, d := range ds {
+                        // For illustrating our example
+                        a_d := d.(dag.Vertex)
+                        a := v
+
+                        log.Printf(
+                                "[TRACE] DestroyEdgeTransformer: connecting creator/destroyer: %s, %s",
+                                dag.VertexName(a), dag.VertexName(a_d))
+
+                        g.Connect(&DestroyEdge{S: a, T: a_d})
+                }
+        }
+
+        // This is strange but is the easiest way to get the dependencies
+        // of a node that is being destroyed. We use another graph to make sure
+        // the resource is in the graph and ask for references. We have to do this
+        // because the node that is being destroyed may NOT be in the graph.
+        //
+        // Example: resource A is force new, then destroy A AND create A are
+        // in the graph. BUT if resource A is just pure destroy, then only
+        // destroy A is in the graph, and create A is not.
+        providerFn := func(a *NodeAbstractProvider) dag.Vertex {
+                return &NodeApplyableProvider{NodeAbstractProvider: a}
+        }
+        steps := []GraphTransformer{
+                // Add outputs and metadata
+                &OutputTransformer{Module: t.Module},
+                &AttachResourceConfigTransformer{Module: t.Module},
+                &AttachStateTransformer{State: t.State},
+
+                // Add providers since they can affect destroy order as well
+                &MissingProviderTransformer{AllowAny: true, Concrete: providerFn},
+                &ProviderTransformer{},
+                &DisableProviderTransformer{},
+                &ParentProviderTransformer{},
+                &AttachProviderConfigTransformer{Module: t.Module},
+
+                // Add all the variables. We can depend on resources through
+                // variables due to module parameters, and we need to properly
+                // determine that.
+                &RootVariableTransformer{Module: t.Module},
+                &ModuleVariableTransformer{Module: t.Module},
+
+                &ReferenceTransformer{},
+        }
+
+        // Go through all the nodes being destroyed and create a graph.
+        // The resulting graph is only of things being CREATED. For example,
+        // following our example, the resulting graph would be:
+        //
+        //   A, B (with no edges)
+        //
+        var tempG Graph
+        var tempDestroyed []dag.Vertex
+        for d, _ := range destroyers {
+                // d is what is being destroyed. We parse the resource address
+                // which it came from it is a panic if this fails.
+                addr, err := ParseResourceAddress(d)
+                if err != nil {
+                        panic(err)
+                }
+
+                // This part is a little bit weird but is the best way to
+                // find the dependencies we need to: build a graph and use the
+                // attach config and state transformers then ask for references.
+                abstract := &NodeAbstractResource{Addr: addr}
+                tempG.Add(abstract)
+                tempDestroyed = append(tempDestroyed, abstract)
+
+                // We also add the destroy version here since the destroy can
+                // depend on things that the creation doesn't (destroy provisioners).
+                destroy := &NodeDestroyResource{NodeAbstractResource: abstract}
+                tempG.Add(destroy)
+                tempDestroyed = append(tempDestroyed, destroy)
+        }
+
+        // Run the graph transforms so we have the information we need to
+        // build references.
+        for _, s := range steps {
+                if err := s.Transform(&tempG); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        log.Printf("[TRACE] DestroyEdgeTransformer: reference graph: %s", tempG.String())
+
+        // Go through all the nodes in the graph and determine what they
+        // depend on.
+        for _, v := range tempDestroyed {
+                // Find all ancestors of this to determine the edges we'll depend on
+                vs, err := tempG.Ancestors(v)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                refs := make([]dag.Vertex, 0, vs.Len())
+                for _, raw := range vs.List() {
+                        refs = append(refs, raw.(dag.Vertex))
+                }
+
+                refNames := make([]string, len(refs))
+                for i, ref := range refs {
+                        refNames[i] = dag.VertexName(ref)
+                }
+                log.Printf(
+                        "[TRACE] DestroyEdgeTransformer: creation node %q references %s",
+                        dag.VertexName(v), refNames)
+
+                // If we have no references, then we won't need to do anything
+                if len(refs) == 0 {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Get the destroy node for this. In the example of our struct,
+                // we are currently at B and we're looking for B_d.
+                rn, ok := v.(GraphNodeResource)
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                addr := rn.ResourceAddr()
+                if addr == nil {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                dns := destroyers[addr.String()]
+
+                // We have dependencies, check if any are being destroyed
+                // to build the list of things that we must depend on!
+                //
+                // In the example of the struct, if we have:
+                //
+                //   B_d => A_d => A => B
+                //
+                // Then at this point in the algorithm we started with B_d,
+                // we built B (to get dependencies), and we found A. We're now looking
+                // to see if A_d exists.
+                var depDestroyers []dag.Vertex
+                for _, v := range refs {
+                        rn, ok := v.(GraphNodeResource)
+                        if !ok {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        addr := rn.ResourceAddr()
+                        if addr == nil {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        key := addr.String()
+                        if ds, ok := destroyers[key]; ok {
+                                for _, d := range ds {
+                                        depDestroyers = append(depDestroyers, d.(dag.Vertex))
+                                        log.Printf(
+                                                "[TRACE] DestroyEdgeTransformer: destruction of %q depends on %s",
+                                                key, dag.VertexName(d))
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Go through and make the connections. Use the variable
+                // names "a_d" and "b_d" to reference our example.
+                for _, a_d := range dns {
+                        for _, b_d := range depDestroyers {
+                                if b_d != a_d {
+                                        g.Connect(dag.BasicEdge(b_d, a_d))
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_diff.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_diff.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad46d3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_diff.go
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// DiffTransformer is a GraphTransformer that adds the elements of
+// the diff to the graph.
+//
+// This transform is used for example by the ApplyGraphBuilder to ensure
+// that only resources that are being modified are represented in the graph.
+//
+// Module and State is still required for the DiffTransformer for annotations
+// since the Diff doesn't contain all the information required to build the
+// complete graph (such as create-before-destroy information). The graph
+// is built based on the diff first, though, ensuring that only resources
+// that are being modified are present in the graph.
+type DiffTransformer struct {
+        Concrete ConcreteResourceNodeFunc
+
+        Diff   *Diff
+        Module *module.Tree
+        State  *State
+}
+
+func (t *DiffTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        // If the diff is nil or empty (nil is empty) then do nothing
+        if t.Diff.Empty() {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Go through all the modules in the diff.
+        log.Printf("[TRACE] DiffTransformer: starting")
+        var nodes []dag.Vertex
+        for _, m := range t.Diff.Modules {
+                log.Printf("[TRACE] DiffTransformer: Module: %s", m)
+                // TODO: If this is a destroy diff then add a module destroy node
+
+                // Go through all the resources in this module.
+                for name, inst := range m.Resources {
+                        log.Printf("[TRACE] DiffTransformer: Resource %q: %#v", name, inst)
+
+                        // We have changes! This is a create or update operation.
+                        // First grab the address so we have a unique way to
+                        // reference this resource.
+                        addr, err := parseResourceAddressInternal(name)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                panic(fmt.Sprintf(
+                                        "Error parsing internal name, this is a bug: %q", name))
+                        }
+
+                        // Very important: add the module path for this resource to
+                        // the address. Remove "root" from it.
+                        addr.Path = m.Path[1:]
+
+                        // If we're destroying, add the destroy node
+                        if inst.Destroy || inst.GetDestroyDeposed() {
+                                abstract := &NodeAbstractResource{Addr: addr}
+                                g.Add(&NodeDestroyResource{NodeAbstractResource: abstract})
+                        }
+
+                        // If we have changes, then add the applyable version
+                        if len(inst.Attributes) > 0 {
+                                // Add the resource to the graph
+                                abstract := &NodeAbstractResource{Addr: addr}
+                                var node dag.Vertex = abstract
+                                if f := t.Concrete; f != nil {
+                                        node = f(abstract)
+                                }
+
+                                nodes = append(nodes, node)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Add all the nodes to the graph
+        for _, n := range nodes {
+                g.Add(n)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_expand.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_expand.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..982c098
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_expand.go
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "log"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// GraphNodeExapndable is an interface that nodes can implement to
+// signal that they can be expanded. Expanded nodes turn into
+// GraphNodeSubgraph nodes within the graph.
+type GraphNodeExpandable interface {
+        Expand(GraphBuilder) (GraphNodeSubgraph, error)
+}
+
+// GraphNodeDynamicExpandable is an interface that nodes can implement
+// to signal that they can be expanded at eval-time (hence dynamic).
+// These nodes are given the eval context and are expected to return
+// a new subgraph.
+type GraphNodeDynamicExpandable interface {
+        DynamicExpand(EvalContext) (*Graph, error)
+}
+
+// GraphNodeSubgraph is an interface a node can implement if it has
+// a larger subgraph that should be walked.
+type GraphNodeSubgraph interface {
+        Subgraph() dag.Grapher
+}
+
+// ExpandTransform is a transformer that does a subgraph expansion
+// at graph transform time (vs. at eval time). The benefit of earlier
+// subgraph expansion is that errors with the graph build can be detected
+// at an earlier stage.
+type ExpandTransform struct {
+        Builder GraphBuilder
+}
+
+func (t *ExpandTransform) Transform(v dag.Vertex) (dag.Vertex, error) {
+        ev, ok := v.(GraphNodeExpandable)
+        if !ok {
+                // This isn't an expandable vertex, so just ignore it.
+                return v, nil
+        }
+
+        // Expand the subgraph!
+        log.Printf("[DEBUG] vertex %q: static expanding", dag.VertexName(ev))
+        return ev.Expand(t.Builder)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_import_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_import_provider.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3673771
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_import_provider.go
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// ImportProviderValidateTransformer is a GraphTransformer that goes through
+// the providers in the graph and validates that they only depend on variables.
+type ImportProviderValidateTransformer struct{}
+
+func (t *ImportProviderValidateTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                // We only care about providers
+                pv, ok := v.(GraphNodeProvider)
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // We only care about providers that reference things
+                rn, ok := pv.(GraphNodeReferencer)
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                for _, ref := range rn.References() {
+                        if !strings.HasPrefix(ref, "var.") {
+                                return fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Provider %q depends on non-var %q. Providers for import can currently\n"+
+                                                "only depend on variables or must be hardcoded. You can stop import\n"+
+                                                "from loading configurations by specifying `-config=\"\"`.",
+                                        pv.ProviderName(), ref)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_import_state.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_import_state.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..081df2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_import_state.go
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// ImportStateTransformer is a GraphTransformer that adds nodes to the
+// graph to represent the imports we want to do for resources.
+type ImportStateTransformer struct {
+        Targets []*ImportTarget
+}
+
+func (t *ImportStateTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        nodes := make([]*graphNodeImportState, 0, len(t.Targets))
+        for _, target := range t.Targets {
+                addr, err := ParseResourceAddress(target.Addr)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "failed to parse resource address '%s': %s",
+                                target.Addr, err)
+                }
+
+                nodes = append(nodes, &graphNodeImportState{
+                        Addr:     addr,
+                        ID:       target.ID,
+                        Provider: target.Provider,
+                })
+        }
+
+        // Build the graph vertices
+        for _, n := range nodes {
+                g.Add(n)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+type graphNodeImportState struct {
+        Addr     *ResourceAddress // Addr is the resource address to import to
+        ID       string           // ID is the ID to import as
+        Provider string           // Provider string
+
+        states []*InstanceState
+}
+
+func (n *graphNodeImportState) Name() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("%s (import id: %s)", n.Addr, n.ID)
+}
+
+func (n *graphNodeImportState) ProvidedBy() []string {
+        return []string{resourceProvider(n.Addr.Type, n.Provider)}
+}
+
+// GraphNodeSubPath
+func (n *graphNodeImportState) Path() []string {
+        return normalizeModulePath(n.Addr.Path)
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable impl.
+func (n *graphNodeImportState) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        var provider ResourceProvider
+        info := &InstanceInfo{
+                Id:         fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", n.Addr.Type, n.Addr.Name),
+                ModulePath: n.Path(),
+                Type:       n.Addr.Type,
+        }
+
+        // Reset our states
+        n.states = nil
+
+        // Return our sequence
+        return &EvalSequence{
+                Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                        &EvalGetProvider{
+                                Name:   n.ProvidedBy()[0],
+                                Output: &provider,
+                        },
+                        &EvalImportState{
+                                Provider: &provider,
+                                Info:     info,
+                                Id:       n.ID,
+                                Output:   &n.states,
+                        },
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// GraphNodeDynamicExpandable impl.
+//
+// We use DynamicExpand as a way to generate the subgraph of refreshes
+// and state inserts we need to do for our import state. Since they're new
+// resources they don't depend on anything else and refreshes are isolated
+// so this is nearly a perfect use case for dynamic expand.
+func (n *graphNodeImportState) DynamicExpand(ctx EvalContext) (*Graph, error) {
+        g := &Graph{Path: ctx.Path()}
+
+        // nameCounter is used to de-dup names in the state.
+        nameCounter := make(map[string]int)
+
+        // Compile the list of addresses that we'll be inserting into the state.
+        // We do this ahead of time so we can verify that we aren't importing
+        // something that already exists.
+        addrs := make([]*ResourceAddress, len(n.states))
+        for i, state := range n.states {
+                addr := *n.Addr
+                if t := state.Ephemeral.Type; t != "" {
+                        addr.Type = t
+                }
+
+                // Determine if we need to suffix the name to de-dup
+                key := addr.String()
+                count, ok := nameCounter[key]
+                if ok {
+                        count++
+                        addr.Name += fmt.Sprintf("-%d", count)
+                }
+                nameCounter[key] = count
+
+                // Add it to our list
+                addrs[i] = &addr
+        }
+
+        // Verify that all the addresses are clear
+        state, lock := ctx.State()
+        lock.RLock()
+        defer lock.RUnlock()
+        filter := &StateFilter{State: state}
+        for _, addr := range addrs {
+                result, err := filter.Filter(addr.String())
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error verifying address %s: %s", addr, err)
+                }
+
+                // Go through the filter results and it is an error if we find
+                // a matching InstanceState, meaning that we would have a collision.
+                for _, r := range result {
+                        if _, ok := r.Value.(*InstanceState); ok {
+                                return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Can't import %s, would collide with an existing resource.\n\n"+
+                                                "Please remove or rename this resource before continuing.",
+                                        addr)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // For each of the states, we add a node to handle the refresh/add to state.
+        // "n.states" is populated by our own EvalTree with the result of
+        // ImportState. Since DynamicExpand is always called after EvalTree, this
+        // is safe.
+        for i, state := range n.states {
+                g.Add(&graphNodeImportStateSub{
+                        Target:   addrs[i],
+                        Path_:    n.Path(),
+                        State:    state,
+                        Provider: n.Provider,
+                })
+        }
+
+        // Root transform for a single root
+        t := &RootTransformer{}
+        if err := t.Transform(g); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Done!
+        return g, nil
+}
+
+// graphNodeImportStateSub is the sub-node of graphNodeImportState
+// and is part of the subgraph. This node is responsible for refreshing
+// and adding a resource to the state once it is imported.
+type graphNodeImportStateSub struct {
+        Target   *ResourceAddress
+        State    *InstanceState
+        Path_    []string
+        Provider string
+}
+
+func (n *graphNodeImportStateSub) Name() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("import %s result: %s", n.Target, n.State.ID)
+}
+
+func (n *graphNodeImportStateSub) Path() []string {
+        return n.Path_
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable impl.
+func (n *graphNodeImportStateSub) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        // If the Ephemeral type isn't set, then it is an error
+        if n.State.Ephemeral.Type == "" {
+                err := fmt.Errorf(
+                        "import of %s didn't set type for %s",
+                        n.Target.String(), n.State.ID)
+                return &EvalReturnError{Error: &err}
+        }
+
+        // DeepCopy so we're only modifying our local copy
+        state := n.State.DeepCopy()
+
+        // Build the resource info
+        info := &InstanceInfo{
+                Id:         fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", n.Target.Type, n.Target.Name),
+                ModulePath: n.Path_,
+                Type:       n.State.Ephemeral.Type,
+        }
+
+        // Key is the resource key
+        key := &ResourceStateKey{
+                Name:  n.Target.Name,
+                Type:  info.Type,
+                Index: n.Target.Index,
+        }
+
+        // The eval sequence
+        var provider ResourceProvider
+        return &EvalSequence{
+                Nodes: []EvalNode{
+                        &EvalGetProvider{
+                                Name:   resourceProvider(info.Type, n.Provider),
+                                Output: &provider,
+                        },
+                        &EvalRefresh{
+                                Provider: &provider,
+                                State:    &state,
+                                Info:     info,
+                                Output:   &state,
+                        },
+                        &EvalImportStateVerify{
+                                Info:  info,
+                                Id:    n.State.ID,
+                                State: &state,
+                        },
+                        &EvalWriteState{
+                                Name:         key.String(),
+                                ResourceType: info.Type,
+                                Provider:     resourceProvider(info.Type, n.Provider),
+                                State:        &state,
+                        },
+                },
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_module_variable.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_module_variable.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..467950b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_module_variable.go
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "log"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// ModuleVariableTransformer is a GraphTransformer that adds all the variables
+// in the configuration to the graph.
+//
+// This only adds variables that are referenced by other things in the graph.
+// If a module variable is not referenced, it won't be added to the graph.
+type ModuleVariableTransformer struct {
+        Module *module.Tree
+
+        DisablePrune bool // True if pruning unreferenced should be disabled
+}
+
+func (t *ModuleVariableTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        return t.transform(g, nil, t.Module)
+}
+
+func (t *ModuleVariableTransformer) transform(g *Graph, parent, m *module.Tree) error {
+        // If no config, no variables
+        if m == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Transform all the children. This must be done BEFORE the transform
+        // above since child module variables can reference parent module variables.
+        for _, c := range m.Children() {
+                if err := t.transform(g, m, c); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If we have a parent, we can determine if a module variable is being
+        // used, so we transform this.
+        if parent != nil {
+                if err := t.transformSingle(g, parent, m); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (t *ModuleVariableTransformer) transformSingle(g *Graph, parent, m *module.Tree) error {
+        // If we have no vars, we're done!
+        vars := m.Config().Variables
+        if len(vars) == 0 {
+                log.Printf("[TRACE] Module %#v has no variables, skipping.", m.Path())
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Look for usage of this module
+        var mod *config.Module
+        for _, modUse := range parent.Config().Modules {
+                if modUse.Name == m.Name() {
+                        mod = modUse
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+        if mod == nil {
+                log.Printf("[INFO] Module %#v not used, not adding variables", m.Path())
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Build the reference map so we can determine if we're referencing things.
+        refMap := NewReferenceMap(g.Vertices())
+
+        // Add all variables here
+        for _, v := range vars {
+                // Determine the value of the variable. If it isn't in the
+                // configuration then it was never set and that's not a problem.
+                var value *config.RawConfig
+                if raw, ok := mod.RawConfig.Raw[v.Name]; ok {
+                        var err error
+                        value, err = config.NewRawConfig(map[string]interface{}{
+                                v.Name: raw,
+                        })
+                        if err != nil {
+                                // This shouldn't happen because it is already in
+                                // a RawConfig above meaning it worked once before.
+                                panic(err)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Build the node.
+                //
+                // NOTE: For now this is just an "applyable" variable. As we build
+                // new graph builders for the other operations I suspect we'll
+                // find a way to parameterize this, require new transforms, etc.
+                node := &NodeApplyableModuleVariable{
+                        PathValue: normalizeModulePath(m.Path()),
+                        Config:    v,
+                        Value:     value,
+                        Module:    t.Module,
+                }
+
+                if !t.DisablePrune {
+                        // If the node is not referenced by anything, then we don't need
+                        // to include it since it won't be used.
+                        if matches := refMap.ReferencedBy(node); len(matches) == 0 {
+                                log.Printf(
+                                        "[INFO] Not including %q in graph, nothing depends on it",
+                                        dag.VertexName(node))
+                                continue
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Add it!
+                g.Add(node)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_orphan_count.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_orphan_count.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b256a25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_orphan_count.go
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "log"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// OrphanResourceCountTransformer is a GraphTransformer that adds orphans
+// for an expanded count to the graph. The determination of this depends
+// on the count argument given.
+//
+// Orphans are found by comparing the count to what is found in the state.
+// This transform assumes that if an element in the state is within the count
+// bounds given, that it is not an orphan.
+type OrphanResourceCountTransformer struct {
+        Concrete ConcreteResourceNodeFunc
+
+        Count int              // Actual count of the resource
+        Addr  *ResourceAddress // Addr of the resource to look for orphans
+        State *State           // Full global state
+}
+
+func (t *OrphanResourceCountTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        log.Printf("[TRACE] OrphanResourceCount: Starting...")
+
+        // Grab the module in the state just for this resource address
+        ms := t.State.ModuleByPath(normalizeModulePath(t.Addr.Path))
+        if ms == nil {
+                // If no state, there can't be orphans
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        orphanIndex := -1
+        if t.Count == 1 {
+                orphanIndex = 0
+        }
+
+        // Go through the orphans and add them all to the state
+        for key, _ := range ms.Resources {
+                // Build the address
+                addr, err := parseResourceAddressInternal(key)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                addr.Path = ms.Path[1:]
+
+                // Copy the address for comparison. If we aren't looking at
+                // the same resource, then just ignore it.
+                addrCopy := addr.Copy()
+                addrCopy.Index = -1
+                if !addrCopy.Equals(t.Addr) {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                log.Printf("[TRACE] OrphanResourceCount: Checking: %s", addr)
+
+                idx := addr.Index
+
+                // If we have zero and the index here is 0 or 1, then we
+                // change the index to a high number so that we treat it as
+                // an orphan.
+                if t.Count <= 0 && idx <= 0 {
+                        idx = t.Count + 1
+                }
+
+                // If we have a count greater than 0 and we're at the zero index,
+                // we do a special case check to see if our state also has a
+                // -1 index value. If so, this is an orphan because our rules are
+                // that if both a -1 and 0 are in the state, the 0 is destroyed.
+                if t.Count > 0 && idx == orphanIndex {
+                        // This is a piece of cleverness (beware), but its simple:
+                        // if orphanIndex is 0, then check -1, else check 0.
+                        checkIndex := (orphanIndex + 1) * -1
+
+                        key := &ResourceStateKey{
+                                Name:  addr.Name,
+                                Type:  addr.Type,
+                                Mode:  addr.Mode,
+                                Index: checkIndex,
+                        }
+
+                        if _, ok := ms.Resources[key.String()]; ok {
+                                // We have a -1 index, too. Make an arbitrarily high
+                                // index so that we always mark this as an orphan.
+                                log.Printf(
+                                        "[WARN] OrphanResourceCount: %q both -1 and 0 index found, orphaning %d",
+                                        addr, orphanIndex)
+                                idx = t.Count + 1
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // If the index is within the count bounds, it is not an orphan
+                if idx < t.Count {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Build the abstract node and the concrete one
+                abstract := &NodeAbstractResource{Addr: addr}
+                var node dag.Vertex = abstract
+                if f := t.Concrete; f != nil {
+                        node = f(abstract)
+                }
+
+                // Add it to the graph
+                g.Add(node)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_orphan_output.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_orphan_output.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49568d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_orphan_output.go
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "log"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+)
+
+// OrphanOutputTransformer finds the outputs that aren't present
+// in the given config that are in the state and adds them to the graph
+// for deletion.
+type OrphanOutputTransformer struct {
+        Module *module.Tree // Root module
+        State  *State       // State is the root state
+}
+
+func (t *OrphanOutputTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        if t.State == nil {
+                log.Printf("[DEBUG] No state, no orphan outputs")
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        return t.transform(g, t.Module)
+}
+
+func (t *OrphanOutputTransformer) transform(g *Graph, m *module.Tree) error {
+        // Get our configuration, and recurse into children
+        var c *config.Config
+        if m != nil {
+                c = m.Config()
+                for _, child := range m.Children() {
+                        if err := t.transform(g, child); err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Get the state. If there is no state, then we have no orphans!
+        path := normalizeModulePath(m.Path())
+        state := t.State.ModuleByPath(path)
+        if state == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Make a map of the valid outputs
+        valid := make(map[string]struct{})
+        for _, o := range c.Outputs {
+                valid[o.Name] = struct{}{}
+        }
+
+        // Go through the outputs and find the ones that aren't in our config.
+        for n, _ := range state.Outputs {
+                // If it is in the valid map, then ignore
+                if _, ok := valid[n]; ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Orphan!
+                g.Add(&NodeOutputOrphan{OutputName: n, PathValue: path})
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_orphan_resource.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_orphan_resource.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e42d3c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_orphan_resource.go
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// OrphanResourceTransformer is a GraphTransformer that adds resource
+// orphans to the graph. A resource orphan is a resource that is
+// represented in the state but not in the configuration.
+//
+// This only adds orphans that have no representation at all in the
+// configuration.
+type OrphanResourceTransformer struct {
+        Concrete ConcreteResourceNodeFunc
+
+        // State is the global state. We require the global state to
+        // properly find module orphans at our path.
+        State *State
+
+        // Module is the root module. We'll look up the proper configuration
+        // using the graph path.
+        Module *module.Tree
+}
+
+func (t *OrphanResourceTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        if t.State == nil {
+                // If the entire state is nil, there can't be any orphans
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Go through the modules and for each module transform in order
+        // to add the orphan.
+        for _, ms := range t.State.Modules {
+                if err := t.transform(g, ms); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (t *OrphanResourceTransformer) transform(g *Graph, ms *ModuleState) error {
+        if ms == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Get the configuration for this path. The configuration might be
+        // nil if the module was removed from the configuration. This is okay,
+        // this just means that every resource is an orphan.
+        var c *config.Config
+        if m := t.Module.Child(ms.Path[1:]); m != nil {
+                c = m.Config()
+        }
+
+        // Go through the orphans and add them all to the state
+        for _, key := range ms.Orphans(c) {
+                // Build the abstract resource
+                addr, err := parseResourceAddressInternal(key)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+                addr.Path = ms.Path[1:]
+
+                // Build the abstract node and the concrete one
+                abstract := &NodeAbstractResource{Addr: addr}
+                var node dag.Vertex = abstract
+                if f := t.Concrete; f != nil {
+                        node = f(abstract)
+                }
+
+                // Add it to the graph
+                g.Add(node)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_output.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_output.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b260f4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_output.go
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+)
+
+// OutputTransformer is a GraphTransformer that adds all the outputs
+// in the configuration to the graph.
+//
+// This is done for the apply graph builder even if dependent nodes
+// aren't changing since there is no downside: the state will be available
+// even if the dependent items aren't changing.
+type OutputTransformer struct {
+        Module *module.Tree
+}
+
+func (t *OutputTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        return t.transform(g, t.Module)
+}
+
+func (t *OutputTransformer) transform(g *Graph, m *module.Tree) error {
+        // If no config, no outputs
+        if m == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Transform all the children. We must do this first because
+        // we can reference module outputs and they must show up in the
+        // reference map.
+        for _, c := range m.Children() {
+                if err := t.transform(g, c); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If we have no outputs, we're done!
+        os := m.Config().Outputs
+        if len(os) == 0 {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Add all outputs here
+        for _, o := range os {
+                // Build the node.
+                //
+                // NOTE: For now this is just an "applyable" output. As we build
+                // new graph builders for the other operations I suspect we'll
+                // find a way to parameterize this, require new transforms, etc.
+                node := &NodeApplyableOutput{
+                        PathValue: normalizeModulePath(m.Path()),
+                        Config:    o,
+                }
+
+                // Add it!
+                g.Add(node)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_provider.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9695d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_provider.go
@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// GraphNodeProvider is an interface that nodes that can be a provider
+// must implement. The ProviderName returned is the name of the provider
+// they satisfy.
+type GraphNodeProvider interface {
+        ProviderName() string
+}
+
+// GraphNodeCloseProvider is an interface that nodes that can be a close
+// provider must implement. The CloseProviderName returned is the name of
+// the provider they satisfy.
+type GraphNodeCloseProvider interface {
+        CloseProviderName() string
+}
+
+// GraphNodeProviderConsumer is an interface that nodes that require
+// a provider must implement. ProvidedBy must return the name of the provider
+// to use.
+type GraphNodeProviderConsumer interface {
+        ProvidedBy() []string
+}
+
+// ProviderTransformer is a GraphTransformer that maps resources to
+// providers within the graph. This will error if there are any resources
+// that don't map to proper resources.
+type ProviderTransformer struct{}
+
+func (t *ProviderTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        // Go through the other nodes and match them to providers they need
+        var err error
+        m := providerVertexMap(g)
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                if pv, ok := v.(GraphNodeProviderConsumer); ok {
+                        for _, p := range pv.ProvidedBy() {
+                                target := m[providerMapKey(p, pv)]
+                                if target == nil {
+                                        println(fmt.Sprintf("%#v\n\n%#v", m, providerMapKey(p, pv)))
+                                        err = multierror.Append(err, fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "%s: provider %s couldn't be found",
+                                                dag.VertexName(v), p))
+                                        continue
+                                }
+
+                                g.Connect(dag.BasicEdge(v, target))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return err
+}
+
+// CloseProviderTransformer is a GraphTransformer that adds nodes to the
+// graph that will close open provider connections that aren't needed anymore.
+// A provider connection is not needed anymore once all depended resources
+// in the graph are evaluated.
+type CloseProviderTransformer struct{}
+
+func (t *CloseProviderTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        pm := providerVertexMap(g)
+        cpm := closeProviderVertexMap(g)
+        var err error
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                if pv, ok := v.(GraphNodeProviderConsumer); ok {
+                        for _, p := range pv.ProvidedBy() {
+                                key := p
+                                source := cpm[key]
+
+                                if source == nil {
+                                        // Create a new graphNodeCloseProvider and add it to the graph
+                                        source = &graphNodeCloseProvider{ProviderNameValue: p}
+                                        g.Add(source)
+
+                                        // Close node needs to depend on provider
+                                        provider, ok := pm[key]
+                                        if !ok {
+                                                err = multierror.Append(err, fmt.Errorf(
+                                                        "%s: provider %s couldn't be found for closing",
+                                                        dag.VertexName(v), p))
+                                                continue
+                                        }
+                                        g.Connect(dag.BasicEdge(source, provider))
+
+                                        // Make sure we also add the new graphNodeCloseProvider to the map
+                                        // so we don't create and add any duplicate graphNodeCloseProviders.
+                                        cpm[key] = source
+                                }
+
+                                // Close node depends on all nodes provided by the provider
+                                g.Connect(dag.BasicEdge(source, v))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return err
+}
+
+// MissingProviderTransformer is a GraphTransformer that adds nodes
+// for missing providers into the graph. Specifically, it creates provider
+// configuration nodes for all the providers that we support. These are
+// pruned later during an optimization pass.
+type MissingProviderTransformer struct {
+        // Providers is the list of providers we support.
+        Providers []string
+
+        // AllowAny will not check that a provider is supported before adding
+        // it to the graph.
+        AllowAny bool
+
+        // Concrete, if set, overrides how the providers are made.
+        Concrete ConcreteProviderNodeFunc
+}
+
+func (t *MissingProviderTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        // Initialize factory
+        if t.Concrete == nil {
+                t.Concrete = func(a *NodeAbstractProvider) dag.Vertex {
+                        return a
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Create a set of our supported providers
+        supported := make(map[string]struct{}, len(t.Providers))
+        for _, v := range t.Providers {
+                supported[v] = struct{}{}
+        }
+
+        // Get the map of providers we already have in our graph
+        m := providerVertexMap(g)
+
+        // Go through all the provider consumers and make sure we add
+        // that provider if it is missing. We use a for loop here instead
+        // of "range" since we'll modify check as we go to add more to check.
+        check := g.Vertices()
+        for i := 0; i < len(check); i++ {
+                v := check[i]
+
+                pv, ok := v.(GraphNodeProviderConsumer)
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // If this node has a subpath, then we use that as a prefix
+                // into our map to check for an existing provider.
+                var path []string
+                if sp, ok := pv.(GraphNodeSubPath); ok {
+                        raw := normalizeModulePath(sp.Path())
+                        if len(raw) > len(rootModulePath) {
+                                path = raw
+                        }
+                }
+
+                for _, p := range pv.ProvidedBy() {
+                        key := providerMapKey(p, pv)
+                        if _, ok := m[key]; ok {
+                                // This provider already exists as a configure node
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // If the provider has an alias in it, we just want the type
+                        ptype := p
+                        if idx := strings.IndexRune(p, '.'); idx != -1 {
+                                ptype = p[:idx]
+                        }
+
+                        if !t.AllowAny {
+                                if _, ok := supported[ptype]; !ok {
+                                        // If we don't support the provider type, skip it.
+                                        // Validation later will catch this as an error.
+                                        continue
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        // Add the missing provider node to the graph
+                        v := t.Concrete(&NodeAbstractProvider{
+                                NameValue: p,
+                                PathValue: path,
+                        }).(dag.Vertex)
+                        if len(path) > 0 {
+                                // We'll need the parent provider as well, so let's
+                                // add a dummy node to check to make sure that we add
+                                // that parent provider.
+                                check = append(check, &graphNodeProviderConsumerDummy{
+                                        ProviderValue: p,
+                                        PathValue:     path[:len(path)-1],
+                                })
+                        }
+
+                        m[key] = g.Add(v)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// ParentProviderTransformer connects provider nodes to their parents.
+//
+// This works by finding nodes that are both GraphNodeProviders and
+// GraphNodeSubPath. It then connects the providers to their parent
+// path.
+type ParentProviderTransformer struct{}
+
+func (t *ParentProviderTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        // Make a mapping of path to dag.Vertex, where path is: "path.name"
+        m := make(map[string]dag.Vertex)
+
+        // Also create a map that maps a provider to its parent
+        parentMap := make(map[dag.Vertex]string)
+        for _, raw := range g.Vertices() {
+                // If it is the flat version, then make it the non-flat version.
+                // We eventually want to get rid of the flat version entirely so
+                // this is a stop-gap while it still exists.
+                var v dag.Vertex = raw
+
+                // Only care about providers
+                pn, ok := v.(GraphNodeProvider)
+                if !ok || pn.ProviderName() == "" {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Also require a subpath, if there is no subpath then we
+                // just totally ignore it. The expectation of this transform is
+                // that it is used with a graph builder that is already flattened.
+                var path []string
+                if pn, ok := raw.(GraphNodeSubPath); ok {
+                        path = pn.Path()
+                }
+                path = normalizeModulePath(path)
+
+                // Build the key with path.name i.e. "child.subchild.aws"
+                key := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", strings.Join(path, "."), pn.ProviderName())
+                m[key] = raw
+
+                // Determine the parent if we're non-root. This is length 1 since
+                // the 0 index should be "root" since we normalize above.
+                if len(path) > 1 {
+                        path = path[:len(path)-1]
+                        key := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", strings.Join(path, "."), pn.ProviderName())
+                        parentMap[raw] = key
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Connect!
+        for v, key := range parentMap {
+                if parent, ok := m[key]; ok {
+                        g.Connect(dag.BasicEdge(v, parent))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// PruneProviderTransformer is a GraphTransformer that prunes all the
+// providers that aren't needed from the graph. A provider is unneeded if
+// no resource or module is using that provider.
+type PruneProviderTransformer struct{}
+
+func (t *PruneProviderTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                // We only care about the providers
+                if pn, ok := v.(GraphNodeProvider); !ok || pn.ProviderName() == "" {
+                        continue
+                }
+                // Does anything depend on this? If not, then prune it.
+                if s := g.UpEdges(v); s.Len() == 0 {
+                        if nv, ok := v.(dag.NamedVertex); ok {
+                                log.Printf("[DEBUG] Pruning provider with no dependencies: %s", nv.Name())
+                        }
+                        g.Remove(v)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// providerMapKey is a helper that gives us the key to use for the
+// maps returned by things such as providerVertexMap.
+func providerMapKey(k string, v dag.Vertex) string {
+        pathPrefix := ""
+        if sp, ok := v.(GraphNodeSubPath); ok {
+                raw := normalizeModulePath(sp.Path())
+                if len(raw) > len(rootModulePath) {
+                        pathPrefix = modulePrefixStr(raw) + "."
+                }
+        }
+
+        return pathPrefix + k
+}
+
+func providerVertexMap(g *Graph) map[string]dag.Vertex {
+        m := make(map[string]dag.Vertex)
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                if pv, ok := v.(GraphNodeProvider); ok {
+                        key := providerMapKey(pv.ProviderName(), v)
+                        m[key] = v
+                }
+        }
+
+        return m
+}
+
+func closeProviderVertexMap(g *Graph) map[string]dag.Vertex {
+        m := make(map[string]dag.Vertex)
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                if pv, ok := v.(GraphNodeCloseProvider); ok {
+                        m[pv.CloseProviderName()] = v
+                }
+        }
+
+        return m
+}
+
+type graphNodeCloseProvider struct {
+        ProviderNameValue string
+}
+
+func (n *graphNodeCloseProvider) Name() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("provider.%s (close)", n.ProviderNameValue)
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable impl.
+func (n *graphNodeCloseProvider) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        return CloseProviderEvalTree(n.ProviderNameValue)
+}
+
+// GraphNodeDependable impl.
+func (n *graphNodeCloseProvider) DependableName() []string {
+        return []string{n.Name()}
+}
+
+func (n *graphNodeCloseProvider) CloseProviderName() string {
+        return n.ProviderNameValue
+}
+
+// GraphNodeDotter impl.
+func (n *graphNodeCloseProvider) DotNode(name string, opts *dag.DotOpts) *dag.DotNode {
+        if !opts.Verbose {
+                return nil
+        }
+        return &dag.DotNode{
+                Name: name,
+                Attrs: map[string]string{
+                        "label": n.Name(),
+                        "shape": "diamond",
+                },
+        }
+}
+
+// RemovableIfNotTargeted
+func (n *graphNodeCloseProvider) RemoveIfNotTargeted() bool {
+        // We need to add this so that this node will be removed if
+        // it isn't targeted or a dependency of a target.
+        return true
+}
+
+// graphNodeProviderConsumerDummy is a struct that never enters the real
+// graph (though it could to no ill effect). It implements
+// GraphNodeProviderConsumer and GraphNodeSubpath as a way to force
+// certain transformations.
+type graphNodeProviderConsumerDummy struct {
+        ProviderValue string
+        PathValue     []string
+}
+
+func (n *graphNodeProviderConsumerDummy) Path() []string {
+        return n.PathValue
+}
+
+func (n *graphNodeProviderConsumerDummy) ProvidedBy() []string {
+        return []string{n.ProviderValue}
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_provider_disable.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_provider_disable.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9919f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_provider_disable.go
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// DisableProviderTransformer "disables" any providers that are not actually
+// used by anything. This avoids the provider being initialized and configured.
+// This both saves resources but also avoids errors since configuration
+// may imply initialization which may require auth.
+type DisableProviderTransformer struct{}
+
+func (t *DisableProviderTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                // We only care about providers
+                pn, ok := v.(GraphNodeProvider)
+                if !ok || pn.ProviderName() == "" {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // If we have dependencies, then don't disable
+                if g.UpEdges(v).Len() > 0 {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Get the path
+                var path []string
+                if pn, ok := v.(GraphNodeSubPath); ok {
+                        path = pn.Path()
+                }
+
+                // Disable the provider by replacing it with a "disabled" provider
+                disabled := &NodeDisabledProvider{
+                        NodeAbstractProvider: &NodeAbstractProvider{
+                                NameValue: pn.ProviderName(),
+                                PathValue: path,
+                        },
+                }
+
+                if !g.Replace(v, disabled) {
+                        panic(fmt.Sprintf(
+                                "vertex disappeared from under us: %s",
+                                dag.VertexName(v)))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_provisioner.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_provisioner.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f49d824
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_provisioner.go
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// GraphNodeProvisioner is an interface that nodes that can be a provisioner
+// must implement. The ProvisionerName returned is the name of the provisioner
+// they satisfy.
+type GraphNodeProvisioner interface {
+        ProvisionerName() string
+}
+
+// GraphNodeCloseProvisioner is an interface that nodes that can be a close
+// provisioner must implement. The CloseProvisionerName returned is the name
+// of the provisioner they satisfy.
+type GraphNodeCloseProvisioner interface {
+        CloseProvisionerName() string
+}
+
+// GraphNodeProvisionerConsumer is an interface that nodes that require
+// a provisioner must implement. ProvisionedBy must return the name of the
+// provisioner to use.
+type GraphNodeProvisionerConsumer interface {
+        ProvisionedBy() []string
+}
+
+// ProvisionerTransformer is a GraphTransformer that maps resources to
+// provisioners within the graph. This will error if there are any resources
+// that don't map to proper resources.
+type ProvisionerTransformer struct{}
+
+func (t *ProvisionerTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        // Go through the other nodes and match them to provisioners they need
+        var err error
+        m := provisionerVertexMap(g)
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                if pv, ok := v.(GraphNodeProvisionerConsumer); ok {
+                        for _, p := range pv.ProvisionedBy() {
+                                key := provisionerMapKey(p, pv)
+                                if m[key] == nil {
+                                        err = multierror.Append(err, fmt.Errorf(
+                                                "%s: provisioner %s couldn't be found",
+                                                dag.VertexName(v), p))
+                                        continue
+                                }
+
+                                g.Connect(dag.BasicEdge(v, m[key]))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return err
+}
+
+// MissingProvisionerTransformer is a GraphTransformer that adds nodes
+// for missing provisioners into the graph.
+type MissingProvisionerTransformer struct {
+        // Provisioners is the list of provisioners we support.
+        Provisioners []string
+}
+
+func (t *MissingProvisionerTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        // Create a set of our supported provisioners
+        supported := make(map[string]struct{}, len(t.Provisioners))
+        for _, v := range t.Provisioners {
+                supported[v] = struct{}{}
+        }
+
+        // Get the map of provisioners we already have in our graph
+        m := provisionerVertexMap(g)
+
+        // Go through all the provisioner consumers and make sure we add
+        // that provisioner if it is missing.
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                pv, ok := v.(GraphNodeProvisionerConsumer)
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // If this node has a subpath, then we use that as a prefix
+                // into our map to check for an existing provider.
+                var path []string
+                if sp, ok := pv.(GraphNodeSubPath); ok {
+                        raw := normalizeModulePath(sp.Path())
+                        if len(raw) > len(rootModulePath) {
+                                path = raw
+                        }
+                }
+
+                for _, p := range pv.ProvisionedBy() {
+                        // Build the key for storing in the map
+                        key := provisionerMapKey(p, pv)
+
+                        if _, ok := m[key]; ok {
+                                // This provisioner already exists as a configure node
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        if _, ok := supported[p]; !ok {
+                                // If we don't support the provisioner type, skip it.
+                                // Validation later will catch this as an error.
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // Build the vertex
+                        var newV dag.Vertex = &NodeProvisioner{
+                                NameValue: p,
+                                PathValue: path,
+                        }
+
+                        // Add the missing provisioner node to the graph
+                        m[key] = g.Add(newV)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// CloseProvisionerTransformer is a GraphTransformer that adds nodes to the
+// graph that will close open provisioner connections that aren't needed
+// anymore. A provisioner connection is not needed anymore once all depended
+// resources in the graph are evaluated.
+type CloseProvisionerTransformer struct{}
+
+func (t *CloseProvisionerTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        m := closeProvisionerVertexMap(g)
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                if pv, ok := v.(GraphNodeProvisionerConsumer); ok {
+                        for _, p := range pv.ProvisionedBy() {
+                                source := m[p]
+
+                                if source == nil {
+                                        // Create a new graphNodeCloseProvisioner and add it to the graph
+                                        source = &graphNodeCloseProvisioner{ProvisionerNameValue: p}
+                                        g.Add(source)
+
+                                        // Make sure we also add the new graphNodeCloseProvisioner to the map
+                                        // so we don't create and add any duplicate graphNodeCloseProvisioners.
+                                        m[p] = source
+                                }
+
+                                g.Connect(dag.BasicEdge(source, v))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// provisionerMapKey is a helper that gives us the key to use for the
+// maps returned by things such as provisionerVertexMap.
+func provisionerMapKey(k string, v dag.Vertex) string {
+        pathPrefix := ""
+        if sp, ok := v.(GraphNodeSubPath); ok {
+                raw := normalizeModulePath(sp.Path())
+                if len(raw) > len(rootModulePath) {
+                        pathPrefix = modulePrefixStr(raw) + "."
+                }
+        }
+
+        return pathPrefix + k
+}
+
+func provisionerVertexMap(g *Graph) map[string]dag.Vertex {
+        m := make(map[string]dag.Vertex)
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                if pv, ok := v.(GraphNodeProvisioner); ok {
+                        key := provisionerMapKey(pv.ProvisionerName(), v)
+                        m[key] = v
+                }
+        }
+
+        return m
+}
+
+func closeProvisionerVertexMap(g *Graph) map[string]dag.Vertex {
+        m := make(map[string]dag.Vertex)
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                if pv, ok := v.(GraphNodeCloseProvisioner); ok {
+                        m[pv.CloseProvisionerName()] = v
+                }
+        }
+
+        return m
+}
+
+type graphNodeCloseProvisioner struct {
+        ProvisionerNameValue string
+}
+
+func (n *graphNodeCloseProvisioner) Name() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("provisioner.%s (close)", n.ProvisionerNameValue)
+}
+
+// GraphNodeEvalable impl.
+func (n *graphNodeCloseProvisioner) EvalTree() EvalNode {
+        return &EvalCloseProvisioner{Name: n.ProvisionerNameValue}
+}
+
+func (n *graphNodeCloseProvisioner) CloseProvisionerName() string {
+        return n.ProvisionerNameValue
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_reference.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_reference.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c545235
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_reference.go
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// GraphNodeReferenceable must be implemented by any node that represents
+// a Terraform thing that can be referenced (resource, module, etc.).
+//
+// Even if the thing has no name, this should return an empty list. By
+// implementing this and returning a non-nil result, you say that this CAN
+// be referenced and other methods of referencing may still be possible (such
+// as by path!)
+type GraphNodeReferenceable interface {
+        // ReferenceableName is the name by which this can be referenced.
+        // This can be either just the type, or include the field. Example:
+        // "aws_instance.bar" or "aws_instance.bar.id".
+        ReferenceableName() []string
+}
+
+// GraphNodeReferencer must be implemented by nodes that reference other
+// Terraform items and therefore depend on them.
+type GraphNodeReferencer interface {
+        // References are the list of things that this node references. This
+        // can include fields or just the type, just like GraphNodeReferenceable
+        // above.
+        References() []string
+}
+
+// GraphNodeReferenceGlobal is an interface that can optionally be
+// implemented. If ReferenceGlobal returns true, then the References()
+// and ReferenceableName() must be _fully qualified_ with "module.foo.bar"
+// etc.
+//
+// This allows a node to reference and be referenced by a specific name
+// that may cross module boundaries. This can be very dangerous so use
+// this wisely.
+//
+// The primary use case for this is module boundaries (variables coming in).
+type GraphNodeReferenceGlobal interface {
+        // Set to true to signal that references and name are fully
+        // qualified. See the above docs for more information.
+        ReferenceGlobal() bool
+}
+
+// ReferenceTransformer is a GraphTransformer that connects all the
+// nodes that reference each other in order to form the proper ordering.
+type ReferenceTransformer struct{}
+
+func (t *ReferenceTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        // Build a reference map so we can efficiently look up the references
+        vs := g.Vertices()
+        m := NewReferenceMap(vs)
+
+        // Find the things that reference things and connect them
+        for _, v := range vs {
+                parents, _ := m.References(v)
+                parentsDbg := make([]string, len(parents))
+                for i, v := range parents {
+                        parentsDbg[i] = dag.VertexName(v)
+                }
+                log.Printf(
+                        "[DEBUG] ReferenceTransformer: %q references: %v",
+                        dag.VertexName(v), parentsDbg)
+
+                for _, parent := range parents {
+                        g.Connect(dag.BasicEdge(v, parent))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// ReferenceMap is a structure that can be used to efficiently check
+// for references on a graph.
+type ReferenceMap struct {
+        // m is the mapping of referenceable name to list of verticies that
+        // implement that name. This is built on initialization.
+        references   map[string][]dag.Vertex
+        referencedBy map[string][]dag.Vertex
+}
+
+// References returns the list of vertices that this vertex
+// references along with any missing references.
+func (m *ReferenceMap) References(v dag.Vertex) ([]dag.Vertex, []string) {
+        rn, ok := v.(GraphNodeReferencer)
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+
+        var matches []dag.Vertex
+        var missing []string
+        prefix := m.prefix(v)
+        for _, ns := range rn.References() {
+                found := false
+                for _, n := range strings.Split(ns, "/") {
+                        n = prefix + n
+                        parents, ok := m.references[n]
+                        if !ok {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // Mark that we found a match
+                        found = true
+
+                        // Make sure this isn't a self reference, which isn't included
+                        selfRef := false
+                        for _, p := range parents {
+                                if p == v {
+                                        selfRef = true
+                                        break
+                                }
+                        }
+                        if selfRef {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        matches = append(matches, parents...)
+                        break
+                }
+
+                if !found {
+                        missing = append(missing, ns)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return matches, missing
+}
+
+// ReferencedBy returns the list of vertices that reference the
+// vertex passed in.
+func (m *ReferenceMap) ReferencedBy(v dag.Vertex) []dag.Vertex {
+        rn, ok := v.(GraphNodeReferenceable)
+        if !ok {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        var matches []dag.Vertex
+        prefix := m.prefix(v)
+        for _, n := range rn.ReferenceableName() {
+                n = prefix + n
+                children, ok := m.referencedBy[n]
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Make sure this isn't a self reference, which isn't included
+                selfRef := false
+                for _, p := range children {
+                        if p == v {
+                                selfRef = true
+                                break
+                        }
+                }
+                if selfRef {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                matches = append(matches, children...)
+        }
+
+        return matches
+}
+
+func (m *ReferenceMap) prefix(v dag.Vertex) string {
+        // If the node is stating it is already fully qualified then
+        // we don't have to create the prefix!
+        if gn, ok := v.(GraphNodeReferenceGlobal); ok && gn.ReferenceGlobal() {
+                return ""
+        }
+
+        // Create the prefix based on the path
+        var prefix string
+        if pn, ok := v.(GraphNodeSubPath); ok {
+                if path := normalizeModulePath(pn.Path()); len(path) > 1 {
+                        prefix = modulePrefixStr(path) + "."
+                }
+        }
+
+        return prefix
+}
+
+// NewReferenceMap is used to create a new reference map for the
+// given set of vertices.
+func NewReferenceMap(vs []dag.Vertex) *ReferenceMap {
+        var m ReferenceMap
+
+        // Build the lookup table
+        refMap := make(map[string][]dag.Vertex)
+        for _, v := range vs {
+                // We're only looking for referenceable nodes
+                rn, ok := v.(GraphNodeReferenceable)
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Go through and cache them
+                prefix := m.prefix(v)
+                for _, n := range rn.ReferenceableName() {
+                        n = prefix + n
+                        refMap[n] = append(refMap[n], v)
+                }
+
+                // If there is a path, it is always referenceable by that. For
+                // example, if this is a referenceable thing at path []string{"foo"},
+                // then it can be referenced at "module.foo"
+                if pn, ok := v.(GraphNodeSubPath); ok {
+                        for _, p := range ReferenceModulePath(pn.Path()) {
+                                refMap[p] = append(refMap[p], v)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Build the lookup table for referenced by
+        refByMap := make(map[string][]dag.Vertex)
+        for _, v := range vs {
+                // We're only looking for referenceable nodes
+                rn, ok := v.(GraphNodeReferencer)
+                if !ok {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Go through and cache them
+                prefix := m.prefix(v)
+                for _, n := range rn.References() {
+                        n = prefix + n
+                        refByMap[n] = append(refByMap[n], v)
+                }
+        }
+
+        m.references = refMap
+        m.referencedBy = refByMap
+        return &m
+}
+
+// Returns the reference name for a module path. The path "foo" would return
+// "module.foo". If this is a deeply nested module, it will be every parent
+// as well. For example: ["foo", "bar"] would return both "module.foo" and
+// "module.foo.module.bar"
+func ReferenceModulePath(p []string) []string {
+        p = normalizeModulePath(p)
+        if len(p) == 1 {
+                // Root, no name
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        result := make([]string, 0, len(p)-1)
+        for i := len(p); i > 1; i-- {
+                result = append(result, modulePrefixStr(p[:i]))
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// ReferencesFromConfig returns the references that a configuration has
+// based on the interpolated variables in a configuration.
+func ReferencesFromConfig(c *config.RawConfig) []string {
+        var result []string
+        for _, v := range c.Variables {
+                if r := ReferenceFromInterpolatedVar(v); len(r) > 0 {
+                        result = append(result, r...)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+// ReferenceFromInterpolatedVar returns the reference from this variable,
+// or an empty string if there is no reference.
+func ReferenceFromInterpolatedVar(v config.InterpolatedVariable) []string {
+        switch v := v.(type) {
+        case *config.ModuleVariable:
+                return []string{fmt.Sprintf("module.%s.output.%s", v.Name, v.Field)}
+        case *config.ResourceVariable:
+                id := v.ResourceId()
+
+                // If we have a multi-reference (splat), then we depend on ALL
+                // resources with this type/name.
+                if v.Multi && v.Index == -1 {
+                        return []string{fmt.Sprintf("%s.*", id)}
+                }
+
+                // Otherwise, we depend on a specific index.
+                idx := v.Index
+                if !v.Multi || v.Index == -1 {
+                        idx = 0
+                }
+
+                // Depend on the index, as well as "N" which represents the
+                // un-expanded set of resources.
+                return []string{fmt.Sprintf("%s.%d/%s.N", id, idx, id)}
+        case *config.UserVariable:
+                return []string{fmt.Sprintf("var.%s", v.Name)}
+        default:
+                return nil
+        }
+}
+
+func modulePrefixStr(p []string) string {
+        parts := make([]string, 0, len(p)*2)
+        for _, p := range p[1:] {
+                parts = append(parts, "module", p)
+        }
+
+        return strings.Join(parts, ".")
+}
+
+func modulePrefixList(result []string, prefix string) []string {
+        if prefix != "" {
+                for i, v := range result {
+                        result[i] = fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", prefix, v)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_resource_count.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_resource_count.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cda35cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_resource_count.go
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// ResourceCountTransformer is a GraphTransformer that expands the count
+// out for a specific resource.
+//
+// This assumes that the count is already interpolated.
+type ResourceCountTransformer struct {
+        Concrete ConcreteResourceNodeFunc
+
+        Count int
+        Addr  *ResourceAddress
+}
+
+func (t *ResourceCountTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        // Don't allow the count to be negative
+        if t.Count < 0 {
+                return fmt.Errorf("negative count: %d", t.Count)
+        }
+
+        // For each count, build and add the node
+        for i := 0; i < t.Count; i++ {
+                // Set the index. If our count is 1 we special case it so that
+                // we handle the "resource.0" and "resource" boundary properly.
+                index := i
+                if t.Count == 1 {
+                        index = -1
+                }
+
+                // Build the resource address
+                addr := t.Addr.Copy()
+                addr.Index = index
+
+                // Build the abstract node and the concrete one
+                abstract := &NodeAbstractResource{Addr: addr}
+                var node dag.Vertex = abstract
+                if f := t.Concrete; f != nil {
+                        node = f(abstract)
+                }
+
+                // Add it to the graph
+                g.Add(node)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_root.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_root.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aee053d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_root.go
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+package terraform
+
+import "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+
+const rootNodeName = "root"
+
+// RootTransformer is a GraphTransformer that adds a root to the graph.
+type RootTransformer struct{}
+
+func (t *RootTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        // If we already have a good root, we're done
+        if _, err := g.Root(); err == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Add a root
+        var root graphNodeRoot
+        g.Add(root)
+
+        // Connect the root to all the edges that need it
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                if v == root {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if g.UpEdges(v).Len() == 0 {
+                        g.Connect(dag.BasicEdge(root, v))
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+type graphNodeRoot struct{}
+
+func (n graphNodeRoot) Name() string {
+        return rootNodeName
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_state.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_state.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..471cd74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_state.go
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "log"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// StateTransformer is a GraphTransformer that adds the elements of
+// the state to the graph.
+//
+// This transform is used for example by the DestroyPlanGraphBuilder to ensure
+// that only resources that are in the state are represented in the graph.
+type StateTransformer struct {
+        Concrete ConcreteResourceNodeFunc
+
+        State *State
+}
+
+func (t *StateTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        // If the state is nil or empty (nil is empty) then do nothing
+        if t.State.Empty() {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Go through all the modules in the diff.
+        log.Printf("[TRACE] StateTransformer: starting")
+        var nodes []dag.Vertex
+        for _, ms := range t.State.Modules {
+                log.Printf("[TRACE] StateTransformer: Module: %v", ms.Path)
+
+                // Go through all the resources in this module.
+                for name, rs := range ms.Resources {
+                        log.Printf("[TRACE] StateTransformer: Resource %q: %#v", name, rs)
+
+                        // Add the resource to the graph
+                        addr, err := parseResourceAddressInternal(name)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                panic(fmt.Sprintf(
+                                        "Error parsing internal name, this is a bug: %q", name))
+                        }
+
+                        // Very important: add the module path for this resource to
+                        // the address. Remove "root" from it.
+                        addr.Path = ms.Path[1:]
+
+                        // Add the resource to the graph
+                        abstract := &NodeAbstractResource{Addr: addr}
+                        var node dag.Vertex = abstract
+                        if f := t.Concrete; f != nil {
+                                node = f(abstract)
+                        }
+
+                        nodes = append(nodes, node)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Add all the nodes to the graph
+        for _, n := range nodes {
+                g.Add(n)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_targets.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_targets.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..225ac4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_targets.go
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "log"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// GraphNodeTargetable is an interface for graph nodes to implement when they
+// need to be told about incoming targets. This is useful for nodes that need
+// to respect targets as they dynamically expand. Note that the list of targets
+// provided will contain every target provided, and each implementing graph
+// node must filter this list to targets considered relevant.
+type GraphNodeTargetable interface {
+        SetTargets([]ResourceAddress)
+}
+
+// TargetsTransformer is a GraphTransformer that, when the user specifies a
+// list of resources to target, limits the graph to only those resources and
+// their dependencies.
+type TargetsTransformer struct {
+        // List of targeted resource names specified by the user
+        Targets []string
+
+        // List of parsed targets, provided by callers like ResourceCountTransform
+        // that already have the targets parsed
+        ParsedTargets []ResourceAddress
+
+        // Set to true when we're in a `terraform destroy` or a
+        // `terraform plan -destroy`
+        Destroy bool
+}
+
+func (t *TargetsTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        if len(t.Targets) > 0 && len(t.ParsedTargets) == 0 {
+                addrs, err := t.parseTargetAddresses()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                t.ParsedTargets = addrs
+        }
+
+        if len(t.ParsedTargets) > 0 {
+                targetedNodes, err := t.selectTargetedNodes(g, t.ParsedTargets)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                        removable := false
+                        if _, ok := v.(GraphNodeResource); ok {
+                                removable = true
+                        }
+                        if vr, ok := v.(RemovableIfNotTargeted); ok {
+                                removable = vr.RemoveIfNotTargeted()
+                        }
+                        if removable && !targetedNodes.Include(v) {
+                                log.Printf("[DEBUG] Removing %q, filtered by targeting.", dag.VertexName(v))
+                                g.Remove(v)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (t *TargetsTransformer) parseTargetAddresses() ([]ResourceAddress, error) {
+        addrs := make([]ResourceAddress, len(t.Targets))
+        for i, target := range t.Targets {
+                ta, err := ParseResourceAddress(target)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                addrs[i] = *ta
+        }
+
+        return addrs, nil
+}
+
+// Returns the list of targeted nodes. A targeted node is either addressed
+// directly, or is an Ancestor of a targeted node. Destroy mode keeps
+// Descendents instead of Ancestors.
+func (t *TargetsTransformer) selectTargetedNodes(
+        g *Graph, addrs []ResourceAddress) (*dag.Set, error) {
+        targetedNodes := new(dag.Set)
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                if t.nodeIsTarget(v, addrs) {
+                        targetedNodes.Add(v)
+
+                        // We inform nodes that ask about the list of targets - helps for nodes
+                        // that need to dynamically expand. Note that this only occurs for nodes
+                        // that are already directly targeted.
+                        if tn, ok := v.(GraphNodeTargetable); ok {
+                                tn.SetTargets(addrs)
+                        }
+
+                        var deps *dag.Set
+                        var err error
+                        if t.Destroy {
+                                deps, err = g.Descendents(v)
+                        } else {
+                                deps, err = g.Ancestors(v)
+                        }
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+
+                        for _, d := range deps.List() {
+                                targetedNodes.Add(d)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return targetedNodes, nil
+}
+
+func (t *TargetsTransformer) nodeIsTarget(
+        v dag.Vertex, addrs []ResourceAddress) bool {
+        r, ok := v.(GraphNodeResource)
+        if !ok {
+                return false
+        }
+
+        addr := r.ResourceAddr()
+        for _, targetAddr := range addrs {
+                if targetAddr.Equals(addr) {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+
+        return false
+}
+
+// RemovableIfNotTargeted is a special interface for graph nodes that
+// aren't directly addressable, but need to be removed from the graph when they
+// are not targeted. (Nodes that are not directly targeted end up in the set of
+// targeted nodes because something that _is_ targeted depends on them.) The
+// initial use case for this interface is GraphNodeConfigVariable, which was
+// having trouble interpolating for module variables in targeted scenarios that
+// filtered out the resource node being referenced.
+type RemovableIfNotTargeted interface {
+        RemoveIfNotTargeted() bool
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_transitive_reduction.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_transitive_reduction.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2184278
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_transitive_reduction.go
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+package terraform
+
+// TransitiveReductionTransformer is a GraphTransformer that performs
+// finds the transitive reduction of the graph. For a definition of
+// transitive reduction, see Wikipedia.
+type TransitiveReductionTransformer struct{}
+
+func (t *TransitiveReductionTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        // If the graph isn't valid, skip the transitive reduction.
+        // We don't error here because Terraform itself handles graph
+        // validation in a better way, or we assume it does.
+        if err := g.Validate(); err != nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Do it
+        g.TransitiveReduction()
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_variable.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_variable.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b31e2c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_variable.go
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+)
+
+// RootVariableTransformer is a GraphTransformer that adds all the root
+// variables to the graph.
+//
+// Root variables are currently no-ops but they must be added to the
+// graph since downstream things that depend on them must be able to
+// reach them.
+type RootVariableTransformer struct {
+        Module *module.Tree
+}
+
+func (t *RootVariableTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        // If no config, no variables
+        if t.Module == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // If we have no vars, we're done!
+        vars := t.Module.Config().Variables
+        if len(vars) == 0 {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Add all variables here
+        for _, v := range vars {
+                node := &NodeRootVariable{
+                        Config: v,
+                }
+
+                // Add it!
+                g.Add(node)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_vertex.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_vertex.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b1293f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/transform_vertex.go
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/dag"
+)
+
+// VertexTransformer is a GraphTransformer that transforms vertices
+// using the GraphVertexTransformers. The Transforms are run in sequential
+// order. If a transform replaces a vertex then the next transform will see
+// the new vertex.
+type VertexTransformer struct {
+        Transforms []GraphVertexTransformer
+}
+
+func (t *VertexTransformer) Transform(g *Graph) error {
+        for _, v := range g.Vertices() {
+                for _, vt := range t.Transforms {
+                        newV, err := vt.Transform(v)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+
+                        // If the vertex didn't change, then don't do anything more
+                        if newV == v {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // Vertex changed, replace it within the graph
+                        if ok := g.Replace(v, newV); !ok {
+                                // This should never happen, big problem
+                                return fmt.Errorf(
+                                        "Failed to replace %s with %s!\n\nSource: %#v\n\nTarget: %#v",
+                                        dag.VertexName(v), dag.VertexName(newV), v, newV)
+                        }
+
+                        // Replace v so that future transforms use the proper vertex
+                        v = newV
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_input.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_input.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c87459
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_input.go
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+package terraform
+
+// UIInput is the interface that must be implemented to ask for input
+// from this user. This should forward the request to wherever the user
+// inputs things to ask for values.
+type UIInput interface {
+        Input(*InputOpts) (string, error)
+}
+
+// InputOpts are options for asking for input.
+type InputOpts struct {
+        // Id is a unique ID for the question being asked that might be
+        // used for logging or to look up a prior answered question.
+        Id string
+
+        // Query is a human-friendly question for inputting this value.
+        Query string
+
+        // Description is a description about what this option is. Be wary
+        // that this will probably be in a terminal so split lines as you see
+        // necessary.
+        Description string
+
+        // Default will be the value returned if no data is entered.
+        Default string
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_input_mock.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_input_mock.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3a07ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_input_mock.go
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+package terraform
+
+// MockUIInput is an implementation of UIInput that can be used for tests.
+type MockUIInput struct {
+        InputCalled       bool
+        InputOpts         *InputOpts
+        InputReturnMap    map[string]string
+        InputReturnString string
+        InputReturnError  error
+        InputFn           func(*InputOpts) (string, error)
+}
+
+func (i *MockUIInput) Input(opts *InputOpts) (string, error) {
+        i.InputCalled = true
+        i.InputOpts = opts
+        if i.InputFn != nil {
+                return i.InputFn(opts)
+        }
+        if i.InputReturnMap != nil {
+                return i.InputReturnMap[opts.Id], i.InputReturnError
+        }
+        return i.InputReturnString, i.InputReturnError
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_input_prefix.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_input_prefix.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2207d1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_input_prefix.go
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+// PrefixUIInput is an implementation of UIInput that prefixes the ID
+// with a string, allowing queries to be namespaced.
+type PrefixUIInput struct {
+        IdPrefix    string
+        QueryPrefix string
+        UIInput     UIInput
+}
+
+func (i *PrefixUIInput) Input(opts *InputOpts) (string, error) {
+        opts.Id = fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", i.IdPrefix, opts.Id)
+        opts.Query = fmt.Sprintf("%s%s", i.QueryPrefix, opts.Query)
+        return i.UIInput.Input(opts)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_output.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_output.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84427c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_output.go
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+package terraform
+
+// UIOutput is the interface that must be implemented to output
+// data to the end user.
+type UIOutput interface {
+        Output(string)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_output_callback.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_output_callback.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..135a91c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_output_callback.go
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+package terraform
+
+type CallbackUIOutput struct {
+        OutputFn func(string)
+}
+
+func (o *CallbackUIOutput) Output(v string) {
+        o.OutputFn(v)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_output_mock.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_output_mock.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7852bc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_output_mock.go
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+package terraform
+
+// MockUIOutput is an implementation of UIOutput that can be used for tests.
+type MockUIOutput struct {
+        OutputCalled  bool
+        OutputMessage string
+        OutputFn      func(string)
+}
+
+func (o *MockUIOutput) Output(v string) {
+        o.OutputCalled = true
+        o.OutputMessage = v
+        if o.OutputFn != nil {
+                o.OutputFn(v)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_output_provisioner.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_output_provisioner.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..878a031
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/ui_output_provisioner.go
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+package terraform
+
+// ProvisionerUIOutput is an implementation of UIOutput that calls a hook
+// for the output so that the hooks can handle it.
+type ProvisionerUIOutput struct {
+        Info  *InstanceInfo
+        Type  string
+        Hooks []Hook
+}
+
+func (o *ProvisionerUIOutput) Output(msg string) {
+        for _, h := range o.Hooks {
+                h.ProvisionOutput(o.Info, o.Type, msg)
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/util.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/util.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f41f0d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/util.go
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "sort"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// Semaphore is a wrapper around a channel to provide
+// utility methods to clarify that we are treating the
+// channel as a semaphore
+type Semaphore chan struct{}
+
+// NewSemaphore creates a semaphore that allows up
+// to a given limit of simultaneous acquisitions
+func NewSemaphore(n int) Semaphore {
+        if n == 0 {
+                panic("semaphore with limit 0")
+        }
+        ch := make(chan struct{}, n)
+        return Semaphore(ch)
+}
+
+// Acquire is used to acquire an available slot.
+// Blocks until available.
+func (s Semaphore) Acquire() {
+        s <- struct{}{}
+}
+
+// TryAcquire is used to do a non-blocking acquire.
+// Returns a bool indicating success
+func (s Semaphore) TryAcquire() bool {
+        select {
+        case s <- struct{}{}:
+                return true
+        default:
+                return false
+        }
+}
+
+// Release is used to return a slot. Acquire must
+// be called as a pre-condition.
+func (s Semaphore) Release() {
+        select {
+        case <-s:
+        default:
+                panic("release without an acquire")
+        }
+}
+
+// resourceProvider returns the provider name for the given type.
+func resourceProvider(t, alias string) string {
+        if alias != "" {
+                return alias
+        }
+
+        idx := strings.IndexRune(t, '_')
+        if idx == -1 {
+                // If no underscores, the resource name is assumed to be
+                // also the provider name, e.g. if the provider exposes
+                // only a single resource of each type.
+                return t
+        }
+
+        return t[:idx]
+}
+
+// strSliceContains checks if a given string is contained in a slice
+// When anybody asks why Go needs generics, here you go.
+func strSliceContains(haystack []string, needle string) bool {
+        for _, s := range haystack {
+                if s == needle {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+        return false
+}
+
+// deduplicate a slice of strings
+func uniqueStrings(s []string) []string {
+        if len(s) < 2 {
+                return s
+        }
+
+        sort.Strings(s)
+        result := make([]string, 1, len(s))
+        result[0] = s[0]
+        for i := 1; i < len(s); i++ {
+                if s[i] != result[len(result)-1] {
+                        result = append(result, s[i])
+                }
+        }
+        return result
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/variables.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/variables.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..300f2ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/variables.go
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "os"
+        "strings"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/helper/hilmapstructure"
+)
+
+// Variables returns the fully loaded set of variables to use with
+// ContextOpts and NewContext, loading any additional variables from
+// the environment or any other sources.
+//
+// The given module tree doesn't need to be loaded.
+func Variables(
+        m *module.Tree,
+        override map[string]interface{}) (map[string]interface{}, error) {
+        result := make(map[string]interface{})
+
+        // Variables are loaded in the following sequence. Each additional step
+        // will override conflicting variable keys from prior steps:
+        //
+        //   * Take default values from config
+        //   * Take values from TF_VAR_x env vars
+        //   * Take values specified in the "override" param which is usually
+        //     from -var, -var-file, etc.
+        //
+
+        // First load from the config
+        for _, v := range m.Config().Variables {
+                // If the var has no default, ignore
+                if v.Default == nil {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // If the type isn't a string, we use it as-is since it is a rich type
+                if v.Type() != config.VariableTypeString {
+                        result[v.Name] = v.Default
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // v.Default has already been parsed as HCL but it may be an int type
+                switch typedDefault := v.Default.(type) {
+                case string:
+                        if typedDefault == "" {
+                                continue
+                        }
+                        result[v.Name] = typedDefault
+                case int, int64:
+                        result[v.Name] = fmt.Sprintf("%d", typedDefault)
+                case float32, float64:
+                        result[v.Name] = fmt.Sprintf("%f", typedDefault)
+                case bool:
+                        result[v.Name] = fmt.Sprintf("%t", typedDefault)
+                default:
+                        panic(fmt.Sprintf(
+                                "Unknown default var type: %T\n\n"+
+                                        "THIS IS A BUG. Please report it.",
+                                v.Default))
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Load from env vars
+        for _, v := range os.Environ() {
+                if !strings.HasPrefix(v, VarEnvPrefix) {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Strip off the prefix and get the value after the first "="
+                idx := strings.Index(v, "=")
+                k := v[len(VarEnvPrefix):idx]
+                v = v[idx+1:]
+
+                // Override the configuration-default values. Note that *not* finding the variable
+                // in configuration is OK, as we don't want to preclude people from having multiple
+                // sets of TF_VAR_whatever in their environment even if it is a little weird.
+                for _, schema := range m.Config().Variables {
+                        if schema.Name != k {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        varType := schema.Type()
+                        varVal, err := parseVariableAsHCL(k, v, varType)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+
+                        switch varType {
+                        case config.VariableTypeMap:
+                                if err := varSetMap(result, k, varVal); err != nil {
+                                        return nil, err
+                                }
+                        default:
+                                result[k] = varVal
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Load from overrides
+        for k, v := range override {
+                for _, schema := range m.Config().Variables {
+                        if schema.Name != k {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        switch schema.Type() {
+                        case config.VariableTypeList:
+                                result[k] = v
+                        case config.VariableTypeMap:
+                                if err := varSetMap(result, k, v); err != nil {
+                                        return nil, err
+                                }
+                        case config.VariableTypeString:
+                                // Convert to a string and set. We don't catch any errors
+                                // here because the validation step later should catch
+                                // any type errors.
+                                var strVal string
+                                if err := hilmapstructure.WeakDecode(v, &strVal); err == nil {
+                                        result[k] = strVal
+                                } else {
+                                        result[k] = v
+                                }
+                        default:
+                                panic(fmt.Sprintf(
+                                        "Unhandled var type: %T\n\n"+
+                                                "THIS IS A BUG. Please report it.",
+                                        schema.Type()))
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+// varSetMap sets or merges the map in "v" with the key "k" in the
+// "current" set of variables. This is just a private function to remove
+// duplicate logic in Variables
+func varSetMap(current map[string]interface{}, k string, v interface{}) error {
+        existing, ok := current[k]
+        if !ok {
+                current[k] = v
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        existingMap, ok := existing.(map[string]interface{})
+        if !ok {
+                panic(fmt.Sprintf("%q is not a map, this is a bug in Terraform.", k))
+        }
+
+        switch typedV := v.(type) {
+        case []map[string]interface{}:
+                for newKey, newVal := range typedV[0] {
+                        existingMap[newKey] = newVal
+                }
+        case map[string]interface{}:
+                for newKey, newVal := range typedV {
+                        existingMap[newKey] = newVal
+                }
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf("variable %q should be type map, got %s", k, hclTypeName(v))
+        }
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/version.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/version.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93fb429
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/version.go
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
+)
+
+// The main version number that is being run at the moment.
+const Version = "0.9.5"
+
+// A pre-release marker for the version. If this is "" (empty string)
+// then it means that it is a final release. Otherwise, this is a pre-release
+// such as "dev" (in development), "beta", "rc1", etc.
+const VersionPrerelease = ""
+
+// SemVersion is an instance of version.Version. This has the secondary
+// benefit of verifying during tests and init time that our version is a
+// proper semantic version, which should always be the case.
+var SemVersion = version.Must(version.NewVersion(Version))
+
+// VersionHeader is the header name used to send the current terraform version
+// in http requests.
+const VersionHeader = "Terraform-Version"
+
+func VersionString() string {
+        if VersionPrerelease != "" {
+                return fmt.Sprintf("%s-%s", Version, VersionPrerelease)
+        }
+        return Version
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/version_required.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/version_required.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3cbbf56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/version_required.go
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+package terraform
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+
+        "github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config"
+        "github.com/hashicorp/terraform/config/module"
+)
+
+// checkRequiredVersion verifies that any version requirements specified by
+// the configuration are met.
+//
+// This checks the root module as well as any additional version requirements
+// from child modules.
+//
+// This is tested in context_test.go.
+func checkRequiredVersion(m *module.Tree) error {
+        // Check any children
+        for _, c := range m.Children() {
+                if err := checkRequiredVersion(c); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        var tf *config.Terraform
+        if c := m.Config(); c != nil {
+                tf = c.Terraform
+        }
+
+        // If there is no Terraform config or the required version isn't set,
+        // we move on.
+        if tf == nil || tf.RequiredVersion == "" {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Path for errors
+        module := "root"
+        if path := normalizeModulePath(m.Path()); len(path) > 1 {
+                module = modulePrefixStr(path)
+        }
+
+        // Check this version requirement of this module
+        cs, err := version.NewConstraint(tf.RequiredVersion)
+        if err != nil {
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "%s: terraform.required_version %q syntax error: %s",
+                        module,
+                        tf.RequiredVersion, err)
+        }
+
+        if !cs.Check(SemVersion) {
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "The currently running version of Terraform doesn't meet the\n"+
+                                "version requirements explicitly specified by the configuration.\n"+
+                                "Please use the required version or update the configuration.\n"+
+                                "Note that version requirements are usually set for a reason, so\n"+
+                                "we recommend verifying with whoever set the version requirements\n"+
+                                "prior to making any manual changes.\n\n"+
+                                "  Module: %s\n"+
+                                "  Required version: %s\n"+
+                                "  Current version: %s",
+                        module,
+                        tf.RequiredVersion,
+                        SemVersion)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/walkoperation_string.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/walkoperation_string.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbd78dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/terraform/terraform/walkoperation_string.go
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+// Code generated by "stringer -type=walkOperation graph_walk_operation.go"; DO NOT EDIT.
+
+package terraform
+
+import "fmt"
+
+const _walkOperation_name = "walkInvalidwalkInputwalkApplywalkPlanwalkPlanDestroywalkRefreshwalkValidatewalkDestroywalkImport"
+
+var _walkOperation_index = [...]uint8{0, 11, 20, 29, 37, 52, 63, 75, 86, 96}
+
+func (i walkOperation) String() string {
+        if i >= walkOperation(len(_walkOperation_index)-1) {
+                return fmt.Sprintf("walkOperation(%d)", i)
+        }
+        return _walkOperation_name[_walkOperation_index[i]:_walkOperation_index[i+1]]
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0e5c79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. "Contributor"
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. "Contributor Version"
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution.
+
+1.3. "Contribution"
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. "Covered Software"
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses"
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of
+        version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of
+        a Secondary License.
+
+1.6. "Executable Form"
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. "Larger Work"
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a
+     separate file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. "License"
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. "Licensable"
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether
+     at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the
+     rights conveyed by this License.
+
+1.10. "Modifications"
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to,
+        deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method,
+      process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such
+      Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the License,
+      by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import,
+      or transfer of either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. "Secondary License"
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. "Source Code Form"
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. "You" (or "Your")
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or
+        as part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its
+        Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution
+     become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first
+     distributes such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under
+     this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the
+     distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License.
+     Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a
+     Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of
+        its Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks,
+     or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with
+     the notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this
+     License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if
+     permitted under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its
+     Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to
+     grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under
+     applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other
+     equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under
+     the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source
+     Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this
+     License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not
+     attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code
+     Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this
+        License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the
+        license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the
+        recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for
+     the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered
+     Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the
+     Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this
+     License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software
+     under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of
+     the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered
+     Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary
+     License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices
+     (including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or
+     limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the
+     Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the
+     extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on
+     behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any
+     such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by
+     You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute,
+   judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of
+   this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the
+   limitations and the code they affect. Such description must be placed in a
+   text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under
+   this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation,
+   such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary
+   skill to be able to understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing
+     basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into
+     compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are
+     reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the
+     non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the first time You have
+     received notice of non-compliance with this License from such
+     Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt
+     of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions,
+     counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version
+     directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to
+     You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section
+     2.1 of this License shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" basis,
+   without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory,
+   including, without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free
+   of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing.
+   The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software
+   is with You. Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect,
+   You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing,
+   repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential
+   part of this License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under
+   this License except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from
+   such party's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such
+   limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of
+   incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may
+   not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts
+   of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of
+   business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that
+   jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing
+   in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring cross-claims or
+   counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject
+   matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
+   unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
+   necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that
+   the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not
+   be used to construe this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version
+      of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software,
+      or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a
+      modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove
+      any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that
+      such modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary
+      Licenses If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is
+      Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of
+      the License, the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be
+      attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file,
+then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a
+relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a
+notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is "Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses", as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/README.md b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4db7fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+# Yamux
+
+Yamux (Yet another Multiplexer) is a multiplexing library for Golang.
+It relies on an underlying connection to provide reliability
+and ordering, such as TCP or Unix domain sockets, and provides
+stream-oriented multiplexing. It is inspired by SPDY but is not
+interoperable with it.
+
+Yamux features include:
+
+* Bi-directional streams
+  * Streams can be opened by either client or server
+  * Useful for NAT traversal
+  * Server-side push support
+* Flow control
+  * Avoid starvation
+  * Back-pressure to prevent overwhelming a receiver
+* Keep Alives
+  * Enables persistent connections over a load balancer
+* Efficient
+  * Enables thousands of logical streams with low overhead
+
+## Documentation
+
+For complete documentation, see the associated [Godoc](http://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/yamux).
+
+## Specification
+
+The full specification for Yamux is provided in the `spec.md` file.
+It can be used as a guide to implementors of interoperable libraries.
+
+## Usage
+
+Using Yamux is remarkably simple:
+
+```go
+
+func client() {
+    // Get a TCP connection
+    conn, err := net.Dial(...)
+    if err != nil {
+        panic(err)
+    }
+
+    // Setup client side of yamux
+    session, err := yamux.Client(conn, nil)
+    if err != nil {
+        panic(err)
+    }
+
+    // Open a new stream
+    stream, err := session.Open()
+    if err != nil {
+        panic(err)
+    }
+
+    // Stream implements net.Conn
+    stream.Write([]byte("ping"))
+}
+
+func server() {
+    // Accept a TCP connection
+    conn, err := listener.Accept()
+    if err != nil {
+        panic(err)
+    }
+
+    // Setup server side of yamux
+    session, err := yamux.Server(conn, nil)
+    if err != nil {
+        panic(err)
+    }
+
+    // Accept a stream
+    stream, err := session.Accept()
+    if err != nil {
+        panic(err)
+    }
+
+    // Listen for a message
+    buf := make([]byte, 4)
+    stream.Read(buf)
+}
+
+```
+
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/addr.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/addr.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be6ebca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/addr.go
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+package yamux
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "net"
+)
+
+// hasAddr is used to get the address from the underlying connection
+type hasAddr interface {
+        LocalAddr() net.Addr
+        RemoteAddr() net.Addr
+}
+
+// yamuxAddr is used when we cannot get the underlying address
+type yamuxAddr struct {
+        Addr string
+}
+
+func (*yamuxAddr) Network() string {
+        return "yamux"
+}
+
+func (y *yamuxAddr) String() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("yamux:%s", y.Addr)
+}
+
+// Addr is used to get the address of the listener.
+func (s *Session) Addr() net.Addr {
+        return s.LocalAddr()
+}
+
+// LocalAddr is used to get the local address of the
+// underlying connection.
+func (s *Session) LocalAddr() net.Addr {
+        addr, ok := s.conn.(hasAddr)
+        if !ok {
+                return &yamuxAddr{"local"}
+        }
+        return addr.LocalAddr()
+}
+
+// RemoteAddr is used to get the address of remote end
+// of the underlying connection
+func (s *Session) RemoteAddr() net.Addr {
+        addr, ok := s.conn.(hasAddr)
+        if !ok {
+                return &yamuxAddr{"remote"}
+        }
+        return addr.RemoteAddr()
+}
+
+// LocalAddr returns the local address
+func (s *Stream) LocalAddr() net.Addr {
+        return s.session.LocalAddr()
+}
+
+// LocalAddr returns the remote address
+func (s *Stream) RemoteAddr() net.Addr {
+        return s.session.RemoteAddr()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/const.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/const.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f52938
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/const.go
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+package yamux
+
+import (
+        "encoding/binary"
+        "fmt"
+)
+
+var (
+        // ErrInvalidVersion means we received a frame with an
+        // invalid version
+        ErrInvalidVersion = fmt.Errorf("invalid protocol version")
+
+        // ErrInvalidMsgType means we received a frame with an
+        // invalid message type
+        ErrInvalidMsgType = fmt.Errorf("invalid msg type")
+
+        // ErrSessionShutdown is used if there is a shutdown during
+        // an operation
+        ErrSessionShutdown = fmt.Errorf("session shutdown")
+
+        // ErrStreamsExhausted is returned if we have no more
+        // stream ids to issue
+        ErrStreamsExhausted = fmt.Errorf("streams exhausted")
+
+        // ErrDuplicateStream is used if a duplicate stream is
+        // opened inbound
+        ErrDuplicateStream = fmt.Errorf("duplicate stream initiated")
+
+        // ErrReceiveWindowExceeded indicates the window was exceeded
+        ErrRecvWindowExceeded = fmt.Errorf("recv window exceeded")
+
+        // ErrTimeout is used when we reach an IO deadline
+        ErrTimeout = fmt.Errorf("i/o deadline reached")
+
+        // ErrStreamClosed is returned when using a closed stream
+        ErrStreamClosed = fmt.Errorf("stream closed")
+
+        // ErrUnexpectedFlag is set when we get an unexpected flag
+        ErrUnexpectedFlag = fmt.Errorf("unexpected flag")
+
+        // ErrRemoteGoAway is used when we get a go away from the other side
+        ErrRemoteGoAway = fmt.Errorf("remote end is not accepting connections")
+
+        // ErrConnectionReset is sent if a stream is reset. This can happen
+        // if the backlog is exceeded, or if there was a remote GoAway.
+        ErrConnectionReset = fmt.Errorf("connection reset")
+
+        // ErrConnectionWriteTimeout indicates that we hit the "safety valve"
+        // timeout writing to the underlying stream connection.
+        ErrConnectionWriteTimeout = fmt.Errorf("connection write timeout")
+
+        // ErrKeepAliveTimeout is sent if a missed keepalive caused the stream close
+        ErrKeepAliveTimeout = fmt.Errorf("keepalive timeout")
+)
+
+const (
+        // protoVersion is the only version we support
+        protoVersion uint8 = 0
+)
+
+const (
+        // Data is used for data frames. They are followed
+        // by length bytes worth of payload.
+        typeData uint8 = iota
+
+        // WindowUpdate is used to change the window of
+        // a given stream. The length indicates the delta
+        // update to the window.
+        typeWindowUpdate
+
+        // Ping is sent as a keep-alive or to measure
+        // the RTT. The StreamID and Length value are echoed
+        // back in the response.
+        typePing
+
+        // GoAway is sent to terminate a session. The StreamID
+        // should be 0 and the length is an error code.
+        typeGoAway
+)
+
+const (
+        // SYN is sent to signal a new stream. May
+        // be sent with a data payload
+        flagSYN uint16 = 1 << iota
+
+        // ACK is sent to acknowledge a new stream. May
+        // be sent with a data payload
+        flagACK
+
+        // FIN is sent to half-close the given stream.
+        // May be sent with a data payload.
+        flagFIN
+
+        // RST is used to hard close a given stream.
+        flagRST
+)
+
+const (
+        // initialStreamWindow is the initial stream window size
+        initialStreamWindow uint32 = 256 * 1024
+)
+
+const (
+        // goAwayNormal is sent on a normal termination
+        goAwayNormal uint32 = iota
+
+        // goAwayProtoErr sent on a protocol error
+        goAwayProtoErr
+
+        // goAwayInternalErr sent on an internal error
+        goAwayInternalErr
+)
+
+const (
+        sizeOfVersion  = 1
+        sizeOfType     = 1
+        sizeOfFlags    = 2
+        sizeOfStreamID = 4
+        sizeOfLength   = 4
+        headerSize     = sizeOfVersion + sizeOfType + sizeOfFlags +
+                sizeOfStreamID + sizeOfLength
+)
+
+type header []byte
+
+func (h header) Version() uint8 {
+        return h[0]
+}
+
+func (h header) MsgType() uint8 {
+        return h[1]
+}
+
+func (h header) Flags() uint16 {
+        return binary.BigEndian.Uint16(h[2:4])
+}
+
+func (h header) StreamID() uint32 {
+        return binary.BigEndian.Uint32(h[4:8])
+}
+
+func (h header) Length() uint32 {
+        return binary.BigEndian.Uint32(h[8:12])
+}
+
+func (h header) String() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("Vsn:%d Type:%d Flags:%d StreamID:%d Length:%d",
+                h.Version(), h.MsgType(), h.Flags(), h.StreamID(), h.Length())
+}
+
+func (h header) encode(msgType uint8, flags uint16, streamID uint32, length uint32) {
+        h[0] = protoVersion
+        h[1] = msgType
+        binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(h[2:4], flags)
+        binary.BigEndian.PutUint32(h[4:8], streamID)
+        binary.BigEndian.PutUint32(h[8:12], length)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/mux.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/mux.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7abc7c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/mux.go
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+package yamux
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "os"
+        "time"
+)
+
+// Config is used to tune the Yamux session
+type Config struct {
+        // AcceptBacklog is used to limit how many streams may be
+        // waiting an accept.
+        AcceptBacklog int
+
+        // EnableKeepalive is used to do a period keep alive
+        // messages using a ping.
+        EnableKeepAlive bool
+
+        // KeepAliveInterval is how often to perform the keep alive
+        KeepAliveInterval time.Duration
+
+        // ConnectionWriteTimeout is meant to be a "safety valve" timeout after
+        // we which will suspect a problem with the underlying connection and
+        // close it. This is only applied to writes, where's there's generally
+        // an expectation that things will move along quickly.
+        ConnectionWriteTimeout time.Duration
+
+        // MaxStreamWindowSize is used to control the maximum
+        // window size that we allow for a stream.
+        MaxStreamWindowSize uint32
+
+        // LogOutput is used to control the log destination
+        LogOutput io.Writer
+}
+
+// DefaultConfig is used to return a default configuration
+func DefaultConfig() *Config {
+        return &Config{
+                AcceptBacklog:          256,
+                EnableKeepAlive:        true,
+                KeepAliveInterval:      30 * time.Second,
+                ConnectionWriteTimeout: 10 * time.Second,
+                MaxStreamWindowSize:    initialStreamWindow,
+                LogOutput:              os.Stderr,
+        }
+}
+
+// VerifyConfig is used to verify the sanity of configuration
+func VerifyConfig(config *Config) error {
+        if config.AcceptBacklog <= 0 {
+                return fmt.Errorf("backlog must be positive")
+        }
+        if config.KeepAliveInterval == 0 {
+                return fmt.Errorf("keep-alive interval must be positive")
+        }
+        if config.MaxStreamWindowSize < initialStreamWindow {
+                return fmt.Errorf("MaxStreamWindowSize must be larger than %d", initialStreamWindow)
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Server is used to initialize a new server-side connection.
+// There must be at most one server-side connection. If a nil config is
+// provided, the DefaultConfiguration will be used.
+func Server(conn io.ReadWriteCloser, config *Config) (*Session, error) {
+        if config == nil {
+                config = DefaultConfig()
+        }
+        if err := VerifyConfig(config); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        return newSession(config, conn, false), nil
+}
+
+// Client is used to initialize a new client-side connection.
+// There must be at most one client-side connection.
+func Client(conn io.ReadWriteCloser, config *Config) (*Session, error) {
+        if config == nil {
+                config = DefaultConfig()
+        }
+
+        if err := VerifyConfig(config); err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        return newSession(config, conn, true), nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/session.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/session.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e179818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/session.go
@@ -0,0 +1,623 @@
+package yamux
+
+import (
+        "bufio"
+        "fmt"
+        "io"
+        "io/ioutil"
+        "log"
+        "math"
+        "net"
+        "strings"
+        "sync"
+        "sync/atomic"
+        "time"
+)
+
+// Session is used to wrap a reliable ordered connection and to
+// multiplex it into multiple streams.
+type Session struct {
+        // remoteGoAway indicates the remote side does
+        // not want futher connections. Must be first for alignment.
+        remoteGoAway int32
+
+        // localGoAway indicates that we should stop
+        // accepting futher connections. Must be first for alignment.
+        localGoAway int32
+
+        // nextStreamID is the next stream we should
+        // send. This depends if we are a client/server.
+        nextStreamID uint32
+
+        // config holds our configuration
+        config *Config
+
+        // logger is used for our logs
+        logger *log.Logger
+
+        // conn is the underlying connection
+        conn io.ReadWriteCloser
+
+        // bufRead is a buffered reader
+        bufRead *bufio.Reader
+
+        // pings is used to track inflight pings
+        pings    map[uint32]chan struct{}
+        pingID   uint32
+        pingLock sync.Mutex
+
+        // streams maps a stream id to a stream, and inflight has an entry
+        // for any outgoing stream that has not yet been established. Both are
+        // protected by streamLock.
+        streams    map[uint32]*Stream
+        inflight   map[uint32]struct{}
+        streamLock sync.Mutex
+
+        // synCh acts like a semaphore. It is sized to the AcceptBacklog which
+        // is assumed to be symmetric between the client and server. This allows
+        // the client to avoid exceeding the backlog and instead blocks the open.
+        synCh chan struct{}
+
+        // acceptCh is used to pass ready streams to the client
+        acceptCh chan *Stream
+
+        // sendCh is used to mark a stream as ready to send,
+        // or to send a header out directly.
+        sendCh chan sendReady
+
+        // recvDoneCh is closed when recv() exits to avoid a race
+        // between stream registration and stream shutdown
+        recvDoneCh chan struct{}
+
+        // shutdown is used to safely close a session
+        shutdown     bool
+        shutdownErr  error
+        shutdownCh   chan struct{}
+        shutdownLock sync.Mutex
+}
+
+// sendReady is used to either mark a stream as ready
+// or to directly send a header
+type sendReady struct {
+        Hdr  []byte
+        Body io.Reader
+        Err  chan error
+}
+
+// newSession is used to construct a new session
+func newSession(config *Config, conn io.ReadWriteCloser, client bool) *Session {
+        s := &Session{
+                config:     config,
+                logger:     log.New(config.LogOutput, "", log.LstdFlags),
+                conn:       conn,
+                bufRead:    bufio.NewReader(conn),
+                pings:      make(map[uint32]chan struct{}),
+                streams:    make(map[uint32]*Stream),
+                inflight:   make(map[uint32]struct{}),
+                synCh:      make(chan struct{}, config.AcceptBacklog),
+                acceptCh:   make(chan *Stream, config.AcceptBacklog),
+                sendCh:     make(chan sendReady, 64),
+                recvDoneCh: make(chan struct{}),
+                shutdownCh: make(chan struct{}),
+        }
+        if client {
+                s.nextStreamID = 1
+        } else {
+                s.nextStreamID = 2
+        }
+        go s.recv()
+        go s.send()
+        if config.EnableKeepAlive {
+                go s.keepalive()
+        }
+        return s
+}
+
+// IsClosed does a safe check to see if we have shutdown
+func (s *Session) IsClosed() bool {
+        select {
+        case <-s.shutdownCh:
+                return true
+        default:
+                return false
+        }
+}
+
+// NumStreams returns the number of currently open streams
+func (s *Session) NumStreams() int {
+        s.streamLock.Lock()
+        num := len(s.streams)
+        s.streamLock.Unlock()
+        return num
+}
+
+// Open is used to create a new stream as a net.Conn
+func (s *Session) Open() (net.Conn, error) {
+        conn, err := s.OpenStream()
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        return conn, nil
+}
+
+// OpenStream is used to create a new stream
+func (s *Session) OpenStream() (*Stream, error) {
+        if s.IsClosed() {
+                return nil, ErrSessionShutdown
+        }
+        if atomic.LoadInt32(&s.remoteGoAway) == 1 {
+                return nil, ErrRemoteGoAway
+        }
+
+        // Block if we have too many inflight SYNs
+        select {
+        case s.synCh <- struct{}{}:
+        case <-s.shutdownCh:
+                return nil, ErrSessionShutdown
+        }
+
+GET_ID:
+        // Get an ID, and check for stream exhaustion
+        id := atomic.LoadUint32(&s.nextStreamID)
+        if id >= math.MaxUint32-1 {
+                return nil, ErrStreamsExhausted
+        }
+        if !atomic.CompareAndSwapUint32(&s.nextStreamID, id, id+2) {
+                goto GET_ID
+        }
+
+        // Register the stream
+        stream := newStream(s, id, streamInit)
+        s.streamLock.Lock()
+        s.streams[id] = stream
+        s.inflight[id] = struct{}{}
+        s.streamLock.Unlock()
+
+        // Send the window update to create
+        if err := stream.sendWindowUpdate(); err != nil {
+                select {
+                case <-s.synCh:
+                default:
+                        s.logger.Printf("[ERR] yamux: aborted stream open without inflight syn semaphore")
+                }
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        return stream, nil
+}
+
+// Accept is used to block until the next available stream
+// is ready to be accepted.
+func (s *Session) Accept() (net.Conn, error) {
+        conn, err := s.AcceptStream()
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        return conn, err
+}
+
+// AcceptStream is used to block until the next available stream
+// is ready to be accepted.
+func (s *Session) AcceptStream() (*Stream, error) {
+        select {
+        case stream := <-s.acceptCh:
+                if err := stream.sendWindowUpdate(); err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                return stream, nil
+        case <-s.shutdownCh:
+                return nil, s.shutdownErr
+        }
+}
+
+// Close is used to close the session and all streams.
+// Attempts to send a GoAway before closing the connection.
+func (s *Session) Close() error {
+        s.shutdownLock.Lock()
+        defer s.shutdownLock.Unlock()
+
+        if s.shutdown {
+                return nil
+        }
+        s.shutdown = true
+        if s.shutdownErr == nil {
+                s.shutdownErr = ErrSessionShutdown
+        }
+        close(s.shutdownCh)
+        s.conn.Close()
+        <-s.recvDoneCh
+
+        s.streamLock.Lock()
+        defer s.streamLock.Unlock()
+        for _, stream := range s.streams {
+                stream.forceClose()
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// exitErr is used to handle an error that is causing the
+// session to terminate.
+func (s *Session) exitErr(err error) {
+        s.shutdownLock.Lock()
+        if s.shutdownErr == nil {
+                s.shutdownErr = err
+        }
+        s.shutdownLock.Unlock()
+        s.Close()
+}
+
+// GoAway can be used to prevent accepting further
+// connections. It does not close the underlying conn.
+func (s *Session) GoAway() error {
+        return s.waitForSend(s.goAway(goAwayNormal), nil)
+}
+
+// goAway is used to send a goAway message
+func (s *Session) goAway(reason uint32) header {
+        atomic.SwapInt32(&s.localGoAway, 1)
+        hdr := header(make([]byte, headerSize))
+        hdr.encode(typeGoAway, 0, 0, reason)
+        return hdr
+}
+
+// Ping is used to measure the RTT response time
+func (s *Session) Ping() (time.Duration, error) {
+        // Get a channel for the ping
+        ch := make(chan struct{})
+
+        // Get a new ping id, mark as pending
+        s.pingLock.Lock()
+        id := s.pingID
+        s.pingID++
+        s.pings[id] = ch
+        s.pingLock.Unlock()
+
+        // Send the ping request
+        hdr := header(make([]byte, headerSize))
+        hdr.encode(typePing, flagSYN, 0, id)
+        if err := s.waitForSend(hdr, nil); err != nil {
+                return 0, err
+        }
+
+        // Wait for a response
+        start := time.Now()
+        select {
+        case <-ch:
+        case <-time.After(s.config.ConnectionWriteTimeout):
+                s.pingLock.Lock()
+                delete(s.pings, id) // Ignore it if a response comes later.
+                s.pingLock.Unlock()
+                return 0, ErrTimeout
+        case <-s.shutdownCh:
+                return 0, ErrSessionShutdown
+        }
+
+        // Compute the RTT
+        return time.Now().Sub(start), nil
+}
+
+// keepalive is a long running goroutine that periodically does
+// a ping to keep the connection alive.
+func (s *Session) keepalive() {
+        for {
+                select {
+                case <-time.After(s.config.KeepAliveInterval):
+                        _, err := s.Ping()
+                        if err != nil {
+                                s.logger.Printf("[ERR] yamux: keepalive failed: %v", err)
+                                s.exitErr(ErrKeepAliveTimeout)
+                                return
+                        }
+                case <-s.shutdownCh:
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// waitForSendErr waits to send a header, checking for a potential shutdown
+func (s *Session) waitForSend(hdr header, body io.Reader) error {
+        errCh := make(chan error, 1)
+        return s.waitForSendErr(hdr, body, errCh)
+}
+
+// waitForSendErr waits to send a header with optional data, checking for a
+// potential shutdown. Since there's the expectation that sends can happen
+// in a timely manner, we enforce the connection write timeout here.
+func (s *Session) waitForSendErr(hdr header, body io.Reader, errCh chan error) error {
+        timer := time.NewTimer(s.config.ConnectionWriteTimeout)
+        defer timer.Stop()
+
+        ready := sendReady{Hdr: hdr, Body: body, Err: errCh}
+        select {
+        case s.sendCh <- ready:
+        case <-s.shutdownCh:
+                return ErrSessionShutdown
+        case <-timer.C:
+                return ErrConnectionWriteTimeout
+        }
+
+        select {
+        case err := <-errCh:
+                return err
+        case <-s.shutdownCh:
+                return ErrSessionShutdown
+        case <-timer.C:
+                return ErrConnectionWriteTimeout
+        }
+}
+
+// sendNoWait does a send without waiting. Since there's the expectation that
+// the send happens right here, we enforce the connection write timeout if we
+// can't queue the header to be sent.
+func (s *Session) sendNoWait(hdr header) error {
+        timer := time.NewTimer(s.config.ConnectionWriteTimeout)
+        defer timer.Stop()
+
+        select {
+        case s.sendCh <- sendReady{Hdr: hdr}:
+                return nil
+        case <-s.shutdownCh:
+                return ErrSessionShutdown
+        case <-timer.C:
+                return ErrConnectionWriteTimeout
+        }
+}
+
+// send is a long running goroutine that sends data
+func (s *Session) send() {
+        for {
+                select {
+                case ready := <-s.sendCh:
+                        // Send a header if ready
+                        if ready.Hdr != nil {
+                                sent := 0
+                                for sent < len(ready.Hdr) {
+                                        n, err := s.conn.Write(ready.Hdr[sent:])
+                                        if err != nil {
+                                                s.logger.Printf("[ERR] yamux: Failed to write header: %v", err)
+                                                asyncSendErr(ready.Err, err)
+                                                s.exitErr(err)
+                                                return
+                                        }
+                                        sent += n
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        // Send data from a body if given
+                        if ready.Body != nil {
+                                _, err := io.Copy(s.conn, ready.Body)
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        s.logger.Printf("[ERR] yamux: Failed to write body: %v", err)
+                                        asyncSendErr(ready.Err, err)
+                                        s.exitErr(err)
+                                        return
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        // No error, successful send
+                        asyncSendErr(ready.Err, nil)
+                case <-s.shutdownCh:
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// recv is a long running goroutine that accepts new data
+func (s *Session) recv() {
+        if err := s.recvLoop(); err != nil {
+                s.exitErr(err)
+        }
+}
+
+// recvLoop continues to receive data until a fatal error is encountered
+func (s *Session) recvLoop() error {
+        defer close(s.recvDoneCh)
+        hdr := header(make([]byte, headerSize))
+        var handler func(header) error
+        for {
+                // Read the header
+                if _, err := io.ReadFull(s.bufRead, hdr); err != nil {
+                        if err != io.EOF && !strings.Contains(err.Error(), "closed") && !strings.Contains(err.Error(), "reset by peer") {
+                                s.logger.Printf("[ERR] yamux: Failed to read header: %v", err)
+                        }
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                // Verify the version
+                if hdr.Version() != protoVersion {
+                        s.logger.Printf("[ERR] yamux: Invalid protocol version: %d", hdr.Version())
+                        return ErrInvalidVersion
+                }
+
+                // Switch on the type
+                switch hdr.MsgType() {
+                case typeData:
+                        handler = s.handleStreamMessage
+                case typeWindowUpdate:
+                        handler = s.handleStreamMessage
+                case typeGoAway:
+                        handler = s.handleGoAway
+                case typePing:
+                        handler = s.handlePing
+                default:
+                        return ErrInvalidMsgType
+                }
+
+                // Invoke the handler
+                if err := handler(hdr); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+}
+
+// handleStreamMessage handles either a data or window update frame
+func (s *Session) handleStreamMessage(hdr header) error {
+        // Check for a new stream creation
+        id := hdr.StreamID()
+        flags := hdr.Flags()
+        if flags&flagSYN == flagSYN {
+                if err := s.incomingStream(id); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Get the stream
+        s.streamLock.Lock()
+        stream := s.streams[id]
+        s.streamLock.Unlock()
+
+        // If we do not have a stream, likely we sent a RST
+        if stream == nil {
+                // Drain any data on the wire
+                if hdr.MsgType() == typeData && hdr.Length() > 0 {
+                        s.logger.Printf("[WARN] yamux: Discarding data for stream: %d", id)
+                        if _, err := io.CopyN(ioutil.Discard, s.bufRead, int64(hdr.Length())); err != nil {
+                                s.logger.Printf("[ERR] yamux: Failed to discard data: %v", err)
+                                return nil
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        s.logger.Printf("[WARN] yamux: frame for missing stream: %v", hdr)
+                }
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Check if this is a window update
+        if hdr.MsgType() == typeWindowUpdate {
+                if err := stream.incrSendWindow(hdr, flags); err != nil {
+                        if sendErr := s.sendNoWait(s.goAway(goAwayProtoErr)); sendErr != nil {
+                                s.logger.Printf("[WARN] yamux: failed to send go away: %v", sendErr)
+                        }
+                        return err
+                }
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Read the new data
+        if err := stream.readData(hdr, flags, s.bufRead); err != nil {
+                if sendErr := s.sendNoWait(s.goAway(goAwayProtoErr)); sendErr != nil {
+                        s.logger.Printf("[WARN] yamux: failed to send go away: %v", sendErr)
+                }
+                return err
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// handlePing is invokde for a typePing frame
+func (s *Session) handlePing(hdr header) error {
+        flags := hdr.Flags()
+        pingID := hdr.Length()
+
+        // Check if this is a query, respond back in a separate context so we
+        // don't interfere with the receiving thread blocking for the write.
+        if flags&flagSYN == flagSYN {
+                go func() {
+                        hdr := header(make([]byte, headerSize))
+                        hdr.encode(typePing, flagACK, 0, pingID)
+                        if err := s.sendNoWait(hdr); err != nil {
+                                s.logger.Printf("[WARN] yamux: failed to send ping reply: %v", err)
+                        }
+                }()
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Handle a response
+        s.pingLock.Lock()
+        ch := s.pings[pingID]
+        if ch != nil {
+                delete(s.pings, pingID)
+                close(ch)
+        }
+        s.pingLock.Unlock()
+        return nil
+}
+
+// handleGoAway is invokde for a typeGoAway frame
+func (s *Session) handleGoAway(hdr header) error {
+        code := hdr.Length()
+        switch code {
+        case goAwayNormal:
+                atomic.SwapInt32(&s.remoteGoAway, 1)
+        case goAwayProtoErr:
+                s.logger.Printf("[ERR] yamux: received protocol error go away")
+                return fmt.Errorf("yamux protocol error")
+        case goAwayInternalErr:
+                s.logger.Printf("[ERR] yamux: received internal error go away")
+                return fmt.Errorf("remote yamux internal error")
+        default:
+                s.logger.Printf("[ERR] yamux: received unexpected go away")
+                return fmt.Errorf("unexpected go away received")
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// incomingStream is used to create a new incoming stream
+func (s *Session) incomingStream(id uint32) error {
+        // Reject immediately if we are doing a go away
+        if atomic.LoadInt32(&s.localGoAway) == 1 {
+                hdr := header(make([]byte, headerSize))
+                hdr.encode(typeWindowUpdate, flagRST, id, 0)
+                return s.sendNoWait(hdr)
+        }
+
+        // Allocate a new stream
+        stream := newStream(s, id, streamSYNReceived)
+
+        s.streamLock.Lock()
+        defer s.streamLock.Unlock()
+
+        // Check if stream already exists
+        if _, ok := s.streams[id]; ok {
+                s.logger.Printf("[ERR] yamux: duplicate stream declared")
+                if sendErr := s.sendNoWait(s.goAway(goAwayProtoErr)); sendErr != nil {
+                        s.logger.Printf("[WARN] yamux: failed to send go away: %v", sendErr)
+                }
+                return ErrDuplicateStream
+        }
+
+        // Register the stream
+        s.streams[id] = stream
+
+        // Check if we've exceeded the backlog
+        select {
+        case s.acceptCh <- stream:
+                return nil
+        default:
+                // Backlog exceeded! RST the stream
+                s.logger.Printf("[WARN] yamux: backlog exceeded, forcing connection reset")
+                delete(s.streams, id)
+                stream.sendHdr.encode(typeWindowUpdate, flagRST, id, 0)
+                return s.sendNoWait(stream.sendHdr)
+        }
+}
+
+// closeStream is used to close a stream once both sides have
+// issued a close. If there was an in-flight SYN and the stream
+// was not yet established, then this will give the credit back.
+func (s *Session) closeStream(id uint32) {
+        s.streamLock.Lock()
+        if _, ok := s.inflight[id]; ok {
+                select {
+                case <-s.synCh:
+                default:
+                        s.logger.Printf("[ERR] yamux: SYN tracking out of sync")
+                }
+        }
+        delete(s.streams, id)
+        s.streamLock.Unlock()
+}
+
+// establishStream is used to mark a stream that was in the
+// SYN Sent state as established.
+func (s *Session) establishStream(id uint32) {
+        s.streamLock.Lock()
+        if _, ok := s.inflight[id]; ok {
+                delete(s.inflight, id)
+        } else {
+                s.logger.Printf("[ERR] yamux: established stream without inflight SYN (no tracking entry)")
+        }
+        select {
+        case <-s.synCh:
+        default:
+                s.logger.Printf("[ERR] yamux: established stream without inflight SYN (didn't have semaphore)")
+        }
+        s.streamLock.Unlock()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/spec.md b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/spec.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..183d797
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/spec.md
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+# Specification
+
+We use this document to detail the internal specification of Yamux.
+This is used both as a guide for implementing Yamux, but also for
+alternative interoperable libraries to be built.
+
+# Framing
+
+Yamux uses a streaming connection underneath, but imposes a message
+framing so that it can be shared between many logical streams. Each
+frame contains a header like:
+
+* Version (8 bits)
+* Type (8 bits)
+* Flags (16 bits)
+* StreamID (32 bits)
+* Length (32 bits)
+
+This means that each header has a 12 byte overhead.
+All fields are encoded in network order (big endian).
+Each field is described below:
+
+## Version Field
+
+The version field is used for future backward compatibility. At the
+current time, the field is always set to 0, to indicate the initial
+version.
+
+## Type Field
+
+The type field is used to switch the frame message type. The following
+message types are supported:
+
+* 0x0 Data - Used to transmit data. May transmit zero length payloads
+  depending on the flags.
+
+* 0x1 Window Update - Used to updated the senders receive window size.
+  This is used to implement per-session flow control.
+
+* 0x2 Ping - Used to measure RTT. It can also be used to heart-beat
+  and do keep-alives over TCP.
+
+* 0x3 Go Away - Used to close a session.
+
+## Flag Field
+
+The flags field is used to provide additional information related
+to the message type. The following flags are supported:
+
+* 0x1 SYN - Signals the start of a new stream. May be sent with a data or
+  window update message. Also sent with a ping to indicate outbound.
+
+* 0x2 ACK - Acknowledges the start of a new stream. May be sent with a data
+  or window update message. Also sent with a ping to indicate response.
+
+* 0x4 FIN - Performs a half-close of a stream. May be sent with a data
+  message or window update.
+
+* 0x8 RST - Reset a stream immediately. May be sent with a data or
+  window update message.
+
+## StreamID Field
+
+The StreamID field is used to identify the logical stream the frame
+is addressing. The client side should use odd ID's, and the server even.
+This prevents any collisions. Additionally, the 0 ID is reserved to represent
+the session.
+
+Both Ping and Go Away messages should always use the 0 StreamID.
+
+## Length Field
+
+The meaning of the length field depends on the message type:
+
+* Data - provides the length of bytes following the header
+* Window update - provides a delta update to the window size
+* Ping - Contains an opaque value, echoed back
+* Go Away - Contains an error code
+
+# Message Flow
+
+There is no explicit connection setup, as Yamux relies on an underlying
+transport to be provided. However, there is a distinction between client
+and server side of the connection.
+
+## Opening a stream
+
+To open a stream, an initial data or window update frame is sent
+with a new StreamID. The SYN flag should be set to signal a new stream.
+
+The receiver must then reply with either a data or window update frame
+with the StreamID along with the ACK flag to accept the stream or with
+the RST flag to reject the stream.
+
+Because we are relying on the reliable stream underneath, a connection
+can begin sending data once the SYN flag is sent. The corresponding
+ACK does not need to be received. This is particularly well suited
+for an RPC system where a client wants to open a stream and immediately
+fire a request without waiting for the RTT of the ACK.
+
+This does introduce the possibility of a connection being rejected
+after data has been sent already. This is a slight semantic difference
+from TCP, where the conection cannot be refused after it is opened.
+Clients should be prepared to handle this by checking for an error
+that indicates a RST was received.
+
+## Closing a stream
+
+To close a stream, either side sends a data or window update frame
+along with the FIN flag. This does a half-close indicating the sender
+will send no further data.
+
+Once both sides have closed the connection, the stream is closed.
+
+Alternatively, if an error occurs, the RST flag can be used to
+hard close a stream immediately.
+
+## Flow Control
+
+When Yamux is initially starts each stream with a 256KB window size.
+There is no window size for the session.
+
+To prevent the streams from stalling, window update frames should be
+sent regularly. Yamux can be configured to provide a larger limit for
+windows sizes. Both sides assume the initial 256KB window, but can
+immediately send a window update as part of the SYN/ACK indicating a
+larger window.
+
+Both sides should track the number of bytes sent in Data frames
+only, as only they are tracked as part of the window size.
+
+## Session termination
+
+When a session is being terminated, the Go Away message should
+be sent. The Length should be set to one of the following to
+provide an error code:
+
+* 0x0 Normal termination
+* 0x1 Protocol error
+* 0x2 Internal error
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/stream.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/stream.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d216e28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/stream.go
@@ -0,0 +1,457 @@
+package yamux
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "io"
+        "sync"
+        "sync/atomic"
+        "time"
+)
+
+type streamState int
+
+const (
+        streamInit streamState = iota
+        streamSYNSent
+        streamSYNReceived
+        streamEstablished
+        streamLocalClose
+        streamRemoteClose
+        streamClosed
+        streamReset
+)
+
+// Stream is used to represent a logical stream
+// within a session.
+type Stream struct {
+        recvWindow uint32
+        sendWindow uint32
+
+        id      uint32
+        session *Session
+
+        state     streamState
+        stateLock sync.Mutex
+
+        recvBuf  *bytes.Buffer
+        recvLock sync.Mutex
+
+        controlHdr     header
+        controlErr     chan error
+        controlHdrLock sync.Mutex
+
+        sendHdr  header
+        sendErr  chan error
+        sendLock sync.Mutex
+
+        recvNotifyCh chan struct{}
+        sendNotifyCh chan struct{}
+
+        readDeadline  time.Time
+        writeDeadline time.Time
+}
+
+// newStream is used to construct a new stream within
+// a given session for an ID
+func newStream(session *Session, id uint32, state streamState) *Stream {
+        s := &Stream{
+                id:           id,
+                session:      session,
+                state:        state,
+                controlHdr:   header(make([]byte, headerSize)),
+                controlErr:   make(chan error, 1),
+                sendHdr:      header(make([]byte, headerSize)),
+                sendErr:      make(chan error, 1),
+                recvWindow:   initialStreamWindow,
+                sendWindow:   initialStreamWindow,
+                recvNotifyCh: make(chan struct{}, 1),
+                sendNotifyCh: make(chan struct{}, 1),
+        }
+        return s
+}
+
+// Session returns the associated stream session
+func (s *Stream) Session() *Session {
+        return s.session
+}
+
+// StreamID returns the ID of this stream
+func (s *Stream) StreamID() uint32 {
+        return s.id
+}
+
+// Read is used to read from the stream
+func (s *Stream) Read(b []byte) (n int, err error) {
+        defer asyncNotify(s.recvNotifyCh)
+START:
+        s.stateLock.Lock()
+        switch s.state {
+        case streamLocalClose:
+                fallthrough
+        case streamRemoteClose:
+                fallthrough
+        case streamClosed:
+                s.recvLock.Lock()
+                if s.recvBuf == nil || s.recvBuf.Len() == 0 {
+                        s.recvLock.Unlock()
+                        s.stateLock.Unlock()
+                        return 0, io.EOF
+                }
+                s.recvLock.Unlock()
+        case streamReset:
+                s.stateLock.Unlock()
+                return 0, ErrConnectionReset
+        }
+        s.stateLock.Unlock()
+
+        // If there is no data available, block
+        s.recvLock.Lock()
+        if s.recvBuf == nil || s.recvBuf.Len() == 0 {
+                s.recvLock.Unlock()
+                goto WAIT
+        }
+
+        // Read any bytes
+        n, _ = s.recvBuf.Read(b)
+        s.recvLock.Unlock()
+
+        // Send a window update potentially
+        err = s.sendWindowUpdate()
+        return n, err
+
+WAIT:
+        var timeout <-chan time.Time
+        var timer *time.Timer
+        if !s.readDeadline.IsZero() {
+                delay := s.readDeadline.Sub(time.Now())
+                timer = time.NewTimer(delay)
+                timeout = timer.C
+        }
+        select {
+        case <-s.recvNotifyCh:
+                if timer != nil {
+                        timer.Stop()
+                }
+                goto START
+        case <-timeout:
+                return 0, ErrTimeout
+        }
+}
+
+// Write is used to write to the stream
+func (s *Stream) Write(b []byte) (n int, err error) {
+        s.sendLock.Lock()
+        defer s.sendLock.Unlock()
+        total := 0
+        for total < len(b) {
+                n, err := s.write(b[total:])
+                total += n
+                if err != nil {
+                        return total, err
+                }
+        }
+        return total, nil
+}
+
+// write is used to write to the stream, may return on
+// a short write.
+func (s *Stream) write(b []byte) (n int, err error) {
+        var flags uint16
+        var max uint32
+        var body io.Reader
+START:
+        s.stateLock.Lock()
+        switch s.state {
+        case streamLocalClose:
+                fallthrough
+        case streamClosed:
+                s.stateLock.Unlock()
+                return 0, ErrStreamClosed
+        case streamReset:
+                s.stateLock.Unlock()
+                return 0, ErrConnectionReset
+        }
+        s.stateLock.Unlock()
+
+        // If there is no data available, block
+        window := atomic.LoadUint32(&s.sendWindow)
+        if window == 0 {
+                goto WAIT
+        }
+
+        // Determine the flags if any
+        flags = s.sendFlags()
+
+        // Send up to our send window
+        max = min(window, uint32(len(b)))
+        body = bytes.NewReader(b[:max])
+
+        // Send the header
+        s.sendHdr.encode(typeData, flags, s.id, max)
+        if err := s.session.waitForSendErr(s.sendHdr, body, s.sendErr); err != nil {
+                return 0, err
+        }
+
+        // Reduce our send window
+        atomic.AddUint32(&s.sendWindow, ^uint32(max-1))
+
+        // Unlock
+        return int(max), err
+
+WAIT:
+        var timeout <-chan time.Time
+        if !s.writeDeadline.IsZero() {
+                delay := s.writeDeadline.Sub(time.Now())
+                timeout = time.After(delay)
+        }
+        select {
+        case <-s.sendNotifyCh:
+                goto START
+        case <-timeout:
+                return 0, ErrTimeout
+        }
+        return 0, nil
+}
+
+// sendFlags determines any flags that are appropriate
+// based on the current stream state
+func (s *Stream) sendFlags() uint16 {
+        s.stateLock.Lock()
+        defer s.stateLock.Unlock()
+        var flags uint16
+        switch s.state {
+        case streamInit:
+                flags |= flagSYN
+                s.state = streamSYNSent
+        case streamSYNReceived:
+                flags |= flagACK
+                s.state = streamEstablished
+        }
+        return flags
+}
+
+// sendWindowUpdate potentially sends a window update enabling
+// further writes to take place. Must be invoked with the lock.
+func (s *Stream) sendWindowUpdate() error {
+        s.controlHdrLock.Lock()
+        defer s.controlHdrLock.Unlock()
+
+        // Determine the delta update
+        max := s.session.config.MaxStreamWindowSize
+        delta := max - atomic.LoadUint32(&s.recvWindow)
+
+        // Determine the flags if any
+        flags := s.sendFlags()
+
+        // Check if we can omit the update
+        if delta < (max/2) && flags == 0 {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Update our window
+        atomic.AddUint32(&s.recvWindow, delta)
+
+        // Send the header
+        s.controlHdr.encode(typeWindowUpdate, flags, s.id, delta)
+        if err := s.session.waitForSendErr(s.controlHdr, nil, s.controlErr); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// sendClose is used to send a FIN
+func (s *Stream) sendClose() error {
+        s.controlHdrLock.Lock()
+        defer s.controlHdrLock.Unlock()
+
+        flags := s.sendFlags()
+        flags |= flagFIN
+        s.controlHdr.encode(typeWindowUpdate, flags, s.id, 0)
+        if err := s.session.waitForSendErr(s.controlHdr, nil, s.controlErr); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Close is used to close the stream
+func (s *Stream) Close() error {
+        closeStream := false
+        s.stateLock.Lock()
+        switch s.state {
+        // Opened means we need to signal a close
+        case streamSYNSent:
+                fallthrough
+        case streamSYNReceived:
+                fallthrough
+        case streamEstablished:
+                s.state = streamLocalClose
+                goto SEND_CLOSE
+
+        case streamLocalClose:
+        case streamRemoteClose:
+                s.state = streamClosed
+                closeStream = true
+                goto SEND_CLOSE
+
+        case streamClosed:
+        case streamReset:
+        default:
+                panic("unhandled state")
+        }
+        s.stateLock.Unlock()
+        return nil
+SEND_CLOSE:
+        s.stateLock.Unlock()
+        s.sendClose()
+        s.notifyWaiting()
+        if closeStream {
+                s.session.closeStream(s.id)
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// forceClose is used for when the session is exiting
+func (s *Stream) forceClose() {
+        s.stateLock.Lock()
+        s.state = streamClosed
+        s.stateLock.Unlock()
+        s.notifyWaiting()
+}
+
+// processFlags is used to update the state of the stream
+// based on set flags, if any. Lock must be held
+func (s *Stream) processFlags(flags uint16) error {
+        // Close the stream without holding the state lock
+        closeStream := false
+        defer func() {
+                if closeStream {
+                        s.session.closeStream(s.id)
+                }
+        }()
+
+        s.stateLock.Lock()
+        defer s.stateLock.Unlock()
+        if flags&flagACK == flagACK {
+                if s.state == streamSYNSent {
+                        s.state = streamEstablished
+                }
+                s.session.establishStream(s.id)
+        }
+        if flags&flagFIN == flagFIN {
+                switch s.state {
+                case streamSYNSent:
+                        fallthrough
+                case streamSYNReceived:
+                        fallthrough
+                case streamEstablished:
+                        s.state = streamRemoteClose
+                        s.notifyWaiting()
+                case streamLocalClose:
+                        s.state = streamClosed
+                        closeStream = true
+                        s.notifyWaiting()
+                default:
+                        s.session.logger.Printf("[ERR] yamux: unexpected FIN flag in state %d", s.state)
+                        return ErrUnexpectedFlag
+                }
+        }
+        if flags&flagRST == flagRST {
+                s.state = streamReset
+                closeStream = true
+                s.notifyWaiting()
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// notifyWaiting notifies all the waiting channels
+func (s *Stream) notifyWaiting() {
+        asyncNotify(s.recvNotifyCh)
+        asyncNotify(s.sendNotifyCh)
+}
+
+// incrSendWindow updates the size of our send window
+func (s *Stream) incrSendWindow(hdr header, flags uint16) error {
+        if err := s.processFlags(flags); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Increase window, unblock a sender
+        atomic.AddUint32(&s.sendWindow, hdr.Length())
+        asyncNotify(s.sendNotifyCh)
+        return nil
+}
+
+// readData is used to handle a data frame
+func (s *Stream) readData(hdr header, flags uint16, conn io.Reader) error {
+        if err := s.processFlags(flags); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Check that our recv window is not exceeded
+        length := hdr.Length()
+        if length == 0 {
+                return nil
+        }
+        if remain := atomic.LoadUint32(&s.recvWindow); length > remain {
+                s.session.logger.Printf("[ERR] yamux: receive window exceeded (stream: %d, remain: %d, recv: %d)", s.id, remain, length)
+                return ErrRecvWindowExceeded
+        }
+
+        // Wrap in a limited reader
+        conn = &io.LimitedReader{R: conn, N: int64(length)}
+
+        // Copy into buffer
+        s.recvLock.Lock()
+        if s.recvBuf == nil {
+                // Allocate the receive buffer just-in-time to fit the full data frame.
+                // This way we can read in the whole packet without further allocations.
+                s.recvBuf = bytes.NewBuffer(make([]byte, 0, length))
+        }
+        if _, err := io.Copy(s.recvBuf, conn); err != nil {
+                s.session.logger.Printf("[ERR] yamux: Failed to read stream data: %v", err)
+                s.recvLock.Unlock()
+                return err
+        }
+
+        // Decrement the receive window
+        atomic.AddUint32(&s.recvWindow, ^uint32(length-1))
+        s.recvLock.Unlock()
+
+        // Unblock any readers
+        asyncNotify(s.recvNotifyCh)
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetDeadline sets the read and write deadlines
+func (s *Stream) SetDeadline(t time.Time) error {
+        if err := s.SetReadDeadline(t); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        if err := s.SetWriteDeadline(t); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetReadDeadline sets the deadline for future Read calls.
+func (s *Stream) SetReadDeadline(t time.Time) error {
+        s.readDeadline = t
+        return nil
+}
+
+// SetWriteDeadline sets the deadline for future Write calls
+func (s *Stream) SetWriteDeadline(t time.Time) error {
+        s.writeDeadline = t
+        return nil
+}
+
+// Shrink is used to compact the amount of buffers utilized
+// This is useful when using Yamux in a connection pool to reduce
+// the idle memory utilization.
+func (s *Stream) Shrink() {
+        s.recvLock.Lock()
+        if s.recvBuf != nil && s.recvBuf.Len() == 0 {
+                s.recvBuf = nil
+        }
+        s.recvLock.Unlock()
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/util.go b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/util.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fe45af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/hashicorp/yamux/util.go
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+package yamux
+
+// asyncSendErr is used to try an async send of an error
+func asyncSendErr(ch chan error, err error) {
+        if ch == nil {
+                return
+        }
+        select {
+        case ch <- err:
+        default:
+        }
+}
+
+// asyncNotify is used to signal a waiting goroutine
+func asyncNotify(ch chan struct{}) {
+        select {
+        case ch <- struct{}{}:
+        default:
+        }
+}
+
+// min computes the minimum of two values
+func min(a, b uint32) uint32 {
+        if a < b {
+                return a
+        }
+        return b
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b03310a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+Copyright 2015 James Saryerwinnie
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/Makefile b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a828d28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+
+CMD = jpgo
+
+help:
+        @echo "Please use \`make <target>' where <target> is one of"
+        @echo "  test                    to run all the tests"
+        @echo "  build                   to build the library and jp executable"
+        @echo "  generate                to run codegen"
+
+
+generate:
+        go generate ./...
+
+build:
+        rm -f $(CMD)
+        go build ./...
+        rm -f cmd/$(CMD)/$(CMD) && cd cmd/$(CMD)/ && go build ./...
+        mv cmd/$(CMD)/$(CMD) .
+
+test:
+        go test -v ./...
+
+check:
+        go vet ./...
+        @echo "golint ./..."
+        @lint=`golint ./...`; \
+        lint=`echo "$$lint" | grep -v "astnodetype_string.go" | grep -v "toktype_string.go"`; \
+        echo "$$lint"; \
+        if [ "$$lint" != "" ]; then exit 1; fi
+
+htmlc:
+        go test -coverprofile="/tmp/jpcov"  && go tool cover -html="/tmp/jpcov" && unlink /tmp/jpcov
+
+buildfuzz:
+        go-fuzz-build github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/fuzz
+
+fuzz: buildfuzz
+        go-fuzz -bin=./jmespath-fuzz.zip -workdir=fuzz/testdata
+
+bench:
+        go test -bench . -cpuprofile cpu.out
+
+pprof-cpu:
+        go tool pprof ./go-jmespath.test ./cpu.out
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/README.md b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..187ef67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# go-jmespath - A JMESPath implementation in Go
+
+[![Build Status](https://img.shields.io/travis/jmespath/go-jmespath.svg)](https://travis-ci.org/jmespath/go-jmespath)
+
+
+
+See http://jmespath.org for more info.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/api.go b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/api.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cfa988
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/api.go
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+package jmespath
+
+import "strconv"
+
+// JmesPath is the epresentation of a compiled JMES path query. A JmesPath is
+// safe for concurrent use by multiple goroutines.
+type JMESPath struct {
+        ast  ASTNode
+        intr *treeInterpreter
+}
+
+// Compile parses a JMESPath expression and returns, if successful, a JMESPath
+// object that can be used to match against data.
+func Compile(expression string) (*JMESPath, error) {
+        parser := NewParser()
+        ast, err := parser.Parse(expression)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        jmespath := &JMESPath{ast: ast, intr: newInterpreter()}
+        return jmespath, nil
+}
+
+// MustCompile is like Compile but panics if the expression cannot be parsed.
+// It simplifies safe initialization of global variables holding compiled
+// JMESPaths.
+func MustCompile(expression string) *JMESPath {
+        jmespath, err := Compile(expression)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(`jmespath: Compile(` + strconv.Quote(expression) + `): ` + err.Error())
+        }
+        return jmespath
+}
+
+// Search evaluates a JMESPath expression against input data and returns the result.
+func (jp *JMESPath) Search(data interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        return jp.intr.Execute(jp.ast, data)
+}
+
+// Search evaluates a JMESPath expression against input data and returns the result.
+func Search(expression string, data interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        intr := newInterpreter()
+        parser := NewParser()
+        ast, err := parser.Parse(expression)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        return intr.Execute(ast, data)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/astnodetype_string.go b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/astnodetype_string.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cd2d23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/astnodetype_string.go
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+// generated by stringer -type astNodeType; DO NOT EDIT
+
+package jmespath
+
+import "fmt"
+
+const _astNodeType_name = "ASTEmptyASTComparatorASTCurrentNodeASTExpRefASTFunctionExpressionASTFieldASTFilterProjectionASTFlattenASTIdentityASTIndexASTIndexExpressionASTKeyValPairASTLiteralASTMultiSelectHashASTMultiSelectListASTOrExpressionASTAndExpressionASTNotExpressionASTPipeASTProjectionASTSubexpressionASTSliceASTValueProjection"
+
+var _astNodeType_index = [...]uint16{0, 8, 21, 35, 44, 65, 73, 92, 102, 113, 121, 139, 152, 162, 180, 198, 213, 229, 245, 252, 265, 281, 289, 307}
+
+func (i astNodeType) String() string {
+        if i < 0 || i >= astNodeType(len(_astNodeType_index)-1) {
+                return fmt.Sprintf("astNodeType(%d)", i)
+        }
+        return _astNodeType_name[_astNodeType_index[i]:_astNodeType_index[i+1]]
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/functions.go b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/functions.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b7cd89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/functions.go
@@ -0,0 +1,842 @@
+package jmespath
+
+import (
+        "encoding/json"
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "math"
+        "reflect"
+        "sort"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "unicode/utf8"
+)
+
+type jpFunction func(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error)
+
+type jpType string
+
+const (
+        jpUnknown     jpType = "unknown"
+        jpNumber      jpType = "number"
+        jpString      jpType = "string"
+        jpArray       jpType = "array"
+        jpObject      jpType = "object"
+        jpArrayNumber jpType = "array[number]"
+        jpArrayString jpType = "array[string]"
+        jpExpref      jpType = "expref"
+        jpAny         jpType = "any"
+)
+
+type functionEntry struct {
+        name      string
+        arguments []argSpec
+        handler   jpFunction
+        hasExpRef bool
+}
+
+type argSpec struct {
+        types    []jpType
+        variadic bool
+}
+
+type byExprString struct {
+        intr     *treeInterpreter
+        node     ASTNode
+        items    []interface{}
+        hasError bool
+}
+
+func (a *byExprString) Len() int {
+        return len(a.items)
+}
+func (a *byExprString) Swap(i, j int) {
+        a.items[i], a.items[j] = a.items[j], a.items[i]
+}
+func (a *byExprString) Less(i, j int) bool {
+        first, err := a.intr.Execute(a.node, a.items[i])
+        if err != nil {
+                a.hasError = true
+                // Return a dummy value.
+                return true
+        }
+        ith, ok := first.(string)
+        if !ok {
+                a.hasError = true
+                return true
+        }
+        second, err := a.intr.Execute(a.node, a.items[j])
+        if err != nil {
+                a.hasError = true
+                // Return a dummy value.
+                return true
+        }
+        jth, ok := second.(string)
+        if !ok {
+                a.hasError = true
+                return true
+        }
+        return ith < jth
+}
+
+type byExprFloat struct {
+        intr     *treeInterpreter
+        node     ASTNode
+        items    []interface{}
+        hasError bool
+}
+
+func (a *byExprFloat) Len() int {
+        return len(a.items)
+}
+func (a *byExprFloat) Swap(i, j int) {
+        a.items[i], a.items[j] = a.items[j], a.items[i]
+}
+func (a *byExprFloat) Less(i, j int) bool {
+        first, err := a.intr.Execute(a.node, a.items[i])
+        if err != nil {
+                a.hasError = true
+                // Return a dummy value.
+                return true
+        }
+        ith, ok := first.(float64)
+        if !ok {
+                a.hasError = true
+                return true
+        }
+        second, err := a.intr.Execute(a.node, a.items[j])
+        if err != nil {
+                a.hasError = true
+                // Return a dummy value.
+                return true
+        }
+        jth, ok := second.(float64)
+        if !ok {
+                a.hasError = true
+                return true
+        }
+        return ith < jth
+}
+
+type functionCaller struct {
+        functionTable map[string]functionEntry
+}
+
+func newFunctionCaller() *functionCaller {
+        caller := &functionCaller{}
+        caller.functionTable = map[string]functionEntry{
+                "length": {
+                        name: "length",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpString, jpArray, jpObject}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfLength,
+                },
+                "starts_with": {
+                        name: "starts_with",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpString}},
+                                {types: []jpType{jpString}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfStartsWith,
+                },
+                "abs": {
+                        name: "abs",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpNumber}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfAbs,
+                },
+                "avg": {
+                        name: "avg",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpArrayNumber}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfAvg,
+                },
+                "ceil": {
+                        name: "ceil",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpNumber}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfCeil,
+                },
+                "contains": {
+                        name: "contains",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpArray, jpString}},
+                                {types: []jpType{jpAny}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfContains,
+                },
+                "ends_with": {
+                        name: "ends_with",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpString}},
+                                {types: []jpType{jpString}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfEndsWith,
+                },
+                "floor": {
+                        name: "floor",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpNumber}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfFloor,
+                },
+                "map": {
+                        name: "amp",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpExpref}},
+                                {types: []jpType{jpArray}},
+                        },
+                        handler:   jpfMap,
+                        hasExpRef: true,
+                },
+                "max": {
+                        name: "max",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpArrayNumber, jpArrayString}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfMax,
+                },
+                "merge": {
+                        name: "merge",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpObject}, variadic: true},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfMerge,
+                },
+                "max_by": {
+                        name: "max_by",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpArray}},
+                                {types: []jpType{jpExpref}},
+                        },
+                        handler:   jpfMaxBy,
+                        hasExpRef: true,
+                },
+                "sum": {
+                        name: "sum",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpArrayNumber}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfSum,
+                },
+                "min": {
+                        name: "min",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpArrayNumber, jpArrayString}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfMin,
+                },
+                "min_by": {
+                        name: "min_by",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpArray}},
+                                {types: []jpType{jpExpref}},
+                        },
+                        handler:   jpfMinBy,
+                        hasExpRef: true,
+                },
+                "type": {
+                        name: "type",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpAny}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfType,
+                },
+                "keys": {
+                        name: "keys",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpObject}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfKeys,
+                },
+                "values": {
+                        name: "values",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpObject}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfValues,
+                },
+                "sort": {
+                        name: "sort",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpArrayString, jpArrayNumber}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfSort,
+                },
+                "sort_by": {
+                        name: "sort_by",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpArray}},
+                                {types: []jpType{jpExpref}},
+                        },
+                        handler:   jpfSortBy,
+                        hasExpRef: true,
+                },
+                "join": {
+                        name: "join",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpString}},
+                                {types: []jpType{jpArrayString}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfJoin,
+                },
+                "reverse": {
+                        name: "reverse",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpArray, jpString}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfReverse,
+                },
+                "to_array": {
+                        name: "to_array",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpAny}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfToArray,
+                },
+                "to_string": {
+                        name: "to_string",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpAny}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfToString,
+                },
+                "to_number": {
+                        name: "to_number",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpAny}},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfToNumber,
+                },
+                "not_null": {
+                        name: "not_null",
+                        arguments: []argSpec{
+                                {types: []jpType{jpAny}, variadic: true},
+                        },
+                        handler: jpfNotNull,
+                },
+        }
+        return caller
+}
+
+func (e *functionEntry) resolveArgs(arguments []interface{}) ([]interface{}, error) {
+        if len(e.arguments) == 0 {
+                return arguments, nil
+        }
+        if !e.arguments[len(e.arguments)-1].variadic {
+                if len(e.arguments) != len(arguments) {
+                        return nil, errors.New("incorrect number of args")
+                }
+                for i, spec := range e.arguments {
+                        userArg := arguments[i]
+                        err := spec.typeCheck(userArg)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                }
+                return arguments, nil
+        }
+        if len(arguments) < len(e.arguments) {
+                return nil, errors.New("Invalid arity.")
+        }
+        return arguments, nil
+}
+
+func (a *argSpec) typeCheck(arg interface{}) error {
+        for _, t := range a.types {
+                switch t {
+                case jpNumber:
+                        if _, ok := arg.(float64); ok {
+                                return nil
+                        }
+                case jpString:
+                        if _, ok := arg.(string); ok {
+                                return nil
+                        }
+                case jpArray:
+                        if isSliceType(arg) {
+                                return nil
+                        }
+                case jpObject:
+                        if _, ok := arg.(map[string]interface{}); ok {
+                                return nil
+                        }
+                case jpArrayNumber:
+                        if _, ok := toArrayNum(arg); ok {
+                                return nil
+                        }
+                case jpArrayString:
+                        if _, ok := toArrayStr(arg); ok {
+                                return nil
+                        }
+                case jpAny:
+                        return nil
+                case jpExpref:
+                        if _, ok := arg.(expRef); ok {
+                                return nil
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        return fmt.Errorf("Invalid type for: %v, expected: %#v", arg, a.types)
+}
+
+func (f *functionCaller) CallFunction(name string, arguments []interface{}, intr *treeInterpreter) (interface{}, error) {
+        entry, ok := f.functionTable[name]
+        if !ok {
+                return nil, errors.New("unknown function: " + name)
+        }
+        resolvedArgs, err := entry.resolveArgs(arguments)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        if entry.hasExpRef {
+                var extra []interface{}
+                extra = append(extra, intr)
+                resolvedArgs = append(extra, resolvedArgs...)
+        }
+        return entry.handler(resolvedArgs)
+}
+
+func jpfAbs(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        num := arguments[0].(float64)
+        return math.Abs(num), nil
+}
+
+func jpfLength(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        arg := arguments[0]
+        if c, ok := arg.(string); ok {
+                return float64(utf8.RuneCountInString(c)), nil
+        } else if isSliceType(arg) {
+                v := reflect.ValueOf(arg)
+                return float64(v.Len()), nil
+        } else if c, ok := arg.(map[string]interface{}); ok {
+                return float64(len(c)), nil
+        }
+        return nil, errors.New("could not compute length()")
+}
+
+func jpfStartsWith(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        search := arguments[0].(string)
+        prefix := arguments[1].(string)
+        return strings.HasPrefix(search, prefix), nil
+}
+
+func jpfAvg(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        // We've already type checked the value so we can safely use
+        // type assertions.
+        args := arguments[0].([]interface{})
+        length := float64(len(args))
+        numerator := 0.0
+        for _, n := range args {
+                numerator += n.(float64)
+        }
+        return numerator / length, nil
+}
+func jpfCeil(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        val := arguments[0].(float64)
+        return math.Ceil(val), nil
+}
+func jpfContains(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        search := arguments[0]
+        el := arguments[1]
+        if searchStr, ok := search.(string); ok {
+                if elStr, ok := el.(string); ok {
+                        return strings.Index(searchStr, elStr) != -1, nil
+                }
+                return false, nil
+        }
+        // Otherwise this is a generic contains for []interface{}
+        general := search.([]interface{})
+        for _, item := range general {
+                if item == el {
+                        return true, nil
+                }
+        }
+        return false, nil
+}
+func jpfEndsWith(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        search := arguments[0].(string)
+        suffix := arguments[1].(string)
+        return strings.HasSuffix(search, suffix), nil
+}
+func jpfFloor(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        val := arguments[0].(float64)
+        return math.Floor(val), nil
+}
+func jpfMap(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        intr := arguments[0].(*treeInterpreter)
+        exp := arguments[1].(expRef)
+        node := exp.ref
+        arr := arguments[2].([]interface{})
+        mapped := make([]interface{}, 0, len(arr))
+        for _, value := range arr {
+                current, err := intr.Execute(node, value)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                mapped = append(mapped, current)
+        }
+        return mapped, nil
+}
+func jpfMax(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        if items, ok := toArrayNum(arguments[0]); ok {
+                if len(items) == 0 {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                if len(items) == 1 {
+                        return items[0], nil
+                }
+                best := items[0]
+                for _, item := range items[1:] {
+                        if item > best {
+                                best = item
+                        }
+                }
+                return best, nil
+        }
+        // Otherwise we're dealing with a max() of strings.
+        items, _ := toArrayStr(arguments[0])
+        if len(items) == 0 {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+        if len(items) == 1 {
+                return items[0], nil
+        }
+        best := items[0]
+        for _, item := range items[1:] {
+                if item > best {
+                        best = item
+                }
+        }
+        return best, nil
+}
+func jpfMerge(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        final := make(map[string]interface{})
+        for _, m := range arguments {
+                mapped := m.(map[string]interface{})
+                for key, value := range mapped {
+                        final[key] = value
+                }
+        }
+        return final, nil
+}
+func jpfMaxBy(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        intr := arguments[0].(*treeInterpreter)
+        arr := arguments[1].([]interface{})
+        exp := arguments[2].(expRef)
+        node := exp.ref
+        if len(arr) == 0 {
+                return nil, nil
+        } else if len(arr) == 1 {
+                return arr[0], nil
+        }
+        start, err := intr.Execute(node, arr[0])
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        switch t := start.(type) {
+        case float64:
+                bestVal := t
+                bestItem := arr[0]
+                for _, item := range arr[1:] {
+                        result, err := intr.Execute(node, item)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                        current, ok := result.(float64)
+                        if !ok {
+                                return nil, errors.New("invalid type, must be number")
+                        }
+                        if current > bestVal {
+                                bestVal = current
+                                bestItem = item
+                        }
+                }
+                return bestItem, nil
+        case string:
+                bestVal := t
+                bestItem := arr[0]
+                for _, item := range arr[1:] {
+                        result, err := intr.Execute(node, item)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                        current, ok := result.(string)
+                        if !ok {
+                                return nil, errors.New("invalid type, must be string")
+                        }
+                        if current > bestVal {
+                                bestVal = current
+                                bestItem = item
+                        }
+                }
+                return bestItem, nil
+        default:
+                return nil, errors.New("invalid type, must be number of string")
+        }
+}
+func jpfSum(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        items, _ := toArrayNum(arguments[0])
+        sum := 0.0
+        for _, item := range items {
+                sum += item
+        }
+        return sum, nil
+}
+
+func jpfMin(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        if items, ok := toArrayNum(arguments[0]); ok {
+                if len(items) == 0 {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                if len(items) == 1 {
+                        return items[0], nil
+                }
+                best := items[0]
+                for _, item := range items[1:] {
+                        if item < best {
+                                best = item
+                        }
+                }
+                return best, nil
+        }
+        items, _ := toArrayStr(arguments[0])
+        if len(items) == 0 {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+        if len(items) == 1 {
+                return items[0], nil
+        }
+        best := items[0]
+        for _, item := range items[1:] {
+                if item < best {
+                        best = item
+                }
+        }
+        return best, nil
+}
+
+func jpfMinBy(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        intr := arguments[0].(*treeInterpreter)
+        arr := arguments[1].([]interface{})
+        exp := arguments[2].(expRef)
+        node := exp.ref
+        if len(arr) == 0 {
+                return nil, nil
+        } else if len(arr) == 1 {
+                return arr[0], nil
+        }
+        start, err := intr.Execute(node, arr[0])
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        if t, ok := start.(float64); ok {
+                bestVal := t
+                bestItem := arr[0]
+                for _, item := range arr[1:] {
+                        result, err := intr.Execute(node, item)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                        current, ok := result.(float64)
+                        if !ok {
+                                return nil, errors.New("invalid type, must be number")
+                        }
+                        if current < bestVal {
+                                bestVal = current
+                                bestItem = item
+                        }
+                }
+                return bestItem, nil
+        } else if t, ok := start.(string); ok {
+                bestVal := t
+                bestItem := arr[0]
+                for _, item := range arr[1:] {
+                        result, err := intr.Execute(node, item)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                        current, ok := result.(string)
+                        if !ok {
+                                return nil, errors.New("invalid type, must be string")
+                        }
+                        if current < bestVal {
+                                bestVal = current
+                                bestItem = item
+                        }
+                }
+                return bestItem, nil
+        } else {
+                return nil, errors.New("invalid type, must be number of string")
+        }
+}
+func jpfType(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        arg := arguments[0]
+        if _, ok := arg.(float64); ok {
+                return "number", nil
+        }
+        if _, ok := arg.(string); ok {
+                return "string", nil
+        }
+        if _, ok := arg.([]interface{}); ok {
+                return "array", nil
+        }
+        if _, ok := arg.(map[string]interface{}); ok {
+                return "object", nil
+        }
+        if arg == nil {
+                return "null", nil
+        }
+        if arg == true || arg == false {
+                return "boolean", nil
+        }
+        return nil, errors.New("unknown type")
+}
+func jpfKeys(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        arg := arguments[0].(map[string]interface{})
+        collected := make([]interface{}, 0, len(arg))
+        for key := range arg {
+                collected = append(collected, key)
+        }
+        return collected, nil
+}
+func jpfValues(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        arg := arguments[0].(map[string]interface{})
+        collected := make([]interface{}, 0, len(arg))
+        for _, value := range arg {
+                collected = append(collected, value)
+        }
+        return collected, nil
+}
+func jpfSort(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        if items, ok := toArrayNum(arguments[0]); ok {
+                d := sort.Float64Slice(items)
+                sort.Stable(d)
+                final := make([]interface{}, len(d))
+                for i, val := range d {
+                        final[i] = val
+                }
+                return final, nil
+        }
+        // Otherwise we're dealing with sort()'ing strings.
+        items, _ := toArrayStr(arguments[0])
+        d := sort.StringSlice(items)
+        sort.Stable(d)
+        final := make([]interface{}, len(d))
+        for i, val := range d {
+                final[i] = val
+        }
+        return final, nil
+}
+func jpfSortBy(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        intr := arguments[0].(*treeInterpreter)
+        arr := arguments[1].([]interface{})
+        exp := arguments[2].(expRef)
+        node := exp.ref
+        if len(arr) == 0 {
+                return arr, nil
+        } else if len(arr) == 1 {
+                return arr, nil
+        }
+        start, err := intr.Execute(node, arr[0])
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        if _, ok := start.(float64); ok {
+                sortable := &byExprFloat{intr, node, arr, false}
+                sort.Stable(sortable)
+                if sortable.hasError {
+                        return nil, errors.New("error in sort_by comparison")
+                }
+                return arr, nil
+        } else if _, ok := start.(string); ok {
+                sortable := &byExprString{intr, node, arr, false}
+                sort.Stable(sortable)
+                if sortable.hasError {
+                        return nil, errors.New("error in sort_by comparison")
+                }
+                return arr, nil
+        } else {
+                return nil, errors.New("invalid type, must be number of string")
+        }
+}
+func jpfJoin(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        sep := arguments[0].(string)
+        // We can't just do arguments[1].([]string), we have to
+        // manually convert each item to a string.
+        arrayStr := []string{}
+        for _, item := range arguments[1].([]interface{}) {
+                arrayStr = append(arrayStr, item.(string))
+        }
+        return strings.Join(arrayStr, sep), nil
+}
+func jpfReverse(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        if s, ok := arguments[0].(string); ok {
+                r := []rune(s)
+                for i, j := 0, len(r)-1; i < len(r)/2; i, j = i+1, j-1 {
+                        r[i], r[j] = r[j], r[i]
+                }
+                return string(r), nil
+        }
+        items := arguments[0].([]interface{})
+        length := len(items)
+        reversed := make([]interface{}, length)
+        for i, item := range items {
+                reversed[length-(i+1)] = item
+        }
+        return reversed, nil
+}
+func jpfToArray(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        if _, ok := arguments[0].([]interface{}); ok {
+                return arguments[0], nil
+        }
+        return arguments[:1:1], nil
+}
+func jpfToString(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        if v, ok := arguments[0].(string); ok {
+                return v, nil
+        }
+        result, err := json.Marshal(arguments[0])
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        return string(result), nil
+}
+func jpfToNumber(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        arg := arguments[0]
+        if v, ok := arg.(float64); ok {
+                return v, nil
+        }
+        if v, ok := arg.(string); ok {
+                conv, err := strconv.ParseFloat(v, 64)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                return conv, nil
+        }
+        if _, ok := arg.([]interface{}); ok {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+        if _, ok := arg.(map[string]interface{}); ok {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+        if arg == nil {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+        if arg == true || arg == false {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+        return nil, errors.New("unknown type")
+}
+func jpfNotNull(arguments []interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        for _, arg := range arguments {
+                if arg != nil {
+                        return arg, nil
+                }
+        }
+        return nil, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/interpreter.go b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/interpreter.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13c7460
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/interpreter.go
@@ -0,0 +1,418 @@
+package jmespath
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "reflect"
+        "unicode"
+        "unicode/utf8"
+)
+
+/* This is a tree based interpreter.  It walks the AST and directly
+   interprets the AST to search through a JSON document.
+*/
+
+type treeInterpreter struct {
+        fCall *functionCaller
+}
+
+func newInterpreter() *treeInterpreter {
+        interpreter := treeInterpreter{}
+        interpreter.fCall = newFunctionCaller()
+        return &interpreter
+}
+
+type expRef struct {
+        ref ASTNode
+}
+
+// Execute takes an ASTNode and input data and interprets the AST directly.
+// It will produce the result of applying the JMESPath expression associated
+// with the ASTNode to the input data "value".
+func (intr *treeInterpreter) Execute(node ASTNode, value interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        switch node.nodeType {
+        case ASTComparator:
+                left, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                right, err := intr.Execute(node.children[1], value)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                switch node.value {
+                case tEQ:
+                        return objsEqual(left, right), nil
+                case tNE:
+                        return !objsEqual(left, right), nil
+                }
+                leftNum, ok := left.(float64)
+                if !ok {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                rightNum, ok := right.(float64)
+                if !ok {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                switch node.value {
+                case tGT:
+                        return leftNum > rightNum, nil
+                case tGTE:
+                        return leftNum >= rightNum, nil
+                case tLT:
+                        return leftNum < rightNum, nil
+                case tLTE:
+                        return leftNum <= rightNum, nil
+                }
+        case ASTExpRef:
+                return expRef{ref: node.children[0]}, nil
+        case ASTFunctionExpression:
+                resolvedArgs := []interface{}{}
+                for _, arg := range node.children {
+                        current, err := intr.Execute(arg, value)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                        resolvedArgs = append(resolvedArgs, current)
+                }
+                return intr.fCall.CallFunction(node.value.(string), resolvedArgs, intr)
+        case ASTField:
+                if m, ok := value.(map[string]interface{}); ok {
+                        key := node.value.(string)
+                        return m[key], nil
+                }
+                return intr.fieldFromStruct(node.value.(string), value)
+        case ASTFilterProjection:
+                left, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                sliceType, ok := left.([]interface{})
+                if !ok {
+                        if isSliceType(left) {
+                                return intr.filterProjectionWithReflection(node, left)
+                        }
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                compareNode := node.children[2]
+                collected := []interface{}{}
+                for _, element := range sliceType {
+                        result, err := intr.Execute(compareNode, element)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                        if !isFalse(result) {
+                                current, err := intr.Execute(node.children[1], element)
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return nil, err
+                                }
+                                if current != nil {
+                                        collected = append(collected, current)
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+                return collected, nil
+        case ASTFlatten:
+                left, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                sliceType, ok := left.([]interface{})
+                if !ok {
+                        // If we can't type convert to []interface{}, there's
+                        // a chance this could still work via reflection if we're
+                        // dealing with user provided types.
+                        if isSliceType(left) {
+                                return intr.flattenWithReflection(left)
+                        }
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                flattened := []interface{}{}
+                for _, element := range sliceType {
+                        if elementSlice, ok := element.([]interface{}); ok {
+                                flattened = append(flattened, elementSlice...)
+                        } else if isSliceType(element) {
+                                reflectFlat := []interface{}{}
+                                v := reflect.ValueOf(element)
+                                for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ {
+                                        reflectFlat = append(reflectFlat, v.Index(i).Interface())
+                                }
+                                flattened = append(flattened, reflectFlat...)
+                        } else {
+                                flattened = append(flattened, element)
+                        }
+                }
+                return flattened, nil
+        case ASTIdentity, ASTCurrentNode:
+                return value, nil
+        case ASTIndex:
+                if sliceType, ok := value.([]interface{}); ok {
+                        index := node.value.(int)
+                        if index < 0 {
+                                index += len(sliceType)
+                        }
+                        if index < len(sliceType) && index >= 0 {
+                                return sliceType[index], nil
+                        }
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                // Otherwise try via reflection.
+                rv := reflect.ValueOf(value)
+                if rv.Kind() == reflect.Slice {
+                        index := node.value.(int)
+                        if index < 0 {
+                                index += rv.Len()
+                        }
+                        if index < rv.Len() && index >= 0 {
+                                v := rv.Index(index)
+                                return v.Interface(), nil
+                        }
+                }
+                return nil, nil
+        case ASTKeyValPair:
+                return intr.Execute(node.children[0], value)
+        case ASTLiteral:
+                return node.value, nil
+        case ASTMultiSelectHash:
+                if value == nil {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                collected := make(map[string]interface{})
+                for _, child := range node.children {
+                        current, err := intr.Execute(child, value)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                        key := child.value.(string)
+                        collected[key] = current
+                }
+                return collected, nil
+        case ASTMultiSelectList:
+                if value == nil {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                collected := []interface{}{}
+                for _, child := range node.children {
+                        current, err := intr.Execute(child, value)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                        collected = append(collected, current)
+                }
+                return collected, nil
+        case ASTOrExpression:
+                matched, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                if isFalse(matched) {
+                        matched, err = intr.Execute(node.children[1], value)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                }
+                return matched, nil
+        case ASTAndExpression:
+                matched, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                if isFalse(matched) {
+                        return matched, nil
+                }
+                return intr.Execute(node.children[1], value)
+        case ASTNotExpression:
+                matched, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                if isFalse(matched) {
+                        return true, nil
+                }
+                return false, nil
+        case ASTPipe:
+                result := value
+                var err error
+                for _, child := range node.children {
+                        result, err = intr.Execute(child, result)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                }
+                return result, nil
+        case ASTProjection:
+                left, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                sliceType, ok := left.([]interface{})
+                if !ok {
+                        if isSliceType(left) {
+                                return intr.projectWithReflection(node, left)
+                        }
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                collected := []interface{}{}
+                var current interface{}
+                for _, element := range sliceType {
+                        current, err = intr.Execute(node.children[1], element)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                        if current != nil {
+                                collected = append(collected, current)
+                        }
+                }
+                return collected, nil
+        case ASTSubexpression, ASTIndexExpression:
+                left, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                return intr.Execute(node.children[1], left)
+        case ASTSlice:
+                sliceType, ok := value.([]interface{})
+                if !ok {
+                        if isSliceType(value) {
+                                return intr.sliceWithReflection(node, value)
+                        }
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                parts := node.value.([]*int)
+                sliceParams := make([]sliceParam, 3)
+                for i, part := range parts {
+                        if part != nil {
+                                sliceParams[i].Specified = true
+                                sliceParams[i].N = *part
+                        }
+                }
+                return slice(sliceType, sliceParams)
+        case ASTValueProjection:
+                left, err := intr.Execute(node.children[0], value)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                mapType, ok := left.(map[string]interface{})
+                if !ok {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                values := make([]interface{}, len(mapType))
+                for _, value := range mapType {
+                        values = append(values, value)
+                }
+                collected := []interface{}{}
+                for _, element := range values {
+                        current, err := intr.Execute(node.children[1], element)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                        if current != nil {
+                                collected = append(collected, current)
+                        }
+                }
+                return collected, nil
+        }
+        return nil, errors.New("Unknown AST node: " + node.nodeType.String())
+}
+
+func (intr *treeInterpreter) fieldFromStruct(key string, value interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        rv := reflect.ValueOf(value)
+        first, n := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(key)
+        fieldName := string(unicode.ToUpper(first)) + key[n:]
+        if rv.Kind() == reflect.Struct {
+                v := rv.FieldByName(fieldName)
+                if !v.IsValid() {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                return v.Interface(), nil
+        } else if rv.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                // Handle multiple levels of indirection?
+                if rv.IsNil() {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                rv = rv.Elem()
+                v := rv.FieldByName(fieldName)
+                if !v.IsValid() {
+                        return nil, nil
+                }
+                return v.Interface(), nil
+        }
+        return nil, nil
+}
+
+func (intr *treeInterpreter) flattenWithReflection(value interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        v := reflect.ValueOf(value)
+        flattened := []interface{}{}
+        for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ {
+                element := v.Index(i).Interface()
+                if reflect.TypeOf(element).Kind() == reflect.Slice {
+                        // Then insert the contents of the element
+                        // slice into the flattened slice,
+                        // i.e flattened = append(flattened, mySlice...)
+                        elementV := reflect.ValueOf(element)
+                        for j := 0; j < elementV.Len(); j++ {
+                                flattened = append(
+                                        flattened, elementV.Index(j).Interface())
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        flattened = append(flattened, element)
+                }
+        }
+        return flattened, nil
+}
+
+func (intr *treeInterpreter) sliceWithReflection(node ASTNode, value interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        v := reflect.ValueOf(value)
+        parts := node.value.([]*int)
+        sliceParams := make([]sliceParam, 3)
+        for i, part := range parts {
+                if part != nil {
+                        sliceParams[i].Specified = true
+                        sliceParams[i].N = *part
+                }
+        }
+        final := []interface{}{}
+        for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ {
+                element := v.Index(i).Interface()
+                final = append(final, element)
+        }
+        return slice(final, sliceParams)
+}
+
+func (intr *treeInterpreter) filterProjectionWithReflection(node ASTNode, value interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        compareNode := node.children[2]
+        collected := []interface{}{}
+        v := reflect.ValueOf(value)
+        for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ {
+                element := v.Index(i).Interface()
+                result, err := intr.Execute(compareNode, element)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                if !isFalse(result) {
+                        current, err := intr.Execute(node.children[1], element)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+                        if current != nil {
+                                collected = append(collected, current)
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        return collected, nil
+}
+
+func (intr *treeInterpreter) projectWithReflection(node ASTNode, value interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        collected := []interface{}{}
+        v := reflect.ValueOf(value)
+        for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ {
+                element := v.Index(i).Interface()
+                result, err := intr.Execute(node.children[1], element)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return nil, err
+                }
+                if result != nil {
+                        collected = append(collected, result)
+                }
+        }
+        return collected, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/lexer.go b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/lexer.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..817900c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/lexer.go
@@ -0,0 +1,420 @@
+package jmespath
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "encoding/json"
+        "fmt"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "unicode/utf8"
+)
+
+type token struct {
+        tokenType tokType
+        value     string
+        position  int
+        length    int
+}
+
+type tokType int
+
+const eof = -1
+
+// Lexer contains information about the expression being tokenized.
+type Lexer struct {
+        expression string       // The expression provided by the user.
+        currentPos int          // The current position in the string.
+        lastWidth  int          // The width of the current rune.  This
+        buf        bytes.Buffer // Internal buffer used for building up values.
+}
+
+// SyntaxError is the main error used whenever a lexing or parsing error occurs.
+type SyntaxError struct {
+        msg        string // Error message displayed to user
+        Expression string // Expression that generated a SyntaxError
+        Offset     int    // The location in the string where the error occurred
+}
+
+func (e SyntaxError) Error() string {
+        // In the future, it would be good to underline the specific
+        // location where the error occurred.
+        return "SyntaxError: " + e.msg
+}
+
+// HighlightLocation will show where the syntax error occurred.
+// It will place a "^" character on a line below the expression
+// at the point where the syntax error occurred.
+func (e SyntaxError) HighlightLocation() string {
+        return e.Expression + "\n" + strings.Repeat(" ", e.Offset) + "^"
+}
+
+//go:generate stringer -type=tokType
+const (
+        tUnknown tokType = iota
+        tStar
+        tDot
+        tFilter
+        tFlatten
+        tLparen
+        tRparen
+        tLbracket
+        tRbracket
+        tLbrace
+        tRbrace
+        tOr
+        tPipe
+        tNumber
+        tUnquotedIdentifier
+        tQuotedIdentifier
+        tComma
+        tColon
+        tLT
+        tLTE
+        tGT
+        tGTE
+        tEQ
+        tNE
+        tJSONLiteral
+        tStringLiteral
+        tCurrent
+        tExpref
+        tAnd
+        tNot
+        tEOF
+)
+
+var basicTokens = map[rune]tokType{
+        '.': tDot,
+        '*': tStar,
+        ',': tComma,
+        ':': tColon,
+        '{': tLbrace,
+        '}': tRbrace,
+        ']': tRbracket, // tLbracket not included because it could be "[]"
+        '(': tLparen,
+        ')': tRparen,
+        '@': tCurrent,
+}
+
+// Bit mask for [a-zA-Z_] shifted down 64 bits to fit in a single uint64.
+// When using this bitmask just be sure to shift the rune down 64 bits
+// before checking against identifierStartBits.
+const identifierStartBits uint64 = 576460745995190270
+
+// Bit mask for [a-zA-Z0-9], 128 bits -> 2 uint64s.
+var identifierTrailingBits = [2]uint64{287948901175001088, 576460745995190270}
+
+var whiteSpace = map[rune]bool{
+        ' ': true, '\t': true, '\n': true, '\r': true,
+}
+
+func (t token) String() string {
+        return fmt.Sprintf("Token{%+v, %s, %d, %d}",
+                t.tokenType, t.value, t.position, t.length)
+}
+
+// NewLexer creates a new JMESPath lexer.
+func NewLexer() *Lexer {
+        lexer := Lexer{}
+        return &lexer
+}
+
+func (lexer *Lexer) next() rune {
+        if lexer.currentPos >= len(lexer.expression) {
+                lexer.lastWidth = 0
+                return eof
+        }
+        r, w := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(lexer.expression[lexer.currentPos:])
+        lexer.lastWidth = w
+        lexer.currentPos += w
+        return r
+}
+
+func (lexer *Lexer) back() {
+        lexer.currentPos -= lexer.lastWidth
+}
+
+func (lexer *Lexer) peek() rune {
+        t := lexer.next()
+        lexer.back()
+        return t
+}
+
+// tokenize takes an expression and returns corresponding tokens.
+func (lexer *Lexer) tokenize(expression string) ([]token, error) {
+        var tokens []token
+        lexer.expression = expression
+        lexer.currentPos = 0
+        lexer.lastWidth = 0
+loop:
+        for {
+                r := lexer.next()
+                if identifierStartBits&(1<<(uint64(r)-64)) > 0 {
+                        t := lexer.consumeUnquotedIdentifier()
+                        tokens = append(tokens, t)
+                } else if val, ok := basicTokens[r]; ok {
+                        // Basic single char token.
+                        t := token{
+                                tokenType: val,
+                                value:     string(r),
+                                position:  lexer.currentPos - lexer.lastWidth,
+                                length:    1,
+                        }
+                        tokens = append(tokens, t)
+                } else if r == '-' || (r >= '0' && r <= '9') {
+                        t := lexer.consumeNumber()
+                        tokens = append(tokens, t)
+                } else if r == '[' {
+                        t := lexer.consumeLBracket()
+                        tokens = append(tokens, t)
+                } else if r == '"' {
+                        t, err := lexer.consumeQuotedIdentifier()
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return tokens, err
+                        }
+                        tokens = append(tokens, t)
+                } else if r == '\'' {
+                        t, err := lexer.consumeRawStringLiteral()
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return tokens, err
+                        }
+                        tokens = append(tokens, t)
+                } else if r == '`' {
+                        t, err := lexer.consumeLiteral()
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return tokens, err
+                        }
+                        tokens = append(tokens, t)
+                } else if r == '|' {
+                        t := lexer.matchOrElse(r, '|', tOr, tPipe)
+                        tokens = append(tokens, t)
+                } else if r == '<' {
+                        t := lexer.matchOrElse(r, '=', tLTE, tLT)
+                        tokens = append(tokens, t)
+                } else if r == '>' {
+                        t := lexer.matchOrElse(r, '=', tGTE, tGT)
+                        tokens = append(tokens, t)
+                } else if r == '!' {
+                        t := lexer.matchOrElse(r, '=', tNE, tNot)
+                        tokens = append(tokens, t)
+                } else if r == '=' {
+                        t := lexer.matchOrElse(r, '=', tEQ, tUnknown)
+                        tokens = append(tokens, t)
+                } else if r == '&' {
+                        t := lexer.matchOrElse(r, '&', tAnd, tExpref)
+                        tokens = append(tokens, t)
+                } else if r == eof {
+                        break loop
+                } else if _, ok := whiteSpace[r]; ok {
+                        // Ignore whitespace
+                } else {
+                        return tokens, lexer.syntaxError(fmt.Sprintf("Unknown char: %s", strconv.QuoteRuneToASCII(r)))
+                }
+        }
+        tokens = append(tokens, token{tEOF, "", len(lexer.expression), 0})
+        return tokens, nil
+}
+
+// Consume characters until the ending rune "r" is reached.
+// If the end of the expression is reached before seeing the
+// terminating rune "r", then an error is returned.
+// If no error occurs then the matching substring is returned.
+// The returned string will not include the ending rune.
+func (lexer *Lexer) consumeUntil(end rune) (string, error) {
+        start := lexer.currentPos
+        current := lexer.next()
+        for current != end && current != eof {
+                if current == '\\' && lexer.peek() != eof {
+                        lexer.next()
+                }
+                current = lexer.next()
+        }
+        if lexer.lastWidth == 0 {
+                // Then we hit an EOF so we never reached the closing
+                // delimiter.
+                return "", SyntaxError{
+                        msg:        "Unclosed delimiter: " + string(end),
+                        Expression: lexer.expression,
+                        Offset:     len(lexer.expression),
+                }
+        }
+        return lexer.expression[start : lexer.currentPos-lexer.lastWidth], nil
+}
+
+func (lexer *Lexer) consumeLiteral() (token, error) {
+        start := lexer.currentPos
+        value, err := lexer.consumeUntil('`')
+        if err != nil {
+                return token{}, err
+        }
+        value = strings.Replace(value, "\\`", "`", -1)
+        return token{
+                tokenType: tJSONLiteral,
+                value:     value,
+                position:  start,
+                length:    len(value),
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (lexer *Lexer) consumeRawStringLiteral() (token, error) {
+        start := lexer.currentPos
+        currentIndex := start
+        current := lexer.next()
+        for current != '\'' && lexer.peek() != eof {
+                if current == '\\' && lexer.peek() == '\'' {
+                        chunk := lexer.expression[currentIndex : lexer.currentPos-1]
+                        lexer.buf.WriteString(chunk)
+                        lexer.buf.WriteString("'")
+                        lexer.next()
+                        currentIndex = lexer.currentPos
+                }
+                current = lexer.next()
+        }
+        if lexer.lastWidth == 0 {
+                // Then we hit an EOF so we never reached the closing
+                // delimiter.
+                return token{}, SyntaxError{
+                        msg:        "Unclosed delimiter: '",
+                        Expression: lexer.expression,
+                        Offset:     len(lexer.expression),
+                }
+        }
+        if currentIndex < lexer.currentPos {
+                lexer.buf.WriteString(lexer.expression[currentIndex : lexer.currentPos-1])
+        }
+        value := lexer.buf.String()
+        // Reset the buffer so it can reused again.
+        lexer.buf.Reset()
+        return token{
+                tokenType: tStringLiteral,
+                value:     value,
+                position:  start,
+                length:    len(value),
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (lexer *Lexer) syntaxError(msg string) SyntaxError {
+        return SyntaxError{
+                msg:        msg,
+                Expression: lexer.expression,
+                Offset:     lexer.currentPos - 1,
+        }
+}
+
+// Checks for a two char token, otherwise matches a single character
+// token. This is used whenever a two char token overlaps a single
+// char token, e.g. "||" -> tPipe, "|" -> tOr.
+func (lexer *Lexer) matchOrElse(first rune, second rune, matchedType tokType, singleCharType tokType) token {
+        start := lexer.currentPos - lexer.lastWidth
+        nextRune := lexer.next()
+        var t token
+        if nextRune == second {
+                t = token{
+                        tokenType: matchedType,
+                        value:     string(first) + string(second),
+                        position:  start,
+                        length:    2,
+                }
+        } else {
+                lexer.back()
+                t = token{
+                        tokenType: singleCharType,
+                        value:     string(first),
+                        position:  start,
+                        length:    1,
+                }
+        }
+        return t
+}
+
+func (lexer *Lexer) consumeLBracket() token {
+        // There's three options here:
+        // 1. A filter expression "[?"
+        // 2. A flatten operator "[]"
+        // 3. A bare rbracket "["
+        start := lexer.currentPos - lexer.lastWidth
+        nextRune := lexer.next()
+        var t token
+        if nextRune == '?' {
+                t = token{
+                        tokenType: tFilter,
+                        value:     "[?",
+                        position:  start,
+                        length:    2,
+                }
+        } else if nextRune == ']' {
+                t = token{
+                        tokenType: tFlatten,
+                        value:     "[]",
+                        position:  start,
+                        length:    2,
+                }
+        } else {
+                t = token{
+                        tokenType: tLbracket,
+                        value:     "[",
+                        position:  start,
+                        length:    1,
+                }
+                lexer.back()
+        }
+        return t
+}
+
+func (lexer *Lexer) consumeQuotedIdentifier() (token, error) {
+        start := lexer.currentPos
+        value, err := lexer.consumeUntil('"')
+        if err != nil {
+                return token{}, err
+        }
+        var decoded string
+        asJSON := []byte("\"" + value + "\"")
+        if err := json.Unmarshal([]byte(asJSON), &decoded); err != nil {
+                return token{}, err
+        }
+        return token{
+                tokenType: tQuotedIdentifier,
+                value:     decoded,
+                position:  start - 1,
+                length:    len(decoded),
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (lexer *Lexer) consumeUnquotedIdentifier() token {
+        // Consume runes until we reach the end of an unquoted
+        // identifier.
+        start := lexer.currentPos - lexer.lastWidth
+        for {
+                r := lexer.next()
+                if r < 0 || r > 128 || identifierTrailingBits[uint64(r)/64]&(1<<(uint64(r)%64)) == 0 {
+                        lexer.back()
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+        value := lexer.expression[start:lexer.currentPos]
+        return token{
+                tokenType: tUnquotedIdentifier,
+                value:     value,
+                position:  start,
+                length:    lexer.currentPos - start,
+        }
+}
+
+func (lexer *Lexer) consumeNumber() token {
+        // Consume runes until we reach something that's not a number.
+        start := lexer.currentPos - lexer.lastWidth
+        for {
+                r := lexer.next()
+                if r < '0' || r > '9' {
+                        lexer.back()
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+        value := lexer.expression[start:lexer.currentPos]
+        return token{
+                tokenType: tNumber,
+                value:     value,
+                position:  start,
+                length:    lexer.currentPos - start,
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/parser.go b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/parser.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1240a17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/parser.go
@@ -0,0 +1,603 @@
+package jmespath
+
+import (
+        "encoding/json"
+        "fmt"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+type astNodeType int
+
+//go:generate stringer -type astNodeType
+const (
+        ASTEmpty astNodeType = iota
+        ASTComparator
+        ASTCurrentNode
+        ASTExpRef
+        ASTFunctionExpression
+        ASTField
+        ASTFilterProjection
+        ASTFlatten
+        ASTIdentity
+        ASTIndex
+        ASTIndexExpression
+        ASTKeyValPair
+        ASTLiteral
+        ASTMultiSelectHash
+        ASTMultiSelectList
+        ASTOrExpression
+        ASTAndExpression
+        ASTNotExpression
+        ASTPipe
+        ASTProjection
+        ASTSubexpression
+        ASTSlice
+        ASTValueProjection
+)
+
+// ASTNode represents the abstract syntax tree of a JMESPath expression.
+type ASTNode struct {
+        nodeType astNodeType
+        value    interface{}
+        children []ASTNode
+}
+
+func (node ASTNode) String() string {
+        return node.PrettyPrint(0)
+}
+
+// PrettyPrint will pretty print the parsed AST.
+// The AST is an implementation detail and this pretty print
+// function is provided as a convenience method to help with
+// debugging.  You should not rely on its output as the internal
+// structure of the AST may change at any time.
+func (node ASTNode) PrettyPrint(indent int) string {
+        spaces := strings.Repeat(" ", indent)
+        output := fmt.Sprintf("%s%s {\n", spaces, node.nodeType)
+        nextIndent := indent + 2
+        if node.value != nil {
+                if converted, ok := node.value.(fmt.Stringer); ok {
+                        // Account for things like comparator nodes
+                        // that are enums with a String() method.
+                        output += fmt.Sprintf("%svalue: %s\n", strings.Repeat(" ", nextIndent), converted.String())
+                } else {
+                        output += fmt.Sprintf("%svalue: %#v\n", strings.Repeat(" ", nextIndent), node.value)
+                }
+        }
+        lastIndex := len(node.children)
+        if lastIndex > 0 {
+                output += fmt.Sprintf("%schildren: {\n", strings.Repeat(" ", nextIndent))
+                childIndent := nextIndent + 2
+                for _, elem := range node.children {
+                        output += elem.PrettyPrint(childIndent)
+                }
+        }
+        output += fmt.Sprintf("%s}\n", spaces)
+        return output
+}
+
+var bindingPowers = map[tokType]int{
+        tEOF:                0,
+        tUnquotedIdentifier: 0,
+        tQuotedIdentifier:   0,
+        tRbracket:           0,
+        tRparen:             0,
+        tComma:              0,
+        tRbrace:             0,
+        tNumber:             0,
+        tCurrent:            0,
+        tExpref:             0,
+        tColon:              0,
+        tPipe:               1,
+        tOr:                 2,
+        tAnd:                3,
+        tEQ:                 5,
+        tLT:                 5,
+        tLTE:                5,
+        tGT:                 5,
+        tGTE:                5,
+        tNE:                 5,
+        tFlatten:            9,
+        tStar:               20,
+        tFilter:             21,
+        tDot:                40,
+        tNot:                45,
+        tLbrace:             50,
+        tLbracket:           55,
+        tLparen:             60,
+}
+
+// Parser holds state about the current expression being parsed.
+type Parser struct {
+        expression string
+        tokens     []token
+        index      int
+}
+
+// NewParser creates a new JMESPath parser.
+func NewParser() *Parser {
+        p := Parser{}
+        return &p
+}
+
+// Parse will compile a JMESPath expression.
+func (p *Parser) Parse(expression string) (ASTNode, error) {
+        lexer := NewLexer()
+        p.expression = expression
+        p.index = 0
+        tokens, err := lexer.tokenize(expression)
+        if err != nil {
+                return ASTNode{}, err
+        }
+        p.tokens = tokens
+        parsed, err := p.parseExpression(0)
+        if err != nil {
+                return ASTNode{}, err
+        }
+        if p.current() != tEOF {
+                return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxError(fmt.Sprintf(
+                        "Unexpected token at the end of the expresssion: %s", p.current()))
+        }
+        return parsed, nil
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) parseExpression(bindingPower int) (ASTNode, error) {
+        var err error
+        leftToken := p.lookaheadToken(0)
+        p.advance()
+        leftNode, err := p.nud(leftToken)
+        if err != nil {
+                return ASTNode{}, err
+        }
+        currentToken := p.current()
+        for bindingPower < bindingPowers[currentToken] {
+                p.advance()
+                leftNode, err = p.led(currentToken, leftNode)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                currentToken = p.current()
+        }
+        return leftNode, nil
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) parseIndexExpression() (ASTNode, error) {
+        if p.lookahead(0) == tColon || p.lookahead(1) == tColon {
+                return p.parseSliceExpression()
+        }
+        indexStr := p.lookaheadToken(0).value
+        parsedInt, err := strconv.Atoi(indexStr)
+        if err != nil {
+                return ASTNode{}, err
+        }
+        indexNode := ASTNode{nodeType: ASTIndex, value: parsedInt}
+        p.advance()
+        if err := p.match(tRbracket); err != nil {
+                return ASTNode{}, err
+        }
+        return indexNode, nil
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) parseSliceExpression() (ASTNode, error) {
+        parts := []*int{nil, nil, nil}
+        index := 0
+        current := p.current()
+        for current != tRbracket && index < 3 {
+                if current == tColon {
+                        index++
+                        p.advance()
+                } else if current == tNumber {
+                        parsedInt, err := strconv.Atoi(p.lookaheadToken(0).value)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return ASTNode{}, err
+                        }
+                        parts[index] = &parsedInt
+                        p.advance()
+                } else {
+                        return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxError(
+                                "Expected tColon or tNumber" + ", received: " + p.current().String())
+                }
+                current = p.current()
+        }
+        if err := p.match(tRbracket); err != nil {
+                return ASTNode{}, err
+        }
+        return ASTNode{
+                nodeType: ASTSlice,
+                value:    parts,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) match(tokenType tokType) error {
+        if p.current() == tokenType {
+                p.advance()
+                return nil
+        }
+        return p.syntaxError("Expected " + tokenType.String() + ", received: " + p.current().String())
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) led(tokenType tokType, node ASTNode) (ASTNode, error) {
+        switch tokenType {
+        case tDot:
+                if p.current() != tStar {
+                        right, err := p.parseDotRHS(bindingPowers[tDot])
+                        return ASTNode{
+                                nodeType: ASTSubexpression,
+                                children: []ASTNode{node, right},
+                        }, err
+                }
+                p.advance()
+                right, err := p.parseProjectionRHS(bindingPowers[tDot])
+                return ASTNode{
+                        nodeType: ASTValueProjection,
+                        children: []ASTNode{node, right},
+                }, err
+        case tPipe:
+                right, err := p.parseExpression(bindingPowers[tPipe])
+                return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTPipe, children: []ASTNode{node, right}}, err
+        case tOr:
+                right, err := p.parseExpression(bindingPowers[tOr])
+                return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTOrExpression, children: []ASTNode{node, right}}, err
+        case tAnd:
+                right, err := p.parseExpression(bindingPowers[tAnd])
+                return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTAndExpression, children: []ASTNode{node, right}}, err
+        case tLparen:
+                name := node.value
+                var args []ASTNode
+                for p.current() != tRparen {
+                        expression, err := p.parseExpression(0)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return ASTNode{}, err
+                        }
+                        if p.current() == tComma {
+                                if err := p.match(tComma); err != nil {
+                                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                                }
+                        }
+                        args = append(args, expression)
+                }
+                if err := p.match(tRparen); err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                return ASTNode{
+                        nodeType: ASTFunctionExpression,
+                        value:    name,
+                        children: args,
+                }, nil
+        case tFilter:
+                return p.parseFilter(node)
+        case tFlatten:
+                left := ASTNode{nodeType: ASTFlatten, children: []ASTNode{node}}
+                right, err := p.parseProjectionRHS(bindingPowers[tFlatten])
+                return ASTNode{
+                        nodeType: ASTProjection,
+                        children: []ASTNode{left, right},
+                }, err
+        case tEQ, tNE, tGT, tGTE, tLT, tLTE:
+                right, err := p.parseExpression(bindingPowers[tokenType])
+                if err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                return ASTNode{
+                        nodeType: ASTComparator,
+                        value:    tokenType,
+                        children: []ASTNode{node, right},
+                }, nil
+        case tLbracket:
+                tokenType := p.current()
+                var right ASTNode
+                var err error
+                if tokenType == tNumber || tokenType == tColon {
+                        right, err = p.parseIndexExpression()
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return ASTNode{}, err
+                        }
+                        return p.projectIfSlice(node, right)
+                }
+                // Otherwise this is a projection.
+                if err := p.match(tStar); err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                if err := p.match(tRbracket); err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                right, err = p.parseProjectionRHS(bindingPowers[tStar])
+                if err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                return ASTNode{
+                        nodeType: ASTProjection,
+                        children: []ASTNode{node, right},
+                }, nil
+        }
+        return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxError("Unexpected token: " + tokenType.String())
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) nud(token token) (ASTNode, error) {
+        switch token.tokenType {
+        case tJSONLiteral:
+                var parsed interface{}
+                err := json.Unmarshal([]byte(token.value), &parsed)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTLiteral, value: parsed}, nil
+        case tStringLiteral:
+                return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTLiteral, value: token.value}, nil
+        case tUnquotedIdentifier:
+                return ASTNode{
+                        nodeType: ASTField,
+                        value:    token.value,
+                }, nil
+        case tQuotedIdentifier:
+                node := ASTNode{nodeType: ASTField, value: token.value}
+                if p.current() == tLparen {
+                        return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxErrorToken("Can't have quoted identifier as function name.", token)
+                }
+                return node, nil
+        case tStar:
+                left := ASTNode{nodeType: ASTIdentity}
+                var right ASTNode
+                var err error
+                if p.current() == tRbracket {
+                        right = ASTNode{nodeType: ASTIdentity}
+                } else {
+                        right, err = p.parseProjectionRHS(bindingPowers[tStar])
+                }
+                return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTValueProjection, children: []ASTNode{left, right}}, err
+        case tFilter:
+                return p.parseFilter(ASTNode{nodeType: ASTIdentity})
+        case tLbrace:
+                return p.parseMultiSelectHash()
+        case tFlatten:
+                left := ASTNode{
+                        nodeType: ASTFlatten,
+                        children: []ASTNode{{nodeType: ASTIdentity}},
+                }
+                right, err := p.parseProjectionRHS(bindingPowers[tFlatten])
+                if err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTProjection, children: []ASTNode{left, right}}, nil
+        case tLbracket:
+                tokenType := p.current()
+                //var right ASTNode
+                if tokenType == tNumber || tokenType == tColon {
+                        right, err := p.parseIndexExpression()
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return ASTNode{}, nil
+                        }
+                        return p.projectIfSlice(ASTNode{nodeType: ASTIdentity}, right)
+                } else if tokenType == tStar && p.lookahead(1) == tRbracket {
+                        p.advance()
+                        p.advance()
+                        right, err := p.parseProjectionRHS(bindingPowers[tStar])
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return ASTNode{}, err
+                        }
+                        return ASTNode{
+                                nodeType: ASTProjection,
+                                children: []ASTNode{{nodeType: ASTIdentity}, right},
+                        }, nil
+                } else {
+                        return p.parseMultiSelectList()
+                }
+        case tCurrent:
+                return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTCurrentNode}, nil
+        case tExpref:
+                expression, err := p.parseExpression(bindingPowers[tExpref])
+                if err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTExpRef, children: []ASTNode{expression}}, nil
+        case tNot:
+                expression, err := p.parseExpression(bindingPowers[tNot])
+                if err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTNotExpression, children: []ASTNode{expression}}, nil
+        case tLparen:
+                expression, err := p.parseExpression(0)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                if err := p.match(tRparen); err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                return expression, nil
+        case tEOF:
+                return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxErrorToken("Incomplete expression", token)
+        }
+
+        return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxErrorToken("Invalid token: "+token.tokenType.String(), token)
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) parseMultiSelectList() (ASTNode, error) {
+        var expressions []ASTNode
+        for {
+                expression, err := p.parseExpression(0)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                expressions = append(expressions, expression)
+                if p.current() == tRbracket {
+                        break
+                }
+                err = p.match(tComma)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+        }
+        err := p.match(tRbracket)
+        if err != nil {
+                return ASTNode{}, err
+        }
+        return ASTNode{
+                nodeType: ASTMultiSelectList,
+                children: expressions,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) parseMultiSelectHash() (ASTNode, error) {
+        var children []ASTNode
+        for {
+                keyToken := p.lookaheadToken(0)
+                if err := p.match(tUnquotedIdentifier); err != nil {
+                        if err := p.match(tQuotedIdentifier); err != nil {
+                                return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxError("Expected tQuotedIdentifier or tUnquotedIdentifier")
+                        }
+                }
+                keyName := keyToken.value
+                err := p.match(tColon)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                value, err := p.parseExpression(0)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                node := ASTNode{
+                        nodeType: ASTKeyValPair,
+                        value:    keyName,
+                        children: []ASTNode{value},
+                }
+                children = append(children, node)
+                if p.current() == tComma {
+                        err := p.match(tComma)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return ASTNode{}, nil
+                        }
+                } else if p.current() == tRbrace {
+                        err := p.match(tRbrace)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return ASTNode{}, nil
+                        }
+                        break
+                }
+        }
+        return ASTNode{
+                nodeType: ASTMultiSelectHash,
+                children: children,
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) projectIfSlice(left ASTNode, right ASTNode) (ASTNode, error) {
+        indexExpr := ASTNode{
+                nodeType: ASTIndexExpression,
+                children: []ASTNode{left, right},
+        }
+        if right.nodeType == ASTSlice {
+                right, err := p.parseProjectionRHS(bindingPowers[tStar])
+                return ASTNode{
+                        nodeType: ASTProjection,
+                        children: []ASTNode{indexExpr, right},
+                }, err
+        }
+        return indexExpr, nil
+}
+func (p *Parser) parseFilter(node ASTNode) (ASTNode, error) {
+        var right, condition ASTNode
+        var err error
+        condition, err = p.parseExpression(0)
+        if err != nil {
+                return ASTNode{}, err
+        }
+        if err := p.match(tRbracket); err != nil {
+                return ASTNode{}, err
+        }
+        if p.current() == tFlatten {
+                right = ASTNode{nodeType: ASTIdentity}
+        } else {
+                right, err = p.parseProjectionRHS(bindingPowers[tFilter])
+                if err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+        }
+
+        return ASTNode{
+                nodeType: ASTFilterProjection,
+                children: []ASTNode{node, right, condition},
+        }, nil
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) parseDotRHS(bindingPower int) (ASTNode, error) {
+        lookahead := p.current()
+        if tokensOneOf([]tokType{tQuotedIdentifier, tUnquotedIdentifier, tStar}, lookahead) {
+                return p.parseExpression(bindingPower)
+        } else if lookahead == tLbracket {
+                if err := p.match(tLbracket); err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                return p.parseMultiSelectList()
+        } else if lookahead == tLbrace {
+                if err := p.match(tLbrace); err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                return p.parseMultiSelectHash()
+        }
+        return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxError("Expected identifier, lbracket, or lbrace")
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) parseProjectionRHS(bindingPower int) (ASTNode, error) {
+        current := p.current()
+        if bindingPowers[current] < 10 {
+                return ASTNode{nodeType: ASTIdentity}, nil
+        } else if current == tLbracket {
+                return p.parseExpression(bindingPower)
+        } else if current == tFilter {
+                return p.parseExpression(bindingPower)
+        } else if current == tDot {
+                err := p.match(tDot)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return ASTNode{}, err
+                }
+                return p.parseDotRHS(bindingPower)
+        } else {
+                return ASTNode{}, p.syntaxError("Error")
+        }
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) lookahead(number int) tokType {
+        return p.lookaheadToken(number).tokenType
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) current() tokType {
+        return p.lookahead(0)
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) lookaheadToken(number int) token {
+        return p.tokens[p.index+number]
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) advance() {
+        p.index++
+}
+
+func tokensOneOf(elements []tokType, token tokType) bool {
+        for _, elem := range elements {
+                if elem == token {
+                        return true
+                }
+        }
+        return false
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) syntaxError(msg string) SyntaxError {
+        return SyntaxError{
+                msg:        msg,
+                Expression: p.expression,
+                Offset:     p.lookaheadToken(0).position,
+        }
+}
+
+// Create a SyntaxError based on the provided token.
+// This differs from syntaxError() which creates a SyntaxError
+// based on the current lookahead token.
+func (p *Parser) syntaxErrorToken(msg string, t token) SyntaxError {
+        return SyntaxError{
+                msg:        msg,
+                Expression: p.expression,
+                Offset:     t.position,
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/toktype_string.go b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/toktype_string.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dae79cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/toktype_string.go
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+// generated by stringer -type=tokType; DO NOT EDIT
+
+package jmespath
+
+import "fmt"
+
+const _tokType_name = "tUnknowntStartDottFiltertFlattentLparentRparentLbrackettRbrackettLbracetRbracetOrtPipetNumbertUnquotedIdentifiertQuotedIdentifiertCommatColontLTtLTEtGTtGTEtEQtNEtJSONLiteraltStringLiteraltCurrenttExpreftAndtNottEOF"
+
+var _tokType_index = [...]uint8{0, 8, 13, 17, 24, 32, 39, 46, 55, 64, 71, 78, 81, 86, 93, 112, 129, 135, 141, 144, 148, 151, 155, 158, 161, 173, 187, 195, 202, 206, 210, 214}
+
+func (i tokType) String() string {
+        if i < 0 || i >= tokType(len(_tokType_index)-1) {
+                return fmt.Sprintf("tokType(%d)", i)
+        }
+        return _tokType_name[_tokType_index[i]:_tokType_index[i+1]]
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/util.go b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/util.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddc1b7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath/util.go
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+package jmespath
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "reflect"
+)
+
+// IsFalse determines if an object is false based on the JMESPath spec.
+// JMESPath defines false values to be any of:
+// - An empty string array, or hash.
+// - The boolean value false.
+// - nil
+func isFalse(value interface{}) bool {
+        switch v := value.(type) {
+        case bool:
+                return !v
+        case []interface{}:
+                return len(v) == 0
+        case map[string]interface{}:
+                return len(v) == 0
+        case string:
+                return len(v) == 0
+        case nil:
+                return true
+        }
+        // Try the reflection cases before returning false.
+        rv := reflect.ValueOf(value)
+        switch rv.Kind() {
+        case reflect.Struct:
+                // A struct type will never be false, even if
+                // all of its values are the zero type.
+                return false
+        case reflect.Slice, reflect.Map:
+                return rv.Len() == 0
+        case reflect.Ptr:
+                if rv.IsNil() {
+                        return true
+                }
+                // If it's a pointer type, we'll try to deref the pointer
+                // and evaluate the pointer value for isFalse.
+                element := rv.Elem()
+                return isFalse(element.Interface())
+        }
+        return false
+}
+
+// ObjsEqual is a generic object equality check.
+// It will take two arbitrary objects and recursively determine
+// if they are equal.
+func objsEqual(left interface{}, right interface{}) bool {
+        return reflect.DeepEqual(left, right)
+}
+
+// SliceParam refers to a single part of a slice.
+// A slice consists of a start, a stop, and a step, similar to
+// python slices.
+type sliceParam struct {
+        N         int
+        Specified bool
+}
+
+// Slice supports [start:stop:step] style slicing that's supported in JMESPath.
+func slice(slice []interface{}, parts []sliceParam) ([]interface{}, error) {
+        computed, err := computeSliceParams(len(slice), parts)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+        start, stop, step := computed[0], computed[1], computed[2]
+        result := []interface{}{}
+        if step > 0 {
+                for i := start; i < stop; i += step {
+                        result = append(result, slice[i])
+                }
+        } else {
+                for i := start; i > stop; i += step {
+                        result = append(result, slice[i])
+                }
+        }
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+func computeSliceParams(length int, parts []sliceParam) ([]int, error) {
+        var start, stop, step int
+        if !parts[2].Specified {
+                step = 1
+        } else if parts[2].N == 0 {
+                return nil, errors.New("Invalid slice, step cannot be 0")
+        } else {
+                step = parts[2].N
+        }
+        var stepValueNegative bool
+        if step < 0 {
+                stepValueNegative = true
+        } else {
+                stepValueNegative = false
+        }
+
+        if !parts[0].Specified {
+                if stepValueNegative {
+                        start = length - 1
+                } else {
+                        start = 0
+                }
+        } else {
+                start = capSlice(length, parts[0].N, step)
+        }
+
+        if !parts[1].Specified {
+                if stepValueNegative {
+                        stop = -1
+                } else {
+                        stop = length
+                }
+        } else {
+                stop = capSlice(length, parts[1].N, step)
+        }
+        return []int{start, stop, step}, nil
+}
+
+func capSlice(length int, actual int, step int) int {
+        if actual < 0 {
+                actual += length
+                if actual < 0 {
+                        if step < 0 {
+                                actual = -1
+                        } else {
+                                actual = 0
+                        }
+                }
+        } else if actual >= length {
+                if step < 0 {
+                        actual = length - 1
+                } else {
+                        actual = length
+                }
+        }
+        return actual
+}
+
+// ToArrayNum converts an empty interface type to a slice of float64.
+// If any element in the array cannot be converted, then nil is returned
+// along with a second value of false.
+func toArrayNum(data interface{}) ([]float64, bool) {
+        // Is there a better way to do this with reflect?
+        if d, ok := data.([]interface{}); ok {
+                result := make([]float64, len(d))
+                for i, el := range d {
+                        item, ok := el.(float64)
+                        if !ok {
+                                return nil, false
+                        }
+                        result[i] = item
+                }
+                return result, true
+        }
+        return nil, false
+}
+
+// ToArrayStr converts an empty interface type to a slice of strings.
+// If any element in the array cannot be converted, then nil is returned
+// along with a second value of false.  If the input data could be entirely
+// converted, then the converted data, along with a second value of true,
+// will be returned.
+func toArrayStr(data interface{}) ([]string, bool) {
+        // Is there a better way to do this with reflect?
+        if d, ok := data.([]interface{}); ok {
+                result := make([]string, len(d))
+                for i, el := range d {
+                        item, ok := el.(string)
+                        if !ok {
+                                return nil, false
+                        }
+                        result[i] = item
+                }
+                return result, true
+        }
+        return nil, false
+}
+
+func isSliceType(v interface{}) bool {
+        if v == nil {
+                return false
+        }
+        return reflect.TypeOf(v).Kind() == reflect.Slice
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/copystructure/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/copystructure/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2298515
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/copystructure/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2014 Mitchell Hashimoto
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/copystructure/README.md b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/copystructure/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcb8c8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/copystructure/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# copystructure

+

+copystructure is a Go library for deep copying values in Go.

+

+This allows you to copy Go values that may contain reference values

+such as maps, slices, or pointers, and copy their data as well instead

+of just their references.

+

+## Installation

+

+Standard `go get`:

+

+```

+$ go get github.com/mitchellh/copystructure

+```

+

+## Usage & Example

+

+For usage and examples see the [Godoc](http://godoc.org/github.com/mitchellh/copystructure).

+

+The `Copy` function has examples associated with it there.

diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/copystructure/copier_time.go b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/copystructure/copier_time.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db6a6aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/copystructure/copier_time.go
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+package copystructure
+
+import (
+        "reflect"
+        "time"
+)
+
+func init() {
+        Copiers[reflect.TypeOf(time.Time{})] = timeCopier
+}
+
+func timeCopier(v interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        // Just... copy it.
+        return v.(time.Time), nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/copystructure/copystructure.go b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/copystructure/copystructure.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e725ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/copystructure/copystructure.go
@@ -0,0 +1,477 @@
+package copystructure
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "reflect"
+        "sync"
+
+        "github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk"
+)
+
+// Copy returns a deep copy of v.
+func Copy(v interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        return Config{}.Copy(v)
+}
+
+// CopierFunc is a function that knows how to deep copy a specific type.
+// Register these globally with the Copiers variable.
+type CopierFunc func(interface{}) (interface{}, error)
+
+// Copiers is a map of types that behave specially when they are copied.
+// If a type is found in this map while deep copying, this function
+// will be called to copy it instead of attempting to copy all fields.
+//
+// The key should be the type, obtained using: reflect.TypeOf(value with type).
+//
+// It is unsafe to write to this map after Copies have started. If you
+// are writing to this map while also copying, wrap all modifications to
+// this map as well as to Copy in a mutex.
+var Copiers map[reflect.Type]CopierFunc = make(map[reflect.Type]CopierFunc)
+
+// Must is a helper that wraps a call to a function returning
+// (interface{}, error) and panics if the error is non-nil. It is intended
+// for use in variable initializations and should only be used when a copy
+// error should be a crashing case.
+func Must(v interface{}, err error) interface{} {
+        if err != nil {
+                panic("copy error: " + err.Error())
+        }
+
+        return v
+}
+
+var errPointerRequired = errors.New("Copy argument must be a pointer when Lock is true")
+
+type Config struct {
+        // Lock any types that are a sync.Locker and are not a mutex while copying.
+        // If there is an RLocker method, use that to get the sync.Locker.
+        Lock bool
+
+        // Copiers is a map of types associated with a CopierFunc. Use the global
+        // Copiers map if this is nil.
+        Copiers map[reflect.Type]CopierFunc
+}
+
+func (c Config) Copy(v interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        if c.Lock && reflect.ValueOf(v).Kind() != reflect.Ptr {
+                return nil, errPointerRequired
+        }
+
+        w := new(walker)
+        if c.Lock {
+                w.useLocks = true
+        }
+
+        if c.Copiers == nil {
+                c.Copiers = Copiers
+        }
+
+        err := reflectwalk.Walk(v, w)
+        if err != nil {
+                return nil, err
+        }
+
+        // Get the result. If the result is nil, then we want to turn it
+        // into a typed nil if we can.
+        result := w.Result
+        if result == nil {
+                val := reflect.ValueOf(v)
+                result = reflect.Indirect(reflect.New(val.Type())).Interface()
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+// Return the key used to index interfaces types we've seen. Store the number
+// of pointers in the upper 32bits, and the depth in the lower 32bits. This is
+// easy to calculate, easy to match a key with our current depth, and we don't
+// need to deal with initializing and cleaning up nested maps or slices.
+func ifaceKey(pointers, depth int) uint64 {
+        return uint64(pointers)<<32 | uint64(depth)
+}
+
+type walker struct {
+        Result interface{}
+
+        depth       int
+        ignoreDepth int
+        vals        []reflect.Value
+        cs          []reflect.Value
+
+        // This stores the number of pointers we've walked over, indexed by depth.
+        ps []int
+
+        // If an interface is indirected by a pointer, we need to know the type of
+        // interface to create when creating the new value.  Store the interface
+        // types here, indexed by both the walk depth and the number of pointers
+        // already seen at that depth. Use ifaceKey to calculate the proper uint64
+        // value.
+        ifaceTypes map[uint64]reflect.Type
+
+        // any locks we've taken, indexed by depth
+        locks []sync.Locker
+        // take locks while walking the structure
+        useLocks bool
+}
+
+func (w *walker) Enter(l reflectwalk.Location) error {
+        w.depth++
+
+        // ensure we have enough elements to index via w.depth
+        for w.depth >= len(w.locks) {
+                w.locks = append(w.locks, nil)
+        }
+
+        for len(w.ps) < w.depth+1 {
+                w.ps = append(w.ps, 0)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *walker) Exit(l reflectwalk.Location) error {
+        locker := w.locks[w.depth]
+        w.locks[w.depth] = nil
+        if locker != nil {
+                defer locker.Unlock()
+        }
+
+        // clear out pointers and interfaces as we exit the stack
+        w.ps[w.depth] = 0
+
+        for k := range w.ifaceTypes {
+                mask := uint64(^uint32(0))
+                if k&mask == uint64(w.depth) {
+                        delete(w.ifaceTypes, k)
+                }
+        }
+
+        w.depth--
+        if w.ignoreDepth > w.depth {
+                w.ignoreDepth = 0
+        }
+
+        if w.ignoring() {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        switch l {
+        case reflectwalk.Map:
+                fallthrough
+        case reflectwalk.Slice:
+                // Pop map off our container
+                w.cs = w.cs[:len(w.cs)-1]
+        case reflectwalk.MapValue:
+                // Pop off the key and value
+                mv := w.valPop()
+                mk := w.valPop()
+                m := w.cs[len(w.cs)-1]
+
+                // If mv is the zero value, SetMapIndex deletes the key form the map,
+                // or in this case never adds it. We need to create a properly typed
+                // zero value so that this key can be set.
+                if !mv.IsValid() {
+                        mv = reflect.Zero(m.Type().Elem())
+                }
+                m.SetMapIndex(mk, mv)
+        case reflectwalk.SliceElem:
+                // Pop off the value and the index and set it on the slice
+                v := w.valPop()
+                i := w.valPop().Interface().(int)
+                if v.IsValid() {
+                        s := w.cs[len(w.cs)-1]
+                        se := s.Index(i)
+                        if se.CanSet() {
+                                se.Set(v)
+                        }
+                }
+        case reflectwalk.Struct:
+                w.replacePointerMaybe()
+
+                // Remove the struct from the container stack
+                w.cs = w.cs[:len(w.cs)-1]
+        case reflectwalk.StructField:
+                // Pop off the value and the field
+                v := w.valPop()
+                f := w.valPop().Interface().(reflect.StructField)
+                if v.IsValid() {
+                        s := w.cs[len(w.cs)-1]
+                        sf := reflect.Indirect(s).FieldByName(f.Name)
+
+                        if sf.CanSet() {
+                                sf.Set(v)
+                        }
+                }
+        case reflectwalk.WalkLoc:
+                // Clear out the slices for GC
+                w.cs = nil
+                w.vals = nil
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *walker) Map(m reflect.Value) error {
+        if w.ignoring() {
+                return nil
+        }
+        w.lock(m)
+
+        // Create the map. If the map itself is nil, then just make a nil map
+        var newMap reflect.Value
+        if m.IsNil() {
+                newMap = reflect.Indirect(reflect.New(m.Type()))
+        } else {
+                newMap = reflect.MakeMap(m.Type())
+        }
+
+        w.cs = append(w.cs, newMap)
+        w.valPush(newMap)
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *walker) MapElem(m, k, v reflect.Value) error {
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *walker) PointerEnter(v bool) error {
+        if v {
+                w.ps[w.depth]++
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *walker) PointerExit(v bool) error {
+        if v {
+                w.ps[w.depth]--
+        }
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *walker) Interface(v reflect.Value) error {
+        if !v.IsValid() {
+                return nil
+        }
+        if w.ifaceTypes == nil {
+                w.ifaceTypes = make(map[uint64]reflect.Type)
+        }
+
+        w.ifaceTypes[ifaceKey(w.ps[w.depth], w.depth)] = v.Type()
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *walker) Primitive(v reflect.Value) error {
+        if w.ignoring() {
+                return nil
+        }
+        w.lock(v)
+
+        // IsValid verifies the v is non-zero and CanInterface verifies
+        // that we're allowed to read this value (unexported fields).
+        var newV reflect.Value
+        if v.IsValid() && v.CanInterface() {
+                newV = reflect.New(v.Type())
+                newV.Elem().Set(v)
+        }
+
+        w.valPush(newV)
+        w.replacePointerMaybe()
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *walker) Slice(s reflect.Value) error {
+        if w.ignoring() {
+                return nil
+        }
+        w.lock(s)
+
+        var newS reflect.Value
+        if s.IsNil() {
+                newS = reflect.Indirect(reflect.New(s.Type()))
+        } else {
+                newS = reflect.MakeSlice(s.Type(), s.Len(), s.Cap())
+        }
+
+        w.cs = append(w.cs, newS)
+        w.valPush(newS)
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *walker) SliceElem(i int, elem reflect.Value) error {
+        if w.ignoring() {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // We don't write the slice here because elem might still be
+        // arbitrarily complex. Just record the index and continue on.
+        w.valPush(reflect.ValueOf(i))
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *walker) Struct(s reflect.Value) error {
+        if w.ignoring() {
+                return nil
+        }
+        w.lock(s)
+
+        var v reflect.Value
+        if c, ok := Copiers[s.Type()]; ok {
+                // We have a Copier for this struct, so we use that copier to
+                // get the copy, and we ignore anything deeper than this.
+                w.ignoreDepth = w.depth
+
+                dup, err := c(s.Interface())
+                if err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                v = reflect.ValueOf(dup)
+        } else {
+                // No copier, we copy ourselves and allow reflectwalk to guide
+                // us deeper into the structure for copying.
+                v = reflect.New(s.Type())
+        }
+
+        // Push the value onto the value stack for setting the struct field,
+        // and add the struct itself to the containers stack in case we walk
+        // deeper so that its own fields can be modified.
+        w.valPush(v)
+        w.cs = append(w.cs, v)
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (w *walker) StructField(f reflect.StructField, v reflect.Value) error {
+        if w.ignoring() {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // If PkgPath is non-empty, this is a private (unexported) field.
+        // We do not set this unexported since the Go runtime doesn't allow us.
+        if f.PkgPath != "" {
+                return reflectwalk.SkipEntry
+        }
+
+        // Push the field onto the stack, we'll handle it when we exit
+        // the struct field in Exit...
+        w.valPush(reflect.ValueOf(f))
+        return nil
+}
+
+// ignore causes the walker to ignore any more values until we exit this on
+func (w *walker) ignore() {
+        w.ignoreDepth = w.depth
+}
+
+func (w *walker) ignoring() bool {
+        return w.ignoreDepth > 0 && w.depth >= w.ignoreDepth
+}
+
+func (w *walker) pointerPeek() bool {
+        return w.ps[w.depth] > 0
+}
+
+func (w *walker) valPop() reflect.Value {
+        result := w.vals[len(w.vals)-1]
+        w.vals = w.vals[:len(w.vals)-1]
+
+        // If we're out of values, that means we popped everything off. In
+        // this case, we reset the result so the next pushed value becomes
+        // the result.
+        if len(w.vals) == 0 {
+                w.Result = nil
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+func (w *walker) valPush(v reflect.Value) {
+        w.vals = append(w.vals, v)
+
+        // If we haven't set the result yet, then this is the result since
+        // it is the first (outermost) value we're seeing.
+        if w.Result == nil && v.IsValid() {
+                w.Result = v.Interface()
+        }
+}
+
+func (w *walker) replacePointerMaybe() {
+        // Determine the last pointer value. If it is NOT a pointer, then
+        // we need to push that onto the stack.
+        if !w.pointerPeek() {
+                w.valPush(reflect.Indirect(w.valPop()))
+                return
+        }
+
+        v := w.valPop()
+        for i := 1; i < w.ps[w.depth]; i++ {
+                if iType, ok := w.ifaceTypes[ifaceKey(w.ps[w.depth]-i, w.depth)]; ok {
+                        iface := reflect.New(iType).Elem()
+                        iface.Set(v)
+                        v = iface
+                }
+
+                p := reflect.New(v.Type())
+                p.Elem().Set(v)
+                v = p
+        }
+
+        w.valPush(v)
+}
+
+// if this value is a Locker, lock it and add it to the locks slice
+func (w *walker) lock(v reflect.Value) {
+        if !w.useLocks {
+                return
+        }
+
+        if !v.IsValid() || !v.CanInterface() {
+                return
+        }
+
+        type rlocker interface {
+                RLocker() sync.Locker
+        }
+
+        var locker sync.Locker
+
+        // We can't call Interface() on a value directly, since that requires
+        // a copy. This is OK, since the pointer to a value which is a sync.Locker
+        // is also a sync.Locker.
+        if v.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                switch l := v.Interface().(type) {
+                case rlocker:
+                        // don't lock a mutex directly
+                        if _, ok := l.(*sync.RWMutex); !ok {
+                                locker = l.RLocker()
+                        }
+                case sync.Locker:
+                        locker = l
+                }
+        } else if v.CanAddr() {
+                switch l := v.Addr().Interface().(type) {
+                case rlocker:
+                        // don't lock a mutex directly
+                        if _, ok := l.(*sync.RWMutex); !ok {
+                                locker = l.RLocker()
+                        }
+                case sync.Locker:
+                        locker = l
+                }
+        }
+
+        // still no callable locker
+        if locker == nil {
+                return
+        }
+
+        // don't lock a mutex directly
+        switch locker.(type) {
+        case *sync.Mutex, *sync.RWMutex:
+                return
+        }
+
+        locker.Lock()
+        w.locks[w.depth] = locker
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-homedir/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-homedir/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9c841a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-homedir/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2013 Mitchell Hashimoto
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-homedir/README.md b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-homedir/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d70706d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-homedir/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# go-homedir
+
+This is a Go library for detecting the user's home directory without
+the use of cgo, so the library can be used in cross-compilation environments.
+
+Usage is incredibly simple, just call `homedir.Dir()` to get the home directory
+for a user, and `homedir.Expand()` to expand the `~` in a path to the home
+directory.
+
+**Why not just use `os/user`?** The built-in `os/user` package requires
+cgo on Darwin systems. This means that any Go code that uses that package
+cannot cross compile. But 99% of the time the use for `os/user` is just to
+retrieve the home directory, which we can do for the current user without
+cgo. This library does that, enabling cross-compilation.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-homedir/homedir.go b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-homedir/homedir.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47e1f9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/go-homedir/homedir.go
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+package homedir
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "errors"
+        "os"
+        "os/exec"
+        "path/filepath"
+        "runtime"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "sync"
+)
+
+// DisableCache will disable caching of the home directory. Caching is enabled
+// by default.
+var DisableCache bool
+
+var homedirCache string
+var cacheLock sync.RWMutex
+
+// Dir returns the home directory for the executing user.
+//
+// This uses an OS-specific method for discovering the home directory.
+// An error is returned if a home directory cannot be detected.
+func Dir() (string, error) {
+        if !DisableCache {
+                cacheLock.RLock()
+                cached := homedirCache
+                cacheLock.RUnlock()
+                if cached != "" {
+                        return cached, nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        cacheLock.Lock()
+        defer cacheLock.Unlock()
+
+        var result string
+        var err error
+        if runtime.GOOS == "windows" {
+                result, err = dirWindows()
+        } else {
+                // Unix-like system, so just assume Unix
+                result, err = dirUnix()
+        }
+
+        if err != nil {
+                return "", err
+        }
+        homedirCache = result
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+// Expand expands the path to include the home directory if the path
+// is prefixed with `~`. If it isn't prefixed with `~`, the path is
+// returned as-is.
+func Expand(path string) (string, error) {
+        if len(path) == 0 {
+                return path, nil
+        }
+
+        if path[0] != '~' {
+                return path, nil
+        }
+
+        if len(path) > 1 && path[1] != '/' && path[1] != '\\' {
+                return "", errors.New("cannot expand user-specific home dir")
+        }
+
+        dir, err := Dir()
+        if err != nil {
+                return "", err
+        }
+
+        return filepath.Join(dir, path[1:]), nil
+}
+
+func dirUnix() (string, error) {
+        // First prefer the HOME environmental variable
+        if home := os.Getenv("HOME"); home != "" {
+                return home, nil
+        }
+
+        // If that fails, try getent
+        var stdout bytes.Buffer
+        cmd := exec.Command("getent", "passwd", strconv.Itoa(os.Getuid()))
+        cmd.Stdout = &stdout
+        if err := cmd.Run(); err != nil {
+                // If the error is ErrNotFound, we ignore it. Otherwise, return it.
+                if err != exec.ErrNotFound {
+                        return "", err
+                }
+        } else {
+                if passwd := strings.TrimSpace(stdout.String()); passwd != "" {
+                        // username:password:uid:gid:gecos:home:shell
+                        passwdParts := strings.SplitN(passwd, ":", 7)
+                        if len(passwdParts) > 5 {
+                                return passwdParts[5], nil
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // If all else fails, try the shell
+        stdout.Reset()
+        cmd = exec.Command("sh", "-c", "cd && pwd")
+        cmd.Stdout = &stdout
+        if err := cmd.Run(); err != nil {
+                return "", err
+        }
+
+        result := strings.TrimSpace(stdout.String())
+        if result == "" {
+                return "", errors.New("blank output when reading home directory")
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+func dirWindows() (string, error) {
+        // First prefer the HOME environmental variable
+        if home := os.Getenv("HOME"); home != "" {
+                return home, nil
+        }
+
+        drive := os.Getenv("HOMEDRIVE")
+        path := os.Getenv("HOMEPATH")
+        home := drive + path
+        if drive == "" || path == "" {
+                home = os.Getenv("USERPROFILE")
+        }
+        if home == "" {
+                return "", errors.New("HOMEDRIVE, HOMEPATH, and USERPROFILE are blank")
+        }
+
+        return home, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/hashstructure/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/hashstructure/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3866a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/hashstructure/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2016 Mitchell Hashimoto
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/hashstructure/README.md b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/hashstructure/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d0de5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/hashstructure/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+# hashstructure
+
+hashstructure is a Go library for creating a unique hash value
+for arbitrary values in Go.
+
+This can be used to key values in a hash (for use in a map, set, etc.)
+that are complex. The most common use case is comparing two values without
+sending data across the network, caching values locally (de-dup), and so on.
+
+## Features
+
+  * Hash any arbitrary Go value, including complex types.
+
+  * Tag a struct field to ignore it and not affect the hash value.
+
+  * Tag a slice type struct field to treat it as a set where ordering
+    doesn't affect the hash code but the field itself is still taken into
+    account to create the hash value.
+
+  * Optionally specify a custom hash function to optimize for speed, collision
+    avoidance for your data set, etc.
+
+## Installation
+
+Standard `go get`:
+
+```
+$ go get github.com/mitchellh/hashstructure
+```
+
+## Usage & Example
+
+For usage and examples see the [Godoc](http://godoc.org/github.com/mitchellh/hashstructure).
+
+A quick code example is shown below:
+
+
+        type ComplexStruct struct {
+                Name     string
+                Age      uint
+                Metadata map[string]interface{}
+        }
+
+        v := ComplexStruct{
+                Name: "mitchellh",
+                Age:  64,
+                Metadata: map[string]interface{}{
+                        "car":      true,
+                        "location": "California",
+                        "siblings": []string{"Bob", "John"},
+                },
+        }
+
+        hash, err := hashstructure.Hash(v, nil)
+        if err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+
+        fmt.Printf("%d", hash)
+        // Output:
+        // 2307517237273902113
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/hashstructure/hashstructure.go b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/hashstructure/hashstructure.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f586fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/hashstructure/hashstructure.go
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+package hashstructure
+
+import (
+        "encoding/binary"
+        "fmt"
+        "hash"
+        "hash/fnv"
+        "reflect"
+)
+
+// HashOptions are options that are available for hashing.
+type HashOptions struct {
+        // Hasher is the hash function to use. If this isn't set, it will
+        // default to FNV.
+        Hasher hash.Hash64
+
+        // TagName is the struct tag to look at when hashing the structure.
+        // By default this is "hash".
+        TagName string
+}
+
+// Hash returns the hash value of an arbitrary value.
+//
+// If opts is nil, then default options will be used. See HashOptions
+// for the default values.
+//
+// Notes on the value:
+//
+//   * Unexported fields on structs are ignored and do not affect the
+//     hash value.
+//
+//   * Adding an exported field to a struct with the zero value will change
+//     the hash value.
+//
+// For structs, the hashing can be controlled using tags. For example:
+//
+//    struct {
+//        Name string
+//        UUID string `hash:"ignore"`
+//    }
+//
+// The available tag values are:
+//
+//   * "ignore" - The field will be ignored and not affect the hash code.
+//
+//   * "set" - The field will be treated as a set, where ordering doesn't
+//             affect the hash code. This only works for slices.
+//
+func Hash(v interface{}, opts *HashOptions) (uint64, error) {
+        // Create default options
+        if opts == nil {
+                opts = &HashOptions{}
+        }
+        if opts.Hasher == nil {
+                opts.Hasher = fnv.New64()
+        }
+        if opts.TagName == "" {
+                opts.TagName = "hash"
+        }
+
+        // Reset the hash
+        opts.Hasher.Reset()
+
+        // Create our walker and walk the structure
+        w := &walker{
+                h:   opts.Hasher,
+                tag: opts.TagName,
+        }
+        return w.visit(reflect.ValueOf(v), nil)
+}
+
+type walker struct {
+        h   hash.Hash64
+        tag string
+}
+
+type visitOpts struct {
+        // Flags are a bitmask of flags to affect behavior of this visit
+        Flags visitFlag
+
+        // Information about the struct containing this field
+        Struct      interface{}
+        StructField string
+}
+
+func (w *walker) visit(v reflect.Value, opts *visitOpts) (uint64, error) {
+        // Loop since these can be wrapped in multiple layers of pointers
+        // and interfaces.
+        for {
+                // If we have an interface, dereference it. We have to do this up
+                // here because it might be a nil in there and the check below must
+                // catch that.
+                if v.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+                        v = v.Elem()
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                if v.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                        v = reflect.Indirect(v)
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                break
+        }
+
+        // If it is nil, treat it like a zero.
+        if !v.IsValid() {
+                var tmp int8
+                v = reflect.ValueOf(tmp)
+        }
+
+        // Binary writing can use raw ints, we have to convert to
+        // a sized-int, we'll choose the largest...
+        switch v.Kind() {
+        case reflect.Int:
+                v = reflect.ValueOf(int64(v.Int()))
+        case reflect.Uint:
+                v = reflect.ValueOf(uint64(v.Uint()))
+        case reflect.Bool:
+                var tmp int8
+                if v.Bool() {
+                        tmp = 1
+                }
+                v = reflect.ValueOf(tmp)
+        }
+
+        k := v.Kind()
+
+        // We can shortcut numeric values by directly binary writing them
+        if k >= reflect.Int && k <= reflect.Complex64 {
+                // A direct hash calculation
+                w.h.Reset()
+                err := binary.Write(w.h, binary.LittleEndian, v.Interface())
+                return w.h.Sum64(), err
+        }
+
+        switch k {
+        case reflect.Array:
+                var h uint64
+                l := v.Len()
+                for i := 0; i < l; i++ {
+                        current, err := w.visit(v.Index(i), nil)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return 0, err
+                        }
+
+                        h = hashUpdateOrdered(w.h, h, current)
+                }
+
+                return h, nil
+
+        case reflect.Map:
+                var includeMap IncludableMap
+                if opts != nil && opts.Struct != nil {
+                        if v, ok := opts.Struct.(IncludableMap); ok {
+                                includeMap = v
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Build the hash for the map. We do this by XOR-ing all the key
+                // and value hashes. This makes it deterministic despite ordering.
+                var h uint64
+                for _, k := range v.MapKeys() {
+                        v := v.MapIndex(k)
+                        if includeMap != nil {
+                                incl, err := includeMap.HashIncludeMap(
+                                        opts.StructField, k.Interface(), v.Interface())
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return 0, err
+                                }
+                                if !incl {
+                                        continue
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        kh, err := w.visit(k, nil)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return 0, err
+                        }
+                        vh, err := w.visit(v, nil)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return 0, err
+                        }
+
+                        fieldHash := hashUpdateOrdered(w.h, kh, vh)
+                        h = hashUpdateUnordered(h, fieldHash)
+                }
+
+                return h, nil
+
+        case reflect.Struct:
+                var include Includable
+                parent := v.Interface()
+                if impl, ok := parent.(Includable); ok {
+                        include = impl
+                }
+
+                t := v.Type()
+                h, err := w.visit(reflect.ValueOf(t.Name()), nil)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return 0, err
+                }
+
+                l := v.NumField()
+                for i := 0; i < l; i++ {
+                        if v := v.Field(i); v.CanSet() || t.Field(i).Name != "_" {
+                                var f visitFlag
+                                fieldType := t.Field(i)
+                                if fieldType.PkgPath != "" {
+                                        // Unexported
+                                        continue
+                                }
+
+                                tag := fieldType.Tag.Get(w.tag)
+                                if tag == "ignore" {
+                                        // Ignore this field
+                                        continue
+                                }
+
+                                // Check if we implement includable and check it
+                                if include != nil {
+                                        incl, err := include.HashInclude(fieldType.Name, v)
+                                        if err != nil {
+                                                return 0, err
+                                        }
+                                        if !incl {
+                                                continue
+                                        }
+                                }
+
+                                switch tag {
+                                case "set":
+                                        f |= visitFlagSet
+                                }
+
+                                kh, err := w.visit(reflect.ValueOf(fieldType.Name), nil)
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return 0, err
+                                }
+
+                                vh, err := w.visit(v, &visitOpts{
+                                        Flags:       f,
+                                        Struct:      parent,
+                                        StructField: fieldType.Name,
+                                })
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return 0, err
+                                }
+
+                                fieldHash := hashUpdateOrdered(w.h, kh, vh)
+                                h = hashUpdateUnordered(h, fieldHash)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return h, nil
+
+        case reflect.Slice:
+                // We have two behaviors here. If it isn't a set, then we just
+                // visit all the elements. If it is a set, then we do a deterministic
+                // hash code.
+                var h uint64
+                var set bool
+                if opts != nil {
+                        set = (opts.Flags & visitFlagSet) != 0
+                }
+                l := v.Len()
+                for i := 0; i < l; i++ {
+                        current, err := w.visit(v.Index(i), nil)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return 0, err
+                        }
+
+                        if set {
+                                h = hashUpdateUnordered(h, current)
+                        } else {
+                                h = hashUpdateOrdered(w.h, h, current)
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return h, nil
+
+        case reflect.String:
+                // Directly hash
+                w.h.Reset()
+                _, err := w.h.Write([]byte(v.String()))
+                return w.h.Sum64(), err
+
+        default:
+                return 0, fmt.Errorf("unknown kind to hash: %s", k)
+        }
+
+        return 0, nil
+}
+
+func hashUpdateOrdered(h hash.Hash64, a, b uint64) uint64 {
+        // For ordered updates, use a real hash function
+        h.Reset()
+
+        // We just panic if the binary writes fail because we are writing
+        // an int64 which should never be fail-able.
+        e1 := binary.Write(h, binary.LittleEndian, a)
+        e2 := binary.Write(h, binary.LittleEndian, b)
+        if e1 != nil {
+                panic(e1)
+        }
+        if e2 != nil {
+                panic(e2)
+        }
+
+        return h.Sum64()
+}
+
+func hashUpdateUnordered(a, b uint64) uint64 {
+        return a ^ b
+}
+
+// visitFlag is used as a bitmask for affecting visit behavior
+type visitFlag uint
+
+const (
+        visitFlagInvalid visitFlag = iota
+        visitFlagSet               = iota << 1
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/hashstructure/include.go b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/hashstructure/include.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6289c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/hashstructure/include.go
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+package hashstructure
+
+// Includable is an interface that can optionally be implemented by
+// a struct. It will be called for each field in the struct to check whether
+// it should be included in the hash.
+type Includable interface {
+        HashInclude(field string, v interface{}) (bool, error)
+}
+
+// IncludableMap is an interface that can optionally be implemented by
+// a struct. It will be called when a map-type field is found to ask the
+// struct if the map item should be included in the hash.
+type IncludableMap interface {
+        HashIncludeMap(field string, k, v interface{}) (bool, error)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9c841a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2013 Mitchell Hashimoto
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure/README.md b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..659d688
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+# mapstructure
+
+mapstructure is a Go library for decoding generic map values to structures
+and vice versa, while providing helpful error handling.
+
+This library is most useful when decoding values from some data stream (JSON,
+Gob, etc.) where you don't _quite_ know the structure of the underlying data
+until you read a part of it. You can therefore read a `map[string]interface{}`
+and use this library to decode it into the proper underlying native Go
+structure.
+
+## Installation
+
+Standard `go get`:
+
+```
+$ go get github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure
+```
+
+## Usage & Example
+
+For usage and examples see the [Godoc](http://godoc.org/github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure).
+
+The `Decode` function has examples associated with it there.
+
+## But Why?!
+
+Go offers fantastic standard libraries for decoding formats such as JSON.
+The standard method is to have a struct pre-created, and populate that struct
+from the bytes of the encoded format. This is great, but the problem is if
+you have configuration or an encoding that changes slightly depending on
+specific fields. For example, consider this JSON:
+
+```json
+{
+  "type": "person",
+  "name": "Mitchell"
+}
+```
+
+Perhaps we can't populate a specific structure without first reading
+the "type" field from the JSON. We could always do two passes over the
+decoding of the JSON (reading the "type" first, and the rest later).
+However, it is much simpler to just decode this into a `map[string]interface{}`
+structure, read the "type" key, then use something like this library
+to decode it into the proper structure.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure/decode_hooks.go b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure/decode_hooks.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..115ae67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure/decode_hooks.go
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+package mapstructure
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "reflect"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+        "time"
+)
+
+// typedDecodeHook takes a raw DecodeHookFunc (an interface{}) and turns
+// it into the proper DecodeHookFunc type, such as DecodeHookFuncType.
+func typedDecodeHook(h DecodeHookFunc) DecodeHookFunc {
+        // Create variables here so we can reference them with the reflect pkg
+        var f1 DecodeHookFuncType
+        var f2 DecodeHookFuncKind
+
+        // Fill in the variables into this interface and the rest is done
+        // automatically using the reflect package.
+        potential := []interface{}{f1, f2}
+
+        v := reflect.ValueOf(h)
+        vt := v.Type()
+        for _, raw := range potential {
+                pt := reflect.ValueOf(raw).Type()
+                if vt.ConvertibleTo(pt) {
+                        return v.Convert(pt).Interface()
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+// DecodeHookExec executes the given decode hook. This should be used
+// since it'll naturally degrade to the older backwards compatible DecodeHookFunc
+// that took reflect.Kind instead of reflect.Type.
+func DecodeHookExec(
+        raw DecodeHookFunc,
+        from reflect.Type, to reflect.Type,
+        data interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        // Build our arguments that reflect expects
+        argVals := make([]reflect.Value, 3)
+        argVals[0] = reflect.ValueOf(from)
+        argVals[1] = reflect.ValueOf(to)
+        argVals[2] = reflect.ValueOf(data)
+
+        switch f := typedDecodeHook(raw).(type) {
+        case DecodeHookFuncType:
+                return f(from, to, data)
+        case DecodeHookFuncKind:
+                return f(from.Kind(), to.Kind(), data)
+        default:
+                return nil, errors.New("invalid decode hook signature")
+        }
+}
+
+// ComposeDecodeHookFunc creates a single DecodeHookFunc that
+// automatically composes multiple DecodeHookFuncs.
+//
+// The composed funcs are called in order, with the result of the
+// previous transformation.
+func ComposeDecodeHookFunc(fs ...DecodeHookFunc) DecodeHookFunc {
+        return func(
+                f reflect.Type,
+                t reflect.Type,
+                data interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                var err error
+                for _, f1 := range fs {
+                        data, err = DecodeHookExec(f1, f, t, data)
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return nil, err
+                        }
+
+                        // Modify the from kind to be correct with the new data
+                        f = nil
+                        if val := reflect.ValueOf(data); val.IsValid() {
+                                f = val.Type()
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return data, nil
+        }
+}
+
+// StringToSliceHookFunc returns a DecodeHookFunc that converts
+// string to []string by splitting on the given sep.
+func StringToSliceHookFunc(sep string) DecodeHookFunc {
+        return func(
+                f reflect.Kind,
+                t reflect.Kind,
+                data interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                if f != reflect.String || t != reflect.Slice {
+                        return data, nil
+                }
+
+                raw := data.(string)
+                if raw == "" {
+                        return []string{}, nil
+                }
+
+                return strings.Split(raw, sep), nil
+        }
+}
+
+// StringToTimeDurationHookFunc returns a DecodeHookFunc that converts
+// strings to time.Duration.
+func StringToTimeDurationHookFunc() DecodeHookFunc {
+        return func(
+                f reflect.Type,
+                t reflect.Type,
+                data interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+                if f.Kind() != reflect.String {
+                        return data, nil
+                }
+                if t != reflect.TypeOf(time.Duration(5)) {
+                        return data, nil
+                }
+
+                // Convert it by parsing
+                return time.ParseDuration(data.(string))
+        }
+}
+
+func WeaklyTypedHook(
+        f reflect.Kind,
+        t reflect.Kind,
+        data interface{}) (interface{}, error) {
+        dataVal := reflect.ValueOf(data)
+        switch t {
+        case reflect.String:
+                switch f {
+                case reflect.Bool:
+                        if dataVal.Bool() {
+                                return "1", nil
+                        } else {
+                                return "0", nil
+                        }
+                case reflect.Float32:
+                        return strconv.FormatFloat(dataVal.Float(), 'f', -1, 64), nil
+                case reflect.Int:
+                        return strconv.FormatInt(dataVal.Int(), 10), nil
+                case reflect.Slice:
+                        dataType := dataVal.Type()
+                        elemKind := dataType.Elem().Kind()
+                        if elemKind == reflect.Uint8 {
+                                return string(dataVal.Interface().([]uint8)), nil
+                        }
+                case reflect.Uint:
+                        return strconv.FormatUint(dataVal.Uint(), 10), nil
+                }
+        }
+
+        return data, nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure/error.go b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure/error.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47a99e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure/error.go
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+package mapstructure
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "sort"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// Error implements the error interface and can represents multiple
+// errors that occur in the course of a single decode.
+type Error struct {
+        Errors []string
+}
+
+func (e *Error) Error() string {
+        points := make([]string, len(e.Errors))
+        for i, err := range e.Errors {
+                points[i] = fmt.Sprintf("* %s", err)
+        }
+
+        sort.Strings(points)
+        return fmt.Sprintf(
+                "%d error(s) decoding:\n\n%s",
+                len(e.Errors), strings.Join(points, "\n"))
+}
+
+// WrappedErrors implements the errwrap.Wrapper interface to make this
+// return value more useful with the errwrap and go-multierror libraries.
+func (e *Error) WrappedErrors() []error {
+        if e == nil {
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        result := make([]error, len(e.Errors))
+        for i, e := range e.Errors {
+                result[i] = errors.New(e)
+        }
+
+        return result
+}
+
+func appendErrors(errors []string, err error) []string {
+        switch e := err.(type) {
+        case *Error:
+                return append(errors, e.Errors...)
+        default:
+                return append(errors, e.Error())
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure/mapstructure.go b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure/mapstructure.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dee0ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure/mapstructure.go
@@ -0,0 +1,823 @@
+// The mapstructure package exposes functionality to convert an
+// arbitrary map[string]interface{} into a native Go structure.
+//
+// The Go structure can be arbitrarily complex, containing slices,
+// other structs, etc. and the decoder will properly decode nested
+// maps and so on into the proper structures in the native Go struct.
+// See the examples to see what the decoder is capable of.
+package mapstructure
+
+import (
+        "encoding/json"
+        "errors"
+        "fmt"
+        "reflect"
+        "sort"
+        "strconv"
+        "strings"
+)
+
+// DecodeHookFunc is the callback function that can be used for
+// data transformations. See "DecodeHook" in the DecoderConfig
+// struct.
+//
+// The type should be DecodeHookFuncType or DecodeHookFuncKind.
+// Either is accepted. Types are a superset of Kinds (Types can return
+// Kinds) and are generally a richer thing to use, but Kinds are simpler
+// if you only need those.
+//
+// The reason DecodeHookFunc is multi-typed is for backwards compatibility:
+// we started with Kinds and then realized Types were the better solution,
+// but have a promise to not break backwards compat so we now support
+// both.
+type DecodeHookFunc interface{}
+
+type DecodeHookFuncType func(reflect.Type, reflect.Type, interface{}) (interface{}, error)
+type DecodeHookFuncKind func(reflect.Kind, reflect.Kind, interface{}) (interface{}, error)
+
+// DecoderConfig is the configuration that is used to create a new decoder
+// and allows customization of various aspects of decoding.
+type DecoderConfig struct {
+        // DecodeHook, if set, will be called before any decoding and any
+        // type conversion (if WeaklyTypedInput is on). This lets you modify
+        // the values before they're set down onto the resulting struct.
+        //
+        // If an error is returned, the entire decode will fail with that
+        // error.
+        DecodeHook DecodeHookFunc
+
+        // If ErrorUnused is true, then it is an error for there to exist
+        // keys in the original map that were unused in the decoding process
+        // (extra keys).
+        ErrorUnused bool
+
+        // ZeroFields, if set to true, will zero fields before writing them.
+        // For example, a map will be emptied before decoded values are put in
+        // it. If this is false, a map will be merged.
+        ZeroFields bool
+
+        // If WeaklyTypedInput is true, the decoder will make the following
+        // "weak" conversions:
+        //
+        //   - bools to string (true = "1", false = "0")
+        //   - numbers to string (base 10)
+        //   - bools to int/uint (true = 1, false = 0)
+        //   - strings to int/uint (base implied by prefix)
+        //   - int to bool (true if value != 0)
+        //   - string to bool (accepts: 1, t, T, TRUE, true, True, 0, f, F,
+        //     FALSE, false, False. Anything else is an error)
+        //   - empty array = empty map and vice versa
+        //   - negative numbers to overflowed uint values (base 10)
+        //   - slice of maps to a merged map
+        //   - single values are converted to slices if required. Each
+        //     element is weakly decoded. For example: "4" can become []int{4}
+        //     if the target type is an int slice.
+        //
+        WeaklyTypedInput bool
+
+        // Metadata is the struct that will contain extra metadata about
+        // the decoding. If this is nil, then no metadata will be tracked.
+        Metadata *Metadata
+
+        // Result is a pointer to the struct that will contain the decoded
+        // value.
+        Result interface{}
+
+        // The tag name that mapstructure reads for field names. This
+        // defaults to "mapstructure"
+        TagName string
+}
+
+// A Decoder takes a raw interface value and turns it into structured
+// data, keeping track of rich error information along the way in case
+// anything goes wrong. Unlike the basic top-level Decode method, you can
+// more finely control how the Decoder behaves using the DecoderConfig
+// structure. The top-level Decode method is just a convenience that sets
+// up the most basic Decoder.
+type Decoder struct {
+        config *DecoderConfig
+}
+
+// Metadata contains information about decoding a structure that
+// is tedious or difficult to get otherwise.
+type Metadata struct {
+        // Keys are the keys of the structure which were successfully decoded
+        Keys []string
+
+        // Unused is a slice of keys that were found in the raw value but
+        // weren't decoded since there was no matching field in the result interface
+        Unused []string
+}
+
+// Decode takes a map and uses reflection to convert it into the
+// given Go native structure. val must be a pointer to a struct.
+func Decode(m interface{}, rawVal interface{}) error {
+        config := &DecoderConfig{
+                Metadata: nil,
+                Result:   rawVal,
+        }
+
+        decoder, err := NewDecoder(config)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        return decoder.Decode(m)
+}
+
+// WeakDecode is the same as Decode but is shorthand to enable
+// WeaklyTypedInput. See DecoderConfig for more info.
+func WeakDecode(input, output interface{}) error {
+        config := &DecoderConfig{
+                Metadata:         nil,
+                Result:           output,
+                WeaklyTypedInput: true,
+        }
+
+        decoder, err := NewDecoder(config)
+        if err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        return decoder.Decode(input)
+}
+
+// NewDecoder returns a new decoder for the given configuration. Once
+// a decoder has been returned, the same configuration must not be used
+// again.
+func NewDecoder(config *DecoderConfig) (*Decoder, error) {
+        val := reflect.ValueOf(config.Result)
+        if val.Kind() != reflect.Ptr {
+                return nil, errors.New("result must be a pointer")
+        }
+
+        val = val.Elem()
+        if !val.CanAddr() {
+                return nil, errors.New("result must be addressable (a pointer)")
+        }
+
+        if config.Metadata != nil {
+                if config.Metadata.Keys == nil {
+                        config.Metadata.Keys = make([]string, 0)
+                }
+
+                if config.Metadata.Unused == nil {
+                        config.Metadata.Unused = make([]string, 0)
+                }
+        }
+
+        if config.TagName == "" {
+                config.TagName = "mapstructure"
+        }
+
+        result := &Decoder{
+                config: config,
+        }
+
+        return result, nil
+}
+
+// Decode decodes the given raw interface to the target pointer specified
+// by the configuration.
+func (d *Decoder) Decode(raw interface{}) error {
+        return d.decode("", raw, reflect.ValueOf(d.config.Result).Elem())
+}
+
+// Decodes an unknown data type into a specific reflection value.
+func (d *Decoder) decode(name string, data interface{}, val reflect.Value) error {
+        if data == nil {
+                // If the data is nil, then we don't set anything.
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        dataVal := reflect.ValueOf(data)
+        if !dataVal.IsValid() {
+                // If the data value is invalid, then we just set the value
+                // to be the zero value.
+                val.Set(reflect.Zero(val.Type()))
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        if d.config.DecodeHook != nil {
+                // We have a DecodeHook, so let's pre-process the data.
+                var err error
+                data, err = DecodeHookExec(
+                        d.config.DecodeHook,
+                        dataVal.Type(), val.Type(), data)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("error decoding '%s': %s", name, err)
+                }
+        }
+
+        var err error
+        dataKind := getKind(val)
+        switch dataKind {
+        case reflect.Bool:
+                err = d.decodeBool(name, data, val)
+        case reflect.Interface:
+                err = d.decodeBasic(name, data, val)
+        case reflect.String:
+                err = d.decodeString(name, data, val)
+        case reflect.Int:
+                err = d.decodeInt(name, data, val)
+        case reflect.Uint:
+                err = d.decodeUint(name, data, val)
+        case reflect.Float32:
+                err = d.decodeFloat(name, data, val)
+        case reflect.Struct:
+                err = d.decodeStruct(name, data, val)
+        case reflect.Map:
+                err = d.decodeMap(name, data, val)
+        case reflect.Ptr:
+                err = d.decodePtr(name, data, val)
+        case reflect.Slice:
+                err = d.decodeSlice(name, data, val)
+        case reflect.Func:
+                err = d.decodeFunc(name, data, val)
+        default:
+                // If we reached this point then we weren't able to decode it
+                return fmt.Errorf("%s: unsupported type: %s", name, dataKind)
+        }
+
+        // If we reached here, then we successfully decoded SOMETHING, so
+        // mark the key as used if we're tracking metadata.
+        if d.config.Metadata != nil && name != "" {
+                d.config.Metadata.Keys = append(d.config.Metadata.Keys, name)
+        }
+
+        return err
+}
+
+// This decodes a basic type (bool, int, string, etc.) and sets the
+// value to "data" of that type.
+func (d *Decoder) decodeBasic(name string, data interface{}, val reflect.Value) error {
+        dataVal := reflect.ValueOf(data)
+        if !dataVal.IsValid() {
+                dataVal = reflect.Zero(val.Type())
+        }
+
+        dataValType := dataVal.Type()
+        if !dataValType.AssignableTo(val.Type()) {
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "'%s' expected type '%s', got '%s'",
+                        name, val.Type(), dataValType)
+        }
+
+        val.Set(dataVal)
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (d *Decoder) decodeString(name string, data interface{}, val reflect.Value) error {
+        dataVal := reflect.ValueOf(data)
+        dataKind := getKind(dataVal)
+
+        converted := true
+        switch {
+        case dataKind == reflect.String:
+                val.SetString(dataVal.String())
+        case dataKind == reflect.Bool && d.config.WeaklyTypedInput:
+                if dataVal.Bool() {
+                        val.SetString("1")
+                } else {
+                        val.SetString("0")
+                }
+        case dataKind == reflect.Int && d.config.WeaklyTypedInput:
+                val.SetString(strconv.FormatInt(dataVal.Int(), 10))
+        case dataKind == reflect.Uint && d.config.WeaklyTypedInput:
+                val.SetString(strconv.FormatUint(dataVal.Uint(), 10))
+        case dataKind == reflect.Float32 && d.config.WeaklyTypedInput:
+                val.SetString(strconv.FormatFloat(dataVal.Float(), 'f', -1, 64))
+        case dataKind == reflect.Slice && d.config.WeaklyTypedInput:
+                dataType := dataVal.Type()
+                elemKind := dataType.Elem().Kind()
+                switch {
+                case elemKind == reflect.Uint8:
+                        val.SetString(string(dataVal.Interface().([]uint8)))
+                default:
+                        converted = false
+                }
+        default:
+                converted = false
+        }
+
+        if !converted {
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "'%s' expected type '%s', got unconvertible type '%s'",
+                        name, val.Type(), dataVal.Type())
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (d *Decoder) decodeInt(name string, data interface{}, val reflect.Value) error {
+        dataVal := reflect.ValueOf(data)
+        dataKind := getKind(dataVal)
+        dataType := dataVal.Type()
+
+        switch {
+        case dataKind == reflect.Int:
+                val.SetInt(dataVal.Int())
+        case dataKind == reflect.Uint:
+                val.SetInt(int64(dataVal.Uint()))
+        case dataKind == reflect.Float32:
+                val.SetInt(int64(dataVal.Float()))
+        case dataKind == reflect.Bool && d.config.WeaklyTypedInput:
+                if dataVal.Bool() {
+                        val.SetInt(1)
+                } else {
+                        val.SetInt(0)
+                }
+        case dataKind == reflect.String && d.config.WeaklyTypedInput:
+                i, err := strconv.ParseInt(dataVal.String(), 0, val.Type().Bits())
+                if err == nil {
+                        val.SetInt(i)
+                } else {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("cannot parse '%s' as int: %s", name, err)
+                }
+        case dataType.PkgPath() == "encoding/json" && dataType.Name() == "Number":
+                jn := data.(json.Number)
+                i, err := jn.Int64()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "error decoding json.Number into %s: %s", name, err)
+                }
+                val.SetInt(i)
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "'%s' expected type '%s', got unconvertible type '%s'",
+                        name, val.Type(), dataVal.Type())
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (d *Decoder) decodeUint(name string, data interface{}, val reflect.Value) error {
+        dataVal := reflect.ValueOf(data)
+        dataKind := getKind(dataVal)
+
+        switch {
+        case dataKind == reflect.Int:
+                i := dataVal.Int()
+                if i < 0 && !d.config.WeaklyTypedInput {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("cannot parse '%s', %d overflows uint",
+                                name, i)
+                }
+                val.SetUint(uint64(i))
+        case dataKind == reflect.Uint:
+                val.SetUint(dataVal.Uint())
+        case dataKind == reflect.Float32:
+                f := dataVal.Float()
+                if f < 0 && !d.config.WeaklyTypedInput {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("cannot parse '%s', %f overflows uint",
+                                name, f)
+                }
+                val.SetUint(uint64(f))
+        case dataKind == reflect.Bool && d.config.WeaklyTypedInput:
+                if dataVal.Bool() {
+                        val.SetUint(1)
+                } else {
+                        val.SetUint(0)
+                }
+        case dataKind == reflect.String && d.config.WeaklyTypedInput:
+                i, err := strconv.ParseUint(dataVal.String(), 0, val.Type().Bits())
+                if err == nil {
+                        val.SetUint(i)
+                } else {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("cannot parse '%s' as uint: %s", name, err)
+                }
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "'%s' expected type '%s', got unconvertible type '%s'",
+                        name, val.Type(), dataVal.Type())
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (d *Decoder) decodeBool(name string, data interface{}, val reflect.Value) error {
+        dataVal := reflect.ValueOf(data)
+        dataKind := getKind(dataVal)
+
+        switch {
+        case dataKind == reflect.Bool:
+                val.SetBool(dataVal.Bool())
+        case dataKind == reflect.Int && d.config.WeaklyTypedInput:
+                val.SetBool(dataVal.Int() != 0)
+        case dataKind == reflect.Uint && d.config.WeaklyTypedInput:
+                val.SetBool(dataVal.Uint() != 0)
+        case dataKind == reflect.Float32 && d.config.WeaklyTypedInput:
+                val.SetBool(dataVal.Float() != 0)
+        case dataKind == reflect.String && d.config.WeaklyTypedInput:
+                b, err := strconv.ParseBool(dataVal.String())
+                if err == nil {
+                        val.SetBool(b)
+                } else if dataVal.String() == "" {
+                        val.SetBool(false)
+                } else {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("cannot parse '%s' as bool: %s", name, err)
+                }
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "'%s' expected type '%s', got unconvertible type '%s'",
+                        name, val.Type(), dataVal.Type())
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (d *Decoder) decodeFloat(name string, data interface{}, val reflect.Value) error {
+        dataVal := reflect.ValueOf(data)
+        dataKind := getKind(dataVal)
+        dataType := dataVal.Type()
+
+        switch {
+        case dataKind == reflect.Int:
+                val.SetFloat(float64(dataVal.Int()))
+        case dataKind == reflect.Uint:
+                val.SetFloat(float64(dataVal.Uint()))
+        case dataKind == reflect.Float32:
+                val.SetFloat(float64(dataVal.Float()))
+        case dataKind == reflect.Bool && d.config.WeaklyTypedInput:
+                if dataVal.Bool() {
+                        val.SetFloat(1)
+                } else {
+                        val.SetFloat(0)
+                }
+        case dataKind == reflect.String && d.config.WeaklyTypedInput:
+                f, err := strconv.ParseFloat(dataVal.String(), val.Type().Bits())
+                if err == nil {
+                        val.SetFloat(f)
+                } else {
+                        return fmt.Errorf("cannot parse '%s' as float: %s", name, err)
+                }
+        case dataType.PkgPath() == "encoding/json" && dataType.Name() == "Number":
+                jn := data.(json.Number)
+                i, err := jn.Float64()
+                if err != nil {
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "error decoding json.Number into %s: %s", name, err)
+                }
+                val.SetFloat(i)
+        default:
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "'%s' expected type '%s', got unconvertible type '%s'",
+                        name, val.Type(), dataVal.Type())
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (d *Decoder) decodeMap(name string, data interface{}, val reflect.Value) error {
+        valType := val.Type()
+        valKeyType := valType.Key()
+        valElemType := valType.Elem()
+
+        // By default we overwrite keys in the current map
+        valMap := val
+
+        // If the map is nil or we're purposely zeroing fields, make a new map
+        if valMap.IsNil() || d.config.ZeroFields {
+                // Make a new map to hold our result
+                mapType := reflect.MapOf(valKeyType, valElemType)
+                valMap = reflect.MakeMap(mapType)
+        }
+
+        // Check input type
+        dataVal := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(data))
+        if dataVal.Kind() != reflect.Map {
+                // In weak mode, we accept a slice of maps as an input...
+                if d.config.WeaklyTypedInput {
+                        switch dataVal.Kind() {
+                        case reflect.Array, reflect.Slice:
+                                // Special case for BC reasons (covered by tests)
+                                if dataVal.Len() == 0 {
+                                        val.Set(valMap)
+                                        return nil
+                                }
+
+                                for i := 0; i < dataVal.Len(); i++ {
+                                        err := d.decode(
+                                                fmt.Sprintf("%s[%d]", name, i),
+                                                dataVal.Index(i).Interface(), val)
+                                        if err != nil {
+                                                return err
+                                        }
+                                }
+
+                                return nil
+                        }
+                }
+
+                return fmt.Errorf("'%s' expected a map, got '%s'", name, dataVal.Kind())
+        }
+
+        // Accumulate errors
+        errors := make([]string, 0)
+
+        for _, k := range dataVal.MapKeys() {
+                fieldName := fmt.Sprintf("%s[%s]", name, k)
+
+                // First decode the key into the proper type
+                currentKey := reflect.Indirect(reflect.New(valKeyType))
+                if err := d.decode(fieldName, k.Interface(), currentKey); err != nil {
+                        errors = appendErrors(errors, err)
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // Next decode the data into the proper type
+                v := dataVal.MapIndex(k).Interface()
+                currentVal := reflect.Indirect(reflect.New(valElemType))
+                if err := d.decode(fieldName, v, currentVal); err != nil {
+                        errors = appendErrors(errors, err)
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                valMap.SetMapIndex(currentKey, currentVal)
+        }
+
+        // Set the built up map to the value
+        val.Set(valMap)
+
+        // If we had errors, return those
+        if len(errors) > 0 {
+                return &Error{errors}
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (d *Decoder) decodePtr(name string, data interface{}, val reflect.Value) error {
+        // Create an element of the concrete (non pointer) type and decode
+        // into that. Then set the value of the pointer to this type.
+        valType := val.Type()
+        valElemType := valType.Elem()
+
+        realVal := val
+        if realVal.IsNil() || d.config.ZeroFields {
+                realVal = reflect.New(valElemType)
+        }
+
+        if err := d.decode(name, data, reflect.Indirect(realVal)); err != nil {
+                return err
+        }
+
+        val.Set(realVal)
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (d *Decoder) decodeFunc(name string, data interface{}, val reflect.Value) error {
+        // Create an element of the concrete (non pointer) type and decode
+        // into that. Then set the value of the pointer to this type.
+        dataVal := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(data))
+        if val.Type() != dataVal.Type() {
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "'%s' expected type '%s', got unconvertible type '%s'",
+                        name, val.Type(), dataVal.Type())
+        }
+        val.Set(dataVal)
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (d *Decoder) decodeSlice(name string, data interface{}, val reflect.Value) error {
+        dataVal := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(data))
+        dataValKind := dataVal.Kind()
+        valType := val.Type()
+        valElemType := valType.Elem()
+        sliceType := reflect.SliceOf(valElemType)
+
+        valSlice := val
+        if valSlice.IsNil() || d.config.ZeroFields {
+                // Check input type
+                if dataValKind != reflect.Array && dataValKind != reflect.Slice {
+                        if d.config.WeaklyTypedInput {
+                                switch {
+                                // Empty maps turn into empty slices
+                                case dataValKind == reflect.Map:
+                                        if dataVal.Len() == 0 {
+                                                val.Set(reflect.MakeSlice(sliceType, 0, 0))
+                                                return nil
+                                        }
+
+                                // All other types we try to convert to the slice type
+                                // and "lift" it into it. i.e. a string becomes a string slice.
+                                default:
+                                        // Just re-try this function with data as a slice.
+                                        return d.decodeSlice(name, []interface{}{data}, val)
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        return fmt.Errorf(
+                                "'%s': source data must be an array or slice, got %s", name, dataValKind)
+
+                }
+
+                // Make a new slice to hold our result, same size as the original data.
+                valSlice = reflect.MakeSlice(sliceType, dataVal.Len(), dataVal.Len())
+        }
+
+        // Accumulate any errors
+        errors := make([]string, 0)
+
+        for i := 0; i < dataVal.Len(); i++ {
+                currentData := dataVal.Index(i).Interface()
+                for valSlice.Len() <= i {
+                        valSlice = reflect.Append(valSlice, reflect.Zero(valElemType))
+                }
+                currentField := valSlice.Index(i)
+
+                fieldName := fmt.Sprintf("%s[%d]", name, i)
+                if err := d.decode(fieldName, currentData, currentField); err != nil {
+                        errors = appendErrors(errors, err)
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Finally, set the value to the slice we built up
+        val.Set(valSlice)
+
+        // If there were errors, we return those
+        if len(errors) > 0 {
+                return &Error{errors}
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func (d *Decoder) decodeStruct(name string, data interface{}, val reflect.Value) error {
+        dataVal := reflect.Indirect(reflect.ValueOf(data))
+
+        // If the type of the value to write to and the data match directly,
+        // then we just set it directly instead of recursing into the structure.
+        if dataVal.Type() == val.Type() {
+                val.Set(dataVal)
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        dataValKind := dataVal.Kind()
+        if dataValKind != reflect.Map {
+                return fmt.Errorf("'%s' expected a map, got '%s'", name, dataValKind)
+        }
+
+        dataValType := dataVal.Type()
+        if kind := dataValType.Key().Kind(); kind != reflect.String && kind != reflect.Interface {
+                return fmt.Errorf(
+                        "'%s' needs a map with string keys, has '%s' keys",
+                        name, dataValType.Key().Kind())
+        }
+
+        dataValKeys := make(map[reflect.Value]struct{})
+        dataValKeysUnused := make(map[interface{}]struct{})
+        for _, dataValKey := range dataVal.MapKeys() {
+                dataValKeys[dataValKey] = struct{}{}
+                dataValKeysUnused[dataValKey.Interface()] = struct{}{}
+        }
+
+        errors := make([]string, 0)
+
+        // This slice will keep track of all the structs we'll be decoding.
+        // There can be more than one struct if there are embedded structs
+        // that are squashed.
+        structs := make([]reflect.Value, 1, 5)
+        structs[0] = val
+
+        // Compile the list of all the fields that we're going to be decoding
+        // from all the structs.
+        fields := make(map[*reflect.StructField]reflect.Value)
+        for len(structs) > 0 {
+                structVal := structs[0]
+                structs = structs[1:]
+
+                structType := structVal.Type()
+
+                for i := 0; i < structType.NumField(); i++ {
+                        fieldType := structType.Field(i)
+                        fieldKind := fieldType.Type.Kind()
+
+                        // If "squash" is specified in the tag, we squash the field down.
+                        squash := false
+                        tagParts := strings.Split(fieldType.Tag.Get(d.config.TagName), ",")
+                        for _, tag := range tagParts[1:] {
+                                if tag == "squash" {
+                                        squash = true
+                                        break
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        if squash {
+                                if fieldKind != reflect.Struct {
+                                        errors = appendErrors(errors,
+                                                fmt.Errorf("%s: unsupported type for squash: %s", fieldType.Name, fieldKind))
+                                } else {
+                                        structs = append(structs, val.FieldByName(fieldType.Name))
+                                }
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        // Normal struct field, store it away
+                        fields[&fieldType] = structVal.Field(i)
+                }
+        }
+
+        for fieldType, field := range fields {
+                fieldName := fieldType.Name
+
+                tagValue := fieldType.Tag.Get(d.config.TagName)
+                tagValue = strings.SplitN(tagValue, ",", 2)[0]
+                if tagValue != "" {
+                        fieldName = tagValue
+                }
+
+                rawMapKey := reflect.ValueOf(fieldName)
+                rawMapVal := dataVal.MapIndex(rawMapKey)
+                if !rawMapVal.IsValid() {
+                        // Do a slower search by iterating over each key and
+                        // doing case-insensitive search.
+                        for dataValKey := range dataValKeys {
+                                mK, ok := dataValKey.Interface().(string)
+                                if !ok {
+                                        // Not a string key
+                                        continue
+                                }
+
+                                if strings.EqualFold(mK, fieldName) {
+                                        rawMapKey = dataValKey
+                                        rawMapVal = dataVal.MapIndex(dataValKey)
+                                        break
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        if !rawMapVal.IsValid() {
+                                // There was no matching key in the map for the value in
+                                // the struct. Just ignore.
+                                continue
+                        }
+                }
+
+                // Delete the key we're using from the unused map so we stop tracking
+                delete(dataValKeysUnused, rawMapKey.Interface())
+
+                if !field.IsValid() {
+                        // This should never happen
+                        panic("field is not valid")
+                }
+
+                // If we can't set the field, then it is unexported or something,
+                // and we just continue onwards.
+                if !field.CanSet() {
+                        continue
+                }
+
+                // If the name is empty string, then we're at the root, and we
+                // don't dot-join the fields.
+                if name != "" {
+                        fieldName = fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", name, fieldName)
+                }
+
+                if err := d.decode(fieldName, rawMapVal.Interface(), field); err != nil {
+                        errors = appendErrors(errors, err)
+                }
+        }
+
+        if d.config.ErrorUnused && len(dataValKeysUnused) > 0 {
+                keys := make([]string, 0, len(dataValKeysUnused))
+                for rawKey := range dataValKeysUnused {
+                        keys = append(keys, rawKey.(string))
+                }
+                sort.Strings(keys)
+
+                err := fmt.Errorf("'%s' has invalid keys: %s", name, strings.Join(keys, ", "))
+                errors = appendErrors(errors, err)
+        }
+
+        if len(errors) > 0 {
+                return &Error{errors}
+        }
+
+        // Add the unused keys to the list of unused keys if we're tracking metadata
+        if d.config.Metadata != nil {
+                for rawKey := range dataValKeysUnused {
+                        key := rawKey.(string)
+                        if name != "" {
+                                key = fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", name, key)
+                        }
+
+                        d.config.Metadata.Unused = append(d.config.Metadata.Unused, key)
+                }
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func getKind(val reflect.Value) reflect.Kind {
+        kind := val.Kind()
+
+        switch {
+        case kind >= reflect.Int && kind <= reflect.Int64:
+                return reflect.Int
+        case kind >= reflect.Uint && kind <= reflect.Uint64:
+                return reflect.Uint
+        case kind >= reflect.Float32 && kind <= reflect.Float64:
+                return reflect.Float32
+        default:
+                return kind
+        }
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9c841a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2013 Mitchell Hashimoto
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk/README.md b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac82cd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# reflectwalk
+
+reflectwalk is a Go library for "walking" a value in Go using reflection,
+in the same way a directory tree can be "walked" on the filesystem. Walking
+a complex structure can allow you to do manipulations on unknown structures
+such as those decoded from JSON.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk/location.go b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk/location.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c59d76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk/location.go
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+package reflectwalk
+
+//go:generate stringer -type=Location location.go
+
+type Location uint
+
+const (
+        None Location = iota
+        Map
+        MapKey
+        MapValue
+        Slice
+        SliceElem
+        Struct
+        StructField
+        WalkLoc
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk/location_string.go b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk/location_string.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3cfe85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk/location_string.go
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+// generated by stringer -type=Location location.go; DO NOT EDIT
+
+package reflectwalk
+
+import "fmt"
+
+const _Location_name = "NoneMapMapKeyMapValueSliceSliceElemStructStructFieldWalkLoc"
+
+var _Location_index = [...]uint8{0, 4, 7, 13, 21, 26, 35, 41, 52, 59}
+
+func (i Location) String() string {
+        if i+1 >= Location(len(_Location_index)) {
+                return fmt.Sprintf("Location(%d)", i)
+        }
+        return _Location_name[_Location_index[i]:_Location_index[i+1]]
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk/reflectwalk.go b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk/reflectwalk.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec0a623
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/mitchellh/reflectwalk/reflectwalk.go
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+// reflectwalk is a package that allows you to "walk" complex structures
+// similar to how you may "walk" a filesystem: visiting every element one
+// by one and calling callback functions allowing you to handle and manipulate
+// those elements.
+package reflectwalk
+
+import (
+        "errors"
+        "reflect"
+)
+
+// PrimitiveWalker implementations are able to handle primitive values
+// within complex structures. Primitive values are numbers, strings,
+// booleans, funcs, chans.
+//
+// These primitive values are often members of more complex
+// structures (slices, maps, etc.) that are walkable by other interfaces.
+type PrimitiveWalker interface {
+        Primitive(reflect.Value) error
+}
+
+// InterfaceWalker implementations are able to handle interface values as they
+// are encountered during the walk.
+type InterfaceWalker interface {
+        Interface(reflect.Value) error
+}
+
+// MapWalker implementations are able to handle individual elements
+// found within a map structure.
+type MapWalker interface {
+        Map(m reflect.Value) error
+        MapElem(m, k, v reflect.Value) error
+}
+
+// SliceWalker implementations are able to handle slice elements found
+// within complex structures.
+type SliceWalker interface {
+        Slice(reflect.Value) error
+        SliceElem(int, reflect.Value) error
+}
+
+// StructWalker is an interface that has methods that are called for
+// structs when a Walk is done.
+type StructWalker interface {
+        Struct(reflect.Value) error
+        StructField(reflect.StructField, reflect.Value) error
+}
+
+// EnterExitWalker implementations are notified before and after
+// they walk deeper into complex structures (into struct fields,
+// into slice elements, etc.)
+type EnterExitWalker interface {
+        Enter(Location) error
+        Exit(Location) error
+}
+
+// PointerWalker implementations are notified when the value they're
+// walking is a pointer or not. Pointer is called for _every_ value whether
+// it is a pointer or not.
+type PointerWalker interface {
+        PointerEnter(bool) error
+        PointerExit(bool) error
+}
+
+// SkipEntry can be returned from walk functions to skip walking
+// the value of this field. This is only valid in the following functions:
+//
+//   - StructField: skips walking the struct value
+//
+var SkipEntry = errors.New("skip this entry")
+
+// Walk takes an arbitrary value and an interface and traverses the
+// value, calling callbacks on the interface if they are supported.
+// The interface should implement one or more of the walker interfaces
+// in this package, such as PrimitiveWalker, StructWalker, etc.
+func Walk(data, walker interface{}) (err error) {
+        v := reflect.ValueOf(data)
+        ew, ok := walker.(EnterExitWalker)
+        if ok {
+                err = ew.Enter(WalkLoc)
+        }
+
+        if err == nil {
+                err = walk(v, walker)
+        }
+
+        if ok && err == nil {
+                err = ew.Exit(WalkLoc)
+        }
+
+        return
+}
+
+func walk(v reflect.Value, w interface{}) (err error) {
+        // Determine if we're receiving a pointer and if so notify the walker.
+        // The logic here is convoluted but very important (tests will fail if
+        // almost any part is changed). I will try to explain here.
+        //
+        // First, we check if the value is an interface, if so, we really need
+        // to check the interface's VALUE to see whether it is a pointer.
+        //
+        // Check whether the value is then a pointer. If so, then set pointer
+        // to true to notify the user.
+        //
+        // If we still have a pointer or an interface after the indirections, then
+        // we unwrap another level
+        //
+        // At this time, we also set "v" to be the dereferenced value. This is
+        // because once we've unwrapped the pointer we want to use that value.
+        pointer := false
+        pointerV := v
+
+        for {
+                if pointerV.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+                        if iw, ok := w.(InterfaceWalker); ok {
+                                if err = iw.Interface(pointerV); err != nil {
+                                        return
+                                }
+                        }
+
+                        pointerV = pointerV.Elem()
+                }
+
+                if pointerV.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+                        pointer = true
+                        v = reflect.Indirect(pointerV)
+                }
+                if pw, ok := w.(PointerWalker); ok {
+                        if err = pw.PointerEnter(pointer); err != nil {
+                                return
+                        }
+
+                        defer func(pointer bool) {
+                                if err != nil {
+                                        return
+                                }
+
+                                err = pw.PointerExit(pointer)
+                        }(pointer)
+                }
+
+                if pointer {
+                        pointerV = v
+                }
+                pointer = false
+
+                // If we still have a pointer or interface we have to indirect another level.
+                switch pointerV.Kind() {
+                case reflect.Ptr, reflect.Interface:
+                        continue
+                }
+                break
+        }
+
+        // We preserve the original value here because if it is an interface
+        // type, we want to pass that directly into the walkPrimitive, so that
+        // we can set it.
+        originalV := v
+        if v.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+                v = v.Elem()
+        }
+
+        k := v.Kind()
+        if k >= reflect.Int && k <= reflect.Complex128 {
+                k = reflect.Int
+        }
+
+        switch k {
+        // Primitives
+        case reflect.Bool, reflect.Chan, reflect.Func, reflect.Int, reflect.String, reflect.Invalid:
+                err = walkPrimitive(originalV, w)
+                return
+        case reflect.Map:
+                err = walkMap(v, w)
+                return
+        case reflect.Slice:
+                err = walkSlice(v, w)
+                return
+        case reflect.Struct:
+                err = walkStruct(v, w)
+                return
+        default:
+                panic("unsupported type: " + k.String())
+        }
+}
+
+func walkMap(v reflect.Value, w interface{}) error {
+        ew, ewok := w.(EnterExitWalker)
+        if ewok {
+                ew.Enter(Map)
+        }
+
+        if mw, ok := w.(MapWalker); ok {
+                if err := mw.Map(v); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        for _, k := range v.MapKeys() {
+                kv := v.MapIndex(k)
+
+                if mw, ok := w.(MapWalker); ok {
+                        if err := mw.MapElem(v, k, kv); err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                }
+
+                ew, ok := w.(EnterExitWalker)
+                if ok {
+                        ew.Enter(MapKey)
+                }
+
+                if err := walk(k, w); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                if ok {
+                        ew.Exit(MapKey)
+                        ew.Enter(MapValue)
+                }
+
+                if err := walk(kv, w); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                if ok {
+                        ew.Exit(MapValue)
+                }
+        }
+
+        if ewok {
+                ew.Exit(Map)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func walkPrimitive(v reflect.Value, w interface{}) error {
+        if pw, ok := w.(PrimitiveWalker); ok {
+                return pw.Primitive(v)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func walkSlice(v reflect.Value, w interface{}) (err error) {
+        ew, ok := w.(EnterExitWalker)
+        if ok {
+                ew.Enter(Slice)
+        }
+
+        if sw, ok := w.(SliceWalker); ok {
+                if err := sw.Slice(v); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+        }
+
+        for i := 0; i < v.Len(); i++ {
+                elem := v.Index(i)
+
+                if sw, ok := w.(SliceWalker); ok {
+                        if err := sw.SliceElem(i, elem); err != nil {
+                                return err
+                        }
+                }
+
+                ew, ok := w.(EnterExitWalker)
+                if ok {
+                        ew.Enter(SliceElem)
+                }
+
+                if err := walk(elem, w); err != nil {
+                        return err
+                }
+
+                if ok {
+                        ew.Exit(SliceElem)
+                }
+        }
+
+        ew, ok = w.(EnterExitWalker)
+        if ok {
+                ew.Exit(Slice)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
+
+func walkStruct(v reflect.Value, w interface{}) (err error) {
+        ew, ewok := w.(EnterExitWalker)
+        if ewok {
+                ew.Enter(Struct)
+        }
+
+        if sw, ok := w.(StructWalker); ok {
+                if err = sw.Struct(v); err != nil {
+                        return
+                }
+        }
+
+        vt := v.Type()
+        for i := 0; i < vt.NumField(); i++ {
+                sf := vt.Field(i)
+                f := v.FieldByIndex([]int{i})
+
+                if sw, ok := w.(StructWalker); ok {
+                        err = sw.StructField(sf, f)
+
+                        // SkipEntry just pretends this field doesn't even exist
+                        if err == SkipEntry {
+                                continue
+                        }
+
+                        if err != nil {
+                                return
+                        }
+                }
+
+                ew, ok := w.(EnterExitWalker)
+                if ok {
+                        ew.Enter(StructField)
+                }
+
+                err = walk(f, w)
+                if err != nil {
+                        return
+                }
+
+                if ok {
+                        ew.Exit(StructField)
+                }
+        }
+
+        if ewok {
+                ew.Exit(Struct)
+        }
+
+        return nil
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/satori/go.uuid/LICENSE b/vendor/github.com/satori/go.uuid/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..488357b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/satori/go.uuid/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Copyright (C) 2013-2016 by Maxim Bublis <b@codemonkey.ru>
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/satori/go.uuid/README.md b/vendor/github.com/satori/go.uuid/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6aad1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/satori/go.uuid/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+# UUID package for Go language
+
+[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/satori/go.uuid.png?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/satori/go.uuid)
+[![Coverage Status](https://coveralls.io/repos/github/satori/go.uuid/badge.svg?branch=master)](https://coveralls.io/github/satori/go.uuid)
+[![GoDoc](http://godoc.org/github.com/satori/go.uuid?status.png)](http://godoc.org/github.com/satori/go.uuid)
+
+This package provides pure Go implementation of Universally Unique Identifier (UUID). Supported both creation and parsing of UUIDs.
+
+With 100% test coverage and benchmarks out of box.
+
+Supported versions:
+* Version 1, based on timestamp and MAC address (RFC 4122)
+* Version 2, based on timestamp, MAC address and POSIX UID/GID (DCE 1.1)
+* Version 3, based on MD5 hashing (RFC 4122)
+* Version 4, based on random numbers (RFC 4122)
+* Version 5, based on SHA-1 hashing (RFC 4122)
+
+## Installation
+
+Use the `go` command:
+
+        $ go get github.com/satori/go.uuid
+
+## Requirements
+
+UUID package requires Go >= 1.2.
+
+## Example
+
+```go
+package main
+
+import (
+        "fmt"
+        "github.com/satori/go.uuid"
+)
+
+func main() {
+        // Creating UUID Version 4
+        u1 := uuid.NewV4()
+        fmt.Printf("UUIDv4: %s\n", u1)
+
+        // Parsing UUID from string input
+        u2, err := uuid.FromString("6ba7b810-9dad-11d1-80b4-00c04fd430c8")
+        if err != nil {
+                fmt.Printf("Something gone wrong: %s", err)
+        }
+        fmt.Printf("Successfully parsed: %s", u2)
+}
+```
+
+## Documentation
+
+[Documentation](http://godoc.org/github.com/satori/go.uuid) is hosted at GoDoc project.
+
+## Links
+* [RFC 4122](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122)
+* [DCE 1.1: Authentication and Security Services](http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9696989899/chap5.htm#tagcjh_08_02_01_01)
+
+## Copyright
+
+Copyright (C) 2013-2016 by Maxim Bublis <b@codemonkey.ru>.
+
+UUID package released under MIT License.
+See [LICENSE](https://github.com/satori/go.uuid/blob/master/LICENSE) for details.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/satori/go.uuid/uuid.go b/vendor/github.com/satori/go.uuid/uuid.go
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..295f3fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/vendor/github.com/satori/go.uuid/uuid.go
@@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
+// Copyright (C) 2013-2015 by Maxim Bublis <b@codemonkey.ru>
+//
+// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+// a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+// "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+// distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+// permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+// the following conditions:
+//
+// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+// included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+//
+// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+// EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+// MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+// NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
+// LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+// OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+// WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+// Package uuid provides implementation of Universally Unique Identifier (UUID).
+// Supported versions are 1, 3, 4 and 5 (as specified in RFC 4122) and
+// version 2 (as specified in DCE 1.1).
+package uuid
+
+import (
+        "bytes"
+        "crypto/md5"
+        "crypto/rand"
+        "crypto/sha1"
+        "database/sql/driver"
+        "encoding/binary"
+        "encoding/hex"
+        "fmt"
+        "hash"
+        "net"
+        "os"
+        "sync"
+        "time"
+)
+
+// UUID layout variants.
+const (
+        VariantNCS = iota
+        VariantRFC4122
+        VariantMicrosoft
+        VariantFuture
+)
+
+// UUID DCE domains.
+const (
+        DomainPerson = iota
+        DomainGroup
+        DomainOrg
+)
+
+// Difference in 100-nanosecond intervals between
+// UUID epoch (October 15, 1582) and Unix epoch (January 1, 1970).
+const epochStart = 122192928000000000
+
+// Used in string method conversion
+const dash byte = '-'
+
+// UUID v1/v2 storage.
+var (
+        storageMutex  sync.Mutex
+        storageOnce   sync.Once
+        epochFunc     = unixTimeFunc
+        clockSequence uint16
+        lastTime      uint64
+        hardwareAddr  [6]byte
+        posixUID      = uint32(os.Getuid())
+        posixGID      = uint32(os.Getgid())
+)
+
+// String parse helpers.
+var (
+        urnPrefix  = []byte("urn:uuid:")
+        byteGroups = []int{8, 4, 4, 4, 12}
+)
+
+func initClockSequence() {
+        buf := make([]byte, 2)
+        safeRandom(buf)
+        clockSequence = binary.BigEndian.Uint16(buf)
+}
+
+func initHardwareAddr() {
+        interfaces, err := net.Interfaces()
+        if err == nil {
+                for _, iface := range interfaces {
+                        if len(iface.HardwareAddr) >= 6 {
+                                copy(hardwareAddr[:], iface.HardwareAddr)
+                                return
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+
+        // Initialize hardwareAddr randomly in case
+        // of real network interfaces absence
+        safeRandom(hardwareAddr[:])
+
+        // Set multicast bit as recommended in RFC 4122
+        hardwareAddr[0] |= 0x01
+}
+
+func initStorage() {
+        initClockSequence()
+        initHardwareAddr()
+}
+
+func safeRandom(dest []byte) {
+        if _, err := rand.Read(dest); err != nil {
+                panic(err)
+        }
+}
+
+// Returns difference in 100-nanosecond intervals between
+// UUID epoch (October 15, 1582) and current time.
+// This is default epoch calculation function.
+func unixTimeFunc() uint64 {
+        return epochStart + uint64(time.Now().UnixNano()/100)
+}
+
+// UUID representation compliant with specification
+// described in RFC 4122.
+type UUID [16]byte
+
+// NullUUID can be used with the standard sql package to represent a
+// UUID value that can be NULL in the database
+type NullUUID struct {
+        UUID  UUID
+        Valid bool
+}
+
+// The nil UUID is special form of UUID that is specified to have all
+// 128 bits set to zero.
+var Nil = UUID{}
+
+// Predefined namespace UUIDs.
+var (
+        NamespaceDNS, _  = FromString("6ba7b810-9dad-11d1-80b4-00c04fd430c8")
+        NamespaceURL, _  = FromString("6ba7b811-9dad-11d1-80b4-00c04fd430c8")
+        NamespaceOID, _  = FromString("6ba7b812-9dad-11d1-80b4-00c04fd430c8")
+        NamespaceX500, _ = FromString("6ba7b814-9dad-11d1-80b4-00c04fd430c8")
+)
+
+// And returns result of binary AND of two UUIDs.
+func And(u1 UUID, u2 UUID) UUID {
+        u := UUID{}
+        for i := 0; i < 16; i++ {
+                u[i] = u1[i] & u2[i]
+        }
+        return u
+}
+
+// Or returns result of binary OR of two UUIDs.
+func Or(u1 UUID, u2 UUID) UUID {
+        u := UUID{}
+        for i := 0; i < 16; i++ {
+                u[i] = u1[i] | u2[i]
+        }
+        return u
+}
+
+// Equal returns true if u1 and u2 equals, otherwise returns false.
+func Equal(u1 UUID, u2 UUID) bool {
+        return bytes.Equal(u1[:], u2[:])
+}
+
+// Version returns algorithm version used to generate UUID.
+func (u UUID) Version() uint {
+        return uint(u[6] >> 4)
+}
+
+// Variant returns UUID layout variant.
+func (u UUID) Variant() uint {
+        switch {
+        case (u[8] & 0x80) == 0x00:
+                return VariantNCS
+        case (u[8]&0xc0)|0x80 == 0x80:
+                return VariantRFC4122
+        case (u[8]&0xe0)|0xc0 == 0xc0:
+                return VariantMicrosoft
+        }
+        return VariantFuture
+}
+
+// Bytes returns bytes slice representation of UUID.
+func (u UUID) Bytes() []byte {
+        return u[:]
+}
+
+// Returns canonical string representation of UUID:
+// xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx.
+func (u UUID) String() string {
+        buf := make([]byte, 36)
+
+        hex.Encode(buf[0:8], u[0:4])
+        buf[8] = dash
+        hex.Encode(buf[9:13], u[4:6])
+        buf[13] = dash
+        hex.Encode(buf[14:18], u[6:8])
+        buf[18] = dash
+        hex.Encode(buf[19:23], u[8:10])
+        buf[23] = dash
+        hex.Encode(buf[24:], u[10:])
+
+        return string(buf)
+}
+
+// SetVersion sets version bits.
+func (u *UUID) SetVersion(v byte) {
+        u[6] = (u[6] & 0x0f) | (v << 4)
+}
+
+// SetVariant sets variant bits as described in RFC 4122.
+func (u *UUID) SetVariant() {
+        u[8] = (u[8] & 0xbf) | 0x80
+}
+
+// MarshalText implements the encoding.TextMarshaler interface.
+// The encoding is the same as returned by String.
+func (u UUID) MarshalText() (text []byte, err error) {
+        text = []byte(u.String())
+        return
+}
+
+// UnmarshalText implements the encoding.TextUnmarshaler interface.
+// Following formats are supported:
+// "6ba7b810-9dad-11d1-80b4-00c04fd430c8",
+// "{6ba7b810-9dad-11d1-80b4-00c04fd430c8}",
+// "urn:uuid:6ba7b810-9dad-11d1-80b4-00c04fd430c8"
+func (u *UUID) UnmarshalText(text []byte) (err error) {
+        if len(text) < 32 {
+                err = fmt.Errorf("uuid: UUID string too short: %s", text)
+                return
+        }
+
+        t := text[:]
+        braced := false
+
+        if bytes.Equal(t[:9], urnPrefix) {
+                t = t[9:]
+        } else if t[0] == '{' {
+                braced = true
+                t = t[1:]
+        }
+
+        b := u[:]
+
+        for i, byteGroup := range byteGroups {
+                if i > 0 {
+                        if t[0] != '-' {
+                                err = fmt.Errorf("uuid: invalid string format")
+                                return
+                        }
+                        t = t[1:]
+                }
+
+                if len(t) < byteGroup {
+                        err = fmt.Errorf("uuid: UUID string too short: %s", text)
+                        return
+                }
+
+                if i == 4 && len(t) > byteGroup &&
+                        ((braced && t[byteGroup] != '}') || len(t[byteGroup:]) > 1 || !braced) {
+                        err = fmt.Errorf("uuid: UUID string too long: %s", text)
+                        return
+                }
+
+                _, err = hex.Decode(b[:byteGroup/2], t[:byteGroup])
+                if err != nil {
+                        return
+                }
+
+                t = t[byteGroup:]
+                b = b[byteGroup/2:]
+        }
+
+        return
+}
+
+// MarshalBinary implements the encoding.BinaryMarshaler interface.
+func (u UUID) MarshalBinary() (data []byte, err error) {
+        data = u.Bytes()
+        return
+}
+
+// UnmarshalBinary implements the encoding.BinaryUnmarshaler interface.
+// It will return error if the slice isn't 16 bytes long.
+func (u *UUID) UnmarshalBinary(data []byte) (err error) {
+        if len(data) != 16 {
+                err = fmt.Errorf("uuid: UUID must be exactly 16 bytes long, got %d bytes", len(data))
+                return
+        }
+        copy(u[:], data)
+
+        return
+}
+
+// Value implements the driver.Valuer interface.
+func (u UUID) Value() (driver.Value, error) {
+        return u.String(), nil
+}
+
+// Scan implements the sql.Scanner interface.
+// A 16-byte slice is handled by UnmarshalBinary, while
+// a longer byte slice or a string is handled by UnmarshalText.
+func (u *UUID) Scan(src interface{}) error {
+        switch src := src.(type) {
+        case []byte:
+                if len(src) == 16 {
+                        return u.UnmarshalBinary(src)
+                }
+                return u.UnmarshalText(src)
+
+        case string:
+                return u.UnmarshalText([]byte(src))
+        }
+
+        return fmt.Errorf("uuid: cannot convert %T to UUID", src)
+}
+
+// Value implements the driver.Valuer interface.
+func (u NullUUID) Value() (driver.Value, error) {
+        if !u.Valid {
+                return nil, nil
+        }
+        // Delegate to UUID Value function
+        return u.UUID.Value()
+}
+
+// Scan implements the sql.Scanner interface.
+func (u *NullUUID) Scan(src interface{}) error {
+        if src == nil {
+                u.UUID, u.Valid = Nil, false
+                return nil
+        }
+
+        // Delegate to UUID Scan function
+        u.Valid = true
+        return u.UUID.Scan(src)
+}
+
+// FromBytes returns UUID converted from raw byte slice input.
+// It will return error if the slice isn't 16 bytes long.
+func FromBytes(input []byte) (u UUID, err error) {
+        err = u.UnmarshalBinary(input)
+        return
+}
+
+// FromBytesOrNil returns UUID converted from raw byte slice input.
+// Same behavior as FromBytes, but returns a Nil UUID on error.
+func FromBytesOrNil(input []byte) UUID {
+        uuid, err := FromBytes(input)
+        if err != nil {
+                return Nil
+        }
+        return uuid
+}
+
+// FromString returns UUID parsed from string input.
+// Input is expected in a form accepted by UnmarshalText.
+func FromString(input string) (u UUID, err error) {
+        err = u.UnmarshalText([]byte(input))
+        return
+}
+
+// FromStringOrNil returns UUID parsed from string input.
+// Same behavior as FromString, but returns a Nil UUID on error.
+func FromStringOrNil(input string) UUID {
+        uuid, err := FromString(input)
+        if err != nil {
+                return Nil
+        }
+        return uuid
+}
+
+// Returns UUID v1/v2 storage state.
+// Returns epoch timestamp, clock sequence, and hardware address.
+func getStorage() (uint64, uint16, []byte) {
+        storageOnce.Do(initStorage)
+
+        storageMutex.Lock()
+        defer storageMutex.Unlock()
+
+        timeNow := epochFunc()
+        // Clock changed backwards since last UUID generation.
+        // Should increase clock sequence.
+        if timeNow <= lastTime {
+                clockSequence++
+        }
+        lastTime = timeNow
+
+        return timeNow, clockSequence, hardwareAddr[:]
+}
+
+// NewV1 returns UUID based on current timestamp and MAC address.
+func NewV1() UUID {
+        u := UUID{}
+
+        timeNow, clockSeq, hardwareAddr := getStorage()
+
+        binary.BigEndian.PutUint32(u[0:], uint32(timeNow))
+        binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(u[4:], uint16(timeNow>>32))
+        binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(u[6:], uint16(timeNow>>48))
+        binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(u[8:], clockSeq)
+
+        copy(u[10:], hardwareAddr)
+
+        u.SetVersion(1)
+        u.SetVariant()
+
+        return u
+}
+
+// NewV2 returns DCE Security UUID based on POSIX UID/GID.
+func NewV2(domain byte) UUID {
+        u := UUID{}
+
+        timeNow, clockSeq, hardwareAddr := getStorage()
+
+        switch domain {
+        case DomainPerson:
+                binary.BigEndian.PutUint32(u[0:], posixUID)
+        case DomainGroup:
+                binary.BigEndian.PutUint32(u[0:], posixGID)
+        }
+
+        binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(u[4:], uint16(timeNow>>32))
+        binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(u[6:], uint16(timeNow>>48))
+        binary.BigEndian.PutUint16(u[8:], clockSeq)
+        u[9] = domain
+
+        copy(u[10:], hardwareAddr)
+
+        u.SetVersion(2)
+        u.SetVariant()
+
+        return u
+}
+
+// NewV3 returns UUID based on MD5 hash of namespace UUID and name.
+func NewV3(ns UUID, name string) UUID {
+        u := newFromHash(md5.New(), ns, name)
+        u.SetVersion(3)
+        u.SetVariant()
+
+        return u
+}
+
+// NewV4 returns random generated UUID.
+func NewV4() UUID {
+        u := UUID{}
+        safeRandom(u[:])
+        u.SetVersion(4)
+        u.SetVariant()
+
+        return u
+}
+
+// NewV5 returns UUID based on SHA-1 hash of namespace UUID and name.
+func NewV5(ns UUID, name string) UUID {
+        u := newFromHash(sha1.New(), ns, name)
+        u.SetVersion(5)
+        u.SetVariant()
+
+        return u
+}
+
+// Returns UUID based on hashing of namespace UUID and name.
+func newFromHash(h hash.Hash, ns UUID, name string) UUID {
+        u := UUID{}
+        h.Write(ns[:])
+        h.Write([]byte(name))
+        copy(u[:], h.Sum(nil))
+
+        return u
+}